~/f/erlang/RPMS.2017 ~/f/erlang ~/f/erlang RPMS.2017/erlang-27.1.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm RPMS/erlang-27.1.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm differ: byte 225, line 1 Comparing erlang-27.1.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm to erlang-27.1.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm comparing the rpm tags of erlang --- old-rpm-tags +++ new-rpm-tags @@ -2148 +2148 @@ -/usr/lib64/erlang/lib/crypto-5.5.1/ebin/crypto.beam c5cfcce5c8a45c03bc62cdb226799e859dcf17be60cf0d82f169deade5e6bc4a 0 +/usr/lib64/erlang/lib/crypto-5.5.1/ebin/crypto.beam 641dc589aff7db9cb8635710b55e05ba2130042db9bb9894dca60887cf83f2ad 0 comparing rpmtags comparing RELEASE comparing PROVIDES comparing scripts comparing filelist comparing file checksum creating rename script RPM file checksum differs. Extracting packages /usr/lib64/erlang/lib/crypto-5.5.1/ebin/crypto.beam differs at offset '94692' (Erlang BEAM file) --- old /usr/lib64/erlang/lib/crypto-5.5.1/ebin/crypto.beam (hex) +++ new /usr/lib64/erlang/lib/crypto-5.5.1/ebin/crypto.beam (hex) @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ 000171c0 74 00 00 00 03 77 05 74 69 74 6c 65 6d 00 00 00 |t....w.titlem...| 000171d0 11 54 79 70 65 73 20 66 6f 72 20 45 6e 67 69 6e |.Types for Engin| -000171e0 65 73 77 05 65 71 75 69 76 6d 00 00 00 0c 65 6e |esw.equivm....en| -000171f0 67 69 6e 65 5f 72 65 66 28 29 77 08 65 78 70 6f |gine_ref()w.expo| -00017200 72 74 65 64 77 05 66 61 6c 73 65 68 05 68 03 77 |rtedw.falseh.h.w| +000171e0 65 73 77 08 65 78 70 6f 72 74 65 64 77 05 66 61 |esw.exportedw.fa| +000171f0 6c 73 65 77 05 65 71 75 69 76 6d 00 00 00 0c 65 |lsew.equivm....e| +00017200 6e 67 69 6e 65 5f 72 65 66 28 29 68 05 68 03 77 |ngine_ref()h.h.w| 00017210 04 74 79 70 65 77 08 70 61 73 73 77 6f 72 64 61 |.typew.passworda| 00017220 00 68 02 62 00 00 0b 96 61 02 6c 00 00 00 01 6d |.h.b....a.l....m| 00017230 00 00 00 0a 70 61 73 73 77 6f 72 64 28 29 6a 74 |....password()jt| RPMS.2017/erlang-doc-27.1.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm RPMS/erlang-doc-27.1.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm differ: byte 225, line 1 Comparing erlang-doc-27.1.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm to erlang-doc-27.1.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm comparing the rpm tags of erlang-doc --- old-rpm-tags +++ new-rpm-tags @@ -902 +902 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/dist/search_data-6DB131C5.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/dist/search_data-DCE6DC3D.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -1241 +1241 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-28D724AE.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-EF9E204F.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -1369 +1369 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/search_data-5A173A4E.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/search_data-457E211A.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -1923 +1923 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-486AE036.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-9671378E.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -2332,2 +2332,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/404.html 6d22595823279fa535186a1a75108f34377b647134fc1adcc6bdc03e8e8adc8e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/asn1.html a21d086b40086a889918cd6bbb6b732344f7f39f8163e4397e1200eeceedebd2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/404.html 6fc76d1265ecc79d8a86e0f0e42f47ab5aceba9017c6084e360a197edc204ae2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/asn1.html e8cf5749b3907ce48d17a91042f683376c1945359a541ab19ccab990cf24a366 2 @@ -2336,8 +2336,8 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/common_test.html 6b2e351e563e259dff85b2dcf40b186c51e468f8b2ccfdefbbcfb4959024fea7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/compiler.html 6f366854b66aabc8d3afcf48c0c2d82cdc3d37493844ff0c5b4e5ea8e0bdeac7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/crypto.html 14c9e44a38c642d6c11c87681377a71160b9605e643d8b10de2e765b7bd3dc9f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/debugger.html 59b29df2c6f43f7b535a6971bbb970cecf5a362ead53665fe46422166ebb413c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/deprecations.html 40a2811021ddb29374ff8a82ac38c8efeca6b783a54fe7ee78c795e5db178330 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/design_principles.html 036c1347021535a73ff9d3bb7bb1dae445dd3e4f55c077a68cd94458f29a0e32 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/dialyzer.html 87f658f167fbf36c9859a3fdd7c3e112c4e3e87b59b6cfef5d02986e1d109775 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/diameter.html 169c91a1b52039ff85dd70fdc273f694ccc03bed72821764ad2cad4d1c2c9a6b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/common_test.html 33473f0cf585c080b90de2bf73fa8ebe2500e6edba6a7acc6df2705f469b99c7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/compiler.html 2fd9c82da3e8d8f0c11a366d1f21049c81813209cf205a6503fef2fa6e56db91 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/crypto.html ea118ff31cf17575ddd086a7921605889400d205a2cd87403d29ae3825538416 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/debugger.html 1b9eaf117c96fe418960095c97aba5a21196845d9b34e388be86aff03049facb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/deprecations.html 1084fec0272178140d69ab83dc2d73e94554201f8acc4efdaa2f01756aed1be2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/design_principles.html f14a1674d314da1941ffbebe168f531be8e362d574e60a8e3c1ed773e55f2697 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/dialyzer.html 9789f877e8ec34a6432a24bffcf3f29900cde8154b349433a0f69ff1ccaa3b56 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/diameter.html 29fce375b06f4f93c6532b105b367801c0c6a30b4bc6b194c65d1379f279c9bf 2 @@ -2364,10 +2364,10 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/edoc.html b3fa59328245b95cf5b398f2d0c2d38f7b1739f692e3f9368734ae958f0931fa 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/efficiency_guide.html 9aba82f38e01ac6ec74c8af55aadd1399328445cad73b856271968a6ce7107f6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/eldap.html 5793ae8a14f47f63ae5fd99503d46f665dfe6409bd12cb0f0ffda757f7e16879 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/embedded.html 348a82048e18c57c7f4d60cdc381e5954749eb73c128195f8719f7eb5d2a5ccd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/erl_interface.html 7cd7bf122e2d90a1a5e26828858a96975b3dbfc7c6a92fa055c0775009de57d7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/erts.html 5421fd7e897fd311e0d17f931ccdde01698e245beba917e57c34a75412f3c9ea 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/et.html 4db0399f8d78f9514942a40da6c218fcf69b5d7a1319775c4c35bb15998f14d9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/eunit.html da8ba0ecbe13c52a79308b02aae8a6ebededd48791993bb18a0176dff2066afe 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ftp.html aa8f0b1d2e49c579f89e87b35c9025b99d6a800981b87fdbc0155b2cc0ffd1a8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/getting_started.html 53c09d24c26eaee865062beead1d9e73e4aff67b8e4ce3e7f986c0108ed979e2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/edoc.html 26d8832a3761a860f900bb752af04bf0242327af033706f20f7ceaf6d11c5fe1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/efficiency_guide.html 1849919360b439625fe8d2d20abed361c2922588e847f496a0dbc9cbb6c4d25b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/eldap.html 6fec100973e32a152eedecb6b85610bc53474dfffa1afc9dd8daa097a2fd16df 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/embedded.html 350ad82a0cc3078a0812a36ab3cc83ffbc81e79859e639bd0eae448d51065f4d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/erl_interface.html 542d08539702a001b2ce897f6b6e5d588b6c85529d41d6c25a6ef5f765052d4f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/erts.html a29b191d806fb434691449f080a6c3e866d7484ad3eee17c73d06d6fc6732df3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/et.html 0a3e9d8cf02702d71d31348e729ccb1df9f227c52aaeabd418c780384ad10b4f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/eunit.html 02185c07a087561762ecfec155afaba02e83aaed4a2e17fc00b7f0316830d22b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ftp.html c1c9f1695b14aa35aa15f6ba91aeb030fcaaa9ceb6db537b433b2964d15f5c32 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/getting_started.html b4b482cd568e87dc114d00269986b10d9cbe91aaa76c90f7beb822989c1c556c 2 @@ -2375,26 +2375,26 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/inets.html e4b3023f52b6a318c4e752d809c21b7cae1965d451bba0818c5fa7f9c0acd25b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/installation_guide.html 127d48285fb8e93c42f5fdf689fffd59a5cab34951b6de324e66da843ae0c718 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/jinterface.html caa5394bcaeea4bf1823f00f5f2701386378221ad6c51387a7a4b5163fa2a968 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/kernel.html 6c7fcb6f31351b5fcd79b00a9600c166c0fcdffef56f87ba12a4a1ab3e0b2a11 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/man_index.html 2f97103e29c4c57613750ba90b54f1eb8a8c0cb19b25fb6d245b5d32d30378a3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/megaco.html 433c40fdeb67dba806bdf206326d33de44ac16814eed59002ff3ab803ad68302 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/mnesia.html cbbd9e67a6df01c35db75ffad0d21d5d6c1b7e079118e57c517d96d19a0118c4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/observer.html b61180ba4e8037b2e3b5b7ea351bc696c59ef7ff1436b3ed01a10713bf966b38 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/odbc.html 17a29ba1d8083304f28ebe5f671ec4b4d33776cf31ea92376ba6baeb091e079f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/os_mon.html 4111c1acab40eea6e14b2f8e79c647f2ffd6b5f32eb64b9915659aa053f83e36 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/parsetools.html 7c7724c86d2482278445bd572687535218fc5fd39f5fdcfcb57bd7f36b7439db 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/programming_examples.html f3f01f68d4b0f5b8a52516b296ea761187a50ebf175dc495ca2d7194f2ce1172 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/public_key.html f6a5593f078ff0ac70787745a14cce07b2c3c829d4a9efe2c7748440b859e5a1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/readme.html 0b3f8aa604a276d10eb4370aded884312fdb97703e2730af2dd26105b5b8fc4f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/reference_manual.html 6d3f7fcc8e4e292ab4adc37b72b1f842d9f1d129fdfbd565f18ce0e6ac60c0ea 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/reltool.html d3a063f28f14f1449fb4f7d324c65a28109a9683f460428ada9d2f42c241630d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/removed.html acd8842e1243ce46e064974fa826ed881817f699607ef76fa8cc2bf12d45772c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/runtime_tools.html 2db3e7393d26fa08009107c78104000ba12fbab47b3e4b0ec27d4658f89935d2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/sasl.html 24ea92853ebbe316ab3a4ca4e5f804ae460a624710c8b149c5250aec0862a4ab 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/scheduled_for_removal.html e63466f427df0fdeba33780a39700e07fba3fa02f8a3c9a9228334dce2203e96 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/search.html b41b5748dd830d3003ea9ad3e4fa7e81950d36f25653d546dcd81e1e3d2d64c2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/snmp.html a62951d92f60454a233f0047a9e24b05bcb9b0a51348a86401bb0a30fbadd2ff 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ssh.html 461dc91afe2343f7803ce29119362b9d085c4a00b449abe564c4f4a107f78d56 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ssl.html efb7feefa2083b0ebbc42dab1b770d5a16f455140c60fd8cd94168bf9833bee1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/stdlib.html 916a3173ef83be2d087ae77631e54fe07bdd999047c6dab77ca3c8aba79b2de9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/syntax_tools.html d416109eb033bdc608b8aa8bf1b07379054e0c75e8ad274b42b6a8b0ae3b56dc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/inets.html fae1e0f05ba741045d37b302716bc11b3d30ff40356f1338acf772d95fd1345d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/installation_guide.html f46d24ec01ec5c68b82d0916a5d34610ccaae5d61bd3b0be27ec33fde5c6d67a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/jinterface.html 7ec279b2db40dd47b75781495e95fc8d9ac785559a44cc17329adaaff7c390da 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/kernel.html b471b17a3d6131c19d814eef716e04de8fc1d2569088f6212c45afc0cf28307b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/man_index.html b20636cf746f2f44a866dcbedfc8d1d1e5c7b9b0571dfaf07d49ab4dbadc2678 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/megaco.html a8879b19d938ac4ca2e8a192e413ce2e112c348ff1c34abd8b40aff01b09332f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/mnesia.html f55572bba7e2d4b41c00b191730a03f488c69b94e3c1019f519cf4a190974d63 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/observer.html b3b59e3d3c5fca28d8271e3a0c6be0a32cb6ec9ff8e31d8a47a7dcff574d952d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/odbc.html 43ffc1ef1ec288b6482617d8c7eb944894b806556d2989c826d34373da4bac85 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/os_mon.html 0aae83636161ff981587c3352acd3627eb8e5d7f16667316d8da153fa7b7ba46 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/parsetools.html d7f7d2c00a7a4bb3e84a9824f4ab385d9b8dc87033d9c9895581749203d5f2cc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/programming_examples.html ea92428a51e15d9fbcd7cb2fa9e8773ab3889e5aa76eb005f21e9fcd11a8816b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/public_key.html a0d67775bef2639809d30cad206cbd2db04e2403d19147c6029150e740c7bb6a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/readme.html 98cc15191053978376769da10ad2b86f7498b1a7af46732a455234cc3811a9af 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/reference_manual.html d68376f9fe429750982f9a67099df2f0d817be37ef34fb560c313e59344b0047 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/reltool.html 4fa8ef1d210ebac58d8e5a2b4999569d321cc9976cc889768df51570a855d858 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/removed.html 7eefba0bf0c3608825a95856ea2eba646f52662e66dd64dc4331ef630f9269de 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/runtime_tools.html 9fa697755946837f57d1a265daa7bbd4952321cb1be90e90172ba99687af263c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/sasl.html 8401997501e2a45fd54c73c0d25006a597c9668d7b0039b565bebc6989eb9589 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/scheduled_for_removal.html b4cd63c7706e11a5479ff8df5331bf985239b3737769262f11302be367be94ea 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/search.html acb323c59361cc216877ae58d1fa429c66fc06df15680b2977432c6b69ed1bff 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/snmp.html 1d16c5b365f1d316dc25f9b28e0f5f531e3c23a3a45f2b1ea55a15877f70e6c2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ssh.html a493958bc952ff744a41bfc23e07d3b31db7051703c22051b70c1530bdb72cdd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ssl.html 16cafa709084c62fb5c20cf39b2e7f76c058c2dc94b63c4d8d0d19442fed2feb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/stdlib.html a21b1ddc3b0059343700e19da832bdb0b59c2a1ab8e2550d6d929653cc05f5da 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/syntax_tools.html 3974a259f5f815fa80e5ffddc07d85e699932824e85210a35e5ad0cd810f5883 2 @@ -2402,4 +2402,4 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/404.html 6b5736ab92a8f332c7a517499006b370e1a65774ea59995ef2259e876fcc548f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub c6a3ac75da9ba24cf3bead199467ca27dc972d1ef0196cb9b3002beab09b40fc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/applications.html ddd6fc17edef34c12b860a088ce6448af55f5fe6efa7f8aa957d1cbc18b91a04 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/appup_cookbook.html a1cfcd5cbd6d68562edc6024384c5f56b532c1cae1fdcf1227f126fb79775924 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/404.html 2482880d1025bc8e8f99d9cedcab51ff37330afae6208d8668b17a59f96d8abc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub 3f6cf91771eba5851a6d98720980d8ba751d67c060f223b3cc97e02e0b611859 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/applications.html 033237b4d7d09e63e09e42b8e08fce8d0be546279318182d61ac717be4680105 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/appup_cookbook.html 4547752fdc4b6c8ea2d4b153ad05773f173a9ac71c09fa30bc547d49881f23c8 2 @@ -2415,14 +2415,14 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/benchmarking.html 694ff8ff599e52e6a6c1a456cb5411e994601715a22c690e8d53f89c81c93c2f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/binaryhandling.html 1e39a76ec464e9038c089614623f6145348f5f471227eaafc4cc0c08801fa195 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/bit_syntax.html d40ff4143d51eb1861d39694db67552d8285a55ea79de3a002ed63b80e1e144b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/c_port.html 8a8afbb444c2dea12e3896c2c16d21f0c94f1fd1fa19e818089b277f5809c405 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/c_portdriver.html 9d8e024cea1810989833b5028ba05e1f6367784bd1626bc823b0b3c4575afec9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/character_set.html 5fbe264a5d18f58c674231dde975999be5dc567b8a85dedf93bfe46964f617e5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/cnode.html fe1df96787aa1f211cb388c1fdc5bf51ea96924f23ca317738a943c9000396ae 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/code_loading.html 1b86ab02681d4d47c71f1c0f3d654f025cba53afd9f63c83e53a9031f664185d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/commoncaveats.html 1f9d7dd51943f5784fd96ee82b7690fd65834a0f39ca4ad2104542d0164ce1e1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/conc_prog.html 320aca67bcc294b820a2890ffdb1a0d72521b832697ea92d121c9c7181ac83df 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/create_target.html 4285b07a2dc11da21a990d0a32c2456e7a2e32384c8f708ae0c2738c425adf79 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/data_types.html f9c5bbada6fb047fe9707925a6aded869b30e4016e63db4a8584ee94b51d24bd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/debugging.html 3213e7dac6284874bdc659d3eff42938b4f91ad6bdd56e8695d9c2940bc88c92 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/design_principles.html 5c62060a6f041c8684f32052a210b7c65eefe5cf8b6bc25dad5a39a68291bf24 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/benchmarking.html 88f9853eabffc2e00e921dce9110dd1d87a3774195065735293f6ab090e39490 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/binaryhandling.html 4b7113d110b48912c43e631b93daf7b6d7c32c5431916f13e92a7dadb2868574 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/bit_syntax.html 39b4ad69c19d866c27b18800da785849c3ef7055d86d0b2dd69f758448846e7b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/c_port.html eaadb68763a8aba3b55fa1dddc69a22b6cac68aca657ebdb04c6f1ff8bb0f42d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/c_portdriver.html 44ef5984fc77386004801998c8f4464c8ec4eaed4566548deba5d4e59f942f69 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/character_set.html 0a759a597bb1496ee739d56dde4ae6d454865005e4712fdd843eb16620449932 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/cnode.html 52fb306a086c53d96c13175a301d74c80eba2b1a356c8ea39500d8b438934dbb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/code_loading.html a6f43773dc5c0ea425bba0d664d20c8ad5be2a492d8252f373ced73d8f95a8ee 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/commoncaveats.html 4d31808a524864b1cc163b38945f2d3438f3de0819c3f04c6773242f6e12f37c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/conc_prog.html 606670a9079bf4a0ac1974723515615e320dc6e4099b8b8bb127456f546caf72 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/create_target.html 93ea9241a76e9504368e58e9d14f62ce5f9699113841e427733160c9d25a1d68 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/data_types.html d60fa0312cc889e777896afb5efecec0104063299112f021c466ae2b2da377ee 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/debugging.html ea9a1544d14592134f80ea61279512f56162f14a599cd8ba66c3706210e74643 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/design_principles.html 7e4151976fc1f5ae5daa19f2e62603a4ec440d9774a04ecc25252f9e391121d5 2 @@ -2449,19 +2449,19 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/distributed.html 51b9b08bd66522ac96942ec376d87a418fb3e576a9cd885f66e74eaad77851a4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/distributed_applications.html 28bfd629d001ec0a808432270515e032db8dbba35528631116db25b00743a91d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/documentation.html c240ac6d1abf50c17d8d3881461e177e2ccebd9515bcb868c8b60305671b65f7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/drivers.html d0763cb2176a0b983837fc84677211ab5fe2614e6364622bb77c6784562abb42 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/eff_guide_functions.html be13324b21b6f276f5a026343d5d12e85cece76897f41fab7fab3fe9c6167029 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/eff_guide_processes.html df9a43b850be2f0084ffc256e32cd4177c171dcb68c58bd52f341824dfa414b5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/efficiency_guide.html 7a1e8b23940e1f6badc186b39fdabcc74a205fa2ae86b221a1c49b2e4e8bb1fa 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/embedded.html 410fa37ec404b64e759b10e7d36e0b8b0118cb438adf726c374ab6d06c97b000 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/erl_interface.html 843d23ae39d40457637dafeaa5e0f8baa6c55e0279c15128e8bef8c36f14c638 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/error_logging.html f33927c2836352b26b915ed5b5cf18a770762aed5704107ed15cfcee98ccfb32 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/errors.html 4488b229e49622a7f6442bab1ac57652a0436b0b6bb4a880904152aa714d44ee 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/events.html a5cf8271c3fe54b8f298ca57cf58e62a96b9f8f1cee6ee57699cc47878d19791 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/example.html c685a40ab23056ee660bf2cc0389a8774b47c1c3d0ed3c4f50e6ac9532e7bf35 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/expressions.html 9bf749088a2b4d096a7b292fcd639deece8de80a38e893a2e1937206dd4f3339 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/features.html 1a6da0fa6f2108b69c95dca5ad60dd4669cd6f21c47d61df83492cd19f245337 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/funs.html db951021e70ab14bb4abc9cd729318bf15ae9dbb4e8aea2273431ac009976944 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/gen_server_concepts.html 2371c71f50c47dfeb805feae3fb8ac2697a41fc0f7f91d9b95a37c5090334ac5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/getting_started.html 71ab98515d3ff8c78038c80bff362d7c3775fdcb137366f92a03dd3db2c7a211 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/included_applications.html 8a78eae9d237f1e3ca8d5025d8dbcd270cd190dd725c0889d62d69575f9eae48 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/distributed.html 0718f7509ff982d7e6d30a564e1759f7fcb59fb3f585cea56aacf13eac3646ae 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/distributed_applications.html 6d9f1e45d75f7d75b5d76af1c71229ff43370763aaaca282c7c60608aca29fd2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/documentation.html 8f8450e785f99e26807b2dd17dc1b91ee350a3dd7270bbfc63b8f62713d9877a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/drivers.html 070623d07dceb02d741756174760ce6db598bc77ac8d9f7272aa4a8bfbd4d358 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/eff_guide_functions.html fea9a3fabde433b3ed59f8504b0c0afd9e40efcedf2ff0532095c4a4f58f51aa 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/eff_guide_processes.html 7e0010d4e54b33090a76fb6fa47b240c7ac0de89532fcd9d8e0a84b9bfc05836 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/efficiency_guide.html d696968eaeda0838c82f1f2ce9bd20d81cd492ad1df5c6cda0f7da32887d3798 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/embedded.html fd3c3b889d3d407f52ef03ce8d988cbcb0c45cb07b6d9ad2e12cc32d43420835 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/erl_interface.html 9edaa70660fcf498aa54522ec667f1dc38bb5cf62d50681a330a99caf2677e26 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/error_logging.html adc341ad188165b12b59dc933adbfeb46b1a98bae951b72d933b2f197b7fbc13 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/errors.html 339ef8068b68fc72f54e514446f3b4abe7ea5f3ef1b311cd9731a07f50fe07e9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/events.html 5ce0d4e4a5b7d35a3a8c33c42bc01f77c390bc371658d7068013638bbe981009 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/example.html 1b5886387cd320248fe50c175f81b89640482e9d6643d5c69037d7be1674ce55 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/expressions.html 4bb03bc71def02f1e2f0badcac918ac25c16eb040d10aba7bc760eb766591bf3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/features.html 452a4f9bd099cf62d6a768b3a902623341d39256d6b8063031885d3b35ba9259 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/funs.html ae90c74ff5dc5a3ef76521e9c904f691ce18e2343e2d773ce963158bce34c084 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/gen_server_concepts.html 6d3b2feb6e32ae2ea5c6bc890d71740f71819c1242ea3f8015e500906212f60a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/getting_started.html a3f2bb09d92b7a29a0de85bde74c7441af6546e30cfd4877409d6d84d22ba8e1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/included_applications.html fb2a0f1b86b87f27217525bf6b9cdbfde3e66a8bbb65200fb4c325bcea44db36 2 @@ -2469,48 +2469,48 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install-cross.html ed5e208cac1b7a35269fa0baecfae79a33dcb24039de74d7e1be5658bf684774 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install-win32.html 1aa4186909697340b460351339c872f46b178e94cae0c4f928743b0435b97d63 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install.html b2d118c29a892e934ae0ebab9d66856ffce4d542bb0c95ee2762ab52741b0a26 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/installation_guide.html f7be1a841c2265b7a392b7a81941551020206c96375166eaf4de224d9a528199 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/list_comprehensions.html 05c3a024b42b8c56f7515e86524af9d72d9fbaab409da40ae7a0c9f472e8aa9f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/listhandling.html 13063025ce5a23e2331b60c8033d747ad851bb087df7d6bf8a54a1dd9aad87fe 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/macros.html 0cd6e7c78d5d14606a41e98aecf62fc0f81781d64c333bbaf2e563732cc89fce 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/maps.html e396f6b43dffc1c8f291c38dba53d4df9f1103be9f53d36bdf0a9629281756fc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/memory.html 4cb86698c9db5005b8e29be601b9bbaa709be418960bdbcb3e9e82dce4803bff 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/misc.html c4b0853c5a58961eaad23f01c101ac49e61abf8a48b1cab055507bdaa5c6ebe1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/modules.html 8021a97915a7fbe56309b582563bee0cf1d9b4b689db768a4ceac918750211bb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/nif.html 3157da65ff097a11fb60e23b5f64c9142f27eabcbee98ff7df6606f99fd39c31 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/opaques.html 6093cc0bd7f413a74fb19760c156614e2aa0f6249284065f70c46b1266a63901 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/otp-patch-apply.html da61a73dd9bc1e80726e8a6cdd65c9f2da9b8f20ffc80e03738d85b664039dfd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/overview.html aa844fa0df736ed44e740824f2b15d5a4307221791ed9780ce30bd07c7e52574 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/patterns.html 122d1238397ceb3f89e65b1ab33cd1400c6609f5435d335ff6d9f2fd04d67dd3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ports.html 55055be27ae96363fbd5c57eed3b01689b716f88bbf521e331eece387ed374c5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/profiling.html f9541ec35a16cfd0cc3b1cc4a8295545f93092930febfe46305caeba71dd37f9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/prog_ex_records.html c0aaf11dffca91a793862883c3eb0687b5fceb66c26926de88800b2edb4ec41a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/programming_examples.html 6a1641f9a57c8c3970e42c2619803de16dd84e6fb22da51a5157a267a5fff871 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/readme.html a19661661026c68b6110295517069392b0c53f650cf0252f0f2a666bdca947a8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/records_macros.html f41f581c0a8da9711759b295374ff56397f90429c7a312316a66d7b185ae697d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_functions.html cbbd9eb8c60db6794afa5592433bd140c8a9ecd246c8e1ee9047c02f22e932ba 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_processes.html 904b32cb3b53b68c39c04d8b646d71c65c2c73fe1ca85f39a30b05c3a07eaa9c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_records.html fadf1ac731c15dc0924f64bf07c61d0892b44e2872e4525d8980eae951e36eb9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/reference_manual.html 3d494bba367faa139a6d5151ddf5b7f1cb2c04eab0e2e0ededaf069c02fa1aa4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/release_handling.html 8ac84020bcb76d58809764deb7ae3ba7ffb762593328ba258d1313ecf67c6a33 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/release_structure.html dbf4fcca99eed5acc09785b8167b42860319aff78ac3a26e69b7c76804f2917c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/robustness.html 396f4cdd32174dda4ace0aa1fa2644d2c5879c13394979527e8faa86636a1458 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/search.html 257289e5577fdb623c48a4bc40b1b8a8363239a25e1b8ff4a862ec388aaedcc8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/seq_prog.html cd37854d0d76defa47683a215960640fac193a98ba57855d4449cb95219ce9ec 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/spec_proc.html d21a9ef1d2318e6cf964b9497b3d5ac74e47579a615d7a400ba7d3ed52f8baac 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/statem.html f339d6a05644fa5815c97a1b2a4c63e6d2dc73b2c64b540318dda8d1864e3872 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/sup_princ.html c6983434f4bd7778e82dc609e39570f5593a5c43124c23597b5380122b0014ab 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/system_limits.html 6bd42faa024bbe3e6fac1a6d86dfea16a8d60b6aa51b968b87b1b32bc0f83ca6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/system_principles.html a3c812f1a7615ee0d05d8e31b255197e4e91ba36b26784813a353dcb655ef9ea 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/tablesdatabases.html 13aff3d385351c37ae7aeebb2598fa24197727958c7fef7b5f1bb7c0ada2d054 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/tutorial.html e42255779240115af93f1118e1b6ed7c93e97452917c9d9361e3a48b351a5aa1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/typespec.html ae8ca29047052b26e8a3fe175c1cda2296a1b6d33771dcafc9a6cf20ded4782f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/upgrade.html 2d409dd9fff3ece34a277be3ea6ab32c32ba2e0180cac6bd87845ae7b0a706fc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/versions.html 977f368d7a0bce6e6cd939743ff5c4b9d9b5641face4360529c12cb737838b69 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system_principles.html 9e875353c194eb55a4d7024828a260b9b8bdd9412c0f596a7607bc0cbf4c1200 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tftp.html 396f244a73a83245320b90c5abea1c7c89a7d08f2a93586995a14499a1deefb4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tools.html 4a5db18c71a114eedd7becf5a6f870a591bf5c319d496ee889673758ff8b733f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tutorial.html 960301bc04c3bca37e69ad5dc1b3929b4b953840a2f818b543d950ff272cc4a5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/upcoming_incompatibilities.html a1c16da989220229ea95e255f15968eb927e30d979c6c77c32d450e760061539 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/wx.html 9bf0819e107e71ad52cf20ada2edb62509039fc72d8f4b5575e316bde25b952c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/xmerl.html d24ad7e66b5658b948c6927e06626d3b321714717b4ecd7954aeade9e67b11d5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install-cross.html b9cbbba38e2a49965f365ff24fc3ab51ce7c6f95c5b444f78efb2034fc3c0019 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install-win32.html 4d4b654b2fa4d5c0352803832d6c59ab7387d61e348c309089829621c58ceb00 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install.html 9294c5640363d382301003ff895eaf3c8144bd49106ff06fa6e22ef60ce742a5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/installation_guide.html 15e947be41e5aa70c2aeb10655861dade5678c65b0519ace5993a5a0175b4ede 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/list_comprehensions.html 8044c7b68f83d54c21f082c8819388631f88b2b93362d4e75afdc65bb7c51916 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/listhandling.html f666c8ebab63c90b20b1dbcd6d6404a72dd842d1a60ac0da96dbaec3022b453e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/macros.html f9735638afb2b4931e6bb62e1b343ea78923a3b279bde31311784316d3d999a6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/maps.html 0dfdc5f8ab0ef0352044fd1ba481cb50f450aa315457e722af0949afb597c25e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/memory.html 695d8a911a4acd5d9abe5229e260ff97df8a521f799e2ff53c74c346f1273287 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/misc.html 54d879d039bf7813247a38029b238148615880ec0f77f08b523b653649e5b3a1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/modules.html 97b2abe3542ca554cb906c701afb8f700d37afdba52308995b0415dfe0276e31 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/nif.html a25b0c355106471a9232708481f5c901b29aad0b55c92453e1bd286136bb5074 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/opaques.html 65eb74a8dfa42a760caaf1618ccbf5e377cadad34ad76ffe13e6093c468afa9c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/otp-patch-apply.html 9a364db77d2dbff5829b57886562ab860aeb6c2f19c2f8cf4725b7bacad773f1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/overview.html d4fba779dd272a88d0718cbcaaaf684085149497cde043397ddc01c74c6a24ab 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/patterns.html f520e0b361af17d96198f3dbf3dcdd1be57334c85c25e04b479e9a54937c1185 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ports.html 5fb0a4fb21b489d1e1b52660cab8f1e8c0d6225a198078929f6377f0af382eda 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/profiling.html 28025f3c1df8a2459ebb5cde1de5ce02531f6c232af7d9879b682ae8e74a8e06 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/prog_ex_records.html 62d4ec9ceef0da0f6c9fec0c59701875fdbce289e86e7137dbc0b39863c6c067 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/programming_examples.html 7e11ce140f7270595bc5da18c6d44756c11a3bac40ef240ccfbcb0ef52e6accc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/readme.html 786514b87fbe6841f248bf037fcd31f9b3bb2b82f148ce75c452ce3d8be95009 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/records_macros.html 35e6709afe5a182744530f0910771fc98b341c36801a6175c6aceab6ca59c0a6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_functions.html a4a02815b8ed7f2d1a2ba59588bb64eca97843c9fedc2740eb759d1fb29c51f4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_processes.html 24b4a4feaabeb0b0b29025ba1137e2641f864f2ade38a6d13845a9db4d5b0285 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_records.html e7ddc6d6395fa312687dbaa7caadc094a974cad2974353778584306eaaf8e26a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/reference_manual.html 2e1a2096502b3c02da7bc6a97294dfceb7757757b18fece9cd7e6fe071df75ad 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/release_handling.html 5c52dfe2eac0b235f51eefa4f868e3b8290b1c065dfc9067b61b04d13e7c4a5d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/release_structure.html 8100a67b392c0e48cbedcd7eec0ebec19242229ff1ee1da2ecb5fc0b4bd012f0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/robustness.html 8e32d53869b6fe463a567d8ad6ae065c183b37e4483f0dd22750416f7212323b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/search.html 43da2dfcdbdda88ba041f9620e87d433e6a36917106cbfedbdd1dbe97aeac06c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/seq_prog.html 42a8444f502f287953b4a95605b91ffbc12b9f7a46fb3bd90d11b93d6072d9d5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/spec_proc.html dae14031c8e9cb94f0ddc99fe4e3af40b6e4f2a95ec1173e1b43ce586b73a659 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/statem.html b08a6e8dfc366d572f609a340ebb0d35a962313c3e344df1a6e8bb261fbfeb60 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/sup_princ.html 764bbb22e4ce4210b098c9542d4bcc37123acaf62b332aaa2b4f28ff367bed09 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/system_limits.html 6244b65570fe6f37e20630898b6f9debce824bb420dfe3bc80efaa345f371867 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/system_principles.html cbbab5f29a7c1ac45706af634b0808ace14bbef0abcb59d058e1903fa977e1db 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/tablesdatabases.html 3bdf65b84cd808323542c23a3782738eaa80bb13e382e3491060dcf9ce876339 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/tutorial.html 1c53c1776a91ec6a9834914cb9201704a30502d35c49c73452a86fc7452cdff2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/typespec.html f139bc989b79d2ebacfb1965bf401a8e69e07772661b762e8a943b88622e2282 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/upgrade.html 0d77f5cc795dab2f096dd55ed4ae9e92a0070770f572eb46120f15041884463e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/versions.html e545b402975e7d7aeb5345ca7f167273c2adaf2e5cb90b095aaeeff1c0f88818 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system_principles.html 775e9e38923f514e896fd9083dfe910db63678e177460f37c13e6ddeb167c776 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tftp.html 23ea8ce9b7fc72300d8fdf1a0439743180b780039bacabb9fea581e8f7479572 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tools.html 315c5a7b1e175f3278724bb0dbd12cfc32d0998f1c685e3027c0f29f984e258d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tutorial.html 081de72bf263ed9d932e590c0bb59a2f45018ac2b4c3071198a615c053a12699 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/upcoming_incompatibilities.html 324b2099b864c6868e1a33bd36d6916cff605292ff94001721f08f76555874d6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/wx.html 54bb9f0341b9974d21088611e81ee1f0fa209d0f265137000afbdd74a6d492e1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/xmerl.html adf162331154cfa65fcf41c9c8bcfbf6865c3cc8e239c3dddaae3d58d25995e6 2 @@ -2520,5 +2520,5 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/404.html 7a1abc80b89435ba5b92f2869ad3675daaa498cd3a5b2083571ff34a08e8fa49 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/absform.html e3887f4f984a7e412db322174d721b4a054982515051a0bef5c2e5e718675bf1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/alt_disco.html e53b7e5a2eac7055739d0c269e148a99c1adfb69c4dddab59d74c865ddee7f2c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/alt_dist.html cb33f066806921108e2ee469e4ca3a74db8c6ddf36cebe5b03fd12a06841edd5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/api-reference.html 4ab508eae20580168eb9af32814b6686ec5ffc003a1c8735f813e989a99d752d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/404.html 69f5eb54ef72d2ff4758051e3477e255c7a671efe70e407b7f62b7e40e682e43 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/absform.html 7962eb7dd9d4dd23679f4e2cf1094a62f7b1e70391b0505258bb460902475dc4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/alt_disco.html 840ada78880aee0d41d00e0bb3415634db5f30c06315fce0206737b233cbf03e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/alt_dist.html c40c929862a1807c96b7f91c267d2653bc92ddc83a1b4301f3d55bd72a6d4133 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/api-reference.html 07794f9a4db9d4b7d409e99cce0c91ac32e4c177110c18cc720cc2b6239f2582 2 @@ -2540,11 +2540,11 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/atomics.html 828ec45d495233a95167756f2c453986626043df0a8a0e74b3452ca0adad6ed4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/automaticyieldingofccode.html c4b66183dd01b936cba4a1bac410e2831428ba6a0047b8f36f97d423733e13d0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/beam_makeops.html 7fbc8956ffb050f1004439fe51443360fde14416222daabeeaa5c1db9836045b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/beamasm.html 92eb10940f1e04b788af10b4dbbb8e1139d7c73459551117caa08c13f9687004 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/carriermigration.html 37bdf46ef48e562d215c8f3b751e59b054a6d77180a12d398ad3f9b6b5052172 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/codeloading.html 82b3893ade33d81233187d2428469bb4cdd2f4c15853c33fe11241d47312cdab 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/communication.html c8d14583ce85dd830fa3a67cebec5e90a113b7b79bd8c805270e2c8672d6f903 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/counters.html b08855675c55dc2a9f41f10b91e3d9ee1da0f0eefbbc9052b1bf541023054c2a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/countinginstructions.html e1e940fa95a0f4cebb008ddb5fed67c48fc9a60692cff76635133960f34f1775 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/crash_dump.html eeba5e63d1917f01ab4ee447240b63034903efa03c61cad84212b121494973d4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/delayeddealloc.html f9060788500e13018c583b69439daddb80a7141c535f053e5bd39c6819f75f82 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/atomics.html 0ae6f410b94fe36177544ca34b99b95bb849ffaa15988f95f56bdd72699d7121 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/automaticyieldingofccode.html f7c7d8a9546d07072493c070119ff451cf4eff11a3107002922c0f9134eccb3e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/beam_makeops.html b4ebd437dd408e63d3c9daad601cecf349ed70faea2d01e15e4e1f9687afecaf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/beamasm.html 3e24af71699c7aa14a9729eb86023ed7a864d17700664ebd2535b353cc10932f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/carriermigration.html 1469c23cf896e2daf6ce0a246dc356c8ee7e7e5adfc68aa340b98a79ad69e664 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/codeloading.html 3ef8cf453c2d8d2e4302d26f99fba1bdad272871f1cb859526f446966cde9d0b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/communication.html 5d45227b254f7729bd9eeff8a03ffed712e4ad73ab4d9c5b33c05c421c919eef 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/counters.html 8dc7cdeb0c7fd5a53e16db2e1735c57dd36d10ab59774d41eb27aed9a5a85c8a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/countinginstructions.html 0d3f633376f79ec8f8773e3584cd101322f2629df522f9904113ce57ed1af21e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/crash_dump.html ee0d319b95319e22c072c2ced94e8a094d96929eb1a4bc96454404a21a590aa1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/delayeddealloc.html 446006fdf98728d558c9f019bd9a6ddebb01adcef14c9162256e20381b68342f 2 @@ -2571,16 +2571,16 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/driver.html a2afb7eac9df983919e8feedce70f3c8a0cd4ac53da9703dc218c3e41f74d1a8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/driver_entry.html e5e231ff17899b3752aafbf14bc03fc623b6fc3409cc81d58091c1086cca871e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/epmd_cmd.html 41004a60773cbdb5358453d7a98a1e011556c9b9025f482c9b45730543525924 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_cmd.html 8b112fa69e0e009376c37af6fbd30367047516d88e8ca6be41328e5109f4380a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_dist_protocol.html 44383e48ef386c8a570040c67ddb44c3f8f0508ea5ef5bdbc7bda73fe0cf1f31 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_driver.html 24e5454f0cce38551cbd1693db69ab3584aad651fe52b085d0c201e502eddcb1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_ext_dist.html 1f43f7d96d874c7906f036c6d230fc218b2ae75500febf7f01eb6cca2e8b15bd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_nif.html b9091cbf1250c1910015dc3be92bb28a9e483a0945403c82841c94721d9161c6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_prim_loader.html 9557697cbbfc6f2c6f091ff08383524eb79a8bd56af9d9f5762a305424af86ad 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_tracer.html c55813e5664f51484919da6ab496d6e69532831a34b99c8ab31ede144fb5e49f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlang.html aa96e01c6b81f7fe48bc0837d5b339f88d29032920efdcc1ccaff0b58f05dc2c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlc_cmd.html b62c94ff8a0e7bcca3bbd11d4b18cce33a9f4c3f9e310eec966f85906b296f54 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlsrv_cmd.html 0d1f4331a7b84123ca4e2b154df9bd3037ed955e826776e648f6b19d597e47e9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erts_alloc.html 6dbf9dcd4a2aaed9992e657dfdc593e89db5dfa1f31d46f1328f63ee7b5dc901 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/escript_cmd.html bf47304f7b6935fa8aa7ccaef0dff5603e5a6e3eabbb2c9077faf3b61cd9ebbc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/garbagecollection.html a3578d3c2824e1a2a759aee7aef958513fa243aa4c82eed454006334240f3f02 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/driver.html 5834b220ed1c7a1976faa88eba23162e88b98365fe55899e379375659e11e3b3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/driver_entry.html f4925a2d96021aac8678e93f497b7aedf4efd4cd4fe68fb52b22d94572d518c2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/epmd_cmd.html d663d955e7602628d421200111f3020cb1d18cdac82dc978812bc59c3d108be0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_cmd.html ab98820fe5dbe50c5672e939f5512ee581747c8d9226bed7ace0b4cbd69161e9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_dist_protocol.html e3e69cceb25805b89d8fc26183218b15933a98e4583f45a643e6bd4e964ad4db 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_driver.html aa4286e21d07430a62916a641569a91c5ccca00f5daa5b1c6d0a91bfa9084b17 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_ext_dist.html d2372715838e90066f458729c6c5198faa9c4a8f0fd05b694de65171a6586e76 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_nif.html 587e31fed11d466e87ed660d896bc4fa525b055b8f23fed343ed85bf6ba78637 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_prim_loader.html b71ed1ca9270d2da9710fba4840806217d93b74456f1ae57c541e6be649f1737 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_tracer.html e35372e31e261facf95d0611b8dd1daf4908ceeebe89ebbfe29ee065e571699b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlang.html 0d01f762f9c2e906d576e2ca51aed89378b94d5cfdf9974a9204e4438efc6861 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlc_cmd.html a9689e5d5c4ae03efbdc84f5dd59e966a97e68eca5b4884fcdd1a04d67a466b9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlsrv_cmd.html c0320ef567735101a4a8e2bf0e92cbdb27ed33f15ecdbbe5a737007557559e19 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erts_alloc.html e153f087f63f34439166de68bb9d0c24b3986d321b6de622b96c1d0bb299b465 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/escript_cmd.html bcce7555f596bea142c95b05ca7f83f71dd470fc6fadca243232ad54f5b154e7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/garbagecollection.html c766fc4c0bb11188133bef6d20258793164c12b62997a8edb108b8a829c50604 2 @@ -2588,20 +2588,20 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/inet_cfg.html 3170d34f15201df282f930c2b3380446887622ecd8aaed8f9c093b5b2334a383 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/init.html d47ac2785460239bc25acf65c609edd74de378619a213babb2e0ec3c5775e18c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/introduction.html d58acb5e637279eceabb74ca2d6d8f8ccf7c1c3794e4a5fded06cc4feeed311f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/match_spec.html 63e80e668dd595511e89992b41de6f8513235e64adb18b7d511037f0454366e6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/notes.html 90bc062b1a4b7feb330a73bcf3745f973348f0defef28412d7cf2399f84dbbfa 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/persistent_term.html 02dfabdb1845369a2d7b7d74857df0bf6c14b6127df9d0b761f46fa228ce7e70 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/portsignals.html 1e2e89832f5144fc40f1a70ed81bd48a07eb7e152ddead461c630cb9735d6094 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/processmanagementoptimizations.html 6b1c66d6aa7ea987029aa692e4862df7f1c6fe6dc613ff268ab078811c94dc2a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/ptables.html 0ddef3273ac83f56c6352d8f9e2160d0456dc5a9324d261aa0ce84655ca4a4dc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/run_erl_cmd.html 0aeb9036e85bfbff543a6e219072d224f89ae2035762a8e938c5c942d81f7b99 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/search.html 7437c3dc8c016d5ef2b79552478285f8ca52c9e5eb1181417ed3259ac6a4812d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/start_cmd.html 72f76333d1b3962c38809fb6450375a2ec3dc3913267996cca9a3926d0b43f55 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/start_erl_cmd.html ff2133d0abcd451589235dec7f2b6cbb04d34e1b28fc108d79f064418a270543 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/supercarrier.html 180884a8e6f852dc49d900e52d151b8d25a7b7b9ae3d5fcb511120c8461507bb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/threadprogress.html 0583d3a9633f5a302792b899a6eff061f8efa19ad20fc854fd043cf589c1458f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/time_correction.html 001ec20c5a26d84b4dc28218bc887cabef3098c9b678901df4593c09934a267d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/tracing.html 342b0671ed0534457b04f9a6508b666f156f53a3657f9af8f180a04590b54e9d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/tty.html 050c9a6e2d16d6e35418aa4471a9622368d16cbc666c1abedfb381c7f4800da9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/werl_cmd.html 4b5c80641fc32d022190ca4607b7e613a60de0316cbd6b6987e9dc379e527d6a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/zlib.html ec9ce59b0773d600476f5260dd919e6a54e90354ab7ca6edc6fe673350ad277b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/inet_cfg.html 701b873ad7d58714932ca15eb1e02009bf0c7c13905184d65c880634ae3ff7c2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/init.html 234d52874f22d3d43754f9e5bb8e50da143221e8bb6069ce8c2f76ecc274ec34 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/introduction.html 123d7b39a535bc60a65b19c1673c62e901ab549c6475983a4394490f35e510e2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/match_spec.html a25eca7294f8c817b51b3804917bf52b4b98cf8fa0de4db3adc3dc066a11cc6d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/notes.html 1534988c43fc55e2bdebc865606ee2150bd2edad3481cec40ee5b9d556cda7af 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/persistent_term.html a464b55d43846d2642eeaf22d88c47b1912a065c34b385c2e1ff3dddc47fe1ec 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/portsignals.html 6d876149836f05be3e4d86c6c14bdaf299345dc068689863d900a641e064e4ae 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/processmanagementoptimizations.html 6069dbcc8a9ac915e1b029fb61cb3b663e8c5da3d63bf2fd587de8bb69f88789 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/ptables.html 05ea310f9b072b9bf09973959e00c66c9713ba0cf143c9789f9efa65f2ec545d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/run_erl_cmd.html 02d2ce0ed8ab4d8cc76656c6339773231718c632006b8810cde3e88900ca644a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/search.html 32934a92035cca79571964ad9ceea62e2818dc2d907bdb467c0c5a2e0ab3d805 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/start_cmd.html 4ac39b064c6d879543cfaf76fab3c9a16a5eddd028948a2fa515acfbd326c306 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/start_erl_cmd.html 2086c80504b5a4585f10ebba04248e26278541c4665ef12f760d73de94877780 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/supercarrier.html 98770862af8f420edee7ca86b8fde34d24bd0c00cf43c778bc17280676bded7b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/threadprogress.html 96e89cacda4b8c53e5a5f0ae8724468d94ebd4ff228f990a8712e2e85a0eb9af 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/time_correction.html 888602ce6fce98cefe68f07e84f8e486fbf42bcbefd12c04b213e8b6621a662f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/tracing.html 138e22fb72d14e6a31af66861befebf6211a077c35cf44925e035d381f20cc80 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/tty.html b52000526200c034e5b22dfa96634a51410513e9f8d866e1e840dc89b2697e72 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/werl_cmd.html 38eb6443d9649561b23862f130f22e95121e32b0f3933f88a0e0f219badf6781 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/zlib.html 099299ced893ca9dd1dba98c40dee67bd1bbfd80b7cc693a82d72c068df718bd 2 @@ -2612,8 +2612,8 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/404.html 0666f80363b7406ac2829a9805b1fddba6346fe8beeddd76b637b57e7b8e3f31 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 4e3ea562ea9633e141a64a56de66eb071db41c986e54a3b0c18c30b880499ddc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub 329bddf1f42216344c8c51839d102760ad05ef7df94ecdecc71a631c8aabcdba 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_getting_started.html eb05c3aba178265cdef4c2c09df6288aaf7509d8ef62d8b759d008b8f411374d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_introduction.html 7b2c04803152345ad6543391f1369977a7d7b23c6f84ab28dbf4ce794dbedd18 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_overview.html 6b807a81a146878a439d3fc4b9f519e09d686dc30d5b54ecf273df0f6a6a26e8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_spec.html a2817a726f0b6d42df7e9a9b4afdf565ef895dde5b239f0ce1a58b979520e023 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1ct.html 8d448648c6e421780cd80314e710115baebe4027942feaac78980dac39555d5a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/404.html 3b4945917ddd02fe74fbd048c9865aac785a1d9d9ff95687861c444a5d54abba 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 48fac20a452e700ccf8320b8099828752b5f9269a2406536bba9b18c06313312 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub fe32b940ec95c6e9280a667db2d5316c235b4ed740c95e528f29d7d8b932a5a1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_getting_started.html 61fa5207aecf6c9a696347c83830e8e11a829a07a02d7038d7c014bf0dad583e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_introduction.html 760f1c34ff929c83c9d3f65018db737b2cf74abf5bfbcb90d41ed5ab31b85b4a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_overview.html 8e5714b3ddd0741a037e46f1901546b74c7ebc2dbc1802f109d881e4a704c62b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_spec.html 91469d80d6b759b77b4ddb7ba5328bce24f45b29f4f487bedd84b0571da4d6b0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1ct.html f22a016f55e1d144848a4f6a2b6ac36c89688901985cf41803c244d2c4641a2d 2 @@ -2646,2 +2646,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/notes.html 833feef73ccaf2ac356b9be0048f7204cbb5b3ad72b346baf83ccd2c900aa3aa 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/search.html cccafd9badc8b18dd7692f8aff98bc863577aba1a5630c0824b0a71ad8dc1eeb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/notes.html 78fece033405bda15e77e6228bf881fdc929fc76bfdd16248de05cdfee60417f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/search.html eb108456d1565889a5096fe27b29f0e0bec950039b8b76e95cc7fe5315ffc8c0 2 @@ -2651,2 +2651,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/404.html 261b4c7a4703c3b820322cad6fd24911a1659db02682aed45e31ef273714b4e8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/api-reference.html 48f15b0bca40ee876d48e569cb06ec84894cf7ac870cf0c12b7815b055923206 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/404.html 8526f9a92fc285d0c14d24c0c4fea763bc71257a505adc7551bde9fe15b422a8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/api-reference.html cbf32ab85be2df3c2d0d2bd43dfba9d257a57a087762e5c6983fa30b0d1bf196 2 @@ -2658,24 +2658,24 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/basics_chapter.html 2d7b519e02275f870777dfd8bba56e1803e29f1dcd66c891a94cba20386f9b59 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub e8a18279ba81869aec3abbf0bd0bd5d84b8d1d2e83c3a016a0b43851cf18004b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test_app.html 78cefad7d87ae880459e573b54103938f372f31f28e131d387ee5c2d3f5220a1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/config_file_chapter.html 6fba9fb6959eeee8fe55f5549e381f5d35dd219cb58c4df8e886aeb710336bf1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/cover_chapter.html 5b5235fe13de6f0744fc11a4b4b8319a13fb684c1347dc8ab4b7eff8cc85f6b4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct.html df5a413763cae1162bc7e3d20ce8a539708f548b9133981ec0423a246ca5e620 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_cover.html a0ff42d2a52f9cbe962a21577427a1ceae1c1b7b29e8a3e2d6826cae71a82755 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_ftp.html 9f697cdb5f5389a10fe9b0d76c3aa525b4197e5958e35cdd877f2160010c8c12 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_hooks.html 6684ea324924382b51c74b4a5894b9f73a5172fc007b5e43f8ecf2424669c0e7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_hooks_chapter.html 2f3b4556adef8888a3259363aac00381a9cfad231e3e989bddbe6a0695af3d93 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_master.html 132d4cb3b08d76cae6040fe85e5b3e862bb7877327726c4ea3c169057f7f0f26 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_master_chapter.html 6688df145b2a7a33c59dade4b304ca884916c221d61d69e2e428129abcfa4615 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_netconfc.html c1148e37b94089bbeb9737ea1591f77fb74ecf4e752712fed13a9432a6677b2a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_property_test.html 78c6bb3c0c3df7c659ef05ac663d28bb9bf09ed94c3df1637ad190c010987a5e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_property_test_chapter.html cc211a04bbb155840d01a266c9cad884ae836efec84af98c6594f109d47bb0af 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_rpc.html 49a34eb749b05f0b0f2d7eaba3af0e8a790bea4a7ae27724a3079c4737439449 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_run_cmd.html 8822c16649de51513e7d6398c301cc10a88f041f1f16947b0f99be8e8e1c7a51 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_slave.html 5fa3529ad309c5779f6da0139e6192e328e86f2d9aa70baa56c30fb76233ec10 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_snmp.html 92870bbe43d99dbaf8e424e9b0b4686e49f1eca62399f12ad1266b6f31012119 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_ssh.html e71f63b3758d23a1c1c10fbd3f40f5f2c29dc07550015fb681f7732873b82c06 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_suite.html e81061df0cdb51b7f4e6beb42d99ad1229e1e1faf5d0ce6ae336d8b88ecb2ce0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_telnet.html a852414a0bd35c3719e6a79df41b190824a143ed20d8d238ce51bb57edad3c3d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_testspec.html 6e1f2b52362754d2c319271d1f65d3e16583763d15a5f70f64b3144479fd0e88 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/dependencies_chapter.html 4f934a6b6fffd9e7d156a3c2456f076a5898a0cd7cf51988349895d1fe7a7cea 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/basics_chapter.html 8a067c97cbdaffdb64a3675fbb4f3998a91cc8d01bdf15d7ba2e1ea480e5261e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub 46ba99287460f00aca2ead721768e9bb1bcfb259d9f09717056d6e711647676c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test_app.html 6207b0266916354fd87f6bee9cdaff4b7bb3e655b8aec30a81b31b96fcfd19b1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/config_file_chapter.html ba379dfbd8d7fec6098e420cd77d976c802e1aae47f640bfab6a71c5cfcb7f00 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/cover_chapter.html 712e3f22585530c836e17176de9f91dae4ff0b05e79ce4ad6f4e7cac72d6b3e3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct.html 026d34e67e59b5c3d7b525ad9c6eb6c29568944fe71bfaf97f26c93a4a790a7e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_cover.html 3d575dd45a568bcbb5f9aec080d2d84b222aa5ce4ad5350df78c38748c8d73ee 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_ftp.html 8a4980692dcaf846531831036f4c34600a7768cf98aa6d851a3069c29e992901 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_hooks.html cbe5554aa1ec9eaaebf75f69c68488ab21c0e768b715e0d588f2e0fdbf9abb12 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_hooks_chapter.html f5420b94b20dc495d95c287f4f439e47806c30e729c11cb0915f533403edff5c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_master.html 6cc862ab084fb5c758858521a6fedf0b359ef9faf13096a28269ad15631865f3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_master_chapter.html 97ce55cb86d99552ed2261ccb360b208667e93d2a03622ac53b657a0e2af605e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_netconfc.html ae363eab7853eb55176cc7da29205a5169b31b236ad4611e65a64e06aa15c3e2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_property_test.html 1d35dfb15129047408db7f775484f73b59a84686f51f3fe553e66f95b17cff91 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_property_test_chapter.html d9304921021103b708f3712eaf910accf31aab617d2fdf9d31b98b2324fa6c59 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_rpc.html 6b9e75f581bc69ebcd71ba5374be774346f5fc0cb29921823c38f0ebe8c38fe7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_run_cmd.html 750987aeccf2ecbe46d1823e6a4f02e8ed556592469610cdc32cb5b584e86b87 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_slave.html 651153d32c5284e804aee027644a6b2f14284a7c028b03badefe62abb86f33bb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_snmp.html be762be45c98d2d1415905459950f63ea49774d63bbac8075eebbd2a993ff066 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_ssh.html bb27379d528a1f7a68c133631631b3a8aecd03ae7e1a119304577285e90f5451 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_suite.html 56ba7fcb8a7cc7f187971c21776f6db4d5c4202ccbff63ab5849da2c4a768c67 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_telnet.html 4791abaaa5589f4094de3725a53cf603f722466ad6866d529f32c23ec19390d1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_testspec.html d76d02c83a4de29aa3cbc7d66d502d64390d9a9ae39e200cf3351567b1c1ef85 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/dependencies_chapter.html c1af29de69f785f43f61aa18c396d63df7000d16a2d1fd4ee90cb1c1b6ef6d95 2 @@ -2702,3 +2702,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/event_handler_chapter.html c404f00af5479a69aa62d6864c146dfb33c7ff72eb68bae389127e0d39abda17 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/example_chapter.html 7fa7e8abc45db8ca28cb080c2e4481741a4158981f1ce34221ade730ac41232a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/getting_started_chapter.html 2e5f82b44f71b65e278b2146a5e79a21a06c9d5bc990b4c00806bb03b4e6b83a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/event_handler_chapter.html 20eaa6148f9332755698041528790ed9f35cfa826ab290993998210addabf27e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/example_chapter.html 2c395e151b375cb6f8a443bcd0bd1d9dbc45570edabd4a6fc830cb21f35b8f1d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/getting_started_chapter.html 38a83bee9f7514cd9f0141e9084667c66aa93e18af7fcaa94c81268f9fc4bc80 2 @@ -2706,9 +2706,9 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/install_chapter.html 9ed27b9d9c641c4344473081a9c33152b0f57504c1ccbcef4a61e9b725ebf3a0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/introduction.html c77eaa1d0f1e541c91bb706ec87365a1fbea25affe0d077721ce43fa40f07fb9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/notes.html a342ff01d7cf9e118ea4e567ad7f5ed38acad31ffbc8fd30be5d54af595f3c5a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/run_test_chapter.html b04919025532ed67fc7bcf29cdf416755dc1fcabfc7330d23ed42c086b887b47 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/search.html a57c5ec6de43df9fba2d13a9a129372ea5c9b05a9f253eab334f2fd9a53e2b64 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/test_structure_chapter.html 6042fc9002d2dc015791fe5ab048a3d84a19c6455c96fc24c22e7bebaa57026a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/unix_telnet.html afe28ce9769d0a50ac62051b711fdcab82e4394477c961580ec3c181125ebff7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/why_test_chapter.html 15cc377882b047031d24ab69c0179a3af96818648a12d142f68ad0c6e6ef57dc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/write_test_chapter.html 0f9b397ae08aa297e3b43b35ebacf284d6be7bcce9af3515766b6820052d506d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/install_chapter.html 39d436a440e4e38bdc0a57cd2ed9cb0392027924c0e3643e0f69c7f629aa31b9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/introduction.html 9502e0b7c20595ab12916942d21a00d4ac7aeb261a447c8f7955d3925fa12749 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/notes.html 911c0efe07be69e1fc1ea0d2852ff9a3c82c0f466857b200b2c020b0fcdf0159 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/run_test_chapter.html a2b32189ace5d9c3b587e3471dc42d6e5297a7b0c31041355214c09199e40c50 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/search.html 66a7b1b58e838634e39323de7dd8a3344a249fce615004c2e06f21fa822cbfd1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/test_structure_chapter.html 82fec4b5a3c0c0007338c152292d89a149d1f1a809fae57912da68d1e37e3f33 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/unix_telnet.html 0c1dc06c331d024d627140fad115d4e497619c3f7400af344cba3721c9e1e217 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/why_test_chapter.html 88eec3d195ef7059ff42ade3703f4b9e259afba4ef31e4789ab491a3dda68bd9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/write_test_chapter.html c7ad4ad7e5442c7796daf63a3deec019d0877ac8ca0e14cca6a31aa7488b2f8a 2 @@ -2718,2 +2718,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/404.html 6046167a967a532d09afbe148f563182a721d5106f4a11c705fe8c74fce766da 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/api-reference.html eaa875c14b46a0e4329656ffb9554445014332b44e0f0c7aca003e1d4665a45a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/404.html c6a6bd1e54e9c96bfe6c81a569a020bb383504f66e445a0ca4fbfb3bff54bb0a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/api-reference.html b00cb0d55a8c358f84f05d00bebdd1d58852c863716dd2f9078fbf15f75b247e 2 @@ -2722,6 +2722,6 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/beam_ssa.html a9f391eb24a33f80d54e3ba8fa9987935f3d4e0038d0798c65529f4e3387d61a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/cerl.html 7f9b01c3a7e6f0855fa29062a4227dd1bb10d36fa52658c0a8e34d3cac2b8604 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/cerl_clauses.html 7289c0e020dcc6b9a5190e36602f84ec118622634b917bbf8218015336a56c16 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/cerl_trees.html 3e12fbc676f1b40c274a971d565704ac1220df9d8858743b7ebf25816836b1e3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compile.html ecbc4e63c51fb300d003592b11d587a78f67a458595d9d08af056db6952b2cf4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub 717cf1cadf6cd00fec5874e13d6a6efd54f115ed6c6433999741d1494580e674 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/beam_ssa.html 209c194a890201f6fb2de31bbd390dc1e9e85b7fa46d4dc951be8bde0f25f14b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/cerl.html 68cff93273a57b1e0a63fc299ead3d8c0193d98ca2c542711c6ab53e94638525 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/cerl_clauses.html e2a5cf68eb9167046c22e0aae9cad5ddadff7d17f2d24fbee373881d2b139659 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/cerl_trees.html 428712c1e42bd5741dcd59dffafc153dd28a38251b407887088267a8c474a595 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compile.html c6560431d545f40ab0e0a45854c817cdfaf1611e324f5277253636285f6f5768 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub b1c13914423ea4105a6d9ffec428b697a8e7794d950cd6ed09401981f74a7192 2 @@ -2749,3 +2749,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/notes.html 4baf88e3749232bbf00c35d934982ee882257e1fc0302b7aee6c251a8288cdd9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/search.html 61c8811b568286667ae995e6b5eb7baf153d393f4004484748cad7e388fa2a80 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/ssa_checks.html 135122cc8f92bad2a77aae7123c6436fdf46628374ba607b18e4c6f04778ca68 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/notes.html 8ffca21f1c95c6ef338eab7d1127f78d3d6c5e0532ff0d53139a7949482a791b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/search.html e43dab0cbe62df5fcde17c7124123e642ef3ef9dc1332796b54cf0127be4c0b8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/ssa_checks.html b5dce3359eaaf94fcfe3f659e1a22bd28961f2767a29761fe36a9787a6b7634d 2 @@ -2755,3 +2755,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/404.html 9cada0303edc5203d7da69936117af637e870db2d0edb0de66190c9a36cb52b0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/algorithm_details.html c666e50034abf2a47c2b2858d4b7cc7dd5fea3ac2fd34fa855574050ab08b3a2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/api-reference.html f98122c9a999975766e3f32b2d33c9752800ed29b4de82c648a42df08ead672a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/404.html 0c25c6ea3cf12acb925c6db59328fb3714354d331051fcf0e59753e8f653cdf7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/algorithm_details.html 7fd9477327cbfa0efa81e6efe936867f1f60a16014171d2d5b2abf1801e5f250 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 5619c85ea3dab5d7f6aa2975bed3b4daf6380e75ad64512149e2bef7c50dbdfb 2 @@ -2760,3 +2760,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub 319c9dc1430a18cc20f7d7dad88e3a57beddd29988f53e9caae9a01ca4d6834d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.html ae1cbdc94532559777984049b9887a53450a18c2bf6478af96ed27808ddd7c42 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto_app.html 2469eb797e46fb99ef8e2926a12b6dd739944c289ab47d8082ee46ffea72ae0b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub f62456761d100d83c873e174ea60fb5fbf8b4426e402cc049047b64550250071 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.html 2bbefb4e89c126594521a579594d3c8d17b6464b5678b4b7b28728824fb430b7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto_app.html 12d183dcbec758819237b001e4037e5fb5f9a54c1d38a948a9a4c567586dfac3 2 @@ -2783,3 +2783,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/engine_keys.html 582221746872e3088110900ab7624bdf6682f56acdcbd41b62990869c33e5eba 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/engine_load.html 7894f8224cd4d072f856a567bb3e2e2c3467a38eedae7008e3b0c7d3eec1d534 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/fips.html 6149a3593ca25f027214d2c308311136b6aa0b735925aeb7b24a442b3513c2be 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/engine_keys.html 5ac44b6dfa0fb7f8e93fa4c95a27036bb865b339d5a84f4795162808a8a7b366 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/engine_load.html fb06e66d905eabe243eb4be68da2b79671486bb45372ce3aa430dd2fb3e07683 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/fips.html 9c9d88bfd74fd38072f00b5b46695ae45bec0734845eac9cf4f2c10ae56750df 2 @@ -2787,4 +2787,4 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/licenses.html dedd38fbb95f070cea2fcfa323ed3d8889961563842f26e55b3049db336a5c6b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/new_api.html 4ae6f000bac4bf7b7ae00ef0c0e4a1be8b675ee11a5515f98d6314ab59c4c236 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/notes.html 7dc5c16e6b1f9609dec4dd08cb5dc68f76538bc85e117f41b2be5f6874aac274 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/search.html 555a47981c29680126cd5290815750b9be2e96fd5d27d4c8e31305b56ce71aca 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/licenses.html 1decdae97b555d327e13dff609e9b2836e49dca842691bfeec0283337ddcaf4d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/new_api.html 3b1371751bd6bc74770f1f19e9550d69734f2d0a8b9b8b0e3b5b05c46628b43d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/notes.html aeee603d0552bbac16b0e001be0990588dbbe4d6bc5f3d7138b34a56a951c19d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/search.html 4e76f945a53c344c1f13648a846a37ef876241e9ebc49f366f91007a291c6184 2 @@ -2794,2 +2794,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/404.html a02113f4bae98439de346229d3d5fa3601b7ceeb587f0f5f079b4c0ee981066a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/api-reference.html 5db94ca20ceec055c3613825283882f881986730d446e1c39dd40975e53a837a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/404.html a3ad43db511b42b87324d3a39876199c5e9ad3a20348355548750df2cb0ead62 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/api-reference.html b1d643873b5e350a8d8e1e674125a2d91b703e46d5a775dbdc396dc7f91da666 2 @@ -2805,3 +2805,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub 946f06c0005492c820087c0daab5234389e81567853fa9896f3e7b41f6206e11 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.html 983697801c9d8b802e200c1f88ca6baf18ca65e36ae819ba2a290bf0da2c2330 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger_chapter.html b01648df79fdc19ee33a89093ee934b5de096cbbad34cdea3ddcd43e467c192e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub 053d9122bfa11a1bdb5ee24910f31e882d358939c4193254b25e4ff8f40203ae 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.html f4547a1045e9dee688f62f55fa5ed6f25a6467463cbd06bcb2a3b561a38cf995 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger_chapter.html 6ee8d59e7082aa9cf4f4171baed73edac6a4f9a744a50eaba33e8eac638531d5 2 @@ -2828 +2828 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/i.html 36d068a3bd97a48a6d352737836a9fc1368604861cec71c3bdf9de257f2759df 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/i.html f2a696be55c16ad0d7d5a133dbc6babc72209b04b1cb2caa0db2b91c8fa2b8b6 2 @@ -2830,4 +2830,4 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/int.html e419a334c700086d95c3f81ea1f893bfcb6959c48c4cb2ac48037f8afdded6d1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/introduction.html cfb33f030c5d9e1299476750edc3855245ec11d4bd43e3d0631a9db4403c39b4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/notes.html 62d21c04d70c293886896daa2b920639e4b71c4af23c192eb68ef1cb8cf04d9e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/search.html acc62751a3ec5fb36b21a26229363468d8da3dd6863fd95839aac0588c31d0dc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/int.html 12995efbbc7e0d331b18ca51930c4a13100b623a66e9743e7717fa2f73944701 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/introduction.html 6042aedf6704913892074bf0af8b1934f7dd9df04303d612fbe2a3a1e15970d4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/notes.html 0a0dce5e5ff833fcf3874b497ba582a37e745376df9235166d926ed87fc07e94 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/search.html d64e5e20e35edf3f90d82ad9e3189c1acdf06a36e4407d1f7fd9a62014f877e5 2 @@ -2837,2 +2837,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/404.html e34ab0787bffafe85439a7fb69c66f77bedac2e9566c9165e343373293a9d3be 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 0ac96d16c1579bc4c1d54b1ba9bc655caa9ed5af3c43f3e1b509c46bcabeae7f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/404.html a4e4c05138fc21224b97aead07379ba5ced9f03f6066150886b80685d51e77d3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html b895cd6b57781f87d262dd27028a388892cd76003b36c5f339db54cbbfcaeccd 2 @@ -2841,3 +2841,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub 8323e9f586da12d7b6fe6e8cbbec593de01b31091c7fd3931096daa9390ba64a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.html 070d75f0bc13bcce62e3f7ad293ada7eeba13875c38d35bc11e33ae283baa03a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer_chapter.html 050ae7601090a1be2828b6df3017f8e5708c80e63956c578e39576932287736f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub 3f65b768a6a3867857c3e1d3d61cca1ed577a142d17a31965e302cb56e2f4097 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.html 1be0218f1bb3b31a79f70ffc6dd49d9a57566cc893d00a1004eb1cf6298b9675 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer_chapter.html 9eaf9619fd2dcceab1c9e5a6f4ba37a0cd18b24e052431c76799a7a62600062d 2 @@ -2865,3 +2865,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/notes.html 691aabacdad8c5ead1209c89bd94cc822f0f505f3552222295b07120b40f620d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/search.html 5ae04c6c1c0d4bb58c8b05a78315ba5860d628427c1ed0d74904be39efbebf2e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/typer_cmd.html 5991193432ec815717a4ceff9e8c4921e3c0e61fc042c154bd742a6f7f5f3378 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/notes.html be2923a7dcc4cb9fc1005c68ccbc216426a9c6e8bb4fa8857fd8fc27126a472a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/search.html 769f8f89a734fc48887635f0b25b6bed2eaa21bcfc3684cb3942f0413adc2c3b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/typer_cmd.html be52bed42611f321067b9ec604011da3c3c72711b4011506f4caca5a50b97de4 2 @@ -2871,2 +2871,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/404.html 440284ded9cc1040807bf6fb36c9e5b06a05e4f5ae55014e75dbd599d4c8c962 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 8e62c96c289bf2d99e7c507bf0cf3faf45951ff764caf265fd0160d982fe58d0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/404.html fc4ff19ccf3cdb892c941159983174e7fd0a31aa8478397e1b6c176930b701e6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 3664dd360c2b8c7f1c8ab109ebf156486ee9e1a7bc6561ef4b300c9ca71338cf 2 @@ -2875,15 +2875,15 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub deee8c5a730a2382dda20e35267f1f9525202768dd3ee784a6862579fad74bd9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.html ee4f08be69bde95a8db594bea55c2c2de17dfb07f44a7b3997d1436752b73935 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_app.html 5beacc722af209748e69e6eb9fb539ce9e25930131c72665f443c697cc6ef99c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_codec.html 01434a7a10c238c44e14008e6cb6c58ee364d7b83caa7d3e46f9de564d17231d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_dict.html 3a8d6a313dab7d7523c80695d2c02c4a9ad88da191e1efed2adbff44a6d1e663 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_examples.html c9cc2beb5c17cc3c0e51c109d632b59ba204c58ce62aa8914f4be949368e477f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_intro.html 868aff7126ff1da0c956ba00d25d003078eebc546bb918087bf759313b324d05 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_make.html 420a424d785147b2e9c349b1387587c051b7e914700c08fb26032da3c8b25f13 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_sctp.html 626c70dbd7086a022275ff583f756c858bea5dcc7f329a4d7a0cefe332cbbeb6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_service.html d0a7a0051e7cb61d8ee4f6bcc073f9784ebe9f25c747ebd94b87fa61def989e2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_soc.html b33b4dd2302cc7ea67a6241dbbeb5d0904f965104c27bfaf8ed148efdeecc546 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_tcp.html c404e78b0b13c6a0e266307454c3e703cbc66bfe9cf3c837b47c5b67e6e3565b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_transport.html 6a53e1657b7a80ee0c26c0a3553323eda79389bc7e2f4f1d066b44ade5598c5f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_using.html 1306f802d98ce5e8b9e87c52d9b05feefc747dd89b01aa44f66d8b52617b55f0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameterc_cmd.html a34dbb9168ca47a1b967f72e3ef5bbafbbf2282f6cde4f8c2aea666d4a75888c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub fab827ce85a73ae17afdeb2b982b8d1064fd43ef1a6d2847259a22d5b2422fb7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.html 44a00e1e790c1eb43acd31f46e40d8ea35110a55ea9d93efc70ae85b98f2ab6e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_app.html dd03229bc9880a5ac1167c472e1c72c67f74e56ddc5fa0a995afd0690907b19e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_codec.html 5b728590382259c22728ed56e9ff76ad78026af07964913e46d971592ed7a260 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_dict.html 9b67d97e5471a0b33797292b801aa7cf5a37fda9f9acd24617438477d53f0d3b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_examples.html 4193a490baaa0c857256812c50a22b4cadc91d3a1d57e4c84f030aadc53b77c3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_intro.html 75b4d3199d43484d39b81c9888bfe9bbf7067a00a0941d9f013c7e0fc870afbd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_make.html 5b84bd7c2ee94e381a4c3bb4c71f96565ea187991a13310ef7258e8ab6d93e04 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_sctp.html 197b25f7ad79f5e3c2c449a045f23e7df4da95902233b3ed72681c8e655a312d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_service.html bca8487847de3695a4b85e8dacc173d419c60ed50740982c52110ce4600709ce 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_soc.html 7d0d323e93024bedb1d3d66d31500a47dfee7e77f40e9542b6f35d21138dd91f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_tcp.html dd194aa4e8dd98cf2cbba638d221d2eb04e6250cae93200134e2112f858f9f60 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_transport.html fae1e8df91c612dc7615cd36091ceb226139064d5ff14682a99f344acacce49e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_using.html 67c781ff17b0eef05993684c79a37d274a782efe2b48dc06ff3119d38616630e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameterc_cmd.html 3a936cba98e4d4ba59e5dad0cd2bc32c873a6618c47fc67374c6dc453508b72c 2 @@ -2911,2 +2911,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/notes.html ae3c2e13ad99c121584e956fca8daca4543485cd5e059efc6ce1b5df5a3861b4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/search.html 2fd2e99429613f879ebf716212ca43dc70c9992525b8d2662d1e57218f0c7c01 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/notes.html d94d1c844788613b4951dbc5ee0e0510602833d9922b1477b616e1249d49434f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/search.html 97eaa0f8354935679e49491a9b42d05ac016da0b6394f607e35bf56d8b777a22 2 @@ -2920,2 +2920,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/404.html 64057b6946d4aa51f2d44bf68b82aafdae9af36929c441d9eac7b2625c6ddd8e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 1cd113373ee407b6875a6bf24a9fafeceabd2967ba33042ce0c7731c145b6e4b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/404.html b8abe6515edae5875dd732fe366856e8bd29399ff1ac030accb235a00fc62acd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 4343988457b728cdb0c247d03a9ea7510f5eb57e635d711d105699c803d45b19 2 @@ -2926 +2926 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/chapter.html 09c88b8805ac9874fc253835a10d4603219a8536ebbdcfaab21da1585e2cad36 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/chapter.html e0821749201b5f02f2220afa63638dab4a9127e57b2bd34622e88d3e17bfe90d 2 @@ -2947,12 +2947,12 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/doc_storage.html 4773e662b3857b56eb2ed3ae0a137b515043c2fb64aa60eb1d32bbe0a7d72810 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc.html b7a2272851702c050de5c0d1d0cb2cc083b7ef4b9bcad6224d4b80869c128cff 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_cmd.html ed320d34ca4ef50bbe93408bf839621d4c035ba0558e14e750ced327d4dbc96c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet.html 0443c090304230100bcd1ed0dd36af91d4ef65654d5ab72307647f02ce43458b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_chunks.html a0d389a7840e80cb8357be6418096711c074d186ee0eedc5e0e821e7bc3d061f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_markdown.html 622c37054d48a75ea6fe5d1174a69219ae77b3a895692aa10b63faeacdcbd4b1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_extract.html 5f2170b5f4c1fee25dc12e7f5e5240d9f8b1df456e25bb71bc220effdc3e6d92 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_html_to_markdown.html 691abba15bd7ba75c87d1fe65effc60d4fb86b3525e540e4d8b941e826665c46 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_layout.html 82493db21f88dcfc71f64119bcd7b1506994e912aa8f7c8630d889b88c73b4ec 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_layout_chunks.html b56abce3ab3af4b11feec65ac99fba429935a0f3fc0a2d36f8c6430e0c326e16 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_lib.html 87dc4708f04fd94f7cbe6baede63ab993b215ad4734bef88300e22dec71dceee 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_run.html 08f569495e02627534b831d2439ab95d21bccf0fe1c0ce64aa23c16481e93c31 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/doc_storage.html c2f4c2c73b7b34b45ddf459e572959e4317d5f9830446cefc7f651e80634e0ef 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc.html ef69d34666139bf97f47a0151063e55e91bfd065ba4a779366d4b90d756bef17 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_cmd.html 77656e89305f4397e6a786ec616deb27e7b362f386fe377252d0ce7dc5b50106 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet.html 7b41b24f1c8b0d7b12f449e4ee7dc60641c18389a3e0b9ecf1099f5b611eab22 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_chunks.html c25ba7a287ed0cb85a205bae268d5ec53caeaa3a6b4b4237210b1cd0002fd535 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_markdown.html f68dd2e5898e515526f89cc80e8f136c22bd6c348b20eae4490451675a9a458e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_extract.html 91e1f2c5dec69c8336e8d5da527767c09825dd6963879966e3d7f0dae1966d7b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_html_to_markdown.html f868b5d594db2d78e0c9258a9b44100fc7b084230241cdf1ef93f812bcb575eb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_layout.html a3eafbf8e60bd5e09a8632280d4f39d0d346c55dbd6cc75b32d9dd1553ea64d5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_layout_chunks.html 3f824971585a56dee70156b971133d59efe74cfeba20b4c2d30f827ed1e724fa 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_lib.html adbcedbb2e599acac06a253846f01d07584541d598c162a1f64df47d9ad53495 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_run.html 29621f8776390c84d8df8e27a08609bc16b59146610080ee9a96f2acf19a7044 2 @@ -2960,2 +2960,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/notes.html 2b8ef4edec64c25d0b578671ecfc8206f26fb78d6eb56b31faaf5e5d0b6878e2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/search.html 966b6c3266a656b1a03763914cdfcbeefb420c0d03c2cceb61e61234c344e4d3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/notes.html 53569e36ffc26a257b384b139799a378c175454386071c458c32c717c5f3decc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/search.html abd3f6dee23cc27a01c06a40cba4e5e2853464e86ffb9353b036c58e6234383b 2 @@ -2965,2 +2965,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/404.html 98d3968cccb9ca808ac35de6a4d63135a7cd3c3cb4f67b13ef8029ff22910774 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/api-reference.html 0555633242964e9cda0a5794cb187c8c2ae826b7b811797c6791983056bd581d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/404.html 341bd2278ce2fd342dcc0a173b68e2a54aa666d0ed591dcdec55b5ec78dff61f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/api-reference.html ccafe5eb43f7509f4379aad8ced4697855336b86f6f0c4d242ddfcf4962758b8 2 @@ -2989,2 +2989,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.epub 12869c42ea94ba8b92d459d31fdbfe1a8d49002eb88685bb7dafddffcbc56694 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.html e4b6555820cc5a1e694f88d4cf093261a8303dfb22a07e740ba00259d9baf76f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.epub 14b3c19beb34c9f3a62138471c41c0c9bd9f4806f04f4b4490abd74d2436db0b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.html 41b72eb8a357df3eb6beff5addb31bba2a6456fc6b3051bfad3baa5cc28ccfbc 2 @@ -2992,2 +2992,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/notes.html ae8417dc82cd4ac077565426bbc873208211e5a6dcbcdac1db4c995d0b3fc251 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/search.html 0e390b7929b0db9443e066dbc19513a969ed2e55fbaf29807b5c96174b9c4656 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/notes.html 5dd36e29975c8d60a2591fff9759af7ab8396794d56c81c6adb945d99c0d015e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/search.html 4fdb0d292c764ecb2605f095cfa7f8a95e3196d2f6ee5c7997f50829e5b0839f 2 @@ -2997 +2997 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/404.html 578368c59349ddb01b138612ca7ba7fb29a23618dff498b5a3e29782a395ba70 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/404.html 4616a7dd7e70115131c5b0844274abbb329ee2542864340d50f37fe9aeb58355 2 @@ -3020,6 +3020,6 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei.html 0e70e276242a448c269637d76b90f7264f9a4a1ea7c65eaccdb39333d8995d66 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_connect.html 4715d7bcd3b9a717d82e440c095bb2415f42e0d2b16a38a348bcdb814c838b4a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_global.html 693f5707b888da5e702a68dffa7b88361c1e99d0cbc1f980c1425c472adfd896 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_users_guide.html 9ad3d71181e983f1f82472d811affbb4d768a4d050b2d9e3a9686087937fd33b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_call_cmd.html 12a9c78acabc86979028d06b9b21d7fd3d1f9a8976431ac8828eb3f8999a94b7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub ec8e538e073ac5a1e056ef802bd4715a903a6cf2621e2f9c65d07053fee77af4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei.html b14030b25ac9b6082a0fc9f1f9b639ea2ada8b7d85c3fd5e5ea9228dbd817a46 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_connect.html 0fe268e5ebb92a1af139df78381516ce5d229ee8d3ef112789a8909534d3eb0e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_global.html ad7627ab819cc600a1cae398882624c108f7e4b6bab2e20349deace2c9cc5c71 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_users_guide.html b9221e0afc994b03fe3750694091be9120501805d29a63b60a3c239efce1871f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_call_cmd.html e8a2de8f36ed049f690c00054f05bf4f82d4ccd7254cd83afe8bc10557a1532b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub f3f4427433d82169feac2ee3cb489ee67bc99f23925c779ea7c4ce5b5d006acd 2 @@ -3027,2 +3027,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/notes.html 4c7b60db4c4eeb3eb291c7644de824e6d7df13aea356efa95544c61f2cdf53a1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/search.html 406886beb04b0ee8ad6f671655bb291a34ca3cbebf4ebe8ada776e4d7f877bc4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/notes.html e3d7a64fa451054af4f9bd332fad203335f4483f45044f9f1e357a721f3f4a0d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/search.html 2494b55f3c248b3efc34d1d2c9b038fdfad5a4880fe67ef9eeeaf2bb998e4b6b 2 @@ -3032,2 +3032,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/404.html b220d534f38ae35cd5e5583a77f73cc07e0e30554f0fbec48876dfd152313e3b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2a32508bfd60a040a29480ad5562c7ffa65e82eb786cffd37b86ee923d56ec7c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/404.html 2283d031a5025c328269be8721ecb7704de709ecb566f285d5e4245d30e84bbc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 4f439cc35439e784d2fdbc1baee38747aab4c6bb11d028f0541b0f6439f4e103 2 @@ -3067,9 +3067,9 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.epub c1d0fb055be911a7b6b332d781f497876c22a55dedba581f3672607fd7ced2a5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.html cdf45dc744f0ea9c2d9aeda5f8e66afa1a34bcc248c43647496662be3f3f1e93 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_collector.html f61219b88e8202fd2208db1e999c4350f41011eaf62acf6cc2e4c7ec9efcc7fb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_desc.html 9fee54b434bc8e599df83e1649d4133dec368144c8a08e16b8072e555af4d347 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_examples.html c992249206eafec790f96e522f420c3adeed15230a3674127e0d7f778b7404b4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_intro.html d4d7943f52f85deaa8154cae591c921b118cee2a2614d54e45186fde3c9c07dc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_selector.html 6db1203ed17fc3029872cbdd4310cff79966597749549bf6d85d83e0b64c2724 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_tutorial.html 99713a7b2ad486ad77928552cdac671928354e70ef2c95a123544ea8023e9d46 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_viewer.html 8957e30afaa862abd2c03d02af3c3d459f882eb2c0f13b5e7763641e1b64d0cf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.epub 5db01479559e85a233e1167d66272d7c8a468c21f35a16c3c392b890802b39c3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.html 34ac740376990e159142e3be2a4cacd8af2c0095603f71fc1a8e292a41652c9c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_collector.html 81762d7c60fd4f11f68ef6f2783943e54dd2935cc2e721a885ddec28115f1625 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_desc.html 8eb08b455f91aee13a897cde45c8ede222726f67529f6654854d3772938a2f5b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_examples.html 9b4dc6f9c415307b10d513a487b2ce1f98816d185c34b6df9913060ed65fc202 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_intro.html efc4bbb8005f93f862cbfddf8d226cf6b4c327e0fce248aea428d1c70f8f9b48 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_selector.html 6c288538c71cc359f2570fff02c7ee29ffc9b8f415a1aa49e6fcc3dc09d07016 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_tutorial.html 3af89b087dc6d4d0bdb52024ef86a2bd80905e1280fe7aaeb8d96650694d2985 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_viewer.html 4f42ff7e77f3663ef7e96cb192e4b40a2e3a237cbb6ed1d52865ca6a54d293a1 2 @@ -3077,2 +3077,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/notes.html 1b69c308f48d8c79203c6b7c4c6f27c5d29935dd4be6a2c491b829af9b230cb2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/search.html 2913bb3bb8920f60116127b1059a76855fc91cf84c87f618899b6cdc449967cc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/notes.html b8f1cabeb2744939eb56632afb92e1a5c0d1d2620fdc7f8c85bcee087fa32bbc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/search.html 3216b0236f0d07b6d1b30fa14d888533155ea116353fcf224ac18e151d17821c 2 @@ -3082,2 +3082,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/404.html c45f358b5dba1c89b5900c3f98727ab4a9ebe49d36e6fe31ed37014db73514eb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/api-reference.html efd13872376aa5b842eb9d310051109d7ad2114136d8c2419c86757ecd931f13 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/404.html cba9a31f076a340690db1c22abae9c49f5c8bec2b3ed64e4d5ddff942e048d69 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 97d376516e8adc52d9fd61c6d1962dd62c2264865ca4800d447c90e6a30bf86c 2 @@ -3086 +3086 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/chapter.html 7f37791c5512361b11ff3d0d5b9112ae2efd3b4eaae19b61b20db3bec615ce19 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/chapter.html 8106145abf6442b7fedf196207af3e68d6965700969d3151224daca310c46522 2 @@ -3107,3 +3107,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/eunit.epub c92c810fca5a958350402c2eb275fdd2e62e3a94e48186820abd18cedf37bb93 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/eunit.html 9113a0a8f4f806618917c1c9d81ef20df97fe5e479d2d916f5707f6c96b234b7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/eunit_surefire.html 171de602cfe3fe98c595532257651f31fc4f9b7dfa6f4aa2871fcafd17a6754d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/eunit.epub 79b6063f2386e809f9efa0371613f9f8671071f269a45ec0a82b8408aea94073 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/eunit.html 97c0f470ce4448a4fb706bbaeb2dbc9683fa83952fccd2d1bec35e92953b61f7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/eunit_surefire.html 1ec6c2a26a8be7944869f5aab59ae4d22ea38bbaf644f63deb583b2abbc6f635 2 @@ -3111,2 +3111,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/notes.html d1d5930bd15a01f56fb1353cada6f3f404bc6bc8bdabe7d7d766b4e27714c49c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/search.html c4314cc8e09e04159f6414076b0982e7810a2346f6925c61ad1f0379e8b3ced6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/notes.html fb77af90599589910714d47d0301640c2da0bb57f67279025188a9e7aaac46cf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/search.html 3c45dde268e5a9e8b536b5a64d8ee0d3895f78bdfd41884d22cf4375bc26c731 2 @@ -3116,2 +3116,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/404.html 9fa5b0e281673b76f3edc6cff1c2b01bcdfddca4931194c7185db90fb3c54df1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/api-reference.html 2d9b5bfcfadc18177037dc667ab1b122dcd637e48d381da91f1c27549d40191d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/404.html 88f1453c17dd98d9f22a4960bc90945f1100d4b1ab86becda930b16ee188a662 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/api-reference.html b0c350886edb5e3b2a89e27e8d58d7e7d5a8435e353fb3d32e945d7c552d9cd1 2 @@ -3138 +3138 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/dist/search_data-6DB131C5.js d110c5cac5418f29c629ee93ec2bfc6085ece6479412513cd3c9cefe22ef6d6f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/dist/search_data-DCE6DC3D.js 3462854b02af79d5b4b80c26306f5f72ca461bce3be07c0748f5d24d4a8f037c 2 @@ -3140,3 +3140,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp.epub 885c27780ef31f916c04351d37da09315cf9ee20731c1f03c3c5bb35d60e8786 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp.html f5c55b63cc7b502d9b2e9d0f1c848eb46c74872c7d927d8cb3e6956550f11939 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp_client.html a35667454ca594f8ed056fd135d9a65c4d313730d213864d0faf35d633dcd00e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp.epub c353f66359816f0d0faabbe18f2d24fed83a5851579976c7f85f5296ad9e8695 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp.html a5237a8e44ecff6f0c6135d0be04fedc7876dcdd2c8203dc09ff790fb7ca0d7e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp_client.html edb464d0eabe555f82906718915061dd79b8ab6f38d86bdce6a772ce3a280927 2 @@ -3144,3 +3144,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/introduction.html 3a61b5c3d9aa1b142b5d2ad46f7487a8cb02f0a938e91d6e2495b252459db5fb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/notes.html ec95cae772a068e139c229b426bdbe4f4ac3de60939ef53ea07798f0b868cba9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/search.html 49537e190d321775e7e9bb1258d022ef715fb2ac45f15a4c3e70366f56c10da8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/introduction.html e7660368003357026bd6ad99795e83f0b5994ea129b9ab34ad741d12de67d740 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/notes.html eda2f7662e1c714dd0f53f7f321dd0affc5dee8dd22655bfaa7d354cfbe18266 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/search.html 2046e69c5a546fb2d2542664ca3f1cf8e12f469dac2865dcebebdf9debb5a0ac 2 @@ -3150,2 +3150,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/404.html 5d292a035477ae96026b9a89a28c403fa6c5f94bd4a1f3a58c2940ea4ff26eed 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/api-reference.html 73189a1bc7f036465f8aeb4a877a6c5fd86b0b543035ddb2c7c290441101ab87 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/404.html 30fb6dce9db61318729cbee859d776d4f2b0026284b6e5c4ce6dd1ba67c98e76 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/api-reference.html a68527777658083ca31cb789fdf5f7368e06aa3f5249ce4e6e3859e8c590bcd1 2 @@ -3174,8 +3174,8 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/http_client.html 63d2974aa39bd93b5483d480075d9d671bff490514c30cbacc1b5fcbb09f1dab 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/http_server.html bebec8db6597847417b7c5e1fbb93c523b64937bb2e5df11e73b81ea4ce3369d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/http_uri.html 4a3fe4b801790428c3d45f5f7258ed4b33a2b25d151b1baea3883b27f635ec3f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/httpc.html f763480df7fca86ac3c26258c905efc2a163dc864ce7d7e463fdaacea6cb96a3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/httpd.html 5a093af2ed0622f68da8427762ddb4b1a04595ef1afdb4461da41eb0c3705ccd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/httpd_custom_api.html 72faeca66692488fa554e7e61f9616aa7727c5d84eda7a5a9c26b551c47b0d83 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/httpd_socket.html 8f86cdd47446e6e884e6161de2ed105453d617c9590762a8995ac3fad4f4e6a6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/httpd_util.html 38adb3c37af2c0c50ab476a402d7addcb8824c42213a6df5b2324d9fa7023ea2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/http_client.html ff344f4f66614a61875189e9a66d318c9199e1e65f6f47d5352753c8afedb2e0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/http_server.html 6c213dd8d7d9a25fdb7533ddcde3011edabac3e0ad27dc54491aef41f35ba6a7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/http_uri.html 102b143cc2d7ba6a3d30ecf2519faf02d7da5ce6040584a0bdc869bd3be2cdf9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/httpc.html f122721b96796956db91ecfee7d6875bfed3b36c62ac409c1db57d33ee589dbf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/httpd.html 7e9070e88d97391c2c38c7209e353786e08768634075a311d64c3123805f76eb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/httpd_custom_api.html 8107e5b8d08baaa1f659e79af42fd40f3fb6da8cb48f5f5b6131ca1c0220a7c2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/httpd_socket.html f035ab1fe23be10bdeea967744ed461e13d88b43e7d71e021238a67843cd1a60 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/httpd_util.html f9d12c3347556572e4100d0b9d91db653db7c1ae80170ab1559db341c8b7f1b5 2 @@ -3183,10 +3183,10 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub 6dc239a9eec579c68d7ad64e6d10af907c77d27681e1e03d4aa6639dc1bc9de0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.html bc312ae3fed61bc3462a9e41ddd26a7bc87ed85cd57124505fba89fbd7488afb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets_services.html d6842e537c7b2c8527b6a78adddf4cccd997953e1f1ebe875d3369be5f11ec04 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/introduction.html 14017488cd13b0a91d73ae2cc3d2cd470d4d194aaad4e03abff671a2727003a5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/mod_alias.html 596b315fbe2e2a293d36fde88151b347c4754de610be1523db9dc5e088d3c318 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/mod_auth.html 10ceb08e5666b4766889b72d4791d9f7fb7c3d05cf10ed125ec635fc84643f43 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/mod_esi.html 329d7112b8d0560d9dc4d1d37355038830747a9239fad801e56db9d523fe863e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/mod_security.html 3a8f21ef87b4936ebc81a66eee943ab0d7850907da1de4e4db87bc27f91dc08f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/notes.html 1649cb29248290f01402c71d3c7f39ae165edd8d5720c13967b429851b8ddebd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/search.html 32f2e893aab4fd1cff05af7e15d45c07ffd682c9d44d085b834af7773d86bd46 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub 30aca685c447054b42b7697b6d7904dec2aee261860ebd39d4374288096c9244 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.html ab62fb10fe0f00d7a1bbb27db19b90b5d59aadd875bf212c17cdb50335986031 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets_services.html 22782b7c39c6f3327ce462d3f11c84410eae7dab9f0700b017fbc7761aa49d27 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/introduction.html 741caa51d321569026829e905b740df40c0476661605cd19c2bdaabf4a5f802a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/mod_alias.html 9cd2fa3ec5f4dbbfa3dd739e464c7092aebac27a7cbd4874a9b3634ec7c8c289 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/mod_auth.html cce353332094b76b63fd16cee3ab2d35c7818ac9c68f28350fcb1febd326d0e2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/mod_esi.html a61993138d0bbfbccd0ba8079851d641e8d0e88025b551fc5f50c3d8a9c7685c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/mod_security.html b54a894ab2ea47fcab1d31bc5929bc1f4c7a1a724155634079dc747e194dc9e1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/notes.html f2c69794294dde4001aaf8b37918c696e294b028992b83210fe31226d275fffc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/search.html eb6d46cd43bf26bb2395036b86555823e30a2d4278710ab269d24d701ec105f8 2 @@ -3196 +3196 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/404.html 8e99ca019cdf040e917734e4d912d3304e2a67ed8b801c42b5af3cbe99bd7470 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/404.html 7c4296a3fc20b3d9020584cfb176e61bc0f9071805f8d0d1771f8151a92d6803 2 @@ -3313,3 +3313,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/jinterface_users_guide.html c19b35229901ecc94d94fea2cd7f99754c89a365b97dad283307e19ba087b621 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/notes.html 6741a3c26422a7be2d4f2810ce89ba497a8d3cbf17c8f2919476757e740b6870 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/search.html fa818141d69bec84d7be05b8ec9a8815526780c2f70d2fd0dfcdad6c9b4fd116 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/jinterface_users_guide.html 700bdd08fa0422591a6fd675f342dd30f0d4d27c8cfb88a6d231ce52ff448344 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/notes.html 17594d5cba08e7b743f2c675b06edbb02bddb1ba598e49c843a27af44f8e0543 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/search.html 78b8a8fe552f3cc624ccd7d6faa62b4d2247256fd87f5617ee18cf37d1bf0241 2 @@ -3319,4 +3319,4 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/404.html a0c1cae4429daa1bbc03710dba12df53c212ae0e00c250d72b331bc5cdc532e9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 23d95d4d07c64312bc9ff5e99dccb08f6a6663564e7916140f201379cb6eeaaf 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/app.html 80ccb6e5fec739e7e77744ed78d7751f6cc0360f415d9c55f5117cf47f77218e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/application.html e748784e1cb083e80a6ba424566aa9febd3beb9420dd6ea7e527e92b7be57538 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/404.html d013b11c78dd76b300ca8e40cee0dd4e3d1e7068f0c3165b565e11327ef333a5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/api-reference.html a5bead317d85f3493a417c435858946d81ba39d498f311a71c2507c001ad74fe 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/app.html ec278acd8ef3d369c9b87429eb6a664d0e3b7f30b2400f6a404fbaf6d345f980 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/application.html 528e9084fa4421e1ee3e32153970f017c7ee7b0c46abfbce59ad77846330f934 2 @@ -3325,4 +3325,4 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/auth.html 0a801403410496ef8d22bab3684895ed90445aba85a931cbbd06f7cfa2ca64fa 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/code.html 25f2de28647340a3bab19969dfb3f4219e103da9340473d33e61ae108d3e98d4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/config.html 25312b557fd8af1475758c903d6ff90d56e7b319d0dafcd007d3b02d89d39c1e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/disk_log.html 399a4766510efd3882e9515894d5369082984d8f80d4ed845c68f17ffb7f4efd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/auth.html d63ce293a76bfafa3dac375cbdde000f7de23006ca648516b391361d096c5b87 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/code.html 0b1bfcd411241da35f74679f5fc3577e096680b1f855ca7f2ebed219cf4e8b9b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/config.html d5bf3d50492c6993ad3d5aed49cff53f78bba841cc9822dfb18533a1127c7afb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/disk_log.html 1800eea37a78bf781e6cac7ddf890fc22383d3469be89a4ab759b44bc06e31d9 2 @@ -3349,14 +3349,14 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/eep48_chapter.html 696beb0654f5d6bc4e5a331cd01d30e718369dad0400ada447890732aeaaa541 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/erl_boot_server.html adac93ba4ec412c7cbd4aa6f170ff65c0868b8c5ab6952287b7a05e109951d76 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/erl_ddll.html 9f346008d29cb261b8d9707195afdf047f7084d9c113bc57c1b28001a601ea15 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/erl_epmd.html c808110a3695abc0e90f105a8866df8e40d1c73fb90222283f90a5346c837229 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/erpc.html 576c5acdf0d832974f9665069ed487c6307239d23cd33d1e71e47548ce3af2b9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/error_handler.html 329ce4e595bf6900910d581c69ec5695a67703cb26ff83a62733f2465c32382c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/error_logger.html ffa72df8f53abd57f32a898418efe55aa7275077601578c61cc1640a12af619e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/file.html 44914b370874ef0c1e356bf5e8c7d6729c499cff98ae34abdf2138d296abb3ee 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/gen_sctp.html c8d211a663a5883d61c0f7636d8da68d0cd1fb377a6b51c8fe14f5058f4236c0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/gen_tcp.html 8e0e8ffca757f2511f6254d5bdd9ff92ad0e89fb6cba22132ce16626b67f42c7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/gen_udp.html b19b82eeae7db376e6928513f13bc07d86ad2d20ccb6708fcf14a5521b706cce 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/global.html 526f5e266df540732d63b81e6e7b3431ee8fc4dd6985f106941c2f2b4825117f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/global_group.html 647f116abf39b0528f57196782f2c35fa01019f61407d730398332f809918763 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/heart.html 44ef7138b55684771da72a1b52eaf9dcffdd00d362992eff949a8481878c475f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/eep48_chapter.html f5bf6ebd6c21850ce636a2e984fb5d4b18c23435a92c124e961759279cf14782 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/erl_boot_server.html 4eaeb8ec83d91c8d0c68b218b346e3b9238887de0894690876e4845177c10452 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/erl_ddll.html 953c3ff63a810adcc90c8b7767c2994d26f9efa9be5db7332bfe5da17ad4a9ec 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/erl_epmd.html 4cfa3d5fb3cd31597e9b1d8137b96585d8bfffe678d661bd4979a3ecb983ee60 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/erpc.html 552190912e758163bf239ccf6302ded55aebd5fd3efcfb0126e7317db7310d15 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/error_handler.html 6a9269261bc0ba124ef6572488d5173923e5147e750755e28f4d543d98512f65 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/error_logger.html 7d32ee4149496e0281477e05f061440937463f01030f6d88233db85fd340f21d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/file.html 4553a4bf92b4d6c8710fb103f54fe9cf4efaab10acaae71493f4ccae2d661fcc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/gen_sctp.html c308973cb41fe17acf59b85ab67c9f7fdaf3e9031ee8d42aff295c79772c275b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/gen_tcp.html 078e16dca49da7cd6384d118cef024f9bb07b2a3b7c226f779f33e497db72ded 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/gen_udp.html 1816bd7e7d0c09c76e49b9d5393d6b0c1748b2b9db1662c3892df8ee224cc7b6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/global.html 3157170d362f710bbe4e70289a4b0716544f8a083c6c3ee3e60133680f556860 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/global_group.html 607e505480e67e41b09bc2d4a27aa9d04a1f1199125b2e70d37a2243a59a9ab4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/heart.html bbc6fe51c9a528b63742c75f73614330ff75e9b29e6a752eb3c20ea1316b199d 2 @@ -3364,26 +3364,26 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/inet.html 5fc5a2a4933b32e13ffd37fc1e6f6574ff3fb51901205e15848b56c338d18d2d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/inet_res.html 2377fd89843d3b44c310c38948769d235919e8b04fa951a52c246c132ebfd1f5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/introduction_chapter.html 41906545d1475157e83f923a70da723b0c1b8f5e9bcf3c863669ebfeeb332fc1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub af36d28fe9c3d28fae42a5ebc41c9f455279d5870e770e81e5bcfd5b12cd7c8b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel_app.html 245790366f5bf9b94c8448d7615e374b905a3d8eaec4226847c675fc8542bd1b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger.html 9cabf8c87d6f5bbefb746f6188ba3181ed10cc10c81c7f9b3e84e903bbfaf8ec 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_chapter.html 671165eb1c59b63c7cb907ff37132a79530629f4aae56756f3579422c6c9a1a1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_cookbook.html c204972342e630f9e3d8831571af85dedd9e7bb5336a00e3e73c8149aac4a864 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_disk_log_h.html 3968f0cf3c815565a4e3a6495e447e5a2332e30976421914e8c608203e1c37cc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_filters.html 52100a3e95fd78ac010aa12ee181b967bb8f169da806357f51bad15935f7c6a2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_formatter.html d4491a3566101896e758c7ba9866b9eccecb8812fddaa43459b142c5c4877ab1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_handler.html bf590ff188ddec770061d3f436217cf3bf542eaa17073fbc918fe063d81636ad 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_std_h.html b0f2c7e9e8e88d99b9752005abe7d55fb34b170552dfafb8bf6f4d53b34994f1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net.html 5c49843384a2d87c55044d44d6432185ed03532ae2c7cbd65e9aa331676113ae 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net_adm.html 205f7556d90a795fb71caaa5dfd0aca8819837d8de00616053c609f7e0309b64 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net_kernel.html 243d71a01b8b7f5416de14d887ceb80b387c4158b36916ebcf7e3557958fc851 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/notes.html a9482ec32e644fd2b5f0dfd48b6b18904fba1693568c54e2d7d573dd9af990b8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/os.html 9cb95aaa77550ef42d9d82a5d15cdcc831519aaca647592e5add9a60857481f0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/pg.html e35d2ec4c7aef901b18df19347c15588b49984c96b5a22f2d27532b45632e405 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/rpc.html 9cd8a4ac6fd2e91e126cbf2b94f27ce78029da8abbfa62b3524ce177e2590223 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/search.html 05e6d27f5d7b6e69cc9314d358e441f5505b3cd2f7cec6cb887c404ff59ce368 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/seq_trace.html 6e054a6a7543f3ce0c0442ac646f253d652e2dd6d6c80ee89e29f3cf13c0e539 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/socket.html 3f5a44179c81793fd13a7120f144752c03bac9e1299dd8b7aa7e2d5c18b1ea37 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/socket_usage.html 7898c1ec550a97d2e6451a039bcc9296fff1878726fddf6f6794bd1fc4a48519 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/trace.html 222261c2dd89ff2827841f36675b751474e10935309c1d71bc3d5e38817ed57c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/wrap_log_reader.html 036f318140c46a5013d6c55e8c11c1f2dfb62503918a53a60eeedfaf34f99893 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/inet.html e6381a441f34d9e6a63ebbe4dadfe082cd6f7edf1a69945be88aa5ff0db0f259 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/inet_res.html acce70ed899dbba260077574e28c7ca2adcc1169c2bf25fe4273c20d9201c1d6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/introduction_chapter.html c82c9fb1ee4112ee53008fde9ea6df9a22e53ee2dd3f5e06aac130eaeb9f701b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub d5b443b7f30c7a81f10c05fcfa04715a42875cee89627d0cac1b042d035e68b3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel_app.html 1a538529bed83df309cfec440ae104932f946c7302e7b8d48a9d51560ec499df 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger.html f04e459106f9b79e0b06d1b3cfb000da725e206e9741c84440f4bd4a61cdf86d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_chapter.html a6879613a448eb013f8287805dc81600a3679e6cd13ee6ab220c86dc385951ea 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_cookbook.html 711e6144075f817d3c272ff0823fb0761e3ebe1334571a54d15f3e449d1f358f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_disk_log_h.html a5795d1f3492210bcb8f85fe15f19fb04f13d8e0f18195dd5dc999781122cc1b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_filters.html c72413d15d672da84856f0c5d87b4a948b997361d45fae0e1401427b980d3842 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_formatter.html c72957959bb35fa9627053c705f4c95802f0ba63a7a798f6936052fd0130cf22 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_handler.html 6c9d5e341d89527ddb202df20ad678260976ae4de7ab4141886964051c9c3ecd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_std_h.html aeeef5ba71b8eacadf8ad2534448f45b7e6ad03e03e3db0722ab83d86e0bcf23 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net.html 87516ac414ee5fb287aee50691abfaf1e80646307b539348ce698055111a5676 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net_adm.html f8f3d141b0020cc11d2c7984ef1545fc9ee3acd285bce95e4934690dc762f6df 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net_kernel.html 38687ec2639fed81a3fa9cdb537334ae285aa938259f3b03fd714fa72117cfb4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/notes.html e518c07ff1ade2f59eea1bb8c406a348256dadc258016f94ef24a69dcb306ea2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/os.html 42d610487141923b88ff5a0cb102cf6c859c2fdac1d0ad10cc3b59c0cadd22ee 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/pg.html 7043624236bd75fa9f35cf5bcae93978624eab99f2df0be18e3ee846ca581074 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/rpc.html 353127f6d3d81e9ce42960d9f736ef10425bd067729f453c2c7243bf3f94442d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/search.html 32f56b1772a6c4a307d910f14fa2cd28c4cc4068eea3463e8ed5f1b239118804 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/seq_trace.html edb0264cc05496596b72092bf21b15285c2e2975e4d1fbf5e538079e53b8073b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/socket.html 1667a67c8271abdc4f2baa5cca0373a071b577d1285a51ea9dc7d08d96c91d81 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/socket_usage.html 1e448892f71dbbdbf7e13857b68aa0365b7aaca9a181b20364e1a13af0a7eac8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/trace.html 1cfcc14bb5c100271004350eb0a02a9b0da53a90c68b35e40738302eae2ccff2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/wrap_log_reader.html d864b84928ed52086a2a7484dea54f622521d9096f70a8a54bbadf8eff4bfe16 2 @@ -3393,2 +3393,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/404.html 04712ad156366d0bf374119fec0e01bfd5bd0b2b37ce7d085a6eba876ddeef5a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/api-reference.html 681e1bb0eecb05d328c72bb0b66ce0f9f42a638351e864e9f59681f2bf0abb95 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/404.html 0429ef54dfe6f8efa5bab0ca9a1396dce2849de99cb57650cc61d95c26149b0a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/api-reference.html 8574ad15af3387578ca799f2b0a5e8ae9572286e4f84a63f1c63bdd827e5cc4d 2 @@ -3426,26 +3426,26 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub 70c99fb0a6422929622e6a07dbe679786ef2fe220f4592385458e72e45ed924a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.html 775d52f2ce8b7bf61653e566426c1db1a904d76b5637ed8bf93062d8464cf464 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_architecture.html 5679f6fec4928aa0a0725be0599ac98b227af2c7b9164b93d02c30b16b73c8a0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_codec_meas.html a6c0cef7a3a76cc86aaf289948875c49fb451fbae2bda333b87eb64c35492bbc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_codec_mstone1.html 7e8e347da0383c2bebca2c0ce1d1a0c62efcc50d8eec84e33d1a2f099ed3d5d1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_codec_mstone2.html e18afa9fd0be055fa6681f06a39bef218586686ff0af9ed08cfc14b2134b4cce 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_codec_transform.html 60c286ae291791b696840bb659f47f1ff7df08c5741cbad5d93fb183e75d4693 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_debug.html bae659d4dd9a82d167c9528afa36a7495132617706a215978cfdd5c43ff44164 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_digit_map.html 2d2ad2827fb49b7c32ccc70dd3faf6625e60b9a0ea76f028fbdb2bf6f3886ce9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_edist_compress.html 449e1a5aeebb37c826bf0f01711da64e68edeeaf424140bf0ad2f8efe1ab7481 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_encode.html fb128e30cb16b7d9371e0e93ddcde7cd74af6a6e2cd06348397374e0b0fa6483 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_encoder.html 3307f7417dc2adbc87d9154946763d648151725b4d99fe20a1024829608ac134 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_examples.html 5f63513a71009dbc57d8c58eb276567b9afb2d1c318515607463c6aaedd6b72e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_flex_scanner.html 40b42e5fc41afbe4ba7470918c2eef3d396b6a0a5403c878578188579527d624 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_intro.html 4b58ed7c6ee3e18708bbcc9837f70a9a840feada31384b6adabe0992f39a66f0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_mib.html 4da4b549a86a8b9f00197076d256c124d85873754bce2c5702d46902492b9ed7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_performance.html 682ac56de540295703c03c067119bdd2a64a0c25c7fe88b892117601f51df309 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_run.html 50a122a78c55e7fb7d8adad38e7b6fdcd4daff5cca58240a4724396a05f88d39 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_sdp.html 249490bea767983af7f87053296ab023b9e642c128fc132aacd8be86575ab572 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_tcp.html 0aced1be6fbe5e2d74e110b02f67ccf8e6a7e6ac544f6877768ba9d3e7f112cc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_transport.html f6c520e3eb3d0486ba0521597b36c5ae84b57aa3a631ab8e9e01da95ee0615c7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_transport_mechanisms.html 0d937c7099aa50a112c3cf51ace54e903471230d4d9253b1bb95f52cec2605cd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_udp.html e879f2a876ef6797a4933aaaa2b9ddb06c468d2a6c9f0998cc1c636c9c3e9e73 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_user.html d2f7e0aabbef11bf9150dbb98198ff47728462f29e09bf2469cd140b0e5e3ba9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/notes.html 25bf90b5468008dd5c188007d711684ba60662f5cdb77732826cfb4724155894 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/search.html 4eb9e450f60b93066f02a5aa2ea6566e1ff330899c825830a63d5e77442dace5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub 5e6d8335d2ef75482e9f561dfc1dbdf886f0c98a43a0fbd83425f95d8c75ebef 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.html 6ee0da6115abae26ff16e3115ef573e90f4a87c109d5706ec254ba08d9548197 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_architecture.html 5654f66a6e266bc5e9d86b4c4b65f919ea87d62df92f2ed2c60e26f6e9ad9b86 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_codec_meas.html cd18dd75c932919d2f0a4a877b528e88069634faa8480bc4ef4cab4a7286e149 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_codec_mstone1.html 98b41adf5c96fc8c9103be836b865c1d9bbde7a7a64f4e7c51447ed20ab6bd72 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_codec_mstone2.html 910c95f42646cc8db417b6ab6c1596a06a3f5cde832f5f06f9f8c7db801fa5ee 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_codec_transform.html d254cf7dbc5170ae2102f6e44c0a0f7723128236a122584fde588429193cada3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_debug.html 95e2986d8a4deab345b338219efab3c0229da72bdedc17cad3a9ce059cd29f90 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_digit_map.html 8766f910b77472330e69c59a376cef6174dea0ec88581ebacee907714943d301 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_edist_compress.html 8d775a9c30c251560343a0b4d54f74bcf93c36d7411329d112a3b5da0fc07920 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_encode.html b1831b33a6f091c9addca97cc98ffe4e36438faad4f7943b760cd301608e08a3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_encoder.html 67c7c4f9934a893c70db36c0b847528ecbd6611aaf399c5528e58546dac22ba8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_examples.html 0f4a83780500d526631a92f13a7b44b6d8741f5523fae0c30345c9ce5dd0e9ea 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_flex_scanner.html 6036b916a2b215273d6d3ec7a19c26ff0e394a80f5065e66cbd67afacfc67bc9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_intro.html c3708665ddccbacfd1bd8961ddd67d63ef3d00c8a1b97f7dd05c398f2203a4ba 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_mib.html c8b9be004dc4806bfe816237dda228a4509501a4d3786cb2f70960019bfeb90e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_performance.html 0c6d7abb2d05d3e4efd47f2252a8f06ad099d311d73237ee4c9e1000df261bff 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_run.html c44dcd3e87ba6a9dcd809a9e12507ceec79abecf74b60137e81bd075c9286932 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_sdp.html 8d6a799f86d4ed7e53df60560613e5f285d77a6c5a0226a82b5169be0c053aa9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_tcp.html e8dbfb8f13fe066a3432ff82248397c7d06257518f3690f73ba849a1f6160d5e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_transport.html b53943db1763f06f6e96b4438109534f6a4f8fe56ed867f4e4048df222d35d77 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_transport_mechanisms.html ac76f8351b72f142bc7ac57adf356e87ff672c631a275d27a17e4388643e851f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_udp.html e4f37916f36360b302f4c0ee2765aa7bea74d1e14a8e8bab4d2a6bb9e36f1959 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_user.html 8e93741c26f37c9b4d53c0382e85e77be95c3dcd2fb06288f7e6cfae56cc9dff 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/notes.html ca0584cede91e586c738188591d46edbbea9cc796ccc9379ee852b51a242ba01 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/search.html 6b5e45181dfa942d8e84d4a321e538b161c1d091c8857606c4f2d463f178e284 2 @@ -3455,2 +3455,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/404.html 820f007a26fdd6ada3b8b96d366147c7c48b095ee032349247e31b43eec3d70e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 2aa70f70b0e14829c91dc40be47e862add669b35875e9ee21f202ae4063c1722 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/404.html f278e0477b1651ba46256b5f260e3b3645192b9c2016ed1ae2e02cd8b5dd9e21 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/api-reference.html cb5d6c35d03a71c5a2d73863b3933e962f84ca89e5384cad6819dd1a45e3e7fe 2 @@ -3477 +3477 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-28D724AE.js 524e1ef14282e6c6a6c8724918f8350e1957c42c0c86d23061cb417bd81abfdd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-EF9E204F.js baf28b2091fee4927dce8d1e890bb9b92d4e98f303006bb8403b4505cd2f6c48 2 @@ -3480,17 +3480,17 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub b27c712ce5edbc84f06f67cd5ca6d2e17efaf1579db0ca1ffc9ea0a72dd830d8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.html d41c4022c81231e0c7ace869817d90cdeb4e35256b08bf40f4d8ff7a1ba41402 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_a.html cff2f364dbfeca11ef039554e608e7fd026fee565e8348811dce5f9887a6c469 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_b.html 51981394c31528cc20e7e089060d0122cce55847c224bd56680b6a2703207290 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_c.html cb0416cc93e597477f552744e50be561444c3d6443453337e09ba87e1d41f88d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap1.html df30ab37961a8b42deb7ecb4477cc8cbd39c985968c40bdbfd00d9b2c7d84f44 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap2.html dd31325f1d44089312ac0d0c80a70e3a58af65fc0320c2b3d17d753d7b103d63 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap3.html 3157bb9c52684b4993b0c551afa94b7a4040cac4699e1bdcecd5278ab21ce61b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap4.html a4f0b7da66ba9f103fc86210192fb0007ad260461d2bec46c0412f8ad60165ed 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap5.html 3257f47395f2b4f3f460a659ee51873a3c4d2bc69b24515b63ea8769f7c109e7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap7.html f28571c22e9e1879c3600de82a6f723a06f73a58197bd171d7a05e91f6919bdb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap8.html 1ece7e0dcd46d9c3621be3fa21ecb58ffe0b6da9c66409bb702fb94664130892 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_frag_hash.html 61bd80f98e01cc2bfd00c21b76b84ac8e20dac913baae423942f671c80b29e1b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_overview.html 49659e0e6f7c0537e69f59a7fef2f784737d1f4aac445357bb006ebff0f43de3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_registry.html 568bb77f4be8b4499f2526b204c1c7991f4469deea8454856f482952a535ca4a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/notes.html 62545aa0fe50fbbc9b7a8d89acfb1cff55eae9d97abfcf8dbccd8a1330b2e4ae 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/search.html 745a798fdbedace863b855ec582da05b917e7e2152e0c07fd88ccf689c55a27b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub c1b5ae202561c23fd00ef72a14564609f16429a3d59fd6bda843e7a2cf605644 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.html 2fc6b69afa8ee14f6862663557f12bf47b485233e855f9813d90317d93521bae 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_a.html 60eb537c2fd1957857ef6eca6d78222aede5935d5a9dc94e89fbac336f5d5edf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_b.html 8f7543e154d37cbe6888a0542162d75bf420d70058bf995b45bc44df36d19d20 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_c.html b3c27a9e8cbb0d447a0c481fea53cee783fcb39a2dbba500c7e3da2654e0cf24 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap1.html f40b768b27e8b0ffc877d478b8e889f2e4c66c546567486cbeed7a7760219a97 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap2.html fcffda454a06a0594d7573eb6abc445d0a5b82b26cc7dfd7b3c6bde73217af87 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap3.html 8369debc9a6ae07af11b74eda60f5132979bb5e51b5075419fbabd48b174909a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap4.html dff795b130c42cb69690a90b23bdb6c3ec01d1f4013d691282651a61cfb90aa5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap5.html 77477b6aa17b1dee17836a19958238182b3af2133a08fef000682be7f1dce161 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap7.html 12a5fbdaa308a97913477b3bf700e2287a0b37863a421dc0e03491494788f712 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap8.html 092392c7b5559f37d3c82b10d2253869a31236caba690d621af18710525d20d5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_frag_hash.html 1e088472ddca8311e2c071c2268a642a0bae3e0ec913531017001cb55b298a0e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_overview.html 3c18fff994c4242e976d1683e0d4fa5106a8a9ea80fcd19330b2d938b478dd37 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_registry.html 346c6c37bc155b5d632bb21931967d0382ce2afcf1ab5a635828072cf9e7bdbb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/notes.html 0850e951a0df24c37d0d35959e1b4298b3fa7ab65571e093340976a953092aea 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/search.html 6e451868bc947aacec949fca89327d6e4588a277930c40d66969c91f8fb96c75 2 @@ -3500,2 +3500,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/404.html eb5d59175e0d6b32b17136e6595092d2f073c102cb0deadbff742bcb1da35db6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/api-reference.html 1e402ab8f12612451f462e2a3d26ce6376385f4570aeb5a335f386032cd12679 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/404.html 16dc1392abf995b745d615a0a923684b0c9866b760b348997e0cfba993c7ee26 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/api-reference.html 1fadea70de77d99fd84bca5a75fc3b146692b2bceec29c6927928b41e5b5f420 2 @@ -3506,3 +3506,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/cdv_cmd.html b5d06da2ed9f813b10928a55f9d9f1a90fdb2ddb25f3069fabab4381d4daf3c6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/crashdump_ug.html 2afec942e28cf025f14d1c7e320b023c04f4eff9c1a0e5f84818afeb6ef69d71 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/crashdump_viewer.html 80e3b4d612cb5fe2fc3f08fcf1ce1728d12d289d28f3d266a34f7832c702ce49 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/cdv_cmd.html cdea960f7d7fc906738d6af969c906c92018a24b3ae9924033b1cb97d1f93748 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/crashdump_ug.html 68500e45d99534d8b94836300e3f514686309aacdd776d5d0eea960d02eb4bb6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/crashdump_viewer.html a08e01befbe8d4f0b43e3429209bdab9f5ef5e9122ccde336416574e09e27d60 2 @@ -3529,2 +3529,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/etop.html 5a6687b8ee58a4508d022ff70bb155baccfa044ae0b034777704d5da38fdbb2d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/etop_ug.html 7235579f84f0ceb825a7cf899893a4b9a05cde28a40e73c47ec6af0a3c1d572b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/etop.html 8f1ebb1220fe86a9f325c4c7c43e96fbfdaa5014fc7a3a863c7cea0acd8dc848 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/etop_ug.html e18f46c8b90e962055dba1e3d555a7f86c5f4a8b86295d7ce21542cfa2a1dea6 2 @@ -3532,9 +3532,9 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/introduction_ug.html d25a144c1e1c73fa5630ca6410ab6930e687d9977c591bb6272a8b70f1020e39 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/notes.html 42dbebdd37014308adfe4e3b22771e7da7cbd9292d6bd4723aff021688a48bdc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.epub 6fd0ca1a71707b44013ca54e365721ce4ae403c24e362d8b91b7fd6f6ee41690 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.html 1e2d1d2eb25b7e8a51391695646e11a83c09520c4652d7de0469d64476137960 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer_app.html 4f81e40404e61ae6cbe820f4afeb045a081fd1dfd3002712aa9db975552702ad 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer_ug.html 6a93ffb51b94801df6a39eef7b500d4d42b89ef2153e26539f3f371ea766ddeb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/search.html db115b26c60e798b1cbadbfbc97759e254c0179af912c4bdb72f4dca74802d65 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/ttb.html be559e6e184fc6e62501c07cfa191d623ef80bf0bcaee2ee89d95c42e1dfd916 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/ttb_ug.html 8a0f8c93635d1e522a718b47dfe0fc421b68fae7da12407a38300cbae4b770ae 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/introduction_ug.html 15d9d23b0b7d756c1eaf787b1a3955f762d3cc181af049c58fc6035e3c02ee78 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/notes.html 80defbfdcb1d6954db0c73fc080118f20b8d69b9b223b5a7d5ad81e7191cd6bb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.epub 0eaaf69abb5e9b04b09a4aab58e98940131bc7a8f6ff7cd90c0ee505bcdfb80d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.html 0be723c2f42c90d9c6e33a709812ab752c573aaa3340c0affb80716d49e3fcb0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer_app.html d876aef7a534080168869be51e58214532cfff6826598e11e957055b5eb4a038 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer_ug.html 8680cc4b054c9b38d6ac47e121ac9e551378a2f2599a32523408e5483abe9c35 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/search.html 97eefbc36f05a87a2dddc6e6064788bc79b9d75e0474d0c74f636c56c2057109 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/ttb.html 0bed6807af364afe4c46d4854da1c6f007360477c8ffa8b7d7dfe7a58793212c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/ttb_ug.html 48208283f8ef316ad6db3a9441f9b41398d2ba907a498f6b3acf42c439fe8364 2 @@ -3544,2 +3544,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/404.html 400c5598d1938f1c4f5302f026fbf12c16e5247924799f21fc79ab23c92dd8aa 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/api-reference.html b9120c85ab2c54fa162a80ae94fc29ba164f5f999f26db61359be05d484af29e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/404.html 7378463a45f002aa75319284f24e4c8815ceedb85214d6fa0323eb15badcc13f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/api-reference.html 1708a17ad400c4875c9864dc1fd3fd111103a1e3e19b03be85eb79d719900480 2 @@ -3549 +3549 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/databases.html 9677ce48cedafa7bb620d1731e8b7fd686cb4117ff0e69201f2770be0b0a28bd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/databases.html 5e702da4fbcab0beacd734e61b5a6dd7afe200a876111f8e420f43084db44096 2 @@ -3570,2 +3570,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/error_handling.html 0b37b464f14f779ac9eb5956155e9b191f1d6b03f6c8d098163c5741ae9f828a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/getting_started.html abec3804a64264200deb4e1ed40d550ac8e631a693e40f1f580aba7edc84d8f7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/error_handling.html 49e16aabeb73b186b1a3b40e84695f505c1d516108bd53929c3a052940ac248e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/getting_started.html eea3459bbab263a8e44c4ef98150f8b0e03c371831ef3aac5df65d1e30e48b0b 2 @@ -3573,5 +3573,5 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/introduction.html 169a715160af8e30eb91038c6e9b9a82bfe3a96555a71e2c976eb91b1027ddab 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/notes.html 9991119dc337ae42471631d2442e8ff3190395bb2350a3b049652eb7b8211c74 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub d5db0c56f4d9890c4425bae32abc15f0ad1c46e437b70eec6f5b7b39375eaea4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.html 558f4bdda454dc4fd6483ab9f5a198f638f15056bd894de1d66e9c75c9b041f0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/search.html 92d6e77c7e1553129d7e44a05a2fbe148533d4854960cedff6bdadfe52af7a22 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/introduction.html dad2937b85dc462aca4e49dbea7affb1140ad3b4016c78e71c8f79bd7214dff3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/notes.html 3bd428936bc91b65371d6b2efb00bbb4eb0de3cbaed28a0e44723b52dda47856 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub dc304eaea1bffc04077b767815b88c2adbccb0a060c2a428faf7ac6fcb2507d2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.html 3b5bf35774559e51ed58097fb4194bc68deca4d00f63be685f4e550238a2b432 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/search.html 4a754cf274e52ba71a277727cd5b540738c059144f78c6e891d8af75d81f81d2 2 @@ -3581,2 +3581,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/404.html f7212072af399b84dd7232cb090c45ff8ad814e189c64d2795a4208f3e7edba8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/api-reference.html b538a1c2750f70027ae742082c1308cc153847accf6e227db510acdf26ed8b81 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/404.html 3846355a76e33886bb423cf780c10ead6b6bde3ac1fae42fc5e99b7c46f836be 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/api-reference.html d04599402ddd35237cc99d67805611ebc06e0af5b5ffdcb4e475b45b7b4e5650 2 @@ -3585,2 +3585,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/cpu_sup.html 11e9d8561fb02d7b70e8f830c9d6c5360c64399af228653734347acc50a5a040 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/disksup.html 3ea2427c799e2605d60331db2a4d396af6090665d5fac8edeb6bc4cdefe71e47 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/cpu_sup.html 620c2717639c72fda57ab81a5465431ab26bb6c36992722ea6ec12294d4646eb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/disksup.html c78fc0da322395d12c1b8f251fec54c506a62ff57a3399abe138363641765fdf 2 @@ -3605 +3605 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/search_data-5A173A4E.js 1ff27256c3328b68489c643d06652a8c0221f170d4e7ee7518bf016fd201b985 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/search_data-457E211A.js 7389a6a0f3f42837b9c3da8d78d3e567cd874e0c8db42ccdb34739007a84df56 2 @@ -3608,7 +3608,7 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/memsup.html d357960d39d60dec8e21f3489fcebe147a904f69860527b9af6412a2b01c743f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/notes.html 0a12105e656842ab391261e71b8adf831da6a2dd49eca901e1c208fdf4a081d6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/nteventlog.html 807d667b9cd9e21944fedf9c5b89fc2a45890c9ccabf22f7f65d8e096691dc52 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/os_mon.epub 654eaeb1c781f71fd60fc9132c9fff27ca853d5c02ed6ece903440d30b382a1b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/os_mon_app.html 65a46b227f7b35649eedf772db93a8d67285955cad793c3ed58fd36b9dcb5fbe 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/os_sup.html 3c92357b777fb2d7060a45d21fc703bc8a415a009f0f32bd2a8758fb674dd3e9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/search.html 6c0e4755b37ce8fe9ebd128deaa65de588dff8f91f0bd62caa212af1fbdd614d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/memsup.html 2056877f630f00a229e44fccb6b69abbc5581d92d1a439c1b66789e406d50bca 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/notes.html 5d74c60c540a35c67184349d82d69b07d9d9e17e7c9d4cc4518f67f5ef0839e4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/nteventlog.html 0964f8e044af53efb64cc2777b67cbfa918e80369e42d9bc94ce6cca3bed0273 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/os_mon.epub 1a677720acbae8135f07b4b9ec2ec1c95cc28853f43ea893ec55a344605b5818 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/os_mon_app.html bbb2a88e22a6f9844c1158996899f793dc0c30111aa30b298e92bb5272a9f43a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/os_sup.html 643b0b6aba00dc5649e1583325c7dd905f54e4e51cf7d2d55cbb8e5cfd935e28 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/search.html 5b59e9dbbd8a078879e8ad4cdc0e7feb713050ab4cb182fbee2b6d371af80511 2 @@ -3618,2 +3618,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/404.html 0be501bab5b56c037b5c900697d3d0393352f3eabdb2571256b63cb709ec98d3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/api-reference.html 0561269e76111a8ad58dd16a18074bfc2a978cca31b870e29a852c3626f0f460 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/404.html 1e7ccbcdae8a18dc42b3eb7bb1def3737112ba082c894f61668ff7110421e357 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/api-reference.html 6ef5d6b8b61a65b09fa3622983ba0abdb4f89ab7f80cc91e508ec4638215edda 2 @@ -3643,5 +3643,5 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/leex.html 1ee96b29a2479fc8c3e189bd94f27eb3fce3ceaeba939885703e2e06ca502dae 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/notes.html 727d76b6d380043f6c44581248d7b257fae2c1a24981324ab5fbe02debb7c039 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub 4b6c737b74ef63e4c81b764a5c962c75ea4911b5afc58e33420a35cbe935532f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/search.html 103738a0157b3c3bd1d2f9a41f00295da5d7f33e9d45c3433cb4327a45e01b58 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/yecc.html e3efc92ea12c66f4095b18643766d8a8620e55f8ffbc2cd752b78f9c64cdc489 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/leex.html 65cedbf1dc27a92c87884f7fd271db36b952fa87d435b41dd29d13a30bc7dbbe 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/notes.html 5adb260779ed09aa8124949ebc2a6ae829848bbccaa1f9ea28832df450b59551 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub 7bfc3682b05ae214e99d7e87ec9067f6a9e5648ad018ee1a4dd895730ac5c637 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/search.html fd33dc2c05385449e4a0fb2b638552442059bbdd3105d1a2f10367934a86f78f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/yecc.html 481ab6c977cbbb3ca94d514746d3800cd6cbac8037978cb33a6929ee51223218 2 @@ -3651,2 +3651,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/404.html c8ee5f16336b8a11a687255b4443bf089553a7ed15a54f9f6e8e4e575862634f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/api-reference.html 68afed28cc682e562edd9e87a9febbcca5bf4c027ee39408c70908684d92257f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/404.html 9097b59b30050b3dc52a5ef0b15530acbd86d44b1c4c1e371e4c70c7015a1049 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/api-reference.html 0bd8abf482fcf2f0ef644b1e3a6eb2016f4c77c8141c3927e526f4e1e9a7496f 2 @@ -3676,7 +3676,7 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/notes.html 18c3ab52766942fe06720ca1b0737bfc305ad40efd71d10eb16466b68f51ba97 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub d4aa87bdf06758482bee40a271c4efc9cad72befa7f7cf170d5344ed075a6820 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.html 00e10664ca637284c473275ff14485c81018adea591ab1ead9a204222283b865 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key_app.html d1538b9462a4452ab345b74f7efabf03e83af1e1fb2cdb166b37beca322cd17a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key_records.html ae3ad1711f482b1bdff338643f7f1c5578bbb2805c7bbe645942a5deaab8d039 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/search.html 08e916a41c13e72cf17f59109b5086dda0904664cb8b4247a2fd800fbf1056bc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/using_public_key.html 78517aef298deb11f6ce9209285f8d5ac8b08a295906b5b9ad795bc0479e52c4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/notes.html bec7091e91febf5327efec16c25210644d98349a33f335de1a7bffe6f41ee7d0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub 14e107ae918ee92d9ba20f6f910dd9164343e79ac72d98cdac79c3e090074d56 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.html 85296ddd76ad625faf1294a099a397e38beebea9c90e011a0c55c920d74a621f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key_app.html ccc3cfa92da3a6cab2f8de10fe0b946ea63c9a888ef32e8753e2d4604a5d901c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key_records.html 7c334ae1d0c2dd6d238d324c6b3d6532a04fb6983e3740e29d8d637967dbdfa5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/search.html 1ead8f2c5f586502b261390605729d2d7b718fc052d2bb9769a24f3f98124956 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/using_public_key.html 93bb1b62ecdae80e67e787d076733ab182372904ad1453179561e853d98b9055 2 @@ -3686,2 +3686,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/404.html c4641633d47154780e68562218485905018dd26e249e89437052cc5e75a320db 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/api-reference.html fecf814a7c57779ec43a6e37ae3a55663f1afc7dea87b1348895a418d576e8a6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/404.html 00b69eeb3d9bed5fdb9d77549134cccb34883fe6a8902bc860b22374aec9bda3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 6fc13065a6e2f3c20c83f84f25aa2d4bd4c1e31bbc631b6911301373a653b72c 2 @@ -3711,7 +3711,7 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/notes.html 505a139fccd6fe338cb82165f151bfd541f4979674e7853e4d53ca2051a2f587 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub aaca55c380b017ba452fce2f940464da1482bac227acf4f4dd38801f96cf5430 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.html fd4b9cc879a8c3f0836424721551caf6c85593b1d6b9892b392b7dc084b9e1f0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_examples.html 19beef842f1bf9b6be2411d35724fc5f628ebc54052572d7a87aa1dc7608d16c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_intro.html 9a098cdc1508f830267e34a2e0fcf10576ce5fc8a45e4f819caf439ff588a431 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_usage.html 15557f6bd65e6104f1773753ecdcb8cd8509b4fce6ba6ec4fc9db45efeb5128b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/search.html c48133ae25ff80d036facf26944dfbf4667c92dd92ae2f5dfef05a2d01ad061f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/notes.html a1f885e9c6c3c0ca0b2b48b2443312235e978e8ddcc3d0c7b663a3358d65f1f7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub c40e5817eb5fb664485ecf6902b149c247e7e813107d7fe1e02dbe30f061f19e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.html bb029a4881bbd862eed874dfb9b14a2c4efda7bdc0e4b4763a10b36e5aab6873 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_examples.html e43b7a9b33bf94fc25819a3bbeb49d122aaf8b27a91980926ce52ff2a2707337 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_intro.html 94949152b79093070c06f9515858ca8590fa7b522b47d53700c99fe62cd0d48a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_usage.html 3c33b05d8c1058a404ea6c50370ab1bf71626efa3c9cb4d1434299b777e76552 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/search.html 4e642ad1f653580ef01ade11381dee263017a5a09e7acd4464bf6f72a4a1fed3 2 @@ -3721,2 +3721,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/404.html 5e450615e148c8cef43a1c0648188c2ca297507e2d5c908df9257c7f739a63a0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/api-reference.html ed76a82a9792465cc8dfaf329234226c31582ec6d1b0992e7322e164f69d18f5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/404.html 6c81b6f2c0a58e61dd4cc572986020446952c1840f033b5a70952ee551853a11 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/api-reference.html c1cc41409133b047814c2a6d730ad01530c374c2a31f21cee90d4962192d0d35 2 @@ -3725 +3725 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dbg.html 3194508f4246c97c54e931af1a9a3d7db5d1b245a0c51ac10f1d41ff953061a7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dbg.html 484dca46b0e209c62808e17a4cca4e63a1e2fbefc1e813dc785349d58871514c 2 @@ -3746,2 +3746,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dtrace.html c13c8744c4b0786ada32d6d35c63a3c9dd268c100ef5c73789c85b63947a6d22 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dyntrace.html 671339fad11d22b7567c66994f72ae835bb5355e71b74ef29b482ef870a0b738 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dtrace.html b419430862bab1018ea9de7b9f85f5bee8d0e0fe1bbc05b00ebfc1ca7cd4ac41 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dyntrace.html faa63af7fbf6dd01362396d0be42f421290e83453323a51cb568f994fdd7384d 2 @@ -3749,10 +3749,10 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/instrument.html 1ac5af08a923a55f186cf29f656e62e1d5eabe2b249b88f702537fcce790e4ee 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/lttng.html fdc55d0f87f34c7adf38582c97951aac298b7ba0dd12129dbf540de78b5592fc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/msacc.html f24d0da9fdbef7b7e36381fd5812a4c4fc81125f4e4f4813e13683666997ca67 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/notes.html 06ff7a21c5b0c60b873d9614619741015ea71134fdd3ff1e431779306f2dd5cf 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub 7f496116867470aad472b73e0cd6afffe3ea40243a4e8fb0980224a2bf28fb1c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools_app.html 58209f99dfd59f99d2e531b793a06bf257bd50b118af1152a02e37c1c9745e45 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/scheduler.html 479539bc05effb101ae350cacf5fe384ecec82d5eda64904558bf83b6df67f01 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/search.html 5852aea9b292edcc0d26c3da2c0c9e3fb3f108838a80483be8b31260bada2788 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/system_information.html bc8337aeaadac8a455eb2b6fcddaabb300ad46f90370e1e31bba5606ee0f1556 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/systemtap.html 2989f439aed58eefe9445f3cd1b0d6454c6986b3c92a717e83f164b3d560e169 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/instrument.html aa55432a3b5edf642163ced1ed197d28253ce2d3f3bb1e32394897bbfb18e637 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/lttng.html 28406f74e081451623469c917a0293df212c97b93645bc7b2d4b56425544a011 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/msacc.html 15b611a53e59f5a31e2cda72145a04c02f0c6261950aa846992f564e924a5624 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/notes.html a0791e02b904a342e0ff822d03eab7bbcaee7af833e4dc2367447714ebffd5db 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub 300717c6895c89927823d6eb493c974bfc01a875407ba9e1ff28151fa32d42be 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools_app.html bc4d6b87b8c3713f7df64ea6448a2089873cef219a2873e4231504652b4e26c5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/scheduler.html e8820ac50c39ba102d70786d3d824a6fde9381033b3ab920baed5d891a8e2dc4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/search.html 4f90104c83790cd66d2a397adfa56f7a356507c77daecf96fda9f0c10e60091e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/system_information.html 9520c4ae5e90d3253764900893a18d4ae2a5d7e9043bc5ac3e2d6d1420a2b79d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/systemtap.html 39c574ead592261f5652ee9289a699ecb31b37a7afd2eb267fcad63829de5789 2 @@ -3762,4 +3762,4 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/404.html 3f1bf741f0d9021472e7270d7a129c8afe0e1cbbb483abea1be65521f6aa2b0a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/alarm_handler.html 5b2f02e3b9b483876c99d67b5392b021d3275448052354a7a17cb57d570529cb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 2d37097afd8cac99b481fa25caae870884e26a9c6eb810bb0c330cc32ba52b4d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/appup.html f5674ad8fde4e8f01f0f2856f7c39dcb06f78ab2aa96be4d1da7689c49672bbd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/404.html b85b799302104b8253a2d9ccbd3f7704e92403282132d328d364a5ba1281652b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/alarm_handler.html ad0226344cb8cd2b99f70875a91be0c23a14b2da6659a41bab5d2ead474ac4a2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 3d07cc749b1928e6f7d7b208c64aad9fc99af0d3b4f8e08c96aad34e5d4214cc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/appup.html 030d6deb634918909e3f13f4872ae8ef3470fc5392f8da5067d7e1c7cb211569 2 @@ -3788 +3788 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/error_logging.html 0275a0bd8137a020b0c7ba66eb018699fa23bdb51e6e418c1a30fd585740bbc6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/error_logging.html 83de7ad4cee855f40e79bdfcaf642384eb8a5025639b90cc8b980866ebc2e3dc 2 @@ -3790,11 +3790,11 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/notes.html a6a0636af4c040612546ac8319eaecf1eed11d9c197bbabd587df34b85b0b232 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rb.html 193daf96a4f780613a145f45ac480c1dd8ecd4fbfee625cba337e9d119e38574 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rel.html ea0a7b38da804130c4261185597e5e2f1fc73d45e9b85fd26bcdae82d94b5478 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/release_handler.html 5f439355c1db899093be49d925b5e45debf571ea7613e31e7720e7293133b91a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/relup.html d17d7e47039ab2a0c3dde9cb2d62f16f764a4b5632a294e12550b8b80fcac088 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub e8b35f8faff3aeefe273fc465e5f0148133c450b66b3a1f39ce8e5add68635dc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl_app.html 3c4e1530ad9b09cba14a15fa270cbd1c4b21c4f24834296ca9797074c50b743a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl_intro.html 9fabb18a30b1beb2d776e1a5163bcbb6f0ef2059bb6ff95118f54e759aceb389 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/script.html d3dc88f43172eb5e2c70d512af2d4b281c2fca6f1384f38309940814684b50b0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/search.html 7a9d5ab89d21ca7e02a35ab5fa26c1fff90a8959e82bbe88251e0038b9583214 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/systools.html a313e165af92b0d80ef9bcb1b3b4b8171ff1bb4adcc798b8d2fa24897fcafe88 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/notes.html bb5b5432911e1e970ec779ea5b48799cfffeeb60b2a80776c4cfa92cd5317772 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rb.html c3d85e7546cba6d82f08d93c1f9d7d208c0676b5e702411145fc8be1c61a6418 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rel.html 9649ac56cc9895c74294ceb929c01174738e26aa4b3bb4cf8b30b36b9db49bd8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/release_handler.html 15bfa6f0ba60dc69e0ee3b85ae18e7f0453f0f0bea7a45ec06255b9542243e2a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/relup.html 9de1f78810780daf58a46cce9587ef80796660ff404b6f66187fb7fbbf679fd8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub 795b71eec1aa6fe1c1a7ec9808288ee211757f1c8120c29b1ef3e8677ee1aa38 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl_app.html cc2e1931b8a0705a573321c33b3df80afb5d04ca4d988148106109cbc30eab37 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl_intro.html 4806f677cc0890a432bb030098d0a12a2d40a99f0c22a275abba7d5dbeae9b6f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/script.html bdf4177cb89ae14bcf8fd26879fc745519bfc77c006ee45737272e2db14f2199 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/search.html 2db833b5d41bdf5fa5c9a43ea80c44a713785a99adee1bed6882104db8142027 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/systools.html 0ed182bb1e7bf625861903f5637354f91f3d946eacb56199c1c913341fc8affd 2 @@ -3804,2 +3804,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/404.html 50211663f4c8ac2849e645066493f2905015b4f1d1b67866c0bc39c6d6eb670e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/api-reference.html d8f32b3c1168235f1477918a43f2b6a534603e7835df5585ccbabc881152a9e9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/404.html 88973ef52014c9c783aabc490f5c85cd8f7da554913fcc51182def51c51d1aee 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/api-reference.html 78809a5882a85f8ee30ff21a759bcf9b14774e1568e6e9f5e8516a0ec60b7370 2 @@ -3839,57 +3839,57 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/notes.html 7fedcf2219a67c46a1f6e5064892b9e8e3a04eeaa6fef1ce742b16189aeb318d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/search.html 3f6e30a6c248b14cf89db6c81af4bd42d898ccaf101f2b0cd9c324de363fa326 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub 7ee5ec8419647a0bd4b81bbab5767511560cdb730e8a4ebc4941035af643255e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.html dfcb228d06800ce30b3e6542e5d66919f3becc840817efa7b6d7e03f979eede7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_advanced_agent.html 288eb1dd8366ff556535a5248dd264ba5064a25810159713f83b655bd114941c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_config_files.html fb9dd37e23c1b1da0671e8320fa01edf0a25fd64e9ef98da5ef23958573dc6bf 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_funct_descr.html 53868e1e3631d02f1c5e91c35215ca5efeb476f8d6f26140afa648792ee7c7d5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_netif.html a5a699fb2207656a46a8f2949db0e43508cd77362fd7c8ab11f7165ea65679da 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app.html f701c4223eb57638a99bc52ae448e8a91bc7f690bcade5812212027983c68546 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app_a.html 60d7a787309b20150e29be9df69607e2f734849ebb610c3f91d7fe674f575135 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app_b.html 84d8863f937316e3718ed46e6a80c987a2c757d6761ed0483007693476331369 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app_c.html 4d1fe64b9c369f0bc1a47c3314c068ec51a028a718f687ced8e060b368cfe336 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_audit_trail_log.html ca1d94f2c1ef63fc75b5f5f69f8ed5b0ee07934e9625436f0fed500bc765a01d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_community_mib.html 6a9672069c9c4633df9d100edbf30ccc5a01fcc3a51231ab116861fc2c44641e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_config.html 279277990fff9d2dcb85c6b697e2b2ec10f8c31faa152eafb132b70b0571261a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_def_instr_functions.html f2d7175e7a347a3730b6b5e26764ad3146502d091ce9f29cfc0b117181d005c3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_framework_mib.html e02fcd02e27a2fb260d572ccee56ae0b770cafbc4a7a96d71d2976beb8729a35 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_generic.html ddc6abea2f334592db2eef4067f85c0ab52dddfe11401941de93450989656732 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_agent.html df479f1ae4f06ddd1bc997b791fb56f43b982c43f92becd482e23118c0fba05e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_manager.html 9cb317661e9670268763059c028007bcafa1ff9d09cbd6b344ca273f801929df 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_index.html 576632c849b73bb72581766b3cdb6dd887af806bb813ac271620421cc408f6b7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_instr_functions.html f6d60b387b115b2632d6a084acb1a3087a29457192b2eff492cd8f6832e244bb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_intro.html a12fd362aea1364209bcb44e8daf0c99ad69bf3464a2e85bfb32aa111c133532 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_manager_config_files.html 4c1a756eed9645957a79901bcd211003995fc66df5e4da6bd7248223c5cd777b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_manager_funct_descr.html b2d0b029acab956cc94be9220880782ebc145cd30aee6cdb6fb4217af132d721 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_manager_netif.html 4e7108edaf04a94bb04dfa461d531645fb621cb09df10464466d23458e64a29c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_mib_compiler.html e0359897aac378daa4c90bb88e60df5b4a20831b5b999c9eb2472342658dd539 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_notification_mib.html 67ed9bb57a4935bd0dedb24c2c6b7230ad6a72896bf9614fb10c9841a686373b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_pdus.html 70afc2a1b14948854eac203103842dce25aa4d2d21a7e5640b33e8c1296e11e3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_standard_mib.html c70f39addd77d06df315586ff5849b51d790c295ee2decc911ec7053776fe266 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_target_mib.html c262e32ba5bb7f5d5f6ba020b1dee1b666a8db128205689a3b7a3bbf3f001d0d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_user_based_sm_mib.html 11654175feaaa47405042be801abb7670cf7850803e87fbbc769ce39f21cdbba 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_view_based_acm_mib.html ec1e659888358b09791482f33cdf843f85ebd2d221071448f4da0e62a6e2e6c1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa.html d1adcbfc446f9a25643b1395edcfebe74cad3eccf396940a1fafee2fddc8abe1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_conf.html 2ca359262e5b28992ce4f30ad82d3029e4c4ce9a6377df31c640371da215d562 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_discovery_handler.html da5207999e28c13389d87e41a702d238bab0f401dcd549600210104534267141 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_error.html 681835dfa1432cc4f95a25c8b08fcc20ab7b93134aba01931b48604ae398e1dc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_error_io.html 0b0e62575b84e18ee3566a096c7ff1d9a30358f63a69cc607eafe2d20fea001a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_error_logger.html 81a5a03c3eb410f3e90ef386ee9ecab24f9a3a2dbd7ce2b3e4f79962c280c5c3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_error_report.html 610a4a259408ad7da4d12a39d8bbffa2291bbf51e727e59fb44b9fc1546f2e50 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_local_db.html 69b4caa8b05455cfcca0dac757a1e120a96ea4fd6ad5f11bf18fa5e90954affb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_mib_data.html 1d7fb95a74251022402ead54407ad51dc19e8e751b5d4128785a50a0d71ff14c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_mib_storage.html c2c5cc9c8bd014967bb822ed67e0a62c3b924f3074d7040442b4efb1c089856f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_mpd.html baa18a03bdb8a7a9f36cedfcc6537f199f20b87d9e70e18fdc71c6d51808f7b0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_network_interface.html c355c1b7d18e41c65393067cf1a7a0622e1793859893156d696bcfaf56a36dec 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_network_interface_filter.html 93969542d680bd0788c445d9c6539e24442b287d4df9906fa09bf675662e3497 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_notification_delivery_info_receiver.html afa7e27adffbc739975f58e91f0e74bc5ccf5e7e2663395e66ce34e0d6e3d056 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_notification_filter.html b69676563f0ba9a7322b6f716abf60d4705c74f355cfc765c2cdd1eb33ade212 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_supervisor.html 733d9a608dbe5d2221e42f6df02b370f0fd9950100941bf91ba848929f7ca1c0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpc.html 6ffa7db9b45850d42250825f917b27212ad34f8563dc68a2456c64992b1a1a3f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpc_cmd.html 8dd5ac4e7b1c253d05dd45c2b406d0d356a07b2bbabc7f7e87163eefd5822128 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm.html 60a0951062228049733a735945a7b0cd30985571b14cf47820591520137303ce 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_conf.html 19b66b69503353976c82c1cc4b80bad5bf98b75c930ca93a942e9be3168062be 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_mpd.html a34b0ec79f289b95be63f2f9c6c39430c7931d74fffb85547b6d4d1f8e38fca0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_network_interface.html debb9b45669918732ff77f72457741ed476340c1767ba5b330fc920d9b2c92ed 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_network_interface_filter.html 874981fcdc25c7212c9b0f3cef0160c5bc24a4478a18cb44e97ab0c37e7fdfd6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_user.html 14a76194f71a25e00ed3c733583c6da7e8a515982c59c74a1db4c50a4196c501 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/notes.html 44b1ec5cdb1253163dffc2cd7856570f06adaf4280c722f8fd1dd44f5d796636 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/search.html e54026c2c997d3e7128ef850a0128e527845131aa4e513d1bf36a254fb0acad7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub 9a098725d6d045b33593862626f0c7b0a7a3d76d53de40e470f2ebbeb079c781 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.html dc10b199f2e73abe2b77fa6ee1afb1c5e704843c1b6fe3512252f656f28b14bf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_advanced_agent.html 44cc2c3180a13fe1d867b36e8950bd6849d0e8215509c9a35c9817ea9b73506f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_config_files.html 9028af1a32ce4aee8edd9e775e2f027dfeee61ea0108e8db5d0039a6ae47b5ec 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_funct_descr.html 4f8cf2d969473dc4b414d7fd639c10d0b944fc0386172d1c146c221ab70a2634 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_netif.html 701f4914cfd03413655752086171469dc5761833451091c387e346742c259c95 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app.html 5272845a64fb4d45e9a66560442c19132f016a95835b1c2d3675e0cca5b667d8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app_a.html 26c41a98162347d35b0a960f3528fcbdf9d710bf938be61c45ce18a13aef943a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app_b.html 01ac2fce8431739dceec8ebcc7bb0b45b2f6038c7e5a10a2ea6e16c87faa26f2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app_c.html 0c57343b85c568af51655e21d82fc55f52d4c8d4c0de8273133af2b320d26356 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_audit_trail_log.html 1135722fde513a58021a74d13e79845342c0fe278768a75b6fca9589db84c28e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_community_mib.html 52ed9079a7a430331fdc43693f915b18f24dbc03f31c011aa6505faeb8ddb733 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_config.html b7f967d0e3d2f1e246cceeb849d004ceed11f9bc16a34c2dba8c8e5e18cde391 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_def_instr_functions.html 1c003d860ea143cb7bdfe36ce7adf60e652b1a20ed85b5bc33e117d4a3e241d5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_framework_mib.html 57326e91c108f34cd21dbf3a02c7b668ace157dc17543a8db3e79d85b8992a9f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_generic.html 2f15a071edb4c0c546fc2b52ef8afe16394cb7c2b854e498f3046ba14a7bdb1a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_agent.html ac38101467edd3f4a98b60b319b9097637572438a3ae679ce032896e06d65ae4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_manager.html ed57f1e07febb4bf2d016da9282f39c90bd7d8bc15985355ba9d92a42ba926f5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_index.html 39da81da4883b50b06219e4fe6f0b1e76181006b7dd33c7db640f7cf214871d5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_instr_functions.html 54d1666a96e84f47ae87b5ccdd52240411fadc91efa5749e29dbe21de386307d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_intro.html 52df1324c088408f24e95f0b4801731076fc7c01eeb7f8df0515494b8d344587 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_manager_config_files.html 2e1a4f1f452ddb1f19569ae25cb0b676c3c3695f59aa216d793147ff07274547 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_manager_funct_descr.html 40d44da19a13e8b1fe30ad17daf905cf7687e40a4c8fea1af9ea42b19fb98126 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_manager_netif.html 931f6398e1571ddef5862964a1424866afc1838c61ee72c1c5d8ecb88c37cc51 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_mib_compiler.html 379012111715fe1effc2220eaf46b19fc4e9fbd763b8d5a2b76d9f893bb5f1bf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_notification_mib.html 31e262e8ba1f19f66cc9765d99ce3915ad9d6f1c3b115c24185d81ccc61174e9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_pdus.html 90ad2eb2fabe6aca2160f3ed5e0e53b5d207fee0c2f4ca15b84b10b7a9a92552 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_standard_mib.html a6f8799eaa91c117f86ac082fa5ef61523d709f8870072693089ff879c115ab5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_target_mib.html 8a99f010915233b090e9f90eb659207340cf49b7d3149a85a6d657086568b4ad 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_user_based_sm_mib.html a1cd983c6e5bb710f71742effbb7b1b6311cce0d2c4298c5c5b88af2842d428d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_view_based_acm_mib.html 782b34c468b11f4a79500f4265bbb7e1aa3612302c43b93b7fc498c178843373 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa.html fb154bef79a097ad6d30f6c996b686ec6160a15b51a110e5266bb5f92da7ad32 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_conf.html 2cdd8d7af9ee1a5cf0bd8e731701ffea046e9eb393ee8bd9eda45dba6d87da5f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_discovery_handler.html 1a06ab8820845fe7d413fe56b33cd52e517cc3143c8338646f1cfb03ee717551 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_error.html c58cdb023273683fd6c314836e3b28e2824cac996295e114c06020d7d926e187 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_error_io.html 34b7b05d68a0ced4ef86473723d3fa57de1dd26a9d69ae2785d26c0e0eaa87c8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_error_logger.html 205f922d55ee0ca76c5467e5a448ec80cfe86648d06e2cbdf8333fd7eced376f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_error_report.html ca77afcdd208a0cfab8c7a4addc19576c734616b7de1083e82e39a19102ea246 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_local_db.html aaceadae47b5b45fa246aee7f70eabb54fcc797094580532212f8f2ad7d019e6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_mib_data.html 21f6badab47e3251125b480fc7f5ac877dd0a1babf8ca83897d4480b885cc9d4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_mib_storage.html 656a90364280ca75c75abe4c1b7154a8ed55f8ee910f6720518fe8f4ceb759d4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_mpd.html 8dddf4a35ff3cd1818ba0d4b46fafce6001b5de21fdf0abd5ef49d24d90347f0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_network_interface.html 4b1366984fa698f1517a04582b72ece8000ebba1b48e0c0e68d340458ad829f8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_network_interface_filter.html 82e448f81b103b91bae9f37d1e98d52154785b4224b0f3572f8bc60eded4afff 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_notification_delivery_info_receiver.html 293b17fbecb30cd4ed975fef2dd024106f2429827937f848eeda8d6069155ae9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_notification_filter.html 14ad67c699cc023e90a05eaa22e8c3310c14199773ee73a800955269a2d3f5d0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_supervisor.html a4c5e7c021c2fa09a08d177b8e5c70cdf2ecebb8db089f96ef6d453a0e972f2e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpc.html 59df120d93f48ba58f35ba60cc1d2a4787f00ac3aabf0d8e76ebd0706e40ff02 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpc_cmd.html 7330b11cfa27c12b3fd5eea3db8d8c3d49fd6f698398e5ec88e857edf53f53c6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm.html 498ae4ea13770ca7f9208086fdb71a33f9ce15d9080e760f9cc7a3d4363f9d24 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_conf.html 2eb90b1668e0084cb05a44f3effe87b6bd6db3604f1e1f19f3ed1c18fd5918a8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_mpd.html b62689027717dd98f7059a42142d5e19f816a46183e00c597e1e7f16f0ddfa37 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_network_interface.html 1f24635732fc77b7145acf0c0580060a06ce0a255d576d906895d384aeb95d47 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_network_interface_filter.html 7cec25b8268b48e3e9fc6fdb8dcefeb7d40b17a77cbc3d588393aa43be6e2888 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_user.html d2919e4e74207fe59d9a806c862a6b2d01649d12294c8fabaaa8ec51a9388405 2 @@ -3899,2 +3899,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/404.html 5a60c38afba12b55f162722eadda850476ad9ce39d3f5c1c1c336594bea4db01 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/api-reference.html 54c531df93d156ffbe8867c2d7d63b1a8d59ea2e3c36ad4c83bd6f99a5547069 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/404.html 9cb93b07e5830179b864765907484e3df3045ce60e6e6a87ddaccf456152a7a9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/api-reference.html 86fc826e6901d83ef152ea47ea18b3036e5b9ac0587d9a441f97de934e058a71 2 @@ -3904,2 +3904,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/configurations.html e7347a3fb86a8ab5a262a6689e6e7d1023c06bf54f19ad07721ec1a7bb8c394c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/configure_algos.html 3a1cec5e8a8e5e6c9944fb021ddcdb83de2d18bbaa2d535361fa7f9b27923d23 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/configurations.html 460b0646cbcb9b9cb7ff6a1812ff9abde5ae05ac9cd607d19e2ed0d63b305a90 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/configure_algos.html 1db92b6bb2f4bdedf9c1cc439e8e4cfb5c1b4f62d5534475f086bf63f096f93e 2 @@ -3926 +3926 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/hardening.html 469ca7cd43e3510df7d31fb90f9eca8283b8f4862776c64238c2c84fcbadb088 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/hardening.html 4a87a7f6d5c87241f00be2c3f4c641493ea6f72a05e47acd5ace846c8744b590 2 @@ -3928,17 +3928,17 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/introduction.html f1955b1a19c148269fa19082e6cc72ef92d100a7ebaaae86d303392570b488e1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/notes.html 38974fd1b964ee2bd1e72694900df31ed3b64a6a55ee78d13ae6d8bc7925613e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/search.html 2ff86c10c8ad131b3825a9d6b4dd6279099cdc8677fb65c3049e4a1c171c4253 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.epub df906b5d44ac3af397de908400a38f260fa59f2f4483fea79b98845d270bc4f3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.html 0c2a9197b49c756c8fde8e0a52ae0a77c0963f6609357c4e993ad808c0184cca 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_agent.html 45b66ab692f3bf1bc055350dc3a30b6ffd74d5dbaf7b874e50c71adc0a57f42f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_app.html adb40a6f33407babe9132b7fe78a5a9c0eb47a20c0ebc472b05154521eba8996 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_client_channel.html f611a65e5e9dfd52bb83c70ceb40af891f23f82f56dfd88feae6fb10e0476318 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_client_key_api.html bce5a753479fb525f3f4c92dfe236da0b23da01753ba684cfdfe4e12f74f147b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_connection.html 2528aaed0bcd0a7340fb94a291b644309974b98af02be2aa3134476fe8d1cbe8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_file.html feebea0486bf6e09f0eaf1e2c78c4a349c41da9c5d56dbf508d565d65911bf53 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_server_channel.html aaeef5daa41d14fdea9a5d717ca5fe3b544ad737d673ac8ae2648e40b6db93ef 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_server_key_api.html 4f027df81bf61ab3b6273d34bd2f36131f806b5b59be438c01ecd3c574790d8c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_sftp.html b35c9450336cbbe0e7d21ec556f6c051f275bed76b2c2eba5c1ae34b241c8cda 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_sftpd.html 6909c63ac3567611685562e4e09e3010533464e76f0e4d633329448d4e850b22 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/terminology.html ff29d5193d4afb76ef8fa9b9f8467af4ee8218aeac812acf34154ac1c56d3c70 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/using_ssh.html 716d3fb3349373c3d647f7deb9eaec81913c88c8a7a99d2060f7824913b5a576 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/introduction.html 6bbe9b60eb0fa051eb68d06c4a83d1f9e258238c534ae2b6ea2e59c3544062c3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/notes.html 734387917350820c28e41af6181eb0428166353ad6bb4bf3f39ef08f616c02cb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/search.html 953bc706496b7b388607665dac5f2b6c8688cc0fa2f12feb3ffa62474c0e2063 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.epub 985723519a40cc9bcf51ff78c02d92aa2d8da79b0f18808ae9f92214e9895149 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.html 8c7297a1fb166846ef62fd8d6196d4e08af14952ff7eca449691a70847b90e95 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_agent.html 45c17dcd36c27b068115c7e4ed6acbd226cc24a7c061efd57a6b41573972d644 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_app.html 496f572421bcc39db413b762f89cc3c25ae1b499184d6d2c723390130b4beb97 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_client_channel.html 57a99adca7ecff4249a62a328856402030f13dd7332e6a8a0b9d2da8eb8faee8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_client_key_api.html b98eab3d77e6fd5ec820e4eda2fef73b0cb91520f0b16130859ff46a09842eba 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_connection.html 311e1cf2c1b31f6f54daf53362cae5a5de3449b59edbfb146e12f71593850eef 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_file.html 2a84d174d98f417094228200f8c0ec198084ac3459a83014fb19b96ee26557fe 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_server_channel.html d00c011c4c967b085c2d96c7f9e11337250a523702b64887220b5213f429a657 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_server_key_api.html bea1ecd66f1ec2491a80fe9db608ec8337a1fbdfce437e8475b976c7b3a2d702 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_sftp.html c8f826aebf7d47a2aafce53c791ad4d8e9542278efe346c9054b21cba99a3322 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_sftpd.html 32aa49f4c1bbf73afcbd27113c6623748d8de36794274460acee1fbd7d51b768 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/terminology.html c94d253a2fb8334e84e3a4ad6f2a037ccd7b6d793b7c4c918b2f7faf3af68e33 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/using_ssh.html c171d995702add4cae5d9f878c9c9476293b057153b21e0767a734d14d319529 2 @@ -3948,2 +3948,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/404.html e547fb9968b918046f09bb9e5790e5c5cbb18e96d6b4c5de24b19eedb5469a2c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/api-reference.html 991e5c26aeeef2a5a475933b58afcba5f9f8ec14e1f8805d22d7daca17ac1717 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/404.html a008f130ea16036487c5208d38b45bcb82d66f27b45f2ce4d2d910c42d85d777 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/api-reference.html 10519f029c3b6fb76c61bba849f7b583aca96f1aedb4c02a6a8e9b5cbcf729d0 2 @@ -3973,12 +3973,12 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/notes.html 1ec6abd65bbcdddc2875f62637949baeccc5649d250b3334557ec682144f48f0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/search.html 7f219d9c73186a8619da8ae39b00a4537275ce8ae1d54b3b97b6476d1d667029 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub e258aab369a86cbbd1c6c32074b3cdde8c90145d82bdca57f247565bb1eedb94 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.html b52e97c397aadf389795dce15bc9479e21c8b45702f6854ab12873b45bee3259 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_app.html 45a11507793250dabb5dd20b2778f8262acbdf02578b4b4dee8bda2c802d222d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_crl_cache.html 784efc46f96fe3b83f6e13d8990258d60dfe75b35e64e7a8c379a84caf5f8fde 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_crl_cache_api.html 2359968db09bdaf50607c1a13ca6049f0f5fa20ba17b2ed41bbecc74b24cc0c4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_distribution.html 891671d681f1ee2bbe042a1c52ff89c8e0d0367882bb5af0c95033aae8f8551d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_protocol.html a0beb25ba8db25995d4b36802474da639826e1ad2508e507ac9f77f91c0fd998 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_session_cache_api.html ab601aa031a73d4e856406c8c6e933bbe2b047c5520d4bd50272582f57e6d645 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/standards_compliance.html 8240e15837a1a4327087f406968ed70b7ccfb2204b4fc9cc7a85b323a3fcf678 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/using_ssl.html aba71861fb53348c62dd626557424a6161f5d3b2ff76309b76a6a9fae5a9f302 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/notes.html f12def02ae7ef79c6bea681702581e2ddec4f5c620f03824b9ee26f1a1b99065 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/search.html 1a5504a7118b47da0335fdef51b1fff020df8b2d3e75901fcda53996fd475ed2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub 65e27343270b87d036e3ea8081d149324e1b92f935809f17e1cc4eac7cec5329 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.html 3193c7859a724acf519ea69a1dc71470712e9885382db4664c4e5793bd6a0d85 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_app.html f2f2ace3b77661b02137663f9c535752fe3b15150962f04c5d49bdef8fab977a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_crl_cache.html 5660cb7d1bf9f9c69a144af477702eb853ce90b3b214285e46a3c884b7339f20 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_crl_cache_api.html 874f90476a27ee84ec1c7338e462bed6797375fb5b0bad997c86dd787c91f058 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_distribution.html 2847465a5f0bfad23f23204c2fdf112e4faa7145385e0f79d37499e74e2df301 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_protocol.html 3b9462e15856c63a7ab8add4765e48f32b0d8c209fda1d0c0daca88e09aa4e3a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_session_cache_api.html 56144223633b9b4ad2df7f220ee3b519d5d1f39b3a217891c189add6f17bd792 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/standards_compliance.html 8bbf5ba0ea993d4352f1fc0c83290d5f2d0f584c237a4eb3a4841e2d0ed2e73f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/using_ssl.html 2b71154f4dbb27f156f798d1b02684dcfbd0142867da267dbf66c9a2b55915b9 2 @@ -3988,5 +3988,5 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/404.html 09e0c8e98d07fe58153416e15eedfc4037d8792a72693adc3ba6c84646bc883f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 6b035edbd516370e8aa1c1c9880c9040a64a162512b6a1369df8ece7d1a97869 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/argparse.html 125dd13d2c9dd9cde5afdd12aff36b7f084ea019c5b5125ca60f868ce226dcfa 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/array.html d44acd40f8080b29146c812c6cebb5f91dae0527a0b5fafd58a59e7f7eb6f8ea 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/assert_hrl.html f3e1bdc25322df5ac66a7066d8d1bcfc8fbbebf19e13ad8934528b4f57a6a923 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/404.html 8880033f41f9f75030597abe16fa0d010f99db72a3679e136ffc222fb0a229c6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 30ba3fec1976a8804e1f7311501e3476238b1a2f42bcb1227661d2237c0dfd1e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/argparse.html 66fc2dd5fe76e2e7d794da0c3754d4a2351e068919ac94bad8e17ce4c60817ce 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/array.html f2daacfe15393321111b39e0153f38072f04fa09614b8a96ef6f04bb7fcbbe13 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/assert_hrl.html 519c23405afacbab1e1251066be4c8a56f9be7c0f983d583f2f64e77ff66ce39 2 @@ -3995,9 +3995,9 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/base64.html e1aadb4efc3d211db21f6ffae5b8dea99df03a018273dc66aacbe557b7630f7b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/beam_lib.html dd5cc858e020a2c4e2840b48a8accc5a40e2d179ebfa69a464b73eaa7821e3bb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/binary.html db3f7ec1f820445e3db1d215a14c43903c669a1872af4128e2c34c8d413bc217 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/c.html 29d1d34516ce562b8bb809f9d4cb64e39d90045432165249e88697d40690a174 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/calendar.html 964bbd407e16984874232285a04b59c0f36ed6355462817ffb0a52903b3d4640 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dets.html 5649347ef88b2c30ca15d0ea2406059b9cc45dce397ff122ad2ba34afe0b240e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dict.html 9b2507354326d26a0db23f7d6aa4134340199fe711bad66c60e2caac01eb5c08 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/digraph.html 48467dcf6ed899eb53a6a296b9972bdaca1cf39010407d09ee7e58f332112840 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/digraph_utils.html eba9f69518d1ea1757ab8b3c66298dc07e4968e2fa4e4d27683f9a1dd0d610cf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/base64.html 7729e97dda916c84948a77427c2a2ba1c6679b5961d6c578c7a06984d679bb71 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/beam_lib.html f0a2a45a24e2dc11ecce928e29abdeead5551f363d65ae56717a2c3097e01396 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/binary.html d9a6c470014a7d0b8cfe26b5f8384af5adfa54883b42db3fed5620eadd019ec7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/c.html 473832b7bbffca1b2fe6121dc8b99ea0516871e070145063038f01e73d8e3e88 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/calendar.html 82dd8a8a59e7d4777b75c0c37849870e29b9264558eb66e7e671286115bd0412 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dets.html c9c376f759874f791f20d15af3ba6dbf6435320db84702a8a81340e1f06e9167 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dict.html 8c834485cea17085693639559a9f87dee9154340b36824956572ff72beda3d13 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/digraph.html 18ac24720199586506a4aeb037e4b8cde0c16e458e293f1ebc13b4d2fde9df5c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/digraph_utils.html eb9e9ff210d637a5216b57a8317a26bfd91a44146498dd9b97f509416f5eefac 2 @@ -4024,26 +4024,26 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/edlin.html 2bed4581f525cf579d483a185e6dc5889f8504d87f65494e7c5e69c5e954e158 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/edlin_expand.html 459bb0ec48ce55bacca178c534a46532152445d25819aafc6740edeb63ab7204 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/epp.html 5f500d19f32f3360b08516fa23153133be3ec5d14f6f1ff2e45399374b72a961 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_anno.html 603be4d31b00dafda792847c0a0270db501ed7545df90495ddf9ed408aa8284e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_error.html 0e1882b3c76d2366bfa30eaf0d260d796994b881d56c0492d70d7099722e9d52 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_eval.html c0c4301772ad5e151e0c3e0409f228e79422aef49b5995f3fdb0198b63baeed8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_expand_records.html be352aa8d23079abe7e8e853af5e5d411a1d93712326036bffc05a441f9f4bed 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_features.html bd6271c114d5314c8de070cd47cdb6c091dcc99e534f5d26994e432aaa79c128 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_id_trans.html d6f859165e3be1eb83978bcbe3c75d8f77c1a57148c01a19b58171aecb2c26f0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_internal.html 554a838313f75460a5e703fb043584e2d791f967bf6271756f92f69a8f45cd95 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_lint.html 63f7f77ccbb9021686823ee0fdafbe022c641e6d662c74717b229aece26412ad 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_parse.html 8664118a2188417153c62fed099db975e74556c0a8d08f5c69721dbf6709989e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_pp.html f23f00efdc47f6e7f1a6bb445a1fb57d5c6c067878d80d9f2a33dc13b1788793 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_scan.html 8132bb80cb7ed4df98cc9734b3a93c04ae5d1199db1df1604f927eab590a777a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_tar.html ffcad157480f48641431c897c656f429dfcc2c58dc048e88ad86de265fb548f4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/escript.html dbfcb5983301bb6c451e400555717c67cb9f7c1964b50f8395a4837cdf4fe5c6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ets.html 9fbf28e81d9023757313027dee8ea51937303e91f93924e16f98b7adbc4ea802 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/file_sorter.html 1e3a055d0b7e0e182ea4c26a00e96dd37d1abe3c5f4661e76623e5be3950cf7a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/filelib.html 6dff62356da8558cb0b65ca23aeb5a2cb4a6669f883af6e51f96c945d58b07a9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/filename.html 10c99b868867cd598172e6689db3c05fef1eed16940823ee88d668b7d8751700 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gb_sets.html fd33c669279bff77923d34610a1a4f3b2e8acb2a7641d1a65e6f7668aeecfdc2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gb_trees.html 4ade8474c9b25ba4a42b01b63256aab7f67a58d629e37aeb953dc2b537314877 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_event.html 2faaf2f67a543f7cc995e3281abe04571fdeba86f207488cb22456e40ec80d69 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_fsm.html 4ed050ea6d6e959ecd013e4bc498ed6cfde537d4e8b2723b1faa4a3440874566 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_server.html 572fd9076f0fe27c57d366121671d183c010b3490dc9e5e6aed70eefdadb978b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_statem.html afbab3576729715944a2e43298c03dbac2eaaca8de939e07c7a7dc8ed57fea40 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/edlin.html 300b01ddf603b34f08d863be36d94a4807b0161a81badb271ce84c1ad0404eee 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/edlin_expand.html 516af51e7f83efe7643133c11a553607d8c19c5ea9a39c141787ceb873da9f78 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/epp.html 21447d9fd70cae71b9532cdc3682fcb67a4c1ed3aa5d765e22a9fd9ed01699b6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_anno.html 4aa5c8cc2d93cb1c0c935de971d3a4fd6ec0ed9cb8be42df10bf62adcef5db2d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_error.html 6aa0b3b1c4ef2043d78bd82834c6afe95fff80e045a4f5cf0998a524bc1ffe01 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_eval.html 0a5267e628f1e7ca332be6050a99c2f934d2d0fe1392bdcddf22ac3adab4c3db 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_expand_records.html 68b5b15e2ccd7ba1a12205b78bebaaf00b3358a364695948866f35b4a497d5d0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_features.html 6aa7c34dc4867e2c5321cc379042cfe051e1755653685d385eddfd5ec18843a0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_id_trans.html 1316b6d9c1db490d71c7e8c0b0ea8839a44f503eb42f3b7e7b60462fe9e05b5f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_internal.html 650d5d43e4f372edca252b8f330469745d8be8b430c815f0183c5e8cd93e5582 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_lint.html d85bd6f80023aae55eff96014b37c17fa571659da268cb556979e0c4c0e386cf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_parse.html 0c791dc3c464a2ce67f79b9fdebb3e4f95a1847cb8428d7f46313eefff5752b8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_pp.html 5c9d7358d6fb3efca4c1d9f455f5abdb25243bf7bd8f8dcb15708cee67c57aef 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_scan.html eafcc0f3afaef3986a2079cd72b4bec80f4203c8cde01e437d63fe976bd5d266 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_tar.html 162923e8b60fd65b552d11f09a55438d494627e6893fe296e4f7a4725a0b55ff 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/escript.html 71147ba41eb90c1af3864d05c60fe49b7ef848b0cf5e1a266fe41112791694e0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ets.html c14b71f253bcb9bddb81b1680cf301098abeff81a465a0011ac6ba14c8745a2d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/file_sorter.html 8c72c741ec369d2035710bd973c62bf4d9cbe236ebc9e66cc5f610098149204b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/filelib.html c378fb0f3f330cb1860197d643a4a87e52de847650636628f154c0ce6520d9e7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/filename.html a46177cb2f65121292dc3847cee02d79ec22b7e68cc41599fa473b707b5ac405 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gb_sets.html ad9f3bb0d6cc47cd4d6947c3b7faa416a2ed5f212ccdfd68d51a95ee9bf2eaf9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gb_trees.html 5c12cda9fdd312a3679afa1481addebe1b624a1663e0326305eceefd2f08fd70 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_event.html d3ddf368e5425d745454f8654aa995fc449c5c61b77a2f2692a49e9794b79318 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_fsm.html ead4fb91c5463576448f0a9a9282f35152b0e74f8d96c3d8a80221d81debe296 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_server.html ef938b47dc7b7c84a35d38ab942e9fe999d5df97a03b7ba2babc5d5009c08a70 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_statem.html c2fc53295d22531b602ed749443cfbe1dc82f50407f8e69c5626170cc1b37c4e 2 @@ -4051,42 +4051,42 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/introduction.html ad28650ba5b9a69a17c8bb2bc7317736361ef696385a23d54ea06538fdff8d7f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io.html 79f8a05308a10065269fe5c1c0dabf7762b033521544cdd17736a51c4fface58 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io_lib.html 1c08bc40faded738c7c26c47977eb838df6e8ba3551f5e1b9229860fd749541e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io_protocol.html 2a006ab875a5656c04865ce641e1c2845530f863356734ac4c8200e8f42a1c73 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/json.html 1be86cf8bd5e86feaee0bba07fb1eea1dd8d01f2b6dbeb14e6409a04f62050d1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/lists.html 6390b07ebbfdab88c5b357f292edd2c6d369e8a180d4a1ddf0c4a7ecd75125e7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/log_mf_h.html 9a5f2ba0ecd0c890d1c37dfc6fd11e0dc5f24cf46c9cd75a0f99b88e72e79c8a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/maps.html b600901ea09c4889ad920293097630252daf1d1b6246f2c93df7c7947a7a99f2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/math.html fe1afa988ca0f79efb86c302e88957db5851a1aff90298480c808a453db70c1e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ms_transform.html a456fdba7c724966b0dd8a755fd770dbe577daf623e348617241074871ba5051 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/notes.html f86633ab613fd8784400ac20eee8936a9b785e58e00a3839b3f0fd458332e937 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/orddict.html 2c6f09007e3e353764d8c871888231f1f5b6764f62c9199a4cd8a901a0682a44 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ordsets.html fa43d9bcbb1204943da1e3fe211206519de1997bbc36c7f6bc89ab6db64a4d56 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/peer.html e56e5d5b4f9367e913d0cfc4317e94a12ef3d22aa6bae9b4014001734ac3273d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/pool.html 1827644f46e4f23bcdd5dd931e18850a0809527f08be4ecc3962ecb4d227216f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/proc_lib.html 23af9ae12e6cf664d57eaf6074653d442b2ec735f81d9469ac44be364d759edb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/proplists.html c86481f59fb864385a204e9d1e3e40985a31e9f867f30fa5529b07f4a9432229 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/qlc.html 90cbe356baae2f79cb19cf38f42a3b671976c81edb7cff3932a3312377e78fc7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/queue.html e14d240fc664573fca0374dcdb9d24e3f29215d146ab60724f24be0e47e4bbc7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/rand.html 223ddf9ee60ee92e351995cc7f37e03652bcbe2fccb9f99d556d8f1c59fcdceb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/random.html 1ad03230fb9b31ed0771d573f49ac0d20184688a3457a648e67f94a944f175ee 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/re.html 9374f3a333c23951f1cbaa581b4175aa69f6dcb243474c49810d526662c8f1f6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/search.html 98419118b2734d0c6287e9ac67c4c47ab5ebaa7bbefa82530b435fec99307a4e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/sets.html bcc92b046a7052a339845c99ad3191017a10aa9f835d0bb6f7d5f8fc9d8f8cab 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/shell.html e2bd51bee87433837165c4469f81c5359e4b84ac432a91d9a011b415a81a04d5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/shell_default.html 5ed8de7f9e2758e427957fdc776931468d2bfa031b108afa5941febf8061ea34 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/shell_docs.html 79b7ba65e1f127db370a0a9235a2734d2ea3e4d9dff2043dc60691e3969d9c53 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/slave.html 03845fc21d64211983c01a63954ac86b698bfc85f556e2b61cc15bbd9a051d44 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/sofs.html ed44034d34b1ff58fff6ca9a1644d2b324aa03b63db842667e5d391c8bc62adf 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub d94aae5e1237b64b52bed02d74cf0c11d7d7885ff7ba5f087c97c65f8f725ed0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib_app.html b2cfb6a13bb725f066ef54343629ef56dd7929b3183eeb5814f5dff46a9d4990 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/string.html 1611942ea9bb0d34906476db63c32c227bca39246cbbfbb3f64b487aa52911b8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/supervisor.html 454697a2ea97adbe461a6ea1f0fc930a3e19c170b3a9ac8c2dbae58dfeefa08d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/supervisor_bridge.html 1b9f8e6ae30281d3aa2fefdc95a731180587ce334dfee2d2102e11d158d77c59 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/sys.html 3eae83fbeca3e2ac82e5bf6c248efdaf31cb25a999be5055dc86de8d37060039 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/timer.html 042dd39e964a70dadda63733b33afa2ed6f801a2f9ca854574d90955f59e2609 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/unicode.html 1ca269e1368caf279330756cacf7029a9adec9d2a8ff769ec1345a1a3d11bb3e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/unicode_usage.html 4a638fafe619475d2acaf2a9f24a5a94f716e3f32a9aefb90b8d8889f62cd9e3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/uri_string.html 173afa351d4b096b50937d300b4a4687bc514d0c28ef36f4316ab2b47915f3be 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/uri_string_usage.html e4fd888c5549334781c18d6780a3b895588ba42fb85ae10c1a232292d4b03ced 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/win32reg.html 4e24b2af6bb894845e1db1c1d75f8c8febf0864f3467512c1bc23084636a735c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/zip.html 0bef7c1cdb666887f6eac88ca5b2f3bcaacae0cf47622067b2d141f84efffc36 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/introduction.html 37e69328fe5e023ade40b5d6192b2246a166864023c473241ba8bfdafa857194 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io.html f2d0aeda2067823cfd06ebf152a602b1057d3d8a0090ae72efb5aa92e6f410a1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io_lib.html 5cc41e97212c62b5fd310c39fd55f53c0214f379cdab4d5a927caf91b62120aa 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io_protocol.html f95969cb82f76616a91525a4f5f37986f2654da6459d6c289b9364b2b93e54e9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/json.html d55ea3de6c44619bf2de00ce7a3632d54207b8a28dcd7559074102366be0b6af 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/lists.html c647e278b3134037c281715dfd1f2e07e314e6d31f1c30715c37094bc622c199 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/log_mf_h.html b5bd3e02f0f1a5ba82751853db5cf1a07487cc54f8bee98f923860e216779282 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/maps.html ba8803be6d5093ddb22d197fab1cddb2d3f9a9abb83d1b68a08967d48db11553 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/math.html 10b6b30017c4b19f7bae85cadee05e86eeb5fa840c928988cb91199b7931e63e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ms_transform.html 0c4378fe51bd19d3fdd029f0f1d25cfdea1d1b1faefb9849d1b32a03227c37e4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/notes.html 4f559cd472aa30c78784622af8c74d750923fc5219aa5514be24f987d7d78125 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/orddict.html 1d6a8e83218a9f5ad4274d44e697addbc9897beb9cc554b77a41c4811cb3b78c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ordsets.html 72bbfa833702ed528c23a31ebf4724d9a62923b6c85292e9567bb9a95bdfcab4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/peer.html 65f5b5bb01e697e2323e818fca1daff1a1aa6e9d702a36c4207245346994a0dd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/pool.html fc47cba93485f4af35afafe41fec39b002e7fe1de5070febdd720a5392015cfe 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/proc_lib.html 040930b36f2f03880e884843e70799cb0fbe9d1893e254a66010d0eac2fbdc0b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/proplists.html a042174211d72632f168a6c73765e48487d7e381921b06eeca3e0a0eeea71856 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/qlc.html 4c5c06deae081502602d30500627936b7e0d30b31ab5bf205a4b92de20a5a901 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/queue.html 61782936706a0840ac8975ddb44e9f7378e6e4acb0c43f7762673e59b93dd310 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/rand.html edd9e95b7c12ad2bd7e9536c260cda50a0a81fbf7ee1bd024337f49e48edbc74 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/random.html c15d81cf480c34f633d960b2990d81f3cc8687e06b907013865ee74fa0cfbe26 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/re.html d36b7f9b3c7145142bd46d9ed1063cb79ceeceb0541d4d3763a8818c1b9dcdf4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/search.html 1d2d386326dd689382ca958c7ab5994bdc7f1bf8e8c1b8ce86f622303ed9aef2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/sets.html 57a5694e8817ee88d5bded27683bd9f142b64ead47b1e0602ed9c26f324454a5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/shell.html 76e1f3f4dd5a5b7dd392c0a87b84a1ce00261052d185ea3d23292f200b98a543 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/shell_default.html a5ede4af5ec56061dc086b1fc360f5f1b6a4497c39bc4fdbfec781c24c718591 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/shell_docs.html 91507e6ff7f355da436b707975ee455220c415fff27cd9fbc5b90a2cd5e7a48c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/slave.html e4208c1e6f3531ea2256c3839ceae8facbaab019582f243f96491c81eba776d4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/sofs.html 724667ef46f516d6e68e9cb2abbec105e825a60a6d6caaa97f5b8a4eb62049ac 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub 1d9da83f971d4ecb8a74e0ba68ca4f428a53dfea3fc709760f780f22f18442fd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib_app.html deabd9fe79b379aea7eefe525fc72a3b8717e7c6644e26283ff92f92d3650a53 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/string.html cc859b3ff2d50e89116f56f3de9d92971d285a0d497c554cf8bb5b273c1df0c1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/supervisor.html a122319bfff3b249626299d4faa31bc821e79f1a12e6884f69724a544278969a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/supervisor_bridge.html 6a02be6ae504e84c40c3ff6789cfe7d90a5aab78c881fd38de7c26baba81648b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/sys.html b0ea7b974c730de320123f00b0e6e8b23672d2e1b5a608c2a435d74f49ce4e21 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/timer.html b716a81a2634e039f21f435972da805fea9c36ea5f00404bc6cfed4783d8464c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/unicode.html 4b3c72ca499af7494d15901e6fc20fb050ae0eb78e48d366dfbdfd5876380f68 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/unicode_usage.html 6ecf8931d19a4b1430c812aaa6d308713f7abd681c684d4cb18bb3168a266217 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/uri_string.html cfd34ac2eccec0c25f61e6e88b539e2bc3bff9632527826e00b25464f8ac5727 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/uri_string_usage.html dc3d52a40133bcca5d8519ec272ffd5cbfb78f87d804855e81525696ef31da40 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/win32reg.html cc790769415c34519f6c5c320a799d615572ef3aa33d29a5958ba2623cab28a4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/zip.html e2787085c2998c6be073279ffc651e7c9474fab54d39d2ab1a211a1b68ca9987 2 @@ -4096,2 +4096,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/404.html 0dcea85ce92799618664e3d3b6a9e07136f0904fe4fd500ad9ceed61261606ac 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 9c8eb9b3470056bfbc7b83dd66fe6d73f780296b7f526112e4f4d3802c0f9150 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/404.html 150eaa318210e1d7bb79c19034fe672945e71b358b045a66ecc5cea55162011e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 6d4c81466e66345848910342908df194f5d31f0f3983865337fe0dbc9f8aa7e5 2 @@ -4101 +4101 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/chapter.html 7e86ad0d519868e5c0571c67aaca7d46faa8447d5474a92b6dea38c9a3b89bcb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/chapter.html 6582fde3dde2d360bf3cb23fde6d940e662c0e1eb808736a433713ea6d77a852 2 @@ -4122,6 +4122,6 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/epp_dodger.html ff0f69a39543ed79c5bec9bc807d0a339eb0f35aa54d798f4fe46f79f0fd7cde 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_comment_scan.html 5d17f801e35a5d9c6b3118213e9d8775c629d655da4343a6c1b6fa3eb703178d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_prettypr.html 70fabda4c913de0df375bce690f3b5c5dcd5d0897337d55cd1593ceef6feadbb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_recomment.html d1ea40cc99f86ccf639d2c612a7b1e438967949a3fe41ac5f02d4c379e166b88 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_syntax.html 7a16823587b28cdf5fb5ba186c1284549042473d194bd701ed1fdb1b6706604e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_syntax_lib.html 003f81e136755215a028aa803e2d0ac3d4ea92e67535056cebf83d64b700bac6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/epp_dodger.html 13c29a9c60c021db3014c8d62eab8399d0cead924099291a8483adebf948fbd7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_comment_scan.html 3a00701f995db946e075c2080aa111a3421865b29b798d5b4721fdd6b4d6c9f4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_prettypr.html 3f1aaf95a4c3e6fb57c6ed8edf3f8d526bba69dc390df3371307d23c199230c0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_recomment.html 6db0000dc67f8262d27f28f5bdd4031d5e29fb71deffcdeb23625be2e6cd3d70 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_syntax.html 42ba3dd47dbd9c190df436b2738c2998cb894879e05a691eaecbb61c47d7dc6c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_syntax_lib.html 95dfd02eb004d0653c22a767392fa52f74398583c50ae7e7c3392eb2ce5a7e15 2 @@ -4129,5 +4129,5 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/merl.html ccd742455af55daa9402ceda446eb821d2c76d383b7bd302868fe4dc66453ea1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/merl_transform.html ebff678611c8edfb64f96224bdd92628205322ec2a53e4e6daec7beeed902e54 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/notes.html c0c8dbf182e1e203aba1e9e6498444981970934521cba6c9096e66cd2d45e6f2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/prettypr.html 3954e03a0cec70955430159084be5bd1cd756c405a44f8e2b9c786e975de6c31 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/search.html 37ff400e5fa60bbe59446ced7c74659c6205f4fff4eb8985a0f58010fbf53789 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/merl.html 04ecd6319e20dd3dbe6735c4b36a0b37a9ad9d5cee638026237f10780743c86b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/merl_transform.html 4b3972c392b9bfd02805f975294cd3ccb2a1ebea5817e1982c19431abe9e5df9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/notes.html 62c521d833e0e69a4ee7b122297e4b219c3d2748a13787ea83184eefa0d56480 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/prettypr.html 71c264126d4cf97d4747326f94aedc599a683ed3c34d7365c2d12913d5a37903 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/search.html 474d4aa83a20a4ce8c73ae4ae97c0f337ab4eba5fc7217178af8710e842747d7 2 @@ -4137,2 +4137,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/404.html 58a440ca1f1be03347d6ddd08341539e6b2220a5fd90b9d77457b54bb69f41c8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 05a2acd7d0613550643972ed4e362cb59bebdcbca0603a5fd6c334b20375c023 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/404.html 65bccd17fdb7d66e410caadbb04524759da12ff27880dac2bf4f9dcc8acb572a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html d0d082e50085e7cc15741983bd5c1783e54a3d8852b7f2c1bff2859f23d2303b 2 @@ -4159 +4159 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-486AE036.js 99fc67b39440e82ef3acb91476fab7db7e1550723c7ffc35a6851d3c15759517 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-9671378E.js 9279d2bd5f33939bceb2e164660ae04faa53ab88aeea7f5fb1c23132903e9b82 2 @@ -4161 +4161 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/getting_started.html 693136a21066eeb43f7f9f814d754c0a03c0a06008acef143980963242f379c4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/getting_started.html 879fa022068bee308b328f10d8aa481a36a39d527fe9e40bb57071342fd40040 2 @@ -4163,6 +4163,6 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/introduction.html 1ca23ac603ad97983905663d78dc60fa698a7af74d8d8aabdbd24d481edc6f92 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/notes.html 6949463ff88ea3993a5704ee18f32cfecc5fd98398217d0b03582f29db1a61ea 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/search.html 2d17e3a22d82f74dffdbd154b386b630bd71b2e9bc04d17dc950edbf94fe2f12 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp.epub dba5a678df8f9ab9643268c30258d6516826eb34c5fe6db9e56f18e533f5a899 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp.html 85166a3d6fe78a078bb09c1b678b3ac34f0dfc665c05aab992065da097945a3e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp_logger.html 7aaf357f5eb6286fe595192bcf7a37455075fe313149ac25ac4ac1008723f35d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/introduction.html ad3914f68343d27db057de2e35844282f8b6b5bf02a90eea19ed8dac3cac8c05 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/notes.html f4d897db7dabfa80d6befeb9b814951911b3f0e548312ff70053e980fedce3af 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/search.html b6a79dd9fb3bcc1b219410b75c6b27c0b8407d0a6a6ca2e622aeab963f91aa97 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp.epub e905cb403e125c5b0c6b41fcb6fbaa6fdf333045a6da7267daa565ad50407195 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp.html c8008a7631f0da04b752ff4bd7e8140bf6ee5cc41d9b6a00fb9490539ca1fea7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp_logger.html cbab2e5bbbb452848cc562ec9f065ca65fc833ac1065e8fbb31ad21e3f31e17f 2 @@ -4172,2 +4172,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/404.html 4f8cacacc8004b65b612ac6de63698bd5de68ddb4b72179fec9f6f83c5413247 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 90eaa4565ddac41f5315600c445a43739b6c4206624fcc1afec5ba9746b27330 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/404.html cfec6f022398a0087385f47e699a855140ce889a339dc97571be0c769a1d6afc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2566d7ba5b6d3661cf5e1b70fad5d5d5c995cf71249497ebf7d4b6297740c483 2 @@ -4178,4 +4178,4 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cover.html 4c710f03844a50b018fec9e6e5d3b8026778cd166474d684291a079593b44cbb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cover_chapter.html 3beddbc5e9516c135706211cea2507aa75807532a8f8a515e238a0f419aa6862 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cprof.html 6253f8cac5189c9a9fa32505b2aab52ce21613397ee63b2711702fd47aa87eee 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cprof_chapter.html 73ca761b6b3c6ee48fda02f190055423ec4249f781f8bd382af926b055aa4c04 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cover.html b9b6645fbcca366b232e1370f56cbb0780aebea59461618e542da906ef2cc843 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cover_chapter.html a2d0d0edc0f5de7cbe2a67fb965cb4981e0030577d4ae025ff2351b560b412ed 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cprof.html 7e9211186222427de16aa3facbab3e0812ca807d2e63481a9b57873fc4b9df92 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cprof_chapter.html fbc81795248ba9dac28f7ca4d7ca5c9b68eaefd29c0167f2246a2991c3ec97d1 2 @@ -4202,5 +4202,5 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/eprof.html 76614e7c975cfc5f66515480e9f0fecefe2666abcb0c0df3f8e7520332e6c4b6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/erlang-el.html f4fa020449e20bdae2848741ef82ea81f255dda1ec441a258b7fdeda007a004b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/erlang_mode_chapter.html c55b9b726bc2a59ec31e6b6903348ad53fe2041e1188e90f3c51b32ff22a9879 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/fprof.html 473111ce4836c8838a5fd0b577e8c80c11e29c63713709b677f1ea01c94d5719 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/fprof_chapter.html b4e019dbeb9f16ca438658828ce6359682470b607b3ede074b6680cf36a9d009 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/eprof.html 87d1d08b0280541495d7ec000f39e8b45b12d4444a36739b38d062529c8cee33 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/erlang-el.html e8aac1dace72f1a09409c56e2d431447984f69b008e4ea1613131ea9a671a510 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/erlang_mode_chapter.html 746678096afa025bd9917ec532582377b32fd3b50c817380eae2b79aed0759bf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/fprof.html 5931f342bb5d80ec628ebda0a92205597df725a94238546baf8e648ac2f2572f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/fprof_chapter.html 0d18518ca982c5a268c6bc6327ef4e860025e64ac85350d85195f3e6203f3154 2 @@ -4208,10 +4208,10 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/lcnt.html 36b84e0eb46435ab2c56b46940f818e66c2ad2c2da86e64d6bb61ff353309429 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/lcnt_chapter.html 32bfd08c634c12ba6d8f5728b389c56765d1c84740f49266728d5f4adfbce7d5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/make.html b652eb695c0ca54043f65cfe6764f5515041b54b524df50ba3de917d1f12f568 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/notes.html 828382a959e306050cf038b81cc1a9b92892086c1d56f3d43103faf1b2a0453f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/search.html e8537454871938afa3ea1363616c1a70837ce3f4de992e9cea0c1f11d87c85cc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tags.html 47c2b62581856a59d5fef167565a9d0568a4ad090ae6a46ef3afcb405043a065 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub 65c380582dfe02ce4a92a09fad4a3f992aea257728e9e780857e1b46acc346da 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tprof.html 75b763ac21d9210e85791ac19af562418a60f2ad20fe01c69df3a8dbe5cdba5b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/xref.html 3a19d5b1be71d81b92415e6d327231bae2e3fe9862c9d64c3e835598c4994b70 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/xref_chapter.html 2a3556a2a221491b6117f37c7c873eed9470b7c7abaaacd95f9e0a1b62d0a894 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/lcnt.html 518cf2e71b43da4eb1c439691dd2f3e3ca9f438534954a8a3e4dceb418be798f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/lcnt_chapter.html 4f8ec47c6801688add1864417982cd0f91a0e55d7d79055fde4159222591caf4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/make.html 9a062fef4623b02fbc44f58c6a3e736ad201d0767a75e96cbe681eae9bd291f4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/notes.html d60fedbfd67f48bc2ae89bce7752316e03fb7220af40a0ab09bfa7609e852dc2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/search.html 7fe52f85ad20af1ca32b5bee12baad9d69e4f3db11f0364bb122566e48eb81b9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tags.html 21b26a41b41b29c9b322a495b420e04ba6a94ae5688d707cb54ad463ad7da150 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub 388e63d63bbb190f18521e845d8fbf23770467705200fab578aca02770f3f075 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tprof.html 8105477e9be5f44dac73fdcb8805ea2bbf17c37eb74834efedbc4b6c9476be1b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/xref.html a8aeb2fb00adc486300ed4f3b05803be62620981ba1c37acd4d4a92ac77977c6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/xref_chapter.html c1acf27915dc2f16f19ce80ca41c6eead9bdcbfbdfdc26d5f3e1566531691369 2 @@ -4221,2 +4221,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/404.html 01bfd5afc75fa631ca24a9a8d2aefc3c4f0d397527631d039aa4fc1a7ae73577 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/api-reference.html 1e354c77cfd7cfd97f6b09df07f76f8869715616c480db6b94d14ee97bf47d82 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/404.html 6f5f04b0f1224ffcf3e120257c5be16661c7e57b61f4e725bc769c33f5122367 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/api-reference.html 347d7265a5f6f2a8f1193528e92240c5d64c281302bafdba30c40ed4081abc8e 2 @@ -4225 +4225 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/chapter.html 1464b327a37d2542a2821f580850424f932e4df478e356b34d6e1622a640d1a0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/chapter.html 16023aa5469ea98c2f1d5ec0580582ed60fcb90f8058afc26d3ba56c1eff0abd 2 @@ -4246,2 +4246,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/gl.html 590650530222d7d4aefc0b13a03db9b8a236c7197949167dcee51faa26910943 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/glu.html c1da00fb00176d1a0c5acd6a56d12cd775d28f73b89fc5fc7cefa74348d4abc3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/gl.html 28f717c63c2325076b918a35c797ac88681777292726762822a7532f05ad4580 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/glu.html 3a96760bc789d9580588f416f712c0c08d854d445a63dd192439ee5340fe9b31 2 @@ -4249,239 +4249,239 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/notes.html c1c52d91876f763b2c3bc870625fa100b2ba25f034bc0c59093dbbb487df0c73 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/search.html 282f2a9efc2e6ef4030145cd4f04bb13e2e3b8e7ebeb091e02d38ce16dc4295a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub 23f9f2073f6dc5d34618519ce2ae678c865fb1bc59696c1694e23c2f03947d7d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.html 000bf9ef66cd945af384607cec097d32d3e4282f93f6d3828b68093ef1bfa03e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAcceleratorEntry.html 94047a04ed8d119e63fc4993226ed96d26e3208713227e32483843c735c5d909 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAcceleratorTable.html 549d99437c0e9d1c321030358bc906afc30a7e2e37da1a0f64112b0bbadd8b0c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxActivateEvent.html 84fa08fb5278ac9b6a1cf9d304ad5fe886fc242cbc473d3222e30841acab327d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxArtProvider.html 1adc5a3492c917dc070236dddc45d2fe213093c7fb1bc12eb8b7e8bd77def5d4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiDockArt.html 517ad2ea9754e1083418238f23ada1d74b42c1bd215b4114ccf0e5937e3ff375 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiManager.html 21cd9349613983ac13e92b3cd9c941c1daae6419aaf41ec7200392b8002caef6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiManagerEvent.html 8fc9678f278773973f42f3fda23c6fb2e55b310774a70db3aebeec1a4ee29895 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiNotebook.html 77bf169a0549260fc14bea782423d3597fb2becf1d4cc999cd26996f9ba663c8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiNotebookEvent.html 87438ba0a2f13e153102210877ee886b18f063c5e1b0c9a645dc4be98d6079d7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiPaneInfo.html f4daffa754398362f1333b7b6466faea70a062133e899822a5effff2decd83b7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiSimpleTabArt.html e7a2677ffc5cf114ec94133fcc04bf48c375d53169f3dd269766db0541b17efc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiTabArt.html eba6bd0b1e681c769a069f8a665999d7c5dae36aba81f23670521d46f6d7327c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmap.html 814d3bdbb17ecdaf800ae5fd171fd5df0b3bc3a0dcde6cc98c45de0da9b9731f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmapButton.html 148865412424f939c3b409e2b7479c8219793064d281d312504bb94a119d3593 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmapDataObject.html 367628b18f345bb68dc961edb5d37114b33335c20644278a018374be08fe4dfc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBookCtrlBase.html 5b240917193010d35999c67b2ab82c2fdbe2cb1ac085e814787b924421358e73 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBookCtrlEvent.html 301f77f8b14f5a2d1056e3dbc1762104769d3858826da8c58adae776956b9fd6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBoxSizer.html f2d38a00522526ecff7101d43f2824edcd8cbe24bbe87a6c036881e88c018dba 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBrush.html f22fc819a2cfedfd4d1da14afc9d9d888d6c71c27c84f5a72cdfc0b792713f92 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBufferedDC.html 69596904f00ce5bbe43d18e31072f10ba860c898e27c317f7e9e8815c284a644 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBufferedPaintDC.html c06eb7070e92f1fd7fe00d57ae04f3ba389dc77222501a474cf8d8b8b3f3cc12 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxButton.html f556fd1da0dfcca156cd79218c22d287898536bef07c39cead03e9a69992bf0f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarCtrl.html 1ba954ab2e0ed137fe40b8cd3a0016cfc1707066192921465fc0ab13ac1ad1ee 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarDateAttr.html b175acedf81bd3171d1e888c0ce2173686a8682c4d481365026679bc7e258c1b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarEvent.html 77b6e3bd389a85f77204558399a952837789cf33ad88591136b46035acf0f686 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCaret.html 16b669d927e7914f76214b827c80722841ce5b4162adfeca442998ffb37d2bbc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCheckBox.html 7c436afc370e69b6778d5f28439c3c7ee1eb5fa06a4ed9a9a2058a8190c33d4c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCheckListBox.html 9c5e927c9347b051c0c3b95a0cefcfd4d149c64370d5a8991a4ae7233f7eb691 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChildFocusEvent.html ae2bbb8f95f2af463104e99c7aca9fd1d7b9301e789199c275dc1b8922cf16ee 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChoice.html 1567e7a6649722f408385e750424cf0e34822fc7721c4351e8dbc1f33956528a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChoicebook.html 40fac9fb065d428c539c18813033fbcca73030da69d1486b5b0df99cb4077964 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClientDC.html 5ff49007aed4d18751d61ea0f3bc2825d39b56b64f5ef79cc269fdc74956eb5e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClipboard.html 821e8ae01158a83703afcb4f2d8530f5f07ff3b2ad65c17ac0ce88b0654a719a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClipboardTextEvent.html 499ef2dddb0153c671d0580e8760e2ea8b4bd9854d51a01244ce4bd3b433e07a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCloseEvent.html 8b2830402828b79b963a2e87fc91f8aaf6f66db921e6f72ae63a8c8068b1bee4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourData.html 38d09ced375204f18cae1cbfbd8a7a26041e847160dc107a6cc1fca771dada18 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourDialog.html 26d86a7e374f16b91151d483fce36d4a1c0ecb3a47935233f5c3429c76f4c826 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourPickerCtrl.html d50b2351e16b7ca8824ec8bc7bec7fe44edb88aebfd196fb8cda1b8904808f16 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourPickerEvent.html 6e04060a68205d6c144388f08233d4d721fc2ecd12461e97bebe37446f7bf4b3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxComboBox.html 172850c2315a43c1d042b6fd8a7741d131126e66810584f1ecf39b33ae70ca79 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCommandEvent.html 55e8475ebbbe3913f485e5fe6f329478a08640503c27e0ff072d7a2910462c45 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxContextMenuEvent.html ab66c282689f3f7a66ccf88015c8a93a0bff7dac6b485fcb8f36e63989709ead 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxControl.html 149a798b47d2d469224e193b6b435ac6d48e612095e129d3246dcbacbfede551 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxControlWithItems.html 7f6b34ea23f554420f8e57cd65b21fb286f755db36ef8ca86c6575d99c008c0d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCursor.html 3e0fa8c2ad40fcc6186ea7ce6b9ae004e9cffc6f23056d555302b7cc562d1fe7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDC.html 5a8a7ab8d7b993a8753e3160bc10efaafe1265076dae97e62eb6e6294f339a24 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDCOverlay.html d596de114944050661dbcd0681953c9fe02fc76c047022dac41fa78962f89683 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDataObject.html c5cdf94c0ca7770100d79165df0d1b5e48b147735dc82c491e798de927d3327f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDateEvent.html 1de69134848aff4a5b3d5dc833ade7883125f080ae7ae3e8df010b7d403ccc00 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDatePickerCtrl.html 6756ac2d2ced2e51486d7ed785586aad41bcfc7358c491a30fc205a2295fbff2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDialog.html d12c032161d0aee25886709fff5a6edb55791d4fd1ec5f5b76c2e418df610127 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDirDialog.html 846c2dd7a5752c2d8d8bdac3a41a97d9b0cfabf80c29710ecd32a52c4eee6eda 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDirPickerCtrl.html e8a84e51db1beadd06f6a24bf9f6928203087a15b39a28cebd17f48c05bc1ef0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDisplay.html 7332e3161f0ef43b4d7994098fe2bd6ecca68469c0c859b2be0dbc0139435736 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDisplayChangedEvent.html ec1d8b1a03ba38f69fd33e690d77e56ba87b76e91db32a070849fe0fdf4f4de1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDropFilesEvent.html 35a886cdb23be745471afecb81d7c451ac56d23d658f78ebec83be2bae008bd0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEraseEvent.html f37344a63d29d7635cfa3ca3cae4eb653d34cc7abd0965ff44f3ddb13602b863 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEvent.html 359ecc6ff6f931775efc05ad4dadc609a449abb9d59c569ef313ce29c20c747f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEvtHandler.html 6f0c2ebd7f84b1530428381d7ae5e6f0ea94bc183ea1fb79348c6cb519917eae 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDataObject.html 2041c666349dd2bb18d00aeaa120b1c22a5a21f34f2983c7acae4158458f6fd4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDialog.html 5677d0316991419e8af79383ce048b308fc6a5358f55e1d98c0cb7d147dc59d9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDirPickerEvent.html e24df9210bf3b7af0093f8140c5a85a923f2ef1107aaf7b237fead5c229f2933 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFilePickerCtrl.html 8f9f4e394d8bfa450a154ece0b5314b873b8d2819a9bba22c23af9bf0a75ed34 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFindReplaceData.html 3f173d13edd85aef70aa0e753a1420e61e1c938e3e1b86aee54507de220f52f9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFindReplaceDialog.html 24f13cecedc43d7a5293cad8130d89580c35598afd906983c090d1ba08ac3033 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFlexGridSizer.html 4afb5da9a62f417e7b6a1bda350dcf3d1f079529ea053739c3eb543eb5505c08 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFocusEvent.html 84f95e2b7c727721c074ff74006f05f012eeaec1dd59db04b74f682b2a437bb5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFont.html ee8b9d3e657ba55ac936d4bff4e16a8fe2002ac32fee1854b88201b59d70d787 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontData.html cb6dc503e2949d55fe1f1524ef47f341a2022a0e7a86849594a5ba85606ddcff 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontDialog.html 97bf56a00555f55021c938a412b2b104c40810aea54c67768371d3da1f1469b6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontPickerCtrl.html bb401b288aecb39b7356a6c3e04dda82240551fece3f3290a88467a57a46dbc1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontPickerEvent.html 0ef5ed30c341e0ff097e880438fb2b781610fdebf24b2c6feee19fb6a1b70a4f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFrame.html 6e54ac2ec6ff2447ea63b0d27392a89877cc249fa309ad4e11ef70061261f24b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGBSizerItem.html 976fc67b4ce418dd5aacab4ea044026accd43f6195a92b42753d9596f7978b84 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGCDC.html 4eef7e5a15723a256fa720c7dc28a3fbadd82302780c75ea52ba7e979556769f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGLCanvas.html 6c6b91e42ae1a16521345717c2a18e7e4ccbc162b3a40b5374ceaaca9fab026d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGLContext.html 5db08969438d0dbac1a824c5dda3eea3bdc2434138568685090c95c490ccd9f3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGauge.html 6808d2f5648fbc02ac24f89045bd90a74d3eb9e4ebb56ab326c9fc86a648a37d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGenericDirCtrl.html d7a68f948b57d6bd57f0ac1f0a6305bc8b2e83ae1a8eaa82b681cc153c2a98bb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsBrush.html d6cb5537072af667a27486b0749b7198d99d8e871b35bc18a987f82d7099a0f9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsContext.html 0d4822231ae80e5f2d1ee0f07cc984ea13347f6679ac5246336db0f0b96e8708 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsFont.html 8b20dcd220b3c3ce070e8c191ec54064da81a2300f98e3960e47ae85cd7679fb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsGradientStops.html 02f65e5192ee9bf407e3a69896056f1f97498b4583f643030744ddbbb262f564 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsMatrix.html b32ed3969c4817b204cf154779afd5ab7c0c1b311a0dd043275db497066b7d17 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsObject.html 2cd550fa29e9093ce526d5491782aa25e1a6bf996441370b7b9381736ecb20c6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsPath.html 088d62aad03454a850e6194dd74b3715b3732ac76f89471e4136a82f3b74bbac 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsPen.html d70b952a9ee0b78d46dac2d6cc16a7fbd9eff3cafc877dc13def59208c8d1240 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsRenderer.html b76b13cdfce5fd60890d68e64c2208d261da1b6faf3da3bb52de03da9641ec91 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGrid.html 6cd10945234f5d72efbdb5a1849a4891958474457fa0904de0d1921450b4c1e8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridBagSizer.html f23089b4ca336dbdbabcfce6627c1b51ec4cad2568b7d8d352ddca935b7e26aa 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellAttr.html bfa6fafb8ae08cff8521690fa7c49648104ad62219554eb12c8adb2ac2dda397 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellBoolEditor.html 08845fc3448be533c6a1cb7449f032af98120b63f2dde911f4e19551f01cb302 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellBoolRenderer.html 3d83611ad616dfab58fdec24026ff386b36ade3c5b7f0ad6145c67141ea12df9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellChoiceEditor.html ca328e8c8e179fdcf3227d91e5870af5f483c3c31afd356300ba240adba327cb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellEditor.html 9e90cb5a00e48fcb79b285947be780301c4005136a68280754e74c25a57d5140 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellFloatEditor.html 4bb374e8b56213fe03088744295ea27c3a82e442410eb100f5f104d7741db8ce 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellFloatRenderer.html dca0103053db68b2d148548fc3de54c98330934e16ce6367b6a548e9abf42122 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellNumberEditor.html 64d30e9bb86e4c4db066b6bd159b95c9441a99c40a47926f09ed8a1cf1f96424 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellNumberRenderer.html 71932d339a333c2266b629acfae2e1e786562fb6126791d0bd818b631a2b0b3d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellRenderer.html 38bf32d58e3279077377ef0faa08bb72ddb2620f096edcee3d38978ab0a3151c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellStringRenderer.html 5eed0fef73ac83dd3f2ca63b62b5fd56bb47ad44c5c5311d7d7427f471a9eafa 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellTextEditor.html b0023f152d37747f0c44fdb5ed228109ef5f80d9713d2f006c2a9d1b9186eb22 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridEvent.html d010d61ea5d3f439e37985efc3bba02a6a8b49cb2c6702172367f21b21d9ecf8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridSizer.html a7be2d37aeeff958d7a9b4ff92194e3e36b1a76a221b95eaed51e777d0fcffa8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHelpEvent.html 61a12340115895913d9fabb667888e10cea9e7fd6de856711d376d197a53d1c3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlEasyPrinting.html 9e4578b6d49d08486693b0bf056941817da41d6260ae3fe8488e3ccfe60b84c1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlLinkEvent.html 1e83b89bb230033480192dd9b9126d3843b9ef0a347b70970a9071bd1f8120e6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlWindow.html 815b0d220ca2b7366aae4b60e4c70af13066becb0ad7eef3ba4d35a2aaf157be 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIcon.html d71732aec4e37be32d685e667b1bc067ee74a9c6a1aef58897d6d3da071c7737 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIconBundle.html 90a0a755ed3901a9e59c54918bfe48ec6a77359610c1185dd3b674951a0d5477 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIconizeEvent.html 5c675e602194d6f74fcffc20deb6fbb53d46323c1de85a9354b986eb86e56c80 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIdleEvent.html c8c4c7a7d3f7ce257995cb355471c00dbaff105a4171bd7ff1ce4870127a7ee7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxImage.html 5d00776f9a4c97fba7199e82f5f23887803432f6bfc2a27e5a52241a1cf0e52f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxImageList.html 2f418cdcefbab43b800d0b22c67694fe099d73075faee664cb0bcdf2b6f7a210 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxInitDialogEvent.html 4633d3db5cdbb727edd43ebe8805b709822cf24bee076001bdf0cb899c3b05a3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxJoystickEvent.html 622e43cf36ae3270c550546edea34191abb8586d258ad15866d99ffd7746ed77 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxKeyEvent.html 4aded42759c3931687287f8f571e9c71036f087252189d2675e4d0809c394271 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLayoutAlgorithm.html 211fabd9f61246a2ff2ddd50e52c3f066dd4c435b2fbbc2c1bf20be44fdcf522 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListBox.html ce600beaaa96ac9aa3a1cdb5b702d3445d5cade215f8a40dae6f10884d21c15e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListCtrl.html 0aaf98b4622569c515dec81d3fffcff366eab311d931b228e0035363887371e1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListEvent.html 9220f56a4b8b0167a624ca192ae3e40b34add9bbc696043091189bc90035b657 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListItem.html 276d3d3c179abf975b276bc64cc95c3ca03c6bba6e40db0886747948749ec4fc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListItemAttr.html d6f2fdddbb6c56d232428d79e887d3568fd84c859aa998684f6f465b1d210142 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListView.html a016ba99147a99eef2cacaebff479763d7ec77e205b5ebe00ca46a5cc68637b0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListbook.html f91294a881d4da502c2c5370707fd58d4441ea0c415f05aabc18022e94c04bef 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLocale.html 4eccc6d1f7bb1591ebbcd5d2d171cc4ff081c9db51f187f8707be8bef5e578f2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLogNull.html bd66a51acd2ada99c48575c312c99873fd091d249d03d799f66426c679bcb57c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIChildFrame.html 7363eb64b13eb9f4763bfa297a7e75a4fe1c8e9b4b5613c138a433c01fef849e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIClientWindow.html d9ebd3461a307e85c6d76e4ba16e295e026ce690b72bb3b636ac471020f2cdae 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIParentFrame.html 349eb5333997f56ccf61459e93877a63e2cc7d0fa812b55b3ebd95ca4de78c9c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMask.html ae3a2af077a0024f53d49b2a09b2addaa67229aabd6b4448e9dd6d176b63c806 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMaximizeEvent.html 05b8ad98ef25024482f0e5ae9c8e3712d205f066058b1ba45605de8cecb02b8c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMemoryDC.html 150c16eb2b406eb2bbfb6e1c9f16feba9fdbc6061bcbb3c60aa4c9735e09c654 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenu.html 5c970b383a4e213dc24e5f74a3d223155688671f33aef5c28ae20802734b7d28 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuBar.html c5f642aa88cc4b8fe4164bb5117b9d1b39e94b93e2c51aa0247c54ebf9e044a8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuEvent.html a90a42698be8cf264ea330241b355b5a7f3da06e3b83a0364f94e10bb2afaa39 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuItem.html bed60f7cf0addbeb0e396a6812a1658e6380ccbf6aaf74f7be8f99f450fce452 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMessageDialog.html 9ba7e92ce0955c7bd964e1638668d50a4cb492f919ba00fb2351d4ab81ac8259 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMiniFrame.html a3ed8e4a76b7263fddaf303d687dc150c6f36d2ec44030139adaacf8270ee1fb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMirrorDC.html 8e3513474238e512aff025008616f70ebb0926b131fcce03395453e9c38ac2d9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent.html 76df3a41180ecd19a1925b55d6e398d40d12e016d4abdb075d204debda755ac2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseCaptureLostEvent.html 0b48c0d67f7ddfa43130910e744daf8fadd46ac9ac69b35833d61abdcea61f46 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseEvent.html 0af754cac1f82a6c2a7da4adc8a3edf6f77432a9421e5d63d0133cf1bf21f079 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMoveEvent.html e5d3c034dcd223fc5e40b1657528806d97f395bb27556c661153ace48da48a83 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMultiChoiceDialog.html fdfe9278a149d3148a7124abddce25f1ceb1c54d576dd569ff2a401602b230c7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNavigationKeyEvent.html b48366b3dbdc8475e4c6dae8c4e9f1b393804eeafa29db2aeea39cecd0dad2ee 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotebook.html 54de8c3dc096ce52d352ea8baa23641762a0dafac59bf5a264efc7434d28ef0e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotificationMessage.html 73e27839dc460f4b2b8f0e8f5028cf622328cd999022f8cf1c816b6487e0fbf5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotifyEvent.html fee14e3897f8bab92be6616a6ea3632884609ce7ebe4cde8a38298aee885a413 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxOverlay.html 14c74cb993398e39dd3a0bbf479c2bade1dd061e35d6a7969bc1f7a57b84cd25 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPageSetupDialog.html bee02e791e5bd6b363f7bb438f98124d9c7e458e20a0c08e2db0a85ffa78d051 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPageSetupDialogData.html 333f7333d034727ae56b30c060381b37d78d13e02ec2655a79edb89bbbb6dcb9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaintDC.html 7aafd908b100312488aa7b587911a4c36cf9f83242a178e1f141f7b10bce3bae 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaintEvent.html 76cc0298d35afc6c5108d4789eb7bbc82ea00c763f5c7fa821c1c26007dfdcc1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPalette.html fc9605828b488439af98226ac311d290a4825d2c8f35a025fd450795b1efbff2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaletteChangedEvent.html e7f5d60a340abdb0b16490e5d37c5ecb628ce62eb566caaa4d9323a87d8ac464 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPanel.html 3c0acbe9ed4212f73a25dea0270fb4809335533fdf0a637b4d7d2a1018b1b484 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPasswordEntryDialog.html cbc0b7207512fa0f78b1c71f2d87d8c231dc711240416a6dd8d01f06d0a92bb0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPen.html c768cd879a342ad6ae3770430be83f501a3315adb734559e0c523342a3519233 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPickerBase.html 62511a134c345cae3adb89f27cf300dfd862f8b2458671e5171a1d5c31f4718f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPopupTransientWindow.html 1b68f6abed37c307947d13f8e0f6544b1fc5a6263823f113f88f82666823c0be 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPopupWindow.html 344ef536c9c197d813dd2b326110363d94d6a69edadbb0eb0d625590a6fc63b1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPostScriptDC.html f0b919433abdb8928ea70eba2300fbdc2adc18b33a4c2afc64bb99e86c1449cc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewCanvas.html e4554d0758c51a59e8fc3a0a06914117f2715992e5e7d096ebc80e443c502264 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewControlBar.html c6cc4f90d637a9595cc97e907decebd526218a8da14a495a55891a138bdfdbc4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewFrame.html 5b6cd046a9d0f5ffbae975ac77d760702bb64bab88765c1896320fe382a0f62c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintData.html f8da168cf655cbc9522d745fa9bbc1a3c383ccdc01b620a813ea8a653f864df0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintDialog.html 586e43f68996e6652cc54c0ba9dacc466b4e20da6f50a72cf2602615238142d1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintDialogData.html 7d362930bc239b3190bf5deeb4670a8e8de9d2012a894b36d8f2913ffef73875 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintPreview.html 2791409101e4cd9545723fd271b6a587395b1536fb8b5780717a8ff2fe8d5c71 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrinter.html d4c9cf223782080bb9b89651fdce2a4a42bed14f9e7d47ba83abb257a90db9fd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintout.html 133d413b0adfeada92e6c7e0c0626ac51be469c6c778782b794b8b401cdfba6d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxProgressDialog.html 33c290a56901babd09d608fa26fce35cc87723ee6d3be837b1158bf11e493230 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxQueryNewPaletteEvent.html 5dfb734aa0c628e3f7d15b89c0264b5535a80f974a9da9d334849a51378e40ff 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRadioBox.html 29938a48db88968c149066355bc9331b08de0cf3d4edc7708b5db16a966fa55c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRadioButton.html 14a281388bc9ab04d6e611e999fd82723b01239fcc2fd19d6722d305614e4d75 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRegion.html b62760cfa8eaeb464e3396467c932688762106083b39da4d702527448bf6ffdd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashEvent.html f97d45264b27cbcde3ba9441f35c699fcde1aed39d3a5ebba843eb79f101a4ad 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashLayoutWindow.html fd68bfbcc3e6969ed42deccd388b89795550e8239a462fe7bbf37a7342e8ba2a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashWindow.html 8ffe18ac8ecd1e292b31d119dac2b7783889cb3a1fc8a6b513227fccfd90d1b9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScreenDC.html 20d965ff3d7b7cabb9d0b434e1121eef7fe0fc8cddff7c2bad59b18a14e51831 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollBar.html 65003896f364fb8f87741efd40c58f5ac453bbe1e8001d662ad9c5034e1c8235 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollEvent.html 7bf259f86854c04a678dc23cde2d3bbe4631fefc180ac655efd29eaefe16039f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollWinEvent.html 522f1fb49a755af3b24ed997c295d42cf4e0391eb79d9e03c04efefdc20c30b7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrolledWindow.html b7be2c9303be77f456a3c18873bb8d5e7aa14588ef86462f305f3fcfe565bedd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSetCursorEvent.html 0c783ad82018dff050e777c9eada9741023221d8c2b96990dac03b7aa9c3b2eb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxShowEvent.html f12313f37e97b1b47d9e413b114fc89306a528801ceeb97d96d82037f013d628 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSingleChoiceDialog.html 0d3401b07785c2155eada8713181551299107177f5e675bac2fefc4a5a3c6bae 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizeEvent.html 2eabb9a80ea2faab725c707bbb5333fe05b8aea7deae229b280adaadf1f73252 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizer.html beee73027e04223a5ce6abd1944716062e425fb587ba0503d3337d1d51a2db21 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizerFlags.html 72da0fa561904dbedc3af2498d041f0fd1aaf629bd9013fd9352bdae27a873ae 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizerItem.html b20eeb49539d88ba4552f777aec8a79c5195a64757c2d0acec08c3ea7f916a1d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSlider.html ed90bafc9af98248b064e2d814094c47f6dae1d16cdcf6b9e9b557fc340a793a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinButton.html 3d64388fd4d56e63b4c1c0e5c813b0add4f4b7266d7ecf9dd1b560be13ab18e7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinCtrl.html 173e0b375bd7800810e8c850abb8f40bd1aec8bff64d0b8f950c96fada333c03 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinEvent.html 855128926695decfb3be7ab4cadbb4295117ca26919cc3619fc657ece7db0ffd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplashScreen.html fbd9630b66512832a7de2f70ebc3662ac6312000687886690c20ed949370393a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplitterEvent.html 8c794d2b42c2ebca811202203655872bb91aab65ae7cdcc923b385d190318549 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplitterWindow.html af5f30debbb97df2a0aa6b6627ec3013b829a800c598eaa2be3dcc9e4245c1c3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBitmap.html 2c02692c792fab37dc6644f64d7b0271885cbbaaa823ba44f6fd2fb12fea4e68 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBox.html b13ee2e2bf4575aa9e4f008a6efb774c043c08d9fd614ff088c5a7b9406aefe4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBoxSizer.html 686e6693fd176e26f9065a7744f4dae6ae4d55812d15377c658a6d43114614a4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticLine.html fb66754d69796f597d94228bde2ce4e69ad3559415bf32aa34aa785b01497417 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticText.html 4dd7a23aaa2ee0077260e48ad8d993806fae12153f7dd3c7bfe3c7e7c04d9fea 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStatusBar.html 691b53d8798633909032972db1a1825862593250a5b1ac31df15b97ef3656422 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStdDialogButtonSizer.html 6341c16d422a2e83c60dea3b4054cbb2aa160b10f378ea604dd2cbda383251a3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStyledTextCtrl.html 4fb0c883bd7fdf72aabbc3ee4dab523c7a49dcd5f9b94023dd55b09ca44230a4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStyledTextEvent.html 9f8ab42692ac894aa7184882448226eef4cf630ffbad1778930d51a0653eacb8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSysColourChangedEvent.html a8c084eec698a93be3184b844d5989ff1b13562f49edcff74579ee74add92f54 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSystemOptions.html 563c274cf3d307e2a4cd432a847d67600ed1f57a1cae27064e804f53527a0d31 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSystemSettings.html 759d1b55da9d1914f55f473da26c8cd43350b397eb1f6d198f5cb2558e5e87e3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTaskBarIcon.html df53a9a1c4e661d7c390df25ddfe7eafeb632d208815e0866973b01d1b594b1b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTaskBarIconEvent.html ddcce5aeafb0e83b9bbc6ebdc9c6bff5a9c11dcb131b6f11fe1cff20428ff3b8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextAttr.html 25c965264f75df519ace0c3ea956393077d74a1d4cb308e6c9e8fd6f9c993502 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextCtrl.html c346c29e11854b5ae24073611d877bd65b6318dc6c41acc9ef887e951fecd06f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextDataObject.html 46a4b76bdacad87b74a60e3c65e368cb6ee5f3d740b936a9eb684e96f1603276 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextEntryDialog.html d89aace213fc0fbdfae88c69fcae6a5218f30851f62e46476d645dba7d465e17 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToggleButton.html 0de62c6d1c8573cf2ba24a261f99484a286387793c6cef6456e007c9f052123d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolBar.html 000d562c617bdfe7c25b04ef978a81a9877dfb1f891fb6840596931f9add6d85 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolTip.html c315645ba5db79f178c80dc024a97fe8b98515f403fa788c6cbbc3f3db12ae6a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolbook.html 3be1d1645d5892cc029ba720e17af3a052e1ee7d57146b053e8a64ca9e1b9c39 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTopLevelWindow.html 1c1b65ff1c08352513df0bc54b73c612a3a7f6ce752cc0ad8511097ec90eec16 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreeCtrl.html aff77def5e0ea2e8e351a59d97e9ecae5007398a72b30bd77d163bab7f6021eb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreeEvent.html 07aa468e8abd1dc6c1cfa3ac09c31ce36f2e7ccce0dbae42fef074e026d9a7c0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreebook.html 64fb60b262c0c3bacf3554dc6f02dc4ce96cc4775cddb4687ff32508b375540b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxUpdateUIEvent.html e9279f00fa27acbdf3cc3a9afb0e85266869e1cd0fb906bacf2bcd07737a3565 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWebView.html f29a0ce059e806a4472b691d843a6ed89f0d7e53f2a4ab4339edaae36f92fd17 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWebViewEvent.html 87b758cc48a1b3d47a0dd6b48a9dd66997db15095daa7440c97e1772af4df326 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindow.html 48fbe6fc62828218ebfc135e09a00d736e787f2f6765e716dc437eb6284f11bf 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowCreateEvent.html 6b39205ccab80b369e2e1ad2d64aa0b1eba900c8ac042f746ed414502e8d3959 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowDC.html f563dd9dafc0403e36a444dca707e717b462ab0b7cedf0ed645256d3d2bfb2f9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowDestroyEvent.html 071730c0ddfcca04edbaf5103f512ac8f7009c2e67597a3e0155d7a5a4f3cf80 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxXmlResource.html 1b05f3e9c17cd37676614cdb2082c69c6c4ac3851145d9874f0d4fa3a2df287c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx_misc.html 47b2bb232c987af5ede45610514ee38150f6dbd0dd766d05a846858aef2c2ea1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx_object.html daa931741360ef69f85b06b2c7f2ba2340dc0261a79c80b2849e24452f36fda8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/notes.html 99d8ecf68ccba4076715c43e727f00a96b667622d5d2485cf0cf241ea95af9d6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/search.html 5a2203d1b188d33ebe43b4633b038120508bdf73830eb96364bcefbf790ff589 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub 503af1dbbb0c6d6d00b094f51e8515d7463dafae4b7b669fe5ffdb4c836668e8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.html 522e2c7d1a2c99ece4e6eb5d347b4d99da93811830aa2ae52d280eac900917e6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAcceleratorEntry.html 8a9ffc6483f775fcda25c040f3170805035948fff9593a7ca699a1f33ce23509 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAcceleratorTable.html 13c616c84a11d587414284c446afae0c490c6388d3806a3a865ea61d8f206ffc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxActivateEvent.html c54de60e5552483421f8d4d438c5bbd02e477fb451ab7c221799b09e04e80095 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxArtProvider.html 7ec09ff4354630eb65d9dfaca2af876a84af74dfdd95f3c3803ebebd207740e3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiDockArt.html c0746c330ea2dbc361da586cba39a87d63d060461a0eebaf865b40c454225c89 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiManager.html 2ba6aaa8466b7dac2b1683d49b6fa3c087d18fdabcfd023d5c7043a940c86fbf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiManagerEvent.html ba2ae156d375883547c81561d76d824181cb88519011b836edc86d3e2bea1cab 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiNotebook.html f0a1ac97bd1be3a89ee6d32ad3e3dd91f1ebaff1fa5e5694764296e22b6198d2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiNotebookEvent.html 3099fef53d6556725aa48d9b232294d22aa0a072bf88cafd118e7b49cb1b6dfa 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiPaneInfo.html 4475956f354dc378e518500dc271e424111577fcd9eeddb65887b40406e1af28 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiSimpleTabArt.html 224df53f982653ffc69eaa317301c0ab8fb2b6161e8b25203b95a15b807e46f5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiTabArt.html fb1f279de99ad81a3f69f82342bae2bd38040ca81e1e1a428c8f808383074379 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmap.html 074f25dbe8a22d9b0161ee410d13ccb4f0b8cf3342ea7ee8bc93b3cb6ffac73f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmapButton.html a0900fb40fa9cd1cf191cd5bb36d8e9592ce785d625fabf9da566854ec92bfbb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmapDataObject.html a0217b265d7a1eddd675bcbbefe42b26c081885acb77dcddbe5d3dc21b539b39 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBookCtrlBase.html e9933bdddfe99356545b1d8a0da12bd7590e6aabe2a3e58e5a759334ea9ef265 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBookCtrlEvent.html 0e2d2d6a08f148148f79c1ceb417935f180e9dc2d8188454663b3c970cc03025 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBoxSizer.html adce4d09790a4b1a3f9fe1836e72a21ec18a779307aff21758654ff51a68fdcf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBrush.html 74325a1bff6b99419e8a6044ed4a52f088654e7166292bb7c551c517f197249d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBufferedDC.html c90fb7ba936030cbd290b2b2acdbeb6d19514615956abe30f1951133f7d05cbf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBufferedPaintDC.html b8bf5e7ba3f9d8fb4d369639cddad5ab9119ed6f687da5cde415388e202c17d9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxButton.html e958527e37c2833127a0e7357703bef45808885f5125ef706fe92f0941208a43 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarCtrl.html 35126327b629eda2560f25cbcb894614241b6be77b2d74a1e411788d24381915 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarDateAttr.html 8fbf334cdaf47a8efe0b4503e6de031f06abe029957f898148a7fd3de3889cd8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarEvent.html 85f2a4343ce27e04accf52eca5d12b7a0ce4176a708b8e8491aef336f7e57f1d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCaret.html 11b26934caf6d359de33b665ba494b5b213ef1b0b5c9dc7bcbf611aa1751424c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCheckBox.html 9696a8ff3b4f991d6824fcecb09d265e8a19690ea179f99b39781d36626659da 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCheckListBox.html 40ee3462382d7fc4bfd57bd6fd7d056c783f4bcf77c993aa03d10d65a8604325 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChildFocusEvent.html ceec290e5fb8000755ad00d06a6e20fab0d1270299412aced8301da7f0b970a0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChoice.html 16efb2ec4aea6b8e3e2f0e77d4db46db8ff736477ff686c9718d44a2cda795eb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChoicebook.html 8f9a892cc0cc8d32ed2d58039ef1ef953026fea98ffaec6f562412673f77bb03 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClientDC.html 3c9154ac6bc33fe77b528529e5a55c968ce2298d77535079b26cfec4aff9bc3d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClipboard.html 00454ff7c3c8a07f8ec2d4f8aecfbdf6d9bc08658ea866f4d7f70b9bcaac41ce 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClipboardTextEvent.html a59ea119eec200f98a7e01e437453bca29dda10ddab6189f1840f7dfdd5f572e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCloseEvent.html fb1514b3551cc60d15d2b457ebe0a0654619e46256ba744c1019518a83c76844 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourData.html 9d76926d784485adad98fcc06aaee9cbd93161700a01f622efaa7f543548696a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourDialog.html 27baf4d467de5b4c05fad241c3e8ae1b933d73b17fa86899456b5287424c8227 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourPickerCtrl.html 73dbcca3897520720cf9eea50c1bf0080502f239f8c1ee89b9f5a58877f1724f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourPickerEvent.html 378c97d2325e626e88901895d0c4c2bb2cc3f8401eab68262690b8a80b1e66b5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxComboBox.html ec0e2c8e3aefaf7eed78edb7f70bb56ab10ee0d0b4e0e4e915a03a9b86f96f60 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCommandEvent.html d65e002e777a6da594d19b4d4dfdf0e4a3ef397616913dcb00db2e37c582d9b3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxContextMenuEvent.html 089541cb88ca1a5cd48feeae826f1b8dc1771b5b32b7160edfe9e9ee5b678ed5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxControl.html a5832adb127916f06cef7e8848bcf298d0fe592e677e1ad19158b88bcf6f96a5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxControlWithItems.html 13022baf4b405c8cb0d0592167fcc258f9efad25b82d74158d0b1d1b2a4b5032 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCursor.html 37c92f79a4fb252e4b4ed976964aa30da4a248a774be1a8dca23b22f5108f697 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDC.html d5c8a3cfab4f99c6fbe8b3d31557d6fe79e9514010a3cace5ed4976170e0b865 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDCOverlay.html c95523e4d963ace1eec9d1db76c7cead553553df1d4c9bff940bf38631f16e9d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDataObject.html 43b9b067dd903f93be542027f5fa1a7ac391c25c531cd2aeaab94e4dd125c1e8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDateEvent.html ef63d34b0a021efa4a51cad402bb0a8fbe60d43a927aea2b3ab8124fbd1bd520 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDatePickerCtrl.html 0bb3697b47eb38d7a5daa762e3192ec6f565adec243518a8a320208598ca60e7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDialog.html 8c0f05d4217b28c0030f36f47140ea2d97152bcfb66762f7d5aa9bad8e34831f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDirDialog.html b8f51d34d58acc4939276f770a5f67c3245e78c70f7c0ac147aa2a8f29e1232a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDirPickerCtrl.html e440680e20c585d18b6f939d366107f63c45fcd222d17ae4f61c12c48d75fb34 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDisplay.html 47c77bd36b74a37b6fd0d616d8d732d47a4b9a1e0a2393034757569461dd582d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDisplayChangedEvent.html 11bb93fe9f397ddc9ce6d7046010c1cebca31b0f8da6217d54ce14d225ed45ad 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDropFilesEvent.html 05480846664f30a3f19ac1a51fe6196c9569b611f9d9033d7f9e1fde89f11166 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEraseEvent.html 8ddbad055cb91d2b504e58a7199c8ab1fac4dce42e1c7e3158f700a13ec7c36b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEvent.html eb5bd2c83c81193c9a753ffd78a477021ab5711cc35a7fe7cb66bd25a39f2de0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEvtHandler.html 7e591ff1c8982be47ef7136d4a8bf4be47eec8f49ebe6555482cf66e739ad2e1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDataObject.html 9d7ef768cb8b8339300b8eaad6865f06e4e08020bdb6d63f808bbeb2360408e9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDialog.html 26950b45a91727c6c2c6a9a254e8b3adbeaf2adb9074982f8420fd6271518ee7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDirPickerEvent.html 0250bd61fd6741bbdbedf618639d9dc42bbb1f704a34f59a439250abb1e3a3d9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFilePickerCtrl.html b0a860ad47d432d1c29a27832ab1a58f991595ba4b6399ddd7789b9ae6c40151 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFindReplaceData.html 335411f57e2393112c6bd2f1d0f69040befcbb87ca0317e45ea392f104b88459 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFindReplaceDialog.html 802386e01bda7aafc8e56f114fca087207b2d06f7896f64d842f12e5c8e78c75 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFlexGridSizer.html de1f35db5085154583ecbed34d791625136624521830c7e5d9c98c67165cfe89 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFocusEvent.html 05b1967269668988b92ceb9ab6eeea95e9b3106f500dce3c58232c9494be3a21 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFont.html c4f7970ab93ee6dac01efc3a8241a8efd203f9d6825f0a01afa96621cdb69808 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontData.html d0d46e7e11b0a20d946f77d1216ed0182d3a13a8a80f220aa8d4483d9f7e6915 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontDialog.html 5a78e05eebe6ccffdfcd72649c04c4b89d9f877db4b953c5da62bc1a985bdbd3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontPickerCtrl.html 3cd9766b208346ce4285da0231729644f2baf42d67a08041577b29fd0e6c22ba 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontPickerEvent.html ce9d07287d10b0c9494e22ef46fc2a67f4eb53f63813e247b5ff345e178c5e72 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFrame.html 9580b92a63ba695d912015aa3d48097c2526bb876614895ad671dc339e14eba3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGBSizerItem.html 24e3c1f35f095cab8cfcd934d298d051078c71841f6a2d2e15e736875b5c2f4f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGCDC.html 0d34301ec8689ab3086bc9cce884f8f21e8f35b6fe488086c288af7590ec82f7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGLCanvas.html 3aaaeb5393208fe3ccf45f12526ff54f8a37d2d2efe58e779f0e5d820300e2db 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGLContext.html 288d2b3d1cfd0c06b1bec1de109578c68ed6a038b41c694669279c5d7fbe88e0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGauge.html 174267feb0652c25ea266591a9c324119c43f96581123185d586e30f8da5a4ac 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGenericDirCtrl.html 600b4bfcc313c95af767b1a5d1d01e79bf39605ffcbabbf74a8c3e7adfcd8552 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsBrush.html 20a9596d65308b3f2c8e98d1ecba8cc710c1d494dc638b35389b1a62075492c9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsContext.html 11dca2a775f84b5af2ab8d40f94a1dfaeaca3373e0a08b3bdce094fba5cde016 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsFont.html 5ae05b4ff3746cc3bc93b8874755a92c266a8fe49d467ea388aaf295612ebfef 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsGradientStops.html 0ab89b45a23e3554c704021d618dd970271cfe633f8b8eb14070129dbc4bb66d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsMatrix.html d11ce90bbb1260b0bf5c98379083c2720b96b714688c85b881b87d4940571d2e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsObject.html 0606d705a948c41de3bd7300a505a0415a17b1d272d8e849bfbd8f013d39e64f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsPath.html fa29fcd4092e1089b7852394677ddefd0cd7444377bd79c4e269e59995ade9f3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsPen.html f83de36fd9c52527225eb9d80a1b38b2937f3ca9de238c525d93edc32f85b615 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsRenderer.html 3e310144a90fa4b5f5efac7c430e4adbbd061e8dd8570ffde7e78837a4997be4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGrid.html 1af2169295b50b61bf6a439e155f32fdc3d0c9b7f6e5150091b889743cf44088 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridBagSizer.html f3bfdf84912cf1f0a9b1e14d1d38a8cb8de8fc6b1791471bce57a66feb286571 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellAttr.html b72810fad1565374dffb4a3ec4825918876ae4ddd7d878e905e620297a5f3b8f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellBoolEditor.html 0470d88097c964f4d4e29f4902662fe47fd14ee17fcc8ca9c87309859815d231 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellBoolRenderer.html 1b3a351e55b8d71598a93cbaa593d04e917d0458aa77059f2afcf7346a834b24 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellChoiceEditor.html 4dd2afbfaa1e7c09a5d45310222988e676f84fd2d490a8daa4b1d911c6fc79f7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellEditor.html d44250f935f9d80d2b5080e96e87d7191675600aa459162cfc68aa2ef6fda42f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellFloatEditor.html 7f8e22cfe95c063eccfa567075915c224d1af02ae0d0ec42cb53c4f4b933b8d6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellFloatRenderer.html 0a91c406835f9bc34872234e53f07a5cd8a19dc108ba9f79f90efc4287186f64 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellNumberEditor.html 5111306c350f99fb60e47c0d27ae18d670ad03c0bb0ab97316ccca810202bb53 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellNumberRenderer.html 88d0f338ecff45a98e46f9595cb162e772d43eb3ee9509e8bf71de32139ce3bc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellRenderer.html 5fb7c780525d0055b3b6eb28ff114c359555c92697d3ddb9ef765086f1bd70e7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellStringRenderer.html 23864baaee1c7a9afa6f1e34f14f8b6f0d1dacbfe7f591e2a420e53dce9729d4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellTextEditor.html e525e816f9063fb99f0191e71c63d5c64733c8fbee94a76830c0878a8a5ca3cf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridEvent.html 3fe4edf2d3438517dc85f6299a1db56b9daecf9df0a287f195e8cd8c7610b5c6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridSizer.html 8db52a4142c79f7d52da171d6e2c7affbf29281d8c5a61c3107ba2cea197fa07 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHelpEvent.html b0db6e9bc55b7056ea13dc413c812516e3a407c49a3bc7715d79a75d66fb7e3f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlEasyPrinting.html 5a998bd3187f5b9adb474e9dc22d56b31b4eec7bd7d24a7549297fe0057e5a85 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlLinkEvent.html c4a2b6e813471f2e87a7ca6f6e29e76437ba71c2a1da9370c6d06d7aa4ec6a8a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlWindow.html f49b426c135b210ccdf4344954af318c459136664ca1a99c74d4d43e04cf6d30 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIcon.html f4d0e75ee8eda89e0e54865ea6f70b64debcb98ffddd4e1ec0b888dc1d3471d3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIconBundle.html 83059288b96be2f7a85260fbf08aa68da66c42d1142f2321b8fb176caf676b24 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIconizeEvent.html 92f8bb3047a8c6b6c41b042dfac3ac2d37e11f4ee8ad0f511d809b4e5985dfa8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIdleEvent.html 52bc361381d3554db7465eb7ffa968276a261f77ff937cc497cddc01d40124c2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxImage.html 287cf096d0256e945fdf209acceaa56c7747f8e42b942e6f9e7055aeabe2480e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxImageList.html 28ae4aaeec985b5d75ae78543216c4ab80f52ac3471f4daef60471e0c836c229 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxInitDialogEvent.html e3c6d3e87edefeeaeff21c4dbf627385b09a520b81ec072946fdb29a22bf0ae3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxJoystickEvent.html bf7bc85eeb876b6857de5096366409c05e71e59939007c42e7da704c402a0043 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxKeyEvent.html 2001d346ab0c7707825515ed43972c69a6c952fa2d4131a5eb5b2ac3d57ae8ed 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLayoutAlgorithm.html a4013c69818101af7bc5ad4cf97fad7dcb1089618c428c200756053f4e887250 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListBox.html f482114a5d07a80ab3be35f3bbdb4f894bbdde52d0569221af9b617c9d84d7c9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListCtrl.html 0a74c66ffd885be60f81aad20cf0ca8d93ccf47ca7a40d734d61d1f17022c57d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListEvent.html 3feb28f9084ff0764c05bd69582f5945b87919f408c0121e66e1d955e0beee41 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListItem.html a0c1b9ec8dc7ccbc7afe9bd8e8380bca1786a0ed998e01bd117f70c5e16c3a68 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListItemAttr.html 1affccadca762d98996aef0c2918afbf7e9510dc1ffc7df7ed66b65f5cbf970c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListView.html 8c039251ba6debbf7f45f4953ec93a604aa25fa633a9468c28e1c235d9c23af7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListbook.html 322abdde37e64abecd3f50f78d53d8a337f3183a4a5e1d9af5a0e83c098823ba 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLocale.html 18f5b623a64e45e27f8e70e89f074eef2ec0c47d7b84f77fd298a209865fa412 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLogNull.html b4025ea683d0da455d32b61777114180dd8dbda3255308a32aeac1ba4d1876d0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIChildFrame.html 3f8944476a09ef04fbaed1deb5c40f23b565ab3a97b6a4b60bd1af461d6943ea 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIClientWindow.html 94ac5d3642ef887639d30085176a9497d839d177f73919a9957262b436764039 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIParentFrame.html bd0049a26146bf1d3fd0d23fe553cc677bbc948e628406d3f643db980df79594 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMask.html f55ebcfaf798f3b17f8397b09a72562df9055012769ff5a5c69328e8bd038e2b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMaximizeEvent.html 0cbdc7fd3ac68a8ac58b716da544f6830e124e7fef77b51d81200e7f75701479 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMemoryDC.html d1e2d4fef9738eb32f8af76e88a23fb0c0c9b61c89db83e88a6d8e14ceb533f4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenu.html 6398722dcce8c56b4e5a96499b3c5556b07c21d727f708facf9155ce630b5fd7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuBar.html 9fa173365fa216042063dbc1441f5033aba7559147681d03a734ddfc206b73e6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuEvent.html e26244650b1469db4e648f6a298ecf976f55ba17bfaec83c4f9d190f78ba5849 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuItem.html 5d6c2606240f8e5f2f439698997006983f228d9773d5e7eeae28c1133934ef7d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMessageDialog.html 089ab12ce94e5d1fc5658959cfa87c2aa70444360f35bb05e74e9ff360b94841 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMiniFrame.html ed2b328dcf9bc0a3db86798ee65968d5e5f7f5d493bd2d416cd0af519107109c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMirrorDC.html 89f3e6f32b300e04b3df1c2e763c48d5959c438516ef000407f2b6d424425c69 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent.html fed1764f723b8fa93707900d16603a1e0ecad2710a7d59cf357f395344228c81 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseCaptureLostEvent.html be6baf0d443d1938d0b93a076af082ca676cee73675e11c393412d1d5534557e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseEvent.html e5ee859986bfa13ac12a7f790d10648cc26e736164d8ad48f9d96c38a002f0cb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMoveEvent.html d77baab926108ac990b7c85fc4ab9f250655ea84ac3dacfdbf2b6451df4c62ef 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMultiChoiceDialog.html dfdeb35cee75fc09009301a41aeb8f3da44357d796349778b293465c0e149a51 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNavigationKeyEvent.html c16cd6064cb011876f56f63a001f90d91db6d79c8b504246b346d995894275fc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotebook.html 4ac64e77eea212aaa50e02847a28bb301d8ea545475431284f693caff222be55 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotificationMessage.html 709b2b60ed960f3071fd71dae73b35fa0f6c8400d2e61d97ae00aaea285b1d11 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotifyEvent.html 7665db3a03fdd00a3ebf7d5739ade99ef5b7e40aa55e3e1aafd9a2e6e3c0020c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxOverlay.html cd0594b3e65a0afc6c496212a3e8019800ac11724ae6deb9c27e6b9b9ae70371 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPageSetupDialog.html 1db73f0c805691a4dc3900c5ba888a1e5e108d454769d122f10a280a9dadb27f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPageSetupDialogData.html 7282592082d0553bb0de096fa196ebe4d0a946b90189d954d814507250307242 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaintDC.html 42e0e63f39b160d4a426df98667aa4ad3e2ceb2507aa5b3fd720c75fa245c76c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaintEvent.html bd86205a47bbc3cd47c78f8a50257c09b7fc404e53ccf53e5dc104fc7ad5313e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPalette.html 5ae30a40dc17a6e517fd1d6fcc1251eb1500c101c30c58f2591c2558f7763755 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaletteChangedEvent.html 6b9d4c66dc1ffec02a3054ec00f822a869fe641421b2184cd8ad7d5e3c7c46b2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPanel.html 3cfa20147cd4e0f03faeb1802241e83ddc201b445ba3d94196065eec84f242e0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPasswordEntryDialog.html 33fdc517b5488d1701e7b39f6f02fdbf87c52535e7be6e14f8d0c6ecd346338f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPen.html f3c1fb3f8ffa89fba2185d2b25dd1a2cd4f51fcf71ef9296a336be7162804000 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPickerBase.html ac2ba1fd4ddc846a92fa38f94129cad84eff0f6d50358a8d77c90861949f3002 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPopupTransientWindow.html c07b44b8809cdd1410458f1e2808a8b3334b5a3cc6c8555c7101d3de8c6b9414 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPopupWindow.html 0c948dd65d1f6797c58e6d5afeb23f371d9ed9bcad1e289645761743f5c25a87 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPostScriptDC.html 1616aaa34268a3d469ed9add093da80dba91ef563480181d100ebfcf90733d44 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewCanvas.html 02ee966f34d904f341dfe6640717f3ddbe3eb47157ea97e5afe1aac5926033b6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewControlBar.html 2b681e08df4c8bf254c73bef1b74173b9467482e078302e9ecbcf4f59ada2d63 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewFrame.html 9bb3a7bb279dd596e4085ddd5dbe3e2c9379270decfcbf4253876440dd7a930b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintData.html f229558b29709e8ee6655b835b07b050115013bb44184c050df14ce43d970d01 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintDialog.html 6b571f2ee2e848b4bd0d4cb5ddb03b903231f513198c7707eb1b416ad97c49c4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintDialogData.html b8bb37104a6aa8cf1b64a97bef1719481959e8d04c000bf7526feacde041830a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintPreview.html 7e4386973524dfa3780716ad1090bd4ba09e2b8a88cac8ba33dce8dc7a4f59d4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrinter.html 2e316efa8417f793a8aff1b55cbdaf537b6c4c6ecb66bed80aff17eb4dd526d1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintout.html d01e4fc0560e68ea304428d2ddfec0b936425f4f9655c2ea94c07644c6ba774f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxProgressDialog.html 74b6686271d9515cfad541782b367315d6c8d37d1e5956b7048b3e1b25152864 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxQueryNewPaletteEvent.html 8fad22e3077fa0050ecb2a583fdc8e15c9e9c8bfb7e9151f721c8e74ed09b41a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRadioBox.html 36b913e9254c69a6d489788f9686b7a7c3c26147b0d81e6485080fc4b6401b4e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRadioButton.html cb88ff53cf2a95f4b8592015daad4938c1302422c40296c208dcda5bdbea2c91 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRegion.html 5bcfa7748c77fa4ff7ee3fbbbd4a8e3c00c5ead9771dbcc98bc8eab9a69087ab 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashEvent.html d70dfdf9e25326f3d4f359e0e28f503aa4495abc093bc9d225e657e96e1ec362 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashLayoutWindow.html 9488c0ca141c913155ae03792bf87fcb4ac69b0b0cc517c58a90eb913d46f753 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashWindow.html a01e1066a7ee08eb1d01b4c2cbb7b2a1b0edcd00c1cef63598d557e1bf57d808 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScreenDC.html 091c313a9ecccf2e586a42995ce6f62025684f44a70958c365fce7430f3c11d2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollBar.html 17638144a00479104487cd1f9b5e7308ccaa19ec119a7a8f5c17d2b57542b089 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollEvent.html 5193b4ebb4a5fa16370d7643dbb86c2fe164c456e509d81662c0dcada90acaba 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollWinEvent.html 140f568fff7be58295412b1d036eb47195924ceaec517869e84d3a87db760e5e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrolledWindow.html 123f7d9c9b3253aac5ded1c4e6bcbffa7abcb9689b420377d33f5beed1ed020c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSetCursorEvent.html 7c08c1fdf7df2430f90494d2a1e2bac5d44c978a431ef9774983c53cc6c89aa9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxShowEvent.html 0f189f6f15c30283b924fd860c21de674454605a462394473a285fd7da26b152 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSingleChoiceDialog.html 10d53590e51008e073d1e68723592c6b3021b766792ebe6d3961fda14094fa0f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizeEvent.html e15096ffdc5faa4d9f58db391ab825c5ee1262815bbce9b0205002a817143be1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizer.html 9514d80e5a2041d60e120f828546c43c3da0d2e45b77b837dbb6cb32fe7d098b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizerFlags.html 16063f6f42fbea70d102e1ac2510a95c2788f0ec3f747036a4446f1d08a2c865 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizerItem.html 77d7aeeb1ae0a9ca5a48ef36146cc591813b85eb9f30d1558fccfb81385d4036 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSlider.html 3726bc68a0e8fa0902f0881e3d87dac7ca754d1f87f1e447a8921b4db675422e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinButton.html e9dabc52771b674453bbaa09bf1ef6f68a7a7e3bda5a0c5f7a9f3c55252f810e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinCtrl.html 00ab39941fd3c93c0b15e9f35c75524f30d4f02b2dee74a759bf33403315711c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinEvent.html 48355c69da73f3bb196992ab86115601d7a706df7c88d1905b77e632efd03028 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplashScreen.html c6d550350f38184831f90de9a4c00e3c55671518f456b4d74e38b20402ff9c3c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplitterEvent.html 92502f7cca7eea05d95140610c97816b121054b29179ef7db16c5745a30b2ab5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplitterWindow.html 298e26364d18de0e8869bf4714f29acb6b20980c5556ba7ed35d7403295065b9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBitmap.html 490feb5961b196b2c494c8d355d285940fa5b89e010e3e427a6d10d0fc2fbfd8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBox.html 1ea484a4dc623b88790bff37fd0c0b15f2ea53cc1cf5fffadbabf8db31c261c3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBoxSizer.html 8293b4fd611fd72a1d28e73a729199a0d7400714bb3d86e4ca86cf4ec1374068 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticLine.html 4e6ba2c20075b00a4ede46e9a875aeef1feaab6afea0318ea4bcb3e0d8a5f039 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticText.html 36726786cb0779e013454e7483bc55a11c674e2fe66275fb823ca748e473063e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStatusBar.html f9cbc2930819b01c2ba018c4fd26f038ba894c67f8fe2613e5e71564271fb74d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStdDialogButtonSizer.html 91e31208c017418a7982ed1cb651b7431beba3fdb8f10e05e9c68161e9a99baa 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStyledTextCtrl.html d72e1774f2275bb618523c3b7009a788e9744dee38db9b7a175777a6c8b278ea 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStyledTextEvent.html e6b83fbb7bc40131af6f0abe4b898453becf8bfd69f69264dda5d73b15104d7f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSysColourChangedEvent.html 68b5e71aefd6175b7a473baf727364efd0f189d9d77877a24b2ee5ce9b26de15 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSystemOptions.html 5bf42d5f9acc43e929c9dfe08648cfdfc755246245c665218014e7e06447845c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSystemSettings.html a6637cbb3d713a082344bfe84526d468298733ffee36a998f2bfc2f8cac214a2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTaskBarIcon.html dc4f73653f84244a782d0b7191da855701f2b9c3b3c3c4a3c905999f4887f0f0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTaskBarIconEvent.html 90d8d6d53f03ae22ea2d7811ac774dd5b388cb04e33af271fc61e3ba3a7de4d6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextAttr.html edb95be5909f78b4af6a98c1b456d3554158a42501f70c5947ff823403ffce85 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextCtrl.html b0bdb334b4f285de97d98ace935e548218cb2cdbaac911c3c90a51a859f0490d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextDataObject.html c4094c3b7cf2c0eabc0636f0aa5dd148f474b4ff2a2748be2639e950787de79e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextEntryDialog.html 17219e969bd7218864f4c01e83819d10c7597d5e4ab3d07c786d05a16a386dcb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToggleButton.html 75a8274de5551ff56b3f256e26511c8485df002144bc182c52ab561c3ba866fb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolBar.html a252a5c6bf59817841e1a9ef9390fca2a06a19018563087a73c396606f84c25e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolTip.html bd7a1ccde600ea0ae234040388a83d6e06c78de823fbc9844cd6aef828f3ff78 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolbook.html 94f12f70551c7aaed732e063e0a2982d03d5125410cf4f0ab509e90bbacbedc7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTopLevelWindow.html 08005a718870aa2b09155ff4c005435f9c1e6dc88508105426ba46f62733872b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreeCtrl.html 7c0efb0341627564f6cf7a5d07b075bc4fa47b1c5bacb42f6edf5e105a5db86e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreeEvent.html d7adf897aecf5c789e99e25c25ac65dec8fa814db6a51ad43990a3b37cbe125e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreebook.html ce1d7fb40fdb9c6eac92be0f5a15c748fa8b8df8fd7683fae0d9d52d7cbc6c95 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxUpdateUIEvent.html 94b52552929f7199f3b263a14ad4d0638534acb7caa4703dc523896c7371d5ac 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWebView.html 6c8507bed7d388f0237b3af779022fe1678aad1366ffc3e2d2890f836cbcf1ac 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWebViewEvent.html 39cc31d4e9b95909710672352bb8a9fc86d4c44731d1014f30726ab2f1d5c3e7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindow.html 550a1e91791c06f8e0b32493248095cec9cafd51076b8970d04874ed7ad0aecf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowCreateEvent.html 1d9768decc329bc5ee4fb8f7d0267868da6293a5521ed1acef3613c9c2d838fb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowDC.html 1ff37cfa6f4076962cddc6c68dbc59aca63553cb111beb2e5155a5fa7f3a27f4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowDestroyEvent.html d3ad118c08c6509c3ad48777220ee376ba10c42b1a7407f31566a59ef2353530 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxXmlResource.html 01893232a9521c475647b3db1efc6f644938d5ebbce3b8c101888f281127e6ff 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx_misc.html 2d2c7376296a2097ae67f03fee94a8d5e4b155be75441c6bf71ef95e3174079c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx_object.html 59734bbceb5a8ff1268ecc4db49c9b81b671d210e2c06fa30cc634d4332b8011 2 @@ -4491,2 +4491,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/404.html 37e96b8632555b2045ba02fe9c6b57c3147a3e6930abcbccbfb38773295aa669 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html a40528142441d5f45b17b6604c7c25c0ba53e7990156032fbe721b5a898d1eaf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/404.html 17ed6a737be1d2625ad53475ecddcf0a9da0854d2933c5a5e5bafe95a3e96be2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 45095aa8133fd9a8db436a82be73900c4b95c0dd70cc901903f7c9e090431616 2 @@ -4527,12 +4527,12 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/notes.html 863b36d1f897157c056e6d17f629386639b1159d732eda06da8e16b0d476360e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/search.html 532a17910d43b32004b209b57a75984df6e8710b5bef36cbb3a67f5cba4e8ea1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl.html 2f26d7ea2050887f0ac39e88966e501fcd36962dc36f4e47de18343e9c903b95 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_eventp.html a6a3279770630845fc7353c95eb85852bed412680d20dbbea92e3597152d8472 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_examples.html aadf5c1a273cca5a6d683a5e4a81e44cd2fd314d830766b69bca39380d090f0e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_sax_parser.html 20325c877211f6fa649fa7a04705cb6f7375aa3ff986c6bb1790d54a87089588 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_scan.html 6b42e329e7a8ca62ff5dca0a25cd3b07d02aa1022abaea4d0ca1e6edae1829f9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_ug.html 46d635ba1e23802798ce1e4846ecfd2e7134899e317753e9920e839b1b1085be 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xpath.html 114250ff30cf03d48cd9a956715e0fc490fbf7a716698ba8113a1e2801b39ac8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xs.html 1a8dc59d9211430bf5188c9c97efa47762d04fbc5a04d3e6abb66e69f113c69c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xs_examples.html c7e0e28c0f292b175bcfbbaa6b00228b69b1857e3d95395d3140ac101a8dbc65 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xsd.html 5468b31727c273e07b5e2de9353e9c8ce2ebb5b5f2f46d3a88516ac9c1d5b413 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/notes.html e736451a7b58913c82e80ca116d085e062d557d2c29a1895610038b0d025462e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/search.html ca068eb0e5b7bd4baa3abe5cf0a568b24b0166cc44daa6079b35177337d6741d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl.html 98980a83cc4d990f5947cee2c16df2fb2c520dd1a9ce9ef752ea0210fd949aa1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_eventp.html 1885e441b851205d8f9cedcbabc91d89844a9dfc47477bf24aec18e454a7c122 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_examples.html d84bf028536f73fd20d9385a8d454c5db5a28542689ebf03b89d66e44cc65805 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_sax_parser.html 4d429ad5e59b0f8f7e7097e91f361fc0661506b545c2704daf3310ed0c9748ec 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_scan.html e36fc4179fbd56cfea76922276c65e97a1a4243fc7345dd9976df5443e3d464b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_ug.html 274a9eb201b58b269f23db80080cceef90ab3758c95a1640fd1f16fa57448a6e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xpath.html 12407fcfc6055b00ae7bbc3f953b66243f0d9a932382f2c63dcef7ad3933ea15 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xs.html b909410d565daf2c155b3fbea2e7ac15bfb6e95676e29d1c7e71b8c28b14e9b7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xs_examples.html a71a0f6e2e7e7d233b99a22cac534aa28fb678c40698c53596f63ab027eace01 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xsd.html f5763e02ad2b611b3f27009923b87fc98b88ac1de314bfe853cb6f1133403cb9 2 comparing rpmtags comparing RELEASE comparing PROVIDES comparing scripts comparing filelist --- old-filelist +++ new-filelist @@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/dist/search_data-6DB131C5.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/dist/search_data-DCE6DC3D.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/dist/sidebar_items-B6B07F6E.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp.epub 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-28D724AE.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-EF9E204F.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/dist/sidebar_items-54EFED7F.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/index.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/search_data-5A173A4E.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/search_data-457E211A.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/sidebar_items-1750AF81.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/index.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/memsup.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -1849,7 +1849,7 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-486AE036.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-9671378E.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/dist/sidebar_items-78F60625.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/getting_started.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/index.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 comparing file checksum creating rename script RPM meta information is different Extracting packages /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.160233159 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.160233159 +0000 @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/asn1.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/asn1.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.180233259 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/asn1.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.184233279 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/common_test.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/common_test.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.204233379 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/common_test.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.208233399 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/compiler.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/compiler.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.228233498 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/compiler.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.228233498 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/crypto.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/crypto.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.252233619 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/crypto.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.252233619 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/debugger.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/debugger.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.268233698 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/debugger.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.272233718 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/deprecations.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/deprecations.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.296233839 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/deprecations.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.300233858 +0000 @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/design_principles.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/design_principles.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.320233958 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/design_principles.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.324233978 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/dialyzer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/dialyzer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.348234098 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/dialyzer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.348234098 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/diameter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/diameter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.364234178 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/diameter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.368234198 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/edoc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/edoc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.392234318 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/edoc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.396234338 +0000 @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/efficiency_guide.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/efficiency_guide.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.412234417 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/efficiency_guide.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.416234438 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/eldap.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/eldap.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.440234557 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/eldap.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.440234557 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/embedded.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/embedded.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.460234657 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/embedded.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.464234677 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/erl_interface.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/erl_interface.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.484234777 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/erl_interface.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.488234797 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/erts.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/erts.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.512234916 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/erts.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.512234916 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/et.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/et.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.536235036 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/et.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.536235036 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/eunit.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/eunit.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.556235136 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/eunit.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.560235157 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ftp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ftp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.584235276 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ftp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.584235276 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/getting_started.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/getting_started.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.608235396 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/getting_started.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.608235396 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/inets.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/inets.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.632235516 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/inets.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.636235536 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/installation_guide.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/installation_guide.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.660235656 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/installation_guide.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.664235676 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/jinterface.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/jinterface.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.688235795 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/jinterface.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.688235795 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/kernel.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/kernel.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.712235915 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/kernel.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.716235935 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/man_index.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/man_index.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.784236275 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/man_index.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.788236295 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/megaco.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/megaco.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.812236414 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/megaco.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.816236434 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/mnesia.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/mnesia.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.836236534 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/mnesia.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.836236534 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/observer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/observer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.860236655 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/observer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.860236655 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/odbc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/odbc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.880236755 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/odbc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.884236774 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/os_mon.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/os_mon.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.908236894 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/os_mon.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.908236894 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/parsetools.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/parsetools.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.928236994 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/parsetools.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.932237014 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/programming_examples.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/programming_examples.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.952237113 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/programming_examples.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.952237113 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/public_key.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/public_key.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.972237213 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/public_key.html 2025-01-25 10:23:21.976237233 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/readme.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/readme.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.000237353 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/readme.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.004237374 +0000 @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/reference_manual.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/reference_manual.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.028237493 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/reference_manual.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.028237493 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/reltool.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/reltool.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.052237613 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/reltool.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.052237613 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/removed.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/removed.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.084237773 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/removed.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.084237773 +0000 @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/runtime_tools.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/runtime_tools.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.108237893 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/runtime_tools.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.112237912 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/sasl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/sasl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.132238012 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/sasl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.132238012 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/scheduled_for_removal.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/scheduled_for_removal.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.152238112 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/scheduled_for_removal.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.156238132 +0000 @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.176238232 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.176238232 +0000 @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/snmp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/snmp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.196238332 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/snmp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.200238351 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ssh.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ssh.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.224238471 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ssh.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.228238492 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ssl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ssl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.252238611 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ssl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.252238611 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/stdlib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/stdlib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.272238711 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/stdlib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.276238731 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/syntax_tools.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/syntax_tools.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.296238831 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/syntax_tools.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.296238831 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.320238951 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:22.320238951 +0000 @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/applications.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/applications.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/applications.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ Application Callback Module

How to start and stop the code for the application, including its supervision -tree, is described by two callback functions:

start(StartType, StartArgs) -> {ok, Pid} | {ok, Pid, State}
-stop(State)

Example:

-moduledoc {file, "../doc/arith.asciidoc"}.
--moduledoc #{since => "0.1", format => "text/asciidoc"}.
--moduledoc #{deprecated => "Use the Erlang arithmetic operators instead."}.

+of the format.

Example:

-moduledoc {file, "../doc/arith.asciidoc"}.
+-moduledoc #{since => "0.1", format => "text/asciidoc"}.
+-moduledoc #{deprecated => "Use the Erlang arithmetic operators instead."}.

@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ We use a special number here so that we know that this number comes from this module. """. --opaque number() :: {arith, erlang:number()}. +-opaque number() :: {arith, erlang:number()}. -doc """ Adds two numbers. @@ -140,8 +140,8 @@ 1> arith:add(arith:number(1), arith:number(2)). {number, 3} ``` """. --spec add(number(), number()) -> number(). -add({number, One}, {number, Two}) -> {number, One + Two}.

+-spec add(number(), number()) -> number(). +add({number, One}, {number, Two}) -> {number, One + Two}.

@@ -153,12 +153,12 @@ automatically insert this key if there is a -deprecated attribute marking a function as deprecated.

  • equiv => unicode:chardata() | F/A | F(...) - Notes that this function is equivalent to another function in this module. The equivalence can be described using either -Func/Arity, Func(Args) or a unicode string. For example:

    -doc #{equiv => add/3}.
    -add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
    -add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

    or

    -doc #{equiv => add(One, Two, [])}.
    --spec add(One :: number(), Two :: number()) -> number().
    -add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
    -add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

    The entry into the EEP-48 doc chunk metadata is +Func/Arity, Func(Args) or a unicode string. For example:

    -doc #{equiv => add/3}.
    +add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
    +add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

    or

    -doc #{equiv => add(One, Two, [])}.
    +-spec add(One :: number(), Two :: number()) -> number().
    +add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
    +add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

    The entry into the EEP-48 doc chunk metadata is the value converted to a string.

  • exported => boolean() - A boolean/0 signifying if the entry is exported or not. This value is automatically set by the compiler and should not be set by the user.

  • @@ -169,20 +169,20 @@

    The doc signature is a short text shown to describe the function and its arguments. By default it is determined by looking at the names of the arguments in the --spec or function. For example:

    add(One, Two) -> One + Two.
    +-spec or function. For example:

    add(One, Two) -> One + Two.
     
    --spec sub(One :: integer(), Two :: integer()) -> integer().
    -sub(X, Y) -> X - Y.

    will have a signature of add(One, Two) and sub(One, Two).

    For types or callbacks, the signature is derived from the type or callback -specification. For example:

    -type number(Value) :: {number, Value}.
    +-spec sub(One :: integer(), Two :: integer()) -> integer().
    +sub(X, Y) -> X - Y.

    will have a signature of add(One, Two) and sub(One, Two).

    For types or callbacks, the signature is derived from the type or callback +specification. For example:

    -type number(Value) :: {number, Value}.
     %% signature will be `number(Value)`
     
    --opaque number() :: {number, number()}.
    +-opaque number() :: {number, number()}.
     %% signature will be `number()`
     
    --callback increment(In :: number()) -> Out.
    +-callback increment(In :: number()) -> Out.
     %% signature will be `increment(In)`
     
    --callback increment(In) -> Out when In :: number().
    +-callback increment(In) -> Out when In :: number().
     %% signature will be `increment(In)`

    If it is not possible to "easily" figure out a nice signature from the code, the MFA syntax is used instead. For example: add/2, number/1, increment/1

    It is possible to supply a custom signature by placing it as the first line of the -doc attribute. The provided signature must be in the form of a function @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Adds two numbers. """. -add(A, B) -> A + B.

    Will create the signature add(One, Two). The signature will be removed from the +add(A, B) -> A + B.

    Will create the signature add(One, Two). The signature will be removed from the documentation string, so in the example above only the text "Adds two numbers" will be part of the documentation. This works for functions, types, and callbacks.

    @@ -284,13 +284,13 @@ rebar3_ex_doc plugin. To set up a rebar3 project to use ExDoc to generate documentation add the following to your rebar3.config.

    %% Enable the plugin
    -{plugins, [rebar3_ex_doc]}.
    +{plugins, [rebar3_ex_doc]}.
     
    -{ex_doc, [
    -  {extras, ["README.md"]},
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/drivers.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/drivers.xhtml"	2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000
    +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/drivers.xhtml"	2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000
    @@ -31,15 +31,15 @@
     running.

    A driver can be configured to have one lock for each port instead.

    If a driver is used in a functional way (that is, holds no state, but only does some heavy calculation and returns a result), several ports with registered names can be opened beforehand, and the port to be used can be chosen based on -the scheduler ID as follows:

    -define(PORT_NAMES(),
    -	{some_driver_01, some_driver_02, some_driver_03, some_driver_04,
    +the scheduler ID as follows:

    -define(PORT_NAMES(),
    +	{some_driver_01, some_driver_02, some_driver_03, some_driver_04,
     	 some_driver_05, some_driver_06, some_driver_07, some_driver_08,
     	 some_driver_09, some_driver_10, some_driver_11, some_driver_12,
    -	 some_driver_13, some_driver_14, some_driver_15, some_driver_16}).
    +	 some_driver_13, some_driver_14, some_driver_15, some_driver_16}).
     
    -client_port() ->
    -    element(erlang:system_info(scheduler_id) rem tuple_size(?PORT_NAMES()) + 1,
    -	    ?PORT_NAMES()).

    As long as there are no more than 16 schedulers, there will never be any lock +client_port() -> + element(erlang:system_info(scheduler_id) rem tuple_size(?PORT_NAMES()) + 1, + ?PORT_NAMES()).

    As long as there are no more than 16 schedulers, there will never be any lock contention on the port lock for the driver.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/eff_guide_functions.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/eff_guide_functions.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/eff_guide_functions.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ rearranging clauses.

    One exception is pattern matching of binaries. The compiler does not rearrange clauses that match binaries. Placing the clause that matches against the empty binary last is usually slightly faster than placing it first.

    The following is a rather unnatural example to show another exception where -rearranging clauses is beneficial:

    DO NOT

    atom_map1(one) -> 1;
    -atom_map1(two) -> 2;
    -atom_map1(three) -> 3;
    -atom_map1(Int) when is_integer(Int) -> Int;
    -atom_map1(four) -> 4;
    -atom_map1(five) -> 5;
    -atom_map1(six) -> 6.

    The problem is the clause with the variable Int. As a variable can match +rearranging clauses is beneficial:

    DO NOT

    atom_map1(one) -> 1;
    +atom_map1(two) -> 2;
    +atom_map1(three) -> 3;
    +atom_map1(Int) when is_integer(Int) -> Int;
    +atom_map1(four) -> 4;
    +atom_map1(five) -> 5;
    +atom_map1(six) -> 6.

    The problem is the clause with the variable Int. As a variable can match anything, including the atoms four, five, and six, which the following clauses also match, the compiler must generate suboptimal code that executes as follows:

    Rewriting to either:

    DO

    atom_map2(one) -> 1;
    -atom_map2(two) -> 2;
    -atom_map2(three) -> 3;
    -atom_map2(four) -> 4;
    -atom_map2(five) -> 5;
    -atom_map2(six) -> 6;
    -atom_map2(Int) when is_integer(Int) -> Int.

    or:

    DO

    atom_map3(Int) when is_integer(Int) -> Int;
    -atom_map3(one) -> 1;
    -atom_map3(two) -> 2;
    -atom_map3(three) -> 3;
    -atom_map3(four) -> 4;
    -atom_map3(five) -> 5;
    -atom_map3(six) -> 6.

    gives slightly more efficient matching code.

    Another example:

    DO NOT

    map_pairs1(_Map, [], Ys) ->
    +exception if none of the values matched.)

    Rewriting to either:

    DO

    atom_map2(one) -> 1;
    +atom_map2(two) -> 2;
    +atom_map2(three) -> 3;
    +atom_map2(four) -> 4;
    +atom_map2(five) -> 5;
    +atom_map2(six) -> 6;
    +atom_map2(Int) when is_integer(Int) -> Int.

    or:

    DO

    atom_map3(Int) when is_integer(Int) -> Int;
    +atom_map3(one) -> 1;
    +atom_map3(two) -> 2;
    +atom_map3(three) -> 3;
    +atom_map3(four) -> 4;
    +atom_map3(five) -> 5;
    +atom_map3(six) -> 6.

    gives slightly more efficient matching code.

    Another example:

    DO NOT

    map_pairs1(_Map, [], Ys) ->
         Ys;
    -map_pairs1(_Map, Xs, []) ->
    +map_pairs1(_Map, Xs, []) ->
         Xs;
    -map_pairs1(Map, [X|Xs], [Y|Ys]) ->
    -    [Map(X, Y)|map_pairs1(Map, Xs, Ys)].

    The first argument is not a problem. It is variable, but it is a variable in +map_pairs1(Map, [X|Xs], [Y|Ys]) -> + [Map(X, Y)|map_pairs1(Map, Xs, Ys)].

    The first argument is not a problem. It is variable, but it is a variable in all clauses. The problem is the variable in the second argument, Xs, in the middle clause. Because the variable can match anything, the compiler is not allowed to rearrange the clauses, but must generate code that matches them in the order written.

    If the function is rewritten as follows, the compiler is free to rearrange the -clauses:

    DO

    map_pairs2(_Map, [], Ys) ->
    +clauses:

    DO

    map_pairs2(_Map, [], Ys) ->
         Ys;
    -map_pairs2(_Map, [_|_]=Xs, [] ) ->
    +map_pairs2(_Map, [_|_]=Xs, [] ) ->
         Xs;
    -map_pairs2(Map, [X|Xs], [Y|Ys]) ->
    -    [Map(X, Y)|map_pairs2(Map, Xs, Ys)].

    The compiler will generate code similar to this:

    DO NOT (already done by the compiler)

    explicit_map_pairs(Map, Xs0, Ys0) ->
    +map_pairs2(Map, [X|Xs], [Y|Ys]) ->
    +    [Map(X, Y)|map_pairs2(Map, Xs, Ys)].

    The compiler will generate code similar to this:

    DO NOT (already done by the compiler)

    explicit_map_pairs(Map, Xs0, Ys0) ->
         case Xs0 of
    -	[X|Xs] ->
    +	[X|Xs] ->
     	    case Ys0 of
    -		[Y|Ys] ->
    -		    [Map(X, Y)|explicit_map_pairs(Map, Xs, Ys)];
    -		[] ->
    +		[Y|Ys] ->
    +		    [Map(X, Y)|explicit_map_pairs(Map, Xs, Ys)];
    +		[] ->
     		    Xs0
     	    end;
    -	[] ->
    +	[] ->
     	    Ys0
         end.

    This is slightly faster for probably the most common case that the input lists are not empty or very short. (Another advantage is that Dialyzer can deduce a /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/eff_guide_processes.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/eff_guide_processes.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/eff_guide_processes.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -28,37 +28,37 @@

    An Erlang process is lightweight compared to threads and processes in operating systems.

    A newly spawned Erlang process uses 327 words of memory. The size can be found -as follows:

    Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-14.2.3] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit]
    +as follows:

    Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-14.2.3] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit]
     
    -Eshell V14.2.3 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
    -1> Fun = fun() -> receive after infinity -> ok end end.
    +Eshell V14.2.3 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
    +1> Fun = fun() -> receive after infinity -> ok end end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.43.39164016>
    -2> {_,Bytes} = process_info(spawn(Fun), memory).
    -{memory,2616}
    -3> Bytes div erlang:system_info(wordsize).
    +2> {_,Bytes} = process_info(spawn(Fun), memory).
    +{memory,2616}
    +3> Bytes div erlang:system_info(wordsize).
     327

    The size includes 233 words for the heap area (which includes the stack). The garbage collector increases the heap as needed.

    The main (outer) loop for a process must be tail-recursive. Otherwise, the -stack grows until the process terminates.

    DO NOT

    loop() ->
    +stack grows until the process terminates.

    DO NOT

    loop() ->
       receive
    -     {sys, Msg} ->
    -         handle_sys_msg(Msg),
    -         loop();
    -     {From, Msg} ->
    -          Reply = handle_msg(Msg),
    +     {sys, Msg} ->
    +         handle_sys_msg(Msg),
    +         loop();
    +     {From, Msg} ->
    +          Reply = handle_msg(Msg),
               From ! Reply,
    -          loop()
    +          loop()
       end,
    -  io:format("Message is processed~n", []).

    The call to io:format/2 will never be executed, but a return address will + io:format("Message is processed~n", []).

    The call to io:format/2 will never be executed, but a return address will still be pushed to the stack each time loop/0 is called recursively. The -correct tail-recursive version of the function looks as follows:

    DO

    loop() ->
    +correct tail-recursive version of the function looks as follows:

    DO

    loop() ->
        receive
    -      {sys, Msg} ->
    -         handle_sys_msg(Msg),
    -         loop();
    -      {From, Msg} ->
    -         Reply = handle_msg(Msg),
    +      {sys, Msg} ->
    +         handle_sys_msg(Msg),
    +         loop();
    +      {From, Msg} ->
    +         Reply = handle_msg(Msg),
              From ! Reply,
    -         loop()
    +         loop()
      end.

    @@ -98,22 +98,22 @@

    The cost of receiving messages depends on how complicated the receive expression is. A simple expression that matches any message is very cheap because it retrieves the first message in the message queue:

    DO

    receive
    -    Message -> handle_msg(Message)
    +    Message -> handle_msg(Message)
     end.

    However, this is not always convenient: we can receive a message that we do not know how to handle at this point, so it is common to only match the messages we expect:

    receive
    -    {Tag, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
    +    {Tag, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
     end.

    While this is convenient it means that the entire message queue must be searched until it finds a matching message. This is very expensive for processes with long message queues, so there is an optimization for the common case of -sending a request and waiting for a response shortly after:

    DO

    MRef = monitor(process, Process),
    -Process ! {self(), MRef, Request},
    +sending a request and waiting for a response shortly after:

    DO

    MRef = monitor(process, Process),
    +Process ! {self(), MRef, Request},
     receive
    -    {MRef, Reply} ->
    -        erlang:demonitor(MRef, [flush]),
    -        handle_reply(Reply);
    -    {'DOWN', MRef, _, _, Reason} ->
    -        handle_error(Reason)
    +    {MRef, Reply} ->
    +        erlang:demonitor(MRef, [flush]),
    +        handle_reply(Reply);
    +    {'DOWN', MRef, _, _, Reason} ->
    +        handle_error(Reason)
     end.

    Since the compiler knows that the reference created by monitor/2 cannot exist before the call (since it is a globally unique identifier), and that the receive only matches messages that contain @@ -137,45 +137,45 @@ efficiency_guide.erl:222: Warning: OPTIMIZED: all clauses match reference in function parameter 1

    To make it clearer exactly what code the warnings refer to, the warnings in the following examples are inserted as comments after the clause they refer to, for example:

    %% DO
    -simple_receive() ->
    +simple_receive() ->
     %% efficiency_guide.erl:194: Warning: INFO: not a selective receive, this is always fast
     receive
    -    Message -> handle_msg(Message)
    +    Message -> handle_msg(Message)
     end.
     
     %% DO NOT, unless Tag is known to be a suitable reference: see
     %% cross_function_receive/0 further down.
    -selective_receive(Tag, Message) ->
    +selective_receive(Tag, Message) ->
     %% efficiency_guide.erl:200: Warning: NOT OPTIMIZED: all clauses do not match a suitable reference
     receive
    -    {Tag, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
    +    {Tag, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
     end.
     
     %% DO
    -optimized_receive(Process, Request) ->
    +optimized_receive(Process, Request) ->
     %% efficiency_guide.erl:206: Warning: OPTIMIZED: reference used to mark a message queue position
    -    MRef = monitor(process, Process),
    -    Process ! {self(), MRef, Request},
    +    MRef = monitor(process, Process),
    +    Process ! {self(), MRef, Request},
         %% efficiency_guide.erl:208: Warning: OPTIMIZED: matches reference created by monitor/2 at efficiency_guide.erl:206
         receive
    -        {MRef, Reply} ->
    -        erlang:demonitor(MRef, [flush]),
    -        handle_reply(Reply);
    -    {'DOWN', MRef, _, _, Reason} ->
    -    handle_error(Reason)
    +        {MRef, Reply} ->
    +        erlang:demonitor(MRef, [flush]),
    +        handle_reply(Reply);
    +    {'DOWN', MRef, _, _, Reason} ->
    +    handle_error(Reason)
         end.
     
     %% DO
    -cross_function_receive() ->
    +cross_function_receive() ->
         %% efficiency_guide.erl:218: Warning: OPTIMIZED: reference used to mark a message queue position
    -    Ref = make_ref(),
    +    Ref = make_ref(),
         %% efficiency_guide.erl:219: Warning: INFO: passing reference created by make_ref/0 at efficiency_guide.erl:218
    -    cross_function_receive(Ref).
    +    cross_function_receive(Ref).
     
    -cross_function_receive(Ref) ->
    +cross_function_receive(Ref) ->
         %% efficiency_guide.erl:222: Warning: OPTIMIZED: all clauses match reference in function parameter 1
         receive
    -        {Ref, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
    +        {Ref, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
         end.

    @@ -186,8 +186,8 @@ each loaded module has its own pool. The following function does not build the tuple every time it is called (only to have it discarded the next time the garbage collector was run), but the tuple is located in the module's literal -pool:

    DO

    days_in_month(M) ->
    -    element(M, {31,28,31,30,31,30,31,31,30,31,30,31}).

    If a literal, or a term that contains a literal, is inserted into an Ets table, +pool:

    DO

    days_in_month(M) ->
    +    element(M, {31,28,31,30,31,30,31,31,30,31,30,31}).

    If a literal, or a term that contains a literal, is inserted into an Ets table, it is copied. The reason is that the module containing the literal can be unloaded in the future.

    When a literal is sent to another process, it is not copied. When a module holding a literal is unloaded, the literal will be copied to the heap of all @@ -202,28 +202,28 @@ Loss of Sharing

    -

    An Erlang term can have shared subterms. Here is a simple example:

    {SubTerm, SubTerm}

    Shared subterms are not preserved in the following cases:

    • When a term is sent to another process
    • When a term is passed as the initial process arguments in the spawn call
    • When a term is stored in an Ets table

    That is an optimization. Most applications do not send messages with shared -subterms.

    The following example shows how a shared subterm can be created:

    kilo_byte() ->
    -    kilo_byte(10, [42]).
    +

    An Erlang term can have shared subterms. Here is a simple example:

    {SubTerm, SubTerm}

    Shared subterms are not preserved in the following cases:

    • When a term is sent to another process
    • When a term is passed as the initial process arguments in the spawn call
    • When a term is stored in an Ets table

    That is an optimization. Most applications do not send messages with shared +subterms.

    The following example shows how a shared subterm can be created:

    kilo_byte() ->
    +    kilo_byte(10, [42]).
     
    -kilo_byte(0, Acc) ->
    +kilo_byte(0, Acc) ->
         Acc;
    -kilo_byte(N, Acc) ->
    -    kilo_byte(N-1, [Acc|Acc]).

    kilo_byte/1 creates a deep list. If list_to_binary/1 +kilo_byte(N, Acc) -> + kilo_byte(N-1, [Acc|Acc]).

    kilo_byte/1 creates a deep list. If list_to_binary/1 is called, the deep list can be converted to a binary of 1024 bytes:

    1> byte_size(list_to_binary(efficiency_guide:kilo_byte())).
     1024

    Using the erts_debug:size/1 BIF, it can be seen that the deep list only -requires 22 words of heap space:

    2> erts_debug:size(efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()).
    +requires 22 words of heap space:

    2> erts_debug:size(efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()).
     22

    Using the erts_debug:flat_size/1 BIF, the size of the deep list can be calculated if sharing is ignored. It becomes the size of the list when it has -been sent to another process or stored in an Ets table:

    3> erts_debug:flat_size(efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()).
    +been sent to another process or stored in an Ets table:

    3> erts_debug:flat_size(efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()).
     4094

    It can be verified that sharing will be lost if the data is inserted into an Ets -table:

    4> T = ets:new(tab, []).
    +table:

    4> T = ets:new(tab, []).
     #Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214181>
    -5> ets:insert(T, {key,efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()}).
    +5> ets:insert(T, {key,efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()}).
     true
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/erl_interface.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/erl_interface.xhtml"	2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000
    +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/erl_interface.xhtml"	2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000
    @@ -29,111 +29,111 @@
       Erlang Program
     

    The following example shows an Erlang program communicating with a C program -over a plain port with home made encoding:

    -module(complex1).
    --export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
    --export([foo/1, bar/1]).
    -
    -start(ExtPrg) ->
    -    spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
    -stop() ->
    +over a plain port with home made encoding:

    -module(complex1).
    +-export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
    +-export([foo/1, bar/1]).
    +
    +start(ExtPrg) ->
    +    spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
    +stop() ->
         complex ! stop.
     
    -foo(X) ->
    -    call_port({foo, X}).
    -bar(Y) ->
    -    call_port({bar, Y}).
    +foo(X) ->
    +    call_port({foo, X}).
    +bar(Y) ->
    +    call_port({bar, Y}).
     
    -call_port(Msg) ->
    -    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
    +call_port(Msg) ->
    +    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
         receive
    -	{complex, Result} ->
    +	{complex, Result} ->
     	    Result
         end.
     
    -init(ExtPrg) ->
    -    register(complex, self()),
    -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    -    Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}]),
    -    loop(Port).
    +init(ExtPrg) ->
    +    register(complex, self()),
    +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    +    Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}]),
    +    loop(Port).
     
    -loop(Port) ->
    +loop(Port) ->
         receive
    -	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
    -	    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
    +	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
    +	    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
     	    receive
    -		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
    -		    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
    +		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
    +		    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
     	    end,
    -	    loop(Port);
    +	    loop(Port);
     	stop ->
    -	    Port ! {self(), close},
    +	    Port ! {self(), close},
     	    receive
    -		{Port, closed} ->
    -		    exit(normal)
    +		{Port, closed} ->
    +		    exit(normal)
     	    end;
    -	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
    -	    exit(port_terminated)
    +	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
    +	    exit(port_terminated)
         end.
     
    -encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
    -encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
    +encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
    +encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
     
    -decode([Int]) -> Int.

    There are two differences when using Erl_Interface on the C side compared to the +decode([Int]) -> Int.

    There are two differences when using Erl_Interface on the C side compared to the example in Ports, using only the plain port:

    • As Erl_Interface operates on the Erlang external term format, the port must be set to use binaries.
    • Instead of inventing an encoding/decoding scheme, the term_to_binary/1 and -binary_to_term/1 BIFs are to be used.

    That is:

    open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}])

    is replaced with:

    open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}, binary])

    And:

    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
    +binary_to_term/1 BIFs are to be used.

    That is:

    open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}])

    is replaced with:

    open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}, binary])

    And:

    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
     receive
    -  {Port, {data, Data}} ->
    -    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
    -end

    is replaced with:

    Port ! {self(), {command, term_to_binary(Msg)}},
    +  {Port, {data, Data}} ->
    +    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
    +end

    is replaced with:

    Port ! {self(), {command, term_to_binary(Msg)}},
     receive
    -  {Port, {data, Data}} ->
    -    Caller ! {complex, binary_to_term(Data)}
    -end

    The resulting Erlang program is as follows:

    -module(complex2).
    --export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
    --export([foo/1, bar/1]).
    -
    -start(ExtPrg) ->
    -    spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
    -stop() ->
    +  {Port, {data, Data}} ->
    +    Caller ! {complex, binary_to_term(Data)}
    +end

    The resulting Erlang program is as follows:

    -module(complex2).
    +-export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
    +-export([foo/1, bar/1]).
    +
    +start(ExtPrg) ->
    +    spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
    +stop() ->
         complex ! stop.
     
    -foo(X) ->
    -    call_port({foo, X}).
    -bar(Y) ->
    -    call_port({bar, Y}).
    +foo(X) ->
    +    call_port({foo, X}).
    +bar(Y) ->
    +    call_port({bar, Y}).
     
    -call_port(Msg) ->
    -    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
    +call_port(Msg) ->
    +    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
         receive
    -	{complex, Result} ->
    +	{complex, Result} ->
     	    Result
         end.
     
    -init(ExtPrg) ->
    -    register(complex, self()),
    -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    -    Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}, binary]),
    -    loop(Port).
    +init(ExtPrg) ->
    +    register(complex, self()),
    +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    +    Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}, binary]),
    +    loop(Port).
     
    -loop(Port) ->
    +loop(Port) ->
         receive
    -	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
    -	    Port ! {self(), {command, term_to_binary(Msg)}},
    +	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
    +	    Port ! {self(), {command, term_to_binary(Msg)}},
     	    receive
    -		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
    -		    Caller ! {complex, binary_to_term(Data)}
    +		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
    +		    Caller ! {complex, binary_to_term(Data)}
     	    end,
    -	    loop(Port);
    +	    loop(Port);
     	stop ->
    -	    Port ! {self(), close},
    +	    Port ! {self(), close},
     	    receive
    -		{Port, closed} ->
    -		    exit(normal)
    +		{Port, closed} ->
    +		    exit(normal)
     	    end;
    -	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
    -	    exit(port_terminated)
    +	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
    +	    exit(port_terminated)
         end.

    Notice that calling complex2:foo/1 and complex2:bar/1 results in the tuple {foo,X} or {bar,Y} being sent to the complex process, which codes them as binaries and sends them to the port. This means that the C program must be able @@ -153,53 +153,53 @@ typedef unsigned char byte; -int read_cmd(byte *buf); -int write_cmd(byte *buf, int len); -int foo(int x); -int bar(int y); - -static void fail(int place) { - fprintf(stderr, "Something went wrong %d\n", place); - exit(1); -} +int read_cmd(byte *buf); +int write_cmd(byte *buf, int len); +int foo(int x); +int bar(int y); /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/error_logging.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/error_logging.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/error_logging.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ logger_sasl_compatible to true. For more information, see SASL Error Logging in the SASL User's Guide.

    % erl -kernel logger_level info
    -Erlang/OTP 21 [erts-10.0] [source-13c50db] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:1] [hipe]
    +Erlang/OTP 21 [erts-10.0] [source-13c50db] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:1] [hipe]
     
     =PROGRESS REPORT==== 8-Jun-2018::16:54:19.916404 ===
         application: kernel
    @@ -61,22 +61,22 @@
         application: stdlib
         started_at: nonode@nohost
     =PROGRESS REPORT==== 8-Jun-2018::16:54:19.925755 ===
    -    supervisor: {local,kernel_safe_sup}
    -    started: [{pid,<0.74.0>},
    -              {id,disk_log_sup},
    -              {mfargs,{disk_log_sup,start_link,[]}},
    -              {restart_type,permanent},
    -              {shutdown,1000},
    -              {child_type,supervisor}]
    +    supervisor: {local,kernel_safe_sup}
    +    started: [{pid,<0.74.0>},
    +              {id,disk_log_sup},
    +              {mfargs,{disk_log_sup,start_link,[]}},
    +              {restart_type,permanent},
    +              {shutdown,1000},
    +              {child_type,supervisor}]
     =PROGRESS REPORT==== 8-Jun-2018::16:54:19.926056 ===
    -    supervisor: {local,kernel_safe_sup}
    -    started: [{pid,<0.75.0>},
    -              {id,disk_log_server},
    -              {mfargs,{disk_log_server,start_link,[]}},
    -              {restart_type,permanent},
    -              {shutdown,2000},
    -              {child_type,worker}]
    -Eshell V10.0  (abort with ^G)
    +    supervisor: {local,kernel_safe_sup}
    +    started: [{pid,<0.75.0>},
    +              {id,disk_log_server},
    +              {mfargs,{disk_log_server,start_link,[]}},
    +              {restart_type,permanent},
    +              {shutdown,2000},
    +              {child_type,worker}]
    +Eshell V10.0  (abort with ^G)
     1>
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/errors.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/errors.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/errors.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -60,14 +60,14 @@ Exit Reason), and a stack trace (which aids in finding the code location of the exception).

    The stack trace can be bound to a variable from within a try expression for any exception class, or as part of the exit reason when a run-time error is -caught by a catch. Example:

    > {'EXIT',{test,Stacktrace}} = (catch error(test)), Stacktrace.
    -[{shell,apply_fun,3,[]},
    - {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[]},
    - ...]
    -> try throw(test) catch Class:Reason:Stacktrace -> Stacktrace end.
    -[{shell,apply_fun,3,[]},
    - {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[]},
    - ...]

    +caught by a catch. Example:

    > {'EXIT',{test,Stacktrace}} = (catch error(test)), Stacktrace.
    +[{shell,apply_fun,3,[]},
    + {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[]},
    + ...]
    +> try throw(test) catch Class:Reason:Stacktrace -> Stacktrace end.
    +[{shell,apply_fun,3,[]},
    + {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[]},
    + ...]

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/events.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/events.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/events.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -44,35 +44,35 @@ Example

    The callback module for the event handler writing error messages to the terminal -can look as follows:

    -module(terminal_logger).
    --behaviour(gen_event).
    +can look as follows:

    -module(terminal_logger).
    +-behaviour(gen_event).
     
    --export([init/1, handle_event/2, terminate/2]).
    +-export([init/1, handle_event/2, terminate/2]).
     
    -init(_Args) ->
    -    {ok, []}.
    +init(_Args) ->
    +    {ok, []}.
     
    -handle_event(ErrorMsg, State) ->
    -    io:format("***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    -    {ok, State}.
    +handle_event(ErrorMsg, State) ->
    +    io:format("***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    +    {ok, State}.
     
    -terminate(_Args, _State) ->
    +terminate(_Args, _State) ->
         ok.

    The callback module for the event handler writing error messages to a file can -look as follows:

    -module(file_logger).
    --behaviour(gen_event).
    +look as follows:

    -module(file_logger).
    +-behaviour(gen_event).
     
    --export([init/1, handle_event/2, terminate/2]).
    +-export([init/1, handle_event/2, terminate/2]).
     
    -init(File) ->
    -    {ok, Fd} = file:open(File, read),
    -    {ok, Fd}.
    -
    -handle_event(ErrorMsg, Fd) ->
    -    io:format(Fd, "***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    -    {ok, Fd}.
    +init(File) ->
    +    {ok, Fd} = file:open(File, read),
    +    {ok, Fd}.
    +
    +handle_event(ErrorMsg, Fd) ->
    +    io:format(Fd, "***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    +    {ok, Fd}.
     
    -terminate(_Args, Fd) ->
    -    file:close(Fd).

    The code is explained in the next sections.

    +terminate(_Args, Fd) -> + file:close(Fd).

    The code is explained in the next sections.

    @@ -93,19 +93,19 @@ Adding an Event Handler

    The following example shows how to start an event manager and add an event -handler to it by using the shell:

    1> gen_event:start({local, error_man}).
    -{ok,<0.31.0>}
    -2> gen_event:add_handler(error_man, terminal_logger, []).
    +handler to it by using the shell:

    1> gen_event:start({local, error_man}).
    +{ok,<0.31.0>}
    +2> gen_event:add_handler(error_man, terminal_logger, []).
     ok

    This function sends a message to the event manager registered as error_man, telling it to add the event handler terminal_logger. The event manager calls the callback function terminal_logger:init([]), where the argument [] is the third argument to add_handler. init/1 is expected to return {ok, State}, -where State is the internal state of the event handler.

    init(_Args) ->
    -    {ok, []}.

    Here, init/1 does not need any input data and ignores its argument. For +where State is the internal state of the event handler.

    init(_Args) ->
    +    {ok, []}.

    Here, init/1 does not need any input data and ignores its argument. For terminal_logger, the internal state is not used. For file_logger, the -internal state is used to save the open file descriptor.

    init(File) ->
    -    {ok, Fd} = file:open(File, read),
    -    {ok, Fd}.

    +internal state is used to save the open file descriptor.

    init(File) ->
    +    {ok, Fd} = file:open(File, read),
    +    {ok, Fd}.

    @@ -117,25 +117,25 @@ is received, the event manager calls handle_event(Event, State) for each installed event handler, in the same order as they were added. The function is expected to return a tuple {ok,State1}, where State1 is a new value for the -state of the event handler.

    In terminal_logger:

    handle_event(ErrorMsg, State) ->
    -    io:format("***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    -    {ok, State}.

    In file_logger:

    handle_event(ErrorMsg, Fd) ->
    -    io:format(Fd, "***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    -    {ok, Fd}.

    +state of the event handler.

    In terminal_logger:

    handle_event(ErrorMsg, State) ->
    +    io:format("***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    +    {ok, State}.

    In file_logger:

    handle_event(ErrorMsg, Fd) ->
    +    io:format(Fd, "***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    +    {ok, Fd}.

    Deleting an Event Handler

    -
    4> gen_event:delete_handler(error_man, terminal_logger, []).
    +
    4> gen_event:delete_handler(error_man, terminal_logger, []).
     ok

    This function sends a message to the event manager registered as error_man, telling it to delete the event handler terminal_logger. The event manager calls the callback function terminal_logger:terminate([], State), where the argument [] is the third argument to delete_handler. terminate/2 is to be the opposite of init/1 and do any necessary cleaning up. Its return value is -ignored.

    For terminal_logger, no cleaning up is necessary:

    terminate(_Args, _State) ->
    -    ok.

    For file_logger, the file descriptor opened in init must be closed:

    terminate(_Args, Fd) ->
    -    file:close(Fd).

    +ignored.

    For terminal_logger, no cleaning up is necessary:

    terminate(_Args, _State) ->
    +    ok.

    For file_logger, the file descriptor opened in init must be closed:

    terminate(_Args, Fd) ->
    +    file:close(Fd).

    @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Standalone Event Managers

    -

    An event manager can also be stopped by calling:

    1> gen_event:stop(error_man).
    +

    An event manager can also be stopped by calling:

    1> gen_event:stop(error_man).
     ok

    @@ -170,13 +170,13 @@ implemented to handle them. Examples of other messages are exit messages if the event manager is linked to other processes than the supervisor (for example via gen_event:add_sup_handler/3) and is -trapping exit signals.

    handle_info({'EXIT', Pid, Reason}, State) ->
    +trapping exit signals.

    handle_info({'EXIT', Pid, Reason}, State) ->
         %% Code to handle exits here.
         ...
    -    {noreply, State1}.

    The final function to implement is code_change/3:

    code_change(OldVsn, State, Extra) ->
    +    {noreply, State1}.

    The final function to implement is code_change/3:

    code_change(OldVsn, State, Extra) ->
         %% Code to convert state (and more) during code change.
         ...
    -    {ok, NewState}.
    +
    {ok, NewState}.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/example.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/example.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/example.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -30,17 +30,17 @@ code, solving a complex problem, in your Erlang program. Suppose for example, that you have the following C functions that you would like to call from Erlang:

    /* complex.c */
     
    -int foo(int x) {
    +int foo(int x) {
       return x+1;
    -}
    +}
     
    -int bar(int y) {
    +int bar(int y) {
       return y*2;
    -}

    The functions are deliberately kept as simple as possible, for readability +}

    The functions are deliberately kept as simple as possible, for readability reasons.

    From an Erlang perspective, it is preferable to be able to call foo and bar without having to bother about that they are C functions:

    % Erlang code
     ...
    -Res = complex:foo(X),
    +Res = complex:foo(X),
     ...

    Here, the communication with C is hidden in the implementation of complex.erl. In the following sections, it is shown how this module can be implemented using the different interoperability mechanisms.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/expressions.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/expressions.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/expressions.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -60,12 +60,12 @@ single assignment, that is, a variable can only be bound once.

    The anonymous variable is denoted by underscore (_) and can be used when a variable is required but its value can be ignored.

    Example:

    [H|_] = [1,2,3]

    Variables starting with underscore (_), for example, _Height, are normal variables, not anonymous. However, they are ignored by the compiler in the sense -that they do not generate warnings.

    Example:

    The following code:

    member(_, []) ->
    -    [].

    can be rewritten to be more readable:

    member(Elem, []) ->
    -    [].

    This causes a warning for an unused variable, Elem. To avoid the warning, -the code can be rewritten to:

    member(_Elem, []) ->
    -    [].

    Notice that since variables starting with an underscore are not anonymous, the -following example matches:

    {_,_} = {1,2}

    But this example fails:

    {_N,_N} = {1,2}

    The scope for a variable is its function clause. Variables bound in a branch of +that they do not generate warnings.

    Example:

    The following code:

    member(_, []) ->
    +    [].

    can be rewritten to be more readable:

    member(Elem, []) ->
    +    [].

    This causes a warning for an unused variable, Elem. To avoid the warning, +the code can be rewritten to:

    member(_Elem, []) ->
    +    [].

    Notice that since variables starting with an underscore are not anonymous, the +following example matches:

    {_,_} = {1,2}

    But this example fails:

    {_N,_N} = {1,2}

    The scope for a variable is its function clause. Variables bound in a branch of an if, case, or receive expression must be bound in all branches to have a value outside the expression. Otherwise they are regarded as unsafe outside the expression.

    For the try expression variable scoping is limited so that variables bound in @@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ Patterns

    A pattern has the same structure as a term but can contain unbound variables.

    Example:

    Name1
    -[H|T]
    -{error,Reason}

    Patterns are allowed in clause heads, case expressions, +[H|T] +{error,Reason}

    Patterns are allowed in clause heads, case expressions, receive expressions, and match expressions.

    @@ -87,13 +87,13 @@

    If Pattern1 and Pattern2 are valid patterns, the following is also a valid pattern:

    Pattern1 = Pattern2

    When matched against a term, both Pattern1 and Pattern2 are matched against -the term. The idea behind this feature is to avoid reconstruction of terms.

    Example:

    f({connect,From,To,Number,Options}, To) ->
    -    Signal = {connect,From,To,Number,Options},
    +the term. The idea behind this feature is to avoid reconstruction of terms.

    Example:

    f({connect,From,To,Number,Options}, To) ->
    +    Signal = {connect,From,To,Number,Options},
         ...;
    -f(Signal, To) ->
    -    ignore.

    can instead be written as

    f({connect,_,To,_,_} = Signal, To) ->
    +f(Signal, To) ->
    +    ignore.

    can instead be written as

    f({connect,_,To,_,_} = Signal, To) ->
         ...;
    -f(Signal, To) ->
    +f(Signal, To) ->
         ignore.

    The compound pattern operator does not imply that its operands are matched in any particular order. That means that it is not legal to bind a variable in Pattern1 and use it in Pattern2, or vice versa.

    @@ -102,15 +102,15 @@ String Prefix in Patterns

    -

    When matching strings, the following is a valid pattern:

    f("prefix" ++ Str) -> ...

    This is syntactic sugar for the equivalent, but harder to read:

    f([$p,$r,$e,$f,$i,$x | Str]) -> ...

    +

    When matching strings, the following is a valid pattern:

    f("prefix" ++ Str) -> ...

    This is syntactic sugar for the equivalent, but harder to read:

    f([$p,$r,$e,$f,$i,$x | Str]) -> ...

    Expressions in Patterns

    An arithmetic expression can be used within a pattern if it meets both of the -following two conditions:

    • It uses only numeric or bitwise operators.
    • Its value can be evaluated to a constant when complied.

    Example:

    case {Value, Result} of
    -    {?THRESHOLD+1, ok} -> ...

    +following two conditions:

    • It uses only numeric or bitwise operators.
    • Its value can be evaluated to a constant when complied.

    Example:

    case {Value, Result} of
    +    {?THRESHOLD+1, ok} -> ...

    @@ -118,15 +118,15 @@

    The following matches Pattern against Expr:

    Pattern = Expr

    If the matching succeeds, any unbound variable in the pattern becomes bound and the value of Expr is returned.

    If multiple match operators are applied in sequence, they will be evaluated from -right to left.

    If the matching fails, a badmatch run-time error occurs.

    Examples:

    1> {A, B} = T = {answer, 42}.
    -{answer,42}
    +right to left.

    If the matching fails, a badmatch run-time error occurs.

    Examples:

    1> {A, B} = T = {answer, 42}.
    +{answer,42}
     2> A.
     answer
     3> B.
     42
     4> T.
    -{answer,42}
    -5> {C, D} = [1, 2].
    +{answer,42}
    +5> {C, D} = [1, 2].
     ** exception error: no match of right-hand side value [1,2]

    Because multiple match operators are evaluated from right to left, it means that:

    Pattern1 = Pattern2 = . . . = PatternN = Expression

    is equivalent to:

    Temporary = Expression,
     PatternN = Temporary,
    @@ -148,20 +148,20 @@
     compound pattern matches if all of its constituent patterns match. It is not
     legal for a pattern that is part of a compound pattern to use variables (as keys
     in map patterns or sizes in binary patterns) bound in other sub patterns of the
    -same compound pattern.

    Examples:

    1> fun(#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) -> Value end.
    +same compound pattern.

    Examples:

    1> fun(#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) -> Value end.
     * 1:7: variable 'Key' is unbound
    -2> F = fun({A, B} = E) -> {E, A + B} end, F({1,2}).
    -{{1,2},3}
    -3> G = fun(<<A:8,B:8>> = <<C:16>>) -> {A, B, C} end, G(<<42,43>>).
    -{42,43,10795}

    The match operator is allowed everywhere an expression is allowed. It is used +2> F = fun({A, B} = E) -> {E, A + B} end, F({1,2}). +{{1,2},3} +3> G = fun(<<A:8,B:8>> = <<C:16>>) -> {A, B, C} end, G(<<42,43>>). +{42,43,10795}

    The match operator is allowed everywhere an expression is allowed. It is used to match the value of an expression to a pattern. If multiple match operators -are applied in sequence, they will be evaluated from right to left.

    Examples:

    1> M = #{key => key2, key2 => value}.
    -#{key => key2,key2 => value}
    -2> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = #{key := Key} = M, Value.
    +are applied in sequence, they will be evaluated from right to left.

    Examples:

    1> M = #{key => key2, key2 => value}.
    +#{key => key2,key2 => value}
    +2> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = #{key := Key} = M, Value.
     value
    -3> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = (#{key := Key} = M), Value.
    +3> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = (#{key := Key} = M), Value.
     value
    -4> f(Key), (#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) = M, Value.
    +4> f(Key), (#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) = M, Value.
     * 1:12: variable 'Key' is unbound
     5> <<X:Y>> = begin Y = 8, <<42:8>> end, X.
     42

    The expression at prompt 2> first matches the value of variable M against @@ -185,22 +185,22 @@ Function Calls -

    ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)
    -ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)

    In the first form of function calls, ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), each of +

    ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)
    +ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)

    In the first form of function calls, ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), each of ExprM and ExprF must be an atom or an expression that evaluates to an atom. The function is said to be called by using the fully qualified function name. -This is often referred to as a remote or external function call.

    Example:

    lists:keyfind(Name, 1, List)

    In the second form of function calls, ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), ExprF must be +This is often referred to as a remote or external function call.

    Example:

    lists:keyfind(Name, 1, List)

    In the second form of function calls, ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), ExprF must be an atom or evaluate to a fun.

    If ExprF is an atom, the function is said to be called by using the implicitly qualified function name. If the function ExprF is locally defined, it is called. Alternatively, if ExprF is explicitly imported from the M module, M:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN) is called. If ExprF is neither declared locally nor explicitly imported, ExprF must be the name of an automatically -imported BIF.

    Examples:

    handle(Msg, State)
    -spawn(m, init, [])

    Examples where ExprF is a fun:

    1> Fun1 = fun(X) -> X+1 end,
    -Fun1(3).
    +imported BIF.

    Examples:

    handle(Msg, State)
    +spawn(m, init, [])

    Examples where ExprF is a fun:

    1> Fun1 = fun(X) -> X+1 end,
    +Fun1(3).
     4
    -2> fun lists:append/2([1,2], [3,4]).
    -[1,2,3,4]
    +2> fun lists:append/2([1,2], [3,4]).
    +[1,2,3,4]
     3>

    Notice that when calling a local function, there is a difference between using the implicitly or fully qualified function name. The latter always refers to the latest version of the module. See @@ -225,32 +225,32 @@ (ERTS version 5.8) and have an implicitly qualified call to that function in your code, you either need to explicitly remove the auto-import using a compiler directive, or replace the call with a fully qualified function call. Otherwise -you get a compilation error. See the following example:

    -export([length/1,f/1]).
    +you get a compilation error. See the following example:

    -export([length/1,f/1]).
     
    --compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
    +-compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
     
    -length([]) ->
    +length([]) ->
         0;
    -length([H|T]) ->
    -    1 + length(T). %% Calls the local function length/1
    +length([H|T]) ->
    +    1 + length(T). %% Calls the local function length/1
     
    -f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 3 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
    +f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 3 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
                                       %% which is allowed in guards
         long.

    The same logic applies to explicitly imported functions from other modules, as to locally defined functions. It is not allowed to both import a function from -another module and have the function declared in the module at the same time:

    -export([f/1]).
    +another module and have the function declared in the module at the same time:

    -export([f/1]).
     
    --compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
    +-compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
     
    --import(mod,[length/1]).
    +-import(mod,[length/1]).
     
    -f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 33 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
    +f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 33 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
                                        %% which is allowed in guards
     
    -    erlang:length(X);              %% Explicit call to erlang:length in body
    +    erlang:length(X);              %% Explicit call to erlang:length in body
     
    -f(X) ->
    -    length(X).                     %% mod:length/1 is called

    For auto-imported BIFs added in Erlang/OTP R14A and thereafter, overriding the +f(X) -> + length(X). %% mod:length/1 is called

    For auto-imported BIFs added in Erlang/OTP R14A and thereafter, overriding the name with a local function or explicit import is always allowed. However, if the -compile({no_auto_import,[F/A]) directive is not used, the compiler issues a warning whenever the function is called in the module using the implicitly @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ sequence GuardSeq that evaluates to true is found. Then the corresponding /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/funs.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/funs.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/funs.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,14 +26,14 @@ map -

    The following function, double, doubles every element in a list:

    double([H|T]) -> [2*H|double(T)];
    -double([])    -> [].

    Hence, the argument entered as input is doubled as follows:

    > double([1,2,3,4]).
    -[2,4,6,8]

    The following function, add_one, adds one to every element in a list:

    add_one([H|T]) -> [H+1|add_one(T)];
    -add_one([])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one have a similar structure. This can be used -by writing a function map that expresses this similarity:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    -map(F, [])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one can now be expressed in terms of map as -follows:

    double(L)  -> map(fun(X) -> 2*X end, L).
    -add_one(L) -> map(fun(X) -> 1 + X end, L).

    map(F, List) is a function that takes a function F and a list L as +

    The following function, double, doubles every element in a list:

    double([H|T]) -> [2*H|double(T)];
    +double([])    -> [].

    Hence, the argument entered as input is doubled as follows:

    > double([1,2,3,4]).
    +[2,4,6,8]

    The following function, add_one, adds one to every element in a list:

    add_one([H|T]) -> [H+1|add_one(T)];
    +add_one([])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one have a similar structure. This can be used +by writing a function map that expresses this similarity:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    +map(F, [])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one can now be expressed in terms of map as +follows:

    double(L)  -> map(fun(X) -> 2*X end, L).
    +add_one(L) -> map(fun(X) -> 1 + X end, L).

    map(F, List) is a function that takes a function F and a list L as arguments and returns a new list, obtained by applying F to each of the elements in L.

    The process of abstracting out the common features of a number of different programs is called procedural abstraction. Procedural abstraction can be used @@ -47,21 +47,21 @@ foreach

    This section illustrates procedural abstraction. Initially, the following two -examples are written as conventional functions.

    This function prints all elements of a list onto a stream:

    print_list(Stream, [H|T]) ->
    -    io:format(Stream, "~p~n", [H]),
    -    print_list(Stream, T);
    -print_list(Stream, []) ->
    -    true.

    This function broadcasts a message to a list of processes:

    broadcast(Msg, [Pid|Pids]) ->
    +examples are written as conventional functions.

    This function prints all elements of a list onto a stream:

    print_list(Stream, [H|T]) ->
    +    io:format(Stream, "~p~n", [H]),
    +    print_list(Stream, T);
    +print_list(Stream, []) ->
    +    true.

    This function broadcasts a message to a list of processes:

    broadcast(Msg, [Pid|Pids]) ->
         Pid ! Msg,
    -    broadcast(Msg, Pids);
    -broadcast(_, []) ->
    +    broadcast(Msg, Pids);
    +broadcast(_, []) ->
         true.

    These two functions have a similar structure. They both iterate over a list and do something to each element in the list. The "something" is passed on as an -extra argument to the function that does this.

    The function foreach expresses this similarity:

    foreach(F, [H|T]) ->
    -    F(H),
    -    foreach(F, T);
    -foreach(F, []) ->
    -    ok.

    Using the function foreach, the function print_list becomes:

    foreach(fun(H) -> io:format(S, "~p~n",[H]) end, L)

    Using the function foreach, the function broadcast becomes:

    foreach(fun(Pid) -> Pid ! M end, L)

    foreach is evaluated for its side-effect and not its value. foreach(Fun ,L) +extra argument to the function that does this.

    The function foreach expresses this similarity:

    foreach(F, [H|T]) ->
    +    F(H),
    +    foreach(F, T);
    +foreach(F, []) ->
    +    ok.

    Using the function foreach, the function print_list becomes:

    foreach(fun(H) -> io:format(S, "~p~n",[H]) end, L)

    Using the function foreach, the function broadcast becomes:

    foreach(fun(Pid) -> Pid ! M end, L)

    foreach is evaluated for its side-effect and not its value. foreach(Fun ,L) calls Fun(X) for each element X in L and the processing occurs in the order that the elements were defined in L. map does not define the order in which its elements are processed.

    @@ -71,24 +71,24 @@ Syntax of Funs

    Funs are written with the following syntax (see -Fun Expressions for full description):

    F = fun (Arg1, Arg2, ... ArgN) ->
    +Fun Expressions for full description):

    F = fun (Arg1, Arg2, ... ArgN) ->
             ...
         end

    This creates an anonymous function of N arguments and binds it to the variable F.

    Another function, FunctionName, written in the same module, can be passed as an argument, using the following syntax:

    F = fun FunctionName/Arity

    With this form of function reference, the function that is referred to does not need to be exported from the module.

    It is also possible to refer to a function defined in a different module, with -the following syntax:

    F = fun Module:FunctionName/Arity

    In this case, the function must be exported from the module in question.

    The following program illustrates the different ways of creating funs:

    -module(fun_test).
    --export([t1/0, t2/0]).
    --import(lists, [map/2]).
    +the following syntax:

    F = fun Module:FunctionName/Arity

    In this case, the function must be exported from the module in question.

    The following program illustrates the different ways of creating funs:

    -module(fun_test).
    +-export([t1/0, t2/0]).
    +-import(lists, [map/2]).
     
    -t1() -> map(fun(X) -> 2 * X end, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +t1() -> map(fun(X) -> 2 * X end, [1,2,3,4,5]).
     
    -t2() -> map(fun double/1, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +t2() -> map(fun double/1, [1,2,3,4,5]).
     
    -double(X) -> X * 2.

    The fun F can be evaluated with the following syntax:

    F(Arg1, Arg2, ..., Argn)

    To check whether a term is a fun, use the test -is_function/1 in a guard.

    Example:

    f(F, Args) when is_function(F) ->
    -   apply(F, Args);
    -f(N, _) when is_integer(N) ->
    +double(X) -> X * 2.

    The fun F can be evaluated with the following syntax:

    F(Arg1, Arg2, ..., Argn)

    To check whether a term is a fun, use the test +is_function/1 in a guard.

    Example:

    f(F, Args) when is_function(F) ->
    +   apply(F, Args);
    +f(N, _) when is_integer(N) ->
        N.

    Funs are a distinct type. The BIFs erlang:fun_info/1,2 can be used to retrieve information about a fun, and the BIF erlang:fun_to_list/1 returns a textual representation of a fun. The check_process_code/2 @@ -101,18 +101,18 @@

    The scope rules for variables that occur in funs are as follows:

    • All variables that occur in the head of a fun are assumed to be "fresh" variables.
    • Variables that are defined before the fun, and that occur in function calls or -guard tests within the fun, have the values they had outside the fun.
    • Variables cannot be exported from a fun.

    The following examples illustrate these rules:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    -    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    -    foreach(fun(X) -> io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[X]) end, List),
    -    file:close(Stream).

    Here, the variable X, defined in the head of the fun, is a new variable. The +guard tests within the fun, have the values they had outside the fun.

  • Variables cannot be exported from a fun.
  • The following examples illustrate these rules:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    +    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    +    foreach(fun(X) -> io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[X]) end, List),
    +    file:close(Stream).

    Here, the variable X, defined in the head of the fun, is a new variable. The variable Stream, which is used within the fun, gets its value from the file:open line.

    As any variable that occurs in the head of a fun is considered a new variable, -it is equally valid to write as follows:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    -    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    -    foreach(fun(File) ->
    -                io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[File])
    -            end, List),
    -    file:close(Stream).

    Here, File is used as the new variable instead of X. This is not so wise +it is equally valid to write as follows:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    +    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    +    foreach(fun(File) ->
    +                io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[File])
    +            end, List),
    +    file:close(Stream).

    Here, File is used as the new variable instead of X. This is not so wise because code in the fun body cannot refer to the variable File, which is defined outside of the fun. Compiling this example gives the following diagnostic:

    ./FileName.erl:Line: Warning: variable 'File'
    @@ -121,20 +121,20 @@
     pattern matching operations must be moved into guard expressions and cannot be
     written in the head of the fun. For example, you might write the following code
     if you intend the first clause of F to be evaluated when the value of its
    -argument is Y:

    f(...) ->
    +argument is Y:

    f(...) ->
         Y = ...
    -    map(fun(X) when X == Y ->
    +    map(fun(X) when X == Y ->
                  ;
    -           (_) ->
    +           (_) ->
                  ...
    -        end, ...)
    -    ...

    instead of writing the following code:

    f(...) ->
    +        end, ...)
    +    ...

    instead of writing the following code:

    f(...) ->
         Y = ...
    -    map(fun(Y) ->
    +    map(fun(Y) ->
                  ;
    -           (_) ->
    +           (_) ->
                  ...
    -        end, ...)
    +        end, ...)
         ...

    @@ -148,58 +148,58 @@ map

    -

    lists:map/2 takes a function of one argument and a list of terms:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    -map(F, [])    -> [].

    It returns the list obtained by applying the function to every argument in the +

    lists:map/2 takes a function of one argument and a list of terms:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    +map(F, [])    -> [].

    It returns the list obtained by applying the function to every argument in the list.

    When a new fun is defined in the shell, the value of the fun is printed as -Fun#<erl_eval>:

    > Double = fun(X) -> 2 * X end.
    +Fun#<erl_eval>:

    > Double = fun(X) -> 2 * X end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.6.72228031>
    -> lists:map(Double, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    -[2,4,6,8,10]

    +> lists:map(Double, [1,2,3,4,5]). +[2,4,6,8,10]

    any

    -

    lists:any/2 takes a predicate P of one argument and a list of terms:

    any(Pred, [H|T]) ->
    -    case Pred(H) of
    +

    lists:any/2 takes a predicate P of one argument and a list of terms:

    any(Pred, [H|T]) ->
    +    case Pred(H) of
             true  ->  true;
    -        false ->  any(Pred, T)
    +        false ->  any(Pred, T)
         end;
    -any(Pred, []) ->
    +any(Pred, []) ->
         false.

    A predicate is a function that returns true or false. any is true if there is a term X in the list such that P(X) is true.

    A predicate Big(X) is defined, which is true if its argument is greater that -10:

    > Big =  fun(X) -> if X > 10 -> true; true -> false end end.
    +10:

    > Big =  fun(X) -> if X > 10 -> true; true -> false end end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.6.72228031>
    -> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,4]).
    +> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,4]).
     false
    -> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,12,5]).
    +> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,12,5]).
     true

    all

    -

    lists:all/2 has the same arguments as any:

    all(Pred, [H|T]) ->
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/gen_server_concepts.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/gen_server_concepts.xhtml"	2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000
    +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/gen_server_concepts.xhtml"	2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000
    @@ -66,40 +66,40 @@
     
     

    An example of a simple server written in plain Erlang is provided in Overview. The server can be reimplemented using -gen_server, resulting in this callback module:

    -module(ch3).
    --behaviour(gen_server).
    +gen_server, resulting in this callback module:

    -module(ch3).
    +-behaviour(gen_server).
     
    --export([start_link/0]).
    --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
    --export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]).
    +-export([start_link/0]).
    +-export([alloc/0, free/1]).
    +-export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []).
    +start_link() ->
    +    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []).
     
    -alloc() ->
    -    gen_server:call(ch3, alloc).
    +alloc() ->
    +    gen_server:call(ch3, alloc).
     
    -free(Ch) ->
    -    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).
    +free(Ch) ->
    +    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).
     
    -init(_Args) ->
    -    {ok, channels()}.
    +init(_Args) ->
    +    {ok, channels()}.
     
    -handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    -    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    -    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.
    +handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    +    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    +    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.
     
    -handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
    -    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
    -    {noreply, Chs2}.

    The code is explained in the next sections.

    +handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) -> + Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs), + {noreply, Chs2}.

    The code is explained in the next sections.

    Starting a Gen_Server

    In the example in the previous section, gen_server is started by calling -ch3:start_link():

    start_link() ->
    -    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []) => {ok, Pid}

    start_link/0 calls function gen_server:start_link/4. This function +ch3:start_link():

    start_link() ->
    +    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []) => {ok, Pid}

    start_link/0 calls function gen_server:start_link/4. This function spawns and links to a new process, a gen_server.

    • The first argument, {local, ch3}, specifies the name. The gen_server is then locally registered as ch3.

      If the name is omitted, the gen_server is not registered. Instead its pid must be used. The name can also be given as {global, Name}, in which case @@ -113,8 +113,8 @@ for the available options.

    If name registration succeeds, the new gen_server process calls the callback function ch3:init([]). init is expected to return {ok, State}, where State is the internal state of the gen_server. In this case, the state is -the available channels.

    init(_Args) ->
    -    {ok, channels()}.

    gen_server:start_link/4 is synchronous. It does not return until the +the available channels.

    init(_Args) ->
    +    {ok, channels()}.

    gen_server:start_link/4 is synchronous. It does not return until the gen_server has been initialized and is ready to receive requests.

    gen_server:start_link/4 must be used if the gen_server is part of a supervision tree, meaning that it was started by a supervisor. There is another function, gen_server:start/4, to start a standalone @@ -130,9 +130,9 @@ When the request is received, the gen_server calls handle_call(Request, From, State), which is expected to return a tuple {reply,Reply,State1}. Reply is the reply that is to be sent back -to the client, and State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    -    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    -    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.

    In this case, the reply is the allocated channel Ch and the new state is the +to the client, and State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    +    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    +    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.

    In this case, the reply is the allocated channel Ch and the new state is the set of remaining available channels Chs2.

    Thus, the call ch3:alloc() returns the allocated channel Ch and the gen_server then waits for new requests, now with an updated list of available channels.

    @@ -141,13 +141,13 @@ Asynchronous Requests - Cast

    -

    The asynchronous request free(Ch) is implemented using gen_server:cast/2:

    free(Ch) ->
    -    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).

    ch3 is the name of the gen_server. {free, Ch} is the actual request.

    The request is made into a message and sent to the gen_server. +

    The asynchronous request free(Ch) is implemented using gen_server:cast/2:

    free(Ch) ->
    +    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).

    ch3 is the name of the gen_server. {free, Ch} is the actual request.

    The request is made into a message and sent to the gen_server. cast, and thus free, then returns ok.

    When the request is received, the gen_server calls handle_cast(Request, State), which is expected to return a tuple -{noreply,State1}. State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
    -    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
    -    {noreply, Chs2}.

    In this case, the new state is the updated list of available channels Chs2. +{noreply,State1}. State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
    +    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
    +    {noreply, Chs2}.

    In this case, the new state is the updated list of available channels Chs2. The gen_server is now ready for new requests.

    @@ -166,15 +166,15 @@ set in the supervisor.

    If it is necessary to clean up before termination, the shutdown strategy must be a time-out value and the gen_server must be set to trap exit signals in function init. When ordered to shutdown, the gen_server then calls -the callback function terminate(shutdown, State):

    init(Args) ->
    +the callback function terminate(shutdown, State):

    init(Args) ->
         ...,
    -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
         ...,
    -    {ok, State}.
    +    {ok, State}.
     
     ...
     
    -terminate(shutdown, State) ->
    +terminate(shutdown, State) ->
         %% Code for cleaning up here
         ...
         ok.

    @@ -185,21 +185,21 @@

    If the gen_server is not part of a supervision tree, a stop function can be useful, for example:

    ...
    -export([stop/0]).
    +export([stop/0]).
     ...
     
    -stop() ->
    -    gen_server:cast(ch3, stop).
    +stop() ->
    +    gen_server:cast(ch3, stop).
     ...
     
    -handle_cast(stop, State) ->
    -    {stop, normal, State};
    -handle_cast({free, Ch}, State) ->
    +handle_cast(stop, State) ->
    +    {stop, normal, State};
    +handle_cast({free, Ch}, State) ->
         ...
     
     ...
     
    -terminate(normal, State) ->
    +terminate(normal, State) ->
         ok.

    The callback function handling the stop request returns a tuple {stop,normal,State1}, where normal specifies that it is a normal termination and State1 is a new value for the state @@ -214,13 +214,13 @@ the callback function handle_info(Info, State) must be implemented to handle them. Examples of other messages are exit messages, if the gen_server is linked to other processes than the supervisor -and it is trapping exit signals.

    handle_info({'EXIT', Pid, Reason}, State) ->
    +and it is trapping exit signals.

    handle_info({'EXIT', Pid, Reason}, State) ->
         %% Code to handle exits here.
         ...
    -    {noreply, State1}.

    The final function to implement is code_change/3:

    code_change(OldVsn, State, Extra) ->
    +    {noreply, State1}.

    The final function to implement is code_change/3:

    code_change(OldVsn, State, Extra) ->
         %% Code to convert state (and more) during code change.
         ...
    -    {ok, NewState}.
    +
    {ok, NewState}.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/included_applications.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/included_applications.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/included_applications.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -70,16 +70,16 @@ Specifying Included Applications

    Which applications to include is defined by the included_applications key in -the .app file:

    {application, prim_app,
    - [{description, "Tree application"},
    -  {vsn, "1"},
    -  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    -  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    -  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    -  {mod, {prim_app_cb,[]}},
    -  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    - ]}.

    +the .app file:

    {application, prim_app,
    + [{description, "Tree application"},
    +  {vsn, "1"},
    +  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    +  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    +  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    +  {mod, {prim_app_cb,[]}},
    +  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    + ]}.

    @@ -93,27 +93,27 @@ term.

    The value of the mod key of the including application must be set to {application_starter,[Module,StartArgs]}, where Module as usual is the application callback module. StartArgs is a term provided as argument to the -callback function Module:start/2:

    {application, prim_app,
    - [{description, "Tree application"},
    -  {vsn, "1"},
    -  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    -  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    -  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    -  {start_phases, [{init,[]}, {go,[]}]},
    -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    -  {mod, {application_starter,[prim_app_cb,[]]}},
    -  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    - ]}.
    +callback function Module:start/2:

    {application, prim_app,
    + [{description, "Tree application"},
    +  {vsn, "1"},
    +  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    +  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    +  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    +  {start_phases, [{init,[]}, {go,[]}]},
    +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    +  {mod, {application_starter,[prim_app_cb,[]]}},
    +  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    + ]}.
     
    -{application, incl_app,
    - [{description, "Included application"},
    -  {vsn, "1"},
    -  {modules, [incl_app_cb, incl_app_sup, incl_app_server]},
    -  {registered, []},
    -  {start_phases, [{go,[]}]},
    -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    -  {mod, {incl_app_cb,[]}}
    - ]}.

    When starting a primary application with included applications, the primary +{application, incl_app, + [{description, "Included application"}, + {vsn, "1"}, + {modules, [incl_app_cb, incl_app_sup, incl_app_server]}, + {registered, []}, + {start_phases, [{go,[]}]}, + {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]}, + {mod, {incl_app_cb,[]}} + ]}.

    When starting a primary application with included applications, the primary application is started the normal way, that is:

    • The application controller creates an application master for the application
    • The application master calls Module:start(normal, StartArgs) to start the top supervisor.

    Then, for the primary application and each included application in top-down, left-to-right order, the application master calls @@ -126,11 +126,11 @@ of specified phases must be a subset of the set of phases specified for the primary application.

    When starting prim_app as defined above, the application controller calls the following callback functions before application:start(prim_app) returns a -value:

    application:start(prim_app)
    - => prim_app_cb:start(normal, [])
    - => prim_app_cb:start_phase(init, normal, [])
    - => prim_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
    - => incl_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
    +value:

    application:start(prim_app)
    + => prim_app_cb:start(normal, [])
    + => prim_app_cb:start_phase(init, normal, [])
    + => prim_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
    + => incl_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
     ok
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/install-win32.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/install-win32.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/install-win32.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

    and sometimes

    $ cd $ERL_TOP
     $ make local_setup
     

    So now when you run $ERL_TOP/erl.exe, you should have a debug compiled -emulator, which you will see if you do a:

    1> erlang:system_info(system_version).

    in the erlang shell. If the returned string contains [debug], you +emulator, which you will see if you do a:

    1> erlang:system_info(system_version).

    in the erlang shell. If the returned string contains [debug], you got a debug compiled emulator.

    To hack the erlang libraries, you simply do a make opt in the specific "applications" directory, like:

    $ cd $ERL_TOP/lib/stdlib
     $ make opt
    @@ -227,11 +227,11 @@
     

    Remember that:

    • Windows specific C-code goes in the $ERL_TOP/erts/emulator/sys/win32, $ERL_TOP/erts/emulator/drivers/win32 or $ERL_TOP/erts/etc/win32.

    • Windows specific erlang code should be used conditionally and the host OS tested in runtime, the exactly same beam files should be -distributed for every platform! So write code like:

      case os:type() of
      -    {win32,_} ->
      -        do_windows_specific();
      +distributed for every platform! So write code like:

      case os:type() of
      +    {win32,_} ->
      +        do_windows_specific();
           Other ->
      -        do_fallback_or_exit()
      +        do_fallback_or_exit()
       end,

    That's basically all you need to get going.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/list_comprehensions.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/list_comprehensions.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/list_comprehensions.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,25 +26,25 @@ Simple Examples

    -

    This section starts with a simple example, showing a generator and a filter:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], X > 3].
    -[a,4,b,5,6]

    This is read as follows: The list of X such that X is taken from the list +

    This section starts with a simple example, showing a generator and a filter:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], X > 3].
    +[a,4,b,5,6]

    This is read as follows: The list of X such that X is taken from the list [1,2,a,...] and X is greater than 3.

    The notation X <- [1,2,a,...] is a generator and the expression X > 3 is a filter.

    An additional filter, is_integer(X), can be added to -restrict the result to integers:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], is_integer(X), X > 3].
    -[4,5,6]

    Generators can be combined. For example, the Cartesian product of two lists can -be written as follows:

    > [{X, Y} || X <- [1,2,3], Y <- [a,b]].
    -[{1,a},{1,b},{2,a},{2,b},{3,a},{3,b}]

    +restrict the result to integers:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], is_integer(X), X > 3].
    +[4,5,6]

    Generators can be combined. For example, the Cartesian product of two lists can +be written as follows:

    > [{X, Y} || X <- [1,2,3], Y <- [a,b]].
    +[{1,a},{1,b},{2,a},{2,b},{3,a},{3,b}]

    Quick Sort

    -

    The well-known quick sort routine can be written as follows:

    sort([]) -> [];
    -sort([_] = L) -> L;
    -sort([Pivot|T]) ->
    -    sort([ X || X <- T, X < Pivot]) ++
    -    [Pivot] ++
    -    sort([ X || X <- T, X >= Pivot]).

    The expression [X || X <- T, X < Pivot] is the list of all elements in T +

    The well-known quick sort routine can be written as follows:

    sort([]) -> [];
    +sort([_] = L) -> L;
    +sort([Pivot|T]) ->
    +    sort([ X || X <- T, X < Pivot]) ++
    +    [Pivot] ++
    +    sort([ X || X <- T, X >= Pivot]).

    The expression [X || X <- T, X < Pivot] is the list of all elements in T that are less than Pivot.

    [X || X <- T, X >= Pivot] is the list of all elements in T that are greater than or equal to Pivot.

    With the algorithm above, a list is sorted as follows:

    • A list with zero or one element is trivially sorted.
    • For lists with more than one element:
      1. The first element in the list is isolated as the pivot element.
      2. The remaining list is partitioned into two sublists, such that:
      • The first sublist contains all elements that are smaller than the pivot element.
      • The second sublist contains all elements that are greater than or equal to @@ -60,11 +60,11 @@ Permutations -

        The following example generates all permutations of the elements in a list:

        perms([]) -> [[]];
        -perms(L)  -> [[H|T] || H <- L, T <- perms(L--[H])].

        This takes H from L in all possible ways. The result is the set of all lists +

        The following example generates all permutations of the elements in a list:

        perms([]) -> [[]];
        +perms(L)  -> [[H|T] || H <- L, T <- perms(L--[H])].

        This takes H from L in all possible ways. The result is the set of all lists [H|T], where T is the set of all possible permutations of L, with H -removed:

        > perms([b,u,g]).
        -[[b,u,g],[b,g,u],[u,b,g],[u,g,b],[g,b,u],[g,u,b]]

        +removed:

        > perms([b,u,g]).
        +[[b,u,g],[b,g,u],[u,b,g],[u,g,b],[g,b,u],[g,u,b]]

        @@ -73,47 +73,47 @@

        Pythagorean triplets are sets of integers {A,B,C} such that A**2 + B**2 = C**2.

        The function pyth(N) generates a list of all integers {A,B,C} such that A**2 + B**2 = C**2 and where the sum of the sides is equal to, or less than, -N:

        pyth(N) ->
        -    [ {A,B,C} ||
        -        A <- lists:seq(1,N),
        -        B <- lists:seq(1,N),
        -        C <- lists:seq(1,N),
        +N:

        pyth(N) ->
        +    [ {A,B,C} ||
        +        A <- lists:seq(1,N),
        +        B <- lists:seq(1,N),
        +        C <- lists:seq(1,N),
                 A+B+C =< N,
                 A*A+B*B == C*C
        -    ].
        > pyth(3).
        -[].
        -> pyth(11).
        -[].
        -> pyth(12).
        -[{3,4,5},{4,3,5}]
        -> pyth(50).
        -[{3,4,5},
        - {4,3,5},
        - {5,12,13},
        - {6,8,10},
        - {8,6,10},
        - {8,15,17},
        - {9,12,15},
        - {12,5,13},
        - {12,9,15},
        - {12,16,20},
        - {15,8,17},
        - {16,12,20}]

        The following code reduces the search space and is more efficient:

        pyth1(N) ->
        -   [{A,B,C} ||
        -       A <- lists:seq(1,N-2),
        -       B <- lists:seq(A+1,N-1),
        -       C <- lists:seq(B+1,N),
        +    ].
        > pyth(3).
        +[].
        +> pyth(11).
        +[].
        +> pyth(12).
        +[{3,4,5},{4,3,5}]
        +> pyth(50).
        +[{3,4,5},
        + {4,3,5},
        + {5,12,13},
        + {6,8,10},
        + {8,6,10},
        + {8,15,17},
        + {9,12,15},
        + {12,5,13},
        + {12,9,15},
        + {12,16,20},
        + {15,8,17},
        + {16,12,20}]

        The following code reduces the search space and is more efficient:

        pyth1(N) ->
        +   [{A,B,C} ||
        +       A <- lists:seq(1,N-2),
        +       B <- lists:seq(A+1,N-1),
        +       C <- lists:seq(B+1,N),
                A+B+C =< N,
        -       A*A+B*B == C*C ].

        + A*A+B*B == C*C ].

        Simplifications With List Comprehensions

        As an example, list comprehensions can be used to simplify some of the functions -in lists.erl:

        append(L)   ->  [X || L1 <- L, X <- L1].
        -map(Fun, L) -> [Fun(X) || X <- L].
        -filter(Pred, L) -> [X || X <- L, Pred(X)].

        +in lists.erl:

        append(L)   ->  [X || L1 <- L, X <- L1].
        +map(Fun, L) -> [Fun(X) || X <- L].
        +filter(Pred, L) -> [X || X <- L, Pred(X)].

        @@ -125,20 +125,20 @@ which selects certain elements from a list of tuples. Suppose you write select(X, L) -> [Y || {X, Y} <- L]. with the intention of extracting all tuples from L, where the first item is X.

        Compiling this gives the following diagnostic:

        ./FileName.erl:Line: Warning: variable 'X' shadowed in generate

        This diagnostic warns that the variable X in the pattern is not the same as -the variable X that occurs in the function head.

        Evaluating select gives the following result:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        -[1,2,3,7]

        This is not the wanted result. To achieve the desired effect, select must be -written as follows:

        select(X, L) ->  [Y || {X1, Y} <- L, X == X1].

        The generator now contains unbound variables and the test has been moved into -the filter.

        This now works as expected:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        -[2,7]

        Also note that a variable in a generator pattern will shadow a variable with the -same name bound in a previous generator pattern. For example:

        > [{X,Y} || X <- [1,2,3], X=Y <- [a,b,c]].
        -[{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c}]

        A consequence of the rules for importing variables into a list comprehensions is +the variable X that occurs in the function head.

        Evaluating select gives the following result:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        +[1,2,3,7]

        This is not the wanted result. To achieve the desired effect, select must be +written as follows:

        select(X, L) ->  [Y || {X1, Y} <- L, X == X1].

        The generator now contains unbound variables and the test has been moved into +the filter.

        This now works as expected:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        +[2,7]

        Also note that a variable in a generator pattern will shadow a variable with the +same name bound in a previous generator pattern. For example:

        > [{X,Y} || X <- [1,2,3], X=Y <- [a,b,c]].
        +[{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c}]

        A consequence of the rules for importing variables into a list comprehensions is that certain pattern matching operations must be moved into the filters and -cannot be written directly in the generators.

        To illustrate this, do not write as follows:

        f(...) ->
        +cannot be written directly in the generators.

        To illustrate this, do not write as follows:

        f(...) ->
             Y = ...
        -    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y  <- Expr, ...]
        -    ...

        Instead, write as follows:

        f(...) ->
        +    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y  <- Expr, ...]
        +    ...

        Instead, write as follows:

        f(...) ->
             Y = ...
        -    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y1  <- Expr, Y == Y1, ...]
        +    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y1  <- Expr, Y == Y1, ...]
             ...
        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/listhandling.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/listhandling.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/listhandling.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -29,47 +29,47 @@

        Lists can only be built starting from the end and attaching list elements at the beginning. If you use the ++ operator as follows, a new list is created that is a copy of the elements in List1, followed by List2:

        List1 ++ List2

        Looking at how lists:append/2 or ++ would be implemented in plain Erlang, -clearly the first list is copied:

        append([H|T], Tail) ->
        -    [H|append(T, Tail)];
        -append([], Tail) ->
        +clearly the first list is copied:

        append([H|T], Tail) ->
        +    [H|append(T, Tail)];
        +append([], Tail) ->
             Tail.

        When recursing and building a list, it is important to ensure that you attach the new elements to the beginning of the list. In this way, you will build one -list, not hundreds or thousands of copies of the growing result list.

        Let us first see how it is not to be done:

        DO NOT

        bad_fib(N) ->
        -    bad_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
        +list, not hundreds or thousands of copies of the growing result list.

        Let us first see how it is not to be done:

        DO NOT

        bad_fib(N) ->
        +    bad_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
         
        -bad_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) ->
        +bad_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) ->
             Fibs;
        -bad_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) ->
        -    bad_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, Fibs ++ [Current]).

        Here more than one list is built. In each iteration step a new list is created +bad_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) -> + bad_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, Fibs ++ [Current]).

        Here more than one list is built. In each iteration step a new list is created that is one element longer than the new previous list.

        To avoid copying the result in each iteration, build the list in reverse order -and reverse the list when you are done:

        DO

        tail_recursive_fib(N) ->
        -    tail_recursive_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
        +and reverse the list when you are done:

        DO

        tail_recursive_fib(N) ->
        +    tail_recursive_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
         
        -tail_recursive_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) ->
        -    lists:reverse(Fibs);
        -tail_recursive_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) ->
        -    tail_recursive_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, [Current|Fibs]).

        +tail_recursive_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) -> + lists:reverse(Fibs); +tail_recursive_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) -> + tail_recursive_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, [Current|Fibs]).

        List Comprehensions

        -

        A list comprehension:

        [Expr(E) || E <- List]

        is basically translated to a local function:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        -    [Expr(E)|'lc^0'(Tail, Expr)];
        -'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        If the result of the list comprehension will obviously not be used, a list -will not be constructed. For example, in this code:

        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
        +

        A list comprehension:

        [Expr(E) || E <- List]

        is basically translated to a local function:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        +    [Expr(E)|'lc^0'(Tail, Expr)];
        +'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        If the result of the list comprehension will obviously not be used, a list +will not be constructed. For example, in this code:

        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
         ok.

        or in this code:

        case Var of
             ... ->
        -        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List];
        +        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List];
             ... ->
         end,
        -some_function(...),

        the value is not assigned to a variable, not passed to another function, and not +some_function(...),

        the value is not assigned to a variable, not passed to another function, and not returned. This means that there is no need to construct a list and the compiler -will simplify the code for the list comprehension to:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        -    Expr(E),
        -    'lc^0'(Tail, Expr);
        -'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        The compiler also understands that assigning to _ means that the value will -not be used. Therefore, the code in the following example will also be optimized:

        _ = [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
        +will simplify the code for the list comprehension to:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        +    Expr(E),
        +    'lc^0'(Tail, Expr);
        +'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        The compiler also understands that assigning to _ means that the value will +not be used. Therefore, the code in the following example will also be optimized:

        _ = [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
         ok.

        @@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ to flatten the list before sending it to the port.

      • When calling BIFs that accept deep lists, such as list_to_binary/1 or iolist_to_binary/1.
      • When you know that your list is only one level deep. Use lists:append/1 -instead.

      Examples:

      DO

      port_command(Port, DeepList)

      DO NOT

      port_command(Port, lists:flatten(DeepList))

      A common way to send a zero-terminated string to a port is the following:

      DO NOT

      TerminatedStr = String ++ [0],
      -port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

      Instead:

      DO

      TerminatedStr = [String, 0],
      -port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

      DO

      1> lists:append([[1], [2], [3]]).
      -[1,2,3]

      DO NOT

      1> lists:flatten([[1], [2], [3]]).
      -[1,2,3]

      +instead.

    Examples:

    DO

    port_command(Port, DeepList)

    DO NOT

    port_command(Port, lists:flatten(DeepList))

    A common way to send a zero-terminated string to a port is the following:

    DO NOT

    TerminatedStr = String ++ [0],
    +port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

    Instead:

    DO

    TerminatedStr = [String, 0],
    +port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

    DO

    1> lists:append([[1], [2], [3]]).
    +[1,2,3]

    DO NOT

    1> lists:flatten([[1], [2], [3]]).
    +[1,2,3]

    @@ -94,17 +94,17 @@

    There are two basic ways to write a function that traverses a list and produces a new list.

    The first way is writing a body-recursive function:

    %% Add 42 to each integer in the list.
    -add_42_body([H|T]) ->
    -    [H + 42 | add_42_body(T)];
    -add_42_body([]) ->
    -    [].

    The second way is writing a tail-recursive function:

    %% Add 42 to each integer in the list.
    -add_42_tail(List) ->
    -    add_42_tail(List, []).
    +add_42_body([H|T]) ->
    +    [H + 42 | add_42_body(T)];
    +add_42_body([]) ->
    +    [].

    The second way is writing a tail-recursive function:

    %% Add 42 to each integer in the list.
    +add_42_tail(List) ->
    +    add_42_tail(List, []).
     
    -add_42_tail([H|T], Acc) ->
    -    add_42_tail(T, [H + 42 | Acc]);
    -add_42_tail([], Acc) ->
    -    lists:reverse(Acc).

    In early version of Erlang the tail-recursive function would typically +add_42_tail([H|T], Acc) -> + add_42_tail(T, [H + 42 | Acc]); +add_42_tail([], Acc) -> + lists:reverse(Acc).

    In early version of Erlang the tail-recursive function would typically be more efficient. In modern versions of Erlang, there is usually not much difference in performance between a body-recursive list function and tail-recursive function that reverses the list at the end. Therefore, @@ -115,11 +115,11 @@ function that does not construct a list runs in constant space, while the corresponding body-recursive function uses stack space proportional to the length of the list.

    For example, a function that sums a list of integers, is not to be written as -follows:

    DO NOT

    recursive_sum([H|T]) -> H+recursive_sum(T);
    -recursive_sum([])    -> 0.

    Instead:

    DO

    sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
    +follows:

    DO NOT

    recursive_sum([H|T]) -> H+recursive_sum(T);
    +recursive_sum([])    -> 0.

    Instead:

    DO

    sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
     
    -sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H);
    -sum([], Sum)    -> Sum.
    +
    sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H); +sum([], Sum) -> Sum.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/macros.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/macros.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/macros.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ File Inclusion -

    A file can be included as follows:

    -include(File).
    --include_lib(File).

    File, a string, is to point out a file. The contents of this file are included +

    A file can be included as follows:

    -include(File).
    +-include_lib(File).

    File, a string, is to point out a file. The contents of this file are included as is, at the position of the directive.

    Include files are typically used for record and macro definitions that are shared by several modules. It is recommended to use the file name extension .hrl for include files.

    File can start with a path component $VAR, for some string VAR. If that is @@ -36,12 +36,12 @@ $VAR is left as is.

    If the filename File is absolute (possibly after variable substitution), the include file with that name is included. Otherwise, the specified file is searched for in the following directories, and in this order:

    1. The current working directory
    2. The directory where the module is being compiled
    3. The directories given by the include option

    For details, see erlc in ERTS and -compile in Compiler.

    Examples:

    -include("my_records.hrl").
    --include("incdir/my_records.hrl").
    --include("/home/user/proj/my_records.hrl").
    --include("$PROJ_ROOT/my_records.hrl").

    include_lib is similar to include, but is not to point out an absolute file. +compile in Compiler.

    Examples:

    -include("my_records.hrl").
    +-include("incdir/my_records.hrl").
    +-include("/home/user/proj/my_records.hrl").
    +-include("$PROJ_ROOT/my_records.hrl").

    include_lib is similar to include, but is not to point out an absolute file. Instead, the first path component (possibly after variable substitution) is -assumed to be the name of an application.

    Example:

    -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

    The code server uses code:lib_dir(kernel) to find the directory of the current +assumed to be the name of an application.

    Example:

    -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

    The code server uses code:lib_dir(kernel) to find the directory of the current (latest) version of Kernel, and then the subdirectory include is searched for the file file.hrl.

    @@ -49,25 +49,25 @@ Defining and Using Macros

    -

    A macro is defined as follows:

    -define(Const, Replacement).
    --define(Func(Var1,...,VarN), Replacement).

    A macro definition can be placed anywhere among the attributes and function +

    A macro is defined as follows:

    -define(Const, Replacement).
    +-define(Func(Var1,...,VarN), Replacement).

    A macro definition can be placed anywhere among the attributes and function declarations of a module, but the definition must come before any usage of the macro.

    If a macro is used in several modules, it is recommended that the macro definition is placed in an include file.

    A macro is used as follows:

    ?Const
     ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN)

    Macros are expanded during compilation. A simple macro ?Const is replaced with -Replacement.

    Example:

    -define(TIMEOUT, 200).
    +Replacement.

    Example:

    -define(TIMEOUT, 200).
     ...
    -call(Request) ->
    -    server:call(refserver, Request, ?TIMEOUT).

    This is expanded to:

    call(Request) ->
    -    server:call(refserver, Request, 200).

    A macro ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN) is replaced with Replacement, where all +call(Request) -> + server:call(refserver, Request, ?TIMEOUT).

    This is expanded to:

    call(Request) ->
    +    server:call(refserver, Request, 200).

    A macro ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN) is replaced with Replacement, where all occurrences of a variable Var from the macro definition are replaced with the -corresponding argument Arg.

    Example:

    -define(MACRO1(X, Y), {a, X, b, Y}).
    +corresponding argument Arg.

    Example:

    -define(MACRO1(X, Y), {a, X, b, Y}).
     ...
    -bar(X) ->
    -    ?MACRO1(a, b),
    -    ?MACRO1(X, 123)

    This is expanded to:

    bar(X) ->
    -    {a,a,b,b},
    -    {a,X,b,123}.

    It is good programming practice, but not mandatory, to ensure that a macro +bar(X) -> + ?MACRO1(a, b), + ?MACRO1(X, 123)

    This is expanded to:

    bar(X) ->
    +    {a,a,b,b},
    +    {a,X,b,123}.

    It is good programming practice, but not mandatory, to ensure that a macro definition is a valid Erlang syntactic form.

    To view the result of macro expansion, a module can be compiled with the 'P' option. compile:file(File, ['P']). This produces a listing of the parsed code after preprocessing and parse transforms, in the file File.P.

    @@ -94,21 +94,21 @@

    It is possible to overload macros, except for predefined macros. An overloaded macro has more than one definition, each with a different number of arguments.

    Change

    Support for overloading of macros was added in Erlang 5.7.5/OTP R13B04.

    A macro ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN) with a (possibly empty) list of arguments results in an error message if there is at least one definition of Func with -arguments, but none with N arguments.

    Assuming these definitions:

    -define(F0(), c).
    --define(F1(A), A).
    --define(C, m:f).

    the following does not work:

    f0() ->
    +arguments, but none with N arguments.

    Assuming these definitions:

    -define(F0(), c).
    +-define(F1(A), A).
    +-define(C, m:f).

    the following does not work:

    f0() ->
         ?F0. % No, an empty list of arguments expected.
     
    -f1(A) ->
    -    ?F1(A, A). % No, exactly one argument expected.

    On the other hand,

    f() ->
    -    ?C().

    is expanded to

    f() ->
    -    m:f().

    +f1(A) -> + ?F1(A, A). % No, exactly one argument expected.

    On the other hand,

    f() ->
    +    ?C().

    is expanded to

    f() ->
    +    m:f().

    Removing a macro definition

    -

    A definition of macro can be removed as follows:

    -undef(Macro).

    +

    A definition of macro can be removed as follows:

    -undef(Macro).

    @@ -128,13 +128,13 @@ elif also supports calling the psuedo-function defined(Name), which tests whether the Name argument is the name of a previously defined macro. defined(Name) evaluates to true if the macro is defined and false -otherwise. An attempt to call other functions results in a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(m).
    +otherwise. An attempt to call other functions results in a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(m).
     ...
     
    --ifdef(debug).
    --define(LOG(X), io:format("{~p,~p}: ~p~n", [?MODULE,?LINE,X])).
    +-ifdef(debug).
    +-define(LOG(X), io:format("{~p,~p}: ~p~n", [?MODULE,?LINE,X])).
     -else.
    --define(LOG(X), true).
    +-define(LOG(X), true).
     -endif.
     
     ...

    When trace output is desired, debug is to be defined when the module m is @@ -142,21 +142,21 @@ or -1> c(m, {d, debug}). -{ok,m}

    ?LOG(Arg) is then expanded to a call to io:format/2 and provide the user -with some simple trace output.

    Example:

    -module(m)
    +1> c(m, {d, debug}).
    +{ok,m}

    ?LOG(Arg) is then expanded to a call to io:format/2 and provide the user +with some simple trace output.

    Example:

    -module(m)
     ...
    --if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 25).
    +-if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 25).
     %% Code that will work in OTP 25 or higher
    --elif(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26).
    +-elif(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26).
     %% Code that will work in OTP 26 or higher
     -else.
     %% Code that will work in OTP 24 or lower.
     -endif.
     ...

    This code uses the OTP_RELEASE macro to conditionally select code depending on -release.

    Example:

    -module(m)
    +release.

    Example:

    -module(m)
     ...
    --if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26 andalso defined(debug)).
    +-if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26 andalso defined(debug)).
     %% Debugging code that requires OTP 26 or later.
     -else.
     %% Non-debug code that works in any release.
    @@ -179,23 +179,23 @@
       
       -error() and -warning() directives
     

    -

    The directive -error(Term) causes a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    --export([version/0]).
    +

    The directive -error(Term) causes a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    +-export([version/0]).
     
    --ifdef(VERSION).
    -version() -> ?VERSION.
    +-ifdef(VERSION).
    +version() -> ?VERSION.
     -else.
    --error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").
    -version() -> "".
    +-error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").
    +version() -> "".
     -endif.

    The error message will look like this:

    % erlc t.erl
    -t.erl:7: -error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").

    The directive -warning(Term) causes a compilation warning.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    --export([version/0]).
    +t.erl:7: -error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").

    The directive -warning(Term) causes a compilation warning.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    +-export([version/0]).
     
    --ifndef(VERSION).
    --warning("Macro VERSION not defined -- using default version.").
    --define(VERSION, "0").
    +-ifndef(VERSION).
    +-warning("Macro VERSION not defined -- using default version.").
    +-define(VERSION, "0").
     -endif.
    -version() -> ?VERSION.

    The warning message will look like this:

    % erlc t.erl
    +version() -> ?VERSION.

    The warning message will look like this:

    % erlc t.erl
     t.erl:5: Warning: -warning("Macro VERSION not defined -- using default version.").

    Change

    The -error() and -warning() directives were added in Erlang/OTP 19.

    @@ -204,11 +204,11 @@

    The construction ??Arg, where Arg is a macro argument, is expanded to a string containing the tokens of the argument. This is similar to the #arg -stringifying construction in C.

    Example:

    -define(TESTCALL(Call), io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n", [??Call, Call])).
    +stringifying construction in C.

    Example:

    -define(TESTCALL(Call), io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n", [??Call, Call])).
     
    -?TESTCALL(myfunction(1,2)),
    -?TESTCALL(you:function(2,1)).

    results in

    io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["myfunction ( 1 , 2 )",myfunction(1,2)]),
    -io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["you : function ( 2 , 1 )",you:function(2,1)]).

    That is, a trace output, with both the function called and the resulting value.

    +
    ?TESTCALL(myfunction(1,2)), +?TESTCALL(you:function(2,1)).

    results in

    io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["myfunction ( 1 , 2 )",myfunction(1,2)]),
    +io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["you : function ( 2 , 1 )",you:function(2,1)]).

    That is, a trace output, with both the function called and the resulting value.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/maps.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/maps.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/maps.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ values, sharing of keys between different instances of the map will be less effective, and it is not possible to match multiple elements having default values in one go.

  • To avoid having to deal with a map that may lack some keys, maps:merge/2 can -efficiently add multiple default values. For example:

    DefaultMap = #{shoe_size => 42, editor => emacs},
    -MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)
  • +efficiently add multiple default values. For example:

    DefaultMap = #{shoe_size => 42, editor => emacs},
    +MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)

    @@ -76,10 +76,10 @@ Using Maps as Sets

    Starting in OTP 24, the sets module has an option to represent sets as maps. -Examples:

    1> sets:new([{version,2}]).
    -#{}
    -2> sets:from_list([x,y,z], [{version,2}]).
    -#{x => [],y => [],z => []}

    sets backed by maps is generally the most efficient set representation, with a +Examples:

    1> sets:new([{version,2}]).
    +#{}
    +2> sets:from_list([x,y,z], [{version,2}]).
    +#{x => [],y => [],z => []}

    sets backed by maps is generally the most efficient set representation, with a few possible exceptions:

    • ordsets:intersection/2 can be more efficient than sets:intersection/2. If the intersection operation is frequently used and operations that operate on a single element in a set (such as is_element/2) are avoided, ordsets can @@ -112,10 +112,10 @@ allowing the key tuple to be shared with other instances of the map that have the same keys. In fact, the key tuple can be shared between all maps with the same keys with some care. To arrange that, define a function that returns a map. -For example:

      new() ->
      -    #{a => default, b => default, c => default}.

      Defined like this, the key tuple {a,b,c} will be a global literal. To ensure +For example:

      new() ->
      +    #{a => default, b => default, c => default}.

      Defined like this, the key tuple {a,b,c} will be a global literal. To ensure that the key tuple is shared when creating an instance of the map, always call -new() and modify the returned map:

          (SOME_MODULE:new())#{a := 42}.

      Using the map syntax with small maps is particularly efficient. As long as the +new() and modify the returned map:

          (SOME_MODULE:new())#{a := 42}.

      Using the map syntax with small maps is particularly efficient. As long as the keys are known at compile-time, the map is updated in one go, making the time to update a map essentially constant regardless of the number of keys updated. The same goes for matching. (When the keys are variables, one or more of the keys @@ -150,13 +150,13 @@

      Using the map syntax is usually slightly more efficient than using the corresponding function in the maps module.

      The gain in efficiency for the map syntax is more noticeable for the following -operations that can only be achieved using the map syntax:

      • Matching multiple literal keys
      • Updating multiple literal keys
      • Adding multiple literal keys to a map

      For example:

      DO

      Map = Map1#{x := X, y := Y, z := Z}

      DO NOT

      Map2 = maps:update(x, X, Map1),
      -Map3 = maps:update(y, Y, Map2),
      -Map = maps:update(z, Z, Map3)

      If the map is a small map, the first example runs roughly three times as fast.

      Note that for variable keys, the elements are updated sequentially from left to -right. For example, given the following update with variable keys:

      Map = Map1#{Key1 := X, Key2 := Y, Key3 := Z}

      the compiler rewrites it like this to ensure that the updates are applied from -left to right:

      Map2 = Map1#{Key1 := X},
      -Map3 = Map2#{Key2 := Y},
      -Map = Map3#{Key3 := Z}

      If a key is known to exist in a map, using the := operator is slightly more +operations that can only be achieved using the map syntax:

      • Matching multiple literal keys
      • Updating multiple literal keys
      • Adding multiple literal keys to a map

      For example:

      DO

      Map = Map1#{x := X, y := Y, z := Z}

      DO NOT

      Map2 = maps:update(x, X, Map1),
      +Map3 = maps:update(y, Y, Map2),
      +Map = maps:update(z, Z, Map3)

      If the map is a small map, the first example runs roughly three times as fast.

      Note that for variable keys, the elements are updated sequentially from left to +right. For example, given the following update with variable keys:

      Map = Map1#{Key1 := X, Key2 := Y, Key3 := Z}

      the compiler rewrites it like this to ensure that the updates are applied from +left to right:

      Map2 = Map1#{Key1 := X},
      +Map3 = Map2#{Key2 := Y},
      +Map = Map3#{Key3 := Z}

      If a key is known to exist in a map, using the := operator is slightly more efficient than using the => operator for a small map.

      @@ -215,15 +215,15 @@

      As an optimization, the compiler will rewrite a call to maps:get/3 to Erlang code similar to the following:

      Result = case Map of
      -             #{Key := Value} -> Value;
      -             #{} -> Default
      +             #{Key := Value} -> Value;
      +             #{} -> Default
                end

      This is reasonably efficient, but if a small map is used as an alternative to using a record it is often better not to rely on default values as it prevents sharing of keys, which may in the end use more memory than what you save from not storing default values in the map.

      If default values are nevertheless required, instead of calling maps:get/3 multiple times, consider putting the default values in a map and merging that -map with the other map:

      DefaultMap = #{Key1 => Value2, Key2 => Value2, ..., KeyN => ValueN},
      -MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)

      This helps share keys between the default map and the one you applied defaults +map with the other map:

      DefaultMap = #{Key1 => Value2, Key2 => Value2, ..., KeyN => ValueN},
      +MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)

      This helps share keys between the default map and the one you applied defaults to, as long as the default map contains all the keys that will ever be used and not just the ones with default values. Whether this is faster than calling maps:get/3 multiple times depends on the size of the map and the number of /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/modules.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/modules.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/modules.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ Module Syntax

      Erlang code is divided into modules. A module consists of a sequence of -attributes and function declarations, each terminated by a period (.).

      Example:

      -module(m).          % module attribute
      --export([fact/1]).   % module attribute
      +attributes and function declarations, each terminated by a period (.).

      Example:

      -module(m).          % module attribute
      +-export([fact/1]).   % module attribute
       
      -fact(N) when N>0 ->  % beginning of function declaration
      -    N * fact(N-1);   %  |
      -fact(0) ->           %  |
      +fact(N) when N>0 ->  % beginning of function declaration
      +    N * fact(N-1);   %  |
      +fact(0) ->           %  |
           1.               % end of function declaration

      For a description of function declarations, see Function Declaration Syntax.

      @@ -85,9 +85,9 @@ Behaviour Module Attribute

      It is possible to specify that the module is the callback module for a -behaviour:

      -behaviour(Behaviour).

      The atom Behaviour gives the name of the behaviour, which can be a +behaviour:

      -behaviour(Behaviour).

      The atom Behaviour gives the name of the behaviour, which can be a user-defined behaviour or one of the following OTP standard behaviours:

      • gen_server
      • gen_statem
      • gen_event
      • supervisor

      The spelling behavior is also accepted.

      The callback functions of the module can be specified either directly by the -exported function behaviour_info/1:

      behaviour_info(callbacks) -> Callbacks.

      or by a -callback attribute for each callback function:

      -callback Name(Arguments) -> Result.

      Here, Arguments is a list of zero or more arguments. The -callback attribute +exported function behaviour_info/1:

      behaviour_info(callbacks) -> Callbacks.

      or by a -callback attribute for each callback function:

      -callback Name(Arguments) -> Result.

      Here, Arguments is a list of zero or more arguments. The -callback attribute is to be preferred since the extra type information can be used by tools to produce documentation or find discrepancies.

      Read more about behaviours and callback modules in OTP Design Principles.

      @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Record Definitions

      -

      The same syntax as for module attributes is used for record definitions:

      -record(Record, Fields).

      Record definitions are allowed anywhere in a module, also among the function +

      The same syntax as for module attributes is used for record definitions:

      -record(Record, Fields).

      Record definitions are allowed anywhere in a module, also among the function declarations. Read more in Records.

      @@ -104,15 +104,15 @@ Preprocessor

      The same syntax as for module attributes is used by the preprocessor, which -supports file inclusion, macros, and conditional compilation:

      -include("SomeFile.hrl").
      --define(Macro, Replacement).

      Read more in Preprocessor.

      +supports file inclusion, macros, and conditional compilation:

      -include("SomeFile.hrl").
      +-define(Macro, Replacement).

      Read more in Preprocessor.

      Setting File and Line

      The same syntax as for module attributes is used for changing the pre-defined -macros ?FILE and ?LINE:

      -file(File, Line).

      This attribute is used by tools, such as Yecc, to inform the compiler that the +macros ?FILE and ?LINE:

      -file(File, Line).

      This attribute is used by tools, such as Yecc, to inform the compiler that the source program is generated by another tool. It also indicates the correspondence of source files to lines of the original user-written file, from which the source program is produced.

      @@ -122,8 +122,8 @@ Types and function specifications

      A similar syntax as for module attributes is used for specifying types and -function specifications:

      -type my_type() :: atom() | integer().
      --spec my_function(integer()) -> integer().

      Read more in Types and Function specifications.

      The description is based on +function specifications:

      -type my_type() :: atom() | integer().
      +-spec my_function(integer()) -> integer().

      Read more in Types and Function specifications.

      The description is based on EEP8 - Types and function specifications, which is not to be further updated.

      @@ -132,16 +132,16 @@ Documentation attributes

      The module attribute -doc(Documentation) is used to provide user documentation -for a function/type/callback:

      -doc("Example documentation").
      -example() -> ok.

      The attribute should be placed just before the entity it documents.The +for a function/type/callback:

      -doc("Example documentation").
      +example() -> ok.

      The attribute should be placed just before the entity it documents.The parenthesis are optional around Documentation. The allowed values for Documentation are:

      • literal string or utf-8 encoded binary string - The string documenting the entity. Any literal string is allowed, so both triple quoted strings and sigils that translate to literal strings can be used. -The following examples are equivalent:

        -doc("Example \"docs\"").
        --doc(<<"Example \"docs\""/utf8>>).
        +The following examples are equivalent:

        -doc("Example \"docs\"").
        +-doc(<<"Example \"docs\""/utf8>>).
         -doc ~S/Example "docs"/.
         -doc """
            Example "docs"
        @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
         
         

        While not a module attribute, but rather a directive (since it might affect syntax), there is the -feature(..) directive used for enabling and disabling -features.

        The syntax is similar to that of an attribute, but has two arguments:

        -feature(FeatureName, enable | disable).

        Note that the feature directive can only appear +features.

        The syntax is similar to that of an attribute, but has two arguments:

        -feature(FeatureName, enable | disable).

        Note that the feature directive can only appear in a prefix of the module.

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/nif.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/nif.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/nif.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -42,18 +42,18 @@ they can also be used as fallback implementations for functions that do not have native implementations on some architectures.

        NIF libraries are loaded by calling erlang:load_nif/2, with the name of the shared library as argument. The second argument can be any term that will be -passed on to the library and used for initialization:

        -module(complex6).
        --export([foo/1, bar/1]).
        --nifs([foo/1, bar/1]).
        --on_load(init/0).
        -
        -init() ->
        -    ok = erlang:load_nif("./complex6_nif", 0).
        -
        -foo(_X) ->
        -    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).
        -bar(_Y) ->
        -    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).

        Here, the directive on_load is used to get function init to be automatically +passed on to the library and used for initialization:

        -module(complex6).
        +-export([foo/1, bar/1]).
        +-nifs([foo/1, bar/1]).
        +-on_load(init/0).
        +
        +init() ->
        +    ok = erlang:load_nif("./complex6_nif", 0).
        +
        +foo(_X) ->
        +    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).
        +bar(_Y) ->
        +    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).

        Here, the directive on_load is used to get function init to be automatically called when the module is loaded. If init returns anything other than ok, such when the loading of the NIF library fails in this example, the module is unloaded and calls to functions within it, fail.

        Loading the NIF library overrides the stub implementations and cause calls to @@ -74,35 +74,35 @@ API functions. The environment contains information about the calling Erlang process:

        #include <erl_nif.h>
         
        -extern int foo(int x);
        -extern int bar(int y);
        +extern int foo(int x);
        +extern int bar(int y);
         
        -static ERL_NIF_TERM foo_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
        -{
        +static ERL_NIF_TERM foo_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
        +{
             int x, ret;
        -    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &x)) {
        -	return enif_make_badarg(env);
        -    }
        -    ret = foo(x);
        -    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
        -}
        +    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &x)) {
        +	return enif_make_badarg(env);
        +    }
        +    ret = foo(x);
        +    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
        +}
         
        -static ERL_NIF_TERM bar_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
        -{
        +static ERL_NIF_TERM bar_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
        +{
             int y, ret;
        -    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &y)) {
        -	return enif_make_badarg(env);
        -    }
        -    ret = bar(y);
        -    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
        -}
        -
        -static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = {
        -    {"foo", 1, foo_nif},
        -    {"bar", 1, bar_nif}
        -};
        +    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &y)) {
        +	return enif_make_badarg(env);
        +    }
        +    ret = bar(y);
        +    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
        +}
        +
        +static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = {
        +    {"foo", 1, foo_nif},
        +    {"bar", 1, bar_nif}
        +};
         
        -ERL_NIF_INIT(complex6, nif_funcs, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL)

        Here, ERL_NIF_INIT has the following arguments:

        • The first argument must be the name of the Erlang module as a C-identifier. It +ERL_NIF_INIT(complex6, nif_funcs, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL)

        Here, ERL_NIF_INIT has the following arguments:

        • The first argument must be the name of the Erlang module as a C-identifier. It will be stringified by the macro.
        • The second argument is the array of ErlNifFunc structures containing name, arity, and function pointer of each NIF.
        • The remaining arguments are pointers to callback functions that can be used to initialize the library. They are not used in this simple example, hence they @@ -118,15 +118,15 @@

          Step 1. Compile the C code:

          unix> gcc -o complex6_nif.so -fpic -shared complex.c complex6_nif.c
           windows> cl -LD -MD -Fe complex6_nif.dll complex.c complex6_nif.c

          Step 2: Start Erlang and compile the Erlang code:

          > erl
          -Erlang R13B04 (erts-5.7.5) [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [rq:4] [async-threads:0] [kernel-poll:false]
          +Erlang R13B04 (erts-5.7.5) [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [rq:4] [async-threads:0] [kernel-poll:false]
           
          -Eshell V5.7.5  (abort with ^G)
          -1> c(complex6).
          -{ok,complex6}

          Step 3: Run the example:

          3> complex6:foo(3).
          +Eshell V5.7.5  (abort with ^G)
          +1> c(complex6).
          +{ok,complex6}

          Step 3: Run the example:

          3> complex6:foo(3).
           4
          -4> complex6:bar(5).
          +4> complex6:bar(5).
           10
          -5> complex6:foo("not an integer").
          +5> complex6:foo("not an integer").
           ** exception error: bad argument
                in function  complex6:foo/1
                   called as comlpex6:foo("not an integer")
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/opaques.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/opaques.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/opaques.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -31,16 +31,16 @@ The runtime does not check opacity. Dialyzer provides some opacity-checking, but the rest is up to convention.

          This document explains what Erlang opacity is (and the trade-offs involved) via the example of the sets:set() data type. This type was -defined in the sets module like this:

          -opaque set(Element) :: #set{segs :: segs(Element)}.

          OTP 24 changed the definition to the following in -this commit.

          -opaque set(Element) :: #set{segs :: segs(Element)} | #{Element => ?VALUE}.

          And this change was safer and more backwards-compatible than if the type had +defined in the sets module like this:

          -opaque set(Element) :: #set{segs :: segs(Element)}.

          OTP 24 changed the definition to the following in +this commit.

          -opaque set(Element) :: #set{segs :: segs(Element)} | #{Element => ?VALUE}.

          And this change was safer and more backwards-compatible than if the type had been defined with -type instead of -opaque. Here is why: when a module defines an -opaque, the contract is that only the defining module should rely on the definition of the type: no other modules should rely on the definition.

          This means that code that pattern-matched on set as a record/tuple technically broke the contract, and opted in to being potentially broken when the definition of set() changed. Before OTP 24, this code printed ok. In OTP 24 it may -error:

          case sets:new() of
          -    Set when is_tuple(Set) ->
          -        io:format("ok")
          +error:

          case sets:new() of
          +    Set when is_tuple(Set) ->
          +        io:format("ok")
           end.

          When working with an opaque defined in another module, here are some recommendations:

          • Don't examine the underlying type using pattern-matching, guards, or functions that reveal the type, such as tuple_size/1 .
          • Instead, use functions provided by the module for working with the type. For /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/otp-patch-apply.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/otp-patch-apply.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/otp-patch-apply.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ Application dependencies are verified among installed applications by otp_patch_apply, but these are not necessarily those actually loaded. By calling system_information:sanity_check() one can validate -dependencies among applications actually loaded.

            1> system_information:sanity_check().
            +dependencies among applications actually loaded.

            1> system_information:sanity_check().
             ok

            Please take a look at the reference of sanity_check() for more information.

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/patterns.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/patterns.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/patterns.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -37,10 +37,10 @@
            2 3> X + 1. 3 -4> {X, Y} = {1, 2}. +4> {X, Y} = {1, 2}. ** exception error: no match of right hand side value {1,2} -5> {X, Y} = {2, 3}. -{2,3} +5> {X, Y} = {2, 3}. +{2,3} 6> Y. 3
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/prog_ex_records.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/prog_ex_records.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/prog_ex_records.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -31,17 +31,17 @@ To illustrate these differences, suppose that you want to represent a person with the tuple {Name, Address, Phone}.

            To write functions that manipulate this data, remember the following:

            • The Name field is the first element of the tuple.
            • The Address field is the second element.
            • The Phone field is the third element.

            For example, to extract data from a variable P that contains such a tuple, you can write the following code and then use pattern matching to extract the -relevant fields:

            Name = element(1, P),
            -Address = element(2, P),
            +relevant fields:

            Name = element(1, P),
            +Address = element(2, P),
             ...

            Such code is difficult to read and understand, and errors occur if the numbering of the elements in the tuple is wrong. If the data representation of the fields is changed, by re-ordering, adding, or removing fields, all references to the person tuple must be checked and possibly modified.

            Records allow references to the fields by name, instead of by position. In the -following example, a record instead of a tuple is used to store the data:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).

            This enables references to the fields of the record by name. For example, if P +following example, a record instead of a tuple is used to store the data:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).

            This enables references to the fields of the record by name. For example, if P is a variable whose value is a person record, the following code access the name and address fields of the records:

            Name = P#person.name,
             Address = P#person.address,
            -...

            Internally, records are represented using tagged tuples:

            {person, Name, Phone, Address}

            +...

            Internally, records are represented using tagged tuples:

            {person, Name, Phone, Address}

            @@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ section. Three fields are included, name, phone, and address. The default values for name and phone is "" and [], respectively. The default value for address is the atom undefined, since no default value is supplied for this -field:

            -record(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).

            The record must be defined in the shell to enable use of the record syntax in -the examples:

            > rd(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).
            +field:

            -record(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).

            The record must be defined in the shell to enable use of the record syntax in +the examples:

            > rd(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).
             person

            This is because record definitions are only available at compile time, not at runtime. For details on records in the shell, see the shell manual page in STDLIB.

            @@ -61,10 +61,10 @@ Creating a Record

            -

            A new person record is created as follows:

            > #person{phone=[0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2], name="Robert"}.
            -#person{name = "Robert",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}

            As the address field was omitted, its default value is used.

            From Erlang 5.1/OTP R8B, a value to all fields in a record can be set with the -special field _. _ means "all fields not explicitly specified".

            Example:

            > #person{name = "Jakob", _ = '_'}.
            -#person{name = "Jakob",phone = '_',address = '_'}

            It is primarily intended to be used in ets:match/2 and +

            A new person record is created as follows:

            > #person{phone=[0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2], name="Robert"}.
            +#person{name = "Robert",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}

            As the address field was omitted, its default value is used.

            From Erlang 5.1/OTP R8B, a value to all fields in a record can be set with the +special field _. _ means "all fields not explicitly specified".

            Example:

            > #person{name = "Jakob", _ = '_'}.
            +#person{name = "Jakob",phone = '_',address = '_'}

            It is primarily intended to be used in ets:match/2 and mnesia:match_object/3, to set record fields to the atom '_'. (This is a wildcard in ets:match/2.)

            @@ -72,8 +72,8 @@ Accessing a Record Field

            -

            The following example shows how to access a record field:

            > P = #person{name = "Joe", phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2]}.
            -#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}
            +

            The following example shows how to access a record field:

            > P = #person{name = "Joe", phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2]}.
            +#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}
             > P#person.name.
             "Joe"

            @@ -81,33 +81,33 @@ Updating a Record

            -

            The following example shows how to update a record:

            > P1 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[1,2,3], address="A street"}.
            -#person{name = "Joe",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}
            -> P2 = P1#person{name="Robert"}.
            -#person{name = "Robert",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}

            +

            The following example shows how to update a record:

            > P1 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[1,2,3], address="A street"}.
            +#person{name = "Joe",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}
            +> P2 = P1#person{name="Robert"}.
            +#person{name = "Robert",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}

            Type Testing

            The following example shows that the guard succeeds if P is record of type -person:

            foo(P) when is_record(P, person) -> a_person;
            -foo(_) -> not_a_person.

            +person:

            foo(P) when is_record(P, person) -> a_person;
            +foo(_) -> not_a_person.

            Pattern Matching

            Matching can be used in combination with records, as shown in the following -example:

            > P3 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[0,0,7], address="A street"}.
            -#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,0,7],address = "A street"}
            -> #person{name = Name} = P3, Name.
            +example:

            > P3 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[0,0,7], address="A street"}.
            +#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,0,7],address = "A street"}
            +> #person{name = Name} = P3, Name.
             "Joe"

            The following function takes a list of person records and searches for the -phone number of a person with a particular name:

            find_phone([#person{name=Name, phone=Phone} | _], Name) ->
            -    {found,  Phone};
            -find_phone([_| T], Name) ->
            -    find_phone(T, Name);
            -find_phone([], Name) ->
            +phone number of a person with a particular name:

            find_phone([#person{name=Name, phone=Phone} | _], Name) ->
            +    {found,  Phone};
            +find_phone([_| T], Name) ->
            +    find_phone(T, Name);
            +find_phone([], Name) ->
                 not_found.

            The fields referred to in the pattern can be given in any order.

            @@ -116,12 +116,12 @@

            The value of a field in a record can be an instance of a record. Retrieval of nested data can be done stepwise, or in a single step, as shown in the following -example:

            -record(name, {first = "Robert", last = "Ericsson"}).
            --record(person, {name = #name{}, phone}).
            +example:

            -record(name, {first = "Robert", last = "Ericsson"}).
            +-record(person, {name = #name{}, phone}).
             
            -demo() ->
            -  P = #person{name= #name{first="Robert",last="Virding"}, phone=123},
            -  First = (P#person.name)#name.first.

            Here, demo() evaluates to "Robert".

            +demo() -> + P = #person{name= #name{first="Robert",last="Virding"}, phone=123}, + First = (P#person.name)#name.first.

            Here, demo() evaluates to "Robert".

            @@ -139,40 +139,40 @@ %% about the person. %% A {Key, Value} list (default is the empty list). %%------------------------------------------------------------ --record(person, {name, age, phone = [], dict = []}).

            -module(person).
            --include("person.hrl").
            --compile(export_all). % For test purposes only.
            +-record(person, {name, age, phone = [], dict = []}).
            -module(person).
            +-include("person.hrl").
            +-compile(export_all). % For test purposes only.
             
             %% This creates an instance of a person.
             %%   Note: The phone number is not supplied so the
             %%         default value [] will be used.
             
            -make_hacker_without_phone(Name, Age) ->
            -   #person{name = Name, age = Age,
            -           dict = [{computer_knowledge, excellent},
            -                   {drinks, coke}]}.
            +make_hacker_without_phone(Name, Age) ->
            +   #person{name = Name, age = Age,
            +           dict = [{computer_knowledge, excellent},
            +                   {drinks, coke}]}.
             
             %% This demonstrates matching in arguments
             
            -print(#person{name = Name, age = Age,
            -              phone = Phone, dict = Dict}) ->
            -  io:format("Name: ~s, Age: ~w, Phone: ~w ~n"
            -            "Dictionary: ~w.~n", [Name, Age, Phone, Dict]).
            +print(#person{name = Name, age = Age,
            +              phone = Phone, dict = Dict}) ->
            +  io:format("Name: ~s, Age: ~w, Phone: ~w ~n"
            +            "Dictionary: ~w.~n", [Name, Age, Phone, Dict]).
             
             %% Demonstrates type testing, selector, updating.
             
            -birthday(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
            -   P#person{age = P#person.age + 1}.
            +birthday(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
            +   P#person{age = P#person.age + 1}.
             
            -register_two_hackers() ->
            -   Hacker1 = make_hacker_without_phone("Joe", 29),
            -   OldHacker = birthday(Hacker1),
            +register_two_hackers() ->
            +   Hacker1 = make_hacker_without_phone("Joe", 29),
            +   OldHacker = birthday(Hacker1),
                % The central_register_server should have
                % an interface function for this.
            -   central_register_server ! {register_person, Hacker1},
            -   central_register_server ! {register_person,
            -             OldHacker#person{name = "Robert",
            -                              phone = [0,8,3,2,4,5,3,1]}}.
            +
            central_register_server ! {register_person, Hacker1}, + central_register_server ! {register_person, + OldHacker#person{name = "Robert", + phone = [0,8,3,2,4,5,3,1]}}.
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/records_macros.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/records_macros.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/records_macros.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ introduced:

            %%%----FILE mess_config.hrl----
             
             %%% Configure the location of the server node,
            --define(server_node, messenger@super).
            +-define(server_node, messenger@super).
             
             %%%----END FILE----
            %%%----FILE mess_interface.hrl----
             
            @@ -41,24 +41,24 @@
             %%% messenger program
             
             %%%Messages from Client to server received in server/1 function.
            --record(logon,{client_pid, username}).
            --record(message,{client_pid, to_name, message}).
            +-record(logon,{client_pid, username}).
            +-record(message,{client_pid, to_name, message}).
             %%% {'EXIT', ClientPid, Reason}  (client terminated or unreachable.
             
             %%% Messages from Server to Client, received in await_result/0 function
            --record(abort_client,{message}).
            +-record(abort_client,{message}).
             %%% Messages are: user_exists_at_other_node,
             %%%               you_are_not_logged_on
            --record(server_reply,{message}).
            +-record(server_reply,{message}).
             %%% Messages are: logged_on
             %%%               receiver_not_found
             %%%               sent  (Message has been sent (no guarantee)
             %%% Messages from Server to Client received in client/1 function
            --record(message_from,{from_name, message}).
            +-record(message_from,{from_name, message}).
             
             %%% Messages from shell to Client received in client/1 function
             %%% spawn(mess_client, client, [server_node(), Name])
            --record(message_to,{to_name, message}).
            +-record(message_to,{to_name, message}).
             %%% logoff
             
             %%%----END FILE----
            %%%----FILE user_interface.erl----
            @@ -79,27 +79,27 @@
             %%%     function is not logged on or if ToName is not logged on at
             %%%     any node.
             
            --module(user_interface).
            --export([logon/1, logoff/0, message/2]).
            --include("mess_interface.hrl").
            --include("mess_config.hrl").
            +-module(user_interface).
            +-export([logon/1, logoff/0, message/2]).
            +-include("mess_interface.hrl").
            +-include("mess_config.hrl").
             
            -logon(Name) ->
            -    case whereis(mess_client) of
            +logon(Name) ->
            +    case whereis(mess_client) of
                     undefined ->
            -            register(mess_client,
            -                     spawn(mess_client, client, [?server_node, Name]));
            +            register(mess_client,
            +                     spawn(mess_client, client, [?server_node, Name]));
                     _ -> already_logged_on
                 end.
             
            -logoff() ->
            +logoff() ->
                 mess_client ! logoff.
             
            -message(ToName, Message) ->
            -    case whereis(mess_client) of % Test if the client is running
            +message(ToName, Message) ->
            +    case whereis(mess_client) of % Test if the client is running
                     undefined ->
                         not_logged_on;
            -        _ -> mess_client ! #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message},
            +        _ -> mess_client ! #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message},
                          ok
             end.
             
            @@ -107,107 +107,107 @@
             
             %%% The client process which runs on each user node
             
            --module(mess_client).
            --export([client/2]).
            --include("mess_interface.hrl").
            -
            -client(Server_Node, Name) ->
            -    {messenger, Server_Node} ! #logon{client_pid=self(), username=Name},
            -    await_result(),
            -    client(Server_Node).
            +-module(mess_client).
            +-export([client/2]).
            +-include("mess_interface.hrl").
            +
            +client(Server_Node, Name) ->
            +    {messenger, Server_Node} ! #logon{client_pid=self(), username=Name},
            +    await_result(),
            +    client(Server_Node).
             
            -client(Server_Node) ->
            +client(Server_Node) ->
                 receive
                     logoff ->
            -            exit(normal);
            -        #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message} ->
            -            {messenger, Server_Node} !
            -                #message{client_pid=self(), to_name=ToName, message=Message},
            -            await_result();
            -        {message_from, FromName, Message} ->
            -            io:format("Message from ~p: ~p~n", [FromName, Message])
            +            exit(normal);
            +        #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message} ->
            +            {messenger, Server_Node} !
            +                #message{client_pid=self(), to_name=ToName, message=Message},
            +            await_result();
            +        {message_from, FromName, Message} ->
            +            io:format("Message from ~p: ~p~n", [FromName, Message])
                 end,
            -    client(Server_Node).
            +    client(Server_Node).
             
             %%% wait for a response from the server
            -await_result() ->
            +await_result() ->
                 receive
            -        #abort_client{message=Why} ->
            -            io:format("~p~n", [Why]),
            -            exit(normal);
            -        #server_reply{message=What} ->
            -            io:format("~p~n", [What])
            +        #abort_client{message=Why} ->
            +            io:format("~p~n", [Why]),
            +            exit(normal);
            +        #server_reply{message=What} ->
            +            io:format("~p~n", [What])
                 after 5000 ->
            -            io:format("No response from server~n", []),
            -            exit(timeout)
            +            io:format("No response from server~n", []),
            +            exit(timeout)
                 end.
             
             %%%----END FILE---
            %%%----FILE mess_server.erl----
             
             %%% This is the server process of the messenger service
             
            --module(mess_server).
            --export([start_server/0, server/0]).
            --include("mess_interface.hrl").
            -
            -server() ->
            -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            -    server([]).
            +-module(mess_server).
            +-export([start_server/0, server/0]).
            +-include("mess_interface.hrl").
            +
            +server() ->
            +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            +    server([]).
             
             %%% the user list has the format [{ClientPid1, Name1},{ClientPid22, Name2},...]
            -server(User_List) ->
            -    io:format("User list = ~p~n", [User_List]),
            +server(User_List) ->
            +    io:format("User list = ~p~n", [User_List]),
                 receive
            -        #logon{client_pid=From, username=Name} ->
            -            New_User_List = server_logon(From, Name, User_List),
            -            server(New_User_List);
            -        {'EXIT', From, _} ->
            -            New_User_List = server_logoff(From, User_List),
            -            server(New_User_List);
            -        #message{client_pid=From, to_name=To, message=Message} ->
            -            server_transfer(From, To, Message, User_List),
            -            server(User_List)
            +        #logon{client_pid=From, username=Name} ->
            +            New_User_List = server_logon(From, Name, User_List),
            +            server(New_User_List);
            +        {'EXIT', From, _} ->
            +            New_User_List = server_logoff(From, User_List),
            +            server(New_User_List);
            +        #message{client_pid=From, to_name=To, message=Message} ->
            +            server_transfer(From, To, Message, User_List),
            +            server(User_List)
                 end.
             
             %%% Start the server
            -start_server() ->
            -    register(messenger, spawn(?MODULE, server, [])).
            +start_server() ->
            +    register(messenger, spawn(?MODULE, server, [])).
             
             %%% Server adds a new user to the user list
            -server_logon(From, Name, User_List) ->
            +server_logon(From, Name, User_List) ->
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_functions.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
            --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_functions.xhtml"	2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000
            +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_functions.xhtml"	2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000
            @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@
             

            A function declaration is a sequence of function clauses separated by semicolons, and terminated by a period (.).

            A function clause consists of a clause head and a clause body, separated by ->.

            A clause head consists of the function name, an argument list, and an optional -guard sequence beginning with the keyword when:

            Name(Pattern11,...,Pattern1N) [when GuardSeq1] ->
            +guard sequence beginning with the keyword when:

            Name(Pattern11,...,Pattern1N) [when GuardSeq1] ->
                 Body1;
             ...;
            -Name(PatternK1,...,PatternKN) [when GuardSeqK] ->
            +Name(PatternK1,...,PatternKN) [when GuardSeqK] ->
                 BodyK.

            The function name is an atom. Each argument is a pattern.

            The number of arguments N is the arity of the function. A function is uniquely defined by the module name, function name, and arity. That is, two functions with the same name and in the same module, but with different arities @@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ mod:f/N.

            A clause body consists of a sequence of expressions separated by comma (,):

            Expr1,
             ...,
             ExprN

            Valid Erlang expressions and guard sequences are described in -Expressions.

            Example:

            fact(N) when N > 0 ->  % first clause head
            -    N * fact(N-1);     % first clause body
            +Expressions.

            Example:

            fact(N) when N > 0 ->  % first clause head
            +    N * fact(N-1);     % first clause body
             
            -fact(0) ->             % second clause head
            +fact(0) ->             % second clause head
                 1.                 % second clause body

            @@ -56,16 +56,16 @@ clause is found that fulfills both of the following two conditions:

            1. The patterns in the clause head can be successfully matched against the given arguments.
            2. The guard sequence, if any, is true.

            If such a clause cannot be found, a function_clause runtime error occurs.

            If such a clause is found, the corresponding clause body is evaluated. That is, the expressions in the body are evaluated sequentially and the value of the last -expression is returned.

            Consider the function fact:

            -module(mod).
            --export([fact/1]).
            +expression is returned.

            Consider the function fact:

            -module(mod).
            +-export([fact/1]).
             
            -fact(N) when N > 0 ->
            -    N * fact(N - 1);
            -fact(0) ->
            +fact(N) when N > 0 ->
            +    N * fact(N - 1);
            +fact(0) ->
                 1.

            Assume that you want to calculate the factorial for 1:

            1> mod:fact(1).

            Evaluation starts at the first clause. The pattern N is matched against argument 1. The matching succeeds and the guard (N > 0) is true, thus N is -bound to 1, and the corresponding body is evaluated:

            N * fact(N-1) => (N is bound to 1)
            -1 * fact(0)

            Now, fact(0) is called, and the function clauses are scanned +bound to 1, and the corresponding body is evaluated:

            N * fact(N-1) => (N is bound to 1)
            +1 * fact(0)

            Now, fact(0) is called, and the function clauses are scanned sequentially again. First, the pattern N is matched against 0. The matching succeeds, but the guard (N > 0) is false. Second, the pattern 0 is matched against the argument 0. The matching succeeds @@ -82,9 +82,9 @@ tail-recursive call is done. This is to ensure that no system resources, for example, call stack, are consumed. This means that an infinite loop using tail-recursive calls will not exhaust the call -stack and can (in principle) run forever.

            Example:

            loop(N) ->
            -    io:format("~w~n", [N]),
            -    loop(N+1).

            The earlier factorial example is a counter-example. It is not +stack and can (in principle) run forever.

            Example:

            loop(N) ->
            +    io:format("~w~n", [N]),
            +    loop(N+1).

            The earlier factorial example is a counter-example. It is not tail-recursive, since a multiplication is done on the result of the recursive call to fact(N-1).

            @@ -100,9 +100,9 @@ not need to be prefixed with the module name. Which BIFs that are auto-imported is specified in the erlang module in ERTS. For example, standard-type conversion BIFs like atom_to_list and BIFs allowed in guards can be called -without specifying the module name.

            Examples:

            1> tuple_size({a,b,c}).
            +without specifying the module name.

            Examples:

            1> tuple_size({a,b,c}).
             3
            -2> atom_to_list('Erlang').
            +2> atom_to_list('Erlang').
             "Erlang"
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_processes.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_processes.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_processes.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ Process Creation

            -

            A process is created by calling spawn():

            spawn(Module, Name, Args) -> pid()
            -  Module = Name = atom()
            -  Args = [Arg1,...,ArgN]
            -    ArgI = term()

            spawn() creates a new process and returns the pid.

            The new process starts executing in Module:Name(Arg1,...,ArgN) where the +

            A process is created by calling spawn():

            spawn(Module, Name, Args) -> pid()
            +  Module = Name = atom()
            +  Args = [Arg1,...,ArgN]
            +    ArgI = term()

            spawn() creates a new process and returns the pid.

            The new process starts executing in Module:Name(Arg1,...,ArgN) where the arguments are the elements of the (possible empty) Args argument list.

            There exist a number of different spawn BIFs:

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_records.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_records.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_records.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -32,9 +32,9 @@

            A record definition consists of the name of the record, followed by the field names of the record. Record and field names must be atoms. Each field can be given an optional default value. If no default value is supplied, undefined is -used.

            -record(Name, {Field1 [= Expr1],
            +used.

            -record(Name, {Field1 [= Expr1],
                            ...
            -               FieldN [= ExprN]}).

            The default value for a field is an arbitrary expression, except that it must + FieldN [= ExprN]}).

            The default value for a field is an arbitrary expression, except that it must not use any variables.

            A record definition can be placed anywhere among the attributes and function declarations of a module, but the definition must come before any usage of the record.

            If a record is used in several modules, it is recommended that the record @@ -52,24 +52,24 @@ default value instead.

            If several fields are to be assigned the same value, the following construction can be used:

            #Name{Field1=Expr1, ..., FieldK=ExprK, _=ExprL}

            Omitted fields then get the value of evaluating ExprL instead of their default values. This feature is primarily intended to be used to create patterns for ETS -and Mnesia match functions.

            Example:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
            +and Mnesia match functions.

            Example:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
             
            -lookup(Name, Tab) ->
            -    ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name=Name, _='_'}).

            +lookup(Name, Tab) -> + ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name=Name, _='_'}).

            Accessing Record Fields

            Expr#Name.Field

            Returns the value of the specified field. Expr is to evaluate to a Name -record.

            Example:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
            +record.

            Example:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
             
            -get_person_name(Person) ->
            +get_person_name(Person) ->
                 Person#person.name.

            The following expression returns the position of the specified field in the -tuple representation of the record:

            #Name.Field

            Example:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
            +tuple representation of the record:

            #Name.Field

            Example:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
             
            -lookup(Name, List) ->
            -    lists:keyfind(Name, #person.name, List).

            +lookup(Name, List) -> + lists:keyfind(Name, #person.name, List).

            @@ -87,13 +87,13 @@

            Since record expressions are expanded to tuple expressions, creating records and accessing record fields are allowed in guards. However, all subexpressions (for initializing fields), must be valid guard -expressions as well.

            Examples:

            handle(Msg, State) when Msg =:= #msg{to=void, no=3} ->
            +expressions as well.

            Examples:

            handle(Msg, State) when Msg =:= #msg{to=void, no=3} ->
                 ...
             
            -handle(Msg, State) when State#state.running =:= true ->
            -    ...

            There is also a type test BIF is_record(Term, RecordTag).

            Example:

            is_person(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
            +handle(Msg, State) when State#state.running =:= true ->
            +    ...

            There is also a type test BIF is_record(Term, RecordTag).

            Example:

            is_person(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
                 true;
            -is_person(_P) ->
            +is_person(_P) ->
                 false.

            @@ -107,11 +107,11 @@ Nested Records

            -

            Assume the following record definitions:

            -record(nrec0, {name = "nested0"}).
            --record(nrec1, {name = "nested1", nrec0=#nrec0{}}).
            --record(nrec2, {name = "nested2", nrec1=#nrec1{}}).
            +

            Assume the following record definitions:

            -record(nrec0, {name = "nested0"}).
            +-record(nrec1, {name = "nested1", nrec0=#nrec0{}}).
            +-record(nrec2, {name = "nested2", nrec1=#nrec1{}}).
             
            -N2 = #nrec2{},

            Accessing or updating nested records can be written without parentheses:

            "nested0" = N2#nrec2.nrec1#nrec1.nrec0#nrec0.name,
            +N2 = #nrec2{},

            Accessing or updating nested records can be written without parentheses:

            "nested0" = N2#nrec2.nrec1#nrec1.nrec0#nrec0.name,
                 N0n = N2#nrec2.nrec1#nrec1.nrec0#nrec0{name = "nested0a"},

            which is equivalent to:

            "nested0" = ((N2#nrec2.nrec1)#nrec1.nrec0)#nrec0.name,
             N0n = ((N2#nrec2.nrec1)#nrec1.nrec0)#nrec0{name = "nested0a"},

            Change

            Before Erlang/OTP R14, parentheses were necessary when accessing or updating nested records.

            @@ -121,9 +121,9 @@ Internal Representation of Records

            Record expressions are translated to tuple expressions during compilation. A -record defined as:

            -record(Name, {Field1, ..., FieldN}).

            is internally represented by the tuple:

            {Name, Value1, ..., ValueN}

            Here each ValueI is the default value for FieldI.

            To each module using records, a pseudo function is added during compilation to -obtain information about records:

            record_info(fields, Record) -> [Field]
            -record_info(size, Record) -> Size

            Size is the size of the tuple representation, that is, one more than the +record defined as:

            -record(Name, {Field1, ..., FieldN}).

            is internally represented by the tuple:

            {Name, Value1, ..., ValueN}

            Here each ValueI is the default value for FieldI.

            To each module using records, a pseudo function is added during compilation to +obtain information about records:

            record_info(fields, Record) -> [Field]
            +record_info(size, Record) -> Size

            Size is the size of the tuple representation, that is, one more than the number of fields.

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/release_handling.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/release_handling.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/release_handling.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -132,15 +132,15 @@ Instead, it is necessary to:

            • Suspend the processes using the module (to avoid that they try to handle any requests before the code replacement is completed).
            • Ask them to transform the internal state format and switch to the new version of the module.
            • Remove the old version.
            • Resume the processes.

            This is called synchronized code replacement and for this the following -instructions are used:

            {update, Module, {advanced, Extra}}
            -{update, Module, supervisor}

            update with argument {advanced,Extra} is used when changing the internal +instructions are used:

            {update, Module, {advanced, Extra}}
            +{update, Module, supervisor}

            update with argument {advanced,Extra} is used when changing the internal state of a behaviour as described above. It causes behaviour processes to call the callback function code_change/3, passing the term Extra and some other information as arguments. See the manual pages for the respective behaviours and Appup Cookbook.

            update with argument supervisor is used when changing the start specification of a supervisor. See Appup Cookbook.

            When a module is to be updated, the release handler finds which processes that are using the module by traversing the supervision tree of each running -application and checking all the child specifications:

            {Id, StartFunc, Restart, Shutdown, Type, Modules}

            A process uses a module if the name is listed in Modules in the child +application and checking all the child specifications:

            {Id, StartFunc, Restart, Shutdown, Type, Modules}

            A process uses a module if the name is listed in Modules in the child specification for the process.

            If Modules=dynamic, which is the case for event managers, the event manager process informs the release handler about the list of currently installed event handlers (gen_event), and it is checked if the module name is in this list @@ -152,10 +152,10 @@ add_module and delete_module

            -

            If a new module is introduced, the following instruction is used:

            {add_module, Module}

            This instruction loads module Module. When running Erlang in +

            If a new module is introduced, the following instruction is used:

            {add_module, Module}

            This instruction loads module Module. When running Erlang in embedded mode it is necessary to use this this instruction. It is not strictly required when running Erlang in interactive mode, since the -code server automatically searches for and loads unloaded modules.

            The opposite of add_module is delete_module, which unloads a module:

            {delete_module, Module}

            Any process, in any application, with Module as residence module, is +code server automatically searches for and loads unloaded modules.

            The opposite of add_module is delete_module, which unloads a module:

            {delete_module, Module}

            Any process, in any application, with Module as residence module, is killed when the instruction is evaluated. Therefore, the user must ensure that all such processes are terminated before deleting module Module to avoid a situation with failing supervisor restarts.

            @@ -236,13 +236,13 @@

            To define how to upgrade/downgrade between the current version and previous versions of an application, an application upgrade file, or in short .appup file is created. The file is to be called Application.appup, where -Application is the application name:

            {Vsn,
            - [{UpFromVsn1, InstructionsU1},
            +Application is the application name:

            {Vsn,
            + [{UpFromVsn1, InstructionsU1},
               ...,
            -  {UpFromVsnK, InstructionsUK}],
            - [{DownToVsn1, InstructionsD1},
            +  {UpFromVsnK, InstructionsUK}],
            + [{DownToVsn1, InstructionsD1},
               ...,
            -  {DownToVsnK, InstructionsDK}]}.
            • Vsn, a string, is the current version of the application, as defined in the + {DownToVsnK, InstructionsDK}]}.
            • Vsn, a string, is the current version of the application, as defined in the .app file.
            • Each UpFromVsn is a previous version of the application to upgrade from.
            • Each DownToVsn is a previous version of the application to downgrade to.
            • Each Instructions is a list of release handling instructions.

            UpFromVsn and DownToVsn can also be specified as regular expressions. For more information about the syntax and contents of the .appup file, see appup in SASL.

            Appup Cookbook includes examples of .appup files for @@ -250,52 +250,52 @@ Releases. Assume you want to add a function available/0 to server ch3, which returns the number of available channels (when trying out the example, make the change in a copy of the original -directory, to ensure that the first version is still available):

            -module(ch3).
            --behaviour(gen_server).
            +directory, to ensure that the first version is still available):

            -module(ch3).
            +-behaviour(gen_server).
             
            --export([start_link/0]).
            --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            --export([available/0]).
            --export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]).
            +-export([start_link/0]).
            +-export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            +-export([available/0]).
            +-export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]).
             
            -start_link() ->
            -    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []).
            +start_link() ->
            +    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []).
             
            -alloc() ->
            -    gen_server:call(ch3, alloc).
            +alloc() ->
            +    gen_server:call(ch3, alloc).
             
            -free(Ch) ->
            -    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).
            +free(Ch) ->
            +    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).
             
            -available() ->
            -    gen_server:call(ch3, available).
            +available() ->
            +    gen_server:call(ch3, available).
             
            -init(_Args) ->
            -    {ok, channels()}.
            +init(_Args) ->
            +    {ok, channels()}.
             
            -handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
            -    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
            -    {reply, Ch, Chs2};
            -handle_call(available, _From, Chs) ->
            -    N = available(Chs),
            -    {reply, N, Chs}.
            +handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
            +    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
            +    {reply, Ch, Chs2};
            +handle_call(available, _From, Chs) ->
            +    N = available(Chs),
            +    {reply, N, Chs}.
             
            -handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
            -    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
            -    {noreply, Chs2}.

            A new version of the ch_app.app file must now be created, where the version is -updated:

            {application, ch_app,
            - [{description, "Channel allocator"},
            -  {vsn, "2"},
            -  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
            -  {registered, [ch3]},
            -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
            -  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
            - ]}.

            To upgrade ch_app from "1" to "2" (and to downgrade from "2" to "1"), +handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) -> + Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs), + {noreply, Chs2}.

            A new version of the ch_app.app file must now be created, where the version is +updated:

            {application, ch_app,
            + [{description, "Channel allocator"},
            +  {vsn, "2"},
            +  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
            +  {registered, [ch3]},
            +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
            +  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
            + ]}.

            To upgrade ch_app from "1" to "2" (and to downgrade from "2" to "1"), you only need to load the new (old) version of the ch3 callback module. Create -the application upgrade file ch_app.appup in the ebin directory:

            {"2",
            - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}],
            - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}]
            -}.

            +the application upgrade file ch_app.appup in the ebin directory:

            {"2",
            + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}],
            + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}]
            +}.

            @@ -314,14 +314,14 @@ relup in SASL.

            Example, continued from the previous section: You have a new version "2" of ch_app and an .appup file. A new version of the .rel file is also needed. This time the file is called ch_rel-2.rel and the release version string is -changed from "A" to "B":

            {release,
            - {"ch_rel", "B"},
            - {erts, "14.2.5"},
            - [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
            -  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
            -  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
            -  {ch_app, "2"}]
            -}.

            Now the relup file can be generated:

            1> systools:make_relup("ch_rel-2", ["ch_rel-1"], ["ch_rel-1"]).
            +changed from "A" to "B":

            {release,
            + {"ch_rel", "B"},
            + {erts, "14.2.5"},
            + [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
            +  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
            +  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
            +  {ch_app, "2"}]
            +}.

            Now the relup file can be generated:

            1> systools:make_relup("ch_rel-2", ["ch_rel-1"], ["ch_rel-1"]).
             ok

            This generates a relup file with instructions for how to upgrade from version "A" ("ch_rel-1") to version "B" ("ch_rel-2") and how to downgrade from version "B" to version "A".

            Both the old and new versions of the .app and .rel files must be in the code @@ -342,17 +342,17 @@ packages. The release_handler module communicates with this process.

            Assuming there is an operational target system with installation root directory $ROOT, the release package with the new version of the release is to be copied to $ROOT/releases.

            First, unpack the release package. The files are then extracted from the -package:

            release_handler:unpack_release(ReleaseName) => {ok, Vsn}
            • ReleaseName is the name of the release package except the .tar.gz +package:

              release_handler:unpack_release(ReleaseName) => {ok, Vsn}
              • ReleaseName is the name of the release package except the .tar.gz extension.
              • Vsn is the version of the unpacked release, as defined in its .rel file.

              A directory $ROOT/lib/releases/Vsn is created, where the .rel file, the boot script start.boot, the system configuration file sys.config, and relup are placed. For applications with new version numbers, the application directories are placed under $ROOT/lib. Unchanged applications are not affected.

              An unpacked release can be installed. The release handler then evaluates the -instructions in relup, step by step:

              release_handler:install_release(Vsn) => {ok, FromVsn, []}

              If an error occurs during the installation, the system is rebooted using the old +instructions in relup, step by step:

              release_handler:install_release(Vsn) => {ok, FromVsn, []}

              If an error occurs during the installation, the system is rebooted using the old version of the release. If installation succeeds, the system is afterwards using the new version of the release, but if anything happens and the system is rebooted, it starts using the previous version again.

              To be made the default version, the newly installed release must be made permanent, which means the previous version becomes old:

              release_handler:make_permanent(Vsn) => ok

              The system keeps information about which versions are old and permanent in the -files $ROOT/releases/RELEASES and $ROOT/releases/start_erl.data.

              To downgrade from Vsn to FromVsn, install_release must be called again:

              release_handler:install_release(FromVsn) => {ok, Vsn, []}

              An installed, but not permanent, release can be removed. Information about the +files $ROOT/releases/RELEASES and $ROOT/releases/start_erl.data.

              To downgrade from Vsn to FromVsn, install_release must be called again:

              release_handler:install_release(FromVsn) => {ok, Vsn, []}

              An installed, but not permanent, release can be removed. Information about the release is then deleted from $ROOT/releases/RELEASES and the release-specific code, that is, the new application directories and the $ROOT/releases/Vsn directory, are removed.

              release_handler:remove_release(Vsn) => ok

              @@ -371,9 +371,9 @@ ...

            $ROOT is the installation directory of the target system.

            Step 3) In another Erlang shell, generate start scripts and create a release package for the new version "B". Remember to include (a possible updated) sys.config and the relup file. For more information, see -Release Upgrade File.

            1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-2").
            +Release Upgrade File.

            1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-2").
             ok
            -2> systools:make_tar("ch_rel-2").
            +2> systools:make_tar("ch_rel-2").
             ok

            The new release package now also contains version "2" of ch_app and the relup file:

            % tar tf ch_rel-2.tar
             lib/kernel-9.2.4/ebin/kernel.app
            @@ -394,23 +394,23 @@
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/release_structure.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
            --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/release_structure.xhtml"	2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000
            +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/release_structure.xhtml"	2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000
            @@ -45,29 +45,29 @@
             

            To define a release, create a release resource file, or in short a .rel file. In the file, specify the name and version of the release, which ERTS -version it is based on, and which applications it consists of:

            {release, {Name,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
            - [{Application1, AppVsn1},
            +version it is based on, and which applications it consists of:

            {release, {Name,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
            + [{Application1, AppVsn1},
                ...
            -  {ApplicationN, AppVsnN}]}.

            Name, Vsn, EVsn, and AppVsn are strings.

            The file must be named Rel.rel, where Rel is a unique name.

            Each Application (atom) and AppVsn is the name and version of an application + {ApplicationN, AppVsnN}]}.

            Name, Vsn, EVsn, and AppVsn are strings.

            The file must be named Rel.rel, where Rel is a unique name.

            Each Application (atom) and AppVsn is the name and version of an application included in the release. The minimal release based on Erlang/OTP consists of the Kernel and STDLIB applications, so these applications must be included in the list.

            If the release is to be upgraded, it must also include the SASL application.

            Here is an example showing the .app file for a release of ch_app from -the Applications section:

            {application, ch_app,
            - [{description, "Channel allocator"},
            -  {vsn, "1"},
            -  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
            -  {registered, [ch3]},
            -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
            -  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
            - ]}.

            The .rel file must also contain kernel, stdlib, and sasl, as these -applications are required by ch_app. The file is called ch_rel-1.rel:

            {release,
            - {"ch_rel", "A"},
            - {erts, "14.2.5"},
            - [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
            -  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
            -  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
            -  {ch_app, "1"}]
            -}.

            +the Applications section:

            {application, ch_app,
            + [{description, "Channel allocator"},
            +  {vsn, "1"},
            +  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
            +  {registered, [ch3]},
            +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
            +  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
            + ]}.

            The .rel file must also contain kernel, stdlib, and sasl, as these +applications are required by ch_app. The file is called ch_rel-1.rel:

            {release,
            + {"ch_rel", "A"},
            + {erts, "14.2.5"},
            + [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
            +  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
            +  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
            +  {ch_app, "1"}]
            +}.

            @@ -99,9 +99,9 @@

            The systools:make_tar/1,2 function takes a .rel file as input and creates a zipped tar file with the code for -the specified applications, a release package:

            1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-1").
            +the specified applications, a release package:

            1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-1").
             ok
            -2> systools:make_tar("ch_rel-1").
            +2> systools:make_tar("ch_rel-1").
             ok

            The release package by default contains:

            • The .app files
            • The .rel file
            • The object code for all applications, structured according to the application directory structure
            • The binary boot script renamed to start.boot
            % tar tf ch_rel-1.tar
             lib/kernel-9.2.4/ebin/kernel.app
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/robustness.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
            --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/robustness.xhtml"	2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000
            +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/robustness.xhtml"	2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000
            @@ -37,36 +37,36 @@
             "pong" so that "pong" can also finish. Another way to let "pong" finish is to
             make "pong" exit if it does not receive a message from ping within a certain
             time. This can be done by adding a time-out to pong as shown in the
            -following example:

            -module(tut19).
            +following example:

            -module(tut19).
             
            --export([start_ping/1, start_pong/0,  ping/2, pong/0]).
            +-export([start_ping/1, start_pong/0,  ping/2, pong/0]).
             
            -ping(0, Pong_Node) ->
            -    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
            +ping(0, Pong_Node) ->
            +    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
             
            -ping(N, Pong_Node) ->
            -    {pong, Pong_Node} ! {ping, self()},
            +ping(N, Pong_Node) ->
            +    {pong, Pong_Node} ! {ping, self()},
                 receive
                     pong ->
            -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
            +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
                 end,
            -    ping(N - 1, Pong_Node).
            +    ping(N - 1, Pong_Node).
             
            -pong() ->
            +pong() ->
                 receive
            -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                         Ping_PID ! pong,
            -            pong()
            +            pong()
                 after 5000 ->
            -            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
            +            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
                 end.
             
            -start_pong() ->
            -    register(pong, spawn(tut19, pong, [])).
            +start_pong() ->
            +    register(pong, spawn(tut19, pong, [])).
             
            -start_ping(Pong_Node) ->
            -    spawn(tut19, ping, [3, Pong_Node]).

            After this is compiled and the file tut19.beam is copied to the necessary +start_ping(Pong_Node) -> + spawn(tut19, ping, [3, Pong_Node]).

            After this is compiled and the file tut19.beam is copied to the necessary directories, the following is seen on (pong@kosken):

            (pong@kosken)1> tut19:start_pong().
             true
             Pong received ping
            @@ -77,20 +77,20 @@
             Ping received pong
             Ping received pong
             Ping received pong
            -ping finished

            The time-out is set in:

            pong() ->
            +ping finished

            The time-out is set in:

            pong() ->
                 receive
            -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                         Ping_PID ! pong,
            -            pong()
            +            pong()
                 after 5000 ->
            -            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
            +            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
                 end.

            The time-out (after 5000) is started when receive is entered. The time-out is canceled if {ping,Ping_PID} is received. If {ping,Ping_PID} is not received, the actions following the time-out are done after 5000 milliseconds. after must be last in the receive, that is, preceded by all other message reception specifications in the receive. It is also possible to call a -function that returned an integer for the time-out:

            after pong_timeout() ->

            In general, there are better ways than using time-outs to supervise parts of a +function that returned an integer for the time-out:

            after pong_timeout() ->

            In general, there are better ways than using time-outs to supervise parts of a distributed Erlang system. Time-outs are usually appropriate to supervise external events, for example, if you have expected a message from some external system within a specified time. For example, a time-out can be used to log a @@ -118,36 +118,36 @@ If one of the processes exits abnormally, all the processes in the transaction are killed. As it is often wanted to create a process and link to it at the same time, there is a special BIF, spawn_link that does the -same as spawn, but also creates a link to the spawned process.

            Now an example of the ping pong example using links to terminate "pong":

            -module(tut20).
            +same as spawn, but also creates a link to the spawned process.

            Now an example of the ping pong example using links to terminate "pong":

            -module(tut20).
             
            --export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
            +-export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
             
            -ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            -    link(Pong_Pid),
            -    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
            +ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            +    link(Pong_Pid),
            +    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
             
            -ping1(0, _) ->
            -    exit(ping);
            +ping1(0, _) ->
            +    exit(ping);
             
            -ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            -    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
            +ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            +    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
                 receive
                     pong ->
            -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
            +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
                 end,
            -    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
            +    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
             
            -pong() ->
            +pong() ->
                 receive
            -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                         Ping_PID ! pong,
            -            pong()
            +            pong()
                 end.
             
            -start(Ping_Node) ->
            -    PongPID = spawn(tut20, pong, []),
            -    spawn(Ping_Node, tut20, ping, [3, PongPID]).
            (s1@bill)3> tut20:start(s2@kosken).
            +start(Ping_Node) ->
            +    PongPID = spawn(tut20, pong, []),
            +    spawn(Ping_Node, tut20, ping, [3, PongPID]).
            (s1@bill)3> tut20:start(s2@kosken).
             Pong received ping
             <3820.41.0>
             Ping received pong
            @@ -161,45 +161,45 @@
             sent to "pong", which also terminates.

            It is possible to modify the default behaviour of a process so that it does not get killed when it receives abnormal exit signals. Instead, all signals are turned into normal messages on the format {'EXIT',FromPID,Reason} and added to -the end of the receiving process' message queue. This behaviour is set by:

            process_flag(trap_exit, true)

            There are several other process flags, see erlang(3). +the end of the receiving process' message queue. This behaviour is set by:

            process_flag(trap_exit, true)

            There are several other process flags, see erlang(3). Changing the default behaviour of a process in this way is usually not done in standard user programs, but is left to the supervisory programs in OTP. However, -the ping pong program is modified to illustrate exit trapping.

            -module(tut21).
            +the ping pong program is modified to illustrate exit trapping.

            -module(tut21).
             
            --export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
            +-export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
             
            -ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            -    link(Pong_Pid),
            -    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
            +ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            +    link(Pong_Pid),
            +    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
             
            -ping1(0, _) ->
            -    exit(ping);
            +ping1(0, _) ->
            +    exit(ping);
             
            -ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            -    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
            +ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            +    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
                 receive
                     pong ->
            -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
            +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
                 end,
            -    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
            +    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
             
            -pong() ->
            -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            -    pong1().
            +pong() ->
            +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            +    pong1().
             
            -pong1() ->
            +pong1() ->
                 receive
            -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                         Ping_PID ! pong,
            -            pong1();
            -        {'EXIT', From, Reason} ->
            -            io:format("pong exiting, got ~p~n", [{'EXIT', From, Reason}])
            +            pong1();
            +        {'EXIT', From, Reason} ->
            +            io:format("pong exiting, got ~p~n", [{'EXIT', From, Reason}])
                 end.
             
            -start(Ping_Node) ->
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/seq_prog.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
            --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/seq_prog.xhtml"	2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000
            +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/seq_prog.xhtml"	2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000
            @@ -45,13 +45,13 @@
             more editing commands in the shell (see
             tty - A command line interface in ERTS User's Guide).

            (Notice that many line numbers given by the shell in the following examples are out of sequence. This is because this tutorial was written and code-tested in -separate sessions).

            Here is a bit more complex calculation:

            2> (42 + 77) * 66 / 3.
            +separate sessions).

            Here is a bit more complex calculation:

            2> (42 + 77) * 66 / 3.
             2618.0

            Notice the use of brackets, the multiplication operator *, and the division operator /, as in normal arithmetic (see Expressions).

            Press Control-C to shut down the Erlang system and the Erlang shell.

            The following output is shown:

            BREAK: (a)bort (c)ontinue (p)roc info (i)nfo (l)oaded
                    (v)ersion (k)ill (D)b-tables (d)istribution
             a
            -$

            Type a to leave the Erlang system.

            Another way to shut down the Erlang system is by entering halt/0:

            3> halt().
            +$

            Type a to leave the Erlang system.

            Another way to shut down the Erlang system is by entering halt/0:

            3> halt().
             $

            @@ -65,55 +65,55 @@ editor has an Erlang mode that makes it easier for you to enter and format your code nicely (see The Erlang mode for Emacs in Tools User's Guide), but you can manage perfectly well without. Here is the -code to enter:

            -module(tut).
            --export([double/1]).
            +code to enter:

            -module(tut).
            +-export([double/1]).
             
            -double(X) ->
            +double(X) ->
                 2 * X.

            It is not hard to guess that this program doubles the value of numbers. The first two lines of the code are described later. Let us compile the program. -This can be done in an Erlang shell as follows, where c means compile:

            3> c(tut).
            -{ok,tut}

            The {ok,tut} means that the compilation is OK. If it says error it means +This can be done in an Erlang shell as follows, where c means compile:

            3> c(tut).
            +{ok,tut}

            The {ok,tut} means that the compilation is OK. If it says error it means that there is some mistake in the text that you entered. Additional error messages gives an idea to what is wrong so you can modify the text and then try -to compile the program again.

            Now run the program:

            4> tut:double(10).
            +to compile the program again.

            Now run the program:

            4> tut:double(10).
             20

            As expected, double of 10 is 20.

            Now let us get back to the first two lines of the code. Erlang programs are written in files. Each file contains an Erlang module. The first line of code -in the module is the module name (see Modules):

            -module(tut).

            Thus, the module is called tut. Notice the full stop . at the end of the +in the module is the module name (see Modules):

            -module(tut).

            Thus, the module is called tut. Notice the full stop . at the end of the line. The files which are used to store the module must have the same name as the module but with the extension .erl. In this case the file name is tut.erl. When using a function in another module, the syntax module_name:function_name(arguments) is used. So the following means call -function double in module tut with argument 10.

            4> tut:double(10).

            The second line says that the module tut contains a function called double, -which takes one argument (X in our example):

            -export([double/1]).

            The second line also says that this function can be called from outside the +function double in module tut with argument 10.

            4> tut:double(10).

            The second line says that the module tut contains a function called double, +which takes one argument (X in our example):

            -export([double/1]).

            The second line also says that this function can be called from outside the module tut. More about this later. Again, notice the . at the end of the line.

            Now for a more complicated example, the factorial of a number. For example, the -factorial of 4 is 4 3 2 * 1, which equals 24.

            Enter the following code in a file named tut1.erl:

            -module(tut1).
            --export([fac/1]).
            +factorial of 4 is 4  3  2 * 1, which equals 24.

            Enter the following code in a file named tut1.erl:

            -module(tut1).
            +-export([fac/1]).
             
            -fac(1) ->
            +fac(1) ->
                 1;
            -fac(N) ->
            -    N * fac(N - 1).

            So this is a module, called tut1 that contains a function called fac>, which -takes one argument, N.

            The first part says that the factorial of 1 is 1.:

            fac(1) ->
            +fac(N) ->
            +    N * fac(N - 1).

            So this is a module, called tut1 that contains a function called fac>, which +takes one argument, N.

            The first part says that the factorial of 1 is 1.:

            fac(1) ->
                 1;

            Notice that this part ends with a semicolon ; that indicates that there is more of the function fac> to come.

            The second part says that the factorial of N is N multiplied by the factorial of -N - 1:

            fac(N) ->
            -    N * fac(N - 1).

            Notice that this part ends with a . saying that there are no more parts of -this function.

            Compile the file:

            5> c(tut1).
            -{ok,tut1}

            And now calculate the factorial of 4.

            6> tut1:fac(4).
            +N - 1:

            fac(N) ->
            +    N * fac(N - 1).

            Notice that this part ends with a . saying that there are no more parts of +this function.

            Compile the file:

            5> c(tut1).
            +{ok,tut1}

            And now calculate the factorial of 4.

            6> tut1:fac(4).
             24

            Here the function fac> in module tut1 is called with argument 4.

            A function can have many arguments. Let us expand the module tut1 with the -function to multiply two numbers:

            -module(tut1).
            --export([fac/1, mult/2]).
            +function to multiply two numbers:

            -module(tut1).
            +-export([fac/1, mult/2]).
             
            -fac(1) ->
            +fac(1) ->
                 1;
            -fac(N) ->
            -    N * fac(N - 1).
            +fac(N) ->
            +    N * fac(N - 1).
             
            -mult(X, Y) ->
            +mult(X, Y) ->
                 X * Y.

            Notice that it is also required to expand the -export line with the -information that there is another function mult with two arguments.

            Compile:

            7> c(tut1).
            -{ok,tut1}

            Try out the new function mult:

            8> tut1:mult(3,4).
            +information that there is another function mult with two arguments.

            Compile:

            7> c(tut1).
            +{ok,tut1}

            Try out the new function mult:

            8> tut1:mult(3,4).
             12

            In this example the numbers are integers and the arguments in the functions in the code N, X, and Y are called variables. Variables must start with a capital letter (see Variables). Examples of @@ -127,56 +127,56 @@ Atom), for example, charles, centimeter, and inch. Atoms are simply names, nothing else. They are not like variables, which can have a value.

            Enter the next program in a file named tut2.erl). It can be useful for -converting from inches to centimeters and conversely:

            -module(tut2).
            --export([convert/2]).
            +converting from inches to centimeters and conversely:

            -module(tut2).
            +-export([convert/2]).
             
            -convert(M, inch) ->
            +convert(M, inch) ->
                 M / 2.54;
             
            -convert(N, centimeter) ->
            -    N * 2.54.

            Compile:

            9> c(tut2).
            -{ok,tut2}

            Test:

            10> tut2:convert(3, inch).
            +convert(N, centimeter) ->
            +    N * 2.54.

            Compile:

            9> c(tut2).
            +{ok,tut2}

            Test:

            10> tut2:convert(3, inch).
             1.1811023622047243
            -11> tut2:convert(7, centimeter).
            +11> tut2:convert(7, centimeter).
             17.78

            Notice the introduction of decimals (floating point numbers) without any explanation. Hopefully you can cope with that.

            Let us see what happens if something other than centimeter or inch is -entered in the convert function:

            12> tut2:convert(3, miles).
            +entered in the convert function:

            12> tut2:convert(3, miles).
             ** exception error: no function clause matching tut2:convert(3,miles) (tut2.erl, line 4)

            The two parts of the convert function are called its clauses. As shown, miles is not part of either of the clauses. The Erlang system cannot match either of the clauses so an error message function_clause is returned. The shell formats the error message nicely, but the error tuple is saved in the -shell's history list and can be output by the shell command v/1:

            13> v(12).
            -{'EXIT',{function_clause,[{tut2,convert,
            -                                [3,miles],
            -                                [{file,"tut2.erl"},{line,4}]},
            -                          {erl_eval,do_apply,6,
            -                                    [{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,677}]},
            -                          {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,687}]},
            -                          {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,642}]},
            -                          {shell,eval_loop,3,
            -                                 [{file,"shell.erl"},{line,627}]}]}}

            +shell's history list and can be output by the shell command v/1:

            13> v(12).
            +{'EXIT',{function_clause,[{tut2,convert,
            +                                [3,miles],
            +                                [{file,"tut2.erl"},{line,4}]},
            +                          {erl_eval,do_apply,6,
            +                                    [{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,677}]},
            +                          {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,687}]},
            +                          {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,642}]},
            +                          {shell,eval_loop,3,
            +                                 [{file,"shell.erl"},{line,627}]}]}}

            Tuples

            -

            Now the tut2 program is hardly good programming style. Consider:

            tut2:convert(3, inch).

            Does this mean that 3 is in inches? Or does it mean that 3 is in centimeters and +

            Now the tut2 program is hardly good programming style. Consider:

            tut2:convert(3, inch).

            Does this mean that 3 is in inches? Or does it mean that 3 is in centimeters and is to be converted to inches? Erlang has a way to group things together to make things more understandable. These are called tuples and are surrounded by curly brackets, { and }.

            So, {inch,3} denotes 3 inches and {centimeter,5} denotes 5 centimeters. Now let us write a new program that converts centimeters to inches and conversely. -Enter the following code in a file called tut3.erl):

            -module(tut3).
            --export([convert_length/1]).
            +Enter the following code in a file called tut3.erl):

            -module(tut3).
            +-export([convert_length/1]).
             
            -convert_length({centimeter, X}) ->
            -    {inch, X / 2.54};
            -convert_length({inch, Y}) ->
            -    {centimeter, Y * 2.54}.

            Compile and test:

            14> c(tut3).
            -{ok,tut3}
            -15> tut3:convert_length({inch, 5}).
            -{centimeter,12.7}
            -16> tut3:convert_length(tut3:convert_length({inch, 5})).
            -{inch,5.0}

            Notice on line 16 that 5 inches is converted to centimeters and back again and +convert_length({centimeter, X}) -> + {inch, X / 2.54}; +convert_length({inch, Y}) -> + {centimeter, Y * 2.54}.

            Compile and test:

            14> c(tut3).
            +{ok,tut3}
            +15> tut3:convert_length({inch, 5}).
            +{centimeter,12.7}
            +16> tut3:convert_length(tut3:convert_length({inch, 5})).
            +{inch,5.0}

            Notice on line 16 that 5 inches is converted to centimeters and back again and reassuringly get back to the original value. That is, the argument to a function can be the result of another function. Consider how line 16 (above) works. The argument given to the function {inch,5} is first matched against the first @@ -185,9 +185,9 @@ before the ->). This having failed, let us try the head of the next clause that is, convert_length({inch,Y}). This matches, and Y gets the value 5.

            Tuples can have more than two parts, in fact as many parts as you want, and contain any valid Erlang term. For example, to represent the temperature of -various cities of the world:

            {moscow, {c, -10}}
            -{cape_town, {f, 70}}
            -{paris, {f, 28}}

            Tuples have a fixed number of items in them. Each item in a tuple is called an +various cities of the world:

            {moscow, {c, -10}}
            +{cape_town, {f, 70}}
            +{paris, {f, 28}}

            Tuples have a fixed number of items in them. Each item in a tuple is called an element. In the tuple {moscow,{c,-10}}, element 1 is moscow and element 2 is {c,-10}. Here c represents Celsius and f Fahrenheit.

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/spec_proc.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/spec_proc.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/spec_proc.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -32,64 +32,64 @@

            The sys module has functions for simple debugging of processes implemented using behaviours. The code_lock example from -gen_statem Behaviour is used to illustrate this:

            Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.0] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit]
            +gen_statem Behaviour is used to illustrate this:

            Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.0] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit]
             
            -Eshell V15.0 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
            -1> code_lock:start_link([1,2,3,4]).
            +Eshell V15.0 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
            +1> code_lock:start_link([1,2,3,4]).
             Lock
            -{ok,<0.90.0>}
            -2> sys:statistics(code_lock, true).
            +{ok,<0.90.0>}
            +2> sys:statistics(code_lock, true).
             ok
            -3> sys:trace(code_lock, true).
            +3> sys:trace(code_lock, true).
             ok
            -4> code_lock:button(1).
            -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,1} in state locked
            +4> code_lock:button(1).
            +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,1} in state locked
             ok
            -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,1} in state locked
            -5> code_lock:button(2).
            -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,2} in state locked
            +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,1} in state locked
            +5> code_lock:button(2).
            +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,2} in state locked
             ok
            -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,2} in state locked
            -6> code_lock:button(3).
            -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,3} in state locked
            +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,2} in state locked
            +6> code_lock:button(3).
            +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,3} in state locked
             ok
            -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,3} in state locked
            -7> code_lock:button(4).
            -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,4} in state locked
            +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,3} in state locked
            +7> code_lock:button(4).
            +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,4} in state locked
             ok
             Unlock
            -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,4} in state locked => open
            -*DBG* code_lock start_timer {state_timeout,10000,lock,[]} in state open
            +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,4} in state locked => open
            +*DBG* code_lock start_timer {state_timeout,10000,lock,[]} in state open
             *DBG* code_lock receive state_timeout lock in state open
             Lock
             *DBG* code_lock consume state_timeout lock in state open => locked
            -8> sys:statistics(code_lock, get).
            -{ok,[{start_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,1}}},
            -     {current_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,48}}},
            -     {reductions,4098},
            -     {messages_in,5},
            -     {messages_out,0}]}
            -9> sys:statistics(code_lock, false).
            +8> sys:statistics(code_lock, get).
            +{ok,[{start_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,1}}},
            +     {current_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,48}}},
            +     {reductions,4098},
            +     {messages_in,5},
            +     {messages_out,0}]}
            +9> sys:statistics(code_lock, false).
             ok
            -10> sys:trace(code_lock, false).
            +10> sys:trace(code_lock, false).
             ok
            -11> sys:get_status(code_lock).
            -{status,<0.90.0>,
            -        {module,gen_statem},
            -        [[{'$initial_call',{code_lock,init,1}},
            -          {'$ancestors',[<0.88.0>,<0.87.0>,<0.70.0>,<0.65.0>,<0.69.0>,
            -                         <0.64.0>,kernel_sup,<0.47.0>]}],
            -         running,<0.88.0>,[],
            -         [{header,"Status for state machine code_lock"},
            -          {data,[{"Status",running},
            -                 {"Parent",<0.88.0>},
            -                 {"Modules",[code_lock]},
            -                 {"Time-outs",{0,[]}},
            -                 {"Logged Events",[]},
            -                 {"Postponed",[]}]},
            -          {data,[{"State",
            -                  {locked,#{code => [1,2,3,4],
            -                            length => 4,buttons => []}}}]}]]}

            +11> sys:get_status(code_lock). +{status,<0.90.0>, + {module,gen_statem}, + [[{'$initial_call',{code_lock,init,1}}, + {'$ancestors',[<0.88.0>,<0.87.0>,<0.70.0>,<0.65.0>,<0.69.0>, + <0.64.0>,kernel_sup,<0.47.0>]}], + running,<0.88.0>,[], + [{header,"Status for state machine code_lock"}, + {data,[{"Status",running}, + {"Parent",<0.88.0>}, + {"Modules",[code_lock]}, + {"Time-outs",{0,[]}}, + {"Logged Events",[]}, + {"Postponed",[]}]}, + {data,[{"State", + {locked,#{code => [1,2,3,4], + length => 4,buttons => []}}}]}]]}

            @@ -107,109 +107,109 @@

            Here follows the simple server from Overview, -implemented using sys and proc_lib to fit into a supervision tree:

            -module(ch4).
            --export([start_link/0]).
            --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            --export([init/1]).
            --export([system_continue/3, system_terminate/4,
            +implemented using sys and proc_lib to fit into a supervision tree:

            -module(ch4).
            +-export([start_link/0]).
            +-export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            +-export([init/1]).
            +-export([system_continue/3, system_terminate/4,
                      write_debug/3,
            -         system_get_state/1, system_replace_state/2]).
            +         system_get_state/1, system_replace_state/2]).
             
            -start_link() ->
            -    proc_lib:start_link(ch4, init, [self()]).
            +start_link() ->
            +    proc_lib:start_link(ch4, init, [self()]).
             
            -alloc() ->
            -    ch4 ! {self(), alloc},
            +alloc() ->
            +    ch4 ! {self(), alloc},
                 receive
            -        {ch4, Res} ->
            +        {ch4, Res} ->
                         Res
                 end.
             
            -free(Ch) ->
            -    ch4 ! {free, Ch},
            +free(Ch) ->
            +    ch4 ! {free, Ch},
                 ok.
             
            -init(Parent) ->
            -    register(ch4, self()),
            -    Chs = channels(),
            -    Deb = sys:debug_options([]),
            -    proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()}),
            -    loop(Chs, Parent, Deb).
            +init(Parent) ->
            +    register(ch4, self()),
            +    Chs = channels(),
            +    Deb = sys:debug_options([]),
            +    proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()}),
            +    loop(Chs, Parent, Deb).
             
            -loop(Chs, Parent, Deb) ->
            +loop(Chs, Parent, Deb) ->
                 receive
            -        {From, alloc} ->
            -            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
            -                                    ch4, {in, alloc, From}),
            -            {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
            -            From ! {ch4, Ch},
            -            Deb3 = sys:handle_debug(Deb2, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
            -                                    ch4, {out, {ch4, Ch}, From}),
            -            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb3);
            -        {free, Ch} ->
            -            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
            -                                    ch4, {in, {free, Ch}}),
            -            Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
            -            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb2);
            -
            -        {system, From, Request} ->
            -            sys:handle_system_msg(Request, From, Parent,
            -                                  ch4, Deb, Chs)
            +        {From, alloc} ->
            +            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
            +                                    ch4, {in, alloc, From}),
            +            {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
            +            From ! {ch4, Ch},
            +            Deb3 = sys:handle_debug(Deb2, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
            +                                    ch4, {out, {ch4, Ch}, From}),
            +            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb3);
            +        {free, Ch} ->
            +            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
            +                                    ch4, {in, {free, Ch}}),
            +            Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
            +            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb2);
            +
            +        {system, From, Request} ->
            +            sys:handle_system_msg(Request, From, Parent,
            +                                  ch4, Deb, Chs)
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/statem.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
            --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/statem.xhtml"	2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000
            +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/statem.xhtml"	2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000
            @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
             a state transition and the output is actions executed during
             the state transition.  Analogously to the mathematical model
             of a Finite State Machine, it can be described as a set of relations
            -of the following form:

            State(S) x Event(E) -> Actions(A), State(S')

            These relations are interpreted as follows: if we are in state S, +of the following form:

            State(S) x Event(E) -> Actions(A), State(S')

            These relations are interpreted as follows: if we are in state S, and event E occurs, we are to perform actions A, and make a transition to state S'. Notice that S' can be equal to S, and that A can be empty.

            In gen_statem we define a state change as a state transition in which the @@ -314,12 +314,12 @@ mode, automatically call the state callback with special arguments whenever the state changes, so you can write state enter actions near the rest of the state transition rules. -It typically looks like this:

            StateName(enter, OldState, Data) ->
            +It typically looks like this:

            StateName(enter, OldState, Data) ->
                 ... code for state enter actions here ...
            -    {keep_state, NewData};
            -StateName(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
            +    {keep_state, NewData};
            +StateName(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
                 ... code for actions here ...
            -    {next_state, NewStateName, NewData}.

            Since the state enter call is not an event there are restrictions on the + {next_state, NewStateName, NewData}.

            Since the state enter call is not an event there are restrictions on the allowed return value and state transition actions. You must not change the state, postpone this non-event, insert any events, or change the @@ -408,55 +408,55 @@ open --> open : {button, Digit} open --> locked : state_timeout\n* do_lock()

            This code lock state machine can be implemented using gen_statem with -the following callback module:

            -module(code_lock).
            --behaviour(gen_statem).
            --define(NAME, code_lock).
            +the following callback module:

            -module(code_lock).
            +-behaviour(gen_statem).
            +-define(NAME, code_lock).
             
            --export([start_link/1]).
            --export([button/1]).
            --export([init/1,callback_mode/0,terminate/3]).
            --export([locked/3,open/3]).
            -
            -start_link(Code) ->
            -    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
            -
            -button(Button) ->
            -    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).
            -
            -init(Code) ->
            -    do_lock(),
            -    Data = #{code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
            -    {ok, locked, Data}.
            -
            -callback_mode() ->
            -    state_functions.
            locked(
            -  cast, {button,Button},
            -  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
            +-export([start_link/1]).
            +-export([button/1]).
            +-export([init/1,callback_mode/0,terminate/3]).
            +-export([locked/3,open/3]).
            +
            +start_link(Code) ->
            +    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
            +
            +button(Button) ->
            +    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).
            +
            +init(Code) ->
            +    do_lock(),
            +    Data = #{code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
            +    {ok, locked, Data}.
            +
            +callback_mode() ->
            +    state_functions.
            locked(
            +  cast, {button,Button},
            +  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
                 NewButtons =
                     if
            -            length(Buttons) < Length ->
            +            length(Buttons) < Length ->
                             Buttons;
                         true ->
            -                tl(Buttons)
            -        end ++ [Button],
            +                tl(Buttons)
            +        end ++ [Button],
                 if
                     NewButtons =:= Code -> % Correct
            -	    do_unlock(),
            -            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
            -             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
            +	    do_unlock(),
            +            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
            +             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
             	true -> % Incomplete | Incorrect
            -            {next_state, locked, Data#{buttons := NewButtons}}
            -    end.
            open(state_timeout, lock,  Data) ->
            -    do_lock(),
            -    {next_state, locked, Data};
            -open(cast, {button,_}, Data) ->
            -    {next_state, open, Data}.
            do_lock() ->
            -    io:format("Lock~n", []).
            -do_unlock() ->
            -    io:format("Unlock~n", []).
            +            {next_state, locked, Data#{buttons := NewButtons}}
            +    end.
            open(state_timeout, lock,  Data) ->
            +    do_lock(),
            +    {next_state, locked, Data};
            +open(cast, {button,_}, Data) ->
            +    {next_state, open, Data}.
            do_lock() ->
            +    io:format("Lock~n", []).
            +do_unlock() ->
            +    io:format("Unlock~n", []).
             
            -terminate(_Reason, State, _Data) ->
            -    State =/= locked andalso do_lock(),
            +terminate(_Reason, State, _Data) ->
            +    State =/= locked andalso do_lock(),
                 ok.

            The code is explained in the next sections.

            @@ -464,8 +464,8 @@ Starting gen_statem

            In the example in the previous section, gen_statem is started by calling -code_lock:start_link(Code):

            start_link(Code) ->
            -    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).

            start_link/1 calls function gen_statem:start_link/4, +code_lock:start_link(Code):

            start_link(Code) ->
            +    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).

            start_link/1 calls function gen_statem:start_link/4, which spawns and links to a new process, a gen_statem.

            • The first argument, {local,?NAME}, specifies the name. In this case, the gen_statem is locally registered as code_lock through the macro ?NAME.

              If the name is omitted, the gen_statem is not registered. Instead its pid must be used. The name can also be specified as {global, Name}, then the @@ -483,10 +483,10 @@ Data is the internal server data of the gen_statem. Here the server data is a map() with key code that stores the correct button sequence, key length store its length, and key buttons -that stores the collected buttons up to the same length.

              init(Code) ->
              -    do_lock(),
              -    Data = #{code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
              -    {ok, locked, Data}.

              Function gen_statem:start_link/3,4 +that stores the collected buttons up to the same length.

              init(Code) ->
              +    do_lock(),
              +    Data = #{code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
              +    {ok, locked, Data}.

              Function gen_statem:start_link/3,4 is synchronous. It does not return until the gen_statem is initialized and is ready to receive events.

              Function gen_statem:start_link/3,4 must be used if the gen_statem is part of a supervision tree, that is, @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ a standalone gen_statem, meaning it is not part of a supervision tree.

              Function Module:callback_mode/0 selects the CallbackMode for the callback module, in this case state_functions. -That is, each state has its own handler function:

              callback_mode() ->
              +That is, each state has its own handler function:

              callback_mode() ->
                   state_functions.

              @@ -503,8 +503,8 @@ Handling Events

              The function notifying the code lock about a button event is implemented using -gen_statem:cast/2:

              button(Button) ->
              -    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).

              The first argument is the name of the gen_statem and must agree with +gen_statem:cast/2:

              button(Button) ->
              +    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).

              The first argument is the name of the gen_statem and must agree with the name used to start it. So, we use the same macro ?NAME as when starting. {button, Button} is the event content.

              The event is sent to the gen_statem. When the event is received, the gen_statem calls StateName(cast, Event, Data), which is expected @@ -512,30 +512,30 @@ {next_state, NewStateName, NewData, Actions}. StateName is the name of the current state and NewStateName is the name of the next state. NewData is a new value for the server data of the gen_statem, -and Actions is a list of actions to be performed by the gen_statem engine.

              locked(
              -  cast, {button,Button},
              -  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
              +and Actions is a list of actions to be performed by the gen_statem engine.

              locked(
              +  cast, {button,Button},
              +  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
                   NewButtons =
                       if
              -            length(Buttons) < Length ->
              +            length(Buttons) < Length ->
                               Buttons;
                           true ->
              -                tl(Buttons)
              -        end ++ [Button],
              +                tl(Buttons)
              +        end ++ [Button],
                   if
                       NewButtons =:= Code -> % Correct
              -	    do_unlock(),
              -            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
              -             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
              +	    do_unlock(),
              +            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
              +             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
               	true -> % Incomplete | Incorrect
              -            {next_state, locked, Data#{buttons := NewButtons}}
              /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/sup_princ.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
              --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/sup_princ.xhtml"	2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000
              +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/sup_princ.xhtml"	2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000
              @@ -37,24 +37,24 @@
                 Example
               

            The callback module for a supervisor starting the server from -gen_server Behaviour can look as follows:

            -module(ch_sup).
            --behaviour(supervisor).
            +gen_server Behaviour can look as follows:

            -module(ch_sup).
            +-behaviour(supervisor).
             
            --export([start_link/0]).
            --export([init/1]).
            +-export([start_link/0]).
            +-export([init/1]).
             
            -start_link() ->
            -    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).
            +start_link() ->
            +    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).
             
            -init(_Args) ->
            -    SupFlags = #{strategy => one_for_one, intensity => 1, period => 5},
            -    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
            -                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
            +init(_Args) ->
            +    SupFlags = #{strategy => one_for_one, intensity => 1, period => 5},
            +    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
            +                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
                                 restart => permanent,
                                 shutdown => brutal_kill,
                                 type => worker,
            -                    modules => [ch3]}],
            -    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

            The SupFlags variable in the return value from init/1 represents the + modules => [ch3]}], + {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

            The SupFlags variable in the return value from init/1 represents the supervisor flags.

            The ChildSpecs variable in the return value from init/1 is a list of child specifications.

            @@ -62,15 +62,15 @@ Supervisor Flags

            -

            This is the type definition for the supervisor flags:

            sup_flags() = #{strategy => strategy(),           % optional
            -                intensity => non_neg_integer(),   % optional
            -                period => pos_integer(),          % optional
            -                auto_shutdown => auto_shutdown()} % optional
            -    strategy() = one_for_all
            +

            This is the type definition for the supervisor flags:

            sup_flags() = #{strategy => strategy(),           % optional
            +                intensity => non_neg_integer(),   % optional
            +                period => pos_integer(),          % optional
            +                auto_shutdown => auto_shutdown()} % optional
            +    strategy() = one_for_all
                            | one_for_one
                            | rest_for_one
                            | simple_one_for_one
            -    auto_shutdown() = never
            +    auto_shutdown() = never
                                 | any_significant
                                 | all_significant

            -

            The type definition for a child specification is as follows:

            child_spec() = #{id => child_id(),             % mandatory
            -                 start => mfargs(),            % mandatory
            -                 restart => restart(),         % optional
            -                 significant => significant(), % optional
            -                 shutdown => shutdown(),       % optional
            -                 type => worker(),             % optional
            -                 modules => modules()}         % optional
            -    child_id() = term()
            -    mfargs() = {M :: module(), F :: atom(), A :: [term()]}
            -    modules() = [module()] | dynamic
            -    restart() = permanent | transient | temporary
            -    significant() = boolean()
            -    shutdown() = brutal_kill | timeout()
            -    worker() = worker | supervisor
            • id is used to identify the child specification internally by the supervisor.

              The id key is mandatory.

              Note that this identifier occasionally has been called "name". As far as +

              The type definition for a child specification is as follows:

              child_spec() = #{id => child_id(),             % mandatory
              +                 start => mfargs(),            % mandatory
              +                 restart => restart(),         % optional
              +                 significant => significant(), % optional
              +                 shutdown => shutdown(),       % optional
              +                 type => worker(),             % optional
              +                 modules => modules()}         % optional
              +    child_id() = term()
              +    mfargs() = {M :: module(), F :: atom(), A :: [term()]}
              +    modules() = [module()] | dynamic
              +    restart() = permanent | transient | temporary
              +    significant() = boolean()
              +    shutdown() = brutal_kill | timeout()
              +    worker() = worker | supervisor
              • id is used to identify the child specification internally by the supervisor.

                The id key is mandatory.

                Note that this identifier occasionally has been called "name". As far as possible, the terms "identifier" or "id" are now used but in order to keep backwards compatibility, some occurrences of "name" can still be found, for example in error messages.

              • start defines the function call used to start the child process. It is a @@ -366,32 +366,32 @@ name of the callback module.

              This information is used by the release handler during upgrades and downgrades; see Release Handling.

              The modules key is optional. If it is not given, it defaults to [M], where M comes from the child's start {M,F,A}.

            Example: The child specification to start the server ch3 in the previous -example look as follows:

            #{id => ch3,
            -  start => {ch3, start_link, []},
            +example look as follows:

            #{id => ch3,
            +  start => {ch3, start_link, []},
               restart => permanent,
               shutdown => brutal_kill,
               type => worker,
            -  modules => [ch3]}

            or simplified, relying on the default values:

            #{id => ch3,
            +  modules => [ch3]}

            or simplified, relying on the default values:

            #{id => ch3,
               start => {ch3, start_link, []},
               shutdown => brutal_kill}

            Example: A child specification to start the event manager from the chapter about -gen_event:

            #{id => error_man,
            -  start => {gen_event, start_link, [{local, error_man}]},
            -  modules => dynamic}

            Both server and event manager are registered processes which can be expected to +gen_event:

            #{id => error_man,
            +  start => {gen_event, start_link, [{local, error_man}]},
            +  modules => dynamic}

            Both server and event manager are registered processes which can be expected to be always accessible. Thus they are specified to be permanent.

            ch3 does not need to do any cleaning up before termination. Thus, no shutdown time is needed, but brutal_kill is sufficient. error_man can need some time for the event handlers to clean up, thus the shutdown time is set to 5000 ms -(which is the default value).

            Example: A child specification to start another supervisor:

            #{id => sup,
            -  start => {sup, start_link, []},
            +(which is the default value).

            Example: A child specification to start another supervisor:

            #{id => sup,
            +  start => {sup, start_link, []},
               restart => transient,
            -  type => supervisor} % will cause default shutdown=>infinity

            + type => supervisor} % will cause default shutdown=>infinity

            Starting a Supervisor

            In the previous example, the supervisor is started by calling -ch_sup:start_link():

            start_link() ->
            -    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).

            ch_sup:start_link calls function supervisor:start_link/2, which spawns and +ch_sup:start_link():

            start_link() ->
            +    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).

            ch_sup:start_link calls function supervisor:start_link/2, which spawns and links to a new process, a supervisor.

            • The first argument, ch_sup, is the name of the callback module, that is, the module where the init callback function is located.
            • The second argument, [], is a term that is passed as is to the callback function init. Here, init does not need any data and ignores the argument.

            In this case, the supervisor is not registered. Instead its pid must be used. A @@ -399,12 +399,12 @@ supervisor:start_link({local, Name}, Module, Args) or supervisor:start_link({global, Name}, Module, Args).

            The new supervisor process calls the callback function ch_sup:init([]). init -has to return {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}:

            init(_Args) ->
            -    SupFlags = #{},
            -    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
            -                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
            -                    shutdown => brutal_kill}],
            -    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

            Subsequently, the supervisor starts its child processes according to the child +has to return {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}:

            init(_Args) ->
            +    SupFlags = #{},
            +    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
            +                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
            +                    shutdown => brutal_kill}],
            +    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

            Subsequently, the supervisor starts its child processes according to the child specifications in the start specification. In this case there is a single child process, called ch3.

            supervisor:start_link/3 is synchronous. It does not return until all child processes have been started.

            @@ -441,23 +441,23 @@

            A supervisor with restart strategy simple_one_for_one is a simplified one_for_one supervisor, where all child processes are dynamically added instances of the same process.

            The following is an example of a callback module for a simple_one_for_one -supervisor:

            -module(simple_sup).
            --behaviour(supervisor).
            +supervisor:

            -module(simple_sup).
            +-behaviour(supervisor).
             
            --export([start_link/0]).
            --export([init/1]).
            +-export([start_link/0]).
            +-export([init/1]).
             
            -start_link() ->
            -    supervisor:start_link(simple_sup, []).
            +start_link() ->
            +    supervisor:start_link(simple_sup, []).
             
            -init(_Args) ->
            -    SupFlags = #{strategy => simple_one_for_one,
            +init(_Args) ->
            +    SupFlags = #{strategy => simple_one_for_one,
                              intensity => 0,
            -                 period => 1},
            -    ChildSpecs = [#{id => call,
            -                    start => {call, start_link, []},
            -                    shutdown => brutal_kill}],
            -    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

            When started, the supervisor does not start any child + period => 1}, + ChildSpecs = [#{id => call, + start => {call, start_link, []}, + shutdown => brutal_kill}], + {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

            When started, the supervisor does not start any child processes. Instead, all child processes need to be added dynamically by calling supervisor:start_child(Sup, List).

            Sup is the pid, or name, of the supervisor. List is an arbitrary list of terms, which are added to the list of arguments specified in the child /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/tablesdatabases.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/tablesdatabases.xhtml" 2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/tablesdatabases.xhtml" 2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000 @@ -55,11 +55,11 @@

            The delete operation is considered successful if the element was not present in the table. Hence all attempts to check that the element is present in the Ets/Mnesia table before deletion are unnecessary. Here follows an example for -Ets tables:

            DO

            ets:delete(Tab, Key),

            DO NOT

            case ets:lookup(Tab, Key) of
            -    [] ->
            +Ets tables:

            DO

            ets:delete(Tab, Key),

            DO NOT

            case ets:lookup(Tab, Key) of
            +    [] ->
                     ok;
            -    [_|_] ->
            -        ets:delete(Tab, Key)
            +    [_|_] ->
            +        ets:delete(Tab, Key)
             end,

            @@ -71,49 +71,49 @@ functions print_name/1, print_age/1, and print_occupation/1.

            Note

            If the function print_name/1, and so on, had been interface functions, the situation would have been different, as you do not want the user of the interface to know about the internal data representation.

            DO

            %%% Interface function
            -print_person(PersonId) ->
            +print_person(PersonId) ->
                 %% Look up the person in the named table person,
            -    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
            -        [Person] ->
            -            print_name(Person),
            -            print_age(Person),
            -            print_occupation(Person);
            -        [] ->
            -            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
            +    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
            +        [Person] ->
            +            print_name(Person),
            +            print_age(Person),
            +            print_occupation(Person);
            +        [] ->
            +            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
                 end.
             
             %%% Internal functions
            -print_name(Person) ->
            -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]).
            +print_name(Person) ->
            +    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]).
             
            -print_age(Person) ->
            -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]).
            +print_age(Person) ->
            +    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]).
             
            -print_occupation(Person) ->
            -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

            DO NOT

            %%% Interface function
            -print_person(PersonId) ->
            +print_occupation(Person) ->
            +    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

            DO NOT

            %%% Interface function
            +print_person(PersonId) ->
                 %% Look up the person in the named table person,
            -    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
            -        [Person] ->
            -            print_name(PersonID),
            -            print_age(PersonID),
            -            print_occupation(PersonID);
            -        [] ->
            -            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
            +    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
            +        [Person] ->
            +            print_name(PersonID),
            +            print_age(PersonID),
            +            print_occupation(PersonID);
            +        [] ->
            +            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
                 end.
             
             %%% Internal functions
            -print_name(PersonID) ->
            -    [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId),
            -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]).
            -
            -print_age(PersonID) ->
            -    [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId),
            -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]).
            -
            -print_occupation(PersonID) ->
            -    [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId),
            -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

            +print_name(PersonID) -> + [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId), + io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]). + +print_age(PersonID) -> + [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId), + io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]). + +print_occupation(PersonID) -> + [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId), + io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

            @@ -135,30 +135,30 @@ #person{idno = 4, name = "Carl", age = 25, occupation = "mailman"}]

            If you must return all data stored in the Ets table, you can use ets:tab2list/1. However, usually you are only interested in a subset of the information in which case ets:tab2list/1 is expensive. If you only want to -extract one field from each record, for example, the age of every person, then:

            DO

            ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
            +extract one field from each record, for example, the age of every person, then:

            DO

            ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
                                       name='_',
                                       age='$1',
            -                          occupation = '_'},
            -                [],
            -                ['$1']}]),

            DO NOT

            TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
            -lists:map(fun(X) -> X#person.age end, TabList),

            If you are only interested in the age of all persons named "Bryan", then:

            DO

            ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
            +                          occupation = '_'},
            +                [],
            +                ['$1']}]),

            DO NOT

            TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
            +lists:map(fun(X) -> X#person.age end, TabList),

            If you are only interested in the age of all persons named "Bryan", then:

            DO

            ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
                                       name="Bryan",
                                       age='$1',
            -                          occupation = '_'},
            -                [],
            -                ['$1']}])

            DO NOT

            TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
            -lists:foldl(fun(X, Acc) -> case X#person.name of
            +                          occupation = '_'},
            +                [],
            +                ['$1']}])

            DO NOT

            TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
            +lists:foldl(fun(X, Acc) -> case X#person.name of
                                             "Bryan" ->
            -                                    [X#person.age|Acc];
            +                                    [X#person.age|Acc];
                                              _ ->
                                                  Acc
                                        end
            -             end, [], TabList)

            If you need all information stored in the Ets table about persons named "Bryan", -then:

            DO

            ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
            +             end, [], TabList)

            If you need all information stored in the Ets table about persons named "Bryan", +then:

            DO

            ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
                                       name="Bryan",
                                       age='_',
            -                          occupation = '_'}, [], ['$_']}]),

            DO NOT

            TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
            -lists:filter(fun(X) -> X#person.name == "Bryan" end, TabList),

            + occupation = '_'}, [], ['$_']}]),

            DO NOT

            TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
            +lists:filter(fun(X) -> X#person.name == "Bryan" end, TabList),

            @@ -202,12 +202,12 @@ #index_entry{name="Bryan", idno=2}, #index_entry{name="Bryan", idno=3}, #index_entry{name="Carl", idno=4}]

            Given this index table, a lookup of the age fields for all persons named -"Bryan" can be done as follows:

            MatchingIDs = ets:lookup(IndexTable,"Bryan"),
            -lists:map(fun(#index_entry{idno = ID}) ->
            -                 [#person{age = Age}] = ets:lookup(PersonTable, ID),
            +"Bryan" can be done as follows:

            MatchingIDs = ets:lookup(IndexTable,"Bryan"),
            +lists:map(fun(#index_entry{idno = ID}) ->
            +                 [#person{age = Age}] = ets:lookup(PersonTable, ID),
                              Age
                       end,
            -          MatchingIDs),

            Notice that this code does not use ets:match/2, but instead uses the + MatchingIDs),

            Notice that this code does not use ets:match/2, but instead uses the ets:lookup/2 call. The lists:map/2 call is only used to traverse the idnos matching the name "Bryan" in the table; thus the number of lookups in the master table is minimized.

            Keeping an index table introduces some overhead when inserting records in the @@ -230,17 +230,17 @@ mnesia:match_object() as these function traverse the whole table. Instead, you can create a secondary index and use mnesia:index_read/3 to get faster access at the expense of using more -memory.

            Example:

            -record(person, {idno, name, age, occupation}).
            +memory.

            Example:

            -record(person, {idno, name, age, occupation}).
                     ...
            -{atomic, ok} =
            -mnesia:create_table(person, [{index,[#person.age]},
            -                              {attributes,
            -                                    record_info(fields, person)}]),
            -{atomic, ok} = mnesia:add_table_index(person, age),
            +{atomic, ok} =
            +mnesia:create_table(person, [{index,[#person.age]},
            +                              {attributes,
            +                                    record_info(fields, person)}]),
            +{atomic, ok} = mnesia:add_table_index(person, age),
             ...
             
             PersonsAge42 =
            -     mnesia:dirty_index_read(person, 42, #person.age),

            + mnesia:dirty_index_read(person, 42, #person.age),

            @@ -254,19 +254,19 @@ the table. Other processes must send update requests to that process.

            Example:

            ...
             %% Using transaction
             
            -Fun = fun() ->
            -          [mnesia:read({Table, Key}),
            -           mnesia:read({Table2, Key2})]
            +Fun = fun() ->
            +          [mnesia:read({Table, Key}),
            +           mnesia:read({Table2, Key2})]
                   end,
             
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/typespec.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
            --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/typespec.xhtml"	2025-01-25 10:20:21.000000000 +0000
            +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/typespec.xhtml"	2041-02-26 23:38:04.000000000 +0000
            @@ -146,11 +146,11 @@
             predefined aliases for the type unions also shown in the table.

            Built-in typeDefined as
            term/0any/0
            binary/0<<_:_*8>>
            nonempty_binary/0<<_:8, _:_*8>>
            bitstring/0<<_:_*1>>
            nonempty_bitstring/0<<_:1, _:_*1>>
            boolean/0'false' | 'true'
            byte/00..255
            char/00..16#10ffff
            nil/0[]
            number/0integer/0 | float/0
            list/0[any()]
            maybe_improper_list/0maybe_improper_list(any(), any())
            nonempty_list/0nonempty_list(any())
            string/0[char()]
            nonempty_string/0[char(),...]
            iodata/0iolist() | binary()
            iolist/0maybe_improper_list(byte() | binary() | iolist(), binary() | [])
            map/0#{any() => any()}
            function/0fun()
            module/0atom/0
            mfa/0{module(),atom(),arity()}
            arity/00..255
            identifier/0pid() | port() | reference()
            node/0atom/0
            timeout/0'infinity' | non_neg_integer()
            no_return/0none/0

            Table: Built-in types, predefined aliases

            In addition, the following three built-in types exist and can be thought as defined below, though strictly their "type definition" is not valid syntax according to the type language defined above.

            Built-in typeCan be thought defined by the syntax
            non_neg_integer/00..
            pos_integer/01..
            neg_integer/0..-1

            Table: Additional built-in types

            Note

            The following built-in list types also exist, but they are expected to be -rarely used. Hence, they have long names:

            nonempty_maybe_improper_list() :: nonempty_maybe_improper_list(any(), any())
            -nonempty_improper_list(Type1, Type2)
            -nonempty_maybe_improper_list(Type1, Type2)

            where the last two types define the set of Erlang terms one would expect.

            Also for convenience, record notation is allowed to be used. Records are -shorthands for the corresponding tuples:

            Record :: #Erlang_Atom{}
            -        | #Erlang_Atom{Fields}

            Records are extended to possibly contain type information. This is described in +rarely used. Hence, they have long names:

            nonempty_maybe_improper_list() :: nonempty_maybe_improper_list(any(), any())
            +nonempty_improper_list(Type1, Type2)
            +nonempty_maybe_improper_list(Type1, Type2)

            where the last two types define the set of Erlang terms one would expect.

            Also for convenience, record notation is allowed to be used. Records are +shorthands for the corresponding tuples:

            Record :: #Erlang_Atom{}
            +        | #Erlang_Atom{Fields}

            Records are extended to possibly contain type information. This is described in Type Information in Record Declarations.

            @@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ name as a built-in type.

            It is recommended to avoid deliberately reusing built-in names because it can be confusing. However, when an Erlang/OTP release introduces a new type, code that happened to define its own type having the same name will continue to work.

            As an example, imagine that the Erlang/OTP 42 release introduces a new type -gadget() defined like this:

            -type gadget() :: {'gadget', reference()}.

            Further imagine that some code has its own (different) definition of gadget(), -for example:

            -type gadget() :: #{}.

            Since redefinitions are allowed, the code will still compile (but with a +gadget() defined like this:

            -type gadget() :: {'gadget', reference()}.

            Further imagine that some code has its own (different) definition of gadget(), +for example:

            -type gadget() :: #{}.

            Since redefinitions are allowed, the code will still compile (but with a warning), and Dialyzer will not emit any additional warnings.

            @@ -171,8 +171,8 @@

            As seen, the basic syntax of a type is an atom followed by closed parentheses. New types are declared using -type and -opaque attributes as in the -following:

            -type my_struct_type() :: Type.
            --opaque my_opaq_type() :: Type.

            The type name is the atom my_struct_type, followed by parentheses. Type is a +following:

            -type my_struct_type() :: Type.
            +-opaque my_opaq_type() :: Type.

            The type name is the atom my_struct_type, followed by parentheses. Type is a type as defined in the previous section. A current restriction is that Type can contain only predefined types, or user-defined types which are either of the following:

            • Module-local type, that is, with a definition that is present in the code of @@ -182,10 +182,10 @@ similar restriction currently exists for records.)

              Type declarations can also be parameterized by including type variables between the parentheses. The syntax of type variables is the same as Erlang variables, that is, starts with an upper-case letter. These variables is to -appear on the RHS of the definition. A concrete example follows:

              -type orddict(Key, Val) :: [{Key, Val}].

              A module can export some types to declare that other modules are allowed to -refer to them as remote types. This declaration has the following form:

              -export_type([T1/A1, ..., Tk/Ak]).

              Here the Tis are atoms (the name of the type) and the Ais are their arguments.

              Example:

              -export_type([my_struct_type/0, orddict/2]).

              Assuming that these types are exported from module 'mod', you can refer to -them from other modules using remote type expressions like the following:

              mod:my_struct_type()
              -mod:orddict(atom(), term())

              It is not allowed to refer to types that are not declared as exported.

              Types declared as opaque represent sets of terms whose structure is not +appear on the RHS of the definition. A concrete example follows:

              -type orddict(Key, Val) :: [{Key, Val}].

              A module can export some types to declare that other modules are allowed to +refer to them as remote types. This declaration has the following form:

              -export_type([T1/A1, ..., Tk/Ak]).

              Here the Tis are atoms (the name of the type) and the Ais are their arguments.

              Example:

              -export_type([my_struct_type/0, orddict/2]).

              Assuming that these types are exported from module 'mod', you can refer to +them from other modules using remote type expressions like the following:

              mod:my_struct_type()
              +mod:orddict(atom(), term())

              It is not allowed to refer to types that are not declared as exported.

              Types declared as opaque represent sets of terms whose structure is not supposed to be visible from outside of their defining module. That is, only the module defining them is allowed to depend on their term structure. Consequently, such types do not make much sense as module local - module local types are not @@ -196,33 +196,33 @@ Type Information in Record Declarations

            The types of record fields can be specified in the declaration of the record. -The syntax for this is as follows:

            -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2, field3 :: Type3}).

            For fields without type annotations, their type defaults to any(). That is, the -previous example is a shorthand for the following:

            -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2 :: any(), field3 :: Type3}).

            In the presence of initial values for fields, the type must be declared after -the initialization, as follows:

            -record(rec, {field1 = [] :: Type1, field2, field3 = 42 :: Type3}).

            The initial values for fields are to be compatible with (that is, a member of) +The syntax for this is as follows:

            -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2, field3 :: Type3}).

            For fields without type annotations, their type defaults to any(). That is, the +previous example is a shorthand for the following:

            -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2 :: any(), field3 :: Type3}).

            In the presence of initial values for fields, the type must be declared after +the initialization, as follows:

            -record(rec, {field1 = [] :: Type1, field2, field3 = 42 :: Type3}).

            The initial values for fields are to be compatible with (that is, a member of) the corresponding types. This is checked by the compiler and results in a compilation error if a violation is detected.

            Change

            Before Erlang/OTP 19, for fields without initial values, the singleton type 'undefined' was added to all declared types. In other words, the following -two record declarations had identical effects:

            -record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(),
            -             f2      :: float(),
            -             f3      :: 'a' | 'b'}).
            +two record declarations had identical effects:

            -record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(),
            +             f2      :: float(),
            +             f3      :: 'a' | 'b'}).
             
            --record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(),
            -              f2      :: 'undefined' | float(),
            -              f3      :: 'undefined' | 'a' | 'b'}).

            This is no longer the case. If you require 'undefined' in your record field +-record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(), + f2 :: 'undefined' | float(), + f3 :: 'undefined' | 'a' | 'b'}).

            This is no longer the case. If you require 'undefined' in your record field type, you must explicitly add it to the typespec, as in the 2nd example.

            Any record, containing type information or not, once defined, can be used as a type using the following syntax:

            #rec{}

            In addition, the record fields can be further specified when using a record type by adding type information about the field as follows:

            #rec{some_field :: Type}

            Any unspecified fields are assumed to have the type in the original record declaration.

            Note

            When records are used to create patterns for ETS and Mnesia match functions, -Dialyzer may need some help not to emit bad warnings. For example:

            -type height() :: pos_integer().
            --record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height()}).
            +Dialyzer may need some help not to emit bad warnings. For example:

            -type height() :: pos_integer().
            +-record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height()}).
             
            -lookup(Name, Tab) ->
            -    ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name = Name, _ = '_'}).

            Dialyzer will emit a warning since '_' is not in the type of record field +lookup(Name, Tab) -> + ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name = Name, _ = '_'}).

            Dialyzer will emit a warning since '_' is not in the type of record field height.

            The recommended way of dealing with this is to declare the smallest record field types to accommodate all your needs, and then create refinements as -needed. The modified example:

            -record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height() | '_'}).
            +needed. The modified example:

            -record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height() | '_'}).
             
            --type person() :: #person{height :: height()}.

            In specifications and type declarations the type person() is to be preferred +-type person() :: #person{height :: height()}.

            In specifications and type declarations the type person() is to be preferred before #person{}.

            @@ -235,27 +235,27 @@ arguments, otherwise the compilation fails.

            The following longer format with module name is also valid as long as Module is the name of the current module. This can be useful for documentation purposes.

            -spec Module:Function(ArgType1, ..., ArgTypeN) -> ReturnType.

            Also, for documentation purposes, argument names can be given:

            -spec Function(ArgName1 :: Type1, ..., ArgNameN :: TypeN) -> RT.

            A function specification can be overloaded. That is, it can have several types, -separated by a semicolon (;). For example:

            -spec foo(T1, T2) -> T3;
            -         (T4, T5) -> T6.

            A current restriction, which currently results in a warning by Dialyzer, is that +separated by a semicolon (;). For example:

            -spec foo(T1, T2) -> T3;
            +         (T4, T5) -> T6.

            A current restriction, which currently results in a warning by Dialyzer, is that the domains of the argument types cannot overlap. For example, the following -specification results in a warning:

            -spec foo(pos_integer()) -> pos_integer();
            -         (integer()) -> integer().

            Type variables can be used in specifications to specify relations for the input +specification results in a warning:

            -spec foo(pos_integer()) -> pos_integer();
            +         (integer()) -> integer().

            Type variables can be used in specifications to specify relations for the input and output arguments of a function. For example, the following specification defines the type of a polymorphic identity function:

            -spec id(X) -> X.

            Notice that the above specification does not restrict the input and output type in any way. These types can be constrained by guard-like subtype constraints and -provide bounded quantification:

            -spec id(X) -> X when X :: tuple().

            Currently, the :: constraint (read as "is a subtype of") is the only guard +provide bounded quantification:

            -spec id(X) -> X when X :: tuple().

            Currently, the :: constraint (read as "is a subtype of") is the only guard constraint that can be used in the when part of a -spec attribute.

            Note

            The above function specification uses multiple occurrences of the same type variable. That provides more type information than the following function -specification, where the type variables are missing:

            -spec id(tuple()) -> tuple().

            The latter specification says that the function takes some tuple and returns +specification, where the type variables are missing:

            -spec id(tuple()) -> tuple().

            The latter specification says that the function takes some tuple and returns some tuple. The specification with the X type variable specifies that the function takes a tuple and returns the same tuple.

            However, it is up to the tools that process the specifications to choose whether to take this extra information into account or not.

            The scope of a :: constraint is the (...) -> RetType specification after which it appears. To avoid confusion, it is suggested that different variables are used in different constituents of an overloaded contract, as shown in the -following example:

            -spec foo({X, integer()}) -> X when X :: atom();
            -         ([Y]) -> Y when Y :: number().

            Some functions in Erlang are not meant to return; either because they define +following example:

            -spec foo({X, integer()}) -> X when X :: atom();
            +         ([Y]) -> Y when Y :: number().

            Some functions in Erlang are not meant to return; either because they define servers or because they are used to throw exceptions, as in the following -function:

            my_error(Err) -> throw({error, Err}).

            For such functions, it is recommended to use the special no_return/0 type +function:

            my_error(Err) -> throw({error, Err}).

            For such functions, it is recommended to use the special no_return/0 type for their "return", through a contract of the following form:

            -spec my_error(term()) -> no_return().

            Note

            Erlang uses the shorthand version _ as an anonymous type variable equivalent to term/0 or any/0. For example, the following function

            -spec Function(string(), _) -> string().

            is equivalent to:

            -spec Function(string(), any()) -> string().
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/applications.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/applications.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.272243704 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/applications.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.280243744 +0000 @@ -139,8 +139,8 @@ Application Callback Module

            How to start and stop the code for the application, including its supervision -tree, is described by two callback functions:

            start(StartType, StartArgs) -> {ok, Pid} | {ok, Pid, State}
            -stop(State)
            • start/2 is called when starting the application and is to create the +tree, is described by two callback functions:

              start(StartType, StartArgs) -> {ok, Pid} | {ok, Pid, State}
              +stop(State)
              • start/2 is called when starting the application and is to create the supervision tree by starting the top supervisor. It is expected to return the pid of the top supervisor and an optional term, State, which defaults to []. This term is passed as is to stop/1.
              • StartType is usually the atom normal. It has other values only in the case @@ -150,15 +150,15 @@ necessary cleaning up. The actual stopping of the application, that is, shutting down the supervision tree, is handled automatically as described in Starting and Stopping Applications.

              Example of an application callback module for packaging the supervision tree -from Supervisor Behaviour:

              -module(ch_app).
              --behaviour(application).
              +from Supervisor Behaviour:

              -module(ch_app).
              +-behaviour(application).
               
              --export([start/2, stop/1]).
              +-export([start/2, stop/1]).
               
              -start(_Type, _Args) ->
              -    ch_sup:start_link().
              +start(_Type, _Args) ->
              +    ch_sup:start_link().
               
              -stop(_State) ->
              +stop(_State) ->
                   ok.

              A library application that cannot be started or stopped does not need any application callback module.

              @@ -177,14 +177,14 @@ in this case ch_app and [], respectively. This means that the following is called when the application is to be started:

              ch_app:start(normal, [])

              The following is called when the application is stopped:

              ch_app:stop([])

              When using systools, the Erlang/OTP tools for packaging code (see Section Releases), the keys description, vsn, modules, -registered, and applications are also to be specified:

              {application, ch_app,
              - [{description, "Channel allocator"},
              -  {vsn, "1"},
              -  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
              -  {registered, [ch3]},
              -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
              -  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
              - ]}.
              • description - A short description, a string. Defaults to "".
              • vsn - Version number, a string. Defaults to "".
              • modules - All modules introduced by this application. systools uses +registered, and applications are also to be specified:

                {application, ch_app,
                + [{description, "Channel allocator"},
                +  {vsn, "1"},
                +  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
                +  {registered, [ch3]},
                +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
                +  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
                + ]}.
                • description - A short description, a string. Defaults to "".
                • vsn - Version number, a string. Defaults to "".
                • modules - All modules introduced by this application. systools uses this list when generating boot scripts and tar files. A module must only be included in one application. Defaults to [].
                • registered - All names of registered processes in the application. systools uses this list to detect name clashes between applications. @@ -304,30 +304,30 @@ Loading and Unloading Applications

              Before an application can be started, it must be loaded. The application -controller reads and stores the information from the .app file:

              1> application:load(ch_app).
              +controller reads and stores the information from the .app file:

              1> application:load(ch_app).
               ok
              -2> application:loaded_applications().
              -[{kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","2.8.1.3"},
              - {stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","1.11.4.3"},
              - {ch_app,"Channel allocator","1"}]

              An application that has been stopped, or has never been started, can be +2> application:loaded_applications(). +[{kernel,"ERTS CXC 138 10","2.8.1.3"}, + {stdlib,"ERTS CXC 138 10","1.11.4.3"}, + {ch_app,"Channel allocator","1"}]

              An application that has been stopped, or has never been started, can be unloaded. The information about the application is erased from the internal -database of the application controller.

              3> application:unload(ch_app).
              +database of the application controller.

              3> application:unload(ch_app).
               ok
              -4> application:loaded_applications().
              -[{kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","2.8.1.3"},
              - {stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","1.11.4.3"}]

              Note

              Loading/unloading an application does not load/unload the code used by the +4> application:loaded_applications(). +[{kernel,"ERTS CXC 138 10","2.8.1.3"}, + {stdlib,"ERTS CXC 138 10","1.11.4.3"}]

              Note

              Loading/unloading an application does not load/unload the code used by the application. Code loading is handled in the usual way by the code server.

              Starting and Stopping Applications

              -

              An application is started by calling:

              5> application:start(ch_app).
              +

              An application is started by calling:

              5> application:start(ch_app).
               ok
              -6> application:which_applications().
              -[{kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","2.8.1.3"},
              - {stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","1.11.4.3"},
              - {ch_app,"Channel allocator","1"}]

              If the application is not already loaded, the application controller first loads +6> application:which_applications(). +[{kernel,"ERTS CXC 138 10","2.8.1.3"}, + {stdlib,"ERTS CXC 138 10","1.11.4.3"}, + {ch_app,"Channel allocator","1"}]

              If the application is not already loaded, the application controller first loads it using application:load/1. It checks the value of the applications key to ensure that all applications that are to be started before this application are running.

              Following that, the application controller creates an application master for @@ -351,47 +351,47 @@ Configuring an Application

            An application can be configured using configuration parameters. These are a -list of {Par,Val} tuples specified by a key env in the .app file:

            {application, ch_app,
            - [{description, "Channel allocator"},
            -  {vsn, "1"},
            -  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
            -  {registered, [ch3]},
            -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
            -  {mod, {ch_app,[]}},
            -  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
            - ]}.

            Par is to be an atom. Val is any term. The application can retrieve the +list of {Par,Val} tuples specified by a key env in the .app file:

            {application, ch_app,
            + [{description, "Channel allocator"},
            +  {vsn, "1"},
            +  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
            +  {registered, [ch3]},
            +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
            +  {mod, {ch_app,[]}},
            +  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
            + ]}.

            Par is to be an atom. Val is any term. The application can retrieve the value of a configuration parameter by calling application:get_env(App, Par) or a number of similar functions. For more information, see module application in Kernel.

            Example:

            % erl
            -Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.2.3.6 [hipe] [threads:0]
            +Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.2.3.6 [hipe] [threads:0]
             
            -Eshell V5.2.3.6  (abort with ^G)
            -1> application:start(ch_app).
            +Eshell V5.2.3.6  (abort with ^G)
            +1> application:start(ch_app).
             ok
            -2> application:get_env(ch_app, file).
            -{ok,"/usr/local/log"}

            The values in the .app file can be overridden by values in a system +2> application:get_env(ch_app, file). +{ok,"/usr/local/log"}

            The values in the .app file can be overridden by values in a system configuration file. This is a file that contains configuration parameters for -relevant applications:

            [{Application1, [{Par11,Val11},...]},
            +relevant applications:

            [{Application1, [{Par11,Val11},...]},
              ...,
            - {ApplicationN, [{ParN1,ValN1},...]}].

            The system configuration is to be called Name.config and Erlang is to be + {ApplicationN, [{ParN1,ValN1},...]}].

            The system configuration is to be called Name.config and Erlang is to be started with the command-line argument -config Name. For details, see config in Kernel.

            Example:

            A file test.config is created with the following contents:

            [{ch_app, [{file, "testlog"}]}].

            The value of file overrides the value of file as defined in the .app file:

            % erl -config test
            -Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.2.3.6 [hipe] [threads:0]
            +Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.2.3.6 [hipe] [threads:0]
             
            -Eshell V5.2.3.6  (abort with ^G)
            -1> application:start(ch_app).
            +Eshell V5.2.3.6  (abort with ^G)
            +1> application:start(ch_app).
             ok
            -2> application:get_env(ch_app, file).
            -{ok,"testlog"}

            If release handling is used, exactly one system +2> application:get_env(ch_app, file). +{ok,"testlog"}

            If release handling is used, exactly one system configuration file is to be used and that file is to be called sys.config.

            The values in the .app file and the values in a system configuration file can be overridden directly from the command line:

            % erl -ApplName Par1 Val1 ... ParN ValN

            Example:

            % erl -ch_app file '"testlog"'
            -Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.2.3.6 [hipe] [threads:0]
            +Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.2.3.6 [hipe] [threads:0]
             
            -Eshell V5.2.3.6  (abort with ^G)
            -1> application:start(ch_app).
            +Eshell V5.2.3.6  (abort with ^G)
            +1> application:start(ch_app).
             ok
            -2> application:get_env(ch_app, file).
            -{ok,"testlog"}

            +2> application:get_env(ch_app, file). +{ok,"testlog"}

            @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ Erlang programming language

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/appup_cookbook.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/appup_cookbook.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.312243903 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/appup_cookbook.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.316243924 +0000 @@ -124,10 +124,10 @@

            When a functional module has been changed, for example, if a new function has been added or a bug has been corrected, simple code replacement is sufficient, -for example:

            {"2",
            - [{"1", [{load_module, m}]}],
            - [{"1", [{load_module, m}]}]
            -}.

            +for example:

            {"2",
            + [{"1", [{load_module, m}]}],
            + [{"1", [{load_module, m}]}]
            +}.

            @@ -146,10 +146,10 @@

            A callback module is a functional module, and for code extensions simple code replacement is sufficient.

            Example

            When adding a function to ch3, as described in the example in -Release Handling, ch_app.appup looks as follows:

            {"2",
            - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}],
            - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}]
            -}.

            OTP also supports changing the internal state of behaviour processes; see +Release Handling, ch_app.appup looks as follows:

            {"2",
            + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}],
            + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}]
            +}.

            OTP also supports changing the internal state of behaviour processes; see Changing Internal State.

            @@ -163,21 +163,21 @@ gen_server Behaviour. The internal state is a term Chs representing the available channels. Assume you want to add a counter N, which keeps track of the number of alloc requests so far. This means that the -format must be changed to {Chs,N}.

            The .appup file can look as follows:

            {"2",
            - [{"1", [{update, ch3, {advanced, []}}]}],
            - [{"1", [{update, ch3, {advanced, []}}]}]
            -}.

            The third element of the update instruction is a tuple {advanced,Extra}, +format must be changed to {Chs,N}.

            The .appup file can look as follows:

            {"2",
            + [{"1", [{update, ch3, {advanced, []}}]}],
            + [{"1", [{update, ch3, {advanced, []}}]}]
            +}.

            The third element of the update instruction is a tuple {advanced,Extra}, which says that the affected processes are to do a state transformation before loading the new version of the module. This is done by the processes calling the callback function code_change/3 (see gen_server in STDLIB). -The term Extra, in this case [], is passed as is to the function:

            -module(ch3).
            +The term Extra, in this case [], is passed as is to the function:

            -module(ch3).
             ...
            --export([code_change/3]).
            +-export([code_change/3]).
             ...
            -code_change({down, _Vsn}, {Chs, N}, _Extra) ->
            -    {ok, Chs};
            -code_change(_Vsn, Chs, _Extra) ->
            -    {ok, {Chs, 0}}.

            The first argument is {down,Vsn} if there is a downgrade, or Vsn if there is +code_change({down, _Vsn}, {Chs, N}, _Extra) -> + {ok, Chs}; +code_change(_Vsn, Chs, _Extra) -> + {ok, {Chs, 0}}.

            The first argument is {down,Vsn} if there is a downgrade, or Vsn if there is a upgrade. The term Vsn is fetched from the 'original' version of the module, that is, the version you are upgrading from, or downgrading to.

            The version is defined by the module attribute vsn, if any. There is no such attribute in ch3, so in this case the version is the checksum (a huge integer) @@ -194,29 +194,29 @@ can occur during release upgrade if the new version of m1 is loaded first and calls ch3:available/0 before the new version of ch3 is loaded.

            Thus, ch3 must be loaded before m1, in the upgrade case, and conversely in the downgrade case. m1 is said to be dependent on ch3. In a release -handling instruction, this is expressed by the DepMods element:

            {load_module, Module, DepMods}
            -{update, Module, {advanced, Extra}, DepMods}

            DepMods is a list of modules, on which Module is dependent.

            Example

            The module m1 in application myapp is dependent on ch3 when +handling instruction, this is expressed by the DepMods element:

            {load_module, Module, DepMods}
            +{update, Module, {advanced, Extra}, DepMods}

            DepMods is a list of modules, on which Module is dependent.

            Example

            The module m1 in application myapp is dependent on ch3 when upgrading from "1" to "2", or downgrading from "2" to "1":

            myapp.appup:
             
            -{"2",
            - [{"1", [{load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}],
            - [{"1", [{load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}]
            -}.
            +{"2",
            + [{"1", [{load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}],
            + [{"1", [{load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}]
            +}.
             
             ch_app.appup:
             
            -{"2",
            - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}],
            - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}]
            -}.

            If instead m1 and ch3 belong to the same application, the .appup file can -look as follows:

            {"2",
            - [{"1",
            -   [{load_module, ch3},
            -    {load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}],
            - [{"1",
            -   [{load_module, ch3},
            -    {load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}]
            -}.

            m1 is dependent on ch3 also when downgrading. systools knows the +{"2", + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}], + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}] +}.

            If instead m1 and ch3 belong to the same application, the .appup file can +look as follows:

            {"2",
            + [{"1",
            +   [{load_module, ch3},
            +    {load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}],
            + [{"1",
            +   [{load_module, ch3},
            +    {load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}]
            +}.

            m1 is dependent on ch3 also when downgrading. systools knows the difference between up- and downgrading and generates a correct relup, where ch3 is loaded before m1 when upgrading, but m1 is loaded before ch3 when downgrading.

            @@ -231,22 +231,22 @@ synchronized code replacement must be used.

            Note

            The name(s) of the user-defined residence module(s) must be listed in the Modules part of the child specification for the special process. Otherwise the release handler cannot find the process.

            Example

            Consider the example ch4 in sys and proc_lib. -When started by a supervisor, the child specification can look as follows:

            {ch4, {ch4, start_link, []},
            - permanent, brutal_kill, worker, [ch4]}

            If ch4 is part of the application sp_app and a new version of the module is +When started by a supervisor, the child specification can look as follows:

            {ch4, {ch4, start_link, []},
            + permanent, brutal_kill, worker, [ch4]}

            If ch4 is part of the application sp_app and a new version of the module is to be loaded when upgrading from version "1" to "2" of this application, -sp_app.appup can look as follows:

            {"2",
            - [{"1", [{update, ch4, {advanced, []}}]}],
            - [{"1", [{update, ch4, {advanced, []}}]}]
            -}.

            The update instruction must contain the tuple {advanced,Extra}. The +sp_app.appup can look as follows:

            {"2",
            + [{"1", [{update, ch4, {advanced, []}}]}],
            + [{"1", [{update, ch4, {advanced, []}}]}]
            +}.

            The update instruction must contain the tuple {advanced,Extra}. The instruction makes the special process call the callback function system_code_change/4, a function the user must implement. The term Extra, in -this case [], is passed as is to system_code_change/4:

            -module(ch4).
            +this case [], is passed as is to system_code_change/4:

            -module(ch4).
             ...
            --export([system_code_change/4]).
            +-export([system_code_change/4]).
             ...
             
            -system_code_change(Chs, _Module, _OldVsn, _Extra) ->
            -    {ok, Chs}.
            • The first argument is the internal state State, passed from +system_code_change(Chs, _Module, _OldVsn, _Extra) -> + {ok, Chs}.
            • The first argument is the internal state State, passed from function sys:handle_system_msg(Request, From, Parent, Module, Deb, State), and called by the special process when a system message is received. In ch4, the internal state is the set of available channels Chs.
            • The second argument is the name of the module (ch4).
            • The third argument is Vsn or {down,Vsn}, as described for @@ -275,24 +275,24 @@ of upgrade and downgrade. Then the new return value of init/1 can be checked and the internal state be changed accordingly.

              The following upgrade instruction is used for supervisors:

              {update, Module, supervisor}

              Example

              To change the restart strategy of ch_sup (from Supervisor Behaviour) from one_for_one to one_for_all, -change the callback function init/1 in ch_sup.erl:

              -module(ch_sup).
              +change the callback function init/1 in ch_sup.erl:

              -module(ch_sup).
               ...
               
              -init(_Args) ->
              -    {ok, {#{strategy => one_for_all, ...}, ...}}.

              The file ch_app.appup:

              {"2",
              - [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}],
              - [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}]
              -}.

              +init(_Args) -> + {ok, {#{strategy => one_for_all, ...}, ...}}.

              The file ch_app.appup:

              {"2",
              + [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}],
              + [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}]
              +}.

              Changing Child Specifications

              The instruction, and thus the .appup file, when changing an existing child -specification, is the same as when changing properties as described earlier:

              {"2",
              - [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}],
              - [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}]
              -}.

              The changes do not affect existing child processes. For example, changing the +specification, is the same as when changing properties as described earlier:

              {"2",
              + [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}],
              + [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}]
              +}.

              The changes do not affect existing child processes. For example, changing the start function only specifies how the child process is to be restarted, if needed later on.

              The id of the child specification cannot be changed.

              Changing the Modules field of the child specification can affect the release handling process itself, as this field is used to identify which processes are @@ -307,34 +307,34 @@ Child processes are not automatically started or terminated, this must be done using apply instructions.

              Example

              Assume a new child process m1 is to be added to ch_sup when upgrading ch_app from "1" to "2". This means m1 is to be deleted when -downgrading from "2" to "1":

              {"2",
              - [{"1",
              -   [{update, ch_sup, supervisor},
              -    {apply, {supervisor, restart_child, [ch_sup, m1]}}
              -   ]}],
              - [{"1",
              -   [{apply, {supervisor, terminate_child, [ch_sup, m1]}},
              -    {apply, {supervisor, delete_child, [ch_sup, m1]}},
              -    {update, ch_sup, supervisor}
              -   ]}]
              -}.

              The order of the instructions is important.

              The supervisor must be registered as ch_sup for the script to work. If the +downgrading from "2" to "1":

              {"2",
              + [{"1",
              +   [{update, ch_sup, supervisor},
              +    {apply, {supervisor, restart_child, [ch_sup, m1]}}
              +   ]}],
              /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/benchmarking.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
              --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/benchmarking.html	2025-01-25 10:23:23.336244023 +0000
              +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/benchmarking.html	2025-01-25 10:23:23.340244044 +0000
              @@ -148,8 +148,8 @@
               crypto:strong_rand_bytes(100).          1    1915 Ki     522 ns   90%

              rand:bytes/1 is still faster when we generate 100 bytes at the time, but the relative difference is smaller.

              % erlperf 'rand:bytes(1000).' 'crypto:strong_rand_bytes(1000).'
               Code                                    ||        QPS       Time   Rel
              -crypto:strong_rand_bytes(1000).          1    1518 Ki     658 ns  100%
              -rand:bytes(1000).                        1     284 Ki    3521 ns   19%

              When we generate 1000 bytes at the time, crypto:strong_rand_bytes/1 is +crypto:strong_rand_bytes(1000). 1 1518 Ki 658 ns 100% +rand:bytes(1000). 1 284 Ki 3521 ns 19%

            When we generate 1000 bytes at the time, crypto:strong_rand_bytes/1 is now the fastest.

            @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Erlang programming language

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/binaryhandling.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/binaryhandling.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.364244163 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/binaryhandling.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.368244183 +0000 @@ -118,35 +118,35 @@

            This section gives a few examples on how to handle binaries in an efficient way. The sections that follow take an in-depth look at how binaries are implemented and how to best take advantages of the optimizations done by the compiler and -runtime system.

            Binaries can be efficiently built in the following way:

            DO

            my_list_to_binary(List) ->
            -    my_list_to_binary(List, <<>>).
            +runtime system.

            Binaries can be efficiently built in the following way:

            DO

            my_list_to_binary(List) ->
            +    my_list_to_binary(List, <<>>).
             
            -my_list_to_binary([H|T], Acc) ->
            -    my_list_to_binary(T, <<Acc/binary,H>>);
            -my_list_to_binary([], Acc) ->
            +my_list_to_binary([H|T], Acc) ->
            +    my_list_to_binary(T, <<Acc/binary,H>>);
            +my_list_to_binary([], Acc) ->
                 Acc.

            Appending data to a binary as in the example is efficient because it is specially optimized by the runtime system to avoid copying the Acc binary -every time.

            Prepending data to a binary in a loop is not efficient:

            DO NOT

            rev_list_to_binary(List) ->
            -    rev_list_to_binary(List, <<>>).
            +every time.

            Prepending data to a binary in a loop is not efficient:

            DO NOT

            rev_list_to_binary(List) ->
            +    rev_list_to_binary(List, <<>>).
             
            -rev_list_to_binary([H|T], Acc) ->
            -    rev_list_to_binary(T, <<H,Acc/binary>>);
            -rev_list_to_binary([], Acc) ->
            +rev_list_to_binary([H|T], Acc) ->
            +    rev_list_to_binary(T, <<H,Acc/binary>>);
            +rev_list_to_binary([], Acc) ->
                 Acc.

            This is not efficient for long lists because the Acc binary is copied every -time. One way to make the function more efficient is like this:

            DO NOT

            rev_list_to_binary(List) ->
            -    rev_list_to_binary(lists:reverse(List), <<>>).
            +time. One way to make the function more efficient is like this:

            DO NOT

            rev_list_to_binary(List) ->
            +    rev_list_to_binary(lists:reverse(List), <<>>).
             
            -rev_list_to_binary([H|T], Acc) ->
            -    rev_list_to_binary(T, <<Acc/binary,H>>);
            -rev_list_to_binary([], Acc) ->
            -    Acc.

            Another way to avoid copying the binary each time is like this:

            DO

            rev_list_to_binary([H|T]) ->
            -    RevTail = rev_list_to_binary(T),
            +rev_list_to_binary([H|T], Acc) ->
            +    rev_list_to_binary(T, <<Acc/binary,H>>);
            +rev_list_to_binary([], Acc) ->
            +    Acc.

            Another way to avoid copying the binary each time is like this:

            DO

            rev_list_to_binary([H|T]) ->
            +    RevTail = rev_list_to_binary(T),
                 <<RevTail/binary,H>>;
            -rev_list_to_binary([]) ->
            +rev_list_to_binary([]) ->
                 <<>>.

            Note that in each of the DO examples, the binary to be appended to is always -given as the first segment.

            Binaries can be efficiently matched in the following way:

            DO

            my_binary_to_list(<<H,T/binary>>) ->
            -    [H|my_binary_to_list(T)];
            -my_binary_to_list(<<>>) -> [].

            +given as the first segment.

            Binaries can be efficiently matched in the following way:

            DO

            my_binary_to_list(<<H,T/binary>>) ->
            +    [H|my_binary_to_list(T)];
            +my_binary_to_list(<<>>) -> [].

            @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Bin2 = <<Bin1/binary,4,5,6>>, %% 3 Bin3 = <<Bin2/binary,7,8,9>>, %% 4 Bin4 = <<Bin1/binary,17>>, %% 5 !!! -{Bin4,Bin3} %% 6

            • Line 1 (marked with the %% 1 comment), assigns a +{Bin4,Bin3} %% 6

            • Line 1 (marked with the %% 1 comment), assigns a heap binary to the Bin0 variable.

            • Line 2 is an append operation. As Bin0 has not been involved in an append operation, a new refc binary is created and the contents of Bin0 is copied into it. The ProcBin part of the refc @@ -257,15 +257,15 @@ for every append operation, the runtime system must create a sub binary.

              When the compiler can determine that none of those situations need to be handled and that the append operation cannot possibly fail, the compiler generates code that causes the runtime system to apply a more efficient variant of the -optimization.

              Example:

              -module(repack).
              --export([repack/1]).
              +optimization.

              Example:

              -module(repack).
              +-export([repack/1]).
               
              -repack(Bin) when is_binary(Bin) ->
              -    repack(Bin, <<>>).
              +repack(Bin) when is_binary(Bin) ->
              +    repack(Bin, <<>>).
               
              -repack(<<C:8,T/binary>>, Result) ->
              -    repack(T, <<Result/binary,C:16>>);
              -repack(<<>>, Result) ->
              +repack(<<C:8,T/binary>>, Result) ->
              +    repack(T, <<Result/binary,C:16>>);
              +repack(<<>>, Result) ->
                   Result.

              The repack/2 function only keeps a single version of the binary, so there is never any need to copy the binary. The compiler rewrites the creation of the empty binary in repack/1 to instead create a refc binary with 256 bytes @@ -308,9 +308,9 @@ Matching Binaries

            -

            Let us revisit the example in the beginning of the previous section:

            DO

            my_binary_to_list(<<H,T/binary>>) ->
            -    [H|my_binary_to_list(T)];
            -my_binary_to_list(<<>>) -> [].

            The first time my_binary_to_list/1 is called, a +

            Let us revisit the example in the beginning of the previous section:

            DO

            my_binary_to_list(<<H,T/binary>>) ->
            +    [H|my_binary_to_list(T)];
            +my_binary_to_list(<<>>) -> [].

            The first time my_binary_to_list/1 is called, a match context is created. The match context points to the first byte of the binary. 1 byte is matched out and the match context is updated to point to the second byte in the binary.

            At this point it would make sense to create a @@ -325,24 +325,24 @@ there is no longer any reference to it).

            To summarize, my_binary_to_list/1 only needs to create one match context and no sub binaries.

            Notice that the match context in my_binary_to_list/1 was discarded when the entire binary had been traversed. What happens if the iteration stops before it -has reached the end of the binary? Will the optimization still work?

            after_zero(<<0,T/binary>>) ->
            +has reached the end of the binary? Will the optimization still work?

            after_zero(<<0,T/binary>>) ->
                 T;
            -after_zero(<<_,T/binary>>) ->
            -    after_zero(T);
            -after_zero(<<>>) ->
            +after_zero(<<_,T/binary>>) ->
            +    after_zero(T);
            +after_zero(<<>>) ->
                 <<>>.

            Yes, it will. The compiler will remove the building of the sub binary in the second clause:

            ...
            -after_zero(<<_,T/binary>>) ->
            -    after_zero(T);
            -...

            But it will generate code that builds a sub binary in the first clause:

            after_zero(<<0,T/binary>>) ->
            +after_zero(<<_,T/binary>>) ->
            +    after_zero(T);
            +...

            But it will generate code that builds a sub binary in the first clause:

            after_zero(<<0,T/binary>>) ->
                 T;
             ...

            Therefore, after_zero/1 builds one match context and one sub binary (assuming -it is passed a binary that contains a zero byte).

            Code like the following will also be optimized:

            all_but_zeroes_to_list(Buffer, Acc, 0) ->
            -    {lists:reverse(Acc),Buffer};
            -all_but_zeroes_to_list(<<0,T/binary>>, Acc, Remaining) ->
            -    all_but_zeroes_to_list(T, Acc, Remaining-1);
            -all_but_zeroes_to_list(<<Byte,T/binary>>, Acc, Remaining) ->
            -    all_but_zeroes_to_list(T, [Byte|Acc], Remaining-1).

            The compiler removes building of sub binaries in the second and third clauses, +it is passed a binary that contains a zero byte).

            Code like the following will also be optimized:

            all_but_zeroes_to_list(Buffer, Acc, 0) ->
            +    {lists:reverse(Acc),Buffer};
            +all_but_zeroes_to_list(<<0,T/binary>>, Acc, Remaining) ->
            +    all_but_zeroes_to_list(T, Acc, Remaining-1);
            +all_but_zeroes_to_list(<<Byte,T/binary>>, Acc, Remaining) ->
            +    all_but_zeroes_to_list(T, [Byte|Acc], Remaining-1).

            The compiler removes building of sub binaries in the second and third clauses, and it adds an instruction to the first clause that converts Buffer from a match context to a sub binary (or do nothing if Buffer is a binary already).

            But in more complicated code, how can one know whether the optimization is applied or not?

            @@ -358,13 +358,13 @@ practical approach.

            The warnings look as follows:

            ./efficiency_guide.erl:60: Warning: NOT OPTIMIZED: binary is returned from the function
             ./efficiency_guide.erl:62: Warning: OPTIMIZED: match context reused

            To make it clearer exactly what code the warnings refer to, the warnings in the following examples are inserted as comments after the clause they refer to, for -example:

            after_zero(<<0,T/binary>>) ->
            +example:

            after_zero(<<0,T/binary>>) ->
                      %% BINARY CREATED: binary is returned from the function
                 T;
            -after_zero(<<_,T/binary>>) ->
            +after_zero(<<_,T/binary>>) ->
                      %% OPTIMIZED: match context reused
            -    after_zero(T);
            -after_zero(<<>>) ->
            +    after_zero(T);
            +after_zero(<<>>) ->
                 <<>>.

            The warning for the first clause says that the creation of a sub binary cannot be delayed, because it will be returned. The warning for the second clause says that a sub binary will not be created (yet).

            @@ -374,14 +374,14 @@ Unused Variables

            The compiler figures out if a variable is unused. The same code is generated for -each of the following functions:

            count1(<<_,T/binary>>, Count) -> count1(T, Count+1);
            -count1(<<>>, Count) -> Count.
            +each of the following functions:

            count1(<<_,T/binary>>, Count) -> count1(T, Count+1);
            +count1(<<>>, Count) -> Count.
             
            -count2(<<H,T/binary>>, Count) -> count2(T, Count+1);
            -count2(<<>>, Count) -> Count.
            +count2(<<H,T/binary>>, Count) -> count2(T, Count+1);
            +count2(<<>>, Count) -> Count.
             
            -count3(<<_H,T/binary>>, Count) -> count3(T, Count+1);
            -count3(<<>>, Count) -> Count.

            In each iteration, the first 8 bits in the binary will be skipped, not matched +count3(<<_H,T/binary>>, Count) -> count3(T, Count+1); +count3(<<>>, Count) -> Count.

            In each iteration, the first 8 bits in the binary will be skipped, not matched out.

            @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ Erlang programming language

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/bit_syntax.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/bit_syntax.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.396244324 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/bit_syntax.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.400244343 +0000 @@ -145,17 +145,17 @@ variables, and Bin2 is bound, as in Example 2:

            <<D:16, E, F/binary>> = Bin2

            This gives D = 273, E = 00, and F binds to a binary of size 1: binary_to_list(F) = [42].

            Example 4: The following is a more elaborate example of matching. Here, Dgram is bound to the consecutive bytes of an IP datagram of IP protocol -version 4. The ambition is to extract the header and the data of the datagram:

            -define(IP_VERSION, 4).
            --define(IP_MIN_HDR_LEN, 5).
            +version 4. The ambition is to extract the header and the data of the datagram:

            -define(IP_VERSION, 4).
            +-define(IP_MIN_HDR_LEN, 5).
             
            -DgramSize = byte_size(Dgram),
            +DgramSize = byte_size(Dgram),
             case Dgram of
                 <<?IP_VERSION:4, HLen:4, SrvcType:8, TotLen:16,
                   ID:16, Flgs:3, FragOff:13,
                   TTL:8, Proto:8, HdrChkSum:16,
                   SrcIP:32,
                   DestIP:32, RestDgram/binary>> when HLen>=5, 4*HLen=<DgramSize ->
            -        OptsLen = 4*(HLen - ?IP_MIN_HDR_LEN),
            +        OptsLen = 4*(HLen - ?IP_MIN_HDR_LEN),
                     <<Opts:OptsLen/binary,Data/binary>> = RestDgram,
                 ...
             end.

            Here, the segment corresponding to the Opts variable has a type modifier, @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ However, for syntactical reasons, both Value and Size must be enclosed in parenthesis if the expression consists of anything more than a single literal or a variable. The following gives a compiler syntax error:

            <<X+1:8>>

            This expression must be rewritten into the following, to be accepted by the -compiler:

            <<(X+1):8>>

            +compiler:

            <<(X+1):8>>

            @@ -253,11 +253,11 @@ restrictions on the size. A segment of type float must have size 64 or 32.

            As mentioned earlier, segments have the following general syntax:

            Value:Size/TypeSpecifierList

            When matching Value, value must be either a variable or an integer, or a floating point literal. Expressions are not allowed.

            Size must be a guard expression, which can use -literals and previously bound variables. The following is not allowed:

            foo(N, <<X:N,T/binary>>) ->
            -   {X,T}.

            The two occurrences of N are not related. The compiler will complain that the -N in the size field is unbound.

            The correct way to write this example is as follows:

            foo(N, Bin) ->
            +literals and previously bound variables. The following is not allowed:

            foo(N, <<X:N,T/binary>>) ->
            +   {X,T}.

            The two occurrences of N are not related. The compiler will complain that the +N in the size field is unbound.

            The correct way to write this example is as follows:

            foo(N, Bin) ->
                <<X:N,T/binary>> = Bin,
            -   {X,T}.

            Note

            Before OTP 23, Size was restricted to be an integer or a variable bound to + {X,T}.

            Note

            Before OTP 23, Size was restricted to be an integer or a variable bound to an integer.

            @@ -266,28 +266,28 @@

            There is one exception to the rule that a variable that is used as size must be previously bound. It is possible to match and bind a variable, and use it as a -size within the same binary pattern. For example:

            bar(<<Sz:8,Payload:Sz/binary-unit:8,Rest/binary>>) ->
            -   {Payload,Rest}.

            Here Sz is bound to the value in the first byte of the binary. Sz is then -used at the number of bytes to match out as a binary.

            Starting in OTP 23, the size can be a guard expression:

            bar(<<Sz:8,Payload:((Sz-1)*8)/binary,Rest/binary>>) ->
            -   {Payload,Rest}.

            Here Sz is the combined size of the header and the payload, so we will need to +size within the same binary pattern. For example:

            bar(<<Sz:8,Payload:Sz/binary-unit:8,Rest/binary>>) ->
            +   {Payload,Rest}.

            Here Sz is bound to the value in the first byte of the binary. Sz is then +used at the number of bytes to match out as a binary.

            Starting in OTP 23, the size can be a guard expression:

            bar(<<Sz:8,Payload:((Sz-1)*8)/binary,Rest/binary>>) ->
            +   {Payload,Rest}.

            Here Sz is the combined size of the header and the payload, so we will need to subtract one byte to get the size of the payload.

            Getting the Rest of the Binary or Bitstring

            -

            To match out the rest of a binary, specify a binary field without size:

            foo(<<A:8,Rest/binary>>) ->

            The size of the tail must be evenly divisible by 8.

            To match out the rest of a bitstring, specify a field without size:

            foo(<<A:8,Rest/bitstring>>) ->

            There are no restrictions on the number of bits in the tail.

            +

            To match out the rest of a binary, specify a binary field without size:

            foo(<<A:8,Rest/binary>>) ->

            The size of the tail must be evenly divisible by 8.

            To match out the rest of a bitstring, specify a field without size:

            foo(<<A:8,Rest/bitstring>>) ->

            There are no restrictions on the number of bits in the tail.

            Appending to a Binary

            -

            Appending to a binary in an efficient way can be done as follows:

            triples_to_bin(T) ->
            -    triples_to_bin(T, <<>>).
            +

            Appending to a binary in an efficient way can be done as follows:

            triples_to_bin(T) ->
            +    triples_to_bin(T, <<>>).
             
            -triples_to_bin([{X,Y,Z} | T], Acc) ->
            -    triples_to_bin(T, <<Acc/binary,X:32,Y:32,Z:32>>);
            -triples_to_bin([], Acc) ->
            +triples_to_bin([{X,Y,Z} | T], Acc) ->
            +    triples_to_bin(T, <<Acc/binary,X:32,Y:32,Z:32>>);
            +triples_to_bin([], Acc) ->
                 Acc.
            @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Erlang programming language

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/c_port.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/c_port.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.428244483 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/c_port.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.436244523 +0000 @@ -152,93 +152,93 @@ length indicator is to be used to simplify the communication between C and Erlang. The Erlang port automatically adds the length indicator, but this must be done explicitly in the external C program.

            The process is also set to trap exits, which enables detection of failure of the -external program:

            -module(complex1).
            --export([start/1, init/1]).
            +external program:

            -module(complex1).
            +-export([start/1, init/1]).
             
            -start(ExtPrg) ->
            -  spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
            +start(ExtPrg) ->
            +  spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
             
            -init(ExtPrg) ->
            -  register(complex, self()),
            -  process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            -  Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}]),
            -  loop(Port).

            Now complex1:foo/1 and complex1:bar/1 can be implemented. Both send a -message to the complex process and receive the following replies:

            foo(X) ->
            -  call_port({foo, X}).
            -bar(Y) ->
            -  call_port({bar, Y}).
            +init(ExtPrg) ->
            +  register(complex, self()),
            +  process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            +  Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}]),
            +  loop(Port).

            Now complex1:foo/1 and complex1:bar/1 can be implemented. Both send a +message to the complex process and receive the following replies:

            foo(X) ->
            +  call_port({foo, X}).
            +bar(Y) ->
            +  call_port({bar, Y}).
             
            -call_port(Msg) ->
            -  complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
            +call_port(Msg) ->
            +  complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
               receive
            -    {complex, Result} ->
            +    {complex, Result} ->
                   Result
            -  end.

            The complex process does the following:

            • Encodes the message into a sequence of bytes.
            • Sends it to the port.
            • Waits for a reply.
            • Decodes the reply.
            • Sends it back to the caller:
            loop(Port) ->
            +  end.

            The complex process does the following:

            • Encodes the message into a sequence of bytes.
            • Sends it to the port.
            • Waits for a reply.
            • Decodes the reply.
            • Sends it back to the caller:
            loop(Port) ->
               receive
            -    {call, Caller, Msg} ->
            -      Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
            +    {call, Caller, Msg} ->
            +      Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
                   receive
            -        {Port, {data, Data}} ->
            -          Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
            +        {Port, {data, Data}} ->
            +          Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
                   end,
            -      loop(Port)
            +      loop(Port)
               end.

            Assuming that both the arguments and the results from the C functions are less than 256, a simple encoding/decoding scheme is employed. In this scheme, foo is represented by byte 1, bar is represented by 2, and the argument/result is -represented by a single byte as well:

            encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            -encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
            +represented by a single byte as well:

            encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            +encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
             
            -decode([Int]) -> Int.

            The resulting Erlang program, including functionality for stopping the port and -detecting port failures, is as follows:

            -module(complex1).
            --export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
            --export([foo/1, bar/1]).
            -
            -start(ExtPrg) ->
            -    spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
            -stop() ->
            +decode([Int]) -> Int.

            The resulting Erlang program, including functionality for stopping the port and +detecting port failures, is as follows:

            -module(complex1).
            +-export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
            +-export([foo/1, bar/1]).
            +
            +start(ExtPrg) ->
            +    spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
            +stop() ->
                 complex ! stop.
             
            -foo(X) ->
            -    call_port({foo, X}).
            -bar(Y) ->
            -    call_port({bar, Y}).
            +foo(X) ->
            +    call_port({foo, X}).
            +bar(Y) ->
            +    call_port({bar, Y}).
             
            -call_port(Msg) ->
            -    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
            +call_port(Msg) ->
            +    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
                 receive
            -	{complex, Result} ->
            +	{complex, Result} ->
             	    Result
                 end.
             
            -init(ExtPrg) ->
            -    register(complex, self()),
            -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            -    Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}]),
            -    loop(Port).
            +init(ExtPrg) ->
            +    register(complex, self()),
            +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            +    Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}]),
            +    loop(Port).
             
            -loop(Port) ->
            +loop(Port) ->
                 receive
            -	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
            -	    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
            +	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
            +	    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
             	    receive
            -		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
            -		    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
            +		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
            +		    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
             	    end,
            -	    loop(Port);
            +	    loop(Port);
             	stop ->
            -	    Port ! {self(), close},
            +	    Port ! {self(), close},
             	    receive
            -		{Port, closed} ->
            -		    exit(normal)
            +		{Port, closed} ->
            +		    exit(normal)
             	    end;
            -	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
            -	    exit(port_terminated)
            +	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
            +	    exit(port_terminated)
                 end.
             
            -encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            -encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
            +encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            +encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
             
            -decode([Int]) -> Int.

            +decode([Int]) -> Int.

            @@ -255,55 +255,55 @@ typedef unsigned char byte; -int read_exact(byte *buf, int len) -{ +int read_exact(byte *buf, int len) +{ int i, got=0; - do { - if ((i = read(0, buf+got, len-got)) <= 0){ - return(i); - } + do { + if ((i = read(0, buf+got, len-got)) <= 0){ + return(i); + } got += i; - } while (got<len); + } while (got<len); - return(len); -} + return(len); +} -int write_exact(byte *buf, int len) -{ +int write_exact(byte *buf, int len) +{ int i, wrote = 0; - do { - if ((i = write(1, buf+wrote, len-wrote)) <= 0) - return (i); + do { + if ((i = write(1, buf+wrote, len-wrote)) <= 0) + return (i); wrote += i; - } while (wrote<len); + } while (wrote<len); - return (len); -} + return (len); /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/c_portdriver.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/c_portdriver.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.464244663 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/c_portdriver.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.468244683 +0000 @@ -155,104 +155,104 @@ argument.

            The port is then created using the BIF open_port/2, with the tuple {spawn, DriverName} as the first argument. The string SharedLib is the name of the port driver. The second argument is a list of options, none in this -case:

            -module(complex5).
            --export([start/1, init/1]).
            +case:

            -module(complex5).
            +-export([start/1, init/1]).
             
            -start(SharedLib) ->
            -    case erl_ddll:load_driver(".", SharedLib) of
            +start(SharedLib) ->
            +    case erl_ddll:load_driver(".", SharedLib) of
                     ok -> ok;
            -        {error, already_loaded} -> ok;
            -        _ -> exit({error, could_not_load_driver})
            +        {error, already_loaded} -> ok;
            +        _ -> exit({error, could_not_load_driver})
                 end,
            -    spawn(?MODULE, init, [SharedLib]).
            +    spawn(?MODULE, init, [SharedLib]).
             
            -init(SharedLib) ->
            -  register(complex, self()),
            -  Port = open_port({spawn, SharedLib}, []),
            -  loop(Port).

            Now complex5:foo/1 and complex5:bar/1 can be implemented. Both send a -message to the complex process and receive the following reply:

            foo(X) ->
            -    call_port({foo, X}).
            -bar(Y) ->
            -    call_port({bar, Y}).
            +init(SharedLib) ->
            +  register(complex, self()),
            +  Port = open_port({spawn, SharedLib}, []),
            +  loop(Port).

            Now complex5:foo/1 and complex5:bar/1 can be implemented. Both send a +message to the complex process and receive the following reply:

            foo(X) ->
            +    call_port({foo, X}).
            +bar(Y) ->
            +    call_port({bar, Y}).
             
            -call_port(Msg) ->
            -    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
            +call_port(Msg) ->
            +    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
                 receive
            -        {complex, Result} ->
            +        {complex, Result} ->
                         Result
            -    end.

            The complex process performs the following:

            • Encodes the message into a sequence of bytes.
            • Sends it to the port.
            • Waits for a reply.
            • Decodes the reply.
            • Sends it back to the caller:
            loop(Port) ->
            +    end.

            The complex process performs the following:

            • Encodes the message into a sequence of bytes.
            • Sends it to the port.
            • Waits for a reply.
            • Decodes the reply.
            • Sends it back to the caller:
            loop(Port) ->
                 receive
            -        {call, Caller, Msg} ->
            -            Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
            +        {call, Caller, Msg} ->
            +            Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
                         receive
            -                {Port, {data, Data}} ->
            -                    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
            +                {Port, {data, Data}} ->
            +                    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
                         end,
            -            loop(Port)
            +            loop(Port)
                 end.

            Assuming that both the arguments and the results from the C functions are less than 256, a simple encoding/decoding scheme is employed. In this scheme, foo is represented by byte 1, bar is represented by 2, and the argument/result is -represented by a single byte as well:

            encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            -encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
            +represented by a single byte as well:

            encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            +encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
             
            -decode([Int]) -> Int.

            The resulting Erlang program, including functions for stopping the port and +decode([Int]) -> Int.

            The resulting Erlang program, including functions for stopping the port and detecting port failures, is as follows:

            
            --module(complex5).
            --export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
            --export([foo/1, bar/1]).
            +-module(complex5).
            +-export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
            +-export([foo/1, bar/1]).
             
            -start(SharedLib) ->
            -    case erl_ddll:load_driver(".", SharedLib) of
            +start(SharedLib) ->
            +    case erl_ddll:load_driver(".", SharedLib) of
             	ok -> ok;
            -	{error, already_loaded} -> ok;
            -	_ -> exit({error, could_not_load_driver})
            +	{error, already_loaded} -> ok;
            +	_ -> exit({error, could_not_load_driver})
                 end,
            -    spawn(?MODULE, init, [SharedLib]).
            +    spawn(?MODULE, init, [SharedLib]).
             
            -init(SharedLib) ->
            -    register(complex, self()),
            -    Port = open_port({spawn, SharedLib}, []),
            -    loop(Port).
            +init(SharedLib) ->
            +    register(complex, self()),
            +    Port = open_port({spawn, SharedLib}, []),
            +    loop(Port).
             
            -stop() ->
            +stop() ->
                 complex ! stop.
             
            -foo(X) ->
            -    call_port({foo, X}).
            -bar(Y) ->
            -    call_port({bar, Y}).
            +foo(X) ->
            +    call_port({foo, X}).
            +bar(Y) ->
            +    call_port({bar, Y}).
             
            -call_port(Msg) ->
            -    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
            +call_port(Msg) ->
            +    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
                 receive
            -	{complex, Result} ->
            +	{complex, Result} ->
             	    Result
                 end.
             
            -loop(Port) ->
            +loop(Port) ->
                 receive
            -	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
            -	    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
            +	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
            +	    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
             	    receive
            -		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
            -		    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
            +		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
            +		    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
             	    end,
            -	    loop(Port);
            +	    loop(Port);
             	stop ->
            -	    Port ! {self(), close},
            +	    Port ! {self(), close},
             	    receive
            -		{Port, closed} ->
            -		    exit(normal)
            +		{Port, closed} ->
            +		    exit(normal)
             	    end;
            -	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
            -	    io:format("~p ~n", [Reason]),
            -	    exit(port_terminated)
            +	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
            +	    io:format("~p ~n", [Reason]),
            +	    exit(port_terminated)
                 end.
             
            -encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            -encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
            +encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            +encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
             
            -decode([Int]) -> Int.

            +decode([Int]) -> Int.

            @@ -277,36 +277,36 @@ #include <stdio.h> #include "erl_driver.h" -typedef struct { +typedef struct { ErlDrvPort port; -} example_data; +} example_data; -static ErlDrvData example_drv_start(ErlDrvPort port, char *buff) -{ - example_data* d = (example_data*)driver_alloc(sizeof(example_data)); +static ErlDrvData example_drv_start(ErlDrvPort port, char *buff) +{ + example_data* d = (example_data*)driver_alloc(sizeof(example_data)); d->port = port; - return (ErlDrvData)d; -} + return (ErlDrvData)d; +} -static void example_drv_stop(ErlDrvData handle) -{ - driver_free((char*)handle); -} - -static void example_drv_output(ErlDrvData handle, char *buff, - ErlDrvSizeT bufflen) -{ - example_data* d = (example_data*)handle; /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/character_set.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/character_set.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.500244843 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/character_set.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.500244843 +0000 @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ Erlang programming language

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/cnode.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/cnode.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.524244962 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/cnode.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.528244982 +0000 @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Erlang programming language

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/code_loading.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/code_loading.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.556245122 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/code_loading.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.556245122 +0000 @@ -126,8 +126,8 @@

            Erlang programs must be compiled to object code. The compiler can generate a new file that contains the object code. The current abstract machine, which runs the object code, is called BEAM, therefore the object files get the suffix -.beam. The compiler can also generate a binary which can be loaded directly.

            The compiler is located in the module compile in Compiler.

            compile:file(Module)
            -compile:file(Module, Options)

            The Erlang shell understands the command c(Module), which both compiles and +.beam. The compiler can also generate a binary which can be loaded directly.

            The compiler is located in the module compile in Compiler.

            compile:file(Module)
            +compile:file(Module, Options)

            The Erlang shell understands the command c(Module), which both compiles and loads Module.

            There is also a module make, which provides a set of functions similar to the UNIX type Make functions, see module make in Tools.

            The compiler can also be accessed from the OS prompt using the erl executable in ERTS.

            % erl -compile Module1...ModuleN
            @@ -160,16 +160,16 @@
             evaluated because of processes lingering in the old code.

            If a third instance of the module is loaded, the code server removes (purges) the old code and any processes lingering in it is terminated. Then the third instance becomes 'current' and the previously current code becomes 'old'.

            To change from old code to current code, a process must make a fully qualified -function call.

            Example:

            -module(m).
            --export([loop/0]).
            +function call.

            Example:

            -module(m).
            +-export([loop/0]).
             
            -loop() ->
            +loop() ->
                 receive
                     code_switch ->
            -            m:loop();
            +            m:loop();
                     Msg ->
                         ...
            -            loop()
            +            loop()
                 end.

            To make the process change code, send the message code_switch to it. The process then makes a fully qualified call to m:loop() and changes to current code. Notice that m:loop/0 must be exported.

            For code replacement of funs to work, use the syntax @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Running a Function When a Module is Loaded

            The -on_load() directive names a function that is to be run automatically when -a module is loaded.

            Its syntax is as follows:

            -on_load(Name/0).

            It is not necessary to export the function. It is called in a freshly spawned +a module is loaded.

            Its syntax is as follows:

            -on_load(Name/0).

            It is not necessary to export the function. It is called in a freshly spawned process (which terminates as soon as the function returns).

            The function must return ok if the module is to become the new current code for the module and become callable.

            Returning any other value or generating an exception causes the new code to be unloaded. If the return value is not an atom, a warning error report is sent to @@ -193,13 +193,13 @@ code would become old, essentially leaving the system without any working and reachable instance of the module.

            In embedded mode, first all modules are loaded. Then all on_load functions are called. The system is terminated unless all of the on_load functions return -ok.

            Example:

            -module(m).
            --on_load(load_my_nifs/0).
            +ok.

            Example:

            -module(m).
            +-on_load(load_my_nifs/0).
             
            -load_my_nifs() ->
            +load_my_nifs() ->
                 NifPath = ...,    %Set up the path to the NIF library.
                 Info = ...,       %Initialize the Info term
            -    erlang:load_nif(NifPath, Info).

            If the call to erlang:load_nif/2 fails, the module is unloaded and a warning + erlang:load_nif(NifPath, Info).

            If the call to erlang:load_nif/2 fails, the module is unloaded and a warning report is sent to the error loader.

            @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Erlang programming language

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/commoncaveats.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/commoncaveats.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.584245262 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/commoncaveats.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.588245282 +0000 @@ -122,23 +122,23 @@ Operator ++

            The ++ operator copies its left-hand side operand. That is clearly -seen if we do our own implementation in Erlang:

            my_plus_plus([H|T], Tail) ->
            -    [H|my_plus_plus(T, Tail)];
            -my_plus_plus([], Tail) ->
            -    Tail.

            We must be careful how we use ++ in a loop. First is how not to use it:

            DO NOT

            naive_reverse([H|T]) ->
            -    naive_reverse(T) ++ [H];
            -naive_reverse([]) ->
            -    [].

            As the ++ operator copies its left-hand side operand, the growing -result is copied repeatedly, leading to quadratic complexity.

            On the other hand, using ++ in loop like this is perfectly fine:

            OK

            naive_but_ok_reverse(List) ->
            -    naive_but_ok_reverse(List, []).
            -
            -naive_but_ok_reverse([H|T], Acc) ->
            -    naive_but_ok_reverse(T, [H] ++ Acc);
            -naive_but_ok_reverse([], Acc) ->
            +seen if we do our own implementation in Erlang:

            my_plus_plus([H|T], Tail) ->
            +    [H|my_plus_plus(T, Tail)];
            +my_plus_plus([], Tail) ->
            +    Tail.

            We must be careful how we use ++ in a loop. First is how not to use it:

            DO NOT

            naive_reverse([H|T]) ->
            +    naive_reverse(T) ++ [H];
            +naive_reverse([]) ->
            +    [].

            As the ++ operator copies its left-hand side operand, the growing +result is copied repeatedly, leading to quadratic complexity.

            On the other hand, using ++ in loop like this is perfectly fine:

            OK

            naive_but_ok_reverse(List) ->
            +    naive_but_ok_reverse(List, []).
            +
            +naive_but_ok_reverse([H|T], Acc) ->
            +    naive_but_ok_reverse(T, [H] ++ Acc);
            +naive_but_ok_reverse([], Acc) ->
                 Acc.

            Each list element is copied only once. The growing result Acc is the right-hand -side operand, which it is not copied.

            Experienced Erlang programmers would probably write as follows:

            DO

            vanilla_reverse([H|T], Acc) ->
            -    vanilla_reverse(T, [H|Acc]);
            -vanilla_reverse([], Acc) ->
            +side operand, which it is not copied.

            Experienced Erlang programmers would probably write as follows:

            DO

            vanilla_reverse([H|T], Acc) ->
            +    vanilla_reverse(T, [H|Acc]);
            +vanilla_reverse([], Acc) ->
                 Acc.

            In principle, this is slightly more efficient because the list element [H] is not built before being copied and discarded. In practice, the compiler rewrites [H] ++ Acc to [H|Acc].

            @@ -164,41 +164,41 @@ Accidental Copying and Loss of Sharing

            When spawning a new process using a fun, one can accidentally copy more data to -the process than intended. For example:

            DO NOT

            accidental1(State) ->
            -    spawn(fun() ->
            -                  io:format("~p\n", [State#state.info])
            -          end).

            The code in the fun will extract one element from the record and print it. The +the process than intended. For example:

            DO NOT

            accidental1(State) ->
            +    spawn(fun() ->
            +                  io:format("~p\n", [State#state.info])
            +          end).

            The code in the fun will extract one element from the record and print it. The rest of the state record is not used. However, when the spawn/1 -function is executed, the entire record is copied to the newly created process.

            The same kind of problem can happen with a map:

            DO NOT

            accidental2(State) ->
            -    spawn(fun() ->
            -                  io:format("~p\n", [map_get(info, State)])
            -          end).

            In the following example (part of a module implementing the gen_server -behavior) the created fun is sent to another process:

            DO NOT

            handle_call(give_me_a_fun, _From, State) ->
            -    Fun = fun() -> State#href_anchor"ss">state.size =:= 42 end,
            -    {reply, Fun, State}.

            How bad that unnecessary copy is depends on the contents of the record or the -map.

            For example, if the state record is initialized like this:

            init1() ->
            -    #state{data=lists:seq(1, 10000)}.

            a list with 10000 elements (or about 20000 heap words) will be copied to the +function is executed, the entire record is copied to the newly created process.

            The same kind of problem can happen with a map:

            DO NOT

            accidental2(State) ->
            +    spawn(fun() ->
            +                  io:format("~p\n", [map_get(info, State)])
            +          end).

            In the following example (part of a module implementing the gen_server +behavior) the created fun is sent to another process:

            DO NOT

            handle_call(give_me_a_fun, _From, State) ->
            +    Fun = fun() -> State#href_anchor"ss">state.size =:= 42 end,
            +    {reply, Fun, State}.

            How bad that unnecessary copy is depends on the contents of the record or the +map.

            For example, if the state record is initialized like this:

            init1() ->
            +    #state{data=lists:seq(1, 10000)}.

            a list with 10000 elements (or about 20000 heap words) will be copied to the newly created process.

            An unnecessary copy of 10000 element list can be bad enough, but it can get even worse if the state record contains shared subterms. Here is a simple example -of a term with a shared subterm:

            {SubTerm, SubTerm}

            When a term is copied to another process, sharing of subterms will be lost and -the copied term can be many times larger than the original term. For example:

            init2() ->
            -    SharedSubTerms = lists:foldl(fun(_, A) -> [A|A] end, [0], lists:seq(1, 15)),
            -    #state{data=Shared}.

            In the process that calls init2/0, the size of the data field in the state +of a term with a shared subterm:

            {SubTerm, SubTerm}

            When a term is copied to another process, sharing of subterms will be lost and +the copied term can be many times larger than the original term. For example:

            init2() ->
            +    SharedSubTerms = lists:foldl(fun(_, A) -> [A|A] end, [0], lists:seq(1, 15)),
            +    #state{data=Shared}.

            In the process that calls init2/0, the size of the data field in the state record will be 32 heap words. When the record is copied to the newly created process, sharing will be lost and the size of the copied data field will be 131070 heap words. More details about loss off sharing are found in a later section.

            To avoid the problem, outside of the fun extract only the fields of the record -that are actually used:

            DO

            fixed_accidental1(State) ->
            +that are actually used:

            DO

            fixed_accidental1(State) ->
                 Info = State#state.info,
            -    spawn(fun() ->
            -                  io:format("~p\n", [Info])
            -          end).

            Similarly, outside of the fun extract only the map elements that are actually -used:

            DO

            fixed_accidental2(State) ->
            -    Info = map_get(info, State),
            -    spawn(fun() ->
            -                  io:format("~p\n", [Info])
            -          end).

            + spawn(fun() -> + io:format("~p\n", [Info]) + end).

            Similarly, outside of the fun extract only the map elements that are actually +used:

            DO

            fixed_accidental2(State) ->
            +    Info = map_get(info, State),
            +    spawn(fun() ->
            +                  io:format("~p\n", [Info])
            +          end).

            @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ to guard against a denial-of-service attack. (All atoms that are allowed must have been created earlier, for example, by using all of them in a module and loading that module.)

            Using list_to_atom/1 to construct an atom that -is passed to apply/3 is quite expensive.

            DO NOT

            apply(list_to_atom("some_prefix"++Var), foo, Args)

            +is passed to apply/3 is quite expensive.

            DO NOT

            apply(list_to_atom("some_prefix"++Var), foo, Args)

            @@ -225,8 +225,8 @@ execute in constant time.

            Normally, there is no need to worry about the speed of length/1, because it is efficiently implemented in C. In time-critical code, you might want to avoid it if the input list could potentially be very long.

            Some uses of length/1 can be replaced by matching. For example, -the following code:

            foo(L) when length(L) >= 3 ->
            -    ...

            can be rewritten to:

            foo([_,_,_|_]=L) ->
            +the following code:

            foo(L) when length(L) >= 3 ->
            +    ...

            can be rewritten to:

            foo([_,_,_|_]=L) ->
                ...

            One slight difference is that length(L) fails if L is an improper list, while the pattern in the second code fragment accepts an improper list.

            @@ -242,10 +242,10 @@ as if the tuple was copied, the call to setelement/3 is replaced with a special destructive setelement instruction. In the following code sequence, the first setelement/3 call copies the tuple -and modifies the ninth element:

            multiple_setelement(T0) when tuple_size(T0) =:= 9 ->
            -    T1 = setelement(9, T0, bar),
            -    T2 = setelement(7, T1, foobar),
            -    setelement(5, T2, new_value).

            The two following setelement/3 calls modify the tuple in +and modifies the ninth element:

            multiple_setelement(T0) when tuple_size(T0) =:= 9 ->
            +    T1 = setelement(9, T0, bar),
            +    T2 = setelement(7, T1, foobar),
            +    setelement(5, T2, new_value).

            The two following setelement/3 calls modify the tuple in place.

            For the optimization to be applied, all the following conditions must be true:

            • The tuple argument must be known to be a tuple of a known size.
            • The indices must be integer literals, not variables or expressions.
            • The indices must be given in descending order.
            • There must be no calls to another function in between the calls to setelement/3.
            • The tuple returned from one setelement/3 call must only be used in the subsequent call to setelement/3.

            If the code cannot be structured as in the multiple_setelement/1 example, the @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Erlang programming language

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/conc_prog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/conc_prog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.628245481 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/conc_prog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.632245501 +0000 @@ -136,21 +136,21 @@ Threads of execution in Erlang share no data, that is why they are called processes).

            The Erlang BIF spawn is used to create a new process: spawn(Module, Exported_Function, List of Arguments). Consider the following -module:

            -module(tut14).
            +module:

            -module(tut14).
             
            --export([start/0, say_something/2]).
            +-export([start/0, say_something/2]).
             
            -say_something(What, 0) ->
            +say_something(What, 0) ->
                 done;
            -say_something(What, Times) ->
            -    io:format("~p~n", [What]),
            -    say_something(What, Times - 1).
            -
            -start() ->
            -    spawn(tut14, say_something, [hello, 3]),
            -    spawn(tut14, say_something, [goodbye, 3]).
            5> c(tut14).
            -{ok,tut14}
            -6> tut14:say_something(hello, 3).
            +say_something(What, Times) ->
            +    io:format("~p~n", [What]),
            +    say_something(What, Times - 1).
            +
            +start() ->
            +    spawn(tut14, say_something, [hello, 3]),
            +    spawn(tut14, say_something, [goodbye, 3]).
            5> c(tut14).
            +{ok,tut14}
            +6> tut14:say_something(hello, 3).
             hello
             hello
             hello
            @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
             processes, one that writes "hello" three times and one that writes "goodbye"
             three times. Both processes use the function say_something. Notice that a
             function used in this way by spawn, to start a process, must be exported from
            -the module (that is, in the -export at the start of the module).

            9> tut14:start().
            +the module (that is, in the -export at the start of the module).

            9> tut14:start().
             hello
             goodbye
             <0.63.0>
            @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
             Instead, the first process wrote a "hello", the second a "goodbye", the first
             another "hello" and so forth. But where did the <0.63.0> come from? The return
             value of a function is the return value of the last "thing" in the function. The
            -last thing in the function start is

            spawn(tut14, say_something, [goodbye, 3]).

            spawn returns a process identifier, or pid, which uniquely identifies the +last thing in the function start is

            spawn(tut14, say_something, [goodbye, 3]).

            spawn returns a process identifier, or pid, which uniquely identifies the process. So <0.63.0> is the pid of the spawn function call above. The next example shows how to use pids.

            Notice also that ~p is used instead of ~w in io:format/2. To quote the manual:

            ~p Writes the data with standard syntax in the same way as ~w, but breaks terms whose printed representation is longer than one line into many lines and indents @@ -182,37 +182,37 @@ Message Passing

            In the following example two processes are created and they send messages to -each other a number of times.

            -module(tut15).
            +each other a number of times.

            -module(tut15).
             
            --export([start/0, ping/2, pong/0]).
            +-export([start/0, ping/2, pong/0]).
             
            -ping(0, Pong_PID) ->
            +ping(0, Pong_PID) ->
                 Pong_PID ! finished,
            -    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
            +    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
             
            -ping(N, Pong_PID) ->
            -    Pong_PID ! {ping, self()},
            +ping(N, Pong_PID) ->
            +    Pong_PID ! {ping, self()},
                 receive
                     pong ->
            -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
            +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
                 end,
            -    ping(N - 1, Pong_PID).
            +    ping(N - 1, Pong_PID).
             
            -pong() ->
            +pong() ->
                 receive
                     finished ->
            -            io:format("Pong finished~n", []);
            -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            +            io:format("Pong finished~n", []);
            +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                         Ping_PID ! pong,
            -            pong()
            +            pong()
                 end.
             
            -start() ->
            -    Pong_PID = spawn(tut15, pong, []),
            -    spawn(tut15, ping, [3, Pong_PID]).
            1> c(tut15).
            -{ok,tut15}
            -2> tut15: start().
            +start() ->
            +    Pong_PID = spawn(tut15, pong, []),
            +    spawn(tut15, ping, [3, Pong_PID]).
            1> c(tut15).
            +{ok,tut15}
            +2> tut15: start().
             <0.36.0>
             Pong received ping
             Ping received pong
            @@ -221,14 +221,14 @@
             Pong received ping
             Ping received pong
             ping finished
            -Pong finished

            The function start first creates a process, let us call it "pong":

            Pong_PID = spawn(tut15, pong, [])

            This process executes tut15:pong(). Pong_PID is the process identity of the -"pong" process. The function start now creates another process "ping":

            spawn(tut15, ping, [3, Pong_PID]),

            This process executes:

            tut15:ping(3, Pong_PID)

            <0.36.0> is the return value from the start function.

            The process "pong" now does:

            receive
            +Pong finished

            The function start first creates a process, let us call it "pong":

            Pong_PID = spawn(tut15, pong, [])

            This process executes tut15:pong(). Pong_PID is the process identity of the +"pong" process. The function start now creates another process "ping":

            spawn(tut15, ping, [3, Pong_PID]),

            This process executes:

            tut15:ping(3, Pong_PID)

            <0.36.0> is the return value from the start function.

            The process "pong" now does:

            receive
                 finished ->
            -        io:format("Pong finished~n", []);
            -    {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            -        io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            +        io:format("Pong finished~n", []);
            +    {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            +        io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                     Ping_PID ! pong,
            -        pong()
            +        pong()
             end.

            The receive construct is used to allow processes to wait for messages from other processes. It has the following format:

            receive
                pattern1 ->
            @@ -257,21 +257,21 @@
             procedure is repeated.

            The Erlang implementation is "clever" and minimizes the number of times each message is tested against the patterns in each receive.

            Now back to the ping pong example.

            "Pong" is waiting for messages. If the atom finished is received, "pong" writes "Pong finished" to the output and, as it has nothing more to do, -terminates. If it receives a message with the format:

            {ping, Ping_PID}

            it writes "Pong received ping" to the output and sends the atom pong to the +terminates. If it receives a message with the format:

            {ping, Ping_PID}

            it writes "Pong received ping" to the output and sends the atom pong to the process "ping":

            Ping_PID ! pong

            Notice how the operator "!" is used to send messages. The syntax of "!" is:

            Pid ! Message

            That is, Message (any Erlang term) is sent to the process with identity Pid.

            After sending the message pong to the process "ping", "pong" calls the pong function again, which causes it to get back to the receive again and wait for -another message.

            Now let us look at the process "ping". Recall that it was started by executing:

            tut15:ping(3, Pong_PID)

            Looking at the function ping/2, the second clause of ping/2 is executed +another message.

            Now let us look at the process "ping". Recall that it was started by executing:

            tut15:ping(3, Pong_PID)

            Looking at the function ping/2, the second clause of ping/2 is executed since the value of the first argument is 3 (not 0) (first clause head is -ping(0,Pong_PID), second clause head is ping(N,Pong_PID), so N becomes 3).

            The second clause sends a message to "pong":

            Pong_PID ! {ping, self()},

            self/0 returns the pid of the process that executes self/0, in this case the +ping(0,Pong_PID), second clause head is ping(N,Pong_PID), so N becomes 3).

            The second clause sends a message to "pong":

            Pong_PID ! {ping, self()},

            self/0 returns the pid of the process that executes self/0, in this case the pid of "ping". (Recall the code for "pong", this lands up in the variable Ping_PID in the receive previously explained.)

            "Ping" now waits for a reply from "pong":

            receive
                 pong ->
            -        io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
            +        io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
             end,

            It writes "Ping received pong" when this reply arrives, after which "ping" calls -the ping function again.

            ping(N - 1, Pong_PID)

            N-1 causes the first argument to be decremented until it becomes 0. When this -occurs, the first clause of ping/2 is executed:

            ping(0, Pong_PID) ->
            +the ping function again.

            ping(N - 1, Pong_PID)

            N-1 causes the first argument to be decremented until it becomes 0. When this +occurs, the first clause of ping/2 is executed:

            ping(0, Pong_PID) ->
                 Pong_PID !  finished,
            -    io:format("ping finished~n", []);

            The atom finished is sent to "pong" (causing it to terminate as described + io:format("ping finished~n", []);

            The atom finished is sent to "pong" (causing it to terminate as described above) and "ping finished" is written to the output. "Ping" then terminates as it has nothing left to do.

            @@ -285,38 +285,38 @@ processes which need to know each other's identities are started independently of each other. Erlang thus provides a mechanism for processes to be given names so that these names can be used as identities instead of pids. This is done by -using the register BIF:

            register(some_atom, Pid)

            Let us now rewrite the ping pong example using this and give the name pong to -the "pong" process:

            -module(tut16).
            +using the register BIF:

            register(some_atom, Pid)

            Let us now rewrite the ping pong example using this and give the name pong to +the "pong" process:

            -module(tut16).
             
            --export([start/0, ping/1, pong/0]).
            +-export([start/0, ping/1, pong/0]).
             
            -ping(0) ->
            +ping(0) ->
                 pong ! finished,
            -    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
            +    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
             
            -ping(N) ->
            -    pong ! {ping, self()},
            +ping(N) ->
            +    pong ! {ping, self()},
                 receive
                     pong ->
            -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
            +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
                 end,
            -    ping(N - 1).
            +    ping(N - 1).
             
            -pong() ->
            +pong() ->
                 receive
                     finished ->
            -            io:format("Pong finished~n", []);
            -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            +            io:format("Pong finished~n", []);
            +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/create_target.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
            --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/create_target.html	2025-01-25 10:23:23.668245681 +0000
            +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/create_target.html	2025-01-25 10:23:23.668245681 +0000
            @@ -142,13 +142,13 @@
             SASL), which specifies the ERTS version and lists all applications that are to
             be included in the new basic target system. An example is the following
             mysystem.rel file:

            %% mysystem.rel
            -{release,
            - {"MYSYSTEM", "FIRST"},
            - {erts, "5.10.4"},
            - [{kernel, "2.16.4"},
            -  {stdlib, "1.19.4"},
            -  {sasl, "2.3.4"},
            -  {pea, "1.0"}]}.

            The listed applications are not only original Erlang/OTP applications but +{release, + {"MYSYSTEM", "FIRST"}, + {erts, "5.10.4"}, + [{kernel, "2.16.4"}, + {stdlib, "1.19.4"}, + {sasl, "2.3.4"}, + {pea, "1.0"}]}.

            The listed applications are not only original Erlang/OTP applications but possibly also new applications that you have written (here exemplified by the application Pea (pea)).

            Step 2. Start Erlang/OTP from the directory where the mysystem.rel file resides:

            % erl -pa /home/user/target_system/myapps/pea-1.0/ebin

            The -pa argument prepends the path to the ebin directory for @@ -246,17 +246,17 @@

            In this example the Pea application has been changed, and so are the applications ERTS, Kernel, STDLIB and SASL.

            Step 1. Create the file .rel:

            %% mysystem2.rel
            -{release,
            - {"MYSYSTEM", "SECOND"},
            - {erts, "6.0"},
            - [{kernel, "3.0"},
            -  {stdlib, "2.0"},
            -  {sasl, "2.4"},
            -  {pea, "2.0"}]}.

            Step 2. Create the application upgrade file (see +{release, + {"MYSYSTEM", "SECOND"}, + {erts, "6.0"}, + [{kernel, "3.0"}, + {stdlib, "2.0"}, + {sasl, "2.4"}, + {pea, "2.0"}]}.

            Step 2. Create the application upgrade file (see appup in SASL) for Pea, for example:

            %% pea.appup
            -{"2.0",
            - [{"1.0",[{load_module,pea_lib}]}],
            - [{"1.0",[{load_module,pea_lib}]}]}.

            Step 3. From the directory where the file mysystem2.rel resides, start the +{"2.0", + [{"1.0",[{load_module,pea_lib}]}], + [{"1.0",[{load_module,pea_lib}]}]}.

            Step 3. From the directory where the file mysystem2.rel resides, start the Erlang/OTP system, giving the path to the new version of Pea:

            % erl -pa /home/user/target_system/myapps/pea-2.0/ebin

            Step 4. Create the release upgrade file (see relup in SASL):

            1> systools:make_relup("mysystem2",["mysystem"],["mysystem"],
                 [{path,["/home/user/target_system/myapps/pea-1.0/ebin",
            @@ -296,21 +296,21 @@
             release_handler:install_release/1 means that the release_handler has
             restarted the node by using heart. This is always done when the upgrade
             involves a change of the applications ERTS, Kernel, STDLIB, or SASL. For more
            -information, see Upgrade when Erlang/OTP has Changed.

            The node is accessible through a new pipe:

            % /usr/local/erl-target/bin/to_erl /tmp/erlang.pipe.2

            List the available releases in the system:

            1> release_handler:which_releases().
            -[{"MYSYSTEM","SECOND",
            -  ["kernel-3.0","stdlib-2.0","sasl-2.4","pea-2.0"],
            -  current},
            - {"MYSYSTEM","FIRST",
            -  ["kernel-2.16.4","stdlib-1.19.4","sasl-2.3.4","pea-1.0"],
            -  permanent}]

            Our new release, "SECOND", is now the current release, but we can also see that +information, see Upgrade when Erlang/OTP has Changed.

            The node is accessible through a new pipe:

            % /usr/local/erl-target/bin/to_erl /tmp/erlang.pipe.2

            List the available releases in the system:

            1> release_handler:which_releases().
            +[{"MYSYSTEM","SECOND",
            +  ["kernel-3.0","stdlib-2.0","sasl-2.4","pea-2.0"],
            +  current},
            + {"MYSYSTEM","FIRST",
            +  ["kernel-2.16.4","stdlib-1.19.4","sasl-2.3.4","pea-1.0"],
            +  permanent}]

            Our new release, "SECOND", is now the current release, but we can also see that our "FIRST" release is still permanent. This means that if the node would be -restarted now, it would come up running the "FIRST" release again.

            Step 3. Make the new release permanent:

            2> release_handler:make_permanent("SECOND").

            Check the releases again:

            3> release_handler:which_releases().
            -[{"MYSYSTEM","SECOND",
            -  ["kernel-3.0","stdlib-2.0","sasl-2.4","pea-2.0"],
            -  permanent},
            - {"MYSYSTEM","FIRST",
            -  ["kernel-2.16.4","stdlib-1.19.4","sasl-2.3.4","pea-1.0"],
            -  old}]

            We see that the new release version is permanent, so it would be safe to +restarted now, it would come up running the "FIRST" release again.

            Step 3. Make the new release permanent:

            2> release_handler:make_permanent("SECOND").

            Check the releases again:

            3> release_handler:which_releases().
            +[{"MYSYSTEM","SECOND",
            +  ["kernel-3.0","stdlib-2.0","sasl-2.4","pea-2.0"],
            +  permanent},
            + {"MYSYSTEM","FIRST",
            +  ["kernel-2.16.4","stdlib-1.19.4","sasl-2.3.4","pea-1.0"],
            +  old}]

            We see that the new release version is permanent, so it would be safe to restart the node.

            @@ -319,8 +319,8 @@

            This module can also be found in the examples directory of the SASL application.

            
            --module(target_system).
            --export([create/1, create/2, install/2]).
            +-module(target_system).
            +-export([create/1, create/2, install/2]).
             
             %% Note: RelFileName below is the *stem* without trailing .rel,
             %% .script etc.
            @@ -328,176 +328,176 @@
             
             %% create(RelFileName)
             %%
            -create(RelFileName) ->
            -    create(RelFileName,[]).
            +create(RelFileName) ->
            +    create(RelFileName,[]).
             
            -create(RelFileName,SystoolsOpts) ->
            +create(RelFileName,SystoolsOpts) ->
                 RelFile = RelFileName ++ ".rel",
            -    Dir = filename:dirname(RelFileName),
            -    PlainRelFileName = filename:join(Dir,"plain"),
            +    Dir = filename:dirname(RelFileName),
            +    PlainRelFileName = filename:join(Dir,"plain"),
                 PlainRelFile = PlainRelFileName ++ ".rel",
            -    io:fwrite("Reading file: ~ts ...~n", [RelFile]),
            -    {ok, [RelSpec]} = file:consult(RelFile),
            -    io:fwrite("Creating file: ~ts from ~ts ...~n",
            -              [PlainRelFile, RelFile]),
            -    {release,
            -     {RelName, RelVsn},
            -     {erts, ErtsVsn},
            -     AppVsns} = RelSpec,
            -    PlainRelSpec = {release,
            -                    {RelName, RelVsn},
            -                    {erts, ErtsVsn},
            -                    lists:filter(fun({kernel, _}) ->
            +    io:fwrite("Reading file: ~ts ...~n", [RelFile]),
            +    {ok, [RelSpec]} = file:consult(RelFile),
            +    io:fwrite("Creating file: ~ts from ~ts ...~n",
            +              [PlainRelFile, RelFile]),
            +    {release,
            +     {RelName, RelVsn},
            +     {erts, ErtsVsn},
            +     AppVsns} = RelSpec,
            +    PlainRelSpec = {release,
            +                    {RelName, RelVsn},
            +                    {erts, ErtsVsn},
            +                    lists:filter(fun({kernel, _}) ->
                                                      true;
            -                                    ({stdlib, _}) ->
            +                                    ({stdlib, _}) ->
                                                      true;
            -                                    (_) ->
            +                                    (_) ->
                                                      false
            -                                 end, AppVsns)
            -                   },
            -    {ok, Fd} = file:open(PlainRelFile, [write]),
            -    io:fwrite(Fd, "~p.~n", [PlainRelSpec]),
            -    file:close(Fd),
            -
            -    io:fwrite("Making \"~ts.script\" and \"~ts.boot\" files ...~n",
            -	      [PlainRelFileName,PlainRelFileName]),
            -    make_script(PlainRelFileName,SystoolsOpts),
            -
            -    io:fwrite("Making \"~ts.script\" and \"~ts.boot\" files ...~n",
            -              [RelFileName, RelFileName]),
            -    make_script(RelFileName,SystoolsOpts),
            +                                 end, AppVsns)
            +                   },
            +    {ok, Fd} = file:open(PlainRelFile, [write]),
            +    io:fwrite(Fd, "~p.~n", [PlainRelSpec]),
            +    file:close(Fd),
            +
            +    io:fwrite("Making \"~ts.script\" and \"~ts.boot\" files ...~n",
            +	      [PlainRelFileName,PlainRelFileName]),
            +    make_script(PlainRelFileName,SystoolsOpts),
            +
            +    io:fwrite("Making \"~ts.script\" and \"~ts.boot\" files ...~n",
            +              [RelFileName, RelFileName]),
            +    make_script(RelFileName,SystoolsOpts),
             
                 TarFileName = RelFileName ++ ".tar.gz",
            -    io:fwrite("Creating tar file ~ts ...~n", [TarFileName]),
            -    make_tar(RelFileName,SystoolsOpts),
            +    io:fwrite("Creating tar file ~ts ...~n", [TarFileName]),
            +    make_tar(RelFileName,SystoolsOpts),
             
            -    TmpDir = filename:join(Dir,"tmp"),
            -    io:fwrite("Creating directory ~tp ...~n",[TmpDir]),
            -    file:make_dir(TmpDir),
            -
            -    io:fwrite("Extracting ~ts into directory ~ts ...~n", [TarFileName,TmpDir]),
            -    extract_tar(TarFileName, TmpDir),
            -
            -    TmpBinDir = filename:join([TmpDir, "bin"]),
            -    ErtsBinDir = filename:join([TmpDir, "erts-" ++ ErtsVsn, "bin"]),
            -    io:fwrite("Deleting \"erl\" and \"start\" in directory ~ts ...~n",
            -              [ErtsBinDir]),
            -    file:delete(filename:join([ErtsBinDir, "erl"])),
            -    file:delete(filename:join([ErtsBinDir, "start"])),
            -
            -    io:fwrite("Creating temporary directory ~ts ...~n", [TmpBinDir]),
            -    file:make_dir(TmpBinDir),
            -
            -    io:fwrite("Copying file \"~ts.boot\" to ~ts ...~n",
            -              [PlainRelFileName, filename:join([TmpBinDir, "start.boot"])]),
            -    copy_file(PlainRelFileName++".boot",filename:join([TmpBinDir, "start.boot"])),
            +    TmpDir = filename:join(Dir,"tmp"),
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/data_types.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
            --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/data_types.html	2025-01-25 10:23:23.700245841 +0000
            +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/data_types.html	2025-01-25 10:23:23.704245861 +0000
            @@ -196,10 +196,10 @@
             arithmetic operations. This is because floats are represented by a fixed number
             of bits in a base-2 system while printed floats are represented with a base-10
             system. Erlang uses 64-bit floats. Here are examples of this phenomenon:

            1> 0.1+0.2.
            -0.30000000000000004

            The real numbers 0.1 and 0.2 cannot be represented exactly as floats.

            1> {36028797018963968.0, 36028797018963968 == 36028797018963968.0,
            -  36028797018963970.0, 36028797018963970 == 36028797018963970.0}.
            -{3.602879701896397e16, true,
            - 3.602879701896397e16, false}.

            The value 36028797018963968 can be represented exactly as a float value but +0.30000000000000004

            The real numbers 0.1 and 0.2 cannot be represented exactly as floats.

            1> {36028797018963968.0, 36028797018963968 == 36028797018963968.0,
            +  36028797018963970.0, 36028797018963970 == 36028797018963970.0}.
            +{3.602879701896397e16, true,
            + 3.602879701896397e16, false}.

            The value 36028797018963968 can be represented exactly as a float value but Erlang's pretty printer rounds 36028797018963968.0 to 3.602879701896397e16 (=36028797018963970.0) as all values in the range [36028797018963966.0, 36028797018963972.0] are represented by @@ -240,11 +240,11 @@ 3> <<1:1,0:1>>. <<2:2>>

            The is_bitstring/1 BIF tests whether a term is a bit string, and the is_binary/1 -BIF tests whether a term is a binary.

            Examples:

            1> is_bitstring(<<1:1>>).
            +BIF tests whether a term is a binary.

            Examples:

            1> is_bitstring(<<1:1>>).
             true
            -2> is_binary(<<1:1>>).
            +2> is_binary(<<1:1>>).
             false
            -3> is_binary(<<42>>).
            +3> is_binary(<<42>>).
             true
             

            For more examples, see Programming Examples.

            @@ -256,9 +256,9 @@ among connected nodes. A reference is created by calling the make_ref/0 BIF. The is_reference/1 BIF tests whether a term -is a reference.

            Examples:

            1> Ref = make_ref().
            +is a reference.

            Examples:

            1> Ref = make_ref().
             #Ref<0.76482849.3801088007.198204>
            -2> is_reference(Ref).
            +2> is_reference(Ref).
             true

            @@ -267,17 +267,17 @@

            A fun is a functional object. Funs make it possible to create an anonymous function and pass the function itself — not its name — as argument to other -functions.

            Examples:

            1> Fun1 = fun (X) -> X+1 end.
            +functions.

            Examples:

            1> Fun1 = fun (X) -> X+1 end.
             #Fun<erl_eval.6.39074546>
            -2> Fun1(2).
            +2> Fun1(2).
             3

            The is_function/1 and is_function/2 -BIFs tests whether a term is a fun.

            Examples:

            1> F = fun() -> ok end.
            +BIFs tests whether a term is a fun.

            Examples:

            1> F = fun() -> ok end.
             #Fun<erl_eval.43.105768164>
            -2> is_function(F).
            +2> is_function(F).
             true
            -3> is_function(F, 0).
            +3> is_function(F, 0).
             true
            -4> is_function(F, 1).
            +4> is_function(F, 1).
             false

            Read more about funs in Fun Expressions. For more examples, see Programming Examples.

            @@ -303,17 +303,17 @@ a message, which is the case when calling the spawn_request/5 BIF. A Pid is typically used when when sending a process a signal. The -is_pid/1 BIF tests whether a term is a Pid.

            Example:

            -module(m).
            --export([loop/0]).
            +is_pid/1 BIF tests whether a term is a Pid.

            Example:

            -module(m).
            +-export([loop/0]).
             
            -loop() ->
            +loop() ->
                 receive
                     who_are_you ->
            -            io:format("I am ~p~n", [self()]),
            -            loop()
            +            io:format("I am ~p~n", [self()]),
            +            loop()
                 end.
             
            -1> P = spawn(m, loop, []).
            +1> P = spawn(m, loop, []).
             <0.58.0>
             2> P ! who_are_you.
             I am <0.58.0>
            @@ -324,19 +324,19 @@
               Tuple
             

            A tuple is a compound data type with a fixed number of terms:

            {Term1,...,TermN}

            Each term Term in the tuple is called an element. The number of elements is -said to be the size of the tuple.

            There exists a number of BIFs to manipulate tuples.

            Examples:

            1> P = {adam,24,{july,29}}.
            -{adam,24,{july,29}}
            -2> element(1,P).
            +said to be the size of the tuple.

            There exists a number of BIFs to manipulate tuples.

            Examples:

            1> P = {adam,24,{july,29}}.
            +{adam,24,{july,29}}
            +2> element(1,P).
             adam
            -3> element(3,P).
            -{july,29}
            -4> P2 = setelement(2,P,25).
            -{adam,25,{july,29}}
            -5> tuple_size(P).
            +3> element(3,P).
            +{july,29}
            +4> P2 = setelement(2,P,25).
            +{adam,25,{july,29}}
            +5> tuple_size(P).
             3
            -6> tuple_size({}).
            +6> tuple_size({}).
             0
            -7> is_tuple({a,b,c}).
            +7> is_tuple({a,b,c}).
             true

            @@ -345,17 +345,17 @@

            A map is a compound data type with a variable number of key-value associations:

            #{Key1 => Value1, ..., KeyN => ValueN}

            Each key-value association in the map is called an association pair. The key and value parts of the pair are called elements. The number of association -pairs is said to be the size of the map.

            There exists a number of BIFs to manipulate maps.

            Examples:

            1> M1 = #{name => adam, age => 24, date => {july,29}}.
            -#{age => 24,date => {july,29},name => adam}
            -2> maps:get(name, M1).
            +pairs is said to be the size of the map.

            There exists a number of BIFs to manipulate maps.

            Examples:

            1> M1 = #{name => adam, age => 24, date => {july,29}}.
            +#{age => 24,date => {july,29},name => adam}
            +2> maps:get(name, M1).
             adam
            -3> maps:get(date, M1).
            -{july,29}
            -4> M2 = maps:update(age, 25, M1).
            -#{age => 25,date => {july,29},name => adam}
            -5> map_size(M).
            +3> maps:get(date, M1).
            +{july,29}
            +4> M2 = maps:update(age, 25, M1).
            +#{age => 25,date => {july,29},name => adam}
            +5> map_size(M).
             3
            -6> map_size(#{}).
            +6> map_size(#{}).
             0

            A collection of maps processing functions are found in module maps in STDLIB.

            Read more about maps in Map Expressions.

            Change

            Maps were introduced as an experimental feature in Erlang/OTP R17. Their functionality was extended and became fully supported in Erlang/OTP 18.

            @@ -370,19 +370,19 @@ latter can be expressed as [H|T]. The notation [Term1,...,TermN] above is equivalent with the list [Term1|[...|[TermN|[]]]].

            Example:

            [] is a list, thus
            [c|[]] is a list, thus
            [b|[c|[]]] is a list, thus
            [a|[b|[c|[]]]] is a list, or in short [a,b,c]

            A list where the tail is a list is sometimes called a proper list. It is allowed to have a list where the tail is not a list, for example, [a|b]. -However, this type of list is of little practical use.

            Examples:

            1> L1 = [a,2,{c,4}].
            -[a,2,{c,4}]
            -2> [H|T] = L1.
            -[a,2,{c,4}]
            +However, this type of list is of little practical use.

            Examples:

            1> L1 = [a,2,{c,4}].
            +[a,2,{c,4}]
            +2> [H|T] = L1.
            +[a,2,{c,4}]
             3> H.
             a
             4> T.
            -[2,{c,4}]
            -5> L2 = [d|T].
            -[d,2,{c,4}]
            -6> length(L1).
            +[2,{c,4}]
            +5> L2 = [d|T].
            +[d,2,{c,4}]
            +6> length(L1).
             3
            -7> length([]).
            +7> length([]).
             0

            A collection of list processing functions are found in module lists in STDLIB.

            @@ -510,16 +510,16 @@ data type. Instead, record expressions are translated to tuple expressions during compilation. Therefore, record expressions are not understood by the shell unless special actions are taken. For details, see module shell -in STDLIB.

            Examples:

            -module(person).
            --export([new/2]).
            +in STDLIB.

            Examples:

            -module(person).
            +-export([new/2]).
             
            --record(person, {name, age}).
            +-record(person, {name, age}).
             
            -new(Name, Age) ->
            -    #href_anchor"ss">person{name=Name, age=Age}.
            +new(Name, Age) ->
            +    #href_anchor"ss">person{name=Name, age=Age}.
             
            -1> person:new(ernie, 44).
            -{person,ernie,44}

            Read more about records in Records. More examples are +1> person:new(ernie, 44). +{person,ernie,44}

            Read more about records in Records. More examples are found in Programming Examples.

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/debugging.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/debugging.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.740246040 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/debugging.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.740246040 +0000 @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ Erlang programming language

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/design_principles.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/design_principles.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.764246161 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/design_principles.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.768246181 +0000 @@ -156,94 +156,94 @@ specific part. Consider the following code (written in plain Erlang) for a simple server, which keeps track of a number of "channels". Other processes can allocate and free the channels by calling the functions alloc/0 and free/1, -respectively.

            -module(ch1).
            --export([start/0]).
            --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            --export([init/0]).
            +respectively.

            -module(ch1).
            +-export([start/0]).
            +-export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            +-export([init/0]).
             
            -start() ->
            -    spawn(ch1, init, []).
            +start() ->
            +    spawn(ch1, init, []).
             
            -alloc() ->
            -    ch1 ! {self(), alloc},
            +alloc() ->
            +    ch1 ! {self(), alloc},
                 receive
            -        {ch1, Res} ->
            +        {ch1, Res} ->
                         Res
                 end.
             
            -free(Ch) ->
            -    ch1 ! {free, Ch},
            +free(Ch) ->
            +    ch1 ! {free, Ch},
                 ok.
             
            -init() ->
            -    register(ch1, self()),
            -    Chs = channels(),
            -    loop(Chs).
            +init() ->
            +    register(ch1, self()),
            +    Chs = channels(),
            +    loop(Chs).
             
            -loop(Chs) ->
            +loop(Chs) ->
                 receive
            -        {From, alloc} ->
            -            {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
            -            From ! {ch1, Ch},
            -            loop(Chs2);
            -        {free, Ch} ->
            -            Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
            -            loop(Chs2)
            -    end.

            The code for the server can be rewritten into a generic part server.erl:

            -module(server).
            --export([start/1]).
            --export([call/2, cast/2]).
            --export([init/1]).
            +        {From, alloc} ->
            +            {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
            +            From ! {ch1, Ch},
            +            loop(Chs2);
            +        {free, Ch} ->
            +            Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
            +            loop(Chs2)
            +    end.

            The code for the server can be rewritten into a generic part server.erl:

            -module(server).
            +-export([start/1]).
            +-export([call/2, cast/2]).
            +-export([init/1]).
             
            -start(Mod) ->
            -    spawn(server, init, [Mod]).
            +start(Mod) ->
            +    spawn(server, init, [Mod]).
             
            -call(Name, Req) ->
            -    Name ! {call, self(), Req},
            +call(Name, Req) ->
            +    Name ! {call, self(), Req},
                 receive
            -        {Name, Res} ->
            +        {Name, Res} ->
                         Res
                 end.
             
            -cast(Name, Req) ->
            -    Name ! {cast, Req},
            +cast(Name, Req) ->
            +    Name ! {cast, Req},
                 ok.
             
            -init(Mod) ->
            -    register(Mod, self()),
            -    State = Mod:init(),
            -    loop(Mod, State).
            +init(Mod) ->
            +    register(Mod, self()),
            +    State = Mod:init(),
            +    loop(Mod, State).
             
            -loop(Mod, State) ->
            +loop(Mod, State) ->
                 receive
            -        {call, From, Req} ->
            -            {Res, State2} = Mod:handle_call(Req, State),
            -            From ! {Mod, Res},
            -            loop(Mod, State2);
            -        {cast, Req} ->
            -            State2 = Mod:handle_cast(Req, State),
            -            loop(Mod, State2)
            -    end.

            And a callback module ch2.erl:

            -module(ch2).
            --export([start/0]).
            --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            --export([init/0, handle_call/2, handle_cast/2]).
            -
            -start() ->
            -    server:start(ch2).
            -
            -alloc() ->
            -    server:call(ch2, alloc).
            -
            -free(Ch) ->
            -    server:cast(ch2, {free, Ch}).
            +        {call, From, Req} ->
            +            {Res, State2} = Mod:handle_call(Req, State),
            +            From ! {Mod, Res},
            +            loop(Mod, State2);
            +        {cast, Req} ->
            +            State2 = Mod:handle_cast(Req, State),
            +            loop(Mod, State2)
            +    end.

            And a callback module ch2.erl:

            -module(ch2).
            +-export([start/0]).
            +-export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            +-export([init/0, handle_call/2, handle_cast/2]).
            +
            +start() ->
            +    server:start(ch2).
            +
            +alloc() ->
            +    server:call(ch2, alloc).
            +
            +free(Ch) ->
            +    server:cast(ch2, {free, Ch}).
             
            -init() ->
            -    channels().
            +init() ->
            +    channels().
             
            -handle_call(alloc, Chs) ->
            -    alloc(Chs). % => {Ch,Chs2}
            +handle_call(alloc, Chs) ->
            +    alloc(Chs). % => {Ch,Chs2}
             
            -handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
            -    free(Ch, Chs). % => Chs2

            Notice the following:

            • The code in server can be reused to build many different servers.
            • The server name, in this example the atom ch2, is hidden from the users of +handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) -> + free(Ch, Chs). % => Chs2

            Notice the following:

            • The code in server can be reused to build many different servers.
            • The server name, in this example the atom ch2, is hidden from the users of the client functions. This means that the name can be changed without affecting them.
            • The protocol (messages sent to and received from the server) is also hidden. This is good programming practice and allows one to change the protocol @@ -252,16 +252,16 @@ and free/2 has been intentionally left out, as it is not relevant to the example. For completeness, one way to write these functions is given below. This is an example only, a realistic implementation must be able to handle situations -like running out of channels to allocate, and so on.

              channels() ->
              -   {_Allocated = [], _Free = lists:seq(1, 100)}.
              +like running out of channels to allocate, and so on.

              channels() ->
              +   {_Allocated = [], _Free = lists:seq(1, 100)}.
               
              -alloc({Allocated, [H|T] = _Free}) ->
              -   {H, {[H|Allocated], T}}.
              +alloc({Allocated, [H|T] = _Free}) ->
              +   {H, {[H|Allocated], T}}.
               
              -free(Ch, {Alloc, Free} = Channels) ->
              -   case lists:member(Ch, Alloc) of
              +free(Ch, {Alloc, Free} = Channels) ->
              +   case lists:member(Ch, Alloc) of
                     true ->
              -         {lists:delete(Ch, Alloc), [Ch|Free]};
              +         {lists:delete(Ch, Alloc), [Ch|Free]};
                     false ->
                        Channels
                  end.

              Code written without using behaviours can be more efficient, but the increased @@ -270,13 +270,13 @@ other programmers. Improvised programming structures, while possibly more efficient, are always more difficult to understand.

              The server module corresponds, greatly simplified, to the Erlang/OTP behaviour gen_server.

              The standard Erlang/OTP behaviours are:

              • gen_server

                For implementing the server of a client-server relation

              • gen_statem

                For implementing state machines

              • gen_event

                For implementing event handling functionality

              • supervisor

                For implementing a supervisor in a supervision tree

              The compiler understands the module attribute -behaviour(Behaviour) and issues -warnings about missing callback functions, for example:

              -module(chs3).
              --behaviour(gen_server).
              +warnings about missing callback functions, for example:

              -module(chs3).
              +-behaviour(gen_server).
               ...
               
              -3> c(chs3).
              +3> c(chs3).
               ./chs3.erl:10: Warning: undefined call-back function handle_call/3
              -{ok,chs3}

              /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/distributed.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/distributed.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.800246341 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/distributed.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.804246360 +0000 @@ -146,17 +146,17 @@ the user. host is the full host name if long names are used, or the first part of the host name if short names are used. Function node() returns the name of the node.

              Example:

              % erl -name dilbert
              -(dilbert@uab.ericsson.se)1> node().
              +(dilbert@uab.ericsson.se)1> node().
               'dilbert@uab.ericsson.se'
               
               % erl -sname dilbert
              -(dilbert@uab)1> node().
              +(dilbert@uab)1> node().
               dilbert@uab

              The node name can also be given in runtime by calling net_kernel:start/1.

              Example:

              % erl
              -1> node().
              +1> node().
               nonode@nohost
              -2> net_kernel:start([dilbert,shortnames]).
              -{ok,<0.102.0>}
              -(dilbert@uab)3> node().
              +2> net_kernel:start([dilbert,shortnames]).
              +{ok,<0.102.0>}
              +(dilbert@uab)3> node().
               dilbert@uab

              Note

              A node with a long node name cannot communicate with a node with a short node name.

              @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ Erlang programming language

              -

              Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

              +

              Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

              /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/distributed_applications.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/distributed_applications.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.828246480 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/distributed_applications.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.832246500 +0000 @@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ elapsed, all applications start. If not all mandatory nodes are up, the node terminates.

              Example:

              An application myapp is to run at the node cp1@cave. If this node goes down, myapp is to be restarted at cp2@cave or cp3@cave. A system configuration -file cp1.config for cp1@cave can look as follows:

              [{kernel,
              -  [{distributed, [{myapp, 5000, [cp1@cave, {cp2@cave, cp3@cave}]}]},
              -   {sync_nodes_mandatory, [cp2@cave, cp3@cave]},
              -   {sync_nodes_timeout, 5000}
              -  ]
              - }
              -].

              The system configuration files for cp2@cave and cp3@cave are identical, +file cp1.config for cp1@cave can look as follows:

              [{kernel,
              +  [{distributed, [{myapp, 5000, [cp1@cave, {cp2@cave, cp3@cave}]}]},
              +   {sync_nodes_mandatory, [cp2@cave, cp3@cave]},
              +   {sync_nodes_timeout, 5000}
              +  ]
              + }
              +].

              The system configuration files for cp2@cave and cp3@cave are identical, except for the list of mandatory nodes, which is to be [cp1@cave, cp3@cave] for cp2@cave and [cp1@cave, cp2@cave] for cp3@cave.

              Note

              All involved nodes must have the same value for distributed and sync_nodes_timeout. Otherwise the system behavior is undefined.

              @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ automatically starts the application.

              The application is started at the first operational node that is listed in the list of nodes in the distributed configuration parameter. The application is started as usual. That is, an application master is created and calls the -application callback function:

              Module:start(normal, StartArgs)

              Example:

              Continuing the example from the previous section, the three nodes are started, +application callback function:

              Module:start(normal, StartArgs)

              Example:

              Continuing the example from the previous section, the three nodes are started, specifying the system configuration file:

              > erl -sname cp1 -config cp1
               > erl -sname cp2 -config cp2
               > erl -sname cp3 -config cp3

              When all nodes are operational, myapp can be started. This is achieved by @@ -191,9 +191,9 @@ restarted (after the specified time-out) at the first operational node that is listed in the list of nodes in the distributed configuration parameter. This is called a failover.

              The application is started the normal way at the new node, that is, by the -application master calling:

              Module:start(normal, StartArgs)

              An exception is if the application has the start_phases key defined (see +application master calling:

              Module:start(normal, StartArgs)

              An exception is if the application has the start_phases key defined (see Included Applications). The application is then -instead started by calling:

              Module:start({failover, Node}, StartArgs)

              Here Node is the terminated node.

              Example:

              If cp1 goes down, the system checks which one of the other nodes, cp2 or +instead started by calling:

              Module:start({failover, Node}, StartArgs)

              Here Node is the terminated node.

              Example:

              If cp1 goes down, the system checks which one of the other nodes, cp2 or cp3, has the least number of running applications, but waits for 5 seconds for cp1 to restart. If cp1 does not restart and cp2 runs fewer applications than cp3, myapp is restarted on cp2.

              Application myapp - Situation 2

              Suppose now that cp2 goes also down and does not restart within 5 seconds. @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@

              If a node is started, which has higher priority according to distributed than the node where a distributed application is running, the application is restarted at the new node and stopped at the old node. This is called a -takeover.

              The application is started by the application master calling:

              Module:start({takeover, Node}, StartArgs)

              Here Node is the old node.

              Example:

              If myapp is running at cp3, and if cp2 now restarts, it does not restart +takeover.

              The application is started by the application master calling:

              Module:start({takeover, Node}, StartArgs)

              Here Node is the old node.

              Example:

              If myapp is running at cp3, and if cp2 now restarts, it does not restart myapp, as the order between the cp2 and cp3 nodes is undefined.

              Application myapp - Situation 4

              However, if cp1 also restarts, the function application:takeover/2 moves myapp to cp1, as cp1 has a higher priority than cp3 for this application. In this case, Module:start({takeover, cp3@cave}, StartArgs) is @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ Erlang programming language

              -

              Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

              +

              Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

              /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/documentation.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/documentation.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.860246639 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/documentation.html 2025-01-25 10:23:23.864246660 +0000 @@ -116,15 +116,15 @@

              Documentation in Erlang is done through the -moduledoc and -doc -attributes. For example:

              -module(arith).
              +attributes. For example:

              -module(arith).
               -moduledoc """
               A module for basic arithmetic.
               """.
               
              --export([add/2]).
              +-export([add/2]).
               
               -doc "Adds two numbers.".
              -add(One, Two) -> One + Two.

              The -moduledoc attribute has to be located before the first -doc attribute +add(One, Two) -> One + Two.

              The -moduledoc attribute has to be located before the first -doc attribute or function declaration. It documents the overall purpose of the module.

              The -doc attribute always precedes the function or attribute it documents. The attributes that can be documented are @@ -144,23 +144,23 @@ Documentation metadata

            It is possible to add metadata to the documentation entry. You do this by adding -a -moduledoc or -doc attribute with a map as argument. For example:

            -module(arith).
            +a -moduledoc or -doc attribute with a map as argument. For example:

            -module(arith).
             -moduledoc """
             A module for basic arithmetic.
             """.
            --moduledoc #{since => "1.0"}.
            +-moduledoc #{since => "1.0"}.
             
            --export([add/2]).
            +-export([add/2]).
             
             -doc "Adds two numbers.".
            --doc(#{since => "1.0"}).
            -add(One, Two) -> One + Two.

            The metadata is used by documentation tools to provide extra information to the +-doc(#{since => "1.0"}). +add(One, Two) -> One + Two.

            The metadata is used by documentation tools to provide extra information to the user. There can be multiple metadata documentation entries, in which case the maps will be merged with the latest taking precedence if there are duplicate keys. Example:

            -doc "Adds two numbers.".
            --doc #{since => "1.0", author => "Joe"}.
            --doc #{since => "2.0"}.
            -add(One, Two) -> One + Two.

            This will result in a metadata entry of #{since => "2.0", author => "Joe"}.

            The keys and values in the metadata map can be any type, but it is recommended +-doc #{since => "1.0", author => "Joe"}. +-doc #{since => "2.0"}. +add(One, Two) -> One + Two.

            This will result in a metadata entry of #{since => "2.0", author => "Joe"}.

            The keys and values in the metadata map can be any type, but it is recommended that only atoms are used for keys and strings for the values.

            @@ -172,8 +172,8 @@ -doc {file, "path/to/doc.md"} to point to the documentation. The path used is relative to the file where the -doc attribute is located. For example:

            %% doc/add.md
             Adds two numbers.

            and

            %% src/arith.erl
            --doc({file, "../doc/add.md"}).
            -add(One, Two) -> One + Two.

            +-doc({file, "../doc/add.md"}). +add(One, Two) -> One + Two.

            @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ and other diagrams to better show the usage of the module. Instead of writing a long text in the moduledoc attribute, it could be better to break it out into an external page.

            The moduledoc attribute should start with a short paragraph describing the -module and then go into greater details. For example:

            -module(arith).
            +module and then go into greater details. For example:

            -module(arith).
             -moduledoc """
                A module for basic arithmetic.
             
            @@ -207,9 +207,9 @@
             deprecated and what to use instead.

          • format - The format to use for all documentation in this module. The default is text/markdown. It should be written using the mime type -of the format.

          Example:

          -moduledoc {file, "../doc/arith.asciidoc"}.
          --moduledoc #href_anchor"ss">since => "0.1", format => "text/asciidoc"}.
          --moduledoc #{deprecated => "Use the Erlang arithmetic operators instead."}.

          +of the format.

        Example:

        -moduledoc {file, "../doc/arith.asciidoc"}.
        +-moduledoc #href_anchor"ss">since => "0.1", format => "text/asciidoc"}.
        +-moduledoc #{deprecated => "Use the Erlang arithmetic operators instead."}.

        @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ We use a special number here so that we know that this number comes from this module. """. --opaque number() :: {arith, erlang:number()}. +-opaque number() :: {arith, erlang:number()}. -doc """ Adds two numbers. @@ -235,8 +235,8 @@ 1> arith:add(arith:number(1), arith:number(2)). {number, 3} ``` """. --spec add(number(), number()) -> number(). -add({number, One}, {number, Two}) -> {number, One + Two}.

        +-spec add(number(), number()) -> number(). +add({number, One}, {number, Two}) -> {number, One + Two}.

      @@ -248,12 +248,12 @@ automatically insert this key if there is a -deprecated attribute marking a function as deprecated.

    • equiv => unicode:chardata() | F/A | F(...) - Notes that this function is equivalent to another function in this module. The equivalence can be described using either -Func/Arity, Func(Args) or a unicode string. For example:

      -doc #{equiv => add/3}.
      -add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
      -add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

      or

      -doc #{equiv => add(One, Two, [])}.
      --spec add(One :: number(), Two :: number()) -> number().
      -add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
      -add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

      The entry into the EEP-48 doc chunk metadata is +Func/Arity, Func(Args) or a unicode string. For example:

      -doc #{equiv => add/3}.
      +add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
      +add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

      or

      -doc #{equiv => add(One, Two, [])}.
      +-spec add(One :: number(), Two :: number()) -> number().
      +add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
      +add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

      The entry into the EEP-48 doc chunk metadata is the value converted to a string.

    • exported => boolean() - A boolean/0 signifying if the entry is exported or not. This value is automatically set by the compiler and should not be set by the user.

    @@ -264,20 +264,20 @@

    The doc signature is a short text shown to describe the function and its arguments. By default it is determined by looking at the names of the arguments in the --spec or function. For example:

    add(One, Two) -> One + Two.
    +-spec or function. For example:

    add(One, Two) -> One + Two.
     
    --spec sub(One :: integer(), Two :: integer()) -> integer().
    -sub(X, Y) -> X - Y.

    will have a signature of add(One, Two) and sub(One, Two).

    For types or callbacks, the signature is derived from the type or callback -specification. For example:

    -type number(Value) :: {number, Value}.
    +-spec sub(One :: integer(), Two :: integer()) -> integer().
    +sub(X, Y) -> X - Y.

    will have a signature of add(One, Two) and sub(One, Two).

    For types or callbacks, the signature is derived from the type or callback +specification. For example:

    -type number(Value) :: {number, Value}.
     %% signature will be `number(Value)`
     
    --opaque number() :: {number, number()}.
    +-opaque number() :: {number, number()}.
     %% signature will be `number()`
     
    --callback increment(In :: number()) -> Out.
    +-callback increment(In :: number()) -> Out.
     %% signature will be `increment(In)`
     
    --callback increment(In) -> Out when In :: number().
    +-callback increment(In) -> Out when In :: number().
     %% signature will be `increment(In)`

    If it is not possible to "easily" figure out a nice signature from the code, the MFA syntax is used instead. For example: add/2, number/1, increment/1

    It is possible to supply a custom signature by placing it as the first line of the -doc attribute. The provided signature must be in the form of a function @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ Adds two numbers. """. -add(A, B) -> A + B.

    Will create the signature add(One, Two). The signature will be removed from the +add(A, B) -> A + B.

    Will create the signature add(One, Two). The signature will be removed from the documentation string, so in the example above only the text "Adds two numbers" will be part of the documentation. This works for functions, types, and callbacks.

    A pattern has the same structure as a term but can contain unbound variables.

    Example:

    Name1
    -[H|T]
    -{error,Reason}

    Patterns are allowed in clause heads, case expressions, +[H|T] +{error,Reason}

    Patterns are allowed in clause heads, case expressions, receive expressions, and match expressions.

    @@ -182,13 +182,13 @@

    If Pattern1 and Pattern2 are valid patterns, the following is also a valid pattern:

    Pattern1 = Pattern2

    When matched against a term, both Pattern1 and Pattern2 are matched against -the term. The idea behind this feature is to avoid reconstruction of terms.

    Example:

    f({connect,From,To,Number,Options}, To) ->
    -    Signal = {connect,From,To,Number,Options},
    +the term. The idea behind this feature is to avoid reconstruction of terms.

    Example:

    f({connect,From,To,Number,Options}, To) ->
    +    Signal = {connect,From,To,Number,Options},
         ...;
    -f(Signal, To) ->
    -    ignore.

    can instead be written as

    f({connect,_,To,_,_} = Signal, To) ->
    +f(Signal, To) ->
    +    ignore.

    can instead be written as

    f({connect,_,To,_,_} = Signal, To) ->
         ...;
    -f(Signal, To) ->
    +f(Signal, To) ->
         ignore.

    The compound pattern operator does not imply that its operands are matched in any particular order. That means that it is not legal to bind a variable in Pattern1 and use it in Pattern2, or vice versa.

    @@ -197,15 +197,15 @@ String Prefix in Patterns

    -

    When matching strings, the following is a valid pattern:

    f("prefix" ++ Str) -> ...

    This is syntactic sugar for the equivalent, but harder to read:

    f([$p,$r,$e,$f,$i,$x | Str]) -> ...

    +

    When matching strings, the following is a valid pattern:

    f("prefix" ++ Str) -> ...

    This is syntactic sugar for the equivalent, but harder to read:

    f([$p,$r,$e,$f,$i,$x | Str]) -> ...

    Expressions in Patterns

    An arithmetic expression can be used within a pattern if it meets both of the -following two conditions:

    • It uses only numeric or bitwise operators.
    • Its value can be evaluated to a constant when complied.

    Example:

    case {Value, Result} of
    -    {?THRESHOLD+1, ok} -> ...

    +following two conditions:

    • It uses only numeric or bitwise operators.
    • Its value can be evaluated to a constant when complied.

    Example:

    case {Value, Result} of
    +    {?THRESHOLD+1, ok} -> ...

    @@ -213,15 +213,15 @@

    The following matches Pattern against Expr:

    Pattern = Expr

    If the matching succeeds, any unbound variable in the pattern becomes bound and the value of Expr is returned.

    If multiple match operators are applied in sequence, they will be evaluated from -right to left.

    If the matching fails, a badmatch run-time error occurs.

    Examples:

    1> {A, B} = T = {answer, 42}.
    -{answer,42}
    +right to left.

    If the matching fails, a badmatch run-time error occurs.

    Examples:

    1> {A, B} = T = {answer, 42}.
    +{answer,42}
     2> A.
     answer
     3> B.
     42
     4> T.
    -{answer,42}
    -5> {C, D} = [1, 2].
    +{answer,42}
    +5> {C, D} = [1, 2].
     ** exception error: no match of right-hand side value [1,2]

    Because multiple match operators are evaluated from right to left, it means that:

    Pattern1 = Pattern2 = . . . = PatternN = Expression

    is equivalent to:

    Temporary = Expression,
     PatternN = Temporary,
    @@ -243,20 +243,20 @@
     compound pattern matches if all of its constituent patterns match. It is not
     legal for a pattern that is part of a compound pattern to use variables (as keys
     in map patterns or sizes in binary patterns) bound in other sub patterns of the
    -same compound pattern.

    Examples:

    1> fun(#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) -> Value end.
    +same compound pattern.

    Examples:

    1> fun(#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) -> Value end.
     * 1:7: variable 'Key' is unbound
    -2> F = fun({A, B} = E) -> {E, A + B} end, F({1,2}).
    -{{1,2},3}
    -3> G = fun(<<A:8,B:8>> = <<C:16>>) -> {A, B, C} end, G(<<42,43>>).
    -{42,43,10795}

    The match operator is allowed everywhere an expression is allowed. It is used +2> F = fun({A, B} = E) -> {E, A + B} end, F({1,2}). +{{1,2},3} +3> G = fun(<<A:8,B:8>> = <<C:16>>) -> {A, B, C} end, G(<<42,43>>). +{42,43,10795}

    The match operator is allowed everywhere an expression is allowed. It is used to match the value of an expression to a pattern. If multiple match operators -are applied in sequence, they will be evaluated from right to left.

    Examples:

    1> M = #{key => key2, key2 => value}.
    -#{key => key2,key2 => value}
    -2> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = #{key := Key} = M, Value.
    +are applied in sequence, they will be evaluated from right to left.

    Examples:

    1> M = #{key => key2, key2 => value}.
    +#{key => key2,key2 => value}
    +2> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = #{key := Key} = M, Value.
     value
    -3> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = (#{key := Key} = M), Value.
    +3> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = (#{key := Key} = M), Value.
     value
    -4> f(Key), (#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) = M, Value.
    +4> f(Key), (#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) = M, Value.
     * 1:12: variable 'Key' is unbound
     5> <<X:Y>> = begin Y = 8, <<42:8>> end, X.
     42

    The expression at prompt 2> first matches the value of variable M against @@ -280,22 +280,22 @@ Function Calls -

    ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)
    -ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)

    In the first form of function calls, ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), each of +

    ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)
    +ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)

    In the first form of function calls, ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), each of ExprM and ExprF must be an atom or an expression that evaluates to an atom. The function is said to be called by using the fully qualified function name. -This is often referred to as a remote or external function call.

    Example:

    lists:keyfind(Name, 1, List)

    In the second form of function calls, ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), ExprF must be +This is often referred to as a remote or external function call.

    Example:

    lists:keyfind(Name, 1, List)

    In the second form of function calls, ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), ExprF must be an atom or evaluate to a fun.

    If ExprF is an atom, the function is said to be called by using the implicitly qualified function name. If the function ExprF is locally defined, it is called. Alternatively, if ExprF is explicitly imported from the M module, M:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN) is called. If ExprF is neither declared locally nor explicitly imported, ExprF must be the name of an automatically -imported BIF.

    Examples:

    handle(Msg, State)
    -spawn(m, init, [])

    Examples where ExprF is a fun:

    1> Fun1 = fun(X) -> X+1 end,
    -Fun1(3).
    +imported BIF.

    Examples:

    handle(Msg, State)
    +spawn(m, init, [])

    Examples where ExprF is a fun:

    1> Fun1 = fun(X) -> X+1 end,
    +Fun1(3).
     4
    -2> fun lists:append/2([1,2], [3,4]).
    -[1,2,3,4]
    +2> fun lists:append/2([1,2], [3,4]).
    +[1,2,3,4]
     3>

    Notice that when calling a local function, there is a difference between using the implicitly or fully qualified function name. The latter always refers to the latest version of the module. See @@ -320,32 +320,32 @@ (ERTS version 5.8) and have an implicitly qualified call to that function in your code, you either need to explicitly remove the auto-import using a compiler directive, or replace the call with a fully qualified function call. Otherwise -you get a compilation error. See the following example:

    -export([length/1,f/1]).
    +you get a compilation error. See the following example:

    -export([length/1,f/1]).
     
    --compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
    +-compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
     
    -length([]) ->
    +length([]) ->
         0;
    -length([H|T]) ->
    -    1 + length(T). %% Calls the local function length/1
    +length([H|T]) ->
    +    1 + length(T). %% Calls the local function length/1
     
    -f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 3 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
    +f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 3 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
                                       %% which is allowed in guards
         long.

    The same logic applies to explicitly imported functions from other modules, as to locally defined functions. It is not allowed to both import a function from -another module and have the function declared in the module at the same time:

    -export([f/1]).
    +another module and have the function declared in the module at the same time:

    -export([f/1]).
     
    --compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
    +-compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
     
    --import(mod,[length/1]).
    +-import(mod,[length/1]).
     
    -f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 33 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
    +f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 33 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
                                        %% which is allowed in guards
     
    -    erlang:length(X);              %% Explicit call to erlang:length in body
    +    erlang:length(X);              %% Explicit call to erlang:length in body
     
    -f(X) ->
    -    length(X).                     %% mod:length/1 is called

    For auto-imported BIFs added in Erlang/OTP R14A and thereafter, overriding the +f(X) -> + length(X). %% mod:length/1 is called

    For auto-imported BIFs added in Erlang/OTP R14A and thereafter, overriding the name with a local function or explicit import is always allowed. However, if the -compile({no_auto_import,[F/A]) directive is not used, the compiler issues a warning whenever the function is called in the module using the implicitly @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ sequence GuardSeq that evaluates to true is found. Then the corresponding /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/features.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/features.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.204248357 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/features.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.204248357 +0000 @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/funs.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/funs.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.232248497 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/funs.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.236248517 +0000 @@ -121,14 +121,14 @@ map -

    The following function, double, doubles every element in a list:

    double([H|T]) -> [2*H|double(T)];
    -double([])    -> [].

    Hence, the argument entered as input is doubled as follows:

    > double([1,2,3,4]).
    -[2,4,6,8]

    The following function, add_one, adds one to every element in a list:

    add_one([H|T]) -> [H+1|add_one(T)];
    -add_one([])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one have a similar structure. This can be used -by writing a function map that expresses this similarity:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    -map(F, [])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one can now be expressed in terms of map as -follows:

    double(L)  -> map(fun(X) -> 2*X end, L).
    -add_one(L) -> map(fun(X) -> 1 + X end, L).

    map(F, List) is a function that takes a function F and a list L as +

    The following function, double, doubles every element in a list:

    double([H|T]) -> [2*H|double(T)];
    +double([])    -> [].

    Hence, the argument entered as input is doubled as follows:

    > double([1,2,3,4]).
    +[2,4,6,8]

    The following function, add_one, adds one to every element in a list:

    add_one([H|T]) -> [H+1|add_one(T)];
    +add_one([])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one have a similar structure. This can be used +by writing a function map that expresses this similarity:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    +map(F, [])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one can now be expressed in terms of map as +follows:

    double(L)  -> map(fun(X) -> 2*X end, L).
    +add_one(L) -> map(fun(X) -> 1 + X end, L).

    map(F, List) is a function that takes a function F and a list L as arguments and returns a new list, obtained by applying F to each of the elements in L.

    The process of abstracting out the common features of a number of different programs is called procedural abstraction. Procedural abstraction can be used @@ -142,21 +142,21 @@ foreach

    This section illustrates procedural abstraction. Initially, the following two -examples are written as conventional functions.

    This function prints all elements of a list onto a stream:

    print_list(Stream, [H|T]) ->
    -    io:format(Stream, "~p~n", [H]),
    -    print_list(Stream, T);
    -print_list(Stream, []) ->
    -    true.

    This function broadcasts a message to a list of processes:

    broadcast(Msg, [Pid|Pids]) ->
    +examples are written as conventional functions.

    This function prints all elements of a list onto a stream:

    print_list(Stream, [H|T]) ->
    +    io:format(Stream, "~p~n", [H]),
    +    print_list(Stream, T);
    +print_list(Stream, []) ->
    +    true.

    This function broadcasts a message to a list of processes:

    broadcast(Msg, [Pid|Pids]) ->
         Pid ! Msg,
    -    broadcast(Msg, Pids);
    -broadcast(_, []) ->
    +    broadcast(Msg, Pids);
    +broadcast(_, []) ->
         true.

    These two functions have a similar structure. They both iterate over a list and do something to each element in the list. The "something" is passed on as an -extra argument to the function that does this.

    The function foreach expresses this similarity:

    foreach(F, [H|T]) ->
    -    F(H),
    -    foreach(F, T);
    -foreach(F, []) ->
    -    ok.

    Using the function foreach, the function print_list becomes:

    foreach(fun(H) -> io:format(S, "~p~n",[H]) end, L)

    Using the function foreach, the function broadcast becomes:

    foreach(fun(Pid) -> Pid ! M end, L)

    foreach is evaluated for its side-effect and not its value. foreach(Fun ,L) +extra argument to the function that does this.

    The function foreach expresses this similarity:

    foreach(F, [H|T]) ->
    +    F(H),
    +    foreach(F, T);
    +foreach(F, []) ->
    +    ok.

    Using the function foreach, the function print_list becomes:

    foreach(fun(H) -> io:format(S, "~p~n",[H]) end, L)

    Using the function foreach, the function broadcast becomes:

    foreach(fun(Pid) -> Pid ! M end, L)

    foreach is evaluated for its side-effect and not its value. foreach(Fun ,L) calls Fun(X) for each element X in L and the processing occurs in the order that the elements were defined in L. map does not define the order in which its elements are processed.

    @@ -166,24 +166,24 @@ Syntax of Funs

    Funs are written with the following syntax (see -Fun Expressions for full description):

    F = fun (Arg1, Arg2, ... ArgN) ->
    +Fun Expressions for full description):

    F = fun (Arg1, Arg2, ... ArgN) ->
             ...
         end

    This creates an anonymous function of N arguments and binds it to the variable F.

    Another function, FunctionName, written in the same module, can be passed as an argument, using the following syntax:

    F = fun FunctionName/Arity

    With this form of function reference, the function that is referred to does not need to be exported from the module.

    It is also possible to refer to a function defined in a different module, with -the following syntax:

    F = fun Module:FunctionName/Arity

    In this case, the function must be exported from the module in question.

    The following program illustrates the different ways of creating funs:

    -module(fun_test).
    --export([t1/0, t2/0]).
    --import(lists, [map/2]).
    -
    -t1() -> map(fun(X) -> 2 * X end, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    -
    -t2() -> map(fun double/1, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    -
    -double(X) -> X * 2.

    The fun F can be evaluated with the following syntax:

    F(Arg1, Arg2, ..., Argn)

    To check whether a term is a fun, use the test -is_function/1 in a guard.

    Example:

    f(F, Args) when is_function(F) ->
    -   apply(F, Args);
    -f(N, _) when is_integer(N) ->
    +the following syntax:

    F = fun Module:FunctionName/Arity

    In this case, the function must be exported from the module in question.

    The following program illustrates the different ways of creating funs:

    -module(fun_test).
    +-export([t1/0, t2/0]).
    +-import(lists, [map/2]).
    +
    +t1() -> map(fun(X) -> 2 * X end, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +
    +t2() -> map(fun double/1, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +
    +double(X) -> X * 2.

    The fun F can be evaluated with the following syntax:

    F(Arg1, Arg2, ..., Argn)

    To check whether a term is a fun, use the test +is_function/1 in a guard.

    Example:

    f(F, Args) when is_function(F) ->
    +   apply(F, Args);
    +f(N, _) when is_integer(N) ->
        N.

    Funs are a distinct type. The BIFs erlang:fun_info/1,2 can be used to retrieve information about a fun, and the BIF erlang:fun_to_list/1 returns a textual representation of a fun. The check_process_code/2 @@ -196,18 +196,18 @@

    The scope rules for variables that occur in funs are as follows:

    • All variables that occur in the head of a fun are assumed to be "fresh" variables.
    • Variables that are defined before the fun, and that occur in function calls or -guard tests within the fun, have the values they had outside the fun.
    • Variables cannot be exported from a fun.

    The following examples illustrate these rules:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    -    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    -    foreach(fun(X) -> io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[X]) end, List),
    -    file:close(Stream).

    Here, the variable X, defined in the head of the fun, is a new variable. The +guard tests within the fun, have the values they had outside the fun.

  • Variables cannot be exported from a fun.
  • The following examples illustrate these rules:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    +    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    +    foreach(fun(X) -> io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[X]) end, List),
    +    file:close(Stream).

    Here, the variable X, defined in the head of the fun, is a new variable. The variable Stream, which is used within the fun, gets its value from the file:open line.

    As any variable that occurs in the head of a fun is considered a new variable, -it is equally valid to write as follows:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    -    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    -    foreach(fun(File) ->
    -                io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[File])
    -            end, List),
    -    file:close(Stream).

    Here, File is used as the new variable instead of X. This is not so wise +it is equally valid to write as follows:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    +    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    +    foreach(fun(File) ->
    +                io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[File])
    +            end, List),
    +    file:close(Stream).

    Here, File is used as the new variable instead of X. This is not so wise because code in the fun body cannot refer to the variable File, which is defined outside of the fun. Compiling this example gives the following diagnostic:

    ./FileName.erl:Line: Warning: variable 'File'
    @@ -216,20 +216,20 @@
     pattern matching operations must be moved into guard expressions and cannot be
     written in the head of the fun. For example, you might write the following code
     if you intend the first clause of F to be evaluated when the value of its
    -argument is Y:

    f(...) ->
    +argument is Y:

    f(...) ->
         Y = ...
    -    map(fun(X) when X == Y ->
    +    map(fun(X) when X == Y ->
                  ;
    -           (_) ->
    +           (_) ->
                  ...
    -        end, ...)
    -    ...

    instead of writing the following code:

    f(...) ->
    +        end, ...)
    +    ...

    instead of writing the following code:

    f(...) ->
         Y = ...
    -    map(fun(Y) ->
    +    map(fun(Y) ->
                  ;
    -           (_) ->
    +           (_) ->
                  ...
    -        end, ...)
    +        end, ...)
         ...

    @@ -243,58 +243,58 @@ map

    -

    lists:map/2 takes a function of one argument and a list of terms:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    -map(F, [])    -> [].

    It returns the list obtained by applying the function to every argument in the +

    lists:map/2 takes a function of one argument and a list of terms:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    +map(F, [])    -> [].

    It returns the list obtained by applying the function to every argument in the list.

    When a new fun is defined in the shell, the value of the fun is printed as -Fun#<erl_eval>:

    > Double = fun(X) -> 2 * X end.
    +Fun#<erl_eval>:

    > Double = fun(X) -> 2 * X end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.6.72228031>
    -> lists:map(Double, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    -[2,4,6,8,10]

    +> lists:map(Double, [1,2,3,4,5]). +[2,4,6,8,10]

    any

    -

    lists:any/2 takes a predicate P of one argument and a list of terms:

    any(Pred, [H|T]) ->
    -    case Pred(H) of
    +

    lists:any/2 takes a predicate P of one argument and a list of terms:

    any(Pred, [H|T]) ->
    +    case Pred(H) of
             true  ->  true;
    -        false ->  any(Pred, T)
    +        false ->  any(Pred, T)
         end;
    -any(Pred, []) ->
    +any(Pred, []) ->
         false.

    A predicate is a function that returns true or false. any is true if there is a term X in the list such that P(X) is true.

    A predicate Big(X) is defined, which is true if its argument is greater that -10:

    > Big =  fun(X) -> if X > 10 -> true; true -> false end end.
    +10:

    > Big =  fun(X) -> if X > 10 -> true; true -> false end end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.6.72228031>
    -> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,4]).
    +> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,4]).
     false
    -> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,12,5]).
    +> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,12,5]).
     true

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/gen_server_concepts.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/gen_server_concepts.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.264248657 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/gen_server_concepts.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.268248677 +0000 @@ -161,40 +161,40 @@

    An example of a simple server written in plain Erlang is provided in Overview. The server can be reimplemented using -gen_server, resulting in this callback module:

    -module(ch3).
    --behaviour(gen_server).
    +gen_server, resulting in this callback module:

    -module(ch3).
    +-behaviour(gen_server).
     
    --export([start_link/0]).
    --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
    --export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]).
    +-export([start_link/0]).
    +-export([alloc/0, free/1]).
    +-export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []).
    +start_link() ->
    +    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []).
     
    -alloc() ->
    -    gen_server:call(ch3, alloc).
    +alloc() ->
    +    gen_server:call(ch3, alloc).
     
    -free(Ch) ->
    -    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).
    +free(Ch) ->
    +    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).
     
    -init(_Args) ->
    -    {ok, channels()}.
    +init(_Args) ->
    +    {ok, channels()}.
     
    -handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    -    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    -    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.
    +handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    +    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    +    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.
     
    -handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
    -    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
    -    {noreply, Chs2}.

    The code is explained in the next sections.

    +handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) -> + Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs), + {noreply, Chs2}.

    The code is explained in the next sections.

    Starting a Gen_Server

    In the example in the previous section, gen_server is started by calling -ch3:start_link():

    start_link() ->
    -    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []) => {ok, Pid}

    start_link/0 calls function gen_server:start_link/4. This function +ch3:start_link():

    start_link() ->
    +    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []) => {ok, Pid}

    start_link/0 calls function gen_server:start_link/4. This function spawns and links to a new process, a gen_server.

    • The first argument, {local, ch3}, specifies the name. The gen_server is then locally registered as ch3.

      If the name is omitted, the gen_server is not registered. Instead its pid must be used. The name can also be given as {global, Name}, in which case @@ -208,8 +208,8 @@ for the available options.

    If name registration succeeds, the new gen_server process calls the callback function ch3:init([]). init is expected to return {ok, State}, where State is the internal state of the gen_server. In this case, the state is -the available channels.

    init(_Args) ->
    -    {ok, channels()}.

    gen_server:start_link/4 is synchronous. It does not return until the +the available channels.

    init(_Args) ->
    +    {ok, channels()}.

    gen_server:start_link/4 is synchronous. It does not return until the gen_server has been initialized and is ready to receive requests.

    gen_server:start_link/4 must be used if the gen_server is part of a supervision tree, meaning that it was started by a supervisor. There is another function, gen_server:start/4, to start a standalone @@ -225,9 +225,9 @@ When the request is received, the gen_server calls handle_call(Request, From, State), which is expected to return a tuple {reply,Reply,State1}. Reply is the reply that is to be sent back -to the client, and State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    -    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    -    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.

    In this case, the reply is the allocated channel Ch and the new state is the +to the client, and State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    +    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    +    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.

    In this case, the reply is the allocated channel Ch and the new state is the set of remaining available channels Chs2.

    Thus, the call ch3:alloc() returns the allocated channel Ch and the gen_server then waits for new requests, now with an updated list of available channels.

    @@ -236,13 +236,13 @@ Asynchronous Requests - Cast

    -

    The asynchronous request free(Ch) is implemented using gen_server:cast/2:

    free(Ch) ->
    -    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).

    ch3 is the name of the gen_server. {free, Ch} is the actual request.

    The request is made into a message and sent to the gen_server. +

    The asynchronous request free(Ch) is implemented using gen_server:cast/2:

    free(Ch) ->
    +    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).

    ch3 is the name of the gen_server. {free, Ch} is the actual request.

    The request is made into a message and sent to the gen_server. cast, and thus free, then returns ok.

    When the request is received, the gen_server calls handle_cast(Request, State), which is expected to return a tuple -{noreply,State1}. State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
    -    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
    -    {noreply, Chs2}.

    In this case, the new state is the updated list of available channels Chs2. +{noreply,State1}. State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
    +    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
    +    {noreply, Chs2}.

    In this case, the new state is the updated list of available channels Chs2. The gen_server is now ready for new requests.

    @@ -261,15 +261,15 @@ set in the supervisor.

    If it is necessary to clean up before termination, the shutdown strategy must be a time-out value and the gen_server must be set to trap exit signals in function init. When ordered to shutdown, the gen_server then calls -the callback function terminate(shutdown, State):

    init(Args) ->
    +the callback function terminate(shutdown, State):

    init(Args) ->
         ...,
    -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
         ...,
    -    {ok, State}.
    +    {ok, State}.
     
     ...
     
    -terminate(shutdown, State) ->
    +terminate(shutdown, State) ->
         %% Code for cleaning up here
         ...
         ok.

    @@ -280,21 +280,21 @@

    If the gen_server is not part of a supervision tree, a stop function can be useful, for example:

    ...
    -export([stop/0]).
    +export([stop/0]).
     ...
     
    -stop() ->
    -    gen_server:cast(ch3, stop).
    +stop() ->
    +    gen_server:cast(ch3, stop).
     ...
     
    -handle_cast(stop, State) ->
    -    {stop, normal, State};
    -handle_cast({free, Ch}, State) ->
    +handle_cast(stop, State) ->
    +    {stop, normal, State};
    +handle_cast({free, Ch}, State) ->
         ...
     
     ...
     
    -terminate(normal, State) ->
    +terminate(normal, State) ->
         ok.

    The callback function handling the stop request returns a tuple {stop,normal,State1}, where normal specifies that it is a normal termination and State1 is a new value for the state @@ -309,13 +309,13 @@ the callback function handle_info(Info, State) must be implemented to handle them. Examples of other messages are exit messages, if the gen_server is linked to other processes than the supervisor -and it is trapping exit signals.

    handle_info({'EXIT', Pid, Reason}, State) ->
    +and it is trapping exit signals.

    handle_info({'EXIT', Pid, Reason}, State) ->
         %% Code to handle exits here.
         ...
    -    {noreply, State1}.

    The final function to implement is code_change/3:

    code_change(OldVsn, State, Extra) ->
    +    {noreply, State1}.

    The final function to implement is code_change/3:

    code_change(OldVsn, State, Extra) ->
         %% Code to convert state (and more) during code change.
         ...
    -    {ok, NewState}.
    +
    {ok, NewState}.
    @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/getting_started.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/getting_started.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.288248777 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/getting_started.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.292248797 +0000 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/included_applications.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/included_applications.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.312248897 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/included_applications.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.316248916 +0000 @@ -165,16 +165,16 @@ Specifying Included Applications

    Which applications to include is defined by the included_applications key in -the .app file:

    {application, prim_app,
    - [{description, "Tree application"},
    -  {vsn, "1"},
    -  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    -  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    -  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    -  {mod, {prim_app_cb,[]}},
    -  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    - ]}.

    +the .app file:

    {application, prim_app,
    + [{description, "Tree application"},
    +  {vsn, "1"},
    +  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    +  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    +  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    +  {mod, {prim_app_cb,[]}},
    +  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    + ]}.

    @@ -188,27 +188,27 @@ term.

    The value of the mod key of the including application must be set to {application_starter,[Module,StartArgs]}, where Module as usual is the application callback module. StartArgs is a term provided as argument to the -callback function Module:start/2:

    {application, prim_app,
    - [{description, "Tree application"},
    -  {vsn, "1"},
    -  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    -  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    -  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    -  {start_phases, [{init,[]}, {go,[]}]},
    -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    -  {mod, {application_starter,[prim_app_cb,[]]}},
    -  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    - ]}.
    -
    -{application, incl_app,
    - [{description, "Included application"},
    -  {vsn, "1"},
    -  {modules, [incl_app_cb, incl_app_sup, incl_app_server]},
    -  {registered, []},
    -  {start_phases, [{go,[]}]},
    -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    -  {mod, {incl_app_cb,[]}}
    - ]}.

    When starting a primary application with included applications, the primary +callback function Module:start/2:

    {application, prim_app,
    + [{description, "Tree application"},
    +  {vsn, "1"},
    +  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    +  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    +  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    +  {start_phases, [{init,[]}, {go,[]}]},
    +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    +  {mod, {application_starter,[prim_app_cb,[]]}},
    +  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    + ]}.
    +
    +{application, incl_app,
    + [{description, "Included application"},
    +  {vsn, "1"},
    +  {modules, [incl_app_cb, incl_app_sup, incl_app_server]},
    +  {registered, []},
    +  {start_phases, [{go,[]}]},
    +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    +  {mod, {incl_app_cb,[]}}
    + ]}.

    When starting a primary application with included applications, the primary application is started the normal way, that is:

    • The application controller creates an application master for the application
    • The application master calls Module:start(normal, StartArgs) to start the top supervisor.

    Then, for the primary application and each included application in top-down, left-to-right order, the application master calls @@ -221,11 +221,11 @@ of specified phases must be a subset of the set of phases specified for the primary application.

    When starting prim_app as defined above, the application controller calls the following callback functions before application:start(prim_app) returns a -value:

    application:start(prim_app)
    - => prim_app_cb:start(normal, [])
    - => prim_app_cb:start_phase(init, normal, [])
    - => prim_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
    - => incl_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
    +value:

    application:start(prim_app)
    + => prim_app_cb:start(normal, [])
    + => prim_app_cb:start_phase(init, normal, [])
    + => prim_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
    + => incl_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
     ok
    @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install-cross.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install-cross.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.340249036 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install-cross.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.340249036 +0000 @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install-win32.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install-win32.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.368249176 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install-win32.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.372249196 +0000 @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@

    and sometimes

    $ cd $ERL_TOP
     $ make local_setup
     

    So now when you run $ERL_TOP/erl.exe, you should have a debug compiled -emulator, which you will see if you do a:

    1> erlang:system_info(system_version).

    in the erlang shell. If the returned string contains [debug], you +emulator, which you will see if you do a:

    1> erlang:system_info(system_version).

    in the erlang shell. If the returned string contains [debug], you got a debug compiled emulator.

    To hack the erlang libraries, you simply do a make opt in the specific "applications" directory, like:

    $ cd $ERL_TOP/lib/stdlib
     $ make opt
    @@ -322,11 +322,11 @@
     

    Remember that:

    • Windows specific C-code goes in the $ERL_TOP/erts/emulator/sys/win32, $ERL_TOP/erts/emulator/drivers/win32 or $ERL_TOP/erts/etc/win32.

    • Windows specific erlang code should be used conditionally and the host OS tested in runtime, the exactly same beam files should be -distributed for every platform! So write code like:

      case os:type() of
      -    {win32,_} ->
      -        do_windows_specific();
      +distributed for every platform! So write code like:

      case os:type() of
      +    {win32,_} ->
      +        do_windows_specific();
           Other ->
      -        do_fallback_or_exit()
      +        do_fallback_or_exit()
       end,

    That's basically all you need to get going.

    @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.408249376 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.416249416 +0000 @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/installation_guide.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/installation_guide.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.432249496 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/installation_guide.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.436249516 +0000 @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/list_comprehensions.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/list_comprehensions.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.460249635 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/list_comprehensions.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.464249655 +0000 @@ -121,25 +121,25 @@ Simple Examples

    -

    This section starts with a simple example, showing a generator and a filter:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], X > 3].
    -[a,4,b,5,6]

    This is read as follows: The list of X such that X is taken from the list +

    This section starts with a simple example, showing a generator and a filter:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], X > 3].
    +[a,4,b,5,6]

    This is read as follows: The list of X such that X is taken from the list [1,2,a,...] and X is greater than 3.

    The notation X <- [1,2,a,...] is a generator and the expression X > 3 is a filter.

    An additional filter, is_integer(X), can be added to -restrict the result to integers:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], is_integer(X), X > 3].
    -[4,5,6]

    Generators can be combined. For example, the Cartesian product of two lists can -be written as follows:

    > [{X, Y} || X <- [1,2,3], Y <- [a,b]].
    -[{1,a},{1,b},{2,a},{2,b},{3,a},{3,b}]

    +restrict the result to integers:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], is_integer(X), X > 3].
    +[4,5,6]

    Generators can be combined. For example, the Cartesian product of two lists can +be written as follows:

    > [{X, Y} || X <- [1,2,3], Y <- [a,b]].
    +[{1,a},{1,b},{2,a},{2,b},{3,a},{3,b}]

    Quick Sort

    -

    The well-known quick sort routine can be written as follows:

    sort([]) -> [];
    -sort([_] = L) -> L;
    -sort([Pivot|T]) ->
    -    sort([ X || X <- T, X < Pivot]) ++
    -    [Pivot] ++
    -    sort([ X || X <- T, X >= Pivot]).

    The expression [X || X <- T, X < Pivot] is the list of all elements in T +

    The well-known quick sort routine can be written as follows:

    sort([]) -> [];
    +sort([_] = L) -> L;
    +sort([Pivot|T]) ->
    +    sort([ X || X <- T, X < Pivot]) ++
    +    [Pivot] ++
    +    sort([ X || X <- T, X >= Pivot]).

    The expression [X || X <- T, X < Pivot] is the list of all elements in T that are less than Pivot.

    [X || X <- T, X >= Pivot] is the list of all elements in T that are greater than or equal to Pivot.

    With the algorithm above, a list is sorted as follows:

    • A list with zero or one element is trivially sorted.
    • For lists with more than one element:
      1. The first element in the list is isolated as the pivot element.
      2. The remaining list is partitioned into two sublists, such that:
      • The first sublist contains all elements that are smaller than the pivot element.
      • The second sublist contains all elements that are greater than or equal to @@ -155,11 +155,11 @@ Permutations -

        The following example generates all permutations of the elements in a list:

        perms([]) -> [[]];
        -perms(L)  -> [[H|T] || H <- L, T <- perms(L--[H])].

        This takes H from L in all possible ways. The result is the set of all lists +

        The following example generates all permutations of the elements in a list:

        perms([]) -> [[]];
        +perms(L)  -> [[H|T] || H <- L, T <- perms(L--[H])].

        This takes H from L in all possible ways. The result is the set of all lists [H|T], where T is the set of all possible permutations of L, with H -removed:

        > perms([b,u,g]).
        -[[b,u,g],[b,g,u],[u,b,g],[u,g,b],[g,b,u],[g,u,b]]

        +removed:

        > perms([b,u,g]).
        +[[b,u,g],[b,g,u],[u,b,g],[u,g,b],[g,b,u],[g,u,b]]

        @@ -168,47 +168,47 @@

        Pythagorean triplets are sets of integers {A,B,C} such that A**2 + B**2 = C**2.

        The function pyth(N) generates a list of all integers {A,B,C} such that A**2 + B**2 = C**2 and where the sum of the sides is equal to, or less than, -N:

        pyth(N) ->
        -    [ {A,B,C} ||
        -        A <- lists:seq(1,N),
        -        B <- lists:seq(1,N),
        -        C <- lists:seq(1,N),
        +N:

        pyth(N) ->
        +    [ {A,B,C} ||
        +        A <- lists:seq(1,N),
        +        B <- lists:seq(1,N),
        +        C <- lists:seq(1,N),
                 A+B+C =< N,
                 A*A+B*B == C*C
        -    ].
        > pyth(3).
        -[].
        -> pyth(11).
        -[].
        -> pyth(12).
        -[{3,4,5},{4,3,5}]
        -> pyth(50).
        -[{3,4,5},
        - {4,3,5},
        - {5,12,13},
        - {6,8,10},
        - {8,6,10},
        - {8,15,17},
        - {9,12,15},
        - {12,5,13},
        - {12,9,15},
        - {12,16,20},
        - {15,8,17},
        - {16,12,20}]

        The following code reduces the search space and is more efficient:

        pyth1(N) ->
        -   [{A,B,C} ||
        -       A <- lists:seq(1,N-2),
        -       B <- lists:seq(A+1,N-1),
        -       C <- lists:seq(B+1,N),
        +    ].
        > pyth(3).
        +[].
        +> pyth(11).
        +[].
        +> pyth(12).
        +[{3,4,5},{4,3,5}]
        +> pyth(50).
        +[{3,4,5},
        + {4,3,5},
        + {5,12,13},
        + {6,8,10},
        + {8,6,10},
        + {8,15,17},
        + {9,12,15},
        + {12,5,13},
        + {12,9,15},
        + {12,16,20},
        + {15,8,17},
        + {16,12,20}]

        The following code reduces the search space and is more efficient:

        pyth1(N) ->
        +   [{A,B,C} ||
        +       A <- lists:seq(1,N-2),
        +       B <- lists:seq(A+1,N-1),
        +       C <- lists:seq(B+1,N),
                A+B+C =< N,
        -       A*A+B*B == C*C ].

        + A*A+B*B == C*C ].

        Simplifications With List Comprehensions

        As an example, list comprehensions can be used to simplify some of the functions -in lists.erl:

        append(L)   ->  [X || L1 <- L, X <- L1].
        -map(Fun, L) -> [Fun(X) || X <- L].
        -filter(Pred, L) -> [X || X <- L, Pred(X)].

        +in lists.erl:

        append(L)   ->  [X || L1 <- L, X <- L1].
        +map(Fun, L) -> [Fun(X) || X <- L].
        +filter(Pred, L) -> [X || X <- L, Pred(X)].

        @@ -220,20 +220,20 @@ which selects certain elements from a list of tuples. Suppose you write select(X, L) -> [Y || {X, Y} <- L]. with the intention of extracting all tuples from L, where the first item is X.

        Compiling this gives the following diagnostic:

        ./FileName.erl:Line: Warning: variable 'X' shadowed in generate

        This diagnostic warns that the variable X in the pattern is not the same as -the variable X that occurs in the function head.

        Evaluating select gives the following result:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        -[1,2,3,7]

        This is not the wanted result. To achieve the desired effect, select must be -written as follows:

        select(X, L) ->  [Y || {X1, Y} <- L, X == X1].

        The generator now contains unbound variables and the test has been moved into -the filter.

        This now works as expected:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        -[2,7]

        Also note that a variable in a generator pattern will shadow a variable with the -same name bound in a previous generator pattern. For example:

        > [{X,Y} || X <- [1,2,3], X=Y <- [a,b,c]].
        -[{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c}]

        A consequence of the rules for importing variables into a list comprehensions is +the variable X that occurs in the function head.

        Evaluating select gives the following result:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        +[1,2,3,7]

        This is not the wanted result. To achieve the desired effect, select must be +written as follows:

        select(X, L) ->  [Y || {X1, Y} <- L, X == X1].

        The generator now contains unbound variables and the test has been moved into +the filter.

        This now works as expected:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        +[2,7]

        Also note that a variable in a generator pattern will shadow a variable with the +same name bound in a previous generator pattern. For example:

        > [{X,Y} || X <- [1,2,3], X=Y <- [a,b,c]].
        +[{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c}]

        A consequence of the rules for importing variables into a list comprehensions is that certain pattern matching operations must be moved into the filters and -cannot be written directly in the generators.

        To illustrate this, do not write as follows:

        f(...) ->
        +cannot be written directly in the generators.

        To illustrate this, do not write as follows:

        f(...) ->
             Y = ...
        -    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y  <- Expr, ...]
        -    ...

        Instead, write as follows:

        f(...) ->
        +    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y  <- Expr, ...]
        +    ...

        Instead, write as follows:

        f(...) ->
             Y = ...
        -    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y1  <- Expr, Y == Y1, ...]
        +    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y1  <- Expr, Y == Y1, ...]
             ...
        @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/listhandling.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/listhandling.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.488249776 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/listhandling.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.492249795 +0000 @@ -124,47 +124,47 @@

        Lists can only be built starting from the end and attaching list elements at the beginning. If you use the ++ operator as follows, a new list is created that is a copy of the elements in List1, followed by List2:

        List1 ++ List2

        Looking at how lists:append/2 or ++ would be implemented in plain Erlang, -clearly the first list is copied:

        append([H|T], Tail) ->
        -    [H|append(T, Tail)];
        -append([], Tail) ->
        +clearly the first list is copied:

        append([H|T], Tail) ->
        +    [H|append(T, Tail)];
        +append([], Tail) ->
             Tail.

        When recursing and building a list, it is important to ensure that you attach the new elements to the beginning of the list. In this way, you will build one -list, not hundreds or thousands of copies of the growing result list.

        Let us first see how it is not to be done:

        DO NOT

        bad_fib(N) ->
        -    bad_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
        +list, not hundreds or thousands of copies of the growing result list.

        Let us first see how it is not to be done:

        DO NOT

        bad_fib(N) ->
        +    bad_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
         
        -bad_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) ->
        +bad_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) ->
             Fibs;
        -bad_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) ->
        -    bad_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, Fibs ++ [Current]).

        Here more than one list is built. In each iteration step a new list is created +bad_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) -> + bad_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, Fibs ++ [Current]).

        Here more than one list is built. In each iteration step a new list is created that is one element longer than the new previous list.

        To avoid copying the result in each iteration, build the list in reverse order -and reverse the list when you are done:

        DO

        tail_recursive_fib(N) ->
        -    tail_recursive_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
        +and reverse the list when you are done:

        DO

        tail_recursive_fib(N) ->
        +    tail_recursive_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
         
        -tail_recursive_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) ->
        -    lists:reverse(Fibs);
        -tail_recursive_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) ->
        -    tail_recursive_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, [Current|Fibs]).

        +tail_recursive_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) -> + lists:reverse(Fibs); +tail_recursive_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) -> + tail_recursive_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, [Current|Fibs]).

        List Comprehensions

        -

        A list comprehension:

        [Expr(E) || E <- List]

        is basically translated to a local function:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        -    [Expr(E)|'lc^0'(Tail, Expr)];
        -'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        If the result of the list comprehension will obviously not be used, a list -will not be constructed. For example, in this code:

        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
        +

        A list comprehension:

        [Expr(E) || E <- List]

        is basically translated to a local function:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        +    [Expr(E)|'lc^0'(Tail, Expr)];
        +'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        If the result of the list comprehension will obviously not be used, a list +will not be constructed. For example, in this code:

        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
         ok.

        or in this code:

        case Var of
             ... ->
        -        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List];
        +        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List];
             ... ->
         end,
        -some_function(...),

        the value is not assigned to a variable, not passed to another function, and not +some_function(...),

        the value is not assigned to a variable, not passed to another function, and not returned. This means that there is no need to construct a list and the compiler -will simplify the code for the list comprehension to:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        -    Expr(E),
        -    'lc^0'(Tail, Expr);
        -'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        The compiler also understands that assigning to _ means that the value will -not be used. Therefore, the code in the following example will also be optimized:

        _ = [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
        +will simplify the code for the list comprehension to:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        +    Expr(E),
        +    'lc^0'(Tail, Expr);
        +'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        The compiler also understands that assigning to _ means that the value will +not be used. Therefore, the code in the following example will also be optimized:

        _ = [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
         ok.

        @@ -177,11 +177,11 @@ to flatten the list before sending it to the port.

      • When calling BIFs that accept deep lists, such as list_to_binary/1 or iolist_to_binary/1.
      • When you know that your list is only one level deep. Use lists:append/1 -instead.

      Examples:

      DO

      port_command(Port, DeepList)

      DO NOT

      port_command(Port, lists:flatten(DeepList))

      A common way to send a zero-terminated string to a port is the following:

      DO NOT

      TerminatedStr = String ++ [0],
      -port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

      Instead:

      DO

      TerminatedStr = [String, 0],
      -port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

      DO

      1> lists:append([[1], [2], [3]]).
      -[1,2,3]

      DO NOT

      1> lists:flatten([[1], [2], [3]]).
      -[1,2,3]

      +instead.

    Examples:

    DO

    port_command(Port, DeepList)

    DO NOT

    port_command(Port, lists:flatten(DeepList))

    A common way to send a zero-terminated string to a port is the following:

    DO NOT

    TerminatedStr = String ++ [0],
    +port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

    Instead:

    DO

    TerminatedStr = [String, 0],
    +port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

    DO

    1> lists:append([[1], [2], [3]]).
    +[1,2,3]

    DO NOT

    1> lists:flatten([[1], [2], [3]]).
    +[1,2,3]

    @@ -189,17 +189,17 @@

    There are two basic ways to write a function that traverses a list and produces a new list.

    The first way is writing a body-recursive function:

    %% Add 42 to each integer in the list.
    -add_42_body([H|T]) ->
    -    [H + 42 | add_42_body(T)];
    -add_42_body([]) ->
    -    [].

    The second way is writing a tail-recursive function:

    %% Add 42 to each integer in the list.
    -add_42_tail(List) ->
    -    add_42_tail(List, []).
    -
    -add_42_tail([H|T], Acc) ->
    -    add_42_tail(T, [H + 42 | Acc]);
    -add_42_tail([], Acc) ->
    -    lists:reverse(Acc).

    In early version of Erlang the tail-recursive function would typically +add_42_body([H|T]) -> + [H + 42 | add_42_body(T)]; +add_42_body([]) -> + [].

    The second way is writing a tail-recursive function:

    %% Add 42 to each integer in the list.
    +add_42_tail(List) ->
    +    add_42_tail(List, []).
    +
    +add_42_tail([H|T], Acc) ->
    +    add_42_tail(T, [H + 42 | Acc]);
    +add_42_tail([], Acc) ->
    +    lists:reverse(Acc).

    In early version of Erlang the tail-recursive function would typically be more efficient. In modern versions of Erlang, there is usually not much difference in performance between a body-recursive list function and tail-recursive function that reverses the list at the end. Therefore, @@ -210,11 +210,11 @@ function that does not construct a list runs in constant space, while the corresponding body-recursive function uses stack space proportional to the length of the list.

    For example, a function that sums a list of integers, is not to be written as -follows:

    DO NOT

    recursive_sum([H|T]) -> H+recursive_sum(T);
    -recursive_sum([])    -> 0.

    Instead:

    DO

    sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
    +follows:

    DO NOT

    recursive_sum([H|T]) -> H+recursive_sum(T);
    +recursive_sum([])    -> 0.

    Instead:

    DO

    sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
     
    -sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H);
    -sum([], Sum)    -> Sum.
    +
    sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H); +sum([], Sum) -> Sum.
    @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/macros.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/macros.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.524249955 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/macros.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.528249975 +0000 @@ -121,8 +121,8 @@ File Inclusion -

    A file can be included as follows:

    -include(File).
    --include_lib(File).

    File, a string, is to point out a file. The contents of this file are included +

    A file can be included as follows:

    -include(File).
    +-include_lib(File).

    File, a string, is to point out a file. The contents of this file are included as is, at the position of the directive.

    Include files are typically used for record and macro definitions that are shared by several modules. It is recommended to use the file name extension .hrl for include files.

    File can start with a path component $VAR, for some string VAR. If that is @@ -131,12 +131,12 @@ $VAR is left as is.

    If the filename File is absolute (possibly after variable substitution), the include file with that name is included. Otherwise, the specified file is searched for in the following directories, and in this order:

    1. The current working directory
    2. The directory where the module is being compiled
    3. The directories given by the include option

    For details, see erlc in ERTS and -compile in Compiler.

    Examples:

    -include("my_records.hrl").
    --include("incdir/my_records.hrl").
    --include("/home/user/proj/my_records.hrl").
    --include("$PROJ_ROOT/my_records.hrl").

    include_lib is similar to include, but is not to point out an absolute file. +compile in Compiler.

    Examples:

    -include("my_records.hrl").
    +-include("incdir/my_records.hrl").
    +-include("/home/user/proj/my_records.hrl").
    +-include("$PROJ_ROOT/my_records.hrl").

    include_lib is similar to include, but is not to point out an absolute file. Instead, the first path component (possibly after variable substitution) is -assumed to be the name of an application.

    Example:

    -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

    The code server uses code:lib_dir(kernel) to find the directory of the current +assumed to be the name of an application.

    Example:

    -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

    The code server uses code:lib_dir(kernel) to find the directory of the current (latest) version of Kernel, and then the subdirectory include is searched for the file file.hrl.

    @@ -144,25 +144,25 @@ Defining and Using Macros

    -

    A macro is defined as follows:

    -define(Const, Replacement).
    --define(Func(Var1,...,VarN), Replacement).

    A macro definition can be placed anywhere among the attributes and function +

    A macro is defined as follows:

    -define(Const, Replacement).
    +-define(Func(Var1,...,VarN), Replacement).

    A macro definition can be placed anywhere among the attributes and function declarations of a module, but the definition must come before any usage of the macro.

    If a macro is used in several modules, it is recommended that the macro definition is placed in an include file.

    A macro is used as follows:

    ?Const
     ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN)

    Macros are expanded during compilation. A simple macro ?Const is replaced with -Replacement.

    Example:

    -define(TIMEOUT, 200).
    +Replacement.

    Example:

    -define(TIMEOUT, 200).
     ...
    -call(Request) ->
    -    server:call(refserver, Request, ?TIMEOUT).

    This is expanded to:

    call(Request) ->
    -    server:call(refserver, Request, 200).

    A macro ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN) is replaced with Replacement, where all +call(Request) -> + server:call(refserver, Request, ?TIMEOUT).

    This is expanded to:

    call(Request) ->
    +    server:call(refserver, Request, 200).

    A macro ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN) is replaced with Replacement, where all occurrences of a variable Var from the macro definition are replaced with the -corresponding argument Arg.

    Example:

    -define(MACRO1(X, Y), {a, X, b, Y}).
    +corresponding argument Arg.

    Example:

    -define(MACRO1(X, Y), {a, X, b, Y}).
     ...
    -bar(X) ->
    -    ?MACRO1(a, b),
    -    ?MACRO1(X, 123)

    This is expanded to:

    bar(X) ->
    -    {a,a,b,b},
    -    {a,X,b,123}.

    It is good programming practice, but not mandatory, to ensure that a macro +bar(X) -> + ?MACRO1(a, b), + ?MACRO1(X, 123)

    This is expanded to:

    bar(X) ->
    +    {a,a,b,b},
    +    {a,X,b,123}.

    It is good programming practice, but not mandatory, to ensure that a macro definition is a valid Erlang syntactic form.

    To view the result of macro expansion, a module can be compiled with the 'P' option. compile:file(File, ['P']). This produces a listing of the parsed code after preprocessing and parse transforms, in the file File.P.

    @@ -189,21 +189,21 @@

    It is possible to overload macros, except for predefined macros. An overloaded macro has more than one definition, each with a different number of arguments.

    Change

    Support for overloading of macros was added in Erlang 5.7.5/OTP R13B04.

    A macro ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN) with a (possibly empty) list of arguments results in an error message if there is at least one definition of Func with -arguments, but none with N arguments.

    Assuming these definitions:

    -define(F0(), c).
    --define(F1(A), A).
    --define(C, m:f).

    the following does not work:

    f0() ->
    +arguments, but none with N arguments.

    Assuming these definitions:

    -define(F0(), c).
    +-define(F1(A), A).
    +-define(C, m:f).

    the following does not work:

    f0() ->
         ?F0. % No, an empty list of arguments expected.
     
    -f1(A) ->
    -    ?F1(A, A). % No, exactly one argument expected.

    On the other hand,

    f() ->
    -    ?C().

    is expanded to

    f() ->
    -    m:f().

    +f1(A) -> + ?F1(A, A). % No, exactly one argument expected.

    On the other hand,

    f() ->
    +    ?C().

    is expanded to

    f() ->
    +    m:f().

    Removing a macro definition

    -

    A definition of macro can be removed as follows:

    -undef(Macro).

    +

    A definition of macro can be removed as follows:

    -undef(Macro).

    @@ -223,13 +223,13 @@ elif also supports calling the psuedo-function defined(Name), which tests whether the Name argument is the name of a previously defined macro. defined(Name) evaluates to true if the macro is defined and false -otherwise. An attempt to call other functions results in a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(m).
    +otherwise. An attempt to call other functions results in a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(m).
     ...
     
    --ifdef(debug).
    --define(LOG(X), io:format("{~p,~p}: ~p~n", [?MODULE,?LINE,X])).
    +-ifdef(debug).
    +-define(LOG(X), io:format("{~p,~p}: ~p~n", [?MODULE,?LINE,X])).
     -else.
    --define(LOG(X), true).
    +-define(LOG(X), true).
     -endif.
     
     ...

    When trace output is desired, debug is to be defined when the module m is @@ -237,21 +237,21 @@ or -1> c(m, {d, debug}). -{ok,m}

    ?LOG(Arg) is then expanded to a call to io:format/2 and provide the user -with some simple trace output.

    Example:

    -module(m)
    +1> c(m, {d, debug}).
    +{ok,m}

    ?LOG(Arg) is then expanded to a call to io:format/2 and provide the user +with some simple trace output.

    Example:

    -module(m)
     ...
    --if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 25).
    +-if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 25).
     %% Code that will work in OTP 25 or higher
    --elif(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26).
    +-elif(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26).
     %% Code that will work in OTP 26 or higher
     -else.
     %% Code that will work in OTP 24 or lower.
     -endif.
     ...

    This code uses the OTP_RELEASE macro to conditionally select code depending on -release.

    Example:

    -module(m)
    +release.

    Example:

    -module(m)
     ...
    --if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26 andalso defined(debug)).
    +-if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26 andalso defined(debug)).
     %% Debugging code that requires OTP 26 or later.
     -else.
     %% Non-debug code that works in any release.
    @@ -274,23 +274,23 @@
       
       -error() and -warning() directives
     

    -

    The directive -error(Term) causes a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    --export([version/0]).
    +

    The directive -error(Term) causes a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    +-export([version/0]).
     
    --ifdef(VERSION).
    -version() -> ?VERSION.
    +-ifdef(VERSION).
    +version() -> ?VERSION.
     -else.
    --error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").
    -version() -> "".
    +-error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").
    +version() -> "".
     -endif.

    The error message will look like this:

    % erlc t.erl
    -t.erl:7: -error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").

    The directive -warning(Term) causes a compilation warning.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    --export([version/0]).
    +t.erl:7: -error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").

    The directive -warning(Term) causes a compilation warning.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    +-export([version/0]).
     
    --ifndef(VERSION).
    --warning("Macro VERSION not defined -- using default version.").
    --define(VERSION, "0").
    +-ifndef(VERSION).
    +-warning("Macro VERSION not defined -- using default version.").
    +-define(VERSION, "0").
     -endif.
    -version() -> ?VERSION.

    The warning message will look like this:

    % erlc t.erl
    +version() -> ?VERSION.

    The warning message will look like this:

    % erlc t.erl
     t.erl:5: Warning: -warning("Macro VERSION not defined -- using default version.").

    Change

    The -error() and -warning() directives were added in Erlang/OTP 19.

    @@ -299,11 +299,11 @@

    The construction ??Arg, where Arg is a macro argument, is expanded to a string containing the tokens of the argument. This is similar to the #arg -stringifying construction in C.

    Example:

    -define(TESTCALL(Call), io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n", [??Call, Call])).
    +stringifying construction in C.

    Example:

    -define(TESTCALL(Call), io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n", [??Call, Call])).
     
    -?TESTCALL(myfunction(1,2)),
    -?TESTCALL(you:function(2,1)).

    results in

    io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["myfunction ( 1 , 2 )",myfunction(1,2)]),
    -io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["you : function ( 2 , 1 )",you:function(2,1)]).

    That is, a trace output, with both the function called and the resulting value.

    +
    ?TESTCALL(myfunction(1,2)), +?TESTCALL(you:function(2,1)).

    results in

    io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["myfunction ( 1 , 2 )",myfunction(1,2)]),
    +io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["you : function ( 2 , 1 )",you:function(2,1)]).

    That is, a trace output, with both the function called and the resulting value.

    @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Erlang programming language /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/maps.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/maps.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.564250154 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/maps.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.564250154 +0000 @@ -152,8 +152,8 @@ values, sharing of keys between different instances of the map will be less effective, and it is not possible to match multiple elements having default values in one go.

  • To avoid having to deal with a map that may lack some keys, maps:merge/2 can -efficiently add multiple default values. For example:

    DefaultMap = #{shoe_size => 42, editor => emacs},
    -MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)
  • +efficiently add multiple default values. For example:

    DefaultMap = #{shoe_size => 42, editor => emacs},
    +MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)

    @@ -171,10 +171,10 @@ Using Maps as Sets

    Starting in OTP 24, the sets module has an option to represent sets as maps. -Examples:

    1> sets:new([{version,2}]).
    -#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="4069880367-4">}
    -2> sets:from_list([x,y,z], [{version,2}]).
    -#{x => [],y => [],z => []}

    sets backed by maps is generally the most efficient set representation, with a +Examples:

    1> sets:new([{version,2}]).
    +#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="9232632098-4">}
    +2> sets:from_list([x,y,z], [{version,2}]).
    +#{x => [],y => [],z => []}

    sets backed by maps is generally the most efficient set representation, with a few possible exceptions:

    • ordsets:intersection/2 can be more efficient than sets:intersection/2. If the intersection operation is frequently used and operations that operate on a single element in a set (such as is_element/2) are avoided, ordsets can @@ -207,10 +207,10 @@ allowing the key tuple to be shared with other instances of the map that have the same keys. In fact, the key tuple can be shared between all maps with the same keys with some care. To arrange that, define a function that returns a map. -For example:

      new() ->
      -    #{a => default, b => default, c => default}.

      Defined like this, the key tuple {a,b,c} will be a global literal. To ensure +For example:

      new() ->
      +    #{a => default, b => default, c => default}.

      Defined like this, the key tuple {a,b,c} will be a global literal. To ensure that the key tuple is shared when creating an instance of the map, always call -new() and modify the returned map:

          (SOME_MODULE:new())#{a := 42}.

      Using the map syntax with small maps is particularly efficient. As long as the +new() and modify the returned map:

          (SOME_MODULE:new())#{a := 42}.

      Using the map syntax with small maps is particularly efficient. As long as the keys are known at compile-time, the map is updated in one go, making the time to update a map essentially constant regardless of the number of keys updated. The same goes for matching. (When the keys are variables, one or more of the keys @@ -245,13 +245,13 @@

      Using the map syntax is usually slightly more efficient than using the corresponding function in the maps module.

      The gain in efficiency for the map syntax is more noticeable for the following -operations that can only be achieved using the map syntax:

      • Matching multiple literal keys
      • Updating multiple literal keys
      • Adding multiple literal keys to a map

      For example:

      DO

      Map = Map1#href_anchor"ss">x := X, y := Y, z := Z}

      DO NOT

      Map2 = maps:update(x, X, Map1),
      -Map3 = maps:update(y, Y, Map2),
      -Map = maps:update(z, Z, Map3)

      If the map is a small map, the first example runs roughly three times as fast.

      Note that for variable keys, the elements are updated sequentially from left to -right. For example, given the following update with variable keys:

      Map = Map1#{Key1 := X, Key2 := Y, Key3 := Z}

      the compiler rewrites it like this to ensure that the updates are applied from -left to right:

      Map2 = Map1#{Key1 := X},
      -Map3 = Map2#{Key2 := Y},
      -Map = Map3#{Key3 := Z}

      If a key is known to exist in a map, using the := operator is slightly more +operations that can only be achieved using the map syntax:

      • Matching multiple literal keys
      • Updating multiple literal keys
      • Adding multiple literal keys to a map

      For example:

      DO

      Map = Map1#href_anchor"ss">x := X, y := Y, z := Z}

      DO NOT

      Map2 = maps:update(x, X, Map1),
      +Map3 = maps:update(y, Y, Map2),
      +Map = maps:update(z, Z, Map3)

      If the map is a small map, the first example runs roughly three times as fast.

      Note that for variable keys, the elements are updated sequentially from left to +right. For example, given the following update with variable keys:

      Map = Map1#{Key1 := X, Key2 := Y, Key3 := Z}

      the compiler rewrites it like this to ensure that the updates are applied from +left to right:

      Map2 = Map1#{Key1 := X},
      +Map3 = Map2#{Key2 := Y},
      +Map = Map3#{Key3 := Z}

      If a key is known to exist in a map, using the := operator is slightly more efficient than using the => operator for a small map.

      @@ -310,15 +310,15 @@

      As an optimization, the compiler will rewrite a call to maps:get/3 to Erlang code similar to the following:

      Result = case Map of
      -             #{Key := Value} -> Value;
      -             #{} -> Default
      +             #{Key := Value} -> Value;
      +             #{} -> Default
                end

      This is reasonably efficient, but if a small map is used as an alternative to using a record it is often better not to rely on default values as it prevents sharing of keys, which may in the end use more memory than what you save from not storing default values in the map.

      If default values are nevertheless required, instead of calling maps:get/3 multiple times, consider putting the default values in a map and merging that -map with the other map:

      DefaultMap = #{Key1 => Value2, Key2 => Value2, ..., KeyN => ValueN},
      -MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)

      This helps share keys between the default map and the one you applied defaults +map with the other map:

      DefaultMap = #{Key1 => Value2, Key2 => Value2, ..., KeyN => ValueN},
      +MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)

      This helps share keys between the default map and the one you applied defaults to, as long as the default map contains all the keys that will ever be used and not just the ones with default values. Whether this is faster than calling maps:get/3 multiple times depends on the size of the map and the number of @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/memory.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/memory.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.588250274 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/memory.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.592250295 +0000 @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/misc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/misc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.608250374 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/misc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.612250395 +0000 @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/modules.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/modules.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.644250554 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/modules.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.648250574 +0000 @@ -122,12 +122,12 @@ Module Syntax

    Erlang code is divided into modules. A module consists of a sequence of -attributes and function declarations, each terminated by a period (.).

    Example:

    -module(m).          % module attribute
    --export([fact/1]).   % module attribute
    +attributes and function declarations, each terminated by a period (.).

    Example:

    -module(m).          % module attribute
    +-export([fact/1]).   % module attribute
     
    -fact(N) when N>0 ->  % beginning of function declaration
    -    N * fact(N-1);   %  |
    -fact(0) ->           %  |
    +fact(N) when N>0 ->  % beginning of function declaration
    +    N * fact(N-1);   %  |
    +fact(0) ->           %  |
         1.               % end of function declaration

    For a description of function declarations, see Function Declaration Syntax.

    @@ -180,9 +180,9 @@ Behaviour Module Attribute

    It is possible to specify that the module is the callback module for a -behaviour:

    -behaviour(Behaviour).

    The atom Behaviour gives the name of the behaviour, which can be a +behaviour:

    -behaviour(Behaviour).

    The atom Behaviour gives the name of the behaviour, which can be a user-defined behaviour or one of the following OTP standard behaviours:

    • gen_server
    • gen_statem
    • gen_event
    • supervisor

    The spelling behavior is also accepted.

    The callback functions of the module can be specified either directly by the -exported function behaviour_info/1:

    behaviour_info(callbacks) -> Callbacks.

    or by a -callback attribute for each callback function:

    -callback Name(Arguments) -> Result.

    Here, Arguments is a list of zero or more arguments. The -callback attribute +exported function behaviour_info/1:

    behaviour_info(callbacks) -> Callbacks.

    or by a -callback attribute for each callback function:

    -callback Name(Arguments) -> Result.

    Here, Arguments is a list of zero or more arguments. The -callback attribute is to be preferred since the extra type information can be used by tools to produce documentation or find discrepancies.

    Read more about behaviours and callback modules in OTP Design Principles.

    @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Record Definitions

    -

    The same syntax as for module attributes is used for record definitions:

    -record(Record, Fields).

    Record definitions are allowed anywhere in a module, also among the function +

    The same syntax as for module attributes is used for record definitions:

    -record(Record, Fields).

    Record definitions are allowed anywhere in a module, also among the function declarations. Read more in Records.

    @@ -199,15 +199,15 @@ Preprocessor

    The same syntax as for module attributes is used by the preprocessor, which -supports file inclusion, macros, and conditional compilation:

    -include("SomeFile.hrl").
    --define(Macro, Replacement).

    Read more in Preprocessor.

    +supports file inclusion, macros, and conditional compilation:

    -include("SomeFile.hrl").
    +-define(Macro, Replacement).

    Read more in Preprocessor.

    Setting File and Line

    The same syntax as for module attributes is used for changing the pre-defined -macros ?FILE and ?LINE:

    -file(File, Line).

    This attribute is used by tools, such as Yecc, to inform the compiler that the +macros ?FILE and ?LINE:

    -file(File, Line).

    This attribute is used by tools, such as Yecc, to inform the compiler that the source program is generated by another tool. It also indicates the correspondence of source files to lines of the original user-written file, from which the source program is produced.

    @@ -217,8 +217,8 @@ Types and function specifications

    A similar syntax as for module attributes is used for specifying types and -function specifications:

    -type my_type() :: atom() | integer().
    --spec my_function(integer()) -> integer().

    Read more in Types and Function specifications.

    The description is based on +function specifications:

    -type my_type() :: atom() | integer().
    +-spec my_function(integer()) -> integer().

    Read more in Types and Function specifications.

    The description is based on EEP8 - Types and function specifications, which is not to be further updated.

    @@ -227,16 +227,16 @@ Documentation attributes

    The module attribute -doc(Documentation) is used to provide user documentation -for a function/type/callback:

    -doc("Example documentation").
    -example() -> ok.

    The attribute should be placed just before the entity it documents.The +for a function/type/callback:

    -doc("Example documentation").
    +example() -> ok.

    The attribute should be placed just before the entity it documents.The parenthesis are optional around Documentation. The allowed values for Documentation are:

    • literal string or utf-8 encoded binary string - The string documenting the entity. Any literal string is allowed, so both triple quoted strings and sigils that translate to literal strings can be used. -The following examples are equivalent:

      -doc("Example \"docs\"").
      --doc(<<"Example \"docs\""/utf8>>).
      +The following examples are equivalent:

      -doc("Example \"docs\"").
      +-doc(<<"Example \"docs\""/utf8>>).
       -doc ~S/Example "docs"/.
       -doc """
          Example "docs"
      @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
       
       

      While not a module attribute, but rather a directive (since it might affect syntax), there is the -feature(..) directive used for enabling and disabling -features.

      The syntax is similar to that of an attribute, but has two arguments:

      -feature(FeatureName, enable | disable).

      Note that the feature directive can only appear +features.

      The syntax is similar to that of an attribute, but has two arguments:

      -feature(FeatureName, enable | disable).

      Note that the feature directive can only appear in a prefix of the module.

      @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/nif.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/nif.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.668250674 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/nif.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.672250694 +0000 @@ -137,18 +137,18 @@ they can also be used as fallback implementations for functions that do not have native implementations on some architectures.

      NIF libraries are loaded by calling erlang:load_nif/2, with the name of the shared library as argument. The second argument can be any term that will be -passed on to the library and used for initialization:

      -module(complex6).
      --export([foo/1, bar/1]).
      --nifs([foo/1, bar/1]).
      --on_load(init/0).
      -
      -init() ->
      -    ok = erlang:load_nif("./complex6_nif", 0).
      -
      -foo(_X) ->
      -    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).
      -bar(_Y) ->
      -    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).

      Here, the directive on_load is used to get function init to be automatically +passed on to the library and used for initialization:

      -module(complex6).
      +-export([foo/1, bar/1]).
      +-nifs([foo/1, bar/1]).
      +-on_load(init/0).
      +
      +init() ->
      +    ok = erlang:load_nif("./complex6_nif", 0).
      +
      +foo(_X) ->
      +    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).
      +bar(_Y) ->
      +    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).

      Here, the directive on_load is used to get function init to be automatically called when the module is loaded. If init returns anything other than ok, such when the loading of the NIF library fails in this example, the module is unloaded and calls to functions within it, fail.

      Loading the NIF library overrides the stub implementations and cause calls to @@ -169,35 +169,35 @@ API functions. The environment contains information about the calling Erlang process:

      #include <erl_nif.h>
       
      -extern int foo(int x);
      -extern int bar(int y);
      +extern int foo(int x);
      +extern int bar(int y);
       
      -static ERL_NIF_TERM foo_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
      -{
      +static ERL_NIF_TERM foo_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
      +{
           int x, ret;
      -    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &x)) {
      -	return enif_make_badarg(env);
      -    }
      -    ret = foo(x);
      -    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
      -}
      +    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &x)) {
      +	return enif_make_badarg(env);
      +    }
      +    ret = foo(x);
      +    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
      +}
       
      -static ERL_NIF_TERM bar_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
      -{
      +static ERL_NIF_TERM bar_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
      +{
           int y, ret;
      -    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &y)) {
      -	return enif_make_badarg(env);
      -    }
      -    ret = bar(y);
      -    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
      -}
      -
      -static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = {
      -    {"foo", 1, foo_nif},
      -    {"bar", 1, bar_nif}
      -};
      +    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &y)) {
      +	return enif_make_badarg(env);
      +    }
      +    ret = bar(y);
      +    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
      +}
      +
      +static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = {
      +    {"foo", 1, foo_nif},
      +    {"bar", 1, bar_nif}
      +};
       
      -ERL_NIF_INIT(complex6, nif_funcs, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL)

      Here, ERL_NIF_INIT has the following arguments:

      • The first argument must be the name of the Erlang module as a C-identifier. It +ERL_NIF_INIT(complex6, nif_funcs, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL)

      Here, ERL_NIF_INIT has the following arguments:

      • The first argument must be the name of the Erlang module as a C-identifier. It will be stringified by the macro.
      • The second argument is the array of ErlNifFunc structures containing name, arity, and function pointer of each NIF.
      • The remaining arguments are pointers to callback functions that can be used to initialize the library. They are not used in this simple example, hence they @@ -213,15 +213,15 @@

        Step 1. Compile the C code:

        unix> gcc -o complex6_nif.so -fpic -shared complex.c complex6_nif.c
         windows> cl -LD -MD -Fe complex6_nif.dll complex.c complex6_nif.c

        Step 2: Start Erlang and compile the Erlang code:

        > erl
        -Erlang R13B04 (erts-5.7.5) [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [rq:4] [async-threads:0] [kernel-poll:false]
        +Erlang R13B04 (erts-5.7.5) [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [rq:4] [async-threads:0] [kernel-poll:false]
         
        -Eshell V5.7.5  (abort with ^G)
        -1> c(complex6).
        -{ok,complex6}

        Step 3: Run the example:

        3> complex6:foo(3).
        +Eshell V5.7.5  (abort with ^G)
        +1> c(complex6).
        +{ok,complex6}

        Step 3: Run the example:

        3> complex6:foo(3).
         4
        -4> complex6:bar(5).
        +4> complex6:bar(5).
         10
        -5> complex6:foo("not an integer").
        +5> complex6:foo("not an integer").
         ** exception error: bad argument
              in function  complex6:foo/1
                 called as comlpex6:foo("not an integer")
        @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/opaques.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/opaques.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.692250794 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/opaques.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.696250814 +0000 @@ -126,16 +126,16 @@ The runtime does not check opacity. Dialyzer provides some opacity-checking, but the rest is up to convention.

        This document explains what Erlang opacity is (and the trade-offs involved) via the example of the sets:set() data type. This type was -defined in the sets module like this:

        -opaque set(Element) :: #set{segs :: segs(Element)}.

        OTP 24 changed the definition to the following in -this commit.

        -opaque set(Element) :: #href_anchor"ss">set{segs :: segs(Element)} | #{Element => ?VALUE}.

        And this change was safer and more backwards-compatible than if the type had +defined in the sets module like this:

        -opaque set(Element) :: #set{segs :: segs(Element)}.

        OTP 24 changed the definition to the following in +this commit.

        -opaque set(Element) :: #href_anchor"ss">set{segs :: segs(Element)} | #{Element => ?VALUE}.

        And this change was safer and more backwards-compatible than if the type had been defined with -type instead of -opaque. Here is why: when a module defines an -opaque, the contract is that only the defining module should rely on the definition of the type: no other modules should rely on the definition.

        This means that code that pattern-matched on set as a record/tuple technically broke the contract, and opted in to being potentially broken when the definition of set() changed. Before OTP 24, this code printed ok. In OTP 24 it may -error:

        case sets:new() of
        -    Set when is_tuple(Set) ->
        -        io:format("ok")
        +error:

        case sets:new() of
        +    Set when is_tuple(Set) ->
        +        io:format("ok")
         end.

        When working with an opaque defined in another module, here are some recommendations:

        • Don't examine the underlying type using pattern-matching, guards, or functions that reveal the type, such as tuple_size/1 .
        • Instead, use functions provided by the module for working with the type. For @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/otp-patch-apply.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/otp-patch-apply.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.720250933 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/otp-patch-apply.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.720250933 +0000 @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Application dependencies are verified among installed applications by otp_patch_apply, but these are not necessarily those actually loaded. By calling system_information:sanity_check() one can validate -dependencies among applications actually loaded.

          1> system_information:sanity_check().
          +dependencies among applications actually loaded.

          1> system_information:sanity_check().
           ok

          Please take a look at the reference of sanity_check() for more information.

          @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/overview.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/overview.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.744251053 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/overview.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.744251053 +0000 @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/patterns.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/patterns.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.772251194 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/patterns.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.772251194 +0000 @@ -132,10 +132,10 @@
          2 3> X + 1. 3 -4> {X, Y} = {1, 2}. +4> {X, Y} = {1, 2}. ** exception error: no match of right hand side value {1,2} -5> {X, Y} = {2, 3}. -{2,3} +5> {X, Y} = {2, 3}. +{2,3} 6> Y. 3
          @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ports.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ports.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.788251273 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ports.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.792251293 +0000 @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/profiling.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/profiling.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.812251393 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/profiling.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.816251413 +0000 @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/prog_ex_records.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/prog_ex_records.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.840251533 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/prog_ex_records.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.844251552 +0000 @@ -126,17 +126,17 @@ To illustrate these differences, suppose that you want to represent a person with the tuple {Name, Address, Phone}.

          To write functions that manipulate this data, remember the following:

          • The Name field is the first element of the tuple.
          • The Address field is the second element.
          • The Phone field is the third element.

          For example, to extract data from a variable P that contains such a tuple, you can write the following code and then use pattern matching to extract the -relevant fields:

          Name = element(1, P),
          -Address = element(2, P),
          +relevant fields:

          Name = element(1, P),
          +Address = element(2, P),
           ...

          Such code is difficult to read and understand, and errors occur if the numbering of the elements in the tuple is wrong. If the data representation of the fields is changed, by re-ordering, adding, or removing fields, all references to the person tuple must be checked and possibly modified.

          Records allow references to the fields by name, instead of by position. In the -following example, a record instead of a tuple is used to store the data:

          -record(person, {name, phone, address}).

          This enables references to the fields of the record by name. For example, if P +following example, a record instead of a tuple is used to store the data:

          -record(person, {name, phone, address}).

          This enables references to the fields of the record by name. For example, if P is a variable whose value is a person record, the following code access the name and address fields of the records:

          Name = P#person.name,
           Address = P#person.address,
          -...

          Internally, records are represented using tagged tuples:

          {person, Name, Phone, Address}

          +...

          Internally, records are represented using tagged tuples:

          {person, Name, Phone, Address}

          @@ -146,8 +146,8 @@ section. Three fields are included, name, phone, and address. The default values for name and phone is "" and [], respectively. The default value for address is the atom undefined, since no default value is supplied for this -field:

          -record(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).

          The record must be defined in the shell to enable use of the record syntax in -the examples:

          > rd(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).
          +field:

          -record(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).

          The record must be defined in the shell to enable use of the record syntax in +the examples:

          > rd(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).
           person

          This is because record definitions are only available at compile time, not at runtime. For details on records in the shell, see the shell manual page in STDLIB.

          @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ Creating a Record

          -

          A new person record is created as follows:

          > #person{phone=[0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2], name="Robert"}.
          -#person{name = "Robert",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}

          As the address field was omitted, its default value is used.

          From Erlang 5.1/OTP R8B, a value to all fields in a record can be set with the -special field _. _ means "all fields not explicitly specified".

          Example:

          > #person{name = "Jakob", _ = '_'}.
          -#person{name = "Jakob",phone = '_',address = '_'}

          It is primarily intended to be used in ets:match/2 and +

          A new person record is created as follows:

          > #person{phone=[0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2], name="Robert"}.
          +#person{name = "Robert",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}

          As the address field was omitted, its default value is used.

          From Erlang 5.1/OTP R8B, a value to all fields in a record can be set with the +special field _. _ means "all fields not explicitly specified".

          Example:

          > #person{name = "Jakob", _ = '_'}.
          +#person{name = "Jakob",phone = '_',address = '_'}

          It is primarily intended to be used in ets:match/2 and mnesia:match_object/3, to set record fields to the atom '_'. (This is a wildcard in ets:match/2.)

          @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ Accessing a Record Field

          -

          The following example shows how to access a record field:

          > P = #person{name = "Joe", phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2]}.
          -#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}
          +

          The following example shows how to access a record field:

          > P = #person{name = "Joe", phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2]}.
          +#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}
           > P#person.name.
           "Joe"

          @@ -176,33 +176,33 @@ Updating a Record

          -

          The following example shows how to update a record:

          > P1 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[1,2,3], address="A street"}.
          -#person{name = "Joe",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}
          -> P2 = P1#person{name="Robert"}.
          -#person{name = "Robert",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}

          +

          The following example shows how to update a record:

          > P1 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[1,2,3], address="A street"}.
          +#person{name = "Joe",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}
          +> P2 = P1#person{name="Robert"}.
          +#person{name = "Robert",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}

          Type Testing

          The following example shows that the guard succeeds if P is record of type -person:

          foo(P) when is_record(P, person) -> a_person;
          -foo(_) -> not_a_person.

          +person:

          foo(P) when is_record(P, person) -> a_person;
          +foo(_) -> not_a_person.

          Pattern Matching

          Matching can be used in combination with records, as shown in the following -example:

          > P3 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[0,0,7], address="A street"}.
          -#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,0,7],address = "A street"}
          -> #person{name = Name} = P3, Name.
          +example:

          > P3 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[0,0,7], address="A street"}.
          +#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,0,7],address = "A street"}
          +> #person{name = Name} = P3, Name.
           "Joe"

          The following function takes a list of person records and searches for the -phone number of a person with a particular name:

          find_phone([#person{name=Name, phone=Phone} | _], Name) ->
          -    {found,  Phone};
          -find_phone([_| T], Name) ->
          -    find_phone(T, Name);
          -find_phone([], Name) ->
          +phone number of a person with a particular name:

          find_phone([#person{name=Name, phone=Phone} | _], Name) ->
          +    {found,  Phone};
          +find_phone([_| T], Name) ->
          +    find_phone(T, Name);
          +find_phone([], Name) ->
               not_found.

          The fields referred to in the pattern can be given in any order.

          @@ -211,12 +211,12 @@

          The value of a field in a record can be an instance of a record. Retrieval of nested data can be done stepwise, or in a single step, as shown in the following -example:

          -record(name, {first = "Robert", last = "Ericsson"}).
          --record(person, {name = #name{}, phone}).
          +example:

          -record(name, {first = "Robert", last = "Ericsson"}).
          +-record(person, {name = #name{}, phone}).
           
          -demo() ->
          -  P = #person{name= #name{first="Robert",last="Virding"}, phone=123},
          -  First = (P#person.name)#name.first.

          Here, demo() evaluates to "Robert".

          +demo() -> + P = #person{name= #name{first="Robert",last="Virding"}, phone=123}, + First = (P#person.name)#name.first.

          Here, demo() evaluates to "Robert".

          @@ -234,40 +234,40 @@ %% about the person. %% A {Key, Value} list (default is the empty list). %%------------------------------------------------------------ --record(person, {name, age, phone = [], dict = []}).

          -module(person).
          --include("person.hrl").
          --compile(export_all). % For test purposes only.
          +-record(person, {name, age, phone = [], dict = []}).
          -module(person).
          +-include("person.hrl").
          +-compile(export_all). % For test purposes only.
           
           %% This creates an instance of a person.
           %%   Note: The phone number is not supplied so the
           %%         default value [] will be used.
           
          -make_hacker_without_phone(Name, Age) ->
          -   #person{name = Name, age = Age,
          -           dict = [{computer_knowledge, excellent},
          -                   {drinks, coke}]}.
          +make_hacker_without_phone(Name, Age) ->
          +   #person{name = Name, age = Age,
          +           dict = [{computer_knowledge, excellent},
          +                   {drinks, coke}]}.
           
           %% This demonstrates matching in arguments
           
          -print(#person{name = Name, age = Age,
          -              phone = Phone, dict = Dict}) ->
          -  io:format("Name: ~s, Age: ~w, Phone: ~w ~n"
          -            "Dictionary: ~w.~n", [Name, Age, Phone, Dict]).
          +print(#person{name = Name, age = Age,
          +              phone = Phone, dict = Dict}) ->
          +  io:format("Name: ~s, Age: ~w, Phone: ~w ~n"
          +            "Dictionary: ~w.~n", [Name, Age, Phone, Dict]).
           
           %% Demonstrates type testing, selector, updating.
           
          -birthday(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
          -   P#person{age = P#person.age + 1}.
          +birthday(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
          +   P#person{age = P#person.age + 1}.
           
          -register_two_hackers() ->
          -   Hacker1 = make_hacker_without_phone("Joe", 29),
          -   OldHacker = birthday(Hacker1),
          +register_two_hackers() ->
          +   Hacker1 = make_hacker_without_phone("Joe", 29),
          +   OldHacker = birthday(Hacker1),
              % The central_register_server should have
              % an interface function for this.
          -   central_register_server ! {register_person, Hacker1},
          -   central_register_server ! {register_person,
          -             OldHacker#person{name = "Robert",
          -                              phone = [0,8,3,2,4,5,3,1]}}.
          +
          central_register_server ! {register_person, Hacker1}, + central_register_server ! {register_person, + OldHacker#person{name = "Robert", + phone = [0,8,3,2,4,5,3,1]}}.
          @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/programming_examples.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/programming_examples.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.864251652 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/programming_examples.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.864251652 +0000 @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/readme.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/readme.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.892251793 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/readme.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.896251812 +0000 @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/records_macros.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/records_macros.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.928251972 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/records_macros.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.924251952 +0000 @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ introduced:

          %%%----FILE mess_config.hrl----
           
           %%% Configure the location of the server node,
          --define(server_node, messenger@super).
          +-define(server_node, messenger@super).
           
           %%%----END FILE----
          %%%----FILE mess_interface.hrl----
           
          @@ -136,24 +136,24 @@
           %%% messenger program
           
           %%%Messages from Client to server received in server/1 function.
          --record(logon,{client_pid, username}).
          --record(message,{client_pid, to_name, message}).
          +-record(logon,{client_pid, username}).
          +-record(message,{client_pid, to_name, message}).
           %%% {'EXIT', ClientPid, Reason}  (client terminated or unreachable.
           
           %%% Messages from Server to Client, received in await_result/0 function
          --record(abort_client,{message}).
          +-record(abort_client,{message}).
           %%% Messages are: user_exists_at_other_node,
           %%%               you_are_not_logged_on
          --record(server_reply,{message}).
          +-record(server_reply,{message}).
           %%% Messages are: logged_on
           %%%               receiver_not_found
           %%%               sent  (Message has been sent (no guarantee)
           %%% Messages from Server to Client received in client/1 function
          --record(message_from,{from_name, message}).
          +-record(message_from,{from_name, message}).
           
           %%% Messages from shell to Client received in client/1 function
           %%% spawn(mess_client, client, [server_node(), Name])
          --record(message_to,{to_name, message}).
          +-record(message_to,{to_name, message}).
           %%% logoff
           
           %%%----END FILE----
          %%%----FILE user_interface.erl----
          @@ -174,27 +174,27 @@
           %%%     function is not logged on or if ToName is not logged on at
           %%%     any node.
           
          --module(user_interface).
          --export([logon/1, logoff/0, message/2]).
          --include("mess_interface.hrl").
          --include("mess_config.hrl").
          +-module(user_interface).
          +-export([logon/1, logoff/0, message/2]).
          +-include("mess_interface.hrl").
          +-include("mess_config.hrl").
           
          -logon(Name) ->
          -    case whereis(mess_client) of
          +logon(Name) ->
          +    case whereis(mess_client) of
                   undefined ->
          -            register(mess_client,
          -                     spawn(mess_client, client, [?server_node, Name]));
          +            register(mess_client,
          +                     spawn(mess_client, client, [?server_node, Name]));
                   _ -> already_logged_on
               end.
           
          -logoff() ->
          +logoff() ->
               mess_client ! logoff.
           
          -message(ToName, Message) ->
          -    case whereis(mess_client) of % Test if the client is running
          +message(ToName, Message) ->
          +    case whereis(mess_client) of % Test if the client is running
                   undefined ->
                       not_logged_on;
          -        _ -> mess_client ! #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message},
          +        _ -> mess_client ! #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message},
                        ok
           end.
           
          @@ -202,107 +202,107 @@
           
           %%% The client process which runs on each user node
           
          --module(mess_client).
          --export([client/2]).
          --include("mess_interface.hrl").
          -
          -client(Server_Node, Name) ->
          -    {messenger, Server_Node} ! #logon{client_pid=self(), username=Name},
          -    await_result(),
          -    client(Server_Node).
          +-module(mess_client).
          +-export([client/2]).
          +-include("mess_interface.hrl").
          +
          +client(Server_Node, Name) ->
          +    {messenger, Server_Node} ! #logon{client_pid=self(), username=Name},
          +    await_result(),
          +    client(Server_Node).
           
          -client(Server_Node) ->
          +client(Server_Node) ->
               receive
                   logoff ->
          -            exit(normal);
          -        #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message} ->
          -            {messenger, Server_Node} !
          -                #message{client_pid=self(), to_name=ToName, message=Message},
          -            await_result();
          -        {message_from, FromName, Message} ->
          -            io:format("Message from ~p: ~p~n", [FromName, Message])
          +            exit(normal);
          +        #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message} ->
          +            {messenger, Server_Node} !
          +                #message{client_pid=self(), to_name=ToName, message=Message},
          +            await_result();
          +        {message_from, FromName, Message} ->
          +            io:format("Message from ~p: ~p~n", [FromName, Message])
               end,
          -    client(Server_Node).
          +    client(Server_Node).
           
           %%% wait for a response from the server
          -await_result() ->
          +await_result() ->
               receive
          -        #abort_client{message=Why} ->
          -            io:format("~p~n", [Why]),
          -            exit(normal);
          -        #server_reply{message=What} ->
          -            io:format("~p~n", [What])
          +        #abort_client{message=Why} ->
          +            io:format("~p~n", [Why]),
          +            exit(normal);
          +        #server_reply{message=What} ->
          +            io:format("~p~n", [What])
               after 5000 ->
          -            io:format("No response from server~n", []),
          -            exit(timeout)
          +            io:format("No response from server~n", []),
          +            exit(timeout)
               end.
           
           %%%----END FILE---
          %%%----FILE mess_server.erl----
           
           %%% This is the server process of the messenger service
           
          --module(mess_server).
          --export([start_server/0, server/0]).
          --include("mess_interface.hrl").
          -
          -server() ->
          -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
          -    server([]).
          +-module(mess_server).
          +-export([start_server/0, server/0]).
          +-include("mess_interface.hrl").
          +
          +server() ->
          +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
          +    server([]).
           
           %%% the user list has the format [{ClientPid1, Name1},{ClientPid22, Name2},...]
          -server(User_List) ->
          -    io:format("User list = ~p~n", [User_List]),
          +server(User_List) ->
          +    io:format("User list = ~p~n", [User_List]),
               receive
          -        #logon{client_pid=From, username=Name} ->
          -            New_User_List = server_logon(From, Name, User_List),
          -            server(New_User_List);
          -        {'EXIT', From, _} ->
          -            New_User_List = server_logoff(From, User_List),
          -            server(New_User_List);
          -        #message{client_pid=From, to_name=To, message=Message} ->
          -            server_transfer(From, To, Message, User_List),
          -            server(User_List)
          +        #logon{client_pid=From, username=Name} ->
          +            New_User_List = server_logon(From, Name, User_List),
          +            server(New_User_List);
          +        {'EXIT', From, _} ->
          +            New_User_List = server_logoff(From, User_List),
          +            server(New_User_List);
          +        #message{client_pid=From, to_name=To, message=Message} ->
          +            server_transfer(From, To, Message, User_List),
          +            server(User_List)
               end.
           
           %%% Start the server
          -start_server() ->
          -    register(messenger, spawn(?MODULE, server, [])).
          +start_server() ->
          +    register(messenger, spawn(?MODULE, server, [])).
           
           %%% Server adds a new user to the user list
          -server_logon(From, Name, User_List) ->
          +server_logon(From, Name, User_List) ->
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_functions.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_functions.html	2025-01-25 10:23:24.952252092 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_functions.html	2025-01-25 10:23:24.956252112 +0000
          @@ -124,10 +124,10 @@
           

          A function declaration is a sequence of function clauses separated by semicolons, and terminated by a period (.).

          A function clause consists of a clause head and a clause body, separated by ->.

          A clause head consists of the function name, an argument list, and an optional -guard sequence beginning with the keyword when:

          Name(Pattern11,...,Pattern1N) [when GuardSeq1] ->
          +guard sequence beginning with the keyword when:

          Name(Pattern11,...,Pattern1N) [when GuardSeq1] ->
               Body1;
           ...;
          -Name(PatternK1,...,PatternKN) [when GuardSeqK] ->
          +Name(PatternK1,...,PatternKN) [when GuardSeqK] ->
               BodyK.

          The function name is an atom. Each argument is a pattern.

          The number of arguments N is the arity of the function. A function is uniquely defined by the module name, function name, and arity. That is, two functions with the same name and in the same module, but with different arities @@ -135,10 +135,10 @@ mod:f/N.

          A clause body consists of a sequence of expressions separated by comma (,):

          Expr1,
           ...,
           ExprN

          Valid Erlang expressions and guard sequences are described in -Expressions.

          Example:

          fact(N) when N > 0 ->  % first clause head
          -    N * fact(N-1);     % first clause body
          +Expressions.

          Example:

          fact(N) when N > 0 ->  % first clause head
          +    N * fact(N-1);     % first clause body
           
          -fact(0) ->             % second clause head
          +fact(0) ->             % second clause head
               1.                 % second clause body

          @@ -151,16 +151,16 @@ clause is found that fulfills both of the following two conditions:

          1. The patterns in the clause head can be successfully matched against the given arguments.
          2. The guard sequence, if any, is true.

          If such a clause cannot be found, a function_clause runtime error occurs.

          If such a clause is found, the corresponding clause body is evaluated. That is, the expressions in the body are evaluated sequentially and the value of the last -expression is returned.

          Consider the function fact:

          -module(mod).
          --export([fact/1]).
          +expression is returned.

          Consider the function fact:

          -module(mod).
          +-export([fact/1]).
           
          -fact(N) when N > 0 ->
          -    N * fact(N - 1);
          -fact(0) ->
          +fact(N) when N > 0 ->
          +    N * fact(N - 1);
          +fact(0) ->
               1.

          Assume that you want to calculate the factorial for 1:

          1> mod:fact(1).

          Evaluation starts at the first clause. The pattern N is matched against argument 1. The matching succeeds and the guard (N > 0) is true, thus N is -bound to 1, and the corresponding body is evaluated:

          N * fact(N-1) => (N is bound to 1)
          -1 * fact(0)

          Now, fact(0) is called, and the function clauses are scanned +bound to 1, and the corresponding body is evaluated:

          N * fact(N-1) => (N is bound to 1)
          +1 * fact(0)

          Now, fact(0) is called, and the function clauses are scanned sequentially again. First, the pattern N is matched against 0. The matching succeeds, but the guard (N > 0) is false. Second, the pattern 0 is matched against the argument 0. The matching succeeds @@ -177,9 +177,9 @@ tail-recursive call is done. This is to ensure that no system resources, for example, call stack, are consumed. This means that an infinite loop using tail-recursive calls will not exhaust the call -stack and can (in principle) run forever.

          Example:

          loop(N) ->
          -    io:format("~w~n", [N]),
          -    loop(N+1).

          The earlier factorial example is a counter-example. It is not +stack and can (in principle) run forever.

          Example:

          loop(N) ->
          +    io:format("~w~n", [N]),
          +    loop(N+1).

          The earlier factorial example is a counter-example. It is not tail-recursive, since a multiplication is done on the result of the recursive call to fact(N-1).

          @@ -195,9 +195,9 @@ not need to be prefixed with the module name. Which BIFs that are auto-imported is specified in the erlang module in ERTS. For example, standard-type conversion BIFs like atom_to_list and BIFs allowed in guards can be called -without specifying the module name.

          Examples:

          1> tuple_size({a,b,c}).
          +without specifying the module name.

          Examples:

          1> tuple_size({a,b,c}).
           3
          -2> atom_to_list(&#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="1738152961-3">).
          +2> atom_to_list(&#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="9938786347-3">).
           "Erlang"
          @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_processes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_processes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.980252232 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_processes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:24.980252232 +0000 @@ -129,10 +129,10 @@ Process Creation

          -

          A process is created by calling spawn():

          spawn(Module, Name, Args) -> pid()
          -  Module = Name = atom()
          -  Args = [Arg1,...,ArgN]
          -    ArgI = term()

          spawn() creates a new process and returns the pid.

          The new process starts executing in Module:Name(Arg1,...,ArgN) where the +

          A process is created by calling spawn():

          spawn(Module, Name, Args) -> pid()
          +  Module = Name = atom()
          +  Args = [Arg1,...,ArgN]
          +    ArgI = term()

          spawn() creates a new process and returns the pid.

          The new process starts executing in Module:Name(Arg1,...,ArgN) where the arguments are the elements of the (possible empty) Args argument list.

          There exist a number of different spawn BIFs:

          @@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_records.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_records.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.012252391 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_records.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.016252412 +0000 @@ -127,9 +127,9 @@

          A record definition consists of the name of the record, followed by the field names of the record. Record and field names must be atoms. Each field can be given an optional default value. If no default value is supplied, undefined is -used.

          -record(Name, {Field1 [= Expr1],
          +used.

          -record(Name, {Field1 [= Expr1],
                          ...
          -               FieldN [= ExprN]}).

          The default value for a field is an arbitrary expression, except that it must + FieldN [= ExprN]}).

          The default value for a field is an arbitrary expression, except that it must not use any variables.

          A record definition can be placed anywhere among the attributes and function declarations of a module, but the definition must come before any usage of the record.

          If a record is used in several modules, it is recommended that the record @@ -147,24 +147,24 @@ default value instead.

          If several fields are to be assigned the same value, the following construction can be used:

          #Name{Field1=Expr1, ..., FieldK=ExprK, _=ExprL}

          Omitted fields then get the value of evaluating ExprL instead of their default values. This feature is primarily intended to be used to create patterns for ETS -and Mnesia match functions.

          Example:

          -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
          +and Mnesia match functions.

          Example:

          -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
           
          -lookup(Name, Tab) ->
          -    ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name=Name, _='_'}).

          +lookup(Name, Tab) -> + ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name=Name, _='_'}).

          Accessing Record Fields

          Expr#Name.Field

          Returns the value of the specified field. Expr is to evaluate to a Name -record.

          Example:

          -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
          +record.

          Example:

          -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
           
          -get_person_name(Person) ->
          +get_person_name(Person) ->
               Person#person.name.

          The following expression returns the position of the specified field in the -tuple representation of the record:

          #Name.Field

          Example:

          -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
          +tuple representation of the record:

          #Name.Field

          Example:

          -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
           
          -lookup(Name, List) ->
          -    lists:keyfind(Name, #person.name, List).

          +lookup(Name, List) -> + lists:keyfind(Name, #person.name, List).

          @@ -182,13 +182,13 @@

          Since record expressions are expanded to tuple expressions, creating records and accessing record fields are allowed in guards. However, all subexpressions (for initializing fields), must be valid guard -expressions as well.

          Examples:

          handle(Msg, State) when Msg =:= #msg{to=void, no=3} ->
          +expressions as well.

          Examples:

          handle(Msg, State) when Msg =:= #msg{to=void, no=3} ->
               ...
           
          -handle(Msg, State) when State#state.running =:= true ->
          -    ...

          There is also a type test BIF is_record(Term, RecordTag).

          Example:

          is_person(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
          +handle(Msg, State) when State#state.running =:= true ->
          +    ...

          There is also a type test BIF is_record(Term, RecordTag).

          Example:

          is_person(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
               true;
          -is_person(_P) ->
          +is_person(_P) ->
               false.

          @@ -202,11 +202,11 @@ Nested Records

          -

          Assume the following record definitions:

          -record(nrec0, {name = "nested0"}).
          --record(nrec1, {name = "nested1", nrec0=#nrec0{}}).
          --record(nrec2, {name = "nested2", nrec1=#nrec1{}}).
          +

          Assume the following record definitions:

          -record(nrec0, {name = "nested0"}).
          +-record(nrec1, {name = "nested1", nrec0=#nrec0{}}).
          +-record(nrec2, {name = "nested2", nrec1=#nrec1{}}).
           
          -N2 = #nrec2{},

          Accessing or updating nested records can be written without parentheses:

          "nested0" = N2#nrec2.nrec1#nrec1.nrec0#nrec0.name,
          +N2 = #nrec2{},

          Accessing or updating nested records can be written without parentheses:

          "nested0" = N2#nrec2.nrec1#nrec1.nrec0#nrec0.name,
               N0n = N2#nrec2.nrec1#nrec1.nrec0#nrec0{name = "nested0a"},

          which is equivalent to:

          "nested0" = ((N2#nrec2.nrec1)#nrec1.nrec0)#nrec0.name,
           N0n = ((N2#nrec2.nrec1)#nrec1.nrec0)#nrec0{name = "nested0a"},

          Change

          Before Erlang/OTP R14, parentheses were necessary when accessing or updating nested records.

          @@ -216,9 +216,9 @@ Internal Representation of Records

          Record expressions are translated to tuple expressions during compilation. A -record defined as:

          -record(Name, {Field1, ..., FieldN}).

          is internally represented by the tuple:

          {Name, Value1, ..., ValueN}

          Here each ValueI is the default value for FieldI.

          To each module using records, a pseudo function is added during compilation to -obtain information about records:

          record_info(fields, Record) -> [Field]
          -record_info(size, Record) -> Size

          Size is the size of the tuple representation, that is, one more than the +record defined as:

          -record(Name, {Field1, ..., FieldN}).

          is internally represented by the tuple:

          {Name, Value1, ..., ValueN}

          Here each ValueI is the default value for FieldI.

          To each module using records, a pseudo function is added during compilation to +obtain information about records:

          record_info(fields, Record) -> [Field]
          +record_info(size, Record) -> Size

          Size is the size of the tuple representation, that is, one more than the number of fields.

          @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/reference_manual.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/reference_manual.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.036252512 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/reference_manual.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.040252531 +0000 @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/release_handling.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/release_handling.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.068252671 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/release_handling.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.076252711 +0000 @@ -227,15 +227,15 @@ Instead, it is necessary to:

          • Suspend the processes using the module (to avoid that they try to handle any requests before the code replacement is completed).
          • Ask them to transform the internal state format and switch to the new version of the module.
          • Remove the old version.
          • Resume the processes.

          This is called synchronized code replacement and for this the following -instructions are used:

          {update, Module, {advanced, Extra}}
          -{update, Module, supervisor}

          update with argument {advanced,Extra} is used when changing the internal +instructions are used:

          {update, Module, {advanced, Extra}}
          +{update, Module, supervisor}

          update with argument {advanced,Extra} is used when changing the internal state of a behaviour as described above. It causes behaviour processes to call the callback function code_change/3, passing the term Extra and some other information as arguments. See the manual pages for the respective behaviours and Appup Cookbook.

          update with argument supervisor is used when changing the start specification of a supervisor. See Appup Cookbook.

          When a module is to be updated, the release handler finds which processes that are using the module by traversing the supervision tree of each running -application and checking all the child specifications:

          {Id, StartFunc, Restart, Shutdown, Type, Modules}

          A process uses a module if the name is listed in Modules in the child +application and checking all the child specifications:

          {Id, StartFunc, Restart, Shutdown, Type, Modules}

          A process uses a module if the name is listed in Modules in the child specification for the process.

          If Modules=dynamic, which is the case for event managers, the event manager process informs the release handler about the list of currently installed event handlers (gen_event), and it is checked if the module name is in this list @@ -247,10 +247,10 @@ add_module and delete_module

          -

          If a new module is introduced, the following instruction is used:

          {add_module, Module}

          This instruction loads module Module. When running Erlang in +

          If a new module is introduced, the following instruction is used:

          {add_module, Module}

          This instruction loads module Module. When running Erlang in embedded mode it is necessary to use this this instruction. It is not strictly required when running Erlang in interactive mode, since the -code server automatically searches for and loads unloaded modules.

          The opposite of add_module is delete_module, which unloads a module:

          {delete_module, Module}

          Any process, in any application, with Module as residence module, is +code server automatically searches for and loads unloaded modules.

          The opposite of add_module is delete_module, which unloads a module:

          {delete_module, Module}

          Any process, in any application, with Module as residence module, is killed when the instruction is evaluated. Therefore, the user must ensure that all such processes are terminated before deleting module Module to avoid a situation with failing supervisor restarts.

          @@ -331,13 +331,13 @@

          To define how to upgrade/downgrade between the current version and previous versions of an application, an application upgrade file, or in short .appup file is created. The file is to be called Application.appup, where -Application is the application name:

          {Vsn,
          - [{UpFromVsn1, InstructionsU1},
          +Application is the application name:

          {Vsn,
          + [{UpFromVsn1, InstructionsU1},
             ...,
          -  {UpFromVsnK, InstructionsUK}],
          - [{DownToVsn1, InstructionsD1},
          +  {UpFromVsnK, InstructionsUK}],
          + [{DownToVsn1, InstructionsD1},
             ...,
          -  {DownToVsnK, InstructionsDK}]}.
          • Vsn, a string, is the current version of the application, as defined in the + {DownToVsnK, InstructionsDK}]}.
          • Vsn, a string, is the current version of the application, as defined in the .app file.
          • Each UpFromVsn is a previous version of the application to upgrade from.
          • Each DownToVsn is a previous version of the application to downgrade to.
          • Each Instructions is a list of release handling instructions.

          UpFromVsn and DownToVsn can also be specified as regular expressions. For more information about the syntax and contents of the .appup file, see appup in SASL.

          Appup Cookbook includes examples of .appup files for @@ -345,52 +345,52 @@ Releases. Assume you want to add a function available/0 to server ch3, which returns the number of available channels (when trying out the example, make the change in a copy of the original -directory, to ensure that the first version is still available):

          -module(ch3).
          --behaviour(gen_server).
          +directory, to ensure that the first version is still available):

          -module(ch3).
          +-behaviour(gen_server).
           
          --export([start_link/0]).
          --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
          --export([available/0]).
          --export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]).
          -
          -start_link() ->
          -    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []).
          -
          -alloc() ->
          -    gen_server:call(ch3, alloc).
          -
          -free(Ch) ->
          -    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).
          -
          -available() ->
          -    gen_server:call(ch3, available).
          -
          -init(_Args) ->
          -    {ok, channels()}.
          -
          -handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
          -    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
          -    {reply, Ch, Chs2};
          -handle_call(available, _From, Chs) ->
          -    N = available(Chs),
          -    {reply, N, Chs}.
          -
          -handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
          -    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
          -    {noreply, Chs2}.

          A new version of the ch_app.app file must now be created, where the version is -updated:

          {application, ch_app,
          - [{description, "Channel allocator"},
          -  {vsn, "2"},
          -  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
          -  {registered, [ch3]},
          -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
          -  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
          - ]}.

          To upgrade ch_app from "1" to "2" (and to downgrade from "2" to "1"), +-export([start_link/0]). +-export([alloc/0, free/1]). +-export([available/0]). +-export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]). + +start_link() -> + gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []). + +alloc() -> + gen_server:call(ch3, alloc). + +free(Ch) -> + gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}). + +available() -> + gen_server:call(ch3, available). + +init(_Args) -> + {ok, channels()}. + +handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) -> + {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs), + {reply, Ch, Chs2}; +handle_call(available, _From, Chs) -> + N = available(Chs), + {reply, N, Chs}. + +handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) -> + Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs), + {noreply, Chs2}.

          A new version of the ch_app.app file must now be created, where the version is +updated:

          {application, ch_app,
          + [{description, "Channel allocator"},
          +  {vsn, "2"},
          +  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
          +  {registered, [ch3]},
          +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
          +  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
          + ]}.

          To upgrade ch_app from "1" to "2" (and to downgrade from "2" to "1"), you only need to load the new (old) version of the ch3 callback module. Create -the application upgrade file ch_app.appup in the ebin directory:

          {"2",
          - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}],
          - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}]
          -}.

          +the application upgrade file ch_app.appup in the ebin directory:

          {"2",
          + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}],
          + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}]
          +}.

          @@ -409,14 +409,14 @@ relup in SASL.

          Example, continued from the previous section: You have a new version "2" of ch_app and an .appup file. A new version of the .rel file is also needed. This time the file is called ch_rel-2.rel and the release version string is -changed from "A" to "B":

          {release,
          - {"ch_rel", "B"},
          - {erts, "14.2.5"},
          - [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
          -  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
          -  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
          -  {ch_app, "2"}]
          -}.

          Now the relup file can be generated:

          1> systools:make_relup("ch_rel-2", ["ch_rel-1"], ["ch_rel-1"]).
          +changed from "A" to "B":

          {release,
          + {"ch_rel", "B"},
          + {erts, "14.2.5"},
          + [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
          +  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
          +  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
          +  {ch_app, "2"}]
          +}.

          Now the relup file can be generated:

          1> systools:make_relup("ch_rel-2", ["ch_rel-1"], ["ch_rel-1"]).
           ok

          This generates a relup file with instructions for how to upgrade from version "A" ("ch_rel-1") to version "B" ("ch_rel-2") and how to downgrade from version "B" to version "A".

          Both the old and new versions of the .app and .rel files must be in the code @@ -437,17 +437,17 @@ packages. The release_handler module communicates with this process.

          Assuming there is an operational target system with installation root directory $ROOT, the release package with the new version of the release is to be copied to $ROOT/releases.

          First, unpack the release package. The files are then extracted from the -package:

          release_handler:unpack_release(ReleaseName) => {ok, Vsn}
          • ReleaseName is the name of the release package except the .tar.gz +package:

            release_handler:unpack_release(ReleaseName) => {ok, Vsn}
            • ReleaseName is the name of the release package except the .tar.gz extension.
            • Vsn is the version of the unpacked release, as defined in its .rel file.

            A directory $ROOT/lib/releases/Vsn is created, where the .rel file, the boot script start.boot, the system configuration file sys.config, and relup are placed. For applications with new version numbers, the application directories are placed under $ROOT/lib. Unchanged applications are not affected.

            An unpacked release can be installed. The release handler then evaluates the -instructions in relup, step by step:

            release_handler:install_release(Vsn) => {ok, FromVsn, []}

            If an error occurs during the installation, the system is rebooted using the old +instructions in relup, step by step:

            release_handler:install_release(Vsn) => {ok, FromVsn, []}

            If an error occurs during the installation, the system is rebooted using the old version of the release. If installation succeeds, the system is afterwards using the new version of the release, but if anything happens and the system is rebooted, it starts using the previous version again.

            To be made the default version, the newly installed release must be made permanent, which means the previous version becomes old:

            release_handler:make_permanent(Vsn) => ok

            The system keeps information about which versions are old and permanent in the -files $ROOT/releases/RELEASES and $ROOT/releases/start_erl.data.

            To downgrade from Vsn to FromVsn, install_release must be called again:

            release_handler:install_release(FromVsn) => {ok, Vsn, []}

            An installed, but not permanent, release can be removed. Information about the +files $ROOT/releases/RELEASES and $ROOT/releases/start_erl.data.

            To downgrade from Vsn to FromVsn, install_release must be called again:

            release_handler:install_release(FromVsn) => {ok, Vsn, []}

            An installed, but not permanent, release can be removed. Information about the release is then deleted from $ROOT/releases/RELEASES and the release-specific code, that is, the new application directories and the $ROOT/releases/Vsn directory, are removed.

            release_handler:remove_release(Vsn) => ok

            @@ -466,9 +466,9 @@ ...

          $ROOT is the installation directory of the target system.

          Step 3) In another Erlang shell, generate start scripts and create a release package for the new version "B". Remember to include (a possible updated) sys.config and the relup file. For more information, see -Release Upgrade File.

          1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-2").
          +Release Upgrade File.

          1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-2").
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/release_structure.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/release_structure.html	2025-01-25 10:23:25.108252870 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/release_structure.html	2025-01-25 10:23:25.112252891 +0000
          @@ -140,29 +140,29 @@
           

          To define a release, create a release resource file, or in short a .rel file. In the file, specify the name and version of the release, which ERTS -version it is based on, and which applications it consists of:

          {release, {Name,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
          - [{Application1, AppVsn1},
          +version it is based on, and which applications it consists of:

          {release, {Name,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
          + [{Application1, AppVsn1},
              ...
          -  {ApplicationN, AppVsnN}]}.

          Name, Vsn, EVsn, and AppVsn are strings.

          The file must be named Rel.rel, where Rel is a unique name.

          Each Application (atom) and AppVsn is the name and version of an application + {ApplicationN, AppVsnN}]}.

          Name, Vsn, EVsn, and AppVsn are strings.

          The file must be named Rel.rel, where Rel is a unique name.

          Each Application (atom) and AppVsn is the name and version of an application included in the release. The minimal release based on Erlang/OTP consists of the Kernel and STDLIB applications, so these applications must be included in the list.

          If the release is to be upgraded, it must also include the SASL application.

          Here is an example showing the .app file for a release of ch_app from -the Applications section:

          {application, ch_app,
          - [{description, "Channel allocator"},
          -  {vsn, "1"},
          -  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
          -  {registered, [ch3]},
          -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
          -  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
          - ]}.

          The .rel file must also contain kernel, stdlib, and sasl, as these -applications are required by ch_app. The file is called ch_rel-1.rel:

          {release,
          - {"ch_rel", "A"},
          - {erts, "14.2.5"},
          - [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
          -  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
          -  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
          -  {ch_app, "1"}]
          -}.

          +the Applications section:

          {application, ch_app,
          + [{description, "Channel allocator"},
          +  {vsn, "1"},
          +  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
          +  {registered, [ch3]},
          +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
          +  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
          + ]}.

          The .rel file must also contain kernel, stdlib, and sasl, as these +applications are required by ch_app. The file is called ch_rel-1.rel:

          {release,
          + {"ch_rel", "A"},
          + {erts, "14.2.5"},
          + [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
          +  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
          +  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
          +  {ch_app, "1"}]
          +}.

          @@ -194,9 +194,9 @@

          The systools:make_tar/1,2 function takes a .rel file as input and creates a zipped tar file with the code for -the specified applications, a release package:

          1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-1").
          +the specified applications, a release package:

          1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-1").
           ok
          -2> systools:make_tar("ch_rel-1").
          +2> systools:make_tar("ch_rel-1").
           ok

          The release package by default contains:

          • The .app files
          • The .rel file
          • The object code for all applications, structured according to the application directory structure
          • The binary boot script renamed to start.boot
          % tar tf ch_rel-1.tar
           lib/kernel-9.2.4/ebin/kernel.app
          @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
                     Erlang programming language
           
                 

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/robustness.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/robustness.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.136253011 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/robustness.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.140253031 +0000 @@ -132,36 +132,36 @@ "pong" so that "pong" can also finish. Another way to let "pong" finish is to make "pong" exit if it does not receive a message from ping within a certain time. This can be done by adding a time-out to pong as shown in the -following example:

          -module(tut19).
          +following example:

          -module(tut19).
           
          --export([start_ping/1, start_pong/0,  ping/2, pong/0]).
          +-export([start_ping/1, start_pong/0,  ping/2, pong/0]).
           
          -ping(0, Pong_Node) ->
          -    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
          +ping(0, Pong_Node) ->
          +    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
           
          -ping(N, Pong_Node) ->
          -    {pong, Pong_Node} ! {ping, self()},
          +ping(N, Pong_Node) ->
          +    {pong, Pong_Node} ! {ping, self()},
               receive
                   pong ->
          -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
          +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
               end,
          -    ping(N - 1, Pong_Node).
          +    ping(N - 1, Pong_Node).
           
          -pong() ->
          +pong() ->
               receive
          -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
          -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
          +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
          +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                       Ping_PID ! pong,
          -            pong()
          +            pong()
               after 5000 ->
          -            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
          +            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
               end.
           
          -start_pong() ->
          -    register(pong, spawn(tut19, pong, [])).
          +start_pong() ->
          +    register(pong, spawn(tut19, pong, [])).
           
          -start_ping(Pong_Node) ->
          -    spawn(tut19, ping, [3, Pong_Node]).

          After this is compiled and the file tut19.beam is copied to the necessary +start_ping(Pong_Node) -> + spawn(tut19, ping, [3, Pong_Node]).

          After this is compiled and the file tut19.beam is copied to the necessary directories, the following is seen on (pong@kosken):

          (pong@kosken)1> tut19:start_pong().
           true
           Pong received ping
          @@ -172,20 +172,20 @@
           Ping received pong
           Ping received pong
           Ping received pong
          -ping finished

          The time-out is set in:

          pong() ->
          +ping finished

          The time-out is set in:

          pong() ->
               receive
          -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
          -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
          +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
          +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                       Ping_PID ! pong,
          -            pong()
          +            pong()
               after 5000 ->
          -            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
          +            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
               end.

          The time-out (after 5000) is started when receive is entered. The time-out is canceled if {ping,Ping_PID} is received. If {ping,Ping_PID} is not received, the actions following the time-out are done after 5000 milliseconds. after must be last in the receive, that is, preceded by all other message reception specifications in the receive. It is also possible to call a -function that returned an integer for the time-out:

          after pong_timeout() ->

          In general, there are better ways than using time-outs to supervise parts of a +function that returned an integer for the time-out:

          after pong_timeout() ->

          In general, there are better ways than using time-outs to supervise parts of a distributed Erlang system. Time-outs are usually appropriate to supervise external events, for example, if you have expected a message from some external system within a specified time. For example, a time-out can be used to log a @@ -213,36 +213,36 @@ If one of the processes exits abnormally, all the processes in the transaction are killed. As it is often wanted to create a process and link to it at the same time, there is a special BIF, spawn_link that does the -same as spawn, but also creates a link to the spawned process.

          Now an example of the ping pong example using links to terminate "pong":

          -module(tut20).
          +same as spawn, but also creates a link to the spawned process.

          Now an example of the ping pong example using links to terminate "pong":

          -module(tut20).
           
          --export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
          +-export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
           
          -ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
          -    link(Pong_Pid),
          -    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
          +ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
          +    link(Pong_Pid),
          +    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
           
          -ping1(0, _) ->
          -    exit(ping);
          +ping1(0, _) ->
          +    exit(ping);
           
          -ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
          -    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
          +ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
          +    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
               receive
                   pong ->
          -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
          +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
               end,
          -    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
          +    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
           
          -pong() ->
          +pong() ->
               receive
          -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
          -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
          +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
          +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                       Ping_PID ! pong,
          -            pong()
          +            pong()
               end.
           
          -start(Ping_Node) ->
          -    PongPID = spawn(tut20, pong, []),
          -    spawn(Ping_Node, tut20, ping, [3, PongPID]).
          (s1@bill)3> tut20:start(s2@kosken).
          +start(Ping_Node) ->
          +    PongPID = spawn(tut20, pong, []),
          +    spawn(Ping_Node, tut20, ping, [3, PongPID]).
          (s1@bill)3> tut20:start(s2@kosken).
           Pong received ping
           <3820.41.0>
           Ping received pong
          @@ -256,45 +256,45 @@
           sent to "pong", which also terminates.

          It is possible to modify the default behaviour of a process so that it does not get killed when it receives abnormal exit signals. Instead, all signals are turned into normal messages on the format {'EXIT',FromPID,Reason} and added to -the end of the receiving process' message queue. This behaviour is set by:

          process_flag(trap_exit, true)

          There are several other process flags, see erlang(3). +the end of the receiving process' message queue. This behaviour is set by:

          process_flag(trap_exit, true)

          There are several other process flags, see erlang(3). Changing the default behaviour of a process in this way is usually not done in standard user programs, but is left to the supervisory programs in OTP. However, -the ping pong program is modified to illustrate exit trapping.

          -module(tut21).
          +the ping pong program is modified to illustrate exit trapping.

          -module(tut21).
           
          --export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
          +-export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
           
          -ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
          -    link(Pong_Pid),
          -    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
          +ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
          +    link(Pong_Pid),
          +    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
           
          -ping1(0, _) ->
          -    exit(ping);
          +ping1(0, _) ->
          +    exit(ping);
           
          -ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
          -    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
          +ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
          +    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
               receive
                   pong ->
          -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
          +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
               end,
          -    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
          +    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
           
          -pong() ->
          -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
          -    pong1().
          +pong() ->
          +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
          +    pong1().
           
          -pong1() ->
          +pong1() ->
               receive
          -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
          -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
          +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
          +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                       Ping_PID ! pong,
          -            pong1();
          -        {'EXIT', From, Reason} ->
          -            io:format("pong exiting, got ~p~n", [{'EXIT', From, Reason}])
          +            pong1();
          +        {'EXIT', From, Reason} ->
          +            io:format("pong exiting, got ~p~n", [{'EXIT', From, Reason}])
               end.
           
          -start(Ping_Node) ->
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/search.html	2025-01-25 10:23:25.160253130 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/search.html	2025-01-25 10:23:25.164253150 +0000
          @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
                     Erlang programming language
           
                 

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/seq_prog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/seq_prog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.228253470 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/seq_prog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.228253470 +0000 @@ -140,13 +140,13 @@ more editing commands in the shell (see tty - A command line interface in ERTS User's Guide).

          (Notice that many line numbers given by the shell in the following examples are out of sequence. This is because this tutorial was written and code-tested in -separate sessions).

          Here is a bit more complex calculation:

          2> (42 + 77) * 66 / 3.
          +separate sessions).

          Here is a bit more complex calculation:

          2> (42 + 77) * 66 / 3.
           2618.0

          Notice the use of brackets, the multiplication operator *, and the division operator /, as in normal arithmetic (see Expressions).

          Press Control-C to shut down the Erlang system and the Erlang shell.

          The following output is shown:

          BREAK: (a)bort (c)ontinue (p)roc info (i)nfo (l)oaded
                  (v)ersion (k)ill (D)b-tables (d)istribution
           a
          -$

          Type a to leave the Erlang system.

          Another way to shut down the Erlang system is by entering halt/0:

          3> halt().
          +$

          Type a to leave the Erlang system.

          Another way to shut down the Erlang system is by entering halt/0:

          3> halt().
           $

          @@ -160,55 +160,55 @@ editor has an Erlang mode that makes it easier for you to enter and format your code nicely (see The Erlang mode for Emacs in Tools User's Guide), but you can manage perfectly well without. Here is the -code to enter:

          -module(tut).
          --export([double/1]).
          +code to enter:

          -module(tut).
          +-export([double/1]).
           
          -double(X) ->
          +double(X) ->
               2 * X.

          It is not hard to guess that this program doubles the value of numbers. The first two lines of the code are described later. Let us compile the program. -This can be done in an Erlang shell as follows, where c means compile:

          3> c(tut).
          -{ok,tut}

          The {ok,tut} means that the compilation is OK. If it says error it means +This can be done in an Erlang shell as follows, where c means compile:

          3> c(tut).
          +{ok,tut}

          The {ok,tut} means that the compilation is OK. If it says error it means that there is some mistake in the text that you entered. Additional error messages gives an idea to what is wrong so you can modify the text and then try -to compile the program again.

          Now run the program:

          4> tut:double(10).
          +to compile the program again.

          Now run the program:

          4> tut:double(10).
           20

          As expected, double of 10 is 20.

          Now let us get back to the first two lines of the code. Erlang programs are written in files. Each file contains an Erlang module. The first line of code -in the module is the module name (see Modules):

          -module(tut).

          Thus, the module is called tut. Notice the full stop . at the end of the +in the module is the module name (see Modules):

          -module(tut).

          Thus, the module is called tut. Notice the full stop . at the end of the line. The files which are used to store the module must have the same name as the module but with the extension .erl. In this case the file name is tut.erl. When using a function in another module, the syntax module_name:function_name(arguments) is used. So the following means call -function double in module tut with argument 10.

          4> tut:double(10).

          The second line says that the module tut contains a function called double, -which takes one argument (X in our example):

          -export([double/1]).

          The second line also says that this function can be called from outside the +function double in module tut with argument 10.

          4> tut:double(10).

          The second line says that the module tut contains a function called double, +which takes one argument (X in our example):

          -export([double/1]).

          The second line also says that this function can be called from outside the module tut. More about this later. Again, notice the . at the end of the line.

          Now for a more complicated example, the factorial of a number. For example, the -factorial of 4 is 4 3 2 * 1, which equals 24.

          Enter the following code in a file named tut1.erl:

          -module(tut1).
          --export([fac/1]).
          +factorial of 4 is 4  3  2 * 1, which equals 24.

          Enter the following code in a file named tut1.erl:

          -module(tut1).
          +-export([fac/1]).
           
          -fac(1) ->
          +fac(1) ->
               1;
          -fac(N) ->
          -    N * fac(N - 1).

          So this is a module, called tut1 that contains a function called fac>, which -takes one argument, N.

          The first part says that the factorial of 1 is 1.:

          fac(1) ->
          +fac(N) ->
          +    N * fac(N - 1).

          So this is a module, called tut1 that contains a function called fac>, which +takes one argument, N.

          The first part says that the factorial of 1 is 1.:

          fac(1) ->
               1;

          Notice that this part ends with a semicolon ; that indicates that there is more of the function fac> to come.

          The second part says that the factorial of N is N multiplied by the factorial of -N - 1:

          fac(N) ->
          -    N * fac(N - 1).

          Notice that this part ends with a . saying that there are no more parts of -this function.

          Compile the file:

          5> c(tut1).
          -{ok,tut1}

          And now calculate the factorial of 4.

          6> tut1:fac(4).
          +N - 1:

          fac(N) ->
          +    N * fac(N - 1).

          Notice that this part ends with a . saying that there are no more parts of +this function.

          Compile the file:

          5> c(tut1).
          +{ok,tut1}

          And now calculate the factorial of 4.

          6> tut1:fac(4).
           24

          Here the function fac> in module tut1 is called with argument 4.

          A function can have many arguments. Let us expand the module tut1 with the -function to multiply two numbers:

          -module(tut1).
          --export([fac/1, mult/2]).
          +function to multiply two numbers:

          -module(tut1).
          +-export([fac/1, mult/2]).
           
          -fac(1) ->
          +fac(1) ->
               1;
          -fac(N) ->
          -    N * fac(N - 1).
          +fac(N) ->
          +    N * fac(N - 1).
           
          -mult(X, Y) ->
          +mult(X, Y) ->
               X * Y.

          Notice that it is also required to expand the -export line with the -information that there is another function mult with two arguments.

          Compile:

          7> c(tut1).
          -{ok,tut1}

          Try out the new function mult:

          8> tut1:mult(3,4).
          +information that there is another function mult with two arguments.

          Compile:

          7> c(tut1).
          +{ok,tut1}

          Try out the new function mult:

          8> tut1:mult(3,4).
           12

          In this example the numbers are integers and the arguments in the functions in the code N, X, and Y are called variables. Variables must start with a capital letter (see Variables). Examples of @@ -222,56 +222,56 @@ Atom), for example, charles, centimeter, and inch. Atoms are simply names, nothing else. They are not like variables, which can have a value.

          Enter the next program in a file named tut2.erl). It can be useful for -converting from inches to centimeters and conversely:

          -module(tut2).
          --export([convert/2]).
          +converting from inches to centimeters and conversely:

          -module(tut2).
          +-export([convert/2]).
           
          -convert(M, inch) ->
          +convert(M, inch) ->
               M / 2.54;
           
          -convert(N, centimeter) ->
          -    N * 2.54.

          Compile:

          9> c(tut2).
          -{ok,tut2}

          Test:

          10> tut2:convert(3, inch).
          +convert(N, centimeter) ->
          +    N * 2.54.

          Compile:

          9> c(tut2).
          +{ok,tut2}

          Test:

          10> tut2:convert(3, inch).
           1.1811023622047243
          -11> tut2:convert(7, centimeter).
          +11> tut2:convert(7, centimeter).
           17.78

          Notice the introduction of decimals (floating point numbers) without any explanation. Hopefully you can cope with that.

          Let us see what happens if something other than centimeter or inch is -entered in the convert function:

          12> tut2:convert(3, miles).
          +entered in the convert function:

          12> tut2:convert(3, miles).
           ** exception error: no function clause matching tut2:convert(3,miles) (tut2.erl, line 4)

          The two parts of the convert function are called its clauses. As shown, miles is not part of either of the clauses. The Erlang system cannot match either of the clauses so an error message function_clause is returned. The shell formats the error message nicely, but the error tuple is saved in the -shell's history list and can be output by the shell command v/1:

          13> v(12).
          -{&#href_anchor"p">,{function_clause,[{tut2,convert,
          -                                [3,miles],
          -                                [{file,"tut2.erl"},{line,4}]},
          -                          {erl_eval,do_apply,6,
          -                                    [{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,677}]},
          -                          {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,687}]},
          -                          {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,642}]},
          -                          {shell,eval_loop,3,
          -                                 [{file,"shell.erl"},{line,627}]}]}}

          +shell's history list and can be output by the shell command v/1:

          13> v(12).
          +{&#href_anchor"p">,{function_clause,[{tut2,convert,
          +                                [3,miles],
          +                                [{file,"tut2.erl"},{line,4}]},
          +                          {erl_eval,do_apply,6,
          +                                    [{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,677}]},
          +                          {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,687}]},
          +                          {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,642}]},
          +                          {shell,eval_loop,3,
          +                                 [{file,"shell.erl"},{line,627}]}]}}

          Tuples

          -

          Now the tut2 program is hardly good programming style. Consider:

          tut2:convert(3, inch).

          Does this mean that 3 is in inches? Or does it mean that 3 is in centimeters and +

          Now the tut2 program is hardly good programming style. Consider:

          tut2:convert(3, inch).

          Does this mean that 3 is in inches? Or does it mean that 3 is in centimeters and is to be converted to inches? Erlang has a way to group things together to make things more understandable. These are called tuples and are surrounded by curly brackets, { and }.

          So, {inch,3} denotes 3 inches and {centimeter,5} denotes 5 centimeters. Now let us write a new program that converts centimeters to inches and conversely. -Enter the following code in a file called tut3.erl):

          -module(tut3).
          --export([convert_length/1]).
          +Enter the following code in a file called tut3.erl):

          -module(tut3).
          +-export([convert_length/1]).
           
          -convert_length({centimeter, X}) ->
          -    {inch, X / 2.54};
          -convert_length({inch, Y}) ->
          -    {centimeter, Y * 2.54}.

          Compile and test:

          14> c(tut3).
          -{ok,tut3}
          -15> tut3:convert_length({inch, 5}).
          -{centimeter,12.7}
          -16> tut3:convert_length(tut3:convert_length({inch, 5})).
          -{inch,5.0}

          Notice on line 16 that 5 inches is converted to centimeters and back again and +convert_length({centimeter, X}) -> + {inch, X / 2.54}; +convert_length({inch, Y}) -> + {centimeter, Y * 2.54}.

          Compile and test:

          14> c(tut3).
          +{ok,tut3}
          +15> tut3:convert_length({inch, 5}).
          +{centimeter,12.7}
          +16> tut3:convert_length(tut3:convert_length({inch, 5})).
          +{inch,5.0}

          Notice on line 16 that 5 inches is converted to centimeters and back again and reassuringly get back to the original value. That is, the argument to a function can be the result of another function. Consider how line 16 (above) works. The argument given to the function {inch,5} is first matched against the first @@ -280,9 +280,9 @@ before the ->). This having failed, let us try the head of the next clause that is, convert_length({inch,Y}). This matches, and Y gets the value 5.

          Tuples can have more than two parts, in fact as many parts as you want, and contain any valid Erlang term. For example, to represent the temperature of -various cities of the world:

          {moscow, {c, -10}}
          -{cape_town, {f, 70}}
          -{paris, {f, 28}}

          Tuples have a fixed number of items in them. Each item in a tuple is called an +various cities of the world:

          {moscow, {c, -10}}
          +{cape_town, {f, 70}}
          +{paris, {f, 28}}

          Tuples have a fixed number of items in them. Each item in a tuple is called an element. In the tuple {moscow,{c,-10}}, element 1 is moscow and element 2 is {c,-10}. Here c represents Celsius and f Fahrenheit.

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/spec_proc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/spec_proc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.272253690 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/spec_proc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.276253710 +0000 @@ -127,64 +127,64 @@

          The sys module has functions for simple debugging of processes implemented using behaviours. The code_lock example from -gen_statem Behaviour is used to illustrate this:

          Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.0] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit]
          +gen_statem Behaviour is used to illustrate this:

          Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.0] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit]
           
          -Eshell V15.0 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
          -1> code_lock:start_link([1,2,3,4]).
          +Eshell V15.0 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
          +1> code_lock:start_link([1,2,3,4]).
           Lock
          -{ok,<0.90.0>}
          -2> sys:statistics(code_lock, true).
          +{ok,<0.90.0>}
          +2> sys:statistics(code_lock, true).
           ok
          -3> sys:trace(code_lock, true).
          +3> sys:trace(code_lock, true).
           ok
          -4> code_lock:button(1).
          -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,1} in state locked
          +4> code_lock:button(1).
          +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,1} in state locked
           ok
          -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,1} in state locked
          -5> code_lock:button(2).
          -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,2} in state locked
          +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,1} in state locked
          +5> code_lock:button(2).
          +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,2} in state locked
           ok
          -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,2} in state locked
          -6> code_lock:button(3).
          -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,3} in state locked
          +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,2} in state locked
          +6> code_lock:button(3).
          +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,3} in state locked
           ok
          -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,3} in state locked
          -7> code_lock:button(4).
          -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,4} in state locked
          +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,3} in state locked
          +7> code_lock:button(4).
          +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,4} in state locked
           ok
           Unlock
          -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,4} in state locked => open
          -*DBG* code_lock start_timer {state_timeout,10000,lock,[]} in state open
          +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,4} in state locked => open
          +*DBG* code_lock start_timer {state_timeout,10000,lock,[]} in state open
           *DBG* code_lock receive state_timeout lock in state open
           Lock
           *DBG* code_lock consume state_timeout lock in state open => locked
          -8> sys:statistics(code_lock, get).
          -{ok,[{start_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,1}}},
          -     {current_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,48}}},
          -     {reductions,4098},
          -     {messages_in,5},
          -     {messages_out,0}]}
          -9> sys:statistics(code_lock, false).
          +8> sys:statistics(code_lock, get).
          +{ok,[{start_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,1}}},
          +     {current_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,48}}},
          +     {reductions,4098},
          +     {messages_in,5},
          +     {messages_out,0}]}
          +9> sys:statistics(code_lock, false).
           ok
          -10> sys:trace(code_lock, false).
          +10> sys:trace(code_lock, false).
           ok
          -11> sys:get_status(code_lock).
          -{status,<0.90.0>,
          -        {module,gen_statem},
          -        [[{'$initial_call',{code_lock,init,1}},
          -          {'$ancestors',[<0.88.0>,<0.87.0>,<0.70.0>,<0.65.0>,<0.69.0>,
          -                         <0.64.0>,kernel_sup,<0.47.0>]}],
          -         running,<0.88.0>,[],
          -         [{header,"Status for state machine code_lock"},
          -          {data,[{"Status",running},
          -                 {"Parent",<0.88.0>},
          -                 {"Modules",[code_lock]},
          -                 {"Time-outs",{0,[]}},
          -                 {"Logged Events",[]},
          -                 {"Postponed",[]}]},
          -          {data,[{"State",
          -                  {locked,#{code => [1,2,3,4],
          -                            length => 4,buttons => []}}}]}]]}

          +11> sys:get_status(code_lock). +{status,<0.90.0>, + {module,gen_statem}, + [[{'$initial_call',{code_lock,init,1}}, + {'$ancestors',[<0.88.0>,<0.87.0>,<0.70.0>,<0.65.0>,<0.69.0>, + <0.64.0>,kernel_sup,<0.47.0>]}], + running,<0.88.0>,[], + [{header,"Status for state machine code_lock"}, + {data,[{"Status",running}, + {"Parent",<0.88.0>}, + {"Modules",[code_lock]}, + {"Time-outs",{0,[]}}, + {"Logged Events",[]}, + {"Postponed",[]}]}, + {data,[{"State", + {locked,#{code => [1,2,3,4], + length => 4,buttons => []}}}]}]]}

          @@ -202,109 +202,109 @@

          Here follows the simple server from Overview, -implemented using sys and proc_lib to fit into a supervision tree:

          -module(ch4).
          --export([start_link/0]).
          --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
          --export([init/1]).
          --export([system_continue/3, system_terminate/4,
          +implemented using sys and proc_lib to fit into a supervision tree:

          -module(ch4).
          +-export([start_link/0]).
          +-export([alloc/0, free/1]).
          +-export([init/1]).
          +-export([system_continue/3, system_terminate/4,
                    write_debug/3,
          -         system_get_state/1, system_replace_state/2]).
          +         system_get_state/1, system_replace_state/2]).
           
          -start_link() ->
          -    proc_lib:start_link(ch4, init, [self()]).
          +start_link() ->
          +    proc_lib:start_link(ch4, init, [self()]).
           
          -alloc() ->
          -    ch4 ! {self(), alloc},
          +alloc() ->
          +    ch4 ! {self(), alloc},
               receive
          -        {ch4, Res} ->
          +        {ch4, Res} ->
                       Res
               end.
           
          -free(Ch) ->
          -    ch4 ! {free, Ch},
          +free(Ch) ->
          +    ch4 ! {free, Ch},
               ok.
           
          -init(Parent) ->
          -    register(ch4, self()),
          -    Chs = channels(),
          -    Deb = sys:debug_options([]),
          -    proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()}),
          -    loop(Chs, Parent, Deb).
          +init(Parent) ->
          +    register(ch4, self()),
          +    Chs = channels(),
          +    Deb = sys:debug_options([]),
          +    proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()}),
          +    loop(Chs, Parent, Deb).
           
          -loop(Chs, Parent, Deb) ->
          +loop(Chs, Parent, Deb) ->
               receive
          -        {From, alloc} ->
          -            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
          -                                    ch4, {in, alloc, From}),
          -            {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
          -            From ! {ch4, Ch},
          -            Deb3 = sys:handle_debug(Deb2, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
          -                                    ch4, {out, {ch4, Ch}, From}),
          -            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb3);
          -        {free, Ch} ->
          -            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
          -                                    ch4, {in, {free, Ch}}),
          -            Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
          -            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb2);
          -
          -        {system, From, Request} ->
          -            sys:handle_system_msg(Request, From, Parent,
          -                                  ch4, Deb, Chs)
          +        {From, alloc} ->
          +            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
          +                                    ch4, {in, alloc, From}),
          +            {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
          +            From ! {ch4, Ch},
          +            Deb3 = sys:handle_debug(Deb2, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
          +                                    ch4, {out, {ch4, Ch}, From}),
          +            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb3);
          +        {free, Ch} ->
          +            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
          +                                    ch4, {in, {free, Ch}}),
          +            Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
          +            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb2);
          +
          +        {system, From, Request} ->
          +            sys:handle_system_msg(Request, From, Parent,
          +                                  ch4, Deb, Chs)
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/statem.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/statem.html	2025-01-25 10:23:25.336254009 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/statem.html	2025-01-25 10:23:25.336254009 +0000
          @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
           a state transition and the output is actions executed during
           the state transition.  Analogously to the mathematical model
           of a Finite State Machine, it can be described as a set of relations
          -of the following form:

          State(S) x Event(E) -> Actions(A), State(S')

          These relations are interpreted as follows: if we are in state S, +of the following form:

          State(S) x Event(E) -> Actions(A), State(S')

          These relations are interpreted as follows: if we are in state S, and event E occurs, we are to perform actions A, and make a transition to state S'. Notice that S' can be equal to S, and that A can be empty.

          In gen_statem we define a state change as a state transition in which the @@ -409,12 +409,12 @@ mode, automatically call the state callback with special arguments whenever the state changes, so you can write state enter actions near the rest of the state transition rules. -It typically looks like this:

          StateName(enter, OldState, Data) ->
          +It typically looks like this:

          StateName(enter, OldState, Data) ->
               ... code for state enter actions here ...
          -    {keep_state, NewData};
          -StateName(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
          +    {keep_state, NewData};
          +StateName(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
               ... code for actions here ...
          -    {next_state, NewStateName, NewData}.

          Since the state enter call is not an event there are restrictions on the + {next_state, NewStateName, NewData}.

          Since the state enter call is not an event there are restrictions on the allowed return value and state transition actions. You must not change the state, postpone this non-event, insert any events, or change the @@ -503,55 +503,55 @@ open --> open : {button, Digit} open --> locked : state_timeout\n* do_lock()

          This code lock state machine can be implemented using gen_statem with -the following callback module:

          -module(code_lock).
          --behaviour(gen_statem).
          --define(NAME, code_lock).
          +the following callback module:

          -module(code_lock).
          +-behaviour(gen_statem).
          +-define(NAME, code_lock).
           
          --export([start_link/1]).
          --export([button/1]).
          --export([init/1,callback_mode/0,terminate/3]).
          --export([locked/3,open/3]).
          -
          -start_link(Code) ->
          -    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
          -
          -button(Button) ->
          -    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).
          -
          -init(Code) ->
          -    do_lock(),
          -    Data = #href_anchor"ss">code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
          -    {ok, locked, Data}.
          -
          -callback_mode() ->
          -    state_functions.
          locked(
          -  cast, {button,Button},
          -  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
          +-export([start_link/1]).
          +-export([button/1]).
          +-export([init/1,callback_mode/0,terminate/3]).
          +-export([locked/3,open/3]).
          +
          +start_link(Code) ->
          +    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
          +
          +button(Button) ->
          +    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).
          +
          +init(Code) ->
          +    do_lock(),
          +    Data = #href_anchor"ss">code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
          +    {ok, locked, Data}.
          +
          +callback_mode() ->
          +    state_functions.
          locked(
          +  cast, {button,Button},
          +  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
               NewButtons =
                   if
          -            length(Buttons) < Length ->
          +            length(Buttons) < Length ->
                           Buttons;
                       true ->
          -                tl(Buttons)
          -        end ++ [Button],
          +                tl(Buttons)
          +        end ++ [Button],
               if
                   NewButtons =:= Code -> % Correct
          -	    do_unlock(),
          -            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
          -             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
          +	    do_unlock(),
          +            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
          +             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
           	true -> % Incomplete | Incorrect
          -            {next_state, locked, Data#{buttons := NewButtons}}
          -    end.
          open(state_timeout, lock,  Data) ->
          -    do_lock(),
          -    {next_state, locked, Data};
          -open(cast, {button,_}, Data) ->
          -    {next_state, open, Data}.
          do_lock() ->
          -    io:format("Lock~n", []).
          -do_unlock() ->
          -    io:format("Unlock~n", []).
          +            {next_state, locked, Data#{buttons := NewButtons}}
          +    end.
          open(state_timeout, lock,  Data) ->
          +    do_lock(),
          +    {next_state, locked, Data};
          +open(cast, {button,_}, Data) ->
          +    {next_state, open, Data}.
          do_lock() ->
          +    io:format("Lock~n", []).
          +do_unlock() ->
          +    io:format("Unlock~n", []).
           
          -terminate(_Reason, State, _Data) ->
          -    State =/= locked andalso do_lock(),
          +terminate(_Reason, State, _Data) ->
          +    State =/= locked andalso do_lock(),
               ok.

          The code is explained in the next sections.

          @@ -559,8 +559,8 @@ Starting gen_statem

          In the example in the previous section, gen_statem is started by calling -code_lock:start_link(Code):

          start_link(Code) ->
          -    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).

          start_link/1 calls function gen_statem:start_link/4, +code_lock:start_link(Code):

          start_link(Code) ->
          +    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).

          start_link/1 calls function gen_statem:start_link/4, which spawns and links to a new process, a gen_statem.

          • The first argument, {local,?NAME}, specifies the name. In this case, the gen_statem is locally registered as code_lock through the macro ?NAME.

            If the name is omitted, the gen_statem is not registered. Instead its pid must be used. The name can also be specified as {global, Name}, then the @@ -578,10 +578,10 @@ Data is the internal server data of the gen_statem. Here the server data is a map() with key code that stores the correct button sequence, key length store its length, and key buttons -that stores the collected buttons up to the same length.

            init(Code) ->
            -    do_lock(),
            -    Data = #href_anchor"ss">code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
            -    {ok, locked, Data}.

            Function gen_statem:start_link/3,4 +that stores the collected buttons up to the same length.

            init(Code) ->
            +    do_lock(),
            +    Data = #href_anchor"ss">code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
            +    {ok, locked, Data}.

            Function gen_statem:start_link/3,4 is synchronous. It does not return until the gen_statem is initialized and is ready to receive events.

            Function gen_statem:start_link/3,4 must be used if the gen_statem is part of a supervision tree, that is, @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ a standalone gen_statem, meaning it is not part of a supervision tree.

            Function Module:callback_mode/0 selects the CallbackMode for the callback module, in this case state_functions. -That is, each state has its own handler function:

            callback_mode() ->
            +That is, each state has its own handler function:

            callback_mode() ->
                 state_functions.

            @@ -598,8 +598,8 @@ Handling Events

            The function notifying the code lock about a button event is implemented using -gen_statem:cast/2:

            button(Button) ->
            -    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).

            The first argument is the name of the gen_statem and must agree with +gen_statem:cast/2:

            button(Button) ->
            +    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).

            The first argument is the name of the gen_statem and must agree with the name used to start it. So, we use the same macro ?NAME as when starting. {button, Button} is the event content.

            The event is sent to the gen_statem. When the event is received, the gen_statem calls StateName(cast, Event, Data), which is expected @@ -607,30 +607,30 @@ {next_state, NewStateName, NewData, Actions}. StateName is the name of the current state and NewStateName is the name of the next state. NewData is a new value for the server data of the gen_statem, -and Actions is a list of actions to be performed by the gen_statem engine.

            locked(
            -  cast, {button,Button},
            -  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
            +and Actions is a list of actions to be performed by the gen_statem engine.

            locked(
            +  cast, {button,Button},
            +  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
                 NewButtons =
                     if
            -            length(Buttons) < Length ->
            +            length(Buttons) < Length ->
                             Buttons;
                         true ->
            -                tl(Buttons)
            -        end ++ [Button],
            +                tl(Buttons)
            +        end ++ [Button],
                 if
                     NewButtons =:= Code -> % Correct
            -	    do_unlock(),
            -            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
            -             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
            +	    do_unlock(),
            +            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
            +             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
             	true -> % Incomplete | Incorrect
            -            {next_state, locked, Data#{buttons := NewButtons}}
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/sup_princ.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
            --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/sup_princ.html	2025-01-25 10:23:25.372254189 +0000
            +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/sup_princ.html	2025-01-25 10:23:25.376254209 +0000
            @@ -132,24 +132,24 @@
               Example
             

          The callback module for a supervisor starting the server from -gen_server Behaviour can look as follows:

          -module(ch_sup).
          --behaviour(supervisor).
          +gen_server Behaviour can look as follows:

          -module(ch_sup).
          +-behaviour(supervisor).
           
          --export([start_link/0]).
          --export([init/1]).
          +-export([start_link/0]).
          +-export([init/1]).
           
          -start_link() ->
          -    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).
          +start_link() ->
          +    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).
           
          -init(_Args) ->
          -    SupFlags = #href_anchor"ss">strategy => one_for_one, intensity => 1, period => 5},
          -    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
          -                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
          +init(_Args) ->
          +    SupFlags = #href_anchor"ss">strategy => one_for_one, intensity => 1, period => 5},
          +    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
          +                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
                               restart => permanent,
                               shutdown => brutal_kill,
                               type => worker,
          -                    modules => [ch3]}],
          -    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

          The SupFlags variable in the return value from init/1 represents the + modules => [ch3]}], + {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

          The SupFlags variable in the return value from init/1 represents the supervisor flags.

          The ChildSpecs variable in the return value from init/1 is a list of child specifications.

          @@ -157,15 +157,15 @@ Supervisor Flags

          -

          This is the type definition for the supervisor flags:

          sup_flags() = #{strategy => strategy(),           % optional
          -                intensity => non_neg_integer(),   % optional
          -                period => pos_integer(),          % optional
          -                auto_shutdown => auto_shutdown()} % optional
          -    strategy() = one_for_all
          +

          This is the type definition for the supervisor flags:

          sup_flags() = #{strategy => strategy(),           % optional
          +                intensity => non_neg_integer(),   % optional
          +                period => pos_integer(),          % optional
          +                auto_shutdown => auto_shutdown()} % optional
          +    strategy() = one_for_all
                          | one_for_one
                          | rest_for_one
                          | simple_one_for_one
          -    auto_shutdown() = never
          +    auto_shutdown() = never
                               | any_significant
                               | all_significant

          -

          The type definition for a child specification is as follows:

          child_spec() = #{id => child_id(),             % mandatory
          -                 start => mfargs(),            % mandatory
          -                 restart => restart(),         % optional
          -                 significant => significant(), % optional
          -                 shutdown => shutdown(),       % optional
          -                 type => worker(),             % optional
          -                 modules => modules()}         % optional
          -    child_id() = term()
          -    mfargs() = {M :: module(), F :: atom(), A :: [term()]}
          -    modules() = [module()] | dynamic
          -    restart() = permanent | transient | temporary
          -    significant() = boolean()
          -    shutdown() = brutal_kill | timeout()
          -    worker() = worker | supervisor
          • id is used to identify the child specification internally by the supervisor.

            The id key is mandatory.

            Note that this identifier occasionally has been called "name". As far as +

            The type definition for a child specification is as follows:

            child_spec() = #{id => child_id(),             % mandatory
            +                 start => mfargs(),            % mandatory
            +                 restart => restart(),         % optional
            +                 significant => significant(), % optional
            +                 shutdown => shutdown(),       % optional
            +                 type => worker(),             % optional
            +                 modules => modules()}         % optional
            +    child_id() = term()
            +    mfargs() = {M :: module(), F :: atom(), A :: [term()]}
            +    modules() = [module()] | dynamic
            +    restart() = permanent | transient | temporary
            +    significant() = boolean()
            +    shutdown() = brutal_kill | timeout()
            +    worker() = worker | supervisor
            • id is used to identify the child specification internally by the supervisor.

              The id key is mandatory.

              Note that this identifier occasionally has been called "name". As far as possible, the terms "identifier" or "id" are now used but in order to keep backwards compatibility, some occurrences of "name" can still be found, for example in error messages.

            • start defines the function call used to start the child process. It is a @@ -461,32 +461,32 @@ name of the callback module.

            This information is used by the release handler during upgrades and downgrades; see Release Handling.

            The modules key is optional. If it is not given, it defaults to [M], where M comes from the child's start {M,F,A}.

          Example: The child specification to start the server ch3 in the previous -example look as follows:

          #href_anchor"ss">id => ch3,
          -  start => {ch3, start_link, []},
          +example look as follows:

          #href_anchor"ss">id => ch3,
          +  start => {ch3, start_link, []},
             restart => permanent,
             shutdown => brutal_kill,
             type => worker,
          -  modules => [ch3]}

          or simplified, relying on the default values:

          #{id => ch3,
          +  modules => [ch3]}

          or simplified, relying on the default values:

          #{id => ch3,
             start => {ch3, start_link, []},
             shutdown => brutal_kill}

          Example: A child specification to start the event manager from the chapter about -gen_event:

          #{id => error_man,
          -  start => {gen_event, start_link, [{local, error_man}]},
          -  modules => dynamic}

          Both server and event manager are registered processes which can be expected to +gen_event:

          #{id => error_man,
          +  start => {gen_event, start_link, [{local, error_man}]},
          +  modules => dynamic}

          Both server and event manager are registered processes which can be expected to be always accessible. Thus they are specified to be permanent.

          ch3 does not need to do any cleaning up before termination. Thus, no shutdown time is needed, but brutal_kill is sufficient. error_man can need some time for the event handlers to clean up, thus the shutdown time is set to 5000 ms -(which is the default value).

          Example: A child specification to start another supervisor:

          #{id => sup,
          -  start => {sup, start_link, []},
          +(which is the default value).

          Example: A child specification to start another supervisor:

          #{id => sup,
          +  start => {sup, start_link, []},
             restart => transient,
          -  type => supervisor} % will cause default shutdown=>infinity

          + type => supervisor} % will cause default shutdown=>infinity

          Starting a Supervisor

          In the previous example, the supervisor is started by calling -ch_sup:start_link():

          start_link() ->
          -    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).

          ch_sup:start_link calls function supervisor:start_link/2, which spawns and +ch_sup:start_link():

          start_link() ->
          +    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).

          ch_sup:start_link calls function supervisor:start_link/2, which spawns and links to a new process, a supervisor.

          • The first argument, ch_sup, is the name of the callback module, that is, the module where the init callback function is located.
          • The second argument, [], is a term that is passed as is to the callback function init. Here, init does not need any data and ignores the argument.

          In this case, the supervisor is not registered. Instead its pid must be used. A @@ -494,12 +494,12 @@ supervisor:start_link({local, Name}, Module, Args) or supervisor:start_link({global, Name}, Module, Args).

          The new supervisor process calls the callback function ch_sup:init([]). init -has to return {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}:

          init(_Args) ->
          -    SupFlags = #{},
          -    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
          -                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
          -                    shutdown => brutal_kill}],
          -    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

          Subsequently, the supervisor starts its child processes according to the child +has to return {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}:

          init(_Args) ->
          +    SupFlags = #{},
          +    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
          +                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
          +                    shutdown => brutal_kill}],
          +    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

          Subsequently, the supervisor starts its child processes according to the child specifications in the start specification. In this case there is a single child process, called ch3.

          supervisor:start_link/3 is synchronous. It does not return until all child processes have been started.

          @@ -536,23 +536,23 @@

          A supervisor with restart strategy simple_one_for_one is a simplified one_for_one supervisor, where all child processes are dynamically added instances of the same process.

          The following is an example of a callback module for a simple_one_for_one -supervisor:

          -module(simple_sup).
          --behaviour(supervisor).
          +supervisor:

          -module(simple_sup).
          +-behaviour(supervisor).
           
          --export([start_link/0]).
          --export([init/1]).
          +-export([start_link/0]).
          +-export([init/1]).
           
          -start_link() ->
          -    supervisor:start_link(simple_sup, []).
          +start_link() ->
          +    supervisor:start_link(simple_sup, []).
           
          -init(_Args) ->
          -    SupFlags = #{strategy => simple_one_for_one,
          +init(_Args) ->
          +    SupFlags = #{strategy => simple_one_for_one,
                            intensity => 0,
          -                 period => 1},
          -    ChildSpecs = [#{id => call,
          -                    start => {call, start_link, []},
          -                    shutdown => brutal_kill}],
          -    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

          When started, the supervisor does not start any child + period => 1}, + ChildSpecs = [#{id => call, + start => {call, start_link, []}, + shutdown => brutal_kill}], + {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

          When started, the supervisor does not start any child processes. Instead, all child processes need to be added dynamically by calling supervisor:start_child(Sup, List).

          Sup is the pid, or name, of the supervisor. List is an arbitrary list of terms, which are added to the list of arguments specified in the child @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/system_limits.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/system_limits.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.404254349 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/system_limits.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.404254349 +0000 @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/system_principles.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/system_principles.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.424254448 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/system_principles.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.428254468 +0000 @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/tablesdatabases.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/tablesdatabases.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.464254648 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/tablesdatabases.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.468254668 +0000 @@ -150,11 +150,11 @@

          The delete operation is considered successful if the element was not present in the table. Hence all attempts to check that the element is present in the Ets/Mnesia table before deletion are unnecessary. Here follows an example for -Ets tables:

          DO

          ets:delete(Tab, Key),

          DO NOT

          case ets:lookup(Tab, Key) of
          -    [] ->
          +Ets tables:

          DO

          ets:delete(Tab, Key),

          DO NOT

          case ets:lookup(Tab, Key) of
          +    [] ->
                   ok;
          -    [_|_] ->
          -        ets:delete(Tab, Key)
          +    [_|_] ->
          +        ets:delete(Tab, Key)
           end,

          @@ -166,49 +166,49 @@ functions print_name/1, print_age/1, and print_occupation/1.

          Note

          If the function print_name/1, and so on, had been interface functions, the situation would have been different, as you do not want the user of the interface to know about the internal data representation.

          DO

          %%% Interface function
          -print_person(PersonId) ->
          +print_person(PersonId) ->
               %% Look up the person in the named table person,
          -    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
          -        [Person] ->
          -            print_name(Person),
          -            print_age(Person),
          -            print_occupation(Person);
          -        [] ->
          -            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
          +    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
          +        [Person] ->
          +            print_name(Person),
          +            print_age(Person),
          +            print_occupation(Person);
          +        [] ->
          +            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
               end.
           
           %%% Internal functions
          -print_name(Person) ->
          -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]).
          +print_name(Person) ->
          +    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]).
           
          -print_age(Person) ->
          -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]).
          +print_age(Person) ->
          +    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]).
           
          -print_occupation(Person) ->
          -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

          DO NOT

          %%% Interface function
          -print_person(PersonId) ->
          +print_occupation(Person) ->
          +    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

          DO NOT

          %%% Interface function
          +print_person(PersonId) ->
               %% Look up the person in the named table person,
          -    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
          -        [Person] ->
          -            print_name(PersonID),
          -            print_age(PersonID),
          -            print_occupation(PersonID);
          -        [] ->
          -            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
          +    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
          +        [Person] ->
          +            print_name(PersonID),
          +            print_age(PersonID),
          +            print_occupation(PersonID);
          +        [] ->
          +            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
               end.
           
           %%% Internal functions
          -print_name(PersonID) ->
          -    [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId),
          -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]).
          -
          -print_age(PersonID) ->
          -    [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId),
          -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]).
          -
          -print_occupation(PersonID) ->
          -    [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId),
          -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

          +print_name(PersonID) -> + [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId), + io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]). + +print_age(PersonID) -> + [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId), + io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]). + +print_occupation(PersonID) -> + [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId), + io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

          @@ -230,30 +230,30 @@ #person{idno = 4, name = "Carl", age = 25, occupation = "mailman"}]

          If you must return all data stored in the Ets table, you can use ets:tab2list/1. However, usually you are only interested in a subset of the information in which case ets:tab2list/1 is expensive. If you only want to -extract one field from each record, for example, the age of every person, then:

          DO

          ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
          +extract one field from each record, for example, the age of every person, then:

          DO

          ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
                                     name='_',
                                     age='$1',
          -                          occupation = '_'},
          -                [],
          -                ['$1']}]),

          DO NOT

          TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
          -lists:map(fun(X) -> X#person.age end, TabList),

          If you are only interested in the age of all persons named "Bryan", then:

          DO

          ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
          +                          occupation = '_'},
          +                [],
          +                ['$1']}]),

          DO NOT

          TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
          +lists:map(fun(X) -> X#person.age end, TabList),

          If you are only interested in the age of all persons named "Bryan", then:

          DO

          ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
                                     name="Bryan",
                                     age='$1',
          -                          occupation = '_'},
          -                [],
          -                ['$1']}])

          DO NOT

          TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
          -lists:foldl(fun(X, Acc) -> case X#person.name of
          +                          occupation = '_'},
          +                [],
          +                ['$1']}])

          DO NOT

          TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
          +lists:foldl(fun(X, Acc) -> case X#person.name of
                                           "Bryan" ->
          -                                    [X#person.age|Acc];
          +                                    [X#person.age|Acc];
                                            _ ->
                                                Acc
                                      end
          -             end, [], TabList)

          If you need all information stored in the Ets table about persons named "Bryan", -then:

          DO

          ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
          +             end, [], TabList)

          If you need all information stored in the Ets table about persons named "Bryan", +then:

          DO

          ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
                                     name="Bryan",
                                     age='_',
          -                          occupation = '_'}, [], ['$_']}]),

          DO NOT

          TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
          -lists:filter(fun(X) -> X#person.name == "Bryan" end, TabList),

          + occupation = '_'}, [], ['$_']}]),

          DO NOT

          TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
          +lists:filter(fun(X) -> X#person.name == "Bryan" end, TabList),

          @@ -297,12 +297,12 @@ #index_entry{name="Bryan", idno=2}, #index_entry{name="Bryan", idno=3}, #index_entry{name="Carl", idno=4}]

          Given this index table, a lookup of the age fields for all persons named -"Bryan" can be done as follows:

          MatchingIDs = ets:lookup(IndexTable,"Bryan"),
          -lists:map(fun(#index_entry{idno = ID}) ->
          -                 [#person{age = Age}] = ets:lookup(PersonTable, ID),
          +"Bryan" can be done as follows:

          MatchingIDs = ets:lookup(IndexTable,"Bryan"),
          +lists:map(fun(#index_entry{idno = ID}) ->
          +                 [#person{age = Age}] = ets:lookup(PersonTable, ID),
                            Age
                     end,
          -          MatchingIDs),

          Notice that this code does not use ets:match/2, but instead uses the + MatchingIDs),

          Notice that this code does not use ets:match/2, but instead uses the ets:lookup/2 call. The lists:map/2 call is only used to traverse the idnos matching the name "Bryan" in the table; thus the number of lookups in the master table is minimized.

          Keeping an index table introduces some overhead when inserting records in the @@ -325,17 +325,17 @@ mnesia:match_object() as these function traverse the whole table. Instead, you can create a secondary index and use mnesia:index_read/3 to get faster access at the expense of using more -memory.

          Example:

          -record(person, {idno, name, age, occupation}).
          +memory.

          Example:

          -record(person, {idno, name, age, occupation}).
                   ...
          -{atomic, ok} =
          -mnesia:create_table(person, [{index,[#person.age]},
          -                              {attributes,
          -                                    record_info(fields, person)}]),
          -{atomic, ok} = mnesia:add_table_index(person, age),
          +{atomic, ok} =
          +mnesia:create_table(person, [{index,[#person.age]},
          +                              {attributes,
          +                                    record_info(fields, person)}]),
          +{atomic, ok} = mnesia:add_table_index(person, age),
           ...
           
           PersonsAge42 =
          -     mnesia:dirty_index_read(person, 42, #person.age),

          + mnesia:dirty_index_read(person, 42, #person.age),

          @@ -349,19 +349,19 @@ the table. Other processes must send update requests to that process.

          Example:

          ...
           %% Using transaction
           
          -Fun = fun() ->
          -          [mnesia:read({Table, Key}),
          -           mnesia:read({Table2, Key2})]
          +Fun = fun() ->
          +          [mnesia:read({Table, Key}),
          +           mnesia:read({Table2, Key2})]
                 end,
           
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/tutorial.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/tutorial.html	2025-01-25 10:23:25.484254748 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/tutorial.html	2025-01-25 10:23:25.488254768 +0000
          @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
                     Erlang programming language
           
                 

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/typespec.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/typespec.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.516254908 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/typespec.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.520254928 +0000 @@ -241,11 +241,11 @@ predefined aliases for the type unions also shown in the table.

          Built-in typeDefined as
          term/0any/0
          binary/0<<_:_*8>>
          nonempty_binary/0<<_:8, _:_*8>>
          bitstring/0<<_:_*1>>
          nonempty_bitstring/0<<_:1, _:_*1>>
          boolean/0'false' | 'true'
          byte/00..255
          char/00..16#10ffff
          nil/0[]
          number/0integer/0 | float/0
          list/0[any()]
          maybe_improper_list/0maybe_improper_list(any(), any())
          nonempty_list/0nonempty_list(any())
          string/0[char()]
          nonempty_string/0[char(),...]
          iodata/0iolist() | binary()
          iolist/0maybe_improper_list(byte() | binary() | iolist(), binary() | [])
          map/0#{any() => any()}
          function/0fun()
          module/0atom/0
          mfa/0{module(),atom(),arity()}
          arity/00..255
          identifier/0pid() | port() | reference()
          node/0atom/0
          timeout/0'infinity' | non_neg_integer()
          no_return/0none/0

          Table: Built-in types, predefined aliases

          In addition, the following three built-in types exist and can be thought as defined below, though strictly their "type definition" is not valid syntax according to the type language defined above.

          Built-in typeCan be thought defined by the syntax
          non_neg_integer/00..
          pos_integer/01..
          neg_integer/0..-1

          Table: Additional built-in types

          Note

          The following built-in list types also exist, but they are expected to be -rarely used. Hence, they have long names:

          nonempty_maybe_improper_list() :: nonempty_maybe_improper_list(any(), any())
          -nonempty_improper_list(Type1, Type2)
          -nonempty_maybe_improper_list(Type1, Type2)

          where the last two types define the set of Erlang terms one would expect.

          Also for convenience, record notation is allowed to be used. Records are -shorthands for the corresponding tuples:

          Record :: #Erlang_Atom{}
          -        | #Erlang_Atom{Fields}

          Records are extended to possibly contain type information. This is described in +rarely used. Hence, they have long names:

          nonempty_maybe_improper_list() :: nonempty_maybe_improper_list(any(), any())
          +nonempty_improper_list(Type1, Type2)
          +nonempty_maybe_improper_list(Type1, Type2)

          where the last two types define the set of Erlang terms one would expect.

          Also for convenience, record notation is allowed to be used. Records are +shorthands for the corresponding tuples:

          Record :: #Erlang_Atom{}
          +        | #Erlang_Atom{Fields}

          Records are extended to possibly contain type information. This is described in Type Information in Record Declarations.

          @@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ name as a built-in type.

          It is recommended to avoid deliberately reusing built-in names because it can be confusing. However, when an Erlang/OTP release introduces a new type, code that happened to define its own type having the same name will continue to work.

          As an example, imagine that the Erlang/OTP 42 release introduces a new type -gadget() defined like this:

          -type gadget() :: {'gadget', reference()}.

          Further imagine that some code has its own (different) definition of gadget(), -for example:

          -type gadget() :: #{}.

          Since redefinitions are allowed, the code will still compile (but with a +gadget() defined like this:

          -type gadget() :: {'gadget', reference()}.

          Further imagine that some code has its own (different) definition of gadget(), +for example:

          -type gadget() :: #{}.

          Since redefinitions are allowed, the code will still compile (but with a warning), and Dialyzer will not emit any additional warnings.

          @@ -266,8 +266,8 @@

          As seen, the basic syntax of a type is an atom followed by closed parentheses. New types are declared using -type and -opaque attributes as in the -following:

          -type my_struct_type() :: Type.
          --opaque my_opaq_type() :: Type.

          The type name is the atom my_struct_type, followed by parentheses. Type is a +following:

          -type my_struct_type() :: Type.
          +-opaque my_opaq_type() :: Type.

          The type name is the atom my_struct_type, followed by parentheses. Type is a type as defined in the previous section. A current restriction is that Type can contain only predefined types, or user-defined types which are either of the following:

          • Module-local type, that is, with a definition that is present in the code of @@ -277,10 +277,10 @@ similar restriction currently exists for records.)

            Type declarations can also be parameterized by including type variables between the parentheses. The syntax of type variables is the same as Erlang variables, that is, starts with an upper-case letter. These variables is to -appear on the RHS of the definition. A concrete example follows:

            -type orddict(Key, Val) :: [{Key, Val}].

            A module can export some types to declare that other modules are allowed to -refer to them as remote types. This declaration has the following form:

            -export_type([T1/A1, ..., Tk/Ak]).

            Here the Tis are atoms (the name of the type) and the Ais are their arguments.

            Example:

            -export_type([my_struct_type/0, orddict/2]).

            Assuming that these types are exported from module 'mod', you can refer to -them from other modules using remote type expressions like the following:

            mod:my_struct_type()
            -mod:orddict(atom(), term())

            It is not allowed to refer to types that are not declared as exported.

            Types declared as opaque represent sets of terms whose structure is not +appear on the RHS of the definition. A concrete example follows:

            -type orddict(Key, Val) :: [{Key, Val}].

            A module can export some types to declare that other modules are allowed to +refer to them as remote types. This declaration has the following form:

            -export_type([T1/A1, ..., Tk/Ak]).

            Here the Tis are atoms (the name of the type) and the Ais are their arguments.

            Example:

            -export_type([my_struct_type/0, orddict/2]).

            Assuming that these types are exported from module 'mod', you can refer to +them from other modules using remote type expressions like the following:

            mod:my_struct_type()
            +mod:orddict(atom(), term())

            It is not allowed to refer to types that are not declared as exported.

            Types declared as opaque represent sets of terms whose structure is not supposed to be visible from outside of their defining module. That is, only the module defining them is allowed to depend on their term structure. Consequently, such types do not make much sense as module local - module local types are not @@ -291,33 +291,33 @@ Type Information in Record Declarations

          The types of record fields can be specified in the declaration of the record. -The syntax for this is as follows:

          -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2, field3 :: Type3}).

          For fields without type annotations, their type defaults to any(). That is, the -previous example is a shorthand for the following:

          -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2 :: any(), field3 :: Type3}).

          In the presence of initial values for fields, the type must be declared after -the initialization, as follows:

          -record(rec, {field1 = [] :: Type1, field2, field3 = 42 :: Type3}).

          The initial values for fields are to be compatible with (that is, a member of) +The syntax for this is as follows:

          -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2, field3 :: Type3}).

          For fields without type annotations, their type defaults to any(). That is, the +previous example is a shorthand for the following:

          -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2 :: any(), field3 :: Type3}).

          In the presence of initial values for fields, the type must be declared after +the initialization, as follows:

          -record(rec, {field1 = [] :: Type1, field2, field3 = 42 :: Type3}).

          The initial values for fields are to be compatible with (that is, a member of) the corresponding types. This is checked by the compiler and results in a compilation error if a violation is detected.

          Change

          Before Erlang/OTP 19, for fields without initial values, the singleton type 'undefined' was added to all declared types. In other words, the following -two record declarations had identical effects:

          -record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(),
          -             f2      :: float(),
          -             f3      :: 'a' | 'b'}).
          +two record declarations had identical effects:

          -record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(),
          +             f2      :: float(),
          +             f3      :: 'a' | 'b'}).
           
          --record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(),
          -              f2      :: 'undefined' | float(),
          -              f3      :: 'undefined' | 'a' | 'b'}).

          This is no longer the case. If you require 'undefined' in your record field +-record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(), + f2 :: 'undefined' | float(), + f3 :: 'undefined' | 'a' | 'b'}).

          This is no longer the case. If you require 'undefined' in your record field type, you must explicitly add it to the typespec, as in the 2nd example.

          Any record, containing type information or not, once defined, can be used as a type using the following syntax:

          #rec{}

          In addition, the record fields can be further specified when using a record type by adding type information about the field as follows:

          #rec{some_field :: Type}

          Any unspecified fields are assumed to have the type in the original record declaration.

          Note

          When records are used to create patterns for ETS and Mnesia match functions, -Dialyzer may need some help not to emit bad warnings. For example:

          -type height() :: pos_integer().
          --record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height()}).
          +Dialyzer may need some help not to emit bad warnings. For example:

          -type height() :: pos_integer().
          +-record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height()}).
           
          -lookup(Name, Tab) ->
          -    ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name = Name, _ = '_'}).

          Dialyzer will emit a warning since '_' is not in the type of record field +lookup(Name, Tab) -> + ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name = Name, _ = '_'}).

          Dialyzer will emit a warning since '_' is not in the type of record field height.

          The recommended way of dealing with this is to declare the smallest record field types to accommodate all your needs, and then create refinements as -needed. The modified example:

          -record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height() | '_'}).
          +needed. The modified example:

          -record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height() | '_'}).
           
          --type person() :: #person{height :: height()}.

          In specifications and type declarations the type person() is to be preferred +-type person() :: #person{height :: height()}.

          In specifications and type declarations the type person() is to be preferred before #person{}.

          @@ -330,27 +330,27 @@ arguments, otherwise the compilation fails.

          The following longer format with module name is also valid as long as Module is the name of the current module. This can be useful for documentation purposes.

          -spec Module:Function(ArgType1, ..., ArgTypeN) -> ReturnType.

          Also, for documentation purposes, argument names can be given:

          -spec Function(ArgName1 :: Type1, ..., ArgNameN :: TypeN) -> RT.

          A function specification can be overloaded. That is, it can have several types, -separated by a semicolon (;). For example:

          -spec foo(T1, T2) -> T3;
          -         (T4, T5) -> T6.

          A current restriction, which currently results in a warning by Dialyzer, is that +separated by a semicolon (;). For example:

          -spec foo(T1, T2) -> T3;
          +         (T4, T5) -> T6.

          A current restriction, which currently results in a warning by Dialyzer, is that the domains of the argument types cannot overlap. For example, the following -specification results in a warning:

          -spec foo(pos_integer()) -> pos_integer();
          -         (integer()) -> integer().

          Type variables can be used in specifications to specify relations for the input +specification results in a warning:

          -spec foo(pos_integer()) -> pos_integer();
          +         (integer()) -> integer().

          Type variables can be used in specifications to specify relations for the input and output arguments of a function. For example, the following specification defines the type of a polymorphic identity function:

          -spec id(X) -> X.

          Notice that the above specification does not restrict the input and output type in any way. These types can be constrained by guard-like subtype constraints and -provide bounded quantification:

          -spec id(X) -> X when X :: tuple().

          Currently, the :: constraint (read as "is a subtype of") is the only guard +provide bounded quantification:

          -spec id(X) -> X when X :: tuple().

          Currently, the :: constraint (read as "is a subtype of") is the only guard constraint that can be used in the when part of a -spec attribute.

          Note

          The above function specification uses multiple occurrences of the same type variable. That provides more type information than the following function -specification, where the type variables are missing:

          -spec id(tuple()) -> tuple().

          The latter specification says that the function takes some tuple and returns +specification, where the type variables are missing:

          -spec id(tuple()) -> tuple().

          The latter specification says that the function takes some tuple and returns some tuple. The specification with the X type variable specifies that the function takes a tuple and returns the same tuple.

          However, it is up to the tools that process the specifications to choose whether to take this extra information into account or not.

          The scope of a :: constraint is the (...) -> RetType specification after which it appears. To avoid confusion, it is suggested that different variables are used in different constituents of an overloaded contract, as shown in the -following example:

          -spec foo({X, integer()}) -> X when X :: atom();
          -         ([Y]) -> Y when Y :: number().

          Some functions in Erlang are not meant to return; either because they define +following example:

          -spec foo({X, integer()}) -> X when X :: atom();
          +         ([Y]) -> Y when Y :: number().

          Some functions in Erlang are not meant to return; either because they define servers or because they are used to throw exceptions, as in the following -function:

          my_error(Err) -> throw({error, Err}).

          For such functions, it is recommended to use the special no_return/0 type +function:

          my_error(Err) -> throw({error, Err}).

          For such functions, it is recommended to use the special no_return/0 type for their "return", through a contract of the following form:

          -spec my_error(term()) -> no_return().

          Note

          Erlang uses the shorthand version _ as an anonymous type variable equivalent to term/0 or any/0. For example, the following function

          -spec Function(string(), _) -> string().

          is equivalent to:

          -spec Function(string(), any()) -> string().
          @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/upgrade.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/upgrade.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.540255028 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/upgrade.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.544255048 +0000 @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/versions.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/versions.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.568255167 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/versions.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.572255187 +0000 @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system_principles.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system_principles.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.592255287 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system_principles.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.592255287 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tftp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tftp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.616255408 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tftp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.616255408 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tools.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tools.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.636255507 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tools.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.640255527 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tutorial.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tutorial.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.660255627 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tutorial.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.664255647 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/upcoming_incompatibilities.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/upcoming_incompatibilities.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.692255786 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/upcoming_incompatibilities.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.696255806 +0000 @@ -170,10 +170,10 @@ Singleton type variables will become a compile-time error

          -

          Before Erlang/OTP 26, the compiler would silenty accept the following spec:

          -spec f(Opts) -> term() when
          -    Opts :: {ok, Unknown} | {error, Unknown}.
          -f(_) -> error.

          In OTP 26, the compiler emits a warning pointing out that the type variable -Unknown is unbound:

          t.erl:6:18: Warning: type variable 'Unknown' is only used once (is unbound)
          +

          Before Erlang/OTP 26, the compiler would silenty accept the following spec:

          -spec f(Opts) -> term() when
          +    Opts :: {ok, Unknown} | {error, Unknown}.
          +f(_) -> error.

          In OTP 26, the compiler emits a warning pointing out that the type variable +Unknown is unbound:

          t.erl:6:18: Warning: type variable 'Unknown' is only used once (is unbound)
           %    6|     Opts :: {ok, Unknown} | {error, Unknown}.
           %     |                  ^

          In OTP 27, that warning will become an error.

          @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@

          Escripts will be compiled by default instead of interpreted. That means that the compiler application must be available.

          The old behavior of interpreting escripts can be restored by adding the -following line to the script file:

          -mode(interpret).

          In OTP 28, support for interpreting an escript will be removed.

          +following line to the script file:

          -mode(interpret).

          In OTP 28, support for interpreting an escript will be removed.

          @@ -235,10 +235,10 @@ %% In OTP 27 it is instead interpreted as a %% Triple-Quoted String equivalent to "String Content"

          """"
          -++ foo() ++
          +++ foo() ++
           """"
           %% Became
          -"" ++ foo() ++ ""
          +"" ++ foo() ++ ""
           %%
           %% In OTP 27 it is instead interpreted as a
           %% Triple-Quoted String (triple-or-more) equivalent to
          @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@
                     Erlang programming language
           
                 

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/wx.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/wx.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.724255946 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/wx.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.724255946 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/xmerl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/xmerl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.748256066 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/xmerl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.752256086 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.772256186 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.772256186 +0000 @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/absform.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/absform.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.804256346 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/absform.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.808256366 +0000 @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/alt_disco.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/alt_disco.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.828256465 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/alt_disco.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.828256465 +0000 @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/alt_dist.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/alt_dist.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.868256665 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/alt_dist.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.876256705 +0000 @@ -241,10 +241,10 @@ Exported Callback Functions

          -

          The following functions are mandatory:

          • listen(Name) ->
            -  {ok, {Listen, Address, Creation}} | {error, Error}
            -listen(Name,Host) ->
            -  {ok, {Listen, Address, Creation}} | {error, Error}

            listen/2 is called once in order to listen for incoming connection requests. +

            The following functions are mandatory:

            • listen(Name) ->
              +  {ok, {Listen, Address, Creation}} | {error, Error}
              +listen(Name,Host) ->
              +  {ok, {Listen, Address, Creation}} | {error, Error}

              listen/2 is called once in order to listen for incoming connection requests. The call is made when the distribution is brought up. The argument Name is the part of the node name before the @ sign in the full node name. It can be either an atom or a string. The argument Host is the part of the node name @@ -254,12 +254,12 @@ #net_address{} record is defined in kernel/include/net_address.hrl), and Creation which (currently) is an integer 1, 2, or 3.

              If epmd is to be used for node discovery, you typically want to use the erl_epmd module (part of the kernel application) in order to -register the listen port with epmd and retrieve Creation to use.

            • address() ->
              +register the listen port with epmd and retrieve Creation to use.

            • address() ->
                 Address

              address/0 is called in order to get the Address part of the listen/2 function without creating a listen socket. -All fields except address have to be set in the returned record

              Example:

              address() ->
              -    {ok, Host} = inet:gethostname(),
              -    #net_address{ host = Host, protocol = tcp, family = inet6 }.
            • accept(Listen) ->
              +All fields except address have to be set in the returned record

              Example:

              address() ->
              +    {ok, Host} = inet:gethostname(),
              +    #net_address{ host = Host, protocol = tcp, family = inet6 }.
            • accept(Listen) ->
                 AcceptorPid

              accept/1 should spawn a process that accepts connections. This process should preferably execute on max priority. The process identifier of this process should be returned.

              The Listen argument will be the same as the Listen handle part of the @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ may not be the process registered as net_kernel) and is in this document identified as Kernel. When a connection has been accepted by the acceptor process, it needs to inform Kernel about the accepted connection. This is -done by passing a message on the form:

              Kernel ! {accept, AcceptorPid, DistController, Family, Proto}

              DistController is either the process or port identifier of the distribution +done by passing a message on the form:

              Kernel ! {accept, AcceptorPid, DistController, Family, Proto}

              DistController is either the process or port identifier of the distribution controller for the connection. The distribution controller should be created by the acceptor processes when a new connection is accepted. Its job is to dispatch traffic on the connection.

              Kernel responds with one of the following messages:

              • {Kernel, controller, SupervisorPid} - The request was accepted and @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ process (which is created in the accept_connection/5 callback).

              • {Kernel, unsupported_protocol} - The request was rejected. This is a fatal error. The acceptor process should terminate.

              When an accept sequence has been completed the acceptor process is expected to -continue accepting further requests.

            • accept_connection(AcceptorPid, DistCtrl, MyNode, Allowed, SetupTime) ->
              +continue accepting further requests.

            • accept_connection(AcceptorPid, DistCtrl, MyNode, Allowed, SetupTime) ->
                 ConnectionSupervisorPid

              accept_connection/5 should spawn a process that will perform the Erlang distribution handshake for the connection. If the handshake successfully completes it should continue to function as a connection supervisor. This @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ the handshake in a #hs_data{} record and call dist_util:handshake_other_started(HsData) with this record.

              dist_util:handshake_other_started(HsData) will perform the handshake and if the handshake successfully completes this process will then continue in a -connection supervisor loop as long as the connection is up.

            • setup(Node, Type, MyNode, LongOrShortNames, SetupTime) ->
              +connection supervisor loop as long as the connection is up.

            • setup(Node, Type, MyNode, LongOrShortNames, SetupTime) ->
                 ConnectionSupervisorPid

              setup/5 should spawn a process that connects to Node. When connection has been established it should perform the Erlang distribution handshake for the connection. If the handshake successfully completes it should continue to @@ -324,15 +324,15 @@ the handshake in a #hs_data{} record and call dist_util:handshake_we_started(HsData) with this record.

              dist_util:handshake_we_started(HsData) will perform the handshake and the handshake successfully completes this process will then continue in a -connection supervisor loop as long as the connection is up.

            • close(Listen) ->
              -  void()

              Called in order to close the Listen handle that originally was passed from -the listen/1 callback.

            • select(NodeName) ->
              -  boolean()

              Return true if the host name part of the NodeName is valid for use with -this protocol; otherwise, false.

            There are also two optional functions that may be exported:

            • setopts(Listen, Opts) ->
              -  ok | {error, Error}

              The argument Listen is the handle originally passed from the +connection supervisor loop as long as the connection is up.

            • close(Listen) ->
              +  void()

              Called in order to close the Listen handle that originally was passed from +the listen/1 callback.

            • select(NodeName) ->
              +  boolean()

              Return true if the host name part of the NodeName is valid for use with +this protocol; otherwise, false.

            There are also two optional functions that may be exported:

            • setopts(Listen, Opts) ->
              +  ok | {error, Error}

              The argument Listen is the handle originally passed from the listen/1 callback. The argument Opts is a list of -options to set on future connections.

            • getopts(Listen, Opts) ->
              -  {ok, OptionValues} | {error, Error}

              The argument Listen is the handle originally passed from the +options to set on future connections.

            • getopts(Listen, Opts) ->
              +  {ok, OptionValues} | {error, Error}

              The argument Listen is the handle originally passed from the listen/1 callback. The argument Opts is a list of options to read for future connections.

            @@ -354,36 +354,36 @@ dist_util:start_timer/1.

          • allowed - Information passed as Allowed to accept_connection/5. This field is only mandatory when the remote node initiated the connection. That is, when the connection is set up via -accept_connection/5.

          • f_send - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr, Data) -> ok | {error, Error}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and Data -is io data to pass to the other side.

            Only used during handshake phase.

          • f_recv - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr, Length) -> {ok, Packet} | {error, Reason}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. If +accept_connection/5.

          • f_send - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr, Data) -> ok | {error, Error}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and Data +is io data to pass to the other side.

            Only used during handshake phase.

          • f_recv - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr, Length) -> {ok, Packet} | {error, Reason}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. If Length is 0, all available bytes should be returned. If Length > 0, exactly Length bytes should be returned, or an error; possibly discarding less than Length bytes of data when the connection is closed from the other side. It is used for passive receive of data from the other end.

            Only used during handshake phase.

          • f_setopts_pre_nodeup - A fun with the -following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr) -> ok | {error, Error}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. Called +following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr) -> ok | {error, Error}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. Called just before the distribution channel is taken up for normal traffic.

            Only used during handshake phase.

          • f_setopts_post_nodeup - A fun with -the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr) -> ok | {error, Error}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. Called -just after distribution channel has been taken up for normal traffic.

            Only used during handshake phase.

          • f_getll - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr) -> ID

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and ID is +the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr) -> ok | {error, Error}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. Called +just after distribution channel has been taken up for normal traffic.

            Only used during handshake phase.

          • f_getll - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr) -> ID

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and ID is the identifier of the low level entity that handles the connection (often -DistCtrlr itself).

            Only used during handshake phase.

          • f_address - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr, Node) -> NetAddress

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller, Node is +DistCtrlr itself).

            Only used during handshake phase.

          • f_address - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr, Node) -> NetAddress

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller, Node is the node name of the node on the other end, and NetAddress is a #net_address{} record with information about the address for the Node on the other end of the connection. The #net_address{} record is defined in -kernel/include/net_address.hrl.

            Only used during handshake phase.

          • mf_tick - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr) -> void()

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. This +kernel/include/net_address.hrl.

            Only used during handshake phase.

          • mf_tick - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr) -> void()

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. This function should send information over the connection that is not interpreted by the other end while increasing the statistics of received packets on the other end. This is usually implemented by sending an empty packet.

            Note

            It is of vital importance that this operation does not block the caller for -a long time. This since it is called from the connection supervisor.

            Used when connection is up.

          • mf_getstat - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr) -> {ok, Received, Sent, PendSend}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller, Received +a long time. This since it is called from the connection supervisor.

            Used when connection is up.

          • mf_getstat - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr) -> {ok, Received, Sent, PendSend}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller, Received is received packets, Sent is sent packets, and PendSend is amount of data in queue to be sent (typically in bytes, but dist_util only checks whether the value is non-zero to know there is data in queue) or a boolean/0 indicating whether there are packets in queue to be sent.

            Note

            It is of vital importance that this operation does not block the caller for a long time. This since it is called from the connection supervisor.

            Used when connection is up.

          • request_type - The request Type as passed to setup/5. This is only mandatory when the connection has -been initiated by this node. That is, the connection is set up via setup/5.

          • mf_setopts - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrl, Opts) -> ok | {error, Error}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and Opts -is a list of options to set on the connection.

            This function is optional. Used when connection is up.

          • mf_getopts - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrl, Opts) -> {ok, OptionValues} | {error, Error}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and Opts +been initiated by this node. That is, the connection is set up via setup/5.

          • mf_setopts - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrl, Opts) -> ok | {error, Error}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and Opts +is a list of options to set on the connection.

            This function is optional. Used when connection is up.

          • mf_getopts - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrl, Opts) -> {ok, OptionValues} | {error, Error}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and Opts is a list of options to read for the connection.

            This function is optional. Used when connection is up.

          • f_handshake_complete - A fun with the -following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr, Node, DHandle) -> void()

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller, Node is +following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr, Node, DHandle) -> void()

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller, Node is the node name of the node connected at the other end, and DHandle is a distribution handle needed by a distribution controller process when calling the following BIFs:

            This function is called when the handshake has completed and the distribution @@ -519,62 +519,62 @@ because in most situation you need to do it. Unix domain sockets are reliable and order maintaining, so we do not need to implement resends and such in the driver.

            We start writing the example Unix domain sockets driver by declaring prototypes -and filling in a static ErlDrvEntry structure:

            ( 1) #include <stdio.h>
            -( 2) #include <stdlib.h>
            -( 3) #include <string.h>
            -( 4) #include <unistd.h>
            -( 5) #include <errno.h>
            -( 6) #include <sys/types.h>
            -( 7) #include <sys/stat.h>
            -( 8) #include <sys/socket.h>
            -( 9) #include <sys/un.h>
            -(10) #include <fcntl.h>
            +and filling in a static ErlDrvEntry structure:

            ( 1) #include <stdio.h>
            +( 2) #include <stdlib.h>
            +( 3) #include <string.h>
            +( 4) #include <unistd.h>
            +( 5) #include <errno.h>
            +( 6) #include <sys/types.h>
            +( 7) #include <sys/stat.h>
            +( 8) #include <sys/socket.h>
            +( 9) #include <sys/un.h>
            +(10) #include <fcntl.h>
             
            -(11) #define HAVE_UIO_H
            -(12) #include "erl_driver.h"
            +(11) #define HAVE_UIO_H
            +(12) #include "erl_driver.h"
             
            -(13) /*
            +(13) /*
             (14) ** Interface routines
             (15) */
            -(16) static ErlDrvData uds_start(ErlDrvPort port, char *buff);
            -(17) static void uds_stop(ErlDrvData handle);
            -(18) static void uds_command(ErlDrvData handle, char *buff, int bufflen);
            -(19) static void uds_input(ErlDrvData handle, ErlDrvEvent event);
            -(20) static void uds_output(ErlDrvData handle, ErlDrvEvent event);
            -(21) static void uds_finish(void);
            -(22) static int uds_control(ErlDrvData handle, unsigned int command,
            -(23)                        char* buf, int count, char** res, int res_size);
            -
            -(24) /* The driver entry */
            -(25) static ErlDrvEntry uds_driver_entry = {
            -(26)     NULL,                            /* init, N/A */
            -(27)     uds_start,                       /* start, called when port is opened */
            -(28)     uds_stop,                        /* stop, called when port is closed */
            -(29)     uds_command,                     /* output, called when erlang has sent */
            -(30)     uds_input,                       /* ready_input, called when input
            +(16) static ErlDrvData uds_start(ErlDrvPort port, char *buff);
            +(17) static void uds_stop(ErlDrvData handle);
            +(18) static void uds_command(ErlDrvData handle, char *buff, int bufflen);
            +(19) static void uds_input(ErlDrvData handle, ErlDrvEvent event);
            +(20) static void uds_output(ErlDrvData handle, ErlDrvEvent event);
            +(21) static void uds_finish(void);
            +(22) static int uds_control(ErlDrvData handle, unsigned int command,
            +(23)                        char* buf, int count, char** res, int res_size);
            +
            +(24) /* The driver entry */
            +(25) static ErlDrvEntry uds_driver_entry = {
            +(26)     NULL,                            /* init, N/A */
            +(27)     uds_start,                       /* start, called when port is opened */
            +(28)     uds_stop,                        /* stop, called when port is closed */
            +(29)     uds_command,                     /* output, called when erlang has sent */
            +(30)     uds_input,                       /* ready_input, called when input
             (31)                                         descriptor ready */
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
            --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/api-reference.html	2025-01-25 10:23:25.896256805 +0000
            +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/api-reference.html	2025-01-25 10:23:25.900256825 +0000
            @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@
                       Erlang programming language
             
                   

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/atomics.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/atomics.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.932256985 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/atomics.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.936257004 +0000 @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ Erlang programming language

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/automaticyieldingofccode.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/automaticyieldingofccode.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.960257124 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/automaticyieldingofccode.html 2025-01-25 10:23:25.964257145 +0000 @@ -213,9 +213,9 @@ function is used, the convention is to "comment out" the source for the function by surrounding it with the following #ifdef (this way, one will not get warnings about unused functions):

            #ifdef INCLUDE_YCF_TRANSFORMED_ONLY_FUNCTIONS
            -void my_fun() {
            +void my_fun() {
                 ...
            -}
            +}
             #endif /* INCLUDE_YCF_TRANSFORMED_ONLY_FUNCTIONS */

            While editing the function one can define INCLUDE_YCF_TRANSFORMED_ONLY_FUNCTIONS so that one can see errors and warnings in the non-transformed source.

            @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ Erlang programming language

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/beam_makeops.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/beam_makeops.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.016257404 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/beam_makeops.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.020257425 +0000 @@ -155,9 +155,9 @@ BEAM interpreter. For the BeamAsm JIT introduced in OTP 24, the implementation of instructions are defined in emitter functions written in C++.

          Generic instructions have typed operands. Here are a few examples of -operands for move/2:

          {move,{atom,id},{x,5}}.
          -{move,{x,3},{x,0}}.
          -{move,{x,2},{y,1}}.

          When those instructions are loaded, the loader rewrites them +operands for move/2:

          {move,{atom,id},{x,5}}.
          +{move,{x,3},{x,0}}.
          +{move,{x,2},{y,1}}.

          When those instructions are loaded, the loader rewrites them to specific instructions:

          move_cx id 5
           move_xx 3 0
           move_xy 2 1

          Corresponding to each generic instruction, there is a family of @@ -189,9 +189,9 @@ an integer, an atom, or a literal).

          Now let's look at the implementation of the move instruction. There are multiple files containing implementations of instructions in the erts/emulator/beam/emu directory. The move instruction is defined -in instrs.tab. It looks like this:

          move(Src, Dst) {
          +in instrs.tab.  It looks like this:

          move(Src, Dst) {
               $Dst = $Src;
          -}

          The implementation for an instruction largely follows the C syntax, +}

          The implementation for an instruction largely follows the C syntax, except that the variables in the function head don't have any types. The $ before an identifier denotes a macro expansion. Thus, $Src will expand to the code to pick up the source operand for @@ -208,14 +208,14 @@ is stored in the lower 32 bits of the word. In the upper 32 bits is the byte offset to the X register; the register number 5 has been multiplied by the word size size 8.

          In the next word the tagged atom id is stored.

          With that background, we can look at the generated code for move_cx -in beam_hot.h:

          OpCase(move_cx):
          -{
          -  BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[2]);
          -  xb(BeamExtraData(I[0])) = I[1];
          +in beam_hot.h:

          OpCase(move_cx):
          +{
          +  BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[2]);
          +  xb(BeamExtraData(I[0])) = I[1];
             I += 2;
          -  ASSERT(VALID_INSTR(next_pf));
          -  GotoPF(next_pf);
          -}

          We will go through each line in turn.

          • OpCase(move_cx): defines a label for the instruction. The + ASSERT(VALID_INSTR(next_pf)); + GotoPF(next_pf); +}

          We will go through each line in turn.

          • OpCase(move_cx): defines a label for the instruction. The OpCase() macro is defined in beam_emu.c. It will expand this line to lb_move_cx:.

          • BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[2]); fetches the pointer to code for the next instruction to be executed. The BeamCodeAddr() @@ -229,15 +229,15 @@ this case).

          • I += 2 advances the instruction pointer to the next instruction.

          • In a debug-compiled emulator, ASSERT(VALID_INSTR(next_pf)); makes sure that next_pf is a valid instruction (that is, that it points -within the process_main() function in beam_emu.c).

          • GotoPF(next_pf); transfers control to the next instruction.

          Now let's look at the implementation of move_xx:

          OpCase(move_xx):
          -{
          -  Eterm tmp_packed1 = BeamExtraData(I[0]);
          -  BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[1]);
          -  xb((tmp_packed1>>BEAM_TIGHT_SHIFT)) = xb(tmp_packed1&BEAM_TIGHT_MASK);
          +within the process_main() function in beam_emu.c).

        • GotoPF(next_pf); transfers control to the next instruction.

        Now let's look at the implementation of move_xx:

        OpCase(move_xx):
        +{
        +  Eterm tmp_packed1 = BeamExtraData(I[0]);
        +  BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[1]);
        +  xb((tmp_packed1>>BEAM_TIGHT_SHIFT)) = xb(tmp_packed1&BEAM_TIGHT_MASK);
           I += 1;
        -  ASSERT(VALID_INSTR(next_pf));
        -  GotoPF(next_pf);
        -}

        We will go through the lines that are new or have changed compared to + ASSERT(VALID_INSTR(next_pf)); + GotoPF(next_pf); +}

        We will go through the lines that are new or have changed compared to move_cx.

        • Eterm tmp_packed1 = BeamExtraData(I[0]); picks up both X register numbers packed into the upper 32 bits of the instruction word.

        • BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[1]); pre-fetches the address of the next instruction. Note that because both X registers operands fits @@ -246,15 +246,15 @@ copies the source to the destination. (For a 64-bit architecture, BEAM_TIGHT_SHIFT is 16 and BEAM_TIGHT_MASK is 0xFFFF.)

        • I += 1; advances the instruction pointer to the next instruction.

        move_xy is almost identical to move_xx. The only difference is the use of the yb() macro instead of xb() to reference the -destination register:

        OpCase(move_xy):
        -{
        -  Eterm tmp_packed1 = BeamExtraData(I[0]);
        -  BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[1]);
        -  yb((tmp_packed1>>BEAM_TIGHT_SHIFT)) = xb(tmp_packed1&BEAM_TIGHT_MASK);
        +destination register:

        OpCase(move_xy):
        +{
        +  Eterm tmp_packed1 = BeamExtraData(I[0]);
        +  BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[1]);
        +  yb((tmp_packed1>>BEAM_TIGHT_SHIFT)) = xb(tmp_packed1&BEAM_TIGHT_MASK);
           I += 1;
        -  ASSERT(VALID_INSTR(next_pf));
        -  GotoPF(next_pf);
        -}

        + ASSERT(VALID_INSTR(next_pf)); + GotoPF(next_pf); +}

        @@ -275,13 +275,13 @@ move2 x y x y // In instrs.tab -move2(S1, D1, S2, D2) { +move2(S1, D1, S2, D2) { Eterm V1, V2; V1 = $S1; V2 = $S2; $D1 = V1; $D2 = V2; -}

      When the loader has found a match and replaced the matched instructions, +}

    When the loader has found a match and replaced the matched instructions, it will match the new instructions against the transformation rules. Because of that, we can define the rule for a move3/6 instruction as follows:

    move2 X1=x Y1=y X2=x Y2=y | move X3=x Y3=y =>
    @@ -437,21 +437,21 @@
     i_fcheckerror
     fclearerror
     %endif

    It is also possible to add an %else clause:

    %if ARCH_64
    -BS_SAFE_MUL(A, B, Fail, Dst) {
    -    Uint64 res = ($A) * ($B);
    -    if (res / $B != $A) {
    +BS_SAFE_MUL(A, B, Fail, Dst) {
    +    Uint64 res = ($A) * ($B);
    +    if (res / $B != $A) {
             $Fail;
    -    }
    +    }
         $Dst = res;
    -}
    +}
     %else
    -BS_SAFE_MUL(A, B, Fail, Dst) {
    -    Uint64 res = (Uint64)($A) * (Uint64)($B);
    -    if ((res >> (8*sizeof(Uint))) != 0) {
    +BS_SAFE_MUL(A, B, Fail, Dst) {
    +    Uint64 res = (Uint64)($A) * (Uint64)($B);
    +    if ((res >> (8*sizeof(Uint))) != 0) {
             $Fail;
    -    }
    +    }
         $Dst = res;
    -}
    +}
     %endif

    Symbols that are defined in directives

    The following symbols are always defined.

    • ARCH_64 - is 1 for a 64-bit machine, and 0 otherwise.
    • ARCH_32 - is 1 for 32-bit machine, and 0 otherwise.

    The Makefile for building the emulator currently defines the following symbols by using the -D option on the command line for beam_makeops.

    • USE_VM_PROBES - 1 if the runtime system is compiled to use VM @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ a non-zero value, the matching of the rule will continue, otherwise the match will fail. Such guard functions are hereafter called predicates.

      The most commonly used guard constraints is equal(). It can be used -to remove a redundant move instructio like this:

      move R1 R2 | equal(R1, R2) => _

      or remove a redundant is_eq_exact instruction like this:

      is_eq_exact Lbl Src1 Src2 | equal(Src1, Src2) => _

      At the time of writing, all predicates are defined in files named +to remove a redundant move instructio like this:

      move R1 R2 | equal(R1, R2) => _

      or remove a redundant is_eq_exact instruction like this:

      is_eq_exact Lbl Src1 Src2 | equal(Src1, Src2) => _

      At the time of writing, all predicates are defined in files named predicates.tab in several directories. In predicates.tab directly in $ERL_TOP/erts/emulator/beam, predicates that are used by both the traditinal emulator and the JIT implementations are contained. @@ -696,33 +696,33 @@ internal loader data structures, but here is quick look at the implementation of a simple predicate called literal_is_map().

      Here is first an example how it is used:

      ismap Fail Lit=q | literal_is_map(Lit) =>

      If the Lit operand is a literal, then the literal_is_map() predicate is called to determine whether it is a map literal. -If it is, the instruction is not needed and can be removed.

      literal_is_map() is implemented like this (in emu/predicates.tab):

      pred.literal_is_map(Lit) {
      +If it is, the instruction is not needed and can be removed.

      literal_is_map() is implemented like this (in emu/predicates.tab):

      pred.literal_is_map(Lit) {
           Eterm term;
       
      -    ASSERT(Lit.type == TAG_q);
      -    term = beamfile_get_literal(&S->beam, Lit.val);
      -    return is_map(term);
      -}

      The pred. prefix tells beam_makeops that this function is a + ASSERT(Lit.type == TAG_q); + term = beamfile_get_literal(&S->beam, Lit.val); + return is_map(term); +}

      The pred. prefix tells beam_makeops that this function is a predicate. Without the prefix, it would have been interpreted as the implementation of an instruction (described in Defining the implementation).

      Predicate functions have a magic variabled called S, which is a pointer to a state struct. In the example, beamfile_get_literal(&S->beam, Lit.val); is used to retrieve the actual term for the literal.

      At the time of writing, the expanded C code generated by -beam_makeops looks like this:

      static int literal_is_map(LoaderState* S, BeamOpArg Lit) {
      +beam_makeops looks like this:

      static int literal_is_map(LoaderState* S, BeamOpArg Lit) {
         Eterm term;
       
      -  ASSERT(Lit.type == TAG_q);
      -  term = S->literals[Lit.val].term;
      -  return is_map(term);;
      -}

      Handling instructions with variable number of operands

      Some instructions, such as select_val/3, essentially has a variable + ASSERT(Lit.type == TAG_q); + term = S->literals[Lit.val].term; + return is_map(term);; +}

      Handling instructions with variable number of operands

      Some instructions, such as select_val/3, essentially has a variable number of operands. Such instructions have a {list,[...]} operand -as their last operand in the BEAM assembly code. For example:

      {select_val,{x,0},
      -            {f,1},
      -            {list,[{atom,b},{f,4},{atom,a},{f,5}]}}.

      The loader will convert a {list,[...]} operand to an u operand whose +as their last operand in the BEAM assembly code. For example:

      {select_val,{x,0},
      +            {f,1},
      +            {list,[{atom,b},{f,4},{atom,a},{f,5}]}}.

      The loader will convert a {list,[...]} operand to an u operand whose value is the number of elements in the list, followed by each element in the list. The instruction above would be translated to the following -generic instruction:

      {select_val,{x,0},{f,1},{u,4},{atom,b},{f,4},{atom,a},{f,5}}

      To match a variable number of arguments we need to use the special +generic instruction:

      {select_val,{x,0},{f,1},{u,4},{atom,b},{f,4},{atom,a},{f,5}}

      To match a variable number of arguments we need to use the special operand type * like this:

      select_val Src=aiq Fail=f Size=u List=* =>
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/beamasm.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/beamasm.html	2025-01-25 10:23:26.060257624 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/beamasm.html	2025-01-25 10:23:26.056257604 +0000
      @@ -149,10 +149,10 @@
       used in BeamAsm are much simpler than the interpreter's, as most of the
       transformations for the interpreter are done only to eliminate the instruction
       dispatch overhead.

      Then each instruction is encoded using the C++ functions in the -jit/$ARCH/instr_*.cpp files. For example:

      void BeamModuleAssembler::emit_is_nonempty_list(const ArgVal &Fail, const ArgVal &Src) {
      -  a.test(getArgRef(Src), imm(_TAG_PRIMARY_MASK - TAG_PRIMARY_LIST));
      -  a.jne(labels[Fail.getLabel()]);
      -}

      asmjit provides a fairly straightforward +jit/$ARCH/instr_*.cpp files. For example:

      void BeamModuleAssembler::emit_is_nonempty_list(const ArgVal &Fail, const ArgVal &Src) {
      +  a.test(getArgRef(Src), imm(_TAG_PRIMARY_MASK - TAG_PRIMARY_LIST));
      +  a.jne(labels[Fail.getLabel()]);
      +}

      asmjit provides a fairly straightforward mapping from a C++ function call to the x86 assembly instruction. The above instruction tests if the value in the Src register is a non-empty list and if it is not then it jumps to the fail label.

      For comparison, the interpreter has 8 combinations and specializations of @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ common patterns.

      The original register allocation done by the Erlang compiler is used to manage the liveness of values and the physical registers are statically allocated to keep the necessary process state. At the moment this is the static register -allocation on x86-64:

      rbx: ErtsSchedulerRegisters struct (contains x/float registers and some metadata)
      +allocation on x86-64:

      rbx: ErtsSchedulerRegisters struct (contains x/float registers and some metadata)
       rbp: Current frame pointer when `perf` support is enabled, otherwise this
            is an optional save slot for the Erlang stack pointer when executing C
            code.
      @@ -187,13 +187,13 @@
       used about double the amount of memory for code as the interpreter, while current
       versions use about 10% more. How was this achieved?

      In BeamAsm we heavily use shared code fragments to try to emit as much code as possible as global shared fragments instead of duplicating the code unnecessarily. -For instance, the return instruction looks something like this:

      Label yield = a.newLabel();
      +For instance, the return instruction looks something like this:

      Label yield = a.newLabel();
       
       /* Decrement reduction counter */
      -a.dec(FCALLS);
      +a.dec(FCALLS);
       /* If FCALLS < 0, jump to the yield-on-return fragment */
      -a.jl(resolve_fragment(ga->get_dispatch_return()));
      -a.ret();

      The code above is not exactly what is emitted, but close enough. The thing to note +a.jl(resolve_fragment(ga->get_dispatch_return())); +a.ret();

      The code above is not exactly what is emitted, but close enough. The thing to note is that the code for doing the context switch is never emitted. Instead, we jump to a global fragment that all return instructions share. This greatly reduces the amount of code that has to be emitted for each module.

      @@ -243,24 +243,24 @@

      As Erlang stacks can be very small, we have to switch over to a different stack when we need to execute C code (which may expect a much larger stack). This is -done through emit_enter_runtime and emit_leave_runtime, for example:

      mov_arg(ARG4, NumFree);
      +done through emit_enter_runtime and emit_leave_runtime, for example:

      mov_arg(ARG4, NumFree);
       
       /* Move to the C stack and swap out our current reductions, stack-, and
        * heap pointer to the process structure. */
      -emit_enter_runtime<Update::eReductions | Update::eStack | Update::eHeap>();
      +emit_enter_runtime<Update::eReductions | Update::eStack | Update::eHeap>();
       
      -a.mov(ARG1, c_p);
      -load_x_reg_array(ARG2);
      -make_move_patch(ARG3, lambdas[Fun.getValue()].patches);
      +a.mov(ARG1, c_p);
      +load_x_reg_array(ARG2);
      +make_move_patch(ARG3, lambdas[Fun.getValue()].patches);
       
       /* Call `new_fun`, asserting that we're on the C stack. */
      -runtime_call<4>(new_fun);
      +runtime_call<4>(new_fun);
       
       /* Move back to the C stack, and read the updated values from the process
        * structure */
      -emit_leave_runtime<Update::eReductions | Update::eStack | Update::eHeap>();
      +emit_leave_runtime<Update::eReductions | Update::eStack | Update::eHeap>();
       
      -a.mov(getXRef(0), RET);

      All combinations of the Update constants are legal, but the ones given to +a.mov(getXRef(0), RET);

      All combinations of the Update constants are legal, but the ones given to emit_leave_runtime must be the same as those given to emit_enter_runtime.

      @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ any function call. In the interpreter, this is done by rewriting the loaded BEAM code, but this is more complicated in BeamAsm as we want to have a fast and compact way to do this. This is solved by emitting the code below at the -start of each function (x86 variant below):

        0x0: short jmp 6 (address 0x8)
      +start of each function (x86 variant below):

        0x0: short jmp 6 (address 0x8)
         0x2: nop
         0x3: relative near call to shared breakpoint fragment
         0x8: actual code for function

      When code starts to execute it will simply see the short jmp 6 instruction @@ -293,23 +293,23 @@ executable page and once with a writable page. Since they're backed by the same memory, writes to the writable page appear magically in the executable one.

      The erts_writable_code_ptr function can be used to get writable pointers -given a module instance, provided that it has been unsealed first:

      for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
      +given a module instance, provided that it has been unsealed first:

      for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
           const ErtsCodeInfo* ci_exec;
           ErtsCodeInfo* ci_rw;
           void *w_ptr;
       
      -    erts_unseal_module(&modp->curr);
      +    erts_unseal_module(&modp->curr);
       
      -    ci_exec = code_hdr->functions[i];
      -    w_ptr = erts_writable_code_ptr(&modp->curr, ci_exec);
      -    ci_rw = (ErtsCodeInfo*)w_ptr;
      -
      -    uninstall_breakpoint(ci_rw, ci_exec);
      -    consolidate_bp_data(modp, ci_rw, 1);
      -    ASSERT(ci_rw->gen_bp == NULL);
      +    ci_exec = code_hdr->functions[i];
      +    w_ptr = erts_writable_code_ptr(&modp->curr, ci_exec);
      +    ci_rw = (ErtsCodeInfo*)w_ptr;
      +
      +    uninstall_breakpoint(ci_rw, ci_exec);
      +    consolidate_bp_data(modp, ci_rw, 1);
      +    ASSERT(ci_rw->gen_bp == NULL);
       
      -    erts_seal_module(&modp->curr);
      -}

      Without the module instance there's no reliable way to figure out the writable + erts_seal_module(&modp->curr); +}

      Without the module instance there's no reliable way to figure out the writable address of a code page, and we rely on address space layout randomization (ASLR) to make it difficult to guess. On some platforms, security is further enhanced by protecting the writable area from writes until the module has been @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ flamegraph.pl out.folded > out.svg

      We get a graph that would look something like this:

      Linux Perf FlameGraph: dialyzer PLT build

      You can view a larger version here. It contains the same information, but it is easier to share with others as it does not need the symbols in the executable.

      Using the same data we can also produce a graph where the scheduler profile data -has been merged by using sed:

      #href_anchor"p"># Strip [0-9]+_ and/or _[0-9]+ from all scheduler names
      +has been merged by using sed:

      #href_anchor"p"># Strip [0-9]+_ and/or _[0-9]+ from all scheduler names
       ## scheduler names changed in OTP26, hence two expressions
       sed -e 's/^[0-9]\+_//' -e 's/^erts_\([^_]\+\)_[0-9]\+/erts_\1/' out.folded > out.folded_sched
       ## Create the svg
      @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
                 Erlang programming language
       
             

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/carriermigration.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/carriermigration.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.080257723 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/carriermigration.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.080257723 +0000 @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/codeloading.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/codeloading.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.104257844 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/codeloading.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.104257844 +0000 @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ erts_try_seize_code_load_permission and erts_release_code_load_permission).

      The ability to prepare several modules in parallel is not currently used as almost all code loading is serialized by the code_server -process. The BIF interface is however prepared for this.

        erlang:prepare_loading(Module, Code) -> LoaderState
      -  erlang:finish_loading([LoaderState])

      The idea is that prepare_loading could be called in parallel for +process. The BIF interface is however prepared for this.

        erlang:prepare_loading(Module, Code) -> LoaderState
      +  erlang:finish_loading([LoaderState])

      The idea is that prepare_loading could be called in parallel for different modules and returns a "magic binary" containing the internal state of each prepared module. Function finish_loading could take a list of such states and do the finishing of all of them in one go.

      Currently we use the legacy BIF erlang:load_module which is now @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/communication.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/communication.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.128257963 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/communication.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.132257983 +0000 @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/counters.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/counters.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.156258103 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/counters.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.160258124 +0000 @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/countinginstructions.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/countinginstructions.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.180258223 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/countinginstructions.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.180258223 +0000 @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/crash_dump.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/crash_dump.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.204258343 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/crash_dump.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.208258363 +0000 @@ -405,13 +405,13 @@ interesting. One has to "guess" what is what, but as the information is symbolic, thorough reading of this information can be useful. As an example, we can find the state variable of the Erlang primitive loader online (5) and -(6) in the following example:

      (1)  3cac44   Return addr 0x13BF58 (<terminate process normally>)
      -(2)  y(0)     ["/view/siri_r10_dev/clearcase/otp/erts/lib/kernel/ebin",
      -(3)            "/view/siri_r10_dev/clearcase/otp/erts/lib/stdlib/ebin"]
      -(4)  y(1)     <0.1.0>
      -(5)  y(2)     {state,[],none,#Fun<erl_prim_loader.6.7085890>,undefined,#Fun<erl_prim_loader.7.9000327>,
      -(6)            #Fun<erl_prim_loader.8.116480692>,#Port<0.2>,infinity,#Fun<erl_prim_loader.9.10708760>}
      -(7)  y(3)     infinity

      When interpreting the data for a process, it is helpful to know that anonymous +(6) in the following example:

      (1)  3cac44   Return addr 0x13BF58 (<terminate process normally>)
      +(2)  y(0)     ["/view/siri_r10_dev/clearcase/otp/erts/lib/kernel/ebin",
      +(3)            "/view/siri_r10_dev/clearcase/otp/erts/lib/stdlib/ebin"]
      +(4)  y(1)     <0.1.0>
      +(5)  y(2)     {state,[],none,#Fun<erl_prim_loader.6.7085890>,undefined,#Fun<erl_prim_loader.7.9000327>,
      +(6)            #Fun<erl_prim_loader.8.116480692>,#Port<0.2>,infinity,#Fun<erl_prim_loader.9.10708760>}
      +(7)  y(3)     infinity

      When interpreting the data for a process, it is helpful to know that anonymous function objects (funs) are given the following:

      • A name constructed from the name of the function in which they are created
      • A number (starting with 0) indicating the number of that fun within that function

      @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/delayeddealloc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/delayeddealloc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.228258463 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/delayeddealloc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.232258482 +0000 @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/driver.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/driver.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.272258682 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/driver.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.280258722 +0000 @@ -180,12 +180,12 @@ terms, so binary_to_term is called in Erlang to convert the result to term form.

      The code is available in pg_sync.c in the sample directory of erts.

      The driver entry contains the functions that will be called by the emulator. In this example, only start, stop, and control are provided:

      /* Driver interface declarations */
      -static ErlDrvData start(ErlDrvPort port, char *command);
      -static void stop(ErlDrvData drv_data);
      -static int control(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command, char *buf,
      -                   int len, char **rbuf, int rlen);
      +static ErlDrvData start(ErlDrvPort port, char *command);
      +static void stop(ErlDrvData drv_data);
      +static int control(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command, char *buf,
      +                   int len, char **rbuf, int rlen);
       
      -static ErlDrvEntry pq_driver_entry = {
      +static ErlDrvEntry pq_driver_entry = {
           NULL,                        /* init */
           start,
           stop,
      @@ -202,10 +202,10 @@
           NULL,                        /* flush */
           NULL,                        /* call */
           NULL                         /* event */
      -};

      We have a structure to store state needed by the driver, in this case we only -need to keep the database connection:

      typedef struct our_data_s {
      +};

      We have a structure to store state needed by the driver, in this case we only +need to keep the database connection:

      typedef struct our_data_s {
           PGconn* conn;
      -} our_data_t;

      The control codes that we have defined are as follows:

      /* Keep the following definitions in alignment with the
      +} our_data_t;

      The control codes that we have defined are as follows:

      /* Keep the following definitions in alignment with the
        * defines in erl_pq_sync.erl
        */
       
      @@ -221,130 +221,130 @@
        * the driver entry.
        */
       
      -DRIVER_INIT(pq_drv)
      -{
      +DRIVER_INIT(pq_drv)
      +{
           return &pq_driver_entry;
      -}

      Here some initialization is done, start is called from open_port/2. The data +}

      Here some initialization is done, start is called from open_port/2. The data will be passed to control and stop.

      /* DRIVER INTERFACE */
      -static ErlDrvData start(ErlDrvPort port, char *command)
      -{
      +static ErlDrvData start(ErlDrvPort port, char *command)
      +{
           our_data_t* data;
       
      -    data = (our_data_t*)driver_alloc(sizeof(our_data_t));
      +    data = (our_data_t*)driver_alloc(sizeof(our_data_t));
           data->conn = NULL;
      -    set_port_control_flags(port, PORT_CONTROL_FLAG_BINARY);
      -    return (ErlDrvData)data;
      -}

      We call disconnect to log out from the database. (This should have been done -from Erlang, but just in case.)

      static int do_disconnect(our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x);
      -
      -static void stop(ErlDrvData drv_data)
      -{
      -    our_data_t* data = (our_data_t*)drv_data;
      -
      -    do_disconnect(data, NULL);
      -    driver_free(data);
      -}

      We use the binary format only to return data to the emulator; input data is a + set_port_control_flags(port, PORT_CONTROL_FLAG_BINARY); + return (ErlDrvData)data; +}

      We call disconnect to log out from the database. (This should have been done +from Erlang, but just in case.)

      static int do_disconnect(our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x);
      +
      +static void stop(ErlDrvData drv_data)
      +{
      +    our_data_t* data = (our_data_t*)drv_data;
      +
      +    do_disconnect(data, NULL);
      +    driver_free(data);
      +}

      We use the binary format only to return data to the emulator; input data is a string parameter for connect and select. The returned data consists of Erlang terms.

      The functions get_s and ei_x_to_new_binary are utilities that are used to make the code shorter. get_s duplicates the string and zero-terminates it, as the postgres client library wants that. ei_x_to_new_binary takes an ei_x_buff buffer, allocates a binary, and copies the data there. This binary is returned in *rbuf. (Notice that this binary is freed by the emulator, not -by us.)

      static char* get_s(const char* buf, int len);
      -static int do_connect(const char *s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x);
      -static int do_select(const char* s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x);
      +by us.)

      static char* get_s(const char* buf, int len);
      +static int do_connect(const char *s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x);
      +static int do_select(const char* s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x);
       
       /* As we are operating in binary mode, the return value from control
        * is irrelevant, as long as it is not negative.
        */
      -static int control(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command, char *buf,
      -                   int len, char **rbuf, int rlen)
      -{
      +static int control(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command, char *buf,
      +                   int len, char **rbuf, int rlen)
      +{
           int r;
           ei_x_buff x;
      -    our_data_t* data = (our_data_t*)drv_data;
      -    char* s = get_s(buf, len);
      -    ei_x_new_with_version(&x);
      -    switch (command) {
      -        case DRV_CONNECT:    r = do_connect(s, data, &x);  break;
      -        case DRV_DISCONNECT: r = do_disconnect(data, &x);  break;
      -        case DRV_SELECT:     r = do_select(s, data, &x);   break;
      +    our_data_t* data = (our_data_t*)drv_data;
      +    char* s = get_s(buf, len);
      +    ei_x_new_with_version(&x);
      +    switch (command) {
      +        case DRV_CONNECT:    r = do_connect(s, data, &x);  break;
      +        case DRV_DISCONNECT: r = do_disconnect(data, &x);  break;
      +        case DRV_SELECT:     r = do_select(s, data, &x);   break;
               default:             r = -1;        break;
      -    }
      -    *rbuf = (char*)ei_x_to_new_binary(&x);
      -    ei_x_free(&x);
      -    driver_free(s);
      +    }
      +    *rbuf = (char*)ei_x_to_new_binary(&x);
      +    ei_x_free(&x);
      +    driver_free(s);
           return r;
      -}

      do_connect is where we log in to the database. If the connection was +}

      do_connect is where we log in to the database. If the connection was successful, we store the connection handle in the driver data, and return 'ok'. Otherwise, we return the error message from postgres and store NULL in -the driver data.

      static int do_connect(const char *s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x)
      -{
      -    PGconn* conn = PQconnectdb(s);
      -    if (PQstatus(conn) != CONNECTION_OK) {
      -        encode_error(x, conn);
      -        PQfinish(conn);
      +the driver data.

      static int do_connect(const char *s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x)
      +{
      +    PGconn* conn = PQconnectdb(s);
      +    if (PQstatus(conn) != CONNECTION_OK) {
      +        encode_error(x, conn);
      +        PQfinish(conn);
               conn = NULL;
      -    } else {
      -        encode_ok(x);
      -    }
      +    } else {
      +        encode_ok(x);
      +    }
           data->conn = conn;
           return 0;
      -}

      If we are connected (and if the connection handle is not NULL), we log out +}

      If we are connected (and if the connection handle is not NULL), we log out from the database. We need to check if we should encode an 'ok', as we can get -here from function stop, which does not return data to the emulator:

      static int do_disconnect(our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x)
      -{
      -    if (data->conn == NULL)
      +here from function stop, which does not return data to the emulator:

      static int do_disconnect(our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x)
      +{
      +    if (data->conn == NULL)
               return 0;
      -    PQfinish(data->conn);
      +    PQfinish(data->conn);
           data->conn = NULL;
      -    if (x != NULL)
      -        encode_ok(x);
      +    if (x != NULL)
      +        encode_ok(x);
           return 0;
      -}

      We execute a query and encode the result. Encoding is done in another C module, -pg_encode.c, which is also provided as sample code.

      static int do_select(const char* s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x)
      -{
      -   PGresult* res = PQexec(data->conn, s);
      -    encode_result(x, res, data->conn);
      -    PQclear(res);
      +}

      We execute a query and encode the result. Encoding is done in another C module, +pg_encode.c, which is also provided as sample code.

      static int do_select(const char* s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x)
      +{
      +   PGresult* res = PQexec(data->conn, s);
      +    encode_result(x, res, data->conn);
      +    PQclear(res);
           return 0;
      -}

      Here we check the result from postgres. If it is data, we encode it as lists of +}

      Here we check the result from postgres. If it is data, we encode it as lists of lists with column data. Everything from postgres is C strings, so we use ei_x_encode_string to send the result as strings to Erlang. (The head of the -list contains the column names.)

      void encode_result(ei_x_buff* x, PGresult* res, PGconn* conn)
      -{
      +list contains the column names.)

      void encode_result(ei_x_buff* x, PGresult* res, PGconn* conn)
      +{
           int row, n_rows, col, n_cols;
      -    switch (PQresultStatus(res)) {
      +    switch (PQresultStatus(res)) {
           case PGRES_TUPLES_OK:
      -        n_rows = PQntuples(res);
      -        n_cols = PQnfields(res);
      -        ei_x_encode_tuple_header(x, 2);
      -        encode_ok(x);
      -        ei_x_encode_list_header(x, n_rows+1);
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/driver_entry.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/driver_entry.html	2025-01-25 10:23:26.312258882 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/driver_entry.html	2025-01-25 10:23:26.312258882 +0000
      @@ -176,54 +176,54 @@
         
         Data Types
       

      -

      ErlDrvEntry

      typedef struct erl_drv_entry {
      -    int (*init)(void);          /* Called at system startup for statically
      +

      ErlDrvEntry

      typedef struct erl_drv_entry {
      +    int (*init)(void);          /* Called at system startup for statically
                                          linked drivers, and after loading for
                                          dynamically loaded drivers */
       #ifndef ERL_SYS_DRV
      -    ErlDrvData (*start)(ErlDrvPort port, char *command);
      +    ErlDrvData (*start)(ErlDrvPort port, char *command);
                                       /* Called when open_port/2 is invoked,
                                          return value -1 means failure */
       #else
      -    ErlDrvData (*start)(ErlDrvPort port, char *command, SysDriverOpts* opts);
      +    ErlDrvData (*start)(ErlDrvPort port, char *command, SysDriverOpts* opts);
                                       /* Special options, only for system driver */
       #endif
      -    void (*stop)(ErlDrvData drv_data);
      +    void (*stop)(ErlDrvData drv_data);
                                       /* Called when port is closed, and when the
                                          emulator is halted */
      -    void (*output)(ErlDrvData drv_data, char *buf, ErlDrvSizeT len);
      +    void (*output)(ErlDrvData drv_data, char *buf, ErlDrvSizeT len);
                                       /* Called when we have output from Erlang to
                                          the port */
      -    void (*ready_input)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvEvent event);
      +    void (*ready_input)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvEvent event);
                                       /* Called when we have input from one of
                                          the driver's handles */
      -    void (*ready_output)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvEvent event);
      +    void (*ready_output)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvEvent event);
                                       /* Called when output is possible to one of
                                          the driver's handles */
           char *driver_name;          /* Name supplied as command in
                                          erlang:open_port/2 */
      -    void (*finish)(void);       /* Called before unloading the driver -
      +    void (*finish)(void);       /* Called before unloading the driver -
                                          dynamic drivers only */
           void *handle;               /* Reserved, used by emulator internally */
      -    ErlDrvSSizeT (*control)(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command,
      +    ErlDrvSSizeT (*control)(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command,
                                   char *buf, ErlDrvSizeT len,
      -			    char **rbuf, ErlDrvSizeT rlen);
      +			    char **rbuf, ErlDrvSizeT rlen);
                                       /* "ioctl" for drivers - invoked by
                                          port_control/3 */
      -    void (*timeout)(ErlDrvData drv_data);
      +    void (*timeout)(ErlDrvData drv_data);
                                       /* Handling of time-out in driver */
      -    void (*outputv)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlIOVec *ev);
      +    void (*outputv)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlIOVec *ev);
                                       /* Called when we have output from Erlang
                                          to the port */
      -    void (*ready_async)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvThreadData thread_data);
      -    void (*flush)(ErlDrvData drv_data);
      +    void (*ready_async)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvThreadData thread_data);
      +    void (*flush)(ErlDrvData drv_data);
                                       /* Called when the port is about to be
                                          closed, and there is data in the
                                          driver queue that must be flushed
                                          before 'stop' can be called */
      -    ErlDrvSSizeT (*call)(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command,
      +    ErlDrvSSizeT (*call)(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command,
                                char *buf, ErlDrvSizeT len,
      -			 char **rbuf, ErlDrvSizeT rlen, unsigned int *flags);
      +			 char **rbuf, ErlDrvSizeT rlen, unsigned int *flags);
                                       /* Works mostly like 'control', a synchronous
                                          call into the driver */
           void* unused_event_callback;
      @@ -232,11 +232,11 @@
           int minor_version;          /* ERL_DRV_EXTENDED_MINOR_VERSION */
           int driver_flags;           /* ERL_DRV_FLAGs */
           void *handle2;              /* Reserved, used by emulator internally */
      -    void (*process_exit)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvMonitor *monitor);
      +    void (*process_exit)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvMonitor *monitor);
                                       /* Called when a process monitor fires */
      -    void (*stop_select)(ErlDrvEvent event, void* reserved);
      +    void (*stop_select)(ErlDrvEvent event, void* reserved);
                                       /* Called to close an event object */
      - } ErlDrvEntry;
      • int (*init)(void) - Called directly after the driver has been + } ErlDrvEntry;

      • int (*init)(void) - Called directly after the driver has been loaded by erl_ddll:load_driver/2 (actually when the driver is added to the driver list). The driver is to return 0, or, if the driver cannot initialize, -1.

      • ErlDrvData (*start)(ErlDrvPort port, char* command) - Called @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/epmd_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/epmd_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.336259002 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/epmd_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.340259021 +0000 @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.372259182 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.376259201 +0000 @@ -154,18 +154,18 @@ init process and can be retrieved by calling init:get_plain_arguments/0. Plain arguments can occur before the first flag, or after a -- flag. Also, the -extra flag causes everything that follows to become plain arguments.

      Examples:

      % erl +W w -sname arnie +R 9 -s my_init -extra +bertie
      -(arnie@host)1> init:get_argument(sname).
      -{ok,[["arnie"]]}
      -(arnie@host)2> init:get_plain_arguments().
      -["+bertie"]

      Here +W w and +R 9 are emulator flags. -s my_init is an init flag, +(arnie@host)1> init:get_argument(sname). +{ok,[["arnie"]]} +(arnie@host)2> init:get_plain_arguments(). +["+bertie"]

      Here +W w and +R 9 are emulator flags. -s my_init is an init flag, interpreted by init. -sname arnie is a user flag, stored by init. It is read by Kernel and causes the Erlang runtime system to become distributed. Finally, everything after -extra (that is, +bertie) is considered as plain arguments.

      % erl -myflag 1
      -1> init:get_argument(myflag).
      -{ok,[["1"]]}
      -2> init:get_plain_arguments().
      -[]

      Here the user flag -myflag 1 is passed to and stored by the init process. It +1> init:get_argument(myflag). +{ok,[["1"]]} +2> init:get_plain_arguments(). +[]

      Here the user flag -myflag 1 is passed to and stored by the init process. It is a user-defined flag, presumably used by some user-defined application.

      @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ also balances scheduler utilization between schedulers.

    • +sct CpuTopology - Sets a user-defined CPU topology. The user-defined CPU topology overrides any automatically detected CPU topology. The CPU topology is used when -binding schedulers to logical processors.

      <Id> = integer(); when 0 =< <Id> =< 65535
      +binding schedulers to logical processors.

      <Id> = integer(); when 0 =< <Id> =< 65535
       <IdRange> = <Id>-<Id>
       <IdOrIdRange> = <Id> | <IdRange>
       <IdList> = <IdOrIdRange>,<IdOrIdRange> | <IdOrIdRange>
      @@ -735,22 +735,22 @@
       NUMA node. If <ProcessorIds> is omitted, its default position is before
       <NodeIds>. That is, the default is processor external NUMA nodes.

      If a list of identifiers is used in an <IdDefs>:

      • <LogicalIds> must be a list of identifiers.
      • At least one other identifier type besides <LogicalIds> must also have a list of identifiers.
      • All lists of identifiers must produce the same number of identifiers.

      A simple example. A single quad core processor can be described as follows:

      % erl +sct L0-3c0-3
      -1> erlang:system_info(cpu_topology).
      -[{processor,[{core,{logical,0}},
      -             {core,{logical,1}},
      -             {core,{logical,2}},
      -             {core,{logical,3}}]}]

      A more complicated example with two quad core processors, each processor in +1> erlang:system_info(cpu_topology). +[{processor,[{core,{logical,0}}, + {core,{logical,1}}, + {core,{logical,2}}, + {core,{logical,3}}]}]

      A more complicated example with two quad core processors, each processor in its own NUMA node. The ordering of logical processors is a bit weird. This to give a better example of identifier lists:

      % erl +sct L0-1,3-2c0-3p0N0:L7,4,6-5c0-3p1N1
      -1> erlang:system_info(cpu_topology).
      -[{node,[{processor,[{core,{logical,0}},
      -                    {core,{logical,1}},
      -                    {core,{logical,3}},
      -                    {core,{logical,2}}]}]},
      - {node,[{processor,[{core,{logical,7}},
      -                    {core,{logical,4}},
      -                    {core,{logical,6}},
      -                    {core,{logical,5}}]}]}]

      As long as real identifiers are correct, it is OK to pass a CPU topology +1> erlang:system_info(cpu_topology). +[{node,[{processor,[{core,{logical,0}}, + {core,{logical,1}}, + {core,{logical,3}}, + {core,{logical,2}}]}]}, + {node,[{processor,[{core,{logical,7}}, + {core,{logical,4}}, + {core,{logical,6}}, + {core,{logical,5}}]}]}]

      As long as real identifiers are correct, it is OK to pass a CPU topology that is not a correct description of the CPU topology. When used with care this can be very useful. This to trick the emulator to bind its schedulers as you want. For example, if you want to run multiple Erlang runtime systems @@ -925,10 +925,10 @@ user's home directory and then filename:basedir(user_config, "erlang").

      If an .erlang file is found, it is assumed to contain valid Erlang expressions. These expressions are evaluated as if they were input to the -shell.

      A typical .erlang file contains a set of search paths, for example:

      io:format("executing user profile in $HOME/.erlang\n",[]).
      -code:add_path("/home/calvin/test/ebin").
      -code:add_path("/home/hobbes/bigappl-1.2/ebin").
      -io:format(".erlang rc finished\n",[]).
    • user_default and shell_default - Functions in the shell that are not +shell.

      A typical .erlang file contains a set of search paths, for example:

      io:format("executing user profile in $HOME/.erlang\n",[]).
      +code:add_path("/home/calvin/test/ebin").
      +code:add_path("/home/hobbes/bigappl-1.2/ebin").
      +io:format(".erlang rc finished\n",[]).
    • user_default and shell_default - Functions in the shell that are not prefixed by a module name are assumed to be functional objects (funs), built-in functions (BIFs), or belong to the module user_default or shell_default.

      To include private shell commands, define them in a module user_default and @@ -990,7 +990,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_dist_protocol.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_dist_protocol.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.404259342 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_dist_protocol.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.408259361 +0000 @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ client ->> EPMD: NAMES_REQ EPMD -->> client: NAMES_RESP
    1
    110

    Table: NAMES_REQ (110)

    The response for a NAMES_REQ is as follows:

    4
    EPMDPortNoNodeInfo*

    Table: NAMES_RESP

    NodeInfo is a string written for each active node. When all NodeInfo has -been written the connection is closed by the EPMD.

    NodeInfo is, as expressed in Erlang:

    io:format("name ~ts at port ~p~n", [NodeName, Port]).

    +been written the connection is closed by the EPMD.

    NodeInfo is, as expressed in Erlang:

    io:format("name ~ts at port ~p~n", [NodeName, Port]).

    @@ -271,9 +271,9 @@ client ->> EPMD: DUMP_REQ EPMD -->> client: DUMP_RESP

    1
    100

    Table: DUMP_REQ

    The response for a DUMP_REQ is as follows:

    4
    EPMDPortNoNodeInfo*

    Table: DUMP_RESP

    NodeInfo is a string written for each node kept in the EPMD. When all -NodeInfo has been written the connection is closed by the EPMD.

    NodeInfo is, as expressed in Erlang:

    io:format("active name     ~ts at port ~p, fd = ~p~n",
    -          [NodeName, Port, Fd]).

    or

    io:format("old/unused name ~ts at port ~p, fd = ~p ~n",
    -          [NodeName, Port, Fd]).

    +NodeInfo has been written the connection is closed by the EPMD.

    NodeInfo is, as expressed in Erlang:

    io:format("active name     ~ts at port ~p, fd = ~p~n",
    +          [NodeName, Port, Fd]).

    or

    io:format("old/unused name ~ts at port ~p, fd = ~p ~n",
    +          [NodeName, Port, Fd]).

    @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ Semigraphic View

    -
    A (initiator)                                      B (acceptor)
    +
    A (initiator)                                      B (acceptor)
     
     TCP connect ------------------------------------>
                                                        TCP accept
    @@ -421,36 +421,36 @@
     
       <---------------------------------------------- send_status
     recv_status
    -(if status was 'alive'
    +(if status was 'alive'
      send_status - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ->
    -                                                   recv_status)
    +                                                   recv_status)
     
    -                          (ChB)                      ChB = gen_challenge()
    +                          (ChB)                      ChB = gen_challenge()
       <---------------------------------------------- send_challenge
     recv_challenge
     
    -(if old send_name
    +(if old send_name
      send_complement - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ->
    -                                                   recv_complement)
    +                                                   recv_complement)
     
    -ChA = gen_challenge(),
    -OCA = out_cookie(B),
    -DiA = gen_digest(ChB, OCA)
    -                          (ChA, DiA)
    +ChA = gen_challenge(),
    +OCA = out_cookie(B),
    +DiA = gen_digest(ChB, OCA)
    +                          (ChA, DiA)
     send_challenge_reply --------------------------->
                                                        recv_challenge_reply
    -                                                   ICB = in_cookie(A),
    +                                                   ICB = in_cookie(A),
                                                        check:
    -                                                   DiA == gen_digest (ChB, ICB)?
    +                                                   DiA == gen_digest (ChB, ICB)?
                                                        - if OK:
    -                                                    OCB = out_cookie(A),
    -                                                    DiB = gen_digest (ChA, OCB)
    -                          (DiB)
    +                                                    OCB = out_cookie(A),
    +                                                    DiB = gen_digest (ChA, OCB)
    +                          (DiB)
       <----------------------------------------------- send_challenge_ack
     recv_challenge_ack                                  DONE
    -ICA = in_cookie(B),                                - else:
    +ICA = in_cookie(B),                                - else:
     check:                                              CLOSE
    -DiB == gen_digest(ChA, ICA)?
    +DiB == gen_digest(ChA, ICA)?
     - if OK:
      DONE
     - else:
    @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_driver.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_driver.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.448259561 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_driver.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.452259581 +0000 @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@
    • ErlDrvSizeT - An unsigned integer type to be used as size_t.

    • ErlDrvSSizeT - A signed integer type, the size of -ErlDrvSizeT.

    • ErlDrvSysInfo

      typedef struct ErlDrvSysInfo {
      +ErlDrvSizeT.

    • ErlDrvSysInfo

      typedef struct ErlDrvSysInfo {
          int driver_major_version;
          int driver_minor_version;
          char *erts_version;
      @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@
          int nif_major_version;
          int nif_minor_version;
          int dirty_scheduler_support;
      -} ErlDrvSysInfo;

      The ErlDrvSysInfo structure is used for storage of information about the +} ErlDrvSysInfo;

    The ErlDrvSysInfo structure is used for storage of information about the Erlang runtime system. driver_system_info writes the system information when passed a reference to a ErlDrvSysInfo structure. The fields @@ -401,12 +401,12 @@ aligned for storage of an array of doubles (usually 8-byte aligned).

  • ErlDrvData - A handle to driver-specific data, passed to the driver callbacks. It is a pointer, and is most often type cast to a specific pointer in the driver.

  • SysIOVec - A system I/O vector, as used by writev on Unix and -WSASend on Win32. It is used in ErlIOVec.

  • ErlIOVec

    typedef struct ErlIOVec {
    +WSASend on Win32. It is used in ErlIOVec.

  • ErlIOVec

    typedef struct ErlIOVec {
       int vsize;
       ErlDrvSizeT size;
       SysIOVec* iov;
       ErlDrvBinary** binv;
    -} ErlIOVec;

    The I/O vector used by the emulator and drivers is a list of binaries, with a +} ErlIOVec;

  • The I/O vector used by the emulator and drivers is a list of binaries, with a SysIOVec pointing to the buffers of the binaries. It is used in driver_outputv and the outputv driver callback. Also, the driver queue is an ErlIOVec.

  • ErlDrvMonitor - When a driver creates a monitor for a process, a @@ -485,8 +485,8 @@ add_driver_entry() -

    void add_driver_entry(ErlDrvEntry
    -        *de);

    Adds a driver entry to the list of drivers known by Erlang. The +

    void add_driver_entry(ErlDrvEntry
    +        *de);

    Adds a driver entry to the list of drivers known by Erlang. The init function of parameter de is called.

    Note

    To use this function for adding drivers residing in dynamically loaded code is dangerous. If the driver code for the added driver resides in the same dynamically loaded module (that is, .so file) as a normal dynamically loaded @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ driver_alloc() -

    void * driver_alloc(ErlDrvSizeT size);

    Allocates a memory block of the size specified in size, and returns it. This +

    void * driver_alloc(ErlDrvSizeT size);

    Allocates a memory block of the size specified in size, and returns it. This fails only on out of memory, in which case NULL is returned. (This is most often a wrapper for malloc).

    Memory allocated must be explicitly freed with a corresponding call to driver_free (unless otherwise stated).

    This function is thread-safe.

    @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ driver_alloc_binary()

    -
    ErlDrvBinary * driver_alloc_binary(ErlDrvSizeT size);

    Allocates a driver binary with a memory block of at least size bytes, and +

    ErlDrvBinary * driver_alloc_binary(ErlDrvSizeT size);

    Allocates a driver binary with a memory block of at least size bytes, and returns a pointer to it, or NULL on failure (out of memory). When a driver binary has been sent to the emulator, it must not be changed. Every allocated binary is to be freed by a corresponding call to @@ -521,9 +521,9 @@ driver_async() -

    long driver_async(ErlDrvPort port, unsigned
    -        int* key, void (*async_invoke)(void*), void* async_data, void
    -        (*async_free)(void*));

    Performs an asynchronous call. The function async_invoke is invoked in a +

    long driver_async(ErlDrvPort port, unsigned
    +        int* key, void (*async_invoke)(void*), void* async_data, void
    +        (*async_free)(void*));

    Performs an asynchronous call. The function async_invoke is invoked in a thread separate from the emulator thread. This enables the driver to perform time-consuming, blocking operations without blocking the emulator.

    The async thread pool size can be set with command-line argument +A in erl(1). If an async @@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ driver_async_port_key() -

    unsigned int driver_async_port_key(ErlDrvPort port);

    Calculates a key for later use in driver_async. +

    unsigned int driver_async_port_key(ErlDrvPort port);

    Calculates a key for later use in driver_async. The keys are evenly distributed so that a fair mapping between port IDs and async thread IDs is achieved.

    Note

    Before Erlang/OTP R16, the port ID could be used as a key with proper casting, but after the rewrite of the port subsystem, this is no longer the case. With @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ driver_binary_dec_refc() -

    long driver_binary_dec_refc(ErlDrvBinary *bin);

    Decrements the reference count on bin and returns the reference count reached +

    long driver_binary_dec_refc(ErlDrvBinary *bin);

    Decrements the reference count on bin and returns the reference count reached after the decrement.

    This function is thread-safe.

    Note

    The reference count of driver binary is normally to be decremented by calling driver_free_binary.

    driver_binary_dec_refc does not free the binary if the reference count reaches zero. Only use driver_binary_dec_refc when you are sure not to @@ -576,21 +576,21 @@ driver_binary_get_refc() -

    long driver_binary_get_refc(ErlDrvBinary *bin);

    Returns the current reference count on bin.

    This function is thread-safe.

    +
    long driver_binary_get_refc(ErlDrvBinary *bin);

    Returns the current reference count on bin.

    This function is thread-safe.

    driver_binary_inc_refc()

    -
    long driver_binary_inc_refc(ErlDrvBinary *bin);

    Increments the reference count on bin and returns the reference count reached +

    long driver_binary_inc_refc(ErlDrvBinary *bin);

    Increments the reference count on bin and returns the reference count reached after the increment.

    This function is thread-safe.

    driver_caller()

    -
    ErlDrvTermData driver_caller(ErlDrvPort
    -        port);

    Returns the process ID of the process that made the current call to the driver. +

    ErlDrvTermData driver_caller(ErlDrvPort
    +        port);

    Returns the process ID of the process that made the current call to the driver. The process ID can be used with driver_send_term to send back data to the caller. driver_caller only returns valid data when currently executing in one @@ -603,14 +603,14 @@ driver_cancel_timer() -

    int driver_cancel_timer(ErlDrvPort port);

    Cancels a timer set with driver_set_timer.

    The return value is 0.

    +
    int driver_cancel_timer(ErlDrvPort port);

    Cancels a timer set with driver_set_timer.

    The return value is 0.

    driver_compare_monitors()

    -
    int driver_compare_monitors(const ErlDrvMonitor
    -        *monitor1, const ErlDrvMonitor *monitor2);

    Compares two ErlDrvMonitors. Can also be used to imply some artificial order +

    int driver_compare_monitors(const ErlDrvMonitor
    +        *monitor1, const ErlDrvMonitor *monitor2);

    Compares two ErlDrvMonitors. Can also be used to imply some artificial order on monitors, for whatever reason.

    Returns 0 if monitor1 and monitor2 are equal, < 0 if monitor1 < monitor2, and > 0 if monitor1 > monitor2.

    @@ -618,16 +618,16 @@ driver_connected()

    -
    ErlDrvTermData driver_connected(ErlDrvPort
    -        port);

    Returns the port owner process.

    Notice that this function is not thread-safe.

    +
    ErlDrvTermData driver_connected(ErlDrvPort
    +        port);

    Returns the port owner process.

    Notice that this function is not thread-safe.

    driver_create_port()

    -
    ErlDrvPort driver_create_port(ErlDrvPort port,
    +
    ErlDrvPort driver_create_port(ErlDrvPort port,
             ErlDrvTermData owner_pid, char* name,
    -        ErlDrvData drv_data);

    Creates a new port executing the same driver code as the port creating the new + ErlDrvData drv_data);

    Creates a new port executing the same driver code as the port creating the new port.

    • port - The port handle of the port (driver instance) creating the new port.

    • owner_pid - The process ID of the Erlang process to become owner of the new port. This process will be linked to the new port. You usually want to use @@ -648,15 +648,15 @@ driver_demonitor_process() -

      int driver_demonitor_process(ErlDrvPort port,
      -        const ErlDrvMonitor *monitor);

      Cancels a monitor created earlier.

      Returns 0 if a monitor was removed and > 0 if the monitor no longer exists.

      +
      int driver_demonitor_process(ErlDrvPort port,
      +        const ErlDrvMonitor *monitor);

      Cancels a monitor created earlier.

      Returns 0 if a monitor was removed and > 0 if the monitor no longer exists.

      driver_deq()

      -
      ErlDrvSizeT driver_deq(ErlDrvPort port,
      -        ErlDrvSizeT size);

      Dequeues data by moving the head pointer forward in the driver queue by size +

      ErlDrvSizeT driver_deq(ErlDrvPort port,
      +        ErlDrvSizeT size);

      Dequeues data by moving the head pointer forward in the driver queue by size bytes. The data in the queue is deallocated.

      Returns the number of bytes remaining in the queue on success, otherwise -1.

      This function can be called from any thread if a port data lock associated with the port is locked by the calling thread during the call.

      @@ -665,8 +665,8 @@ driver_enq()

      -
      int driver_enq(ErlDrvPort port, char* buf,
      -        ErlDrvSizeT len);

      Enqueues data in the driver queue. The data in buf is copied (len bytes) and +

      int driver_enq(ErlDrvPort port, char* buf,
      +        ErlDrvSizeT len);

      Enqueues data in the driver queue. The data in buf is copied (len bytes) and placed at the end of the driver queue. The driver queue is normally used in a FIFO way.

      The driver queue is available to queue output from the emulator to the driver (data from the driver to the emulator is queued by the emulator in normal Erlang @@ -681,8 +681,8 @@ driver_enq_bin() -

      int driver_enq_bin(ErlDrvPort port,
      -        ErlDrvBinary *bin, ErlDrvSizeT offset, ErlDrvSizeT len);

      Enqueues a driver binary in the driver queue. The data in bin at offset with +

      int driver_enq_bin(ErlDrvPort port,
      +        ErlDrvBinary *bin, ErlDrvSizeT offset, ErlDrvSizeT len);

      Enqueues a driver binary in the driver queue. The data in bin at offset with length len is placed at the end of the queue. This function is most often /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_ext_dist.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_ext_dist.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.480259720 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_ext_dist.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.480259720 +0000 @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ positive and 1 if it is negative. The digits are stored with the least significant byte stored first. To calculate the integer, the following formula can be used:

      B = 256
      -(d0*B^0 + d1*B^1 + d2*B^2 + ... d(N-1)*B^(n-1))

      +(d0*B^0 + d1*B^1 + d2*B^2 + ... d(N-1)*B^(n-1))

  • @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_nif.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_nif.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.544260041 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_nif.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.544260041 +0000 @@ -155,29 +155,29 @@

    A minimal example of a NIF library can look as follows:

    /* niftest.c */
     #include <erl_nif.h>
     
    -static ERL_NIF_TERM hello(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
    -{
    -    return enif_make_string(env, "Hello world!", ERL_NIF_LATIN1);
    -}
    -
    -static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] =
    -{
    -    {"hello", 0, hello}
    -};
    +static ERL_NIF_TERM hello(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
    +{
    +    return enif_make_string(env, "Hello world!", ERL_NIF_LATIN1);
    +}
    +
    +static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] =
    +{
    +    {"hello", 0, hello}
    +};
     
    -ERL_NIF_INIT(niftest,nif_funcs,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL)

    The Erlang module can look as follows:

    -module(niftest).
    +ERL_NIF_INIT(niftest,nif_funcs,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL)

    The Erlang module can look as follows:

    -module(niftest).
     
    --export([init/0, hello/0]).
    +-export([init/0, hello/0]).
     
    --nifs([hello/0]).
    +-nifs([hello/0]).
     
    --on_load(init/0).
    +-on_load(init/0).
     
    -init() ->
    -      erlang:load_nif("./niftest", 0).
    +init() ->
    +      erlang:load_nif("./niftest", 0).
     
    -hello() ->
    -      erlang:nif_error("NIF library not loaded").

    Compile and test can look as follows (on Linux):

    $> gcc -fPIC -shared -o niftest.so niftest.c -I $ERL_ROOT/usr/include/
    +hello() ->
    +      erlang:nif_error("NIF library not loaded").

    Compile and test can look as follows (on Linux):

    $> gcc -fPIC -shared -o niftest.so niftest.c -I $ERL_ROOT/usr/include/
     $> erl
     
     1> c(niftest).
    @@ -223,21 +223,21 @@
     
     ERL_NIF_TERM world_atom;
     
    -static int load(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info)
    -{
    -    world_atom = enif_make_atom(env, "world");
    +static int load(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info)
    +{
    +    world_atom = enif_make_atom(env, "world");
         return 0;
    -}
    +}
     
    -static ERL_NIF_TERM hello(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
    -{
    -    ERL_NIF_TERM hello_string = enif_make_string(env, "Hello", ERL_NIF_LATIN1);
    -    return enif_make_tuple2(env, hello_string, world_atom);
    -}
    +static ERL_NIF_TERM hello(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
    +{
    +    ERL_NIF_TERM hello_string = enif_make_string(env, "Hello", ERL_NIF_LATIN1);
    +    return enif_make_tuple2(env, hello_string, world_atom);
    +}
     
    -static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = { { "hello", 0, hello } };
    +static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = { { "hello", 0, hello } };
     
    -ERL_NIF_INIT(niftest, nif_funcs, load, NULL, NULL, NULL)
  • Binaries - Terms of type binary are accessed with the help of struct type +ERL_NIF_INIT(niftest, nif_funcs, load, NULL, NULL, NULL)

  • Binaries - Terms of type binary are accessed with the help of struct type ErlNifBinary, which contains a pointer (data) to the raw binary data and the length (size) of the data in bytes. Both data and size are read-only and are only to be written using calls to API @@ -275,19 +275,19 @@ garbage collector or enif_release_resource). Resource types are uniquely identified by a supplied name string and the name of the implementing module.

    The following is a template example of how to create and return a resource object.

    ERL_NIF_TERM term;
    -MyStruct* obj = enif_alloc_resource(my_resource_type, sizeof(MyStruct));
    +MyStruct* obj = enif_alloc_resource(my_resource_type, sizeof(MyStruct));
     
     /* initialize struct ... */
     
    -term = enif_make_resource(env, obj);
    +term = enif_make_resource(env, obj);
     
    -if (keep_a_reference_of_our_own) {
    +if (keep_a_reference_of_our_own) {
         /* store &#href_anchor"w">
    -}
    -else {
    -    enif_release_resource(obj);
    +}
    +else {
    +    enif_release_resource(obj);
         /* resource now only owned by "Erlang" */
    -}
    +}
     return term;

    Notice that once enif_make_resource creates the term to return to Erlang, the code can choose to either keep its own native pointer to the allocated struct and release it later, or release it immediately and rely only on the @@ -339,50 +339,50 @@ libraries can however fail if deprecated features are used.

  • Time Measurement - Support for time measurement in NIF libraries:

  • I/O Queues
    The Erlang nif library contains function for easily working with I/O vectors as used by the unix system call writev. The I/O Queue is not thread safe, so -some other synchronization mechanism has to be used.

    Typical usage when writing to a file descriptor looks like this:

    int writeiovec(ErlNifEnv *env, ERL_NIF_TERM term, ERL_NIF_TERM *tail,
    -               ErlNifIOQueue *q, int fd) {
    +some other synchronization mechanism has to be used.

    Typical usage when writing to a file descriptor looks like this:

    int writeiovec(ErlNifEnv *env, ERL_NIF_TERM term, ERL_NIF_TERM *tail,
    +               ErlNifIOQueue *q, int fd) {
     
         ErlNifIOVec vec, *iovec = &vec;
         SysIOVec *sysiovec;
         int saved_errno;
         int iovcnt, n;
     
    -    if (!enif_inspect_iovec(env, 64, term, tail, &iovec))
    +    if (!enif_inspect_iovec(env, 64, term, tail, &iovec))
             return -2;
     
    -    if (enif_ioq_size(q) > 0) {
    +    if (enif_ioq_size(q) > 0) {
             /* If the I/O queue contains data we enqueue the iovec and
                then peek the data to write out of the queue. */
    -        if (!enif_ioq_enqv(q, iovec, 0))
    +        if (!enif_ioq_enqv(q, iovec, 0))
                 return -3;
     
    -        sysiovec = enif_ioq_peek(q, &iovcnt);
    -    } else {
    +        sysiovec = enif_ioq_peek(q, &iovcnt);
    +    } else {
             /* If the I/O queue is empty we skip the trip through it. */
             iovcnt = iovec->iovcnt;
             sysiovec = iovec->iov;
    -    }
    +    }
     
         /* Attempt to write the data */
    -    n = writev(fd, sysiovec, iovcnt);
    +    n = writev(fd, sysiovec, iovcnt);
         saved_errno = errno;
     
    -    if (enif_ioq_size(q) == 0) {
    +    if (enif_ioq_size(q) == 0) {
             /* If the I/O queue was initially empty we enqueue any
                remaining data into the queue for writing later. */
    -        if (n >= 0 && !enif_ioq_enqv(q, iovec, n))
    +        if (n >= 0 && !enif_ioq_enqv(q, iovec, n))
                 return -3;
    -    } else {
    +    } else {
             /* Dequeue any data that was written from the queue. */
    -        if (n > 0 && !enif_ioq_deq(q, n, NULL))
    +        if (n > 0 && !enif_ioq_deq(q, n, NULL))
                 return -4;
    -    }
    +    }
     
         /* return n, which is either number of bytes written or -1 if
            some error happened */
         errno = saved_errno;
         return n;
    -}
  • Long-running NIFs
    As mentioned in the warning text at the beginning of +}

  • Long-running NIFs
    As mentioned in the warning text at the beginning of this manual page, it is of vital importance that a native function returns relatively fast. It is difficult to give an exact maximum amount of time that a native function is allowed to work, but usually a well-behaving native @@ -512,12 +512,12 @@ with all its terms is valid until you explicitly invalidate it with enif_free_env or enif_send.

  • All contained terms of a list/tuple/map must belong to the same environment as the list/tuple/map itself. Terms can be copied between environments with -enif_make_copy.

  • ErlNifFunc

    typedef struct {
    +enif_make_copy.

  • ErlNifFunc

    typedef struct {
         const char* name;
         unsigned arity;
    -    ERL_NIF_TERM (*fptr)(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[]);
    +    ERL_NIF_TERM (*fptr)(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[]);
         unsigned flags;
    -} ErlNifFunc;

    Describes a NIF by its name, arity, and implementation.

    • fptr - A pointer to the function that implements the NIF.

    • argv - Contains the function arguments passed to the NIF.

    • argc - The array length, that is, the function arity. argv[N-1] thus +} ErlNifFunc;

  • Describes a NIF by its name, arity, and implementation.

    • fptr - A pointer to the function that implements the NIF.

    • argv - Contains the function arguments passed to the NIF.

    • argc - The array length, that is, the function arity. argv[N-1] thus denotes the Nth argument to the NIF. Notice that the argument argc allows for the same C function to implement several Erlang functions with different arity (but probably with the same name).

    • flags - Is 0 for a regular NIF (and so its value can be omitted for @@ -561,25 +561,25 @@ type. It can be copied, moved in memory, forgotten, and so on.

    • ErlNifResourceType - Each instance of ErlNifResourceType represents a class of memory-managed resource objects that can be garbage collected. Each resource type has a unique name and a -destructor function that is called when objects of its type are released.

    • ErlNifResourceTypeInit

      typedef struct {
      +destructor function that is called when objects of its type are released.

    • ErlNifResourceTypeInit

      typedef struct {
           ErlNifResourceDtor* dtor;       // #1 Destructor
           ErlNifResourceStop* stop;       // #2 Select stop
           ErlNifResourceDown* down;       // #3 Monitor down
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_prim_loader.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_prim_loader.html	2025-01-25 10:23:26.580260220 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_prim_loader.html	2025-01-25 10:23:26.580260220 +0000
      @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@
       

      Retrieves information about a file.

      Returns {ok, FileInfo} if successful, otherwise error. FileInfo is a record file_info, defined in the Kernel include file file.hrl. Include the following directive in the module from which the -function is called:

      -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

      For more information about the record see file:read_file_info/2.

      Filename can also be a file in an archive, for example, +function is called:

      -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

      For more information about the record see file:read_file_info/2.

      Filename can also be a file in an archive, for example, $OTPROOT/lib/mnesia-4.4.7.ez/mnesia-4.4.7/ebin/mnesia. For information about archive files, see code.

      @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_tracer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_tracer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.620260419 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_tracer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.620260419 +0000 @@ -149,107 +149,107 @@ module, a much more lightweight message tracer is used, which only records who sent messages to who.

      The following is an example session using it on Linux:

      $ gcc -I erts-8.0/include/ -fPIC -shared -o erl_msg_tracer.so erl_msg_tracer.c
       $ erl
      -Erlang/OTP 19 [DEVELOPMENT] [erts-8.0] [source-ed2b56b] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [async-threads:10] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang/OTP 19 [DEVELOPMENT] [erts-8.0] [source-ed2b56b] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [async-threads:10] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V8.0  (abort with ^G)
      -1> c(erl_msg_tracer), erl_msg_tracer:load().
      +Eshell V8.0  (abort with ^G)
      +1> c(erl_msg_tracer), erl_msg_tracer:load().
       ok
      -2> Tracer = spawn(fun F() -> receive M -> io:format("~p~n",[M]), F() end end).
      +2> Tracer = spawn(fun F() -> receive M -> io:format("~p~n",[M]), F() end end).
       <0.37.0>
      -3> erlang:trace(new, true, [send,{tracer, erl_msg_tracer, Tracer}]).
      +3> erlang:trace(new, true, [send,{tracer, erl_msg_tracer, Tracer}]).
       0
      -{trace,<0.39.0>,<0.27.0>}
      -4> {ok, D} = file:open("/tmp/tmp.data",[write]).
      -{trace,#Port<0.486>,<0.40.0>}
      -{trace,<0.40.0>,<0.21.0>}
      -{trace,#Port<0.487>,<0.4.0>}
      -{trace,#Port<0.488>,<0.4.0>}
      -{trace,#Port<0.489>,<0.4.0>}
      -{trace,#Port<0.490>,<0.4.0>}
      -{ok,<0.40.0>}
      -{trace,<0.41.0>,<0.27.0>}
      -5>

      erl_msg_tracer.erl:

      -module(erl_msg_tracer).
      +{trace,<0.39.0>,<0.27.0>}
      +4> {ok, D} = file:open("/tmp/tmp.data",[write]).
      +{trace,#Port<0.486>,<0.40.0>}
      +{trace,<0.40.0>,<0.21.0>}
      +{trace,#Port<0.487>,<0.4.0>}
      +{trace,#Port<0.488>,<0.4.0>}
      +{trace,#Port<0.489>,<0.4.0>}
      +{trace,#Port<0.490>,<0.4.0>}
      +{ok,<0.40.0>}
      +{trace,<0.41.0>,<0.27.0>}
      +5>

      erl_msg_tracer.erl:

      -module(erl_msg_tracer).
       
      --export([enabled/3, trace/5, load/0]).
      +-export([enabled/3, trace/5, load/0]).
       
      -load() ->
      -    erlang:load_nif("erl_msg_tracer", []).
      +load() ->
      +    erlang:load_nif("erl_msg_tracer", []).
       
      -enabled(_, _, _) ->
      +enabled(_, _, _) ->
           error.
       
      -trace(_, _, _, _, _) ->
      +trace(_, _, _, _, _) ->
           error.

      erl_msg_tracer.c:

      #include <erl_nif.h>
       
       /* NIF interface declarations */
      -static int load(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info);
      -static int upgrade(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, void** old_priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info);
      -static void unload(ErlNifEnv* env, void* priv_data);
      +static int load(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info);
      +static int upgrade(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, void** old_priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info);
      +static void unload(ErlNifEnv* env, void* priv_data);
       
       /* The NIFs: */
      -static ERL_NIF_TERM enabled(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[]);
      -static ERL_NIF_TERM trace(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[]);
      +static ERL_NIF_TERM enabled(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[]);
      +static ERL_NIF_TERM trace(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[]);
       
      -static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = {
      -    {"enabled", 3, enabled},
      -    {"trace", 5, trace}
      -};
      +static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = {
      +    {"enabled", 3, enabled},
      +    {"trace", 5, trace}
      +};
       
      -ERL_NIF_INIT(erl_msg_tracer, nif_funcs, load, NULL, upgrade, unload)
      +ERL_NIF_INIT(erl_msg_tracer, nif_funcs, load, NULL, upgrade, unload)
       
      -static int load(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info)
      -{
      +static int load(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info)
      +{
           *priv_data = NULL;
           return 0;
      -}
      +}
       
      -static void unload(ErlNifEnv* env, void* priv_data)
      -{
      +static void unload(ErlNifEnv* env, void* priv_data)
      +{
       
      -}
      +}
       
      -static int upgrade(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, void** old_priv_data,
      -		   ERL_NIF_TERM load_info)
      -{
      -    if (*old_priv_data != NULL || *priv_data != NULL) {
      +static int upgrade(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, void** old_priv_data,
      +		   ERL_NIF_TERM load_info)
      +{
      +    if (*old_priv_data != NULL || *priv_data != NULL) {
       	return -1; /* Don't know how to do that */
      -    }
      -    if (load(env, priv_data, load_info)) {
      +    }
      +    if (load(env, priv_data, load_info)) {
       	return -1;
      -    }
      +    }
           return 0;
      -}
      +}
       
       /*
        * argv[0]: TraceTag
        * argv[1]: TracerState
        * argv[2]: Tracee
        */
      -static ERL_NIF_TERM enabled(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
      -{
      +static ERL_NIF_TERM enabled(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
      +{
           ErlNifPid to_pid;
      -    if (enif_get_local_pid(env, argv[1], &to_pid))
      -        if (!enif_is_process_alive(env, &to_pid))
      -            if (enif_is_identical(enif_make_atom(env, "trace_status"), argv[0]))
      +    if (enif_get_local_pid(env, argv[1], &to_pid))
      +        if (!enif_is_process_alive(env, &to_pid))
      +            if (enif_is_identical(enif_make_atom(env, "trace_status"), argv[0]))
                       /* tracer is dead so we should remove this tracepoint */
      -                return enif_make_atom(env, "remove");
      +                return enif_make_atom(env, "remove");
                   else
      -                return enif_make_atom(env, "discard");
      +                return enif_make_atom(env, "discard");
       
           /* Only generate trace for when tracer != tracee */
      -    if (enif_is_identical(argv[1], argv[2]))
      -        return enif_make_atom(env, "discard");
      +    if (enif_is_identical(argv[1], argv[2]))
      +        return enif_make_atom(env, "discard");
       
           /* Only trigger trace messages on 'send' */
      -    if (enif_is_identical(enif_make_atom(env, "send"), argv[0]))
      -        return enif_make_atom(env, "trace");
      +    if (enif_is_identical(enif_make_atom(env, "send"), argv[0]))
      +        return enif_make_atom(env, "trace");
       
           /* Have to answer trace_status */
      -    if (enif_is_identical(enif_make_atom(env, "trace_status"), argv[0]))
      -        return enif_make_atom(env, "trace");
      +    if (enif_is_identical(enif_make_atom(env, "trace_status"), argv[0]))
      +        return enif_make_atom(env, "trace");
       
      -    return enif_make_atom(env, "discard");
      -}
      +    return enif_make_atom(env, "discard");
      +}
       
       /*
        * argv[0]: TraceTag, should only be 'send'
      @@ -258,20 +258,20 @@
        * argv[3]: Message
        * argv[4]: Options, map containing Recipient
        */
      -static ERL_NIF_TERM trace(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
      -{
      +static ERL_NIF_TERM trace(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
      +{
           ErlNifPid to_pid;
           ERL_NIF_TERM recipient, msg;
       
      -    if (enif_get_local_pid(env, argv[1], &to_pid)) {
      -      if (enif_get_map_value(env, argv[4], enif_make_atom(env, "extra"), &recipient)) {
      -        msg = enif_make_tuple3(env, enif_make_atom(env, "trace"), argv[2], recipient);
      -        enif_send(env, &to_pid, NULL, msg);
      -      }
      -    }
      +    if (enif_get_local_pid(env, argv[1], &to_pid)) {
      +      if (enif_get_map_value(env, argv[4], enif_make_atom(env, "extra"), &recipient)) {
      +        msg = enif_make_tuple3(env, enif_make_atom(env, "trace"), argv[2], recipient);
      +        enif_send(env, &to_pid, NULL, msg);
      +      }
      +    }
       
      -    return enif_make_atom(env, "ok");
      -}
      +
      return enif_make_atom(env, "ok"); +}
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlang.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlang.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.808261359 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlang.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.808261359 +0000 @@ -7035,8 +7035,8 @@

      Continues computing the adler32 checksum by combining the previous checksum, -OldAdler, with the checksum of Data.

      The following code:

      X = erlang:adler32(Data1),
      -Y = erlang:adler32(X,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Y as this:

      Y = erlang:adler32([Data1,Data2]).
      +OldAdler, with the checksum of Data.

      The following code:

      X = erlang:adler32(Data1),
      +Y = erlang:adler32(X,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Y as this:

      Y = erlang:adler32([Data1,Data2]).
      @@ -7069,10 +7069,10 @@

      Combines two previously computed adler32 checksums.

      This computation requires the size of the data object for the second checksum -to be known.

      The following code:

      Y = erlang:adler32(Data1),
      -Z = erlang:adler32(Y,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Z as this:

      X = erlang:adler32(Data1),
      -Y = erlang:adler32(Data2),
      -Z = erlang:adler32_combine(X,Y,iolist_size(Data2)).
      +to be known.

      The following code:

      Y = erlang:adler32(Data1),
      +Z = erlang:adler32(Y,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Z as this:

      X = erlang:adler32(Data1),
      +Y = erlang:adler32(Data2),
      +Z = erlang:adler32_combine(X,Y,iolist_size(Data2)).
      @@ -7129,8 +7129,8 @@

      Continues computing the crc32 checksum by combining the previous checksum, -OldCrc, with the checksum of Data.

      The following code:

      X = erlang:crc32(Data1),
      -Y = erlang:crc32(X,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Y as this:

      Y = erlang:crc32([Data1,Data2]).
      +OldCrc, with the checksum of Data.

      The following code:

      X = erlang:crc32(Data1),
      +Y = erlang:crc32(X,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Y as this:

      Y = erlang:crc32([Data1,Data2]).
      @@ -7163,10 +7163,10 @@

      Combines two previously computed crc32 checksums.

      This computation requires the size of the data object for the second checksum -to be known.

      The following code:

      Y = erlang:crc32(Data1),
      -Z = erlang:crc32(Y,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Z as this:

      X = erlang:crc32(Data1),
      -Y = erlang:crc32(Data2),
      -Z = erlang:crc32_combine(X,Y,iolist_size(Data2)).
      +to be known.

      The following code:

      Y = erlang:crc32(Data1),
      +Z = erlang:crc32(Y,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Z as this:

      X = erlang:crc32(Data1),
      +Y = erlang:crc32(Data2),
      +Z = erlang:crc32_combine(X,Y,iolist_size(Data2)).
      @@ -8390,11 +8390,11 @@ in the result returned by nodes/0.

    • hidden - The node is connected to the node of the calling process through a hidden connection. That is, the node name would not appear in the result returned by nodes/0.

    • this - This is the node of the calling process.

    • known - The node is not connected but known to the node of the calling -process.

    Example:

    (a@localhost)1> nodes([this, connected], #{connection_id=>true, node_type=>true}).
    -[{c@localhost,#{connection_id => 13892108,node_type => hidden}},
    - {b@localhost,#{connection_id => 3067553,node_type => visible}},
    - {a@localhost,#{connection_id => undefined,node_type => this}}]
    -(a@localhost)2>
    +process.

    Example:

    (a@localhost)1> nodes([this, connected], #{connection_id=>true, node_type=>true}).
    +[{c@localhost,#{connection_id => 13892108,node_type => hidden}},
    + {b@localhost,#{connection_id => 3067553,node_type => visible}},
    + {a@localhost,#{connection_id => undefined,node_type => this}}]
    +(a@localhost)2>
    @@ -8504,9 +8504,9 @@

    Returns an integer or float that is the arithmetical absolute value of Float -or Int.

    For example:

    > abs(-3.33).
    +or Int.

    For example:

    > abs(-3.33).
     3.33
    -> abs(-3).
    +> abs(-3).
     3
    @@ -8538,8 +8538,8 @@

    Returns a new tuple that has one element more than Tuple1, and contains the elements in Tuple1 followed by Term as the last element.

    Semantically equivalent to list_to_tuple(tuple_to_list(Tuple1) ++ [Term]), but much -faster.

    For example:

    > erlang:append_element({one, two}, three).
    -{one,two,three}
    +faster.

    For example:

    > erlang:append_element({one, two}, three).
    +{one,two,three}
    @@ -8606,7 +8606,7 @@ representation. If Encoding is utf8 or unicode, the characters are encoded using UTF-8 where characters may require multiple bytes.

    Change

    As from Erlang/OTP 20, atoms can contain any Unicode character and atom_to_binary(Atom, latin1) may fail if the text -representation for Atom contains a Unicode character > 255.

    Example:

    > atom_to_binary('Erlang', latin1).
    +representation for Atom contains a Unicode character > 255.

    Example:

    > atom_to_binary('Erlang', latin1).
     <<"Erlang">>
    @@ -8638,9 +8638,9 @@

    Returns a list of unicode code points corresponding to the text representation -of Atom.

    For example:

    > atom_to_list('Erlang').
    -"Erlang"
    > atom_to_list('你好').
    -[20320,22909]

    See unicode for how to convert the resulting list to different formats.

    +of Atom.

    For example:

    > atom_to_list('Erlang').
    +"Erlang"
    > atom_to_list('你好').
    +[20320,22909]

    See unicode for how to convert the resulting list to different formats.

    @@ -8678,9 +8678,9 @@

    Extracts the part of the binary described by PosLen.

    Negative length can be used to extract bytes at the end of a binary.

    For example:

    1> Bin = <<1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10>>.
    -2> binary_part(Bin,{byte_size(Bin), -5}).
    +2> binary_part(Bin,{byte_size(Bin), -5}).
     <<6,7,8,9,10>>

    Failure: badarg if PosLen in any way references outside the binary.

    Start is zero-based, that is:

    1> Bin = <<1,2,3>>
    -2> binary_part(Bin,{0,2}).
    +2> binary_part(Bin,{0,2}).
     <<1,2>>

    For details about the PosLen semantics, see binary.

    @@ -8788,8 +8788,8 @@ garbage collected. Therefore, it is recommended to consider whether binary_to_existing_atom/2 is a better option than binary_to_atom/2. The default limits can be found -in Efficiency Guide (section System Limits).

    Examples:

    > binary_to_atom(<<"Erlang">>, latin1).
    -'Erlang'
    > binary_to_atom(<<1024/utf8>>, utf8).
    +in Efficiency Guide (section System Limits).

    Examples:

    > binary_to_atom(<<"Erlang">>, latin1).
    +'Erlang'
    > binary_to_atom(<<1024/utf8>>, utf8).
     'Ѐ'
    @@ -8902,7 +8902,7 @@ -

    Returns the float whose text representation is Binary.

    For example:

    > binary_to_float(<<"2.2017764e+0">>).
    +

    Returns the float whose text representation is Binary.

    For example:

    > binary_to_float(<<"2.2017764e+0">>).
     2.2017764

    The float string format is the same as the format for Erlang float literals except for that underscores are not permitted.

    Failure: badarg if Binary contains a bad representation of a float.

    @@ -8937,7 +8937,7 @@ -

    Returns an integer whose text representation is Binary.

    For example:

    > binary_to_integer(<<"123">>).
    +

    Returns an integer whose text representation is Binary.

    For example:

    > binary_to_integer(<<"123">>).
     123

    binary_to_integer/1 accepts the same string formats as list_to_integer/1.

    Failure: badarg if Binary contains a bad representation of an integer.

    @@ -8971,7 +8971,7 @@ -

    Returns an integer whose text representation in base Base is Binary.

    For example:

    > binary_to_integer(<<"3FF">>, 16).
    +

    Returns an integer whose text representation in base Base is Binary.

    For example:

    > binary_to_integer(<<"3FF">>, 16).
     1023

    binary_to_integer/2 accepts the same string formats as list_to_integer/2.

    Failure: badarg if Binary contains a bad representation of an integer.

    @@ -9070,9 +9070,9 @@

    Returns an Erlang term that is the result of decoding binary object Binary, which must be encoded according to the -Erlang external term format.

    > Bin = term_to_binary(hello).
    +Erlang external term format.

    > Bin = term_to_binary(hello).
     <<131,100,0,5,104,101,108,108,111>>
    -> hello = binary_to_term(Bin).
    +> hello = binary_to_term(Bin).
     hello

    Warning

    When decoding binaries from untrusted sources, the untrusted source may submit data in a way to create resources, such as atoms and remote references, that cannot be garbage collected and lead to Denial of Service attack. In such @@ -9121,11 +9121,11 @@ (as they are embedded in certain structures, such as process identifiers, refs, and funs), and creation of new external function references. None of those resources are garbage collected, so unchecked creation of them can -exhaust available memory.

    > binary_to_term(<<131,100,0,5,"hello">>, [safe]).
    +exhaust available memory.

    > binary_to_term(<<131,100,0,5,"hello">>, [safe]).
     ** exception error: bad argument
     > hello.
     hello
    -> binary_to_term(<<131,100,0,5,"hello">>, [safe]).
    +> binary_to_term(<<131,100,0,5,"hello">>, [safe]).
     hello

    Warning

    The safe option ensures the data is safely processed by the Erlang runtime but it does not guarantee the data is safe to your application. You must always validate data from untrusted sources. If the binary is stored or @@ -9133,10 +9133,10 @@ cryptographically signing it.

  • used - Changes the return value to {Term, Used} where Used is the number of bytes actually read from Binary.

    > Input = <<131,100,0,5,"hello","world">>.
     <<131,100,0,5,104,101,108,108,111,119,111,114,108,100>>
    -> {Term, Used} = binary_to_term(Input, [used]).
    -{hello, 9}
    -> split_binary(Input, Used).
    -{<<131,100,0,5,104,101,108,108,111>>, <<"world">>}
  • Failure: badarg if safe is specified and unsafe data is decoded.

    See also term_to_binary/1, binary_to_term/1, and list_to_existing_atom/1.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlc_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlc_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.852261578 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlc_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.852261578 +0000 @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlsrv_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlsrv_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.880261718 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlsrv_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.884261737 +0000 @@ -315,28 +315,28 @@ ** A Console control handler that ignores the log off events, ** and lets the default handler take care of other events. */
    -BOOL WINAPI service_aware_handler(DWORD ctrl){ - if(ctrl == CTRL_LOGOFF_EVENT) +BOOL WINAPI service_aware_handler(DWORD ctrl){ + if(ctrl == CTRL_LOGOFF_EVENT) return TRUE; - if(ctrl == CTRL_SHUTDOWN_EVENT) + if(ctrl == CTRL_SHUTDOWN_EVENT) return TRUE; return FALSE; -} +} -void initialize_handler(void){ - char buffer[2]; +void initialize_handler(void){ + char buffer[2]; /* * We assume we are running as a service if this * environment variable is defined. */ - if(GetEnvironmentVariable("ERLSRV_SERVICE_NAME",buffer, - (DWORD) 2)){ + if(GetEnvironmentVariable("ERLSRV_SERVICE_NAME",buffer, + (DWORD) 2)){ /* ** Actually set the control handler */ - SetConsoleCtrlHandler(&service_aware_handler, TRUE); - } -}

    + SetConsoleCtrlHandler(&service_aware_handler, TRUE); + } +}

    @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erts_alloc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erts_alloc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.912261878 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erts_alloc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.916261898 +0000 @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/escript_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/escript_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.940262017 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/escript_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.944262037 +0000 @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Synopsis

    -
    script-name [arg1 arg2...]

    +
    script-name [arg1 arg2...]

    @@ -143,24 +143,24 @@ $ cat factorial

    #!/usr/bin/env escript
     %% -*- erlang -*-
     %%! -sname factorial -mnesia debug verbose
    -main([String]) ->
    +main([String]) ->
         try
    -        N = list_to_integer(String),
    -        F = fac(N),
    -        io:format("factorial ~w = ~w\n", [N,F])
    +        N = list_to_integer(String),
    +        F = fac(N),
    +        io:format("factorial ~w = ~w\n", [N,F])
         catch
             _:_ ->
    -            usage()
    +            usage()
         end;
    -main(_) ->
    -    usage().
    +main(_) ->
    +    usage().
     
    -usage() ->
    -    io:format("usage: factorial integer\n"),
    -    halt(1).
    +usage() ->
    +    io:format("usage: factorial integer\n"),
    +    halt(1).
     
    -fac(0) -> 1;
    -fac(N) -> N * fac(N-1).
    $ ./factorial 5
    +fac(0) -> 1;
    +fac(N) -> N * fac(N-1).
    $ ./factorial 5
     factorial 5 = 120
     $ ./factorial
     usage: factorial integer
    @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
     If the directive is present, it must be located on the second line.

    If a comment selecting the encoding exists, it can be located on the second line.

    Note

    The encoding specified by the above mentioned comment applies to the script itself. The encoding of the I/O-server, however, must be set explicitly as -follows:

    io:setopts([{encoding, latin1}])

    The default encoding of the I/O-server for +follows:

    io:setopts([{encoding, latin1}])

    The default encoding of the I/O-server for standard_io is unicode if its supported. (see section Summary of Options) in @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ script (the pathname is usually, but not always, absolute).

    If the file contains source code (as in the example above), it is processed by the epp preprocessor. This means that you, for example, can use predefined macros (such as ?MODULE) and include directives like the -include_lib -directive. For example, use

    -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

    to include the record definitions for the records used by function +directive. For example, use

    -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

    to include the record definitions for the records used by function file:read_link_info/1. You can also select encoding by including an encoding comment here, but if a valid encoding comment exists on the second line, it takes precedence.

    The script is checked for syntactic and semantic correctness before it is run. @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ script will still be run. If there are errors, they are printed and the script will not be run and its exit status is 127.

    Both the module declaration and the export declaration of the main/1 function are optional.

    By default, the script will be compiled by the Erlang compiler.

    It is possible to force it to be interpreted by including the following line -somewhere in the script file:

    -mode(interpret).

    Execution of interpreted code is slower than compiled code, and some language +somewhere in the script file:

    -mode(interpret).

    Execution of interpreted code is slower than compiled code, and some language constructs will not work, but there is no requirement for the Erlang compiler application to be available.

    Change

    Before Erlang/OTP 27 the script would be interpreted by default.

    @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/garbagecollection.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/garbagecollection.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.964262137 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/garbagecollection.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.968262158 +0000 @@ -137,25 +137,25 @@ Creating Data

    -

    Terms are created on the heap by evaluating expressions. There are two major types of terms: immediate terms which require no heap space (small integers, atoms, pids, port ids etc) and cons or boxed terms (tuple, big num, binaries etc) that do require heap space. Immediate terms do not need any heap space because they are embedded into the containing structure.

    Let's look at an example that returns a tuple with the newly created data.

    data(Foo) ->
    -   Cons = [42|Foo],
    -   Literal = {text, "hello world!"},
    -   {tag, Cons, Literal}.

    In this example we first create a new cons cell with an integer and a tuple with some text. Then a tuple of size three wrapping the other values with an atom tag is created and returned.

    On the heap tuples require a word size for each of its elements as well as for the header. Cons cells always require two words. Adding these things together, we get seven words for the tuples and 26 words for the cons cells. The string "hello world!" is a list of cons cells and thus requires 24 words. The atom tag and the integer 42 do not require any additional heap memory since it is an immediate. Adding all the terms together, the heap space required in this example should be 33 words.

    Compiling this code to beam assembly (erlc -S) shows exactly what is happening.

    ...
    -{test_heap,6,1}.
    -{put_list,{integer,42},{x,0},{x,1}}.
    -{put_tuple,3,{x,0}}.
    -{put,{atom,tag}}.
    -{put,{x,1}}.
    -{put,{literal,{text,"hello world!"}}}.
    +

    Terms are created on the heap by evaluating expressions. There are two major types of terms: immediate terms which require no heap space (small integers, atoms, pids, port ids etc) and cons or boxed terms (tuple, big num, binaries etc) that do require heap space. Immediate terms do not need any heap space because they are embedded into the containing structure.

    Let's look at an example that returns a tuple with the newly created data.

    data(Foo) ->
    +   Cons = [42|Foo],
    +   Literal = {text, "hello world!"},
    +   {tag, Cons, Literal}.

    In this example we first create a new cons cell with an integer and a tuple with some text. Then a tuple of size three wrapping the other values with an atom tag is created and returned.

    On the heap tuples require a word size for each of its elements as well as for the header. Cons cells always require two words. Adding these things together, we get seven words for the tuples and 26 words for the cons cells. The string "hello world!" is a list of cons cells and thus requires 24 words. The atom tag and the integer 42 do not require any additional heap memory since it is an immediate. Adding all the terms together, the heap space required in this example should be 33 words.

    Compiling this code to beam assembly (erlc -S) shows exactly what is happening.

    ...
    +{test_heap,6,1}.
    +{put_list,{integer,42},{x,0},{x,1}}.
    +{put_tuple,3,{x,0}}.
    +{put,{atom,tag}}.
    +{put,{x,1}}.
    +{put,{literal,{text,"hello world!"}}}.
     return.

    Looking at the assembler code we can see three things: The heap requirement in this function turns out to be only six words, as seen by the {test_heap,6,1} instruction. All the allocations are combined to a single instruction. The bulk of the data {text, "hello world!"} is a literal. Literals, sometimes referred to as constants, are not allocated in the function since they are a part of the module and allocated at load time.

    If there is not enough space available on the heap to satisfy the test_heap instructions request for memory, then a garbage collection is initiated. It may happen immediately in the test_heap instruction, or it can be delayed until a later time depending on what state the process is in. If the garbage collection is delayed, any memory needed will be allocated in heap fragments. Heap fragments are extra memory blocks that are a part of the young heap, but are not allocated in the contiguous area where terms normally reside. See The young heap for more details.

    The collector

    -

    Erlang has a copying semi-space garbage collector. This means that when doing a garbage collection, the terms are copied from one distinct area, called the from space, to a new clean area, called the to space. The collector starts by scanning the root-set (stack, registers, etc).

    Garbage collection: initial values

    It follows all the pointers from the root-set to the heap and copies each term word by word to the to space.

    After the header word has been copied a move marker is destructively placed in it pointing to the term in the to space. Any other term that points to the already moved term will see this move marker and copy the referring pointer instead. For example, if the have the following Erlang code:

    foo(Arg) ->
    -    T = {test, Arg},
    -    {wrapper, T, T, T}.

    Only one copy of T exists on the heap and during the garbage collection only the first time T is encountered will it be copied.

    Garbage collection: root set scan

    After all terms referenced by the root-set have been copied, the collector scans the to space and copies all terms that these terms reference. When scanning, the collector steps through each term on the to space and any term still referencing the from space is copied over to the to space. Some terms contain non-term data (the payload of a on heap binary for instance). When encountered by the collector, these values are simply skipped.

    Garbage collection: heap scan

    Every term object we can reach is copied to the to space and stored on top off the scan stop line, and then the scan stop is moved to the end of the last object.

    Garbage collection: heap scan

    When scan stop marker catches up to the scan start marker, the garbage collection is done. At this point we can deallocate the entire from space and therefore reclaim the entire young heap.

    +

    Erlang has a copying semi-space garbage collector. This means that when doing a garbage collection, the terms are copied from one distinct area, called the from space, to a new clean area, called the to space. The collector starts by scanning the root-set (stack, registers, etc).

    Garbage collection: initial values

    It follows all the pointers from the root-set to the heap and copies each term word by word to the to space.

    After the header word has been copied a move marker is destructively placed in it pointing to the term in the to space. Any other term that points to the already moved term will see this move marker and copy the referring pointer instead. For example, if the have the following Erlang code:

    foo(Arg) ->
    +    T = {test, Arg},
    +    {wrapper, T, T, T}.

    Only one copy of T exists on the heap and during the garbage collection only the first time T is encountered will it be copied.

    Garbage collection: root set scan

    After all terms referenced by the root-set have been copied, the collector scans the to space and copies all terms that these terms reference. When scanning, the collector steps through each term on the to space and any term still referencing the from space is copied over to the to space. Some terms contain non-term data (the payload of a on heap binary for instance). When encountered by the collector, these values are simply skipped.

    Garbage collection: heap scan

    Every term object we can reach is copied to the to space and stored on top off the scan stop line, and then the scan stop is moved to the end of the last object.

    Garbage collection: heap scan

    When scan stop marker catches up to the scan start marker, the garbage collection is done. At this point we can deallocate the entire from space and therefore reclaim the entire young heap.

    @@ -179,11 +179,11 @@ Literals

    -

    When garbage collecting a heap (young or old) all literals are left in place and not copied. To figure out if a term should be copied or not when doing a garbage collection the following pseudo code is used:

    if (erts_is_literal(ptr) || (on_old_heap(ptr) && !fullsweep)) {
    +

    When garbage collecting a heap (young or old) all literals are left in place and not copied. To figure out if a term should be copied or not when doing a garbage collection the following pseudo code is used:

    if (erts_is_literal(ptr) || (on_old_heap(ptr) && !fullsweep)) {
       /* literal or non fullsweep - do not copy */
    -} else {
    -  copy(ptr);
    -}

    The erts_is_literal check works differently on different architectures and operating systems.

    On 64 bit systems that allow mapping of unreserved virtual memory areas (most operating systems except Windows), an area of size 1 GB (by default) is mapped and then all literals are placed within that area. Then all that has to be done to determine if something is a literal or not is two quick pointer checks. This system relies on the fact that a memory page that has not been touched yet does not take any actual space. So even if 1 GB of virtual memory is mapped, only the memory which is actually needed for literals is allocated in ram. The size of the literal area is configurable through the +MIscs erts_alloc option.

    On 32 bit systems, there is not enough virtual memory space to allocate 1 GB for just literals, so instead small 256 KB sized literal regions are created on demand and a card mark bit-array of the entire 32 bit memory space is then used to determine if a term is a literal or not. Since the total memory space is only 32 bits, the card mark bit-array is only 256 words large. On a 64 bit system the same bit-array would have to be 1 tera words large, so this technique is only viable on 32 bit systems. Doing lookups in the array is a little more expensive then just doing the pointer checks that can be done in 64 bit systems, but not extremely so.

    On 64 bit windows, on which erts_alloc cannot do unreserved virtual memory mappings, a special tag within the Erlang term object is used to determine if something is a literal or not. This is very cheap, however, the tag is only available on 64 bit machines, and it is possible to do a great deal of other nice optimizations with this tag in the future (like for instance a more compact list implementation) so it is not used on operating systems where it is not needed.

    This behaviour is different from how it worked prior to Erlang/OTP 19.0. Before 19.0 the literal check was done by checking if the pointer pointed to the young or old heap block. If it did not, then it was considered a literal. This lead to considerable overhead and strange memory usage scenarios, so it was removed in 19.0.

    +} else { + copy(ptr); +}

    The erts_is_literal check works differently on different architectures and operating systems.

    On 64 bit systems that allow mapping of unreserved virtual memory areas (most operating systems except Windows), an area of size 1 GB (by default) is mapped and then all literals are placed within that area. Then all that has to be done to determine if something is a literal or not is two quick pointer checks. This system relies on the fact that a memory page that has not been touched yet does not take any actual space. So even if 1 GB of virtual memory is mapped, only the memory which is actually needed for literals is allocated in ram. The size of the literal area is configurable through the +MIscs erts_alloc option.

    On 32 bit systems, there is not enough virtual memory space to allocate 1 GB for just literals, so instead small 256 KB sized literal regions are created on demand and a card mark bit-array of the entire 32 bit memory space is then used to determine if a term is a literal or not. Since the total memory space is only 32 bits, the card mark bit-array is only 256 words large. On a 64 bit system the same bit-array would have to be 1 tera words large, so this technique is only viable on 32 bit systems. Doing lookups in the array is a little more expensive then just doing the pointer checks that can be done in 64 bit systems, but not extremely so.

    On 64 bit windows, on which erts_alloc cannot do unreserved virtual memory mappings, a special tag within the Erlang term object is used to determine if something is a literal or not. This is very cheap, however, the tag is only available on 64 bit machines, and it is possible to do a great deal of other nice optimizations with this tag in the future (like for instance a more compact list implementation) so it is not used on operating systems where it is not needed.

    This behaviour is different from how it worked prior to Erlang/OTP 19.0. Before 19.0 the literal check was done by checking if the pointer pointed to the young or old heap block. If it did not, then it was considered a literal. This lead to considerable overhead and strange memory usage scenarios, so it was removed in 19.0.

    @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/inet_cfg.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/inet_cfg.html 2025-01-25 10:23:26.996262297 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/inet_cfg.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.004262337 +0000 @@ -165,11 +165,11 @@ The user configuration file is always examined last in the configuration process, making it possible for the user to override any default values or previously made settings. Call inet:get_rc() to view the state of the inet -configuration database.

    The valid configuration parameters are as follows:

    • {file, Format, File}.
      -  Format = atom()
      -  File = string()

      Specify a system file that Erlang is to read configuration data from. Format -tells the parser how the file is to be interpreted:

      • resolv (Unix resolv.conf)
      • host_conf_freebsd (FreeBSD host.conf)
      • host_conf_bsdos (BSDOS host.conf)
      • host_conf_linux (Linux host.conf)
      • nsswitch_conf (Unix nsswitch.conf)
      • hosts (Unix hosts)

      File is to specify the filename with full path.

    • {resolv_conf, File}.
      -  File = string()

      Specify a system file that Erlang is to read resolver configuration from for +configuration database.

      The valid configuration parameters are as follows:

      • {file, Format, File}.
        +  Format = atom()
        +  File = string()

        Specify a system file that Erlang is to read configuration data from. Format +tells the parser how the file is to be interpreted:

        • resolv (Unix resolv.conf)
        • host_conf_freebsd (FreeBSD host.conf)
        • host_conf_bsdos (BSDOS host.conf)
        • host_conf_linux (Linux host.conf)
        • nsswitch_conf (Unix nsswitch.conf)
        • hosts (Unix hosts)

        File is to specify the filename with full path.

      • {resolv_conf, File}.
        +  File = string()

        Specify a system file that Erlang is to read resolver configuration from for the internal DNS client inet_res, and monitor for changes, even if it does not exist. The path must be absolute.

        This can override the configuration parameters nameserver and search depending on the contents of the specified file. They can also change any time @@ -177,61 +177,61 @@ in the future. This emulates the old behavior of not configuring the DNS client when the node is started in short name distributed mode.

        If this parameter is not specified, it defaults to /etc/resolv.conf unless environment variable ERL_INET_ETC_DIR is set, which defines the directory -for this file to some maybe other than /etc.

      • {hosts_file, File}.
        -  File = string()

        Specify a system file that Erlang is to read resolver configuration from for +for this file to some maybe other than /etc.

      • {hosts_file, File}.
        +  File = string()

        Specify a system file that Erlang is to read resolver configuration from for the internal hosts file resolver, and monitor for changes, even if it does not exist. The path must be absolute.

        These host entries are searched after all added with {file, hosts, File} above or {host, IP, Aliases} below when lookup option file is used.

        If the file is specified as an empty string "", no file is read or monitored in the future. This emulates the old behavior of not configuring the DNS client when the node is started in short name distributed mode.

        If this parameter is not specified, it defaults to /etc/hosts unless environment variable ERL_INET_ETC_DIR is set, which defines the directory -for this file to some maybe other than /etc.

      • {registry, Type}.
        -  Type = atom()

        Specify a system registry that Erlang is to read configuration data from. -win32 is the only valid option.

      • {host, IP, Aliases}.
        -  IP = tuple()

        Aliases = [string()]

        Add host entry to the hosts table.

      • {domain, Domain}.
        -  Domain = string()

        Set domain name.

      • {nameserver, IP [,Port]}.
        -  IP = tuple()
        -  Port = integer()

        Add address (and port, if other than default) of the primary nameserver to use -for inet_res.

      • {alt_nameserver, IP [,Port]}.
        -  IP = tuple()
        -  Port = integer()

        Add address (and port, if other than default) of the secondary nameserver for -inet_res.

      • {search, Domains}.
        -  Domains = [string()]

        Add search domains for inet_res.

      • {lookup, Methods}.
        -  Methods = [atom()]

        Specify lookup methods and in which order to try them. The valid methods are +for this file to some maybe other than /etc.

      • {registry, Type}.
        +  Type = atom()

        Specify a system registry that Erlang is to read configuration data from. +win32 is the only valid option.

      • {host, IP, Aliases}.
        +  IP = tuple()

        Aliases = [string()]

        Add host entry to the hosts table.

      • {domain, Domain}.
        +  Domain = string()

        Set domain name.

      • {nameserver, IP [,Port]}.
        +  IP = tuple()
        +  Port = integer()

        Add address (and port, if other than default) of the primary nameserver to use +for inet_res.

      • {alt_nameserver, IP [,Port]}.
        +  IP = tuple()
        +  Port = integer()

        Add address (and port, if other than default) of the secondary nameserver for +inet_res.

      • {search, Domains}.
        +  Domains = [string()]

        Add search domains for inet_res.

      • {lookup, Methods}.
        +  Methods = [atom()]

        Specify lookup methods and in which order to try them. The valid methods are as follows:

        • native (use system calls)
        • file (use host data retrieved from system configuration files and/or the user configuration file)
        • dns (use the Erlang DNS client inet_res for nameserver queries)

        The lookup method string tries to parse the hostname as an IPv4 or IPv6 string and return the resulting IP address. It is automatically tried first when native is not in the Methods list. To skip it in this case, the pseudo lookup method nostring can be inserted anywhere in the Methods -list.

      • {cache_size, Size}.
        -  Size = integer()

        Set the resolver cache size for dns lookups. native lookups are not -cached. Defaults to 100 DNS records.

      • {cache_refresh, Time}.
        -  Time = integer()

        Set how often (in milliseconds) the resolver cache for inet_res is -refreshed (that is, expired DNS records are deleted). Defaults to 1 hour.

      • {timeout, Time}.
        -  Time = integer()

        Set the time to wait until retry (in milliseconds) for DNS queries made by -inet_res. Defaults to 2 seconds.

      • {retry, N}.
        -  N = integer()

        Set the number of DNS queries inet_res will try before giving up. Defaults -to 3.

      • {servfail_retry_timeout, Time}.
        -  Time = non_neg_integer()

        After all name servers have been tried, there is a timeout before the name +list.

      • {cache_size, Size}.
        +  Size = integer()

        Set the resolver cache size for dns lookups. native lookups are not +cached. Defaults to 100 DNS records.

      • {cache_refresh, Time}.
        +  Time = integer()

        Set how often (in milliseconds) the resolver cache for inet_res is +refreshed (that is, expired DNS records are deleted). Defaults to 1 hour.

      • {timeout, Time}.
        +  Time = integer()

        Set the time to wait until retry (in milliseconds) for DNS queries made by +inet_res. Defaults to 2 seconds.

      • {retry, N}.
        +  N = integer()

        Set the number of DNS queries inet_res will try before giving up. Defaults +to 3.

      • {servfail_retry_timeout, Time}.
        +  Time = non_neg_integer()

        After all name servers have been tried, there is a timeout before the name servers are tried again. This is to prevent the server from answering the query with what's in the servfail cache, inet_res. Defaults to 1500 milli -seconds .

      • {inet6, Bool}.
        +seconds .

      • {inet6, Bool}.
           Bool = true | false

        Tells the DNS client inet_res to look up IPv6 addresses. Defaults to -false.

      • {usevc, Bool}.
        +false.

      • {usevc, Bool}.
           Bool = true | false

        Tells the DNS client inet_res to use TCP (Virtual Circuit) instead of UDP. -Defaults to false.

      • {edns, Version}.
        +Defaults to false.

      • {edns, Version}.
           Version = false | 0

        Sets the EDNS version that inet_res will use. The only allowed version is -zero. Defaults to false, which means not to use EDNS.

      • {udp_payload_size, Size}.
        -  N = integer()

        Sets the allowed UDP payload size inet_res will advertise in EDNS queries. +zero. Defaults to false, which means not to use EDNS.

      • {udp_payload_size, Size}.
        +  N = integer()

        Sets the allowed UDP payload size inet_res will advertise in EDNS queries. Also sets the limit when the DNS query will be deemed too large for UDP forcing a TCP query instead; this is not entirely correct, as the advertised UDP payload size of the individual nameserver is what is to be used, but this simple strategy will do until a more intelligent (probing, caching) algorithm needs to be implemented. Default to 1280, which stems from the standard -Ethernet MTU size.

      • {udp, Module}.
        -  Module = atom()

        Tell Erlang to use another primitive UDP module than inet_udp.

      • {tcp, Module}.
        -  Module = atom()

        Tell Erlang to use another primitive TCP module than inet_tcp.

      • clear_hosts.

        Clear the hosts table.

      • clear_ns.

        Clear the list of recorded nameservers (primary and secondary).

      • clear_search.

        Clear the list of search domains.

      +Ethernet MTU size.

    • {udp, Module}.
      +  Module = atom()

      Tell Erlang to use another primitive UDP module than inet_udp.

    • {tcp, Module}.
      +  Module = atom()

      Tell Erlang to use another primitive TCP module than inet_tcp.

    • clear_hosts.

      Clear the hosts table.

    • clear_ns.

      Clear the list of recorded nameservers (primary and secondary).

    • clear_search.

      Clear the list of search domains.

    @@ -246,19 +246,19 @@ (in this example named erl_inetrc, stored in directory ./cfg_files) can then look as follows (Unix):

    %% -- ERLANG INET CONFIGURATION FILE --
     %% read the hosts file
    -{file, hosts, "/etc/hosts"}.
    +{file, hosts, "/etc/hosts"}.
     %% add a particular host
    -{host, {134,138,177,105}, ["finwe"]}.
    +{host, {134,138,177,105}, ["finwe"]}.
     %% do not monitor the hosts file
    -{hosts_file, ""}.
    +{hosts_file, ""}.
     %% read and monitor nameserver config from here
    -{resolv_conf, "/usr/local/etc/resolv.conf"}.
    +{resolv_conf, "/usr/local/etc/resolv.conf"}.
     %% enable EDNS
    -{edns,0}.
    +{edns,0}.
     %% disable caching
    -{cache_size, 0}.
    +{cache_size, 0}.
     %% specify lookup method
    -{lookup, [file, dns]}.

    And Erlang can, for example, be started as follows:

    % erl -sname my_node -kernel inetrc '"./cfg_files/erl_inetrc"'
    +{lookup, [file, dns]}.

    And Erlang can, for example, be started as follows:

    % erl -sname my_node -kernel inetrc '"./cfg_files/erl_inetrc"'
    @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/init.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/init.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.028262456 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/init.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.036262497 +0000 @@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ initialization process.

  • -extra - Everything following -extra is considered plain arguments and can be retrieved using get_plain_arguments/0.

    Example:

    % erl -extra +A 1 --
     ...
    -1> init:get_plain_arguments().
    -["+A","1","--"]

    The -extra flag can be passed on the command line, through ERL_*FLAGS or +1> init:get_plain_arguments(). +["+A","1","--"]

  • The -extra flag can be passed on the command line, through ERL_*FLAGS or -args_file. It only effects the remaining command-line flags in the entity in which it is passed. If multiple -extra flags are passed they are concatenated using the same order rules as ERL_*FLAGS or -args_file in @@ -216,13 +216,13 @@

    % erl -- a b -children thomas claire -ages 7 3 -- x y
     ...
     
    -1> init:get_plain_arguments().
    -["a","b","x","y"]
    -2> init:get_argument(children).
    -{ok,[["thomas","claire"]]}
    -3> init:get_argument(ages).
    -{ok, [["7","3"]]}
    -4> init:get_argument(silly).
    +1> init:get_plain_arguments().
    +["a","b","x","y"]
    +2> init:get_argument(children).
    +{ok,[["thomas","claire"]]}
    +3> init:get_argument(ages).
    +{ok, [["7","3"]]}
    +4> init:get_argument(silly).
     error

    @@ -524,12 +524,12 @@

    Returns all values associated with the command-line user flag Flag.

    If Flag is provided several times, each Values is returned in preserved order. Example:

    % erl -a b c -a d
     ...
    -1> init:get_argument(a).
    -{ok,[["b","c"],["d"]]}

    The following flags are defined automatically and can be retrieved using this +1> init:get_argument(a). +{ok,[["b","c"],["d"]]}

    The following flags are defined automatically and can be retrieved using this function:

    Returns error if no value is associated with Flag.

    +{ok,[["/usr/local/otp/releases/otp_beam_solaris8_r10b_patched"]]}
  • progname - The name of the program which started Erlang:

    3> init:get_argument(progname).
    +{ok,[["erl"]]}
  • home - The home directory (on Unix, the value of $HOME):

    4> init:get_argument(home).
    +{ok,[["/home/harry"]]}
  • Returns error if no value is associated with Flag.

    @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/introduction.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.056262597 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.060262616 +0000 @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/match_spec.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/match_spec.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.088262756 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/match_spec.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.092262777 +0000 @@ -371,70 +371,70 @@ Tracing Examples -

    Match an argument list of three, where the first and third arguments are equal:

    [{['$1', '_', '$1'],
    -  [],
    -  []}]

    Match an argument list of three, where the second argument is a number > 3:

    [{['_', '$1', '_'],
    -  [{ '>', '$1', 3}],
    -  []}]

    Match an argument list of three, where the third argument is either a tuple +

    Match an argument list of three, where the first and third arguments are equal:

    [{['$1', '_', '$1'],
    +  [],
    +  []}]

    Match an argument list of three, where the second argument is a number > 3:

    [{['_', '$1', '_'],
    +  [{ '>', '$1', 3}],
    +  []}]

    Match an argument list of three, where the third argument is either a tuple containing argument one and two, or a list beginning with argument one and two -(that is, [a,b,[a,b,c]] or [a,b,{a,b}]):

    [{['$1', '$2', '$3'],
    -  [{'orelse',
    -      {'=:=', '$3', {{'$1','$2'}}},
    -      {'and',
    -        {'=:=', '$1', {hd, '$3'}},
    -        {'=:=', '$2', {hd, {tl, '$3'}}}}}],
    -  []}]

    The above problem can also be solved as follows:

    [{['$1', '$2', {'$1', '$2}], [], []},
    - {['$1', '$2', ['$1', '$2' | '_']], [], []}]

    Match two arguments, where the first is a tuple beginning with a list that in +(that is, [a,b,[a,b,c]] or [a,b,{a,b}]):

    [{['$1', '$2', '$3'],
    +  [{'orelse',
    +      {'=:=', '$3', {{'$1','$2'}}},
    +      {'and',
    +        {'=:=', '$1', {hd, '$3'}},
    +        {'=:=', '$2', {hd, {tl, '$3'}}}}}],
    +  []}]

    The above problem can also be solved as follows:

    [{['$1', '$2', {'$1', '$2}], [], []},
    + {['$1', '$2', ['$1', '$2' | '_']], [], []}]

    Match two arguments, where the first is a tuple beginning with a list that in turn begins with the second argument times two (that is, [{[4,x],y},2] or -[{[8], y, z},4]):

    [{['$1', '$2'],[{'=:=', {'*', 2, '$2'}, {hd, {element, 1, '$1'}}}],
    -  []}]

    Match three arguments. When all three are equal and are numbers, append the +[{[8], y, z},4]):

    [{['$1', '$2'],[{'=:=', {'*', 2, '$2'}, {hd, {element, 1, '$1'}}}],
    +  []}]

    Match three arguments. When all three are equal and are numbers, append the process dump to the trace message, otherwise let the trace message be "as is", -but set the sequential trace token label to 4711:

    [{['$1', '$1', '$1'],
    -  [{is_number, '$1'}],
    -  [{message, {process_dump}}]},
    - {'_', [], [{set_seq_token, label, 4711}]}]

    As can be noted above, the parameter list can be matched against a single +but set the sequential trace token label to 4711:

    [{['$1', '$1', '$1'],
    +  [{is_number, '$1'}],
    +  [{message, {process_dump}}]},
    + {'_', [], [{set_seq_token, label, 4711}]}]

    As can be noted above, the parameter list can be matched against a single MatchVariable or an '_'. To replace the whole parameter list with a single variable is a special case. In all other cases the MatchHead must be a -proper list.

    Generate a trace message only if the trace control word is set to 1:

    [{'_',
    -  [{'==',{get_tcw},{const, 1}}],
    -  []}]

    Generate a trace message only if there is a seq_trace token:

    [{'_',
    -  [{'==',{is_seq_trace},{const, 1}}],
    -  []}]

    Remove the 'silent' trace flag when the first argument is 'verbose', and add -it when it is 'silent':

    [{'$1',
    -  [{'==',{hd, '$1'},verbose}],
    -  [{trace, [silent],[]}]},
    - {'$1',
    -  [{'==',{hd, '$1'},silent}],
    -  [{trace, [],[silent]}]}]

    Add a return_trace message if the function is of arity 3:

    [{'$1',
    -  [{'==',{length, '$1'},3}],
    -  [{return_trace}]},
    - {'_',[],[]}]

    Generate a trace message only if the function is of arity 3 and the first -argument is 'trace':

    [{['trace','$2','$3'],
    -  [],
    -  []},
    - {'_',[],[]}]

    +proper list.

    Generate a trace message only if the trace control word is set to 1:

    [{'_',
    +  [{'==',{get_tcw},{const, 1}}],
    +  []}]

    Generate a trace message only if there is a seq_trace token:

    [{'_',
    +  [{'==',{is_seq_trace},{const, 1}}],
    +  []}]

    Remove the 'silent' trace flag when the first argument is 'verbose', and add +it when it is 'silent':

    [{'$1',
    +  [{'==',{hd, '$1'},verbose}],
    +  [{trace, [silent],[]}]},
    + {'$1',
    +  [{'==',{hd, '$1'},silent}],
    +  [{trace, [],[silent]}]}]

    Add a return_trace message if the function is of arity 3:

    [{'$1',
    +  [{'==',{length, '$1'},3}],
    +  [{return_trace}]},
    + {'_',[],[]}]

    Generate a trace message only if the function is of arity 3 and the first +argument is 'trace':

    [{['trace','$2','$3'],
    +  [],
    +  []},
    + {'_',[],[]}]

    ETS Examples

    Match all objects in an ETS table, where the first element is the atom -'strider' and the tuple arity is 3, and return the whole object:

    [{{strider,'_','_'},
    -  [],
    -  ['$_']}]

    Match all objects in an ETS table with arity > 1 and the first element is -'gandalf', and return element 2:

    [{'$1',
    -  [{'==', gandalf, {element, 1, '$1'}},{'>=',{size, '$1'},2}],
    -  [{element,2,'$1'}]}]

    In this example, if the first element had been the key, it is much more +'strider' and the tuple arity is 3, and return the whole object:

    [{{strider,'_','_'},
    +  [],
    +  ['$_']}]

    Match all objects in an ETS table with arity > 1 and the first element is +'gandalf', and return element 2:

    [{'$1',
    +  [{'==', gandalf, {element, 1, '$1'}},{'>=',{size, '$1'},2}],
    +  [{element,2,'$1'}]}]

    In this example, if the first element had been the key, it is much more efficient to match that key in the MatchHead part than in the MatchConditions part. The search space of the tables is restricted with regards to the MatchHead so that only objects with the matching key are searched.

    Match tuples of three elements, where the second element is either 'merry' or -'pippin', and return the whole objects:

    [{{'_',merry,'_'},
    -  [],
    -  ['$_']},
    - {{'_',pippin,'_'},
    -  [],
    -  ['$_']}]

    Function ets:test_ms/2 can be useful for testing complicated ETS matches.

    +'pippin', and return the whole objects:

    [{{'_',merry,'_'},
    +  [],
    +  ['$_']},
    + {{'_',pippin,'_'},
    +  [],
    +  ['$_']}]

    Function ets:test_ms/2 can be useful for testing complicated ETS matches.

    @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.228263455 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.236263495 +0000 @@ -173,8 +173,8 @@ Fixed Bugs and Malfunctions -
    • The erl -man example has been corrected to not consider values set in ERL_ZFLAGS and stop parsing arguments when a -- is encountered.

      Own Id: OTP-19098 Aux Id: PR-8478

    • Compiler warnings for Windows I/O back-end have been silenced.

      Own Id: OTP-19113

    • Bugs related to return_to trace have been fixed. It did not work for more than once trace session and it did sometimes not trigger for exceptions.

      Own Id: OTP-19122

    • Potential deadlocks while writing a crash dump have been eliminated.

      Own Id: OTP-19133 Aux Id: PR-8521, GH-8498

    • When loading a damaged or too old BEAM file, the runtime system could crash.

      Own Id: OTP-19153 Aux Id: PR-8623

    • A scheduler thread could get stuck when deleting a memory allocator carrier when adjacent carriers were deleted and/or inserted simultaneously by other schedulers. This in turn could cause the other schedulers to get stuck as well.

      Own Id: OTP-19154 Aux Id: GH-8613, PR-8627

    • Statistics for number of carriers in a shared pool after calling instrument:allocations or instrument:carriers are now correct. Also, a potential bug in carrier block scanning was eliminated.

      Own Id: OTP-19166 Aux Id: PR-8636

    • A race in the kTLS flavour of SSL distribution has been fixed so that inet_drv.c doesn't read ahead too much data, which could cause the kTLS encryption to be activated too late when some encrypted data had already been read into the inet_drv.c buffer as unencrypted.

      Own Id: OTP-19175 Aux Id: GH-8561, PR-8690

    • Fixed an emulator crash relating to compressed ETS tables.

      Own Id: OTP-19176 Aux Id: PR-8683

    • A function (encode_sockaddr) was called with superfluous argument, on Windows, in the net nif.

      Own Id: OTP-19181

    • Fixed a crash that could happen on reallocation failure.

      Own Id: OTP-19192

    • Man pages are now available for erl, erlc, dialyzer, and all other programs that are included in Erlang/OTP.

      Own Id: OTP-19201 Aux Id: PR-8740

    • A previous correction in the Erlang/OTP 27.0.1 emergency patch had the unfortunate side effect of sometimes causing an unnecessary fullsweep (major) garbage collection instead of a generation (minor) garbage collection. This has been corrected.

      Own Id: OTP-19209 Aux Id: PR-8751, PR-8539

    • Fixed trace matchspec functions trace and enable_trace to use the session tracer when enabling trace flags on untraced processes.

      Own Id: OTP-19211 Aux Id: GH-8657

    • Fixed a typo in the type spec for erlang:garbage_collection_defaults/0.

      Own Id: OTP-19215 Aux Id: PR-8757

    • Corrected socket:ioctl for genaddr (SIOCGENADDR).

      Own Id: OTP-19216

    • The support for Transparent Huge Pages has been disabled on non-amd64 Linux systems.

      Own Id: OTP-19219 Aux Id: PR-8702

    • Fixed a race condition on Windows when upgrading from -noshell to a shell that would cause Erlang to crash with the error:

      {&#href_anchor"p">,
      -  'The I/O operation has been aborted because of either a thread exit or an application request.'}.

      Own Id: OTP-19220 Aux Id: PR-8774

    +
    • The erl -man example has been corrected to not consider values set in ERL_ZFLAGS and stop parsing arguments when a -- is encountered.

      Own Id: OTP-19098 Aux Id: PR-8478

    • Compiler warnings for Windows I/O back-end have been silenced.

      Own Id: OTP-19113

    • Bugs related to return_to trace have been fixed. It did not work for more than once trace session and it did sometimes not trigger for exceptions.

      Own Id: OTP-19122

    • Potential deadlocks while writing a crash dump have been eliminated.

      Own Id: OTP-19133 Aux Id: PR-8521, GH-8498

    • When loading a damaged or too old BEAM file, the runtime system could crash.

      Own Id: OTP-19153 Aux Id: PR-8623

    • A scheduler thread could get stuck when deleting a memory allocator carrier when adjacent carriers were deleted and/or inserted simultaneously by other schedulers. This in turn could cause the other schedulers to get stuck as well.

      Own Id: OTP-19154 Aux Id: GH-8613, PR-8627

    • Statistics for number of carriers in a shared pool after calling instrument:allocations or instrument:carriers are now correct. Also, a potential bug in carrier block scanning was eliminated.

      Own Id: OTP-19166 Aux Id: PR-8636

    • A race in the kTLS flavour of SSL distribution has been fixed so that inet_drv.c doesn't read ahead too much data, which could cause the kTLS encryption to be activated too late when some encrypted data had already been read into the inet_drv.c buffer as unencrypted.

      Own Id: OTP-19175 Aux Id: GH-8561, PR-8690

    • Fixed an emulator crash relating to compressed ETS tables.

      Own Id: OTP-19176 Aux Id: PR-8683

    • A function (encode_sockaddr) was called with superfluous argument, on Windows, in the net nif.

      Own Id: OTP-19181

    • Fixed a crash that could happen on reallocation failure.

      Own Id: OTP-19192

    • Man pages are now available for erl, erlc, dialyzer, and all other programs that are included in Erlang/OTP.

      Own Id: OTP-19201 Aux Id: PR-8740

    • A previous correction in the Erlang/OTP 27.0.1 emergency patch had the unfortunate side effect of sometimes causing an unnecessary fullsweep (major) garbage collection instead of a generation (minor) garbage collection. This has been corrected.

      Own Id: OTP-19209 Aux Id: PR-8751, PR-8539

    • Fixed trace matchspec functions trace and enable_trace to use the session tracer when enabling trace flags on untraced processes.

      Own Id: OTP-19211 Aux Id: GH-8657

    • Fixed a typo in the type spec for erlang:garbage_collection_defaults/0.

      Own Id: OTP-19215 Aux Id: PR-8757

    • Corrected socket:ioctl for genaddr (SIOCGENADDR).

      Own Id: OTP-19216

    • The support for Transparent Huge Pages has been disabled on non-amd64 Linux systems.

      Own Id: OTP-19219 Aux Id: PR-8702

    • Fixed a race condition on Windows when upgrading from -noshell to a shell that would cause Erlang to crash with the error:

      {&#href_anchor"p">,
      +  'The I/O operation has been aborted because of either a thread exit or an application request.'}.

      Own Id: OTP-19220 Aux Id: PR-8774

    @@ -211,17 +211,17 @@ Improvements and New Features

    -
    • Refactored how the JIT handles POSIX signals and how they affect thread stacks, allowing us to use the native stack register for Erlang stacks on more platforms.

      Notably, containers built on 64-bit x86 Alpine Linux images will now perform much better in sequential code. As an example, running dialyzer over the OTP code base finishes about 15% quicker.

      Own Id: OTP-18568 Aux Id: PR-7174

    • The instrument module can now track allocations on a per-process or per-port basis.

      Own Id: OTP-18577 Aux Id: PR-7236

    • The pid field returned from erlang:fun_info/1,2 is now always the pid for the init process of the local node, not the pid for the actual process that created the fun.

      POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

      Own Id: OTP-18594 Aux Id: PR-7274

    • By default, escripts will now be compiled instead of interpreted. That means that the compiler application must be installed.

      POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

      Own Id: OTP-18639 Aux Id: PR-7348

    • A binary returned from the socket receive functions is no longer created as a sub binary of an often large receive buffer binary (socket option {otp,rcvbuf}). This avoids space waste, trusting the allocators to implement reallocation efficiently.

      Own Id: OTP-18642 Aux Id: GH-6152, PR-7465

    • The default process limit has been raised to 1048576 processes.

      Own Id: OTP-18699 Aux Id: PR-7388

    • The erlang:system_monitor/2 functionality is now able to monitor long message queues in the system.

      Own Id: OTP-18709 Aux Id: PR-7651

    • The erl command now supports the -S flag, which is similar to the -run flag, except that it will pass all arguments up to end of the command line to the called function. (The -run flag will not pass arguments beginning with a hyphen.) Another difference is that -S will always call a function with one argument, passing an empty list if no arguments were given.

      Own Id: OTP-18744 Aux Id: PR-7470

    • When implementing an alternative carrier for the Erlang distribution, a separate input handler process may now be registered, using erlang:dist_ctrl_input_handler/2, also in the case when the distribution controller is a port.

      Own Id: OTP-18774 Aux Id: PR-7110

    • The call stack trace has now been added to the error reported by erlang:process_flag/2 when max_heap_size limit has been exceeded.

      Own Id: OTP-18779 Aux Id: PR-7592

    • -callback attributes have been added to erl_tracer.

      Own Id: OTP-18794 Aux Id: PR-7703

    • For inet_backend = socket, setting the active socket option alone, to once, true or N has been optimized, as well as the corresponding data delivery.

      Own Id: OTP-18835

    • New functions socket:sendv/* for sending I/O vectors have been added.

      Own Id: OTP-18845

    • Socket options that take string now also accept binaries.

      Own Id: OTP-18849 Aux Id: PR-6510

    • Native coverage support has been implemented in the JIT. It will automatically be used by the cover tool to reduce the execution overhead when running cover-compiled code.

      There are also new APIs to support native coverage without using the cover tool.

      To instrument code for native coverage it must be compiled with the line_coverage option.

      To enable native coverage in the runtime system, start it like so:

      $ erl +JPcover true

      There are also the following new functions for supporting native coverage:

      Own Id: OTP-18856 Aux Id: PR-7856

    • Changed the default value of the command line flag -code_path_choice to strict.

      Note that for application systems using archives, it is necessary to add the code_path_choice relaxed to the command line that invokes erl.

      Own Id: OTP-18894 Aux Id: PR-7243

    • Added module loading to erl -init_debug printouts.

      Own Id: OTP-18929 Aux Id: PR-8004

    • When the runtime system halts, it performs various flush operations before terminating. By default there is no limit on how much time the flush operations are allowed to take. A new halt flush timeout functionality has been introduced which can be used for limiting the amount of time that the flushing operations are allowed to take. For more information see the documentation of the flush_timeout option of the erlang:halt/2 BIF and the documentation of the erl +zhft <Timeout> command line flag.

      Own Id: OTP-18938 Aux Id: PR-8035, GH-7438

    • Optimized code loading by moving certain operations from the code server to the caller.

      Own Id: OTP-18941 Aux Id: PR-7981

    • Updated asmjit to version a465fe71ab3d0e224b2b4bd0fac69ae68ab9239d

      Own Id: OTP-18942

    • The deprecated functions in zlib have been removed. That includes inflateChunk/{1,2}, getBufSize/1, setBufSize/2, the CRC32 functions, and the Adler checksum functions.

      Own Id: OTP-18950

    • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

      Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

    • Safe destructive update of tuples has been implemented in the compiler and runtime system. This allows the VM to update tuples in-place when it is safe to do so, thus improving performance by doing less copying but also by producing less garbage.

      Example:

      -record(rec, {a,b,c}).
      +
      • Refactored how the JIT handles POSIX signals and how they affect thread stacks, allowing us to use the native stack register for Erlang stacks on more platforms.

        Notably, containers built on 64-bit x86 Alpine Linux images will now perform much better in sequential code. As an example, running dialyzer over the OTP code base finishes about 15% quicker.

        Own Id: OTP-18568 Aux Id: PR-7174

      • The instrument module can now track allocations on a per-process or per-port basis.

        Own Id: OTP-18577 Aux Id: PR-7236

      • The pid field returned from erlang:fun_info/1,2 is now always the pid for the init process of the local node, not the pid for the actual process that created the fun.

        POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

        Own Id: OTP-18594 Aux Id: PR-7274

      • By default, escripts will now be compiled instead of interpreted. That means that the compiler application must be installed.

        POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

        Own Id: OTP-18639 Aux Id: PR-7348

      • A binary returned from the socket receive functions is no longer created as a sub binary of an often large receive buffer binary (socket option {otp,rcvbuf}). This avoids space waste, trusting the allocators to implement reallocation efficiently.

        Own Id: OTP-18642 Aux Id: GH-6152, PR-7465

      • The default process limit has been raised to 1048576 processes.

        Own Id: OTP-18699 Aux Id: PR-7388

      • The erlang:system_monitor/2 functionality is now able to monitor long message queues in the system.

        Own Id: OTP-18709 Aux Id: PR-7651

      • The erl command now supports the -S flag, which is similar to the -run flag, except that it will pass all arguments up to end of the command line to the called function. (The -run flag will not pass arguments beginning with a hyphen.) Another difference is that -S will always call a function with one argument, passing an empty list if no arguments were given.

        Own Id: OTP-18744 Aux Id: PR-7470

      • When implementing an alternative carrier for the Erlang distribution, a separate input handler process may now be registered, using erlang:dist_ctrl_input_handler/2, also in the case when the distribution controller is a port.

        Own Id: OTP-18774 Aux Id: PR-7110

      • The call stack trace has now been added to the error reported by erlang:process_flag/2 when max_heap_size limit has been exceeded.

        Own Id: OTP-18779 Aux Id: PR-7592

      • -callback attributes have been added to erl_tracer.

        Own Id: OTP-18794 Aux Id: PR-7703

      • For inet_backend = socket, setting the active socket option alone, to once, true or N has been optimized, as well as the corresponding data delivery.

        Own Id: OTP-18835

      • New functions socket:sendv/* for sending I/O vectors have been added.

        Own Id: OTP-18845

      • Socket options that take string now also accept binaries.

        Own Id: OTP-18849 Aux Id: PR-6510

      • Native coverage support has been implemented in the JIT. It will automatically be used by the cover tool to reduce the execution overhead when running cover-compiled code.

        There are also new APIs to support native coverage without using the cover tool.

        To instrument code for native coverage it must be compiled with the line_coverage option.

        To enable native coverage in the runtime system, start it like so:

        $ erl +JPcover true

        There are also the following new functions for supporting native coverage:

        Own Id: OTP-18856 Aux Id: PR-7856

      • Changed the default value of the command line flag -code_path_choice to strict.

        Note that for application systems using archives, it is necessary to add the code_path_choice relaxed to the command line that invokes erl.

        Own Id: OTP-18894 Aux Id: PR-7243

      • Added module loading to erl -init_debug printouts.

        Own Id: OTP-18929 Aux Id: PR-8004

      • When the runtime system halts, it performs various flush operations before terminating. By default there is no limit on how much time the flush operations are allowed to take. A new halt flush timeout functionality has been introduced which can be used for limiting the amount of time that the flushing operations are allowed to take. For more information see the documentation of the flush_timeout option of the erlang:halt/2 BIF and the documentation of the erl +zhft <Timeout> command line flag.

        Own Id: OTP-18938 Aux Id: PR-8035, GH-7438

      • Optimized code loading by moving certain operations from the code server to the caller.

        Own Id: OTP-18941 Aux Id: PR-7981

      • Updated asmjit to version a465fe71ab3d0e224b2b4bd0fac69ae68ab9239d

        Own Id: OTP-18942

      • The deprecated functions in zlib have been removed. That includes inflateChunk/{1,2}, getBufSize/1, setBufSize/2, the CRC32 functions, and the Adler checksum functions.

        Own Id: OTP-18950

      • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

        Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

      • Safe destructive update of tuples has been implemented in the compiler and runtime system. This allows the VM to update tuples in-place when it is safe to do so, thus improving performance by doing less copying but also by producing less garbage.

        Example:

        -record(rec, {a,b,c}).
         
        -update(#href_anchor"ss">rec{a=needs_update,b=N}=R0) ->
        -    R = R0#rec{a=up_to_date},
        +update(#href_anchor"ss">rec{a=needs_update,b=N}=R0) ->
        +    R = R0#rec{a=up_to_date},
             if
                 N < 0 ->
        -            R#rec{c=negative};
        +            R#rec{c=negative};
                 N == 0 ->
        -            R#rec{c=zero};
        +            R#rec{c=zero};
                 N > 0 ->
        -            R#rec{c=positive}
        +            R#rec{c=positive}
             end.

        The record updates in each of the three clauses of the if can safely be done in-place, because variable R is not used again.

        Own Id: OTP-18972 Aux Id: PR-8090

      • The obsolete and undocumented support for opening a port to an external resource by passing an atom (or a string) as first argument to open_port(), implemented by the vanilla driver, @@ -3059,9 +3059,9 @@ has now been removed.

        * POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY *

        Own Id: OTP-16329 Aux Id: OTP-15621

      • The return value when using the httph and httph_bin option to erlang:decode_packet/3 and inet:setopts/2 has been changed to also include the original header unmodified. See erlang:decode_packet/3. Example:

         >
        -      erlang:decode_packet(httph_bin,<<"HELLO:
        -      hi\r\n\r\n">>,[]).
        -      {ok,{http_header,0,<<"Hello">>,<<"HELLO">>,<<"hi">>},<<"\r\n">>}

        Own Id: OTP-16347 Aux Id: PR-2466

      • Ensure net_kernel:monitor_nodes/1 sends nodedown messages of a failed + erlang:decode_packet(httph_bin,<<"HELLO: + hi\r\n\r\n">>,[]). + {ok,{http_header,0,<<"Hello">>,<<"HELLO">>,<<"hi">>},<<"\r\n">>}

      Own Id: OTP-16347 Aux Id: PR-2466

    • Ensure net_kernel:monitor_nodes/1 sends nodedown messages of a failed connection before nodeup messages of a reestablished connection toward the same node.

      Own Id: OTP-16362

    • Update of sequential tracing to also support other information transfers than message passing.

      Own Id: OTP-16370 Aux Id: OTP-15251, OTP-15232

    • socket: It is now possible to create a socket from an already existing file @@ -10772,12 +10772,12 @@ viewed as two operations performed atomically. Asynchronously send an unlink signal or a demonitor signal, and ignore any future results of the link or monitor.

      NOTE: This change can cause some obscure code to fail which previously did -not. For example, the following code might hang:

                  Mon = erlang:monitor(process, Pid),
      +not. For example, the following code might hang:

                  Mon = erlang:monitor(process, Pid),
                   %% ...
      -            exit(Pid, bang),
      -            erlang:demonitor(Mon),
      +            exit(Pid, bang),
      +            erlang:demonitor(Mon),
                   receive
      -                {'DOWN', Mon , process, Pid, _} -> ok
      +                {'DOWN', Mon , process, Pid, _} -> ok
                   %% We were previously guaranteed to get a down message
                   %% (since we exited the process ourself), so we could
                   %% in this case leave out:
      @@ -11331,7 +11331,7 @@
                 Erlang programming language
       
             

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/persistent_term.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/persistent_term.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.276263695 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/persistent_term.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.280263715 +0000 @@ -200,9 +200,9 @@

      The following example shows how lock contention for ETS tables can be minimized by having one ETS table for each scheduler. The table identifiers for the ETS tables are stored as a single persistent term:

          %% There is one ETS table for each scheduler.
      -    Sid = erlang:system_info(scheduler_id),
      -    Tid = element(Sid, persistent_term:get(?MODULE)),
      -    ets:update_counter(Tid, Key, 1).
      +
      Sid = erlang:system_info(scheduler_id), + Tid = element(Sid, persistent_term:get(?MODULE)), + ets:update_counter(Tid, Key, 1).
    @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/portsignals.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/portsignals.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.304263834 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/portsignals.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.304263834 +0000 @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/processmanagementoptimizations.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/processmanagementoptimizations.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.328263954 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/processmanagementoptimizations.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.328263954 +0000 @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/ptables.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/ptables.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.352264075 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/ptables.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.352264075 +0000 @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/run_erl_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/run_erl_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.380264214 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/run_erl_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.384264234 +0000 @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.400264314 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.400264314 +0000 @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/start_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/start_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.420264414 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/start_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.424264434 +0000 @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/start_erl_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/start_erl_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.448264553 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/start_erl_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.452264573 +0000 @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/supercarrier.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/supercarrier.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.480264713 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/supercarrier.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.484264733 +0000 @@ -229,12 +229,12 @@ and free entire pages and we don't want to waste an entire page just to hold the block header of the following pages.

    Instead we store the meta information about all the free segments in a dedicated area apart from the sa and sua areas. Every free segment is -represented by a descriptor struct (ErtsFreeSegDesc).

    typedef struct {
    +represented by a descriptor struct (ErtsFreeSegDesc).

    typedef struct {
         RBTNode snode;      /* node in 'stree' */
         RBTNode anode;      /* node in 'atree' */
         char* start;
         char* end;
    -}ErtsFreeSegDesc;

    To find the smallest free segment that will satisfy a carrier allocation +}ErtsFreeSegDesc;

    To find the smallest free segment that will satisfy a carrier allocation (best fit), the free segments are organized in a tree sorted by size (stree). We search in this tree at allocation. If no free segment of sufficient size was found, the area (sa or sua) is instead expanded. @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/threadprogress.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/threadprogress.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.504264833 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/threadprogress.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.504264833 +0000 @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/time_correction.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/time_correction.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.528264953 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/time_correction.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.536264993 +0000 @@ -547,9 +547,9 @@ the event occurs.

    Do

    Determine the order of events by saving a tuple containing monotonic time and a strictly monotonically increasing integer as -follows:

    Time = erlang:monotonic_time(),
    -UMI = erlang:unique_integer([monotonic]),
    -EventTag = {Time, UMI}

    These tuples are strictly monotonically ordered on the current runtime system +follows:

    Time = erlang:monotonic_time(),
    +UMI = erlang:unique_integer([monotonic]),
    +EventTag = {Time, UMI}

    These tuples are strictly monotonically ordered on the current runtime system instance according to creation time. It is important that the monotonic time is in the first element (the most significant element when comparing two-tuples). Using the monotonic time in the tuples, you can calculate time @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/tracing.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/tracing.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.560265113 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/tracing.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.564265133 +0000 @@ -149,23 +149,23 @@ to inspecting the stack we can only say where we're going to return to, which is not quite the same thing.

    As an illustration, when the caller option is enabled all trace messages from bar/1 will say that they were called from foo/0, even though it -went through a bunch of other functions on the way:

    foo() ->
    -    lots(),
    +went through a bunch of other functions on the way:

    foo() ->
    +    lots(),
         ok.
     
    -lots() ->
    -    'of'().
    +lots() ->
    +    'of'().
     
    -'of'() ->
    -    indirections().
    +'of'() ->
    +    indirections().
     
    -indirections() ->
    -    bar(10).
    +indirections() ->
    +    bar(10).
     
    -bar(0) ->
    +bar(0) ->
         done;
    -bar(N) ->
    -    bar(N - 1).

    +bar(N) -> + bar(N - 1).

    @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/tty.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/tty.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.584265232 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/tty.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.584265232 +0000 @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/werl_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/werl_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.608265352 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/werl_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.612265372 +0000 @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/zlib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/zlib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.644265532 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/zlib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.648265552 +0000 @@ -133,18 +133,18 @@ data. The data format is described by RFC 1950, RFC 1951, and -RFC 1952.

    A typical (compress) usage is as follows:

    Z = zlib:open(),
    -ok = zlib:deflateInit(Z,default),
    +RFC 1952.

    A typical (compress) usage is as follows:

    Z = zlib:open(),
    +ok = zlib:deflateInit(Z,default),
     
    -Compress = fun(end_of_data, _Cont) -> [];
    -              (Data, Cont) ->
    -                 [zlib:deflate(Z, Data)|Cont(Read(),Cont)]
    +Compress = fun(end_of_data, _Cont) -> [];
    +              (Data, Cont) ->
    +                 [zlib:deflate(Z, Data)|Cont(Read(),Cont)]
                end,
    -Compressed = Compress(Read(),Compress),
    -Last = zlib:deflate(Z, [], finish),
    -ok = zlib:deflateEnd(Z),
    -zlib:close(Z),
    -list_to_binary([Compressed|Last])

    In all functions errors, {'EXIT',{Reason,Backtrace}}, can be thrown, where +Compressed = Compress(Read(),Compress), +Last = zlib:deflate(Z, [], finish), +ok = zlib:deflateEnd(Z), +zlib:close(Z), +list_to_binary([Compressed|Last])

    In all functions errors, {'EXIT',{Reason,Backtrace}}, can be thrown, where Reason describes the error.

    Typical Reasons:

    • badarg - Bad argument.

    • not_initialized - The stream hasn't been initialized, eg. if inflateInit/1 wasn't called prior to a call to inflate/2.

    • not_on_controlling_process - The stream was used by a process that doesn't control it. Use set_controlling_process/2 if you need to transfer a @@ -853,11 +853,11 @@ full too often can seriously degrade the compression.

      If Flush is set to finish, pending input is processed, pending output is flushed, and deflate/3 returns. Afterwards the only possible operations on the stream are deflateReset/1 or deflateEnd/1.

      Flush can be set to finish immediately after -deflateInit if all compression is to be done in one step.

      Example:

      zlib:deflateInit(Z),
      -B1 = zlib:deflate(Z,Data),
      -B2 = zlib:deflate(Z,<< >>,finish),
      -zlib:deflateEnd(Z),
      -list_to_binary([B1,B2])
      +deflateInit if all compression is to be done in one step.

      Example:

      zlib:deflateInit(Z),
      +B1 = zlib:deflate(Z,Data),
      +B2 = zlib:deflate(Z,<< >>,finish),
      +zlib:deflateEnd(Z),
      +list_to_binary([B1,B2])
      @@ -1409,20 +1409,20 @@ {'EXIT',{{need_dictionary,Adler},_StackTrace}} exception.

      The dictionary chosen by the compressor can be determined from the Adler value returned or thrown by the call to the inflate function. The compressor and decompressor must use the same dictionary (See deflateSetDictionary/2).

      After setting the dictionary the inflate operation should be retried without new -input.

      Example:

      deprecated_unpack(Z, Compressed, Dict) ->
      -     case catch zlib:inflate(Z, Compressed) of
      -          {'EXIT',{{need_dictionary,_DictID},_}} ->
      -                 ok = zlib:inflateSetDictionary(Z, Dict),
      -                 Uncompressed = zlib:inflate(Z, []);
      +input.

      Example:

      deprecated_unpack(Z, Compressed, Dict) ->
      +     case catch zlib:inflate(Z, Compressed) of
      +          {'EXIT',{{need_dictionary,_DictID},_}} ->
      +                 ok = zlib:inflateSetDictionary(Z, Dict),
      +                 Uncompressed = zlib:inflate(Z, []);
                 Uncompressed ->
                        Uncompressed
            end.
       
      -new_unpack(Z, Compressed, Dict) ->
      -    case zlib:inflate(Z, Compressed, [{exception_on_need_dict, false}]) of
      -        {need_dictionary, _DictId, Output} ->
      -            ok = zlib:inflateSetDictionary(Z, Dict),
      -            [Output | zlib:inflate(Z, [])];
      +new_unpack(Z, Compressed, Dict) ->
      +    case zlib:inflate(Z, Compressed, [{exception_on_need_dict, false}]) of
      +        {need_dictionary, _DictId, Output} ->
      +            ok = zlib:inflateSetDictionary(Z, Dict),
      +            [Output | zlib:inflate(Z, [])];
               Uncompressed ->
                   Uncompressed
           end.
      @@ -1498,18 +1498,18 @@ desired, and the function will return {finished, Output} once all queued data has been decompressed.

      This function can introduce some output latency (reading input without producing any output).

      If a preset dictionary is required for further decompression, this function -returns a need_dictionary tuple. See inflateSetDictionary/2) for details.

      Example:

      walk(Compressed, Handler) ->
      -    Z = zlib:open(),
      -    zlib:inflateInit(Z),
      -    loop(Z, Handler, zlib:safeInflate(Z, Compressed)),
      -    zlib:inflateEnd(Z),
      -    zlib:close(Z).
      -
      -loop(Z, Handler, {continue, Output}) ->
      -    Handler(Output),
      -    loop(Z, Handler, zlib:safeInflate(Z, []));
      -loop(Z, Handler, {finished, Output}) ->
      -    Handler(Output).
      +returns a need_dictionary tuple. See inflateSetDictionary/2) for details.

      Example:

      walk(Compressed, Handler) ->
      +    Z = zlib:open(),
      +    zlib:inflateInit(Z),
      +    loop(Z, Handler, zlib:safeInflate(Z, Compressed)),
      +    zlib:inflateEnd(Z),
      +    zlib:close(Z).
      +
      +loop(Z, Handler, {continue, Output}) ->
      +    Handler(Output),
      +    loop(Z, Handler, zlib:safeInflate(Z, []));
      +loop(Z, Handler, {finished, Output}) ->
      +    Handler(Output).
      @@ -1648,7 +1648,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.676265692 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.676265692 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.700265812 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.700265812 +0000 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1ct.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1ct.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:29.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1ct.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:13.000000000 +0000 @@ -379,9 +379,9 @@ mostly work for old specifications based on the 1997 standard for ASN.1, but not for most modern-style applications. Another limitation is that the test functions may not work if options that change code generations strategies such -as the options macro_name_prefix and record_name_prefix have been used.

    • test/1 iterates over all types in Module.
    • test/2 tests type Type with a random value.
    • test/3 tests type Type with Value.

    Schematically, the following occurs for each type in the module:

    {ok, Value} = asn1ct:value(Module, Type),
    -{ok, Bytes} = Module:encode(Type, Value),
    -{ok, Value} = Module:decode(Type, Bytes).

    The test functions use the *.asn1db files for all included modules. If they +as the options macro_name_prefix and record_name_prefix have been used.

    • test/1 iterates over all types in Module.
    • test/2 tests type Type with a random value.
    • test/3 tests type Type with Value.

    Schematically, the following occurs for each type in the module:

    {ok, Value} = asn1ct:value(Module, Type),
    +{ok, Bytes} = Module:encode(Type, Value),
    +{ok, Value} = Module:decode(Type, Bytes).

    The test functions use the *.asn1db files for all included modules. If they are located in a different directory than the current working directory, use the include option to add paths. This is only needed when automatically generating values. For static values using Value no options are needed.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1_getting_started.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1_getting_started.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:29.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1_getting_started.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:13.000000000 +0000 @@ -38,37 +38,37 @@ the syntax is correct and that the text represents proper ASN.1 code before generating an abstract syntax tree. The code generator then uses the abstract syntax tree to generate code.

    The generated Erlang files are placed in the current directory or in the -directory specified with option {outdir,Dir}.

    The compiler can be called from the Erlang shell like this:

    1> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber]).
    -ok

    Option verbose can be added to get information about the generated files:

    2> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber,verbose]).
    +directory specified with option {outdir,Dir}.

    The compiler can be called from the Erlang shell like this:

    1> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber]).
    +ok

    Option verbose can be added to get information about the generated files:

    2> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber,verbose]).
     Erlang ASN.1 compiling "People.asn"
    ---{generated,"People.asn1db"}--
    ---{generated,"People.hrl"}--
    ---{generated,"People.erl"}--
    +--{generated,"People.asn1db"}--
    +--{generated,"People.hrl"}--
    +--{generated,"People.erl"}--
     ok

    ASN.1 module People is now accepted and the abstract syntax tree is saved in file People.asn1db. The generated Erlang code is compiled using the Erlang compiler and loaded into the Erlang runtime system. There is now an API for -encode/2 and decode/2 in module People, which is called like this:

    'People':encode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    or:

    'People':decode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    Assume that there is a network application that receives instances of the ASN.1 +encode/2 and decode/2 in module People, which is called like this:

    'People':encode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    or:

    'People':decode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    Assume that there is a network application that receives instances of the ASN.1 defined type Person, modifies, and sends them back again:

    receive
    -   {Port,{data,Bytes}} ->
    -       case 'People':decode('Person',Bytes) of
    -           {ok,P} ->
    -               {ok,Answer} = 'People':encode('Person',mk_answer(P)),
    -               Port ! {self(),{command,Answer}};
    -           {error,Reason} ->
    -               exit({error,Reason})
    +   {Port,{data,Bytes}} ->
    +       case 'People':decode('Person',Bytes) of
    +           {ok,P} ->
    +               {ok,Answer} = 'People':encode('Person',mk_answer(P)),
    +               Port ! {self(),{command,Answer}};
    +           {error,Reason} ->
    +               exit({error,Reason})
            end
         end,

    In this example, a series of bytes is received from an external source and the bytes are then decoded into a valid Erlang term. This was achieved with the call 'People':decode('Person',Bytes), which returned an Erlang value of the ASN.1 type Person. Then an answer was constructed and encoded using 'People':encode('Person',Answer), which takes an instance of a defined ASN.1 -type and transforms it to a binary according to the BER or PER encoding rules.

    The encoder and decoder can also be run from the shell:

    2> Rockstar = {'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}.
    -{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}
    -3> {ok,Bin} = 'People':encode('Person',Rockstar).
    -{ok,<<243,17,19,9,83,111,109,101,32,78,97,109,101,2,1,2,
    -      2,1,50>>}
    -4> {ok,Person} = 'People':decode('Person',Bin).
    -{ok,{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}}

    +type and transforms it to a binary according to the BER or PER encoding rules.

    The encoder and decoder can also be run from the shell:

    2> Rockstar = {'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}.
    +{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}
    +3> {ok,Bin} = 'People':encode('Person',Rockstar).
    +{ok,<<243,17,19,9,83,111,109,101,32,78,97,109,101,2,1,2,
    +      2,1,50>>}
    +4> {ok,Person} = 'People':decode('Person',Bin).
    +{ok,{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}}

    @@ -166,16 +166,16 @@ to manually add tags to certain constructs in order for the ASN.1 specification to be valid. Example of an old-style specification:

    Tags DEFINITIONS ::=
     BEGIN
    -  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese [0] IA5String,
    -                      dessert [1] IA5String }
    +  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese [0] IA5String,
    +                      dessert [1] IA5String }
     END

    Without the tags (the numbers in square brackets) the ASN.1 compiler refused to compile the file.

    In 1994 the global tagging mode AUTOMATIC TAGS was introduced. By putting AUTOMATIC TAGS in the module header, the ASN.1 compiler automatically adds tags when needed. The following is the same specification in AUTOMATIC TAGS mode:

    Tags DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
     BEGIN
    -  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese IA5String,
    -                      dessert IA5String }
    +  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese IA5String,
    +                      dessert IA5String }
     END

    @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ and how values are assigned in Erlang.

    ASN.1 has both primitive and constructed types:

    Primitive TypesConstructed Types
    BOOLEANSEQUENCE
    INTEGERSET
    REALCHOICE
    NULLSET OF and SEQUENCE OF
    ENUMERATEDANY
    BIT STRINGANY DEFINED BY
    OCTET STRINGEXTERNAL
    Character StringsEMBEDDED PDV
    OBJECT IDENTIFIERCHARACTER STRING
    Object Descriptor
    TIME Types

    Table: Supported ASN.1 Types

    Note

    The values of each ASN.1 type have their own representation in Erlang, as described in the following sections. Users must provide these values for encoding according to the representation, as shown in the following example:

    Operational ::= BOOLEAN --ASN.1 definition

    In Erlang code it can look as follows:

    Val = true,
    -{ok,Bytes} = MyModule:encode('Operational', Val),

    +{ok,Bytes} = MyModule:encode('Operational', Val),

    @@ -203,11 +203,11 @@

    An ASN.1 INTEGER is represented by an integer in Erlang.

    The concept of subtyping can be applied to integers and to other ASN.1 types. The details of subtyping are not explained here; for more information, see X.680. Various syntaxes are allowed when defining a type as an integer:

    T1 ::= INTEGER
    -T2 ::= INTEGER (-2..7)
    -T3 ::= INTEGER (0..MAX)
    -T4 ::= INTEGER (0<..MAX)
    -T5 ::= INTEGER (MIN<..-99)
    -T6 ::= INTEGER {red(0),blue(1),white(2)}

    The Erlang representation of an ASN.1 INTEGER is an integer or an atom if a +T2 ::= INTEGER (-2..7) +T3 ::= INTEGER (0..MAX) +T4 ::= INTEGER (0<..MAX) +T5 ::= INTEGER (MIN<..-99) +T6 ::= INTEGER {red(0),blue(1),white(2)}

    The Erlang representation of an ASN.1 INTEGER is an integer or an atom if a Named Number List (see T6 in the previous list) is specified.

    The following is an example of Erlang code that assigns values for the types in the previous list:

    T1value = 0,
     T2value = 6,
    @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
     

    The type BIT STRING can be used to model information that is made up of arbitrary length series of bits. It is intended to be used for selection of flags, not for binary files.

    In ASN.1, BIT STRING definitions can look as follows:

    Bits1 ::= BIT STRING
    -Bits2 ::= BIT STRING {foo(0),bar(1),gnu(2),gnome(3),punk(14)}

    The following two notations are available for representation of BIT STRING +Bits2 ::= BIT STRING {foo(0),bar(1),gnu(2),gnome(3),punk(14)}

    The following two notations are available for representation of BIT STRING values in Erlang and as input to the encode functions:

    1. A bitstring. By default, a BIT STRING with no symbolic names is decoded to an Erlang bitstring.
    2. A list of atoms corresponding to atoms in the NamedBitList in the BIT STRING definition. A BIT STRING with symbolic names is always decoded @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@

      OCTET STRING is the simplest of all ASN.1 types. OCTET STRING only moves or transfers, for example, binary files or other unstructured information complying with two rules: the bytes consist of octets and encoding is not required.

      It is possible to have the following ASN.1 type definitions:

      O1 ::= OCTET STRING
      -O2 ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(28))

      With the following example assignments in Erlang:

      O1Val = <<17,13,19,20,0,0,255,254>>,
      +O2 ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(28))

      With the following example assignments in Erlang:

      O1Val = <<17,13,19,20,0,0,255,254>>,
       O2Val = <<"must be exactly 28 chars....">>,

      By default, an OCTET STRING is always represented as an Erlang binary. If the specification has been compiled with option legacy_erlang_types, the encode functions accept both lists and binaries, and the decode functions decode an @@ -303,11 +303,11 @@ of view, octets are very similar to character strings and are compiled in the same way.

      When PER is used, there is a significant difference in the encoding scheme for OCTET STRINGs and other strings. The constraints specified for a type -are especially important for PER, because they affect the encoding.

      Examples:

      Digs ::= NumericString (SIZE(1..3))
      -TextFile ::= IA5String (SIZE(0..64000))

      The corresponding Erlang assignments:

      DigsVal1 = "456",
      +are especially important for PER, because they affect the encoding.

      Examples:

      Digs ::= NumericString (SIZE(1..3))
      +TextFile ::= IA5String (SIZE(0..64000))

      The corresponding Erlang assignments:

      DigsVal1 = "456",
       DigsVal2 = "123",
       TextFileVal1 = "abc...xyz...",
      -TextFileVal2 = [88,76,55,44,99,121 .......... a lot of characters here ....]

      The Erlang representation for BMPString and UniversalString is either a list +TextFileVal2 = [88,76,55,44,99,121 .......... a lot of characters here ....]

      The Erlang representation for BMPString and UniversalString is either a list of ASCII values or a list of quadruples. The quadruple representation associates to the Unicode standard representation of characters. The ASCII characters are all represented by quadruples beginning with three zeros like {0,0,0,65} for @@ -316,26 +316,26 @@ in file PrimStrings.asn1:

      PrimStrings DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
       BEGIN
          BMP ::= BMPString
      -END

      Encoding and decoding some strings:

      1> asn1ct:compile('PrimStrings', [ber]).
      +END

      Encoding and decoding some strings:

      1> asn1ct:compile('PrimStrings', [ber]).
       ok
      -2> {ok,Bytes1} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]).
      -{ok,<<30,4,53,54,45,56>>}
      -3> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes1).
      -{ok,[{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]}
      -4> {ok,Bytes2} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,0,65}]).
      -{ok,<<30,4,53,53,0,65>>}
      -5> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes2).
      -{ok,[{0,0,53,53},65]}
      -6> {ok,Bytes3} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', "BMP string").
      -{ok,<<30,20,0,66,0,77,0,80,0,32,0,115,0,116,0,114,0,105,0,110,0,103>>}
      -7> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes3).
      -{ok,"BMP string"}

      Type UTF8String is represented as a UTF-8 encoded binary in Erlang. Such +2> {ok,Bytes1} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]). +{ok,<<30,4,53,54,45,56>>} +3> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes1). +{ok,[{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]} +4> {ok,Bytes2} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,0,65}]). +{ok,<<30,4,53,53,0,65>>} +5> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes2). +{ok,[{0,0,53,53},65]} +6> {ok,Bytes3} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', "BMP string"). +{ok,<<30,20,0,66,0,77,0,80,0,32,0,115,0,116,0,114,0,105,0,110,0,103>>} +7> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes3). +{ok,"BMP string"}

    Type UTF8String is represented as a UTF-8 encoded binary in Erlang. Such binaries can be created directly using the binary syntax or by converting from a list of Unicode code points using function unicode:characters_to_binary/1.

    The following shows examples of how UTF-8 encoded binaries can be created and manipulated:

    1> Gs = "Мой маленький Гном".
    -[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    - 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]
    -2> Gbin = unicode:characters_to_binary(Gs).
    +[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    + 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]
    +2> Gbin = unicode:characters_to_binary(Gs).
     <<208,156,208,190,208,185,32,208,188,208,176,208,187,208,
       181,208,189,209,140,208,186,208,184,208,185,32,208,147,
       208,...>>
    @@ -343,22 +343,22 @@
     <<208,156,208,190,208,185,32,208,188,208,176,208,187,208,
       181,208,189,209,140,208,186,208,184,208,185,32,208,147,
       208,...>>
    -4> Gs = unicode:characters_to_list(Gbin).
    -[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    - 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]

    For details, see the unicode module in STDLIB.

    In the following example, this ASN.1 specification is used:

    UTF DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
    +4> Gs = unicode:characters_to_list(Gbin).
    +[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    + 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]

    For details, see the unicode module in STDLIB.

    In the following example, this ASN.1 specification is used:

    UTF DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
     BEGIN
        UTF ::= UTF8String
    -END

    Encoding and decoding a string with Unicode characters:

    5> asn1ct:compile('UTF', [ber]).
    +END

    Encoding and decoding a string with Unicode characters:

    5> asn1ct:compile('UTF', [ber]).
     ok
    -6> {ok,Bytes1} = 'UTF':encode('UTF', <<"Гном"/utf8>>).
    -{ok,<<12,8,208,147,208,189,208,190,208,188>>}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1_spec.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1_spec.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:19:29.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1_spec.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:37:13.000000000 +0000
    @@ -60,37 +60,37 @@
     exclusive decode is enabled. This function decodes the parts that
     were left undecoded during the exclusive decode.

    Both functions are described in the following.

    If the exclusive decode function has, for example, the name decode_exclusive and an ASN.1 encoded message Bin is to be exclusive decoded, the call is as -follows:

    {ok,ExclMessage} = 'MyModule':decode_exclusive(Bin)

    The result ExclMessage has the same structure as a +follows:

    {ok,ExclMessage} = 'MyModule':decode_exclusive(Bin)

    The result ExclMessage has the same structure as a complete decode would have, except for the parts of the top type that were not decoded. The undecoded parts are on their places in the structure on format {TypeKey,UndecodedValue}.

    Each undecoded part that is to be decoded must be fed into function -decode_part/2 as follows:

    {ok,PartMessage} = 'MyModule':decode_part(TypeKey, UndecodedValue)

    +decode_part/2 as follows:

    {ok,PartMessage} = 'MyModule':decode_part(TypeKey, UndecodedValue)

    Writing an Exclusive Decode Instruction

    -

    This instruction is written in the configuration file in the following format:

    ExclusiveDecodeInstruction = {exclusive_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
    +

    This instruction is written in the configuration file in the following format:

    ExclusiveDecodeInstruction = {exclusive_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
     
    -ModuleName = atom()
    +ModuleName = atom()
     
    -DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
    +DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
     
    -DecodeInstruction = {ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
    +DecodeInstruction = {ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
     
    -ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName = atom()
    +ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName = atom()
     
    -TypeList = [TopType,ElementList]
    +TypeList = [TopType,ElementList]
     
    -ElementList = [Element]+
    +ElementList = [Element]+
     
    -Element = {Name,parts} |
    -          {Name,undecoded} |
    -          {Name,ElementList}
    +Element = {Name,parts} |
    +          {Name,undecoded} |
    +          {Name,ElementList}
     
    -TopType = atom()
    +TopType = atom()
     
    -Name = atom()

    The instruction must be a valid Erlang term terminated by a dot.

    In TypeList the path from the top type to each undecoded subcomponent is +Name = atom()

    The instruction must be a valid Erlang term terminated by a dot.

    In TypeList the path from the top type to each undecoded subcomponent is described. TopType is the name of a top-level type in the ASN.1 specification. The action for each component in ElementList is described by one of:

    • {Name,parts}
    • {Name,undecoded}
    • {Name,ElementList}

    The use and effect of the actions are as follows:

    • {Name,undecoded} - Leaves the element undecoded. The type of Name can be any ASN.1 type. The value of element Name is returned as a tuple (as @@ -156,78 +156,78 @@ ['Button',[{number,undecoded}]]}]}}.

    The following figure shows the bytes of a Window:status message. The components buttonList and actions are excluded from decode. Only state and enabled are decoded when decode__Window_exclusive is called.

    Bytes of a Window:status Message

    Here follows an example of how the module. Note that option no_ok_wrapper is -used to make the example more concise.

    1> asn1ct:compile('GUI', [ber,asn1config,no_ok_wrapper]).
    +used to make the example more concise.

    1> asn1ct:compile('GUI', [ber,asn1config,no_ok_wrapper]).
     ok
    -2> rr('GUI').
    -['Action','Button','Status']
    -3> ButtonMsg = #'Button'{number=123,on=true}.
    -#'Button'{number = 123,on = true}
    -4> ButtonBytes = 'GUI':encode('Button', ButtonMsg).
    +2> rr('GUI').
    +['Action','Button','Status']
    +3> ButtonMsg = #'Button'{number=123,on=true}.
    +#'Button'{number = 123,on = true}
    +4> ButtonBytes = 'GUI':encode('Button', ButtonMsg).
     <<48,6,128,1,123,129,1,255>>
    -5> ExclusiveMsgButton = 'GUI':decode_Button_exclusive(ButtonBytes).
    -#'Button'{number = {'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>},
    -          on = true}
    -6> {UndecKey,UndecBytes} = ExclusiveMsgButton#'Button'.number.
    -{'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>}
    -7> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecKey, UndecBytes).
    +5> ExclusiveMsgButton = 'GUI':decode_Button_exclusive(ButtonBytes).
    +#'Button'{number = {'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>},
    +          on = true}
    +6> {UndecKey,UndecBytes} = ExclusiveMsgButton#'Button'.number.
    +{'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>}
    +7> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecKey, UndecBytes).
     123
     8> WindowMsg =
    -{status,{'Status',35,
    -   [{'Button',3,true},
    -    {'Button',4,false},
    -    {'Button',5,true},
    -    {'Button',6,true},
    -    {'Button',7,false}],
    +{status,{'Status',35,
    +   [{'Button',3,true},
    +    {'Button',4,false},
    +    {'Button',5,true},
    +    {'Button',6,true},
    +    {'Button',7,false}],
        false,
    -   {possibleActions,[{'Action',16,{'Button',17,true}}]}}}.
    -{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    -        buttonList = [#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}],
    +   {possibleActions,[{'Action',16,{'Button',17,true}}]}}}.
    +{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    +        buttonList = [#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}],
             enabled = false,
    -        actions = {possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16,
    -                                              handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}}}
    -9> WindowBytes = 'GUI':encode('Window', WindowMsg).
    +        actions = {possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16,
    +                                              handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}}}
    +9> WindowBytes = 'GUI':encode('Window', WindowMsg).
     <<161,65,128,1,35,161,40,48,6,128,1,3,129,1,255,48,6,128,
       1,4,129,1,0,48,6,128,1,5,129,...>>
    -10> {status,#'Status'{buttonList={UndecWindowKey,UndecWindowParts}}} =
    -'GUI':decode_Window_exclusive(WindowBytes).
    -{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    -                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
    +10> {status,#'Status'{buttonList={UndecWindowKey,UndecWindowParts}}} =
    +'GUI':decode_Window_exclusive(WindowBytes).
    +{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    +                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
                                                            255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,4,129,1,0>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,5,129,1,255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,6,129,1,255>>,
    -                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
    +                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
                       enabled = false,
    -                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
    +                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
                                                     1,16,161,6,128,1,17,129,
    -                                                1,255>>}}}
    -11> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, UndecWindowParts).
    -[#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    - #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    - #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    - #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    - #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}]
    -12> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, hd(UndecWindowParts)).
    -#'Button'{number = 3,on = true}
    -13> {status,#'Status'{actions={ChoiceKey,ChoiceUndec}}} = v(10).
    -{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    -                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
    +                                                1,255>>}}}
    +11> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, UndecWindowParts).
    +[#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    + #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    + #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    + #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    + #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}]
    +12> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, hd(UndecWindowParts)).
    +#'Button'{number = 3,on = true}
    +13> {status,#'Status'{actions={ChoiceKey,ChoiceUndec}}} = v(10).
    +{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    +                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
                                                            255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,4,129,1,0>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,5,129,1,255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,6,129,1,255>>,
    -                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
    +                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
                       enabled = false,
    -                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
    +                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
                                                     1,16,161,6,128,1,17,129,
    -                                                1,255>>}}}
    -14> 'GUI':decode_part(ChoiceKey, ChoiceUndec).
    -{possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16,
    -                            handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}

    + 1,255>>}}} +14> 'GUI':decode_part(ChoiceKey, ChoiceUndec). +{possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16, + handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}

    @@ -264,23 +264,23 @@ Writing a Selective Decode Instruction

    One or more selective decode functions can be described in a configuration file. -Use the following notation:

    SelectiveDecodeInstruction = {selective_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
    +Use the following notation:

    SelectiveDecodeInstruction = {selective_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
     
    -ModuleName = atom()
    +ModuleName = atom()
     
    -DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
    +DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
     
    -DecodeInstruction = {SelectiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
    +DecodeInstruction = {SelectiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2025-01-25 10:19:29.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2041-02-26 23:37:13.000000000 +0000
    @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@
              version="3.0">
       
         asn1 - 5.3.1
    -    urn:uuid:10877c09-d6b3-a284-4e47-5c1d4430807d
    +    urn:uuid:4b1d8bdd-1731-00a9-76f9-3d09d18d1401
         en
     
    -    2025-01-25T10:19:29Z
    +    2041-02-26T23:37:13Z
     
       
       
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_getting_started.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_getting_started.html	2025-01-25 10:23:27.844266531 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_getting_started.html	2025-01-25 10:23:27.848266550 +0000
    @@ -143,37 +143,37 @@
     the syntax is correct and that the text represents proper ASN.1 code before
     generating an abstract syntax tree. The code generator then uses the abstract
     syntax tree to generate code.

    The generated Erlang files are placed in the current directory or in the -directory specified with option {outdir,Dir}.

    The compiler can be called from the Erlang shell like this:

    1> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber]).
    -ok

    Option verbose can be added to get information about the generated files:

    2> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber,verbose]).
    +directory specified with option {outdir,Dir}.

    The compiler can be called from the Erlang shell like this:

    1> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber]).
    +ok

    Option verbose can be added to get information about the generated files:

    2> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber,verbose]).
     Erlang ASN.1 compiling "People.asn"
    ---{generated,"People.asn1db"}--
    ---{generated,"People.hrl"}--
    ---{generated,"People.erl"}--
    +--{generated,"People.asn1db"}--
    +--{generated,"People.hrl"}--
    +--{generated,"People.erl"}--
     ok

    ASN.1 module People is now accepted and the abstract syntax tree is saved in file People.asn1db. The generated Erlang code is compiled using the Erlang compiler and loaded into the Erlang runtime system. There is now an API for -encode/2 and decode/2 in module People, which is called like this:

    'People':encode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    or:

    'People':decode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    Assume that there is a network application that receives instances of the ASN.1 +encode/2 and decode/2 in module People, which is called like this:

    'People':encode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    or:

    'People':decode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    Assume that there is a network application that receives instances of the ASN.1 defined type Person, modifies, and sends them back again:

    receive
    -   {Port,{data,Bytes}} ->
    -       case 'People':decode('Person',Bytes) of
    -           {ok,P} ->
    -               {ok,Answer} = 'People':encode('Person',mk_answer(P)),
    -               Port ! {self(),{command,Answer}};
    -           {error,Reason} ->
    -               exit({error,Reason})
    +   {Port,{data,Bytes}} ->
    +       case 'People':decode('Person',Bytes) of
    +           {ok,P} ->
    +               {ok,Answer} = 'People':encode('Person',mk_answer(P)),
    +               Port ! {self(),{command,Answer}};
    +           {error,Reason} ->
    +               exit({error,Reason})
            end
         end,

    In this example, a series of bytes is received from an external source and the bytes are then decoded into a valid Erlang term. This was achieved with the call 'People':decode('Person',Bytes), which returned an Erlang value of the ASN.1 type Person. Then an answer was constructed and encoded using 'People':encode('Person',Answer), which takes an instance of a defined ASN.1 -type and transforms it to a binary according to the BER or PER encoding rules.

    The encoder and decoder can also be run from the shell:

    2> Rockstar = {'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}.
    -{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}
    -3> {ok,Bin} = 'People':encode('Person',Rockstar).
    -{ok,<<243,17,19,9,83,111,109,101,32,78,97,109,101,2,1,2,
    -      2,1,50>>}
    -4> {ok,Person} = 'People':decode('Person',Bin).
    -{ok,{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}}

    +type and transforms it to a binary according to the BER or PER encoding rules.

    The encoder and decoder can also be run from the shell:

    2> Rockstar = {'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}.
    +{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}
    +3> {ok,Bin} = 'People':encode('Person',Rockstar).
    +{ok,<<243,17,19,9,83,111,109,101,32,78,97,109,101,2,1,2,
    +      2,1,50>>}
    +4> {ok,Person} = 'People':decode('Person',Bin).
    +{ok,{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}}

    @@ -271,16 +271,16 @@ to manually add tags to certain constructs in order for the ASN.1 specification to be valid. Example of an old-style specification:

    Tags DEFINITIONS ::=
     BEGIN
    -  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese [0] IA5String,
    -                      dessert [1] IA5String }
    +  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese [0] IA5String,
    +                      dessert [1] IA5String }
     END

    Without the tags (the numbers in square brackets) the ASN.1 compiler refused to compile the file.

    In 1994 the global tagging mode AUTOMATIC TAGS was introduced. By putting AUTOMATIC TAGS in the module header, the ASN.1 compiler automatically adds tags when needed. The following is the same specification in AUTOMATIC TAGS mode:

    Tags DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
     BEGIN
    -  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese IA5String,
    -                      dessert IA5String }
    +  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese IA5String,
    +                      dessert IA5String }
     END

    @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ and how values are assigned in Erlang.

    ASN.1 has both primitive and constructed types:

    Primitive TypesConstructed Types
    BOOLEANSEQUENCE
    INTEGERSET
    REALCHOICE
    NULLSET OF and SEQUENCE OF
    ENUMERATEDANY
    BIT STRINGANY DEFINED BY
    OCTET STRINGEXTERNAL
    Character StringsEMBEDDED PDV
    OBJECT IDENTIFIERCHARACTER STRING
    Object Descriptor
    TIME Types

    Table: Supported ASN.1 Types

    Note

    The values of each ASN.1 type have their own representation in Erlang, as described in the following sections. Users must provide these values for encoding according to the representation, as shown in the following example:

    Operational ::= BOOLEAN --ASN.1 definition

    In Erlang code it can look as follows:

    Val = true,
    -{ok,Bytes} = MyModule:encode(&#href_anchor"p">, Val),

    +{ok,Bytes} = MyModule:encode(&#href_anchor"p">, Val),

    @@ -308,11 +308,11 @@

    An ASN.1 INTEGER is represented by an integer in Erlang.

    The concept of subtyping can be applied to integers and to other ASN.1 types. The details of subtyping are not explained here; for more information, see X.680. Various syntaxes are allowed when defining a type as an integer:

    T1 ::= INTEGER
    -T2 ::= INTEGER (-2..7)
    -T3 ::= INTEGER (0..MAX)
    -T4 ::= INTEGER (0<..MAX)
    -T5 ::= INTEGER (MIN<..-99)
    -T6 ::= INTEGER {red(0),blue(1),white(2)}

    The Erlang representation of an ASN.1 INTEGER is an integer or an atom if a +T2 ::= INTEGER (-2..7) +T3 ::= INTEGER (0..MAX) +T4 ::= INTEGER (0<..MAX) +T5 ::= INTEGER (MIN<..-99) +T6 ::= INTEGER {red(0),blue(1),white(2)}

    The Erlang representation of an ASN.1 INTEGER is an integer or an atom if a Named Number List (see T6 in the previous list) is specified.

    The following is an example of Erlang code that assigns values for the types in the previous list:

    T1value = 0,
     T2value = 6,
    @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
     

    The type BIT STRING can be used to model information that is made up of arbitrary length series of bits. It is intended to be used for selection of flags, not for binary files.

    In ASN.1, BIT STRING definitions can look as follows:

    Bits1 ::= BIT STRING
    -Bits2 ::= BIT STRING {foo(0),bar(1),gnu(2),gnome(3),punk(14)}

    The following two notations are available for representation of BIT STRING +Bits2 ::= BIT STRING {foo(0),bar(1),gnu(2),gnome(3),punk(14)}

    The following two notations are available for representation of BIT STRING values in Erlang and as input to the encode functions:

    1. A bitstring. By default, a BIT STRING with no symbolic names is decoded to an Erlang bitstring.
    2. A list of atoms corresponding to atoms in the NamedBitList in the BIT STRING definition. A BIT STRING with symbolic names is always decoded @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@

      OCTET STRING is the simplest of all ASN.1 types. OCTET STRING only moves or transfers, for example, binary files or other unstructured information complying with two rules: the bytes consist of octets and encoding is not required.

      It is possible to have the following ASN.1 type definitions:

      O1 ::= OCTET STRING
      -O2 ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(28))

      With the following example assignments in Erlang:

      O1Val = <<17,13,19,20,0,0,255,254>>,
      +O2 ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(28))

      With the following example assignments in Erlang:

      O1Val = <<17,13,19,20,0,0,255,254>>,
       O2Val = <<"must be exactly 28 chars....">>,

      By default, an OCTET STRING is always represented as an Erlang binary. If the specification has been compiled with option legacy_erlang_types, the encode functions accept both lists and binaries, and the decode functions decode an @@ -408,11 +408,11 @@ of view, octets are very similar to character strings and are compiled in the same way.

      When PER is used, there is a significant difference in the encoding scheme for OCTET STRINGs and other strings. The constraints specified for a type -are especially important for PER, because they affect the encoding.

      Examples:

      Digs ::= NumericString (SIZE(1..3))
      -TextFile ::= IA5String (SIZE(0..64000))

      The corresponding Erlang assignments:

      DigsVal1 = "456",
      +are especially important for PER, because they affect the encoding.

      Examples:

      Digs ::= NumericString (SIZE(1..3))
      +TextFile ::= IA5String (SIZE(0..64000))

      The corresponding Erlang assignments:

      DigsVal1 = "456",
       DigsVal2 = "123",
       TextFileVal1 = "abc...xyz...",
      -TextFileVal2 = [88,76,55,44,99,121 .......... a lot of characters here ....]

      The Erlang representation for BMPString and UniversalString is either a list +TextFileVal2 = [88,76,55,44,99,121 .......... a lot of characters here ....]

      The Erlang representation for BMPString and UniversalString is either a list of ASCII values or a list of quadruples. The quadruple representation associates to the Unicode standard representation of characters. The ASCII characters are all represented by quadruples beginning with three zeros like {0,0,0,65} for @@ -421,26 +421,26 @@ in file PrimStrings.asn1:

      PrimStrings DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
       BEGIN
          BMP ::= BMPString
      -END

      Encoding and decoding some strings:

      1> asn1ct:compile('PrimStrings', [ber]).
      +END

      Encoding and decoding some strings:

      1> asn1ct:compile('PrimStrings', [ber]).
       ok
      -2> {ok,Bytes1} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]).
      -{ok,<<30,4,53,54,45,56>>}
      -3> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes1).
      -{ok,[{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]}
      -4> {ok,Bytes2} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,0,65}]).
      -{ok,<<30,4,53,53,0,65>>}
      -5> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes2).
      -{ok,[{0,0,53,53},65]}
      -6> {ok,Bytes3} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', "BMP string").
      -{ok,<<30,20,0,66,0,77,0,80,0,32,0,115,0,116,0,114,0,105,0,110,0,103>>}
      -7> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes3).
      -{ok,"BMP string"}

      Type UTF8String is represented as a UTF-8 encoded binary in Erlang. Such +2> {ok,Bytes1} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]). +{ok,<<30,4,53,54,45,56>>} +3> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes1). +{ok,[{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]} +4> {ok,Bytes2} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,0,65}]). +{ok,<<30,4,53,53,0,65>>} +5> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes2). +{ok,[{0,0,53,53},65]} +6> {ok,Bytes3} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', "BMP string"). +{ok,<<30,20,0,66,0,77,0,80,0,32,0,115,0,116,0,114,0,105,0,110,0,103>>} +7> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes3). +{ok,"BMP string"}

    Type UTF8String is represented as a UTF-8 encoded binary in Erlang. Such binaries can be created directly using the binary syntax or by converting from a list of Unicode code points using function unicode:characters_to_binary/1.

    The following shows examples of how UTF-8 encoded binaries can be created and manipulated:

    1> Gs = "Мой маленький Гном".
    -[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    - 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]
    -2> Gbin = unicode:characters_to_binary(Gs).
    +[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    + 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]
    +2> Gbin = unicode:characters_to_binary(Gs).
     <<208,156,208,190,208,185,32,208,188,208,176,208,187,208,
       181,208,189,209,140,208,186,208,184,208,185,32,208,147,
       208,...>>
    @@ -448,22 +448,22 @@
     <<208,156,208,190,208,185,32,208,188,208,176,208,187,208,
       181,208,189,209,140,208,186,208,184,208,185,32,208,147,
       208,...>>
    -4> Gs = unicode:characters_to_list(Gbin).
    -[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    - 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]

    For details, see the unicode module in STDLIB.

    In the following example, this ASN.1 specification is used:

    UTF DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
    +4> Gs = unicode:characters_to_list(Gbin).
    +[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    + 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]

    For details, see the unicode module in STDLIB.

    In the following example, this ASN.1 specification is used:

    UTF DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
     BEGIN
        UTF ::= UTF8String
    -END

    Encoding and decoding a string with Unicode characters:

    5> asn1ct:compile(&#href_anchor"p">, [ber]).
    +END

    Encoding and decoding a string with Unicode characters:

    5> asn1ct:compile(&#href_anchor"p">, [ber]).
     ok
    -6> {ok,Bytes1} = 'UTF':encode('UTF', <<"Гном"/utf8>>).
    -{ok,<<12,8,208,147,208,189,208,190,208,188>>}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_introduction.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_introduction.html	2025-01-25 10:23:27.880266711 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_introduction.html	2025-01-25 10:23:27.880266711 +0000
    @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_overview.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_overview.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.908266850 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_overview.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.908266850 +0000 @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_spec.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_spec.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.936266990 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_spec.html 2025-01-25 10:23:27.940267010 +0000 @@ -165,37 +165,37 @@ exclusive decode is enabled. This function decodes the parts that were left undecoded during the exclusive decode.

    Both functions are described in the following.

    If the exclusive decode function has, for example, the name decode_exclusive and an ASN.1 encoded message Bin is to be exclusive decoded, the call is as -follows:

    {ok,ExclMessage} = 'MyModule':decode_exclusive(Bin)

    The result ExclMessage has the same structure as a +follows:

    {ok,ExclMessage} = 'MyModule':decode_exclusive(Bin)

    The result ExclMessage has the same structure as a complete decode would have, except for the parts of the top type that were not decoded. The undecoded parts are on their places in the structure on format {TypeKey,UndecodedValue}.

    Each undecoded part that is to be decoded must be fed into function -decode_part/2 as follows:

    {ok,PartMessage} = &#href_anchor"p">:decode_part(TypeKey, UndecodedValue)

    +decode_part/2 as follows:

    {ok,PartMessage} = &#href_anchor"p">:decode_part(TypeKey, UndecodedValue)

    Writing an Exclusive Decode Instruction

    -

    This instruction is written in the configuration file in the following format:

    ExclusiveDecodeInstruction = {exclusive_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
    +

    This instruction is written in the configuration file in the following format:

    ExclusiveDecodeInstruction = {exclusive_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
     
    -ModuleName = atom()
    +ModuleName = atom()
     
    -DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
    +DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
     
    -DecodeInstruction = {ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
    +DecodeInstruction = {ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
     
    -ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName = atom()
    +ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName = atom()
     
    -TypeList = [TopType,ElementList]
    +TypeList = [TopType,ElementList]
     
    -ElementList = [Element]+
    +ElementList = [Element]+
     
    -Element = {Name,parts} |
    -          {Name,undecoded} |
    -          {Name,ElementList}
    +Element = {Name,parts} |
    +          {Name,undecoded} |
    +          {Name,ElementList}
     
    -TopType = atom()
    +TopType = atom()
     
    -Name = atom()

    The instruction must be a valid Erlang term terminated by a dot.

    In TypeList the path from the top type to each undecoded subcomponent is +Name = atom()

    The instruction must be a valid Erlang term terminated by a dot.

    In TypeList the path from the top type to each undecoded subcomponent is described. TopType is the name of a top-level type in the ASN.1 specification. The action for each component in ElementList is described by one of:

    • {Name,parts}
    • {Name,undecoded}
    • {Name,ElementList}

    The use and effect of the actions are as follows:

    • {Name,undecoded} - Leaves the element undecoded. The type of Name can be any ASN.1 type. The value of element Name is returned as a tuple (as @@ -261,78 +261,78 @@ ['Button',[{number,undecoded}]]}]}}.

    The following figure shows the bytes of a Window:status message. The components buttonList and actions are excluded from decode. Only state and enabled are decoded when decode__Window_exclusive is called.

    Bytes of a Window:status Message

    Here follows an example of how the module. Note that option no_ok_wrapper is -used to make the example more concise.

    1> asn1ct:compile('GUI', [ber,asn1config,no_ok_wrapper]).
    +used to make the example more concise.

    1> asn1ct:compile('GUI', [ber,asn1config,no_ok_wrapper]).
     ok
    -2> rr('GUI').
    -['Action','Button','Status']
    -3> ButtonMsg = #'Button'{number=123,on=true}.
    -#'Button'{number = 123,on = true}
    -4> ButtonBytes = 'GUI':encode('Button', ButtonMsg).
    +2> rr('GUI').
    +['Action','Button','Status']
    +3> ButtonMsg = #'Button'{number=123,on=true}.
    +#'Button'{number = 123,on = true}
    +4> ButtonBytes = 'GUI':encode('Button', ButtonMsg).
     <<48,6,128,1,123,129,1,255>>
    -5> ExclusiveMsgButton = 'GUI':decode_Button_exclusive(ButtonBytes).
    -#'Button'{number = {'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>},
    -          on = true}
    -6> {UndecKey,UndecBytes} = ExclusiveMsgButton#'Button'.number.
    -{'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>}
    -7> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecKey, UndecBytes).
    +5> ExclusiveMsgButton = 'GUI':decode_Button_exclusive(ButtonBytes).
    +#'Button'{number = {'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>},
    +          on = true}
    +6> {UndecKey,UndecBytes} = ExclusiveMsgButton#'Button'.number.
    +{'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>}
    +7> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecKey, UndecBytes).
     123
     8> WindowMsg =
    -{status,{'Status',35,
    -   [{'Button',3,true},
    -    {'Button',4,false},
    -    {'Button',5,true},
    -    {'Button',6,true},
    -    {'Button',7,false}],
    +{status,{'Status',35,
    +   [{'Button',3,true},
    +    {'Button',4,false},
    +    {'Button',5,true},
    +    {'Button',6,true},
    +    {'Button',7,false}],
        false,
    -   {possibleActions,[{'Action',16,{'Button',17,true}}]}}}.
    -{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    -        buttonList = [#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}],
    +   {possibleActions,[{'Action',16,{'Button',17,true}}]}}}.
    +{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    +        buttonList = [#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}],
             enabled = false,
    -        actions = {possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16,
    -                                              handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}}}
    -9> WindowBytes = 'GUI':encode('Window', WindowMsg).
    +        actions = {possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16,
    +                                              handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}}}
    +9> WindowBytes = 'GUI':encode('Window', WindowMsg).
     <<161,65,128,1,35,161,40,48,6,128,1,3,129,1,255,48,6,128,
       1,4,129,1,0,48,6,128,1,5,129,...>>
    -10> {status,#'Status'{buttonList={UndecWindowKey,UndecWindowParts}}} =
    -'GUI':decode_Window_exclusive(WindowBytes).
    -{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    -                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
    +10> {status,#'Status'{buttonList={UndecWindowKey,UndecWindowParts}}} =
    +'GUI':decode_Window_exclusive(WindowBytes).
    +{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    +                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
                                                            255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,4,129,1,0>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,5,129,1,255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,6,129,1,255>>,
    -                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
    +                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
                       enabled = false,
    -                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
    +                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
                                                     1,16,161,6,128,1,17,129,
    -                                                1,255>>}}}
    -11> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, UndecWindowParts).
    -[#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    - #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    - #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    - #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    - #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}]
    -12> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, hd(UndecWindowParts)).
    -#'Button'{number = 3,on = true}
    -13> {status,#'Status'{actions={ChoiceKey,ChoiceUndec}}} = v(10).
    -{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    -                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
    +                                                1,255>>}}}
    +11> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, UndecWindowParts).
    +[#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    + #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    + #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    + #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    + #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}]
    +12> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, hd(UndecWindowParts)).
    +#'Button'{number = 3,on = true}
    +13> {status,#'Status'{actions={ChoiceKey,ChoiceUndec}}} = v(10).
    +{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    +                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
                                                            255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,4,129,1,0>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,5,129,1,255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,6,129,1,255>>,
    -                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
    +                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
                       enabled = false,
    -                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
    +                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
                                                     1,16,161,6,128,1,17,129,
    -                                                1,255>>}}}
    -14> 'GUI':decode_part(ChoiceKey, ChoiceUndec).
    -{possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16,
    -                            handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}

    + 1,255>>}}} +14> 'GUI':decode_part(ChoiceKey, ChoiceUndec). +{possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16, + handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}

    @@ -369,23 +369,23 @@ Writing a Selective Decode Instruction

    One or more selective decode functions can be described in a configuration file. -Use the following notation:

    SelectiveDecodeInstruction = {selective_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
    +Use the following notation:

    SelectiveDecodeInstruction = {selective_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
     
    -ModuleName = atom()
    +ModuleName = atom()
     
    -DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
    +DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
     
    -DecodeInstruction = {SelectiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
    +DecodeInstruction = {SelectiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1ct.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1ct.html	2025-01-25 10:23:27.964267130 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1ct.html	2025-01-25 10:23:27.968267150 +0000
    @@ -495,9 +495,9 @@
     mostly work for old specifications based on the 1997 standard for ASN.1, but
     not for most modern-style applications. Another limitation is that the test
     functions may not work if options that change code generations strategies such
    -as the options macro_name_prefix and record_name_prefix have been used.

    • test/1 iterates over all types in Module.
    • test/2 tests type Type with a random value.
    • test/3 tests type Type with Value.

    Schematically, the following occurs for each type in the module:

    {ok, Value} = asn1ct:value(Module, Type),
    -{ok, Bytes} = Module:encode(Type, Value),
    -{ok, Value} = Module:decode(Type, Bytes).

    The test functions use the *.asn1db files for all included modules. If they +as the options macro_name_prefix and record_name_prefix have been used.

    • test/1 iterates over all types in Module.
    • test/2 tests type Type with a random value.
    • test/3 tests type Type with Value.

    Schematically, the following occurs for each type in the module:

    {ok, Value} = asn1ct:value(Module, Type),
    +{ok, Bytes} = Module:encode(Type, Value),
    +{ok, Value} = Module:decode(Type, Bytes).

    The test functions use the *.asn1db files for all included modules. If they are located in a different directory than the current working directory, use the include option to add paths. This is only needed when automatically generating values. For static values using Value no options are needed.

    @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.004267330 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.008267349 +0000 @@ -1557,7 +1557,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.028267449 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.032267469 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.056267589 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.056267589 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.080267709 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.084267729 +0000 @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/basics_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/basics_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.108267849 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/basics_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.112267868 +0000 @@ -215,15 +215,15 @@ the reason for termination is. If you use Erlang pattern matching effectively, you can take advantage of this property. The result is concise and readable test case functions that look much more like scripts than actual programs. A simple -example:

    session(_Config) ->
    -    {started,ServerId} = my_server:start(),
    -    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    -    MyId = self(),
    -    connected = my_server:connect(ServerId, MyId),
    -    {clients,[MyId]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    -    disconnected = my_server:disconnect(ServerId, MyId),
    -    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    -    stopped = my_server:stop(ServerId).

    As a test suite runs, all information (including output to stdout) is recorded +example:

    session(_Config) ->
    +    {started,ServerId} = my_server:start(),
    +    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    +    MyId = self(),
    +    connected = my_server:connect(ServerId, MyId),
    +    {clients,[MyId]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    +    disconnected = my_server:disconnect(ServerId, MyId),
    +    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    +    stopped = my_server:stop(ServerId).

    As a test suite runs, all information (including output to stdout) is recorded in many different log files. A minimum of information is displayed in the user console (only start and stop information, plus a note for each failed test case).

    The result from each test case is recorded in a dedicated HTML log file, created @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/basics_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/basics_chapter.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:09.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/basics_chapter.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -110,15 +110,15 @@ the reason for termination is. If you use Erlang pattern matching effectively, you can take advantage of this property. The result is concise and readable test case functions that look much more like scripts than actual programs. A simple -example:

    session(_Config) ->
    -    {started,ServerId} = my_server:start(),
    -    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    -    MyId = self(),
    -    connected = my_server:connect(ServerId, MyId),
    -    {clients,[MyId]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    -    disconnected = my_server:disconnect(ServerId, MyId),
    -    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    -    stopped = my_server:stop(ServerId).

    As a test suite runs, all information (including output to stdout) is recorded +example:

    session(_Config) ->
    +    {started,ServerId} = my_server:start(),
    +    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    +    MyId = self(),
    +    connected = my_server:connect(ServerId, MyId),
    +    {clients,[MyId]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    +    disconnected = my_server:disconnect(ServerId, MyId),
    +    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    +    stopped = my_server:stop(ServerId).

    As a test suite runs, all information (including output to stdout) is recorded in many different log files. A minimum of information is displayed in the user console (only start and stop information, plus a note for each failed test case).

    The result from each test case is recorded in a dedicated HTML log file, created /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/config_file_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/config_file_chapter.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:09.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/config_file_chapter.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ Syntax -

    A configuration file can contain any number of elements of the type:

    {CfgVarName,Value}.

    where

    CfgVarName = atom()
    -Value = term() | [{CfgVarName,Value}]

    +

    A configuration file can contain any number of elements of the type:

    {CfgVarName,Value}.

    where

    CfgVarName = atom()
    +Value = term() | [{CfgVarName,Value}]

    @@ -65,13 +65,13 @@ any number of alias names, but each name must be unique within the same test suite. The two main uses for alias names follows:

    • To identify connections (described later).
    • To help adapt configuration data to a test suite (or test case) and improve readability.

    To read the value of a configuration variable, use function -get_config/1,2,3.

    Example:

    suite() ->
    -    [{require, domain, 'CONN_SPEC_DNS_SUFFIX'}].
    +get_config/1,2,3.

    Example:

    suite() ->
    +    [{require, domain, 'CONN_SPEC_DNS_SUFFIX'}].
     
     ...
     
    -testcase(Config) ->
    -    Domain = ct:get_config(domain),
    +testcase(Config) ->
    +    Domain = ct:get_config(domain),
         ...

    @@ -156,11 +156,11 @@ </ftp_host> <lm_directory>"/test/loadmodules"</lm_directory> </config>

    Once read, this file produces the same configuration variables as the following -text file:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    -            {username,"tester"},
    -            {password,"letmein"}]}.
    +text file:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    +            {username,"tester"},
    +            {password,"letmein"}]}.
     
    -{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    +{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    @@ -179,55 +179,55 @@ data being reloaded during test execution. The input argument is the same as for function check_parameter/1.

    The return value is to be either of the following:

    • {ok, Config} - if the configuration variables are read successfully.
    • {error, {Error, ErrorDetails}} - if the callback module fails to proceed with the specified configuration parameters.

    Config is the proper Erlang key-value list, with possible key-value sublists -as values, like the earlier configuration file example:

    [{ftp_host, [{ftp, "targethost"}, {username, "tester"}, {password, "letmein"}]},
    - {lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}]

    +as values, like the earlier configuration file example:

    [{ftp_host, [{ftp, "targethost"}, {username, "tester"}, {password, "letmein"}]},
    + {lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}]

    Examples of Configuration Data Handling

    A configuration file for using the FTP client to access files on a remote host -can look as follows:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    -            {username,"tester"},
    -            {password,"letmein"}]}.
    +can look as follows:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    +            {username,"tester"},
    +            {password,"letmein"}]}.
     
    -{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    The XML version shown earlier can also be used, but it is to be explicitly +{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    The XML version shown earlier can also be used, but it is to be explicitly specified that the ct_config_xml callback module is to be used by Common Test.

    The following is an example of how to assert that the configuration data is -available and can be used for an FTP session:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    -    {ok,_} = ct_ftp:open(ftp),
    +available and can be used for an FTP session:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    +    {ok,_} = ct_ftp:open(ftp),
         Config.
     
    -end_per_testcase(ftptest, _Config) ->
    -    ct_ftp:close(ftp).
    +end_per_testcase(ftptest, _Config) ->
    +    ct_ftp:close(ftp).
     
    -ftptest() ->
    -    [{require,ftp,ftp_host},
    -     {require,lm_directory}].
    -
    -ftptest(Config) ->
    -    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    -    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    -    ok = ct_ftp:recv(ftp, Remote, Local),
    +ftptest() ->
    +    [{require,ftp,ftp_host},
    +     {require,lm_directory}].
    +
    +ftptest(Config) ->
    +    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    +    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    +    ok = ct_ftp:recv(ftp, Remote, Local),
         ...

    The following is an example of how the functions in the previous example can be -rewritten if it is necessary to open multiple connections to the FTP server:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    -    {ok,Handle1} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    -    {ok,Handle2} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    -    [{ftp_handles,[Handle1,Handle2]} | Config].
    -
    -end_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    -    lists:foreach(fun(Handle) -> ct_ftp:close(Handle) end,
    -                  proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config)).
    -
    -ftptest() ->
    -    [{require,ftp_host},
    -     {require,lm_directory}].
    -
    -ftptest(Config) ->
    -    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    -    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    -    [Handle | MoreHandles] = proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config),
    -    ok = ct_ftp:recv(Handle, Remote, Local),
    +rewritten if it is necessary to open multiple connections to the FTP server:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    +    {ok,Handle1} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    +    {ok,Handle2} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    +    [{ftp_handles,[Handle1,Handle2]} | Config].
    +
    +end_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    +    lists:foreach(fun(Handle) -> ct_ftp:close(Handle) end,
    +                  proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config)).
    +
    +ftptest() ->
    +    [{require,ftp_host},
    +     {require,lm_directory}].
    +
    +ftptest(Config) ->
    +    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    +    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    +    [Handle | MoreHandles] = proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config),
    +    ok = ct_ftp:recv(Handle, Remote, Local),
         ...

    @@ -235,86 +235,86 @@ Example of User-Specific Configuration Handler

    A simple configuration handling driver, asking an external server for -configuration data, can be implemented as follows:

    -module(config_driver).
    --export([read_config/1, check_parameter/1]).
    +configuration data, can be implemented as follows:

    -module(config_driver).
    +-export([read_config/1, check_parameter/1]).
     
    -read_config(ServerName)->
    -    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    -    ServerModule:start(),
    -    ServerModule:get_config().
    -
    -check_parameter(ServerName)->
    -    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    -    case code:is_loaded(ServerModule) of
    -        {file, _}->
    -            {ok, {config, ServerName}};
    +read_config(ServerName)->
    +    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    +    ServerModule:start(),
    +    ServerModule:get_config().
    +
    +check_parameter(ServerName)->
    +    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    +    case code:is_loaded(ServerModule) of
    +        {file, _}->
    +            {ok, {config, ServerName}};
             false->
    -            case code:load_file(ServerModule) of
    -                {module, ServerModule}->
    -                    {ok, {config, ServerName}};
    -                {error, nofile}->
    -                    {error, {wrong_config, "File not found: " ++ ServerName ++ ".beam"}}
    +            case code:load_file(ServerModule) of
    +                {module, ServerModule}->
    +                    {ok, {config, ServerName}};
    +                {error, nofile}->
    +                    {error, {wrong_config, "File not found: " ++ ServerName ++ ".beam"}}
                 end
         end.

    The configuration string for this driver can be config_server, if the config_server.erl module that follows is compiled and exists in the code path -during test execution:

    -module(config_server).
    --export([start/0, stop/0, init/1, get_config/0, loop/0]).
    +during test execution:

    -module(config_server).
    +-export([start/0, stop/0, init/1, get_config/0, loop/0]).
     
    --define(REGISTERED_NAME, ct_test_config_server).
    +-define(REGISTERED_NAME, ct_test_config_server).
     
    -start()->
    -    case whereis(?REGISTERED_NAME) of
    +start()->
    +    case whereis(?REGISTERED_NAME) of
             undefined->
    -            spawn(?MODULE, init, [?REGISTERED_NAME]),
    -            wait();
    +            spawn(?MODULE, init, [?REGISTERED_NAME]),
    +            wait();
             _Pid->
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2025-01-25 10:19:09.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2041-02-26 23:36:53.000000000 +0000
    @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@
              version="3.0">
       
         common_test - 1.27.4
    -    urn:uuid:b29289f4-9d61-b5da-77f3-2ff304265474
    +    urn:uuid:5e7db201-ad37-544f-abec-1dcb27b5d4a0
         en
     
    -    2025-01-25T10:19:09Z
    +    2041-02-26T23:36:53Z
     
       
       
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/cover_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/cover_chapter.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:19:09.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/cover_chapter.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:53.000000000 +0000
    @@ -96,44 +96,44 @@
     

    Here follows the general configuration terms that are allowed in a cover specification file:

    %% List of Nodes on which cover will be active during test.
     %% Nodes = [atom()]
    -{nodes, Nodes}.
    +{nodes, Nodes}.
     
     %% Files with previously exported cover data to include in analysis.
     %% CoverDataFiles = [string()]
    -{import, CoverDataFiles}.
    +{import, CoverDataFiles}.
     
     %% Cover data file to export from this session.
     %% CoverDataFile = string()
    -{export, CoverDataFile}.
    +{export, CoverDataFile}.
     
     %% Cover analysis level.
     %% Level = details | overview
    -{level, Level}.
    +{level, Level}.
     
     %% Directories to include in cover.
     %% Dirs = [string()]
    -{incl_dirs, Dirs}.
    +{incl_dirs, Dirs}.
     
     %% Directories, including subdirectories, to include.
    -{incl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
    +{incl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
     
     %% Specific modules to include in cover.
     %% Mods = [atom()]
    -{incl_mods, Mods}.
    +{incl_mods, Mods}.
     
     %% Directories to exclude in cover.
    -{excl_dirs, Dirs}.
    +{excl_dirs, Dirs}.
     
     %% Directories, including subdirectories, to exclude.
    -{excl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
    +{excl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
     
     %% Specific modules to exclude in cover.
    -{excl_mods, Mods}.
    +{excl_mods, Mods}.
     
     %% Cross cover compilation
     %% Tag = atom(), an identifier for a test run
     %% Mod = [atom()], modules to compile for accumulated analysis
    -{cross,[{Tag,Mods}]}.

    The terms incl_dirs_r and excl_dirs_r tell Common Test to search the +{cross,[{Tag,Mods}]}.

    The terms incl_dirs_r and excl_dirs_r tell Common Test to search the specified directories recursively and include or exclude any module found during the search. The terms incl_dirs and excl_dirs result in a non-recursive search for modules (that is, only modules found in the specified directories are @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@

    When using a cover specification in the testing of an OTP application itself, there is a special incl_app directive that includes the applications modules for -the cover compilation.

    {incl_app, AppName, Cover :: overview | details}.

    Note

    If you desire to also use some other general cover configuration together with +the cover compilation.

    {incl_app, AppName, Cover :: overview | details}.

    Note

    If you desire to also use some other general cover configuration together with this option you should insert the AppName in between the option and its value creating a three tuple.

    @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ {cross,[{s1,[m1]}]}.

    Then m1 is cover compiled in test run s2, but not shown in the coverage log. Instead, if ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse/2 is called after both s1 and s2 test runs are completed, the accumulated result for m1 is available in the -cross cover log for test run s1.

    The call to the analyze function must be as follows:

    ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse(Level, [{s1,S1LogDir},{s2,S2LogDir}]).

    Here, S1LogDir and S2LogDir are the directories named <TestName>.logs for +cross cover log for test run s1.

    The call to the analyze function must be as follows:

    ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse(Level, [{s1,S1LogDir},{s2,S2LogDir}]).

    Here, S1LogDir and S2LogDir are the directories named <TestName>.logs for each test respectively.

    Notice the tags s1 and s2, which are used in the cover specification file and in the call to ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse/2. The purpose of these is only to map the modules specified in the cover specification to the log /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_ftp.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_ftp.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:09.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_ftp.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -468,10 +468,10 @@

    Opens an FTP connection and sends a file to the remote host.

    LocalFile and RemoteFile must be absolute paths.

    If the target host is a "special" node, the FTP address must be specified in the -configuration file as follows:

    {node,[{ftp,IpAddr}]}.

    If the target host is something else, for example, a UNIX host, the -configuration file must also include the username and password (both strings):

    {unix,[{ftp,IpAddr},
    -       {username,Username},
    -       {password,Password}]}.

    See also ct:require/2.

    +configuration file as follows:

    {node,[{ftp,IpAddr}]}.

    If the target host is something else, for example, a UNIX host, the +configuration file must also include the username and password (both strings):

    {unix,[{ftp,IpAddr},
    +       {username,Username},
    +       {password,Password}]}.

    See also ct:require/2.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_hooks_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_hooks_chapter.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:09.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_hooks_chapter.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -148,12 +148,12 @@ always a combination of a result for the suite/group/test and an updated CTHState.

    To let the test suite continue on executing, return the configuration list that you want the test to use as the result.

    All pre hooks, except pre_end_per_testcase/4, can skip or fail the test by -returning a tuple with skip or fail, and a reason as the result.

    Example:

    pre_init_per_suite(SuiteName, Config, CTHState) ->
    -  case db:connect() of
    -    {error,_Reason} ->
    -      {{fail, "Could not connect to DB"}, CTHState};
    -    {ok, Handle} ->
    -      {[{db_handle, Handle} | Config], CTHState#state{ handle = Handle }}
    +returning a tuple with skip or fail, and a reason as the result.

    Example:

    pre_init_per_suite(SuiteName, Config, CTHState) ->
    +  case db:connect() of
    +    {error,_Reason} ->
    +      {{fail, "Could not connect to DB"}, CTHState};
    +    {ok, Handle} ->
    +      {[{db_handle, Handle} | Config], CTHState#state{ handle = Handle }}
       end.

    Note

    If you use multiple CTHs, the first part of the return tuple is used as input for the next CTH. So in the previous example the next CTH can get {fail,Reason} as the second parameter. If you have many CTHs interacting, do @@ -175,18 +175,18 @@ affect the outcome of the test, return the Return data as it is given to the CTH. You can also modify the test result. By returning the Config list with element tc_status removed, you can recover from a test failure. As in all the -pre hooks, it is also possible to fail/skip the test case in the post hook.

    Example:

    post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, {'EXIT',{_,_}}, CTHState) ->
    -  case db:check_consistency() of
    +pre hooks, it is also possible to fail/skip the test case in the post hook.

    Example:

    post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, {'EXIT',{_,_}}, CTHState) ->
    +  case db:check_consistency() of
         true ->
           %% DB is good, pass the test.
    -      {proplists:delete(tc_status, Config), CTHState};
    +      {proplists:delete(tc_status, Config), CTHState};
         false ->
           %% DB is not good, mark as skipped instead of failing
    -      {{skip, "DB is inconsistent!"}, CTHState}
    +      {{skip, "DB is inconsistent!"}, CTHState}
       end;
    -post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, Return, CTHState) ->
    +post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, Return, CTHState) ->
       %% Do nothing if tc does not crash.
    -  {Return, CTHState}.

    Note

    Do recover from a testcase failure using CTHs only a last resort. If used + {Return, CTHState}.

    Note

    Do recover from a testcase failure using CTHs only a last resort. If used wrongly, it can be very difficult to determine which tests that pass or fail in a test run.

    @@ -235,80 +235,80 @@ %%% ct_run -suite example_SUITE -pa . -ct_hooks example_cth %%% %%% Note `-pa .`: the hook beam file must be in the code path when installing. --module(example_cth). +-module(example_cth). %% Mandatory Callbacks --export([init/2]). +-export([init/2]). %% Optional Callbacks --export([id/1]). +-export([id/1]). --export([pre_init_per_suite/3]). --export([post_end_per_suite/4]). +-export([pre_init_per_suite/3]). +-export([post_end_per_suite/4]). --export([pre_init_per_testcase/4]). --export([post_end_per_testcase/5]). +-export([pre_init_per_testcase/4]). +-export([post_end_per_testcase/5]). --export([on_tc_skip/4]). +-export([on_tc_skip/4]). --export([terminate/1]). +-export([terminate/1]). %% This hook state is threaded through all the callbacks. --record(state, {filename, total, suite_total, ts, tcs, data, skipped}). +-record(state, {filename, total, suite_total, ts, tcs, data, skipped}). %% This example hook prints its results to a file, see terminate/1. --record(test_run, {total, skipped, suites}). +-record(test_run, {total, skipped, suites}). %% Return a unique id for this CTH. %% Using the filename means the hook can be used with different %% log files to separate timing data within the same test run. %% See Installing a CTH for more information. -id(Opts) -> +id(Opts) -> %% the path is relative to the test run directory - proplists:get_value(filename, Opts, "example_cth.log"). + proplists:get_value(filename, Opts, "example_cth.log"). %% Always called before any other callback function. Use this to initiate %% any common state. -init(Id, _Opts) -> - {ok, #state{filename = Id, total = 0, data = []}}. +init(Id, _Opts) -> + {ok, #state{filename = Id, total = 0, data = []}}. %% Called before init_per_suite is called. -pre_init_per_suite(_Suite,Config,State) -> - {Config, State#state{suite_total = 0, tcs = []}}. +pre_init_per_suite(_Suite,Config,State) -> + {Config, State#state{suite_total = 0, tcs = []}}. %% Called after end_per_suite. -post_end_per_suite(Suite,_Config,Return,State) -> - Data = {suites, Suite, State#state.suite_total, - lists:reverse(State#state.tcs)}, - {Return, State#state{data = [Data | State#state.data], - total = State#state.total + State#state.suite_total}}. +post_end_per_suite(Suite,_Config,Return,State) -> + Data = {suites, Suite, State#state.suite_total, + lists:reverse(State#state.tcs)}, + {Return, State#state{data = [Data | State#state.data], + total = State#state.total + State#state.suite_total}}. %% Called before each init_per_testcase. -pre_init_per_testcase(_Suite,_TC,Config,State) -> - Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), - {Config, State#state{ts = Now, suite_total = State#state.suite_total + 1}}. +pre_init_per_testcase(_Suite,_TC,Config,State) -> + Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), + {Config, State#state{ts = Now, suite_total = State#state.suite_total + 1}}. %% Called after each end_per_testcase. -post_end_per_testcase(Suite,TC,_Config,Return,State) -> - Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), - TCInfo = {testcase, Suite, TC, Return, Now - State#state.ts}, - {Return, State#state{ts = undefined, tcs = [TCInfo | State#state.tcs]}}. +post_end_per_testcase(Suite,TC,_Config,Return,State) -> + Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), + TCInfo = {testcase, Suite, TC, Return, Now - State#state.ts}, + {Return, State#state{ts = undefined, tcs = [TCInfo | State#state.tcs]}}. %% Called when a test case is skipped by either user action %% or due to an init function failing. -on_tc_skip(_Suite, _TC, _Reason, State) -> - State#state{skipped = State#state.skipped + 1}. +on_tc_skip(_Suite, _TC, _Reason, State) -> + State#state{skipped = State#state.skipped + 1}. %% Called when the scope of the CTH is done. -terminate(State) -> +terminate(State) -> %% use append to avoid data loss if the path is reused - {ok, File} = file:open(State#state.filename, [write, append]), - io:format(File, "~p.~n", [results(State)]), - file:close(File), + {ok, File} = file:open(State#state.filename, [write, append]), + io:format(File, "~p.~n", [results(State)]), + file:close(File), ok. -results(State) -> - #state{skipped = Skipped, data = Data, total = Total} = State, - #test_run{total = Total, skipped = Skipped, suites = lists:reverse(Data)}.

    +results(State) -> + #state{skipped = Skipped, data = Data, total = Total} = State, + #test_run{total = Total, skipped = Skipped, suites = lists:reverse(Data)}.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_master_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_master_chapter.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:09.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_master_chapter.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ of test specifications. If it is a list, the specifications are handled (and the corresponding tests executed) in sequence. An element in a TestSpecs list can also be list of test specifications. The specifications in such a list are -merged into one combined specification before test execution.

    Example:

    ct_master:run(["ts1","ts2",["ts3","ts4"]])

    Here, the tests specified by "ts1" run first, then the tests specified by "ts2", +merged into one combined specification before test execution.

    Example:

    ct_master:run(["ts1","ts2",["ts3","ts4"]])

    Here, the tests specified by "ts1" run first, then the tests specified by "ts2", and finally the tests specified by both "ts3" and "ts4".

    The InclNodes argument to run/3 is a list of node names. Function run/3 runs the tests in TestSpecs just like run/1, but also takes any test in TestSpecs, which is not explicitly tagged with a particular node name, and @@ -91,32 +91,32 @@ install an event handler).

    Consider the example in section Test Specifications in section Running Tests and Analysing Results, now extended with node information and -intended to be executed by Common Test Master:

    {define, 'Top', "/home/test"}.
    -{define, 'T1', "'Top'/t1"}.
    -{define, 'T2', "'Top'/t2"}.
    -{define, 'T3', "'Top'/t3"}.
    -{define, 'CfgFile', "config.cfg"}.
    -{define, 'Node', ct_node}.
    -
    -{node, node1, 'Node@host_x'}.
    -{node, node2, 'Node@host_y'}.
    -
    -{logdir, master, "'Top'/master_logs"}.
    -{logdir, "'Top'/logs"}.
    -
    -{config, node1, "'T1'/'CfgFile'"}.
    -{config, node2, "'T2'/'CfgFile'"}.
    -{config, "'T3'/'CfgFile'"}.
    -
    -{suites, node1, 'T1', all}.
    -{skip_suites, node1, 'T1', [t1B_SUITE,t1D_SUITE], "Not implemented"}.
    -{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1A_SUITE, [test3,test4], "Irrelevant"}.
    -{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1C_SUITE, [test1], "Ignore"}.
    +intended to be executed by Common Test Master:

    {define, 'Top', "/home/test"}.
    +{define, 'T1', "'Top'/t1"}.
    +{define, 'T2', "'Top'/t2"}.
    +{define, 'T3', "'Top'/t3"}.
    +{define, 'CfgFile', "config.cfg"}.
    +{define, 'Node', ct_node}.
    +
    +{node, node1, 'Node@host_x'}.
    +{node, node2, 'Node@host_y'}.
    +
    +{logdir, master, "'Top'/master_logs"}.
    +{logdir, "'Top'/logs"}.
    +
    +{config, node1, "'T1'/'CfgFile'"}.
    +{config, node2, "'T2'/'CfgFile'"}.
    +{config, "'T3'/'CfgFile'"}.
    +
    +{suites, node1, 'T1', all}.
    +{skip_suites, node1, 'T1', [t1B_SUITE,t1D_SUITE], "Not implemented"}.
    +{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1A_SUITE, [test3,test4], "Irrelevant"}.
    +{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1C_SUITE, [test1], "Ignore"}.
     
    -{suites, node2, 'T2', [t2B_SUITE,t2C_SUITE]}.
    -{cases, node2, 'T2', t2A_SUITE, [test4,test1,test7]}.
    +{suites, node2, 'T2', [t2B_SUITE,t2C_SUITE]}.
    +{cases, node2, 'T2', t2A_SUITE, [test4,test1,test7]}.
     
    -{skip_suites, 'T3', all, "Not implemented"}.

    This example specifies the same tests as the original example. But now if +{skip_suites, 'T3', all, "Not implemented"}.

    This example specifies the same tests as the original example. But now if started with a call to ct_master:run(TestSpecName), test t1 is executed on node ct_node@host_x (node1), test t2 on ct_node@host_y (node2) and test t3 on both node1 and node2. Configuration file t1 is only read on @@ -139,13 +139,13 @@ Automatic Startup of Test Target Nodes

    Initial actions can be started and performed automatically on test target nodes -using test specification term init.

    Two subterms are supported, node_start and eval.

    Example:

    {node, node1, node1@host1}.
    -{node, node2, node1@host2}.
    -{node, node3, node2@host2}.
    -{node, node4, node1@host3}.
    -{init, node1, [{node_start, [{callback_module, my_slave_callback}]}]}.
    -{init, [node2, node3], {node_start, [{username, "ct_user"}, {password, "ct_password"}]}}.
    -{init, node4, {eval, {module, function, []}}}.

    This test specification declares that node1@host1 is to be started using the +using test specification term init.

    Two subterms are supported, node_start and eval.

    Example:

    {node, node1, node1@host1}.
    +{node, node2, node1@host2}.
    +{node, node3, node2@host2}.
    +{node, node4, node1@host3}.
    +{init, node1, [{node_start, [{callback_module, my_slave_callback}]}]}.
    +{init, [node2, node3], {node_start, [{username, "ct_user"}, {password, "ct_password"}]}}.
    +{init, node4, {eval, {module, function, []}}}.

    This test specification declares that node1@host1 is to be started using the user callback function callback_module:my_slave_callback/0, and nodes node1@host2 and node2@host2 are to be started with the default callback module ct_slave. The specified username and password are used to log on to /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_master.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_master.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:09.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_master.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@

    Gets a reference to the Common Test master event manager. The reference can be -used to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct_master:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    +used to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct_master:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_netconfc.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_netconfc.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:09.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_netconfc.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ to the server.

    Alternately, open/1,2 can be used to establish a single session on a dedicated connection. (Or, equivalently, only_open/1,2 followed by hello/1-3.)

    Connect/session options can be specified in a configuration file with entries -like the following.

    {server_id(), [option()]}.

    The server_id/0 or an associated ct:target_name/0 can then be passed to +like the following.

    {server_id(), [option()]}.

    The server_id/0 or an associated ct:target_name/0 can then be passed to the aforementioned functions to use the referenced configuration.

    Signaling

    Protocol operations in the NETCONF protocol are realized as remote procedure calls (RPCs) from client to server and a corresponding reply from server to client. RPCs are sent using like-named functions (eg. @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ in most cases since a non-response by the server or a missing message-id causes the call to hang indefinitely.

    Logging

    The NETCONF server uses error_logger for logging of NETCONF traffic. A special purpose error handler is implemented in ct_conn_log_h. To use this error -handler, add the cth_conn_log hook in the test suite, for example:

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}]}].

    conn_log_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the +handler, add the cth_conn_log hook in the test suite, for example:

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}]}].

    conn_log_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the connection protocol, for example, ct_netconfc.

    Hook option log_type specifies the type of logging:

    • raw - The sent and received NETCONF data is logged to a separate text file "as is" without any formatting. A link to the file is added to the test case HTML log.

    • pretty - The sent and received NETCONF data is logged to a separate text @@ -57,17 +57,17 @@ option hosts and list the names of the servers/connections to be used in the suite. The connections must be named for this to work, that is, they must be opened with open/2.

      Option hosts has no effect if log_type is set to html or silent.

      The hook options can also be specified in a configuration file with -configuration variable ct_conn_log:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}.

      For example:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty},
      -                            {hosts,[ct:key_or_name()]}]}]}

      Note

      Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite the hard-coded hook +configuration variable ct_conn_log:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}.

      For example:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty},
      +                            {hosts,[ct:key_or_name()]}]}]}

      Note

      Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite the hard-coded hook options in the test suite.

      Logging Example 1:

      The following ct_hooks statement causes pretty printing of NETCONF traffic to separate logs for the connections named nc_server1 and nc_server2. Any other -connections are logged to default NETCONF log.

      suite() ->
      -   [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty}},
      -                                              {hosts,[nc_server1,nc_server2]}]}
      -                               ]}]}].

      Connections must be opened as follows:

      open(nc_server1,[...]),
      -open(nc_server2,[...]).

      Logging Example 2:

      The following configuration file causes raw logging of all NETCONF traffic in to -one single text file:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,raw}]}]}.

      The ct_hooks statement must look as follows:

      suite() ->
      -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

      The same ct_hooks statement without the configuration file would cause HTML +connections are logged to default NETCONF log.

      suite() ->
      +   [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty}},
      +                                              {hosts,[nc_server1,nc_server2]}]}
      +                               ]}]}].

      Connections must be opened as follows:

      open(nc_server1,[...]),
      +open(nc_server2,[...]).

      Logging Example 2:

      The following configuration file causes raw logging of all NETCONF traffic in to +one single text file:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,raw}]}]}.

      The ct_hooks statement must look as follows:

      suite() ->
      +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

      The same ct_hooks statement without the configuration file would cause HTML logging of all NETCONF connections in to the test case HTML log.

    @@ -2052,8 +2052,8 @@

    Edits configuration data.

    By default only the running target is available, unless the server includes :candidate or :startup in its list of capabilities.

    OptParams can be used for specifying optional parameters (default-operation, test-option, or error-option) to be added to the edit-config request. The -value must be a list containing valid simple XML, for example:

    [{'default-operation', ["none"]},
    - {'error-option', ["rollback-on-error"]}]

    If OptParams is not given, the default value [] is used.

    +value must be a list containing valid simple XML, for example:

    [{'default-operation', ["none"]},
    + {'error-option', ["rollback-on-error"]}]

    If OptParams is not given, the default value [] is used.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_property_test_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_property_test_chapter.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:09.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_property_test_chapter.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -42,51 +42,51 @@ Introductory Example

    Assume that we want to test the lists:sort/1 function.

    We need a property to test the function. In normal way, we create -property_test/ct_prop.erl module in the test directory in our application:

    -module(ct_prop).
    --export([prop_sort/0]).
    +property_test/ct_prop.erl module in the test directory in our application:

    -module(ct_prop).
    +-export([prop_sort/0]).
     
     %%% This will include the .hrl file for the installed testing tool:
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
     
     %%% The property we want to check:
     %%%   For all possibly unsorted lists,
     %%%   the result of lists:sort/1 is sorted.
    -prop_sort() ->
    -    ?FORALL(UnSorted, list(),
    -            is_sorted(lists:sort(UnSorted))
    -           ).
    +prop_sort() ->
    +    ?FORALL(UnSorted, list(),
    +            is_sorted(lists:sort(UnSorted))
    +           ).
     
     %%% Function to check that a list is sorted:
    -is_sorted([]) ->
    +is_sorted([]) ->
         true;
    -is_sorted([_]) ->
    +is_sorted([_]) ->
         true;
    -is_sorted([H1,H2|SortedTail]) when H1 =< H2 ->
    -    is_sorted([H2|SortedTail]);
    -is_sorted(_) ->
    -    false.

    We also need a CommonTest test suite:

    -module(ct_property_test_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all). % Only in tests!
    +is_sorted([H1,H2|SortedTail]) when H1 =< H2 ->
    +    is_sorted([H2|SortedTail]);
    +is_sorted(_) ->
    +    false.

    We also need a CommonTest test suite:

    -module(ct_property_test_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all). % Only in tests!
     
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
     
    -all() -> [prop_sort
    -         ].
    +all() -> [prop_sort
    +         ].
     
     %%% First prepare Config and compile the property tests for the found tool:
    -init_per_suite(Config) ->
    -    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
    +init_per_suite(Config) ->
    +    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
     
    -end_per_suite(Config) ->
    +end_per_suite(Config) ->
         Config.
     
     %%%================================================================
     %%% Test suites
     %%%
    -prop_sort(Config) ->
    -    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
    -      ct_prop:prop_sort(),
    +prop_sort(Config) ->
    +    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
    +      ct_prop:prop_sort(),
           Config
    -     ).

    We run it as usual, for example with ct_run in the OS shell:

    ..../test$ ct_run -suite ct_property_test_SUITE
    +     ).

    We run it as usual, for example with ct_run in the OS shell:

    ..../test$ ct_run -suite ct_property_test_SUITE
     .....
     Common Test: Running make in test directories...
     
    @@ -116,13 +116,13 @@
       A stateful testing example
     
     

    Assume a test that generates some parallel stateful commands, and runs 300 -tests:

    prop_parallel(Config) ->
    -    numtests(300,
    -             ?FORALL(Cmds, parallel_commands(?MODULE),
    +tests:

    prop_parallel(Config) ->
    +    numtests(300,
    +             ?FORALL(Cmds, parallel_commands(?MODULE),
                          begin
    -                         RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds),
    -                         ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config)
    -                     end)).

    The ct_property_test:present_result/4 is a help function for printing some + RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds), + ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config) + end)).

    The ct_property_test:present_result/4 is a help function for printing some statistics in the CommonTest log file.

    Our example test could for example be a simple test of an ftp server, where we perform get, put and delete requests, some of them in parallel. Per default, the result has three sections:

    *** User 2019-12-11 13:28:17.504 ***
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_property_test.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_property_test.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:19:09.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_property_test.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:53.000000000 +0000
    @@ -30,30 +30,30 @@
     directory has a subdirectory property_test, where everything needed for the
     property tests are collected. The usual Erlang application directory structure
     is assumed.

    A typical Common Test test suite using ct_property_test is organized as -follows:

    -module(my_prop_test_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all).
    +follows:

    -module(my_prop_test_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all).
     
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
     
    -all() -> [prop_ftp_case].
    +all() -> [prop_ftp_case].
     
    -init_per_suite(Config) ->
    -    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
    +init_per_suite(Config) ->
    +    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
     
     %%%---- test case
    -prop_ftp_case(Config) ->
    -    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
    -      ftp_simple_client_server:prop_ftp(),
    +prop_ftp_case(Config) ->
    +    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
    +      ftp_simple_client_server:prop_ftp(),
           Config
    -     ).

    and the the property test module (in this example + ).

    and the the property test module (in this example ftp_simple_client_server.erl) as almost a usual property testing module (More -examples are in the User's Guide):

    -module(ftp_simple_client_server).
    --export([prop_ftp/0...]).
    +examples are in the User's Guide):

    -module(ftp_simple_client_server).
    +-export([prop_ftp/0...]).
     
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
     
    -prop_ftp() ->
    -    ?FORALL( ....
    +
    prop_ftp() -> + ?FORALL( ....
    @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ 'EQC', 'PROPER' or 'TRIQ' set, depending on which tool that is first found. This could make parts of the Erlang property tests code to be included or excluded with the macro directives -ifdef(Macro). or -ifndef(Macro)..

    The file(s) in the property_test subdirectory could, or should, include the -ct_property_test include file:

    -include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").

    This included file will:

    • Include the correct tool's include file
    • Set the macro 'MOD_eqc' to the correct module name for the selected tool. +ct_property_test include file:

      -include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").

      This included file will:

      • Include the correct tool's include file
      • Set the macro 'MOD_eqc' to the correct module name for the selected tool. That is, the macro 'MOD_eqc' is set to either eqc, proper or triq.
      @@ -866,8 +866,8 @@

      Presents the result of stateful (statem) property testing using the aggregate function in PropEr, QuickCheck or other similar property testing tool.

      It is assumed to be called inside the property called by quickcheck/2:

      ...
      -RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds),
      -ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config)
      +RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds),
      +ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config)
       ...

      See the User's Guide for an example of the usage and of the default printout.

      The StatisticsSpec is a list of the tuples:

      • {Title::string(), CollectFun::fun/1}
      • {Title::string(), FrequencyFun::/0, CollectFun::fun/1}

      Each tuple will produce one table in the order of their places in the list.

      • Title will be the title of one result table

      • CollectFun is called with one argument: the Cmds. It should return a list of the values to be counted. The following pre-defined functions exist:

        • ct_property_test:cmnd_names/1 returns a list of commands (function calls) @@ -877,15 +877,15 @@ about sequential and parallel parts from Tool:parallel_commands/1,2
      • FrequencyFun/0 returns a fun/1 which is supposed to take a list of items as input, and return an iolist which will be printed as the table. Per default, the number of each item is counted and the percentage is printed for each. The -list [a,b,a,a,c] could for example return

        ["a 60%\n","b 20%\n","c 20%\n"]

        which will be printed by the print_fun. The default print_fun will print +list [a,b,a,a,c] could for example return

        ["a 60%\n","b 20%\n","c 20%\n"]

        which will be printed by the print_fun. The default print_fun will print it as:

        a 60%
         b 20%
        -c 20%

      The default StatisticsSpec is:

      • For sequential commands:

        [{"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
        - {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
        -                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
      • For parallel commands:

        [{"Distribution sequential/parallel", fun sequential_parallel/1},
        - {"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
        - {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
        -                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
      +c 20%

    The default StatisticsSpec is:

    • For sequential commands:

      [{"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
      + {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
      +                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
    • For parallel commands:

      [{"Distribution sequential/parallel", fun sequential_parallel/1},
      + {"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
      + {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
      +                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_run_cmd.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_run_cmd.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:09.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_run_cmd.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -146,10 +146,10 @@ Run Common Test in Interactive Mode
     ct_run -shell
    -  [-config ConfigFile1 ConfigFile2 ... ConfigFileN]
    -  [-userconfig CallbackModule1 ConfigString1 and CallbackModule2
    -   ConfigString2 and .. and CallbackModuleN ConfigStringN]
    -  [-decrypt_key Key] | [-decrypt_file KeyFile]

    + [-config ConfigFile1 ConfigFile2 ... ConfigFileN] + [-userconfig CallbackModule1 ConfigString1 and CallbackModule2 + ConfigString2 and .. and CallbackModuleN ConfigStringN] + [-decrypt_key Key] | [-decrypt_file KeyFile]

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_snmp.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_snmp.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:09.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_snmp.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -45,15 +45,15 @@ Optional.

  • {agent_target_param_def, [term()] | {data_dir_file, rel_path()}} - Optional.

  • Parameter MgrAgentConfName in the functions is to be a name you allocate in your test suite using a require statement. Example (where -MgrAgentConfName = snmp_mgr_agent):

    suite() -> [{require, snmp_mgr_agent, snmp}].

    or

    ct:require(snmp_mgr_agent, snmp).

    Notice that USM users are needed for SNMPv3 configuration and are not to be +MgrAgentConfName = snmp_mgr_agent):

    suite() -> [{require, snmp_mgr_agent, snmp}].

    or

    ct:require(snmp_mgr_agent, snmp).

    Notice that USM users are needed for SNMPv3 configuration and are not to be confused with users.

    SNMP traps, inform, and report messages are handled by the user callback module. For details, see the SNMP application.

    It is recommended to use the .hrl files created by the Erlang/OTP MIB compiler to define the Object Identifiers (OIDs). For example, to get the Erlang node -name from erlNodeTable in the OTP-MIB:

    Oid = ?erlNodeEntry ++ [?erlNodeName, 1]

    Furthermore, values can be set for SNMP application configuration parameters, +name from erlNodeTable in the OTP-MIB:

    Oid = ?erlNodeEntry ++ [?erlNodeName, 1]

    Furthermore, values can be set for SNMP application configuration parameters, config, server, net_if, and so on (for a list of valid parameters and types, see the User's Guide for the SNMP application). -This is done by defining a configuration data variable on the following form:

    {snmp_app, [{manager, [snmp_app_manager_params()]},
    -            {agent, [snmp_app_agent_params()]}]}.

    A name for the data must be allocated in the suite using require (see the +This is done by defining a configuration data variable on the following form:

    {snmp_app, [{manager, [snmp_app_manager_params()]},
    +            {agent, [snmp_app_agent_params()]}]}.

    A name for the data must be allocated in the suite using require (see the example above). Pass this name as argument SnmpAppConfName to ct_snmp:start/3. ct_snmp specifies default values for some SNMP application configuration parameters (such as {verbosity,trace} for /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_ssh.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_ssh.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:09.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_ssh.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -28,14 +28,14 @@ that have been started on existing SSH connections (that is, when the original connection type is ssh). Whenever the connection type is sftp, use the SSH connection reference only.

    The following options are valid for specifying an SSH/SFTP connection (that is, -can be used as configuration elements):

    [{ConnType, Addr},
    - {port, Port},
    - {user, UserName}
    - {password, Pwd}
    - {user_dir, String}
    - {public_key_alg, PubKeyAlg}
    - {connect_timeout, Timeout}
    - {key_cb, KeyCallbackMod}]

    ConnType = ssh | sftp.

    For other types, see ssh.

    All time-out parameters in ct_ssh functions are values in milliseconds.

    +can be used as configuration elements):

    [{ConnType, Addr},
    + {port, Port},
    + {user, UserName}
    + {password, Pwd}
    + {user_dir, String}
    + {public_key_alg, PubKeyAlg}
    + {connect_timeout, Timeout}
    + {key_cb, KeyCallbackMod}]

    ConnType = ssh | sftp.

    For other types, see ssh.

    All time-out parameters in ct_ssh functions are values in milliseconds.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_telnet.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_telnet.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:09.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_telnet.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -31,14 +31,14 @@ true
  • Polling limit (max number of times to poll to get a remaining string terminated) = 0
  • Polling interval (sleep time between polls) = 1 second
  • The TCP_NODELAY option for the telnet socket is disabled (set to false) per default
  • These parameters can be modified by the user with the following configuration -term:

    {telnet_settings, [{connect_timeout,Millisec},
    -                   {command_timeout,Millisec},
    -                   {reconnection_attempts,N},
    -                   {reconnection_interval,Millisec},
    -                   {keep_alive,Bool},
    -                   {poll_limit,N},
    -                   {poll_interval,Millisec},
    -                   {tcp_nodelay,Bool}]}.

    Millisec = integer(), N = integer()

    Enter the telnet_settings term in a configuration file included in the test +term:

    {telnet_settings, [{connect_timeout,Millisec},
    +                   {command_timeout,Millisec},
    +                   {reconnection_attempts,N},
    +                   {reconnection_interval,Millisec},
    +                   {keep_alive,Bool},
    +                   {poll_limit,N},
    +                   {poll_interval,Millisec},
    +                   {tcp_nodelay,Bool}]}.

    Millisec = integer(), N = integer()

    Enter the telnet_settings term in a configuration file included in the test and ct_telnet retrieves the information automatically.

    keep_alive can be specified per connection, if necessary. For details, see unix_telnet.

    @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ such as expect/3. However, ct_telnet can be configured to use a special purpose event handler, implemented in ct_conn_log_h, for logging all Telnet traffic. To use this handler, install a Common Test hook named -cth_conn_log. Example (using the test suite information function):

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{conn_mod(),hook_options()}]}]}].

    conn_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the connection +cth_conn_log. Example (using the test suite information function):

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{conn_mod(),hook_options()}]}]}].

    conn_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the connection protocol, that is, ct_telnet.

    The cth_conn_log hook performs unformatted logging of Telnet data to a separate text file. All Telnet communication is captured and printed, including any data sent from the server. The link to this text file is located at the top @@ -71,15 +71,15 @@ disabled, which results with no prefix data. If the value is set to full prefix contains timestamp and additonal information. If the value is set to short prefix includes only human readable timestamp.

    All cth_conn_log hook options described can also be specified in a -configuration file with configuration variable ct_conn_log.

    Example:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{log_type,raw},
    -                           {hosts,[key_or_name()]}]}]}

    Note

    Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite any hard-coded hook +configuration file with configuration variable ct_conn_log.

    Example:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{log_type,raw},
    +                           {hosts,[key_or_name()]}]}]}

    Note

    Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite any hard-coded hook options in the test suite.

    Logging Example:

    The following ct_hooks statement causes printing of Telnet traffic to separate logs for the connections server1 and server2. Traffic for any other -connections is logged in the default Telnet log.

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks,
    -      [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}]}].

    As previously explained, this specification can also be provided by an entry -like the following in a configuration file:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}.

    In this case the ct_hooks statement in the test suite can look as follows:

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

    +connections is logged in the default Telnet log.

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks,
    +      [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}]}].

    As previously explained, this specification can also be provided by an entry +like the following in a configuration file:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}.

    In this case the ct_hooks statement in the test suite can look as follows:

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

    @@ -772,9 +772,9 @@ instead of only one Match. Also HaltReason is returned.

  • sequence - All patterns must be matched in a sequence. A match is not concluded until all patterns are matched. This option can be interrupted by one or more HaltPatterns. MatchList is always returned, that is, a list of -Match instead of only one Match. Also HaltReason is returned.

  • Example 1:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[sequence,{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    First this tries to match "ABC", and then "XYZ", but if "NNN" appears, the +Match instead of only one Match. Also HaltReason is returned.

    Example 1:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[sequence,{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    First this tries to match "ABC", and then "XYZ", but if "NNN" appears, the function returns {error,{nnn,["NNN"]}}. If both "ABC" and "XYZ" are -matched, the function returns {ok,[AbcMatch,XyzMatch]}.

    Example 2:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[{repeat,2},{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    This tries to match "ABC" or "XYZ" twice. If "NNN" appears, the function +matched, the function returns {ok,[AbcMatch,XyzMatch]}.

    Example 2:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[{repeat,2},{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    This tries to match "ABC" or "XYZ" twice. If "NNN" appears, the function returns HaltReason = {nnn,["NNN"]}.

    Options repeat and sequence can be combined to match a sequence multiple times.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:09.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -1857,17 +1857,17 @@

    Reads configuration data values.

    Returns the matching values or configuration elements, given a configuration variable key or its associated name (if one has been specified with -ct:require/2 or a require statement).

    Example:

    Given the following configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,IpAddr},
    -       {user,[{username,Username},
    -              {password,Password}]}]}.

    Then:

    ct:get_config(unix,Default) -> [{telnet,IpAddr},
    - {user, [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]}]
    -ct:get_config({unix,telnet},Default) -> IpAddr
    -ct:get_config({unix,user,username},Default) -> Username
    -ct:get_config({unix,ftp},Default) -> Default
    -ct:get_config(unknownkey,Default) -> Default

    If a configuration variable key has been associated with a name (by +ct:require/2 or a require statement).

    Example:

    Given the following configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,IpAddr},
    +       {user,[{username,Username},
    +              {password,Password}]}]}.

    Then:

    ct:get_config(unix,Default) -> [{telnet,IpAddr},
    + {user, [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]}]
    +ct:get_config({unix,telnet},Default) -> IpAddr
    +ct:get_config({unix,user,username},Default) -> Username
    +ct:get_config({unix,ftp},Default) -> Default
    +ct:get_config(unknownkey,Default) -> Default

    If a configuration variable key has been associated with a name (by ct:require/2 or a require statement), the name can be used -instead of the key to read the value:

    ct:require(myuser,{unix,user}) -> ok.
    -ct:get_config(myuser,Default) -> [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]

    If a configuration variable is defined in multiple files, use option all to +instead of the key to read the value:

    ct:require(myuser,{unix,user}) -> ok.
    +ct:get_config(myuser,Default) -> [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]

    If a configuration variable is defined in multiple files, use option all to access all possible values. The values are returned in a list. The order of the elements corresponds to the order that the configuration files were specified at startup.

    If configuration elements (key-value tuples) are to be returned as result @@ -1905,7 +1905,7 @@

    Gets a reference to the Common Test event manager. The reference can be used -to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    +to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    @@ -2194,7 +2194,7 @@ -

    Installs configuration files and event handlers.

    Run this function once before the first test.

    Example:

    install([{config,["config_node.ctc","config_user.ctc"]}])

    This function is automatically run by program ct_run.

    +

    Installs configuration files and event handlers.

    Run this function once before the first test.

    Example:

    install([{config,["config_node.ctc","config_user.ctc"]}])

    This function is automatically run by program ct_run.

    @@ -3031,7 +3031,7 @@

    Checks if the required configuration is available. Arbitrarily deep tuples can be specified as Required. Only the last element of the tuple can be a list of -SubKeys.

    Example 1. Require the variable myvar:

    ok = ct:require(myvar).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,Value}.

    Example 2. Require key myvar with subkeys sub1 and sub2:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,[sub1,sub2]}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,Value},{sub2,Value}]}.

    Example 3. Require key myvar with subkey sub1 with subsub1:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,sub1,sub2}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,[{sub2,Value}]}]}.

    See also ct:get_config/1, +SubKeys.

    Example 1. Require the variable myvar:

    ok = ct:require(myvar).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,Value}.

    Example 2. Require key myvar with subkeys sub1 and sub2:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,[sub1,sub2]}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,Value},{sub2,Value}]}.

    Example 3. Require key myvar with subkey sub1 with subsub1:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,sub1,sub2}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,[{sub2,Value}]}]}.

    See also ct:get_config/1, ct:get_config/2, ct:get_config/3, ct:require/2.

    @@ -3073,8 +3073,8 @@ that the value of the element can be read with ct:get_config/1,2 provided Name is used instead of the whole Required term.

    Example:

    Require one node with a Telnet connection and an FTP connection. Name the node -a:

    ok = ct:require(a,{machine,node}).

    All references to this node can then use the node name. For example, a file over -FTP is fetched like follows:

    ok = ct:ftp_get(a,RemoteFile,LocalFile).

    For this to work, the configuration file must at least contain:

    {machine,[{node,[{telnet,IpAddr},{ftp,IpAddr}]}]}.

    Note

    The behavior of this function changed radically in Common Test 1.6.2. To +a:

    ok = ct:require(a,{machine,node}).

    All references to this node can then use the node name. For example, a file over +FTP is fetched like follows:

    ok = ct:ftp_get(a,RemoteFile,LocalFile).

    For this to work, the configuration file must at least contain:

    {machine,[{node,[{telnet,IpAddr},{ftp,IpAddr}]}]}.

    Note

    The behavior of this function changed radically in Common Test 1.6.2. To keep some backwards compatibility, it is still possible to do: ct:require(a,{node,[telnet,ftp]}). This associates the name a with the top-level node entry. For this to work, the configuration file must at least @@ -3449,12 +3449,12 @@ the Erlang shell. The interactive mode can also be started from the OS command line with ct_run -shell [-config File...].

    If any functions (for example, Telnet or FTP) using "required configuration data" are to be called from the Erlang shell, configuration data must first be -required with ct:require/2.

    Example:

    > ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
    +required with ct:require/2.

    Example:

    > ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
     ok
    -> ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet).
    -{ok,<0.105.0>}
    -> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls .").
    -{ok,["ls","file1  ...",...]}
    +>
    ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet). +{ok,<0.105.0>} +> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls ."). +{ok,["ls","file1 ...",...]}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/dependencies_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/dependencies_chapter.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:09.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/dependencies_chapter.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -56,65 +56,65 @@ start and stop functionality separately.) The configuration can also be implemented as a common function, maybe grouped with the start function. Finally, the testing of connecting and disconnecting a client can be grouped -into one test case. The resulting suite can look as follows:

    -module(my_server_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all).
    --include_lib("ct.hrl").
    +into one test case. The resulting suite can look as follows:

    -module(my_server_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all).
    +-include_lib("ct.hrl").
     
     %%% init and end functions...
     
    -suite() -> [{require,my_server_cfg}].
    +suite() -> [{require,my_server_cfg}].
     
    -init_per_testcase(start_and_stop, Config) ->
    +init_per_testcase(start_and_stop, Config) ->
         Config;
     
    -init_per_testcase(config, Config) ->
    -    [{server_pid,start_server()} | Config];
    +init_per_testcase(config, Config) ->
    +    [{server_pid,start_server()} | Config];
     
    -init_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = start_server(),
    -    configure_server(),
    -    [{server_pid,ServerPid} | Config].
    +init_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = start_server(),
    +    configure_server(),
    +    [{server_pid,ServerPid} | Config].
     
    -end_per_testcase(start_and_stop, _) ->
    +end_per_testcase(start_and_stop, _) ->
         ok;
     
    -end_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    -    stop_server(ServerPid).
    +end_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    +    stop_server(ServerPid).
     
     %%% test cases...
     
    -all() -> [start_and_stop, config, connect_and_disconnect].
    +all() -> [start_and_stop, config, connect_and_disconnect].
     
     %% test that starting and stopping works
    -start_and_stop(_) ->
    -    ServerPid = start_server(),
    -    stop_server(ServerPid).
    +start_and_stop(_) ->
    +    ServerPid = start_server(),
    +    stop_server(ServerPid).
     
     %% configuration test
    -config(Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    -    configure_server(ServerPid).
    +config(Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    +    configure_server(ServerPid).
     
     %% test connecting and disconnecting client
    -connect_and_disconnect(Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    -    {ok,SessionId} = my_server:connect(ServerPid),
    -    ok = my_server:disconnect(ServerPid, SessionId).
    +connect_and_disconnect(Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    +    {ok,SessionId} = my_server:connect(ServerPid),
    +    ok = my_server:disconnect(ServerPid, SessionId).
     
     %%% common functions...
     
    -start_server() ->
    -    {ok,ServerPid} = my_server:start(),
    +start_server() ->
    +    {ok,ServerPid} = my_server:start(),
         ServerPid.
     
    -stop_server(ServerPid) ->
    -    ok = my_server:stop(),
    +stop_server(ServerPid) ->
    +    ok = my_server:stop(),
         ok.
     
    -configure_server(ServerPid) ->
    -    ServerCfgData = ct:get_config(my_server_cfg),
    -    ok = my_server:configure(ServerPid, ServerCfgData),
    +configure_server(ServerPid) ->
    +    ServerCfgData = ct:get_config(my_server_cfg),
    +    ok = my_server:configure(ServerPid, ServerCfgData),
         ok.

    @@ -142,40 +142,40 @@ data is to be saved by finction end_per_suite and read by function init_per_suite in the suite that follows. When passing data between suites, Saver carries the name -of the test suite.

    Example:

    -module(server_b_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all).
    --include_lib("ct.hrl").
    +of the test suite.

    Example:

    -module(server_b_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all).
    +-include_lib("ct.hrl").
     
     %%% init and end functions...
     
    -init_per_suite(Config) ->
    +init_per_suite(Config) ->
         %% read config saved by previous test suite
    -    {server_a_SUITE,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config),
    +    {server_a_SUITE,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config),
         %% extract server identity (comes from server_a_SUITE)
    -    ServerId = proplists:get_value(server_id, OldConfig),
    -    SessionId = connect_to_server(ServerId),
    -    [{ids,{ServerId,SessionId}} | Config].
    +    ServerId = proplists:get_value(server_id, OldConfig),
    +    SessionId = connect_to_server(ServerId),
    +    [{ids,{ServerId,SessionId}} | Config].
     
    -end_per_suite(Config) ->
    +end_per_suite(Config) ->
         %% save config for server_c_SUITE (session_id and server_id)
    -    {save_config,Config}
    +    {save_config,Config}
     
     %%% test cases...
     
    -all() -> [allocate, deallocate].
    +all() -> [allocate, deallocate].
     
    -allocate(Config) ->
    -    {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config),
    -    {ok,Handle} = allocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId),
    +allocate(Config) ->
    +    {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config),
    +    {ok,Handle} = allocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId),
         %% save handle for deallocation test
    -    NewConfig = [{handle,Handle}],
    -    {save_config,NewConfig}.
    +    NewConfig = [{handle,Handle}],
    +    {save_config,NewConfig}.
     
    -deallocate(Config) ->
    -    {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config),
    -    {allocate,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config),
    -    Handle = proplists:get_value(handle, OldConfig),
    -    ok = deallocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId, Handle).

    To save Config data from a test case that is to be skipped, return tuple +deallocate(Config) -> + {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config), + {allocate,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config), + Handle = proplists:get_value(handle, OldConfig), + ok = deallocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId, Handle).

    To save Config data from a test case that is to be skipped, return tuple {skip_and_save,Reason,ConfigList}.

    The result is that the test case is skipped with Reason printed to the log file (as described earlier) and ConfigList is saved for the next test case. ConfigList can be read using proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config), as @@ -195,22 +195,22 @@ property. Test case groups are defined through function groups/0 in the test suite (for details, see section Test Case Groups.

    For example, to ensure that if allocate in server_b_SUITE crashes, -deallocate is skipped, the following sequence can be defined:

    groups() -> [{alloc_and_dealloc, [sequence], [alloc,dealloc]}].

    Assume that the suite contains the test case get_resource_status that is -independent of the other two cases, then function all can look as follows:

    all() -> [{group,alloc_and_dealloc}, get_resource_status].

    If alloc succeeds, dealloc is also executed. If alloc fails however, +deallocate is skipped, the following sequence can be defined:

    groups() -> [{alloc_and_dealloc, [sequence], [alloc,dealloc]}].

    Assume that the suite contains the test case get_resource_status that is +independent of the other two cases, then function all can look as follows:

    all() -> [{group,alloc_and_dealloc}, get_resource_status].

    If alloc succeeds, dealloc is also executed. If alloc fails however, dealloc is not executed but marked as SKIPPED in the HTML log. get_resource_status runs no matter what happens to the alloc_and_dealloc cases.

    Test cases in a sequence are executed in order until all succeed or one fails. If one fails, all following cases in the sequence are skipped. The cases in the sequence that have succeeded up to that point are reported as successful in the -log. Any number of sequences can be specified.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{scenarioA, [sequence], [testA1, testA2]},
    -             {scenarioB, [sequence], [testB1, testB2, testB3]}].
    +log. Any number of sequences can be specified.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{scenarioA, [sequence], [testA1, testA2]},
    +             {scenarioB, [sequence], [testB1, testB2, testB3]}].
     
    -all() -> [test1,
    +all() -> [test1,
               test2,
    -          {group,scenarioA},
    +          {group,scenarioA},
               test3,
    -          {group,scenarioB},
    -          test4].

    A sequence group can have subgroups. Such subgroups can have any property, that + {group,scenarioB}, + test4].

    A sequence group can have subgroups. Such subgroups can have any property, that is, they are not required to also be sequences. If you want the status of the subgroup to affect the sequence on the level above, return {return_group_result,Status} from /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/event_handler_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/event_handler_chapter.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:09.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/event_handler_chapter.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -63,12 +63,12 @@ ct_run -event_handler_init instead of -event_handler.

    Note

    All event handler modules must have gen_event behavior. These modules must be precompiled and their locations must be added explicitly to the Erlang code server search path (as in the previous example).

    An event_handler tuple in argument Opts has the following definition (see -ct:run_test/1):

    {event_handler,EventHandlers}
    +ct:run_test/1):

    {event_handler,EventHandlers}
     
    -EventHandlers = EH | [EH]
    -EH = atom() | {atom(),InitArgs} | {[atom()],InitArgs}
    -InitArgs = [term()]

    In the following example, two event handlers for the my_SUITE test are -installed:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"test/my_SUITE"},{event_handler,[my_evh1,{my_evh2,[node()]}]}]).

    Event handler my_evh1 is started with [] as argument to the init function. +EventHandlers = EH | [EH] +EH = atom() | {atom(),InitArgs} | {[atom()],InitArgs} +InitArgs = [term()]

    In the following example, two event handlers for the my_SUITE test are +installed:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"test/my_SUITE"},{event_handler,[my_evh1,{my_evh2,[node()]}]}]).

    Event handler my_evh1 is started with [] as argument to the init function. Event handler my_evh2 is started with the name of the current node in the init argument list.

    Event handlers can also be plugged in using one of the following test specification terms:

    • {event_handler, EventHandlers}
    • {event_handler, EventHandlers, InitArgs}
    • {event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers}
    • {event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers, InitArgs}

    EventHandlers is a list of module names. Before a test session starts, the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/example_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/example_chapter.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:09.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/example_chapter.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,19 +26,19 @@ Test Suite Example

    -

    The following example test suite shows some tests of a database server:

    -module(db_data_type_SUITE).
    +

    The following example test suite shows some tests of a database server:

    -module(db_data_type_SUITE).
     
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
     
     %% Test server callbacks
    --export([suite/0, all/0,
    +-export([suite/0, all/0,
              init_per_suite/1, end_per_suite/1,
    -         init_per_testcase/2, end_per_testcase/2]).
    +         init_per_testcase/2, end_per_testcase/2]).
     
     %% Test cases
    --export([string/1, integer/1]).
    +-export([string/1, integer/1]).
     
    --define(CONNECT_STR, "DSN=sqlserver;UID=alladin;PWD=sesame").
    +-define(CONNECT_STR, "DSN=sqlserver;UID=alladin;PWD=sesame").
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% COMMON TEST CALLBACK FUNCTIONS
    @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@
     %% Description: Returns list of tuples to set default properties
     %%              for the suite.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -suite() ->
    -    [{timetrap,{minutes,1}}].
    +suite() ->
    +    [{timetrap,{minutes,1}}].
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% Function: init_per_suite(Config0) -> Config1
    @@ -64,10 +64,10 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Initialization before the suite.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -init_per_suite(Config) ->
    -    {ok, Ref} = db:connect(?CONNECT_STR, []),
    -    TableName = db_lib:unique_table_name(),
    -    [{con_ref, Ref },{table_name, TableName}| Config].
    +init_per_suite(Config) ->
    +    {ok, Ref} = db:connect(?CONNECT_STR, []),
    +    TableName = db_lib:unique_table_name(),
    +    [{con_ref, Ref },{table_name, TableName}| Config].
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% Function: end_per_suite(Config) -> term()
    @@ -77,9 +77,9 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Cleanup after the suite.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -end_per_suite(Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    db:disconnect(Ref),
    +end_per_suite(Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    db:disconnect(Ref),
         ok.
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -92,10 +92,10 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Initialization before each test case.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -init_per_testcase(Case, Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    -    ok = db:create_table(Ref, TableName, table_type(Case)),
    +init_per_testcase(Case, Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    +    ok = db:create_table(Ref, TableName, table_type(Case)),
         Config.
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -108,10 +108,10 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Cleanup after each test case.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -end_per_testcase(_Case, Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    -    ok = db:delete_table(Ref, TableName),
    +end_per_testcase(_Case, Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    +    ok = db:delete_table(Ref, TableName),
         ok.
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -126,28 +126,28 @@
     %% Description: Returns the list of groups and test cases that
     %%              are to be executed.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -all() ->
    -    [string, integer].
    +all() ->
    +    [string, integer].
     
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% TEST CASES
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     
    -string(Config) ->
    -    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, "Dummy string", Config).
    +string(Config) ->
    +    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, "Dummy string", Config).
     
    -integer(Config) ->
    -    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, 42, Config).
    +integer(Config) ->
    +    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, 42, Config).
     
     
    -insert_and_lookup(Key, Value, Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    -    ok = db:insert(Ref, TableName, Key, Value),
    -    [Value] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
    -    ok = db:delete(Ref, TableName, Key),
    -    [] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
    +insert_and_lookup(Key, Value, Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    +    ok = db:insert(Ref, TableName, Key, Value),
    +    [Value] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
    +    ok = db:delete(Ref, TableName, Key),
    +    [] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
         ok.

    @@ -165,12 +165,12 @@ %%% %%% Created : %%%------------------------------------------------------------------- --module(example_SUITE). +-module(example_SUITE). %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites. --compile(export_all). +-compile(export_all). --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl"). +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl"). %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- %% COMMON TEST CALLBACK FUNCTIONS @@ -188,8 +188,8 @@ %% Note: The suite/0 function is only meant to be used to return %% default data values, not perform any other operations. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -suite() -> - [{timetrap,{minutes,10}}]. +suite() -> + [{timetrap,{minutes,10}}]. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- %% Function: init_per_suite(Config0) -> @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ %% Note: This function is free to add any key/value pairs to the Config %% variable, but should NOT alter/remove any existing entries. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -init_per_suite(Config) -> +init_per_suite(Config) -> Config. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ %% %% Description: Cleanup after the suite. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -end_per_suite(_Config) -> +end_per_suite(_Config) -> ok. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ %% %% Description: Initialization before each test case group. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -init_per_group(_GroupName, Config) -> +init_per_group(_GroupName, Config) -> Config. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ %% %% Description: Cleanup after each test case group. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -end_per_group(_GroupName, _Config) -> +end_per_group(_GroupName, _Config) -> ok. /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/getting_started_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/getting_started_chapter.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:09.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/getting_started_chapter.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -64,14 +64,14 @@ the test suite module implements callback functions (mandatory or optional) for various purposes, for example:

    • Init/end configuration function for the test suite
    • Init/end configuration function for a test case
    • Init/end configuration function for a test case group
    • Test cases

    The configuration functions are optional. The following example is a test suite without configuration functions, including one simple test case, to check that -module mymod exists (that is, can be successfully loaded by the code server):

    -module(my1st_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all).
    +module mymod exists (that is, can be successfully loaded by the code server):

    -module(my1st_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all).
     
    -all() ->
    -    [mod_exists].
    +all() ->
    +    [mod_exists].
     
    -mod_exists(_) ->
    -    {module,mymod} = code:load_file(mymod).

    If the operation fails, a bad match error occurs that terminates the test case.

    +mod_exists(_) -> + {module,mymod} = code:load_file(mymod).

    If the operation fails, a bad match error occurs that terminates the test case.

    @@ -84,33 +84,33 @@ through configuration functions on "lower level"). The data flow looks as follows:

    Configuration Data Flow in a Suite

    The following example shows a test suite that uses configuration functions to open and close a log file for the test cases (an operation that is unnecessary -and irrelevant to perform by each test case):

    -module(check_log_SUITE).
    --export([all/0, init_per_suite/1, end_per_suite/1]).
    --export([check_restart_result/1, check_no_errors/1]).
    +and irrelevant to perform by each test case):

    -module(check_log_SUITE).
    +-export([all/0, init_per_suite/1, end_per_suite/1]).
    +-export([check_restart_result/1, check_no_errors/1]).
     
    --define(value(Key,Config), proplists:get_value(Key,Config)).
    +-define(value(Key,Config), proplists:get_value(Key,Config)).
     
    -all() -> [check_restart_result, check_no_errors].
    +all() -> [check_restart_result, check_no_errors].
     
    -init_per_suite(InitConfigData) ->
    -    [{logref,open_log()} | InitConfigData].
    +init_per_suite(InitConfigData) ->
    +    [{logref,open_log()} | InitConfigData].
     
    -end_per_suite(ConfigData) ->
    -    close_log(?value(logref, ConfigData)).
    +end_per_suite(ConfigData) ->
    +    close_log(?value(logref, ConfigData)).
     
    -check_restart_result(ConfigData) ->
    -    TestData = read_log(restart, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    -    {match,_Line} = search_for("restart successful", TestData).
    +check_restart_result(ConfigData) ->
    +    TestData = read_log(restart, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    +    {match,_Line} = search_for("restart successful", TestData).
     
    -check_no_errors(ConfigData) ->
    -    TestData = read_log(all, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    -    case search_for("error", TestData) of
    -        {match,Line} -> ct:fail({error_found_in_log,Line});
    +check_no_errors(ConfigData) ->
    +    TestData = read_log(all, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    +    case search_for("error", TestData) of
    +        {match,Line} -> ct:fail({error_found_in_log,Line});
             nomatch -> ok
         end.

    The test cases verify, by parsing a log file, that our SUT has performed a successful restart and that no unexpected errors are printed.

    To execute the test cases in the recent test suite, type the following on the UNIX/Linux command line (assuming that the suite module is in the current -working directory):

    $ ct_run -dir .

    or:

    $ ct_run -suite check_log_SUITE

    To use the Erlang shell to run our test, you can evaluate the following call:

    1> ct:run_test([{dir, "."}]).

    or:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite, "check_log_SUITE"}]).

    The result from running the test is printed in log files in HTML format (stored +working directory):

    $ ct_run -dir .

    or:

    $ ct_run -suite check_log_SUITE

    To use the Erlang shell to run our test, you can evaluate the following call:

    1> ct:run_test([{dir, "."}]).

    or:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite, "check_log_SUITE"}]).

    The result from running the test is printed in log files in HTML format (stored in unique log directories on a different level). The following illustration shows the log file structure:

    HTML Log File Structure

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/run_test_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/run_test_chapter.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:09.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/run_test_chapter.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@

    With the ct_run flag, or ct:run_test/1 option group, one or more test case groups can be specified, optionally in combination with specific test cases. The -syntax for specifying groups on the command line is as follows:

    $ ct_run -group <group_names_or_paths> [-case <cases>]

    The syntax in the Erlang shell is as follows:

    1> ct:run_test([{group,GroupsNamesOrPaths}, {case,Cases}]).

    Parameter group_names_or_paths specifies one or more group names and/or one or +syntax for specifying groups on the command line is as follows:

    $ ct_run -group <group_names_or_paths> [-case <cases>]

    The syntax in the Erlang shell is as follows:

    1> ct:run_test([{group,GroupsNamesOrPaths}, {case,Cases}]).

    Parameter group_names_or_paths specifies one or more group names and/or one or more group paths. At startup, Common Test searches for matching groups in the group definitions tree (that is, the list returned from Suite:groups/0; for details, see section Test Case Groups.

    Given a group name, say g, Common Test searches for all paths leading to @@ -206,30 +206,30 @@ paths if an incomplete group path is specified.

    Note

    Group names and group paths can be combined with parameter group_names_or_paths. Each element is treated as an individual specification in combination with parameter cases. The following examples illustrates -this.

    Examples:

    -module(x_SUITE).
    +this.

    Examples:

    -module(x_SUITE).
     ...
     %% The group definitions:
    -groups() ->
    -  [{top1,[],[tc11,tc12,
    -             {sub11,[],[tc12,tc13]},
    -             {sub12,[],[tc14,tc15,
    -       		 {sub121,[],[tc12,tc16]}]}]},
    -
    -   {top2,[],[{group,sub21},{group,sub22}]},
    -   {sub21,[],[tc21,{group,sub2X2}]},
    -   {sub22,[],[{group,sub221},tc21,tc22,{group,sub2X2}]},
    -   {sub221,[],[tc21,tc23]},
    -   {sub2X2,[],[tc21,tc24]}].

    The following executes two tests, one for all cases and all subgroups under -top1, and one for all under top2:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group all
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,all}]).

    Using -group top1 top2, or {group,[top1,top2]} gives the same result.

    The following executes one test for all cases and subgroups under top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}]).

    The following runs a test executing tc12 in top1 and any subgroup under -top1 where it can be found (sub11 and sub121):

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following executes tc12 only in group top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [top1] -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[top1]]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following searches top1 and all its subgroups for tc16 resulting in that -this test case executes in group sub121:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc16
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc16]}]).

    Using the specific path -group [sub121] or {group,[[sub121]]} gives the same +groups() -> + [{top1,[],[tc11,tc12, + {sub11,[],[tc12,tc13]}, + {sub12,[],[tc14,tc15, + {sub121,[],[tc12,tc16]}]}]}, + + {top2,[],[{group,sub21},{group,sub22}]}, + {sub21,[],[tc21,{group,sub2X2}]}, + {sub22,[],[{group,sub221},tc21,tc22,{group,sub2X2}]}, + {sub221,[],[tc21,tc23]}, + {sub2X2,[],[tc21,tc24]}].

    The following executes two tests, one for all cases and all subgroups under +top1, and one for all under top2:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group all
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,all}]).

    Using -group top1 top2, or {group,[top1,top2]} gives the same result.

    The following executes one test for all cases and subgroups under top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}]).

    The following runs a test executing tc12 in top1 and any subgroup under +top1 where it can be found (sub11 and sub121):

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following executes tc12 only in group top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [top1] -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[top1]]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following searches top1 and all its subgroups for tc16 resulting in that +this test case executes in group sub121:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc16
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc16]}]).

    Using the specific path -group [sub121] or {group,[[sub121]]} gives the same result in this example.

    The following executes two tests, one including all cases and subgroups under -sub12, and one with only the test cases in sub12:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub12 [sub12]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub12,[sub12]]}]).

    In the following example, Common Test finds and executes two tests, one for +sub12, and one with only the test cases in sub12:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub12 [sub12]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub12,[sub12]]}]).

    In the following example, Common Test finds and executes two tests, one for the path from top2 to sub2X2 through sub21, and one from top2 to -sub2X2 through sub22:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub2X2
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub2X2]}]).

    In the following example, by specifying the unique path +sub2X2 through sub22:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub2X2
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub2X2]}]).

    In the following example, by specifying the unique path top2 -> sub21 -> sub2X2, only one test is executed. The second possible path, -from top2 to sub2X2 (from the former example) is discarded:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub21,sub2X2]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub21,sub2X2]]}]).

    The following executes only the test cases for sub22 and in reverse order -compared to the group definition:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub22] -case tc22 tc21
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub22]]}, {testcase,[tc22,tc21]}]).

    If a test case belonging to a group (according to the group definition) is +from top2 to sub2X2 (from the former example) is discarded:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub21,sub2X2]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub21,sub2X2]]}]).

    The following executes only the test cases for sub22 and in reverse order +compared to the group definition:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub22] -case tc22 tc21
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub22]]}, {testcase,[tc22,tc21]}]).

    If a test case belonging to a group (according to the group definition) is executed without a group specification, that is, simply by (using the command line):

    $ ct_run -suite "my_SUITE" -case my_tc

    or (using the Erlang shell):

    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"my_SUITE"}, {testcase,my_tc}]).

    then Common Test ignores the group definition and executes the test case in the scope of the test suite only (no group configuration functions are called).

    The group specification feature, as presented in this section, can also be used @@ -257,12 +257,12 @@ configuration data with ct:require/1,2. This is equivalent to a require statement in the Test Suite Information Function or in the -Test Case Information Function.

    Example:

    1> ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
    +Test Case Information Function.

    Example:

    1> ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
     ok
    -2> ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet).
    -{ok,<0.105.0>}
    -4> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls .").
    -{ok,["ls .","file1  ...",...]}

    Everything that Common Test normally prints in the test case logs, are in the +2> ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet). +{ok,<0.105.0>} +4> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls ."). +{ok,["ls .","file1 ...",...]}

    Everything that Common Test normally prints in the test case logs, are in the interactive mode written to a log named ctlog.html in directory ct_run.<timestamp>. A link to this file is available in the file named last_interactive.html in the directory from which you execute ct_run. @@ -349,8 +349,8 @@ included specification can either be joined with the source specification or used to produce a separate test run (as with start flag/option join_specs above).

    Example:

    %% In specification file "a.spec"
    -{specs, join, ["b.spec", "c.spec"]}.
    -{specs, separate, ["d.spec", "e.spec"]}.
    +{specs, join, ["b.spec", "c.spec"]}.
    +{specs, separate, ["d.spec", "e.spec"]}.
     %% Config and test terms follow
     ...

    In this example, the test terms defined in files "b.spec" and "c.spec" are joined with the terms in source specification "a.spec" (if any). The inclusion @@ -412,154 +412,154 @@ available start flags (as most flags have a corresponding configuration term)

  • Logging (for terms verbosity, stylesheet, basic_html and esc_chars)
  • External Configuration Data (for terms config and userconfig)
  • Event Handling (for the -event_handler term)
  • Common Test Hooks (for term ct_hooks)
  • Configuration terms:

    {merge_tests, Bool}.
    +event_handler term)
  • Common Test Hooks (for term ct_hooks)
  • Configuration terms:

    {merge_tests, Bool}.
     
    -{define, Constant, Value}.
    +{define, Constant, Value}.
     
    -{specs, InclSpecsOption, TestSpecs}.
    +{specs, InclSpecsOption, TestSpecs}.
     
    -{node, NodeAlias, Node}.
    +{node, NodeAlias, Node}.
     
    -{init, InitOptions}.
    -{init, [NodeAlias], InitOptions}.
    +{init, InitOptions}.
    +{init, [NodeAlias], InitOptions}.
     
    -{label, Label}.
    -{label, NodeRefs, Label}.
    +{label, Label}.
    +{label, NodeRefs, Label}.
     
    -{verbosity, VerbosityLevels}.
    -{verbosity, NodeRefs, VerbosityLevels}.
    +{verbosity, VerbosityLevels}.
    +{verbosity, NodeRefs, VerbosityLevels}.
     
    -{stylesheet, CSSFile}.
    -{stylesheet, NodeRefs, CSSFile}.
    +{stylesheet, CSSFile}.
    +{stylesheet, NodeRefs, CSSFile}.
     
    -{silent_connections, ConnTypes}.
    -{silent_connections, NodeRefs, ConnTypes}.
    +{silent_connections, ConnTypes}.
    +{silent_connections, NodeRefs, ConnTypes}.
     
    -{multiply_timetraps, N}.
    -{multiply_timetraps, NodeRefs, N}.
    +{multiply_timetraps, N}.
    +{multiply_timetraps, NodeRefs, N}.
     
    -{scale_timetraps, Bool}.
    -{scale_timetraps, NodeRefs, Bool}.
    +{scale_timetraps, Bool}.
    +{scale_timetraps, NodeRefs, Bool}.
     
    -{cover, CoverSpecFile}.
    -{cover, NodeRefs, CoverSpecFile}.
    +{cover, CoverSpecFile}.
    +{cover, NodeRefs, CoverSpecFile}.
     
    -{cover_stop, Bool}.
    -{cover_stop, NodeRefs, Bool}.
    +{cover_stop, Bool}.
    +{cover_stop, NodeRefs, Bool}.
     
    -{include, IncludeDirs}.
    -{include, NodeRefs, IncludeDirs}.
    +{include, IncludeDirs}.
    +{include, NodeRefs, IncludeDirs}.
     
    -{auto_compile, Bool},
    -{auto_compile, NodeRefs, Bool},
    +{auto_compile, Bool},
    +{auto_compile, NodeRefs, Bool},
     
    -{abort_if_missing_suites, Bool},
    -{abort_if_missing_suites, NodeRefs, Bool},
    +{abort_if_missing_suites, Bool},
    +{abort_if_missing_suites, NodeRefs, Bool},
     
    -{config, ConfigFiles}.
    -{config, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
    -{config, NodeRefs, ConfigFiles}.
    -{config, NodeRefs, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
    +{config, ConfigFiles}.
    +{config, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
    +{config, NodeRefs, ConfigFiles}.
    +{config, NodeRefs, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
     
    -{userconfig, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
    -{userconfig, NodeRefs, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
    +{userconfig, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
    +{userconfig, NodeRefs, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
     
    -{logdir, LogDir}.
    -{logdir, NodeRefs, LogDir}.
    +{logdir, LogDir}.
    +{logdir, NodeRefs, LogDir}.
     
    -{logopts, LogOpts}.
    -{logopts, NodeRefs, LogOpts}.
    +{logopts, LogOpts}.
    +{logopts, NodeRefs, LogOpts}.
     
    -{create_priv_dir, PrivDirOption}.
    -{create_priv_dir, NodeRefs, PrivDirOption}.
    +{create_priv_dir, PrivDirOption}.
    +{create_priv_dir, NodeRefs, PrivDirOption}.
     
    -{event_handler, EventHandlers}.
    -{event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers}.
    -{event_handler, EventHandlers, InitArgs}.
    -{event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers, InitArgs}.
    +{event_handler, EventHandlers}.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/unix_telnet.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/unix_telnet.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:19:09.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/unix_telnet.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:53.000000000 +0000
    @@ -24,14 +24,14 @@
     
           

    Callback module for ct_telnet, for connecting to a Telnet server on a UNIX -host.

    It requires the following entry in the configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,HostNameOrIpAddress},
    -       {port,PortNum},                 % optional
    -       {username,UserName},
    -       {password,Password},
    -       {keep_alive,Bool}]}.            % optional

    To communicate through Telnet to the host specified by HostNameOrIpAddress, +host.

    It requires the following entry in the configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,HostNameOrIpAddress},
    +       {port,PortNum},                 % optional
    +       {username,UserName},
    +       {password,Password},
    +       {keep_alive,Bool}]}.            % optional

    To communicate through Telnet to the host specified by HostNameOrIpAddress, use the interface functions in ct_telnet, for example, open(Name) and cmd(Name,Cmd).

    Name is the name you allocated to the Unix host in your require statement, -for example:

    suite() -> [{require,Name,{unix,[telnet]}}].

    or

    ct:require(Name,{unix,[telnet]}).

    The "keep alive" activity (that is, that Common Test sends NOP to the server +for example:

    suite() -> [{require,Name,{unix,[telnet]}}].

    or

    ct:require(Name,{unix,[telnet]}).

    The "keep alive" activity (that is, that Common Test sends NOP to the server every 10 seconds if the connection is idle) can be enabled or disabled for one particular connection as described here. It can be disabled for all connections using telnet_settings (see ct_telnet).

    The {port,PortNum} tuple is optional and if omitted, default Telnet port 23 is /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/write_test_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/write_test_chapter.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:09.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/write_test_chapter.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -161,29 +161,29 @@ system configuration files, the test case is skipped.

    A required variable can also be given a default value to be used if the variable is not found in any configuration file. To specify a default value, add a tuple on the form {default_config,ConfigVariableName,Value} to the -test case information list (the position in the list is irrelevant).

    Examples:

    testcase1() ->
    -    [{require, ftp},
    -     {default_config, ftp, [{ftp, "my_ftp_host"},
    -                            {username, "aladdin"},
    -                            {password, "sesame"}]}}].
    testcase2() ->
    -    [{require, unix_telnet, unix},
    -     {require, {unix, [telnet, username, password]}},
    -     {default_config, unix, [{telnet, "my_telnet_host"},
    -                             {username, "aladdin"},
    -                             {password, "sesame"}]}}].

    For more information about require, see section +test case information list (the position in the list is irrelevant).

    Examples:

    testcase1() ->
    +    [{require, ftp},
    +     {default_config, ftp, [{ftp, "my_ftp_host"},
    +                            {username, "aladdin"},
    +                            {password, "sesame"}]}}].
    testcase2() ->
    +    [{require, unix_telnet, unix},
    +     {require, {unix, [telnet, username, password]}},
    +     {default_config, unix, [{telnet, "my_telnet_host"},
    +                             {username, "aladdin"},
    +                             {password, "sesame"}]}}].

    For more information about require, see section Requiring and Reading Configuration Data in section External Configuration Data and function ct:require/1/2.

    Note

    Specifying a default value for a required variable can result in a test case always getting executed. This might not be a desired behavior.

    If timetrap or require, or both, is not set specifically for a particular test case, default values specified by function -suite/0 are used.

    Tags other than the earlier mentioned are ignored by the test server.

    An example of a test case information function follows:

    reboot_node() ->
    -    [
    -     {timetrap,{seconds,60}},
    -     {require,interfaces},
    -     {userdata,
    -         [{description,"System Upgrade: RpuAddition Normal RebootNode"},
    -          {fts,"http://someserver.ericsson.se/test_doc4711.pdf"}]}
    -    ].

    +suite/0 are used.

    Tags other than the earlier mentioned are ignored by the test server.

    An example of a test case information function follows:

    reboot_node() ->
    +    [
    +     {timetrap,{seconds,60}},
    +     {require,interfaces},
    +     {userdata,
    +         [{description,"System Upgrade: RpuAddition Normal RebootNode"},
    +          {fts,"http://someserver.ericsson.se/test_doc4711.pdf"}]}
    +    ].

    @@ -197,14 +197,14 @@ Test Case Information Function and Test Case Groups.

    The following options can also be specified with the suite information list:

    An example of the suite information function follows:

    suite() ->
    -    [
    -     {timetrap,{minutes,10}},
    -     {require,global_names},
    -     {userdata,[{info,"This suite tests database transactions."}]},
    -     {silent_connections,[telnet]},
    -     {stylesheet,"db_testing.css"}
    -    ].

    +Silent Connections

    An example of the suite information function follows:

    suite() ->
    +    [
    +     {timetrap,{minutes,10}},
    +     {require,global_names},
    +     {userdata,[{info,"This suite tests database transactions."}]},
    +     {silent_connections,[telnet]},
    +     {stylesheet,"db_testing.css"}
    +    ].

    @@ -226,20 +226,20 @@ TCRepeatProps = [{repeat,N} | {repeat_until_ok,N} | {repeat_until_fail,N}]

    GroupName is the name of the group and must be unique within the test suite module. Groups can be nested, by including a group definition within the GroupsAndTestCases list of another group. Properties is the list of -execution properties for the group. The possible values are as follows:

    Properties = [parallel | sequence | Shuffle | {GroupRepeatType,N}]
    -Shuffle = shuffle | {shuffle,Seed}
    -Seed = {integer(),integer(),integer()}
    +execution properties for the group. The possible values are as follows:

    Properties = [parallel | sequence | Shuffle | {GroupRepeatType,N}]
    +Shuffle = shuffle | {shuffle,Seed}
    +Seed = {integer(),integer(),integer()}
     GroupRepeatType = repeat | repeat_until_all_ok | repeat_until_all_fail |
                       repeat_until_any_ok | repeat_until_any_fail
    -N = integer() | forever

    Explanations:

    • parallel - Common Test executes all test cases in the group in +N = integer() | forever

    Explanations:

    • parallel - Common Test executes all test cases in the group in parallel.

    • sequence - The cases are executed in a sequence as described in section Sequences in section Dependencies Between Test Cases and Suites.

    • shuffle - The cases in the group are executed in random order.

    • repeat, repeat_until_* - Orders Common Test to repeat execution of all the cases in the group a given number of times, or until any, or all, cases -fail or succeed.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [parallel], [test1a,test1b]},
    -             {group2, [shuffle,sequence], [test2a,test2b,test2c]}].

    To specify in which order groups are to be executed (also with respect to test +fail or succeed.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [parallel], [test1a,test1b]},
    +             {group2, [shuffle,sequence], [test2a,test2b,test2c]}].

    To specify in which order groups are to be executed (also with respect to test cases that are not part of any group), add tuples on the form -{group,GroupName} to the all/0 list.

    Example:

    all() -> [testcase1, {group,group1}, {testcase,testcase2,[{repeat,10}]}, {group,group2}].

    Execution properties with a group tuple in all/0: +{group,GroupName} to the all/0 list.

    Example:

    all() -> [testcase1, {group,group1}, {testcase,testcase2,[{repeat,10}]}, {group,group2}].

    Execution properties with a group tuple in all/0: {group,GroupName,Properties} can also be specified. These properties override those specified in the group definition (see groups/0 earlier). This way, the same set of tests can be run, but with different properties, without having to @@ -248,33 +248,33 @@ SubGroups is a list of tuples, {GroupName,Properties} or {GroupName,Properties,SubGroups} representing the subgroups. Any subgroups defined in groups/0 for a group, that are not specified in the SubGroups -list, executes with their predefined properties.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{tests1, [], [{tests2, [], [t2a,t2b]},
    -                          {tests3, [], [t31,t3b]}]}].

    To execute group tests1 twice with different properties for tests2 each -time:

    all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]}]},
    -    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}]}].

    This is equivalent to the following specification:

    all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]},
    -                              {tests3, default}]},
    -    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]},
    -                              {tests3, default}]}].

    Value default states that the predefined properties are to be used.

    The following example shows how to override properties in a scenario with deeply -nested groups:

    groups() ->
    -   [{tests1, [], [{group, tests2}]},
    -    {tests2, [], [{group, tests3}]},
    -    {tests3, [{repeat,2}], [t3a,t3b,t3c]}].
    +list, executes with their predefined properties.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{tests1, [], [{tests2, [], [t2a,t2b]},
    +                          {tests3, [], [t31,t3b]}]}].

    To execute group tests1 twice with different properties for tests2 each +time:

    all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]}]},
    +    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}]}].

    This is equivalent to the following specification:

    all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]},
    +                              {tests3, default}]},
    +    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]},
    +                              {tests3, default}]}].

    Value default states that the predefined properties are to be used.

    The following example shows how to override properties in a scenario with deeply +nested groups:

    groups() ->
    +   [{tests1, [], [{group, tests2}]},
    +    {tests2, [], [{group, tests3}]},
    +    {tests3, [{repeat,2}], [t3a,t3b,t3c]}].
     
    -all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default,
    -     [{tests2, default,
    -       [{tests3, [parallel,{repeat,100}]}]}]}].

    For ease of readability, all syntax definitions can be replaced by a function -call whose return value should match the expected syntax case.

    Example:

    all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default, test_cases()},
    -    {group, tests1, default, [shuffle_test(),
    -                              {tests3, default}]}].
    -test_cases() ->
    -   [{tests2, [parallel]}, {tests3, default}].
    +all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default,
    +     [{tests2, default,
    +       [{tests3, [parallel,{repeat,100}]}]}]}].

    For ease of readability, all syntax definitions can be replaced by a function +call whose return value should match the expected syntax case.

    Example:

    all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default, test_cases()},
    +    {group, tests1, default, [shuffle_test(),
    +                              {tests3, default}]}].
    +test_cases() ->
    +   [{tests2, [parallel]}, {tests3, default}].
     
    -shuffle_test() ->
    -   {tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}.

    The described syntax can also be used in test specifications to change group +shuffle_test() -> + {tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}.

    The described syntax can also be used in test specifications to change group properties at the time of execution, without having to edit the test suite. For more information, see section Test Specifications in section @@ -300,13 +300,13 @@ bottom of the log for end_per_group/2.

    Test case groups can be nested so sets of groups can be configured with the same init_per_group/2 and end_per_group/2 functions. Nested groups can be defined by including a group definition, or a group name reference, in the test case -list of another group.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [shuffle], [test1a,
    -                                  {group2, [], [test2a,test2b]},
    -                                  test1b]},
    -             {group3, [], [{group,group4},
    -                           {group,group5}]},
    -             {group4, [parallel], [test4a,test4b]},
    -             {group5, [sequence], [test5a,test5b,test5c]}].

    In the previous example, if all/0 returns group name references in the order +list of another group.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [shuffle], [test1a,
    +                                  {group2, [], [test2a,test2b]},
    +                                  test1b]},
    +             {group3, [], [{group,group4},
    +                           {group,group5}]},
    +             {group4, [parallel], [test4a,test4b]},
    +             {group5, [sequence], [test5a,test5b,test5c]}].

    In the previous example, if all/0 returns group name references in the order [{group,group1},{group,group3}], the order of the configuration functions and test cases becomes the following (notice that init_per_testcase/2 and end_per_testcase/2: are also always called, but not included in this example @@ -379,25 +379,25 @@ account by Common Test when evaluating if execution of a group is to be repeated or not (unless the basic repeat property is used).

    The value of tc_group_properties is a list of status tuples, each with the key ok, skipped, and failed. The value of a status tuple is a list with names -of test cases that have been executed with the corresponding status as result.

    The following is an example of how to return the status from a group:

    end_per_group(_Group, Config) ->
    -    Status = proplists:get_value(tc_group_result, Config),
    -    case proplists:get_value(failed, Status) of
    -        [] ->                                   % no failed cases
    -            {return_group_result,ok};
    +of test cases that have been executed with the corresponding status as result.

    The following is an example of how to return the status from a group:

    end_per_group(_Group, Config) ->
    +    Status = proplists:get_value(tc_group_result, Config),
    +    case proplists:get_value(failed, Status) of
    +        [] ->                                   % no failed cases
    +            {return_group_result,ok};
             _Failed ->                              % one or more failed
    -            {return_group_result,failed}
    +            {return_group_result,failed}
         end.

    It is also possible, in end_per_group/2, to check the status of a subgroup (maybe to determine what status the current group is to return). This is as /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.564270126 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.568270145 +0000 @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/config_file_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/config_file_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.596270285 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/config_file_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.604270325 +0000 @@ -142,8 +142,8 @@ Syntax -

    A configuration file can contain any number of elements of the type:

    {CfgVarName,Value}.

    where

    CfgVarName = atom()
    -Value = term() | [{CfgVarName,Value}]

    +

    A configuration file can contain any number of elements of the type:

    {CfgVarName,Value}.

    where

    CfgVarName = atom()
    +Value = term() | [{CfgVarName,Value}]

    @@ -170,13 +170,13 @@ any number of alias names, but each name must be unique within the same test suite. The two main uses for alias names follows:

    • To identify connections (described later).
    • To help adapt configuration data to a test suite (or test case) and improve readability.

    To read the value of a configuration variable, use function -get_config/1,2,3.

    Example:

    suite() ->
    -    [{require, domain, 'CONN_SPEC_DNS_SUFFIX'}].
    +get_config/1,2,3.

    Example:

    suite() ->
    +    [{require, domain, 'CONN_SPEC_DNS_SUFFIX'}].
     
     ...
     
    -testcase(Config) ->
    -    Domain = ct:get_config(domain),
    +testcase(Config) ->
    +    Domain = ct:get_config(domain),
         ...

    @@ -261,11 +261,11 @@ </ftp_host> <lm_directory>"/test/loadmodules"</lm_directory> </config>

    Once read, this file produces the same configuration variables as the following -text file:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    -            {username,"tester"},
    -            {password,"letmein"}]}.
    +text file:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    +            {username,"tester"},
    +            {password,"letmein"}]}.
     
    -{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    +{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    @@ -284,55 +284,55 @@ data being reloaded during test execution. The input argument is the same as for function check_parameter/1.

    The return value is to be either of the following:

    • {ok, Config} - if the configuration variables are read successfully.
    • {error, {Error, ErrorDetails}} - if the callback module fails to proceed with the specified configuration parameters.

    Config is the proper Erlang key-value list, with possible key-value sublists -as values, like the earlier configuration file example:

    [{ftp_host, [{ftp, "targethost"}, {username, "tester"}, {password, "letmein"}]},
    - {lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}]

    +as values, like the earlier configuration file example:

    [{ftp_host, [{ftp, "targethost"}, {username, "tester"}, {password, "letmein"}]},
    + {lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}]

    Examples of Configuration Data Handling

    A configuration file for using the FTP client to access files on a remote host -can look as follows:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    -            {username,"tester"},
    -            {password,"letmein"}]}.
    +can look as follows:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    +            {username,"tester"},
    +            {password,"letmein"}]}.
     
    -{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    The XML version shown earlier can also be used, but it is to be explicitly +{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    The XML version shown earlier can also be used, but it is to be explicitly specified that the ct_config_xml callback module is to be used by Common Test.

    The following is an example of how to assert that the configuration data is -available and can be used for an FTP session:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    -    {ok,_} = ct_ftp:open(ftp),
    +available and can be used for an FTP session:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    +    {ok,_} = ct_ftp:open(ftp),
         Config.
     
    -end_per_testcase(ftptest, _Config) ->
    -    ct_ftp:close(ftp).
    +end_per_testcase(ftptest, _Config) ->
    +    ct_ftp:close(ftp).
     
    -ftptest() ->
    -    [{require,ftp,ftp_host},
    -     {require,lm_directory}].
    -
    -ftptest(Config) ->
    -    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    -    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    -    ok = ct_ftp:recv(ftp, Remote, Local),
    +ftptest() ->
    +    [{require,ftp,ftp_host},
    +     {require,lm_directory}].
    +
    +ftptest(Config) ->
    +    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    +    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    +    ok = ct_ftp:recv(ftp, Remote, Local),
         ...

    The following is an example of how the functions in the previous example can be -rewritten if it is necessary to open multiple connections to the FTP server:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    -    {ok,Handle1} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    -    {ok,Handle2} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    -    [{ftp_handles,[Handle1,Handle2]} | Config].
    -
    -end_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    -    lists:foreach(fun(Handle) -> ct_ftp:close(Handle) end,
    -                  proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config)).
    -
    -ftptest() ->
    -    [{require,ftp_host},
    -     {require,lm_directory}].
    -
    -ftptest(Config) ->
    -    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    -    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    -    [Handle | MoreHandles] = proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config),
    -    ok = ct_ftp:recv(Handle, Remote, Local),
    +rewritten if it is necessary to open multiple connections to the FTP server:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    +    {ok,Handle1} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    +    {ok,Handle2} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    +    [{ftp_handles,[Handle1,Handle2]} | Config].
    +
    +end_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    +    lists:foreach(fun(Handle) -> ct_ftp:close(Handle) end,
    +                  proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config)).
    +
    +ftptest() ->
    +    [{require,ftp_host},
    +     {require,lm_directory}].
    +
    +ftptest(Config) ->
    +    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    +    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    +    [Handle | MoreHandles] = proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config),
    +    ok = ct_ftp:recv(Handle, Remote, Local),
         ...

    @@ -340,86 +340,86 @@ Example of User-Specific Configuration Handler

    A simple configuration handling driver, asking an external server for -configuration data, can be implemented as follows:

    -module(config_driver).
    --export([read_config/1, check_parameter/1]).
    +configuration data, can be implemented as follows:

    -module(config_driver).
    +-export([read_config/1, check_parameter/1]).
     
    -read_config(ServerName)->
    -    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    -    ServerModule:start(),
    -    ServerModule:get_config().
    -
    -check_parameter(ServerName)->
    -    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    -    case code:is_loaded(ServerModule) of
    -        {file, _}->
    -            {ok, {config, ServerName}};
    +read_config(ServerName)->
    +    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    +    ServerModule:start(),
    +    ServerModule:get_config().
    +
    +check_parameter(ServerName)->
    +    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    +    case code:is_loaded(ServerModule) of
    +        {file, _}->
    +            {ok, {config, ServerName}};
             false->
    -            case code:load_file(ServerModule) of
    -                {module, ServerModule}->
    -                    {ok, {config, ServerName}};
    -                {error, nofile}->
    -                    {error, {wrong_config, "File not found: " ++ ServerName ++ ".beam"}}
    +            case code:load_file(ServerModule) of
    +                {module, ServerModule}->
    +                    {ok, {config, ServerName}};
    +                {error, nofile}->
    +                    {error, {wrong_config, "File not found: " ++ ServerName ++ ".beam"}}
                 end
         end.

    The configuration string for this driver can be config_server, if the config_server.erl module that follows is compiled and exists in the code path -during test execution:

    -module(config_server).
    --export([start/0, stop/0, init/1, get_config/0, loop/0]).
    +during test execution:

    -module(config_server).
    +-export([start/0, stop/0, init/1, get_config/0, loop/0]).
     
    --define(REGISTERED_NAME, ct_test_config_server).
    +-define(REGISTERED_NAME, ct_test_config_server).
     
    -start()->
    -    case whereis(?REGISTERED_NAME) of
    +start()->
    +    case whereis(?REGISTERED_NAME) of
             undefined->
    -            spawn(?MODULE, init, [?REGISTERED_NAME]),
    -            wait();
    +            spawn(?MODULE, init, [?REGISTERED_NAME]),
    +            wait();
             _Pid->
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/cover_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/cover_chapter.html	2025-01-25 10:23:28.628270445 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/cover_chapter.html	2025-01-25 10:23:28.632270465 +0000
    @@ -201,44 +201,44 @@
     

    Here follows the general configuration terms that are allowed in a cover specification file:

    %% List of Nodes on which cover will be active during test.
     %% Nodes = [atom()]
    -{nodes, Nodes}.
    +{nodes, Nodes}.
     
     %% Files with previously exported cover data to include in analysis.
     %% CoverDataFiles = [string()]
    -{import, CoverDataFiles}.
    +{import, CoverDataFiles}.
     
     %% Cover data file to export from this session.
     %% CoverDataFile = string()
    -{export, CoverDataFile}.
    +{export, CoverDataFile}.
     
     %% Cover analysis level.
     %% Level = details | overview
    -{level, Level}.
    +{level, Level}.
     
     %% Directories to include in cover.
     %% Dirs = [string()]
    -{incl_dirs, Dirs}.
    +{incl_dirs, Dirs}.
     
     %% Directories, including subdirectories, to include.
    -{incl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
    +{incl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
     
     %% Specific modules to include in cover.
     %% Mods = [atom()]
    -{incl_mods, Mods}.
    +{incl_mods, Mods}.
     
     %% Directories to exclude in cover.
    -{excl_dirs, Dirs}.
    +{excl_dirs, Dirs}.
     
     %% Directories, including subdirectories, to exclude.
    -{excl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
    +{excl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
     
     %% Specific modules to exclude in cover.
    -{excl_mods, Mods}.
    +{excl_mods, Mods}.
     
     %% Cross cover compilation
     %% Tag = atom(), an identifier for a test run
     %% Mod = [atom()], modules to compile for accumulated analysis
    -{cross,[{Tag,Mods}]}.

    The terms incl_dirs_r and excl_dirs_r tell Common Test to search the +{cross,[{Tag,Mods}]}.

    The terms incl_dirs_r and excl_dirs_r tell Common Test to search the specified directories recursively and include or exclude any module found during the search. The terms incl_dirs and excl_dirs result in a non-recursive search for modules (that is, only modules found in the specified directories are @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@

    When using a cover specification in the testing of an OTP application itself, there is a special incl_app directive that includes the applications modules for -the cover compilation.

    {incl_app, AppName, Cover :: overview | details}.

    Note

    If you desire to also use some other general cover configuration together with +the cover compilation.

    {incl_app, AppName, Cover :: overview | details}.

    Note

    If you desire to also use some other general cover configuration together with this option you should insert the AppName in between the option and its value creating a three tuple.

    @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ {cross,[{s1,[m1]}]}.

    Then m1 is cover compiled in test run s2, but not shown in the coverage log. Instead, if ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse/2 is called after both s1 and s2 test runs are completed, the accumulated result for m1 is available in the -cross cover log for test run s1.

    The call to the analyze function must be as follows:

    ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse(Level, [{s1,S1LogDir},{s2,S2LogDir}]).

    Here, S1LogDir and S2LogDir are the directories named <TestName>.logs for +cross cover log for test run s1.

    The call to the analyze function must be as follows:

    ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse(Level, [{s1,S1LogDir},{s2,S2LogDir}]).

    Here, S1LogDir and S2LogDir are the directories named <TestName>.logs for each test respectively.

    Notice the tags s1 and s2, which are used in the cover specification file and in the call to ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse/2. The purpose of these is only to map the modules specified in the cover specification to the log @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.684270725 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.688270744 +0000 @@ -1978,17 +1978,17 @@

    Reads configuration data values.

    Returns the matching values or configuration elements, given a configuration variable key or its associated name (if one has been specified with -ct:require/2 or a require statement).

    Example:

    Given the following configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,IpAddr},
    -       {user,[{username,Username},
    -              {password,Password}]}]}.

    Then:

    ct:get_config(unix,Default) -> [{telnet,IpAddr},
    - {user, [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]}]
    -ct:get_config({unix,telnet},Default) -> IpAddr
    -ct:get_config({unix,user,username},Default) -> Username
    -ct:get_config({unix,ftp},Default) -> Default
    -ct:get_config(unknownkey,Default) -> Default

    If a configuration variable key has been associated with a name (by +ct:require/2 or a require statement).

    Example:

    Given the following configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,IpAddr},
    +       {user,[{username,Username},
    +              {password,Password}]}]}.

    Then:

    ct:get_config(unix,Default) -> [{telnet,IpAddr},
    + {user, [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]}]
    +ct:get_config({unix,telnet},Default) -> IpAddr
    +ct:get_config({unix,user,username},Default) -> Username
    +ct:get_config({unix,ftp},Default) -> Default
    +ct:get_config(unknownkey,Default) -> Default

    If a configuration variable key has been associated with a name (by ct:require/2 or a require statement), the name can be used -instead of the key to read the value:

    ct:require(myuser,{unix,user}) -> ok.
    -ct:get_config(myuser,Default) -> [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]

    If a configuration variable is defined in multiple files, use option all to +instead of the key to read the value:

    ct:require(myuser,{unix,user}) -> ok.
    +ct:get_config(myuser,Default) -> [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]

    If a configuration variable is defined in multiple files, use option all to access all possible values. The values are returned in a list. The order of the elements corresponds to the order that the configuration files were specified at startup.

    If configuration elements (key-value tuples) are to be returned as result @@ -2026,7 +2026,7 @@

    Gets a reference to the Common Test event manager. The reference can be used -to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    +to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    @@ -2315,7 +2315,7 @@ -

    Installs configuration files and event handlers.

    Run this function once before the first test.

    Example:

    install([{config,["config_node.ctc","config_user.ctc"]}])

    This function is automatically run by program ct_run.

    +

    Installs configuration files and event handlers.

    Run this function once before the first test.

    Example:

    install([{config,["config_node.ctc","config_user.ctc"]}])

    This function is automatically run by program ct_run.

    @@ -3152,7 +3152,7 @@

    Checks if the required configuration is available. Arbitrarily deep tuples can be specified as Required. Only the last element of the tuple can be a list of -SubKeys.

    Example 1. Require the variable myvar:

    ok = ct:require(myvar).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,Value}.

    Example 2. Require key myvar with subkeys sub1 and sub2:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,[sub1,sub2]}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,Value},{sub2,Value}]}.

    Example 3. Require key myvar with subkey sub1 with subsub1:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,sub1,sub2}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,[{sub2,Value}]}]}.

    See also ct:get_config/1, +SubKeys.

    Example 1. Require the variable myvar:

    ok = ct:require(myvar).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,Value}.

    Example 2. Require key myvar with subkeys sub1 and sub2:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,[sub1,sub2]}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,Value},{sub2,Value}]}.

    Example 3. Require key myvar with subkey sub1 with subsub1:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,sub1,sub2}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,[{sub2,Value}]}]}.

    See also ct:get_config/1, ct:get_config/2, ct:get_config/3, ct:require/2.

    @@ -3194,8 +3194,8 @@ that the value of the element can be read with ct:get_config/1,2 provided Name is used instead of the whole Required term.

    Example:

    Require one node with a Telnet connection and an FTP connection. Name the node -a:

    ok = ct:require(a,{machine,node}).

    All references to this node can then use the node name. For example, a file over -FTP is fetched like follows:

    ok = ct:ftp_get(a,RemoteFile,LocalFile).

    For this to work, the configuration file must at least contain:

    {machine,[{node,[{telnet,IpAddr},{ftp,IpAddr}]}]}.

    Note

    The behavior of this function changed radically in Common Test 1.6.2. To +a:

    ok = ct:require(a,{machine,node}).

    All references to this node can then use the node name. For example, a file over +FTP is fetched like follows:

    ok = ct:ftp_get(a,RemoteFile,LocalFile).

    For this to work, the configuration file must at least contain:

    {machine,[{node,[{telnet,IpAddr},{ftp,IpAddr}]}]}.

    Note

    The behavior of this function changed radically in Common Test 1.6.2. To keep some backwards compatibility, it is still possible to do: ct:require(a,{node,[telnet,ftp]}). This associates the name a with the top-level node entry. For this to work, the configuration file must at least @@ -3570,12 +3570,12 @@ the Erlang shell. The interactive mode can also be started from the OS command line with ct_run -shell [-config File...].

    If any functions (for example, Telnet or FTP) using "required configuration data" are to be called from the Erlang shell, configuration data must first be -required with ct:require/2.

    Example:

    > ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
    +required with ct:require/2.

    Example:

    > ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
     ok
    -> ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet).
    -{ok,<0.105.0>}
    -> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls .").
    -{ok,["ls","file1  ...",...]}
    +>
    ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet). +{ok,<0.105.0>} +> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls ."). +{ok,["ls","file1 ...",...]}
    @@ -3869,7 +3869,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_cover.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_cover.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.708270844 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_cover.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.712270864 +0000 @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_ftp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_ftp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.736270984 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_ftp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.744271024 +0000 @@ -589,10 +589,10 @@

    Opens an FTP connection and sends a file to the remote host.

    LocalFile and RemoteFile must be absolute paths.

    If the target host is a "special" node, the FTP address must be specified in the -configuration file as follows:

    {node,[{ftp,IpAddr}]}.

    If the target host is something else, for example, a UNIX host, the -configuration file must also include the username and password (both strings):

    {unix,[{ftp,IpAddr},
    -       {username,Username},
    -       {password,Password}]}.

    See also ct:require/2.

    +configuration file as follows:

    {node,[{ftp,IpAddr}]}.

    If the target host is something else, for example, a UNIX host, the +configuration file must also include the username and password (both strings):

    {unix,[{ftp,IpAddr},
    +       {username,Username},
    +       {password,Password}]}.

    See also ct:require/2.

    @@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_hooks.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_hooks.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.780271203 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_hooks.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.784271223 +0000 @@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_hooks_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_hooks_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.808271344 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_hooks_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.808271344 +0000 @@ -253,12 +253,12 @@ always a combination of a result for the suite/group/test and an updated CTHState.

    To let the test suite continue on executing, return the configuration list that you want the test to use as the result.

    All pre hooks, except pre_end_per_testcase/4, can skip or fail the test by -returning a tuple with skip or fail, and a reason as the result.

    Example:

    pre_init_per_suite(SuiteName, Config, CTHState) ->
    -  case db:connect() of
    -    {error,_Reason} ->
    -      {{fail, "Could not connect to DB"}, CTHState};
    -    {ok, Handle} ->
    -      {[{db_handle, Handle} | Config], CTHState#state{ handle = Handle }}
    +returning a tuple with skip or fail, and a reason as the result.

    Example:

    pre_init_per_suite(SuiteName, Config, CTHState) ->
    +  case db:connect() of
    +    {error,_Reason} ->
    +      {{fail, "Could not connect to DB"}, CTHState};
    +    {ok, Handle} ->
    +      {[{db_handle, Handle} | Config], CTHState#state{ handle = Handle }}
       end.

    Note

    If you use multiple CTHs, the first part of the return tuple is used as input for the next CTH. So in the previous example the next CTH can get {fail,Reason} as the second parameter. If you have many CTHs interacting, do @@ -280,18 +280,18 @@ affect the outcome of the test, return the Return data as it is given to the CTH. You can also modify the test result. By returning the Config list with element tc_status removed, you can recover from a test failure. As in all the -pre hooks, it is also possible to fail/skip the test case in the post hook.

    Example:

    post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, {'EXIT',{_,_}}, CTHState) ->
    -  case db:check_consistency() of
    +pre hooks, it is also possible to fail/skip the test case in the post hook.

    Example:

    post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, {'EXIT',{_,_}}, CTHState) ->
    +  case db:check_consistency() of
         true ->
           %% DB is good, pass the test.
    -      {proplists:delete(tc_status, Config), CTHState};
    +      {proplists:delete(tc_status, Config), CTHState};
         false ->
           %% DB is not good, mark as skipped instead of failing
    -      {{skip, "DB is inconsistent!"}, CTHState}
    +      {{skip, "DB is inconsistent!"}, CTHState}
       end;
    -post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, Return, CTHState) ->
    +post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, Return, CTHState) ->
       %% Do nothing if tc does not crash.
    -  {Return, CTHState}.

    Note

    Do recover from a testcase failure using CTHs only a last resort. If used + {Return, CTHState}.

    Note

    Do recover from a testcase failure using CTHs only a last resort. If used wrongly, it can be very difficult to determine which tests that pass or fail in a test run.

    @@ -340,80 +340,80 @@ %%% ct_run -suite example_SUITE -pa . -ct_hooks example_cth %%% %%% Note `-pa .`: the hook beam file must be in the code path when installing. --module(example_cth). +-module(example_cth). %% Mandatory Callbacks --export([init/2]). +-export([init/2]). %% Optional Callbacks --export([id/1]). +-export([id/1]). --export([pre_init_per_suite/3]). --export([post_end_per_suite/4]). +-export([pre_init_per_suite/3]). +-export([post_end_per_suite/4]). --export([pre_init_per_testcase/4]). --export([post_end_per_testcase/5]). +-export([pre_init_per_testcase/4]). +-export([post_end_per_testcase/5]). --export([on_tc_skip/4]). +-export([on_tc_skip/4]). --export([terminate/1]). +-export([terminate/1]). %% This hook state is threaded through all the callbacks. --record(state, {filename, total, suite_total, ts, tcs, data, skipped}). +-record(state, {filename, total, suite_total, ts, tcs, data, skipped}). %% This example hook prints its results to a file, see terminate/1. --record(test_run, {total, skipped, suites}). +-record(test_run, {total, skipped, suites}). %% Return a unique id for this CTH. %% Using the filename means the hook can be used with different %% log files to separate timing data within the same test run. %% See Installing a CTH for more information. -id(Opts) -> +id(Opts) -> %% the path is relative to the test run directory - proplists:get_value(filename, Opts, "example_cth.log"). + proplists:get_value(filename, Opts, "example_cth.log"). %% Always called before any other callback function. Use this to initiate %% any common state. -init(Id, _Opts) -> - {ok, #state{filename = Id, total = 0, data = []}}. +init(Id, _Opts) -> + {ok, #state{filename = Id, total = 0, data = []}}. %% Called before init_per_suite is called. -pre_init_per_suite(_Suite,Config,State) -> - {Config, State#state{suite_total = 0, tcs = []}}. +pre_init_per_suite(_Suite,Config,State) -> + {Config, State#state{suite_total = 0, tcs = []}}. %% Called after end_per_suite. -post_end_per_suite(Suite,_Config,Return,State) -> - Data = {suites, Suite, State#state.suite_total, - lists:reverse(State#state.tcs)}, - {Return, State#state{data = [Data | State#state.data], - total = State#state.total + State#state.suite_total}}. +post_end_per_suite(Suite,_Config,Return,State) -> + Data = {suites, Suite, State#state.suite_total, + lists:reverse(State#state.tcs)}, + {Return, State#state{data = [Data | State#state.data], + total = State#state.total + State#state.suite_total}}. %% Called before each init_per_testcase. -pre_init_per_testcase(_Suite,_TC,Config,State) -> - Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), - {Config, State#state{ts = Now, suite_total = State#state.suite_total + 1}}. +pre_init_per_testcase(_Suite,_TC,Config,State) -> + Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), + {Config, State#state{ts = Now, suite_total = State#state.suite_total + 1}}. %% Called after each end_per_testcase. -post_end_per_testcase(Suite,TC,_Config,Return,State) -> - Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), - TCInfo = {testcase, Suite, TC, Return, Now - State#state.ts}, - {Return, State#state{ts = undefined, tcs = [TCInfo | State#state.tcs]}}. +post_end_per_testcase(Suite,TC,_Config,Return,State) -> + Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), + TCInfo = {testcase, Suite, TC, Return, Now - State#state.ts}, + {Return, State#state{ts = undefined, tcs = [TCInfo | State#state.tcs]}}. %% Called when a test case is skipped by either user action %% or due to an init function failing. -on_tc_skip(_Suite, _TC, _Reason, State) -> - State#state{skipped = State#state.skipped + 1}. +on_tc_skip(_Suite, _TC, _Reason, State) -> + State#state{skipped = State#state.skipped + 1}. %% Called when the scope of the CTH is done. -terminate(State) -> +terminate(State) -> %% use append to avoid data loss if the path is reused - {ok, File} = file:open(State#state.filename, [write, append]), - io:format(File, "~p.~n", [results(State)]), - file:close(File), + {ok, File} = file:open(State#state.filename, [write, append]), + io:format(File, "~p.~n", [results(State)]), + file:close(File), ok. -results(State) -> - #state{skipped = Skipped, data = Data, total = Total} = State, - #test_run{total = Total, skipped = Skipped, suites = lists:reverse(Data)}.

    +results(State) -> + #state{skipped = Skipped, data = Data, total = Total} = State, + #test_run{total = Total, skipped = Skipped, suites = lists:reverse(Data)}.

    @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_master.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_master.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.836271483 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_master.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.844271524 +0000 @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@

    Gets a reference to the Common Test master event manager. The reference can be -used to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct_master:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    +used to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct_master:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_master_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_master_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.864271623 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_master_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.868271643 +0000 @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ of test specifications. If it is a list, the specifications are handled (and the corresponding tests executed) in sequence. An element in a TestSpecs list can also be list of test specifications. The specifications in such a list are -merged into one combined specification before test execution.

    Example:

    ct_master:run(["ts1","ts2",["ts3","ts4"]])

    Here, the tests specified by "ts1" run first, then the tests specified by "ts2", +merged into one combined specification before test execution.

    Example:

    ct_master:run(["ts1","ts2",["ts3","ts4"]])

    Here, the tests specified by "ts1" run first, then the tests specified by "ts2", and finally the tests specified by both "ts3" and "ts4".

    The InclNodes argument to run/3 is a list of node names. Function run/3 runs the tests in TestSpecs just like run/1, but also takes any test in TestSpecs, which is not explicitly tagged with a particular node name, and @@ -196,32 +196,32 @@ install an event handler).

    Consider the example in section Test Specifications in section Running Tests and Analysing Results, now extended with node information and -intended to be executed by Common Test Master:

    {define, 'Top', "/home/test"}.
    -{define, 'T1', "'Top'/t1"}.
    -{define, 'T2', "'Top'/t2"}.
    -{define, 'T3', "'Top'/t3"}.
    -{define, 'CfgFile', "config.cfg"}.
    -{define, 'Node', ct_node}.
    -
    -{node, node1, 'Node@host_x'}.
    -{node, node2, 'Node@host_y'}.
    -
    -{logdir, master, "'Top'/master_logs"}.
    -{logdir, "'Top'/logs"}.
    -
    -{config, node1, "'T1'/'CfgFile'"}.
    -{config, node2, "'T2'/'CfgFile'"}.
    -{config, "'T3'/'CfgFile'"}.
    -
    -{suites, node1, 'T1', all}.
    -{skip_suites, node1, 'T1', [t1B_SUITE,t1D_SUITE], "Not implemented"}.
    -{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1A_SUITE, [test3,test4], "Irrelevant"}.
    -{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1C_SUITE, [test1], "Ignore"}.
    +intended to be executed by Common Test Master:

    {define, 'Top', "/home/test"}.
    +{define, 'T1', "'Top'/t1"}.
    +{define, 'T2', "'Top'/t2"}.
    +{define, 'T3', "'Top'/t3"}.
    +{define, 'CfgFile', "config.cfg"}.
    +{define, 'Node', ct_node}.
    +
    +{node, node1, 'Node@host_x'}.
    +{node, node2, 'Node@host_y'}.
    +
    +{logdir, master, "'Top'/master_logs"}.
    +{logdir, "'Top'/logs"}.
    +
    +{config, node1, "'T1'/'CfgFile'"}.
    +{config, node2, "'T2'/'CfgFile'"}.
    +{config, "'T3'/'CfgFile'"}.
    +
    +{suites, node1, 'T1', all}.
    +{skip_suites, node1, 'T1', [t1B_SUITE,t1D_SUITE], "Not implemented"}.
    +{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1A_SUITE, [test3,test4], "Irrelevant"}.
    +{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1C_SUITE, [test1], "Ignore"}.
     
    -{suites, node2, 'T2', [t2B_SUITE,t2C_SUITE]}.
    -{cases, node2, 'T2', t2A_SUITE, [test4,test1,test7]}.
    +{suites, node2, 'T2', [t2B_SUITE,t2C_SUITE]}.
    +{cases, node2, 'T2', t2A_SUITE, [test4,test1,test7]}.
     
    -{skip_suites, 'T3', all, "Not implemented"}.

    This example specifies the same tests as the original example. But now if +{skip_suites, 'T3', all, "Not implemented"}.

    This example specifies the same tests as the original example. But now if started with a call to ct_master:run(TestSpecName), test t1 is executed on node ct_node@host_x (node1), test t2 on ct_node@host_y (node2) and test t3 on both node1 and node2. Configuration file t1 is only read on @@ -244,13 +244,13 @@ Automatic Startup of Test Target Nodes

    Initial actions can be started and performed automatically on test target nodes -using test specification term init.

    Two subterms are supported, node_start and eval.

    Example:

    {node, node1, node1@host1}.
    -{node, node2, node1@host2}.
    -{node, node3, node2@host2}.
    -{node, node4, node1@host3}.
    -{init, node1, [{node_start, [{callback_module, my_slave_callback}]}]}.
    -{init, [node2, node3], {node_start, [{username, "ct_user"}, {password, "ct_password"}]}}.
    -{init, node4, {eval, {module, function, []}}}.

    This test specification declares that node1@host1 is to be started using the +using test specification term init.

    Two subterms are supported, node_start and eval.

    Example:

    {node, node1, node1@host1}.
    +{node, node2, node1@host2}.
    +{node, node3, node2@host2}.
    +{node, node4, node1@host3}.
    +{init, node1, [{node_start, [{callback_module, my_slave_callback}]}]}.
    +{init, [node2, node3], {node_start, [{username, "ct_user"}, {password, "ct_password"}]}}.
    +{init, node4, {eval, {module, function, []}}}.

    This test specification declares that node1@host1 is to be started using the user callback function callback_module:my_slave_callback/0, and nodes node1@host2 and node2@host2 are to be started with the default callback module ct_slave. The specified username and password are used to log on to @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_netconfc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_netconfc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.908271843 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_netconfc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.912271863 +0000 @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ to the server.

    Alternately, open/1,2 can be used to establish a single session on a dedicated connection. (Or, equivalently, only_open/1,2 followed by hello/1-3.)

    Connect/session options can be specified in a configuration file with entries -like the following.

    {server_id(), [option()]}.

    The server_id/0 or an associated ct:target_name/0 can then be passed to +like the following.

    {server_id(), [option()]}.

    The server_id/0 or an associated ct:target_name/0 can then be passed to the aforementioned functions to use the referenced configuration.

    Signaling

    Protocol operations in the NETCONF protocol are realized as remote procedure calls (RPCs) from client to server and a corresponding reply from server to client. RPCs are sent using like-named functions (eg. @@ -150,8 +150,8 @@ in most cases since a non-response by the server or a missing message-id causes the call to hang indefinitely.

    Logging

    The NETCONF server uses error_logger for logging of NETCONF traffic. A special purpose error handler is implemented in ct_conn_log_h. To use this error -handler, add the cth_conn_log hook in the test suite, for example:

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}]}].

    conn_log_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the +handler, add the cth_conn_log hook in the test suite, for example:

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}]}].

    conn_log_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the connection protocol, for example, ct_netconfc.

    Hook option log_type specifies the type of logging:

    • raw - The sent and received NETCONF data is logged to a separate text file "as is" without any formatting. A link to the file is added to the test case HTML log.

    • pretty - The sent and received NETCONF data is logged to a separate text @@ -162,17 +162,17 @@ option hosts and list the names of the servers/connections to be used in the suite. The connections must be named for this to work, that is, they must be opened with open/2.

      Option hosts has no effect if log_type is set to html or silent.

      The hook options can also be specified in a configuration file with -configuration variable ct_conn_log:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}.

      For example:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty},
      -                            {hosts,[ct:key_or_name()]}]}]}

      Note

      Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite the hard-coded hook +configuration variable ct_conn_log:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}.

      For example:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty},
      +                            {hosts,[ct:key_or_name()]}]}]}

      Note

      Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite the hard-coded hook options in the test suite.

      Logging Example 1:

      The following ct_hooks statement causes pretty printing of NETCONF traffic to separate logs for the connections named nc_server1 and nc_server2. Any other -connections are logged to default NETCONF log.

      suite() ->
      -   [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty}},
      -                                              {hosts,[nc_server1,nc_server2]}]}
      -                               ]}]}].

      Connections must be opened as follows:

      open(nc_server1,[...]),
      -open(nc_server2,[...]).

      Logging Example 2:

      The following configuration file causes raw logging of all NETCONF traffic in to -one single text file:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,raw}]}]}.

      The ct_hooks statement must look as follows:

      suite() ->
      -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

      The same ct_hooks statement without the configuration file would cause HTML +connections are logged to default NETCONF log.

      suite() ->
      +   [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty}},
      +                                              {hosts,[nc_server1,nc_server2]}]}
      +                               ]}]}].

      Connections must be opened as follows:

      open(nc_server1,[...]),
      +open(nc_server2,[...]).

      Logging Example 2:

      The following configuration file causes raw logging of all NETCONF traffic in to +one single text file:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,raw}]}]}.

      The ct_hooks statement must look as follows:

      suite() ->
      +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

      The same ct_hooks statement without the configuration file would cause HTML logging of all NETCONF connections in to the test case HTML log.

      @@ -2173,8 +2173,8 @@

      Edits configuration data.

      By default only the running target is available, unless the server includes :candidate or :startup in its list of capabilities.

      OptParams can be used for specifying optional parameters (default-operation, test-option, or error-option) to be added to the edit-config request. The -value must be a list containing valid simple XML, for example:

      [{'default-operation', ["none"]},
      - {'error-option', ["rollback-on-error"]}]

      If OptParams is not given, the default value [] is used.

      +value must be a list containing valid simple XML, for example:

      [{'default-operation', ["none"]},
      + {'error-option', ["rollback-on-error"]}]

      If OptParams is not given, the default value [] is used.

      @@ -3296,7 +3296,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_property_test.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_property_test.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.952272062 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_property_test.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.956272082 +0000 @@ -135,30 +135,30 @@ directory has a subdirectory property_test, where everything needed for the property tests are collected. The usual Erlang application directory structure is assumed.

      A typical Common Test test suite using ct_property_test is organized as -follows:

      -module(my_prop_test_SUITE).
      --compile(export_all).
      +follows:

      -module(my_prop_test_SUITE).
      +-compile(export_all).
       
      --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
      +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
       
      -all() -> [prop_ftp_case].
      +all() -> [prop_ftp_case].
       
      -init_per_suite(Config) ->
      -    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
      +init_per_suite(Config) ->
      +    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
       
       %%%---- test case
      -prop_ftp_case(Config) ->
      -    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
      -      ftp_simple_client_server:prop_ftp(),
      +prop_ftp_case(Config) ->
      +    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
      +      ftp_simple_client_server:prop_ftp(),
             Config
      -     ).

      and the the property test module (in this example + ).

      and the the property test module (in this example ftp_simple_client_server.erl) as almost a usual property testing module (More -examples are in the User's Guide):

      -module(ftp_simple_client_server).
      --export([prop_ftp/0...]).
      +examples are in the User's Guide):

      -module(ftp_simple_client_server).
      +-export([prop_ftp/0...]).
       
      --include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
      +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
       
      -prop_ftp() ->
      -    ?FORALL( ....
      +
      prop_ftp() -> + ?FORALL( ....
      @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ 'EQC', 'PROPER' or 'TRIQ' set, depending on which tool that is first found. This could make parts of the Erlang property tests code to be included or excluded with the macro directives -ifdef(Macro). or -ifndef(Macro)..

      The file(s) in the property_test subdirectory could, or should, include the -ct_property_test include file:

      -include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").

      This included file will:

      • Include the correct tool's include file
      • Set the macro 'MOD_eqc' to the correct module name for the selected tool. +ct_property_test include file:

        -include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").

        This included file will:

        • Include the correct tool's include file
        • Set the macro 'MOD_eqc' to the correct module name for the selected tool. That is, the macro 'MOD_eqc' is set to either eqc, proper or triq.
        @@ -987,8 +987,8 @@

        Presents the result of stateful (statem) property testing using the aggregate function in PropEr, QuickCheck or other similar property testing tool.

        It is assumed to be called inside the property called by quickcheck/2:

        ...
        -RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds),
        -ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config)
        +RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds),
        +ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config)
         ...

        See the User's Guide for an example of the usage and of the default printout.

        The StatisticsSpec is a list of the tuples:

        • {Title::string(), CollectFun::fun/1}
        • {Title::string(), FrequencyFun::/0, CollectFun::fun/1}

        Each tuple will produce one table in the order of their places in the list.

        • Title will be the title of one result table

        • CollectFun is called with one argument: the Cmds. It should return a list of the values to be counted. The following pre-defined functions exist:

          • ct_property_test:cmnd_names/1 returns a list of commands (function calls) @@ -998,15 +998,15 @@ about sequential and parallel parts from Tool:parallel_commands/1,2
        • FrequencyFun/0 returns a fun/1 which is supposed to take a list of items as input, and return an iolist which will be printed as the table. Per default, the number of each item is counted and the percentage is printed for each. The -list [a,b,a,a,c] could for example return

          ["a 60%\n","b 20%\n","c 20%\n"]

          which will be printed by the print_fun. The default print_fun will print +list [a,b,a,a,c] could for example return

          ["a 60%\n","b 20%\n","c 20%\n"]

          which will be printed by the print_fun. The default print_fun will print it as:

          a 60%
           b 20%
          -c 20%

        The default StatisticsSpec is:

        • For sequential commands:

          [{"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
          - {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
          -                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
        • For parallel commands:

          [{"Distribution sequential/parallel", fun sequential_parallel/1},
          - {"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
          - {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
          -                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
        +c 20%

    The default StatisticsSpec is:

    • For sequential commands:

      [{"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
      + {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
      +                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
    • For parallel commands:

      [{"Distribution sequential/parallel", fun sequential_parallel/1},
      + {"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
      + {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
      +                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
    @@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_property_test_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_property_test_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.980272202 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_property_test_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:28.984272222 +0000 @@ -147,51 +147,51 @@ Introductory Example

    Assume that we want to test the lists:sort/1 function.

    We need a property to test the function. In normal way, we create -property_test/ct_prop.erl module in the test directory in our application:

    -module(ct_prop).
    --export([prop_sort/0]).
    +property_test/ct_prop.erl module in the test directory in our application:

    -module(ct_prop).
    +-export([prop_sort/0]).
     
     %%% This will include the .hrl file for the installed testing tool:
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
     
     %%% The property we want to check:
     %%%   For all possibly unsorted lists,
     %%%   the result of lists:sort/1 is sorted.
    -prop_sort() ->
    -    ?FORALL(UnSorted, list(),
    -            is_sorted(lists:sort(UnSorted))
    -           ).
    +prop_sort() ->
    +    ?FORALL(UnSorted, list(),
    +            is_sorted(lists:sort(UnSorted))
    +           ).
     
     %%% Function to check that a list is sorted:
    -is_sorted([]) ->
    +is_sorted([]) ->
         true;
    -is_sorted([_]) ->
    +is_sorted([_]) ->
         true;
    -is_sorted([H1,H2|SortedTail]) when H1 =< H2 ->
    -    is_sorted([H2|SortedTail]);
    -is_sorted(_) ->
    -    false.

    We also need a CommonTest test suite:

    -module(ct_property_test_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all). % Only in tests!
    +is_sorted([H1,H2|SortedTail]) when H1 =< H2 ->
    +    is_sorted([H2|SortedTail]);
    +is_sorted(_) ->
    +    false.

    We also need a CommonTest test suite:

    -module(ct_property_test_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all). % Only in tests!
     
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
     
    -all() -> [prop_sort
    -         ].
    +all() -> [prop_sort
    +         ].
     
     %%% First prepare Config and compile the property tests for the found tool:
    -init_per_suite(Config) ->
    -    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
    +init_per_suite(Config) ->
    +    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
     
    -end_per_suite(Config) ->
    +end_per_suite(Config) ->
         Config.
     
     %%%================================================================
     %%% Test suites
     %%%
    -prop_sort(Config) ->
    -    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
    -      ct_prop:prop_sort(),
    +prop_sort(Config) ->
    +    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
    +      ct_prop:prop_sort(),
           Config
    -     ).

    We run it as usual, for example with ct_run in the OS shell:

    ..../test$ ct_run -suite ct_property_test_SUITE
    +     ).

    We run it as usual, for example with ct_run in the OS shell:

    ..../test$ ct_run -suite ct_property_test_SUITE
     .....
     Common Test: Running make in test directories...
     
    @@ -221,13 +221,13 @@
       A stateful testing example
     
     

    Assume a test that generates some parallel stateful commands, and runs 300 -tests:

    prop_parallel(Config) ->
    -    numtests(300,
    -             ?FORALL(Cmds, parallel_commands(?MODULE),
    +tests:

    prop_parallel(Config) ->
    +    numtests(300,
    +             ?FORALL(Cmds, parallel_commands(?MODULE),
                          begin
    -                         RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds),
    -                         ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config)
    -                     end)).

    The ct_property_test:present_result/4 is a help function for printing some + RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds), + ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config) + end)).

    The ct_property_test:present_result/4 is a help function for printing some statistics in the CommonTest log file.

    Our example test could for example be a simple test of an ftp server, where we perform get, put and delete requests, some of them in parallel. Per default, the result has three sections:

    *** User 2019-12-11 13:28:17.504 ***
    @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_rpc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_rpc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.008272342 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_rpc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.008272342 +0000 @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_run_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_run_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.032272462 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_run_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.036272482 +0000 @@ -251,10 +251,10 @@ Run Common Test in Interactive Mode
     ct_run -shell
    -  [-config ConfigFile1 ConfigFile2 ... ConfigFileN]
    -  [-userconfig CallbackModule1 ConfigString1 and CallbackModule2
    -   ConfigString2 and .. and CallbackModuleN ConfigStringN]
    -  [-decrypt_key Key] | [-decrypt_file KeyFile]

    + [-config ConfigFile1 ConfigFile2 ... ConfigFileN] + [-userconfig CallbackModule1 ConfigString1 and CallbackModule2 + ConfigString2 and .. and CallbackModuleN ConfigStringN] + [-decrypt_key Key] | [-decrypt_file KeyFile]

    @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_slave.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_slave.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.056272581 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_slave.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.060272601 +0000 @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_snmp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_snmp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.096272781 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_snmp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.096272781 +0000 @@ -150,15 +150,15 @@ Optional.

  • {agent_target_param_def, [term()] | {data_dir_file, rel_path()}} - Optional.

  • Parameter MgrAgentConfName in the functions is to be a name you allocate in your test suite using a require statement. Example (where -MgrAgentConfName = snmp_mgr_agent):

    suite() -> [{require, snmp_mgr_agent, snmp}].

    or

    ct:require(snmp_mgr_agent, snmp).

    Notice that USM users are needed for SNMPv3 configuration and are not to be +MgrAgentConfName = snmp_mgr_agent):

    suite() -> [{require, snmp_mgr_agent, snmp}].

    or

    ct:require(snmp_mgr_agent, snmp).

    Notice that USM users are needed for SNMPv3 configuration and are not to be confused with users.

    SNMP traps, inform, and report messages are handled by the user callback module. For details, see the SNMP application.

    It is recommended to use the .hrl files created by the Erlang/OTP MIB compiler to define the Object Identifiers (OIDs). For example, to get the Erlang node -name from erlNodeTable in the OTP-MIB:

    Oid = ?erlNodeEntry ++ [?erlNodeName, 1]

    Furthermore, values can be set for SNMP application configuration parameters, +name from erlNodeTable in the OTP-MIB:

    Oid = ?erlNodeEntry ++ [?erlNodeName, 1]

    Furthermore, values can be set for SNMP application configuration parameters, config, server, net_if, and so on (for a list of valid parameters and types, see the User's Guide for the SNMP application). -This is done by defining a configuration data variable on the following form:

    {snmp_app, [{manager, [snmp_app_manager_params()]},
    -            {agent, [snmp_app_agent_params()]}]}.

    A name for the data must be allocated in the suite using require (see the +This is done by defining a configuration data variable on the following form:

    {snmp_app, [{manager, [snmp_app_manager_params()]},
    +            {agent, [snmp_app_agent_params()]}]}.

    A name for the data must be allocated in the suite using require (see the example above). Pass this name as argument SnmpAppConfName to ct_snmp:start/3. ct_snmp specifies default values for some SNMP application configuration parameters (such as {verbosity,trace} for @@ -1930,7 +1930,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_ssh.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_ssh.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.152273061 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_ssh.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.156273081 +0000 @@ -133,14 +133,14 @@ that have been started on existing SSH connections (that is, when the original connection type is ssh). Whenever the connection type is sftp, use the SSH connection reference only.

    The following options are valid for specifying an SSH/SFTP connection (that is, -can be used as configuration elements):

    [{ConnType, Addr},
    - {port, Port},
    - {user, UserName}
    - {password, Pwd}
    - {user_dir, String}
    - {public_key_alg, PubKeyAlg}
    - {connect_timeout, Timeout}
    - {key_cb, KeyCallbackMod}]

    ConnType = ssh | sftp.

    For other types, see ssh.

    All time-out parameters in ct_ssh functions are values in milliseconds.

    +can be used as configuration elements):

    [{ConnType, Addr},
    + {port, Port},
    + {user, UserName}
    + {password, Pwd}
    + {user_dir, String}
    + {public_key_alg, PubKeyAlg}
    + {connect_timeout, Timeout}
    + {key_cb, KeyCallbackMod}]

    ConnType = ssh | sftp.

    For other types, see ssh.

    All time-out parameters in ct_ssh functions are values in milliseconds.

    @@ -3872,7 +3872,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_suite.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_suite.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.196273280 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_suite.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.200273300 +0000 @@ -1653,7 +1653,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_telnet.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_telnet.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.228273441 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_telnet.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.232273460 +0000 @@ -136,14 +136,14 @@ true
  • Polling limit (max number of times to poll to get a remaining string terminated) = 0
  • Polling interval (sleep time between polls) = 1 second
  • The TCP_NODELAY option for the telnet socket is disabled (set to false) per default
  • These parameters can be modified by the user with the following configuration -term:

    {telnet_settings, [{connect_timeout,Millisec},
    -                   {command_timeout,Millisec},
    -                   {reconnection_attempts,N},
    -                   {reconnection_interval,Millisec},
    -                   {keep_alive,Bool},
    -                   {poll_limit,N},
    -                   {poll_interval,Millisec},
    -                   {tcp_nodelay,Bool}]}.

    Millisec = integer(), N = integer()

    Enter the telnet_settings term in a configuration file included in the test +term:

    {telnet_settings, [{connect_timeout,Millisec},
    +                   {command_timeout,Millisec},
    +                   {reconnection_attempts,N},
    +                   {reconnection_interval,Millisec},
    +                   {keep_alive,Bool},
    +                   {poll_limit,N},
    +                   {poll_interval,Millisec},
    +                   {tcp_nodelay,Bool}]}.

    Millisec = integer(), N = integer()

    Enter the telnet_settings term in a configuration file included in the test and ct_telnet retrieves the information automatically.

    keep_alive can be specified per connection, if necessary. For details, see unix_telnet.

    @@ -158,8 +158,8 @@ such as expect/3. However, ct_telnet can be configured to use a special purpose event handler, implemented in ct_conn_log_h, for logging all Telnet traffic. To use this handler, install a Common Test hook named -cth_conn_log. Example (using the test suite information function):

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{conn_mod(),hook_options()}]}]}].

    conn_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the connection +cth_conn_log. Example (using the test suite information function):

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{conn_mod(),hook_options()}]}]}].

    conn_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the connection protocol, that is, ct_telnet.

    The cth_conn_log hook performs unformatted logging of Telnet data to a separate text file. All Telnet communication is captured and printed, including any data sent from the server. The link to this text file is located at the top @@ -176,15 +176,15 @@ disabled, which results with no prefix data. If the value is set to full prefix contains timestamp and additonal information. If the value is set to short prefix includes only human readable timestamp.

    All cth_conn_log hook options described can also be specified in a -configuration file with configuration variable ct_conn_log.

    Example:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{log_type,raw},
    -                           {hosts,[key_or_name()]}]}]}

    Note

    Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite any hard-coded hook +configuration file with configuration variable ct_conn_log.

    Example:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{log_type,raw},
    +                           {hosts,[key_or_name()]}]}]}

    Note

    Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite any hard-coded hook options in the test suite.

    Logging Example:

    The following ct_hooks statement causes printing of Telnet traffic to separate logs for the connections server1 and server2. Traffic for any other -connections is logged in the default Telnet log.

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks,
    -      [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}]}].

    As previously explained, this specification can also be provided by an entry -like the following in a configuration file:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}.

    In this case the ct_hooks statement in the test suite can look as follows:

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

    +connections is logged in the default Telnet log.

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks,
    +      [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}]}].

    As previously explained, this specification can also be provided by an entry +like the following in a configuration file:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}.

    In this case the ct_hooks statement in the test suite can look as follows:

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

    @@ -893,9 +893,9 @@ instead of only one Match. Also HaltReason is returned.

  • sequence - All patterns must be matched in a sequence. A match is not concluded until all patterns are matched. This option can be interrupted by one or more HaltPatterns. MatchList is always returned, that is, a list of -Match instead of only one Match. Also HaltReason is returned.

  • Example 1:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[sequence,{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    First this tries to match "ABC", and then "XYZ", but if "NNN" appears, the +Match instead of only one Match. Also HaltReason is returned.

    Example 1:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[sequence,{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    First this tries to match "ABC", and then "XYZ", but if "NNN" appears, the function returns {error,{nnn,["NNN"]}}. If both "ABC" and "XYZ" are -matched, the function returns {ok,[AbcMatch,XyzMatch]}.

    Example 2:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[{repeat,2},{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    This tries to match "ABC" or "XYZ" twice. If "NNN" appears, the function +matched, the function returns {ok,[AbcMatch,XyzMatch]}.

    Example 2:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[{repeat,2},{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    This tries to match "ABC" or "XYZ" twice. If "NNN" appears, the function returns HaltReason = {nnn,["NNN"]}.

    Options repeat and sequence can be combined to match a sequence multiple times.

    @@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_testspec.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_testspec.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.256273580 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_testspec.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.260273600 +0000 @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/dependencies_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/dependencies_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.284273719 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/dependencies_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.292273760 +0000 @@ -161,65 +161,65 @@ start and stop functionality separately.) The configuration can also be implemented as a common function, maybe grouped with the start function. Finally, the testing of connecting and disconnecting a client can be grouped -into one test case. The resulting suite can look as follows:

    -module(my_server_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all).
    --include_lib("ct.hrl").
    +into one test case. The resulting suite can look as follows:

    -module(my_server_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all).
    +-include_lib("ct.hrl").
     
     %%% init and end functions...
     
    -suite() -> [{require,my_server_cfg}].
    +suite() -> [{require,my_server_cfg}].
     
    -init_per_testcase(start_and_stop, Config) ->
    +init_per_testcase(start_and_stop, Config) ->
         Config;
     
    -init_per_testcase(config, Config) ->
    -    [{server_pid,start_server()} | Config];
    +init_per_testcase(config, Config) ->
    +    [{server_pid,start_server()} | Config];
     
    -init_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = start_server(),
    -    configure_server(),
    -    [{server_pid,ServerPid} | Config].
    +init_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = start_server(),
    +    configure_server(),
    +    [{server_pid,ServerPid} | Config].
     
    -end_per_testcase(start_and_stop, _) ->
    +end_per_testcase(start_and_stop, _) ->
         ok;
     
    -end_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    -    stop_server(ServerPid).
    +end_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    +    stop_server(ServerPid).
     
     %%% test cases...
     
    -all() -> [start_and_stop, config, connect_and_disconnect].
    +all() -> [start_and_stop, config, connect_and_disconnect].
     
     %% test that starting and stopping works
    -start_and_stop(_) ->
    -    ServerPid = start_server(),
    -    stop_server(ServerPid).
    +start_and_stop(_) ->
    +    ServerPid = start_server(),
    +    stop_server(ServerPid).
     
     %% configuration test
    -config(Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    -    configure_server(ServerPid).
    +config(Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    +    configure_server(ServerPid).
     
     %% test connecting and disconnecting client
    -connect_and_disconnect(Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    -    {ok,SessionId} = my_server:connect(ServerPid),
    -    ok = my_server:disconnect(ServerPid, SessionId).
    +connect_and_disconnect(Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    +    {ok,SessionId} = my_server:connect(ServerPid),
    +    ok = my_server:disconnect(ServerPid, SessionId).
     
     %%% common functions...
     
    -start_server() ->
    -    {ok,ServerPid} = my_server:start(),
    +start_server() ->
    +    {ok,ServerPid} = my_server:start(),
         ServerPid.
     
    -stop_server(ServerPid) ->
    -    ok = my_server:stop(),
    +stop_server(ServerPid) ->
    +    ok = my_server:stop(),
         ok.
     
    -configure_server(ServerPid) ->
    -    ServerCfgData = ct:get_config(my_server_cfg),
    -    ok = my_server:configure(ServerPid, ServerCfgData),
    +configure_server(ServerPid) ->
    +    ServerCfgData = ct:get_config(my_server_cfg),
    +    ok = my_server:configure(ServerPid, ServerCfgData),
         ok.

    @@ -247,40 +247,40 @@ data is to be saved by finction end_per_suite and read by function init_per_suite in the suite that follows. When passing data between suites, Saver carries the name -of the test suite.

    Example:

    -module(server_b_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all).
    --include_lib("ct.hrl").
    +of the test suite.

    Example:

    -module(server_b_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all).
    +-include_lib("ct.hrl").
     
     %%% init and end functions...
     
    -init_per_suite(Config) ->
    +init_per_suite(Config) ->
         %% read config saved by previous test suite
    -    {server_a_SUITE,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config),
    +    {server_a_SUITE,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config),
         %% extract server identity (comes from server_a_SUITE)
    -    ServerId = proplists:get_value(server_id, OldConfig),
    -    SessionId = connect_to_server(ServerId),
    -    [{ids,{ServerId,SessionId}} | Config].
    +    ServerId = proplists:get_value(server_id, OldConfig),
    +    SessionId = connect_to_server(ServerId),
    +    [{ids,{ServerId,SessionId}} | Config].
     
    -end_per_suite(Config) ->
    +end_per_suite(Config) ->
         %% save config for server_c_SUITE (session_id and server_id)
    -    {save_config,Config}
    +    {save_config,Config}
     
     %%% test cases...
     
    -all() -> [allocate, deallocate].
    +all() -> [allocate, deallocate].
     
    -allocate(Config) ->
    -    {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config),
    -    {ok,Handle} = allocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId),
    +allocate(Config) ->
    +    {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config),
    +    {ok,Handle} = allocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId),
         %% save handle for deallocation test
    -    NewConfig = [{handle,Handle}],
    -    {save_config,NewConfig}.
    +    NewConfig = [{handle,Handle}],
    +    {save_config,NewConfig}.
     
    -deallocate(Config) ->
    -    {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config),
    -    {allocate,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config),
    -    Handle = proplists:get_value(handle, OldConfig),
    -    ok = deallocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId, Handle).

    To save Config data from a test case that is to be skipped, return tuple +deallocate(Config) -> + {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config), + {allocate,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config), + Handle = proplists:get_value(handle, OldConfig), + ok = deallocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId, Handle).

    To save Config data from a test case that is to be skipped, return tuple {skip_and_save,Reason,ConfigList}.

    The result is that the test case is skipped with Reason printed to the log file (as described earlier) and ConfigList is saved for the next test case. ConfigList can be read using proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config), as @@ -300,22 +300,22 @@ property. Test case groups are defined through function groups/0 in the test suite (for details, see section Test Case Groups.

    For example, to ensure that if allocate in server_b_SUITE crashes, -deallocate is skipped, the following sequence can be defined:

    groups() -> [{alloc_and_dealloc, [sequence], [alloc,dealloc]}].

    Assume that the suite contains the test case get_resource_status that is -independent of the other two cases, then function all can look as follows:

    all() -> [{group,alloc_and_dealloc}, get_resource_status].

    If alloc succeeds, dealloc is also executed. If alloc fails however, +deallocate is skipped, the following sequence can be defined:

    groups() -> [{alloc_and_dealloc, [sequence], [alloc,dealloc]}].

    Assume that the suite contains the test case get_resource_status that is +independent of the other two cases, then function all can look as follows:

    all() -> [{group,alloc_and_dealloc}, get_resource_status].

    If alloc succeeds, dealloc is also executed. If alloc fails however, dealloc is not executed but marked as SKIPPED in the HTML log. get_resource_status runs no matter what happens to the alloc_and_dealloc cases.

    Test cases in a sequence are executed in order until all succeed or one fails. If one fails, all following cases in the sequence are skipped. The cases in the sequence that have succeeded up to that point are reported as successful in the -log. Any number of sequences can be specified.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{scenarioA, [sequence], [testA1, testA2]},
    -             {scenarioB, [sequence], [testB1, testB2, testB3]}].
    +log. Any number of sequences can be specified.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{scenarioA, [sequence], [testA1, testA2]},
    +             {scenarioB, [sequence], [testB1, testB2, testB3]}].
     
    -all() -> [test1,
    +all() -> [test1,
               test2,
    -          {group,scenarioA},
    +          {group,scenarioA},
               test3,
    -          {group,scenarioB},
    -          test4].

    A sequence group can have subgroups. Such subgroups can have any property, that + {group,scenarioB}, + test4].

    A sequence group can have subgroups. Such subgroups can have any property, that is, they are not required to also be sequences. If you want the status of the subgroup to affect the sequence on the level above, return {return_group_result,Status} from @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/event_handler_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/event_handler_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.316273880 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/event_handler_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.316273880 +0000 @@ -168,12 +168,12 @@ ct_run -event_handler_init instead of -event_handler.

    Note

    All event handler modules must have gen_event behavior. These modules must be precompiled and their locations must be added explicitly to the Erlang code server search path (as in the previous example).

    An event_handler tuple in argument Opts has the following definition (see -ct:run_test/1):

    {event_handler,EventHandlers}
    +ct:run_test/1):

    {event_handler,EventHandlers}
     
    -EventHandlers = EH | [EH]
    -EH = atom() | {atom(),InitArgs} | {[atom()],InitArgs}
    -InitArgs = [term()]

    In the following example, two event handlers for the my_SUITE test are -installed:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"test/my_SUITE"},{event_handler,[my_evh1,{my_evh2,[node()]}]}]).

    Event handler my_evh1 is started with [] as argument to the init function. +EventHandlers = EH | [EH] +EH = atom() | {atom(),InitArgs} | {[atom()],InitArgs} +InitArgs = [term()]

    In the following example, two event handlers for the my_SUITE test are +installed:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"test/my_SUITE"},{event_handler,[my_evh1,{my_evh2,[node()]}]}]).

    Event handler my_evh1 is started with [] as argument to the init function. Event handler my_evh2 is started with the name of the current node in the init argument list.

    Event handlers can also be plugged in using one of the following test specification terms:

    • {event_handler, EventHandlers}
    • {event_handler, EventHandlers, InitArgs}
    • {event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers}
    • {event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers, InitArgs}

    EventHandlers is a list of module names. Before a test session starts, the @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/example_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/example_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.352274060 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/example_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.356274079 +0000 @@ -131,19 +131,19 @@ Test Suite Example

    -

    The following example test suite shows some tests of a database server:

    -module(db_data_type_SUITE).
    +

    The following example test suite shows some tests of a database server:

    -module(db_data_type_SUITE).
     
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
     
     %% Test server callbacks
    --export([suite/0, all/0,
    +-export([suite/0, all/0,
              init_per_suite/1, end_per_suite/1,
    -         init_per_testcase/2, end_per_testcase/2]).
    +         init_per_testcase/2, end_per_testcase/2]).
     
     %% Test cases
    --export([string/1, integer/1]).
    +-export([string/1, integer/1]).
     
    --define(CONNECT_STR, "DSN=sqlserver;UID=alladin;PWD=sesame").
    +-define(CONNECT_STR, "DSN=sqlserver;UID=alladin;PWD=sesame").
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% COMMON TEST CALLBACK FUNCTIONS
    @@ -158,8 +158,8 @@
     %% Description: Returns list of tuples to set default properties
     %%              for the suite.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -suite() ->
    -    [{timetrap,{minutes,1}}].
    +suite() ->
    +    [{timetrap,{minutes,1}}].
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% Function: init_per_suite(Config0) -> Config1
    @@ -169,10 +169,10 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Initialization before the suite.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -init_per_suite(Config) ->
    -    {ok, Ref} = db:connect(?CONNECT_STR, []),
    -    TableName = db_lib:unique_table_name(),
    -    [{con_ref, Ref },{table_name, TableName}| Config].
    +init_per_suite(Config) ->
    +    {ok, Ref} = db:connect(?CONNECT_STR, []),
    +    TableName = db_lib:unique_table_name(),
    +    [{con_ref, Ref },{table_name, TableName}| Config].
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% Function: end_per_suite(Config) -> term()
    @@ -182,9 +182,9 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Cleanup after the suite.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -end_per_suite(Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    db:disconnect(Ref),
    +end_per_suite(Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    db:disconnect(Ref),
         ok.
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -197,10 +197,10 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Initialization before each test case.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -init_per_testcase(Case, Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    -    ok = db:create_table(Ref, TableName, table_type(Case)),
    +init_per_testcase(Case, Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    +    ok = db:create_table(Ref, TableName, table_type(Case)),
         Config.
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -213,10 +213,10 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Cleanup after each test case.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -end_per_testcase(_Case, Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    -    ok = db:delete_table(Ref, TableName),
    +end_per_testcase(_Case, Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    +    ok = db:delete_table(Ref, TableName),
         ok.
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -231,28 +231,28 @@
     %% Description: Returns the list of groups and test cases that
     %%              are to be executed.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -all() ->
    -    [string, integer].
    +all() ->
    +    [string, integer].
     
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% TEST CASES
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     
    -string(Config) ->
    -    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, "Dummy string", Config).
    +string(Config) ->
    +    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, "Dummy string", Config).
     
    -integer(Config) ->
    -    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, 42, Config).
    +integer(Config) ->
    +    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, 42, Config).
     
     
    -insert_and_lookup(Key, Value, Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    -    ok = db:insert(Ref, TableName, Key, Value),
    -    [Value] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
    -    ok = db:delete(Ref, TableName, Key),
    -    [] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
    +insert_and_lookup(Key, Value, Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    +    ok = db:insert(Ref, TableName, Key, Value),
    +    [Value] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
    +    ok = db:delete(Ref, TableName, Key),
    +    [] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
         ok.

    @@ -270,12 +270,12 @@ %%% %%% Created : %%%------------------------------------------------------------------- --module(example_SUITE). +-module(example_SUITE). %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites. --compile(export_all). +-compile(export_all). --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl"). +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl"). %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- %% COMMON TEST CALLBACK FUNCTIONS @@ -293,8 +293,8 @@ %% Note: The suite/0 function is only meant to be used to return %% default data values, not perform any other operations. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -suite() -> - [{timetrap,{minutes,10}}]. +suite() -> + [{timetrap,{minutes,10}}]. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- %% Function: init_per_suite(Config0) -> @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ %% Note: This function is free to add any key/value pairs to the Config %% variable, but should NOT alter/remove any existing entries. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -init_per_suite(Config) -> +init_per_suite(Config) -> Config. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ %% %% Description: Cleanup after the suite. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -end_per_suite(_Config) -> +end_per_suite(_Config) -> ok. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ %% %% Description: Initialization before each test case group. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -init_per_group(_GroupName, Config) -> +init_per_group(_GroupName, Config) -> Config. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ %% %% Description: Cleanup after each test case group. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -end_per_group(_GroupName, _Config) -> +end_per_group(_GroupName, _Config) -> ok. /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/getting_started_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/getting_started_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.380274199 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/getting_started_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.384274219 +0000 @@ -169,14 +169,14 @@ the test suite module implements callback functions (mandatory or optional) for various purposes, for example:

    • Init/end configuration function for the test suite
    • Init/end configuration function for a test case
    • Init/end configuration function for a test case group
    • Test cases

    The configuration functions are optional. The following example is a test suite without configuration functions, including one simple test case, to check that -module mymod exists (that is, can be successfully loaded by the code server):

    -module(my1st_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all).
    +module mymod exists (that is, can be successfully loaded by the code server):

    -module(my1st_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all).
     
    -all() ->
    -    [mod_exists].
    +all() ->
    +    [mod_exists].
     
    -mod_exists(_) ->
    -    {module,mymod} = code:load_file(mymod).

    If the operation fails, a bad match error occurs that terminates the test case.

    +mod_exists(_) -> + {module,mymod} = code:load_file(mymod).

    If the operation fails, a bad match error occurs that terminates the test case.

    @@ -189,33 +189,33 @@ through configuration functions on "lower level"). The data flow looks as follows:

    Configuration Data Flow in a Suite

    The following example shows a test suite that uses configuration functions to open and close a log file for the test cases (an operation that is unnecessary -and irrelevant to perform by each test case):

    -module(check_log_SUITE).
    --export([all/0, init_per_suite/1, end_per_suite/1]).
    --export([check_restart_result/1, check_no_errors/1]).
    +and irrelevant to perform by each test case):

    -module(check_log_SUITE).
    +-export([all/0, init_per_suite/1, end_per_suite/1]).
    +-export([check_restart_result/1, check_no_errors/1]).
     
    --define(value(Key,Config), proplists:get_value(Key,Config)).
    +-define(value(Key,Config), proplists:get_value(Key,Config)).
     
    -all() -> [check_restart_result, check_no_errors].
    +all() -> [check_restart_result, check_no_errors].
     
    -init_per_suite(InitConfigData) ->
    -    [{logref,open_log()} | InitConfigData].
    +init_per_suite(InitConfigData) ->
    +    [{logref,open_log()} | InitConfigData].
     
    -end_per_suite(ConfigData) ->
    -    close_log(?value(logref, ConfigData)).
    +end_per_suite(ConfigData) ->
    +    close_log(?value(logref, ConfigData)).
     
    -check_restart_result(ConfigData) ->
    -    TestData = read_log(restart, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    -    {match,_Line} = search_for("restart successful", TestData).
    +check_restart_result(ConfigData) ->
    +    TestData = read_log(restart, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    +    {match,_Line} = search_for("restart successful", TestData).
     
    -check_no_errors(ConfigData) ->
    -    TestData = read_log(all, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    -    case search_for("error", TestData) of
    -        {match,Line} -> ct:fail({error_found_in_log,Line});
    +check_no_errors(ConfigData) ->
    +    TestData = read_log(all, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    +    case search_for("error", TestData) of
    +        {match,Line} -> ct:fail({error_found_in_log,Line});
             nomatch -> ok
         end.

    The test cases verify, by parsing a log file, that our SUT has performed a successful restart and that no unexpected errors are printed.

    To execute the test cases in the recent test suite, type the following on the UNIX/Linux command line (assuming that the suite module is in the current -working directory):

    $ ct_run -dir .

    or:

    $ ct_run -suite check_log_SUITE

    To use the Erlang shell to run our test, you can evaluate the following call:

    1> ct:run_test([{dir, "."}]).

    or:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite, "check_log_SUITE"}]).

    The result from running the test is printed in log files in HTML format (stored +working directory):

    $ ct_run -dir .

    or:

    $ ct_run -suite check_log_SUITE

    To use the Erlang shell to run our test, you can evaluate the following call:

    1> ct:run_test([{dir, "."}]).

    or:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite, "check_log_SUITE"}]).

    The result from running the test is printed in log files in HTML format (stored in unique log directories on a different level). The following illustration shows the log file structure:

    HTML Log File Structure

    @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/install_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/install_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.408274339 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/install_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.408274339 +0000 @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/introduction.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.428274438 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.432274459 +0000 @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.472274659 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.476274678 +0000 @@ -2714,7 +2714,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/run_test_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/run_test_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.520274898 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/run_test_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.524274918 +0000 @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@

    With the ct_run flag, or ct:run_test/1 option group, one or more test case groups can be specified, optionally in combination with specific test cases. The -syntax for specifying groups on the command line is as follows:

    $ ct_run -group <group_names_or_paths> [-case <cases>]

    The syntax in the Erlang shell is as follows:

    1> ct:run_test([{group,GroupsNamesOrPaths}, {case,Cases}]).

    Parameter group_names_or_paths specifies one or more group names and/or one or +syntax for specifying groups on the command line is as follows:

    $ ct_run -group <group_names_or_paths> [-case <cases>]

    The syntax in the Erlang shell is as follows:

    1> ct:run_test([{group,GroupsNamesOrPaths}, {case,Cases}]).

    Parameter group_names_or_paths specifies one or more group names and/or one or more group paths. At startup, Common Test searches for matching groups in the group definitions tree (that is, the list returned from Suite:groups/0; for details, see section Test Case Groups.

    Given a group name, say g, Common Test searches for all paths leading to @@ -311,30 +311,30 @@ paths if an incomplete group path is specified.

    Note

    Group names and group paths can be combined with parameter group_names_or_paths. Each element is treated as an individual specification in combination with parameter cases. The following examples illustrates -this.

    Examples:

    -module(x_SUITE).
    +this.

    Examples:

    -module(x_SUITE).
     ...
     %% The group definitions:
    -groups() ->
    -  [{top1,[],[tc11,tc12,
    -             {sub11,[],[tc12,tc13]},
    -             {sub12,[],[tc14,tc15,
    -       		 {sub121,[],[tc12,tc16]}]}]},
    -
    -   {top2,[],[{group,sub21},{group,sub22}]},
    -   {sub21,[],[tc21,{group,sub2X2}]},
    -   {sub22,[],[{group,sub221},tc21,tc22,{group,sub2X2}]},
    -   {sub221,[],[tc21,tc23]},
    -   {sub2X2,[],[tc21,tc24]}].

    The following executes two tests, one for all cases and all subgroups under -top1, and one for all under top2:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group all
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,all}]).

    Using -group top1 top2, or {group,[top1,top2]} gives the same result.

    The following executes one test for all cases and subgroups under top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}]).

    The following runs a test executing tc12 in top1 and any subgroup under -top1 where it can be found (sub11 and sub121):

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following executes tc12 only in group top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [top1] -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[top1]]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following searches top1 and all its subgroups for tc16 resulting in that -this test case executes in group sub121:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc16
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc16]}]).

    Using the specific path -group [sub121] or {group,[[sub121]]} gives the same +groups() -> + [{top1,[],[tc11,tc12, + {sub11,[],[tc12,tc13]}, + {sub12,[],[tc14,tc15, + {sub121,[],[tc12,tc16]}]}]}, + + {top2,[],[{group,sub21},{group,sub22}]}, + {sub21,[],[tc21,{group,sub2X2}]}, + {sub22,[],[{group,sub221},tc21,tc22,{group,sub2X2}]}, + {sub221,[],[tc21,tc23]}, + {sub2X2,[],[tc21,tc24]}].

    The following executes two tests, one for all cases and all subgroups under +top1, and one for all under top2:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group all
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,all}]).

    Using -group top1 top2, or {group,[top1,top2]} gives the same result.

    The following executes one test for all cases and subgroups under top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}]).

    The following runs a test executing tc12 in top1 and any subgroup under +top1 where it can be found (sub11 and sub121):

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following executes tc12 only in group top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [top1] -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[top1]]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following searches top1 and all its subgroups for tc16 resulting in that +this test case executes in group sub121:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc16
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc16]}]).

    Using the specific path -group [sub121] or {group,[[sub121]]} gives the same result in this example.

    The following executes two tests, one including all cases and subgroups under -sub12, and one with only the test cases in sub12:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub12 [sub12]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub12,[sub12]]}]).

    In the following example, Common Test finds and executes two tests, one for +sub12, and one with only the test cases in sub12:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub12 [sub12]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub12,[sub12]]}]).

    In the following example, Common Test finds and executes two tests, one for the path from top2 to sub2X2 through sub21, and one from top2 to -sub2X2 through sub22:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub2X2
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub2X2]}]).

    In the following example, by specifying the unique path +sub2X2 through sub22:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub2X2
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub2X2]}]).

    In the following example, by specifying the unique path top2 -> sub21 -> sub2X2, only one test is executed. The second possible path, -from top2 to sub2X2 (from the former example) is discarded:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub21,sub2X2]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub21,sub2X2]]}]).

    The following executes only the test cases for sub22 and in reverse order -compared to the group definition:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub22] -case tc22 tc21
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub22]]}, {testcase,[tc22,tc21]}]).

    If a test case belonging to a group (according to the group definition) is +from top2 to sub2X2 (from the former example) is discarded:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub21,sub2X2]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub21,sub2X2]]}]).

    The following executes only the test cases for sub22 and in reverse order +compared to the group definition:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub22] -case tc22 tc21
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub22]]}, {testcase,[tc22,tc21]}]).

    If a test case belonging to a group (according to the group definition) is executed without a group specification, that is, simply by (using the command line):

    $ ct_run -suite "my_SUITE" -case my_tc

    or (using the Erlang shell):

    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"my_SUITE"}, {testcase,my_tc}]).

    then Common Test ignores the group definition and executes the test case in the scope of the test suite only (no group configuration functions are called).

    The group specification feature, as presented in this section, can also be used @@ -362,12 +362,12 @@ configuration data with ct:require/1,2. This is equivalent to a require statement in the Test Suite Information Function or in the -Test Case Information Function.

    Example:

    1> ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
    +Test Case Information Function.

    Example:

    1> ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
     ok
    -2> ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet).
    -{ok,<0.105.0>}
    -4> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls .").
    -{ok,["ls .","file1  ...",...]}

    Everything that Common Test normally prints in the test case logs, are in the +2> ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet). +{ok,<0.105.0>} +4> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls ."). +{ok,["ls .","file1 ...",...]}

    Everything that Common Test normally prints in the test case logs, are in the interactive mode written to a log named ctlog.html in directory ct_run.<timestamp>. A link to this file is available in the file named last_interactive.html in the directory from which you execute ct_run. @@ -454,8 +454,8 @@ included specification can either be joined with the source specification or used to produce a separate test run (as with start flag/option join_specs above).

    Example:

    %% In specification file "a.spec"
    -{specs, join, ["b.spec", "c.spec"]}.
    -{specs, separate, ["d.spec", "e.spec"]}.
    +{specs, join, ["b.spec", "c.spec"]}.
    +{specs, separate, ["d.spec", "e.spec"]}.
     %% Config and test terms follow
     ...

    In this example, the test terms defined in files "b.spec" and "c.spec" are joined with the terms in source specification "a.spec" (if any). The inclusion @@ -517,154 +517,154 @@ available start flags (as most flags have a corresponding configuration term)

  • Logging (for terms verbosity, stylesheet, basic_html and esc_chars)
  • External Configuration Data (for terms config and userconfig)
  • Event Handling (for the -event_handler term)
  • Common Test Hooks (for term ct_hooks)
  • Configuration terms:

    {merge_tests, Bool}.
    +event_handler term)
  • Common Test Hooks (for term ct_hooks)
  • Configuration terms:

    {merge_tests, Bool}.
     
    -{define, Constant, Value}.
    +{define, Constant, Value}.
     
    -{specs, InclSpecsOption, TestSpecs}.
    +{specs, InclSpecsOption, TestSpecs}.
     
    -{node, NodeAlias, Node}.
    +{node, NodeAlias, Node}.
     
    -{init, InitOptions}.
    -{init, [NodeAlias], InitOptions}.
    +{init, InitOptions}.
    +{init, [NodeAlias], InitOptions}.
     
    -{label, Label}.
    -{label, NodeRefs, Label}.
    +{label, Label}.
    +{label, NodeRefs, Label}.
     
    -{verbosity, VerbosityLevels}.
    -{verbosity, NodeRefs, VerbosityLevels}.
    +{verbosity, VerbosityLevels}.
    +{verbosity, NodeRefs, VerbosityLevels}.
     
    -{stylesheet, CSSFile}.
    -{stylesheet, NodeRefs, CSSFile}.
    +{stylesheet, CSSFile}.
    +{stylesheet, NodeRefs, CSSFile}.
     
    -{silent_connections, ConnTypes}.
    -{silent_connections, NodeRefs, ConnTypes}.
    +{silent_connections, ConnTypes}.
    +{silent_connections, NodeRefs, ConnTypes}.
     
    -{multiply_timetraps, N}.
    -{multiply_timetraps, NodeRefs, N}.
    +{multiply_timetraps, N}.
    +{multiply_timetraps, NodeRefs, N}.
     
    -{scale_timetraps, Bool}.
    -{scale_timetraps, NodeRefs, Bool}.
    +{scale_timetraps, Bool}.
    +{scale_timetraps, NodeRefs, Bool}.
     
    -{cover, CoverSpecFile}.
    -{cover, NodeRefs, CoverSpecFile}.
    +{cover, CoverSpecFile}.
    +{cover, NodeRefs, CoverSpecFile}.
     
    -{cover_stop, Bool}.
    -{cover_stop, NodeRefs, Bool}.
    +{cover_stop, Bool}.
    +{cover_stop, NodeRefs, Bool}.
     
    -{include, IncludeDirs}.
    -{include, NodeRefs, IncludeDirs}.
    +{include, IncludeDirs}.
    +{include, NodeRefs, IncludeDirs}.
     
    -{auto_compile, Bool},
    -{auto_compile, NodeRefs, Bool},
    +{auto_compile, Bool},
    +{auto_compile, NodeRefs, Bool},
     
    -{abort_if_missing_suites, Bool},
    -{abort_if_missing_suites, NodeRefs, Bool},
    +{abort_if_missing_suites, Bool},
    +{abort_if_missing_suites, NodeRefs, Bool},
     
    -{config, ConfigFiles}.
    -{config, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
    -{config, NodeRefs, ConfigFiles}.
    -{config, NodeRefs, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
    +{config, ConfigFiles}.
    +{config, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
    +{config, NodeRefs, ConfigFiles}.
    +{config, NodeRefs, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
     
    -{userconfig, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
    -{userconfig, NodeRefs, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
    +{userconfig, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
    +{userconfig, NodeRefs, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
     
    -{logdir, LogDir}.
    -{logdir, NodeRefs, LogDir}.
    +{logdir, LogDir}.
    +{logdir, NodeRefs, LogDir}.
     
    -{logopts, LogOpts}.
    -{logopts, NodeRefs, LogOpts}.
    +{logopts, LogOpts}.
    +{logopts, NodeRefs, LogOpts}.
     
    -{create_priv_dir, PrivDirOption}.
    -{create_priv_dir, NodeRefs, PrivDirOption}.
    +{create_priv_dir, PrivDirOption}.
    +{create_priv_dir, NodeRefs, PrivDirOption}.
     
    -{event_handler, EventHandlers}.
    -{event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers}.
    -{event_handler, EventHandlers, InitArgs}.
    -{event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers, InitArgs}.
    +{event_handler, EventHandlers}.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/search.html	2025-01-25 10:23:29.548275038 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/search.html	2025-01-25 10:23:29.548275038 +0000
    @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/test_structure_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/test_structure_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.576275178 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/test_structure_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.576275178 +0000 @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/unix_telnet.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/unix_telnet.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.608275337 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/unix_telnet.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.608275337 +0000 @@ -129,14 +129,14 @@

    Callback module for ct_telnet, for connecting to a Telnet server on a UNIX -host.

    It requires the following entry in the configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,HostNameOrIpAddress},
    -       {port,PortNum},                 % optional
    -       {username,UserName},
    -       {password,Password},
    -       {keep_alive,Bool}]}.            % optional

    To communicate through Telnet to the host specified by HostNameOrIpAddress, +host.

    It requires the following entry in the configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,HostNameOrIpAddress},
    +       {port,PortNum},                 % optional
    +       {username,UserName},
    +       {password,Password},
    +       {keep_alive,Bool}]}.            % optional

    To communicate through Telnet to the host specified by HostNameOrIpAddress, use the interface functions in ct_telnet, for example, open(Name) and cmd(Name,Cmd).

    Name is the name you allocated to the Unix host in your require statement, -for example:

    suite() -> [{require,Name,{unix,[telnet]}}].

    or

    ct:require(Name,{unix,[telnet]}).

    The "keep alive" activity (that is, that Common Test sends NOP to the server +for example:

    suite() -> [{require,Name,{unix,[telnet]}}].

    or

    ct:require(Name,{unix,[telnet]}).

    The "keep alive" activity (that is, that Common Test sends NOP to the server every 10 seconds if the connection is idle) can be enabled or disabled for one particular connection as described here. It can be disabled for all connections using telnet_settings (see ct_telnet).

    The {port,PortNum} tuple is optional and if omitted, default Telnet port 23 is @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/why_test_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/why_test_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.624275417 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/why_test_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.628275437 +0000 @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/write_test_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/write_test_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.656275577 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/write_test_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.664275617 +0000 @@ -266,29 +266,29 @@ system configuration files, the test case is skipped.

    A required variable can also be given a default value to be used if the variable is not found in any configuration file. To specify a default value, add a tuple on the form {default_config,ConfigVariableName,Value} to the -test case information list (the position in the list is irrelevant).

    Examples:

    testcase1() ->
    -    [{require, ftp},
    -     {default_config, ftp, [{ftp, "my_ftp_host"},
    -                            {username, "aladdin"},
    -                            {password, "sesame"}]}}].
    testcase2() ->
    -    [{require, unix_telnet, unix},
    -     {require, {unix, [telnet, username, password]}},
    -     {default_config, unix, [{telnet, "my_telnet_host"},
    -                             {username, "aladdin"},
    -                             {password, "sesame"}]}}].

    For more information about require, see section +test case information list (the position in the list is irrelevant).

    Examples:

    testcase1() ->
    +    [{require, ftp},
    +     {default_config, ftp, [{ftp, "my_ftp_host"},
    +                            {username, "aladdin"},
    +                            {password, "sesame"}]}}].
    testcase2() ->
    +    [{require, unix_telnet, unix},
    +     {require, {unix, [telnet, username, password]}},
    +     {default_config, unix, [{telnet, "my_telnet_host"},
    +                             {username, "aladdin"},
    +                             {password, "sesame"}]}}].

    For more information about require, see section Requiring and Reading Configuration Data in section External Configuration Data and function ct:require/1/2.

    Note

    Specifying a default value for a required variable can result in a test case always getting executed. This might not be a desired behavior.

    If timetrap or require, or both, is not set specifically for a particular test case, default values specified by function -suite/0 are used.

    Tags other than the earlier mentioned are ignored by the test server.

    An example of a test case information function follows:

    reboot_node() ->
    -    [
    -     {timetrap,{seconds,60}},
    -     {require,interfaces},
    -     {userdata,
    -         [{description,"System Upgrade: RpuAddition Normal RebootNode"},
    -          {fts,"http://someserver.ericsson.se/test_doc4711.pdf"}]}
    -    ].

    +suite/0 are used.

    Tags other than the earlier mentioned are ignored by the test server.

    An example of a test case information function follows:

    reboot_node() ->
    +    [
    +     {timetrap,{seconds,60}},
    +     {require,interfaces},
    +     {userdata,
    +         [{description,"System Upgrade: RpuAddition Normal RebootNode"},
    +          {fts,"http://someserver.ericsson.se/test_doc4711.pdf"}]}
    +    ].

    @@ -302,14 +302,14 @@ Test Case Information Function and Test Case Groups.

    The following options can also be specified with the suite information list:

    An example of the suite information function follows:

    suite() ->
    -    [
    -     {timetrap,{minutes,10}},
    -     {require,global_names},
    -     {userdata,[{info,"This suite tests database transactions."}]},
    -     {silent_connections,[telnet]},
    -     {stylesheet,"db_testing.css"}
    -    ].

    +Silent Connections

    An example of the suite information function follows:

    suite() ->
    +    [
    +     {timetrap,{minutes,10}},
    +     {require,global_names},
    +     {userdata,[{info,"This suite tests database transactions."}]},
    +     {silent_connections,[telnet]},
    +     {stylesheet,"db_testing.css"}
    +    ].

    @@ -331,20 +331,20 @@ TCRepeatProps = [{repeat,N} | {repeat_until_ok,N} | {repeat_until_fail,N}]

    GroupName is the name of the group and must be unique within the test suite module. Groups can be nested, by including a group definition within the GroupsAndTestCases list of another group. Properties is the list of -execution properties for the group. The possible values are as follows:

    Properties = [parallel | sequence | Shuffle | {GroupRepeatType,N}]
    -Shuffle = shuffle | {shuffle,Seed}
    -Seed = {integer(),integer(),integer()}
    +execution properties for the group. The possible values are as follows:

    Properties = [parallel | sequence | Shuffle | {GroupRepeatType,N}]
    +Shuffle = shuffle | {shuffle,Seed}
    +Seed = {integer(),integer(),integer()}
     GroupRepeatType = repeat | repeat_until_all_ok | repeat_until_all_fail |
                       repeat_until_any_ok | repeat_until_any_fail
    -N = integer() | forever

    Explanations:

    • parallel - Common Test executes all test cases in the group in +N = integer() | forever

    Explanations:

    • parallel - Common Test executes all test cases in the group in parallel.

    • sequence - The cases are executed in a sequence as described in section Sequences in section Dependencies Between Test Cases and Suites.

    • shuffle - The cases in the group are executed in random order.

    • repeat, repeat_until_* - Orders Common Test to repeat execution of all the cases in the group a given number of times, or until any, or all, cases -fail or succeed.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [parallel], [test1a,test1b]},
    -             {group2, [shuffle,sequence], [test2a,test2b,test2c]}].

    To specify in which order groups are to be executed (also with respect to test +fail or succeed.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [parallel], [test1a,test1b]},
    +             {group2, [shuffle,sequence], [test2a,test2b,test2c]}].

    To specify in which order groups are to be executed (also with respect to test cases that are not part of any group), add tuples on the form -{group,GroupName} to the all/0 list.

    Example:

    all() -> [testcase1, {group,group1}, {testcase,testcase2,[{repeat,10}]}, {group,group2}].

    Execution properties with a group tuple in all/0: +{group,GroupName} to the all/0 list.

    Example:

    all() -> [testcase1, {group,group1}, {testcase,testcase2,[{repeat,10}]}, {group,group2}].

    Execution properties with a group tuple in all/0: {group,GroupName,Properties} can also be specified. These properties override those specified in the group definition (see groups/0 earlier). This way, the same set of tests can be run, but with different properties, without having to @@ -353,33 +353,33 @@ SubGroups is a list of tuples, {GroupName,Properties} or {GroupName,Properties,SubGroups} representing the subgroups. Any subgroups defined in groups/0 for a group, that are not specified in the SubGroups -list, executes with their predefined properties.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{tests1, [], [{tests2, [], [t2a,t2b]},
    -                          {tests3, [], [t31,t3b]}]}].

    To execute group tests1 twice with different properties for tests2 each -time:

    all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]}]},
    -    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}]}].

    This is equivalent to the following specification:

    all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]},
    -                              {tests3, default}]},
    -    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]},
    -                              {tests3, default}]}].

    Value default states that the predefined properties are to be used.

    The following example shows how to override properties in a scenario with deeply -nested groups:

    groups() ->
    -   [{tests1, [], [{group, tests2}]},
    -    {tests2, [], [{group, tests3}]},
    -    {tests3, [{repeat,2}], [t3a,t3b,t3c]}].
    -
    -all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default,
    -     [{tests2, default,
    -       [{tests3, [parallel,{repeat,100}]}]}]}].

    For ease of readability, all syntax definitions can be replaced by a function -call whose return value should match the expected syntax case.

    Example:

    all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default, test_cases()},
    -    {group, tests1, default, [shuffle_test(),
    -                              {tests3, default}]}].
    -test_cases() ->
    -   [{tests2, [parallel]}, {tests3, default}].
    +list, executes with their predefined properties.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{tests1, [], [{tests2, [], [t2a,t2b]},
    +                          {tests3, [], [t31,t3b]}]}].

    To execute group tests1 twice with different properties for tests2 each +time:

    all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]}]},
    +    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}]}].

    This is equivalent to the following specification:

    all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]},
    +                              {tests3, default}]},
    +    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]},
    +                              {tests3, default}]}].

    Value default states that the predefined properties are to be used.

    The following example shows how to override properties in a scenario with deeply +nested groups:

    groups() ->
    +   [{tests1, [], [{group, tests2}]},
    +    {tests2, [], [{group, tests3}]},
    +    {tests3, [{repeat,2}], [t3a,t3b,t3c]}].
    +
    +all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default,
    +     [{tests2, default,
    +       [{tests3, [parallel,{repeat,100}]}]}]}].

    For ease of readability, all syntax definitions can be replaced by a function +call whose return value should match the expected syntax case.

    Example:

    all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default, test_cases()},
    +    {group, tests1, default, [shuffle_test(),
    +                              {tests3, default}]}].
    +test_cases() ->
    +   [{tests2, [parallel]}, {tests3, default}].
     
    -shuffle_test() ->
    -   {tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}.

    The described syntax can also be used in test specifications to change group +shuffle_test() -> + {tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}.

    The described syntax can also be used in test specifications to change group properties at the time of execution, without having to edit the test suite. For more information, see section Test Specifications in section @@ -405,13 +405,13 @@ bottom of the log for end_per_group/2.

    Test case groups can be nested so sets of groups can be configured with the same init_per_group/2 and end_per_group/2 functions. Nested groups can be defined by including a group definition, or a group name reference, in the test case -list of another group.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [shuffle], [test1a,
    -                                  {group2, [], [test2a,test2b]},
    -                                  test1b]},
    -             {group3, [], [{group,group4},
    -                           {group,group5}]},
    -             {group4, [parallel], [test4a,test4b]},
    -             {group5, [sequence], [test5a,test5b,test5c]}].

    In the previous example, if all/0 returns group name references in the order +list of another group.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [shuffle], [test1a,
    +                                  {group2, [], [test2a,test2b]},
    +                                  test1b]},
    +             {group3, [], [{group,group4},
    +                           {group,group5}]},
    +             {group4, [parallel], [test4a,test4b]},
    +             {group5, [sequence], [test5a,test5b,test5c]}].

    In the previous example, if all/0 returns group name references in the order [{group,group1},{group,group3}], the order of the configuration functions and test cases becomes the following (notice that init_per_testcase/2 and end_per_testcase/2: are also always called, but not included in this example @@ -484,25 +484,25 @@ account by Common Test when evaluating if execution of a group is to be repeated or not (unless the basic repeat property is used).

    The value of tc_group_properties is a list of status tuples, each with the key ok, skipped, and failed. The value of a status tuple is a list with names -of test cases that have been executed with the corresponding status as result.

    The following is an example of how to return the status from a group:

    end_per_group(_Group, Config) ->
    -    Status = proplists:get_value(tc_group_result, Config),
    -    case proplists:get_value(failed, Status) of
    -        [] ->                                   % no failed cases
    -            {return_group_result,ok};
    +of test cases that have been executed with the corresponding status as result.

    The following is an example of how to return the status from a group:

    end_per_group(_Group, Config) ->
    +    Status = proplists:get_value(tc_group_result, Config),
    +    case proplists:get_value(failed, Status) of
    +        [] ->                                   % no failed cases
    +            {return_group_result,ok};
             _Failed ->                              % one or more failed
    -            {return_group_result,failed}
    +            {return_group_result,failed}
         end.

    It is also possible, in end_per_group/2, to check the status of a subgroup /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.688275736 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.688275736 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.716275877 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.716275877 +0000 @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/beam_ssa.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/beam_ssa.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.744276016 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/beam_ssa.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.748276036 +0000 @@ -188,8 +188,8 @@
    br ^common_end_of_catch common_end_of_catch: - @tmp = phi { @catched_val, ^landing_pad_block }, - { @successful_result, ^protected_blockN } + @tmp = phi { @catched_val, ^landing_pad_block }, + { @successful_result, ^protected_blockN } @result_of_catch_expr = catch_end @tag, @tmp

    Just as for a try-catch expression all code that can cause an exception in one of the protected blocks must have explicit control flow edges to the landing pad block.

    @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Variable Naming

    A variable name in BEAM SSA is either an atom or a non-negative -integer:

    atom() | non_neg_integer()

    In order to generate fresh unused variable names, all compiler +integer:

    atom() | non_neg_integer()

    In order to generate fresh unused variable names, all compiler transforms maintain a counter, the cnt-field in the b_function and opt_st records, which is incremented each time a new variable or label is created. In the following description the value of the @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/cerl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/cerl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.848276535 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/cerl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.852276555 +0000 @@ -11556,7 +11556,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/cerl_clauses.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/cerl_clauses.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.884276715 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/cerl_clauses.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.888276735 +0000 @@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/cerl_trees.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/cerl_trees.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.916276875 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/cerl_trees.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.920276895 +0000 @@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compile.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compile.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.952277055 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compile.html 2025-01-25 10:23:29.960277095 +0000 @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@

    Options given in the compile() attribute in the source code take precedence over options given to the compiler, which in turn take precedence over options given in the environment.

    A later compiler option takes precedence over an earlier one in the -option list. Example:

    compile:file(something, [nowarn_missing_spec,warn_missing_spec]).

    Warnings will be emitted for functions without specifications, unless +option list. Example:

    compile:file(something, [nowarn_missing_spec,warn_missing_spec]).

    Warnings will be emitted for functions without specifications, unless the source code for module something contains a compile(nowarn_missing_spec) attribute.

    Change

    In Erlang/OTP 26 and earlier, the option order was the opposite of what is described here.

    @@ -177,14 +177,14 @@ which functions to inline, or {inline,[{Name,Arity},...]} to have the compiler inline all calls to the given functions. If the option is given inside a compile directive in an Erlang module, {Name,Arity} can be written as -Name/Arity.

    Example of explicit inlining:

    -compile({inline,[pi/0]}).
    +Name/Arity.

    Example of explicit inlining:

    -compile({inline,[pi/0]}).
     
    -pi() -> 3.1416.

    Example of implicit inlining:

    -compile(inline).

    The option {inline_size,Size} controls how large functions that are allowed to +pi() -> 3.1416.

    Example of implicit inlining:

    -compile(inline).

    The option {inline_size,Size} controls how large functions that are allowed to be inlined. Default is 24, which keeps the size of the inlined code roughly the same as the un-inlined version (only relatively small functions are inlined).

    Example:

    %% Aggressive inlining - will increase code size.
    --compile(inline).
    --compile({inline_size,100}).

    +-compile(inline). +-compile({inline_size,100}).

    @@ -932,10 +932,10 @@ function definitions. This is the preferred method of enabling and disabling features, since it is a local property of a module.

  • makedep - Produces a Makefile rule to track headers dependencies. No object file is produced.

    By default, this rule is written to <File>.Pbeam. However, if option -binary is set, nothing is written and the rule is returned in Binary.

    The output will be encoded in UTF-8.

    For example, if you have the following module:

    -module(module).
    +binary is set, nothing is written and the rule is returned in Binary.

    The output will be encoded in UTF-8.

    For example, if you have the following module:

    -module(module).
     
    --include_lib("eunit/include/eunit.hrl").
    --include("header.hrl").

    The Makefile rule generated by this option looks as follows:

    module.beam: module.erl \
    +-include_lib("eunit/include/eunit.hrl").
    +-include("header.hrl").

    The Makefile rule generated by this option looks as follows:

    module.beam: module.erl \
       /usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/eunit/include/eunit.hrl \
       header.hrl
  • makedep_side_effect - The dependencies are created as a side effect to the normal compilation process. This means that the object file will also be @@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ before Erlang/OTP R14A when calling a local function with the same name as an auto-imported BIF without module prefix.

    If the BIF is to be called, use the erlang module prefix in the call, not {no_auto_import,[{F,A}, ...]}.

    If this option is written in the source code, as a -compile directive, the -syntax F/A can be used instead of {F,A}. For example:

    -compile({no_auto_import,[error/1]}).
  • no_auto_import - Do not auto-import any functions from erlang module.

  • no_line_info - Omits line number information to produce a slightly +syntax F/A can be used instead of {F,A}. For example:

    -compile({no_auto_import,[error/1]}).
  • no_auto_import - Do not auto-import any functions from erlang module.

  • no_line_info - Omits line number information to produce a slightly smaller output file.

  • no_lint - Skips the pass that checks for errors and warnings. Only applicable together with the from_abstr option. This is mainly for implementations of other languages on top of Erlang, which have already done @@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/beam_ssa.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/beam_ssa.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:04.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/beam_ssa.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:48.000000000 +0000 @@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ br ^common_end_of_catch common_end_of_catch: - @tmp = phi { @catched_val, ^landing_pad_block }, - { @successful_result, ^protected_blockN } + @tmp = phi { @catched_val, ^landing_pad_block }, + { @successful_result, ^protected_blockN } @result_of_catch_expr = catch_end @tag, @tmp
  • Just as for a try-catch expression all code that can cause an exception in one of the protected blocks must have explicit control flow edges to the landing pad block.

    @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Variable Naming

    A variable name in BEAM SSA is either an atom or a non-negative -integer:

    atom() | non_neg_integer()

    In order to generate fresh unused variable names, all compiler +integer:

    atom() | non_neg_integer()

    In order to generate fresh unused variable names, all compiler transforms maintain a counter, the cnt-field in the b_function and opt_st records, which is incremented each time a new variable or label is created. In the following description the value of the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/compile.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/compile.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:04.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/compile.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:48.000000000 +0000 @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@

    Options given in the compile() attribute in the source code take precedence over options given to the compiler, which in turn take precedence over options given in the environment.

    A later compiler option takes precedence over an earlier one in the -option list. Example:

    compile:file(something, [nowarn_missing_spec,warn_missing_spec]).

    Warnings will be emitted for functions without specifications, unless +option list. Example:

    compile:file(something, [nowarn_missing_spec,warn_missing_spec]).

    Warnings will be emitted for functions without specifications, unless the source code for module something contains a compile(nowarn_missing_spec) attribute.

    Change

    In Erlang/OTP 26 and earlier, the option order was the opposite of what is described here.

    @@ -72,14 +72,14 @@ which functions to inline, or {inline,[{Name,Arity},...]} to have the compiler inline all calls to the given functions. If the option is given inside a compile directive in an Erlang module, {Name,Arity} can be written as -Name/Arity.

    Example of explicit inlining:

    -compile({inline,[pi/0]}).
    +Name/Arity.

    Example of explicit inlining:

    -compile({inline,[pi/0]}).
     
    -pi() -> 3.1416.

    Example of implicit inlining:

    -compile(inline).

    The option {inline_size,Size} controls how large functions that are allowed to +pi() -> 3.1416.

    Example of implicit inlining:

    -compile(inline).

    The option {inline_size,Size} controls how large functions that are allowed to be inlined. Default is 24, which keeps the size of the inlined code roughly the same as the un-inlined version (only relatively small functions are inlined).

    Example:

    %% Aggressive inlining - will increase code size.
    --compile(inline).
    --compile({inline_size,100}).

    +-compile(inline). +-compile({inline_size,100}).

    @@ -811,10 +811,10 @@ function definitions. This is the preferred method of enabling and disabling features, since it is a local property of a module.

  • makedep - Produces a Makefile rule to track headers dependencies. No object file is produced.

    By default, this rule is written to <File>.Pbeam. However, if option -binary is set, nothing is written and the rule is returned in Binary.

    The output will be encoded in UTF-8.

    For example, if you have the following module:

    -module(module).
    +binary is set, nothing is written and the rule is returned in Binary.

    The output will be encoded in UTF-8.

    For example, if you have the following module:

    -module(module).
     
    --include_lib("eunit/include/eunit.hrl").
    --include("header.hrl").

    The Makefile rule generated by this option looks as follows:

    module.beam: module.erl \
    +-include_lib("eunit/include/eunit.hrl").
    +-include("header.hrl").

    The Makefile rule generated by this option looks as follows:

    module.beam: module.erl \
       /usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/eunit/include/eunit.hrl \
       header.hrl
  • makedep_side_effect - The dependencies are created as a side effect to the normal compilation process. This means that the object file will also be @@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ before Erlang/OTP R14A when calling a local function with the same name as an auto-imported BIF without module prefix.

    If the BIF is to be called, use the erlang module prefix in the call, not {no_auto_import,[{F,A}, ...]}.

    If this option is written in the source code, as a -compile directive, the -syntax F/A can be used instead of {F,A}. For example:

    -compile({no_auto_import,[error/1]}).
  • no_auto_import - Do not auto-import any functions from erlang module.

  • no_line_info - Omits line number information to produce a slightly +syntax F/A can be used instead of {F,A}. For example:

    -compile({no_auto_import,[error/1]}).
  • no_auto_import - Do not auto-import any functions from erlang module.

  • no_line_info - Omits line number information to produce a slightly smaller output file.

  • no_lint - Skips the pass that checks for errors and warnings. Only applicable together with the from_abstr option. This is mainly for implementations of other languages on top of Erlang, which have already done /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:19:04.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:36:48.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> compiler - 8.5.3 - urn:uuid:8d16c039-edf0-3ce8-6985-21cc242b95da + urn:uuid:62178647-bba3-cf54-ea52-7811decde002 en - 2025-01-25T10:19:04Z + 2041-02-26T23:36:48Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:04.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:48.000000000 +0000 @@ -68,13 +68,13 @@ Fixed Bugs and Malfunctions

  • -
    • Generators for binary comprehensions could be evaluated before it was known that they would be needed. That could result in a binary comprehensions failing if a generator that should not be evaluated until later failed.

      As an example, consider this module:

      -module(t).
      --export([f/0]).
      +
      • Generators for binary comprehensions could be evaluated before it was known that they would be needed. That could result in a binary comprehensions failing if a generator that should not be evaluated until later failed.

        As an example, consider this module:

        -module(t).
        +-export([f/0]).
         
        -f() ->
        -    <<0 || _ <- [], _ <- ok, false>>.

        In Erlang/OTP 26 it would fail like so:

        1> t:f().
        +f() ->
        +    <<0 || _ <- [], _ <- ok, false>>.

        In Erlang/OTP 26 it would fail like so:

        1> t:f().
         ** exception error: bad generator ok
        -     in function  t:f/0 (t.erl, line 6)

        In Erlang/OTP 27 it returns an empty binary:

        1> t:f().
        +     in function  t:f/0 (t.erl, line 6)

        In Erlang/OTP 27 it returns an empty binary:

        1> t:f().
         <<>>

        Own Id: OTP-18703 Aux Id: GH-7494, PR-7538

      • The documentation for the preprocessor now mentions that defined(Name) can be called in the condition for an -if or -elif directive to test whether Name is the name of a defined macro. (This feature was implemented in OTP 21.)

        If a function call in an -if or -elif with a name that is not the name of a guard BIF, there would not be a compilation error, but would instead cause the lines following the directive to be skipped. This has now been changed to be a compilation error.

        POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

        Own Id: OTP-18784 Aux Id: GH-7706, PR-7726

      @@ -82,39 +82,39 @@ Improvements and New Features

      Own Id: OTP-18680 Aux Id: PR-7491, PR-8086, ERIERL-967

    • Improved the performance of the alias analysis pass.

      Own Id: OTP-18714 Aux Id: PR-7528, GH-7432

    • -spec attributes are now used for documentation.

      Own Id: OTP-18801 Aux Id: PR-7739

    • Native coverage support has been implemented in the JIT. It will automatically be used by the cover tool to reduce the execution overhead when running cover-compiled code.

      There are also new APIs to support native coverage without using the cover tool.

      To instrument code for native coverage it must be compiled with the line_coverage option.

      To enable native coverage in the runtime system, start it like so:

      $ erl +JPcover true

      There are also the following new functions for supporting native coverage:

      Own Id: OTP-18856 Aux Id: PR-7856

    • EEP-59 - Documentation Attributes has been implemented.

      Documentation attributes can be used to document functions, types, callbacks, and modules. The keyword -moduledoc "Documentation here". is used to document modules, while -doc "Documentation here". can be used on top of functions, types, and callbacks to document them, respectively.

      • Types, callbacks, and function documentation can be set to hidden either via -doc false or -doc hidden. When documentation attributes mark a type as hidden, they will not be part of the documentation.

      • The documentation from moduledoc and doc gets added by default to the binary beam file, following the format of EEP-48.

      • Using the compiler flag warn_missing_doc will raise a warning when -doc attributes are missing in exported functions, types, and callbacks.

      • Using the compiler flag warn_missing_spec_documented will raise a warning when -spec attributes are missing in documented functions, types, and callbacks.

      • moduledocs and docs may refer to external files to be embedded, such as -doc {file, "README.md"}., which refers to the file README.md found in the current working directory.

      • The compiler warns about exported functions whose specs refer to hidden types. Thus, there will be warnings when a hidden type (meaning, the type is not part of the documentation) gets used in an exported function.

      Own Id: OTP-18916 Aux Id: PR-7936

    • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

      Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

    • The order in which the compiler looks up options has changed.

      When there is a conflict in the compiler options given in the -compile() attribute and options given to the compiler, the options given in the -compile() attribute overrides the option given to the compiler, which in turn overrides options given in the ERL_COMPILER_OPTIONS environment variable.

      Example:

      If some_module.erl has the following attribute:

      -compile([nowarn_missing_spec]).

      and the compiler is invoked like so:

      % erlc +warn_missing_spec some_module.erl

      no warnings will be issued for functions that do not have any specs.

      POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

      Own Id: OTP-18968 Aux Id: GH-6979, PR-8093

    • Safe destructive update of tuples has been implemented in the compiler and runtime system. This allows the VM to update tuples in-place when it is safe to do so, thus improving performance by doing less copying but also by producing less garbage.

      Example:

      -record(rec, {a,b,c}).
      +spec attributes are missing in documented functions, types, and callbacks.

    • moduledocs and docs may refer to external files to be embedded, such as -doc {file, "README.md"}., which refers to the file README.md found in the current working directory.

    • The compiler warns about exported functions whose specs refer to hidden types. Thus, there will be warnings when a hidden type (meaning, the type is not part of the documentation) gets used in an exported function.

    Own Id: OTP-18916 Aux Id: PR-7936

  • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

    Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

  • The order in which the compiler looks up options has changed.

    When there is a conflict in the compiler options given in the -compile() attribute and options given to the compiler, the options given in the -compile() attribute overrides the option given to the compiler, which in turn overrides options given in the ERL_COMPILER_OPTIONS environment variable.

    Example:

    If some_module.erl has the following attribute:

    -compile([nowarn_missing_spec]).

    and the compiler is invoked like so:

    % erlc +warn_missing_spec some_module.erl

    no warnings will be issued for functions that do not have any specs.

    POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

    Own Id: OTP-18968 Aux Id: GH-6979, PR-8093

  • Safe destructive update of tuples has been implemented in the compiler and runtime system. This allows the VM to update tuples in-place when it is safe to do so, thus improving performance by doing less copying but also by producing less garbage.

    Example:

    -record(rec, {a,b,c}).
     
    -update(#rec{a=needs_update,b=N}=R0) ->
    -    R = R0#rec{a=up_to_date},
    +update(#rec{a=needs_update,b=N}=R0) ->
    +    R = R0#rec{a=up_to_date},
         if
             N < 0 ->
    -            R#rec{c=negative};
    +            R#rec{c=negative};
             N == 0 ->
    -            R#rec{c=zero};
    +            R#rec{c=zero};
             N > 0 ->
    -            R#rec{c=positive}
    +            R#rec{c=positive}
         end.

    The record updates in each of the three clauses of the if can safely be done in-place, because variable R is not used again.

    Own Id: OTP-18972 Aux Id: PR-8090

  • Improved the match context reuse optimization slightly, allowing match contexts to be passed as-is to bit_size/1 and byte_size/1.

    Own Id: OTP-18987

  • erl_lint (and by extension the compiler) will now warn for code using deprecated callbacks.

    The only callback currenly deprecated is format_status/2 in gen_server, gen_event and gen_statem.

    You can use nowarn_deprecated_callback to silence the warning.

    Own Id: OTP-19010 Aux Id: PR-8205

  • /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/ssa_checks.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/ssa_checks.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:04.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/ssa_checks.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:48.000000000 +0000 @@ -37,32 +37,32 @@

    SSA checks are embedded in the source code as comments starting with with one of %ssa%, %%ssa% or %%%ssa%. This is a short introduction the syntax, for the full syntax please refer to the -ssa_check_when_clause production in erl_parse.yrl.

    SSA checks can be placed inside any Erlang function, for example:

    t0() ->
    +ssa_check_when_clause production in erl_parse.yrl.

    SSA checks can be placed inside any Erlang function, for example:

    t0() ->
     %ssa% () when post_ssa_opt ->
     %ssa%   ret(#{}).
    -  #{}.

    will check that t0/0 returns the literal #{}. If we want to check -that a function returns its first formal parameter, we can write:

    t1(A, _B) ->
    +  #{}.

    will check that t0/0 returns the literal #{}. If we want to check +that a function returns its first formal parameter, we can write:

    t1(A, _B) ->
     %ssa% (X, _) when post_ssa_opt ->
     %ssa%   ret(X).
       A.

    Note how we match the first formal parameter using X. The reason for having our own formal parameters for the SSA check, is that we don't want to introduce new identifiers at the Erlang level to support SSA-level checks. Consider if t1/2 had been defined as t1([A|As], B) we would have had to introduce a new identifier for the aggregate -value [A|As].

    The full syntax for a SSA check clause is:

    <expected-result>? (<formals>) when <pipeline-location> -> <checks> '.'

    where <expected-result> can be one of pass (the check must +value [A|As].

    The full syntax for a SSA check clause is:

    <expected-result>? (<formals>) when <pipeline-location> -> <checks> '.'

    where <expected-result> can be one of pass (the check must succeed), fail and xfail (the check must fail). Omitting <expected-result> is parsed as an implicit pass.

    <formals> is a comma-separated list of variables.

    <pipeline-location> specifies when in the compiler pipeline to run the checks. For now the only supported value for <pipeline-location> is post_ssa_opt which runs the checks after the ssa_opt pass.

    <checks> is a comma-separated list of matches against the BEAM SSA -code. For non-flow-control operations the syntax is:

    <variable> = <operation> ( <arguments> ) <annotation>?

    where <operation> is the #b_set.op field from the internal SSA -representation. BIFs are written as bif:<atom>.

    <arguments> is a comma-separated list of variables or literals.

    For flow control operations and labels, the syntax is as follows:

    br(<bool>, <true-label>, <false-label>)
    +code. For non-flow-control operations the syntax is:

    <variable> = <operation> ( <arguments> ) <annotation>?

    where <operation> is the #b_set.op field from the internal SSA +representation. BIFs are written as bif:<atom>.

    <arguments> is a comma-separated list of variables or literals.

    For flow control operations and labels, the syntax is as follows:

    br(<bool>, <true-label>, <false-label>)
     
    -switch(<value>, <fail-label>, [{<label>,<value>},...])
    +switch(<value>, <fail-label>, [{<label>,<value>},...])
     
    -ret(<value>)
    +ret(<value>)
     
     label <value>

    where <value> is a literal or a variable.

    A check can also include an assertion on operation annotations. The assertion is written as a map-like pattern following the argument -list, for example:

    t0() ->
    +list, for example:

    t0() ->
     %ssa% () when post_ssa_opt ->
     %ssa% _ = call(fun return_int/0) { result_type => {t_integer,{17,17}},
     %ssa%                              location => {_,32} },
    @@ -70,9 +70,9 @@
     %ssa%    result_type => {t_tuple,2,true,#{1 => {t_integer,{1,1}},
     %ssa%                                     2 => {t_integer,{2,2}}}}
     %ssa% }.
    -    X = return_int(),
    -    Y = return_tuple(),
    -    {X, Y}.

    + X = return_int(), + Y = return_tuple(), + {X, Y}.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.152278053 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.156278074 +0000 @@ -173,13 +173,13 @@ Fixed Bugs and Malfunctions

    -
    • Generators for binary comprehensions could be evaluated before it was known that they would be needed. That could result in a binary comprehensions failing if a generator that should not be evaluated until later failed.

      As an example, consider this module:

      -module(t).
      --export([f/0]).
      +
      • Generators for binary comprehensions could be evaluated before it was known that they would be needed. That could result in a binary comprehensions failing if a generator that should not be evaluated until later failed.

        As an example, consider this module:

        -module(t).
        +-export([f/0]).
         
        -f() ->
        -    <<0 || _ <- [], _ <- ok, false>>.

        In Erlang/OTP 26 it would fail like so:

        1> t:f().
        +f() ->
        +    <<0 || _ <- [], _ <- ok, false>>.

        In Erlang/OTP 26 it would fail like so:

        1> t:f().
         ** exception error: bad generator ok
        -     in function  t:f/0 (t.erl, line 6)

        In Erlang/OTP 27 it returns an empty binary:

        1> t:f().
        +     in function  t:f/0 (t.erl, line 6)

        In Erlang/OTP 27 it returns an empty binary:

        1> t:f().
         <<>>

        Own Id: OTP-18703 Aux Id: GH-7494, PR-7538

      • The documentation for the preprocessor now mentions that defined(Name) can be called in the condition for an -if or -elif directive to test whether Name is the name of a defined macro. (This feature was implemented in OTP 21.)

        If a function call in an -if or -elif with a name that is not the name of a guard BIF, there would not be a compilation error, but would instead cause the lines following the directive to be skipped. This has now been changed to be a compilation error.

        POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

        Own Id: OTP-18784 Aux Id: GH-7706, PR-7726

      @@ -187,39 +187,39 @@ Improvements and New Features

      Own Id: OTP-18680 Aux Id: PR-7491, PR-8086, ERIERL-967

    • Improved the performance of the alias analysis pass.

      Own Id: OTP-18714 Aux Id: PR-7528, GH-7432

    • -spec attributes are now used for documentation.

      Own Id: OTP-18801 Aux Id: PR-7739

    • Native coverage support has been implemented in the JIT. It will automatically be used by the cover tool to reduce the execution overhead when running cover-compiled code.

      There are also new APIs to support native coverage without using the cover tool.

      To instrument code for native coverage it must be compiled with the line_coverage option.

      To enable native coverage in the runtime system, start it like so:

      $ erl +JPcover true

      There are also the following new functions for supporting native coverage:

      Own Id: OTP-18856 Aux Id: PR-7856

    • EEP-59 - Documentation Attributes has been implemented.

      Documentation attributes can be used to document functions, types, callbacks, and modules. The keyword -moduledoc "Documentation here". is used to document modules, while -doc "Documentation here". can be used on top of functions, types, and callbacks to document them, respectively.

      • Types, callbacks, and function documentation can be set to hidden either via -doc false or -doc hidden. When documentation attributes mark a type as hidden, they will not be part of the documentation.

      • The documentation from moduledoc and doc gets added by default to the binary beam file, following the format of EEP-48.

      • Using the compiler flag warn_missing_doc will raise a warning when -doc attributes are missing in exported functions, types, and callbacks.

      • Using the compiler flag warn_missing_spec_documented will raise a warning when -spec attributes are missing in documented functions, types, and callbacks.

      • moduledocs and docs may refer to external files to be embedded, such as -doc {file, "README.md"}., which refers to the file README.md found in the current working directory.

      • The compiler warns about exported functions whose specs refer to hidden types. Thus, there will be warnings when a hidden type (meaning, the type is not part of the documentation) gets used in an exported function.

      Own Id: OTP-18916 Aux Id: PR-7936

    • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

      Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

    • The order in which the compiler looks up options has changed.

      When there is a conflict in the compiler options given in the -compile() attribute and options given to the compiler, the options given in the -compile() attribute overrides the option given to the compiler, which in turn overrides options given in the ERL_COMPILER_OPTIONS environment variable.

      Example:

      If some_module.erl has the following attribute:

      -compile([nowarn_missing_spec]).

      and the compiler is invoked like so:

      % erlc +warn_missing_spec some_module.erl

      no warnings will be issued for functions that do not have any specs.

      POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

      Own Id: OTP-18968 Aux Id: GH-6979, PR-8093

    • Safe destructive update of tuples has been implemented in the compiler and runtime system. This allows the VM to update tuples in-place when it is safe to do so, thus improving performance by doing less copying but also by producing less garbage.

      Example:

      -record(rec, {a,b,c}).
      +spec attributes are missing in documented functions, types, and callbacks.

    • moduledocs and docs may refer to external files to be embedded, such as -doc {file, "README.md"}., which refers to the file README.md found in the current working directory.

    • The compiler warns about exported functions whose specs refer to hidden types. Thus, there will be warnings when a hidden type (meaning, the type is not part of the documentation) gets used in an exported function.

    Own Id: OTP-18916 Aux Id: PR-7936

  • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

    Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

  • The order in which the compiler looks up options has changed.

    When there is a conflict in the compiler options given in the -compile() attribute and options given to the compiler, the options given in the -compile() attribute overrides the option given to the compiler, which in turn overrides options given in the ERL_COMPILER_OPTIONS environment variable.

    Example:

    If some_module.erl has the following attribute:

    -compile([nowarn_missing_spec]).

    and the compiler is invoked like so:

    % erlc +warn_missing_spec some_module.erl

    no warnings will be issued for functions that do not have any specs.

    POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

    Own Id: OTP-18968 Aux Id: GH-6979, PR-8093

  • Safe destructive update of tuples has been implemented in the compiler and runtime system. This allows the VM to update tuples in-place when it is safe to do so, thus improving performance by doing less copying but also by producing less garbage.

    Example:

    -record(rec, {a,b,c}).
     
    -update(#href_anchor"ss">rec{a=needs_update,b=N}=R0) ->
    -    R = R0#rec{a=up_to_date},
    +update(#href_anchor"ss">rec{a=needs_update,b=N}=R0) ->
    +    R = R0#rec{a=up_to_date},
         if
             N < 0 ->
    -            R#rec{c=negative};
    +            R#rec{c=negative};
             N == 0 ->
    -            R#rec{c=zero};
    +            R#rec{c=zero};
             N > 0 ->
    -            R#rec{c=positive}
    +            R#rec{c=positive}
         end.

    The record updates in each of the three clauses of the if can safely be done in-place, because variable R is not used again.

    Own Id: OTP-18972 Aux Id: PR-8090

  • Improved the match context reuse optimization slightly, allowing match contexts to be passed as-is to bit_size/1 and byte_size/1.

    Own Id: OTP-18987

  • erl_lint (and by extension the compiler) will now warn for code using deprecated callbacks.

    The only callback currenly deprecated is format_status/2 in gen_server, gen_event and gen_statem.

    You can use nowarn_deprecated_callback to silence the warning.

    Own Id: OTP-19010 Aux Id: PR-8205

  • @@ -3132,7 +3132,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.180278193 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.184278213 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/ssa_checks.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/ssa_checks.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.208278333 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/ssa_checks.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.212278352 +0000 @@ -142,32 +142,32 @@

    SSA checks are embedded in the source code as comments starting with with one of %ssa%, %%ssa% or %%%ssa%. This is a short introduction the syntax, for the full syntax please refer to the -ssa_check_when_clause production in erl_parse.yrl.

    SSA checks can be placed inside any Erlang function, for example:

    t0() ->
    +ssa_check_when_clause production in erl_parse.yrl.

    SSA checks can be placed inside any Erlang function, for example:

    t0() ->
     %ssa% () when post_ssa_opt ->
     %ssa%   ret(#{}).
    -  #{}.

    will check that t0/0 returns the literal #{}. If we want to check -that a function returns its first formal parameter, we can write:

    t1(A, _B) ->
    +  #{}.

    will check that t0/0 returns the literal #{}. If we want to check +that a function returns its first formal parameter, we can write:

    t1(A, _B) ->
     %ssa% (X, _) when post_ssa_opt ->
     %ssa%   ret(X).
       A.

    Note how we match the first formal parameter using X. The reason for having our own formal parameters for the SSA check, is that we don't want to introduce new identifiers at the Erlang level to support SSA-level checks. Consider if t1/2 had been defined as t1([A|As], B) we would have had to introduce a new identifier for the aggregate -value [A|As].

    The full syntax for a SSA check clause is:

    <expected-result>? (<formals>) when <pipeline-location> -> <checks> '.'

    where <expected-result> can be one of pass (the check must +value [A|As].

    The full syntax for a SSA check clause is:

    <expected-result>? (<formals>) when <pipeline-location> -> <checks> '.'

    where <expected-result> can be one of pass (the check must succeed), fail and xfail (the check must fail). Omitting <expected-result> is parsed as an implicit pass.

    <formals> is a comma-separated list of variables.

    <pipeline-location> specifies when in the compiler pipeline to run the checks. For now the only supported value for <pipeline-location> is post_ssa_opt which runs the checks after the ssa_opt pass.

    <checks> is a comma-separated list of matches against the BEAM SSA -code. For non-flow-control operations the syntax is:

    <variable> = <operation> ( <arguments> ) <annotation>?

    where <operation> is the #b_set.op field from the internal SSA -representation. BIFs are written as bif:<atom>.

    <arguments> is a comma-separated list of variables or literals.

    For flow control operations and labels, the syntax is as follows:

    br(<bool>, <true-label>, <false-label>)
    +code. For non-flow-control operations the syntax is:

    <variable> = <operation> ( <arguments> ) <annotation>?

    where <operation> is the #b_set.op field from the internal SSA +representation. BIFs are written as bif:<atom>.

    <arguments> is a comma-separated list of variables or literals.

    For flow control operations and labels, the syntax is as follows:

    br(<bool>, <true-label>, <false-label>)
     
    -switch(<value>, <fail-label>, [{<label>,<value>},...])
    +switch(<value>, <fail-label>, [{<label>,<value>},...])
     
    -ret(<value>)
    +ret(<value>)
     
     label <value>

    where <value> is a literal or a variable.

    A check can also include an assertion on operation annotations. The assertion is written as a map-like pattern following the argument -list, for example:

    t0() ->
    +list, for example:

    t0() ->
     %ssa% () when post_ssa_opt ->
     %ssa% _ = call(fun return_int/0) { result_type => {t_integer,{17,17}},
     %ssa%                              location => {_,32} },
    @@ -175,9 +175,9 @@
     %ssa%    result_type => {t_tuple,2,true,#{1 => {t_integer,{1,1}},
     %ssa%                                     2 => {t_integer,{2,2}}}}
     %ssa% }.
    -    X = return_int(),
    -    Y = return_tuple(),
    -    {X, Y}.

    + X = return_int(), + Y = return_tuple(), + {X, Y}.

    @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.228278433 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.232278452 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/algorithm_details.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/algorithm_details.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.256278572 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/algorithm_details.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.264278612 +0000 @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.284278712 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.288278732 +0000 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:19:52.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:37:36.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> crypto - 5.5.1 - urn:uuid:6056f1c8-49ac-bdc1-b181-66ac847fa30d + urn:uuid:f7e2f731-4e62-c716-5efd-ef3c8f8a006f en - 2025-01-25T10:19:52Z + 2041-02-26T23:37:36Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/crypto.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/crypto.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:52.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/crypto.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:36.000000000 +0000 @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ -
    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private +

    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private exponent. The longer key format contains redundant information that will make the calculation faster. P1 and P2 are first and second prime factors. E1 and E2 are first and second exponents. C is the CRT coefficient. The terminology is @@ -2983,7 +2983,7 @@

    -
    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private +

    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private exponent. The longer key format contains redundant information that will make the calculation faster. P1 and P2 are first and second prime factors. E1 and E2 are first and second exponents. C is the CRT coefficient. The terminology is @@ -5340,9 +5340,9 @@ BN_rand_range).

    Saves the state in the process dictionary before returning it as well. See also rand:seed/1 and rand_seed_s/0.

    When using the state object from this function the rand functions using it may raise exception error:low_entropy in case the random generator failed due -to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed(),
    -_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    -_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    +to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed(),
    +_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    +_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    @@ -5408,9 +5408,9 @@ generate cryptographically strong random numbers.

    Saves the state in the process dictionary before returning it as well. See also rand:seed/1 and rand_seed_alg_s/1.

    When using the state object from this function the rand functions using it may raise exception error:low_entropy in case the random generator failed due -to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_cache),
    -_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    -_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    +to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_cache),
    +_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    +_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    @@ -5442,12 +5442,12 @@

    Creates a state object for random number generation, in order to generate cryptographically unpredictable random numbers.

    Saves the state in the process dictionary before returning it as well. See also -rand_seed_alg_s/2.

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    -IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    -FloatValue = rand:uniform(),     % [0.0; 1.0[
    -_ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    -IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % Same values
    -FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % again
    +rand_seed_alg_s/2.

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    +IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    +FloatValue = rand:uniform(),     % [0.0; 1.0[
    +_ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    +IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % Same values
    +FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % again
    @@ -5939,12 +5939,12 @@
    -

    Get information about crypto and the OpenSSL backend.

    Returns a map with information about the compilation and linking of crypto.

    Example:

    1> crypto:info().
    -#{compile_type => normal,
    +

    Get information about crypto and the OpenSSL backend.

    Returns a map with information about the compilation and linking of crypto.

    Example:

    1> crypto:info().
    +#{compile_type => normal,
       cryptolib_version_compiled => "OpenSSL 3.0.0 7 sep 2021",
       cryptolib_version_linked => "OpenSSL 3.0.0 7 sep 2021",
       link_type => dynamic,
    -  otp_crypto_version => "5.0.2"}
    +  otp_crypto_version => "5.0.2"}
     2>

    More association types than documented may be present in the map.

    @@ -6011,8 +6011,8 @@

    Get the name and version of the libraries used by crypto.

    Name is the name of the library. VerNum is the numeric version according to the library's own versioning scheme. VerStr contains a text variant of the -version.

    > info_lib().
    -[{<<"OpenSSL">>,269484095,<<"OpenSSL 1.1.0c  10 Nov 2016"">>}]

    Note

    From OTP R16 the numeric version represents the version of the OpenSSL +version.

    > info_lib().
    +[{<<"OpenSSL">>,269484095,<<"OpenSSL 1.1.0c  10 Nov 2016"">>}]

    Note

    From OTP R16 the numeric version represents the version of the OpenSSL header files (openssl/opensslv.h) used when crypto was compiled. The text variant represents the libcrypto library used at runtime. In earlier OTP versions both numeric and text was taken from the library.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/engine_keys.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/engine_keys.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:52.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/engine_keys.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:36.000000000 +0000 @@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ Sign with an engine stored private key

    This example shows how to construct a key reference that is used in a sign -operation. The actual key is stored in the engine that is loaded at prompt 1.

    1> {ok, EngineRef} = crypto:engine_load(....).
    +operation. The actual key is stored in the engine that is loaded at prompt 1.

    1> {ok, EngineRef} = crypto:engine_load(....).
     ...
    -{ok,#Ref<0.2399045421.3028942852.173962>}
    -2> PrivKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    -               key_id => "id of the private key in Engine"}.
    +{ok,#Ref<0.2399045421.3028942852.173962>}
    +2> PrivKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    +               key_id => "id of the private key in Engine"}.
     ...
    -3> Signature = crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKey).
    +3> Signature = crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKey).
     <<65,6,125,254,54,233,84,77,83,63,168,28,169,214,121,76,
       207,177,124,183,156,185,160,243,36,79,125,230,231,...>>

    @@ -72,10 +72,10 @@

    Here the signature and message in the last example is verifyed using the public key. The public key is stored in an engine, only to exemplify that it is -possible. The public key could of course be handled openly as usual.

    4> PublicKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    -                 key_id => "id of the public key in Engine"}.
    +possible. The public key could of course be handled openly as usual.

    4> PublicKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    +                 key_id => "id of the public key in Engine"}.
     ...
    -5> crypto:verify(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, Signature, PublicKey).
    +5> crypto:verify(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, Signature, PublicKey).
     true
     6>

    @@ -84,11 +84,11 @@ Using a password protected private key

    The same example as the first sign example, except that a password protects the -key down in the Engine.

    6> PrivKeyPwd = #{engine => EngineRef,
    +key down in the Engine.

    6> PrivKeyPwd = #{engine => EngineRef,
                       key_id => "id of the pwd protected private key in Engine",
    -		  password => "password"}.
    +		  password => "password"}.
     ...
    -7> crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKeyPwd).
    +7> crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKeyPwd).
     <<140,80,168,101,234,211,146,183,231,190,160,82,85,163,
       175,106,77,241,141,120,72,149,181,181,194,154,175,76,
       223,...>>
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/engine_load.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/engine_load.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:19:52.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/engine_load.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:37:36.000000000 +0000
    @@ -47,35 +47,35 @@
       Dynamically load an engine from default directory
     

    If the engine is located in the OpenSSL/LibreSSL installation engines -directory.

    1> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"otp_test_engine">>, [], []).
    - {ok, #Ref}

    +directory.

    1> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"otp_test_engine">>, [], []).
    + {ok, #Ref}

    Load an engine with the dynamic engine

    Load an engine with the help of the dynamic engine by giving the path to the -library.

     2> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    -                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    -                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    -                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    -                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    -                                      []).
    - {ok, #Ref}

    +library.

     2> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    +                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    +                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    +                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    +                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    +                                      []).
    + {ok, #Ref}

    Load an engine and replace some methods

    Load an engine with the help of the dynamic engine and just replace some engine -methods.

     3> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    -                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    -                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    -                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    -                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    -                                      []).
    -{ok, #Ref}
    -4> ok = crypto:engine_register(Engine, [engine_method_digests]).
    +methods.

     3> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    +                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    +                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    +                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    +                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    +                                      []).
    +{ok, #Ref}
    +4> ok = crypto:engine_register(Engine, [engine_method_digests]).
     ok

    @@ -84,19 +84,19 @@

    This function makes sure the engine is loaded just once and the ID is added to the internal engine list of OpenSSL. The following calls to the function will -check if the ID is loaded and then just get a new reference to the engine.

     5> {ok, Engine} = crypto:ensure_engine_loaded(<<"MD5">>,
    -                                               <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>).
    - {ok, #Ref}

    To remove the tag from the OpenSSL engine list use crypto:engine_remove/1.

     6> crypto:engine_remove(Engine).
    +check if the ID is loaded and then just get a new reference to the engine.

     5> {ok, Engine} = crypto:ensure_engine_loaded(<<"MD5">>,
    +                                               <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>).
    + {ok, #Ref}

    To remove the tag from the OpenSSL engine list use crypto:engine_remove/1.

     6> crypto:engine_remove(Engine).
      ok

    To unload it use crypto:engine_unload/1 which removes the references to the -engine.

     6> crypto:engine_unload(Engine).
    +engine.

     6> crypto:engine_unload(Engine).
      ok

    List all engines currently loaded

    -
     8> crypto:engine_list().
    -[<<"dynamic">>, <<"MD5">>]
    +
     8> crypto:engine_list().
    +[<<"dynamic">>, <<"MD5">>]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/new_api.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/new_api.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:52.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/new_api.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:36.000000000 +0000 @@ -87,41 +87,41 @@ initialises the crypto context. One or more calls crypto_update/2 does the actual encryption or decryption for each block.

    This example shows first the encryption of two blocks and then decryptions of the cipher text, but divided into three blocks just to show that it is possible -to divide the plain text and cipher text differently for some ciphers:

    	1> crypto:start().
    +to divide the plain text and cipher text differently for some ciphers:

    	1> crypto:start().
     	ok
     	2> Key = <<1:128>>.
     	<<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>>
     	3> IV = <<0:128>>.
     	<<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0>>
    -	4> StateEnc = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, true). % encrypt -> true
    +	4> StateEnc = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, true). % encrypt -> true
     	#Ref<0.3768901617.1128660993.124047>
    -	5> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"First bytes">>).
    +	5> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"First bytes">>).
     	<<67,44,216,166,25,130,203,5,66,6,162>>
    -	6> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"Second bytes">>).
    +	6> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"Second bytes">>).
     	<<16,79,94,115,234,197,94,253,16,144,151,41>>
     	7>
    -	7> StateDec = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, false). % decrypt -> false
    +	7> StateDec = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, false). % decrypt -> false
     	#Ref<0.3768901617.1128660994.124255>
    -	8> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<67,44,216,166,25,130,203>>).
    +	8> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<67,44,216,166,25,130,203>>).
     	<<"First b">>
    -	9> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<5,66,6,162,16,79,94,115,234,197,
    -        94,253,16,144,151>>).
    +	9> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<5,66,6,162,16,79,94,115,234,197,
    +        94,253,16,144,151>>).
     	<<"ytesSecond byte">>
    -	10> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<41>>).
    +	10> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<41>>).
     	<<"s">>
     	11>

    Note that the internal data that the StateEnc and StateDec references are destructivly updated by the calls to crypto_update/2. This is to gain time in the calls of the nifs interfacing the cryptolib. In a loop where the state is saved in the loop's state, it also saves one update of the loop state per crypto operation.

    For example, a simple server receiving text parts to encrypt and send the result -back to the one who sent them (the Requester):

    	encode(Crypto, Key, IV) ->
    -	crypto_loop(crypto:crypto_init(Crypto, Key, IV, true)).
    +back to the one who sent them (the Requester):

    	encode(Crypto, Key, IV) ->
    +	crypto_loop(crypto:crypto_init(Crypto, Key, IV, true)).
     
    -	crypto_loop(State) ->
    +	crypto_loop(State) ->
     	receive
    -        {Text, Requester} ->
    -        Requester ! crypto:crypto_update(State, Text),
    -	loop(State)
    +        {Text, Requester} ->
    +        Requester ! crypto:crypto_update(State, Text),
    +	loop(State)
     	end.

    @@ -134,9 +134,9 @@ <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>> 2> IV = <<0:128>>. <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0>> - 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. - [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] - 4> crypto:crypto_one_time(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, Txt, true). + 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. + [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] + 4> crypto:crypto_one_time(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, Txt, true). <<67,44,216,166,25,130,203,5,66,6,162,16,79,94,115,234, 197,94,253,16,144,151,41>> 5>

    The [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] could of course have been one @@ -152,14 +152,14 @@ <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>> 2> IV = <<0:128>>. <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0>> - 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. - [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] + 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. + [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] 4> AAD = <<"Some additional auth data">>. <<"Some additional auth data">> - 5> crypto:crypto_one_time_aead(aes_128_gcm, Key, IV, Txt, AAD, true). - {<<240,130,38,96,130,241,189,52,3,190,179,213,132,1,72, + 5> crypto:crypto_one_time_aead(aes_128_gcm, Key, IV, Txt, AAD, true). + {<<240,130,38,96,130,241,189,52,3,190,179,213,132,1,72, 192,103,176,90,104,15,71,158>>, - <<131,47,45,91,142,85,9,244,21,141,214,71,31,135,2,155>>} + <<131,47,45,91,142,85,9,244,21,141,214,71,31,135,2,155>>} 6>

    The [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] could of course have been one single binary: <<"First bytesSecond bytes">>.

    @@ -169,21 +169,21 @@

    	1> Key = <<1:128>>.
     	<<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>>
    -	2> StateMac = crypto:mac_init(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key).
    +	2> StateMac = crypto:mac_init(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key).
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	3> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"First bytes">>).
    +	3> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"First bytes">>).
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	4> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, " ").
    +	4> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, " ").
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	5> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"last bytes">>).
    +	5> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"last bytes">>).
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	6> crypto:mac_final(StateMac).
    +	6> crypto:mac_final(StateMac).
     	<<68,191,219,128,84,77,11,193,197,238,107,6,214,141,160,
     	249>>
    -	7>

    and compare the result with a single calculation just for this example:

    	7> crypto:mac(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key, "First bytes last bytes").
    +	7>

    and compare the result with a single calculation just for this example:

    	7> crypto:mac(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key, "First bytes last bytes").
     	<<68,191,219,128,84,77,11,193,197,238,107,6,214,141,160,
     	249>>
    -	8> v(7) == v(6).
    +	8> v(7) == v(6).
     	true
     	9>

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.496279770 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.500279791 +0000 @@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ -
    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private +

    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private exponent. The longer key format contains redundant information that will make the calculation faster. P1 and P2 are first and second prime factors. E1 and E2 are first and second exponents. C is the CRT coefficient. The terminology is @@ -3119,7 +3119,7 @@

    -
    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private +

    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private exponent. The longer key format contains redundant information that will make the calculation faster. P1 and P2 are first and second prime factors. E1 and E2 are first and second exponents. C is the CRT coefficient. The terminology is @@ -5536,9 +5536,9 @@ BN_rand_range).

    Saves the state in the process dictionary before returning it as well. See also rand:seed/1 and rand_seed_s/0.

    When using the state object from this function the rand functions using it may raise exception error:low_entropy in case the random generator failed due -to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed(),
    -_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    -_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    +to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed(),
    +_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    +_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    @@ -5604,9 +5604,9 @@ generate cryptographically strong random numbers.

    Saves the state in the process dictionary before returning it as well. See also rand:seed/1 and rand_seed_alg_s/1.

    When using the state object from this function the rand functions using it may raise exception error:low_entropy in case the random generator failed due -to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_cache),
    -_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    -_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    +to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_cache),
    +_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    +_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    @@ -5638,12 +5638,12 @@

    Creates a state object for random number generation, in order to generate cryptographically unpredictable random numbers.

    Saves the state in the process dictionary before returning it as well. See also -rand_seed_alg_s/2.

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    -IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    -FloatValue = rand:uniform(),     % [0.0; 1.0[
    -_ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    -IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % Same values
    -FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % again
    +rand_seed_alg_s/2.

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    +IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    +FloatValue = rand:uniform(),     % [0.0; 1.0[
    +_ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    +IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % Same values
    +FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % again
    @@ -6140,12 +6140,12 @@
    -

    Get information about crypto and the OpenSSL backend.

    Returns a map with information about the compilation and linking of crypto.

    Example:

    1> crypto:info().
    -#{compile_type => normal,
    +

    Get information about crypto and the OpenSSL backend.

    Returns a map with information about the compilation and linking of crypto.

    Example:

    1> crypto:info().
    +#{compile_type => normal,
       cryptolib_version_compiled => "OpenSSL 3.0.0 7 sep 2021",
       cryptolib_version_linked => "OpenSSL 3.0.0 7 sep 2021",
       link_type => dynamic,
    -  otp_crypto_version => "5.0.2"}
    +  otp_crypto_version => "5.0.2"}
     2>

    More association types than documented may be present in the map.

    @@ -6212,8 +6212,8 @@

    Get the name and version of the libraries used by crypto.

    Name is the name of the library. VerNum is the numeric version according to the library's own versioning scheme. VerStr contains a text variant of the -version.

    > info_lib().
    -[{<<"OpenSSL">>,269484095,<<"OpenSSL 1.1.0c  10 Nov 2016"">>}]

    Note

    From OTP R16 the numeric version represents the version of the OpenSSL +version.

    > info_lib().
    +[{<<"OpenSSL">>,269484095,<<"OpenSSL 1.1.0c  10 Nov 2016"">>}]

    Note

    From OTP R16 the numeric version represents the version of the OpenSSL header files (openssl/opensslv.h) used when crypto was compiled. The text variant represents the libcrypto library used at runtime. In earlier OTP versions both numeric and text was taken from the library.

    @@ -7154,7 +7154,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.536279970 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.536279970 +0000 @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/engine_keys.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/engine_keys.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.560280091 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/engine_keys.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.564280110 +0000 @@ -161,13 +161,13 @@ Sign with an engine stored private key

    This example shows how to construct a key reference that is used in a sign -operation. The actual key is stored in the engine that is loaded at prompt 1.

    1> {ok, EngineRef} = crypto:engine_load(....).
    +operation. The actual key is stored in the engine that is loaded at prompt 1.

    1> {ok, EngineRef} = crypto:engine_load(....).
     ...
    -{ok,#Ref<0.2399045421.3028942852.173962>}
    -2> PrivKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    -               key_id => "id of the private key in Engine"}.
    +{ok,#Ref<0.2399045421.3028942852.173962>}
    +2> PrivKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    +               key_id => "id of the private key in Engine"}.
     ...
    -3> Signature = crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKey).
    +3> Signature = crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKey).
     <<65,6,125,254,54,233,84,77,83,63,168,28,169,214,121,76,
       207,177,124,183,156,185,160,243,36,79,125,230,231,...>>

    @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@

    Here the signature and message in the last example is verifyed using the public key. The public key is stored in an engine, only to exemplify that it is -possible. The public key could of course be handled openly as usual.

    4> PublicKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    -                 key_id => "id of the public key in Engine"}.
    +possible. The public key could of course be handled openly as usual.

    4> PublicKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    +                 key_id => "id of the public key in Engine"}.
     ...
    -5> crypto:verify(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, Signature, PublicKey).
    +5> crypto:verify(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, Signature, PublicKey).
     true
     6>

    @@ -189,11 +189,11 @@ Using a password protected private key

    The same example as the first sign example, except that a password protects the -key down in the Engine.

    6> PrivKeyPwd = #{engine => EngineRef,
    +key down in the Engine.

    6> PrivKeyPwd = #{engine => EngineRef,
                       key_id => "id of the pwd protected private key in Engine",
    -		  password => "password"}.
    +		  password => "password"}.
     ...
    -7> crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKeyPwd).
    +7> crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKeyPwd).
     <<140,80,168,101,234,211,146,183,231,190,160,82,85,163,
       175,106,77,241,141,120,72,149,181,181,194,154,175,76,
       223,...>>
    @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/engine_load.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/engine_load.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.588280230 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/engine_load.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.592280250 +0000 @@ -152,35 +152,35 @@ Dynamically load an engine from default directory

    If the engine is located in the OpenSSL/LibreSSL installation engines -directory.

    1> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"otp_test_engine">>, [], []).
    - {ok, #Ref}

    +directory.

    1> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"otp_test_engine">>, [], []).
    + {ok, #Ref}

    Load an engine with the dynamic engine

    Load an engine with the help of the dynamic engine by giving the path to the -library.

     2> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    -                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    -                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    -                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    -                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    -                                      []).
    - {ok, #Ref}

    +library.

     2> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    +                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    +                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    +                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    +                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    +                                      []).
    + {ok, #Ref}

    Load an engine and replace some methods

    Load an engine with the help of the dynamic engine and just replace some engine -methods.

     3> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    -                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    -                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    -                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    -                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    -                                      []).
    -{ok, #Ref}
    -4> ok = crypto:engine_register(Engine, [engine_method_digests]).
    +methods.

     3> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    +                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    +                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    +                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    +                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    +                                      []).
    +{ok, #Ref}
    +4> ok = crypto:engine_register(Engine, [engine_method_digests]).
     ok

    @@ -189,19 +189,19 @@

    This function makes sure the engine is loaded just once and the ID is added to the internal engine list of OpenSSL. The following calls to the function will -check if the ID is loaded and then just get a new reference to the engine.

     5> {ok, Engine} = crypto:ensure_engine_loaded(<<"MD5">>,
    -                                               <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>).
    - {ok, #Ref}

    To remove the tag from the OpenSSL engine list use crypto:engine_remove/1.

     6> crypto:engine_remove(Engine).
    +check if the ID is loaded and then just get a new reference to the engine.

     5> {ok, Engine} = crypto:ensure_engine_loaded(<<"MD5">>,
    +                                               <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>).
    + {ok, #Ref}

    To remove the tag from the OpenSSL engine list use crypto:engine_remove/1.

     6> crypto:engine_remove(Engine).
      ok

    To unload it use crypto:engine_unload/1 which removes the references to the -engine.

     6> crypto:engine_unload(Engine).
    +engine.

     6> crypto:engine_unload(Engine).
      ok

    List all engines currently loaded

    -
     8> crypto:engine_list().
    -[<<"dynamic">>, <<"MD5">>]
    +
     8> crypto:engine_list().
    +[<<"dynamic">>, <<"MD5">>]
    @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/fips.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/fips.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.620280390 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/fips.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.624280410 +0000 @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/licenses.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/licenses.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.644280510 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/licenses.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.644280510 +0000 @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/new_api.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/new_api.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.676280669 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/new_api.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.680280690 +0000 @@ -192,41 +192,41 @@ initialises the crypto context. One or more calls crypto_update/2 does the actual encryption or decryption for each block.

    This example shows first the encryption of two blocks and then decryptions of the cipher text, but divided into three blocks just to show that it is possible -to divide the plain text and cipher text differently for some ciphers:

    	1> crypto:start().
    +to divide the plain text and cipher text differently for some ciphers:

    	1> crypto:start().
     	ok
     	2> Key = <<1:128>>.
     	<<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>>
     	3> IV = <<0:128>>.
     	<<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0>>
    -	4> StateEnc = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, true). % encrypt -> true
    +	4> StateEnc = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, true). % encrypt -> true
     	#Ref<0.3768901617.1128660993.124047>
    -	5> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"First bytes">>).
    +	5> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"First bytes">>).
     	<<67,44,216,166,25,130,203,5,66,6,162>>
    -	6> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"Second bytes">>).
    +	6> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"Second bytes">>).
     	<<16,79,94,115,234,197,94,253,16,144,151,41>>
     	7>
    -	7> StateDec = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, false). % decrypt -> false
    +	7> StateDec = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, false). % decrypt -> false
     	#Ref<0.3768901617.1128660994.124255>
    -	8> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<67,44,216,166,25,130,203>>).
    +	8> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<67,44,216,166,25,130,203>>).
     	<<"First b">>
    -	9> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<5,66,6,162,16,79,94,115,234,197,
    -        94,253,16,144,151>>).
    +	9> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<5,66,6,162,16,79,94,115,234,197,
    +        94,253,16,144,151>>).
     	<<"ytesSecond byte">>
    -	10> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<41>>).
    +	10> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<41>>).
     	<<"s">>
     	11>

    Note that the internal data that the StateEnc and StateDec references are destructivly updated by the calls to crypto_update/2. This is to gain time in the calls of the nifs interfacing the cryptolib. In a loop where the state is saved in the loop's state, it also saves one update of the loop state per crypto operation.

    For example, a simple server receiving text parts to encrypt and send the result -back to the one who sent them (the Requester):

    	encode(Crypto, Key, IV) ->
    -	crypto_loop(crypto:crypto_init(Crypto, Key, IV, true)).
    +back to the one who sent them (the Requester):

    	encode(Crypto, Key, IV) ->
    +	crypto_loop(crypto:crypto_init(Crypto, Key, IV, true)).
     
    -	crypto_loop(State) ->
    +	crypto_loop(State) ->
     	receive
    -        {Text, Requester} ->
    -        Requester ! crypto:crypto_update(State, Text),
    -	loop(State)
    +        {Text, Requester} ->
    +        Requester ! crypto:crypto_update(State, Text),
    +	loop(State)
     	end.

    @@ -239,9 +239,9 @@ <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>> 2> IV = <<0:128>>. <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0>> - 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. - [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] - 4> crypto:crypto_one_time(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, Txt, true). + 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. + [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] + 4> crypto:crypto_one_time(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, Txt, true). <<67,44,216,166,25,130,203,5,66,6,162,16,79,94,115,234, 197,94,253,16,144,151,41>> 5>

    The [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] could of course have been one @@ -257,14 +257,14 @@ <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>> 2> IV = <<0:128>>. <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0>> - 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. - [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] + 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. + [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] 4> AAD = <<"Some additional auth data">>. <<"Some additional auth data">> - 5> crypto:crypto_one_time_aead(aes_128_gcm, Key, IV, Txt, AAD, true). - {<<240,130,38,96,130,241,189,52,3,190,179,213,132,1,72, + 5> crypto:crypto_one_time_aead(aes_128_gcm, Key, IV, Txt, AAD, true). + {<<240,130,38,96,130,241,189,52,3,190,179,213,132,1,72, 192,103,176,90,104,15,71,158>>, - <<131,47,45,91,142,85,9,244,21,141,214,71,31,135,2,155>>} + <<131,47,45,91,142,85,9,244,21,141,214,71,31,135,2,155>>} 6>

    The [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] could of course have been one single binary: <<"First bytesSecond bytes">>.

    @@ -274,21 +274,21 @@

    	1> Key = <<1:128>>.
     	<<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>>
    -	2> StateMac = crypto:mac_init(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key).
    +	2> StateMac = crypto:mac_init(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key).
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	3> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"First bytes">>).
    +	3> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"First bytes">>).
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	4> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, " ").
    +	4> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, " ").
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	5> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"last bytes">>).
    +	5> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"last bytes">>).
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	6> crypto:mac_final(StateMac).
    +	6> crypto:mac_final(StateMac).
     	<<68,191,219,128,84,77,11,193,197,238,107,6,214,141,160,
     	249>>
    -	7>

    and compare the result with a single calculation just for this example:

    	7> crypto:mac(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key, "First bytes last bytes").
    +	7>

    and compare the result with a single calculation just for this example:

    	7> crypto:mac(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key, "First bytes last bytes").
     	<<68,191,219,128,84,77,11,193,197,238,107,6,214,141,160,
     	249>>
    -	8> v(7) == v(6).
    +	8> v(7) == v(6).
     	true
     	9>

    @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.716280869 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.724280909 +0000 @@ -2185,7 +2185,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.748281029 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.748281029 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.772281148 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.772281148 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.800281288 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.800281288 +0000 @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:19:48.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:37:32.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> debugger - 5.4 - urn:uuid:cd201db2-fa9d-0ff2-bd87-8d529b081abb + urn:uuid:7cda351b-0792-f4c5-cbdd-ba491ffdb114 en - 2025-01-25T10:19:48Z + 2041-02-26T23:37:32Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/debugger_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/debugger_chapter.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:48.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/debugger_chapter.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:32.000000000 +0000 @@ -59,12 +59,12 @@

    To have an effect, a breakpoint must be set at an executable line, which is a line of code containing an executable expression such as a matching or a function call. A blank line or a line containing a comment, function head, or -pattern in a case statement or receive statement is not executable.

    In the following example, lines 2, 4, 6, 8, and 11 are executable lines:

    1: is_loaded(Module,Compiled) ->
    -2:   case get_file(Module,Compiled) of
    -3:     {ok,File} ->
    -4:       case code:which(Module) of
    +pattern in a case statement or receive statement is not executable.

    In the following example, lines 2, 4, 6, 8, and 11 are executable lines:

    1: is_loaded(Module,Compiled) ->
    +2:   case get_file(Module,Compiled) of
    +3:     {ok,File} ->
    +4:       case code:which(Module) of
     5:         ?TAG ->
    -6:           {loaded,File};
    +6:           {loaded,File};
     7:         _ ->
     8:           unloaded
     9:       end;
    @@ -103,13 +103,13 @@
     returns unbound or {value,Value}.

    Conditional Break Dialog Window

    Right-click the Module entry to open a popup menu from which the appropriate module can be selected.

    Example:

    A conditional breakpoint calling c_test:c_break/1 is added at line 6 in module fact. Each time the breakpoint is reached, the function is called. When N is -equal to 3, the function returns true and the process stops.

    Extract from fact.erl:

    5. fac(0) -> 1;
    -6. fac(N) when N > 0, is_integer(N) -> N * fac(N-1).

    Definition of c_test:c_break/1:

    -module(c_test).
    --export([c_break/1]).
    +equal to 3, the function returns true and the process stops.

    Extract from fact.erl:

    5. fac(0) -> 1;
    +6. fac(N) when N > 0, is_integer(N) -> N * fac(N-1).

    Definition of c_test:c_break/1:

    -module(c_test).
    +-export([c_break/1]).
     
    -c_break(Bindings) ->
    -    case int:get_binding('N', Bindings) of
    -        {value, 3} ->
    +c_break(Bindings) ->
    +    case int:get_binding('N', Bindings) of
    +        {value, 3} ->
                 true;
             _ ->
                 false
    @@ -130,12 +130,12 @@
     

    The Erlang emulator keeps track of a stack trace, information about recent function calls. This information is used if an error occurs, for example:

    1> catch a+1.
    -{'EXIT',{badarith,[{erlang,'+',[a,1],[]},
    -                   {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,573}]},
    -                   {erl_eval,expr,5,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,357}]},
    -                   {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,674}]},
    -                   {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,629}]},
    -                   {shell,eval_loop,3,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,614}]}]}}

    For details about the stack trace, see section +{'EXIT',{badarith,[{erlang,'+',[a,1],[]}, + {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,573}]}, + {erl_eval,expr,5,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,357}]}, + {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,674}]}, + {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,629}]}, + {shell,eval_loop,3,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,614}]}]}}

    For details about the stack trace, see section Errors and Error Handling in the Erlang Reference Manual.

    Debugger emulates the stack trace by keeping track of recently called interpreted functions. (The real stack trace cannot be used, as it shows which /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/int.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/int.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:48.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/int.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:32.000000000 +0000 @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@

    Sets when and how to attach automatically to a process executing code in interpreted modules.

    By default when the interpreter is started, automatic attach is disabled.

    If Flags is an empty list, automatic attach is disabled.

    Otherwise Flags should be a list containing at least one of the following flags:

    • init - Attach when a process for the first time calls an interpreted -function.
    • break - Attach whenever a process reaches a breakpoint.
    • exit - Attach when a process terminates.

    When the specified event occurs, the function Function is called as:

    spawn(Module, Name, [Pid | Args])

    Pid is the pid of the process executing interpreted code.

    +function.
  • break - Attach whenever a process reaches a breakpoint.
  • exit - Attach when a process terminates.
  • When the specified event occurs, the function Function is called as:

    spawn(Module, Name, [Pid | Args])

    Pid is the pid of the process executing interpreted code.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/i.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/i.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:48.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/i.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:32.000000000 +0000 @@ -29,9 +29,9 @@ interpreted processes and break points.

    It is possible to attach to interpreted processes by only giving the corresponding process identity. By default, an attachment window is displayed. Processes at other Erlang nodes can be attached manually or automatically.

    The functions in this module are defined in the Erlang shell. That is, -they can be called without the i: prefix. For example:

    1> ii(t).
    -{module,t}
    -2> iaa([init]).
    +they can be called without the i: prefix. For example:

    1> ii(t).
    +{module,t}
    +2> iaa([init]).
     true
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.952282047 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.956282067 +0000 @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.988282227 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:30.992282247 +0000 @@ -164,12 +164,12 @@

    To have an effect, a breakpoint must be set at an executable line, which is a line of code containing an executable expression such as a matching or a function call. A blank line or a line containing a comment, function head, or -pattern in a case statement or receive statement is not executable.

    In the following example, lines 2, 4, 6, 8, and 11 are executable lines:

    1: is_loaded(Module,Compiled) ->
    -2:   case get_file(Module,Compiled) of
    -3:     {ok,File} ->
    -4:       case code:which(Module) of
    +pattern in a case statement or receive statement is not executable.

    In the following example, lines 2, 4, 6, 8, and 11 are executable lines:

    1: is_loaded(Module,Compiled) ->
    +2:   case get_file(Module,Compiled) of
    +3:     {ok,File} ->
    +4:       case code:which(Module) of
     5:         ?TAG ->
    -6:           {loaded,File};
    +6:           {loaded,File};
     7:         _ ->
     8:           unloaded
     9:       end;
    @@ -208,13 +208,13 @@
     returns unbound or {value,Value}.

    Conditional Break Dialog Window

    Right-click the Module entry to open a popup menu from which the appropriate module can be selected.

    Example:

    A conditional breakpoint calling c_test:c_break/1 is added at line 6 in module fact. Each time the breakpoint is reached, the function is called. When N is -equal to 3, the function returns true and the process stops.

    Extract from fact.erl:

    5. fac(0) -> 1;
    -6. fac(N) when N > 0, is_integer(N) -> N * fac(N-1).

    Definition of c_test:c_break/1:

    -module(c_test).
    --export([c_break/1]).
    -
    -c_break(Bindings) ->
    -    case int:get_binding('N', Bindings) of
    -        {value, 3} ->
    +equal to 3, the function returns true and the process stops.

    Extract from fact.erl:

    5. fac(0) -> 1;
    +6. fac(N) when N > 0, is_integer(N) -> N * fac(N-1).

    Definition of c_test:c_break/1:

    -module(c_test).
    +-export([c_break/1]).
    +
    +c_break(Bindings) ->
    +    case int:get_binding('N', Bindings) of
    +        {value, 3} ->
                 true;
             _ ->
                 false
    @@ -235,12 +235,12 @@
     
     

    The Erlang emulator keeps track of a stack trace, information about recent function calls. This information is used if an error occurs, for example:

    1> catch a+1.
    -{'EXIT',{badarith,[{erlang,'+',[a,1],[]},
    -                   {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,573}]},
    -                   {erl_eval,expr,5,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,357}]},
    -                   {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,674}]},
    -                   {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,629}]},
    -                   {shell,eval_loop,3,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,614}]}]}}

    For details about the stack trace, see section +{'EXIT',{badarith,[{erlang,'+',[a,1],[]}, + {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,573}]}, + {erl_eval,expr,5,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,357}]}, + {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,674}]}, + {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,629}]}, + {shell,eval_loop,3,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,614}]}]}}

    For details about the stack trace, see section Errors and Error Handling in the Erlang Reference Manual.

    Debugger emulates the stack trace by keeping track of recently called interpreted functions. (The real stack trace cannot be used, as it shows which @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/i.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/i.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.024282407 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/i.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.028282427 +0000 @@ -134,9 +134,9 @@ interpreted processes and break points.

    It is possible to attach to interpreted processes by only giving the corresponding process identity. By default, an attachment window is displayed. Processes at other Erlang nodes can be attached manually or automatically.

    The functions in this module are defined in the Erlang shell. That is, -they can be called without the i: prefix. For example:

    1> ii(t).
    -{module,t}
    -2> iaa([init]).
    +they can be called without the i: prefix. For example:

    1> ii(t).
    +{module,t}
    +2> iaa([init]).
     true
    @@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/int.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/int.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.064282607 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/int.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.064282607 +0000 @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@

    Sets when and how to attach automatically to a process executing code in interpreted modules.

    By default when the interpreter is started, automatic attach is disabled.

    If Flags is an empty list, automatic attach is disabled.

    Otherwise Flags should be a list containing at least one of the following flags:

    • init - Attach when a process for the first time calls an interpreted -function.
    • break - Attach whenever a process reaches a breakpoint.
    • exit - Attach when a process terminates.

    When the specified event occurs, the function Function is called as:

    spawn(Module, Name, [Pid | Args])

    Pid is the pid of the process executing interpreted code.

    +function.
  • break - Attach whenever a process reaches a breakpoint.
  • exit - Attach when a process terminates.
  • When the specified event occurs, the function Function is called as:

    spawn(Module, Name, [Pid | Args])

    Pid is the pid of the process executing interpreted code.

    @@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/introduction.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.088282726 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.092282746 +0000 @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.116282866 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.120282885 +0000 @@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.140282985 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.140282985 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.164283105 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.168283126 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.188283226 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.188283226 +0000 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:20:09.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:37:52.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> dialyzer - 5.2.1 - urn:uuid:baccf57b-b03c-ec09-8294-7a41c5a9b9d8 + urn:uuid:96587156-8dbf-5bbb-601d-250abaad883a en - 2025-01-25T10:20:09Z + 2041-02-26T23:37:52Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/dialyzer_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/dialyzer_chapter.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:20:09.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/dialyzer_chapter.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:52.000000000 +0000 @@ -104,29 +104,29 @@ deduce). One implication of this is that if the user gives a spec for a function which overlaps with Dialyzer's inferred type, but is more restrictive, Dialyzer will trust those restrictions. This may then generate an error elsewhere that -follows from the erroneously restricted spec.

    Examples:

    Non-overlapping argument:

    -spec foo(boolean()) -> string().
    +follows from the erroneously restricted spec.

    Examples:

    Non-overlapping argument:

    -spec foo(boolean()) -> string().
     %% Dialyzer will infer: foo(integer()) -> string().
    -foo(N) ->
    -    integer_to_list(N).

    Since the type of the argument in the spec is different from the type that +foo(N) -> + integer_to_list(N).

    Since the type of the argument in the spec is different from the type that Dialyzer inferred, Dialyzer will generate the following warning:

    some_module.erl:7:2: Invalid type specification for function some_module:foo/1.
      The success typing is some_module:foo
    -          (integer()) -> string()
    +          (integer()) -> string()
      But the spec is some_module:foo
    -          (boolean()) -> string()
    - They do not overlap in the 1st argument

    Non-overlapping return:

    -spec bar(a | b) -> atom().
    +          (boolean()) -> string()
    + They do not overlap in the 1st argument

    Non-overlapping return:

    -spec bar(a | b) -> atom().
     %% Dialyzer will infer: bar(a | b) -> binary().
    -bar(a) -> <<"a">>;
    -bar(b) -> <<"b">>.

    Since the return value in the spec and the return value inferred by Dialyzer are +bar(a) -> <<"a">>; +bar(b) -> <<"b">>.

    Since the return value in the spec and the return value inferred by Dialyzer are different, Dialyzer will generate the following warning:

    some_module.erl:11:2: Invalid type specification for function some_module:bar/1.
      The success typing is some_module:bar
    -          ('a' | 'b') -> <<_:8>>
    +          ('a' | 'b') -> <<_:8>>
      But the spec is some_module:bar
    -          ('a' | 'b') -> atom()
    - The return types do not overlap

    Overlapping spec and inferred type:

    -spec baz(a | b) -> non_neg_integer().
    +          ('a' | 'b') -> atom()
    + The return types do not overlap

    Overlapping spec and inferred type:

    -spec baz(a | b) -> non_neg_integer().
     %% Dialyzer will infer: baz(b | c | d) -> -1 | 0 | 1.
    -baz(b) -> -1;
    -baz(c) -> 0;
    -baz(d) -> 1.

    Dialyzer will "trust" the spec and using the intersection of the spec and +baz(b) -> -1; +baz(c) -> 0; +baz(d) -> 1.

    Dialyzer will "trust" the spec and using the intersection of the spec and inferred type:

    baz(b) -> 0 | 1.

    Notice how the c and d from the argument to baz/1 and the -1 in the return from the inferred type were dropped once the spec and inferred type were intersected. This could result in warnings being emitted for later functions.

    For example, if baz/1 is called like this:

    call_baz1(A) ->
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/dialyzer.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/dialyzer.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:20:09.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/dialyzer.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:37:52.000000000 +0000
    @@ -165,13 +165,13 @@
     repeating options which would otherwise need to be given explicitly to Dialyzer
     on every invocation.

    The location of the configuration file can be set via the DIALYZER_CONFIG environment variable, and defaults to within the user_config from -filename:basedir/3.

    An example configuration file's contents might be:

          {incremental,
    -        {default_apps,[stdlib,kernel,erts]},
    -        {default_warning_apps,[stdlib]}
    -      }.
    -      {warnings, [no_improper_lists]}.
    -      {add_pathsa,["/users/samwise/potatoes/ebin"]}.
    -      {add_pathsz,["/users/smeagol/fish/ebin"]}.

    +filename:basedir/3.

    An example configuration file's contents might be:

          {incremental,
    +        {default_apps,[stdlib,kernel,erts]},
    +        {default_warning_apps,[stdlib]}
    +      }.
    +      {warnings, [no_improper_lists]}.
    +      {add_pathsa,["/users/samwise/potatoes/ebin"]}.
    +      {add_pathsz,["/users/smeagol/fish/ebin"]}.

    @@ -179,13 +179,13 @@

    Attribute -dialyzer() can be used for turning off warnings in a module by specifying functions or warning options. For example, to turn off all warnings -for the function f/0, include the following line:

    -dialyzer({nowarn_function, f/0}).

    To turn off warnings for improper lists, add the following line to the source +for the function f/0, include the following line:

    -dialyzer({nowarn_function, f/0}).

    To turn off warnings for improper lists, add the following line to the source file:

    -dialyzer(no_improper_lists).

    Attribute -dialyzer() is allowed after function declarations. Lists of warning -options or functions are allowed:

    -dialyzer([{nowarn_function, [f/0]}, no_improper_lists]).

    Warning options can be restricted to functions:

    -dialyzer({no_improper_lists, g/0}).
    -dialyzer({[no_return, no_match], [g/0, h/0]}).

    The warning option for underspecified functions, -Wunderspecs, can result in +options or functions are allowed:

    -dialyzer([{nowarn_function, [f/0]}, no_improper_lists]).

    Warning options can be restricted to functions:

    -dialyzer({no_improper_lists, g/0}).
    -dialyzer({[no_return, no_match], [g/0, h/0]}).

    The warning option for underspecified functions, -Wunderspecs, can result in useful warnings, but often functions with specifications that are strictly more allowing than the success typing cannot easily be modified to be less allowing. To turn off the warning for underspecified function f/0, include the following -line:

    -dialyzer({no_underspecs, f/0}).

    For help on the warning options, use dialyzer -Whelp. The options are also +line:

    -dialyzer({no_underspecs, f/0}).

    For help on the warning options, use dialyzer -Whelp. The options are also enumerated, see type warn_option/0.

    Attribute -dialyzer() can also be used for turning on warnings. For example, if a module has been fixed regarding unmatched returns, adding the following line can help in assuring that no new unmatched return warnings are introduced:

    -dialyzer(unmatched_returns).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.304283804 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.308283825 +0000 @@ -270,13 +270,13 @@ repeating options which would otherwise need to be given explicitly to Dialyzer on every invocation.

    The location of the configuration file can be set via the DIALYZER_CONFIG environment variable, and defaults to within the user_config from -filename:basedir/3.

    An example configuration file's contents might be:

          {incremental,
    -        {default_apps,[stdlib,kernel,erts]},
    -        {default_warning_apps,[stdlib]}
    -      }.
    -      {warnings, [no_improper_lists]}.
    -      {add_pathsa,["/users/samwise/potatoes/ebin"]}.
    -      {add_pathsz,["/users/smeagol/fish/ebin"]}.

    +filename:basedir/3.

    An example configuration file's contents might be:

          {incremental,
    +        {default_apps,[stdlib,kernel,erts]},
    +        {default_warning_apps,[stdlib]}
    +      }.
    +      {warnings, [no_improper_lists]}.
    +      {add_pathsa,["/users/samwise/potatoes/ebin"]}.
    +      {add_pathsz,["/users/smeagol/fish/ebin"]}.

    @@ -284,13 +284,13 @@

    Attribute -dialyzer() can be used for turning off warnings in a module by specifying functions or warning options. For example, to turn off all warnings -for the function f/0, include the following line:

    -dialyzer({nowarn_function, f/0}).

    To turn off warnings for improper lists, add the following line to the source +for the function f/0, include the following line:

    -dialyzer({nowarn_function, f/0}).

    To turn off warnings for improper lists, add the following line to the source file:

    -dialyzer(no_improper_lists).

    Attribute -dialyzer() is allowed after function declarations. Lists of warning -options or functions are allowed:

    -dialyzer([{nowarn_function, [f/0]}, no_improper_lists]).

    Warning options can be restricted to functions:

    -dialyzer({no_improper_lists, g/0}).
    -dialyzer({[no_return, no_match], [g/0, h/0]}).

    The warning option for underspecified functions, -Wunderspecs, can result in +options or functions are allowed:

    -dialyzer([{nowarn_function, [f/0]}, no_improper_lists]).

    Warning options can be restricted to functions:

    -dialyzer({no_improper_lists, g/0}).
    -dialyzer({[no_return, no_match], [g/0, h/0]}).

    The warning option for underspecified functions, -Wunderspecs, can result in useful warnings, but often functions with specifications that are strictly more allowing than the success typing cannot easily be modified to be less allowing. To turn off the warning for underspecified function f/0, include the following -line:

    -dialyzer({no_underspecs, f/0}).

    For help on the warning options, use dialyzer -Whelp. The options are also +line:

    -dialyzer({no_underspecs, f/0}).

    For help on the warning options, use dialyzer -Whelp. The options are also enumerated, see type warn_option/0.

    Attribute -dialyzer() can also be used for turning on warnings. For example, if a module has been fixed regarding unmatched returns, adding the following line can help in assuring that no new unmatched return warnings are introduced:

    -dialyzer(unmatched_returns).
    @@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.336283964 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.340283984 +0000 @@ -209,29 +209,29 @@ deduce). One implication of this is that if the user gives a spec for a function which overlaps with Dialyzer's inferred type, but is more restrictive, Dialyzer will trust those restrictions. This may then generate an error elsewhere that -follows from the erroneously restricted spec.

    Examples:

    Non-overlapping argument:

    -spec foo(boolean()) -> string().
    +follows from the erroneously restricted spec.

    Examples:

    Non-overlapping argument:

    -spec foo(boolean()) -> string().
     %% Dialyzer will infer: foo(integer()) -> string().
    -foo(N) ->
    -    integer_to_list(N).

    Since the type of the argument in the spec is different from the type that +foo(N) -> + integer_to_list(N).

    Since the type of the argument in the spec is different from the type that Dialyzer inferred, Dialyzer will generate the following warning:

    some_module.erl:7:2: Invalid type specification for function some_module:foo/1.
      The success typing is some_module:foo
    -          (integer()) -> string()
    +          (integer()) -> string()
      But the spec is some_module:foo
    -          (boolean()) -> string()
    - They do not overlap in the 1st argument

    Non-overlapping return:

    -spec bar(a | b) -> atom().
    +          (boolean()) -> string()
    + They do not overlap in the 1st argument

    Non-overlapping return:

    -spec bar(a | b) -> atom().
     %% Dialyzer will infer: bar(a | b) -> binary().
    -bar(a) -> <<"a">>;
    -bar(b) -> <<"b">>.

    Since the return value in the spec and the return value inferred by Dialyzer are +bar(a) -> <<"a">>; +bar(b) -> <<"b">>.

    Since the return value in the spec and the return value inferred by Dialyzer are different, Dialyzer will generate the following warning:

    some_module.erl:11:2: Invalid type specification for function some_module:bar/1.
      The success typing is some_module:bar
    -          ('a' | 'b') -> <<_:8>>
    +          ('a' | 'b') -> <<_:8>>
      But the spec is some_module:bar
    -          ('a' | 'b') -> atom()
    - The return types do not overlap

    Overlapping spec and inferred type:

    -spec baz(a | b) -> non_neg_integer().
    +          ('a' | 'b') -> atom()
    + The return types do not overlap

    Overlapping spec and inferred type:

    -spec baz(a | b) -> non_neg_integer().
     %% Dialyzer will infer: baz(b | c | d) -> -1 | 0 | 1.
    -baz(b) -> -1;
    -baz(c) -> 0;
    -baz(d) -> 1.

    Dialyzer will "trust" the spec and using the intersection of the spec and +baz(b) -> -1; +baz(c) -> 0; +baz(d) -> 1.

    Dialyzer will "trust" the spec and using the intersection of the spec and inferred type:

    baz(b) -> 0 | 1.

    Notice how the c and d from the argument to baz/1 and the -1 in the return from the inferred type were dropped once the spec and inferred type were intersected. This could result in warnings being emitted for later functions.

    For example, if baz/1 is called like this:

    call_baz1(A) ->
    @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.372284144 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.380284184 +0000 @@ -1849,7 +1849,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.400284283 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.404284303 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/typer_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/typer_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.424284403 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/typer_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.428284424 +0000 @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.452284543 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.452284543 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.476284663 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.480284683 +0000 @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:20:02.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:37:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> diameter - 2.4.1 - urn:uuid:fbbdc278-45ee-2190-0c84-516b70e7ebfc + urn:uuid:cbf94455-34e9-f112-23c8-65071227376b en - 2025-01-25T10:20:02Z + 2041-02-26T23:37:45Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_app.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_app.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:20:02.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_app.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -598,12 +598,12 @@ diameter:start_service/2) is determined by the Application Identifier in the header of the incoming request message, the selected module being the one whose corresponding dictionary declares itself as defining either the application in -question or the Relay application.

    The argument packet() has the following signature.

    #diameter_packet{header = #diameter_header{},
    -                 avps   = [#diameter_avp{}],
    -                 msg    = record() | undefined,
    -                 errors = [Unsigned32() | {Unsigned32(), #diameter_avp{}}],
    -                 bin    = binary(),
    -                 transport_data = term()}

    The msg field will be undefined in case the request has been received in the +question or the Relay application.

    The argument packet() has the following signature.

    #diameter_packet{header = #diameter_header{},
    +                 avps   = [#diameter_avp{}],
    +                 msg    = record() | undefined,
    +                 errors = [Unsigned32() | {Unsigned32(), #diameter_avp{}}],
    +                 bin    = binary(),
    +                 transport_data = term()}

    The msg field will be undefined in case the request has been received in the relay application. Otherwise it contains the record representing the request as outlined in diameter_dict(4).

    The errors field specifies any results codes identifying errors found while decoding the request. This is used to set Result-Code and/or Failed-AVP in a /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameterc_cmd.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameterc_cmd.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:20:02.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameterc_cmd.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Synopsis -

    diameterc [<options>] <file>

    +
    diameterc [<options>] <file>

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_codec.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_codec.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:20:02.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_codec.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ results may differ from those returned by the functions documented here, depending on configuration.

    The header() and packet() records below are defined in diameter.hrl, -which can be included as follows.

    -include_lib("diameter/include/diameter.hrl").

    Application-specific records are defined in the hrl files resulting from +which can be included as follows.

    -include_lib("diameter/include/diameter.hrl").

    Application-specific records are defined in the hrl files resulting from dictionary file compilation.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_dict.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_dict.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:20:02.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_dict.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -204,14 +204,14 @@ an incoming request.

    In cases in which there is a choice between string() and binary() types for OctetString() and derived types, the representation is determined by the value of diameter:service_opt() -string_decode.

    Basic AVP Data Formats

    OctetString() = string() | binary()
    -Integer32()   = -2147483647..2147483647
    -Integer64()   = -9223372036854775807..9223372036854775807
    -Unsigned32()  = 0..4294967295
    -Unsigned64()  = 0..18446744073709551615
    -Float32()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    -Float64()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    -Grouped()     = record()

    On encode, an OctetString() can be specified as an iolist(), excessively large +string_decode.

    Basic AVP Data Formats

    OctetString() = string() | binary()
    +Integer32()   = -2147483647..2147483647
    +Integer64()   = -9223372036854775807..9223372036854775807
    +Unsigned32()  = 0..4294967295
    +Unsigned64()  = 0..18446744073709551615
    +Float32()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    +Float64()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    +Grouped()     = record()

    On encode, an OctetString() can be specified as an iolist(), excessively large floats (in absolute value) are equivalent to infinity or '-infinity' and excessively large integers result in encode failure. The records for grouped AVPs are as discussed in the previous section.

    Derived AVP Data Formats

    Address() = OctetString()
    @@ -219,14 +219,14 @@
     while an IPv6 address is parsed in any of the formats specified by section 2.2
     of RFC 2373, "Text Representation of Addresses". An IPv4 tuple() has length 4
     and contains values of type 0..255. An IPv6 tuple() has length 8 and contains
    -values of type 0..65535. The tuple representation is used on decode.

    Time() = {date(), time()}
    +values of type 0..65535. The tuple representation is used on decode.

    Time() = {date(), time()}
     
     where
     
    -  date() = {Year, Month, Day}
    -  time() = {Hour, Minute, Second}
    +  date() = {Year, Month, Day}
    +  time() = {Hour, Minute, Second}
     
    -  Year   = integer()
    +  Year   = integer()
       Month  = 1..12
       Day    = 1..31
       Hour   = 0..23
    @@ -254,8 +254,8 @@
     diameter respectively. The grammar of an OctetString-valued DiameterURI() is as
     specified in section 4.3 of RFC 6733. The record representation is used on
     decode.

    Enumerated() = Integer32()

    On encode, values can be specified using the macros defined in a dictionary's -hrl file.

    IPFilterRule()  = OctetString()
    -QoSFilterRule() = OctetString()

    Values of these types are not currently parsed by diameter.

    +hrl file.

    IPFilterRule()  = OctetString()
    +QoSFilterRule() = OctetString()

    Values of these types are not currently parsed by diameter.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:20:02.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ containing only 0 (NO_INBAND_SECURITY). If 1 (TLS) is specified then TLS is selected if the CER/CEA received from the peer offers it.

  • {'Acct-Application-Id', [Unsigned32()]}

  • {'Vendor-Specific-Application-Id', [Grouped()]}

  • {'Firmware-Revision',Unsigned32()}

  • Note that each tuple communicates one or more AVP values. It is an error to specify duplicate tuples.

  • eval() = {M,F,A} | fun() | [eval() | A] - An expression that can be -evaluated as a function in the following sense.

    eval([{M,F,A} | T]) ->
    -    apply(M, F, T ++ A);
    -eval([[F|A] | T]) ->
    -    eval([F | T ++ A]);
    -eval([F|A]) ->
    -    apply(F, A);
    -eval(F) ->
    -    eval([F]).

    Applying an eval() E to an argument list A is meant +evaluated as a function in the following sense.

    eval([{M,F,A} | T]) ->
    +    apply(M, F, T ++ A);
    +eval([[F|A] | T]) ->
    +    eval([F | T ++ A]);
    +eval([F|A]) ->
    +    apply(F, A);
    +eval(F) ->
    +    eval([F]).

    Applying an eval() E to an argument list A is meant in the sense of eval([E|A]).

    Warning

    Beware of using fun expressions of the form fun Name/Arity in situations in which the fun is not short-lived and code is to be upgraded at runtime since any processes retaining such a fun will have a reference to old code. @@ -174,10 +174,10 @@ service_event() record. Can have one of the following types.

    • start

    • stop - The service is being started or stopped. No event precedes a start event. No event follows a stop event, and this event implies the -termination of all transport processes.

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config, Pkt}

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config}

    • {down, Ref, Peer, Config}

      Ref    = transport_ref()
      -Peer   = diameter_app:peer()
      -Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}
      -Pkt    = #diameter_packet{}

      The RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has transitioned into (up) or out of +termination of all transport processes.

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config, Pkt}

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config}

    • {down, Ref, Peer, Config}

      Ref    = transport_ref()
      +Peer   = diameter_app:peer()
      +Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}
      +Pkt    = #diameter_packet{}

      The RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has transitioned into (up) or out of (down) the OKAY state. If a #diameter_packet{} is present in an up event then there has been a capabilities exchange on a newly established transport connection and the record contains the received CER or CEA.

      Note that a single up or down event for a given peer corresponds to @@ -203,20 +203,20 @@ Pkt = #diameter_packet{}

  • An incoming CER contained errors and has been answered with the indicated result code. Caps contains values for the local node only. Pkt contains the CER in question.

  • {'CER', timeout} - An expected CER was not received within -capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {'CEA', Result, Caps, Pkt}

    Result = ResultCode | atom() | {capabilities_cb, CB, ResultCode|discard}
    -Caps = #diameter_caps{}
    -Pkt  = #diameter_packet{}
    -ResultCode = integer()

    An incoming CEA has been rejected for the indicated reason. An +capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {'CEA', Result, Caps, Pkt}

    Result = ResultCode | atom() | {capabilities_cb, CB, ResultCode|discard}
    +Caps = #diameter_caps{}
    +Pkt  = #diameter_packet{}
    +ResultCode = integer()

    An incoming CEA has been rejected for the indicated reason. An integer-valued Result indicates the result code sent by the peer. Caps contains pairs of values for the local node and remote peer. Pkt contains the CEA in question. In the case of rejection by a capabilities callback, the tuple contains the rejecting callback.

  • {'CEA', Caps, Pkt}

    Caps = #diameter_caps{}
     Pkt  = #diameter_packet{}

    An incoming CEA contained errors and has been rejected. Caps contains only values for the local node. Pkt contains the CEA in question.

  • {'CEA', timeout} - An expected CEA was not received within -capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {watchdog, Ref, PeerRef, {From, To}, Config}

    Ref = transport_ref()
    -PeerRef = diameter_app:peer_ref()
    +capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {watchdog, Ref, PeerRef, {From, To}, Config}

    Ref = transport_ref()
    +PeerRef = diameter_app:peer_ref()
     From, To = initial | okay | suspect | down | reopen
    -Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}

    An RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has changed state.

  • any/0 - For forward compatibility, a subscriber should be prepared +Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}

  • An RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has changed state.

  • any/0 - For forward compatibility, a subscriber should be prepared to receive info fields of forms other than the above.

  • service_name() = term() - Name of a service as passed to start_service/2 and with which the service is identified. There can be at most one service with a given name on a given node. Note that @@ -464,10 +464,10 @@ which a started transport process should be terminated if it has not yet established a connection. For example, the following options on a connecting transport request a connection with one peer over SCTP or another (typically -the same) over TCP.

    {transport_module, diameter_sctp}
    -{transport_config, SctpOpts, 5000}
    -{transport_module, diameter_tcp}
    -{transport_config, TcpOpts}

    To listen on both SCTP and TCP, define one transport for each.

  • {transport_module, atom()} - Module implementing +the same) over TCP.

    {transport_module, diameter_sctp}
    +{transport_config, SctpOpts, 5000}
    +{transport_module, diameter_tcp}
    +{transport_config, TcpOpts}

    To listen on both SCTP and TCP, define one transport for each.

  • {transport_module, atom()} - Module implementing a transport process as defined in diameter_transport. Defaults to diameter_tcp.

    Multiple transport_module and transport_config options are allowed. The @@ -2438,13 +2438,13 @@

    Remove previously added transports.

    Pred determines which transports to remove. An arity-3-valued Pred removes all transports for which Pred(Ref, Type, Opts) returns true, where Type and Opts are as passed to add_transport/2 and Ref is as returned by it. -The remaining forms are equivalent to an arity-3 fun as follows.

    Pred = fun(transport_ref(), list()):  fun(Ref, _, Opts) -> Pred(Ref, Opts) end
    -Pred = fun(list()):                   fun(_, _, Opts) -> Pred(Opts) end
    -Pred = transport_ref():               fun(Ref, _, _)  -> Pred == Ref end
    -Pred = list():                        fun(_, _, Opts) -> [] == Pred -- Opts end
    -Pred = true:                          fun(_, _, _) -> true end
    -Pred = false:                         fun(_, _, _) -> false end
    -Pred = {M,F,A}:  fun(Ref, Type, Opts) -> apply(M, F, [Ref, Type, Opts | A]) end

    Removing a transport causes the corresponding transport processes to be +The remaining forms are equivalent to an arity-3 fun as follows.

    Pred = fun(transport_ref(), list()):  fun(Ref, _, Opts) -> Pred(Ref, Opts) end
    +Pred = fun(list()):                   fun(_, _, Opts) -> Pred(Opts) end
    +Pred = transport_ref():               fun(Ref, _, _)  -> Pred == Ref end
    +Pred = list():                        fun(_, _, Opts) -> [] == Pred -- Opts end
    +Pred = true:                          fun(_, _, _) -> true end
    +Pred = false:                         fun(_, _, _) -> false end
    +Pred = {M,F,A}:  fun(Ref, Type, Opts) -> apply(M, F, [Ref, Type, Opts | A]) end

    Removing a transport causes the corresponding transport processes to be terminated. Whether or not a DPR message is sent to a peer is controlled by value of disconnect_cb configured on the transport.

    @@ -2488,52 +2488,52 @@ containing both configuration and information about established peer connections. An example return value with for a client service with Origin-Host "client.example.com" configured with a single transport connected -to "server.example.com" might look as follows.

    [[{ref,#Ref<0.0.0.93>},
    -  {type,connect},
    -  {options,[{transport_module,diameter_tcp},
    -            {transport_config,[{ip,{127,0,0,1}},
    -                               {raddr,{127,0,0,1}},
    -                               {rport,3868},
    -                               {reuseaddr,true}]}]},
    -  {watchdog,{<0.66.0>,-576460736368485571,okay}},
    -  {peer,{<0.67.0>,-576460736357885808}},
    -  {apps,[{0,common}]},
    -  {caps,[{origin_host,{"client.example.com","server.example.com"}},
    -         {origin_realm,{"example.com","example.com"}},
    -         {host_ip_address,{[{127,0,0,1}],[{127,0,0,1}]}},
    -         {vendor_id,{0,193}},
    -         {product_name,{"Client","Server"}},
    -         {origin_state_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {supported_vendor_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {auth_application_id,{[0],[0]}},
    -         {inband_security_id,{[],[0]}},
    -         {acct_application_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {vendor_specific_application_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {firmware_revision,{[],[]}},
    -         {avp,{[],[]}}]},
    -  {port,[{owner,<0.69.0>},
    -         {module,diameter_tcp},
    -         {socket,{{127,0,0,1},48758}},
    -         {peer,{{127,0,0,1},3868}},
    -         {statistics,[{recv_oct,656},
    -                      {recv_cnt,6},
    -                      {recv_max,148},
    -                      {recv_avg,109},
    -                      {recv_dvi,19},
    -                      {send_oct,836},
    -                      {send_cnt,6},
    -                      {send_max,184},
    -                      {send_avg,139},
    -                      {send_pend,0}]}]},
    -  {statistics,[{{{0,258,0},recv},3},
    -               {{{0,258,1},send},3},
    -               {{{0,258,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},3},
    -               {{{0,257,0},recv},1},
    -               {{{0,257,1},send},1},
    -               {{{0,257,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},1},
    -               {{{0,280,1},recv},2},
    -               {{{0,280,0},send},2},
    -               {{{0,280,0},send,{'Result-Code',2001}},2}]}]]

    Here ref is a transport_ref() and options +to "server.example.com" might look as follows.

    [[{ref,#Ref<0.0.0.93>},
    +  {type,connect},
    +  {options,[{transport_module,diameter_tcp},
    +            {transport_config,[{ip,{127,0,0,1}},
    +                               {raddr,{127,0,0,1}},
    +                               {rport,3868},
    +                               {reuseaddr,true}]}]},
    +  {watchdog,{<0.66.0>,-576460736368485571,okay}},
    +  {peer,{<0.67.0>,-576460736357885808}},
    +  {apps,[{0,common}]},
    +  {caps,[{origin_host,{"client.example.com","server.example.com"}},
    +         {origin_realm,{"example.com","example.com"}},
    +         {host_ip_address,{[{127,0,0,1}],[{127,0,0,1}]}},
    +         {vendor_id,{0,193}},
    +         {product_name,{"Client","Server"}},
    +         {origin_state_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {supported_vendor_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {auth_application_id,{[0],[0]}},
    +         {inband_security_id,{[],[0]}},
    +         {acct_application_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {vendor_specific_application_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {firmware_revision,{[],[]}},
    +         {avp,{[],[]}}]},
    +  {port,[{owner,<0.69.0>},
    +         {module,diameter_tcp},
    +         {socket,{{127,0,0,1},48758}},
    +         {peer,{{127,0,0,1},3868}},
    +         {statistics,[{recv_oct,656},
    +                      {recv_cnt,6},
    +                      {recv_max,148},
    +                      {recv_avg,109},
    +                      {recv_dvi,19},
    +                      {send_oct,836},
    +                      {send_cnt,6},
    +                      {send_max,184},
    +                      {send_avg,139},
    +                      {send_pend,0}]}]},
    +  {statistics,[{{{0,258,0},recv},3},
    +               {{{0,258,1},send},3},
    +               {{{0,258,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},3},
    +               {{{0,257,0},recv},1},
    +               {{{0,257,1},send},1},
    +               {{{0,257,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},1},
    +               {{{0,280,1},recv},2},
    +               {{{0,280,0},send},2},
    +               {{{0,280,0},send,{'Result-Code',2001}},2}]}]]

    Here ref is a transport_ref() and options /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.688285721 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.692285742 +0000 @@ -229,14 +229,14 @@ containing only 0 (NO_INBAND_SECURITY). If 1 (TLS) is specified then TLS is selected if the CER/CEA received from the peer offers it.

  • {'Acct-Application-Id', [Unsigned32()]}

  • {'Vendor-Specific-Application-Id', [Grouped()]}

  • {'Firmware-Revision',Unsigned32()}

  • Note that each tuple communicates one or more AVP values. It is an error to specify duplicate tuples.

  • eval() = {M,F,A} | fun() | [eval() | A] - An expression that can be -evaluated as a function in the following sense.

    eval([{M,F,A} | T]) ->
    -    apply(M, F, T ++ A);
    -eval([[F|A] | T]) ->
    -    eval([F | T ++ A]);
    -eval([F|A]) ->
    -    apply(F, A);
    -eval(F) ->
    -    eval([F]).

    Applying an eval() E to an argument list A is meant +evaluated as a function in the following sense.

    eval([{M,F,A} | T]) ->
    +    apply(M, F, T ++ A);
    +eval([[F|A] | T]) ->
    +    eval([F | T ++ A]);
    +eval([F|A]) ->
    +    apply(F, A);
    +eval(F) ->
    +    eval([F]).

    Applying an eval() E to an argument list A is meant in the sense of eval([E|A]).

    Warning

    Beware of using fun expressions of the form fun Name/Arity in situations in which the fun is not short-lived and code is to be upgraded at runtime since any processes retaining such a fun will have a reference to old code. @@ -279,10 +279,10 @@ service_event() record. Can have one of the following types.

    • start

    • stop - The service is being started or stopped. No event precedes a start event. No event follows a stop event, and this event implies the -termination of all transport processes.

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config, Pkt}

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config}

    • {down, Ref, Peer, Config}

      Ref    = transport_ref()
      -Peer   = diameter_app:peer()
      -Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}
      -Pkt    = #diameter_packet{}

      The RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has transitioned into (up) or out of +termination of all transport processes.

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config, Pkt}

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config}

    • {down, Ref, Peer, Config}

      Ref    = transport_ref()
      +Peer   = diameter_app:peer()
      +Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}
      +Pkt    = #diameter_packet{}

      The RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has transitioned into (up) or out of (down) the OKAY state. If a #diameter_packet{} is present in an up event then there has been a capabilities exchange on a newly established transport connection and the record contains the received CER or CEA.

      Note that a single up or down event for a given peer corresponds to @@ -308,20 +308,20 @@ Pkt = #diameter_packet{}

  • An incoming CER contained errors and has been answered with the indicated result code. Caps contains values for the local node only. Pkt contains the CER in question.

  • {'CER', timeout} - An expected CER was not received within -capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {'CEA', Result, Caps, Pkt}

    Result = ResultCode | atom() | {capabilities_cb, CB, ResultCode|discard}
    -Caps = #diameter_caps{}
    -Pkt  = #diameter_packet{}
    -ResultCode = integer()

    An incoming CEA has been rejected for the indicated reason. An +capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {'CEA', Result, Caps, Pkt}

    Result = ResultCode | atom() | {capabilities_cb, CB, ResultCode|discard}
    +Caps = #diameter_caps{}
    +Pkt  = #diameter_packet{}
    +ResultCode = integer()

    An incoming CEA has been rejected for the indicated reason. An integer-valued Result indicates the result code sent by the peer. Caps contains pairs of values for the local node and remote peer. Pkt contains the CEA in question. In the case of rejection by a capabilities callback, the tuple contains the rejecting callback.

  • {'CEA', Caps, Pkt}

    Caps = #diameter_caps{}
     Pkt  = #diameter_packet{}

    An incoming CEA contained errors and has been rejected. Caps contains only values for the local node. Pkt contains the CEA in question.

  • {'CEA', timeout} - An expected CEA was not received within -capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {watchdog, Ref, PeerRef, {From, To}, Config}

    Ref = transport_ref()
    -PeerRef = diameter_app:peer_ref()
    +capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {watchdog, Ref, PeerRef, {From, To}, Config}

    Ref = transport_ref()
    +PeerRef = diameter_app:peer_ref()
     From, To = initial | okay | suspect | down | reopen
    -Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}

    An RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has changed state.

  • any/0 - For forward compatibility, a subscriber should be prepared +Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}

  • An RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has changed state.

  • any/0 - For forward compatibility, a subscriber should be prepared to receive info fields of forms other than the above.

  • service_name() = term() - Name of a service as passed to start_service/2 and with which the service is identified. There can be at most one service with a given name on a given node. Note that @@ -569,10 +569,10 @@ which a started transport process should be terminated if it has not yet established a connection. For example, the following options on a connecting transport request a connection with one peer over SCTP or another (typically -the same) over TCP.

    {transport_module, diameter_sctp}
    -{transport_config, SctpOpts, 5000}
    -{transport_module, diameter_tcp}
    -{transport_config, TcpOpts}

    To listen on both SCTP and TCP, define one transport for each.

  • {transport_module, atom()} - Module implementing +the same) over TCP.

    {transport_module, diameter_sctp}
    +{transport_config, SctpOpts, 5000}
    +{transport_module, diameter_tcp}
    +{transport_config, TcpOpts}

    To listen on both SCTP and TCP, define one transport for each.

  • {transport_module, atom()} - Module implementing a transport process as defined in diameter_transport. Defaults to diameter_tcp.

    Multiple transport_module and transport_config options are allowed. The @@ -2559,13 +2559,13 @@

    Remove previously added transports.

    Pred determines which transports to remove. An arity-3-valued Pred removes all transports for which Pred(Ref, Type, Opts) returns true, where Type and Opts are as passed to add_transport/2 and Ref is as returned by it. -The remaining forms are equivalent to an arity-3 fun as follows.

    Pred = fun(transport_ref(), list()):  fun(Ref, _, Opts) -> Pred(Ref, Opts) end
    -Pred = fun(list()):                   fun(_, _, Opts) -> Pred(Opts) end
    -Pred = transport_ref():               fun(Ref, _, _)  -> Pred == Ref end
    -Pred = list():                        fun(_, _, Opts) -> [] == Pred -- Opts end
    -Pred = true:                          fun(_, _, _) -> true end
    -Pred = false:                         fun(_, _, _) -> false end
    -Pred = {M,F,A}:  fun(Ref, Type, Opts) -> apply(M, F, [Ref, Type, Opts | A]) end

    Removing a transport causes the corresponding transport processes to be +The remaining forms are equivalent to an arity-3 fun as follows.

    Pred = fun(transport_ref(), list()):  fun(Ref, _, Opts) -> Pred(Ref, Opts) end
    +Pred = fun(list()):                   fun(_, _, Opts) -> Pred(Opts) end
    +Pred = transport_ref():               fun(Ref, _, _)  -> Pred == Ref end
    +Pred = list():                        fun(_, _, Opts) -> [] == Pred -- Opts end
    +Pred = true:                          fun(_, _, _) -> true end
    +Pred = false:                         fun(_, _, _) -> false end
    +Pred = {M,F,A}:  fun(Ref, Type, Opts) -> apply(M, F, [Ref, Type, Opts | A]) end

    Removing a transport causes the corresponding transport processes to be terminated. Whether or not a DPR message is sent to a peer is controlled by value of disconnect_cb configured on the transport.

    @@ -2609,52 +2609,52 @@ containing both configuration and information about established peer connections. An example return value with for a client service with Origin-Host "client.example.com" configured with a single transport connected -to "server.example.com" might look as follows.

    [[{ref,#Ref<0.0.0.93>},
    -  {type,connect},
    -  {options,[{transport_module,diameter_tcp},
    -            {transport_config,[{ip,{127,0,0,1}},
    -                               {raddr,{127,0,0,1}},
    -                               {rport,3868},
    -                               {reuseaddr,true}]}]},
    -  {watchdog,{<0.66.0>,-576460736368485571,okay}},
    -  {peer,{<0.67.0>,-576460736357885808}},
    -  {apps,[{0,common}]},
    -  {caps,[{origin_host,{"client.example.com","server.example.com"}},
    -         {origin_realm,{"example.com","example.com"}},
    -         {host_ip_address,{[{127,0,0,1}],[{127,0,0,1}]}},
    -         {vendor_id,{0,193}},
    -         {product_name,{"Client","Server"}},
    -         {origin_state_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {supported_vendor_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {auth_application_id,{[0],[0]}},
    -         {inband_security_id,{[],[0]}},
    -         {acct_application_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {vendor_specific_application_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {firmware_revision,{[],[]}},
    -         {avp,{[],[]}}]},
    -  {port,[{owner,<0.69.0>},
    -         {module,diameter_tcp},
    -         {socket,{{127,0,0,1},48758}},
    -         {peer,{{127,0,0,1},3868}},
    -         {statistics,[{recv_oct,656},
    -                      {recv_cnt,6},
    -                      {recv_max,148},
    -                      {recv_avg,109},
    -                      {recv_dvi,19},
    -                      {send_oct,836},
    -                      {send_cnt,6},
    -                      {send_max,184},
    -                      {send_avg,139},
    -                      {send_pend,0}]}]},
    -  {statistics,[{{{0,258,0},recv},3},
    -               {{{0,258,1},send},3},
    -               {{{0,258,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},3},
    -               {{{0,257,0},recv},1},
    -               {{{0,257,1},send},1},
    -               {{{0,257,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},1},
    -               {{{0,280,1},recv},2},
    -               {{{0,280,0},send},2},
    -               {{{0,280,0},send,{'Result-Code',2001}},2}]}]]

    Here ref is a transport_ref() and options +to "server.example.com" might look as follows.

    [[{ref,#Ref<0.0.0.93>},
    +  {type,connect},
    +  {options,[{transport_module,diameter_tcp},
    +            {transport_config,[{ip,{127,0,0,1}},
    +                               {raddr,{127,0,0,1}},
    +                               {rport,3868},
    +                               {reuseaddr,true}]}]},
    +  {watchdog,{<0.66.0>,-576460736368485571,okay}},
    +  {peer,{<0.67.0>,-576460736357885808}},
    +  {apps,[{0,common}]},
    +  {caps,[{origin_host,{"client.example.com","server.example.com"}},
    +         {origin_realm,{"example.com","example.com"}},
    +         {host_ip_address,{[{127,0,0,1}],[{127,0,0,1}]}},
    +         {vendor_id,{0,193}},
    +         {product_name,{"Client","Server"}},
    +         {origin_state_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {supported_vendor_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {auth_application_id,{[0],[0]}},
    +         {inband_security_id,{[],[0]}},
    +         {acct_application_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {vendor_specific_application_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {firmware_revision,{[],[]}},
    +         {avp,{[],[]}}]},
    +  {port,[{owner,<0.69.0>},
    +         {module,diameter_tcp},
    +         {socket,{{127,0,0,1},48758}},
    +         {peer,{{127,0,0,1},3868}},
    +         {statistics,[{recv_oct,656},
    +                      {recv_cnt,6},
    +                      {recv_max,148},
    +                      {recv_avg,109},
    +                      {recv_dvi,19},
    +                      {send_oct,836},
    +                      {send_cnt,6},
    +                      {send_max,184},
    +                      {send_avg,139},
    +                      {send_pend,0}]}]},
    +  {statistics,[{{{0,258,0},recv},3},
    +               {{{0,258,1},send},3},
    +               {{{0,258,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},3},
    +               {{{0,257,0},recv},1},
    +               {{{0,257,1},send},1},
    +               {{{0,257,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},1},
    +               {{{0,280,1},recv},2},
    +               {{{0,280,0},send},2},
    +               {{{0,280,0},send,{'Result-Code',2001}},2}]}]]

    Here ref is a transport_ref() and options /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.728285922 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.732285941 +0000 @@ -719,12 +719,12 @@ diameter:start_service/2) is determined by the Application Identifier in the header of the incoming request message, the selected module being the one whose corresponding dictionary declares itself as defining either the application in -question or the Relay application.

    The argument packet() has the following signature.

    #diameter_packet{header = #diameter_header{},
    -                 avps   = [#diameter_avp{}],
    -                 msg    = record() | undefined,
    -                 errors = [Unsigned32() | {Unsigned32(), #diameter_avp{}}],
    -                 bin    = binary(),
    -                 transport_data = term()}

    The msg field will be undefined in case the request has been received in the +question or the Relay application.

    The argument packet() has the following signature.

    #diameter_packet{header = #diameter_header{},
    +                 avps   = [#diameter_avp{}],
    +                 msg    = record() | undefined,
    +                 errors = [Unsigned32() | {Unsigned32(), #diameter_avp{}}],
    +                 bin    = binary(),
    +                 transport_data = term()}

    The msg field will be undefined in case the request has been received in the relay application. Otherwise it contains the record representing the request as outlined in diameter_dict(4).

    The errors field specifies any results codes identifying errors found while decoding the request. This is used to set Result-Code and/or Failed-AVP in a @@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_codec.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_codec.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.756286061 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_codec.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.760286081 +0000 @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ results may differ from those returned by the functions documented here, depending on configuration.

    The header() and packet() records below are defined in diameter.hrl, -which can be included as follows.

    -include_lib("diameter/include/diameter.hrl").

    Application-specific records are defined in the hrl files resulting from +which can be included as follows.

    -include_lib("diameter/include/diameter.hrl").

    Application-specific records are defined in the hrl files resulting from dictionary file compilation.

    @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_dict.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_dict.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.788286221 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_dict.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.792286241 +0000 @@ -309,14 +309,14 @@ an incoming request.

    In cases in which there is a choice between string() and binary() types for OctetString() and derived types, the representation is determined by the value of diameter:service_opt() -string_decode.

    Basic AVP Data Formats

    OctetString() = string() | binary()
    -Integer32()   = -2147483647..2147483647
    -Integer64()   = -9223372036854775807..9223372036854775807
    -Unsigned32()  = 0..4294967295
    -Unsigned64()  = 0..18446744073709551615
    -Float32()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    -Float64()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    -Grouped()     = record()

    On encode, an OctetString() can be specified as an iolist(), excessively large +string_decode.

    Basic AVP Data Formats

    OctetString() = string() | binary()
    +Integer32()   = -2147483647..2147483647
    +Integer64()   = -9223372036854775807..9223372036854775807
    +Unsigned32()  = 0..4294967295
    +Unsigned64()  = 0..18446744073709551615
    +Float32()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    +Float64()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    +Grouped()     = record()

    On encode, an OctetString() can be specified as an iolist(), excessively large floats (in absolute value) are equivalent to infinity or '-infinity' and excessively large integers result in encode failure. The records for grouped AVPs are as discussed in the previous section.

    Derived AVP Data Formats

    Address() = OctetString()
    @@ -324,14 +324,14 @@
     while an IPv6 address is parsed in any of the formats specified by section 2.2
     of RFC 2373, "Text Representation of Addresses". An IPv4 tuple() has length 4
     and contains values of type 0..255. An IPv6 tuple() has length 8 and contains
    -values of type 0..65535. The tuple representation is used on decode.

    Time() = {date(), time()}
    +values of type 0..65535. The tuple representation is used on decode.

    Time() = {date(), time()}
     
     where
     
    -  date() = {Year, Month, Day}
    -  time() = {Hour, Minute, Second}
    +  date() = {Year, Month, Day}
    +  time() = {Hour, Minute, Second}
     
    -  Year   = integer()
    +  Year   = integer()
       Month  = 1..12
       Day    = 1..31
       Hour   = 0..23
    @@ -344,8 +344,8 @@
     UTF8String() can be specified as a binary, or as a nested list of binaries and
     codepoints.

    DiameterIdentity() = OctetString()

    A value must have length at least 1.

    DiameterURI() = OctetString()
                   | #href_anchor"" id="Enumerated">

    Enumerated() = Integer32()

    On encode, values can be specified using the macros defined in a dictionary's -hrl file.

    IPFilterRule()  = OctetString()
    -QoSFilterRule() = OctetString()

    Values of these types are not currently parsed by diameter.

    +hrl file.

    IPFilterRule()  = OctetString()
    +QoSFilterRule() = OctetString()

    Values of these types are not currently parsed by diameter.

    @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_examples.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_examples.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.812286341 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_examples.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.816286361 +0000 @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_intro.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_intro.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.836286460 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_intro.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.840286480 +0000 @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_make.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_make.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.864286600 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_make.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.868286621 +0000 @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_sctp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_sctp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.892286740 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_sctp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.896286760 +0000 @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_service.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_service.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.920286880 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_service.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.924286899 +0000 @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_soc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_soc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.956287060 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_soc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.956287060 +0000 @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_tcp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_tcp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.984287199 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_tcp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:31.988287219 +0000 @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_transport.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_transport.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.016287359 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_transport.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.016287359 +0000 @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_using.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_using.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.036287459 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_using.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.040287479 +0000 @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameterc_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameterc_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.064287598 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameterc_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.068287619 +0000 @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Synopsis

    -
    diameterc [<options>] <file>

    +
    diameterc [<options>] <file>

    @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.100287778 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.104287798 +0000 @@ -1350,7 +1350,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.124287898 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.128287918 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.148288019 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.148288019 +0000 @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.168288118 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.172288138 +0000 @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.204288297 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.208288317 +0000 @@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/doc_storage.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/doc_storage.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.236288458 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/doc_storage.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.240288477 +0000 @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.268288617 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.272288638 +0000 @@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.296288757 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.296288757 +0000 @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.316288857 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.320288877 +0000 @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_chunks.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_chunks.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.340288977 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_chunks.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.344288996 +0000 @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_markdown.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_markdown.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.364289096 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_markdown.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.368289116 +0000 @@ -128,8 +128,8 @@
    -

    Doclet converting an edoc application to use EEP-59 and Markdown.

    This doclet has to be used together with edoc_layout_chunks.

    Example:

     1> edoc:application(example, [{preprocess, true}, {doclet, edoc_doclet_markdown},
    -       {layout, edoc_layout_chunks}]).

    It will convert the overview to Markdown and any module documentation to use -doc attributes and Markdown. Any XHTML tags in the edoc documentation that are not part of the tags supported by Erlang Documentation Format will be added as HTML tags in the Markdown.

    It does not delete the old edoc documentation.

    See also: edoc_layout_chunks.

    +

    Doclet converting an edoc application to use EEP-59 and Markdown.

    This doclet has to be used together with edoc_layout_chunks.

    Example:

     1> edoc:application(example, [{preprocess, true}, {doclet, edoc_doclet_markdown},
    +       {layout, edoc_layout_chunks}]).

    It will convert the overview to Markdown and any module documentation to use -doc attributes and Markdown. Any XHTML tags in the edoc documentation that are not part of the tags supported by Erlang Documentation Format will be added as HTML tags in the Markdown.

    It does not delete the old edoc documentation.

    See also: edoc_layout_chunks.

    @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_extract.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_extract.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.388289216 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_extract.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.396289256 +0000 @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_html_to_markdown.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_html_to_markdown.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.420289376 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_html_to_markdown.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.424289396 +0000 @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_layout.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_layout.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.452289536 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_layout.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.452289536 +0000 @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_layout_chunks.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_layout_chunks.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.472289635 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_layout_chunks.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.480289676 +0000 @@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_lib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_lib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.504289795 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_lib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.508289815 +0000 @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_run.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_run.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.528289915 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_run.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.532289936 +0000 @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.556290055 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.560290075 +0000 @@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.576290155 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.576290155 +0000 @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.600290275 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.604290294 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.628290414 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.628290414 +0000 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:20:08.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:37:51.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> eldap - 1.2.13 - urn:uuid:0aa34f2e-bd53-b614-8410-9c5fc29eab9f + urn:uuid:990a15b2-cdbd-6360-83d0-5553506d7a3f en - 2025-01-25T10:20:08Z + 2041-02-26T23:37:51Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.epub/OEBPS/eldap.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.epub/OEBPS/eldap.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:20:08.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.epub/OEBPS/eldap.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:51.000000000 +0000 @@ -856,13 +856,13 @@ -

    Add an entry. The entry must not exist.

      add(Handle,
    +

    Add an entry. The entry must not exist.

      add(Handle,
           "cn=Bill Valentine, ou=people, o=Example Org, dc=example, dc=com",
    -       [{"objectclass", ["person"]},
    -        {"cn", ["Bill Valentine"]},
    -        {"sn", ["Valentine"]},
    -        {"telephoneNumber", ["545 555 00"]}]
    -     )
    +
    [{"objectclass", ["person"]}, + {"cn", ["Bill Valentine"]}, + {"sn", ["Valentine"]}, + {"telephoneNumber", ["545 555 00"]}] + )
    @@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ -

    Creates an extensible match filter. For example,

      eldap:extensibleMatch("Bar", [{type,"sn"}, {matchingRule,"caseExactMatch"}]))

    creates a filter which performs a caseExactMatch on the attribute sn and +

    Creates an extensible match filter. For example,

      eldap:extensibleMatch("Bar", [{type,"sn"}, {matchingRule,"caseExactMatch"}]))

    creates a filter which performs a caseExactMatch on the attribute sn and matches with the value "Bar". The default value of dnAttributes is false.

    @@ -1392,9 +1392,9 @@ -

    Modify an entry.

      modify(Handle, "cn=Bill Valentine, ou=people, o=Example Org, dc=example, dc=com",
    -         [eldap:mod_replace("telephoneNumber", ["555 555 00"]),
    -	  eldap:mod_add("description", ["LDAP Hacker"]) ])
    +

    Modify an entry.

      modify(Handle, "cn=Bill Valentine, ou=people, o=Example Org, dc=example, dc=com",
    +         [eldap:mod_replace("telephoneNumber", ["555 555 00"]),
    +	  eldap:mod_add("description", ["LDAP Hacker"]) ])
    @@ -1715,8 +1715,8 @@

    paged_result_control(PageSize) -> {control, "1.2.840.113556.1.4.319", true, binary()}

    Paged results is an extension to the LDAP protocol specified by RFC2696

    This function creates a control with the specified page size for use in -search/3, for example:

    Control = eldap:paged_result_control(50),
    -{ok, SearchResults} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control]),
    +search/3, for example:

    Control = eldap:paged_result_control(50),
    +{ok, SearchResults} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control]),
    @@ -1750,12 +1750,12 @@

    paged_result_control(PageSize, Cookie) -> {control, "1.2.840.113556.1.4.319", true, binary()}

    Paged results is an extension to the LDAP protocol specified by RFC2696

    This function creates a control with the specified page size and cookie for use in search/3 to retrieve the next results page.

    For example:

    PageSize = 50,
    -Control1 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize),
    -{ok, SearchResults1} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control1]),
    +Control1 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize),
    +{ok, SearchResults1} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control1]),
     %% retrieve the returned cookie from the search results
    -{ok, Cookie1} = eldap:paged_result_cookie(SearchResults1),
    -Control2 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize, Cookie1),
    -{ok, SearchResults2} = eldap:search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example,dc=com"}], [Control2]),
    +{ok, Cookie1} = eldap:paged_result_cookie(SearchResults1),
    +Control2 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize, Cookie1),
    +{ok, SearchResults2} = eldap:search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example,dc=com"}], [Control2]),
     %% etc
    @@ -1875,8 +1875,8 @@

    Search the directory with the supplied the SearchOptions.

    The base and filter options must be supplied. Default values: scope is wholeSubtree/0, deref is -derefAlways/0, types_only is false and timeout is 0 (meaning infinity).

      Filter = eldap:substrings("cn", [{any,"V"}]),
    -  search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}, {filter, Filter}, {attributes, ["cn"]}]),

    The timeout option in the SearchOptions is for the ldap server, while the +derefAlways/0, types_only is false and timeout is 0 (meaning infinity).

      Filter = eldap:substrings("cn", [{any,"V"}]),
    +  search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}, {filter, Filter}, {attributes, ["cn"]}]),

    The timeout option in the SearchOptions is for the ldap server, while the timeout in eldap:open/2 is used for each individual request in the search operation.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.744290993 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.748291013 +0000 @@ -977,13 +977,13 @@ -

    Add an entry. The entry must not exist.

      add(Handle,
    +

    Add an entry. The entry must not exist.

      add(Handle,
           "cn=Bill Valentine, ou=people, o=Example Org, dc=example, dc=com",
    -       [{"objectclass", ["person"]},
    -        {"cn", ["Bill Valentine"]},
    -        {"sn", ["Valentine"]},
    -        {"telephoneNumber", ["545 555 00"]}]
    -     )
    +
    [{"objectclass", ["person"]}, + {"cn", ["Bill Valentine"]}, + {"sn", ["Valentine"]}, + {"telephoneNumber", ["545 555 00"]}] + )
    @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ -

    Creates an extensible match filter. For example,

      eldap:extensibleMatch("Bar", [{type,"sn"}, {matchingRule,"caseExactMatch"}]))

    creates a filter which performs a caseExactMatch on the attribute sn and +

    Creates an extensible match filter. For example,

      eldap:extensibleMatch("Bar", [{type,"sn"}, {matchingRule,"caseExactMatch"}]))

    creates a filter which performs a caseExactMatch on the attribute sn and matches with the value "Bar". The default value of dnAttributes is false.

    @@ -1513,9 +1513,9 @@ -

    Modify an entry.

      modify(Handle, "cn=Bill Valentine, ou=people, o=Example Org, dc=example, dc=com",
    -         [eldap:mod_replace("telephoneNumber", ["555 555 00"]),
    -	  eldap:mod_add("description", ["LDAP Hacker"]) ])
    +

    Modify an entry.

      modify(Handle, "cn=Bill Valentine, ou=people, o=Example Org, dc=example, dc=com",
    +         [eldap:mod_replace("telephoneNumber", ["555 555 00"]),
    +	  eldap:mod_add("description", ["LDAP Hacker"]) ])
    @@ -1836,8 +1836,8 @@

    paged_result_control(PageSize) -> {control, "1.2.840.113556.1.4.319", true, binary()}

    Paged results is an extension to the LDAP protocol specified by RFC2696

    This function creates a control with the specified page size for use in -search/3, for example:

    Control = eldap:paged_result_control(50),
    -{ok, SearchResults} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control]),
    +search/3, for example:

    Control = eldap:paged_result_control(50),
    +{ok, SearchResults} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control]),
    @@ -1871,12 +1871,12 @@

    paged_result_control(PageSize, Cookie) -> {control, "1.2.840.113556.1.4.319", true, binary()}

    Paged results is an extension to the LDAP protocol specified by RFC2696

    This function creates a control with the specified page size and cookie for use in search/3 to retrieve the next results page.

    For example:

    PageSize = 50,
    -Control1 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize),
    -{ok, SearchResults1} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control1]),
    +Control1 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize),
    +{ok, SearchResults1} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control1]),
     %% retrieve the returned cookie from the search results
    -{ok, Cookie1} = eldap:paged_result_cookie(SearchResults1),
    -Control2 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize, Cookie1),
    -{ok, SearchResults2} = eldap:search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example,dc=com"}], [Control2]),
    +{ok, Cookie1} = eldap:paged_result_cookie(SearchResults1),
    +Control2 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize, Cookie1),
    +{ok, SearchResults2} = eldap:search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example,dc=com"}], [Control2]),
     %% etc
    @@ -1996,8 +1996,8 @@

    Search the directory with the supplied the SearchOptions.

    The base and filter options must be supplied. Default values: scope is wholeSubtree/0, deref is -derefAlways/0, types_only is false and timeout is 0 (meaning infinity).

      Filter = eldap:substrings("cn", [{any,"V"}]),
    -  search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}, {filter, Filter}, {attributes, ["cn"]}]),

    The timeout option in the SearchOptions is for the ldap server, while the +derefAlways/0, types_only is false and timeout is 0 (meaning infinity).

      Filter = eldap:substrings("cn", [{any,"V"}]),
    +  search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}, {filter, Filter}, {attributes, ["cn"]}]),

    The timeout option in the SearchOptions is for the ldap server, while the timeout in eldap:open/2 is used for each individual request in the search operation.

    @@ -2237,7 +2237,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.772291133 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.776291154 +0000 @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.796291253 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.796291253 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.812291333 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.812291333 +0000 @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.844291493 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.852291532 +0000 @@ -151,30 +151,30 @@ Data Types

    -
    • ei_term

      typedef struct {
      +
      • ei_term

        typedef struct {
             char ei_type;
             int arity;
             int size;
        -    union {
        +    union {
           long i_val;
           double d_val;
        -  char atom_name[MAXATOMLEN_UTF8];
        +  char atom_name[MAXATOMLEN_UTF8];
           erlang_pid pid;
           erlang_port port;
           erlang_ref ref;
        -    } value;
        -} ei_term;

        Structure written by ei_decode_ei_term(). The + } value; +} ei_term;

      Structure written by ei_decode_ei_term(). The ei_type field is the type of the term which equals to what ei_get_type() sets *type to.

    • ei_x_buff - A dynamically resized buffer. It is a struct with two fields of interest for the user:

      • char *buff - Pointer to the dynamically allocated buffer.

      • int index - Offset to the next byte to write which also equals the amount of bytes currently written.

      An ei_x_buff is initialized by calling either ei_x_new() or ei_x_new_with_version(). The memory used by an initialized ei_x_buff is released by calling -ei_x_free().

    • erlang_char_encoding

      typedef enum {
      +ei_x_free().

    • erlang_char_encoding

      typedef enum {
           ERLANG_ASCII = 1,
           ERLANG_LATIN1 = 2,
           ERLANG_UTF8 = 4
      -} erlang_char_encoding;

      The character encodings used for atoms. ERLANG_ASCII represents 7-bit ASCII. +} erlang_char_encoding;

    The character encodings used for atoms. ERLANG_ASCII represents 7-bit ASCII. Latin-1 and UTF-8 are different extensions of 7-bit ASCII. All 7-bit ASCII characters are valid Latin-1 and UTF-8 characters. ASCII and Latin-1 both represent each character by one byte. An UTF-8 character can consist of 1-4 @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ ei_cmp_pids()

    -
    int ei_cmp_pids(erlang_pid *a, erlang_pid *b);

    Compare two process identifiers. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang +

    int ei_cmp_pids(erlang_pid *a, erlang_pid *b);

    Compare two process identifiers. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang does.

    Returns 0 if a and b are equal. Returns a value less than 0 if a compares as less than b. Returns a value larger than 0 if a compares as larger than b.

    Available since OTP 23.0

    @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ ei_cmp_ports()

    -
    int ei_cmp_ports(erlang_port *a, erlang_port *b);

    Compare two port identifiers. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang +

    int ei_cmp_ports(erlang_port *a, erlang_port *b);

    Compare two port identifiers. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang does.

    Returns 0 if a and b are equal. Returns a value less than 0 if a compares as less than b. Returns a value larger than 0 if a compares as larger than b.

    Available since OTP 23.0

    @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ ei_cmp_refs()

    -
    int ei_cmp_refs(erlang_ref *a, erlang_ref *b);

    Compare two references. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang does.

    Returns 0 if a and b are equal. Returns a value less than 0 if a +

    int ei_cmp_refs(erlang_ref *a, erlang_ref *b);

    Compare two references. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang does.

    Returns 0 if a and b are equal. Returns a value less than 0 if a compares as less than b. Returns a value larger than 0 if a compares as larger than b.

    Available since OTP 23.0

    @@ -216,15 +216,15 @@ ei_decode_atom()

    -
    int ei_decode_atom(const char *buf, int *index, char *p);

    Decodes an atom from the binary format. The NULL-terminated name of the atom +

    int ei_decode_atom(const char *buf, int *index, char *p);

    Decodes an atom from the binary format. The NULL-terminated name of the atom is placed at p. At most MAXATOMLEN bytes can be placed in the buffer.

    ei_decode_atom_as()

    -
    int ei_decode_atom_as(const char *buf, int *index, char *p, int plen,
    -  erlang_char_encoding want, erlang_char_encoding* was, erlang_char_encoding* result);

    Decodes an atom from the binary format. The NULL-terminated name of the atom +

    int ei_decode_atom_as(const char *buf, int *index, char *p, int plen,
    +  erlang_char_encoding want, erlang_char_encoding* was, erlang_char_encoding* result);

    Decodes an atom from the binary format. The NULL-terminated name of the atom is placed in buffer at p of length plen bytes.

    The wanted string encoding is specified by want. The original encoding used in the binary format (Latin-1 or UTF-8) can be obtained from *was. The encoding of the resulting string (7-bit ASCII, @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ ei_decode_bignum() -

    int ei_decode_bignum(const char *buf, int *index, mpz_t obj);

    Decodes an integer in the binary format to a GMP mpz_t integer. To use this +

    int ei_decode_bignum(const char *buf, int *index, mpz_t obj);

    Decodes an integer in the binary format to a GMP mpz_t integer. To use this function, the ei library must be configured and compiled to use the GMP library.

    @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ ei_decode_binary()

    -
    int ei_decode_binary(const char *buf, int *index, void *p, long *len);

    Decodes a binary from the binary format. Parameter len is set to the actual +

    int ei_decode_binary(const char *buf, int *index, void *p, long *len);

    Decodes a binary from the binary format. Parameter len is set to the actual size of the binary. Notice that ei_decode_binary() assumes that there is enough room for the binary. The size required can be fetched by ei_get_type().

    @@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ ei_decode_bitstring()

    -
    int ei_decode_bitstring(const char *buf, int *index, const char **pp,
    -  unsigned int *bitoffsp, size_t *nbitsp);

    Decodes a bit string from the binary format.

    • pp - Either NULL or *pp returns a pointer to the first byte of the +

      int ei_decode_bitstring(const char *buf, int *index, const char **pp,
      +  unsigned int *bitoffsp, size_t *nbitsp);

      Decodes a bit string from the binary format.

      • pp - Either NULL or *pp returns a pointer to the first byte of the bit string. The returned bit string is readable as long as the buffer pointed to by buf is readable and not written to.

      • bitoffsp - Either NULL or *bitoffsp returns the number of unused bits in the first byte pointed to by *pp. The value of *bitoffsp is @@ -273,14 +273,14 @@ ei_decode_boolean() -

        int ei_decode_boolean(const char *buf, int *index, int *p);

        Decodes a boolean value from the binary format. A boolean is actually an atom, +

        int ei_decode_boolean(const char *buf, int *index, int *p);

        Decodes a boolean value from the binary format. A boolean is actually an atom, true decodes 1 and false decodes 0.

        ei_decode_char()

        -
        int ei_decode_char(const char *buf, int *index, char *p);

        Decodes a char (8-bit) integer between 0-255 from the binary format. For +

        int ei_decode_char(const char *buf, int *index, char *p);

        Decodes a char (8-bit) integer between 0-255 from the binary format. For historical reasons the returned integer is of type char. Your C code is to consider the returned value to be of type unsigned char even if the C compilers and system can define char to be signed.

        @@ -289,14 +289,14 @@ ei_decode_double()

        -
        int ei_decode_double(const char *buf, int *index, double *p);

        Decodes a double-precision (64-bit) floating point number from the binary +

        int ei_decode_double(const char *buf, int *index, double *p);

        Decodes a double-precision (64-bit) floating point number from the binary format.

        ei_decode_ei_term()

        -
        int ei_decode_ei_term(const char* buf, int* index, ei_term* term);

        Decodes any term, or at least tries to. If the term pointed at by *index in +

        int ei_decode_ei_term(const char* buf, int* index, ei_term* term);

        Decodes any term, or at least tries to. If the term pointed at by *index in buf fits in the term union, it is decoded, and the appropriate field in term->value is set, and *index is incremented by the term size.

        The function returns 1 on successful decoding, -1 on error, and 0 if the term seems alright, but does not fit in the term structure. If 1 is @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ free_fun() -

        int ei_decode_fun(const char *buf, int *index, erlang_fun *p);
        void free_fun(erlang_fun* f);

        Decodes a fun from the binary format. Parameter p is to be NULL or point to +

        int ei_decode_fun(const char *buf, int *index, erlang_fun *p);
        void free_fun(erlang_fun* f);

        Decodes a fun from the binary format. Parameter p is to be NULL or point to an erlang_fun structure. This is the only decode function that allocates memory. When the erlang_fun is no longer needed, it is to be freed with free_fun. (This has to do with the arbitrary size of the environment for a @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ ei_decode_iodata() -

        int ei_decode_iodata(const char *buf, int *index, int *size, char *outbuf);

        Decodes a term of the type iodata(). +

        int ei_decode_iodata(const char *buf, int *index, int *size, char *outbuf);

        Decodes a term of the type iodata(). The iodata/0 term will be flattened an written into the buffer pointed to by the outbuf argument. The byte size of the iodata is written into the integer variable pointed to by the size argument. Both size and outbuf can be set @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ ei_decode_list_header() -

        int ei_decode_list_header(const char *buf, int *index, int *arity);

        Decodes a list header from the binary format. The number of elements is returned +

        int ei_decode_list_header(const char *buf, int *index, int *arity);

        Decodes a list header from the binary format. The number of elements is returned in arity. The arity+1 elements follow (the last one is the tail of the list, normally an empty list). If arity is 0, it is an empty list.

        Notice that lists are encoded as strings if they consist entirely of integers in the range 0..255. This function do not decode such strings, use @@ -355,21 +355,21 @@ ei_decode_long() -

        int ei_decode_long(const char *buf, int *index, long *p);

        Decodes a long integer from the binary format. If the code is 64 bits, the +

        int ei_decode_long(const char *buf, int *index, long *p);

        Decodes a long integer from the binary format. If the code is 64 bits, the function ei_decode_long() is the same as ei_decode_longlong().

        ei_decode_longlong()

        -
        int ei_decode_longlong(const char *buf, int *index, long long *p);

        Decodes a GCC long long or Visual C++ __int64 (64-bit) integer from the +

        int ei_decode_longlong(const char *buf, int *index, long long *p);

        Decodes a GCC long long or Visual C++ __int64 (64-bit) integer from the binary format.

        ei_decode_map_header()

        -
        int ei_decode_map_header(const char *buf, int *index, int *arity);

        Decodes a map header from the binary format. The number of key-value pairs is +

        int ei_decode_map_header(const char *buf, int *index, int *arity);

        Decodes a map header from the binary format. The number of key-value pairs is returned in *arity. Keys and values follow in this order: K1, V1, K2, V2, ..., Kn, Vn. This makes a total of arity*2 terms. If arity /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_connect.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_connect.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.892291732 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_connect.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.896291752 +0000 @@ -241,36 +241,36 @@

        • ei_cnode - Opaque data type representing a C-node. A ei_cnode structure is initialized by calling -ei_connect_init() or friends.

        • ei_socket_callbacks

          typedef struct {
          +ei_connect_init() or friends.

        • ei_socket_callbacks

          typedef struct {
               int flags;
          -    int (*socket)(void **ctx, void *setup_ctx);
          -    int   (*close)(void *ctx);
          -    int (*listen)(void *ctx, void *addr, int *len, int backlog);
          -    int (*accept)(void **ctx, void *addr, int *len, unsigned tmo);
          -    int (*connect)(void *ctx, void *addr, int len, unsigned tmo);
          -    int (*writev)(void *ctx, const void *iov, int iovcnt, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo);
          -    int (*write)(void *ctx, const char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo);
          -    int (*read)(void *ctx, char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo);
          -    int (*handshake_packet_header_size)(void *ctx, int *sz);
          -    int (*connect_handshake_complete)(void *ctx);
          -    int (*accept_handshake_complete)(void *ctx);
          -    int (*get_fd)(void *ctx, int *fd);
          -} ei_socket_callbacks;

          Callbacks functions for a + int (*socket)(void **ctx, void *setup_ctx); + int (*close)(void *ctx); + int (*listen)(void *ctx, void *addr, int *len, int backlog); + int (*accept)(void **ctx, void *addr, int *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*connect)(void *ctx, void *addr, int len, unsigned tmo); + int (*writev)(void *ctx, const void *iov, int iovcnt, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*write)(void *ctx, const char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*read)(void *ctx, char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*handshake_packet_header_size)(void *ctx, int *sz); + int (*connect_handshake_complete)(void *ctx); + int (*accept_handshake_complete)(void *ctx); + int (*get_fd)(void *ctx, int *fd); +} ei_socket_callbacks;

  • Callbacks functions for a User Supplied Socket Implementation. Documentation of each field can be -found in the User Supplied Socket Implementation section above.

  • ErlConnect

    typedef struct {
    -    char ipadr[4]; /* Ip v4 address in network byte order */
    -    char nodename[MAXNODELEN];
    -} ErlConnect;

    IP v4 address and nodename.

  • Erl_IpAddr

    typedef struct {
    +found in the User Supplied Socket Implementation section above.

  • ErlConnect

    typedef struct {
    +    char ipadr[4]; /* Ip v4 address in network byte order */
    +    char nodename[MAXNODELEN];
    +} ErlConnect;

    IP v4 address and nodename.

  • Erl_IpAddr

    typedef struct {
         unsigned s_addr; /* Ip v4 address in network byte order */
    -} Erl_IpAddr;

    IP v4 address.

  • erlang_msg

    typedef struct {
    +} Erl_IpAddr;

    IP v4 address.

  • erlang_msg

    typedef struct {
         long msgtype;
         erlang_pid from;
         erlang_pid to;
    -    char toname[MAXATOMLEN+1];
    -    char cookie[MAXATOMLEN+1];
    +    char toname[MAXATOMLEN+1];
    +    char cookie[MAXATOMLEN+1];
         erlang_trace token;
    -} erlang_msg;

    Information about a message received via +} erlang_msg;

  • Information about a message received via ei_receive_msg() or friends.

    @@ -295,15 +295,15 @@ ei_gethostbyname_r()

    -
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr(const char *addr, int len, int type);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr_r(const char *addr, int length,  int type,
    -  struct hostent *hostp, char *buffer,   int buflen,  int *h_errnop);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname(const char *name);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname_r(const char *name,  struct hostent *hostp,
    -  char *buffer,  int buflen,  int *h_errnop);

    Convenience functions for some common name lookup functions.

    +
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr(const char *addr, int len, int type);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr_r(const char *addr, int length,  int type,
    +  struct hostent *hostp, char *buffer,   int buflen,  int *h_errnop);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname(const char *name);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname_r(const char *name,  struct hostent *hostp,
    +  char *buffer,  int buflen,  int *h_errnop);

    Convenience functions for some common name lookup functions.

    ei_accept()

    -
    int ei_accept(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp);

    Used by a server process to accept a connection from a client process.

    • ec is the C-node structure.
    • listensock is an open socket descriptor on which listen() has previously +
      int ei_accept(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp);

      Used by a server process to accept a connection from a client process.

      • ec is the C-node structure.
      • listensock is an open socket descriptor on which listen() has previously been called.
      • conp is a pointer to an ErlConnect struct.

      On success, conp is filled in with the address and node name of the connecting client and a file descriptor is returned. On failure, ERL_ERROR is returned and erl_errno is set to EIO.

      @@ -312,14 +312,14 @@ ei_accept_tmo()

      -
      int ei_accept_tmo(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp, unsigned timeout_ms);

      Equivalent to ei_accept with an optional time-out argument, see the +

      int ei_accept_tmo(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp, unsigned timeout_ms);

      Equivalent to ei_accept with an optional time-out argument, see the description at the beginning of this manual page.

      ei_close_connection()

      -
      int ei_close_connection(int fd);

      Closes a previously opened connection or listen socket.

      Available since OTP 21.3

      +
      int ei_close_connection(int fd);

      Closes a previously opened connection or listen socket.

      Available since OTP 21.3

      @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ ei_xconnect_host_port()

      -
      int ei_connect(ei_cnode* ec, char *nodename);
      int ei_xconnect(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, char *alivename);
      int ei_connect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, char *hostname, int port);
      int ei_xconnect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int port);

      Sets up a connection to an Erlang node.

      ei_xconnect() requires the IP address of the remote host and the alive name of +

      int ei_connect(ei_cnode* ec, char *nodename);
      int ei_xconnect(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, char *alivename);
      int ei_connect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, char *hostname, int port);
      int ei_xconnect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int port);

      Sets up a connection to an Erlang node.

      ei_xconnect() requires the IP address of the remote host and the alive name of the remote node to be specified. ei_connect() provides an alternative interface and determines the information from the node name provided. The ei_xconnect_host_port() function provides yet another alternative that will @@ -359,12 +359,12 @@ #define IP_ADDR "150.236.14.75" /*** Variant 1 ***/ -int fd = ei_connect(&ec, NODE); +int fd = ei_connect(&ec, NODE); /*** Variant 2 ***/ struct in_addr addr; -addr.s_addr = inet_addr(IP_ADDR); -fd = ei_xconnect(&ec, &addr, ALIVE);

    Available since OTP 23.0

    +addr.s_addr = inet_addr(IP_ADDR); +fd = ei_xconnect(&ec, &addr, ALIVE);

    Available since OTP 23.0

    @@ -388,11 +388,11 @@ ei_connect_xinit_ussi()

    -
    int ei_connect_init(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
    int ei_connect_init_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie,
    -  unsigned creation, ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);
    int ei_connect_xinit(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
    -  const char *thisnodename, Erl_IpAddr thisipaddr, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
    int ei_connect_xinit_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
    +
    int ei_connect_init(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
    int ei_connect_init_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie,
    +  unsigned creation, ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);
    int ei_connect_xinit(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
    +  const char *thisnodename, Erl_IpAddr thisipaddr, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
    int ei_connect_xinit_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
       const char *thisnodename, Erl_IpAddr thisipaddr, const char *cookie, unsigned creation,
    -  ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);

    Initializes the ec structure, to identify the node name and cookie of the + ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);

    Initializes the ec structure, to identify the node name and cookie of the server. One of them must be called before other functions that works on the ei_cnode type or a file descriptor associated with a connection to another node is used.

    • ec is a structure containing information about the C-node. It is used in @@ -415,20 +415,20 @@ see the relevant system documentation.

      These functions return a negative value indicating that an error occurred.

      Example 1:

      unsigned n = 0;
       struct in_addr addr;
       ei_cnode ec;
      -addr.s_addr = inet_addr("150.236.14.75");
      -if (ei_connect_xinit(&ec,
      +addr.s_addr = inet_addr("150.236.14.75");
      +if (ei_connect_xinit(&ec,
                            "chivas",
                            "madonna",
                            "madonna@chivas.du.etx.ericsson.se",
                            &addr;
                            "cookie...",
      -                     n++) < 0) {
      -    fprintf(stderr,"ERROR when initializing: %d",erl_errno);
      -    exit(-1);
      -}

      Example 2:

      if (ei_connect_init(&ec, "madonna", "cookie...", n++) < 0) {
      -    fprintf(stderr,"ERROR when initializing: %d",erl_errno);
      -    exit(-1);
      -}

      Available since OTP 21.3

      + n++) < 0) { + fprintf(stderr,"ERROR when initializing: %d",erl_errno); + exit(-1); +}

    Example 2:

    if (ei_connect_init(&ec, "madonna", "cookie...", n++) < 0) {
    +    fprintf(stderr,"ERROR when initializing: %d",erl_errno);
    +    exit(-1);
    +}

    Available since OTP 21.3

    @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ ei_xconnect_host_port_tmo()

    -
    int ei_connect_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, char *nodename, unsigned timeout_ms);
    int ei_xconnect_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, char *alivename, unsigned timeout_ms);
    int ei_connect_host_port_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, char *hostname, int port, unsigned ms);
    int ei_xconnect_host_port_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int port, unsigned ms);

    Equivalent to ei_connect, ei_xconnect, ei_connect_host_port and +

    int ei_connect_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, char *nodename, unsigned timeout_ms);
    int ei_xconnect_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, char *alivename, unsigned timeout_ms);
    int ei_connect_host_port_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, char *hostname, int port, unsigned ms);
    int ei_xconnect_host_port_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int port, unsigned ms);

    Equivalent to ei_connect, ei_xconnect, ei_connect_host_port and ei_xconnect_host_port with an optional time-out argument, see the description at the beginning of this manual page.

    Available since OTP 23.0

    @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ ei_set_tracelevel()

    -
    int ei_get_tracelevel(void);
    void ei_set_tracelevel(int level);

    Used to set tracing on the distribution. The levels are different verbosity +

    int ei_get_tracelevel(void);
    void ei_set_tracelevel(int level);

    Used to set tracing on the distribution. The levels are different verbosity levels. A higher level means more information. See also section Debug Information.

    These functions are not thread safe.

    Available since OTP R13B04

    @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ ei_xlisten()

    -
    int ei_listen(ei_cnode *ec, int *port, int backlog);
    int ei_xlisten(ei_cnode *ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int *port, int backlog);

    Used by a server process to setup a listen socket which later can be used for +

    int ei_listen(ei_cnode *ec, int *port, int backlog);
    int ei_xlisten(ei_cnode *ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int *port, int backlog);

    Used by a server process to setup a listen socket which later can be used for accepting connections from client processes.

    • ec is the C-node structure.
    • adr is local interface to bind to.
    • port is a pointer to an integer containing the port number to bind to. If *port equals 0 when calling ei_listen(), the socket will be bound to an ephemeral port. On success, ei_listen() will update the value of *port to @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ ei_make_pid() /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_global.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_global.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.936291952 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_global.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.932291932 +0000 @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ ei_global_names() -
      char **ei_global_names(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, int *count);

      Retrieves a list of all known global names.

      • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
      • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
      • count is the address of an integer, or NULL. If count is not NULL, it +
        char **ei_global_names(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, int *count);

        Retrieves a list of all known global names.

        • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
        • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
        • count is the address of an integer, or NULL. If count is not NULL, it is set by the function to the number of names found.

        On success, the function returns an array of strings, each containing a single registered name, and sets count to the number of names found. The array is terminated by a single NULL pointer. On failure, the function returns NULL @@ -144,20 +144,20 @@ ei_global_register() -

        int ei_global_register(int fd, const char *name, erlang_pid *self);

        Registers a name in global.

        • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
        • name is the name to register in global.
        • pid is the pid that is to be associated with name. This value is returned +
          int ei_global_register(int fd, const char *name, erlang_pid *self);

          Registers a name in global.

          • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
          • name is the name to register in global.
          • pid is the pid that is to be associated with name. This value is returned by global when processes request the location of name.

          Returns 0 on success, otherwise -1.

          Available since OTP 23.0

          ei_global_unregister()

          -
          int ei_global_unregister(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, const char *name);

          Unregisters a name from global.

          • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
          • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
          • name is the name to unregister from global.

          Returns 0 on success, otherwise -1.

          Available since OTP 23.0

          +
          int ei_global_unregister(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, const char *name);

          Unregisters a name from global.

          • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
          • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
          • name is the name to unregister from global.

          Returns 0 on success, otherwise -1.

          Available since OTP 23.0

          ei_global_whereis()

          -
          int ei_global_whereis(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, const char *name, erlang_pid* pid, char *node);

          Looks up a name in global.

          • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
          • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
          • name is the name that is to be looked up in global.

          The pid parameter is a pointer to a erlang_pid that the function will update +

          int ei_global_whereis(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, const char *name, erlang_pid* pid, char *node);

          Looks up a name in global.

          • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
          • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
          • name is the name that is to be looked up in global.

          The pid parameter is a pointer to a erlang_pid that the function will update with the pid associated with the global name, if successful.

          If node is not NULL, it is a pointer to a buffer where the function can fill in the name of the node where name is found. node can be passed directly to ei_connect() if necessary.

          On success, the function returns 0, updates the erlang_pid pointed to by the @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_users_guide.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_users_guide.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.960292072 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_users_guide.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.968292112 +0000 @@ -180,11 +180,11 @@ Erlang.

          The Erl_Interface library supports this activity. It has several C functions that create and manipulate Erlang data structures. The following example shows how to create and encode an Erlang tuple {tobbe,3928}:

          ei_x_buff buf;
          -ei_x_new(&buf);
          +ei_x_new(&buf);
           int i = 0;
          -ei_x_encode_tuple_header(&buf, 2);
          -ei_x_encode_atom(&buf, "tobbe");
          -ei_x_encode_long(&buf, 3928);

          For a complete description, see the ei module.

          +ei_x_encode_tuple_header(&buf, 2); +ei_x_encode_atom(&buf, "tobbe"); +ei_x_encode_long(&buf, 3928);

    For a complete description, see the ei module.

    @@ -193,18 +193,18 @@

    The previous example can be simplified by using the ei_x_format_wo_ver function to create an Erlang term:

    ei_x_buff buf;
    -ei_x_new(&buf);
    -ei_x_format_wo_ver(&buf, "{~a,~i}", "tobbe", 3928);

    For a complete description of the different format directives, see the the +ei_x_new(&buf); +ei_x_format_wo_ver(&buf, "{~a,~i}", "tobbe", 3928);

    For a complete description of the different format directives, see the the ei_x_format_wo_ver function.

    The following example is more complex:

    ei_x_buff buf;
     int i = 0;
    -ei_x_new(&buf);
    -ei_x_format_wo_ver(&buf,
    +ei_x_new(&buf);
    +ei_x_format_wo_ver(&buf,
                        "[{name,~a},{age,~i},{data,[{adr,~s,~i}]}]",
                        "madonna",
                        21,
    -                  "E-street", 42);
    -ei_print_term(stdout, buf.buff, &i);
    -ei_x_free(&buf);

    As in the previous examples, it is your responsibility to free the memory + "E-street", 42); +ei_print_term(stdout, buf.buff, &i); +ei_x_free(&buf);

    As in the previous examples, it is your responsibility to free the memory allocated for Erlang terms. In this example, ei_x_free() ensures that the data pointed to by buf is released.

    @@ -220,18 +220,18 @@ char *cookie="a secret cookie string"; /* An example */ const char* node_name = "einode@durin"; const char *cookie = NULL; -short creation = time(NULL) + 1; +short creation = time(NULL) + 1; ei_cnode ec; -ei_connect_init(&ec, +ei_connect_init(&ec, node_name, cookie, - creation);

    For more information, see the ei_connect module.

    After initialization, you set up the connection to the Erlang node. To specify + creation);

    For more information, see the ei_connect module.

    After initialization, you set up the connection to the Erlang node. To specify the Erlang node you want to connect to, use the ei_connect_*() family of functions. The following example sets up the connection and is to result in a valid socket file descriptor:

    int sockfd;
     const char* node_name = "einode@durin"; /* An example */
    -if ((sockfd = ei_connect(&ec, nodename)) < 0)
    -  fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ei_connect failed");

    +if ((sockfd = ei_connect(&ec, nodename)) < 0) + fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ei_connect failed");

    @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ connection is first made to epmd and, if the node is known, a connection is then made to the Erlang node.

    C nodes can also register themselves with epmd if they want other nodes in the system to be able to find and connect to them.

    Before registering with epmd, you must first create a listen socket and bind -it to a port. Then:

    int pub = ei_publish(&ec, port);

    pub is a file descriptor now connected to epmd. epmd monitors the other +it to a port. Then:

    int pub = ei_publish(&ec, port);

    pub is a file descriptor now connected to epmd. epmd monitors the other end of the connection. If it detects that the connection has been closed, the node becomes unregistered. So, if you explicitly close the descriptor or if your node fails, it becomes unregistered from epmd.

    Notice that on some systems a failed node is not detected by this mechanism, as @@ -269,13 +269,13 @@

    In the following example, {Pid, hello_world} is sent to a registered process my_server:

    ei_x_buff buf;
    -ei_x_new_with_version(&buf);
    +ei_x_new_with_version(&buf);
     
    -ei_x_encode_tuple_header(&buf, 2);
    -ei_x_encode_pid(&buf, ei_self(ec));
    -ei_x_encode_atom(&buf, "Hello world");
    +ei_x_encode_tuple_header(&buf, 2);
    +ei_x_encode_pid(&buf, ei_self(ec));
    +ei_x_encode_atom(&buf, "Hello world");
     
    -ei_reg_send(&ec, fd, "my_server", buf.buff, buf.index);

    The first element of the tuple that is sent is your own pid. This enables +ei_reg_send(&ec, fd, "my_server", buf.buff, buf.index);

    The first element of the tuple that is sent is your own pid. This enables my_server to reply. For more information about the primitives, see the ei_connect module.

    @@ -289,24 +289,24 @@ int arity = 0; erlang_pid pid; ei_x_buff buf; -ei_x_new(&buf); -for (;;) { - int got = ei_xreceive_msg(fd, &msg, &x); - if (got == ERL_TICK) +ei_x_new(&buf); +for (;;) { + int got = ei_xreceive_msg(fd, &msg, &x); + if (got == ERL_TICK) continue; - if (got == ERL_ERROR) { - fprintf(stderr, "ei_xreceive_msg, got==%d", got); - exit(1); - } + if (got == ERL_ERROR) { + fprintf(stderr, "ei_xreceive_msg, got==%d", got); + exit(1); + } break; -} -ei_decode_version(buf.buff, &index, &version); -ei_decode_tuple_header(buf.buff, &index, &arity); -if (arity != 2) { - fprintf(stderr, "got wrong message"); - exit(1); -} -ei_decode_pid(buf.buff, &index, &pid);

    To provide robustness, a distributed Erlang node occasionally polls all its +} +ei_decode_version(buf.buff, &index, &version); +ei_decode_tuple_header(buf.buff, &index, &arity); +if (arity != 2) { + fprintf(stderr, "got wrong message"); + exit(1); +} +ei_decode_pid(buf.buff, &index, &pid);

    To provide robustness, a distributed Erlang node occasionally polls all its connected neighbors in an attempt to detect failed nodes or communication links. A node that receives such a message is expected to respond immediately with an ERL_TICK message. This is done automatically by ei_xreceive_msg(). However, @@ -324,19 +324,19 @@ a remote node and is called a remote procedure call.

    The following example checks if a specific Erlang process is alive:

    int index = 0, is_alive;
     ei_x_buff args, result;
     
    -ei_x_new(&result);
    -ei_x_new(&args);
    -ei_x_encode_list_header(&args, 1);
    -ei_x_encode_pid(&args, &check_pid);
    -ei_x_encode_empty_list(&args);
    -
    -if (ei_rpc(&ec, fd, "erlang", "is_process_alive",
    -           args.buff, args.index, &result) < 0)
    -    handle_error();
    -
    -if (ei_decode_version(result.buff, &index) < 0
    -    || ei_decode_bool(result.buff, &index, &is_alive) < 0)
    -    handle_error();

    For more information about ei_rpc() and its companions ei_rpc_to() and +ei_x_new(&result); +ei_x_new(&args); +ei_x_encode_list_header(&args, 1); +ei_x_encode_pid(&args, &check_pid); +ei_x_encode_empty_list(&args); + +if (ei_rpc(&ec, fd, "erlang", "is_process_alive", + args.buff, args.index, &result) < 0) + handle_error(); + +if (ei_decode_version(result.buff, &index) < 0 + || ei_decode_bool(result.buff, &index, &is_alive) < 0) + handle_error();

    For more information about ei_rpc() and its companions ei_rpc_to() and ei_rpc_from(), see the ei_connect module.

    @@ -353,32 +353,32 @@ int count; int i; -names = ei_global_names(&ec,fd,&count); +names = ei_global_names(&ec,fd,&count); -if (names) - for (i=0; i<count; i++) - printf("%s\n",names[i]); +if (names) + for (i=0; i<count; i++) + printf("%s\n",names[i]); -free(names);

    ei_global_names allocates and returns a buffer +free(names);

    ei_global_names allocates and returns a buffer containing all the names known to the global module in Kernel. count is initialized to indicate the number of names in the array. The array of strings in names is terminated by a NULL pointer, so it is not necessary to use count to determine when the last name is reached.

    It is the caller's responsibility to free the array. ei_global_names allocates the array and all the strings using a single call to malloc(), so free(names) is all that is necessary.

    To look up one of the names:

    ETERM *pid;
    -char node[256];
    +char node[256];
     erlang_pid the_pid;
     
    -if (ei_global_whereis(&ec,fd,"schedule",&the_pid,node) < 0)
    -   fprintf(stderr, "ei_global_whereis error\n");

    If "schedule" is known to the global module in Kernel, an Erlang pid is +if (ei_global_whereis(&ec,fd,"schedule",&the_pid,node) < 0) + fprintf(stderr, "ei_global_whereis error\n");

    If "schedule" is known to the global module in Kernel, an Erlang pid is /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_call_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_call_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:32.996292252 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_call_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:33.000292272 +0000 @@ -251,8 +251,8 @@ {<madonna@chivas.du.etx.ericsson.se,38,0>, []}]

    To forward standard output without printing the result term (again, the input ends with EOF (Control-D)):

    erl_call -s -e -sname madonna -fetch_stdout -no_result_term
    -io:format("Number of schedulers: ~p~n", [erlang:system_info(schedulers)]),
    -io:format("Number of logical cores: ~p~n", [erlang:system_info(logical_processors_available)]).
    +io:format("Number of schedulers: ~p~n", [erlang:system_info(schedulers)]),
    +io:format("Number of logical cores: ~p~n", [erlang:system_info(logical_processors_available)]).
     ^D
     Number of schedulers: 8
     Number of logical cores: 8
    @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:19:28.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:37:13.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> erl_interface - 5.5.2 - urn:uuid:40a33d50-2ad7-449a-578a-f7982f2fea94 + urn:uuid:0b873c0b-3b9e-5ea7-0a99-3d6f3539c3ec en - 2025-01-25T10:19:28Z + 2041-02-26T23:37:12Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei_connect.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei_connect.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:28.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei_connect.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:13.000000000 +0000 @@ -146,36 +146,36 @@
    • ei_cnode - Opaque data type representing a C-node. A ei_cnode structure is initialized by calling -ei_connect_init() or friends.

    • ei_socket_callbacks

      typedef struct {
      +ei_connect_init() or friends.

    • ei_socket_callbacks

      typedef struct {
           int flags;
      -    int (*socket)(void **ctx, void *setup_ctx);
      -    int   (*close)(void *ctx);
      -    int (*listen)(void *ctx, void *addr, int *len, int backlog);
      -    int (*accept)(void **ctx, void *addr, int *len, unsigned tmo);
      -    int (*connect)(void *ctx, void *addr, int len, unsigned tmo);
      -    int (*writev)(void *ctx, const void *iov, int iovcnt, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo);
      -    int (*write)(void *ctx, const char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo);
      -    int (*read)(void *ctx, char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo);
      -    int (*handshake_packet_header_size)(void *ctx, int *sz);
      -    int (*connect_handshake_complete)(void *ctx);
      -    int (*accept_handshake_complete)(void *ctx);
      -    int (*get_fd)(void *ctx, int *fd);
      -} ei_socket_callbacks;

      Callbacks functions for a + int (*socket)(void **ctx, void *setup_ctx); + int (*close)(void *ctx); + int (*listen)(void *ctx, void *addr, int *len, int backlog); + int (*accept)(void **ctx, void *addr, int *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*connect)(void *ctx, void *addr, int len, unsigned tmo); + int (*writev)(void *ctx, const void *iov, int iovcnt, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*write)(void *ctx, const char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*read)(void *ctx, char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*handshake_packet_header_size)(void *ctx, int *sz); + int (*connect_handshake_complete)(void *ctx); + int (*accept_handshake_complete)(void *ctx); + int (*get_fd)(void *ctx, int *fd); +} ei_socket_callbacks;

    Callbacks functions for a User Supplied Socket Implementation. Documentation of each field can be -found in the User Supplied Socket Implementation section above.

  • ErlConnect

    typedef struct {
    -    char ipadr[4]; /* Ip v4 address in network byte order */
    -    char nodename[MAXNODELEN];
    -} ErlConnect;

    IP v4 address and nodename.

  • Erl_IpAddr

    typedef struct {
    +found in the User Supplied Socket Implementation section above.

  • ErlConnect

    typedef struct {
    +    char ipadr[4]; /* Ip v4 address in network byte order */
    +    char nodename[MAXNODELEN];
    +} ErlConnect;

    IP v4 address and nodename.

  • Erl_IpAddr

    typedef struct {
         unsigned s_addr; /* Ip v4 address in network byte order */
    -} Erl_IpAddr;

    IP v4 address.

  • erlang_msg

    typedef struct {
    +} Erl_IpAddr;

    IP v4 address.

  • erlang_msg

    typedef struct {
         long msgtype;
         erlang_pid from;
         erlang_pid to;
    -    char toname[MAXATOMLEN+1];
    -    char cookie[MAXATOMLEN+1];
    +    char toname[MAXATOMLEN+1];
    +    char cookie[MAXATOMLEN+1];
         erlang_trace token;
    -} erlang_msg;

    Information about a message received via +} erlang_msg;

  • Information about a message received via ei_receive_msg() or friends.

    @@ -200,15 +200,15 @@ ei_gethostbyname_r()

    -
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr(const char *addr, int len, int type);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr_r(const char *addr, int length,  int type,
    -  struct hostent *hostp, char *buffer,   int buflen,  int *h_errnop);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname(const char *name);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname_r(const char *name,  struct hostent *hostp,
    -  char *buffer,  int buflen,  int *h_errnop);

    Convenience functions for some common name lookup functions.

    +
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr(const char *addr, int len, int type);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr_r(const char *addr, int length,  int type,
    +  struct hostent *hostp, char *buffer,   int buflen,  int *h_errnop);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname(const char *name);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname_r(const char *name,  struct hostent *hostp,
    +  char *buffer,  int buflen,  int *h_errnop);

    Convenience functions for some common name lookup functions.

    ei_accept()

    -
    int ei_accept(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp);

    Used by a server process to accept a connection from a client process.

    • ec is the C-node structure.
    • listensock is an open socket descriptor on which listen() has previously +
      int ei_accept(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp);

      Used by a server process to accept a connection from a client process.

      • ec is the C-node structure.
      • listensock is an open socket descriptor on which listen() has previously been called.
      • conp is a pointer to an ErlConnect struct.

      On success, conp is filled in with the address and node name of the connecting client and a file descriptor is returned. On failure, ERL_ERROR is returned and erl_errno is set to EIO.

      @@ -217,14 +217,14 @@ ei_accept_tmo()

      -
      int ei_accept_tmo(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp, unsigned timeout_ms);

      Equivalent to ei_accept with an optional time-out argument, see the +

      int ei_accept_tmo(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp, unsigned timeout_ms);

      Equivalent to ei_accept with an optional time-out argument, see the description at the beginning of this manual page.

      ei_close_connection()

      -
      int ei_close_connection(int fd);

      Closes a previously opened connection or listen socket.

      Available since OTP 21.3

      +
      int ei_close_connection(int fd);

      Closes a previously opened connection or listen socket.

      Available since OTP 21.3

      @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ ei_xconnect_host_port()

      -
      int ei_connect(ei_cnode* ec, char *nodename);
      int ei_xconnect(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, char *alivename);
      int ei_connect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, char *hostname, int port);
      int ei_xconnect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int port);

      Sets up a connection to an Erlang node.

      ei_xconnect() requires the IP address of the remote host and the alive name of +

      int ei_connect(ei_cnode* ec, char *nodename);
      int ei_xconnect(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, char *alivename);
      int ei_connect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, char *hostname, int port);
      int ei_xconnect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int port);

      Sets up a connection to an Erlang node.

      ei_xconnect() requires the IP address of the remote host and the alive name of the remote node to be specified. ei_connect() provides an alternative interface and determines the information from the node name provided. The ei_xconnect_host_port() function provides yet another alternative that will @@ -264,12 +264,12 @@ #define IP_ADDR "150.236.14.75" /*** Variant 1 ***/ -int fd = ei_connect(&ec, NODE); +int fd = ei_connect(&ec, NODE); /*** Variant 2 ***/ struct in_addr addr; -addr.s_addr = inet_addr(IP_ADDR); -fd = ei_xconnect(&ec, &addr, ALIVE);

    Available since OTP 23.0

    +addr.s_addr = inet_addr(IP_ADDR); +fd = ei_xconnect(&ec, &addr, ALIVE);

    Available since OTP 23.0

    @@ -293,11 +293,11 @@ ei_connect_xinit_ussi()

    -
    int ei_connect_init(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
    int ei_connect_init_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie,
    -  unsigned creation, ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);
    int ei_connect_xinit(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
    -  const char *thisnodename, Erl_IpAddr thisipaddr, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
    int ei_connect_xinit_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
    +
    int ei_connect_init(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
    int ei_connect_init_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie,
    +  unsigned creation, ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);
    int ei_connect_xinit(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
    +  const char *thisnodename, Erl_IpAddr thisipaddr, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
    int ei_connect_xinit_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
       const char *thisnodename, Erl_IpAddr thisipaddr, const char *cookie, unsigned creation,
    -  ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);

    Initializes the ec structure, to identify the node name and cookie of the + ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);

    Initializes the ec structure, to identify the node name and cookie of the server. One of them must be called before other functions that works on the ei_cnode type or a file descriptor associated with a connection to another node is used.

    @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@

    • {erl_script_alias, {URLPath, [AllowedModule]}}
      URLPath = string() and AllowedModule = atom(). erl_script_alias marks all URLs matching url-path as erl scheme scripts. A matching URL is mapped -into a specific module and function, for example:

      {erl_script_alias, {"/cgi-bin/example", [httpd_example]}}

      A request to http://your.server.org/cgi-bin/example/httpd_example:yahoo would +into a specific module and function, for example:

      {erl_script_alias, {"/cgi-bin/example", [httpd_example]}}

      A request to http://your.server.org/cgi-bin/example/httpd_example:yahoo would refer to httpd_example:yahoo/3 or, if that does not exist, httpd_example:yahoo/2 and http://your.server.org/cgi-bin/example/other:yahoo would not be allowed to execute.

    • {erl_script_nocache, boolean()}
      If erl_script_nocache is set to true, the server adds HTTP header fields @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ Authentication Properties - Requires mod_auth -

      {directory, {path(), [{property(), term()}]}}

      The properties for directories are as follows:

      • {allow_from, all | [RegxpHostString]}
        Defines a set of hosts to be granted access to a given directory, for example:

        {allow_from, ["123.34.56.11", "150.100.23"]}

        The host 123.34.56.11 and all machines on the 150.100.23 subnet are +

        {directory, {path(), [{property(), term()}]}}

        The properties for directories are as follows:

        • {allow_from, all | [RegxpHostString]}
          Defines a set of hosts to be granted access to a given directory, for example:

          {allow_from, ["123.34.56.11", "150.100.23"]}

          The host 123.34.56.11 and all machines on the 150.100.23 subnet are allowed access.

        • {deny_from, all | [RegxpHostString]}
          Defines a set of hosts to be denied access to a given directory, for example:

          {deny_from, ["123.34.56.11", "150.100.23"]}

          The host 123.34.56.11 and all machines on the 150.100.23 subnet are not allowed access.

        • {auth_type, plain | dets | mnesia}
          Sets the type of authentication database that is used for the directory. The key difference between the different methods is that dynamic data can be saved @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ Security Properties - Requires mod_security -

          {security_directory, {path(), [{property(), term()}]}}

          The properties for the security directories are as follows:

          • {data_file, path()}
            Name of the security data file. The filename can either be absolute or +

            {security_directory, {path(), [{property(), term()}]}}

            The properties for the security directories are as follows:

            • {data_file, path()}
              Name of the security data file. The filename can either be absolute or relative to the server_root. This file is used to store persistent data for module mod_security.

            • {max_retries, integer()}
              Specifies the maximum number of attempts to authenticate a user before the user is blocked out. If a user successfully authenticates while blocked, the @@ -430,10 +430,10 @@ Web server API data types -

              The Erlang web server API data types are as follows:

              ModData = #mod{}
              +

              The Erlang web server API data types are as follows:

              ModData = #mod{}
               
              --record(mod, {
              -    data = [],
              +-record(mod, {
              +    data = [],
                   socket_type = ip_comm,
                   socket,
                   config_db,
              @@ -442,10 +442,10 @@
                   request_uri,
                   http_version,
                   request_line,
              -    parsed_header = [],
              +    parsed_header = [],
                   entity_body,
                   connection
              -}).

              To access the record in your callback-module use:

              -include_lib("inets/include/httpd.hrl").

              The fields of record mod have the following meaning:

              • data - Type [{InteractionKey,InteractionValue}] is used to propagate +}).

              To access the record in your callback-module use:

              -include_lib("inets/include/httpd.hrl").

              The fields of record mod have the following meaning:

              • data - Type [{InteractionKey,InteractionValue}] is used to propagate data between modules. Depicted interaction_data() in function type declarations.

              • socket_type - socket_type() indicates whether it is an IP socket or an ssl socket.

              • socket - The socket, in format ip_comm or ssl, depending on @@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                -

                Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                +

                Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/httpd_custom_api.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/httpd_custom_api.html 2025-01-25 10:23:34.440299460 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/httpd_custom_api.html 2025-01-25 10:23:34.444299481 +0000 @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                -

                Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                +

                Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/httpd_socket.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/httpd_socket.html 2025-01-25 10:23:34.464299581 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/httpd_socket.html 2025-01-25 10:23:34.464299581 +0000 @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                -

                Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                +

                Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/httpd_util.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/httpd_util.html 2025-01-25 10:23:34.488299700 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/httpd_util.html 2025-01-25 10:23:34.492299720 +0000 @@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                -

                Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                +

                Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:19:13.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:36:56.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> inets - 9.3 - urn:uuid:b9028e69-6c24-a011-8688-fd0dcef7bb30 + urn:uuid:4a6002f7-4ac8-154a-caee-ba1d95a6ffe8 en - 2025-01-25T10:19:13Z + 2041-02-26T23:36:56Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/http_client.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/http_client.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:13.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/http_client.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:56.000000000 +0000 @@ -33,32 +33,32 @@ handle each request, unless a persistent connection can be used with or without pipelining. The client adds a host header and an empty te header if there are no such headers present in the request.

                The client supports IPv6 as long as the underlying mechanisms also do so.

                The following is to be put in the Erlang node application configuration file to -start a profile at application startup:

                [{inets, [{services, [{httpc, PropertyList}]}]}]

                For valid properties, see httpc.

                +start a profile at application startup:

                [{inets, [{services, [{httpc, PropertyList}]}]}]

                For valid properties, see httpc.

                Getting Started

                -

                Start Inets:

                1> inets:start().
                +

                Start Inets:

                1> inets:start().
                 ok

                The following calls use the default client profile. Use the proxy "www-proxy.mycompany.com:8000", except from requests to localhost. This -applies to all the following requests.

                Example:

                2> httpc:set_options([{proxy, {{"www-proxy.mycompany.com", 8000},
                -["localhost"]}}]).
                -ok

                The following is an ordinary synchronous request:

                3> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
                -.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", []}, [], []).

                With all the default values presented, a get request can also be written as -follows:

                4> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
                -.. httpc:request("http://www.erlang.org").

                The following is a https request and with verification of the host:

                5> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
                -.. httpc:request(get, {"https://www.erlang.org", []}, [{ssl, httpc:ssl_verify_host_options(true)}], []).

                The following is an ordinary asynchronous request:

                6> {ok, RequestId} =
                -.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", []}, [], [{sync, false}]).

                The result is sent to the calling process as {http, {ReqestId, Result}}.

                In this case, the calling process is the shell, so the following result is -received:

                7> receive {http, {RequestId, Result}} -> ok after 500 -> error end.
                -ok

                This sends a request with a specified connection header:

                8> {ok, {{NewVersion, 200, NewReasonPhrase}, NewHeaders, NewBody}} =
                -.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", [{"connection", "close"}]},
                -.. [], []).

                This sends an HTTP request over a unix domain socket (experimental):

                9> httpc:set_options([{ipfamily, local}, {unix_socket,"/tmp/unix_socket/consul_http.sock"}]).
                -10> {ok, {{NewVersion, 200, NewReasonPhrase}, NewHeaders, NewBody}} =
                - .. httpc:request(put, {"http:///v1/kv/foo", [], [], "hello"}, [], []).

                Start an HTTP client profile:

                10> {ok, Pid} = inets:start(httpc, [{profile, foo}]).
                -{ok, <0.45.0>}

                The new profile has no proxy settings, so the connection is refused:

                11> httpc:request("http://www.erlang.org", foo).
                -{error, econnrefused}

                Stop the HTTP client profile:

                12> inets:stop(httpc, foo).
                -ok

                Alternative way to stop the HTTP client profile:

                13> inets:stop(httpc, Pid).
                +applies to all the following requests.

                Example:

                2> httpc:set_options([{proxy, {{"www-proxy.mycompany.com", 8000},
                +["localhost"]}}]).
                +ok

                The following is an ordinary synchronous request:

                3> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
                +.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", []}, [], []).

                With all the default values presented, a get request can also be written as +follows:

                4> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
                +.. httpc:request("http://www.erlang.org").

                The following is a https request and with verification of the host:

                5> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
                +.. httpc:request(get, {"https://www.erlang.org", []}, [{ssl, httpc:ssl_verify_host_options(true)}], []).

                The following is an ordinary asynchronous request:

                6> {ok, RequestId} =
                +.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", []}, [], [{sync, false}]).

                The result is sent to the calling process as {http, {ReqestId, Result}}.

                In this case, the calling process is the shell, so the following result is +received:

                7> receive {http, {RequestId, Result}} -> ok after 500 -> error end.
                +ok

                This sends a request with a specified connection header:

                8> {ok, {{NewVersion, 200, NewReasonPhrase}, NewHeaders, NewBody}} =
                +.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", [{"connection", "close"}]},
                +.. [], []).

                This sends an HTTP request over a unix domain socket (experimental):

                9> httpc:set_options([{ipfamily, local}, {unix_socket,"/tmp/unix_socket/consul_http.sock"}]).
                +10> {ok, {{NewVersion, 200, NewReasonPhrase}, NewHeaders, NewBody}} =
                + .. httpc:request(put, {"http:///v1/kv/foo", [], [], "hello"}, [], []).

                Start an HTTP client profile:

                10> {ok, Pid} = inets:start(httpc, [{profile, foo}]).
                +{ok, <0.45.0>}

                The new profile has no proxy settings, so the connection is refused:

                11> httpc:request("http://www.erlang.org", foo).
                +{error, econnrefused}

                Stop the HTTP client profile:

                12> inets:stop(httpc, foo).
                +ok

                Alternative way to stop the HTTP client profile:

                13> inets:stop(httpc, Pid).
                 ok
                /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/httpc.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/httpc.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:13.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/httpc.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:56.000000000 +0000 @@ -950,13 +950,13 @@ {http, ReplyInfo}.

              • function/1 - Information is delivered to the receiver through calls to the provided fun Receiver(ReplyInfo).

              • {Module, Function, Args} - Information is delivered to the receiver through calls to the callback function -apply(Module, Function, [ReplyInfo | Args]).

              In all of these cases, ReplyInfo has the following structure:

               {RequestId, saved_to_file}
              - {RequestId, {error, Reason}}
              - {RequestId, Result}
              - {RequestId, stream_start, Headers}
              - {RequestId, stream_start, Headers, HandlerPid}
              - {RequestId, stream, BinBodyPart}
              - {RequestId, stream_end, Headers}

              Default is the pid of the process calling the request function (self/0).

            • ipv6_host_with_brackets - Defines when parsing the Host-Port part of an +apply(Module, Function, [ReplyInfo | Args]).

            In all of these cases, ReplyInfo has the following structure:

             {RequestId, saved_to_file}
            + {RequestId, {error, Reason}}
            + {RequestId, Result}
            + {RequestId, stream_start, Headers}
            + {RequestId, stream_start, Headers, HandlerPid}
            + {RequestId, stream, BinBodyPart}
            + {RequestId, stream_end, Headers}

            Default is the pid of the process calling the request function (self/0).

          • ipv6_host_with_brackets - Defines when parsing the Host-Port part of an URI with an IPv6 address with brackets, if those brackets are to be retained (true) or stripped (false).

            Default is false.

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/httpd.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/httpd.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:13.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/httpd.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:56.000000000 +0000 @@ -131,36 +131,36 @@ level error under the hierarchical logger domain: [otp, inets, httpd, ServerID, error] The built in logger formatting function produces log entries from the error -reports:

          #{server_name => string()
          +reports:

          #{server_name => string()
             protocol => internal | 'TCP' | 'TLS' | 'HTTP',
             transport => "TCP" | "TLS", %% Present when protocol = 'HTTP'
          -  uri => string(), %% Present when protocol = 'HTTP' and URI is valid
          -  peer => inet:peername(),
          -  host => inet:hostname(),
          -  reason => term()
          -}

          An example of a log entry with only default settings of logger

          =ERROR REPORT==== 9-Oct-2019::09:33:27.350235 ===
          +  uri => string(), %% Present when protocol = 'HTTP' and URI is valid
          +  peer => inet:peername(),
          +  host => inet:hostname(),
          +  reason => term()
          +}

          An example of a log entry with only default settings of logger

          =ERROR REPORT==== 9-Oct-2019::09:33:27.350235 ===
              Server: My Server
            Protocol: HTTP
           Transport: TLS
                 URI: /not_there
                Host: 127.0.1.1:80
                Peer: 127.0.0.1:45253
          -   Reason: [{statuscode,404},{description,"Object Not Found"}]

          Using this option makes mod_log and mod_disk_log error logs redundant.

          Add the filter

          {fun logger_filters:domain/2,
          -    {log,equal,[otp,inets, httpd, ServerID, error]}

          to appropriate logger handler to handle the events. For example to write the + Reason: [{statuscode,404},{description,"Object Not Found"}]

          Using this option makes mod_log and mod_disk_log error logs redundant.

          Add the filter

          {fun logger_filters:domain/2,
          +    {log,equal,[otp,inets, httpd, ServerID, error]}

          to appropriate logger handler to handle the events. For example to write the error log from an httpd server with a ServerID of my_server to a file -you can use the following sys.config:

          [{kernel,
          - [{logger,
          -  [{handler, http_error_test, logger_std_h,
          -    #{config => #{ file => "log/http_error.log" },
          -      filters => [{inets_httpd, {fun logger_filters:domain/2,
          -                                 {log, equal,
          -                                  [otp, inets, httpd, my_server, error]
          -                                 }}}],
          -      filter_default => stop }}]}]}].

          or if you want to add it to the default logger via an API:

          logger:add_handler_filter(default,
          +you can use the following sys.config:

          [{kernel,
          + [{logger,
          +  [{handler, http_error_test, logger_std_h,
          +    #{config => #{ file => "log/http_error.log" },
          +      filters => [{inets_httpd, {fun logger_filters:domain/2,
          +                                 {log, equal,
          +                                  [otp, inets, httpd, my_server, error]
          +                                 }}}],
          +      filter_default => stop }}]}]}].

          or if you want to add it to the default logger via an API:

          logger:add_handler_filter(default,
                                     inets_httpd,
          -                          {fun logger_filters:domain/2,
          -                           {log, equal,
          -                            [otp, inets, httpd, my_server, error]}}).
      • {log_format, common | combined}
        Defines if access logs are to be written according to the common log format + {fun logger_filters:domain/2, + {log, equal, + [otp, inets, httpd, my_server, error]}}).

    • {log_format, common | combined}
      Defines if access logs are to be written according to the common log format or the extended common log format. The common format is one line looking like this: remotehost rfc931 authuser [date] "request" status bytes.

      Here:

      • remotehost - Remote.

      • rfc931 - The remote username of the client (RFC 931).

      • authuser - The username used for authentication.

      • [date] - Date and time of the request @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ remotehost rfc931 authuser [date] "request" status bytes "referer" "user_agent"

        In addition to the earlier:

        • "referer" - The URL the client was on before requesting the URL (if it could not be determined, a minus sign is placed in this field).

        • "user_agent" - The software the client claims to be using (if it could not be determined, a minus sign is placed in this field).

        This affects the access logs written by mod_log and mod_disk_log.

      • {error_log_format, pretty | compact}
        Default is pretty. If the error log is meant to be read directly by a human, -pretty is the best option.

        pretty has a format corresponding to:

        io:format("[~s] ~s, reason: ~n ~p ~n~n", [Date, Msg, Reason]).

        compact has a format corresponding to:

        io:format("[~s] ~s, reason: ~w ~n", [Date, Msg, Reason]).

        This affects the error logs written by mod_log and mod_disk_log.

      +pretty is the best option.

      pretty has a format corresponding to:

      io:format("[~s] ~s, reason: ~n ~p ~n~n", [Date, Msg, Reason]).

      compact has a format corresponding to:

      io:format("[~s] ~s, reason: ~w ~n", [Date, Msg, Reason]).

      This affects the error logs written by mod_log and mod_disk_log.

    @@ -179,15 +179,15 @@
    • {alias, {Alias, RealName}}
      Alias = string() and RealName = string(). alias allows documents to be stored in the local file system instead of the document_root location. URLs with a path beginning with url-path is mapped to local files beginning with -directory-filename, for example:

      {alias, {"/image", "/ftp/pub/image"}}

      Access to http://your.server.org/image/foo.gif would refer to the file +directory-filename, for example:

      {alias, {"/image", "/ftp/pub/image"}}

      Access to http://your.server.org/image/foo.gif would refer to the file /ftp/pub/image/foo.gif.

    • {re_write, {Re, Replacement}}
      Re = string() and Replacement = string(). re_write allows documents to be stored in the local file system instead of the document_root location. URLs are rewritten by re:replace/3 to produce a path in the local -file-system, for example:

      {re_write, {"^/[~]([^/]+)(.*)$", "/home/\\1/public\\2"}}

      Access to http://your.server.org/~bob/foo.gif would refer to the file +file-system, for example:

      {re_write, {"^/[~]([^/]+)(.*)$", "/home/\\1/public\\2"}}

      Access to http://your.server.org/~bob/foo.gif would refer to the file /home/bob/public/foo.gif.

    • {directory_index, [string()]}
      directory_index specifies a list of resources to look for if a client requests a directory using a / at the end of the directory name. file depicts the name of a file in the directory. Several files can be given, in -which case the server returns the first it finds, for example:

      {directory_index, ["index.html", "welcome.html"]}

      Access to http://your.server.org/docs/ would return +which case the server returns the first it finds, for example:

      {directory_index, ["index.html", "welcome.html"]}

      Access to http://your.server.org/docs/ would return http://your.server.org/docs/index.html or http://your.server.org/docs/welcome.html if index.html does not exist.

    @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ method. The method is either GET or POST, as defined in RFC 1945. It propagates the URL and file path of the requested document using the standard CGI PATH_INFO and -PATH_TRANSLATED environment variables.

    Example:

    {script, {"PUT", "/cgi-bin/put"}}

    +PATH_TRANSLATED environment variables.

    Example:

    {script, {"PUT", "/cgi-bin/put"}}

    @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@

    • {erl_script_alias, {URLPath, [AllowedModule]}}
      URLPath = string() and AllowedModule = atom(). erl_script_alias marks all URLs matching url-path as erl scheme scripts. A matching URL is mapped -into a specific module and function, for example:

      {erl_script_alias, {"/cgi-bin/example", [httpd_example]}}

      A request to http://your.server.org/cgi-bin/example/httpd_example:yahoo would +into a specific module and function, for example:

      {erl_script_alias, {"/cgi-bin/example", [httpd_example]}}

      A request to http://your.server.org/cgi-bin/example/httpd_example:yahoo would refer to httpd_example:yahoo/3 or, if that does not exist, httpd_example:yahoo/2 and http://your.server.org/cgi-bin/example/other:yahoo would not be allowed to execute.

    • {erl_script_nocache, boolean()}
      If erl_script_nocache is set to true, the server adds HTTP header fields @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ Authentication Properties - Requires mod_auth

    -

    {directory, {path(), [{property(), term()}]}}

    The properties for directories are as follows:

  • {sctp_events, #sctp_event_subscribe{}}

    #sctp_event_subscribe{
             data_io_event          = true | false,
             association_event      = true | false,
             address_event          = true | false,
    @@ -183,42 +183,42 @@
             shutdown_event         = true | false,
             partial_delivery_event = true | false,
             adaptation_layer_event = true | false
    -}

    This option determines which SCTP Events that are to be +}

    This option determines which SCTP Events that are to be received (through recv/*) along with the data. The only exception is data_io_event, which enables or disables receiving of #sctp_sndrcvinfo{} ancillary data, not events. By default, all flags except adaptation_layer_event are enabled, although sctp_data_io_event and association_event are used by the driver -itself and not exported to the user level.

  • {sctp_delayed_ack_time, #sctp_assoc_value{}}

    #sctp_assoc_value{
    -      assoc_id    = assoc_id(),
    -      assoc_value = integer()
    -}

    Rarely used. Determines the ACK time (specified by assoc_value, in +itself and not exported to the user level.

  • {sctp_delayed_ack_time, #sctp_assoc_value{}}

    #sctp_assoc_value{
    +      assoc_id    = assoc_id(),
    +      assoc_value = integer()
    +}

    Rarely used. Determines the ACK time (specified by assoc_value, in milliseconds) for the specified association or the whole endpoint if -assoc_value = 0 (default).

  • {sctp_status, #sctp_status{}}

    #sctp_status{
    -      assoc_id            = assoc_id(),
    -      state               = atom(),
    -      rwnd                = integer(),
    -      unackdata           = integer(),
    -      penddata            = integer(),
    -      instrms             = integer(),
    -      outstrms            = integer(),
    -      fragmentation_point = integer(),
    -      primary             = #sctp_paddrinfo{}
    -}

    This option is read-only. It determines the status of the SCTP association +assoc_value = 0 (default).

  • {sctp_status, #sctp_status{}}

    #sctp_status{
    +      assoc_id            = assoc_id(),
    +      state               = atom(),
    +      rwnd                = integer(),
    +      unackdata           = integer(),
    +      penddata            = integer(),
    +      instrms             = integer(),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/gen_tcp.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/gen_tcp.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:19:02.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/gen_tcp.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:46.000000000 +0000
    @@ -25,27 +25,27 @@
           

    Interface to TCP/IP sockets.

    This module provides functions for communicating over TCP/IP protocol sockets.

    The following code fragment is a simple example of a client connecting to a -server at port 5678, transferring a binary, and closing the connection:

    client() ->
    +server at port 5678, transferring a binary, and closing the connection:

    client() ->
         SomeHostInNet = "localhost", % to make it runnable on one machine
    -    {ok, Sock} = gen_tcp:connect(SomeHostInNet, 5678,
    -                                 [binary, {packet, 0}]),
    -    ok = gen_tcp:send(Sock, "Some Data"),
    -    ok = gen_tcp:close(Sock).

    At the other end, a server is listening on port 5678, accepts the connection, -and receives the binary:

    server() ->
    -    {ok, LSock} = gen_tcp:listen(5678, [binary, {packet, 0},
    -                                        {active, false}]),
    -    {ok, Sock} = gen_tcp:accept(LSock),
    -    {ok, Bin} = do_recv(Sock, []),
    -    ok = gen_tcp:close(Sock),
    -    ok = gen_tcp:close(LSock),
    +    {ok, Sock} = gen_tcp:connect(SomeHostInNet, 5678,
    +                                 [binary, {packet, 0}]),
    +    ok = gen_tcp:send(Sock, "Some Data"),
    +    ok = gen_tcp:close(Sock).

    At the other end, a server is listening on port 5678, accepts the connection, +and receives the binary:

    server() ->
    +    {ok, LSock} = gen_tcp:listen(5678, [binary, {packet, 0},
    +                                        {active, false}]),
    +    {ok, Sock} = gen_tcp:accept(LSock),
    +    {ok, Bin} = do_recv(Sock, []),
    +    ok = gen_tcp:close(Sock),
    +    ok = gen_tcp:close(LSock),
         Bin.
     
    -do_recv(Sock, Bs) ->
    -    case gen_tcp:recv(Sock, 0) of
    -        {ok, B} ->
    -            do_recv(Sock, [Bs, B]);
    -        {error, closed} ->
    -            {ok, list_to_binary(Bs)}
    +do_recv(Sock, Bs) ->
    +    case gen_tcp:recv(Sock, 0) of
    +        {ok, B} ->
    +            do_recv(Sock, [Bs, B]);
    +        {error, closed} ->
    +            {ok, list_to_binary(Bs)}
         end.

    For more examples, see section Examples.

    Note

    Functions that create sockets can take an optional option; {inet_backend, Backend} that, if specified, has to be the first option. This selects the implementation backend towards the platform's socket API.

    This is a temporary option that will be ignored in a future release.

    The default is Backend = inet that selects the traditional inet_drv.c @@ -84,48 +84,48 @@ a single listening socket. Function start/2 takes the number of worker processes and the port number on which to listen for incoming connections. If LPort is specified as 0, an ephemeral port number is used, which is why the -start function returns the actual port number allocated:

    start(Num,LPort) ->
    -    case gen_tcp:listen(LPort,[{active, false},{packet,2}]) of
    -        {ok, ListenSock} ->
    -            start_servers(Num,ListenSock),
    -            {ok, Port} = inet:port(ListenSock),
    +start function returns the actual port number allocated:

    start(Num,LPort) ->
    +    case gen_tcp:listen(LPort,[{active, false},{packet,2}]) of
    +        {ok, ListenSock} ->
    +            start_servers(Num,ListenSock),
    +            {ok, Port} = inet:port(ListenSock),
                 Port;
    -        {error,Reason} ->
    -            {error,Reason}
    +        {error,Reason} ->
    +            {error,Reason}
         end.
     
    -start_servers(0,_) ->
    +start_servers(0,_) ->
         ok;
    -start_servers(Num,LS) ->
    -    spawn(?MODULE,server,[LS]),
    -    start_servers(Num-1,LS).
    +start_servers(Num,LS) ->
    +    spawn(?MODULE,server,[LS]),
    +    start_servers(Num-1,LS).
     
    -server(LS) ->
    -    case gen_tcp:accept(LS) of
    -        {ok,S} ->
    -            loop(S),
    -            server(LS);
    +server(LS) ->
    +    case gen_tcp:accept(LS) of
    +        {ok,S} ->
    +            loop(S),
    +            server(LS);
             Other ->
    -            io:format("accept returned ~w - goodbye!~n",[Other]),
    +            io:format("accept returned ~w - goodbye!~n",[Other]),
                 ok
         end.
     
    -loop(S) ->
    -    inet:setopts(S,[{active,once}]),
    +loop(S) ->
    +    inet:setopts(S,[{active,once}]),
         receive
    -        {tcp,S,Data} ->
    -            Answer = process(Data), % Not implemented in this example
    -            gen_tcp:send(S,Answer),
    -            loop(S);
    -        {tcp_closed,S} ->
    -            io:format("Socket ~w closed [~w]~n",[S,self()]),
    +        {tcp,S,Data} ->
    +            Answer = process(Data), % Not implemented in this example
    +            gen_tcp:send(S,Answer),
    +            loop(S);
    +        {tcp_closed,S} ->
    +            io:format("Socket ~w closed [~w]~n",[S,self()]),
                 ok
    -    end.

    Example of a simple client:

    client(PortNo,Message) ->
    -    {ok,Sock} = gen_tcp:connect("localhost",PortNo,[{active,false},
    -                                                    {packet,2}]),
    -    gen_tcp:send(Sock,Message),
    -    A = gen_tcp:recv(Sock,0),
    -    gen_tcp:close(Sock),
    +    end.

    Example of a simple client:

    client(PortNo,Message) ->
    +    {ok,Sock} = gen_tcp:connect("localhost",PortNo,[{active,false},
    +                                                    {packet,2}]),
    +    gen_tcp:send(Sock,Message),
    +    A = gen_tcp:recv(Sock,0),
    +    gen_tcp:close(Sock),
         A.

    The send call does not accept a time-out option because time-outs on send is handled through socket option send_timeout. The behavior of a send operation with no receiver is mainly defined by the underlying TCP stack and the network @@ -135,32 +135,32 @@ does not get any acknowledge for each message it sends, but has to rely on the send time-out option to detect that the other end is unresponsive. Option send_timeout can be used when connecting:

    ...
    -{ok,Sock} = gen_tcp:connect(HostAddress, Port,
    -                            [{active,false},
    -                             {send_timeout, 5000},
    -                             {packet,2}]),
    -                loop(Sock), % See below
    -...

    In the loop where requests are handled, send time-outs can now be detected:

    loop(Sock) ->
    +{ok,Sock} = gen_tcp:connect(HostAddress, Port,
    +                            [{active,false},
    +                             {send_timeout, 5000},
    +                             {packet,2}]),
    +                loop(Sock), % See below
    +...

    In the loop where requests are handled, send time-outs can now be detected:

    loop(Sock) ->
         receive
    -        {Client, send_data, Binary} ->
    -            case gen_tcp:send(Sock,[Binary]) of
    -                {error, timeout} ->
    -                    io:format("Send timeout, closing!~n",
    -                              []),
    -                    handle_send_timeout(), % Not implemented here
    -                    Client ! {self(),{error_sending, timeout}},
    +        {Client, send_data, Binary} ->
    +            case gen_tcp:send(Sock,[Binary]) of
    +                {error, timeout} ->
    +                    io:format("Send timeout, closing!~n",
    +                              []),
    +                    handle_send_timeout(), % Not implemented here
    +                    Client ! {self(),{error_sending, timeout}},
                         %% Usually, it's a good idea to give up in case of a
                         %% send timeout, as you never know how much actually
                         %% reached the server, maybe only a packet header?!
    -                    gen_tcp:close(Sock);
    -                {error, OtherSendError} ->
    -                    io:format("Some other error on socket (~p), closing",
    -                              [OtherSendError]),
    -                    Client ! {self(),{error_sending, OtherSendError}},
    -                    gen_tcp:close(Sock);
    +                    gen_tcp:close(Sock);
    +                {error, OtherSendError} ->
    +                    io:format("Some other error on socket (~p), closing",
    +                              [OtherSendError]),
    +                    Client ! {self(),{error_sending, OtherSendError}},
    +                    gen_tcp:close(Sock);
                     ok ->
    -                    Client ! {self(), data_sent},
    -                    loop(Sock)
    +                    Client ! {self(), data_sent},
    +                    loop(Sock)
                 end
         end.

    Usually it suffices to detect time-outs on receive, as most protocols include some sort of acknowledgment from the server, but if the protocol is strictly one /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/gen_udp.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/gen_udp.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:02.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/gen_udp.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:46.000000000 +0000 @@ -839,8 +839,8 @@ Leaves a multicast group.

  • option/0 - See inet:setopts/2.

  • UDP packets are sent with this socket using send(Socket, ...). When UDP packets arrive to the Socket's UDP port, and the socket is in an active mode, the packets are delivered as messages to the -controlling process (socket owner):

    {udp, Socket, PeerIP, PeerPort, Packet} % Without ancillary data
    -{udp, Socket, PeerIP, PeerPort, AncData, Packet} % With ancillary data

    PeerIP and PeerPort are the address from which Packet was sent. +controlling process (socket owner):

    {udp, Socket, PeerIP, PeerPort, Packet} % Without ancillary data
    +{udp, Socket, PeerIP, PeerPort, AncData, Packet} % With ancillary data

    PeerIP and PeerPort are the address from which Packet was sent. Packet is a list of bytes ([byte/0] if option list is active and a binary/0 if option binaryis active (they are mutually exclusive).

    The message contains an AncData field only if any of the socket @@ -848,8 +848,8 @@ recvtclass or recvttl are active.

    When a socket in {active, N} mode (see inet:setopts/2 for details), transitions to passive ({active, false}) mode (N counts down to 0), -the controlling process is notified by a message on this form:

    {udp_passive, Socket}

    If the OS protocol stack reports an error for the socket, the following -message is sent to the controlling process:

    {udp_error, Socket, Reason}

    Reason is mostly a POSIX Error Code.

    If the socket is in passive mode (not in an active mode), received data +the controlling process is notified by a message on this form:

    {udp_passive, Socket}

    If the OS protocol stack reports an error for the socket, the following +message is sent to the controlling process:

    {udp_error, Socket, Reason}

    Reason is mostly a POSIX Error Code.

    If the socket is in passive mode (not in an active mode), received data can be retrieved with therecv/2,3](recv/2) calls. Note that incoming UDP packets that are longer than the receive buffer option specifies can be truncated without warning.

    The default value for the receive buffer option is {recbuf, 8192}.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/global_group.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/global_group.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:02.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/global_group.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:46.000000000 +0000 @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ groups. Each global group has its own global namespace, see global.

    The main advantage of dividing systems into global groups is that the background load decreases while the number of nodes to be updated is reduced when manipulating globally registered names.

    The Kernel configuration parameter global_groups -defines the global groups:

    {global_groups, [GroupTuple :: group_tuple()]}

    For the processes and nodes to run smoothly using the global group +defines the global groups:

    {global_groups, [GroupTuple :: group_tuple()]}

    For the processes and nodes to run smoothly using the global group functionality, the following criteria must be met:

    • An instance of the global group server, global_group, must be running on each node. The processes are automatically started and synchronized when a node is started.
    • All involved nodes must agree on the global group definition, otherwise the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/inet_res.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/inet_res.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:02.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/inet_res.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:46.000000000 +0000 @@ -74,15 +74,15 @@ Example

      This access functions example shows how lookup/3 can be implemented using -resolve/3 from outside the module:

      example_lookup(Name, Class, Type) ->
      -    case inet_res:resolve(Name, Class, Type) of
      -        {ok,Msg} ->
      -            [inet_dns:rr(RR, data)
      -             || RR <- inet_dns:msg(Msg, anlist),
      -                 inet_dns:rr(RR, type) =:= Type,
      -                 inet_dns:rr(RR, class) =:= Class];
      -        {error,_} ->
      -            []
      +resolve/3 from outside the module:

      example_lookup(Name, Class, Type) ->
      +    case inet_res:resolve(Name, Class, Type) of
      +        {ok,Msg} ->
      +            [inet_dns:rr(RR, data)
      +             || RR <- inet_dns:msg(Msg, anlist),
      +                 inet_dns:rr(RR, type) =:= Type,
      +                 inet_dns:rr(RR, class) =:= Class];
      +        {error,_} ->
      +            []
            end.
      @@ -478,57 +478,57 @@

      A DNS message.

      This is the start of a hierarchy of opaque data structures that can be examined with access functions in inet_dns, which return lists of {Field,Value} tuples. The arity 2 functions return the value -for a specified field.

      dns_msg() = DnsMsg
      -    inet_dns:msg(DnsMsg) ->
      -        [ {header, dns_header()}
      -        | {qdlist, dns_query()}
      -        | {anlist, dns_rr()}
      -        | {nslist, dns_rr()}
      -        | {arlist, dns_rr()} ]
      -    inet_dns:msg(DnsMsg, header) -> dns_header() % for example
      -    inet_dns:msg(DnsMsg, Field) -> Value
      -
      -dns_header() = DnsHeader
      -    inet_dns:header(DnsHeader) ->
      -        [ {id, integer()}
      -        | {qr, boolean()}
      -        | {opcode, query | iquery | status | integer()}
      -        | {aa, boolean()}
      -        | {tc, boolean()}
      -        | {rd, boolean()}
      -        | {ra, boolean()}
      -        | {pr, boolean()}
      -        | {rcode, integer(0..16)} ]
      -    inet_dns:header(DnsHeader, Field) -> Value
      -
      -query_type() = axfr | mailb | maila | any | dns_rr_type()
      -
      -dns_query() = DnsQuery
      -    inet_dns:dns_query(DnsQuery) ->
      -        [ {domain, dns_name()}
      -        | {type, query_type()}
      -        | {class, dns_class()} ]
      -    inet_dns:dns_query(DnsQuery, Field) -> Value
      -
      -dns_rr() = DnsRr
      -    inet_dns:rr(DnsRr) -> DnsRrFields | DnsRrOptFields
      -    DnsRrFields = [ {domain, dns_name()}
      -                  | {type, dns_rr_type()}
      -                  | {class, dns_class()}
      -                  | {ttl, integer()}
      -                  | {data, dns_data()} ]
      -    DnsRrOptFields = [ {domain, dns_name()}
      -                     | {type, opt}
      -                     | {udp_payload_size, integer()}
      -                     | {ext_rcode, integer()}
      -                     | {version, integer()}
      -                     | {z, integer()}
      -                     | {data, dns_data()} ]
      -    inet_dns:rr(DnsRr, Field) -> Value

      There is an information function for the types above:

      inet_dns:record_type(dns_msg()) -> msg;
      -inet_dns:record_type(dns_header()) -> header;
      -inet_dns:record_type(dns_query()) -> dns_query;
      -inet_dns:record_type(dns_rr()) -> rr;
      -inet_dns:record_type(_) -> undefined.

      So, inet_dns:(inet_dns:record_type(X))(X) converts any of these data +for a specified field.

      dns_msg() = DnsMsg
      +    inet_dns:msg(DnsMsg) ->
      +        [ {header, dns_header()}
      +        | {qdlist, dns_query()}
      +        | {anlist, dns_rr()}
      +        | {nslist, dns_rr()}
      +        | {arlist, dns_rr()} ]
      +    inet_dns:msg(DnsMsg, header) -> dns_header() % for example
      +    inet_dns:msg(DnsMsg, Field) -> Value
      +
      +dns_header() = DnsHeader
      +    inet_dns:header(DnsHeader) ->
      +        [ {id, integer()}
      +        | {qr, boolean()}
      +        | {opcode, query | iquery | status | integer()}
      +        | {aa, boolean()}
      +        | {tc, boolean()}
      +        | {rd, boolean()}
      +        | {ra, boolean()}
      +        | {pr, boolean()}
      +        | {rcode, integer(0..16)} ]
      +    inet_dns:header(DnsHeader, Field) -> Value
      +
      +query_type() = axfr | mailb | maila | any | dns_rr_type()
      +
      +dns_query() = DnsQuery
      +    inet_dns:dns_query(DnsQuery) ->
      +        [ {domain, dns_name()}
      +        | {type, query_type()}
      +        | {class, dns_class()} ]
      +    inet_dns:dns_query(DnsQuery, Field) -> Value
      +
      +dns_rr() = DnsRr
      +    inet_dns:rr(DnsRr) -> DnsRrFields | DnsRrOptFields
      +    DnsRrFields = [ {domain, dns_name()}
      +                  | {type, dns_rr_type()}
      +                  | {class, dns_class()}
      +                  | {ttl, integer()}
      +                  | {data, dns_data()} ]
      +    DnsRrOptFields = [ {domain, dns_name()}
      +                     | {type, opt}
      +                     | {udp_payload_size, integer()}
      +                     | {ext_rcode, integer()}
      +                     | {version, integer()}
      +                     | {z, integer()}
      +                     | {data, dns_data()} ]
      +    inet_dns:rr(DnsRr, Field) -> Value

      There is an information function for the types above:

      inet_dns:record_type(dns_msg()) -> msg;
      +inet_dns:record_type(dns_header()) -> header;
      +inet_dns:record_type(dns_query()) -> dns_query;
      +inet_dns:record_type(dns_rr()) -> rr;
      +inet_dns:record_type(_) -> undefined.

      So, inet_dns:(inet_dns:record_type(X))(X) converts any of these data structures into a {Field,Value} list.

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/inet.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/inet.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:02.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/inet.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:46.000000000 +0000 @@ -46,19 +46,19 @@ or as a tuple {150, 236, 20, 73}.

      IPv4 address examples:

      Address          ip_address()
       -------          ------------
       127.0.0.1        {127,0,0,1}
      -192.168.42.2     {192,168,42,2}

      IPv6 address examples:

      Address          ip_address()
      +192.168.42.2     {192,168,42,2}

      IPv6 address examples:

      Address          ip_address()
       -------          ------------
      -::1             {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}
      -::192.168.42.2  {0,0,0,0,0,0,(192 bsl 8) bor 168,(42 bsl 8) bor 2}
      +::1             {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}
      +::192.168.42.2  {0,0,0,0,0,0,(192 bsl 8) bor 168,(42 bsl 8) bor 2}
       ::FFFF:192.168.42.2
      -                {0,0,0,0,0,16#FFFF,(192 bsl 8) bor 168,(42 bsl 8) bor 2}
      +                {0,0,0,0,0,16#FFFF,(192 bsl 8) bor 168,(42 bsl 8) bor 2}
       3ffe:b80:1f8d:2:204:acff:fe17:bf38
      -                {16#3ffe,16#b80,16#1f8d,16#2,16#204,16#acff,16#fe17,16#bf38}
      +                {16#3ffe,16#b80,16#1f8d,16#2,16#204,16#acff,16#fe17,16#bf38}
       fe80::204:acff:fe17:bf38
      -                {16#fe80,0,0,0,16#204,16#acff,16#fe17,16#bf38}

      Function parse_address/1 can be useful:

      1> inet:parse_address("192.168.42.2").
      -{ok,{192,168,42,2}}
      -2> inet:parse_address("::FFFF:192.168.42.2").
      -{ok,{0,0,0,0,0,65535,49320,10754}}

      + {16#fe80,0,0,0,16#204,16#acff,16#fe17,16#bf38}

      Function parse_address/1 can be useful:

      1> inet:parse_address("192.168.42.2").
      +{ok,{192,168,42,2}}
      +2> inet:parse_address("::FFFF:192.168.42.2").
      +{ok,{0,0,0,0,0,65535,49320,10754}}

      @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@

      A record describing a host; name and address.

      Corresponds to the C: struct hostent as returned by for example -gethostbyname(3).

      The record is defined in the Kernel include file "inet.hrl".

      Add the following directive to the module:

      -include_lib("kernel/include/inet.hrl").
      +gethostbyname(3).

      The record is defined in the Kernel include file "inet.hrl".

      Add the following directive to the module:

      -include_lib("kernel/include/inet.hrl").
      @@ -2001,8 +2001,8 @@ this information, you need to know the following:

      • The numeric value of protocol level IPPROTO_TCP
      • The numeric value of option TCP_INFO
      • The size of struct tcp_info
      • The size and offset of the specific field

      By inspecting the headers or writing a small C program, it is found that IPPROTO_TCP is 6, TCP_INFO is 11, the structure size is 92 (bytes), the offset of tcpi_sacked is 28 bytes, and the value is a 32-bit integer. The -following code can be used to retrieve the value:

      get_tcpi_sacked(Sock) ->
      -    {ok,[{raw,_,_,Info}]} = inet:getopts(Sock,[{raw,6,11,92}]),
      +following code can be used to retrieve the value:

      get_tcpi_sacked(Sock) ->
      +    {ok,[{raw,_,_,Info}]} = inet:getopts(Sock,[{raw,6,11,92}]),
           <<_:28/binary,TcpiSacked:32/native,_/binary>> = Info,
           TcpiSacked.

      Preferably, you would check the machine type, the operating system, and the Kernel version before executing anything similar to this code.

      @@ -2354,7 +2354,7 @@

      Start a socket monitor.

      If the Socket to monitor doesn't exist or when the monitor is triggered, -a 'DOWN' message is sent that has the following pattern:

      	    {'DOWN', MonitorRef, Type, Object, Info}
      • MonitorRef - The return value from this function.

      • Type - The type of socket, can be one of the following +a 'DOWN' message is sent that has the following pattern:

        	    {'DOWN', MonitorRef, Type, Object, Info}
        • MonitorRef - The return value from this function.

        • Type - The type of socket, can be one of the following atom/0s: port or socket.

        • Object - The monitored entity, the socket, which triggered the event.

        • Info - Either the termination reason of the socket or nosock (the Socket did not exist when this function was called).

        Making several calls to inet:monitor/1 for the same Socket is not an error; one monitor is created per call.

        The monitor is triggered when the socket is closed in any way such as /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_chapter.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:02.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_chapter.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:46.000000000 +0000 @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

        The API for logging consists of a set of macros, and a set of functions on the form logger:Level/1,2,3, which are all shortcuts for logger:log(Level,Arg1[,Arg2[,Arg3]]).

        The macros are defined in logger.hrl, which is included in a module with the -directive

        -include_lib("kernel/include/logger.hrl").

        The difference between using the macros and the exported functions is that +directive

        -include_lib("kernel/include/logger.hrl").

        The difference between using the macros and the exported functions is that macros add location (originator) information to the metadata, and performs lazy evaluation by wrapping the logger call in a case statement, so it is only evaluated if the log level of the event passes the primary log level check.

        @@ -107,23 +107,23 @@

        The log message contains the information to be logged. The message can consist of a format string and arguments (given as two separate parameters in the Logger -API), a string or a report.

        Example, format string and arguments:

        logger:error("The file does not exist: ~ts",[Filename])

        Example, string:

        logger:notice("Something strange happened!")

        A report, which is either a map or a key-value list, is the preferred way to log +API), a string or a report.

        Example, format string and arguments:

        logger:error("The file does not exist: ~ts",[Filename])

        Example, string:

        logger:notice("Something strange happened!")

        A report, which is either a map or a key-value list, is the preferred way to log using Logger as it makes it possible for different backends to filter and format -the log event as it needs to.

        Example, report:

        ?LOG_ERROR(#{ user => joe, filename => Filename, reason => enoent })

        Reports can be accompanied by a report callback specified in the log event's +the log event as it needs to.

        Example, report:

        ?LOG_ERROR(#{ user => joe, filename => Filename, reason => enoent })

        Reports can be accompanied by a report callback specified in the log event's metadata. The report callback is a convenience function that the formatter can use to convert the report to a format string and arguments, or directly to a string. The formatter can also use its own conversion function, if no callback is provided, or if a customized formatting is desired.

        The report callback must be a fun with one or two arguments. If it takes one argument, this is the report itself, and the fun returns a format string and -arguments:

        fun((logger:report()) -> {io:format(),[term()]})

        If it takes two arguments, the first is the report, and the second is a map -containing extra data that allows direct conversion to a string:

        fun((logger:report(),logger:report_cb_config()) -> unicode:chardata())

        The fun must obey the depth and chars_limit parameters provided in the +arguments:

        fun((logger:report()) -> {io:format(),[term()]})

        If it takes two arguments, the first is the report, and the second is a map +containing extra data that allows direct conversion to a string:

        fun((logger:report(),logger:report_cb_config()) -> unicode:chardata())

        The fun must obey the depth and chars_limit parameters provided in the second argument, as the formatter cannot do anything useful of these parameters with the returned string. The extra data also contains a field named single_line, indicating if the printed log message may contain line breaks or not. This variant is used when the formatting of the report depends on the size -or single line parameters.

        Example, report, and metadata with report callback:

        logger:debug(#{got => connection_request, id => Id, state => State},
        -             #{report_cb => fun(R) -> {"~p",[R]} end})

        The log message can also be provided through a fun for lazy evaluation. The fun +or single line parameters.

        Example, report, and metadata with report callback:

        logger:debug(#{got => connection_request, id => Id, state => State},
        +             #{report_cb => fun(R) -> {"~p",[R]} end})

        The log message can also be provided through a fun for lazy evaluation. The fun is only evaluated if the primary log level check passes, and is therefore recommended if it is expensive to generate the message. The lazy fun must return a string, a report, or a tuple with format string and arguments.

        @@ -311,14 +311,14 @@ allows another application to add its own default handler.

        Only one entry of this type is allowed.

      • {handler, HandlerId, Module, HandlerConfig} - If HandlerId is default, then this entry modifies the default handler, equivalent to calling

                logger:remove_handler(default)
        -

        followed by

                logger:add_handler(default, Module, HandlerConfig)
        +

        followed by

                logger:add_handler(default, Module, HandlerConfig)
         

        For all other values of HandlerId, this entry adds a new handler, -equivalent to calling

                logger:add_handler(HandlerId, Module, HandlerConfig)
        +equivalent to calling

                logger:add_handler(HandlerId, Module, HandlerConfig)
         

        Multiple entries of this type are allowed.

      • {filters, FilterDefault, [Filter]} - Adds the specified primary -filters.

        • FilterDefault = log | stop

        • Filter = {FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig}}

        Equivalent to calling

                logger:add_primary_filter(FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig})
        +filters.

        • FilterDefault = log | stop

        • Filter = {FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig}}

        Equivalent to calling

                logger:add_primary_filter(FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig})
         

        for each Filter.

        FilterDefault specifies the behaviour if all primary filters return ignore, see section Filters.

        Only one entry of this type is allowed.

      • {module_level, Level, [Module]} - Sets module log level for the given -modules. Equivalent to calling

                logger:set_module_level(Module, Level)

        for each Module.

        Multiple entries of this type are allowed.

      • {proxy, ProxyConfig} - Sets the proxy configuration, equivalent to +modules. Equivalent to calling

                logger:set_module_level(Module, Level)

        for each Module.

        Multiple entries of this type are allowed.

      • {proxy, ProxyConfig} - Sets the proxy configuration, equivalent to calling

                logger:set_proxy_config(ProxyConfig)
         

        Only one entry of this type is allowed.

      See section Configuration Examples for examples using the logger parameter for system configuration.

    • logger_metadata = map() - Specifies the primary @@ -341,31 +341,31 @@ file. See the config(4) manual page for more information about this file.

      Each of the following examples shows a simple system configuration file that configures Logger according to the description.

      Modify the default handler to print to a file instead of -standard_io:

      [{kernel,
      -  [{logger,
      -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,  % {handler, HandlerId, Module,
      -      #{config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}}  % Config}
      -    ]}]}].

      Modify the default handler to print each log event as a single line:

      [{kernel,
      -  [{logger,
      -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
      -      #{formatter => {logger_formatter, #{single_line => true}}}}
      -    ]}]}].

      Modify the default handler to print the pid of the logging process for each log -event:

      [{kernel,
      -  [{logger,
      -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
      -      #{formatter => {logger_formatter,
      -                        #{template => [time," ",pid," ",msg,"\n"]}}}}
      -    ]}]}].

      Modify the default handler to only print errors and more severe log events to +standard_io:

      [{kernel,
      +  [{logger,
      +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,  % {handler, HandlerId, Module,
      +      #{config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}}  % Config}
      +    ]}]}].

      Modify the default handler to print each log event as a single line:

      [{kernel,
      +  [{logger,
      +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
      +      #{formatter => {logger_formatter, #{single_line => true}}}}
      +    ]}]}].

      Modify the default handler to print the pid of the logging process for each log +event:

      [{kernel,
      +  [{logger,
      +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
      +      #{formatter => {logger_formatter,
      +                        #{template => [time," ",pid," ",msg,"\n"]}}}}
      +    ]}]}].

      Modify the default handler to only print errors and more severe log events to "log/erlang.log", and add another handler to print all log events to -"log/debug.log".

      [{kernel,
      -  [{logger,
      -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
      -      #{level => error,
      -        config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}},
      -     {handler, info, logger_std_h,
      -      #{level => debug,
      -        config => #{file => "log/debug.log"}}}
      -    ]}]}].

      +"log/debug.log".

      [{kernel,
      +  [{logger,
      +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
      +      #{level => error,
      +        config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}},
      +     {handler, info, logger_std_h,
      +      #{level => debug,
      +        config => #{file => "log/debug.log"}}}
      +    ]}]}].

      @@ -406,9 +406,9 @@ This field can be used by filters to stop or allow the log events.

      See section SASL User's Guide for more information about the old SASL error logging functionality.

    • Legacy Event Handlers
      To use event handlers written for error_logger, just add your event handler with

      error_logger:add_report_handler/1,2.

      This automatically starts the error logger event manager, and adds -error_logger as a handler to Logger, with the following configuration:

      #{level => info,
      +error_logger as a handler to Logger, with the following configuration:

      #{level => info,
         filter_default => log,
      -  filters => []}.

      Note

      This handler ignores events that do not originate from the error_logger + filters => []}.

      Note

      This handler ignores events that do not originate from the error_logger API, or from within OTP. This means that if your code uses the Logger API for logging, then your log events will be discarded by this handler.

      The handler is not overload protected.

    @@ -434,19 +434,19 @@ level notice or more severe, are logged to the terminal via the default handler. To also log info events, you can either change the primary log level to info:

    1> logger:set_primary_config(level, info).
    -ok

    or set the level for one or a few modules only:

    2> logger:set_module_level(mymodule, info).
    +ok

    or set the level for one or a few modules only:

    2> logger:set_module_level(mymodule, info).
     ok

    This allows info events to pass through to the default handler, and be printed to the terminal as well. If there are many info events, it can be useful to print these to a file instead.

    First, set the log level of the default handler to notice, preventing it from -printing info events to the terminal:

    3> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
    +printing info events to the terminal:

    3> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
     ok

    Then, add a new handler which prints to file. You can use the handler module -logger_std_h, and configure it to log to file:

    4> Config = #{config => #{file => "./info.log"}, level => info}.
    -#{config => #{file => "./info.log"},level => info}
    -5> logger:add_handler(myhandler, logger_std_h, Config).
    +logger_std_h, and configure it to log to file:

    4> Config = #{config => #{file => "./info.log"}, level => info}.
    +#{config => #{file => "./info.log"},level => info}
    +5> logger:add_handler(myhandler, logger_std_h, Config).
     ok

    Since filter_default defaults to log, this handler now receives all log events. If you want info events only in the file, you must add a filter to stop -all non-info events. The built-in filter logger_filters:level/2 can do this:

    6> logger:add_handler_filter(myhandler, stop_non_info,
    -                             {fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, info}}).
    +all non-info events. The built-in filter logger_filters:level/2 can do this:

    6> logger:add_handler_filter(myhandler, stop_non_info,
    +                             {fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, info}}).
     ok

    See section Filters for more information about the filters and the filter_default configuration parameter.

    @@ -471,48 +471,48 @@ database.

    When logger:get_config/0 or logger:get_handler_config/0,1 is called, Logger calls HModule:filter_config(Config). This function must return the -handler configuration where internal data is removed.

    A simple handler that prints to the terminal can be implemented as follows:

    -module(myhandler1).
    --export([log/2]).
    +handler configuration where internal data is removed.

    A simple handler that prints to the terminal can be implemented as follows:

    -module(myhandler1).
    +-export([log/2]).
     
    -log(LogEvent, #{formatter := {FModule, FConfig}}) ->
    -    io:put_chars(FModule:format(LogEvent, FConfig)).

    Notice that the above handler does not have any overload protection, and all log +log(LogEvent, #{formatter := {FModule, FConfig}}) -> + io:put_chars(FModule:format(LogEvent, FConfig)).

    Notice that the above handler does not have any overload protection, and all log events are printed directly from the client process.

    For information and examples of overload protection, please refer to section Protecting the Handler from Overload, and the implementation of logger_std_h and logger_disk_log_h .

    The following is a simpler example of a handler which logs to a file through one -single process:

    -module(myhandler2).
    --export([adding_handler/1, removing_handler/1, log/2]).
    --export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2, terminate/2]).
    +single process:

    -module(myhandler2).
    +-export([adding_handler/1, removing_handler/1, log/2]).
    +-export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2, terminate/2]).
     
    -adding_handler(Config) ->
    -    MyConfig = maps:get(config,Config,#{file => "myhandler2.log"}),
    -    {ok, Pid} = gen_server:start(?MODULE, MyConfig, []),
    -    {ok, Config#{config => MyConfig#{pid => Pid}}}.
    +adding_handler(Config) ->
    +    MyConfig = maps:get(config,Config,#{file => "myhandler2.log"}),
    +    {ok, Pid} = gen_server:start(?MODULE, MyConfig, []),
    +    {ok, Config#{config => MyConfig#{pid => Pid}}}.
     
    -removing_handler(#{config := #{pid := Pid}}) ->
    -    gen_server:stop(Pid).
    +removing_handler(#{config := #{pid := Pid}}) ->
    +    gen_server:stop(Pid).
     
    -log(LogEvent,#{config := #{pid := Pid}} = Config) ->
    -    gen_server:cast(Pid, {log, LogEvent, Config}).
    +log(LogEvent,#{config := #{pid := Pid}} = Config) ->
    +    gen_server:cast(Pid, {log, LogEvent, Config}).
     
    -init(#{file := File}) ->
    -    {ok, Fd} = file:open(File, [append, {encoding, utf8}]),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_cookbook.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_cookbook.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:19:02.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_cookbook.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:46.000000000 +0000
    @@ -39,19 +39,19 @@
       
       Print the primary Logger configurations.
     

    -
    1> logger:i(primary).
    +
    1> logger:i(primary).
     Primary configuration:
         Level: notice
         Filter Default: log
         Filters:
    -        (none)

    It is also possible to fetch the configuration using + (none)

    It is also possible to fetch the configuration using logger:get_primary_config().

    See also

    -
    2> logger:i(handlers).
    +
    2> logger:i(handlers).
     Handler configuration:
         Id: default
             Module: logger_std_h
    @@ -68,10 +68,10 @@
                     Arg: stop
                 Id: domain
                     Fun: fun logger_filters:domain/2
    -                Arg: {log,super,[otp,sasl]}
    +                Arg: {log,super,[otp,sasl]}
                 Id: no_domain
                     Fun: fun logger_filters:domain/2
    -                Arg: {log,undefined,[]}
    +                Arg: {log,undefined,[]}
             Handler Config:
                 burst_limit_enable: true
                 burst_limit_max_count: 500
    @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
     =PROGRESS REPORT==== 4-Nov-2019::16:33:11.746546 ===
         application: stdlib
         started_at: nonode@nohost
    -Eshell V10.5.3  (abort with ^G)
    +Eshell V10.5.3  (abort with ^G)
     1>

    @@ -128,17 +128,17 @@

    Since single line logging is the default of the built-in formatter you only have to provide the empty map as the configuration. The example below uses the sys.config to change the formatter configuration.

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter, #{ }}}}]}]}].
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter, #{ }}}}]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, an error").
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, an error").
     1962-10-03T11:07:47.466763-04:00 error: Oh noes, an error

    However, if you just want to change it for the current session you can also do -that.

    1> logger:set_handler_config(default, formatter, {logger_formatter, #{}}).
    +that.

    1> logger:set_handler_config(default, formatter, {logger_formatter, #{}}).
     ok
    -2> logger:error("Oh noes, another error").
    +2> logger:error("Oh noes, another error").
     1962-10-04T15:34:02.648713-04:00 error: Oh noes, another error

    See also

    @@ -146,14 +146,14 @@ Add file and line number to log entries

    You can change what is printed to the log by using the formatter template:

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter,
    -        #{ template => [time," ", file,":",line," ",level,": ",msg,"\n"] }}}}]}]}].
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter,
    +        #{ template => [time," ", file,":",line," ",level,": ",msg,"\n"] }}}}]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, more errors",#{ file => "shell.erl", line => 1 }).
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, more errors",#{ file => "shell.erl", line => 1 }).
     1962-10-05T07:37:44.104241+02:00 shell.erl:1 error: Oh noes, more errors

    Note that file and line have to be added in the metadata by the caller of logger:log/3 as otherwise Logger will not know from where it was called. The file and line number are automatically added if you use the ?LOG_ERROR macros @@ -170,18 +170,18 @@ Print logs to a file

    Instead of printing the logs to stdout we print them to a rotating file log.

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ config => #{ file => "log/erlang.log",
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ config => #{ file => "log/erlang.log",
                           max_no_bytes => 4096,
    -                      max_no_files => 5},
    -         formatter => {logger_formatter, #{}}}}]}]}].
    +                      max_no_files => 5},
    +         formatter => {logger_formatter, #{}}}}]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
     ok
    -2> erlang:halt().
    +2> erlang:halt().
     $ cat log/erlang.log
     2019-10-07T11:47:16.837958+02:00 error: Oh noes, even more errors

    See also

    @@ -191,24 +191,24 @@

    Add a handler that prints debug log events to a file, while the default handler prints only up to notice level events to standard out.

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger_level, all},
    -   {logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ level => notice }},
    -     {handler, debug, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    -         config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }}
    -    ]}]}].
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger_level, all},
    +   {logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ level => notice }},
    +     {handler, debug, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    +         config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }}
    +    ]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
     =ERROR REPORT==== 9-Oct-2019::14:40:54.784162 ===
     Oh noes, even more errors
     ok
    -2> logger:debug("A debug event").
    +2> logger:debug("A debug event").
     ok
    -3> erlang:halt().
    +3> erlang:halt().
     $ cat log/debug.log
     2019-10-09T14:41:03.680541+02:00 debug: A debug event

    In the configuration above we first raise the primary log level to max in order for the debug log events to get to the handlers. Then we configure the default @@ -216,13 +216,13 @@ is all. Then the debug handler is configured with a filter to stop any log message that is not a debug level message.

    It is also possible to do the same changes in an already running system using the logger module. Then you do like this:

    $ erl
    -1> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
    +1> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
     ok
    -2> logger:add_handler(debug, logger_std_h, #{
    -  filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    -  config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }).
    +2> logger:add_handler(debug, logger_std_h, #{
    +  filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    +  config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }).
     ok
    -3> logger:set_primary_config(level, all).
    +3> logger:set_primary_config(level, all).
     ok

    It is important that you do not raise the primary log level before adjusting the default handler's level as otherwise your standard out may be flooded by debug log messages.

    See also

    @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ What to log and how

    The simplest way to log something is by using the Logger macros and give a -report to the macro. For example if you want to log an error:

    ?LOG_ERROR(#{ what => http_error, status => 418, src => ClientIP, dst => ServerIP }).

    This will print the following in the default log:

    =ERROR REPORT==== 10-Oct-2019::12:13:10.089073 ===
    +report to the macro. For example if you want to log an error:

    ?LOG_ERROR(#{ what => http_error, status => 418, src => ClientIP, dst => ServerIP }).

    This will print the following in the default log:

    =ERROR REPORT==== 10-Oct-2019::12:13:10.089073 ===
         dst: {8,8,4,4}
         src: {8,8,8,8}
         status: 418
    @@ -250,14 +250,14 @@
     

    If you want to do structured logging, but still want to have some control of how the final log message is formatted you can give a report_cb as part of the -metadata with your log event.

    ReportCB = fun(#{ what := What, status := Status, src := Src, dst := Dst }) ->
    -                   {ok, #hostent{ h_name = SrcName }} = inet:gethostbyaddr(Src),
    -                   {ok, #hostent{ h_name = DstName }} = inet:gethostbyaddr(Dst),
    -                   {"What: ~p~nStatus: ~p~nSrc: ~s (~s)~nDst: ~s (~s)~n",
    -                    [What, Status, inet:ntoa(Src), SrcName, inet:ntoa(Dst), DstName]}
    +metadata with your log event.

    ReportCB = fun(#{ what := What, status := Status, src := Src, dst := Dst }) ->
    +                   {ok, #hostent{ h_name = SrcName }} = inet:gethostbyaddr(Src),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_disk_log_h.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_disk_log_h.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:19:02.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_disk_log_h.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:46.000000000 +0000
    @@ -59,12 +59,12 @@
     and the disk_log handler, and are documented in the
     User's Guide.

    Notice that when changing the configuration of the handler in runtime, the disk_log options (file, type, max_no_files, max_no_bytes) must not be -modified.

    Example of adding a disk_log handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_disk_log_h, logger_disk_log_h,
    -                   #{config => #{file => "./my_disk_log",
    +modified.

    Example of adding a disk_log handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_disk_log_h, logger_disk_log_h,
    +                   #{config => #{file => "./my_disk_log",
                                      type => wrap,
                                      max_no_files => 4,
                                      max_no_bytes => 10000,
    -                                 filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To use the disk_log handler instead of the default standard handler when + filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To use the disk_log handler instead of the default standard handler when starting an Erlang node, change the Kernel default logger to use logger_disk_log_h. Example:

    erl -kernel logger '[{handler,default,logger_disk_log_h,
                           #{config => #{file => "./system_disk_log"}}}]'

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_filters.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_filters.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:02.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_filters.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:46.000000000 +0000 @@ -135,8 +135,8 @@ events from, for example, a specific functional area. This allows filtering or other specialized treatment in a Logger handler.

    A domain field must be a list of atoms, creating smaller and more specialized domains as the list grows longer. The greatest domain is [], which comprises -all possible domains.

    For example, consider the following domains:

    D1 = [otp]
    -D2 = [otp, sasl]

    D1 is the greatest of the two, and is said to be a super-domain of D2. D2 +all possible domains.

    For example, consider the following domains:

    D1 = [otp]
    +D2 = [otp, sasl]

    D1 is the greatest of the two, and is said to be a super-domain of D2. D2 is a sub-domain D1. Both D1 and D2 are sub-domains of [].

    The above domains are used for logs originating from Erlang/OTP. D1 specifies that the log event comes from Erlang/OTP in general, and D2 indicates that the log event is a so called SASL report.

    The Extra parameter to the domain/2 function is specified when @@ -151,11 +151,11 @@ filter matches and Action is stop, the log event is stopped.

    If the filter does not match, it returns ignore, meaning that other filters, or the value of the configuration parameter filter_default, decide if the event is allowed or not.

    Log events that do not contain any domain field, match only when Compare is -equal to undefined or not_equal.

    Example: stop all events with domain [otp, sasl | _]

    1> logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, log). % this is the default
    +equal to undefined or not_equal.

    Example: stop all events with domain [otp, sasl | _]

    1> logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, log). % this is the default
     ok
    -2> Filter = {fun logger_filters:domain/2, {stop, sub, [otp, sasl]}}.
    +2> Filter = {fun logger_filters:domain/2, {stop, sub, [otp, sasl]}}.
     ...
    -3> logger:add_handler_filter(h1, no_sasl, Filter).
    +3> logger:add_handler_filter(h1, no_sasl, Filter).
     ok
    @@ -200,9 +200,9 @@ filter matches if the value of Operator is:

    • neq - and the compare function returns lt or gt.

    • eq - and the compare function returns eq.

    • lt - and the compare function returns lt.

    • gt - and the compare function returns gt.

    • lteq - and the compare function returns lt or eq.

    • gteq - and the compare function returns gt or eq.

    If the filter matches and Action is log, the log event is allowed. If the filter matches and Action is stop, the log event is stopped.

    If the filter does not match, it returns ignore, meaning that other filters, or the value of the configuration parameter filter_default, will decide if the -event is allowed or not.

    Example: only allow debug level log events

    logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, stop).
    -Filter = {fun logger_filters:level/2, {log, eq, debug}}.
    -logger:add_handler_filter(h1, debug_only, Filter).
    +event is allowed or not.

    Example: only allow debug level log events

    logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, stop).
    +Filter = {fun logger_filters:level/2, {log, eq, debug}}.
    +logger:add_handler_filter(h1, debug_only, Filter).
     ok
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_std_h.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_std_h.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:02.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_std_h.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:46.000000000 +0000 @@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ protection behaviour. The same parameters are used both in the standard handler and the disk_log handler, and are documented in the User's Guide.

    Notice that if changing the configuration of the handler in runtime, the type, -file, or modes parameters must not be modified.

    Example of adding a standard handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_standard_h, logger_std_h,
    -                   #{config => #{file => "./system_info.log",
    -                                 filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To set the default handler, that starts initially with the Kernel application, +file, or modes parameters must not be modified.

    Example of adding a standard handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_standard_h, logger_std_h,
    +                   #{config => #{file => "./system_info.log",
    +                                 filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To set the default handler, that starts initially with the Kernel application, to log to file instead of standard_io, change the Kernel default logger configuration. Example:

    erl -kernel logger '[{handler,default,logger_std_h,
                           #{config => #{file => "./log.log"}}}]'

    An example of how to replace the standard handler with a disk_log handler at /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:02.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:46.000000000 +0000 @@ -25,18 +25,18 @@

    API module for Logger, the standard logging facility in Erlang/OTP.

    This module implements the main API for logging in Erlang/OTP. To create a log event, use the API functions or the log -macros, for example:

    ?LOG_ERROR("error happened because: ~p", [Reason]).   % With macro
    -logger:error("error happened because: ~p", [Reason]). % Without macro

    To configure the Logger backend, use +macros, for example:

    ?LOG_ERROR("error happened because: ~p", [Reason]).   % With macro
    +logger:error("error happened because: ~p", [Reason]). % Without macro

    To configure the Logger backend, use Kernel configuration parameters or configuration functions in the Logger API.

    By default, the Kernel application installs one log handler at system start. This handler is named default. It receives and processes standard log events produced by the Erlang runtime system, standard behaviours and different Erlang/OTP applications. The log events are by default printed to the terminal.

    If you want your systems logs to be printed to a file instead, you must configure the default handler to do so. The simplest way is to include the -following in your sys.config:

    [{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{config => #{file => "path/to/file.log"}}}]}]}].

    For more information about:

    Equivalent to log(Level, FormatOrFun, Args, #{}) if called as log(Level, FormatOrFun, Args).

    @@ -2310,12 +2310,12 @@ useful in scenarios when the message/metadata is very expensive to compute. This is because the fun is only evaluated when the message/metadata is actually needed, which may be not at all if the log event is not to be logged. Examples:

    %% A plain string with expensive metadata
    -1> logger:info(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[]).
    +1> logger:info(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[]).
     %% An expensive report
    -2> logger:debug(fun(What) -> #{ what => What, cause => expensive() } end,roof).
    +2> logger:debug(fun(What) -> #{ what => What, cause => expensive() } end,roof).
     %% A plain string with expensive metadata and normal metadata
    -3> logger:debug(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[],
    -               #{ meta => data }).

    When metadata is given both as an argument and returned from the fun they are +3> logger:debug(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[], + #{ meta => data }).

    When metadata is given both as an argument and returned from the fun they are merged. If equal keys exists the values are taken from the metadata returned by the fun.

    @@ -2633,26 +2633,26 @@ consistent no matter which handler the system uses. Normal usage is to add a call to logger:add_handlers/1 just after the processes that the handler needs are started, and pass the application's logger configuration as the argument. -For example:

    -behaviour(application).
    -start(_, []) ->
    -    case supervisor:start_link({local, my_sup}, my_sup, []) of
    -        {ok, Pid} ->
    -            ok = logger:add_handlers(my_app),
    -            {ok, Pid, []};
    +For example:

    -behaviour(application).
    +start(_, []) ->
    +    case supervisor:start_link({local, my_sup}, my_sup, []) of
    +        {ok, Pid} ->
    +            ok = logger:add_handlers(my_app),
    +            {ok, Pid, []};
             Error -> Error
          end.

    This reads the logger configuration parameter from the my_app application and starts the configured handlers. The contents of the configuration use the same rules as the logger handler configuration.

    If the handler is meant to replace the default handler, the Kernel's default handler have to be disabled before the new handler is added. A sys.config file -that disables the Kernel handler and adds a custom handler could look like this:

    [{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    +that disables the Kernel handler and adds a custom handler could look like this:

    [{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
         %% Disable the default Kernel handler
    -    [{handler, default, undefined}]}]},
    - {my_app,
    -  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, undefined}]}]},
    + {my_app,
    +  [{logger,
         %% Enable this handler as the default
    -    [{handler, default, my_handler, #{}}]}]}].
    +
    [{handler, default, my_handler, #{}}]}]}].
    @@ -3607,8 +3607,8 @@ -

    Update the formatter configuration for the specified handler.

    The new configuration is merged with the existing formatter configuration.

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use

    set_handler_config(HandlerId, formatter,
    -	      {FormatterModule, FormatterConfig}).
    +

    Update the formatter configuration for the specified handler.

    The new configuration is merged with the existing formatter configuration.

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use

    set_handler_config(HandlerId, formatter,
    +	      {FormatterModule, FormatterConfig}).
    @@ -3671,8 +3671,8 @@

    Update configuration data for the specified handler. This function behaves as if -it was implemented as follows:

    {ok, {_, Old}} = logger:get_handler_config(HandlerId),
    -logger:set_handler_config(HandlerId, maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use +it was implemented as follows:

    {ok, {_, Old}} = logger:get_handler_config(HandlerId),
    +logger:set_handler_config(HandlerId, maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use set_handler_config/2 .

    @@ -3765,8 +3765,8 @@

    Update primary configuration data for Logger. This function behaves as if it was -implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_primary_config(),
    -logger:set_primary_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use +implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_primary_config(),
    +logger:set_primary_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use set_primary_config/1 .

    @@ -3798,7 +3798,7 @@

    Set or update metadata to use when logging from current process

    If process metadata exists for the current process, this function behaves as if -it was implemented as follows:

    logger:set_process_metadata(maps:merge(logger:get_process_metadata(), Meta)).

    If no process metadata exists, the function behaves as +it was implemented as follows:

    logger:set_process_metadata(maps:merge(logger:get_process_metadata(), Meta)).

    If no process metadata exists, the function behaves as set_process_metadata/1 .

    @@ -3830,8 +3830,8 @@

    Update configuration data for the Logger proxy. This function behaves as if it -was implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_proxy_config(),
    -logger:set_proxy_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use +was implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_proxy_config(),
    +logger:set_proxy_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use set_proxy_config/1 .

    For more information about the proxy, see section Logger Proxy in the Kernel User's Guide.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net_adm.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net_adm.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:02.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net_adm.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:46.000000000 +0000 @@ -370,8 +370,8 @@

    Returns the names and associated port numbers of the Erlang nodes that epmd -registered at the specified host.

    Similar to epmd -names, see erts:epmd.

    Returns {error, address} if epmd is not operational.

    Example:

    (arne@dunn)1> net_adm:names().
    -{ok,[{"arne",40262}]}
    +registered at the specified host.

    Similar to epmd -names, see erts:epmd.

    Returns {error, address} if epmd is not operational.

    Example:

    (arne@dunn)1> net_adm:names().
    +{ok,[{"arne",40262}]}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net_kernel.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net_kernel.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:02.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net_kernel.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:46.000000000 +0000 @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ operational for distributed Erlang to work. The purpose of this process is to implement parts of the BIFs spawn/4 and spawn_link/4, and to provide monitoring of the network.

    An Erlang node is started using command-line flag -name or -sname:

    $ erl -sname foobar

    It is also possible to call net_kernel:start(foobar, #{}) -directly from the normal Erlang shell prompt:

    1> net_kernel:start(foobar, #{name_domain => shortnames}).
    -{ok,<0.64.0>}
    -(foobar@gringotts)2>

    If the node is started with command-line flag -sname, the node name is +directly from the normal Erlang shell prompt:

    1> net_kernel:start(foobar, #{name_domain => shortnames}).
    +{ok,<0.64.0>}
    +(foobar@gringotts)2>

    If the node is started with command-line flag -sname, the node name is foobar@Host, where Host is the short name of the host (not the fully qualified domain name). If started with flag -name, the node name is foobar@Host, where Host is the fully qualified domain name. For more @@ -547,13 +547,13 @@ delivered before a nodeup message due to a new connection to the same node. Prior to OTP 23.0, this was not guaranteed to be the case.

    The format of the node status change messages depends on Options. If Options is the empty list or if net_kernel:monitor_nodes/1 is called, the format is as -follows:

    {nodeup, Node} | {nodedown, Node}
    -  Node = node()

    When Options is the empty map or empty list, the caller will only subscribe +follows:

    {nodeup, Node} | {nodedown, Node}
    +  Node = node()

    When Options is the empty map or empty list, the caller will only subscribe for status change messages for visible nodes. That is, only nodes that appear in the result of erlang:nodes/0.

    If Options equals anything other than the empty list, the format of the status -change messages is as follows:

    {nodeup, Node, Info} | {nodedown, Node, Info}
    -  Node = node()
    -  Info = #{Tag => Val} | [{Tag, Val}]

    Info is either a map or a list of 2-tuples. Its content depends on Options. +change messages is as follows:

    {nodeup, Node, Info} | {nodedown, Node, Info}
    +  Node = node()
    +  Info = #{Tag => Val} | [{Tag, Val}]

    Info is either a map or a list of 2-tuples. Its content depends on Options. If Options is a map, Info will also be a map. If Options is a list, Info will also be a list.

    When Options is a map, currently the following associations are allowed:

    • connection_id => boolean() - If the value of the association equals true, a connection_id => ConnectionId association will be included in the @@ -587,23 +587,23 @@ {node_type, visible} tuple will be included in the Info list.

    • nodedown_reason - The tuple {nodedown_reason, Reason} will be included in the Info list for nodedown messages.

      See the documentation of the nodedown_reason => boolean() association -above for information about possible Reason values.

    Example:

    (a@localhost)1> net_kernel:monitor_nodes(true, #{connection_id=>true, node_type=>all, nodedown_reason=>true}).
    +above for information about possible Reason values.

    Example:

    (a@localhost)1> net_kernel:monitor_nodes(true, #{connection_id=>true, node_type=>all, nodedown_reason=>true}).
     ok
    -(a@localhost)2> flush().
    -Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    -                  #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible}}
    -Shell got {nodeup,c@localhost,
    -                  #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden}}
    -Shell got {nodedown,b@localhost,
    -                    #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible,
    -                      nodedown_reason => connection_closed}}
    -Shell got {nodedown,c@localhost,
    -                    #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden,
    -                      nodedown_reason => net_tick_timeout}}
    -Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    -                  #{connection_id => 3067553,node_type => visible}}
    +(a@localhost)2> flush().
    +Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    +                  #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible}}
    +Shell got {nodeup,c@localhost,
    +                  #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden}}
    +Shell got {nodedown,b@localhost,
    +                    #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible,
    +                      nodedown_reason => connection_closed}}
    +Shell got {nodedown,c@localhost,
    +                    #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden,
    +                      nodedown_reason => net_tick_timeout}}
    +Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    +                  #{connection_id => 3067553,node_type => visible}}
     ok
    -(a@localhost)3>
    +
    (a@localhost)3>
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:02.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:46.000000000 +0000 @@ -449,13 +449,13 @@

    Interface address filtering selector function/0.

    For each ifaddrs entry, return either true to keep the entry or false to discard the entry.

    For example, to get an interface list which only contains -non-loopback inet interfaces:

    net:getifaddrs(
    -    fun (#{ addr  := #{family := inet},
    -            flags := Flags}) ->
    -          not lists:member(loopback, Flags);
    -        (_) ->
    +non-loopback inet interfaces:

    net:getifaddrs(
    +    fun (#{ addr  := #{family := inet},
    +            flags := Flags}) ->
    +          not lists:member(loopback, Flags);
    +        (_) ->
               false
    -    end).
    +
    end).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:02.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:46.000000000 +0000 @@ -3857,12 +3857,12 @@ viewed as two operations performed atomically. Asynchronously send an unlink signal or a demonitor signal, and ignore any future results of the link or monitor.

    NOTE: This change can cause some obscure code to fail which previously did -not. For example, the following code might hang:

                Mon = erlang:monitor(process, Pid),
    +not. For example, the following code might hang:

                Mon = erlang:monitor(process, Pid),
                 %% ...
    -            exit(Pid, bang),
    -            erlang:demonitor(Mon),
    +            exit(Pid, bang),
    +            erlang:demonitor(Mon),
                 receive
    -                {'DOWN', Mon, process, Pid, _} -> ok
    +                {'DOWN', Mon, process, Pid, _} -> ok
                 %% We were previously guaranteed to get a down message
                 %% (since we exited the process ourself), so we could
                 %% in this case leave out:
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/os.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/os.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:19:02.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/os.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:46.000000000 +0000
    @@ -535,13 +535,13 @@
           
     
     

    Executes Command in a command shell of the target OS, captures the standard -output and standard error of the command, and returns this result as a string.

    Examples:

    LsOut = os:cmd("ls"), % on unix platform
    -DirOut = os:cmd("dir"), % on Win32 platform

    Notice that in some cases, standard output of a command when called from another +output and standard error of the command, and returns this result as a string.

    Examples:

    LsOut = os:cmd("ls"), % on unix platform
    +DirOut = os:cmd("dir"), % on Win32 platform

    Notice that in some cases, standard output of a command when called from another program can differ, compared with the standard output of the command when called directly from an OS command shell.

    The possible options are:

    • max_size - The maximum size of the data returned by the os:cmd call. This option is a safety feature that should be used when the command executed -can return a very large, possibly infinite, result.

      > os:cmd("cat /dev/zero", #{ max_size => 20 }).
      -[0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0]
    +can return a very large, possibly infinite, result.

    > os:cmd("cat /dev/zero", #{ max_size => 20 }).
    +[0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0]
    @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ resolution timestamp.

    This counter is read directly from the hardware or operating system with the same guarantees. This means that two consecutive calls to the function are not guaranteed to be monotonic, though it most likely will be. The performance -counter will be converted to the resolution passed as an argument.

    1> T1 = os:perf_counter(1000),receive after 10000 -> ok end,T2 = os:perf_counter(1000).
    +counter will be converted to the resolution passed as an argument.

    1> T1 = os:perf_counter(1000),receive after 10000 -> ok end,T2 = os:perf_counter(1000).
     176525861
     2> T2 - T1.
     10004
    @@ -1002,16 +1002,16 @@ allows you to log time stamps in high resolution and consistent with the time in the rest of the OS.

    Example of code formatting a string in format "DD Mon YYYY HH:MM:SS.mmmmmm", where DD is the day of month, Mon is the textual month name, YYYY is the year, -HH:MM:SS is the time, and mmmmmm is the microseconds in six positions:

    -module(print_time).
    --export([format_utc_timestamp/0]).
    -format_utc_timestamp() ->
    -    TS = {_,_,Micro} = os:timestamp(),
    -    {{Year,Month,Day},{Hour,Minute,Second}} =
    -calendar:now_to_universal_time(TS),
    -    Mstr = element(Month,{"Jan","Feb","Mar","Apr","May","Jun","Jul",
    -    "Aug","Sep","Oct","Nov","Dec"}),
    -    io_lib:format("~2w ~s ~4w ~2w:~2..0w:~2..0w.~6..0w",
    -    [Day,Mstr,Year,Hour,Minute,Second,Micro]).

    This module can be used as follows:

    1> io:format("~s~n",[print_time:format_utc_timestamp()]).
    +HH:MM:SS is the time, and mmmmmm is the microseconds in six positions:

    -module(print_time).
    +-export([format_utc_timestamp/0]).
    +format_utc_timestamp() ->
    +    TS = {_,_,Micro} = os:timestamp(),
    +    {{Year,Month,Day},{Hour,Minute,Second}} =
    +calendar:now_to_universal_time(TS),
    +    Mstr = element(Month,{"Jan","Feb","Mar","Apr","May","Jun","Jul",
    +    "Aug","Sep","Oct","Nov","Dec"}),
    +    io_lib:format("~2w ~s ~4w ~2w:~2..0w:~2..0w.~6..0w",
    +    [Day,Mstr,Year,Hour,Minute,Second,Micro]).

    This module can be used as follows:

    1> io:format("~s~n",[print_time:format_utc_timestamp()]).
     29 Apr 2009  9:55:30.051711

    OS system time can also be retrieved by system_time/0 and system_time/1.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/pg.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/pg.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:02.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/pg.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:46.000000000 +0000 @@ -749,7 +749,7 @@

    Subscribes the caller to updates from the specified scope.

    Returns content of the entire scope and a reference to match the upcoming notifications.

    Whenever any group membership changes, an update message is sent to the -subscriber:

    {Ref, join, Group, [JoinPid1, JoinPid2]}
    {Ref, leave, Group, [LeavePid1]}
    +subscriber:

    {Ref, join, Group, [JoinPid1, JoinPid2]}
    {Ref, leave, Group, [LeavePid1]}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/rpc.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/rpc.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:02.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/rpc.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:46.000000000 +0000 @@ -958,10 +958,10 @@ return values, or {badrpc, Reason} for failing calls. Timeout is a time (integer) in milliseconds, or infinity.

    The following example is useful when new object code is to be loaded on all nodes in the network, and indicates some side effects that RPCs can produce:

    %% Find object code for module Mod
    -{Mod, Bin, File} = code:get_object_code(Mod),
    +{Mod, Bin, File} = code:get_object_code(Mod),
     
     %% and load it on all nodes including this one
    -{ResL, _} = rpc:multicall(code, load_binary, [Mod, File, Bin]),
    +{ResL, _} = rpc:multicall(code, load_binary, [Mod, File, Bin]),
     
     %% and then maybe check the ResL list.

    Note

    If you want the ability to distinguish between results, you may want to consider using the erpc:multicall() function from the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/seq_trace.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/seq_trace.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:02.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/seq_trace.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:46.000000000 +0000 @@ -36,9 +36,9 @@ Trace Messages Sent to the System Tracer

    The format of the messages is one of the following, depending on if flag -timestamp of the trace token is set to true or false:

    {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo, TimeStamp}

    or

    {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo}

    Where:

    Label = int()
    -TimeStamp = {Seconds, Milliseconds, Microseconds}
    -  Seconds = Milliseconds = Microseconds = int()

    SeqTraceInfo can have the following formats:

    • {send, Serial, From, To, Message} - Used when a process From with its +timestamp of the trace token is set to true or false:

      {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo, TimeStamp}

      or

      {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo}

      Where:

      Label = int()
      +TimeStamp = {Seconds, Milliseconds, Microseconds}
      +  Seconds = Milliseconds = Microseconds = int()

      SeqTraceInfo can have the following formats:

      • {send, Serial, From, To, Message} - Used when a process From with its trace token flag send set to true has sent information. To may be a process identifier, a registered name on a node represented as {NameAtom, NodeAtom}, or a node name represented as an atom. From may be a @@ -182,68 +182,68 @@ Example of Use

        This example gives a rough idea of how the new primitives can be used and what -kind of output it produces.

        Assume that you have an initiating process with Pid == <0.30.0> like this:

        -module(seqex).
        --compile(export_all).
        +kind of output it produces.

        Assume that you have an initiating process with Pid == <0.30.0> like this:

        -module(seqex).
        +-compile(export_all).
         
        -loop(Port) ->
        +loop(Port) ->
             receive
        -        {Port,Message} ->
        -            seq_trace:set_token(label,17),
        -            seq_trace:set_token('receive',true),
        -            seq_trace:set_token(print,true),
        -            seq_trace:print(17,"**** Trace Started ****"),
        -            call_server ! {self(),the_message};
        -        {ack,Ack} ->
        +        {Port,Message} ->
        +            seq_trace:set_token(label,17),
        +            seq_trace:set_token('receive',true),
        +            seq_trace:set_token(print,true),
        +            seq_trace:print(17,"**** Trace Started ****"),
        +            call_server ! {self(),the_message};
        +        {ack,Ack} ->
                     ok
             end,
        -    loop(Port).

        And a registered process call_server with Pid == <0.31.0> like this:

        loop() ->
        +    loop(Port).

        And a registered process call_server with Pid == <0.31.0> like this:

        loop() ->
             receive
        -        {PortController,Message} ->
        -            Ack = {received, Message},
        -            seq_trace:print(17,"We are here now"),
        -            PortController ! {ack,Ack}
        +        {PortController,Message} ->
        +            Ack = {received, Message},
        +            seq_trace:print(17,"We are here now"),
        +            PortController ! {ack,Ack}
             end,
        -    loop().

        A possible output from the system's sequential_tracer can be like this:

        17:<0.30.0> Info {0,1} WITH
        +    loop().

        A possible output from the system's sequential_tracer can be like this:

        17:<0.30.0> Info {0,1} WITH
         "**** Trace Started ****"
        -17:<0.31.0> Received {0,2} FROM <0.30.0> WITH
        -{<0.30.0>,the_message}
        -17:<0.31.0> Info {2,3} WITH
        +17:<0.31.0> Received {0,2} FROM <0.30.0> WITH
        +{<0.30.0>,the_message}
        +17:<0.31.0> Info {2,3} WITH
         "We are here now"
        -17:<0.30.0> Received {2,4} FROM <0.31.0> WITH
        -{ack,{received,the_message}}

        The implementation of a system tracer process that produces this printout can -look like this:

        tracer() ->
        +17:<0.30.0> Received {2,4} FROM <0.31.0> WITH
        +{ack,{received,the_message}}

        The implementation of a system tracer process that produces this printout can +look like this:

        tracer() ->
             receive
        -        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo} ->
        -           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false);
        -        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo,Ts} ->
        -           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts);
        +        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo} ->
        +           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false);
        +        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo,Ts} ->
        +           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts);
                 _Other -> ignore
             end,
        -    tracer().
        +    tracer().
         
        -print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false) ->
        -    io:format("~p:",[Label]),
        -    print_trace(TraceInfo);
        -print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts) ->
        -    io:format("~p ~p:",[Label,Ts]),
        -    print_trace(TraceInfo).
        -
        -print_trace({print,Serial,From,_,Info}) ->
        -    io:format("~p Info ~p WITH~n~p~n", [From,Serial,Info]);
        -print_trace({'receive',Serial,From,To,Message}) ->
        -    io:format("~p Received ~p FROM ~p WITH~n~p~n",
        -              [To,Serial,From,Message]);
        -print_trace({send,Serial,From,To,Message}) ->
        -    io:format("~p Sent ~p TO ~p WITH~n~p~n",
        -              [From,Serial,To,Message]).

        The code that creates a process that runs this tracer function and sets that -process as the system tracer can look like this:

        start() ->
        -    Pid = spawn(?MODULE,tracer,[]),
        -    seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Pid), % set Pid as the system tracer
        -    ok.

        With a function like test/0, the whole example can be started:

        test() ->
        -    P = spawn(?MODULE, loop, [port]),
        -    register(call_server, spawn(?MODULE, loop, [])),
        -    start(),
        -    P ! {port,message}.
        +
        print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false) -> + io:format("~p:",[Label]), + print_trace(TraceInfo); +print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts) -> + io:format("~p ~p:",[Label,Ts]), + print_trace(TraceInfo). + +print_trace({print,Serial,From,_,Info}) -> + io:format("~p Info ~p WITH~n~p~n", [From,Serial,Info]); +print_trace({'receive',Serial,From,To,Message}) -> + io:format("~p Received ~p FROM ~p WITH~n~p~n", + [To,Serial,From,Message]); +print_trace({send,Serial,From,To,Message}) -> + io:format("~p Sent ~p TO ~p WITH~n~p~n", + [From,Serial,To,Message]).

        The code that creates a process that runs this tracer function and sets that +process as the system tracer can look like this:

        start() ->
        +    Pid = spawn(?MODULE,tracer,[]),
        +    seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Pid), % set Pid as the system tracer
        +    ok.

        With a function like test/0, the whole example can be started:

        test() ->
        +    P = spawn(?MODULE, loop, [port]),
        +    register(call_server, spawn(?MODULE, loop, [])),
        +    start(),
        +    P ! {port,message}.
        @@ -816,11 +816,11 @@ tracing is disabled, otherwise Token should be an Erlang term returned from get_token/0 or set_token/1. set_token/1 can be used to temporarily exclude message passing from the trace by setting the -trace token to empty like this:

        OldToken = seq_trace:set_token([]), % set to empty and save
        +trace token to empty like this:

        OldToken = seq_trace:set_token([]), % set to empty and save
                                             % old value
         % do something that should not be part of the trace
        -io:format("Exclude the signalling caused by this~n"),
        -seq_trace:set_token(OldToken), % activate the trace token again
        +io:format("Exclude the signalling caused by this~n"),
        +seq_trace:set_token(OldToken), % activate the trace token again
         ...

        Returns the previous value of the trace token.

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/socket_usage.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/socket_usage.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:02.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/socket_usage.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:46.000000000 +0000 @@ -81,47 +81,47 @@ Example

        This example is intended to show how to create a simple (echo) server -(and client).

        -module(example).
        +(and client).

        -module(example).
         
        --export([client/2, client/3]).
        --export([server/0, server/1, server/2]).
        +-export([client/2, client/3]).
        +-export([server/0, server/1, server/2]).
         
         
         %% ======================================================================
         
         %% === Client ===
         
        -client(#{family := Family} = ServerSockAddr, Msg)
        -  when is_list(Msg) orelse is_binary(Msg) ->
        -    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, default),
        -    ok         = maybe_bind(Sock, Family),
        -    ok         = socket:connect(Sock, ServerSockAddr),
        -    client_exchange(Sock, Msg);
        +client(#{family := Family} = ServerSockAddr, Msg)
        +  when is_list(Msg) orelse is_binary(Msg) ->
        +    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, default),
        +    ok         = maybe_bind(Sock, Family),
        +    ok         = socket:connect(Sock, ServerSockAddr),
        +    client_exchange(Sock, Msg);
         
        -client(ServerPort, Msg)
        -  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) ->
        +client(ServerPort, Msg)
        +  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) ->
             Family   = inet, % Default
        -    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
        -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
        +    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
        +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
         		 addr   => Addr,
        -		 port   => ServerPort},
        -    client(SockAddr, Msg).
        +		 port   => ServerPort},
        +    client(SockAddr, Msg).
         
        -client(ServerPort, ServerAddr, Msg)
        -  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) andalso
        -       is_tuple(ServerAddr) ->
        -    Family   = which_family(ServerAddr),
        -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
        +client(ServerPort, ServerAddr, Msg)
        +  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) andalso
        +       is_tuple(ServerAddr) ->
        +    Family   = which_family(ServerAddr),
        +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
         		 addr   => ServerAddr,
        -		 port   => ServerPort},
        -    client(SockAddr, Msg).
        +		 port   => ServerPort},
        +    client(SockAddr, Msg).
         
         %% Send the message to the (echo) server and wait for the echo to come back.
        -client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_list(Msg) ->
        -    client_exchange(Sock, list_to_binary(Msg));
        -client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_binary(Msg) ->
        -    ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg, infinity),
        -    {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock, byte_size(Msg), infinity),
        +client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_list(Msg) ->
        +    client_exchange(Sock, list_to_binary(Msg));
        +client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_binary(Msg) ->
        +    ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg, infinity),
        +    {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock, byte_size(Msg), infinity),
             ok.
         
         
        @@ -129,188 +129,188 @@
         
         %% === Server ===
         
        -server() ->
        +server() ->
             %% Make system choose port (and address)
        -    server(0).
        +    server(0).
         
         %% This function return the port and address that it actually uses,
         %% in case server/0 or server/1 (with a port number) was used to start it.
         
        -server(#{family := Family, addr := Addr, port := _} = SockAddr) ->
        -    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, tcp),
        -    ok         = socket:bind(Sock, SockAddr),
        -    ok         = socket:listen(Sock),
        -    {ok, #{port := Port}} = socket:sockname(Sock),
        -    Acceptor = start_acceptor(Sock),
        -    {ok, {Port, Addr, Acceptor}};
        +server(#{family := Family, addr := Addr, port := _} = SockAddr) ->
        +    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, tcp),
        +    ok         = socket:bind(Sock, SockAddr),
        +    ok         = socket:listen(Sock),
        +    {ok, #{port := Port}} = socket:sockname(Sock),
        +    Acceptor = start_acceptor(Sock),
        +    {ok, {Port, Addr, Acceptor}};
         
        -server(Port) when is_integer(Port) ->
        +server(Port) when is_integer(Port) ->
             Family   = inet, % Default
        -    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
        -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
        +    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
        +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
         		 addr   => Addr,
        -		 port   => Port},
        -    server(SockAddr).
        +		 port   => Port},
        +    server(SockAddr).
         
        -server(Port, Addr)
        -  when is_integer(Port) andalso (Port >= 0) andalso
        -       is_tuple(Addr) ->
        -    Family   = which_family(Addr),
        -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
        +server(Port, Addr)
        +  when is_integer(Port) andalso (Port >= 0) andalso
        +       is_tuple(Addr) ->
        +    Family   = which_family(Addr),
        +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
         		 addr   => Addr,
        -		 port   => Port},
        -    server(SockAddr).
        +		 port   => Port},
        +    server(SockAddr).
         
         
         %% --- Echo Server - Acceptor ---
         
        -start_acceptor(LSock) ->
        -    Self = self(),
        -    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun() -> acceptor_init(Self, LSock) end),
        -    receive
        -	{'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, Info} ->
        -	    erlang:error({failed_starting_acceptor, Info});
        -	{Pid, started} ->
        +start_acceptor(LSock) ->
        +    Self = self(),
        +    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun() -> acceptor_init(Self, LSock) end),
        +    receive
        +	{'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, Info} ->
        +	    erlang:error({failed_starting_acceptor, Info});
        +	{Pid, started} ->
         	    %% Transfer ownership
        -	    socket:setopt(LSock, otp, owner, Pid),
        -	    Pid ! {self(), continue},
        -	    erlang:demonitor(MRef),
        +	    socket:setopt(LSock, otp, owner, Pid),
        +	    Pid ! {self(), continue},
        +	    erlang:demonitor(MRef),
         	    Pid
             end.
             
        -acceptor_init(Parent, LSock) ->
        -    Parent ! {self(), started},
        +acceptor_init(Parent, LSock) ->
        +    Parent ! {self(), started},
             receive
        -	{Parent, continue} ->
        +	{Parent, continue} ->
         	    ok
             end,
        -    acceptor_loop(LSock).
        +    acceptor_loop(LSock).
         
        -acceptor_loop(LSock) ->
        -    case socket:accept(LSock, infinity) of
        -	{ok, ASock} ->
        -	    start_handler(ASock),
        -	    acceptor_loop(LSock);
        -	{error, Reason} ->
        -	    erlang:error({accept_failed, Reason})
        +acceptor_loop(LSock) ->
        +    case socket:accept(LSock, infinity) of
        +	{ok, ASock} ->
        +	    start_handler(ASock),
        +	    acceptor_loop(LSock);
        +	{error, Reason} ->
        +	    erlang:error({accept_failed, Reason})
             end.
         
         
         %% --- Echo Server - Handler ---
         
        -start_handler(Sock) ->
        -    Self = self(),
        -    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun() -> handler_init(Self, Sock) end),
        -    receive
        -	{'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, Info} ->
        -	    erlang:error({failed_starting_handler, Info});
        -	{Pid, started} ->
        +start_handler(Sock) ->
        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/socket.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
        --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/socket.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:19:02.000000000 +0000
        +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/socket.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:46.000000000 +0000
        @@ -67,8 +67,8 @@
         completion_info/0 and the received completion message.

        The compiler may then optimize a following receive statement to only scan the messages that arrive after the reference/0 is created. If the message queue is large this is a big optimization.

        The reference/0 has to be unique for the call.

        Repeating an Operation on a select Systems

        Onselect systems, if a call would be repeated before the select -message has been received it replaces the call in progress:

            {select, {select_info, Handle}} = socket:accept(LSock, nowait),
        -    {error, timeout} = socket:accept(LSock, 500),
        +message has been received it replaces the call in progress:

            {select, {select_info, Handle}} = socket:accept(LSock, nowait),
        +    {error, timeout} = socket:accept(LSock, 500),
             :

        Above, Handle is no longer valid once the second accept/2, call has been made (the first call is automatically canceled). After the second accept/2 call returns {error, timeout}, @@ -101,28 +101,28 @@ Examples -

        client(SAddr, SPort) ->
        -   {ok, Sock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        -   ok = socket:connect(Sock, #{family => inet,
        +
        client(SAddr, SPort) ->
        +   {ok, Sock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        +   ok = socket:connect(Sock, #{family => inet,
                                        addr   => SAddr,
        -                               port   => SPort}),
        +                               port   => SPort}),
            Msg = <<"hello">>,
        -   ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg),
        -   ok = socket:shutdown(Sock, write),
        -   {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock),
        -   ok = socket:close(Sock).
        -
        -server(Addr, Port) ->
        -   {ok, LSock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        -   ok = socket:bind(LSock, #{family => inet,
        +   ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg),
        +   ok = socket:shutdown(Sock, write),
        +   {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock),
        +   ok = socket:close(Sock).
        +
        +server(Addr, Port) ->
        +   {ok, LSock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        +   ok = socket:bind(LSock, #{family => inet,
                                      port   => Port,
        -                             addr   => Addr}),
        -   ok = socket:listen(LSock),
        -   {ok, Sock} = socket:accept(LSock),
        -   {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock),
        -   ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg),
        -   ok = socket:close(Sock),
        -   ok = socket:close(LSock).
        +
        addr => Addr}), + ok = socket:listen(LSock), + {ok, Sock} = socket:accept(LSock), + {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock), + ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg), + ok = socket:close(Sock), + ok = socket:close(LSock).
        @@ -4674,7 +4674,7 @@ (since OTP 26.1).

        Result; a boolean/0.

      • tcp_info - Get miscellaneous TCP related information for a connected socket (since OTP 26.1).

        Result; a map/0 with information items as key-value pairs.

      Note

      Not all requests are supported by all platforms. To see if a ioctl request is supported on the current platform:

            Request = nread,
      -      true = socket:is_supported(ioctl_requests, Request),
      +      true = socket:is_supported(ioctl_requests, Request),
             :
      @@ -4838,7 +4838,7 @@

      Check if a socket feature is supported.

      Returns true if supports/0 has a {Key1, true} tuple or a {Key1, list()} tuple in its returned list, -otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(local),
      +otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(local),
      @@ -4869,7 +4869,7 @@

      Check if a socket feature is supported.

      Returns true if supports(Key1) has a {Key2, true} tuple -in its returned list, otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(msg_flags, errqueue),
      +in its returned list, otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(msg_flags, errqueue),
      @@ -4967,7 +4967,7 @@

      Start a socket monitor.

      If the Socket doesn't exist or when later the monitor is triggered, a 'DOWN' message is sent to the process that called monitor/1 -with the following pattern:

      	    {'DOWN', MonitorRef, socket, Socket, Info}

      Info is the termination reason of the socket or nosock if +with the following pattern:

      	    {'DOWN', MonitorRef, socket, Socket, Info}

      Info is the termination reason of the socket or nosock if Socket did not exist when the monitor was started.

      Making several calls to socket:monitor/1 for the same Socket is not an error; each call creates an independent monitor instance.

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/trace.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/trace.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:02.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/trace.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:46.000000000 +0000 @@ -41,23 +41,23 @@ messages. Several sessions can exist at the same time without interfering with each other. When a trace session is destroyed, all its trace settings are automatically cleaned up.

      Example:

      %% Create a tracer process that will receive the trace events
      -1> Tracer = spawn(fun F() -> receive M -> io:format("~p~n",[M]), F() end end).
      +1> Tracer = spawn(fun F() -> receive M -> io:format("~p~n",[M]), F() end end).
       <0.91.0>
       %% Create a session using the Tracer
      -2> Session = trace:session_create(my_session, Tracer, []).
      -{#Ref<0.1543805153.1548353537.92331>,{my_session, 0}}
      +2> Session = trace:session_create(my_session, Tracer, []).
      +{#Ref<0.1543805153.1548353537.92331>,{my_session, 0}}
       %% Setup call tracing on self()
      -3> trace:process(Session, self(), true, [call]).
      +3> trace:process(Session, self(), true, [call]).
       1
       %% Setup call tracing on lists:seq/2
      -4> trace:function(Session, {lists,seq,2}, [], []).
      +4> trace:function(Session, {lists,seq,2}, [], []).
       1
       %% Call the traced function
      -5> lists:seq(1, 10).
      -{trace,<0.89.0>,call,{lists,seq,[1,10]}} % The trace message
      -[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10] % The return value
      +5> lists:seq(1, 10).
      +{trace,<0.89.0>,call,{lists,seq,[1,10]}} % The trace message
      +[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10] % The return value
       %% Cleanup the trace session
      -6> trace:session_destroy(Session).
      +6> trace:session_destroy(Session).
       ok

      @@ -1201,9 +1201,9 @@ Match Specifications in Erlang in the User's Guide for the ERTS application.

    • true - Enable tracing for all received messages (to 'receive' traced processes). Any match specification is removed. This is the default.

    • false - Disable tracing for all received messages. Any match -specification is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [] for receive tracing.

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages from a specific process Pid:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['_',Pid, '_'],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['_','_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages from other nodes:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['$1', '_', '_'],[{'=/=','$1',{node}}],[]}], []).
    +specification is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [] for receive tracing.

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages from a specific process Pid:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['_',Pid, '_'],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['_','_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages from other nodes:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['$1', '_', '_'],[{'=/=','$1',{node}}],[]}], []).
     1

    Note

    A match specification for 'receive' trace can use all guard and body functions except caller, is_seq_trace, get_seq_token, set_seq_token, enable_trace, disable_trace, trace, silent, and process_dump.

    Fails by raising an error exception with an error reason of:

    • badarg - If an argument is invalid.

    • system_limit - If a match specification passed as argument has excessive @@ -1254,10 +1254,10 @@ Match Specifications in Erlang in the User's Guide for the ERTS application.

    • true - Enable tracing for all sent messages (from send traced processes). Any match specification is removed.

    • false - Disable tracing for all sent messages. Any match specification -is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [].

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages to a specific process Pid:

    > trace:send(Session, [{[Pid, '_'],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages sent to the sender itself:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=:=','$1',{self}}],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages sent to other nodes:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=/=',{node,'$1'},{node}}],[]}], []).
    +is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [].

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages to a specific process Pid:

    > trace:send(Session, [{[Pid, '_'],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages sent to the sender itself:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=:=','$1',{self}}],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages sent to other nodes:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=/=',{node,'$1'},{node}}],[]}], []).
     1

    Note

    A match specification for send trace can use all guard and body functions except caller.

    Fails by raising an error exception with an error reason of:

    Equivalent to log(Level, FormatOrFun, Args, #{}) if called as log(Level, FormatOrFun, Args).

    @@ -2431,12 +2431,12 @@ useful in scenarios when the message/metadata is very expensive to compute. This is because the fun is only evaluated when the message/metadata is actually needed, which may be not at all if the log event is not to be logged. Examples:

    %% A plain string with expensive metadata
    -1> logger:info(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[]).
    +1> logger:info(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[]).
     %% An expensive report
    -2> logger:debug(fun(What) -> #{ what => What, cause => expensive() } end,roof).
    +2> logger:debug(fun(What) -> #{ what => What, cause => expensive() } end,roof).
     %% A plain string with expensive metadata and normal metadata
    -3> logger:debug(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[],
    -               #{ meta => data }).

    When metadata is given both as an argument and returned from the fun they are +3> logger:debug(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[], + #{ meta => data }).

    When metadata is given both as an argument and returned from the fun they are merged. If equal keys exists the values are taken from the metadata returned by the fun.

    @@ -2759,26 +2759,26 @@ consistent no matter which handler the system uses. Normal usage is to add a call to logger:add_handlers/1 just after the processes that the handler needs are started, and pass the application's logger configuration as the argument. -For example:

    -behaviour(application).
    -start(_, []) ->
    -    case supervisor:start_link({local, my_sup}, my_sup, []) of
    -        {ok, Pid} ->
    -            ok = logger:add_handlers(my_app),
    -            {ok, Pid, []};
    +For example:

    -behaviour(application).
    +start(_, []) ->
    +    case supervisor:start_link({local, my_sup}, my_sup, []) of
    +        {ok, Pid} ->
    +            ok = logger:add_handlers(my_app),
    +            {ok, Pid, []};
             Error -> Error
          end.

    This reads the logger configuration parameter from the my_app application and starts the configured handlers. The contents of the configuration use the same rules as the logger handler configuration.

    If the handler is meant to replace the default handler, the Kernel's default handler have to be disabled before the new handler is added. A sys.config file -that disables the Kernel handler and adds a custom handler could look like this:

    [{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    +that disables the Kernel handler and adds a custom handler could look like this:

    [{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
         %% Disable the default Kernel handler
    -    [{handler, default, undefined}]}]},
    - {my_app,
    -  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, undefined}]}]},
    + {my_app,
    +  [{logger,
         %% Enable this handler as the default
    -    [{handler, default, my_handler, #{}}]}]}].
    +
    [{handler, default, my_handler, #{}}]}]}].
    @@ -3733,8 +3733,8 @@ -

    Update the formatter configuration for the specified handler.

    The new configuration is merged with the existing formatter configuration.

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use

    set_handler_config(HandlerId, formatter,
    -	      {FormatterModule, FormatterConfig}).
    +

    Update the formatter configuration for the specified handler.

    The new configuration is merged with the existing formatter configuration.

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use

    set_handler_config(HandlerId, formatter,
    +	      {FormatterModule, FormatterConfig}).
    @@ -3797,8 +3797,8 @@

    Update configuration data for the specified handler. This function behaves as if -it was implemented as follows:

    {ok, {_, Old}} = logger:get_handler_config(HandlerId),
    -logger:set_handler_config(HandlerId, maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use +it was implemented as follows:

    {ok, {_, Old}} = logger:get_handler_config(HandlerId),
    +logger:set_handler_config(HandlerId, maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use set_handler_config/2 .

    @@ -3891,8 +3891,8 @@

    Update primary configuration data for Logger. This function behaves as if it was -implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_primary_config(),
    -logger:set_primary_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use +implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_primary_config(),
    +logger:set_primary_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use set_primary_config/1 .

    @@ -3924,7 +3924,7 @@

    Set or update metadata to use when logging from current process

    If process metadata exists for the current process, this function behaves as if -it was implemented as follows:

    logger:set_process_metadata(maps:merge(logger:get_process_metadata(), Meta)).

    If no process metadata exists, the function behaves as +it was implemented as follows:

    logger:set_process_metadata(maps:merge(logger:get_process_metadata(), Meta)).

    If no process metadata exists, the function behaves as set_process_metadata/1 .

    @@ -3956,8 +3956,8 @@

    Update configuration data for the Logger proxy. This function behaves as if it -was implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_proxy_config(),
    -logger:set_proxy_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use +was implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_proxy_config(),
    +logger:set_proxy_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use set_proxy_config/1 .

    For more information about the proxy, see section Logger Proxy in the Kernel User's Guide.

    @@ -4135,7 +4135,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:36.680310643 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:36.684310663 +0000 @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@

    The API for logging consists of a set of macros, and a set of functions on the form logger:Level/1,2,3, which are all shortcuts for logger:log(Level,Arg1[,Arg2[,Arg3]]).

    The macros are defined in logger.hrl, which is included in a module with the -directive

    -include_lib("kernel/include/logger.hrl").

    The difference between using the macros and the exported functions is that +directive

    -include_lib("kernel/include/logger.hrl").

    The difference between using the macros and the exported functions is that macros add location (originator) information to the metadata, and performs lazy evaluation by wrapping the logger call in a case statement, so it is only evaluated if the log level of the event passes the primary log level check.

    @@ -212,23 +212,23 @@

    The log message contains the information to be logged. The message can consist of a format string and arguments (given as two separate parameters in the Logger -API), a string or a report.

    Example, format string and arguments:

    logger:error("The file does not exist: ~ts",[Filename])

    Example, string:

    logger:notice("Something strange happened!")

    A report, which is either a map or a key-value list, is the preferred way to log +API), a string or a report.

    Example, format string and arguments:

    logger:error("The file does not exist: ~ts",[Filename])

    Example, string:

    logger:notice("Something strange happened!")

    A report, which is either a map or a key-value list, is the preferred way to log using Logger as it makes it possible for different backends to filter and format -the log event as it needs to.

    Example, report:

    ?LOG_ERROR(#{ user => joe, filename => Filename, reason => enoent })

    Reports can be accompanied by a report callback specified in the log event's +the log event as it needs to.

    Example, report:

    ?LOG_ERROR(#{ user => joe, filename => Filename, reason => enoent })

    Reports can be accompanied by a report callback specified in the log event's metadata. The report callback is a convenience function that the formatter can use to convert the report to a format string and arguments, or directly to a string. The formatter can also use its own conversion function, if no callback is provided, or if a customized formatting is desired.

    The report callback must be a fun with one or two arguments. If it takes one argument, this is the report itself, and the fun returns a format string and -arguments:

    fun((logger:report()) -> {io:format(),[term()]})

    If it takes two arguments, the first is the report, and the second is a map -containing extra data that allows direct conversion to a string:

    fun((logger:report(),logger:report_cb_config()) -> unicode:chardata())

    The fun must obey the depth and chars_limit parameters provided in the +arguments:

    fun((logger:report()) -> {io:format(),[term()]})

    If it takes two arguments, the first is the report, and the second is a map +containing extra data that allows direct conversion to a string:

    fun((logger:report(),logger:report_cb_config()) -> unicode:chardata())

    The fun must obey the depth and chars_limit parameters provided in the second argument, as the formatter cannot do anything useful of these parameters with the returned string. The extra data also contains a field named single_line, indicating if the printed log message may contain line breaks or not. This variant is used when the formatting of the report depends on the size -or single line parameters.

    Example, report, and metadata with report callback:

    logger:debug(#{got => connection_request, id => Id, state => State},
    -             #{report_cb => fun(R) -> {"~p",[R]} end})

    The log message can also be provided through a fun for lazy evaluation. The fun +or single line parameters.

    Example, report, and metadata with report callback:

    logger:debug(#{got => connection_request, id => Id, state => State},
    +             #{report_cb => fun(R) -> {"~p",[R]} end})

    The log message can also be provided through a fun for lazy evaluation. The fun is only evaluated if the primary log level check passes, and is therefore recommended if it is expensive to generate the message. The lazy fun must return a string, a report, or a tuple with format string and arguments.

    @@ -416,14 +416,14 @@ allows another application to add its own default handler.

    Only one entry of this type is allowed.

  • {handler, HandlerId, Module, HandlerConfig} - If HandlerId is default, then this entry modifies the default handler, equivalent to calling

            logger:remove_handler(default)
    -

    followed by

            logger:add_handler(default, Module, HandlerConfig)
    +

    followed by

            logger:add_handler(default, Module, HandlerConfig)
     

    For all other values of HandlerId, this entry adds a new handler, -equivalent to calling

            logger:add_handler(HandlerId, Module, HandlerConfig)
    +equivalent to calling

            logger:add_handler(HandlerId, Module, HandlerConfig)
     

    Multiple entries of this type are allowed.

  • {filters, FilterDefault, [Filter]} - Adds the specified primary -filters.

    • FilterDefault = log | stop

    • Filter = {FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig}}

    Equivalent to calling

            logger:add_primary_filter(FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig})
    +filters.

    • FilterDefault = log | stop

    • Filter = {FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig}}

    Equivalent to calling

            logger:add_primary_filter(FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig})
     

    for each Filter.

    FilterDefault specifies the behaviour if all primary filters return ignore, see section Filters.

    Only one entry of this type is allowed.

  • {module_level, Level, [Module]} - Sets module log level for the given -modules. Equivalent to calling

            logger:set_module_level(Module, Level)

    for each Module.

    Multiple entries of this type are allowed.

  • {proxy, ProxyConfig} - Sets the proxy configuration, equivalent to +modules. Equivalent to calling

            logger:set_module_level(Module, Level)

    for each Module.

    Multiple entries of this type are allowed.

  • {proxy, ProxyConfig} - Sets the proxy configuration, equivalent to calling

            logger:set_proxy_config(ProxyConfig)
     

    Only one entry of this type is allowed.

  • See section Configuration Examples for examples using the logger parameter for system configuration.

  • logger_metadata = map() - Specifies the primary @@ -446,31 +446,31 @@ file. See the config(4) manual page for more information about this file.

    Each of the following examples shows a simple system configuration file that configures Logger according to the description.

    Modify the default handler to print to a file instead of -standard_io:

    [{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,  % {handler, HandlerId, Module,
    -      #{config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}}  % Config}
    -    ]}]}].

    Modify the default handler to print each log event as a single line:

    [{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{formatter => {logger_formatter, #{single_line => true}}}}
    -    ]}]}].

    Modify the default handler to print the pid of the logging process for each log -event:

    [{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{formatter => {logger_formatter,
    -                        #{template => [time," ",pid," ",msg,"\n"]}}}}
    -    ]}]}].

    Modify the default handler to only print errors and more severe log events to +standard_io:

    [{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,  % {handler, HandlerId, Module,
    +      #{config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}}  % Config}
    +    ]}]}].

    Modify the default handler to print each log event as a single line:

    [{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{formatter => {logger_formatter, #{single_line => true}}}}
    +    ]}]}].

    Modify the default handler to print the pid of the logging process for each log +event:

    [{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{formatter => {logger_formatter,
    +                        #{template => [time," ",pid," ",msg,"\n"]}}}}
    +    ]}]}].

    Modify the default handler to only print errors and more severe log events to "log/erlang.log", and add another handler to print all log events to -"log/debug.log".

    [{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{level => error,
    -        config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}},
    -     {handler, info, logger_std_h,
    -      #{level => debug,
    -        config => #{file => "log/debug.log"}}}
    -    ]}]}].

    +"log/debug.log".

    [{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{level => error,
    +        config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}},
    +     {handler, info, logger_std_h,
    +      #{level => debug,
    +        config => #{file => "log/debug.log"}}}
    +    ]}]}].

    @@ -511,9 +511,9 @@ This field can be used by filters to stop or allow the log events.

    See section SASL User's Guide for more information about the old SASL error logging functionality.

  • Legacy Event Handlers
    To use event handlers written for error_logger, just add your event handler with

    error_logger:add_report_handler/1,2.

    This automatically starts the error logger event manager, and adds -error_logger as a handler to Logger, with the following configuration:

    #href_anchor"ss">level => info,
    +error_logger as a handler to Logger, with the following configuration:

    #href_anchor"ss">level => info,
       filter_default => log,
    -  filters => []}.

    Note

    This handler ignores events that do not originate from the error_logger + filters => []}.

    Note

    This handler ignores events that do not originate from the error_logger API, or from within OTP. This means that if your code uses the Logger API for logging, then your log events will be discarded by this handler.

    The handler is not overload protected.

  • @@ -539,19 +539,19 @@ level notice or more severe, are logged to the terminal via the default handler. To also log info events, you can either change the primary log level to info:

    1> logger:set_primary_config(level, info).
    -ok

    or set the level for one or a few modules only:

    2> logger:set_module_level(mymodule, info).
    +ok

    or set the level for one or a few modules only:

    2> logger:set_module_level(mymodule, info).
     ok

    This allows info events to pass through to the default handler, and be printed to the terminal as well. If there are many info events, it can be useful to print these to a file instead.

    First, set the log level of the default handler to notice, preventing it from -printing info events to the terminal:

    3> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
    +printing info events to the terminal:

    3> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
     ok

    Then, add a new handler which prints to file. You can use the handler module -logger_std_h, and configure it to log to file:

    4> Config = #href_anchor"ss">config => #{file => "./info.log"}, level => info}.
    -#{config => #{file => "./info.log"},level => info}
    -5> logger:add_handler(myhandler, logger_std_h, Config).
    +logger_std_h, and configure it to log to file:

    4> Config = #href_anchor"ss">config => #{file => "./info.log"}, level => info}.
    +#{config => #{file => "./info.log"},level => info}
    +5> logger:add_handler(myhandler, logger_std_h, Config).
     ok

    Since filter_default defaults to log, this handler now receives all log events. If you want info events only in the file, you must add a filter to stop -all non-info events. The built-in filter logger_filters:level/2 can do this:

    6> logger:add_handler_filter(myhandler, stop_non_info,
    -                             {fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, info}}).
    +all non-info events. The built-in filter logger_filters:level/2 can do this:

    6> logger:add_handler_filter(myhandler, stop_non_info,
    +                             {fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, info}}).
     ok

    See section Filters for more information about the filters and the filter_default configuration parameter.

    @@ -576,48 +576,48 @@ database.

    When logger:get_config/0 or logger:get_handler_config/0,1 is called, Logger calls HModule:filter_config(Config). This function must return the -handler configuration where internal data is removed.

    A simple handler that prints to the terminal can be implemented as follows:

    -module(myhandler1).
    --export([log/2]).
    +handler configuration where internal data is removed.

    A simple handler that prints to the terminal can be implemented as follows:

    -module(myhandler1).
    +-export([log/2]).
     
    -log(LogEvent, #{formatter := {FModule, FConfig}}) ->
    -    io:put_chars(FModule:format(LogEvent, FConfig)).

    Notice that the above handler does not have any overload protection, and all log +log(LogEvent, #{formatter := {FModule, FConfig}}) -> + io:put_chars(FModule:format(LogEvent, FConfig)).

    Notice that the above handler does not have any overload protection, and all log events are printed directly from the client process.

    For information and examples of overload protection, please refer to section Protecting the Handler from Overload, and the implementation of logger_std_h and logger_disk_log_h .

    The following is a simpler example of a handler which logs to a file through one -single process:

    -module(myhandler2).
    --export([adding_handler/1, removing_handler/1, log/2]).
    --export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2, terminate/2]).
    -
    -adding_handler(Config) ->
    -    MyConfig = maps:get(config,Config,#href_anchor"ss">file => "myhandler2.log"}),
    -    {ok, Pid} = gen_server:start(?MODULE, MyConfig, []),
    -    {ok, Config#{config => MyConfig#{pid => Pid}}}.
    -
    -removing_handler(#{config := #{pid := Pid}}) ->
    -    gen_server:stop(Pid).
    -
    -log(LogEvent,#{config := #{pid := Pid}} = Config) ->
    -    gen_server:cast(Pid, {log, LogEvent, Config}).
    -
    -init(#{file := File}) ->
    -    {ok, Fd} = file:open(File, [append, {encoding, utf8}]),
    -    {ok, #{file => File, fd => Fd}}.
    -
    -handle_call(_, _, State) ->
    -    {reply, {error, bad_request}, State}.
    -
    -handle_cast({log, LogEvent, Config}, #{fd := Fd} = State) ->
    -    do_log(Fd, LogEvent, Config),
    -    {noreply, State}.
    +single process:

    -module(myhandler2).
    +-export([adding_handler/1, removing_handler/1, log/2]).
    +-export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2, terminate/2]).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_cookbook.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_cookbook.html	2025-01-25 10:23:36.712310803 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_cookbook.html	2025-01-25 10:23:36.716310823 +0000
    @@ -144,19 +144,19 @@
       
       Print the primary Logger configurations.
     

    -
    1> logger:i(primary).
    +
    1> logger:i(primary).
     Primary configuration:
         Level: notice
         Filter Default: log
         Filters:
    -        (none)

    It is also possible to fetch the configuration using + (none)

    It is also possible to fetch the configuration using logger:get_primary_config().

    See also

    -
    2> logger:i(handlers).
    +
    2> logger:i(handlers).
     Handler configuration:
         Id: default
             Module: logger_std_h
    @@ -173,10 +173,10 @@
                     Arg: stop
                 Id: domain
                     Fun: fun logger_filters:domain/2
    -                Arg: {log,super,[otp,sasl]}
    +                Arg: {log,super,[otp,sasl]}
                 Id: no_domain
                     Fun: fun logger_filters:domain/2
    -                Arg: {log,undefined,[]}
    +                Arg: {log,undefined,[]}
             Handler Config:
                 burst_limit_enable: true
                 burst_limit_max_count: 500
    @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@
     =PROGRESS REPORT==== 4-Nov-2019::16:33:11.746546 ===
         application: stdlib
         started_at: nonode@nohost
    -Eshell V10.5.3  (abort with ^G)
    +Eshell V10.5.3  (abort with ^G)
     1>

    @@ -233,17 +233,17 @@

    Since single line logging is the default of the built-in formatter you only have to provide the empty map as the configuration. The example below uses the sys.config to change the formatter configuration.

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter, #{ }}}}]}]}].
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter, #{ }}}}]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, an error").
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, an error").
     1962-10-03T11:07:47.466763-04:00 error: Oh noes, an error

    However, if you just want to change it for the current session you can also do -that.

    1> logger:set_handler_config(default, formatter, {logger_formatter, #{}}).
    +that.

    1> logger:set_handler_config(default, formatter, {logger_formatter, #{}}).
     ok
    -2> logger:error("Oh noes, another error").
    +2> logger:error("Oh noes, another error").
     1962-10-04T15:34:02.648713-04:00 error: Oh noes, another error

    See also

    @@ -251,14 +251,14 @@ Add file and line number to log entries

    You can change what is printed to the log by using the formatter template:

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter,
    -        #{ template => [time," ", file,":",line," ",level,": ",msg,"\n"] }}}}]}]}].
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter,
    +        #{ template => [time," ", file,":",line," ",level,": ",msg,"\n"] }}}}]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, more errors",#{ file => "shell.erl", line => 1 }).
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, more errors",#{ file => "shell.erl", line => 1 }).
     1962-10-05T07:37:44.104241+02:00 shell.erl:1 error: Oh noes, more errors

    Note that file and line have to be added in the metadata by the caller of logger:log/3 as otherwise Logger will not know from where it was called. The file and line number are automatically added if you use the ?LOG_ERROR macros @@ -275,18 +275,18 @@ Print logs to a file

    Instead of printing the logs to stdout we print them to a rotating file log.

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ config => #{ file => "log/erlang.log",
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ config => #{ file => "log/erlang.log",
                           max_no_bytes => 4096,
    -                      max_no_files => 5},
    -         formatter => {logger_formatter, #{}}}}]}]}].
    +                      max_no_files => 5},
    +         formatter => {logger_formatter, #{}}}}]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
     ok
    -2> erlang:halt().
    +2> erlang:halt().
     $ cat log/erlang.log
     2019-10-07T11:47:16.837958+02:00 error: Oh noes, even more errors

    See also

    @@ -296,24 +296,24 @@

    Add a handler that prints debug log events to a file, while the default handler prints only up to notice level events to standard out.

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger_level, all},
    -   {logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ level => notice }},
    -     {handler, debug, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    -         config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }}
    -    ]}]}].
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger_level, all},
    +   {logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ level => notice }},
    +     {handler, debug, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    +         config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }}
    +    ]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
     =ERROR REPORT==== 9-Oct-2019::14:40:54.784162 ===
     Oh noes, even more errors
     ok
    -2> logger:debug("A debug event").
    +2> logger:debug("A debug event").
     ok
    -3> erlang:halt().
    +3> erlang:halt().
     $ cat log/debug.log
     2019-10-09T14:41:03.680541+02:00 debug: A debug event

    In the configuration above we first raise the primary log level to max in order for the debug log events to get to the handlers. Then we configure the default @@ -321,13 +321,13 @@ is all. Then the debug handler is configured with a filter to stop any log message that is not a debug level message.

    It is also possible to do the same changes in an already running system using the logger module. Then you do like this:

    $ erl
    -1> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
    +1> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
     ok
    -2> logger:add_handler(debug, logger_std_h, #{
    -  filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    -  config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }).
    +2> logger:add_handler(debug, logger_std_h, #{
    +  filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    +  config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }).
     ok
    -3> logger:set_primary_config(level, all).
    +3> logger:set_primary_config(level, all).
     ok

    It is important that you do not raise the primary log level before adjusting the default handler's level as otherwise your standard out may be flooded by debug log messages.

    See also

    @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ What to log and how

    The simplest way to log something is by using the Logger macros and give a -report to the macro. For example if you want to log an error:

    ?LOG_ERROR(#{ what => http_error, status => 418, src => ClientIP, dst => ServerIP }).

    This will print the following in the default log:

    =ERROR REPORT==== 10-Oct-2019::12:13:10.089073 ===
    +report to the macro. For example if you want to log an error:

    ?LOG_ERROR(#{ what => http_error, status => 418, src => ClientIP, dst => ServerIP }).

    This will print the following in the default log:

    =ERROR REPORT==== 10-Oct-2019::12:13:10.089073 ===
         dst: {8,8,4,4}
         src: {8,8,8,8}
         status: 418
    @@ -355,14 +355,14 @@
     

    If you want to do structured logging, but still want to have some control of how the final log message is formatted you can give a report_cb as part of the -metadata with your log event.

    ReportCB = fun(#{ what := What, status := Status, src := Src, dst := Dst }) ->
    -                   {ok, #hostent{ h_name = SrcName }} = inet:gethostbyaddr(Src),
    -                   {ok, #hostent{ h_name = DstName }} = inet:gethostbyaddr(Dst),
    -                   {"What: ~p~nStatus: ~p~nSrc: ~s (~s)~nDst: ~s (~s)~n",
    -                    [What, Status, inet:ntoa(Src), SrcName, inet:ntoa(Dst), DstName]}
    +metadata with your log event.

    ReportCB = fun(#{ what := What, status := Status, src := Src, dst := Dst }) ->
    +                   {ok, #hostent{ h_name = SrcName }} = inet:gethostbyaddr(Src),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_disk_log_h.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_disk_log_h.html	2025-01-25 10:23:36.744310963 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_disk_log_h.html	2025-01-25 10:23:36.744310963 +0000
    @@ -164,12 +164,12 @@
     and the disk_log handler, and are documented in the
     User's Guide.

    Notice that when changing the configuration of the handler in runtime, the disk_log options (file, type, max_no_files, max_no_bytes) must not be -modified.

    Example of adding a disk_log handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_disk_log_h, logger_disk_log_h,
    -                   #{config => #{file => "./my_disk_log",
    +modified.

    Example of adding a disk_log handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_disk_log_h, logger_disk_log_h,
    +                   #{config => #{file => "./my_disk_log",
                                      type => wrap,
                                      max_no_files => 4,
                                      max_no_bytes => 10000,
    -                                 filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To use the disk_log handler instead of the default standard handler when + filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To use the disk_log handler instead of the default standard handler when starting an Erlang node, change the Kernel default logger to use logger_disk_log_h. Example:

    erl -kernel logger '[{handler,default,logger_disk_log_h,
                           #{config => #{file => "./system_disk_log"}}}]'

    @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_filters.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_filters.html 2025-01-25 10:23:36.772311102 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_filters.html 2025-01-25 10:23:36.772311102 +0000 @@ -251,8 +251,8 @@ events from, for example, a specific functional area. This allows filtering or other specialized treatment in a Logger handler.

    A domain field must be a list of atoms, creating smaller and more specialized domains as the list grows longer. The greatest domain is [], which comprises -all possible domains.

    For example, consider the following domains:

    D1 = [otp]
    -D2 = [otp, sasl]

    D1 is the greatest of the two, and is said to be a super-domain of D2. D2 +all possible domains.

    For example, consider the following domains:

    D1 = [otp]
    +D2 = [otp, sasl]

    D1 is the greatest of the two, and is said to be a super-domain of D2. D2 is a sub-domain D1. Both D1 and D2 are sub-domains of [].

    The above domains are used for logs originating from Erlang/OTP. D1 specifies that the log event comes from Erlang/OTP in general, and D2 indicates that the log event is a so called SASL report.

    The Extra parameter to the domain/2 function is specified when @@ -267,11 +267,11 @@ filter matches and Action is stop, the log event is stopped.

    If the filter does not match, it returns ignore, meaning that other filters, or the value of the configuration parameter filter_default, decide if the event is allowed or not.

    Log events that do not contain any domain field, match only when Compare is -equal to undefined or not_equal.

    Example: stop all events with domain [otp, sasl | _]

    1> logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, log). % this is the default
    +equal to undefined or not_equal.

    Example: stop all events with domain [otp, sasl | _]

    1> logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, log). % this is the default
     ok
    -2> Filter = {fun logger_filters:domain/2, {stop, sub, [otp, sasl]}}.
    +2> Filter = {fun logger_filters:domain/2, {stop, sub, [otp, sasl]}}.
     ...
    -3> logger:add_handler_filter(h1, no_sasl, Filter).
    +3> logger:add_handler_filter(h1, no_sasl, Filter).
     ok
    @@ -316,9 +316,9 @@ filter matches if the value of Operator is:

    • neq - and the compare function returns lt or gt.

    • eq - and the compare function returns eq.

    • lt - and the compare function returns lt.

    • gt - and the compare function returns gt.

    • lteq - and the compare function returns lt or eq.

    • gteq - and the compare function returns gt or eq.

    If the filter matches and Action is log, the log event is allowed. If the filter matches and Action is stop, the log event is stopped.

    If the filter does not match, it returns ignore, meaning that other filters, or the value of the configuration parameter filter_default, will decide if the -event is allowed or not.

    Example: only allow debug level log events

    logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, stop).
    -Filter = {fun logger_filters:level/2, {log, eq, debug}}.
    -logger:add_handler_filter(h1, debug_only, Filter).
    +event is allowed or not.

    Example: only allow debug level log events

    logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, stop).
    +Filter = {fun logger_filters:level/2, {log, eq, debug}}.
    +logger:add_handler_filter(h1, debug_only, Filter).
     ok
    @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_formatter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_formatter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:36.804311262 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_formatter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:36.804311262 +0000 @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_handler.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_handler.html 2025-01-25 10:23:36.836311422 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_handler.html 2025-01-25 10:23:36.840311442 +0000 @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_std_h.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_std_h.html 2025-01-25 10:23:36.860311542 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_std_h.html 2025-01-25 10:23:36.864311562 +0000 @@ -185,9 +185,9 @@ protection behaviour. The same parameters are used both in the standard handler and the disk_log handler, and are documented in the User's Guide.

    Notice that if changing the configuration of the handler in runtime, the type, -file, or modes parameters must not be modified.

    Example of adding a standard handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_standard_h, logger_std_h,
    -                   #{config => #{file => "./system_info.log",
    -                                 filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To set the default handler, that starts initially with the Kernel application, +file, or modes parameters must not be modified.

    Example of adding a standard handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_standard_h, logger_std_h,
    +                   #{config => #{file => "./system_info.log",
    +                                 filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To set the default handler, that starts initially with the Kernel application, to log to file instead of standard_io, change the Kernel default logger configuration. Example:

    erl -kernel logger '[{handler,default,logger_std_h,
                           #{config => #{file => "./log.log"}}}]'

    An example of how to replace the standard handler with a disk_log handler at @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net.html 2025-01-25 10:23:36.892311701 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net.html 2025-01-25 10:23:36.896311722 +0000 @@ -565,13 +565,13 @@

    Interface address filtering selector function/0.

    For each ifaddrs entry, return either true to keep the entry or false to discard the entry.

    For example, to get an interface list which only contains -non-loopback inet interfaces:

    net:getifaddrs(
    -    fun (#{ addr  := #{family := inet},
    -            flags := Flags}) ->
    -          not lists:member(loopback, Flags);
    -        (_) ->
    +non-loopback inet interfaces:

    net:getifaddrs(
    +    fun (#{ addr  := #{family := inet},
    +            flags := Flags}) ->
    +          not lists:member(loopback, Flags);
    +        (_) ->
               false
    -    end).
    +
    end).
    @@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net_adm.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net_adm.html 2025-01-25 10:23:36.920311841 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net_adm.html 2025-01-25 10:23:36.924311861 +0000 @@ -491,8 +491,8 @@

    Returns the names and associated port numbers of the Erlang nodes that epmd -registered at the specified host.

    Similar to epmd -names, see erts:epmd.

    Returns {error, address} if epmd is not operational.

    Example:

    (arne@dunn)1> net_adm:names().
    -{ok,[{"arne",40262}]}
    +registered at the specified host.

    Similar to epmd -names, see erts:epmd.

    Returns {error, address} if epmd is not operational.

    Example:

    (arne@dunn)1> net_adm:names().
    +{ok,[{"arne",40262}]}
    @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net_kernel.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net_kernel.html 2025-01-25 10:23:36.952312002 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net_kernel.html 2025-01-25 10:23:36.952312002 +0000 @@ -132,9 +132,9 @@ operational for distributed Erlang to work. The purpose of this process is to implement parts of the BIFs spawn/4 and spawn_link/4, and to provide monitoring of the network.

    An Erlang node is started using command-line flag -name or -sname:

    $ erl -sname foobar

    It is also possible to call net_kernel:start(foobar, #{}) -directly from the normal Erlang shell prompt:

    1> net_kernel:start(foobar, #{name_domain => shortnames}).
    -{ok,<0.64.0>}
    -(foobar@gringotts)2>

    If the node is started with command-line flag -sname, the node name is +directly from the normal Erlang shell prompt:

    1> net_kernel:start(foobar, #{name_domain => shortnames}).
    +{ok,<0.64.0>}
    +(foobar@gringotts)2>

    If the node is started with command-line flag -sname, the node name is foobar@Host, where Host is the short name of the host (not the fully qualified domain name). If started with flag -name, the node name is foobar@Host, where Host is the fully qualified domain name. For more @@ -668,13 +668,13 @@ delivered before a nodeup message due to a new connection to the same node. Prior to OTP 23.0, this was not guaranteed to be the case.

    The format of the node status change messages depends on Options. If Options is the empty list or if net_kernel:monitor_nodes/1 is called, the format is as -follows:

    {nodeup, Node} | {nodedown, Node}
    -  Node = node()

    When Options is the empty map or empty list, the caller will only subscribe +follows:

    {nodeup, Node} | {nodedown, Node}
    +  Node = node()

    When Options is the empty map or empty list, the caller will only subscribe for status change messages for visible nodes. That is, only nodes that appear in the result of erlang:nodes/0.

    If Options equals anything other than the empty list, the format of the status -change messages is as follows:

    {nodeup, Node, Info} | {nodedown, Node, Info}
    -  Node = node()
    -  Info = #{Tag => Val} | [{Tag, Val}]

    Info is either a map or a list of 2-tuples. Its content depends on Options. +change messages is as follows:

    {nodeup, Node, Info} | {nodedown, Node, Info}
    +  Node = node()
    +  Info = #{Tag => Val} | [{Tag, Val}]

    Info is either a map or a list of 2-tuples. Its content depends on Options. If Options is a map, Info will also be a map. If Options is a list, Info will also be a list.

    When Options is a map, currently the following associations are allowed:

    • connection_id => boolean() - If the value of the association equals true, a connection_id => ConnectionId association will be included in the @@ -708,23 +708,23 @@ {node_type, visible} tuple will be included in the Info list.

    • nodedown_reason - The tuple {nodedown_reason, Reason} will be included in the Info list for nodedown messages.

      See the documentation of the nodedown_reason => boolean() association -above for information about possible Reason values.

    Example:

    (a@localhost)1> net_kernel:monitor_nodes(true, #{connection_id=>true, node_type=>all, nodedown_reason=>true}).
    +above for information about possible Reason values.

    Example:

    (a@localhost)1> net_kernel:monitor_nodes(true, #{connection_id=>true, node_type=>all, nodedown_reason=>true}).
     ok
    -(a@localhost)2> flush().
    -Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    -                  #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible}}
    -Shell got {nodeup,c@localhost,
    -                  #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden}}
    -Shell got {nodedown,b@localhost,
    -                    #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible,
    -                      nodedown_reason => connection_closed}}
    -Shell got {nodedown,c@localhost,
    -                    #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden,
    -                      nodedown_reason => net_tick_timeout}}
    -Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    -                  #{connection_id => 3067553,node_type => visible}}
    +(a@localhost)2> flush().
    +Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    +                  #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible}}
    +Shell got {nodeup,c@localhost,
    +                  #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden}}
    +Shell got {nodedown,b@localhost,
    +                    #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible,
    +                      nodedown_reason => connection_closed}}
    +Shell got {nodedown,c@localhost,
    +                    #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden,
    +                      nodedown_reason => net_tick_timeout}}
    +Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    +                  #{connection_id => 3067553,node_type => visible}}
     ok
    -(a@localhost)3>
    +
    (a@localhost)3>
    @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.028312380 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.028312380 +0000 @@ -3961,12 +3961,12 @@ viewed as two operations performed atomically. Asynchronously send an unlink signal or a demonitor signal, and ignore any future results of the link or monitor.

    NOTE: This change can cause some obscure code to fail which previously did -not. For example, the following code might hang:

                Mon = erlang:monitor(process, Pid),
    +not. For example, the following code might hang:

                Mon = erlang:monitor(process, Pid),
                 %% ...
    -            exit(Pid, bang),
    -            erlang:demonitor(Mon),
    +            exit(Pid, bang),
    +            erlang:demonitor(Mon),
                 receive
    -                {'DOWN', Mon, process, Pid, _} -> ok
    +                {'DOWN', Mon, process, Pid, _} -> ok
                 %% We were previously guaranteed to get a down message
                 %% (since we exited the process ourself), so we could
                 %% in this case leave out:
    @@ -4393,7 +4393,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/os.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/os.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.068312580 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/os.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.068312580 +0000 @@ -656,13 +656,13 @@

    Executes Command in a command shell of the target OS, captures the standard -output and standard error of the command, and returns this result as a string.

    Examples:

    LsOut = os:cmd("ls"), % on unix platform
    -DirOut = os:cmd("dir"), % on Win32 platform

    Notice that in some cases, standard output of a command when called from another +output and standard error of the command, and returns this result as a string.

    Examples:

    LsOut = os:cmd("ls"), % on unix platform
    +DirOut = os:cmd("dir"), % on Win32 platform

    Notice that in some cases, standard output of a command when called from another program can differ, compared with the standard output of the command when called directly from an OS command shell.

    The possible options are:

    • max_size - The maximum size of the data returned by the os:cmd call. This option is a safety feature that should be used when the command executed -can return a very large, possibly infinite, result.

      > os:cmd("cat /dev/zero", #{ max_size => 20 }).
      -[0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0]
    +can return a very large, possibly infinite, result.

    > os:cmd("cat /dev/zero", #{ max_size => 20 }).
    +[0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0]
    @@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ resolution timestamp.

    This counter is read directly from the hardware or operating system with the same guarantees. This means that two consecutive calls to the function are not guaranteed to be monotonic, though it most likely will be. The performance -counter will be converted to the resolution passed as an argument.

    1> T1 = os:perf_counter(1000),receive after 10000 -> ok end,T2 = os:perf_counter(1000).
    +counter will be converted to the resolution passed as an argument.

    1> T1 = os:perf_counter(1000),receive after 10000 -> ok end,T2 = os:perf_counter(1000).
     176525861
     2> T2 - T1.
     10004
    @@ -1123,16 +1123,16 @@ allows you to log time stamps in high resolution and consistent with the time in the rest of the OS.

    Example of code formatting a string in format "DD Mon YYYY HH:MM:SS.mmmmmm", where DD is the day of month, Mon is the textual month name, YYYY is the year, -HH:MM:SS is the time, and mmmmmm is the microseconds in six positions:

    -module(print_time).
    --export([format_utc_timestamp/0]).
    -format_utc_timestamp() ->
    -    TS = {_,_,Micro} = os:timestamp(),
    -    {{Year,Month,Day},{Hour,Minute,Second}} =
    -calendar:now_to_universal_time(TS),
    -    Mstr = element(Month,{"Jan","Feb","Mar","Apr","May","Jun","Jul",
    -    "Aug","Sep","Oct","Nov","Dec"}),
    -    io_lib:format("~2w ~s ~4w ~2w:~2..0w:~2..0w.~6..0w",
    -    [Day,Mstr,Year,Hour,Minute,Second,Micro]).

    This module can be used as follows:

    1> io:format("~s~n",[print_time:format_utc_timestamp()]).
    +HH:MM:SS is the time, and mmmmmm is the microseconds in six positions:

    -module(print_time).
    +-export([format_utc_timestamp/0]).
    +format_utc_timestamp() ->
    +    TS = {_,_,Micro} = os:timestamp(),
    +    {{Year,Month,Day},{Hour,Minute,Second}} =
    +calendar:now_to_universal_time(TS),
    +    Mstr = element(Month,{"Jan","Feb","Mar","Apr","May","Jun","Jul",
    +    "Aug","Sep","Oct","Nov","Dec"}),
    +    io_lib:format("~2w ~s ~4w ~2w:~2..0w:~2..0w.~6..0w",
    +    [Day,Mstr,Year,Hour,Minute,Second,Micro]).

    This module can be used as follows:

    1> io:format("~s~n",[print_time:format_utc_timestamp()]).
     29 Apr 2009  9:55:30.051711

    OS system time can also be retrieved by system_time/0 and system_time/1.

    @@ -1260,7 +1260,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/pg.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/pg.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.096312720 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/pg.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.104312760 +0000 @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@

    Subscribes the caller to updates from the specified scope.

    Returns content of the entire scope and a reference to match the upcoming notifications.

    Whenever any group membership changes, an update message is sent to the -subscriber:

    {Ref, join, Group, [JoinPid1, JoinPid2]}
    {Ref, leave, Group, [LeavePid1]}
    +subscriber:

    {Ref, join, Group, [JoinPid1, JoinPid2]}
    {Ref, leave, Group, [LeavePid1]}
    @@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/rpc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/rpc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.132312899 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/rpc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.136312920 +0000 @@ -1079,10 +1079,10 @@ return values, or {badrpc, Reason} for failing calls. Timeout is a time (integer) in milliseconds, or infinity.

    The following example is useful when new object code is to be loaded on all nodes in the network, and indicates some side effects that RPCs can produce:

    %% Find object code for module Mod
    -{Mod, Bin, File} = code:get_object_code(Mod),
    +{Mod, Bin, File} = code:get_object_code(Mod),
     
     %% and load it on all nodes including this one
    -{ResL, _} = rpc:multicall(code, load_binary, [Mod, File, Bin]),
    +{ResL, _} = rpc:multicall(code, load_binary, [Mod, File, Bin]),
     
     %% and then maybe check the ResL list.

    Note

    If you want the ability to distinguish between results, you may want to consider using the erpc:multicall() function from the @@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.152312999 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.156313019 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/seq_trace.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/seq_trace.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.184313159 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/seq_trace.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.184313159 +0000 @@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ Trace Messages Sent to the System Tracer

    The format of the messages is one of the following, depending on if flag -timestamp of the trace token is set to true or false:

    {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo, TimeStamp}

    or

    {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo}

    Where:

    Label = int()
    -TimeStamp = {Seconds, Milliseconds, Microseconds}
    -  Seconds = Milliseconds = Microseconds = int()

    SeqTraceInfo can have the following formats:

    • {send, Serial, From, To, Message} - Used when a process From with its +timestamp of the trace token is set to true or false:

      {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo, TimeStamp}

      or

      {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo}

      Where:

      Label = int()
      +TimeStamp = {Seconds, Milliseconds, Microseconds}
      +  Seconds = Milliseconds = Microseconds = int()

      SeqTraceInfo can have the following formats:

      • {send, Serial, From, To, Message} - Used when a process From with its trace token flag send set to true has sent information. To may be a process identifier, a registered name on a node represented as {NameAtom, NodeAtom}, or a node name represented as an atom. From may be a @@ -287,68 +287,68 @@ Example of Use

        This example gives a rough idea of how the new primitives can be used and what -kind of output it produces.

        Assume that you have an initiating process with Pid == <0.30.0> like this:

        -module(seqex).
        --compile(export_all).
        +kind of output it produces.

        Assume that you have an initiating process with Pid == <0.30.0> like this:

        -module(seqex).
        +-compile(export_all).
         
        -loop(Port) ->
        +loop(Port) ->
             receive
        -        {Port,Message} ->
        -            seq_trace:set_token(label,17),
        -            seq_trace:set_token('receive',true),
        -            seq_trace:set_token(print,true),
        -            seq_trace:print(17,"**** Trace Started ****"),
        -            call_server ! {self(),the_message};
        -        {ack,Ack} ->
        +        {Port,Message} ->
        +            seq_trace:set_token(label,17),
        +            seq_trace:set_token('receive',true),
        +            seq_trace:set_token(print,true),
        +            seq_trace:print(17,"**** Trace Started ****"),
        +            call_server ! {self(),the_message};
        +        {ack,Ack} ->
                     ok
             end,
        -    loop(Port).

        And a registered process call_server with Pid == <0.31.0> like this:

        loop() ->
        +    loop(Port).

        And a registered process call_server with Pid == <0.31.0> like this:

        loop() ->
             receive
        -        {PortController,Message} ->
        -            Ack = {received, Message},
        -            seq_trace:print(17,"We are here now"),
        -            PortController ! {ack,Ack}
        +        {PortController,Message} ->
        +            Ack = {received, Message},
        +            seq_trace:print(17,"We are here now"),
        +            PortController ! {ack,Ack}
             end,
        -    loop().

        A possible output from the system's sequential_tracer can be like this:

        17:<0.30.0> Info {0,1} WITH
        +    loop().

        A possible output from the system's sequential_tracer can be like this:

        17:<0.30.0> Info {0,1} WITH
         "**** Trace Started ****"
        -17:<0.31.0> Received {0,2} FROM <0.30.0> WITH
        -{<0.30.0>,the_message}
        -17:<0.31.0> Info {2,3} WITH
        +17:<0.31.0> Received {0,2} FROM <0.30.0> WITH
        +{<0.30.0>,the_message}
        +17:<0.31.0> Info {2,3} WITH
         "We are here now"
        -17:<0.30.0> Received {2,4} FROM <0.31.0> WITH
        -{ack,{received,the_message}}

        The implementation of a system tracer process that produces this printout can -look like this:

        tracer() ->
        +17:<0.30.0> Received {2,4} FROM <0.31.0> WITH
        +{ack,{received,the_message}}

        The implementation of a system tracer process that produces this printout can +look like this:

        tracer() ->
             receive
        -        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo} ->
        -           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false);
        -        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo,Ts} ->
        -           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts);
        +        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo} ->
        +           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false);
        +        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo,Ts} ->
        +           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts);
                 _Other -> ignore
             end,
        -    tracer().
        +    tracer().
         
        -print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false) ->
        -    io:format("~p:",[Label]),
        -    print_trace(TraceInfo);
        -print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts) ->
        -    io:format("~p ~p:",[Label,Ts]),
        -    print_trace(TraceInfo).
        -
        -print_trace({print,Serial,From,_,Info}) ->
        -    io:format("~p Info ~p WITH~n~p~n", [From,Serial,Info]);
        -print_trace({'receive',Serial,From,To,Message}) ->
        -    io:format("~p Received ~p FROM ~p WITH~n~p~n",
        -              [To,Serial,From,Message]);
        -print_trace({send,Serial,From,To,Message}) ->
        -    io:format("~p Sent ~p TO ~p WITH~n~p~n",
        -              [From,Serial,To,Message]).

        The code that creates a process that runs this tracer function and sets that -process as the system tracer can look like this:

        start() ->
        -    Pid = spawn(?MODULE,tracer,[]),
        -    seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Pid), % set Pid as the system tracer
        -    ok.

        With a function like test/0, the whole example can be started:

        test() ->
        -    P = spawn(?MODULE, loop, [port]),
        -    register(call_server, spawn(?MODULE, loop, [])),
        -    start(),
        -    P ! {port,message}.
        +
        print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false) -> + io:format("~p:",[Label]), + print_trace(TraceInfo); +print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts) -> + io:format("~p ~p:",[Label,Ts]), + print_trace(TraceInfo). + +print_trace({print,Serial,From,_,Info}) -> + io:format("~p Info ~p WITH~n~p~n", [From,Serial,Info]); +print_trace({'receive',Serial,From,To,Message}) -> + io:format("~p Received ~p FROM ~p WITH~n~p~n", + [To,Serial,From,Message]); +print_trace({send,Serial,From,To,Message}) -> + io:format("~p Sent ~p TO ~p WITH~n~p~n", + [From,Serial,To,Message]).

        The code that creates a process that runs this tracer function and sets that +process as the system tracer can look like this:

        start() ->
        +    Pid = spawn(?MODULE,tracer,[]),
        +    seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Pid), % set Pid as the system tracer
        +    ok.

        With a function like test/0, the whole example can be started:

        test() ->
        +    P = spawn(?MODULE, loop, [port]),
        +    register(call_server, spawn(?MODULE, loop, [])),
        +    start(),
        +    P ! {port,message}.
        @@ -937,11 +937,11 @@ tracing is disabled, otherwise Token should be an Erlang term returned from get_token/0 or set_token/1. set_token/1 can be used to temporarily exclude message passing from the trace by setting the -trace token to empty like this:

        OldToken = seq_trace:set_token([]), % set to empty and save
        +trace token to empty like this:

        OldToken = seq_trace:set_token([]), % set to empty and save
                                             % old value
         % do something that should not be part of the trace
        -io:format("Exclude the signalling caused by this~n"),
        -seq_trace:set_token(OldToken), % activate the trace token again
        +io:format("Exclude the signalling caused by this~n"),
        +seq_trace:set_token(OldToken), % activate the trace token again
         ...

        Returns the previous value of the trace token.

        @@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/socket.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/socket.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.264313559 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/socket.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.268313578 +0000 @@ -172,8 +172,8 @@ completion_info/0 and the received completion message.

        The compiler may then optimize a following receive statement to only scan the messages that arrive after the reference/0 is created. If the message queue is large this is a big optimization.

        The reference/0 has to be unique for the call.

        Repeating an Operation on a select Systems

        Onselect systems, if a call would be repeated before the select -message has been received it replaces the call in progress:

            {select, {select_info, Handle}} = socket:accept(LSock, nowait),
        -    {error, timeout} = socket:accept(LSock, 500),
        +message has been received it replaces the call in progress:

            {select, {select_info, Handle}} = socket:accept(LSock, nowait),
        +    {error, timeout} = socket:accept(LSock, 500),
             :

        Above, Handle is no longer valid once the second accept/2, call has been made (the first call is automatically canceled). After the second accept/2 call returns {error, timeout}, @@ -206,28 +206,28 @@ Examples -

        client(SAddr, SPort) ->
        -   {ok, Sock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        -   ok = socket:connect(Sock, #{family => inet,
        +
        client(SAddr, SPort) ->
        +   {ok, Sock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        +   ok = socket:connect(Sock, #{family => inet,
                                        addr   => SAddr,
        -                               port   => SPort}),
        +                               port   => SPort}),
            Msg = <<"hello">>,
        -   ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg),
        -   ok = socket:shutdown(Sock, write),
        -   {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock),
        -   ok = socket:close(Sock).
        -
        -server(Addr, Port) ->
        -   {ok, LSock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        -   ok = socket:bind(LSock, #{family => inet,
        +   ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg),
        +   ok = socket:shutdown(Sock, write),
        +   {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock),
        +   ok = socket:close(Sock).
        +
        +server(Addr, Port) ->
        +   {ok, LSock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        +   ok = socket:bind(LSock, #{family => inet,
                                      port   => Port,
        -                             addr   => Addr}),
        -   ok = socket:listen(LSock),
        -   {ok, Sock} = socket:accept(LSock),
        -   {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock),
        -   ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg),
        -   ok = socket:close(Sock),
        -   ok = socket:close(LSock).
        +
        addr => Addr}), + ok = socket:listen(LSock), + {ok, Sock} = socket:accept(LSock), + {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock), + ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg), + ok = socket:close(Sock), + ok = socket:close(LSock).
        @@ -4795,7 +4795,7 @@ (since OTP 26.1).

        Result; a boolean/0.

      • tcp_info - Get miscellaneous TCP related information for a connected socket (since OTP 26.1).

        Result; a map/0 with information items as key-value pairs.

      Note

      Not all requests are supported by all platforms. To see if a ioctl request is supported on the current platform:

            Request = nread,
      -      true = socket:is_supported(ioctl_requests, Request),
      +      true = socket:is_supported(ioctl_requests, Request),
             :
      @@ -4959,7 +4959,7 @@

      Check if a socket feature is supported.

      Returns true if supports/0 has a {Key1, true} tuple or a {Key1, list()} tuple in its returned list, -otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(local),
      +otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(local),
      @@ -4990,7 +4990,7 @@

      Check if a socket feature is supported.

      Returns true if supports(Key1) has a {Key2, true} tuple -in its returned list, otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(msg_flags, errqueue),
      +in its returned list, otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(msg_flags, errqueue),
      @@ -5088,7 +5088,7 @@

      Start a socket monitor.

      If the Socket doesn't exist or when later the monitor is triggered, a 'DOWN' message is sent to the process that called monitor/1 -with the following pattern:

      	    {'DOWN', MonitorRef, socket, Socket, Info}

      Info is the termination reason of the socket or nosock if +with the following pattern:

      	    {'DOWN', MonitorRef, socket, Socket, Info}

      Info is the termination reason of the socket or nosock if Socket did not exist when the monitor was started.

      Making several calls to socket:monitor/1 for the same Socket is not an error; each call creates an independent monitor instance.

      @@ -7226,7 +7226,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/socket_usage.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/socket_usage.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.308313778 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/socket_usage.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.316313819 +0000 @@ -186,47 +186,47 @@ Example

      This example is intended to show how to create a simple (echo) server -(and client).

      -module(example).
      +(and client).

      -module(example).
       
      --export([client/2, client/3]).
      --export([server/0, server/1, server/2]).
      +-export([client/2, client/3]).
      +-export([server/0, server/1, server/2]).
       
       
       %% ======================================================================
       
       %% === Client ===
       
      -client(#{family := Family} = ServerSockAddr, Msg)
      -  when is_list(Msg) orelse is_binary(Msg) ->
      -    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, default),
      -    ok         = maybe_bind(Sock, Family),
      -    ok         = socket:connect(Sock, ServerSockAddr),
      -    client_exchange(Sock, Msg);
      +client(#{family := Family} = ServerSockAddr, Msg)
      +  when is_list(Msg) orelse is_binary(Msg) ->
      +    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, default),
      +    ok         = maybe_bind(Sock, Family),
      +    ok         = socket:connect(Sock, ServerSockAddr),
      +    client_exchange(Sock, Msg);
       
      -client(ServerPort, Msg)
      -  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) ->
      +client(ServerPort, Msg)
      +  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) ->
           Family   = inet, % Default
      -    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
      -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
      +    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
      +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
       		 addr   => Addr,
      -		 port   => ServerPort},
      -    client(SockAddr, Msg).
      +		 port   => ServerPort},
      +    client(SockAddr, Msg).
       
      -client(ServerPort, ServerAddr, Msg)
      -  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) andalso
      -       is_tuple(ServerAddr) ->
      -    Family   = which_family(ServerAddr),
      -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
      +client(ServerPort, ServerAddr, Msg)
      +  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) andalso
      +       is_tuple(ServerAddr) ->
      +    Family   = which_family(ServerAddr),
      +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
       		 addr   => ServerAddr,
      -		 port   => ServerPort},
      -    client(SockAddr, Msg).
      +		 port   => ServerPort},
      +    client(SockAddr, Msg).
       
       %% Send the message to the (echo) server and wait for the echo to come back.
      -client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_list(Msg) ->
      -    client_exchange(Sock, list_to_binary(Msg));
      -client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_binary(Msg) ->
      -    ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg, infinity),
      -    {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock, byte_size(Msg), infinity),
      +client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_list(Msg) ->
      +    client_exchange(Sock, list_to_binary(Msg));
      +client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_binary(Msg) ->
      +    ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg, infinity),
      +    {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock, byte_size(Msg), infinity),
           ok.
       
       
      @@ -234,188 +234,188 @@
       
       %% === Server ===
       
      -server() ->
      +server() ->
           %% Make system choose port (and address)
      -    server(0).
      +    server(0).
       
       %% This function return the port and address that it actually uses,
       %% in case server/0 or server/1 (with a port number) was used to start it.
       
      -server(#{family := Family, addr := Addr, port := _} = SockAddr) ->
      -    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, tcp),
      -    ok         = socket:bind(Sock, SockAddr),
      -    ok         = socket:listen(Sock),
      -    {ok, #{port := Port}} = socket:sockname(Sock),
      -    Acceptor = start_acceptor(Sock),
      -    {ok, {Port, Addr, Acceptor}};
      +server(#{family := Family, addr := Addr, port := _} = SockAddr) ->
      +    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, tcp),
      +    ok         = socket:bind(Sock, SockAddr),
      +    ok         = socket:listen(Sock),
      +    {ok, #{port := Port}} = socket:sockname(Sock),
      +    Acceptor = start_acceptor(Sock),
      +    {ok, {Port, Addr, Acceptor}};
       
      -server(Port) when is_integer(Port) ->
      +server(Port) when is_integer(Port) ->
           Family   = inet, % Default
      -    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
      -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
      +    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
      +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
       		 addr   => Addr,
      -		 port   => Port},
      -    server(SockAddr).
      +		 port   => Port},
      +    server(SockAddr).
       
      -server(Port, Addr)
      -  when is_integer(Port) andalso (Port >= 0) andalso
      -       is_tuple(Addr) ->
      -    Family   = which_family(Addr),
      -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
      +server(Port, Addr)
      +  when is_integer(Port) andalso (Port >= 0) andalso
      +       is_tuple(Addr) ->
      +    Family   = which_family(Addr),
      +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
       		 addr   => Addr,
      -		 port   => Port},
      -    server(SockAddr).
      +		 port   => Port},
      +    server(SockAddr).
       
       
       %% --- Echo Server - Acceptor ---
       
      -start_acceptor(LSock) ->
      -    Self = self(),
      -    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun() -> acceptor_init(Self, LSock) end),
      +start_acceptor(LSock) ->
      +    Self = self(),
      +    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun() -> acceptor_init(Self, LSock) end),
           receive
      -	{'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, Info} ->
      -	    erlang:error({failed_starting_acceptor, Info});
      -	{Pid, started} ->
      +	{'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, Info} ->
      +	    erlang:error({failed_starting_acceptor, Info});
      +	{Pid, started} ->
       	    %% Transfer ownership
      -	    socket:setopt(LSock, otp, owner, Pid),
      -	    Pid ! {self(), continue},
      -	    erlang:demonitor(MRef),
      +	    socket:setopt(LSock, otp, owner, Pid),
      +	    Pid ! {self(), continue},
      +	    erlang:demonitor(MRef),
       	    Pid
           end.
           
      -acceptor_init(Parent, LSock) ->
      -    Parent ! {self(), started},
      +acceptor_init(Parent, LSock) ->
      +    Parent ! {self(), started},
           receive
      -	{Parent, continue} ->
      +	{Parent, continue} ->
       	    ok
           end,
      -    acceptor_loop(LSock).
      +    acceptor_loop(LSock).
       
      -acceptor_loop(LSock) ->
      -    case socket:accept(LSock, infinity) of
      -	{ok, ASock} ->
      -	    start_handler(ASock),
      -	    acceptor_loop(LSock);
      -	{error, Reason} ->
      -	    erlang:error({accept_failed, Reason})
      +acceptor_loop(LSock) ->
      +    case socket:accept(LSock, infinity) of
      +	{ok, ASock} ->
      +	    start_handler(ASock),
      +	    acceptor_loop(LSock);
      +	{error, Reason} ->
      +	    erlang:error({accept_failed, Reason})
           end.
       
       
       %% --- Echo Server - Handler ---
       
      -start_handler(Sock) ->
      -    Self = self(),
      -    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun() -> handler_init(Self, Sock) end),
      +start_handler(Sock) ->
      +    Self = self(),
      +    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun() -> handler_init(Self, Sock) end),
           receive
      -	{'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, Info} ->
      -	    erlang:error({failed_starting_handler, Info});
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/trace.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/trace.html	2025-01-25 10:23:37.356314018 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/trace.html	2025-01-25 10:23:37.360314038 +0000
      @@ -146,23 +146,23 @@
       messages. Several sessions can exist at the same time without interfering with
       each other. When a trace session is destroyed, all its trace settings are
       automatically cleaned up.

      Example:

      %% Create a tracer process that will receive the trace events
      -1> Tracer = spawn(fun F() -> receive M -> io:format("~p~n",[M]), F() end end).
      +1> Tracer = spawn(fun F() -> receive M -> io:format("~p~n",[M]), F() end end).
       <0.91.0>
       %% Create a session using the Tracer
      -2> Session = trace:session_create(my_session, Tracer, []).
      -{#Ref<0.1543805153.1548353537.92331>,{my_session, 0}}
      +2> Session = trace:session_create(my_session, Tracer, []).
      +{#Ref<0.1543805153.1548353537.92331>,{my_session, 0}}
       %% Setup call tracing on self()
      -3> trace:process(Session, self(), true, [call]).
      +3> trace:process(Session, self(), true, [call]).
       1
       %% Setup call tracing on lists:seq/2
      -4> trace:function(Session, {lists,seq,2}, [], []).
      +4> trace:function(Session, {lists,seq,2}, [], []).
       1
       %% Call the traced function
      -5> lists:seq(1, 10).
      -{trace,<0.89.0>,call,{lists,seq,[1,10]}} % The trace message
      -[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10] % The return value
      +5> lists:seq(1, 10).
      +{trace,<0.89.0>,call,{lists,seq,[1,10]}} % The trace message
      +[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10] % The return value
       %% Cleanup the trace session
      -6> trace:session_destroy(Session).
      +6> trace:session_destroy(Session).
       ok

      @@ -1322,9 +1322,9 @@ Match Specifications in Erlang in the User's Guide for the ERTS application.

    • true - Enable tracing for all received messages (to 'receive' traced processes). Any match specification is removed. This is the default.

    • false - Disable tracing for all received messages. Any match -specification is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [] for receive tracing.

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages from a specific process Pid:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{[&#href_anchor"p">,Pid, '_'],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['_','_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages from other nodes:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['$1', '_', '_'],[{'=/=','$1',{node}}],[]}], []).
    +specification is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [] for receive tracing.

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages from a specific process Pid:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{[&#href_anchor"p">,Pid, '_'],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['_','_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages from other nodes:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['$1', '_', '_'],[{'=/=','$1',{node}}],[]}], []).
     1

    Note

    A match specification for 'receive' trace can use all guard and body functions except caller, is_seq_trace, get_seq_token, set_seq_token, enable_trace, disable_trace, trace, silent, and process_dump.

    Fails by raising an error exception with an error reason of:

    • badarg - If an argument is invalid.

    • system_limit - If a match specification passed as argument has excessive @@ -1375,10 +1375,10 @@ Match Specifications in Erlang in the User's Guide for the ERTS application.

    • true - Enable tracing for all sent messages (from send traced processes). Any match specification is removed.

    • false - Disable tracing for all sent messages. Any match specification -is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [].

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages to a specific process Pid:

    > trace:send(Session, [{[Pid, &#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="0251118480-4">],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages sent to the sender itself:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=:=','$1',{self}}],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages sent to other nodes:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=/=',{node,'$1'},{node}}],[]}], []).
    +is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [].

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages to a specific process Pid:

    > trace:send(Session, [{[Pid, &#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="7402959551-4">],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages sent to the sender itself:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=:=','$1',{self}}],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages sent to other nodes:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=/=',{node,'$1'},{node}}],[]}], []).
     1

    Note

    A match specification for send trace can use all guard and body functions except caller.

    Fails by raising an error exception with an error reason of:

    • badarg - If an argument is invalid.

    • system_limit - If a match specification passed as argument has excessive nesting which causes scheduler stack exhaustion for the scheduler that the @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/wrap_log_reader.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/wrap_log_reader.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.384314158 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/wrap_log_reader.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.388314177 +0000 @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.412314297 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.412314297 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.436314418 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.440314437 +0000 @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:20:04.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:37:47.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> megaco - 4.6 - urn:uuid:042965e3-7205-17ba-ddb8-e913a575954e + urn:uuid:3f110bf4-7f2e-5d1b-90d1-9dca283997ab en - 2025-01-25T10:20:04Z + 2041-02-26T23:37:47Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_debug.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_debug.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:20:04.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_debug.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:47.000000000 +0000 @@ -67,12 +67,12 @@ can be expected by the different codecs provided by the megaco application.

      The measurement is done by iterating over the decode/encode function for approx 2 seconds per message and counting the number of decodes/encodes.

      Is best run by modifying the meas.sh.skel skeleton script provided by the tool.

      To run it manually do the following:

              % erl -pa <path-megaco-ebin-dir> -pa <path-to-meas-module-dir>
      -        Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.6 [source]
      +        Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.6 [source]
       
      -        Eshell V12.2  (abort with ^G)
      -        1> megaco_codec_meas:start().
      +        Eshell V12.2  (abort with ^G)
      +        1> megaco_codec_meas:start().
               ...
      -        2> halt().

      or to make it even easier, assuming a measure shall be done on all the codecs + 2> halt().

    or to make it even easier, assuming a measure shall be done on all the codecs (as above):

            % erl -noshell -pa <path-megaco-ebin-dir> \\
                   -pa <path-to-meas-module-dir> \\
                   -s megaco_codec_meas -s init stop

    When run as above (this will take some time), the measurement process is done @@ -94,10 +94,10 @@ value.

    Both these tools use the message package (time_test.msgs) provided with the tool(s), although it can run on any message package as long as it has the same structure.

    Message package file

    This is simply an erlang compatible text-file with the following structure: -{codec_name(), messages_list()}.

    codec_name() = pretty | compact | ber | per | erlang      (how the messages are encoded)
    -messages_list() = [{message_name(), message()}]
    -message_name() = atom()
    -message() = binary()

    The codec name is the name of the codec with which all messages in the +{codec_name(), messages_list()}.

    codec_name() = pretty | compact | ber | per | erlang      (how the messages are encoded)
    +messages_list() = [{message_name(), message()}]
    +message_name() = atom()
    +message() = binary()

    The codec name is the name of the codec with which all messages in the message_list() has been encoded.

    This file can be exported to a file structure by calling the export_messages function. This can be usefull if a measurement shall be done with an external tool. Exporting the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_encode.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_encode.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:20:04.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_encode.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:47.000000000 +0000 @@ -53,75 +53,75 @@ format using long keywords and an indentation style like the text examples in the Megaco/H.248 specification).

    Here follows an example of a text message to give a feeling of the difference between the pretty and compact versions of text messages. First the pretty, well -indented version with long keywords:

       MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    -   Transaction = 9998 {
    -           Context = - {
    -                   ServiceChange = ROOT {
    -                           Services {
    +indented version with long keywords:

       MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    +   Transaction = 9998 {
    +           Context = - {
    +                   ServiceChange = ROOT {
    +                           Services {
                                        Method = Restart,
                                        ServiceChangeAddress = 55555,
                                        Profile = ResGW/1,
                                        Reason = "901 Cold Boot"
    -                           }
    -                   }
    -           }
    -   }

    Then the compact version without indentation and with short keywords:

    
    +                           }
    +                   }
    +           }
    +   }

    Then the compact version without indentation and with short keywords:

    
        !/1 [124.124.124.222]
        T=9998{C=-{SC=ROOT{SV{MT=RS,AD=55555,PF=ResGW/1,RE="901 Cold Boot"}}}}

    And the programmers view of the same message. First a list of ActionRequest records are constructed and then it is sent with one of the send functions in -the API:

      Prof = #'ServiceChangeProfile'{profileName = "resgw", version = 1},
    -  Parm = #'ServiceChangeParm'{serviceChangeMethod  = restart,
    -                              serviceChangeAddress = {portNumber, 55555},
    +the API:

      Prof = #'ServiceChangeProfile'{profileName = "resgw", version = 1},
    +  Parm = #'ServiceChangeParm'{serviceChangeMethod  = restart,
    +                              serviceChangeAddress = {portNumber, 55555},
                                   serviceChangeReason  = "901 Cold Boot",
    -                              serviceChangeProfile = Prof},
    -  Req = #'ServiceChangeRequest'{terminationID = [?megaco_root_termination_id],
    -                                serviceChangeParms = Parm},
    -  Actions = [#'ActionRequest'{contextId = ?megaco_null_context_id,
    -                              commandRequests = {serviceChangeReq, Req}}],
    -  megaco:call(ConnHandle, Actions, Config).

    And finally a print-out of the entire internal form:

      {'MegacoMessage',
    +                              serviceChangeProfile = Prof},
    +  Req = #'ServiceChangeRequest'{terminationID = [?megaco_root_termination_id],
    +                                serviceChangeParms = Parm},
    +  Actions = [#'ActionRequest'{contextId = ?megaco_null_context_id,
    +                              commandRequests = {serviceChangeReq, Req}}],
    +  megaco:call(ConnHandle, Actions, Config).

    And finally a print-out of the entire internal form:

      {'MegacoMessage',
        asn1_NOVALUE,
    -   {'Message',
    +   {'Message',
         1,
    -    {ip4Address,{'IP4Address', [124,124,124,222], asn1_NOVALUE}},
    -    {transactions,
    -     [
    -      {transactionRequest,
    -       {'TransactionRequest',
    +    {ip4Address,{'IP4Address', [124,124,124,222], asn1_NOVALUE}},
    +    {transactions,
    +     [
    +      {transactionRequest,
    +       {'TransactionRequest',
              9998,
    -         [{'ActionRequest',
    +         [{'ActionRequest',
                0,
                asn1_NOVALUE,
                asn1_NOVALUE,
    -           [
    -            {'CommandRequest',
    -             {serviceChangeReq,
    -              {'ServiceChangeRequest',
    -               [
    -                {megaco_term_id, false, ["root"]}],
    -                {'ServiceChangeParm',
    +           [
    +            {'CommandRequest',
    +             {serviceChangeReq,
    +              {'ServiceChangeRequest',
    +               [
    +                {megaco_term_id, false, ["root"]}],
    +                {'ServiceChangeParm',
                      restart,
    -                 {portNumber, 55555},
    +                 {portNumber, 55555},
                      asn1_NOVALUE,
    -                 {'ServiceChangeProfile', "resgw", version = 1},
    +                 {'ServiceChangeProfile', "resgw", version = 1},
                      "901 MG Cold Boot",
                      asn1_NOVALUE,
                      asn1_NOVALUE,
                      asn1_NOVALUE
    -                }
    -              }
    -             },
    +                }
    +              }
    +             },
                  asn1_NOVALUE,
                  asn1_NOVALUE
    -            }
    -           ]
    -          }
    -         ]
    -       }
    -      }
    -     ]
    -    }
    -   }
    -  }

    The following encoding modules are provided:

    • megaco_pretty_text_encoder - encodes messages into pretty text format, decodes + } + ] + } + ] + } + } + ] + } + } + }

    The following encoding modules are provided:

    • megaco_pretty_text_encoder - encodes messages into pretty text format, decodes both pretty as well as compact text.
    • megaco_compact_text_encoder - encodes messages into compact text format, decodes both pretty as well as compact text.
    • megaco_binary_encoder - encode/decode ASN.1 BER messages. This encoder implements the fastest of the BER encoders/decoders. Recommended binary codec.
    • megaco_ber_encoder - encode/decode ASN.1 BER messages.
    • megaco_per_encoder - encode/decode ASN.1 PER messages. N.B. that this format /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_examples.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_examples.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:20:04.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_examples.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:47.000000000 +0000 @@ -54,10 +54,10 @@ erl -pa ../../../megaco/ebin -s megaco_filter -s megaco megaco_simple_mg:start().

    or simply 'gmake mg'.

    If you "only" want to start a single MG which tries to connect an MG on a host named "baidarka", you may use one of these functions (instead of the -megaco_simple_mg:start/0 above):

          megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_text("baidarka", []).
    -      megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_binary("baidarka", []).
    -      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_text("baidarka", []).
    -      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_binary("baidarka", []).

    The -s megaco_filter option to erl implies, the event tracing mechanism to be +megaco_simple_mg:start/0 above):

          megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_text("baidarka", []).
    +      megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_binary("baidarka", []).
    +      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_text("baidarka", []).
    +      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_binary("baidarka", []).

    The -s megaco_filter option to erl implies, the event tracing mechanism to be enabled and an interactive sequence chart tool to be started. This may be quite useful in order to visualize how your MG interacts with the Megaco/H.248 protocol stack.

    The event traces may alternatively be directed to a file for later analyze. By /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_performance.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_performance.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:20:04.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_performance.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:47.000000000 +0000 @@ -57,19 +57,19 @@ built-in functions.

    The actual encoded messages have been collected in one directory per encoding type, containing one file per encoded message.

    Here follows an example of a text message to give a feeling of the difference between the pretty and compact versions of text messages. First the pretty -printed, well indented version with long keywords:

    MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    -  Transaction = 9998 {
    -    Context = - {
    -      ServiceChange = ROOT {
    -        Services {
    +printed, well indented version with long keywords:

    MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    +  Transaction = 9998 {
    +    Context = - {
    +      ServiceChange = ROOT {
    +        Services {
               Method = Restart,
               ServiceChangeAddress = 55555,
               Profile = ResGW/1,
               Reason = "901 MG Cold Boot"
    -        }
    -      }
    -    }
    -  }

    Then the compact text version without indentation and with short keywords:

    !/1 [124.124.124.222] T=9998{
    +        }
    +      }
    +    }
    +  }

    Then the compact text version without indentation and with short keywords:

    !/1 [124.124.124.222] T=9998{
       C=-{SC=ROOT{SV{MT=RS,AD=55555,PF=ResGW/1,RE="901 MG Cold Boot"}}}}

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_user.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_user.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:20:04.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_user.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:47.000000000 +0000 @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ list of the callback functions. For example, the handle_connect function takes by default two arguments:

            handle_connect(Handle, Version)

    but if the user_args parameter is set to a longer list, such as [SomePid,SomeTableRef], the callback function is expected to have these (in -this case two) extra arguments last in the argument list:

            handle_connect(Handle, Version, SomePid, SomeTableRef)

    Note

    Must of the functions below has an optional Extra argument (e.g. +this case two) extra arguments last in the argument list:

            handle_connect(Handle, Version, SomePid, SomeTableRef)

    Note

    Must of the functions below has an optional Extra argument (e.g. handle_unexpected_trans/4). The functions which takes this argument will be called if and only if one of the functions receive_message/5 or @@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ DATA TYPES

    -
    action_request() = #'ActionRequest'{}
    -action_reply() = #'ActionReply'{}
    -error_desc() = #'ErrorDescriptor'{}
    -segment_no() = integer()
    conn_handle() = #megaco_conn_handle{}

    The record initially returned by megaco:connect/4,5. It identifies a "virtual" +

    action_request() = #'ActionRequest'{}
    +action_reply() = #'ActionReply'{}
    +error_desc() = #'ErrorDescriptor'{}
    +segment_no() = integer()
    conn_handle() = #megaco_conn_handle{}

    The record initially returned by megaco:connect/4,5. It identifies a "virtual" connection and may be reused after a reconnect (disconnect + connect).

    protocol_version() = integer()

    Is the actual protocol version. In most cases the protocol version is retrieved from the processed message, but there are exceptions:

    In these cases, the ProtocolVersion default version is obtained from the static /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:20:04.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:47.000000000 +0000 @@ -3084,7 +3084,7 @@

    Utility function to produce a formated printout of the versions info generated by the versions1 and versions2 functions.

    The function print_version_info/0 uses the result of function version1/0 as -VersionInfo.

    Example:

               {ok, V} = megaco:versions1(), megaco:format_versions(V).

    +VersionInfo.

    Example:

               {ok, V} = megaco:versions1(), megaco:format_versions(V).

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.700315735 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.700315735 +0000 @@ -3201,7 +3201,7 @@

    Utility function to produce a formated printout of the versions info generated by the versions1 and versions2 functions.

    The function print_version_info/0 uses the result of function version1/0 as -VersionInfo.

    Example:

               {ok, V} = megaco:versions1(), megaco:format_versions(V).

    +VersionInfo.

    Example:

               {ok, V} = megaco:versions1(), megaco:format_versions(V).

    @@ -4103,7 +4103,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_architecture.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_architecture.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.728315875 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_architecture.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.732315895 +0000 @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_codec_meas.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_codec_meas.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.756316015 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_codec_meas.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.756316015 +0000 @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_codec_mstone1.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_codec_mstone1.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.784316155 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_codec_mstone1.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.788316174 +0000 @@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_codec_mstone2.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_codec_mstone2.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.808316274 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_codec_mstone2.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.808316274 +0000 @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_codec_transform.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_codec_transform.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.832316394 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_codec_transform.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.836316415 +0000 @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_debug.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_debug.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.852316494 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_debug.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.856316514 +0000 @@ -172,12 +172,12 @@ can be expected by the different codecs provided by the megaco application.

    The measurement is done by iterating over the decode/encode function for approx 2 seconds per message and counting the number of decodes/encodes.

    Is best run by modifying the meas.sh.skel skeleton script provided by the tool.

    To run it manually do the following:

            % erl -pa <path-megaco-ebin-dir> -pa <path-to-meas-module-dir>
    -        Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.6 [source]
    +        Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.6 [source]
     
    -        Eshell V12.2  (abort with ^G)
    -        1> megaco_codec_meas:start().
    +        Eshell V12.2  (abort with ^G)
    +        1> megaco_codec_meas:start().
             ...
    -        2> halt().

    or to make it even easier, assuming a measure shall be done on all the codecs + 2> halt().

    or to make it even easier, assuming a measure shall be done on all the codecs (as above):

            % erl -noshell -pa <path-megaco-ebin-dir> \\
                   -pa <path-to-meas-module-dir> \\
                   -s megaco_codec_meas -s init stop

    When run as above (this will take some time), the measurement process is done @@ -199,10 +199,10 @@ value.

    Both these tools use the message package (time_test.msgs) provided with the tool(s), although it can run on any message package as long as it has the same structure.

    Message package file

    This is simply an erlang compatible text-file with the following structure: -{codec_name(), messages_list()}.

    codec_name() = pretty | compact | ber | per | erlang      (how the messages are encoded)
    -messages_list() = [{message_name(), message()}]
    -message_name() = atom()
    -message() = binary()

    The codec name is the name of the codec with which all messages in the +{codec_name(), messages_list()}.

    codec_name() = pretty | compact | ber | per | erlang      (how the messages are encoded)
    +messages_list() = [{message_name(), message()}]
    +message_name() = atom()
    +message() = binary()

    The codec name is the name of the codec with which all messages in the message_list() has been encoded.

    This file can be exported to a file structure by calling the export_messages function. This can be usefull if a measurement shall be done with an external tool. Exporting the @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_digit_map.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_digit_map.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.884316654 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_digit_map.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.888316674 +0000 @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_edist_compress.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_edist_compress.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.908316773 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_edist_compress.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.912316793 +0000 @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_encode.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_encode.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.932316893 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_encode.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.936316913 +0000 @@ -158,75 +158,75 @@ format using long keywords and an indentation style like the text examples in the Megaco/H.248 specification).

    Here follows an example of a text message to give a feeling of the difference between the pretty and compact versions of text messages. First the pretty, well -indented version with long keywords:

       MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    -   Transaction = 9998 {
    -           Context = - {
    -                   ServiceChange = ROOT {
    -                           Services {
    +indented version with long keywords:

       MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    +   Transaction = 9998 {
    +           Context = - {
    +                   ServiceChange = ROOT {
    +                           Services {
                                        Method = Restart,
                                        ServiceChangeAddress = 55555,
                                        Profile = ResGW/1,
                                        Reason = "901 Cold Boot"
    -                           }
    -                   }
    -           }
    -   }

    Then the compact version without indentation and with short keywords:

    
    +                           }
    +                   }
    +           }
    +   }

    Then the compact version without indentation and with short keywords:

    
        !/1 [124.124.124.222]
        T=9998{C=-{SC=ROOT{SV{MT=RS,AD=55555,PF=ResGW/1,RE="901 Cold Boot"}}}}

    And the programmers view of the same message. First a list of ActionRequest records are constructed and then it is sent with one of the send functions in -the API:

      Prof = #'ServiceChangeProfile'{profileName = "resgw", version = 1},
    -  Parm = #'ServiceChangeParm'{serviceChangeMethod  = restart,
    -                              serviceChangeAddress = {portNumber, 55555},
    +the API:

      Prof = #'ServiceChangeProfile'{profileName = "resgw", version = 1},
    +  Parm = #'ServiceChangeParm'{serviceChangeMethod  = restart,
    +                              serviceChangeAddress = {portNumber, 55555},
                                   serviceChangeReason  = "901 Cold Boot",
    -                              serviceChangeProfile = Prof},
    -  Req = #'ServiceChangeRequest'{terminationID = [?megaco_root_termination_id],
    -                                serviceChangeParms = Parm},
    -  Actions = [#'ActionRequest'{contextId = ?megaco_null_context_id,
    -                              commandRequests = {serviceChangeReq, Req}}],
    -  megaco:call(ConnHandle, Actions, Config).

    And finally a print-out of the entire internal form:

      {'MegacoMessage',
    +                              serviceChangeProfile = Prof},
    +  Req = #'ServiceChangeRequest'{terminationID = [?megaco_root_termination_id],
    +                                serviceChangeParms = Parm},
    +  Actions = [#'ActionRequest'{contextId = ?megaco_null_context_id,
    +                              commandRequests = {serviceChangeReq, Req}}],
    +  megaco:call(ConnHandle, Actions, Config).

    And finally a print-out of the entire internal form:

      {'MegacoMessage',
        asn1_NOVALUE,
    -   {'Message',
    +   {'Message',
         1,
    -    {ip4Address,{'IP4Address', [124,124,124,222], asn1_NOVALUE}},
    -    {transactions,
    -     [
    -      {transactionRequest,
    -       {'TransactionRequest',
    +    {ip4Address,{'IP4Address', [124,124,124,222], asn1_NOVALUE}},
    +    {transactions,
    +     [
    +      {transactionRequest,
    +       {'TransactionRequest',
              9998,
    -         [{'ActionRequest',
    +         [{'ActionRequest',
                0,
                asn1_NOVALUE,
                asn1_NOVALUE,
    -           [
    -            {'CommandRequest',
    -             {serviceChangeReq,
    -              {'ServiceChangeRequest',
    -               [
    -                {megaco_term_id, false, ["root"]}],
    -                {'ServiceChangeParm',
    +           [
    +            {'CommandRequest',
    +             {serviceChangeReq,
    +              {'ServiceChangeRequest',
    +               [
    +                {megaco_term_id, false, ["root"]}],
    +                {'ServiceChangeParm',
                      restart,
    -                 {portNumber, 55555},
    +                 {portNumber, 55555},
                      asn1_NOVALUE,
    -                 {'ServiceChangeProfile', "resgw", version = 1},
    +                 {'ServiceChangeProfile', "resgw", version = 1},
                      "901 MG Cold Boot",
                      asn1_NOVALUE,
                      asn1_NOVALUE,
                      asn1_NOVALUE
    -                }
    -              }
    -             },
    +                }
    +              }
    +             },
                  asn1_NOVALUE,
                  asn1_NOVALUE
    -            }
    -           ]
    -          }
    -         ]
    -       }
    -      }
    -     ]
    -    }
    -   }
    -  }

    The following encoding modules are provided:

    • megaco_pretty_text_encoder - encodes messages into pretty text format, decodes + } + ] + } + ] + } + } + ] + } + } + }

    The following encoding modules are provided:

    • megaco_pretty_text_encoder - encodes messages into pretty text format, decodes both pretty as well as compact text.
    • megaco_compact_text_encoder - encodes messages into compact text format, decodes both pretty as well as compact text.
    • megaco_binary_encoder - encode/decode ASN.1 BER messages. This encoder implements the fastest of the BER encoders/decoders. Recommended binary codec.
    • megaco_ber_encoder - encode/decode ASN.1 BER messages.
    • megaco_per_encoder - encode/decode ASN.1 PER messages. N.B. that this format @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_encoder.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_encoder.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.964317053 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_encoder.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.968317073 +0000 @@ -1404,7 +1404,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_examples.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_examples.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.988317173 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_examples.html 2025-01-25 10:23:37.988317173 +0000 @@ -159,10 +159,10 @@ erl -pa ../../../megaco/ebin -s megaco_filter -s megaco megaco_simple_mg:start().

    or simply 'gmake mg'.

    If you "only" want to start a single MG which tries to connect an MG on a host named "baidarka", you may use one of these functions (instead of the -megaco_simple_mg:start/0 above):

          megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_text("baidarka", []).
    -      megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_binary("baidarka", []).
    -      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_text("baidarka", []).
    -      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_binary("baidarka", []).

    The -s megaco_filter option to erl implies, the event tracing mechanism to be +megaco_simple_mg:start/0 above):

          megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_text("baidarka", []).
    +      megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_binary("baidarka", []).
    +      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_text("baidarka", []).
    +      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_binary("baidarka", []).

    The -s megaco_filter option to erl implies, the event tracing mechanism to be enabled and an interactive sequence chart tool to be started. This may be quite useful in order to visualize how your MG interacts with the Megaco/H.248 protocol stack.

    The event traces may alternatively be directed to a file for later analyze. By @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_flex_scanner.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_flex_scanner.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.012317292 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_flex_scanner.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.016317313 +0000 @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_intro.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_intro.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.040317433 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_intro.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.044317453 +0000 @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_mib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_mib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.064317552 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_mib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.064317552 +0000 @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_performance.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_performance.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.084317652 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_performance.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.088317672 +0000 @@ -162,19 +162,19 @@ built-in functions.

    The actual encoded messages have been collected in one directory per encoding type, containing one file per encoded message.

    Here follows an example of a text message to give a feeling of the difference between the pretty and compact versions of text messages. First the pretty -printed, well indented version with long keywords:

    MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    -  Transaction = 9998 {
    -    Context = - {
    -      ServiceChange = ROOT {
    -        Services {
    +printed, well indented version with long keywords:

    MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    +  Transaction = 9998 {
    +    Context = - {
    +      ServiceChange = ROOT {
    +        Services {
               Method = Restart,
               ServiceChangeAddress = 55555,
               Profile = ResGW/1,
               Reason = "901 MG Cold Boot"
    -        }
    -      }
    -    }
    -  }

    Then the compact text version without indentation and with short keywords:

    !/1 [124.124.124.222] T=9998{
    +        }
    +      }
    +    }
    +  }

    Then the compact text version without indentation and with short keywords:

    !/1 [124.124.124.222] T=9998{
       C=-{SC=ROOT{SV{MT=RS,AD=55555,PF=ResGW/1,RE="901 MG Cold Boot"}}}}

    @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_run.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_run.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.112317792 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_run.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.116317812 +0000 @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_sdp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_sdp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.152317991 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_sdp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.156318011 +0000 @@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_tcp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_tcp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.192318191 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_tcp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.192318191 +0000 @@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_transport.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_transport.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.212318291 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_transport.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.216318312 +0000 @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_transport_mechanisms.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_transport_mechanisms.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.240318431 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_transport_mechanisms.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.240318431 +0000 @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_udp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_udp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.268318571 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_udp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.268318571 +0000 @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_user.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_user.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.304318751 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_user.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.312318790 +0000 @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ list of the callback functions. For example, the handle_connect function takes by default two arguments:

            handle_connect(Handle, Version)

    but if the user_args parameter is set to a longer list, such as [SomePid,SomeTableRef], the callback function is expected to have these (in -this case two) extra arguments last in the argument list:

            handle_connect(Handle, Version, SomePid, SomeTableRef)

    Note

    Must of the functions below has an optional Extra argument (e.g. +this case two) extra arguments last in the argument list:

            handle_connect(Handle, Version, SomePid, SomeTableRef)

    Note

    Must of the functions below has an optional Extra argument (e.g. handle_unexpected_trans/4). The functions which takes this argument will be called if and only if one of the functions receive_message/5 or @@ -144,10 +144,10 @@ DATA TYPES

    -
    action_request() = #'ActionRequest'{}
    -action_reply() = #'ActionReply'{}
    -error_desc() = #'ErrorDescriptor'{}
    -segment_no() = integer()
    conn_handle() = #megaco_conn_handle{}

    The record initially returned by megaco:connect/4,5. It identifies a "virtual" +

    action_request() = #'ActionRequest'{}
    +action_reply() = #'ActionReply'{}
    +error_desc() = #'ErrorDescriptor'{}
    +segment_no() = integer()
    conn_handle() = #megaco_conn_handle{}

    The record initially returned by megaco:connect/4,5. It identifies a "virtual" connection and may be reused after a reconnect (disconnect + connect).

    protocol_version() = integer()

    Is the actual protocol version. In most cases the protocol version is retrieved from the processed message, but there are exceptions:

    In these cases, the ProtocolVersion default version is obtained from the static @@ -1555,7 +1555,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.340318931 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.348318970 +0000 @@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.368319070 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.372319090 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.396319209 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.396319209 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.420319330 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.424319350 +0000 @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    Missing in old package: /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-EF9E204F.js Missing in old package: /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-EF9E204F.js /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:19:51.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:37:34.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> mnesia - 4.23.2 - urn:uuid:f5bfbfd8-cb07-8e06-1e03-1920f1a1c676 + urn:uuid:e25b1566-3319-6bc8-f544-c78ea47b812b en - 2025-01-25T10:19:51Z + 2041-02-26T23:37:34Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_a.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_a.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:51.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_a.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:34.000000000 +0000 @@ -54,11 +54,11 @@
    %% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% --module(mnesia_backup). +-module(mnesia_backup). --include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl"). +-include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl"). --export([ +-export([ %% Write access open_write/1, write/2, @@ -69,105 +69,105 @@ open_read/1, read/1, close_read/1 - ]). + ]). %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %% Backup callback interface --record(backup, {tmp_file, file, file_desc}). +-record(backup, {tmp_file, file, file_desc}). %% Opens backup media for write %% %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData} or {error, Reason} -open_write(OpaqueData) -> +open_write(OpaqueData) -> File = OpaqueData, - Tmp = lists:concat([File,".BUPTMP"]), - file:delete(Tmp), - case disk_log:open([{name, make_ref()}, - {file, Tmp}, - {repair, false}, - {linkto, self()}]) of - {ok, Fd} -> - {ok, #backup{tmp_file = Tmp, file = File, file_desc = Fd}}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + Tmp = lists:concat([File,".BUPTMP"]), + file:delete(Tmp), + case disk_log:open([{name, make_ref()}, + {file, Tmp}, + {repair, false}, + {linkto, self()}]) of + {ok, Fd} -> + {ok, #backup{tmp_file = Tmp, file = File, file_desc = Fd}}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end. %% Writes BackupItems to the backup media %% %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData} or {error, Reason} -write(OpaqueData, BackupItems) -> +write(OpaqueData, BackupItems) -> B = OpaqueData, - case disk_log:log_terms(B#backup.file_desc, BackupItems) of + case disk_log:log_terms(B#backup.file_desc, BackupItems) of ok -> - {ok, B}; - {error, Reason} -> - abort_write(B), - {error, Reason} + {ok, B}; + {error, Reason} -> + abort_write(B), + {error, Reason} end. %% Closes the backup media after a successful backup %% %% Returns {ok, ReturnValueToUser} or {error, Reason} -commit_write(OpaqueData) -> +commit_write(OpaqueData) -> B = OpaqueData, - case disk_log:sync(B#backup.file_desc) of + case disk_log:sync(B#backup.file_desc) of ok -> - case disk_log:close(B#backup.file_desc) of + case disk_log:close(B#backup.file_desc) of ok -> - file:delete(B#backup.file), - case file:rename(B#backup.tmp_file, B#backup.file) of + file:delete(B#backup.file), + case file:rename(B#backup.tmp_file, B#backup.file) of ok -> - {ok, B#backup.file}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {ok, B#backup.file}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end. %% Closes the backup media after an interrupted backup %% %% Returns {ok, ReturnValueToUser} or {error, Reason} -abort_write(BackupRef) -> - Res = disk_log:close(BackupRef#backup.file_desc), - file:delete(BackupRef#backup.tmp_file), +abort_write(BackupRef) -> + Res = disk_log:close(BackupRef#backup.file_desc), + file:delete(BackupRef#backup.tmp_file), case Res of ok -> - {ok, BackupRef#backup.file}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {ok, BackupRef#backup.file}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %% Restore callback interface --record(restore, {file, file_desc, cont}). +-record(restore, {file, file_desc, cont}). %% Opens backup media for read %% %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData} or {error, Reason} -open_read(OpaqueData) -> +open_read(OpaqueData) -> File = OpaqueData, - case file:read_file_info(File) of - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason}; + case file:read_file_info(File) of + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason}; _FileInfo -> %% file exists - case disk_log:open([{file, File}, - {name, make_ref()}, - {repair, false}, - {mode, read_only}, - {linkto, self()}]) of - {ok, Fd} -> - {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; - {repaired, Fd, _, {badbytes, 0}} -> - {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; - {repaired, Fd, _, _} -> - {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + case disk_log:open([{file, File}, + {name, make_ref()}, + {repair, false}, + {mode, read_only}, + {linkto, self()}]) of + {ok, Fd} -> + {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; + {repaired, Fd, _, {badbytes, 0}} -> + {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; + {repaired, Fd, _, _} -> + {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end end. @@ -176,30 +176,30 @@ %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData, BackupItems} or {error, Reason} %% %% BackupItems == [] is interpreted as eof -read(OpaqueData) -> +read(OpaqueData) -> R = OpaqueData, Fd = R#restore.file_desc, - case disk_log:chunk(Fd, R#restore.cont) of - {error, Reason} -> - {error, {"Possibly truncated", Reason}}; + case disk_log:chunk(Fd, R#restore.cont) of + {error, Reason} -> + {error, {"Possibly truncated", Reason}}; eof -> - {ok, R, []}; - {Cont, []} -> - read(R#restore{cont = Cont}); - {Cont, BackupItems, _BadBytes} -> - {ok, R#restore{cont = Cont}, BackupItems}; - {Cont, BackupItems} -> - {ok, R#restore{cont = Cont}, BackupItems} /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_b.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_b.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:51.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_b.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:34.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,10 +26,10 @@ mnesia_access Callback Behavior -
    -module(mnesia_frag).
    +
    -module(mnesia_frag).
     
     %% Callback functions when accessed within an activity
    --export([
    +-export([
     	 lock/4,
     	 write/5, delete/5, delete_object/5,
     	 read/5, match_object/5, all_keys/4,
    @@ -38,230 +38,230 @@
     	 foldl/6, foldr/6, table_info/4,
     	 first/3, next/4, prev/4, last/3,
     	 clear_table/4
    -       ]).
    %% Callback functions which provides transparent
    +       ]).
    %% Callback functions which provides transparent
     %% access of fragmented tables from any activity
     %% access context.
     
    -lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table , Tab}, LockKind) ->
    -    case frag_names(Tab) of
    -	[Tab] ->
    -	    mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, Tab}, LockKind);
    +lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table , Tab}, LockKind) ->
    +    case frag_names(Tab) of
    +	[Tab] ->
    +	    mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, Tab}, LockKind);
     	Frags ->
    -	    DeepNs = [mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, F}, LockKind) ||
    -			 F <- Frags],
    -	    mnesia_lib:uniq(lists:append(DeepNs))
    +	    DeepNs = [mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, F}, LockKind) ||
    +			 F <- Frags],
    +	    mnesia_lib:uniq(lists:append(DeepNs))
         end;
     
    -lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind) ->
    -    mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind).
    +lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind) ->
    +    mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind).
     
    -write(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
    -    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
    -    mnesia:write(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
    +write(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
    +    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
    +    mnesia:write(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
     
    -delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
    -    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
    -    mnesia:delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
    +delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
    +    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
    +    mnesia:delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
     
    -delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
    -    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
    -    mnesia:delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
    +delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
    +    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
    +    mnesia:delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
     
    -read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
    -    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
    -    mnesia:read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
    +read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
    +    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
    +    mnesia:read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
     
    -match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, HeadPat, LockKind) ->
    -    MatchSpec = [{HeadPat, [], ['$_']}],
    -    select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
    +match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, HeadPat, LockKind) ->
    +    MatchSpec = [{HeadPat, [], ['$_']}],
    +    select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
     
    -select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind) ->
    -    do_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
    +select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind) ->
    +    do_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
     
     
    -select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind) ->
    -    init_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind).
    +select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind) ->
    +    init_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind).
     
     
    -all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, LockKind) ->
    -    Match = [mnesia:all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, LockKind)
    -	     || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
    -    lists:append(Match).
    +all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, LockKind) ->
    +    Match = [mnesia:all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, LockKind)
    +	     || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
    +    lists:append(Match).
     
    -clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Obj) ->
    -    [mnesia:clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Obj)  || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
    +clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Obj) ->
    +    [mnesia:clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Obj)  || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
         ok.
     
    -index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Pat, Attr, LockKind) ->
    +index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Pat, Attr, LockKind) ->
         Match =
    -	[mnesia:index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Pat, Attr, LockKind)
    -	 || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
    -    lists:append(Match).
    +	[mnesia:index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Pat, Attr, LockKind)
    +	 || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
    +    lists:append(Match).
     
    -index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, Attr, LockKind) ->
    +index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, Attr, LockKind) ->
         Match =
    -	[mnesia:index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, Attr, LockKind)
    -	     || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
    -    lists:append(Match).
    -
    -foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
    -    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
    -		   mnesia:foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
    +	[mnesia:index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, Attr, LockKind)
    +	     || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
    +    lists:append(Match).
    +
    +foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
    +    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
    +		   mnesia:foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
     	   end,
    -    lists:foldl(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
    +    lists:foldl(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
     
    -foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
    -    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
    -		   mnesia:foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
    +foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
    +    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
    +		   mnesia:foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
     	   end,
    -    lists:foldr(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
    +    lists:foldr(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
     
    -table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, {Tab, Key}, Item) ->
    -    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
    -    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item);
    -table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Item) ->
    -    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Tab, Item).
    +table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, {Tab, Key}, Item) ->
    +    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
    +    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item);
    +table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Item) ->
    +    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Tab, Item).
     
    -table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item) ->
    +table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item) ->
         case Item of
     	size ->
    -	    SumFun = fun({_, Size}, Acc) -> Acc + Size end,
    -	    lists:foldl(SumFun, 0, frag_size(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab));
    +	    SumFun = fun({_, Size}, Acc) -> Acc + Size end,
    +	    lists:foldl(SumFun, 0, frag_size(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab));
     	memory ->
    -	    SumFun = fun({_, Size}, Acc) -> Acc + Size end,
    -	    lists:foldl(SumFun, 0, frag_memory(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab));
    +	    SumFun = fun({_, Size}, Acc) -> Acc + Size end,
    +	    lists:foldl(SumFun, 0, frag_memory(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab));
     	base_table ->
    -	    lookup_prop(Tab, base_table);
    +	    lookup_prop(Tab, base_table);
     	node_pool ->
    -	    lookup_prop(Tab, node_pool);
    +	    lookup_prop(Tab, node_pool);
     	n_fragments ->
    -	    FH = lookup_frag_hash(Tab),
    +	    FH = lookup_frag_hash(Tab),
     	    FH#frag_state.n_fragments;
     	foreign_key ->
    -	    FH = lookup_frag_hash(Tab),
    +	    FH = lookup_frag_hash(Tab),
     	    FH#frag_state.foreign_key;
     	foreigners ->
    -	    lookup_foreigners(Tab);
    +	    lookup_foreigners(Tab);
     	n_ram_copies ->
    -	    length(val({Tab, ram_copies}));
    +	    length(val({Tab, ram_copies}));
     	n_disc_copies ->
    -	    length(val({Tab, disc_copies}));
    +	    length(val({Tab, disc_copies}));
     	n_disc_only_copies ->
    -	    length(val({Tab, disc_only_copies}));
    +	    length(val({Tab, disc_only_copies}));
     	n_external_copies ->
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_c.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_c.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:19:51.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_c.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:37:34.000000000 +0000
    @@ -26,136 +26,136 @@
       
       mnesia_frag_hash Callback Behavior
     
    -
    -module(mnesia_frag_hash).
    --compile([{nowarn_deprecated_function, [{erlang,phash,2}]}]).
    +
    -module(mnesia_frag_hash).
    +-compile([{nowarn_deprecated_function, [{erlang,phash,2}]}]).
     
     %% Fragmented Table Hashing callback functions
    --export([
    +-export([
     	 init_state/2,
     	 add_frag/1,
     	 del_frag/1,
     	 key_to_frag_number/2,
     	 match_spec_to_frag_numbers/2
    -	]).
    -record(hash_state,
    -	{n_fragments,
    +	]).
    -record(hash_state,
    +	{n_fragments,
     	 next_n_to_split,
     	 n_doubles,
    -	 function}).
    +	 function}).
     
     %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
    --spec init_state(Tab, State) -> NewState when
    -      Tab :: atom(),
    -      State :: term(),
    -      NewState :: term().
    -init_state(_Tab, State) when State == undefined ->
    -    #hash_state{n_fragments     = 1,
    +-spec init_state(Tab, State) -> NewState when
    +      Tab :: atom(),
    +      State :: term(),
    +      NewState :: term().
    +init_state(_Tab, State) when State == undefined ->
    +    #hash_state{n_fragments     = 1,
     		next_n_to_split = 1,
     		n_doubles       = 0,
    -		function        = phash2}.
    +		function        = phash2}.
     
    -convert_old_state({hash_state, N, P, L}) ->
    -    #hash_state{n_fragments     = N,
    +convert_old_state({hash_state, N, P, L}) ->
    +    #hash_state{n_fragments     = N,
     		next_n_to_split = P,
     		n_doubles       = L,
    -		function        = phash}.
    +		function        = phash}.
     
     %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
     
    --spec add_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
    -      NewState :: term(),
    -      IterFrags :: [integer()],
    -      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
    -add_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
    +-spec add_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
    +      NewState :: term(),
    +      IterFrags :: [integer()],
    +      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
    +add_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
         P = SplitN + 1,
         NewN = N + 1,
    -    State2 = case power2(L) + 1 of
    +    State2 = case power2(L) + 1 of
     		 P2 when P2 == P ->
    -		     State#hash_state{n_fragments      = NewN,
    +		     State#hash_state{n_fragments      = NewN,
     				      n_doubles        = L + 1,
    -				      next_n_to_split = 1};
    +				      next_n_to_split = 1};
     		 _ ->
    -		     State#hash_state{n_fragments     = NewN,
    -				      next_n_to_split = P}
    +		     State#hash_state{n_fragments     = NewN,
    +				      next_n_to_split = P}
     	     end,
    -    {State2, [SplitN], [NewN]};
    -add_frag(OldState) ->
    -    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
    -    add_frag(State).
    +    {State2, [SplitN], [NewN]};
    +add_frag(OldState) ->
    +    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
    +    add_frag(State).
     
     %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
     
    --spec del_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
    -      NewState :: term(),
    -      IterFrags :: [integer()],
    -      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
    -del_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
    +-spec del_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
    +      NewState :: term(),
    +      IterFrags :: [integer()],
    +      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
    +del_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
         P = SplitN - 1,
         if
     	P < 1 ->
     	    L2 = L - 1,
    -	    MergeN = power2(L2),
    -	    State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
    +	    MergeN = power2(L2),
    +	    State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
     				      next_n_to_split = MergeN,
    -				      n_doubles       = L2},
    -	    {State2, [N], [MergeN]};
    +				      n_doubles       = L2},
    +	    {State2, [N], [MergeN]};
     	true ->
     	    MergeN = P,
    -	    State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
    -				      next_n_to_split = MergeN},
    -	    {State2, [N], [MergeN]}
    +	    State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
    +				      next_n_to_split = MergeN},
    +	    {State2, [N], [MergeN]}
     	end;
    -del_frag(OldState) ->
    -    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
    -    del_frag(State).
    +del_frag(OldState) ->
    +    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
    +    del_frag(State).
     
     %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
    --spec key_to_frag_number(State, Key) -> Fragnum when
    -      State :: term(),
    -      Key :: term(),
    -      Fragnum :: integer().
    -key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
    -    A = erlang:phash(Key, power2(L + 1)),
    +-spec key_to_frag_number(State, Key) -> Fragnum when
    +      State :: term(),
    +      Key :: term(),
    +      Fragnum :: integer().
    +key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
    +    A = erlang:phash(Key, power2(L + 1)),
         if
     	A > N ->
    -	    A - power2(L);
    +	    A - power2(L);
     	true ->
     	    A
         end;
    -key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash2, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
    -    A = erlang:phash2(Key, power2(L + 1)) + 1,
    +key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash2, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
    +    A = erlang:phash2(Key, power2(L + 1)) + 1,
         if
     	A > N ->
    -	    A - power2(L);
    +	    A - power2(L);
     	true ->
     	    A
         end;
    -key_to_frag_number(OldState, Key) ->
    -    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
    -    key_to_frag_number(State, Key).
    +key_to_frag_number(OldState, Key) ->
    +    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
    +    key_to_frag_number(State, Key).
     
     %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
    --spec match_spec_to_frag_numbers(State, MatchSpec) -> Fragnums when
    -      State :: term(),
    -      MatchSpec :: ets:match_spec(),
    -      Fragnums :: [integer()].
    -match_spec_to_frag_numbers(#hash_state{n_fragments = N} = State, MatchSpec) ->
    +-spec match_spec_to_frag_numbers(State, MatchSpec) -> Fragnums when
    +      State :: term(),
    +      MatchSpec :: ets:match_spec(),
    +      Fragnums :: [integer()].
    +match_spec_to_frag_numbers(#hash_state{n_fragments = N} = State, MatchSpec) ->
         case MatchSpec of
    -	[{HeadPat, _, _}] when is_tuple(HeadPat), tuple_size(HeadPat) > 2 ->
    -	    KeyPat = element(2, HeadPat),
    -	    case has_var(KeyPat) of
    +	[{HeadPat, _, _}] when is_tuple(HeadPat), tuple_size(HeadPat) > 2 ->
    +	    KeyPat = element(2, HeadPat),
    +	    case has_var(KeyPat) of
     		false ->
    -		    [key_to_frag_number(State, KeyPat)];
    +		    [key_to_frag_number(State, KeyPat)];
     		true ->
    -		    lists:seq(1, N)
    +		    lists:seq(1, N)
     	    end;
     	_ ->
    -	    lists:seq(1, N)
    +	    lists:seq(1, N)
         end;
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap2.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap2.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:19:51.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap2.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:37:34.000000000 +0000
    @@ -32,21 +32,21 @@
     
     

    This section provides a simplified demonstration of a Mnesia system startup. The dialogue from the Erlang shell is as follows:

    unix> erl -mnesia dir '"/tmp/funky"'
    -Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
    +Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
     
    -Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
    +Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
     1>
    -1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
    +1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
     ok
    -2> mnesia:start().
    +2> mnesia:start().
     ok
    -3> mnesia:create_table(funky, []).
    -{atomic,ok}
    -4> mnesia:info().
    +3> mnesia:create_table(funky, []).
    +{atomic,ok}
    +4> mnesia:info().
     ---> Processes holding locks <---
     ---> Processes waiting for locks <---
    ----> Pending (remote) transactions <---
    ----> Active (local) transactions <---
    +---> Pending (remote) transactions <---
    +---> Active (local) transactions <---
     ---> Uncertain transactions <---
     ---> Active tables <---
     funky          : with 0 records occupying 269 words of mem
    @@ -54,17 +54,17 @@
     ===> System info in version "1.0", debug level = none <===
     opt_disc. Directory "/tmp/funky" is used.
     use fall-back at restart = false
    -running db nodes = [nonode@nohost]
    -stopped db nodes = []
    -remote           = []
    -ram_copies       = [funky]
    -disc_copies      = [schema]
    -disc_only_copies = []
    -[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
    -[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] = [funky]
    +running db nodes = [nonode@nohost]
    +stopped db nodes = []
    +remote           = []
    +ram_copies       = [funky]
    +disc_copies      = [schema]
    +disc_only_copies = []
    +[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
    +[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] = [funky]
     1 transactions committed, 0 aborted, 0 restarted, 1 logged to disc
     0 held locks, 0 in queue; 0 local transactions, 0 remote
    -0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
    +0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
     ok

    In this example, the following actions are performed:

    • Step 1: The Erlang system is started from the UNIX prompt with a flag -mnesia dir '"/tmp/funky"', which indicates in which directory to store the data.
    • Step 2: A new empty schema is initialized on the local node by evaluating @@ -124,28 +124,28 @@ Defining Structure and Content

      First the record definitions are entered into a text file named company.hrl. -This file defines the following structure for the example database:

      -record(employee, {emp_no,
      +This file defines the following structure for the example database:

      -record(employee, {emp_no,
                          name,
                          salary,
                          sex,
                          phone,
      -                   room_no}).
      +                   room_no}).
       
      --record(dept, {id,
      -               name}).
      +-record(dept, {id,
      +               name}).
       
      --record(project, {name,
      -                  number}).
      +-record(project, {name,
      +                  number}).
       
       
      --record(manager, {emp,
      -                  dept}).
      +-record(manager, {emp,
      +                  dept}).
       
      --record(at_dep, {emp,
      -                 dept_id}).
      +-record(at_dep, {emp,
      +                 dept_id}).
       
      --record(in_proj, {emp,
      -                  proj_name}).

      The structure defines six tables in the database. In Mnesia, the function +-record(in_proj, {emp, + proj_name}).

      The structure defines six tables in the database. In Mnesia, the function mnesia:create_table(Name, ArgList) creates tables. Name is the table name.

      Note

      The current version of Mnesia does not require that the name of the table is the same as the record name, see @@ -162,28 +162,28 @@

      The following shell interaction starts Mnesia and initializes the schema for the Company database:

      % erl -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.Company"'
      -Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
      +Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
       
      -Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
      -1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
      +Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
      +1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
       ok
      -2> mnesia:start().
      -ok

      The following program module creates and populates previously defined tables:

      -include_lib("stdlib/include/qlc.hrl").
      --include("company.hrl").
      -
      -init() ->
      -    mnesia:create_table(employee,
      -                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, employee)}]),
      -    mnesia:create_table(dept,
      -                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
      -    mnesia:create_table(project,
      -                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
      -    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
      -                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, manager)}]),
      -    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
      -                         [{attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
      -    mnesia:create_table(in_proj, [{type, bag},
      -                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

      +2> mnesia:start(). +ok

    The following program module creates and populates previously defined tables:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/qlc.hrl").
    +-include("company.hrl").
    +
    +init() ->
    +    mnesia:create_table(employee,
    +                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, employee)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(dept,
    +                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(project,
    +                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
    +                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, manager)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
    +                         [{attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(in_proj, [{type, bag},
    +                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

    @@ -197,13 +197,13 @@ the format mnesia:create_schema(DiscNodeList) and initiates a new schema. In this example, a non-distributed system using only one node is created. Schemas are fully explained in Define a Schema.
  • mnesia:start(). This function starts Mnesia and is fully -explained in Start Mnesia.
  • Continuing the dialogue with the Erlang shell produces the following:

    3> company:init().
    -{atomic,ok}
    -4> mnesia:info().
    +explained in Start Mnesia.

    Continuing the dialogue with the Erlang shell produces the following:

    3> company:init().
    +{atomic,ok}
    +4> mnesia:info().
     ---> Processes holding locks <---
     ---> Processes waiting for locks <---
    ----> Pending (remote) transactions <---
    ----> Active (local) transactions <---
    +---> Pending (remote) transactions <---
    +---> Active (local) transactions <---
     ---> Uncertain transactions <---
     ---> Active tables <---
     in_proj        : with 0 records occuping 269 words of mem
    @@ -216,19 +216,19 @@
     ===> System info in version "1.0", debug level = none <===
     opt_disc. Directory "/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.Company" is used.
     use fall-back at restart = false
    -running db nodes = [nonode@nohost]
    -stopped db nodes = []
    -remote           = []
    +running db nodes = [nonode@nohost]
    +stopped db nodes = []
    +remote           = []
     ram_copies       =
    -    [at_dep,dept,employee,in_proj,manager,project]
    -disc_copies      = [schema]
    -disc_only_copies = []
    -[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
    -[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] =
    -    [employee,dept,project,manager,at_dep,in_proj]
    +    [at_dep,dept,employee,in_proj,manager,project]
    +disc_copies      = [schema]
    +disc_only_copies = []
    +[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
    +[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] =
    +    [employee,dept,project,manager,at_dep,in_proj]
     6 transactions committed, 0 aborted, 0 restarted, 6 logged to disc
     0 held locks, 0 in queue; 0 local transactions, 0 remote
    -0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
    +0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
     ok

    A set of tables is created. The function mnesia:create_table(Name, ArgList) creates the required database tables. The options available with ArgList are explained in @@ -242,32 +242,32 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap3.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap3.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:51.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap3.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:34.000000000 +0000 @@ -70,18 +70,18 @@ changes the format on all records in table Tab. It applies argument Fun to all records in the table. Fun must be a function that takes a record of the old type, and returns the record of the new type. The table key must not be -changed.

    Example:

    -record(old, {key, val}).
    --record(new, {key, val, extra}).
    +changed.

    Example:

    -record(old, {key, val}).
    +-record(new, {key, val, extra}).
     
     Transformer =
    -   fun(X) when record(X, old) ->
    -      #new{key = X#old.key,
    +   fun(X) when record(X, old) ->
    +      #new{key = X#old.key,
                val = X#old.val,
    -           extra = 42}
    +           extra = 42}
        end,
    -{atomic, ok} = mnesia:transform_table(foo, Transformer,
    -                                      record_info(fields, new),
    -                                      new),

    Argument Fun can also be the atom ignore, which indicates that only the +{atomic, ok} = mnesia:transform_table(foo, Transformer, + record_info(fields, new), + new),

    Argument Fun can also be the atom ignore, which indicates that only the metadata about the table is updated. Use of ignore is not recommended (as it creates inconsistencies between the metadata and the actual data) but it is included as a possibility for the user do to an own (offline) transform.

  • mnesia:change_table_copy_type(Tab, Node, ToType) @@ -133,29 +133,29 @@ when starting the Erlang shell or in the application script. Previously, the following example was used to create the directory for the Company database:

    % erl -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.Company"'
  • If no command-line flag is entered, the Mnesia directory becomes the current working directory on the node where the Erlang shell is started.

  • To start the Company database and get it running on the two specified nodes, -enter the following commands:

    1. On the node a@gin:
     gin % erl -sname a  -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On the node b@skeppet:
    skeppet % erl -sname b -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On one of the two nodes:
    (a@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([a@gin, b@skeppet]).
    1. The function mnesia:start() is called on both nodes.
    2. To initialize the database, execute the following code on one of the two -nodes:
    dist_init() ->
    -    mnesia:create_table(employee,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields,
    -						   employee)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(dept,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(project,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
    -                                  {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                                  {attributes, record_info(fields,
    -							   manager)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(in_proj,
    -                        [{type, bag},
    -                         {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                         {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

    As illustrated, the two directories reside on different nodes, because +enter the following commands:

    1. On the node a@gin:
     gin % erl -sname a  -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On the node b@skeppet:
    skeppet % erl -sname b -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On one of the two nodes:
    (a@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([a@gin, b@skeppet]).
    1. The function mnesia:start() is called on both nodes.
    2. To initialize the database, execute the following code on one of the two +nodes:
    dist_init() ->
    +    mnesia:create_table(employee,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields,
    +						   employee)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(dept,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(project,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
    +                                  {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                                  {attributes, record_info(fields,
    +							   manager)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(in_proj,
    +                        [{type, bag},
    +                         {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                         {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

    As illustrated, the two directories reside on different nodes, because /ldisc/scratch (the "local" disc) exists on the two different nodes.

    By executing these commands, two Erlang nodes are configured to run the Company database, and therefore, initialize the database. This is required only once when setting up. The next time the system is started, @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Startup Procedure

    -

    Start Mnesia by calling the following function:

    mnesia:start().

    This function initiates the DBMS locally.

    The choice of configuration alters the location and load order of the tables. +

    Start Mnesia by calling the following function:

    mnesia:start().

    This function initiates the DBMS locally.

    The choice of configuration alters the location and load order of the tables. The alternatives are as follows:

    1. Tables that are only stored locally are initialized from the local Mnesia directory.
    2. Replicated tables that reside locally as well as somewhere else are either initiated from disc or by copying the entire table from the other node, @@ -195,9 +195,9 @@ from disc at a faster rate. The function forces tables to be loaded from disc regardless of the network situation.

      Thus, it can be assumed that if an application wants to use tables a and b, the application must perform some action similar to following before it can use -the tables:

      case mnesia:wait_for_tables([a, b], 20000) of
      -  {timeout, RemainingTabs} ->
      -    panic(RemainingTabs);
      +the tables:

      case mnesia:wait_for_tables([a, b], 20000) of
      +  {timeout, RemainingTabs} ->
      +    panic(RemainingTabs);
         ok ->
           synced
       end.

      Warning

      When tables are forcefully loaded from the local disc, all operations that @@ -223,13 +223,13 @@ key, whereas a table of type bag can have an arbitrary number of records per key. The key for each record is always the first attribute of the record.

      The following example illustrates the difference between type set and -bag:

       f() ->
      -    F = fun() ->
      -          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 2}),
      -          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 3}),
      -          mnesia:read({foo, 1})
      +bag:

       f() ->
      +    F = fun() ->
      +          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 2}),
      +          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 3}),
      +          mnesia:read({foo, 1})
               end,
      -    mnesia:transaction(F).

      This transaction returns the list [{foo,1,3}] if table foo is of type + mnesia:transaction(F).

      This transaction returns the list [{foo,1,3}] if table foo is of type set. However, the list [{foo,1,2}, {foo,1,3}] is returned if the table is of type bag.

      Mnesia tables can never contain duplicates of the same record in the same table. Duplicate records have attributes with the same contents and key.

    3. {disc_copies, NodeList}, where NodeList is a list of the nodes where @@ -273,11 +273,11 @@ table. All records stored in the table must have this name as their first element. record_name defaults to the name of the table. For more information, see -Record Names versus Table Names.

    4. As an example, consider the following record definition:

      -record(funky, {x, y}).

      The following call would create a table that is replicated on two nodes, has an -extra index on attribute y, and is of type bag.

      mnesia:create_table(funky, [{disc_copies, [N1, N2]}, {index, [y]},
      -                            {type, bag}, {attributes, record_info(fields, funky)}]).

      Whereas a call to the following default code values would return a table with a +Record Names versus Table Names.

      As an example, consider the following record definition:

      -record(funky, {x, y}).

      The following call would create a table that is replicated on two nodes, has an +extra index on attribute y, and is of type bag.

      mnesia:create_table(funky, [{disc_copies, [N1, N2]}, {index, [y]},
      +                            {type, bag}, {attributes, record_info(fields, funky)}]).

      Whereas a call to the following default code values would return a table with a RAM copy on the local node, no extra indexes, and the attributes defaulted to -the list [key,val].

      mnesia:create_table(stuff, [])
      +the list [key,val].

      mnesia:create_table(stuff, [])
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap4.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap4.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:51.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap4.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:34.000000000 +0000 @@ -40,14 +40,14 @@ and delete Mnesia records. The Fun is evaluated as a transaction that either commits or terminates. If a transaction succeeds in executing the Fun, it replicates the action on all nodes involved, or terminates if an error occurs.

      The following example shows a transaction that raises the salary of certain -employee numbers:

      raise(Eno, Raise) ->
      -    F = fun() ->
      -                [E] = mnesia:read(employee, Eno, write),
      +employee numbers:

      raise(Eno, Raise) ->
      +    F = fun() ->
      +                [E] = mnesia:read(employee, Eno, write),
                       Salary = E#employee.salary + Raise,
      -                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
      -                mnesia:write(New)
      +                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
      +                mnesia:write(New)
               end,
      -    mnesia:transaction(F).

      The function raise/2 contains a Fun made up of four code lines. This Fun is + mnesia:transaction(F).

      The function raise/2 contains a Fun made up of four code lines. This Fun is called by the statement mnesia:transaction(F) and returns a value.

      The Mnesia transaction system facilitates the construction of reliable, distributed systems by providing the following important properties:

      • The transaction handler ensures that a Fun, which is placed inside a transaction, does not interfere with operations embedded in other transactions @@ -141,15 +141,15 @@ The Fun in the transaction is evaluated once more.

        It is therefore important that the code inside the Fun given to mnesia:transaction/1 is pure. Some strange results can occur if, for example, messages are sent by the transaction Fun. The following example illustrates this -situation:

        bad_raise(Eno, Raise) ->
        -    F = fun() ->
        -                [E] = mnesia:read({employee, Eno}),
        +situation:

        bad_raise(Eno, Raise) ->
        +    F = fun() ->
        +                [E] = mnesia:read({employee, Eno}),
                         Salary = E#employee.salary + Raise,
        -                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
        -                io:format("Trying to write ... ~n", []),
        -                mnesia:write(New)
        +                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
        +                io:format("Trying to write ... ~n", []),
        +                mnesia:write(New)
                 end,
        -    mnesia:transaction(F).

        This transaction can write the text "Trying to write ... " 1000 times to the + mnesia:transaction(F).

        This transaction can write the text "Trying to write ... " 1000 times to the terminal. However, Mnesia guarantees that each transaction will eventually run. As a result, Mnesia is not only deadlock free, but also livelock free.

        The Mnesia programmer cannot prioritize one particular transaction to execute before other transactions that are waiting to execute. As a result, the Mnesia @@ -196,13 +196,13 @@ fails. Such applications can benefit from using sticky locks instead of the normal locking scheme.

        A sticky lock is a lock that stays in place at a node, after the transaction that first acquired the lock has terminated. To illustrate this, assume that the -following transaction is executed:

        F = fun() ->
        -      mnesia:write(#foo{a = kalle})
        +following transaction is executed:

        F = fun() ->
        +      mnesia:write(#foo{a = kalle})
             end,
        -mnesia:transaction(F).

        The foo table is replicated on the two nodes N1 and N2.

        Normal locking requires the following:

        • One network RPC (two messages) to acquire the write lock
        • Three network messages to execute the two-phase commit protocol

        If sticky locks are used, the code must first be changed as follows:

        F = fun() ->
        -      mnesia:s_write(#foo{a = kalle})
        +mnesia:transaction(F).

        The foo table is replicated on the two nodes N1 and N2.

        Normal locking requires the following:

        • One network RPC (two messages) to acquire the write lock
        • Three network messages to execute the two-phase commit protocol

        If sticky locks are used, the code must first be changed as follows:

        F = fun() ->
        +      mnesia:s_write(#foo{a = kalle})
             end,
        -mnesia:transaction(F).

        This code uses the function s_write/1 instead of the +mnesia:transaction(F).

        This code uses the function s_write/1 instead of the function write/1 The function s_write/1 sets a sticky lock instead of a normal lock. If the table is not replicated, sticky locks have no special effect. If the table is replicated, and a sticky lock is set on node @@ -228,8 +228,8 @@ following two functions are used to set explicit table locks for read and write operations:

        Alternative syntax for acquisition of table locks is as follows:

        mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, read)
        -mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, write)

        The matching operations in Mnesia can either lock the entire table or only a +on table Tab.

      Alternative syntax for acquisition of table locks is as follows:

      mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, read)
      +mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, write)

      The matching operations in Mnesia can either lock the entire table or only a single record (when the key is bound in the pattern).

      @@ -320,78 +320,78 @@ necessarily have to be the same as the table name, although this is the case in most of the examples in this User's Guide. If a table is created without property record_name, the following code ensures that all records in the -tables have the same name as the table:

      mnesia:create_table(subscriber, [])

      However, if the table is created with an explicit record name as argument, as +tables have the same name as the table:

      mnesia:create_table(subscriber, [])

      However, if the table is created with an explicit record name as argument, as shown in the following example, subscriber records can be stored in both of the -tables regardless of the table names:

      TabDef = [{record_name, subscriber}],
      -mnesia:create_table(my_subscriber, TabDef),
      -mnesia:create_table(your_subscriber, TabDef).

      To access such tables, simplified access functions (as described earlier) cannot +tables regardless of the table names:

      TabDef = [{record_name, subscriber}],
      +mnesia:create_table(my_subscriber, TabDef),
      +mnesia:create_table(your_subscriber, TabDef).

      To access such tables, simplified access functions (as described earlier) cannot be used. For example, writing a subscriber record into a table requires the function mnesia:write/3 instead of the simplified functions mnesia:write/1 -and mnesia:s_write/1:

      mnesia:write(subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)
      -mnesia:write(my_subscriber, #subscriber{}, sticky_write)
      -mnesia:write(your_subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)

      The following simple code illustrates the relationship between the simplified +and mnesia:s_write/1:

      mnesia:write(subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)
      +mnesia:write(my_subscriber, #subscriber{}, sticky_write)
      +mnesia:write(your_subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)

      The following simple code illustrates the relationship between the simplified access functions used in most of the examples and their more flexible -counterparts:

      mnesia:dirty_write(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:dirty_write(Tab, Record).
      +counterparts:

      mnesia:dirty_write(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:dirty_write(Tab, Record).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:dirty_delete(Tab, Key).
      +mnesia:dirty_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:dirty_delete(Tab, Key).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Tab, Record)
      +mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Tab, Record)
       
      -mnesia:dirty_update_counter({Tab, Key}, Incr) ->
      -  mnesia:dirty_update_counter(Tab, Key, Incr).
      +mnesia:dirty_update_counter({Tab, Key}, Incr) ->
      +  mnesia:dirty_update_counter(Tab, Key, Incr).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_read({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:dirty_read(Tab, Key).
      +mnesia:dirty_read({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:dirty_read(Tab, Key).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_match_object(Pattern) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      -  mnesia:dirty_match_object(Tab, Pattern).
      +mnesia:dirty_match_object(Pattern) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      +  mnesia:dirty_match_object(Tab, Pattern).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Pattern, Attr)
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      -  mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Tab, Pattern, Attr).
      +mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Pattern, Attr)
      +  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      +  mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Tab, Pattern, Attr).
       
      -mnesia:write(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, write).
      +mnesia:write(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, write).
       
      -mnesia:s_write(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
      +mnesia:s_write(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
       
      -mnesia:delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, write).
      +mnesia:delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, write).
       
      -mnesia:s_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, sticky_write).
      +mnesia:s_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, sticky_write).
       
      -mnesia:delete_object(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, write).
      +mnesia:delete_object(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, write).
       
      -mnesia:s_delete_object(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
      +mnesia:s_delete_object(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
       
      -mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, read).
      +mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, read).
       
      -mnesia:wread({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, write).
      +mnesia:wread({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, write).
       
      -mnesia:match_object(Pattern) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      -  mnesia:match_object(Tab, Pattern, read).
      +mnesia:match_object(Pattern) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      +  mnesia:match_object(Tab, Pattern, read).
       
      -mnesia:index_match_object(Pattern, Attr) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap5.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap5.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:19:51.000000000 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap5.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:37:34.000000000 +0000
      @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@
       whether the data resides on the local node or on a remote node.

      Notice that the program runs slower if the data is located on a remote node.

    5. The database can be reconfigured, and tables can be moved between nodes. These operations do not affect the user programs.

    6. It has previously been shown that each table has a number of system attributes, such as index and type.

      Table attributes are specified when the table is created. For example, the -following function creates a table with two RAM replicas:

      mnesia:create_table(foo,
      -                    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      -                     {attributes, record_info(fields, foo)}]).

      Tables can also have the following properties, where each attribute has a list +following function creates a table with two RAM replicas:

      mnesia:create_table(foo,
      +                    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      +                     {attributes, record_info(fields, foo)}]).

      Tables can also have the following properties, where each attribute has a list of Erlang nodes as its value:

      • ram_copies. The value of the node list is a list of Erlang nodes, and a RAM replica of the table resides on each node in the list.

        Notice that no disc operations are performed when a program executes write operations to these replicas. However, if permanent RAM replicas are required, @@ -117,52 +117,52 @@ searched for matching records.

        Notice that in ordered_set tables, the records are ordered per fragment, and the order is undefined in results returned by select and match_object, as well as first, next, prev and last.

        The following code illustrates how a Mnesia table is converted to be a -fragmented table and how more fragments are added later:

        Eshell V4.7.3.3  (abort with ^G)
        -(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
        +fragmented table and how more fragments are added later:

        Eshell V4.7.3.3  (abort with ^G)
        +(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
         ok
        -(a@sam)2> mnesia:system_info(running_db_nodes).
        -[b@sam,c@sam,a@sam]
        +(a@sam)2> mnesia:system_info(running_db_nodes).
        +[b@sam,c@sam,a@sam]
         (a@sam)3> Tab = dictionary.
         dictionary
        -(a@sam)4> mnesia:create_table(Tab, [{ram_copies, [a@sam, b@sam]}]).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)5> Write = fun(Keys) -> [mnesia:write({Tab,K,-K}) || K <- Keys], ok end.
        +(a@sam)4> mnesia:create_table(Tab, [{ram_copies, [a@sam, b@sam]}]).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)5> Write = fun(Keys) -> [mnesia:write({Tab,K,-K}) || K <- Keys], ok end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)6> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write, [lists:seq(1, 256)], mnesia_frag).
        +(a@sam)6> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write, [lists:seq(1, 256)], mnesia_frag).
         ok
        -(a@sam)7> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {activate, []}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)8> mnesia:table_info(Tab, frag_properties).
        -[{base_table,dictionary},
        - {foreign_key,undefined},
        - {n_doubles,0},
        - {n_fragments,1},
        - {next_n_to_split,1},
        - {node_pool,[a@sam,b@sam,c@sam]}]
        -(a@sam)9> Info = fun(Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
        +(a@sam)7> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {activate, []}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)8> mnesia:table_info(Tab, frag_properties).
        +[{base_table,dictionary},
        + {foreign_key,undefined},
        + {n_doubles,0},
        + {n_fragments,1},
        + {next_n_to_split,1},
        + {node_pool,[a@sam,b@sam,c@sam]}]
        +(a@sam)9> Info = fun(Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)10> Dist = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        -[{c@sam,0},{a@sam,1},{b@sam,1}]
        -(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)12> Dist2 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        -[{b@sam,1},{c@sam,1},{a@sam,2}]
        -(a@sam)13> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist2}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)14> Dist3 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        -[{a@sam,2},{b@sam,2},{c@sam,2}]
        -(a@sam)15> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist3}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)16> Read = fun(Key) -> mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) end.
        +(a@sam)10> Dist = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        +[{c@sam,0},{a@sam,1},{b@sam,1}]
        +(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)12> Dist2 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        +[{b@sam,1},{c@sam,1},{a@sam,2}]
        +(a@sam)13> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist2}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)14> Dist3 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        +[{a@sam,2},{b@sam,2},{c@sam,2}]
        +(a@sam)15> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist3}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)16> Read = fun(Key) -> mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)17> mnesia:activity(transaction, Read, [12], mnesia_frag).
        -[{dictionary,12,-12}]
        -(a@sam)18> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_size], mnesia_frag).
        -[{dictionary,64},
        - {dictionary_frag2,64},
        - {dictionary_frag3,64},
        - {dictionary_frag4,64}]
        -(a@sam)19>

        +(a@sam)17> mnesia:activity(transaction, Read, [12], mnesia_frag). +[{dictionary,12,-12}] +(a@sam)18> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_size], mnesia_frag). +[{dictionary,64}, + {dictionary_frag2,64}, + {dictionary_frag3,64}, + {dictionary_frag4,64}] +(a@sam)19>

        @@ -204,64 +204,64 @@ This property can explicitly be set at table creation. Default is mnesia_frag_hash.

      • {hash_state, Term} - Enables a table-specific parameterization of a generic hash module. This property can explicitly be set at table creation. -Default is undefined.

        Eshell V4.7.3.3  (abort with ^G)
        -(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
        +Default is undefined.

        Eshell V4.7.3.3  (abort with ^G)
        +(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
         ok
        -(a@sam)2> PrimProps = [{n_fragments, 7}, {node_pool, [node()]}].
        -[{n_fragments,7},{node_pool,[a@sam]}]
        -(a@sam)3> mnesia:create_table(prim_dict,
        -                              [{frag_properties, PrimProps},
        -                               {attributes,[prim_key,prim_val]}]).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)4> SecProps = [{foreign_key, {prim_dict, sec_val}}].
        -[{foreign_key,{prim_dict,sec_val}}]
        -(a@sam)5> mnesia:create_table(sec_dict,
        -                              [{frag_properties, SecProps},
        -(a@sam)5>                      {attributes, [sec_key, sec_val]}]).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)6> Write = fun(Rec) -> mnesia:write(Rec) end.
        +(a@sam)2> PrimProps = [{n_fragments, 7}, {node_pool, [node()]}].
        +[{n_fragments,7},{node_pool,[a@sam]}]
        +(a@sam)3> mnesia:create_table(prim_dict,
        +                              [{frag_properties, PrimProps},
        +                               {attributes,[prim_key,prim_val]}]).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)4> SecProps = [{foreign_key, {prim_dict, sec_val}}].
        +[{foreign_key,{prim_dict,sec_val}}]
        +(a@sam)5> mnesia:create_table(sec_dict,
        +                              [{frag_properties, SecProps},
        +(a@sam)5>                      {attributes, [sec_key, sec_val]}]).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)6> Write = fun(Rec) -> mnesia:write(Rec) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
         (a@sam)7> PrimKey = 11.
         11
         (a@sam)8> SecKey = 42.
         42
        -(a@sam)9> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        -                          [{prim_dict, PrimKey, -11}], mnesia_frag).
        +(a@sam)9> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        +                          [{prim_dict, PrimKey, -11}], mnesia_frag).
         ok
        -(a@sam)10> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        -                           [{sec_dict, SecKey, PrimKey}], mnesia_frag).
        +(a@sam)10> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        +                           [{sec_dict, SecKey, PrimKey}], mnesia_frag).
         ok
        -(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(prim_dict, {add_frag, [node()]}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)12> SecRead = fun(PrimKey, SecKey) ->
        -               mnesia:read({sec_dict, PrimKey}, SecKey, read) end.
        +(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(prim_dict, {add_frag, [node()]}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)12> SecRead = fun(PrimKey, SecKey) ->
        +               mnesia:read({sec_dict, PrimKey}, SecKey, read) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)13> mnesia:activity(transaction, SecRead,
        -                           [PrimKey, SecKey], mnesia_frag).
        -[{sec_dict,42,11}]
        -(a@sam)14> Info = fun(Tab, Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
        +(a@sam)13> mnesia:activity(transaction, SecRead,
        +                           [PrimKey, SecKey], mnesia_frag).
        +[{sec_dict,42,11}]
        +(a@sam)14> Info = fun(Tab, Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)15> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info,
        -                           [prim_dict, frag_size], mnesia_frag).
        -[{prim_dict,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag2,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag3,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag4,1},
        - {prim_dict_frag5,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag6,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag7,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag8,0}]
        -(a@sam)16> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info,
        -                           [sec_dict, frag_size], mnesia_frag).
        -[{sec_dict,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag2,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag3,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag4,1},
        - {sec_dict_frag5,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag6,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag7,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag8,0}]
        -(a@sam)17>

      +(a@sam)15> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, + [prim_dict, frag_size], mnesia_frag). +[{prim_dict,0}, + {prim_dict_frag2,0}, /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap7.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap7.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:51.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap7.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:34.000000000 +0000 @@ -128,26 +128,26 @@ for starting Mnesia:

      • An Erlang session must be started and a Mnesia directory must be specified for the database.
      • A database schema must be initiated, using the function mnesia:create_schema/1.

      The following example shows how these tasks are performed:

      Step 1: Start an Erlang session and specify a Mnesia directory for the -database:

      % erl -sname klacke -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/klacke"'
      Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
      +database:

      % erl -sname klacke -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/klacke"'
      Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
       
      -Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
      -(klacke@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
      +Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
      +(klacke@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
       ok
      -(klacke@gin)2>
      +(klacke@gin)2>
       ^Z
       Suspended

      Step 2: You can inspect the Mnesia directory to see what files have been created:

      % ls -l /ldisc/scratch/klacke
       -rw-rw-r--   1 klacke   staff       247 Aug 12 15:06 FALLBACK.BUP

      The response shows that the file FALLBACK.BUP has been created. This is called a backup file, and it contains an initial schema. If more than one node in the function mnesia:create_schema/1 had been specified, identical backup files -would have been created on all nodes.

      Step 3: Start Mnesia:

      (klacke@gin)3>mnesia:start( ).
      +would have been created on all nodes.

      Step 3: Start Mnesia:

      (klacke@gin)3>mnesia:start( ).
       ok

      Step 4: You can see the following listing in the Mnesia directory:

      -rw-rw-r--   1 klacke   staff         86 May 26 19:03 LATEST.LOG
       -rw-rw-r--   1 klacke   staff      34507 May 26 19:03 schema.DAT

      The schema in the backup file FALLBACK.BUP has been used to generate the file schema.DAT. Since there are no other disc resident tables than the schema, no other data files were created. The file FALLBACK.BUP was removed after the successful "restoration". You also see some files that are for internal use by -Mnesia.

      Step 5: Create a table:

      (klacke@gin)4> mnesia:create_table(foo,[{disc_copies, [node()]}]).
      -{atomic,ok}

      Step 6: You can see the following listing in the Mnesia directory:

      % ls -l /ldisc/scratch/klacke
      +Mnesia.

      Step 5: Create a table:

      (klacke@gin)4> mnesia:create_table(foo,[{disc_copies, [node()]}]).
      +{atomic,ok}

      Step 6: You can see the following listing in the Mnesia directory:

      % ls -l /ldisc/scratch/klacke
       -rw-rw-r-- 1 klacke staff    86 May 26 19:07 LATEST.LOG
       -rw-rw-r-- 1 klacke staff    94 May 26 19:07 foo.DCD
       -rw-rw-r-- 1 klacke staff  6679 May 26 19:07 schema.DAT

      The file foo.DCD has been created. This file will eventually store all data @@ -191,11 +191,11 @@ the Mnesia data files. For example, dets contains the function dets:traverse/2, which can be used to view the contents of a Mnesia DAT file. However, this can only be done when Mnesia is not running. So, to view -the schema file, do as follows;

      {ok, N} = dets:open_file(schema, [{file, "./schema.DAT"},{repair,false},
      -{keypos, 2}]),
      -F = fun(X) -> io:format("~p~n", [X]), continue end,
      -dets:traverse(N, F),
      -dets:close(N).

      Warning

      The DAT files must always be opened with option {repair, false}. This +the schema file, do as follows;

      {ok, N} = dets:open_file(schema, [{file, "./schema.DAT"},{repair,false},
      +{keypos, 2}]),
      +F = fun(X) -> io:format("~p~n", [X]), continue end,
      +dets:traverse(N, F),
      +dets:close(N).

      Warning

      The DAT files must always be opened with option {repair, false}. This ensures that these files are not automatically repaired. Without this option, the database can become inconsistent, because Mnesia can believe that the files were properly closed. For information about configuration parameter @@ -429,40 +429,40 @@ located first in the backup.

      The schema itself is a table and is possibly included in the backup. Each node where the schema table resides is regarded as a db_node.

      The following example shows how mnesia:traverse_backup can be used to rename a -db_node in a backup file:

      change_node_name(Mod, From, To, Source, Target) ->
      +db_node in a backup file:

      change_node_name(Mod, From, To, Source, Target) ->
           Switch =
      -        fun(Node) when Node == From -> To;
      -           (Node) when Node == To -> throw({error, already_exists});
      -           (Node) -> Node
      +        fun(Node) when Node == From -> To;
      +           (Node) when Node == To -> throw({error, already_exists});
      +           (Node) -> Node
               end,
           Convert =
      -        fun({schema, db_nodes, Nodes}, Acc) ->
      -                {[{schema, db_nodes, lists:map(Switch,Nodes)}], Acc};
      -           ({schema, version, Version}, Acc) ->
      -                {[{schema, version, Version}], Acc};
      -           ({schema, cookie, Cookie}, Acc) ->
      -                {[{schema, cookie, Cookie}], Acc};
      -           ({schema, Tab, CreateList}, Acc) ->
      -                Keys = [ram_copies, disc_copies, disc_only_copies],
      +        fun({schema, db_nodes, Nodes}, Acc) ->
      +                {[{schema, db_nodes, lists:map(Switch,Nodes)}], Acc};
      +           ({schema, version, Version}, Acc) ->
      +                {[{schema, version, Version}], Acc};
      +           ({schema, cookie, Cookie}, Acc) ->
      +                {[{schema, cookie, Cookie}], Acc};
      +           ({schema, Tab, CreateList}, Acc) ->
      +                Keys = [ram_copies, disc_copies, disc_only_copies],
                       OptSwitch =
      -                    fun({Key, Val}) ->
      -                            case lists:member(Key, Keys) of
      -                                true -> {Key, lists:map(Switch, Val)};
      -                                false-> {Key, Val}
      +                    fun({Key, Val}) ->
      +                            case lists:member(Key, Keys) of
      +                                true -> {Key, lists:map(Switch, Val)};
      +                                false-> {Key, Val}
                                   end
                           end,
      -                {[{schema, Tab, lists:map(OptSwitch, CreateList)}], Acc};
      -           (Other, Acc) ->
      -                {[Other], Acc}
      +                {[{schema, Tab, lists:map(OptSwitch, CreateList)}], Acc};
      +           (Other, Acc) ->
      +                {[Other], Acc}
               end,
      -    mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, Target, Mod, Convert, switched).
      +    mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, Target, Mod, Convert, switched).
       
      -view(Source, Mod) ->
      -    View = fun(Item, Acc) ->
      -                   io:format("~p.~n",[Item]),
      -                   {[Item], Acc + 1}
      +view(Source, Mod) ->
      +    View = fun(Item, Acc) ->
      +                   io:format("~p.~n",[Item]),
      +                   {[Item], Acc + 1}
                  end,
      -    mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, dummy, read_only, View, 0).

      + mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, dummy, read_only, View, 0).

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_registry.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_registry.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:51.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_registry.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:34.000000000 +0000 @@ -142,8 +142,8 @@

      Warning

      This function is deprecated. Do not use it.

      A wrapper function for mnesia:create_table/2, which creates a table (if there is no existing table) with an appropriate set of attributes. The attributes and TabDef are forwarded to mnesia:create_table/2. For example, if the table -is to reside as disc_only_copies on all nodes, a call looks as follows:

                TabDef = [{{disc_only_copies, node()|nodes()]}],
      -          mnesia_registry:create_table(my_reg, TabDef)
      +is to reside as disc_only_copies on all nodes, a call looks as follows:

                TabDef = [{{disc_only_copies, node()|nodes()]}],
      +          mnesia_registry:create_table(my_reg, TabDef)
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:51.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:34.000000000 +0000 @@ -61,11 +61,11 @@ specifies the types of the SNMP keys.

    7. attributes. The names of the attributes for the records that are inserted in the table.

    8. For information about the complete set of table properties and their details, see mnesia:create_table/2.

      This Reference Manual uses a table of persons to illustrate various examples. -The following record definition is assumed:

      -record(person, {name,
      +The following record definition is assumed:

      -record(person, {name,
                        age = 0,
                        address = unknown,
                        salary = 0,
      -                 children = []}),

      The first record attribute is the primary key, or key for short.

      The function descriptions are sorted in alphabetical order. It is recommended to + children = []}),

      The first record attribute is the primary key, or key for short.

      The function descriptions are sorted in alphabetical order. It is recommended to start to read about mnesia:create_table/2, mnesia:lock/2, and mnesia:activity/4 before you continue and learn about the rest.

      Writing or deleting in transaction-context creates a local copy of each modified record during the transaction. During iteration, that is, mnesia:foldl/4, @@ -2744,7 +2744,7 @@ -

      Change the storage type of a table.

      For example:

      mnesia:change_table_copy_type(person, node(), disc_copies)

      Transforms the person table from a RAM table into a disc-based table at +

      Change the storage type of a table.

      For example:

      mnesia:change_table_copy_type(person, node(), disc_copies)

      Transforms the person table from a RAM table into a disc-based table at Node.

      This function can also be used to change the storage type of the table named schema. The schema table can only have ram_copies or disc_copies as the storage type. If the storage type of the schema is ram_copies, no other table @@ -2995,22 +2995,22 @@ back end storage. Backend can currently be ets or dets. Properties is a list of options sent to the back end storage during table creation. Properties cannot contain properties already used by Mnesia, such as type -or named_table.

      For example:

      mnesia:create_table(table, [{ram_copies, [node()]}, {disc_only_copies, nodes()},
      -       {storage_properties,
      -        [{ets, [compressed]}, {dets, [{auto_save, 5000}]} ]}])
    9. {type, Type}, where Type must be either of the atoms set, ordered_set, +or named_table.

      For example:

      mnesia:create_table(table, [{ram_copies, [node()]}, {disc_only_copies, nodes()},
      +       {storage_properties,
      +        [{ets, [compressed]}, {dets, [{auto_save, 5000}]} ]}])
    10. {type, Type}, where Type must be either of the atoms set, ordered_set, or bag. Default is set. In a set, all records have unique keys. In a bag, several records can have the same key, but the record content is unique. If a non-unique record is stored, the old conflicting records are overwritten.

      Notice that currently ordered_set is not supported for disc_only_copies.

    11. {local_content, Bool}, where Bool is true or false. Default is false.

    12. For example, the following call creates the person table (defined earlier) and -replicates it on two nodes:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      -    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      -     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      If it is required that Mnesia must build and maintain an extra index table on +replicates it on two nodes:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      +    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      +     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      If it is required that Mnesia must build and maintain an extra index table on attribute address of all the person records that are inserted in the table, -the following code would be issued:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      -    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      -     {index, [address]},
      -     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      The specification of index and attributes can be hard-coded as +the following code would be issued:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      +    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      +     {index, [address]},
      +     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      The specification of index and attributes can be hard-coded as {index, [2]} and {attributes, [name, age, address, salary, children]}, respectively.

      mnesia:create_table/2 writes records into the table schema. This function, and all other schema manipulation functions, are implemented with the normal @@ -5260,10 +5260,10 @@ argument. Default is read. The return value depends on MatchSpec.

      Notice that for best performance, select is to be used before any modifying operations are done on that table in the same transaction. That is, do not use write or delete before a select.

      In its simplest forms, the match_spec look as follows:

      • MatchSpec = [MatchFunction]
      • MatchFunction = {MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}
      • MatchHead = tuple() | record()

      • Guard = {"Guardtest name", ...}
      • Result = "Term construct"

      For a complete description of select, see the ERTS -User's Guide and the ets manual page in STDLIB.

      For example, to find the names of all male persons older than 30 in table Tab:

      MatchHead = #person{name='$1', sex=male, age='$2', _='_'},
      -Guard = {'>', '$2', 30},
      +User's Guide and the ets manual page in STDLIB.

      For example, to find the names of all male persons older than 30 in table Tab:

      MatchHead = #person{name='$1', sex=male, age='$2', _='_'},
      +Guard = {'>', '$2', 30},
       Result = '$1',
      -mnesia:select(Tab,[{MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}]),
      +
      mnesia:select(Tab,[{MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}]),
      @@ -5558,9 +5558,9 @@ specified as a tuple of atoms describing the types. The only significant type is fix_string. This means that a string has a fixed size.

      For example, the following causes table person to be ordered as an SNMP table:

      mnesia:snmp_open_table(person, [{key, string}])

      Consider the following schema for a table of company employees. Each employee is identified by department number and name. The other table column stores the -telephone number:

      mnesia:create_table(employee,
      -    [{snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
      -     {attributes, record_info(fields, employees)}]),

      The corresponding SNMP table would have three columns: department, name, and +telephone number:

      mnesia:create_table(employee,
      +    [{snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
      +     {attributes, record_info(fields, employees)}]),

      The corresponding SNMP table would have three columns: department, name, and telno.

      An option is to have table columns that are not visible through the SNMP protocol. These columns must be the last columns of the table. In the previous example, the SNMP table could have columns department and name only. The @@ -6163,17 +6163,17 @@ transaction is terminated and the function transaction/1 returns the tuple {aborted, Reason}.

      If all is going well, {atomic, ResultOfFun} is returned, where ResultOfFun is the value of the last expression in Fun.

      A function that adds a family to the database can be written as follows if there -is a structure {family, Father, Mother, ChildrenList}:

      add_family({family, F, M, Children}) ->
      -    ChildOids = lists:map(fun oid/1, Children),
      -    Trans = fun() ->
      -        mnesia:write(F#person{children = ChildOids}),
      -        mnesia:write(M#person{children = ChildOids}),
      -        Write = fun(Child) -> mnesia:write(Child) end,
      -        lists:foreach(Write, Children)
      +is a structure {family, Father, Mother, ChildrenList}:

      add_family({family, F, M, Children}) ->
      +    ChildOids = lists:map(fun oid/1, Children),
      +    Trans = fun() ->
      +        mnesia:write(F#person{children = ChildOids}),
      +        mnesia:write(M#person{children = ChildOids}),
      +        Write = fun(Child) -> mnesia:write(Child) end,
      +        lists:foreach(Write, Children)
           end,
      -    mnesia:transaction(Trans).
      +    mnesia:transaction(Trans).
       
      -oid(Rec) -> {element(1, Rec), element(2, Rec)}.

      This code adds a set of people to the database. Running this code within one +oid(Rec) -> {element(1, Rec), element(2, Rec)}.

      This code adds a set of people to the database. Running this code within one transaction ensures that either the whole family is added to the database, or the whole transaction terminates. For example, if the last child is badly formatted, or the executing process terminates because of an 'EXIT' signal @@ -6181,17 +6181,17 @@ where half a family is added can never occur.

      It is also useful to update the database within a transaction if several processes concurrently update the same records. For example, the function raise(Name, Amount), which adds Amount to the salary field of a person, is -to be implemented as follows:

      raise(Name, Amount) ->
      -    mnesia:transaction(fun() ->
      -        case mnesia:wread({person, Name}) of
      -            [P] ->
      +to be implemented as follows:

      raise(Name, Amount) ->
      +    mnesia:transaction(fun() ->
      +        case mnesia:wread({person, Name}) of
      +            [P] ->
                       Salary = Amount + P#person.salary,
      -                P2 = P#person{salary = Salary},
      -                mnesia:write(P2);
      +                P2 = P#person{salary = Salary},
      +                mnesia:write(P2);
                   _ ->
      -                mnesia:abort("No such person")
      +                mnesia:abort("No such person")
               end
      -    end).

      When this function executes within a transaction, several processes running on + end).

      When this function executes within a transaction, several processes running on different nodes can concurrently execute the function raise/2 without interfering with each other.

      Since Mnesia detects deadlocks, a transaction can be restarted any number of times and therefore the Fun shall not have any side effects such as waiting /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.732320887 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.736320907 +0000 @@ -166,11 +166,11 @@ specifies the types of the SNMP keys.

    13. attributes. The names of the attributes for the records that are inserted in the table.

    14. For information about the complete set of table properties and their details, see mnesia:create_table/2.

      This Reference Manual uses a table of persons to illustrate various examples. -The following record definition is assumed:

      -record(person, {name,
      +The following record definition is assumed:

      -record(person, {name,
                        age = 0,
                        address = unknown,
                        salary = 0,
      -                 children = []}),

      The first record attribute is the primary key, or key for short.

      The function descriptions are sorted in alphabetical order. It is recommended to + children = []}),

      The first record attribute is the primary key, or key for short.

      The function descriptions are sorted in alphabetical order. It is recommended to start to read about mnesia:create_table/2, mnesia:lock/2, and mnesia:activity/4 before you continue and learn about the rest.

      Writing or deleting in transaction-context creates a local copy of each modified record during the transaction. During iteration, that is, mnesia:foldl/4, @@ -2865,7 +2865,7 @@ -

      Change the storage type of a table.

      For example:

      mnesia:change_table_copy_type(person, node(), disc_copies)

      Transforms the person table from a RAM table into a disc-based table at +

      Change the storage type of a table.

      For example:

      mnesia:change_table_copy_type(person, node(), disc_copies)

      Transforms the person table from a RAM table into a disc-based table at Node.

      This function can also be used to change the storage type of the table named schema. The schema table can only have ram_copies or disc_copies as the storage type. If the storage type of the schema is ram_copies, no other table @@ -3116,22 +3116,22 @@ back end storage. Backend can currently be ets or dets. Properties is a list of options sent to the back end storage during table creation. Properties cannot contain properties already used by Mnesia, such as type -or named_table.

      For example:

      mnesia:create_table(table, [{ram_copies, [node()]}, {disc_only_copies, nodes()},
      -       {storage_properties,
      -        [{ets, [compressed]}, {dets, [{auto_save, 5000}]} ]}])
    15. {type, Type}, where Type must be either of the atoms set, ordered_set, +or named_table.

      For example:

      mnesia:create_table(table, [{ram_copies, [node()]}, {disc_only_copies, nodes()},
      +       {storage_properties,
      +        [{ets, [compressed]}, {dets, [{auto_save, 5000}]} ]}])
    16. {type, Type}, where Type must be either of the atoms set, ordered_set, or bag. Default is set. In a set, all records have unique keys. In a bag, several records can have the same key, but the record content is unique. If a non-unique record is stored, the old conflicting records are overwritten.

      Notice that currently ordered_set is not supported for disc_only_copies.

    17. {local_content, Bool}, where Bool is true or false. Default is false.

    18. For example, the following call creates the person table (defined earlier) and -replicates it on two nodes:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      -    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      -     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      If it is required that Mnesia must build and maintain an extra index table on +replicates it on two nodes:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      +    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      +     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      If it is required that Mnesia must build and maintain an extra index table on attribute address of all the person records that are inserted in the table, -the following code would be issued:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      -    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      -     {index, [address]},
      -     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      The specification of index and attributes can be hard-coded as +the following code would be issued:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      +    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      +     {index, [address]},
      +     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      The specification of index and attributes can be hard-coded as {index, [2]} and {attributes, [name, age, address, salary, children]}, respectively.

      mnesia:create_table/2 writes records into the table schema. This function, and all other schema manipulation functions, are implemented with the normal @@ -5381,10 +5381,10 @@ argument. Default is read. The return value depends on MatchSpec.

      Notice that for best performance, select is to be used before any modifying operations are done on that table in the same transaction. That is, do not use write or delete before a select.

      In its simplest forms, the match_spec look as follows:

      • MatchSpec = [MatchFunction]
      • MatchFunction = {MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}
      • MatchHead = tuple() | record()

      • Guard = {"Guardtest name", ...}
      • Result = "Term construct"

      For a complete description of select, see the ERTS -User's Guide and the ets manual page in STDLIB.

      For example, to find the names of all male persons older than 30 in table Tab:

      MatchHead = #href_anchor"ss">person{name='$1', sex=male, age='$2', _='_'},
      -Guard = {'>', '$2', 30},
      +User's Guide and the ets manual page in STDLIB.

      For example, to find the names of all male persons older than 30 in table Tab:

      MatchHead = #href_anchor"ss">person{name='$1', sex=male, age='$2', _='_'},
      +Guard = {'>', '$2', 30},
       Result = '$1',
      -mnesia:select(Tab,[{MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}]),
      +
      mnesia:select(Tab,[{MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}]),
      @@ -5679,9 +5679,9 @@ specified as a tuple of atoms describing the types. The only significant type is fix_string. This means that a string has a fixed size.

      For example, the following causes table person to be ordered as an SNMP table:

      mnesia:snmp_open_table(person, [{key, string}])

      Consider the following schema for a table of company employees. Each employee is identified by department number and name. The other table column stores the -telephone number:

      mnesia:create_table(employee,
      -    [{snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
      -     {attributes, record_info(fields, employees)}]),

      The corresponding SNMP table would have three columns: department, name, and +telephone number:

      mnesia:create_table(employee,
      +    [{snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
      +     {attributes, record_info(fields, employees)}]),

      The corresponding SNMP table would have three columns: department, name, and telno.

      An option is to have table columns that are not visible through the SNMP protocol. These columns must be the last columns of the table. In the previous example, the SNMP table could have columns department and name only. The @@ -6284,17 +6284,17 @@ transaction is terminated and the function transaction/1 returns the tuple {aborted, Reason}.

      If all is going well, {atomic, ResultOfFun} is returned, where ResultOfFun is the value of the last expression in Fun.

      A function that adds a family to the database can be written as follows if there -is a structure {family, Father, Mother, ChildrenList}:

      add_family({family, F, M, Children}) ->
      -    ChildOids = lists:map(fun oid/1, Children),
      -    Trans = fun() ->
      -        mnesia:write(F#person{children = ChildOids}),
      -        mnesia:write(M#person{children = ChildOids}),
      -        Write = fun(Child) -> mnesia:write(Child) end,
      -        lists:foreach(Write, Children)
      +is a structure {family, Father, Mother, ChildrenList}:

      add_family({family, F, M, Children}) ->
      +    ChildOids = lists:map(fun oid/1, Children),
      +    Trans = fun() ->
      +        mnesia:write(F#person{children = ChildOids}),
      +        mnesia:write(M#person{children = ChildOids}),
      +        Write = fun(Child) -> mnesia:write(Child) end,
      +        lists:foreach(Write, Children)
           end,
      -    mnesia:transaction(Trans).
      +    mnesia:transaction(Trans).
       
      -oid(Rec) -> {element(1, Rec), element(2, Rec)}.

      This code adds a set of people to the database. Running this code within one +oid(Rec) -> {element(1, Rec), element(2, Rec)}.

      This code adds a set of people to the database. Running this code within one transaction ensures that either the whole family is added to the database, or the whole transaction terminates. For example, if the last child is badly formatted, or the executing process terminates because of an 'EXIT' signal @@ -6302,17 +6302,17 @@ where half a family is added can never occur.

      It is also useful to update the database within a transaction if several processes concurrently update the same records. For example, the function raise(Name, Amount), which adds Amount to the salary field of a person, is -to be implemented as follows:

      raise(Name, Amount) ->
      -    mnesia:transaction(fun() ->
      -        case mnesia:wread({person, Name}) of
      -            [P] ->
      +to be implemented as follows:

      raise(Name, Amount) ->
      +    mnesia:transaction(fun() ->
      +        case mnesia:wread({person, Name}) of
      +            [P] ->
                       Salary = Amount + P#person.salary,
      -                P2 = P#person{salary = Salary},
      -                mnesia:write(P2);
      +                P2 = P#person{salary = Salary},
      +                mnesia:write(P2);
                   _ ->
      -                mnesia:abort("No such person")
      +                mnesia:abort("No such person")
               end
      -    end).

      When this function executes within a transaction, several processes running on + end).

      When this function executes within a transaction, several processes running on different nodes can concurrently execute the function raise/2 without interfering with each other.

      Since Mnesia detects deadlocks, a transaction can be restarted any number of times and therefore the Fun shall not have any side effects such as waiting @@ -6721,7 +6721,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_a.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_a.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.768321067 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_a.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.772321087 +0000 @@ -159,11 +159,11 @@ %% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% --module(mnesia_backup). +-module(mnesia_backup). --include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl"). +-include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl"). --export([ +-export([ %% Write access open_write/1, write/2, @@ -174,105 +174,105 @@ open_read/1, read/1, close_read/1 - ]). + ]). %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %% Backup callback interface --record(backup, {tmp_file, file, file_desc}). +-record(backup, {tmp_file, file, file_desc}). %% Opens backup media for write %% %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData} or {error, Reason} -open_write(OpaqueData) -> +open_write(OpaqueData) -> File = OpaqueData, - Tmp = lists:concat([File,".BUPTMP"]), - file:delete(Tmp), - case disk_log:open([{name, make_ref()}, - {file, Tmp}, - {repair, false}, - {linkto, self()}]) of - {ok, Fd} -> - {ok, #backup{tmp_file = Tmp, file = File, file_desc = Fd}}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + Tmp = lists:concat([File,".BUPTMP"]), + file:delete(Tmp), + case disk_log:open([{name, make_ref()}, + {file, Tmp}, + {repair, false}, + {linkto, self()}]) of + {ok, Fd} -> + {ok, #backup{tmp_file = Tmp, file = File, file_desc = Fd}}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end. %% Writes BackupItems to the backup media %% %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData} or {error, Reason} -write(OpaqueData, BackupItems) -> +write(OpaqueData, BackupItems) -> B = OpaqueData, - case disk_log:log_terms(B#backup.file_desc, BackupItems) of + case disk_log:log_terms(B#backup.file_desc, BackupItems) of ok -> - {ok, B}; - {error, Reason} -> - abort_write(B), - {error, Reason} + {ok, B}; + {error, Reason} -> + abort_write(B), + {error, Reason} end. %% Closes the backup media after a successful backup %% %% Returns {ok, ReturnValueToUser} or {error, Reason} -commit_write(OpaqueData) -> +commit_write(OpaqueData) -> B = OpaqueData, - case disk_log:sync(B#backup.file_desc) of + case disk_log:sync(B#backup.file_desc) of ok -> - case disk_log:close(B#backup.file_desc) of + case disk_log:close(B#backup.file_desc) of ok -> - file:delete(B#backup.file), - case file:rename(B#backup.tmp_file, B#backup.file) of + file:delete(B#backup.file), + case file:rename(B#backup.tmp_file, B#backup.file) of ok -> - {ok, B#backup.file}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {ok, B#backup.file}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end. %% Closes the backup media after an interrupted backup %% %% Returns {ok, ReturnValueToUser} or {error, Reason} -abort_write(BackupRef) -> - Res = disk_log:close(BackupRef#backup.file_desc), - file:delete(BackupRef#backup.tmp_file), +abort_write(BackupRef) -> + Res = disk_log:close(BackupRef#backup.file_desc), + file:delete(BackupRef#backup.tmp_file), case Res of ok -> - {ok, BackupRef#backup.file}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {ok, BackupRef#backup.file}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %% Restore callback interface --record(restore, {file, file_desc, cont}). +-record(restore, {file, file_desc, cont}). %% Opens backup media for read %% %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData} or {error, Reason} -open_read(OpaqueData) -> +open_read(OpaqueData) -> File = OpaqueData, - case file:read_file_info(File) of - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason}; + case file:read_file_info(File) of + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason}; _FileInfo -> %% file exists - case disk_log:open([{file, File}, - {name, make_ref()}, - {repair, false}, - {mode, read_only}, - {linkto, self()}]) of - {ok, Fd} -> - {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; - {repaired, Fd, _, {badbytes, 0}} -> - {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; - {repaired, Fd, _, _} -> - {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + case disk_log:open([{file, File}, + {name, make_ref()}, + {repair, false}, + {mode, read_only}, + {linkto, self()}]) of + {ok, Fd} -> + {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; + {repaired, Fd, _, {badbytes, 0}} -> + {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; + {repaired, Fd, _, _} -> + {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end end. @@ -281,30 +281,30 @@ %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData, BackupItems} or {error, Reason} %% %% BackupItems == [] is interpreted as eof -read(OpaqueData) -> +read(OpaqueData) -> R = OpaqueData, Fd = R#restore.file_desc, - case disk_log:chunk(Fd, R#restore.cont) of - {error, Reason} -> - {error, {"Possibly truncated", Reason}}; + case disk_log:chunk(Fd, R#restore.cont) of + {error, Reason} -> + {error, {"Possibly truncated", Reason}}; eof -> - {ok, R, []}; - {Cont, []} -> - read(R#restore{cont = Cont}); - {Cont, BackupItems, _BadBytes} -> - {ok, R#restore{cont = Cont}, BackupItems}; - {Cont, BackupItems} -> - {ok, R#restore{cont = Cont}, BackupItems} /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_b.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_b.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.804321247 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_b.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.808321266 +0000 @@ -131,10 +131,10 @@ mnesia_access Callback Behavior

      -
      -module(mnesia_frag).
      +
      -module(mnesia_frag).
       
       %% Callback functions when accessed within an activity
      --export([
      +-export([
       	 lock/4,
       	 write/5, delete/5, delete_object/5,
       	 read/5, match_object/5, all_keys/4,
      @@ -143,230 +143,230 @@
       	 foldl/6, foldr/6, table_info/4,
       	 first/3, next/4, prev/4, last/3,
       	 clear_table/4
      -       ]).
      %% Callback functions which provides transparent
      +       ]).
      %% Callback functions which provides transparent
       %% access of fragmented tables from any activity
       %% access context.
       
      -lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table , Tab}, LockKind) ->
      -    case frag_names(Tab) of
      -	[Tab] ->
      -	    mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, Tab}, LockKind);
      +lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table , Tab}, LockKind) ->
      +    case frag_names(Tab) of
      +	[Tab] ->
      +	    mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, Tab}, LockKind);
       	Frags ->
      -	    DeepNs = [mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, F}, LockKind) ||
      -			 F <- Frags],
      -	    mnesia_lib:uniq(lists:append(DeepNs))
      +	    DeepNs = [mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, F}, LockKind) ||
      +			 F <- Frags],
      +	    mnesia_lib:uniq(lists:append(DeepNs))
           end;
       
      -lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind) ->
      -    mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind).
      +lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind) ->
      +    mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind).
       
      -write(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
      -    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
      -    mnesia:write(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
      +write(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
      +    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
      +    mnesia:write(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
       
      -delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
      -    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
      -    mnesia:delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
      +delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
      +    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
      +    mnesia:delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
       
      -delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
      -    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
      -    mnesia:delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
      +delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
      +    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
      +    mnesia:delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
       
      -read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
      -    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
      -    mnesia:read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
      +read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
      +    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
      +    mnesia:read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
       
      -match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, HeadPat, LockKind) ->
      -    MatchSpec = [{HeadPat, [], ['$_']}],
      -    select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
      +match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, HeadPat, LockKind) ->
      +    MatchSpec = [{HeadPat, [], ['$_']}],
      +    select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
       
      -select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind) ->
      -    do_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
      +select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind) ->
      +    do_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
       
       
      -select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind) ->
      -    init_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind).
      +select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind) ->
      +    init_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind).
       
       
      -all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, LockKind) ->
      -    Match = [mnesia:all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, LockKind)
      -	     || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
      -    lists:append(Match).
      +all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, LockKind) ->
      +    Match = [mnesia:all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, LockKind)
      +	     || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
      +    lists:append(Match).
       
      -clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Obj) ->
      -    [mnesia:clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Obj)  || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
      +clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Obj) ->
      +    [mnesia:clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Obj)  || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
           ok.
       
      -index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Pat, Attr, LockKind) ->
      +index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Pat, Attr, LockKind) ->
           Match =
      -	[mnesia:index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Pat, Attr, LockKind)
      -	 || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
      -    lists:append(Match).
      +	[mnesia:index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Pat, Attr, LockKind)
      +	 || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
      +    lists:append(Match).
       
      -index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, Attr, LockKind) ->
      +index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, Attr, LockKind) ->
           Match =
      -	[mnesia:index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, Attr, LockKind)
      -	     || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
      -    lists:append(Match).
      -
      -foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
      -    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
      -		   mnesia:foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
      +	[mnesia:index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, Attr, LockKind)
      +	     || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
      +    lists:append(Match).
      +
      +foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
      +    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
      +		   mnesia:foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
       	   end,
      -    lists:foldl(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
      +    lists:foldl(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
       
      -foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
      -    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
      -		   mnesia:foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
      +foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
      +    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
      +		   mnesia:foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
       	   end,
      -    lists:foldr(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
      +    lists:foldr(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
       
      -table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, {Tab, Key}, Item) ->
      -    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
      -    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item);
      -table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Item) ->
      -    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Tab, Item).
      +table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, {Tab, Key}, Item) ->
      +    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
      +    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item);
      +table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Item) ->
      +    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Tab, Item).
       
      -table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item) ->
      +table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item) ->
           case Item of
       	size ->
      -	    SumFun = fun({_, Size}, Acc) -> Acc + Size end,
      -	    lists:foldl(SumFun, 0, frag_size(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab));
      +	    SumFun = fun({_, Size}, Acc) -> Acc + Size end,
      +	    lists:foldl(SumFun, 0, frag_size(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab));
       	memory ->
      -	    SumFun = fun({_, Size}, Acc) -> Acc + Size end,
      -	    lists:foldl(SumFun, 0, frag_memory(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab));
      +	    SumFun = fun({_, Size}, Acc) -> Acc + Size end,
      +	    lists:foldl(SumFun, 0, frag_memory(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab));
       	base_table ->
      -	    lookup_prop(Tab, base_table);
      +	    lookup_prop(Tab, base_table);
       	node_pool ->
      -	    lookup_prop(Tab, node_pool);
      +	    lookup_prop(Tab, node_pool);
       	n_fragments ->
      -	    FH = lookup_frag_hash(Tab),
      +	    FH = lookup_frag_hash(Tab),
       	    FH#frag_state.n_fragments;
       	foreign_key ->
      -	    FH = lookup_frag_hash(Tab),
      +	    FH = lookup_frag_hash(Tab),
       	    FH#frag_state.foreign_key;
       	foreigners ->
      -	    lookup_foreigners(Tab);
      +	    lookup_foreigners(Tab);
       	n_ram_copies ->
      -	    length(val({Tab, ram_copies}));
      +	    length(val({Tab, ram_copies}));
       	n_disc_copies ->
      -	    length(val({Tab, disc_copies}));
      +	    length(val({Tab, disc_copies}));
       	n_disc_only_copies ->
      -	    length(val({Tab, disc_only_copies}));
      +	    length(val({Tab, disc_only_copies}));
       	n_external_copies ->
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_c.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_c.html	2025-01-25 10:23:38.836321406 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_c.html	2025-01-25 10:23:38.840321427 +0000
      @@ -131,136 +131,136 @@
         
         mnesia_frag_hash Callback Behavior
       

      -
      -module(mnesia_frag_hash).
      --compile([{nowarn_deprecated_function, [{erlang,phash,2}]}]).
      +
      -module(mnesia_frag_hash).
      +-compile([{nowarn_deprecated_function, [{erlang,phash,2}]}]).
       
       %% Fragmented Table Hashing callback functions
      --export([
      +-export([
       	 init_state/2,
       	 add_frag/1,
       	 del_frag/1,
       	 key_to_frag_number/2,
       	 match_spec_to_frag_numbers/2
      -	]).
      -record(hash_state,
      -	{n_fragments,
      +	]).
      -record(hash_state,
      +	{n_fragments,
       	 next_n_to_split,
       	 n_doubles,
      -	 function}).
      +	 function}).
       
       %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
      --spec init_state(Tab, State) -> NewState when
      -      Tab :: atom(),
      -      State :: term(),
      -      NewState :: term().
      -init_state(_Tab, State) when State == undefined ->
      -    #hash_state{n_fragments     = 1,
      +-spec init_state(Tab, State) -> NewState when
      +      Tab :: atom(),
      +      State :: term(),
      +      NewState :: term().
      +init_state(_Tab, State) when State == undefined ->
      +    #hash_state{n_fragments     = 1,
       		next_n_to_split = 1,
       		n_doubles       = 0,
      -		function        = phash2}.
      +		function        = phash2}.
       
      -convert_old_state({hash_state, N, P, L}) ->
      -    #hash_state{n_fragments     = N,
      +convert_old_state({hash_state, N, P, L}) ->
      +    #hash_state{n_fragments     = N,
       		next_n_to_split = P,
       		n_doubles       = L,
      -		function        = phash}.
      +		function        = phash}.
       
       %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
       
      --spec add_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
      -      NewState :: term(),
      -      IterFrags :: [integer()],
      -      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
      -add_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
      +-spec add_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
      +      NewState :: term(),
      +      IterFrags :: [integer()],
      +      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
      +add_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
           P = SplitN + 1,
           NewN = N + 1,
      -    State2 = case power2(L) + 1 of
      +    State2 = case power2(L) + 1 of
       		 P2 when P2 == P ->
      -		     State#hash_state{n_fragments      = NewN,
      +		     State#hash_state{n_fragments      = NewN,
       				      n_doubles        = L + 1,
      -				      next_n_to_split = 1};
      +				      next_n_to_split = 1};
       		 _ ->
      -		     State#hash_state{n_fragments     = NewN,
      -				      next_n_to_split = P}
      +		     State#hash_state{n_fragments     = NewN,
      +				      next_n_to_split = P}
       	     end,
      -    {State2, [SplitN], [NewN]};
      -add_frag(OldState) ->
      -    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
      -    add_frag(State).
      +    {State2, [SplitN], [NewN]};
      +add_frag(OldState) ->
      +    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
      +    add_frag(State).
       
       %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
       
      --spec del_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
      -      NewState :: term(),
      -      IterFrags :: [integer()],
      -      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
      -del_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
      +-spec del_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
      +      NewState :: term(),
      +      IterFrags :: [integer()],
      +      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
      +del_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
           P = SplitN - 1,
           if
       	P < 1 ->
       	    L2 = L - 1,
      -	    MergeN = power2(L2),
      -	    State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
      +	    MergeN = power2(L2),
      +	    State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
       				      next_n_to_split = MergeN,
      -				      n_doubles       = L2},
      -	    {State2, [N], [MergeN]};
      +				      n_doubles       = L2},
      +	    {State2, [N], [MergeN]};
       	true ->
       	    MergeN = P,
      -	    State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
      -				      next_n_to_split = MergeN},
      -	    {State2, [N], [MergeN]}
      +	    State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
      +				      next_n_to_split = MergeN},
      +	    {State2, [N], [MergeN]}
       	end;
      -del_frag(OldState) ->
      -    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
      -    del_frag(State).
      +del_frag(OldState) ->
      +    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
      +    del_frag(State).
       
       %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
      --spec key_to_frag_number(State, Key) -> Fragnum when
      -      State :: term(),
      -      Key :: term(),
      -      Fragnum :: integer().
      -key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
      -    A = erlang:phash(Key, power2(L + 1)),
      +-spec key_to_frag_number(State, Key) -> Fragnum when
      +      State :: term(),
      +      Key :: term(),
      +      Fragnum :: integer().
      +key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
      +    A = erlang:phash(Key, power2(L + 1)),
           if
       	A > N ->
      -	    A - power2(L);
      +	    A - power2(L);
       	true ->
       	    A
           end;
      -key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash2, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
      -    A = erlang:phash2(Key, power2(L + 1)) + 1,
      +key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash2, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
      +    A = erlang:phash2(Key, power2(L + 1)) + 1,
           if
       	A > N ->
      -	    A - power2(L);
      +	    A - power2(L);
       	true ->
       	    A
           end;
      -key_to_frag_number(OldState, Key) ->
      -    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
      -    key_to_frag_number(State, Key).
      +key_to_frag_number(OldState, Key) ->
      +    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
      +    key_to_frag_number(State, Key).
       
       %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
      --spec match_spec_to_frag_numbers(State, MatchSpec) -> Fragnums when
      -      State :: term(),
      -      MatchSpec :: ets:match_spec(),
      -      Fragnums :: [integer()].
      -match_spec_to_frag_numbers(#hash_state{n_fragments = N} = State, MatchSpec) ->
      +-spec match_spec_to_frag_numbers(State, MatchSpec) -> Fragnums when
      +      State :: term(),
      +      MatchSpec :: ets:match_spec(),
      +      Fragnums :: [integer()].
      +match_spec_to_frag_numbers(#hash_state{n_fragments = N} = State, MatchSpec) ->
           case MatchSpec of
      -	[{HeadPat, _, _}] when is_tuple(HeadPat), tuple_size(HeadPat) > 2 ->
      -	    KeyPat = element(2, HeadPat),
      -	    case has_var(KeyPat) of
      +	[{HeadPat, _, _}] when is_tuple(HeadPat), tuple_size(HeadPat) > 2 ->
      +	    KeyPat = element(2, HeadPat),
      +	    case has_var(KeyPat) of
       		false ->
      -		    [key_to_frag_number(State, KeyPat)];
      +		    [key_to_frag_number(State, KeyPat)];
       		true ->
      -		    lists:seq(1, N)
      +		    lists:seq(1, N)
       	    end;
       	_ ->
      -	    lists:seq(1, N)
      +	    lists:seq(1, N)
           end;
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap1.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap1.html	2025-01-25 10:23:38.864321546 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap1.html	2025-01-25 10:23:38.864321546 +0000
      @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@
                 Erlang programming language
       
             

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap2.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap2.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.896321705 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap2.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.900321726 +0000 @@ -137,21 +137,21 @@

      This section provides a simplified demonstration of a Mnesia system startup. The dialogue from the Erlang shell is as follows:

      unix> erl -mnesia dir '"/tmp/funky"'
      -Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
      +Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
       
      -Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
      +Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
       1>
      -1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
      +1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
       ok
      -2> mnesia:start().
      +2> mnesia:start().
       ok
      -3> mnesia:create_table(funky, []).
      -{atomic,ok}
      -4> mnesia:info().
      +3> mnesia:create_table(funky, []).
      +{atomic,ok}
      +4> mnesia:info().
       ---> Processes holding locks <---
       ---> Processes waiting for locks <---
      ----> Pending (remote) transactions <---
      ----> Active (local) transactions <---
      +---> Pending (remote) transactions <---
      +---> Active (local) transactions <---
       ---> Uncertain transactions <---
       ---> Active tables <---
       funky          : with 0 records occupying 269 words of mem
      @@ -159,17 +159,17 @@
       ===> System info in version "1.0", debug level = none <===
       opt_disc. Directory "/tmp/funky" is used.
       use fall-back at restart = false
      -running db nodes = [nonode@nohost]
      -stopped db nodes = []
      -remote           = []
      -ram_copies       = [funky]
      -disc_copies      = [schema]
      -disc_only_copies = []
      -[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
      -[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] = [funky]
      +running db nodes = [nonode@nohost]
      +stopped db nodes = []
      +remote           = []
      +ram_copies       = [funky]
      +disc_copies      = [schema]
      +disc_only_copies = []
      +[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
      +[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] = [funky]
       1 transactions committed, 0 aborted, 0 restarted, 1 logged to disc
       0 held locks, 0 in queue; 0 local transactions, 0 remote
      -0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
      +0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
       ok

      In this example, the following actions are performed:

      • Step 1: The Erlang system is started from the UNIX prompt with a flag -mnesia dir '"/tmp/funky"', which indicates in which directory to store the data.
      • Step 2: A new empty schema is initialized on the local node by evaluating @@ -229,28 +229,28 @@ Defining Structure and Content

        First the record definitions are entered into a text file named company.hrl. -This file defines the following structure for the example database:

        -record(employee, {emp_no,
        +This file defines the following structure for the example database:

        -record(employee, {emp_no,
                            name,
                            salary,
                            sex,
                            phone,
        -                   room_no}).
        +                   room_no}).
         
        --record(dept, {id,
        -               name}).
        +-record(dept, {id,
        +               name}).
         
        --record(project, {name,
        -                  number}).
        +-record(project, {name,
        +                  number}).
         
         
        --record(manager, {emp,
        -                  dept}).
        +-record(manager, {emp,
        +                  dept}).
         
        --record(at_dep, {emp,
        -                 dept_id}).
        +-record(at_dep, {emp,
        +                 dept_id}).
         
        --record(in_proj, {emp,
        -                  proj_name}).

        The structure defines six tables in the database. In Mnesia, the function +-record(in_proj, {emp, + proj_name}).

        The structure defines six tables in the database. In Mnesia, the function mnesia:create_table(Name, ArgList) creates tables. Name is the table name.

        Note

        The current version of Mnesia does not require that the name of the table is the same as the record name, see @@ -267,28 +267,28 @@

        The following shell interaction starts Mnesia and initializes the schema for the Company database:

        % erl -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.Company"'
        -Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
        +Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
         
        -Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
        -1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
        +Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
        +1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
         ok
        -2> mnesia:start().
        -ok

        The following program module creates and populates previously defined tables:

        -include_lib("stdlib/include/qlc.hrl").
        --include("company.hrl").
        -
        -init() ->
        -    mnesia:create_table(employee,
        -                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, employee)}]),
        -    mnesia:create_table(dept,
        -                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
        -    mnesia:create_table(project,
        -                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
        -    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
        -                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, manager)}]),
        -    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
        -                         [{attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
        -    mnesia:create_table(in_proj, [{type, bag},
        -                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

        +2> mnesia:start(). +ok

    The following program module creates and populates previously defined tables:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/qlc.hrl").
    +-include("company.hrl").
    +
    +init() ->
    +    mnesia:create_table(employee,
    +                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, employee)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(dept,
    +                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(project,
    +                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
    +                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, manager)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
    +                         [{attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(in_proj, [{type, bag},
    +                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

    @@ -302,13 +302,13 @@ the format mnesia:create_schema(DiscNodeList) and initiates a new schema. In this example, a non-distributed system using only one node is created. Schemas are fully explained in Define a Schema.
  • mnesia:start(). This function starts Mnesia and is fully -explained in Start Mnesia.
  • Continuing the dialogue with the Erlang shell produces the following:

    3> company:init().
    -{atomic,ok}
    -4> mnesia:info().
    +explained in Start Mnesia.

    Continuing the dialogue with the Erlang shell produces the following:

    3> company:init().
    +{atomic,ok}
    +4> mnesia:info().
     ---> Processes holding locks <---
     ---> Processes waiting for locks <---
    ----> Pending (remote) transactions <---
    ----> Active (local) transactions <---
    +---> Pending (remote) transactions <---
    +---> Active (local) transactions <---
     ---> Uncertain transactions <---
     ---> Active tables <---
     in_proj        : with 0 records occuping 269 words of mem
    @@ -321,19 +321,19 @@
     ===> System info in version "1.0", debug level = none <===
     opt_disc. Directory "/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.Company" is used.
     use fall-back at restart = false
    -running db nodes = [nonode@nohost]
    -stopped db nodes = []
    -remote           = []
    +running db nodes = [nonode@nohost]
    +stopped db nodes = []
    +remote           = []
     ram_copies       =
    -    [at_dep,dept,employee,in_proj,manager,project]
    -disc_copies      = [schema]
    -disc_only_copies = []
    -[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
    -[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] =
    -    [employee,dept,project,manager,at_dep,in_proj]
    +    [at_dep,dept,employee,in_proj,manager,project]
    +disc_copies      = [schema]
    +disc_only_copies = []
    +[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
    +[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] =
    +    [employee,dept,project,manager,at_dep,in_proj]
     6 transactions committed, 0 aborted, 0 restarted, 6 logged to disc
     0 held locks, 0 in queue; 0 local transactions, 0 remote
    -0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
    +0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
     ok

    A set of tables is created. The function mnesia:create_table(Name, ArgList) creates the required database tables. The options available with ArgList are explained in @@ -347,32 +347,32 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap3.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap3.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.932321885 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap3.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.932321885 +0000 @@ -175,18 +175,18 @@ changes the format on all records in table Tab. It applies argument Fun to all records in the table. Fun must be a function that takes a record of the old type, and returns the record of the new type. The table key must not be -changed.

    Example:

    -record(old, {key, val}).
    --record(new, {key, val, extra}).
    +changed.

    Example:

    -record(old, {key, val}).
    +-record(new, {key, val, extra}).
     
     Transformer =
    -   fun(X) when record(X, old) ->
    -      #new{key = X#old.key,
    +   fun(X) when record(X, old) ->
    +      #new{key = X#old.key,
                val = X#old.val,
    -           extra = 42}
    +           extra = 42}
        end,
    -{atomic, ok} = mnesia:transform_table(foo, Transformer,
    -                                      record_info(fields, new),
    -                                      new),

    Argument Fun can also be the atom ignore, which indicates that only the +{atomic, ok} = mnesia:transform_table(foo, Transformer, + record_info(fields, new), + new),

    Argument Fun can also be the atom ignore, which indicates that only the metadata about the table is updated. Use of ignore is not recommended (as it creates inconsistencies between the metadata and the actual data) but it is included as a possibility for the user do to an own (offline) transform.

  • mnesia:change_table_copy_type(Tab, Node, ToType) @@ -238,29 +238,29 @@ when starting the Erlang shell or in the application script. Previously, the following example was used to create the directory for the Company database:

    % erl -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.Company"'
  • If no command-line flag is entered, the Mnesia directory becomes the current working directory on the node where the Erlang shell is started.

  • To start the Company database and get it running on the two specified nodes, -enter the following commands:

    1. On the node a@gin:
     gin % erl -sname a  -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On the node b@skeppet:
    skeppet % erl -sname b -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On one of the two nodes:
    (a@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([a@gin, b@skeppet]).
    1. The function mnesia:start() is called on both nodes.
    2. To initialize the database, execute the following code on one of the two -nodes:
    dist_init() ->
    -    mnesia:create_table(employee,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields,
    -						   employee)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(dept,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(project,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
    -                                  {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                                  {attributes, record_info(fields,
    -							   manager)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(in_proj,
    -                        [{type, bag},
    -                         {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                         {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

    As illustrated, the two directories reside on different nodes, because +enter the following commands:

    1. On the node a@gin:
     gin % erl -sname a  -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On the node b@skeppet:
    skeppet % erl -sname b -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On one of the two nodes:
    (a@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([a@gin, b@skeppet]).
    1. The function mnesia:start() is called on both nodes.
    2. To initialize the database, execute the following code on one of the two +nodes:
    dist_init() ->
    +    mnesia:create_table(employee,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields,
    +						   employee)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(dept,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(project,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
    +                                  {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                                  {attributes, record_info(fields,
    +							   manager)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(in_proj,
    +                        [{type, bag},
    +                         {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                         {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

    As illustrated, the two directories reside on different nodes, because /ldisc/scratch (the "local" disc) exists on the two different nodes.

    By executing these commands, two Erlang nodes are configured to run the Company database, and therefore, initialize the database. This is required only once when setting up. The next time the system is started, @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ Startup Procedure

    -

    Start Mnesia by calling the following function:

    mnesia:start().

    This function initiates the DBMS locally.

    The choice of configuration alters the location and load order of the tables. +

    Start Mnesia by calling the following function:

    mnesia:start().

    This function initiates the DBMS locally.

    The choice of configuration alters the location and load order of the tables. The alternatives are as follows:

    1. Tables that are only stored locally are initialized from the local Mnesia directory.
    2. Replicated tables that reside locally as well as somewhere else are either initiated from disc or by copying the entire table from the other node, @@ -300,9 +300,9 @@ from disc at a faster rate. The function forces tables to be loaded from disc regardless of the network situation.

      Thus, it can be assumed that if an application wants to use tables a and b, the application must perform some action similar to following before it can use -the tables:

      case mnesia:wait_for_tables([a, b], 20000) of
      -  {timeout, RemainingTabs} ->
      -    panic(RemainingTabs);
      +the tables:

      case mnesia:wait_for_tables([a, b], 20000) of
      +  {timeout, RemainingTabs} ->
      +    panic(RemainingTabs);
         ok ->
           synced
       end.

      Warning

      When tables are forcefully loaded from the local disc, all operations that @@ -328,13 +328,13 @@ key, whereas a table of type bag can have an arbitrary number of records per key. The key for each record is always the first attribute of the record.

      The following example illustrates the difference between type set and -bag:

       f() ->
      -    F = fun() ->
      -          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 2}),
      -          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 3}),
      -          mnesia:read({foo, 1})
      +bag:

       f() ->
      +    F = fun() ->
      +          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 2}),
      +          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 3}),
      +          mnesia:read({foo, 1})
               end,
      -    mnesia:transaction(F).

      This transaction returns the list [{foo,1,3}] if table foo is of type + mnesia:transaction(F).

      This transaction returns the list [{foo,1,3}] if table foo is of type set. However, the list [{foo,1,2}, {foo,1,3}] is returned if the table is of type bag.

      Mnesia tables can never contain duplicates of the same record in the same table. Duplicate records have attributes with the same contents and key.

    3. {disc_copies, NodeList}, where NodeList is a list of the nodes where @@ -378,11 +378,11 @@ table. All records stored in the table must have this name as their first element. record_name defaults to the name of the table. For more information, see -Record Names versus Table Names.

    4. As an example, consider the following record definition:

      -record(funky, {x, y}).

      The following call would create a table that is replicated on two nodes, has an -extra index on attribute y, and is of type bag.

      mnesia:create_table(funky, [{disc_copies, [N1, N2]}, {index, [y]},
      -                            {type, bag}, {attributes, record_info(fields, funky)}]).

      Whereas a call to the following default code values would return a table with a +Record Names versus Table Names.

      As an example, consider the following record definition:

      -record(funky, {x, y}).

      The following call would create a table that is replicated on two nodes, has an +extra index on attribute y, and is of type bag.

      mnesia:create_table(funky, [{disc_copies, [N1, N2]}, {index, [y]},
      +                            {type, bag}, {attributes, record_info(fields, funky)}]).

      Whereas a call to the following default code values would return a table with a RAM copy on the local node, no extra indexes, and the attributes defaulted to -the list [key,val].

      mnesia:create_table(stuff, [])
      +the list [key,val].

      mnesia:create_table(stuff, [])
      @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap4.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap4.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.972322085 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap4.html 2025-01-25 10:23:38.976322105 +0000 @@ -145,14 +145,14 @@ and delete Mnesia records. The Fun is evaluated as a transaction that either commits or terminates. If a transaction succeeds in executing the Fun, it replicates the action on all nodes involved, or terminates if an error occurs.

      The following example shows a transaction that raises the salary of certain -employee numbers:

      raise(Eno, Raise) ->
      -    F = fun() ->
      -                [E] = mnesia:read(employee, Eno, write),
      +employee numbers:

      raise(Eno, Raise) ->
      +    F = fun() ->
      +                [E] = mnesia:read(employee, Eno, write),
                       Salary = E#employee.salary + Raise,
      -                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
      -                mnesia:write(New)
      +                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
      +                mnesia:write(New)
               end,
      -    mnesia:transaction(F).

      The function raise/2 contains a Fun made up of four code lines. This Fun is + mnesia:transaction(F).

      The function raise/2 contains a Fun made up of four code lines. This Fun is called by the statement mnesia:transaction(F) and returns a value.

      The Mnesia transaction system facilitates the construction of reliable, distributed systems by providing the following important properties:

      • The transaction handler ensures that a Fun, which is placed inside a transaction, does not interfere with operations embedded in other transactions @@ -246,15 +246,15 @@ The Fun in the transaction is evaluated once more.

        It is therefore important that the code inside the Fun given to mnesia:transaction/1 is pure. Some strange results can occur if, for example, messages are sent by the transaction Fun. The following example illustrates this -situation:

        bad_raise(Eno, Raise) ->
        -    F = fun() ->
        -                [E] = mnesia:read({employee, Eno}),
        +situation:

        bad_raise(Eno, Raise) ->
        +    F = fun() ->
        +                [E] = mnesia:read({employee, Eno}),
                         Salary = E#employee.salary + Raise,
        -                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
        -                io:format("Trying to write ... ~n", []),
        -                mnesia:write(New)
        +                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
        +                io:format("Trying to write ... ~n", []),
        +                mnesia:write(New)
                 end,
        -    mnesia:transaction(F).

        This transaction can write the text "Trying to write ... " 1000 times to the + mnesia:transaction(F).

        This transaction can write the text "Trying to write ... " 1000 times to the terminal. However, Mnesia guarantees that each transaction will eventually run. As a result, Mnesia is not only deadlock free, but also livelock free.

        The Mnesia programmer cannot prioritize one particular transaction to execute before other transactions that are waiting to execute. As a result, the Mnesia @@ -301,13 +301,13 @@ fails. Such applications can benefit from using sticky locks instead of the normal locking scheme.

        A sticky lock is a lock that stays in place at a node, after the transaction that first acquired the lock has terminated. To illustrate this, assume that the -following transaction is executed:

        F = fun() ->
        -      mnesia:write(#foo{a = kalle})
        +following transaction is executed:

        F = fun() ->
        +      mnesia:write(#foo{a = kalle})
             end,
        -mnesia:transaction(F).

        The foo table is replicated on the two nodes N1 and N2.

        Normal locking requires the following:

        • One network RPC (two messages) to acquire the write lock
        • Three network messages to execute the two-phase commit protocol

        If sticky locks are used, the code must first be changed as follows:

        F = fun() ->
        -      mnesia:s_write(#foo{a = kalle})
        +mnesia:transaction(F).

        The foo table is replicated on the two nodes N1 and N2.

        Normal locking requires the following:

        • One network RPC (two messages) to acquire the write lock
        • Three network messages to execute the two-phase commit protocol

        If sticky locks are used, the code must first be changed as follows:

        F = fun() ->
        +      mnesia:s_write(#foo{a = kalle})
             end,
        -mnesia:transaction(F).

        This code uses the function s_write/1 instead of the +mnesia:transaction(F).

        This code uses the function s_write/1 instead of the function write/1 The function s_write/1 sets a sticky lock instead of a normal lock. If the table is not replicated, sticky locks have no special effect. If the table is replicated, and a sticky lock is set on node @@ -333,8 +333,8 @@ following two functions are used to set explicit table locks for read and write operations:

        Alternative syntax for acquisition of table locks is as follows:

        mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, read)
        -mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, write)

        The matching operations in Mnesia can either lock the entire table or only a +on table Tab.

      Alternative syntax for acquisition of table locks is as follows:

      mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, read)
      +mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, write)

      The matching operations in Mnesia can either lock the entire table or only a single record (when the key is bound in the pattern).

      @@ -425,78 +425,78 @@ necessarily have to be the same as the table name, although this is the case in most of the examples in this User's Guide. If a table is created without property record_name, the following code ensures that all records in the -tables have the same name as the table:

      mnesia:create_table(subscriber, [])

      However, if the table is created with an explicit record name as argument, as +tables have the same name as the table:

      mnesia:create_table(subscriber, [])

      However, if the table is created with an explicit record name as argument, as shown in the following example, subscriber records can be stored in both of the -tables regardless of the table names:

      TabDef = [{record_name, subscriber}],
      -mnesia:create_table(my_subscriber, TabDef),
      -mnesia:create_table(your_subscriber, TabDef).

      To access such tables, simplified access functions (as described earlier) cannot +tables regardless of the table names:

      TabDef = [{record_name, subscriber}],
      +mnesia:create_table(my_subscriber, TabDef),
      +mnesia:create_table(your_subscriber, TabDef).

      To access such tables, simplified access functions (as described earlier) cannot be used. For example, writing a subscriber record into a table requires the function mnesia:write/3 instead of the simplified functions mnesia:write/1 -and mnesia:s_write/1:

      mnesia:write(subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)
      -mnesia:write(my_subscriber, #subscriber{}, sticky_write)
      -mnesia:write(your_subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)

      The following simple code illustrates the relationship between the simplified +and mnesia:s_write/1:

      mnesia:write(subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)
      +mnesia:write(my_subscriber, #subscriber{}, sticky_write)
      +mnesia:write(your_subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)

      The following simple code illustrates the relationship between the simplified access functions used in most of the examples and their more flexible -counterparts:

      mnesia:dirty_write(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:dirty_write(Tab, Record).
      +counterparts:

      mnesia:dirty_write(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:dirty_write(Tab, Record).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:dirty_delete(Tab, Key).
      +mnesia:dirty_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:dirty_delete(Tab, Key).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Tab, Record)
      +mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Tab, Record)
       
      -mnesia:dirty_update_counter({Tab, Key}, Incr) ->
      -  mnesia:dirty_update_counter(Tab, Key, Incr).
      +mnesia:dirty_update_counter({Tab, Key}, Incr) ->
      +  mnesia:dirty_update_counter(Tab, Key, Incr).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_read({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:dirty_read(Tab, Key).
      +mnesia:dirty_read({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:dirty_read(Tab, Key).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_match_object(Pattern) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      -  mnesia:dirty_match_object(Tab, Pattern).
      +mnesia:dirty_match_object(Pattern) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      +  mnesia:dirty_match_object(Tab, Pattern).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Pattern, Attr)
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      -  mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Tab, Pattern, Attr).
      +mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Pattern, Attr)
      +  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      +  mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Tab, Pattern, Attr).
       
      -mnesia:write(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, write).
      +mnesia:write(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, write).
       
      -mnesia:s_write(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
      +mnesia:s_write(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
       
      -mnesia:delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, write).
      +mnesia:delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, write).
       
      -mnesia:s_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, sticky_write).
      +mnesia:s_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, sticky_write).
       
      -mnesia:delete_object(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, write).
      +mnesia:delete_object(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, write).
       
      -mnesia:s_delete_object(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
      +mnesia:s_delete_object(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
       
      -mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, read).
      +mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, read).
       
      -mnesia:wread({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, write).
      +mnesia:wread({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, write).
       
      -mnesia:match_object(Pattern) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      -  mnesia:match_object(Tab, Pattern, read).
      +mnesia:match_object(Pattern) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      +  mnesia:match_object(Tab, Pattern, read).
       
      -mnesia:index_match_object(Pattern, Attr) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap5.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap5.html	2025-01-25 10:23:39.012322285 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap5.html	2025-01-25 10:23:39.020322325 +0000
      @@ -167,9 +167,9 @@
       whether the data resides on the local node or on a remote node.

      Notice that the program runs slower if the data is located on a remote node.

    5. The database can be reconfigured, and tables can be moved between nodes. These operations do not affect the user programs.

    6. It has previously been shown that each table has a number of system attributes, such as index and type.

      Table attributes are specified when the table is created. For example, the -following function creates a table with two RAM replicas:

      mnesia:create_table(foo,
      -                    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      -                     {attributes, record_info(fields, foo)}]).

      Tables can also have the following properties, where each attribute has a list +following function creates a table with two RAM replicas:

      mnesia:create_table(foo,
      +                    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      +                     {attributes, record_info(fields, foo)}]).

      Tables can also have the following properties, where each attribute has a list of Erlang nodes as its value:

      • ram_copies. The value of the node list is a list of Erlang nodes, and a RAM replica of the table resides on each node in the list.

        Notice that no disc operations are performed when a program executes write operations to these replicas. However, if permanent RAM replicas are required, @@ -222,52 +222,52 @@ searched for matching records.

        Notice that in ordered_set tables, the records are ordered per fragment, and the order is undefined in results returned by select and match_object, as well as first, next, prev and last.

        The following code illustrates how a Mnesia table is converted to be a -fragmented table and how more fragments are added later:

        Eshell V4.7.3.3  (abort with ^G)
        -(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
        +fragmented table and how more fragments are added later:

        Eshell V4.7.3.3  (abort with ^G)
        +(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
         ok
        -(a@sam)2> mnesia:system_info(running_db_nodes).
        -[b@sam,c@sam,a@sam]
        +(a@sam)2> mnesia:system_info(running_db_nodes).
        +[b@sam,c@sam,a@sam]
         (a@sam)3> Tab = dictionary.
         dictionary
        -(a@sam)4> mnesia:create_table(Tab, [{ram_copies, [a@sam, b@sam]}]).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)5> Write = fun(Keys) -> [mnesia:write({Tab,K,-K}) || K <- Keys], ok end.
        +(a@sam)4> mnesia:create_table(Tab, [{ram_copies, [a@sam, b@sam]}]).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)5> Write = fun(Keys) -> [mnesia:write({Tab,K,-K}) || K <- Keys], ok end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)6> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write, [lists:seq(1, 256)], mnesia_frag).
        +(a@sam)6> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write, [lists:seq(1, 256)], mnesia_frag).
         ok
        -(a@sam)7> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {activate, []}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)8> mnesia:table_info(Tab, frag_properties).
        -[{base_table,dictionary},
        - {foreign_key,undefined},
        - {n_doubles,0},
        - {n_fragments,1},
        - {next_n_to_split,1},
        - {node_pool,[a@sam,b@sam,c@sam]}]
        -(a@sam)9> Info = fun(Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
        +(a@sam)7> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {activate, []}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)8> mnesia:table_info(Tab, frag_properties).
        +[{base_table,dictionary},
        + {foreign_key,undefined},
        + {n_doubles,0},
        + {n_fragments,1},
        + {next_n_to_split,1},
        + {node_pool,[a@sam,b@sam,c@sam]}]
        +(a@sam)9> Info = fun(Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)10> Dist = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        -[{c@sam,0},{a@sam,1},{b@sam,1}]
        -(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)12> Dist2 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        -[{b@sam,1},{c@sam,1},{a@sam,2}]
        -(a@sam)13> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist2}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)14> Dist3 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        -[{a@sam,2},{b@sam,2},{c@sam,2}]
        -(a@sam)15> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist3}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)16> Read = fun(Key) -> mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) end.
        +(a@sam)10> Dist = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        +[{c@sam,0},{a@sam,1},{b@sam,1}]
        +(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)12> Dist2 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        +[{b@sam,1},{c@sam,1},{a@sam,2}]
        +(a@sam)13> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist2}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)14> Dist3 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        +[{a@sam,2},{b@sam,2},{c@sam,2}]
        +(a@sam)15> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist3}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)16> Read = fun(Key) -> mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)17> mnesia:activity(transaction, Read, [12], mnesia_frag).
        -[{dictionary,12,-12}]
        -(a@sam)18> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_size], mnesia_frag).
        -[{dictionary,64},
        - {dictionary_frag2,64},
        - {dictionary_frag3,64},
        - {dictionary_frag4,64}]
        -(a@sam)19>

        +(a@sam)17> mnesia:activity(transaction, Read, [12], mnesia_frag). +[{dictionary,12,-12}] +(a@sam)18> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_size], mnesia_frag). +[{dictionary,64}, + {dictionary_frag2,64}, + {dictionary_frag3,64}, + {dictionary_frag4,64}] +(a@sam)19>

        @@ -309,64 +309,64 @@ This property can explicitly be set at table creation. Default is mnesia_frag_hash.

      • {hash_state, Term} - Enables a table-specific parameterization of a generic hash module. This property can explicitly be set at table creation. -Default is undefined.

        Eshell V4.7.3.3  (abort with ^G)
        -(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
        +Default is undefined.

        Eshell V4.7.3.3  (abort with ^G)
        +(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
         ok
        -(a@sam)2> PrimProps = [{n_fragments, 7}, {node_pool, [node()]}].
        -[{n_fragments,7},{node_pool,[a@sam]}]
        -(a@sam)3> mnesia:create_table(prim_dict,
        -                              [{frag_properties, PrimProps},
        -                               {attributes,[prim_key,prim_val]}]).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)4> SecProps = [{foreign_key, {prim_dict, sec_val}}].
        -[{foreign_key,{prim_dict,sec_val}}]
        -(a@sam)5> mnesia:create_table(sec_dict,
        -                              [{frag_properties, SecProps},
        -(a@sam)5>                      {attributes, [sec_key, sec_val]}]).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)6> Write = fun(Rec) -> mnesia:write(Rec) end.
        +(a@sam)2> PrimProps = [{n_fragments, 7}, {node_pool, [node()]}].
        +[{n_fragments,7},{node_pool,[a@sam]}]
        +(a@sam)3> mnesia:create_table(prim_dict,
        +                              [{frag_properties, PrimProps},
        +                               {attributes,[prim_key,prim_val]}]).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)4> SecProps = [{foreign_key, {prim_dict, sec_val}}].
        +[{foreign_key,{prim_dict,sec_val}}]
        +(a@sam)5> mnesia:create_table(sec_dict,
        +                              [{frag_properties, SecProps},
        +(a@sam)5>                      {attributes, [sec_key, sec_val]}]).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)6> Write = fun(Rec) -> mnesia:write(Rec) end.
         #href_anchor"n">Fun<erl_eval>
         (a@sam)7> PrimKey = 11.
         11
         (a@sam)8> SecKey = 42.
         42
        -(a@sam)9> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        -                          [{prim_dict, PrimKey, -11}], mnesia_frag).
        +(a@sam)9> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        +                          [{prim_dict, PrimKey, -11}], mnesia_frag).
         ok
        -(a@sam)10> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        -                           [{sec_dict, SecKey, PrimKey}], mnesia_frag).
        +(a@sam)10> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        +                           [{sec_dict, SecKey, PrimKey}], mnesia_frag).
         ok
        -(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(prim_dict, {add_frag, [node()]}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)12> SecRead = fun(PrimKey, SecKey) ->
        -               mnesia:read({sec_dict, PrimKey}, SecKey, read) end.
        +(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(prim_dict, {add_frag, [node()]}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)12> SecRead = fun(PrimKey, SecKey) ->
        +               mnesia:read({sec_dict, PrimKey}, SecKey, read) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)13> mnesia:activity(transaction, SecRead,
        -                           [PrimKey, SecKey], mnesia_frag).
        -[{sec_dict,42,11}]
        -(a@sam)14> Info = fun(Tab, Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
        +(a@sam)13> mnesia:activity(transaction, SecRead,
        +                           [PrimKey, SecKey], mnesia_frag).
        +[{sec_dict,42,11}]
        +(a@sam)14> Info = fun(Tab, Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)15> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info,
        -                           [prim_dict, frag_size], mnesia_frag).
        -[{prim_dict,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag2,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag3,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag4,1},
        - {prim_dict_frag5,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag6,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag7,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag8,0}]
        -(a@sam)16> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info,
        -                           [sec_dict, frag_size], mnesia_frag).
        -[{sec_dict,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag2,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag3,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag4,1},
        - {sec_dict_frag5,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag6,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag7,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag8,0}]
        -(a@sam)17>

      +(a@sam)15> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, + [prim_dict, frag_size], mnesia_frag). +[{prim_dict,0}, + {prim_dict_frag2,0}, /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap7.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap7.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.048322465 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap7.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.052322484 +0000 @@ -233,26 +233,26 @@ for starting Mnesia:

      • An Erlang session must be started and a Mnesia directory must be specified for the database.
      • A database schema must be initiated, using the function mnesia:create_schema/1.

      The following example shows how these tasks are performed:

      Step 1: Start an Erlang session and specify a Mnesia directory for the -database:

      % erl -sname klacke -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/klacke"'
      Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
      +database:

      % erl -sname klacke -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/klacke"'
      Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
       
      -Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
      -(klacke@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
      +Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
      +(klacke@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
       ok
      -(klacke@gin)2>
      +(klacke@gin)2>
       ^Z
       Suspended

      Step 2: You can inspect the Mnesia directory to see what files have been created:

      % ls -l /ldisc/scratch/klacke
       -rw-rw-r--   1 klacke   staff       247 Aug 12 15:06 FALLBACK.BUP

      The response shows that the file FALLBACK.BUP has been created. This is called a backup file, and it contains an initial schema. If more than one node in the function mnesia:create_schema/1 had been specified, identical backup files -would have been created on all nodes.

      Step 3: Start Mnesia:

      (klacke@gin)3>mnesia:start( ).
      +would have been created on all nodes.

      Step 3: Start Mnesia:

      (klacke@gin)3>mnesia:start( ).
       ok

      Step 4: You can see the following listing in the Mnesia directory:

      -rw-rw-r--   1 klacke   staff         86 May 26 19:03 LATEST.LOG
       -rw-rw-r--   1 klacke   staff      34507 May 26 19:03 schema.DAT

      The schema in the backup file FALLBACK.BUP has been used to generate the file schema.DAT. Since there are no other disc resident tables than the schema, no other data files were created. The file FALLBACK.BUP was removed after the successful "restoration". You also see some files that are for internal use by -Mnesia.

      Step 5: Create a table:

      (klacke@gin)4> mnesia:create_table(foo,[{disc_copies, [node()]}]).
      -{atomic,ok}

      Step 6: You can see the following listing in the Mnesia directory:

      % ls -l /ldisc/scratch/klacke
      +Mnesia.

      Step 5: Create a table:

      (klacke@gin)4> mnesia:create_table(foo,[{disc_copies, [node()]}]).
      +{atomic,ok}

      Step 6: You can see the following listing in the Mnesia directory:

      % ls -l /ldisc/scratch/klacke
       -rw-rw-r-- 1 klacke staff    86 May 26 19:07 LATEST.LOG
       -rw-rw-r-- 1 klacke staff    94 May 26 19:07 foo.DCD
       -rw-rw-r-- 1 klacke staff  6679 May 26 19:07 schema.DAT

      The file foo.DCD has been created. This file will eventually store all data @@ -296,11 +296,11 @@ the Mnesia data files. For example, dets contains the function dets:traverse/2, which can be used to view the contents of a Mnesia DAT file. However, this can only be done when Mnesia is not running. So, to view -the schema file, do as follows;

      {ok, N} = dets:open_file(schema, [{file, "./schema.DAT"},{repair,false},
      -{keypos, 2}]),
      -F = fun(X) -> io:format("~p~n", [X]), continue end,
      -dets:traverse(N, F),
      -dets:close(N).

      Warning

      The DAT files must always be opened with option {repair, false}. This +the schema file, do as follows;

      {ok, N} = dets:open_file(schema, [{file, "./schema.DAT"},{repair,false},
      +{keypos, 2}]),
      +F = fun(X) -> io:format("~p~n", [X]), continue end,
      +dets:traverse(N, F),
      +dets:close(N).

      Warning

      The DAT files must always be opened with option {repair, false}. This ensures that these files are not automatically repaired. Without this option, the database can become inconsistent, because Mnesia can believe that the files were properly closed. For information about configuration parameter @@ -534,40 +534,40 @@ located first in the backup.

      The schema itself is a table and is possibly included in the backup. Each node where the schema table resides is regarded as a db_node.

      The following example shows how mnesia:traverse_backup can be used to rename a -db_node in a backup file:

      change_node_name(Mod, From, To, Source, Target) ->
      +db_node in a backup file:

      change_node_name(Mod, From, To, Source, Target) ->
           Switch =
      -        fun(Node) when Node == From -> To;
      -           (Node) when Node == To -> throw({error, already_exists});
      -           (Node) -> Node
      +        fun(Node) when Node == From -> To;
      +           (Node) when Node == To -> throw({error, already_exists});
      +           (Node) -> Node
               end,
           Convert =
      -        fun({schema, db_nodes, Nodes}, Acc) ->
      -                {[{schema, db_nodes, lists:map(Switch,Nodes)}], Acc};
      -           ({schema, version, Version}, Acc) ->
      -                {[{schema, version, Version}], Acc};
      -           ({schema, cookie, Cookie}, Acc) ->
      -                {[{schema, cookie, Cookie}], Acc};
      -           ({schema, Tab, CreateList}, Acc) ->
      -                Keys = [ram_copies, disc_copies, disc_only_copies],
      +        fun({schema, db_nodes, Nodes}, Acc) ->
      +                {[{schema, db_nodes, lists:map(Switch,Nodes)}], Acc};
      +           ({schema, version, Version}, Acc) ->
      +                {[{schema, version, Version}], Acc};
      +           ({schema, cookie, Cookie}, Acc) ->
      +                {[{schema, cookie, Cookie}], Acc};
      +           ({schema, Tab, CreateList}, Acc) ->
      +                Keys = [ram_copies, disc_copies, disc_only_copies],
                       OptSwitch =
      -                    fun({Key, Val}) ->
      -                            case lists:member(Key, Keys) of
      -                                true -> {Key, lists:map(Switch, Val)};
      -                                false-> {Key, Val}
      +                    fun({Key, Val}) ->
      +                            case lists:member(Key, Keys) of
      +                                true -> {Key, lists:map(Switch, Val)};
      +                                false-> {Key, Val}
                                   end
                           end,
      -                {[{schema, Tab, lists:map(OptSwitch, CreateList)}], Acc};
      -           (Other, Acc) ->
      -                {[Other], Acc}
      +                {[{schema, Tab, lists:map(OptSwitch, CreateList)}], Acc};
      +           (Other, Acc) ->
      +                {[Other], Acc}
               end,
      -    mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, Target, Mod, Convert, switched).
      +    mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, Target, Mod, Convert, switched).
       
      -view(Source, Mod) ->
      -    View = fun(Item, Acc) ->
      -                   io:format("~p.~n",[Item]),
      -                   {[Item], Acc + 1}
      +view(Source, Mod) ->
      +    View = fun(Item, Acc) ->
      +                   io:format("~p.~n",[Item]),
      +                   {[Item], Acc + 1}
                  end,
      -    mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, dummy, read_only, View, 0).

      + mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, dummy, read_only, View, 0).

      @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap8.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap8.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.080322624 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap8.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.084322645 +0000 @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_frag_hash.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_frag_hash.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.108322764 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_frag_hash.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.112322784 +0000 @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_overview.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_overview.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.132322884 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_overview.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.136322904 +0000 @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_registry.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_registry.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.160323023 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_registry.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.160323023 +0000 @@ -258,8 +258,8 @@

      Warning

      This function is deprecated. Do not use it.

      A wrapper function for mnesia:create_table/2, which creates a table (if there is no existing table) with an appropriate set of attributes. The attributes and TabDef are forwarded to mnesia:create_table/2. For example, if the table -is to reside as disc_only_copies on all nodes, a call looks as follows:

                TabDef = [{{disc_only_copies, node()|nodes()]}],
      -          mnesia_registry:create_table(my_reg, TabDef)
      +is to reside as disc_only_copies on all nodes, a call looks as follows:

                TabDef = [{{disc_only_copies, node()|nodes()]}],
      +          mnesia_registry:create_table(my_reg, TabDef)
      @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.188323164 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.192323183 +0000 @@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.212323283 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.212323283 +0000 @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
      - + /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.232323383 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.232323383 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.256323503 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.256323503 +0000 @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/cdv_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/cdv_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.276323602 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/cdv_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.280323622 +0000 @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/crashdump_ug.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/crashdump_ug.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.300323722 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/crashdump_ug.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.304323743 +0000 @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/crashdump_viewer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/crashdump_viewer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.324323843 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/crashdump_viewer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.328323862 +0000 @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/etop.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/etop.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.352323982 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/etop.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.352323982 +0000 @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/etop_ug.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/etop_ug.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.372324082 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/etop_ug.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.376324102 +0000 @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/introduction_ug.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/introduction_ug.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.396324202 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/introduction_ug.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.400324221 +0000 @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.432324381 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.436324401 +0000 @@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:19:59.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:37:42.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> observer - 2.16 - urn:uuid:14425be4-15e0-9067-828d-8a339c1ebb1e + urn:uuid:4582e4c7-2c7b-48c0-6b75-7bb840adfb4c en - 2025-01-25T10:19:59Z + 2041-02-26T23:37:42Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/ttb_ug.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/ttb_ug.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:59.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/ttb_ug.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:42.000000000 +0000 @@ -67,56 +67,56 @@ Tracing Local Node from Erlang Shell

      -

      The following small module is used in the subsequent example:

      -module(m).
      --export([f/0]).
      -f() ->
      +

      The following small module is used in the subsequent example:

      -module(m).
      +-export([f/0]).
      +f() ->
          receive
      -      From when is_pid(From) ->
      -         Now = erlang:now(),
      -         From ! {self(),Now}
      +      From when is_pid(From) ->
      +         Now = erlang:now(),
      +         From ! {self(),Now}
          end.

      The following example shows the basic use of ttb from the Erlang shell. Default options are used both for starting the tracer and for formatting (the custom fetch directory is however provided). This gives a trace log named Node-ttb in the newly created directory, where Node is the node name. The default handler prints the formatted trace messages in the shell:

      (tiger@durin)47> %% First I spawn a process running my test function
      -(tiger@durin)47> Pid = spawn(m,f,[]).
      +(tiger@durin)47> Pid = spawn(m,f,[]).
       <0.125.0>
      -(tiger@durin)48>
      +(tiger@durin)48>
       (tiger@durin)48> %% Then I start a tracer...
      -(tiger@durin)48> ttb:tracer().
      -{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      -(tiger@durin)49>
      +(tiger@durin)48> ttb:tracer().
      +{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      +(tiger@durin)49>
       (tiger@durin)49> %% and activate the new process for tracing
       (tiger@durin)49> %% function calls and sent messages.
      -(tiger@durin)49> ttb:p(Pid,[call,send]).
      -{ok,[{<0.125.0>,[{matched,tiger@durin,1}]}]}
      -(tiger@durin)50>
      +(tiger@durin)49> ttb:p(Pid,[call,send]).
      +{ok,[{<0.125.0>,[{matched,tiger@durin,1}]}]}
      +(tiger@durin)50>
       (tiger@durin)50> %% Here I set a trace pattern on erlang:now/0
       (tiger@durin)50> %% The trace pattern is a simple match spec
       (tiger@durin)50> %% indicating that the return value should be
       (tiger@durin)50> %% traced. Refer to the reference_manual for
       (tiger@durin)50> %% the full list of match spec shortcuts
       (tiger@durin)50> %% available.
      -(tiger@durin)51> ttb:tp(erlang,now,return).
      -{ok,[{matched,tiger@durin,1},{saved,1}]}
      -(tiger@durin)52>
      +(tiger@durin)51> ttb:tp(erlang,now,return).
      +{ok,[{matched,tiger@durin,1},{saved,1}]}
      +(tiger@durin)52>
       (tiger@durin)52> %% I run my test (i.e. send a message to
       (tiger@durin)52> %% my new process)
      -(tiger@durin)52> Pid ! self().
      +(tiger@durin)52> Pid ! self().
       <0.72.0>
      -(tiger@durin)53>
      +(tiger@durin)53>
       (tiger@durin)53> %% And then I have to stop ttb in order to flush
       (tiger@durin)53> %% the trace port buffer
      -(tiger@durin)53> ttb:stop([return, {fetch_dir, "fetch"}]).
      -{stopped, "fetch"}
      -(tiger@durin)54>
      +(tiger@durin)53> ttb:stop([return, {fetch_dir, "fetch"}]).
      +{stopped, "fetch"}
      +(tiger@durin)54>
       (tiger@durin)54> %% Finally I format my trace log
      -(tiger@durin)54> ttb:format("fetch").
      -({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) call erlang:now()
      -({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) returned from erlang:now/0 ->
      -{1031,133451,667611}
      -({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) <0.72.0> !
      -{<0.125.0>,{1031,133451,667611}}
      +(tiger@durin)54> ttb:format("fetch").
      +({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) call erlang:now()
      +({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) returned from erlang:now/0 ->
      +{1031,133451,667611}
      +({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) <0.72.0> !
      +{<0.125.0>,{1031,133451,667611}}
       ok

      @@ -124,65 +124,65 @@ Build Your Own Tool

      The following example shows a simple tool for "debug tracing", that is, tracing -of function calls with return values:

      -module(mydebug).
      --export([start/0,trc/1,stop/0,format/1]).
      --export([print/4]).
      +of function calls with return values:

      -module(mydebug).
      +-export([start/0,trc/1,stop/0,format/1]).
      +-export([print/4]).
       %% Include ms_transform.hrl so that I can use dbg:fun2ms/2 to
       %% generate match specifications.
      --include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
      +-include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
       %%% -------------Tool API-------------
       %%% ----------------------------------
       %%% Star the "mydebug" tool
      -start() ->
      +start() ->
           %% The options specify that the binary log shall be named
           %% <Node>-debug_log and that the print/4 function in this
           %% module shall be used as format handler
      -    ttb:tracer(all,[{file,"debug_log"},{handler,{{?MODULE,print},0}}]),
      +    ttb:tracer(all,[{file,"debug_log"},{handler,{{?MODULE,print},0}}]),
           %% All processes (existing and new) shall trace function calls
           %% We want trace messages to be sorted upon format, which requires
           %% timestamp flag. The flag is however enabled by default in ttb.
      -    ttb:p(all,call).
      +    ttb:p(all,call).
       
       %%% Set trace pattern on function(s)
      -trc(M) when is_atom(M) ->
      -    trc({M,'_','_'});
      -trc({M,F}) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
      -    trc({M,F,'_'});
      -trc({M,F,_A}=MFA) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
      +trc(M) when is_atom(M) ->
      +    trc({M,'_','_'});
      +trc({M,F}) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
      +    trc({M,F,'_'});
      +trc({M,F,_A}=MFA) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
           %% This match spec shortcut specifies that return values shall
           %% be traced.
      -    MatchSpec = dbg:fun2ms(fun(_) -> return_trace() end),
      -    ttb:tpl(MFA,MatchSpec).
      +    MatchSpec = dbg:fun2ms(fun(_) -> return_trace() end),
      +    ttb:tpl(MFA,MatchSpec).
       
       %%% Format a binary trace log
      -format(Dir) ->
      -    ttb:format(Dir).
      +format(Dir) ->
      +    ttb:format(Dir).
       
       %%% Stop the "mydebug" tool
      -stop() ->
      -    ttb:stop(return).
      +stop() ->
      +    ttb:stop(return).
       
       %%% --------Internal functions--------
       %%% ----------------------------------
       %%% Format handler
      -print(_Out,end_of_trace,_TI,N) ->
      +print(_Out,end_of_trace,_TI,N) ->
           N;
      -print(Out,Trace,_TI,N) ->
      -    do_print(Out,Trace,N),
      +print(Out,Trace,_TI,N) ->
      +    do_print(Out,Trace,N),
           N+1.
       
      -do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,call,{M,F,A},Ts},N) ->
      -    io:format(Out,
      +do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,call,{M,F,A},Ts},N) ->
      +    io:format(Out,
                     "~w: ~w, ~w:~n"
                     "Call      : ~w:~w/~w~n"
                     "Arguments :~p~n~n",
      -              [N,Ts,P,M,F,length(A),A]);
      -do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,return_from,{M,F,A},R,Ts},N) ->
      -    io:format(Out,
      +              [N,Ts,P,M,F,length(A),A]);
      +do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,return_from,{M,F,A},R,Ts},N) ->
      +    io:format(Out,
                     "~w: ~w, ~w:~n"
                     "Return from  : ~w:~w/~w~n"
                     "Return value :~p~n~n",
      -              [N,Ts,P,M,F,A,R]).

      To distinguish trace logs produced with this tool from other logs, option file + [N,Ts,P,M,F,A,R]).

      To distinguish trace logs produced with this tool from other logs, option file is used in tracer/2. The logs are therefore fetched to a directory named ttb_upload_debug_log-YYYYMMDD-HHMMSS

      By using option handler when starting the tracer, the information about how to format the file is stored in the trace information file (.ti). This is not @@ -214,9 +214,9 @@

      If the traced node is diskless, ttb must be started from a trace control node with disk access, and option file must be specified to function tracer/2 -with value {local, File}, for example:

      (trace_control@durin)1> ttb:tracer(mynode@diskless,
      -                                   {file,{local,{wrap,"mytrace"}}}).
      -{ok,[mynode@diskless]}

      +with value {local, File}, for example:

      (trace_control@durin)1> ttb:tracer(mynode@diskless,
      +                                   {file,{local,{wrap,"mytrace"}}}).
      +{ok,[mynode@diskless]}

      @@ -236,10 +236,10 @@ Opts as argument.

      The timer is started with ttb:p/2, so any trace patterns must be set up in advance. ttb:start_trace/4 always sets up all patterns before invoking ttb:p/2.

      The following example shows how to set up a trace that is automatically stopped -and formatted after 5 seconds:

      (tiger@durin)1> ttb:start_trace([node()],
      -                                [{erlang, now,[]}],
      -                                {all, call},
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/ttb.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/ttb.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:19:59.000000000 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/ttb.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:37:42.000000000 +0000
      @@ -1787,13 +1787,13 @@
       is "contaminated" with token seq_trace.

      If Flags = all, all possible flags are set.

      The possible values for SeqTraceFlag are available in seq_trace.

      For a description of the match_spec() syntax, see section Match Specifications in Erlang in ERTS, which explains the general match specification "language".

      Note

      The system tracer for sequential tracing is automatically initiated by ttb -when a trace port is started with ttb:tracer/0,1,2.

      An example of how to use function seq_trigger_ms/0,1 follows:

      (tiger@durin)5> ttb:tracer().
      -{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      -(tiger@durin)6> ttb:p(all,call).
      -{ok,{[all],[call]}}
      -(tiger@durin)7> ttb:tp(mod,func,ttb:seq_trigger_ms()).
      -{ok,[{matched,1},{saved,1}]}
      -(tiger@durin)8>

      Whenever mod:func(...) is called after this, token seq_trace is set on the +when a trace port is started with ttb:tracer/0,1,2.

      An example of how to use function seq_trigger_ms/0,1 follows:

      (tiger@durin)5> ttb:tracer().
      +{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      +(tiger@durin)6> ttb:p(all,call).
      +{ok,{[all],[call]}}
      +(tiger@durin)7> ttb:tp(mod,func,ttb:seq_trigger_ms()).
      +{ok,[{matched,1},{saved,1}]}
      +(tiger@durin)8>

      Whenever mod:func(...) is called after this, token seq_trace is set on the executing process.

      @@ -1832,14 +1832,14 @@

      start_trace(Nodes, Patterns, FlagSpec, Opts) -> Result

      This function is a shortcut allowing to start a trace with one command. Each tuple in Patterns is converted to a list, which in turn is passed to -ttb:tpl/2,3,4.

      The call:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      -                  [{mod, foo, []}, {mod, bar, 2}],
      -                  {all, call},
      -                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]).

      is equivalent to:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      -                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]),
      -ttb:tpl(mod, foo, []),
      -ttb:tpl(mod, bar, 2, []),
      -ttb:p(all, call).
      +ttb:tpl/2,3,4.

      The call:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      +                  [{mod, foo, []}, {mod, bar, 2}],
      +                  {all, call},
      +                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]).

      is equivalent to:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      +                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]),
      +ttb:tpl(mod, foo, []),
      +ttb:tpl(mod, bar, 2, []),
      +ttb:p(all, call).
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.580325120 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.580325120 +0000 @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.604325240 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.608325260 +0000 @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer_ug.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer_ug.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.636325400 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer_ug.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.640325419 +0000 @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.664325539 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.664325539 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/ttb.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/ttb.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.700325719 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/ttb.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.704325739 +0000 @@ -1908,13 +1908,13 @@ is "contaminated" with token seq_trace.

      If Flags = all, all possible flags are set.

      The possible values for SeqTraceFlag are available in seq_trace.

      For a description of the match_spec() syntax, see section Match Specifications in Erlang in ERTS, which explains the general match specification "language".

      Note

      The system tracer for sequential tracing is automatically initiated by ttb -when a trace port is started with ttb:tracer/0,1,2.

      An example of how to use function seq_trigger_ms/0,1 follows:

      (tiger@durin)5> ttb:tracer().
      -{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      -(tiger@durin)6> ttb:p(all,call).
      -{ok,{[all],[call]}}
      -(tiger@durin)7> ttb:tp(mod,func,ttb:seq_trigger_ms()).
      -{ok,[{matched,1},{saved,1}]}
      -(tiger@durin)8>

      Whenever mod:func(...) is called after this, token seq_trace is set on the +when a trace port is started with ttb:tracer/0,1,2.

      An example of how to use function seq_trigger_ms/0,1 follows:

      (tiger@durin)5> ttb:tracer().
      +{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      +(tiger@durin)6> ttb:p(all,call).
      +{ok,{[all],[call]}}
      +(tiger@durin)7> ttb:tp(mod,func,ttb:seq_trigger_ms()).
      +{ok,[{matched,1},{saved,1}]}
      +(tiger@durin)8>

      Whenever mod:func(...) is called after this, token seq_trace is set on the executing process.

      @@ -1953,14 +1953,14 @@

      start_trace(Nodes, Patterns, FlagSpec, Opts) -> Result

      This function is a shortcut allowing to start a trace with one command. Each tuple in Patterns is converted to a list, which in turn is passed to -ttb:tpl/2,3,4.

      The call:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      -                  [{mod, foo, []}, {mod, bar, 2}],
      -                  {all, call},
      -                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]).

      is equivalent to:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      -                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]),
      -ttb:tpl(mod, foo, []),
      -ttb:tpl(mod, bar, 2, []),
      -ttb:p(all, call).
      +ttb:tpl/2,3,4.

      The call:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      +                  [{mod, foo, []}, {mod, bar, 2}],
      +                  {all, call},
      +                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]).

      is equivalent to:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      +                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]),
      +ttb:tpl(mod, foo, []),
      +ttb:tpl(mod, bar, 2, []),
      +ttb:p(all, call).
      @@ -2532,7 +2532,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/ttb_ug.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/ttb_ug.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.752325979 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/ttb_ug.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.748325959 +0000 @@ -172,56 +172,56 @@ Tracing Local Node from Erlang Shell

      -

      The following small module is used in the subsequent example:

      -module(m).
      --export([f/0]).
      -f() ->
      +

      The following small module is used in the subsequent example:

      -module(m).
      +-export([f/0]).
      +f() ->
          receive
      -      From when is_pid(From) ->
      -         Now = erlang:now(),
      -         From ! {self(),Now}
      +      From when is_pid(From) ->
      +         Now = erlang:now(),
      +         From ! {self(),Now}
          end.

      The following example shows the basic use of ttb from the Erlang shell. Default options are used both for starting the tracer and for formatting (the custom fetch directory is however provided). This gives a trace log named Node-ttb in the newly created directory, where Node is the node name. The default handler prints the formatted trace messages in the shell:

      (tiger@durin)47> %% First I spawn a process running my test function
      -(tiger@durin)47> Pid = spawn(m,f,[]).
      +(tiger@durin)47> Pid = spawn(m,f,[]).
       <0.125.0>
      -(tiger@durin)48>
      +(tiger@durin)48>
       (tiger@durin)48> %% Then I start a tracer...
      -(tiger@durin)48> ttb:tracer().
      -{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      -(tiger@durin)49>
      +(tiger@durin)48> ttb:tracer().
      +{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      +(tiger@durin)49>
       (tiger@durin)49> %% and activate the new process for tracing
       (tiger@durin)49> %% function calls and sent messages.
      -(tiger@durin)49> ttb:p(Pid,[call,send]).
      -{ok,[{<0.125.0>,[{matched,tiger@durin,1}]}]}
      -(tiger@durin)50>
      +(tiger@durin)49> ttb:p(Pid,[call,send]).
      +{ok,[{<0.125.0>,[{matched,tiger@durin,1}]}]}
      +(tiger@durin)50>
       (tiger@durin)50> %% Here I set a trace pattern on erlang:now/0
       (tiger@durin)50> %% The trace pattern is a simple match spec
       (tiger@durin)50> %% indicating that the return value should be
       (tiger@durin)50> %% traced. Refer to the reference_manual for
       (tiger@durin)50> %% the full list of match spec shortcuts
       (tiger@durin)50> %% available.
      -(tiger@durin)51> ttb:tp(erlang,now,return).
      -{ok,[{matched,tiger@durin,1},{saved,1}]}
      -(tiger@durin)52>
      +(tiger@durin)51> ttb:tp(erlang,now,return).
      +{ok,[{matched,tiger@durin,1},{saved,1}]}
      +(tiger@durin)52>
       (tiger@durin)52> %% I run my test (i.e. send a message to
       (tiger@durin)52> %% my new process)
      -(tiger@durin)52> Pid ! self().
      +(tiger@durin)52> Pid ! self().
       <0.72.0>
      -(tiger@durin)53>
      +(tiger@durin)53>
       (tiger@durin)53> %% And then I have to stop ttb in order to flush
       (tiger@durin)53> %% the trace port buffer
      -(tiger@durin)53> ttb:stop([return, {fetch_dir, "fetch"}]).
      -{stopped, "fetch"}
      -(tiger@durin)54>
      +(tiger@durin)53> ttb:stop([return, {fetch_dir, "fetch"}]).
      +{stopped, "fetch"}
      +(tiger@durin)54>
       (tiger@durin)54> %% Finally I format my trace log
      -(tiger@durin)54> ttb:format("fetch").
      -({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) call erlang:now()
      -({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) returned from erlang:now/0 ->
      -{1031,133451,667611}
      -({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) <0.72.0> !
      -{<0.125.0>,{1031,133451,667611}}
      +(tiger@durin)54> ttb:format("fetch").
      +({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) call erlang:now()
      +({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) returned from erlang:now/0 ->
      +{1031,133451,667611}
      +({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) <0.72.0> !
      +{<0.125.0>,{1031,133451,667611}}
       ok

      @@ -229,65 +229,65 @@ Build Your Own Tool

      The following example shows a simple tool for "debug tracing", that is, tracing -of function calls with return values:

      -module(mydebug).
      --export([start/0,trc/1,stop/0,format/1]).
      --export([print/4]).
      +of function calls with return values:

      -module(mydebug).
      +-export([start/0,trc/1,stop/0,format/1]).
      +-export([print/4]).
       %% Include ms_transform.hrl so that I can use dbg:fun2ms/2 to
       %% generate match specifications.
      --include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
      +-include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
       %%% -------------Tool API-------------
       %%% ----------------------------------
       %%% Star the "mydebug" tool
      -start() ->
      +start() ->
           %% The options specify that the binary log shall be named
           %% <Node>-debug_log and that the print/4 function in this
           %% module shall be used as format handler
      -    ttb:tracer(all,[{file,"debug_log"},{handler,{{?MODULE,print},0}}]),
      +    ttb:tracer(all,[{file,"debug_log"},{handler,{{?MODULE,print},0}}]),
           %% All processes (existing and new) shall trace function calls
           %% We want trace messages to be sorted upon format, which requires
           %% timestamp flag. The flag is however enabled by default in ttb.
      -    ttb:p(all,call).
      +    ttb:p(all,call).
       
       %%% Set trace pattern on function(s)
      -trc(M) when is_atom(M) ->
      -    trc({M,'_','_'});
      -trc({M,F}) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
      -    trc({M,F,'_'});
      -trc({M,F,_A}=MFA) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
      +trc(M) when is_atom(M) ->
      +    trc({M,'_','_'});
      +trc({M,F}) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
      +    trc({M,F,'_'});
      +trc({M,F,_A}=MFA) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
           %% This match spec shortcut specifies that return values shall
           %% be traced.
      -    MatchSpec = dbg:fun2ms(fun(_) -> return_trace() end),
      -    ttb:tpl(MFA,MatchSpec).
      +    MatchSpec = dbg:fun2ms(fun(_) -> return_trace() end),
      +    ttb:tpl(MFA,MatchSpec).
       
       %%% Format a binary trace log
      -format(Dir) ->
      -    ttb:format(Dir).
      +format(Dir) ->
      +    ttb:format(Dir).
       
       %%% Stop the "mydebug" tool
      -stop() ->
      -    ttb:stop(return).
      +stop() ->
      +    ttb:stop(return).
       
       %%% --------Internal functions--------
       %%% ----------------------------------
       %%% Format handler
      -print(_Out,end_of_trace,_TI,N) ->
      +print(_Out,end_of_trace,_TI,N) ->
           N;
      -print(Out,Trace,_TI,N) ->
      -    do_print(Out,Trace,N),
      +print(Out,Trace,_TI,N) ->
      +    do_print(Out,Trace,N),
           N+1.
       
      -do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,call,{M,F,A},Ts},N) ->
      -    io:format(Out,
      +do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,call,{M,F,A},Ts},N) ->
      +    io:format(Out,
                     "~w: ~w, ~w:~n"
                     "Call      : ~w:~w/~w~n"
                     "Arguments :~p~n~n",
      -              [N,Ts,P,M,F,length(A),A]);
      -do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,return_from,{M,F,A},R,Ts},N) ->
      -    io:format(Out,
      +              [N,Ts,P,M,F,length(A),A]);
      +do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,return_from,{M,F,A},R,Ts},N) ->
      +    io:format(Out,
                     "~w: ~w, ~w:~n"
                     "Return from  : ~w:~w/~w~n"
                     "Return value :~p~n~n",
      -              [N,Ts,P,M,F,A,R]).

      To distinguish trace logs produced with this tool from other logs, option file + [N,Ts,P,M,F,A,R]).

      To distinguish trace logs produced with this tool from other logs, option file is used in tracer/2. The logs are therefore fetched to a directory named ttb_upload_debug_log-YYYYMMDD-HHMMSS

      By using option handler when starting the tracer, the information about how to format the file is stored in the trace information file (.ti). This is not @@ -319,9 +319,9 @@

      If the traced node is diskless, ttb must be started from a trace control node with disk access, and option file must be specified to function tracer/2 -with value {local, File}, for example:

      (trace_control@durin)1> ttb:tracer(mynode@diskless,
      -                                   {file,{local,{wrap,"mytrace"}}}).
      -{ok,[mynode@diskless]}

      +with value {local, File}, for example:

      (trace_control@durin)1> ttb:tracer(mynode@diskless,
      +                                   {file,{local,{wrap,"mytrace"}}}).
      +{ok,[mynode@diskless]}

      @@ -341,10 +341,10 @@ Opts as argument.

      The timer is started with ttb:p/2, so any trace patterns must be set up in advance. ttb:start_trace/4 always sets up all patterns before invoking ttb:p/2.

      The following example shows how to set up a trace that is automatically stopped -and formatted after 5 seconds:

      (tiger@durin)1> ttb:start_trace([node()],
      -                                [{erlang, now,[]}],
      -                                {all, call},
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/404.html	2025-01-25 10:23:39.780326118 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/404.html	2025-01-25 10:23:39.780326118 +0000
      @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
                 Erlang programming language
       
             

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.804326238 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.808326259 +0000 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/databases.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/databases.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.828326359 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/databases.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.832326378 +0000 @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/error_handling.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/error_handling.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.856326498 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/error_handling.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.856326498 +0000 @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/getting_started.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/getting_started.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.880326618 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/getting_started.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.888326657 +0000 @@ -157,77 +157,77 @@ relevance to anything that exist in reality, it is just a simple example. The example was created using sqlserver 7.0 with servicepack 1 as database and the ODBC driver for sqlserver with version 2000.80.194.00.

       1 > odbc:start().
      -      ok

      Connect to the database

       2 > {ok, Ref} = odbc:connect("DSN=sql-server;UID=aladdin;PWD=sesame", []).
      -      {ok,<0.342.0>}

      Create a table

       3 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "CREATE TABLE EMPLOYEE (NR integer,
      +      ok

      Connect to the database

       2 > {ok, Ref} = odbc:connect("DSN=sql-server;UID=aladdin;PWD=sesame", []).
      +      {ok,<0.342.0>}

      Create a table

       3 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "CREATE TABLE EMPLOYEE (NR integer,
             FIRSTNAME  char varying(20), LASTNAME  char varying(20), GENDER char(1),
             PRIMARY KEY(NR))").
             {updated,undefined}

      Insert some data

       4 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "INSERT INTO EMPLOYEE VALUES(1, 'Jane', 'Doe', 'F')").
             {updated,1}

      Check what data types the database assigned for the columns. Hopefully this is not a surprise, some times it can be! These are the data types that you should -use if you want to do a parameterized query.

       5 > odbc:describe_table(Ref, "EMPLOYEE").
      -      {ok, [{"NR", sql_integer},
      -            {"FIRSTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}},
      -            {"LASTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}}
      -            {"GENDER", {sql_char, 1}}]}

      Use a parameterized query to insert many rows in one go.

       6 > odbc:param_query(Ref,"INSERT INTO EMPLOYEE (NR, FIRSTNAME, "
      +use if you want to do a parameterized query.

       5 > odbc:describe_table(Ref, "EMPLOYEE").
      +      {ok, [{"NR", sql_integer},
      +            {"FIRSTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}},
      +            {"LASTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}}
      +            {"GENDER", {sql_char, 1}}]}

      Use a parameterized query to insert many rows in one go.

       6 > odbc:param_query(Ref,"INSERT INTO EMPLOYEE (NR, FIRSTNAME, "
                         "LASTNAME, GENDER) VALUES(?, ?, ?, ?)",
      -                   [{sql_integer,[2,3,4,5,6,7,8]},
      -                    {{sql_varchar, 20},
      -                             ["John", "Monica", "Ross", "Rachel",
      -                             "Piper", "Prue", "Louise"]},
      -                   {{sql_varchar, 20},
      -                             ["Doe","Geller","Geller", "Green",
      -                              "Halliwell", "Halliwell", "Lane"]},
      -                   {{sql_char, 1}, ["M","F","M","F","F","F","F"]}]).
      -      {updated, 7}

      Fetch all data in the table employee

       7> odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      -    {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      -          [{1,"Jane","Doe","F"},
      -           {2,"John","Doe","M"},
      -           {3,"Monica","Geller","F"},
      -           {4,"Ross","Geller","M"},
      -           {5,"Rachel","Green","F"},
      -           {6,"Piper","Halliwell","F"},
      -           {7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"},
      -           {8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]]}

      Associate a result set containing the whole table EMPLOYEE to the connection. -The number of rows in the result set is returned.

       8 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      -      {ok,8}

      You can always traverse the result set sequential by using next

       9 > odbc:next(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       10 > odbc:next(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      If your driver supports scrollable cursors you have a little more freedom, and -can do things like this.

       11 > odbc:last(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]}
       12 > odbc:prev(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"}]}
       13 > odbc:first(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       14 > odbc:next(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees

       15 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = &#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="2456422851-1">).
      -     {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      -          [{"Jane",1},
      -           {"Monica",3},
      -           {"Rachel",5},
      -           {"Piper",6},
      -           {"Prue",7},
      -           {"Louise",8}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees and sort them on -the field FIRSTNAME.

       16 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'
      -      ORDER BY FIRSTNAME").
      -    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      -          [{"Jane",1},
      -           {"Louise",8},
      -           {"Monica",3},
      -           {"Piper",6},
      -           {"Prue",7},
      -           {"Rachel",5}]}

      Associate a result set that contains the fields FIRSTNAME and NRfor all + [{sql_integer,[2,3,4,5,6,7,8]}, + {{sql_varchar, 20}, + ["John", "Monica", "Ross", "Rachel", + "Piper", "Prue", "Louise"]}, + {{sql_varchar, 20}, + ["Doe","Geller","Geller", "Green", + "Halliwell", "Halliwell", "Lane"]}, + {{sql_char, 1}, ["M","F","M","F","F","F","F"]}]). + {updated, 7}

      Fetch all data in the table employee

       7> odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      +    {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      +          [{1,"Jane","Doe","F"},
      +           {2,"John","Doe","M"},
      +           {3,"Monica","Geller","F"},
      +           {4,"Ross","Geller","M"},
      +           {5,"Rachel","Green","F"},
      +           {6,"Piper","Halliwell","F"},
      +           {7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"},
      +           {8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]]}

      Associate a result set containing the whole table EMPLOYEE to the connection. +The number of rows in the result set is returned.

       8 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      +      {ok,8}

      You can always traverse the result set sequential by using next

       9 > odbc:next(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       10 > odbc:next(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      If your driver supports scrollable cursors you have a little more freedom, and +can do things like this.

       11 > odbc:last(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]}
       12 > odbc:prev(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"}]}
       13 > odbc:first(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       14 > odbc:next(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees

       15 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = &#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="3838993321-1">).
      +     {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      +          [{"Jane",1},
      +           {"Monica",3},
      +           {"Rachel",5},
      +           {"Piper",6},
      +           {"Prue",7},
      +           {"Louise",8}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees and sort them on +the field FIRSTNAME.

       16 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'
      +      ORDER BY FIRSTNAME").
      +    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      +          [{"Jane",1},
      +           {"Louise",8},
      +           {"Monica",3},
      +           {"Piper",6},
      +           {"Prue",7},
      +           {"Rachel",5}]}

      Associate a result set that contains the fields FIRSTNAME and NRfor all female employees to the connection. The number of rows in the result set is -returned.

       17 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'").
      -      {ok,6}

      A few more ways of retrieving parts of the result set when the driver supports +returned.

       17 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'").
      +      {ok,6}

      A few more ways of retrieving parts of the result set when the driver supports scrollable cursors. Note that next will work even without support for scrollable -cursors.

       18 > odbc:select(Ref, {relative, 2}, 3).
      -    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       19 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      -      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Prue",7},{"Louise",8}]}
       20 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 2).
      -      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3}]}
       21 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      -    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       22 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 4).
      -      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      -                [{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}

      Select, using a parameterized query.

       23 > odbc:param_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER=?",
      -      [{{sql_char, 1}, ["M"]}]).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      -                [{2,"John", "Doe", "M"},{4,"Ross","Geller","M"}]}

      Delete the table EMPLOYEE.

       24 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "DROP TABLE EMPLOYEE").
      -      {updated,undefined}

      Shut down the connection.

       25 > odbc:disconnect(Ref).
      +cursors.

       18 > odbc:select(Ref, {relative, 2}, 3).
      +    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       19 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      +      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Prue",7},{"Louise",8}]}
       20 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 2).
      +      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3}]}
       21 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      +    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       22 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 4).
      +      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      +                [{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}

      Select, using a parameterized query.

       23 > odbc:param_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER=?",
      +      [{{sql_char, 1}, ["M"]}]).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      +                [{2,"John", "Doe", "M"},{4,"Ross","Geller","M"}]}

      Delete the table EMPLOYEE.

       24 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "DROP TABLE EMPLOYEE").
      +      {updated,undefined}

      Shut down the connection.

       25 > odbc:disconnect(Ref).
             ok

      Shut down the application.

       26 > odbc:stop().
           =INFO REPORT==== 7-Jan-2004::17:00:59 ===
           application: odbc
      @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
                 Erlang programming language
       
             

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/introduction.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.912326778 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.916326797 +0000 @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.944326937 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:39.948326958 +0000 @@ -1056,7 +1056,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:20:00.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:37:43.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> odbc - 2.15 - urn:uuid:a140d6b3-7e2a-5785-3003-4e4f2fe33848 + urn:uuid:80d6e491-ce7a-f3dd-ae5e-c674e1c5f031 en - 2025-01-25T10:20:00Z + 2041-02-26T23:37:43Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub/OEBPS/getting_started.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub/OEBPS/getting_started.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:20:00.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub/OEBPS/getting_started.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:43.000000000 +0000 @@ -52,77 +52,77 @@ relevance to anything that exist in reality, it is just a simple example. The example was created using sqlserver 7.0 with servicepack 1 as database and the ODBC driver for sqlserver with version 2000.80.194.00.

       1 > odbc:start().
      -      ok

      Connect to the database

       2 > {ok, Ref} = odbc:connect("DSN=sql-server;UID=aladdin;PWD=sesame", []).
      -      {ok,<0.342.0>}

      Create a table

       3 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "CREATE TABLE EMPLOYEE (NR integer,
      +      ok

      Connect to the database

       2 > {ok, Ref} = odbc:connect("DSN=sql-server;UID=aladdin;PWD=sesame", []).
      +      {ok,<0.342.0>}

      Create a table

       3 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "CREATE TABLE EMPLOYEE (NR integer,
             FIRSTNAME  char varying(20), LASTNAME  char varying(20), GENDER char(1),
             PRIMARY KEY(NR))").
             {updated,undefined}

      Insert some data

       4 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "INSERT INTO EMPLOYEE VALUES(1, 'Jane', 'Doe', 'F')").
             {updated,1}

      Check what data types the database assigned for the columns. Hopefully this is not a surprise, some times it can be! These are the data types that you should -use if you want to do a parameterized query.

       5 > odbc:describe_table(Ref, "EMPLOYEE").
      -      {ok, [{"NR", sql_integer},
      -            {"FIRSTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}},
      -            {"LASTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}}
      -            {"GENDER", {sql_char, 1}}]}

      Use a parameterized query to insert many rows in one go.

       6 > odbc:param_query(Ref,"INSERT INTO EMPLOYEE (NR, FIRSTNAME, "
      +use if you want to do a parameterized query.

       5 > odbc:describe_table(Ref, "EMPLOYEE").
      +      {ok, [{"NR", sql_integer},
      +            {"FIRSTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}},
      +            {"LASTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}}
      +            {"GENDER", {sql_char, 1}}]}

      Use a parameterized query to insert many rows in one go.

       6 > odbc:param_query(Ref,"INSERT INTO EMPLOYEE (NR, FIRSTNAME, "
                         "LASTNAME, GENDER) VALUES(?, ?, ?, ?)",
      -                   [{sql_integer,[2,3,4,5,6,7,8]},
      -                    {{sql_varchar, 20},
      -                             ["John", "Monica", "Ross", "Rachel",
      -                             "Piper", "Prue", "Louise"]},
      -                   {{sql_varchar, 20},
      -                             ["Doe","Geller","Geller", "Green",
      -                              "Halliwell", "Halliwell", "Lane"]},
      -                   {{sql_char, 1}, ["M","F","M","F","F","F","F"]}]).
      -      {updated, 7}

      Fetch all data in the table employee

       7> odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      -    {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      -          [{1,"Jane","Doe","F"},
      -           {2,"John","Doe","M"},
      -           {3,"Monica","Geller","F"},
      -           {4,"Ross","Geller","M"},
      -           {5,"Rachel","Green","F"},
      -           {6,"Piper","Halliwell","F"},
      -           {7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"},
      -           {8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]]}

      Associate a result set containing the whole table EMPLOYEE to the connection. -The number of rows in the result set is returned.

       8 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      -      {ok,8}

      You can always traverse the result set sequential by using next

       9 > odbc:next(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       10 > odbc:next(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      If your driver supports scrollable cursors you have a little more freedom, and -can do things like this.

       11 > odbc:last(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]}
       12 > odbc:prev(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"}]}
       13 > odbc:first(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       14 > odbc:next(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees

       15 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'").
      -     {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      -          [{"Jane",1},
      -           {"Monica",3},
      -           {"Rachel",5},
      -           {"Piper",6},
      -           {"Prue",7},
      -           {"Louise",8}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees and sort them on -the field FIRSTNAME.

       16 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'
      -      ORDER BY FIRSTNAME").
      -    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      -          [{"Jane",1},
      -           {"Louise",8},
      -           {"Monica",3},
      -           {"Piper",6},
      -           {"Prue",7},
      -           {"Rachel",5}]}

      Associate a result set that contains the fields FIRSTNAME and NRfor all + [{sql_integer,[2,3,4,5,6,7,8]}, + {{sql_varchar, 20}, + ["John", "Monica", "Ross", "Rachel", + "Piper", "Prue", "Louise"]}, + {{sql_varchar, 20}, + ["Doe","Geller","Geller", "Green", + "Halliwell", "Halliwell", "Lane"]}, + {{sql_char, 1}, ["M","F","M","F","F","F","F"]}]). + {updated, 7}

      Fetch all data in the table employee

       7> odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      +    {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      +          [{1,"Jane","Doe","F"},
      +           {2,"John","Doe","M"},
      +           {3,"Monica","Geller","F"},
      +           {4,"Ross","Geller","M"},
      +           {5,"Rachel","Green","F"},
      +           {6,"Piper","Halliwell","F"},
      +           {7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"},
      +           {8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]]}

      Associate a result set containing the whole table EMPLOYEE to the connection. +The number of rows in the result set is returned.

       8 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      +      {ok,8}

      You can always traverse the result set sequential by using next

       9 > odbc:next(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       10 > odbc:next(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      If your driver supports scrollable cursors you have a little more freedom, and +can do things like this.

       11 > odbc:last(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]}
       12 > odbc:prev(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"}]}
       13 > odbc:first(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       14 > odbc:next(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees

       15 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'").
      +     {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      +          [{"Jane",1},
      +           {"Monica",3},
      +           {"Rachel",5},
      +           {"Piper",6},
      +           {"Prue",7},
      +           {"Louise",8}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees and sort them on +the field FIRSTNAME.

       16 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'
      +      ORDER BY FIRSTNAME").
      +    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      +          [{"Jane",1},
      +           {"Louise",8},
      +           {"Monica",3},
      +           {"Piper",6},
      +           {"Prue",7},
      +           {"Rachel",5}]}

      Associate a result set that contains the fields FIRSTNAME and NRfor all female employees to the connection. The number of rows in the result set is -returned.

       17 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'").
      -      {ok,6}

      A few more ways of retrieving parts of the result set when the driver supports +returned.

       17 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'").
      +      {ok,6}

      A few more ways of retrieving parts of the result set when the driver supports scrollable cursors. Note that next will work even without support for scrollable -cursors.

       18 > odbc:select(Ref, {relative, 2}, 3).
      -    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       19 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      -      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Prue",7},{"Louise",8}]}
       20 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 2).
      -      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3}]}
       21 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      -    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       22 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 4).
      -      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      -                [{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}

      Select, using a parameterized query.

       23 > odbc:param_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER=?",
      -      [{{sql_char, 1}, ["M"]}]).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      -                [{2,"John", "Doe", "M"},{4,"Ross","Geller","M"}]}

      Delete the table EMPLOYEE.

       24 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "DROP TABLE EMPLOYEE").
      -      {updated,undefined}

      Shut down the connection.

       25 > odbc:disconnect(Ref).
      +cursors.

       18 > odbc:select(Ref, {relative, 2}, 3).
      +    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       19 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      +      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Prue",7},{"Louise",8}]}
       20 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 2).
      +      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3}]}
       21 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      +    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       22 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 4).
      +      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      +                [{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}

      Select, using a parameterized query.

       23 > odbc:param_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER=?",
      +      [{{sql_char, 1}, ["M"]}]).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      +                [{2,"John", "Doe", "M"},{4,"Ross","Geller","M"}]}

      Delete the table EMPLOYEE.

       24 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "DROP TABLE EMPLOYEE").
      +      {updated,undefined}

      Shut down the connection.

       25 > odbc:disconnect(Ref).
             ok

      Shut down the application.

       26 > odbc:stop().
           =INFO REPORT==== 7-Jan-2004::17:00:59 ===
           application: odbc
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.html	2025-01-25 10:23:40.064327536 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.html	2025-01-25 10:23:40.068327557 +0000
      @@ -1847,7 +1847,7 @@
                 Erlang programming language
       
             

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.084327636 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.084327636 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.108327756 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.112327776 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.140327916 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.140327916 +0000 @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/cpu_sup.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/cpu_sup.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.164328035 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/cpu_sup.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.168328055 +0000 @@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/disksup.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/disksup.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.196328195 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/disksup.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.196328195 +0000 @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      Missing in old package: /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/search_data-457E211A.js Missing in old package: /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/search_data-457E211A.js /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/memsup.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/memsup.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.224328335 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/memsup.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.228328355 +0000 @@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.256328495 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.264328534 +0000 @@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/nteventlog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/nteventlog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.288328654 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/nteventlog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.292328675 +0000 @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/os_mon.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/os_mon.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:19:53.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/os_mon.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:37:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> os_mon - 2.10 - urn:uuid:a94fd89e-3e12-cd4a-6e70-9c9031e22b0b + urn:uuid:f7afda22-fd7a-3c15-96d8-cbfa6fcdd069 en - 2025-01-25T10:19:53Z + 2041-02-26T23:37:37Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/os_mon_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/os_mon_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.388329154 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/os_mon_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.392329174 +0000 @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/os_sup.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/os_sup.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.412329274 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/os_sup.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.416329294 +0000 @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.432329374 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.436329393 +0000 @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
      - + /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.452329473 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.452329473 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.472329573 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.472329573 +0000 @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/leex.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/leex.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.504329732 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/leex.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.504329732 +0000 @@ -173,13 +173,13 @@ next token. Note that pushing back a newline will mean the line numbering will no longer be correct.

      Note

      Pushing back characters gives you unexpected possibilities to cause the scanner to loop!

      The following example would match a simple Erlang integer or float and return a -token which could be sent to the Erlang parser:

      D = [0-9]
      +token which could be sent to the Erlang parser:

      D = [0-9]
       
      -{D}+ :
      -  {token,{integer,TokenLine,list_to_integer(TokenChars)}}.
      +{D}+ :
      +  {token,{integer,TokenLine,list_to_integer(TokenChars)}}.
       
      -{D}+\.{D}+((E|e)(\+|\-)?{D}+)? :
      -  {token,{float,TokenLine,list_to_float(TokenChars)}}.

      The Erlang code in the Erlang code. section is written into the output file +{D}+\.{D}+((E|e)(\+|\-)?{D}+)? : + {token,{float,TokenLine,list_to_float(TokenChars)}}.

      The Erlang code in the Erlang code. section is written into the output file directly after the module declaration and predefined exports declaration, making it possible to add extra exports, define imports, and other attributes, which are visible in the whole file.

      @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ the token. This is continued until a token has been scanned. Cont is initially [].

      It is not designed to be called directly by an application, but is used through the I/O system where it can typically be called in an -application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,token,[Loc]})
      +application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,token,[Loc]})
         -> TokenRet
      @@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ like Erlang where there is an explicit end token, '.'. If no end token is found then the whole file will be scanned and returned. If an error occurs then all tokens up to and including the next end token will be skipped.

      It is not designed to be called directly by an application, but used through the -I/O system where it can typically be called in an application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,tokens,[Loc]})
      +I/O system where it can typically be called in an application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,tokens,[Loc]})
         -> TokensRet
      @@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.532329873 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.536329893 +0000 @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:19:13.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:36:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> parsetools - 2.6 - urn:uuid:e1799dba-4f20-c9f9-41f6-a18be81fc573 + urn:uuid:cd371df2-4ec4-b2a4-8142-584224449ba7 en - 2025-01-25T10:19:13Z + 2041-02-26T23:36:57Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/leex.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/leex.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:13.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/leex.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -68,13 +68,13 @@ next token. Note that pushing back a newline will mean the line numbering will no longer be correct.

      Note

      Pushing back characters gives you unexpected possibilities to cause the scanner to loop!

      The following example would match a simple Erlang integer or float and return a -token which could be sent to the Erlang parser:

      D = [0-9]
      +token which could be sent to the Erlang parser:

      D = [0-9]
       
      -{D}+ :
      -  {token,{integer,TokenLine,list_to_integer(TokenChars)}}.
      +{D}+ :
      +  {token,{integer,TokenLine,list_to_integer(TokenChars)}}.
       
      -{D}+\.{D}+((E|e)(\+|\-)?{D}+)? :
      -  {token,{float,TokenLine,list_to_float(TokenChars)}}.

      The Erlang code in the Erlang code. section is written into the output file +{D}+\.{D}+((E|e)(\+|\-)?{D}+)? : + {token,{float,TokenLine,list_to_float(TokenChars)}}.

      The Erlang code in the Erlang code. section is written into the output file directly after the module declaration and predefined exports declaration, making it possible to add extra exports, define imports, and other attributes, which are visible in the whole file.

      @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ the token. This is continued until a token has been scanned. Cont is initially [].

      It is not designed to be called directly by an application, but is used through the I/O system where it can typically be called in an -application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,token,[Loc]})
      +application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,token,[Loc]})
         -> TokenRet
      @@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ like Erlang where there is an explicit end token, '.'. If no end token is found then the whole file will be scanned and returned. If an error occurs then all tokens up to and including the next end token will be skipped.

      It is not designed to be called directly by an application, but used through the -I/O system where it can typically be called in an application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,tokens,[Loc]})
      +I/O system where it can typically be called in an application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,tokens,[Loc]})
         -> TokensRet
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/yecc.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/yecc.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:13.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/yecc.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ distinguished from all the terminal and non-terminal categories of the syntax rules. The Endsymbol can be declared in the grammar file.

      The simplest case is to segment the input string into a list of identifiers (atoms) and use those atoms both as categories and values of the tokens. For -example, the input string aaa bbb 777, X may be scanned (tokenized) as:

      [{aaa, 1}, {bbb, 1}, {777, 1}, {',' , 1}, {'X', 1},
      - {'$end', 1}].

      This assumes that this is the first line of the input text, and that '$end' is +example, the input string aaa bbb 777, X may be scanned (tokenized) as:

      [{aaa, 1}, {bbb, 1}, {777, 1}, {',' , 1}, {'X', 1},
      + {'$end', 1}].

      This assumes that this is the first line of the input text, and that '$end' is the distinguished end_of_input symbol.

      The Erlang scanner in the io module can be used as a starting point when writing a new scanner. Study yeccscan.erl in order to see how a filter can be added on top of io:scan_erl_form/3 to provide a scanner for Yecc that @@ -128,8 +128,8 @@ element -> atom. element -> list.

      This grammar can be used to generate a parser which parses list expressions, such as (), (a), (peter charles), (a (b c) d (())), ... provided that your -scanner tokenizes, for example, the input (peter charles) as follows:

      [{'(', 1} , {atom, 1, peter}, {atom, 1, charles}, {')', 1},
      - {'$end', 1}]

      When a grammar rule is used by the parser to parse (part of) the input string as +scanner tokenizes, for example, the input (peter charles) as follows:

      [{'(', 1} , {atom, 1, peter}, {atom, 1, charles}, {')', 1},
      + {'$end', 1}]

      When a grammar rule is used by the parser to parse (part of) the input string as a grammatical phrase, the associated code is evaluated, and the value of the last expression becomes the value of the parsed phrase. This value may be used by the parser later to build structures that are values of higher phrases of @@ -141,8 +141,8 @@ element -> atom : '$1'. element -> list : '$1'.

      With this code added to the grammar rules, the parser produces the following value (structure) when parsing the input string (a b c).. This still assumes -that this was the first input line that the scanner tokenized:

      {cons, {atom, 1, a}, {cons, {atom, 1, b},
      -                            {cons, {atom, 1, c}, nil}}}

      The associated code contains pseudo variables '$1', '$2', +that this was the first input line that the scanner tokenized:

      {cons, {atom, 1, a}, {cons, {atom, 1, b},
      +                            {cons, {atom, 1, c}, nil}}}

      The associated code contains pseudo variables '$1', '$2', '$3', and so on. which refer to (are bound to) the values associated previously by the parser with the symbols of the right-hand side of the rule. When these symbols are terminal categories, the @@ -165,12 +165,12 @@ Generating a Parser

      -

      To call the parser generator, use the following command:

      yecc:file(Grammarfile).

      An error message from Yecc will be shown if the grammar is not of the LALR type +

      To call the parser generator, use the following command:

      yecc:file(Grammarfile).

      An error message from Yecc will be shown if the grammar is not of the LALR type (for example too ambiguous). Shift/reduce conflicts are resolved in favor of shifting if there are no operator precedence declarations. Refer to the yacc documentation on the use of operator precedence.

      The output file contains Erlang source code for a parser module with module name equal to the Parserfile parameter. After compilation, the parser can be called -as follows (the module name is assumed to be myparser):

      myparser:parse(myscanner:scan(Inport))

      The call format can be different if a customized prologue file has been included +as follows (the module name is assumed to be myparser):

      myparser:parse(myscanner:scan(Inport))

      The call format can be different if a customized prologue file has been included when generating the parser instead of the default file lib/parsetools/include/yeccpre.hrl.

      With the standard prologue, this call will return either {ok, Result}, where Result is a structure that the Erlang code of the grammar file has built, or @@ -179,15 +179,15 @@ the screen. The user will have to do this either by printing the returned error messages, or by inserting tests and print instructions in the Erlang code associated with the syntax rules of the grammar file.

      It is also possible to make the parser ask for more input tokens when needed if -the following call format is used:

      myparser:parse_and_scan({Function, Args})
      -myparser:parse_and_scan({Mod, Tokenizer, Args})

      The tokenizer Function is either a fun or a tuple {Mod, Tokenizer}. The call +the following call format is used:

      myparser:parse_and_scan({Function, Args})
      +myparser:parse_and_scan({Mod, Tokenizer, Args})

      The tokenizer Function is either a fun or a tuple {Mod, Tokenizer}. The call apply(Function, Args) or apply({Mod, Tokenizer}, Args) is executed whenever a new token is needed. This, for example, makes it possible to parse from a file, token by token.

      The tokenizer used above has to be implemented so as to return one of the -following:

      {ok, Tokens, EndPosition}
      -{eof, EndPosition}
      -{error, Error_description, EndPosition}

      This conforms to the format used by the scanner in the Erlang io library +following:

      {ok, Tokens, EndPosition}
      +{eof, EndPosition}
      +{error, Error_description, EndPosition}

      This conforms to the format used by the scanner in the Erlang io library module.

      If {eof, EndPosition} is returned immediately, the call to parse_and_scan/1 returns {ok, eof}. If {eof, EndPosition} is returned before the parser expects end of input, parse_and_scan/1 will, of course, return an error @@ -237,36 +237,36 @@ Endsymbol '$end'. grammar -> declaration : '$1'. grammar -> rule : '$1'. -declaration -> symbol symbols dot: {'$1', '$2'}. -rule -> head '->' symbols attached_code dot: {rule, ['$1' | '$3'], - '$4'}. +declaration -> symbol symbols dot: {'$1', '$2'}. +rule -> head '->' symbols attached_code dot: {rule, ['$1' | '$3'], + '$4'}. head -> symbol : '$1'. -symbols -> symbol : ['$1']. -symbols -> symbol symbols : ['$1' | '$2']. -attached_code -> ':' tokens : {erlang_code, '$2'}. -attached_code -> '$empty' : {erlang_code, - [{atom, 0, '$undefined'}]}. -tokens -> token : ['$1']. -tokens -> token tokens : ['$1' | '$2']. -symbol -> var : value_of('$1'). -symbol -> atom : value_of('$1'). -symbol -> integer : value_of('$1'). -symbol -> reserved_word : value_of('$1'). +symbols -> symbol : ['$1']. +symbols -> symbol symbols : ['$1' | '$2']. +attached_code -> ':' tokens : {erlang_code, '$2'}. +attached_code -> '$empty' : {erlang_code, + [{atom, 0, '$undefined'}]}. +tokens -> token : ['$1']. +tokens -> token tokens : ['$1' | '$2']. +symbol -> var : value_of('$1'). +symbol -> atom : value_of('$1'). +symbol -> integer : value_of('$1'). +symbol -> reserved_word : value_of('$1'). token -> var : '$1'. token -> atom : '$1'. token -> float : '$1'. token -> integer : '$1'. token -> string : '$1'. token -> char : '$1'. -token -> reserved_symbol : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. -token -> reserved_word : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. -token -> '->' : {'->', line_of('$1')}. -token -> ':' : {':', line_of('$1')}. +token -> reserved_symbol : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. +token -> reserved_word : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. +token -> '->' : {'->', line_of('$1')}. +token -> ':' : {':', line_of('$1')}. Erlang code. -value_of(Token) -> - element(3, Token). -line_of(Token) -> - element(2, Token).

      Note

      The symbols '->', and ':' have to be treated in a special way, as they are +value_of(Token) -> + element(3, Token). +line_of(Token) -> + element(2, Token).

      Note

      The symbols '->', and ':' have to be treated in a special way, as they are meta symbols of the grammar notation, as well as terminal symbols of the Yecc grammar.

      5. The file erl_parse.yrl in the lib/stdlib/src directory contains the grammar for Erlang.

      Note

      Syntactic tests are used in the code associated with some rules, and an error /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.652330472 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.652330472 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/yecc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/yecc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.684330631 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/yecc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.688330651 +0000 @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ distinguished from all the terminal and non-terminal categories of the syntax rules. The Endsymbol can be declared in the grammar file.

      The simplest case is to segment the input string into a list of identifiers (atoms) and use those atoms both as categories and values of the tokens. For -example, the input string aaa bbb 777, X may be scanned (tokenized) as:

      [{aaa, 1}, {bbb, 1}, {777, 1}, {',' , 1}, {'X', 1},
      - {'$end', 1}].

      This assumes that this is the first line of the input text, and that '$end' is +example, the input string aaa bbb 777, X may be scanned (tokenized) as:

      [{aaa, 1}, {bbb, 1}, {777, 1}, {',' , 1}, {'X', 1},
      + {'$end', 1}].

      This assumes that this is the first line of the input text, and that '$end' is the distinguished end_of_input symbol.

      The Erlang scanner in the io module can be used as a starting point when writing a new scanner. Study yeccscan.erl in order to see how a filter can be added on top of io:scan_erl_form/3 to provide a scanner for Yecc that @@ -233,8 +233,8 @@ element -> atom. element -> list.

      This grammar can be used to generate a parser which parses list expressions, such as (), (a), (peter charles), (a (b c) d (())), ... provided that your -scanner tokenizes, for example, the input (peter charles) as follows:

      [{'(', 1} , {atom, 1, peter}, {atom, 1, charles}, {')', 1},
      - {'$end', 1}]

      When a grammar rule is used by the parser to parse (part of) the input string as +scanner tokenizes, for example, the input (peter charles) as follows:

      [{'(', 1} , {atom, 1, peter}, {atom, 1, charles}, {')', 1},
      + {'$end', 1}]

      When a grammar rule is used by the parser to parse (part of) the input string as a grammatical phrase, the associated code is evaluated, and the value of the last expression becomes the value of the parsed phrase. This value may be used by the parser later to build structures that are values of higher phrases of @@ -246,8 +246,8 @@ element -> atom : '$1'. element -> list : '$1'.

      With this code added to the grammar rules, the parser produces the following value (structure) when parsing the input string (a b c).. This still assumes -that this was the first input line that the scanner tokenized:

      {cons, {atom, 1, a}, {cons, {atom, 1, b},
      -                            {cons, {atom, 1, c}, nil}}}

      The associated code contains pseudo variables '$1', '$2', +that this was the first input line that the scanner tokenized:

      {cons, {atom, 1, a}, {cons, {atom, 1, b},
      +                            {cons, {atom, 1, c}, nil}}}

      The associated code contains pseudo variables '$1', '$2', '$3', and so on. which refer to (are bound to) the values associated previously by the parser with the symbols of the right-hand side of the rule. When these symbols are terminal categories, the @@ -270,12 +270,12 @@ Generating a Parser

      -

      To call the parser generator, use the following command:

      yecc:file(Grammarfile).

      An error message from Yecc will be shown if the grammar is not of the LALR type +

      To call the parser generator, use the following command:

      yecc:file(Grammarfile).

      An error message from Yecc will be shown if the grammar is not of the LALR type (for example too ambiguous). Shift/reduce conflicts are resolved in favor of shifting if there are no operator precedence declarations. Refer to the yacc documentation on the use of operator precedence.

      The output file contains Erlang source code for a parser module with module name equal to the Parserfile parameter. After compilation, the parser can be called -as follows (the module name is assumed to be myparser):

      myparser:parse(myscanner:scan(Inport))

      The call format can be different if a customized prologue file has been included +as follows (the module name is assumed to be myparser):

      myparser:parse(myscanner:scan(Inport))

      The call format can be different if a customized prologue file has been included when generating the parser instead of the default file lib/parsetools/include/yeccpre.hrl.

      With the standard prologue, this call will return either {ok, Result}, where Result is a structure that the Erlang code of the grammar file has built, or @@ -284,15 +284,15 @@ the screen. The user will have to do this either by printing the returned error messages, or by inserting tests and print instructions in the Erlang code associated with the syntax rules of the grammar file.

      It is also possible to make the parser ask for more input tokens when needed if -the following call format is used:

      myparser:parse_and_scan({Function, Args})
      -myparser:parse_and_scan({Mod, Tokenizer, Args})

      The tokenizer Function is either a fun or a tuple {Mod, Tokenizer}. The call +the following call format is used:

      myparser:parse_and_scan({Function, Args})
      +myparser:parse_and_scan({Mod, Tokenizer, Args})

      The tokenizer Function is either a fun or a tuple {Mod, Tokenizer}. The call apply(Function, Args) or apply({Mod, Tokenizer}, Args) is executed whenever a new token is needed. This, for example, makes it possible to parse from a file, token by token.

      The tokenizer used above has to be implemented so as to return one of the -following:

      {ok, Tokens, EndPosition}
      -{eof, EndPosition}
      -{error, Error_description, EndPosition}

      This conforms to the format used by the scanner in the Erlang io library +following:

      {ok, Tokens, EndPosition}
      +{eof, EndPosition}
      +{error, Error_description, EndPosition}

      This conforms to the format used by the scanner in the Erlang io library module.

      If {eof, EndPosition} is returned immediately, the call to parse_and_scan/1 returns {ok, eof}. If {eof, EndPosition} is returned before the parser expects end of input, parse_and_scan/1 will, of course, return an error @@ -342,36 +342,36 @@ Endsymbol '$end'. grammar -> declaration : '$1'. grammar -> rule : '$1'. -declaration -> symbol symbols dot: {'$1', '$2'}. -rule -> head '->' symbols attached_code dot: {rule, ['$1' | '$3'], - '$4'}. +declaration -> symbol symbols dot: {'$1', '$2'}. +rule -> head '->' symbols attached_code dot: {rule, ['$1' | '$3'], + '$4'}. head -> symbol : '$1'. -symbols -> symbol : ['$1']. -symbols -> symbol symbols : ['$1' | '$2']. -attached_code -> ':' tokens : {erlang_code, '$2'}. -attached_code -> '$empty' : {erlang_code, - [{atom, 0, '$undefined'}]}. -tokens -> token : ['$1']. -tokens -> token tokens : ['$1' | '$2']. -symbol -> var : value_of('$1'). -symbol -> atom : value_of('$1'). -symbol -> integer : value_of('$1'). -symbol -> reserved_word : value_of('$1'). +symbols -> symbol : ['$1']. +symbols -> symbol symbols : ['$1' | '$2']. +attached_code -> ':' tokens : {erlang_code, '$2'}. +attached_code -> '$empty' : {erlang_code, + [{atom, 0, '$undefined'}]}. +tokens -> token : ['$1']. +tokens -> token tokens : ['$1' | '$2']. +symbol -> var : value_of('$1'). +symbol -> atom : value_of('$1'). +symbol -> integer : value_of('$1'). +symbol -> reserved_word : value_of('$1'). token -> var : '$1'. token -> atom : '$1'. token -> float : '$1'. token -> integer : '$1'. token -> string : '$1'. token -> char : '$1'. -token -> reserved_symbol : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. -token -> reserved_word : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. -token -> '->' : {'->', line_of('$1')}. -token -> ':' : {':', line_of('$1')}. +token -> reserved_symbol : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. +token -> reserved_word : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. +token -> '->' : {'->', line_of('$1')}. +token -> ':' : {':', line_of('$1')}. Erlang code. -value_of(Token) -> - element(3, Token). -line_of(Token) -> - element(2, Token).

    Note

    The symbols '->', and ':' have to be treated in a special way, as they are +value_of(Token) -> + element(3, Token). +line_of(Token) -> + element(2, Token).

    Note

    The symbols '->', and ':' have to be treated in a special way, as they are meta symbols of the grammar notation, as well as terminal symbols of the Yecc grammar.

    5. The file erl_parse.yrl in the lib/stdlib/src directory contains the grammar for Erlang.

    Note

    Syntactic tests are used in the code associated with some rules, and an error @@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.716330791 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.716330791 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.744330931 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.744330931 +0000 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.776331091 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.784331130 +0000 @@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:19:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:37:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> public_key - 1.16.4 - urn:uuid:210bdfd3-1e9b-c634-3bc8-3c5835c53749 + urn:uuid:8974a0ef-cfa8-8f79-720d-02c2b0d29109 en - 2025-01-25T10:19:56Z + 2041-02-26T23:37:39Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/public_key_records.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/public_key_records.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/public_key_records.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ used to handle public key infrastructure. The scope is to describe the data types of each component, not the semantics. For information on the semantics, refer to the relevant standards and RFCs linked in the sections below.

    Use the following include directive to get access to the records and constant -macros described in the following sections:

     -include_lib("public_key/include/public_key.hrl").

    +macros described in the following sections:

     -include_lib("public_key/include/public_key.hrl").

    @@ -32,48 +32,48 @@

    Common non-standard Erlang data types used to describe the record fields in the following sections and which are not defined in the Public Key -Reference Manual follows here:

    time() = utc_time() | general_time()
    +Reference Manual follows here:

    time() = utc_time() | general_time()
     
    -utc_time()  = {utcTime, "YYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
    +utc_time()  = {utcTime, "YYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
     
    -general_time() = {generalTime, "YYYYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
    +general_time() = {generalTime, "YYYYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
     
    -general_name() = {rfc822Name, string()} |
    +general_name() = {rfc822Name, string()} |
     
    -                 {dNSName, string()} |
    +                 {dNSName, string()} |
     
    -                 {x400Address, string() |
    +                 {x400Address, string() |
     
    -                 {directoryName, {rdnSequence, [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}} |
    +                 {directoryName, {rdnSequence, [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}} |
     
    -                 {ediPartyName, special_string()} |
    +                 {ediPartyName, special_string()} |
     
    -                 {ediPartyName, special_string(), special_string()} |
    +                 {ediPartyName, special_string(), special_string()} |
     
    -                 {uniformResourceIdentifier, string()} |
    +                 {uniformResourceIdentifier, string()} |
     
    -                 {iPAddress, string()} |
    +                 {iPAddress, string()} |
     
    -                 {registeredId, oid()} |
    +                 {registeredId, oid()} |
     
    -                 {otherName, term()}
    +                 {otherName, term()}
     
    -special_string() = {teletexString, string()} |
    +special_string() = {teletexString, string()} |
      
    -                   {printableString, string()} |
    +                   {printableString, string()} |
     
    -                   {universalString, string()} |
    +                   {universalString, string()} |
     
    -                   {utf8String, binary()} |
    +                   {utf8String, binary()} |
     
    -                   {bmpString, string()}
    +                   {bmpString, string()}
     
    -dist_reason() = unused | keyCompromise | cACompromise | affiliationChanged |
    +dist_reason() = unused | keyCompromise | cACompromise | affiliationChanged |
                     cessationOfOperation | certificateHold | privilegeWithdrawn | aACompromise
     
    -OID_macro() = ?OID_name()
    +OID_macro() = ?OID_name()
     
    -OID_name() = atom()

    +OID_name() = atom()

    @@ -81,12 +81,12 @@

    Erlang representation of Rivest-Shamir-Adleman cryptosystem (RSA) -keys follows:

    #'RSAPublicKey'{
    +keys follows:

    #'RSAPublicKey'{
        modulus,       % pos_integer()
        publicExponent % pos_integer()
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'RSAPrivateKey'{
    +#'RSAPrivateKey'{
        version,         % two-prime | multi
        modulus,         % pos_integer()
        publicExponent,  % pos_integer()
    @@ -97,50 +97,50 @@
        exponent2,       % pos_integer()
        coefficient,     % pos_integer()
        otherPrimeInfos  % [#OtherPrimeInfo{}] | asn1_NOVALUE
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'OtherPrimeInfo'{
    +#'OtherPrimeInfo'{
        prime,           % pos_integer()
        exponent,        % pos_integer()
        coefficient      % pos_integer()
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'RSASSA-PSS-params'{
    +#'RSASSA-PSS-params'{
        hashAlgorithm,     % #'HashAlgorithm'{}},
        maskGenAlgorithm,  % #'MaskGenAlgorithm'{}},
        saltLength,        % pos_integer(),
        trailerField,      % pos_integer()
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'HashAlgorithm'{
    +#'HashAlgorithm'{
        algorithm,  % oid()
        parameters  % defaults to asn1_NOVALUE
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'MaskGenAlgorithm'{
    +#'MaskGenAlgorithm'{
        algorithm,  % oid()
        parameters, % defaults to asn1_NOVALUE
    -  }.

    + }.

    DSA

    Erlang representation of -Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) keys

    #'DSAPrivateKey'{
    +Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) keys

    #'DSAPrivateKey'{
        version,      % pos_integer()
        p,            % pos_integer()
        q,            % pos_integer()
        g,            % pos_integer()
        y,            % pos_integer()
        x             % pos_integer()
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'Dss-Parms'{
    +#'Dss-Parms'{
        p,         % pos_integer()
        q,         % pos_integer()
        g          % pos_integer()
    -  }.

    + }.

    @@ -151,38 +151,38 @@ and Edwards-Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (EDDSA) where parameters in the private key will be -{namedCurve, ?'id-Ed25519' | ?'id-Ed448'}.

    #'ECPrivateKey'{
    +{namedCurve, ?'id-Ed25519' | ?'id-Ed448'}.

    #'ECPrivateKey'{
        version,       % pos_integer()
        privateKey,    % binary()
        parameters,    % {ecParameters, #'ECParameters'{}} |
                       % {namedCurve, Oid::tuple()} |
                       % {implicitlyCA, 'NULL'}
        publicKey      % bitstring()
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'ECParameters'{
    +#'ECParameters'{
        version,    % pos_integer()
        fieldID,    % #'FieldID'{}
        curve,      % #'Curve'{}
        base,       % binary()
        order,      % pos_integer()
        cofactor    % pos_integer()
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'Curve'{
    +#'Curve'{
        a,        % binary()
        b,        % binary()
        seed      % bitstring() - optional
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'FieldID'{
    +#'FieldID'{
        fieldType,    % oid()
        parameters    % Depending on fieldType
    -  }.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/public_key.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/public_key.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:19:56.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/public_key.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:37:39.000000000 +0000
    @@ -3147,22 +3147,22 @@
     or also by the user when the option policy_set is provided to this
     function. The qualifiers convey information about the valid policy and
     is intended as information to end users.

    Available options:

    • {verify_fun, {fun(), UserState::term()} - The fun must be -defined as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      -    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      -             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      -    UserState :: term()) ->
      -  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      -  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      or as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      -    DerCert :: der_encoded(),
      -    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      -             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      -    UserState :: term()) ->
      -  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      -  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      The verify callback can have 3 or 4 arguments in case the DER encoded +defined as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      +    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      +             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      +    UserState :: term()) ->
      +  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      +  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      or as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      +    DerCert :: der_encoded(),
      +    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      +             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      +    UserState :: term()) ->
      +  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      +  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      The verify callback can have 3 or 4 arguments in case the DER encoded version is needed by the callback.

      If the verify callback fun returns {fail, Reason}, the verification process is immediately stopped. If the verify callback fun returns {valid, UserState}, the verification process is continued. This can be used @@ -3334,9 +3334,9 @@ about hostname verification. The User's Guide and code examples describes this -function more detailed.

      The option funs are described here:

      • match_fun

        fun(ReferenceId::ReferenceId() | FQDN::string(),
        -    PresentedId::{dNSName,string()} | {uniformResourceIdentifier,string() |
        -                 {iPAddress,list(byte())} | {OtherId::atom()|oid(),term()}})

        This function replaces the default host name matching rules. The fun should +function more detailed.

        The option funs are described here:

        • match_fun

          fun(ReferenceId::ReferenceId() | FQDN::string(),
          +    PresentedId::{dNSName,string()} | {uniformResourceIdentifier,string() |
          +                 {iPAddress,list(byte())} | {OtherId::atom()|oid(),term()}})

          This function replaces the default host name matching rules. The fun should return a boolean to tell if the Reference ID and Presented ID matches or not. The match fun can also return a third value, value, the atom default, if the default matching rules shall apply. This makes it possible to augment the @@ -3531,14 +3531,14 @@

          Performs CRL validation. It is intended to be called from the verify fun of -pkix_path_validation/3 .

          Available options:

          • {update_crl, fun()} - The fun has the following type specification:

             fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{}) ->
            -        #'CertificateList'{}

            The fun uses the information in the distribution point to access the latest +pkix_path_validation/3 .

            Available options:

            • {update_crl, fun()} - The fun has the following type specification:

               fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{}) ->
              +        #'CertificateList'{}

              The fun uses the information in the distribution point to access the latest possible version of the CRL. If this fun is not specified, Public Key uses the default implementation:

               fun(_DP, CRL) -> CRL end
            • {issuer_fun, {fun(), UserState::term()}} - The fun has the following type -specification:

              fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{},
              -    {rdnSequence,[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}, UserState::term()) ->
              -  {ok, #'OTPCertificate'{}, [der_encoded]}

              The fun returns the root certificate and certificate chain that has signed the -CRL.

               fun(DP, CRL, Issuer, UserState) -> {ok, RootCert, CertChain}
            • {undetermined_details, boolean()} - Defaults to false. When revocation +specification:

              fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{},
              +    {rdnSequence,[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}, UserState::term()) ->
              +  {ok, #'OTPCertificate'{}, [der_encoded]}

              The fun returns the root certificate and certificate chain that has signed the +CRL.

               fun(DP, CRL, Issuer, UserState) -> {ok, RootCert, CertChain}
            • {undetermined_details, boolean()} - Defaults to false. When revocation status cannot be determined, and this option is set to true, details of why no CRLs where accepted are included in the return value.

            @@ -3876,18 +3876,18 @@ generating an ECDSA key. Note this could fail if Erlang/OTP is compiled with a very old cryptolib.

          • {validity, {From::erlang:timestamp(), To::erlang:timestamp()}} - The validity period of the certificate.

          • {extensions, [#'Extension'{}]} - Extensions to include in the -certificate.

            Default extensions included in CA certificates if not otherwise specified are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            -              extnValue = [keyCertSign, cRLSign],
            -              critical = false},
            -#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-basicConstraints',
            -             extnValue = #'BasicConstraints'{cA = true},
            -             critical = true}]

            Default extensions included in the server peer cert if not otherwise specified -are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            -              extnValue = [digitalSignature, keyAgreement],
            -              critical = false},
            -#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-subjectAltName',
            -             extnValue = [{dNSName, Hostname}],
            -             critical = false}]

            Hostname is the result of calling net_adm:localhost() in the Erlang node where +certificate.

            Default extensions included in CA certificates if not otherwise specified are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            +              extnValue = [keyCertSign, cRLSign],
            +              critical = false},
            +#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-basicConstraints',
            +             extnValue = #'BasicConstraints'{cA = true},
            +             critical = true}]

            Default extensions included in the server peer cert if not otherwise specified +are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            +              extnValue = [digitalSignature, keyAgreement],
            +              critical = false},
            +#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-subjectAltName',
            +             extnValue = [{dNSName, Hostname}],
            +             critical = false}]

            Hostname is the result of calling net_adm:localhost() in the Erlang node where this function is called.

          Note

          Note that the generated certificates and keys does not provide a formally correct PKIX-trust-chain and they cannot be used to achieve real security. This function is provided for testing purposes only.

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/using_public_key.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/using_public_key.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/using_public_key.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -43,30 +43,30 @@ DSA Private Key

    -

    A DSA private key can look as follows:

    Note

    File handling is not done by the Public Key application.

    1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("dsa.pem").
    -{ok,<<"-----BEGIN DSA PRIVATE KEY-----\nMIIBuw"...>>}

    The following PEM file has only one entry, a private DSA key:

    2>[DSAEntry] =  public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
    -[{'DSAPrivateKey',<<48,130,1,187,2,1,0,2,129,129,0,183,
    +

    A DSA private key can look as follows:

    Note

    File handling is not done by the Public Key application.

    1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("dsa.pem").
    +{ok,<<"-----BEGIN DSA PRIVATE KEY-----\nMIIBuw"...>>}

    The following PEM file has only one entry, a private DSA key:

    2>[DSAEntry] =  public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
    +[{'DSAPrivateKey',<<48,130,1,187,2,1,0,2,129,129,0,183,
                         179,230,217,37,99,144,157,21,228,204,
                         162,207,61,246,...>>,
    -                    not_encrypted}]
    3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(DSAEntry).
    -#'DSAPrivateKey'{version = 0,
    +                    not_encrypted}]
    3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(DSAEntry).
    +#'DSAPrivateKey'{version = 0,
                      p = 12900045185019966618...6593,
                      q = 1216700114794736143432235288305776850295620488937,
                      g = 10442040227452349332...47213,
                      y = 87256807980030509074...403143,
    -                 x = 510968529856012146351317363807366575075645839654}

    + x = 510968529856012146351317363807366575075645839654}

    RSA Private Key with Password

    -

    An RSA private key encrypted with a password can look as follows:

    1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("rsa.pem").
    -{ok,<<"Bag Attribute"...>>}

    The following PEM file has only one entry, a private RSA key:

    2>[RSAEntry] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
    -[{'RSAPrivateKey',<<224,108,117,203,152,40,15,77,128,126,
    +

    An RSA private key encrypted with a password can look as follows:

    1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("rsa.pem").
    +{ok,<<"Bag Attribute"...>>}

    The following PEM file has only one entry, a private RSA key:

    2>[RSAEntry] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
    +[{'RSAPrivateKey',<<224,108,117,203,152,40,15,77,128,126,
                         221,195,154,249,85,208,202,251,109,
                         119,120,57,29,89,19,9,...>>,
    -                  {"DES-EDE3-CBC",<<"kÙeø¼pµL">>}}]

    In this following example, the password is "abcd1234":

    3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(RSAEntry, "abcd1234").
    -#'RSAPrivateKey'{version = 'two-prime',
    +                  {"DES-EDE3-CBC",<<"kÙeø¼pµL">>}}]

    In this following example, the password is "abcd1234":

    3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(RSAEntry, "abcd1234").
    +#'RSAPrivateKey'{version = 'two-prime',
                      modulus = 1112355156729921663373...2737107,
                      publicExponent = 65537,
                      privateExponent = 58064406231183...2239766033,
    @@ -75,201 +75,201 @@
                      exponent1 = 77928819327425934607...22152984217,
                      exponent2 = 36287623121853605733...20588523793,
                      coefficient = 924840412626098444...41820968343,
    -                 otherPrimeInfos = asn1_NOVALUE}

    + otherPrimeInfos = asn1_NOVALUE}

    X509 Certificates

    -

    The following is an example of X509 certificates:

    1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("cacerts.pem").
    -{ok,<<"-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----\nMIIC7jCCAl"...>>}

    The following file includes two certificates:

    2> [CertEntry1, CertEntry2] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
    -[{'Certificate',<<48,130,2,238,48,130,2,87,160,3,2,1,2,2,
    +

    The following is an example of X509 certificates:

    1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("cacerts.pem").
    +{ok,<<"-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----\nMIIC7jCCAl"...>>}

    The following file includes two certificates:

    2> [CertEntry1, CertEntry2] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
    +[{'Certificate',<<48,130,2,238,48,130,2,87,160,3,2,1,2,2,
                       9,0,230,145,97,214,191,2,120,150,48,13,
                       ...>>,
    -                not_encrypted},
    - {'Certificate',<<48,130,3,200,48,130,3,49,160,3,2,1,2,2,1,
    +                not_encrypted},
    + {'Certificate',<<48,130,3,200,48,130,3,49,160,3,2,1,2,2,1,
                       1,48,13,6,9,42,134,72,134,247,...>>,
    -                not_encrypted}]

    Certificates can be decoded as usual:

    2> Cert = public_key:pem_entry_decode(CertEntry1).
    -#'Certificate'{
    +                not_encrypted}]

    Certificates can be decoded as usual:

    2> Cert = public_key:pem_entry_decode(CertEntry1).
    +#'Certificate'{
         tbsCertificate =
    -        #'TBSCertificate'{
    +        #'TBSCertificate'{
                 version = v3,serialNumber = 16614168075301976214,
                 signature =
    -                #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
    -                    algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,5},
    -                    parameters = <<5,0>>},
    +                #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
    +                    algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,5},
    +                    parameters = <<5,0>>},
                 issuer =
    -                {rdnSequence,
    -                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,3},
    -                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,11},
    -                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,10},
    -                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,65,66>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,7},
    -                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,109>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,6},
    -                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
    -                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,101,114,...>>}]]},
    +                {rdnSequence,
    +                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,3},
    +                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,11},
    +                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,10},
    +                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,65,66>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,7},
    +                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,109>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,6},
    +                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
    +                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,101,114,...>>}]]},
                 validity =
    -                #'Validity'{
    -                    notBefore = {utcTime,"080109082929Z"},
    -                    notAfter = {utcTime,"080208082929Z"}},
    +                #'Validity'{
    +                    notBefore = {utcTime,"080109082929Z"},
    +                    notAfter = {utcTime,"080208082929Z"}},
                 subject =
    -                {rdnSequence,
    -                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,3},
    -                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,11},
    -                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,10},
    -                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,...>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,7},
    -                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,...>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,6},
    -                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
    -                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,...>>}]]},
    +                {rdnSequence,
    +                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,3},
    +                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,11},
    +                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,10},
    +                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,...>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,7},
    +                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,...>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,6},
    +                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
    +                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,...>>}]]},
                 subjectPublicKeyInfo =
    -                #'SubjectPublicKeyInfo'{
    +                #'SubjectPublicKeyInfo'{
                         algorithm =
    -                        #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
    -                            algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,1},
    -                            parameters = <<5,0>>},
    +                        #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
    +                            algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,1},
    +                            parameters = <<5,0>>},
                         subjectPublicKey =
    -                        {0,<<48,129,137,2,129,129,0,203,209,187,77,73,231,90,...>>}},
    +                        {0,<<48,129,137,2,129,129,0,203,209,187,77,73,231,90,...>>}},
                 issuerUniqueID = asn1_NOVALUE,
                 subjectUniqueID = asn1_NOVALUE,
                 extensions =
    -                [#'Extension'{
    -                     extnID = {2,5,29,19},
    +                [#'Extension'{
    +                     extnID = {2,5,29,19},
                          critical = true,
    -                     extnValue = [48,3,1,1,255]},
    -                 #'Extension'{
    -                     extnID = {2,5,29,15},
    +                     extnValue = [48,3,1,1,255]},
    +                 #'Extension'{
    +                     extnID = {2,5,29,15},
                          critical = false,
    -                     extnValue = [3,2,1,6]},
    -                 #'Extension'{
    -                     extnID = {2,5,29,14},
    +                     extnValue = [3,2,1,6]},
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.html	2025-01-25 10:23:40.948331949 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.html	2025-01-25 10:23:40.956331989 +0000
    @@ -3308,22 +3308,22 @@
     or also by the user when the option policy_set is provided to this
     function. The qualifiers convey information about the valid policy and
     is intended as information to end users.

    Available options:

    • {verify_fun, {fun(), UserState::term()} - The fun must be -defined as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      -    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      -             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      -    UserState :: term()) ->
      -  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      -  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      or as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      -    DerCert :: der_encoded(),
      -    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      -             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      -    UserState :: term()) ->
      -  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      -  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      The verify callback can have 3 or 4 arguments in case the DER encoded +defined as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      +    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      +             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      +    UserState :: term()) ->
      +  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      +  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      or as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      +    DerCert :: der_encoded(),
      +    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      +             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      +    UserState :: term()) ->
      +  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      +  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      The verify callback can have 3 or 4 arguments in case the DER encoded version is needed by the callback.

      If the verify callback fun returns {fail, Reason}, the verification process is immediately stopped. If the verify callback fun returns {valid, UserState}, the verification process is continued. This can be used @@ -3495,9 +3495,9 @@ about hostname verification. The User's Guide and code examples describes this -function more detailed.

      The option funs are described here:

      • match_fun

        fun(ReferenceId::ReferenceId() | FQDN::string(),
        -    PresentedId::{dNSName,string()} | {uniformResourceIdentifier,string() |
        -                 {iPAddress,list(byte())} | {OtherId::atom()|oid(),term()}})

        This function replaces the default host name matching rules. The fun should +function more detailed.

        The option funs are described here:

        • match_fun

          fun(ReferenceId::ReferenceId() | FQDN::string(),
          +    PresentedId::{dNSName,string()} | {uniformResourceIdentifier,string() |
          +                 {iPAddress,list(byte())} | {OtherId::atom()|oid(),term()}})

          This function replaces the default host name matching rules. The fun should return a boolean to tell if the Reference ID and Presented ID matches or not. The match fun can also return a third value, value, the atom default, if the default matching rules shall apply. This makes it possible to augment the @@ -3697,14 +3697,14 @@

          Performs CRL validation. It is intended to be called from the verify fun of -pkix_path_validation/3 .

          Available options:

          • {update_crl, fun()} - The fun has the following type specification:

             fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{}) ->
            -        #'CertificateList'{}

            The fun uses the information in the distribution point to access the latest +pkix_path_validation/3 .

            Available options:

            • {update_crl, fun()} - The fun has the following type specification:

               fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{}) ->
              +        #'CertificateList'{}

              The fun uses the information in the distribution point to access the latest possible version of the CRL. If this fun is not specified, Public Key uses the default implementation:

               fun(_DP, CRL) -> CRL end
            • {issuer_fun, {fun(), UserState::term()}} - The fun has the following type -specification:

              fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{},
              -    {rdnSequence,[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}, UserState::term()) ->
              -  {ok, #'OTPCertificate'{}, [der_encoded]}

              The fun returns the root certificate and certificate chain that has signed the -CRL.

               fun(DP, CRL, Issuer, UserState) -> {ok, RootCert, CertChain}
            • {undetermined_details, boolean()} - Defaults to false. When revocation +specification:

              fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{},
              +    {rdnSequence,[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}, UserState::term()) ->
              +  {ok, #'OTPCertificate'{}, [der_encoded]}

              The fun returns the root certificate and certificate chain that has signed the +CRL.

               fun(DP, CRL, Issuer, UserState) -> {ok, RootCert, CertChain}
            • {undetermined_details, boolean()} - Defaults to false. When revocation status cannot be determined, and this option is set to true, details of why no CRLs where accepted are included in the return value.

            @@ -4052,18 +4052,18 @@ generating an ECDSA key. Note this could fail if Erlang/OTP is compiled with a very old cryptolib.

          • {validity, {From::erlang:timestamp(), To::erlang:timestamp()}} - The validity period of the certificate.

          • {extensions, [#'Extension'{}]} - Extensions to include in the -certificate.

            Default extensions included in CA certificates if not otherwise specified are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            -              extnValue = [keyCertSign, cRLSign],
            -              critical = false},
            -#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-basicConstraints',
            -             extnValue = #'BasicConstraints'{cA = true},
            -             critical = true}]

            Default extensions included in the server peer cert if not otherwise specified -are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            -              extnValue = [digitalSignature, keyAgreement],
            -              critical = false},
            -#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-subjectAltName',
            -             extnValue = [{dNSName, Hostname}],
            -             critical = false}]

            Hostname is the result of calling net_adm:localhost() in the Erlang node where +certificate.

            Default extensions included in CA certificates if not otherwise specified are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            +              extnValue = [keyCertSign, cRLSign],
            +              critical = false},
            +#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-basicConstraints',
            +             extnValue = #'BasicConstraints'{cA = true},
            +             critical = true}]

            Default extensions included in the server peer cert if not otherwise specified +are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            +              extnValue = [digitalSignature, keyAgreement],
            +              critical = false},
            +#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-subjectAltName',
            +             extnValue = [{dNSName, Hostname}],
            +             critical = false}]

            Hostname is the result of calling net_adm:localhost() in the Erlang node where this function is called.

          Note

          Note that the generated certificates and keys does not provide a formally correct PKIX-trust-chain and they cannot be used to achieve real security. This function is provided for testing purposes only.

          @@ -4415,7 +4415,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.988332149 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:40.992332169 +0000 @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key_records.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key_records.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.020332309 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key_records.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.024332328 +0000 @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ used to handle public key infrastructure. The scope is to describe the data types of each component, not the semantics. For information on the semantics, refer to the relevant standards and RFCs linked in the sections below.

          Use the following include directive to get access to the records and constant -macros described in the following sections:

           -include_lib("public_key/include/public_key.hrl").

          +macros described in the following sections:

           -include_lib("public_key/include/public_key.hrl").

          @@ -137,48 +137,48 @@

          Common non-standard Erlang data types used to describe the record fields in the following sections and which are not defined in the Public Key -Reference Manual follows here:

          time() = utc_time() | general_time()
          +Reference Manual follows here:

          time() = utc_time() | general_time()
           
          -utc_time()  = {utcTime, "YYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
          +utc_time()  = {utcTime, "YYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
           
          -general_time() = {generalTime, "YYYYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
          +general_time() = {generalTime, "YYYYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
           
          -general_name() = {rfc822Name, string()} |
          +general_name() = {rfc822Name, string()} |
           
          -                 {dNSName, string()} |
          +                 {dNSName, string()} |
           
          -                 {x400Address, string() |
          +                 {x400Address, string() |
           
          -                 {directoryName, {rdnSequence, [#href_anchor"ss">'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}} |
          +                 {directoryName, {rdnSequence, [#href_anchor"ss">'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}} |
           
          -                 {ediPartyName, special_string()} |
          +                 {ediPartyName, special_string()} |
           
          -                 {ediPartyName, special_string(), special_string()} |
          +                 {ediPartyName, special_string(), special_string()} |
           
          -                 {uniformResourceIdentifier, string()} |
          +                 {uniformResourceIdentifier, string()} |
           
          -                 {iPAddress, string()} |
          +                 {iPAddress, string()} |
           
          -                 {registeredId, oid()} |
          +                 {registeredId, oid()} |
           
          -                 {otherName, term()}
          +                 {otherName, term()}
           
          -special_string() = {teletexString, string()} |
          +special_string() = {teletexString, string()} |
            
          -                   {printableString, string()} |
          +                   {printableString, string()} |
           
          -                   {universalString, string()} |
          +                   {universalString, string()} |
           
          -                   {utf8String, binary()} |
          +                   {utf8String, binary()} |
           
          -                   {bmpString, string()}
          +                   {bmpString, string()}
           
          -dist_reason() = unused | keyCompromise | cACompromise | affiliationChanged |
          +dist_reason() = unused | keyCompromise | cACompromise | affiliationChanged |
                           cessationOfOperation | certificateHold | privilegeWithdrawn | aACompromise
           
          -OID_macro() = ?OID_name()
          +OID_macro() = ?OID_name()
           
          -OID_name() = atom()

          +OID_name() = atom()

          @@ -186,12 +186,12 @@

          Erlang representation of Rivest-Shamir-Adleman cryptosystem (RSA) -keys follows:

          #href_anchor"ss">'RSAPublicKey'{
          +keys follows:

          #href_anchor"ss">'RSAPublicKey'{
              modulus,       % pos_integer()
              publicExponent % pos_integer()
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'RSAPrivateKey'{
          +#'RSAPrivateKey'{
              version,         % two-prime | multi
              modulus,         % pos_integer()
              publicExponent,  % pos_integer()
          @@ -202,50 +202,50 @@
              exponent2,       % pos_integer()
              coefficient,     % pos_integer()
              otherPrimeInfos  % [#OtherPrimeInfo{}] | asn1_NOVALUE
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'OtherPrimeInfo'{
          +#'OtherPrimeInfo'{
              prime,           % pos_integer()
              exponent,        % pos_integer()
              coefficient      % pos_integer()
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'RSASSA-PSS-params'{
          +#'RSASSA-PSS-params'{
              hashAlgorithm,     % #'HashAlgorithm'{}},
              maskGenAlgorithm,  % #'MaskGenAlgorithm'{}},
              saltLength,        % pos_integer(),
              trailerField,      % pos_integer()
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'HashAlgorithm'{
          +#'HashAlgorithm'{
              algorithm,  % oid()
              parameters  % defaults to asn1_NOVALUE
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'MaskGenAlgorithm'{
          +#'MaskGenAlgorithm'{
              algorithm,  % oid()
              parameters, % defaults to asn1_NOVALUE
          -  }.

          + }.

          DSA

          Erlang representation of -Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) keys

          #href_anchor"ss">'DSAPrivateKey'{
          +Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) keys

          #href_anchor"ss">'DSAPrivateKey'{
              version,      % pos_integer()
              p,            % pos_integer()
              q,            % pos_integer()
              g,            % pos_integer()
              y,            % pos_integer()
              x             % pos_integer()
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'Dss-Parms'{
          +#'Dss-Parms'{
              p,         % pos_integer()
              q,         % pos_integer()
              g          % pos_integer()
          -  }.

          + }.

          @@ -256,38 +256,38 @@ and Edwards-Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (EDDSA) where parameters in the private key will be -{namedCurve, ?'id-Ed25519' | ?'id-Ed448'}.

          #href_anchor"ss">'ECPrivateKey'{
          +{namedCurve, ?'id-Ed25519' | ?'id-Ed448'}.

          #href_anchor"ss">'ECPrivateKey'{
              version,       % pos_integer()
              privateKey,    % binary()
              parameters,    % {ecParameters, #'ECParameters'{}} |
                             % {namedCurve, Oid::tuple()} |
                             % {implicitlyCA, 'NULL'}
              publicKey      % bitstring()
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'ECParameters'{
          +#'ECParameters'{
              version,    % pos_integer()
              fieldID,    % #'FieldID'{}
              curve,      % #'Curve'{}
              base,       % binary()
              order,      % pos_integer()
              cofactor    % pos_integer()
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'Curve'{
          +#'Curve'{
              a,        % binary()
              b,        % binary()
              seed      % bitstring() - optional
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'FieldID'{
          +#'FieldID'{
              fieldType,    % oid()
              parameters    % Depending on fieldType
          -  }.
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/search.html	2025-01-25 10:23:41.048332448 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/search.html	2025-01-25 10:23:41.048332448 +0000
          @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
                     Erlang programming language
           
                 

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/using_public_key.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/using_public_key.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.088332649 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/using_public_key.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.092332668 +0000 @@ -148,30 +148,30 @@ DSA Private Key

          -

          A DSA private key can look as follows:

          Note

          File handling is not done by the Public Key application.

          1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("dsa.pem").
          -{ok,<<"-----BEGIN DSA PRIVATE KEY-----\nMIIBuw"...>>}

          The following PEM file has only one entry, a private DSA key:

          2>[DSAEntry] =  public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
          -[{'DSAPrivateKey',<<48,130,1,187,2,1,0,2,129,129,0,183,
          +

          A DSA private key can look as follows:

          Note

          File handling is not done by the Public Key application.

          1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("dsa.pem").
          +{ok,<<"-----BEGIN DSA PRIVATE KEY-----\nMIIBuw"...>>}

          The following PEM file has only one entry, a private DSA key:

          2>[DSAEntry] =  public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
          +[{'DSAPrivateKey',<<48,130,1,187,2,1,0,2,129,129,0,183,
                               179,230,217,37,99,144,157,21,228,204,
                               162,207,61,246,...>>,
          -                    not_encrypted}]
          3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(DSAEntry).
          -#'DSAPrivateKey'{version = 0,
          +                    not_encrypted}]
          3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(DSAEntry).
          +#'DSAPrivateKey'{version = 0,
                            p = 12900045185019966618...6593,
                            q = 1216700114794736143432235288305776850295620488937,
                            g = 10442040227452349332...47213,
                            y = 87256807980030509074...403143,
          -                 x = 510968529856012146351317363807366575075645839654}

          + x = 510968529856012146351317363807366575075645839654}

          RSA Private Key with Password

          -

          An RSA private key encrypted with a password can look as follows:

          1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("rsa.pem").
          -{ok,<<"Bag Attribute"...>>}

          The following PEM file has only one entry, a private RSA key:

          2>[RSAEntry] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
          -[{'RSAPrivateKey',<<224,108,117,203,152,40,15,77,128,126,
          +

          An RSA private key encrypted with a password can look as follows:

          1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("rsa.pem").
          +{ok,<<"Bag Attribute"...>>}

          The following PEM file has only one entry, a private RSA key:

          2>[RSAEntry] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
          +[{'RSAPrivateKey',<<224,108,117,203,152,40,15,77,128,126,
                               221,195,154,249,85,208,202,251,109,
                               119,120,57,29,89,19,9,...>>,
          -                  {"DES-EDE3-CBC",<<"kÙeø¼pµL">>}}]

          In this following example, the password is "abcd1234":

          3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(RSAEntry, "abcd1234").
          -#'RSAPrivateKey'{version = 'two-prime',
          +                  {"DES-EDE3-CBC",<<"kÙeø¼pµL">>}}]

          In this following example, the password is "abcd1234":

          3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(RSAEntry, "abcd1234").
          +#'RSAPrivateKey'{version = 'two-prime',
                            modulus = 1112355156729921663373...2737107,
                            publicExponent = 65537,
                            privateExponent = 58064406231183...2239766033,
          @@ -180,201 +180,201 @@
                            exponent1 = 77928819327425934607...22152984217,
                            exponent2 = 36287623121853605733...20588523793,
                            coefficient = 924840412626098444...41820968343,
          -                 otherPrimeInfos = asn1_NOVALUE}

          + otherPrimeInfos = asn1_NOVALUE}

          X509 Certificates

          -

          The following is an example of X509 certificates:

          1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("cacerts.pem").
          -{ok,<<"-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----\nMIIC7jCCAl"...>>}

          The following file includes two certificates:

          2> [CertEntry1, CertEntry2] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
          -[{'Certificate',<<48,130,2,238,48,130,2,87,160,3,2,1,2,2,
          +

          The following is an example of X509 certificates:

          1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("cacerts.pem").
          +{ok,<<"-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----\nMIIC7jCCAl"...>>}

          The following file includes two certificates:

          2> [CertEntry1, CertEntry2] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
          +[{'Certificate',<<48,130,2,238,48,130,2,87,160,3,2,1,2,2,
                             9,0,230,145,97,214,191,2,120,150,48,13,
                             ...>>,
          -                not_encrypted},
          - {'Certificate',<<48,130,3,200,48,130,3,49,160,3,2,1,2,2,1,
          +                not_encrypted},
          + {'Certificate',<<48,130,3,200,48,130,3,49,160,3,2,1,2,2,1,
                             1,48,13,6,9,42,134,72,134,247,...>>,
          -                not_encrypted}]

          Certificates can be decoded as usual:

          2> Cert = public_key:pem_entry_decode(CertEntry1).
          -#'Certificate'{
          +                not_encrypted}]

          Certificates can be decoded as usual:

          2> Cert = public_key:pem_entry_decode(CertEntry1).
          +#'Certificate'{
               tbsCertificate =
          -        #'TBSCertificate'{
          +        #'TBSCertificate'{
                       version = v3,serialNumber = 16614168075301976214,
                       signature =
          -                #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
          -                    algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,5},
          -                    parameters = <<5,0>>},
          +                #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
          +                    algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,5},
          +                    parameters = <<5,0>>},
                       issuer =
          -                {rdnSequence,
          -                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,3},
          -                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,11},
          -                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,10},
          -                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,65,66>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,7},
          -                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,109>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,6},
          -                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
          -                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,101,114,...>>}]]},
          +                {rdnSequence,
          +                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,3},
          +                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,11},
          +                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,10},
          +                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,65,66>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,7},
          +                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,109>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,6},
          +                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
          +                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,101,114,...>>}]]},
                       validity =
          -                #'Validity'{
          -                    notBefore = {utcTime,"080109082929Z"},
          -                    notAfter = {utcTime,"080208082929Z"}},
          +                #'Validity'{
          +                    notBefore = {utcTime,"080109082929Z"},
          +                    notAfter = {utcTime,"080208082929Z"}},
                       subject =
          -                {rdnSequence,
          -                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,3},
          -                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,11},
          -                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,10},
          -                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,...>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,7},
          -                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,...>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,6},
          -                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
          -                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,...>>}]]},
          +                {rdnSequence,
          +                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,3},
          +                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,11},
          +                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,10},
          +                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,...>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,7},
          +                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,...>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,6},
          +                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
          +                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,...>>}]]},
                       subjectPublicKeyInfo =
          -                #'SubjectPublicKeyInfo'{
          +                #'SubjectPublicKeyInfo'{
                               algorithm =
          -                        #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
          -                            algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,1},
          -                            parameters = <<5,0>>},
          +                        #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
          +                            algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,1},
          +                            parameters = <<5,0>>},
                               subjectPublicKey =
          -                        {0,<<48,129,137,2,129,129,0,203,209,187,77,73,231,90,...>>}},
          +                        {0,<<48,129,137,2,129,129,0,203,209,187,77,73,231,90,...>>}},
                       issuerUniqueID = asn1_NOVALUE,
                       subjectUniqueID = asn1_NOVALUE,
                       extensions =
          -                [#'Extension'{
          -                     extnID = {2,5,29,19},
          +                [#'Extension'{
          +                     extnID = {2,5,29,19},
                                critical = true,
          -                     extnValue = [48,3,1,1,255]},
          -                 #'Extension'{
          -                     extnID = {2,5,29,15},
          +                     extnValue = [48,3,1,1,255]},
          +                 #'Extension'{
          +                     extnID = {2,5,29,15},
                                critical = false,
          -                     extnValue = [3,2,1,6]},
          -                 #'Extension'{
          -                     extnID = {2,5,29,14},
          +                     extnValue = [3,2,1,6]},
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/404.html	2025-01-25 10:23:41.120332808 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/404.html	2025-01-25 10:23:41.124332828 +0000
          @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
                     Erlang programming language
           
                 

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.148332947 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.152332968 +0000 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.180333107 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.188333147 +0000 @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:19:49.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:37:33.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> reltool - 1.0.1 - urn:uuid:258cf639-2f06-9f8c-f5ea-5ed9d3a5a253 + urn:uuid:73469dc3-5f8a-b200-d9c0-401347865a78 en - 2025-01-25T10:19:49Z + 2041-02-26T23:37:33Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub/OEBPS/reltool_examples.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub/OEBPS/reltool_examples.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:49.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub/OEBPS/reltool_examples.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:33.000000000 +0000 @@ -30,500 +30,500 @@ via the GUI frontend process. When the GUI is started, a server process will automatically be started. The GUI process is started with reltool:start/0, reltool:start/1 or reltool:start_link/1. The pid of its server can be -obtained with reltool:get_server/1

          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          -[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          -Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
          +obtained with reltool:get_server/1

          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          +[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          +Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
           1>
          -1> {ok, Win} = reltool:start([]).
          -{ok,<0.36.01>}
          -2> {ok, Server} = reltool:get_server(Win).
          -{ok,<0.37.01>}
          -3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          -{ok,{sys,[]}}
          +1> {ok, Win} = reltool:start([]).
          +{ok,<0.36.01>}
          +2> {ok, Server} = reltool:get_server(Win).
          +{ok,<0.37.01>}
          +3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          +{ok,{sys,[]}}
           4>
          -4> {ok, Server2} = reltool:start_server([]).
          -{ok,<0.6535.01>}
          -5> reltool:get_config(Server2).
          -{ok,{sys,[]}}
          -6> reltool:stop(Server2).
          +4> {ok, Server2} = reltool:start_server([]).
          +{ok,<0.6535.01>}
          +5> reltool:get_config(Server2).
          +{ok,{sys,[]}}
          +6> reltool:stop(Server2).
           ok

          Inspecting the configuration

          -
          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          -[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          -Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
          +
          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          +[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          +Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
           1>
          -1> Config = {sys, [{escript, "examples/display_args", [{incl_cond, include}]},
          -		   {app, inets, [{incl_cond, include}]},
          -		   {app, mnesia, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          -		   {app, ssl, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          -		   {app, runtime_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          -		   {app, syntax_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]}]}.
          -{sys,[{escript,"examples/display_args",[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -      {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -      {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -      {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -      {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -      {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}
          +1> Config = {sys, [{escript, "examples/display_args", [{incl_cond, include}]},
          +		   {app, inets, [{incl_cond, include}]},
          +		   {app, mnesia, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          +		   {app, ssl, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          +		   {app, runtime_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          +		   {app, syntax_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]}]}.
          +{sys,[{escript,"examples/display_args",[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +      {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +      {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +      {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +      {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +      {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}
           2>
          -2> {ok, Server} = reltool:start_server([Config]).
          -{ok,<0.66.0>}
          +2> {ok, Server} = reltool:start_server([Config]).
          +{ok,<0.66.0>}
           3>
          -3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          -{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
          +3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          +{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          +                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
           4>
          -4> reltool:get_config(Server, false, false).
          -{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
          +4> reltool:get_config(Server, false, false).
          +{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          +                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
           5>
          -5> reltool:get_config(Server, true, false).
          -{ok,{sys,[{root_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang"},
          -          {lib_dirs,[]},
          -          {escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {mod_cond,all},
          -          {incl_cond,derived},
          -          {app,inets,
          -               [{incl_cond,include},{vsn,undefined},{lib_dir,undefined}]},
          -          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {boot_rel,"start_clean"},
          -          {rel,"start_clean","1.0",[]},
          -          {rel,"start_sasl","1.0",[sasl]},
          -          {emu_name,"beam"},
          -          {relocatable,true},
          -          {profile,development},
          -          {incl_sys_filters,[".*"]},
          -          {excl_sys_filters,[]},
          -          {incl_app_filters,[".*"]},
          -          {excl_app_filters,[]},
          -          {rel_app_type,...},
          -          {...}|...]}}
          +5> reltool:get_config(Server, true, false).
          +{ok,{sys,[{root_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang"},
          +          {lib_dirs,[]},
          +          {escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          +                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {mod_cond,all},
          +          {incl_cond,derived},
          +          {app,inets,
          +               [{incl_cond,include},{vsn,undefined},{lib_dir,undefined}]},
          +          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {boot_rel,"start_clean"},
          +          {rel,"start_clean","1.0",[]},
          +          {rel,"start_sasl","1.0",[sasl]},
          +          {emu_name,"beam"},
          +          {relocatable,true},
          +          {profile,development},
          +          {incl_sys_filters,[".*"]},
          +          {excl_sys_filters,[]},
          +          {incl_app_filters,[".*"]},
          +          {excl_app_filters,[]},
          +          {rel_app_type,...},
          +          {...}|...]}}
           6>
          -6> reltool:get_config(Server, true, true).
          -{ok,{sys,[{root_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang"},
          -          {lib_dirs,[]},
          -          {escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {mod_cond,all},
          -          {incl_cond,derived},
          -          {erts,[{app,erts,
          -                      [{vsn,"10.0"},
          -                       {lib_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/erts-10.0"},
          -                       {mod,erl_prim_loader,[]},
          -                       {mod,erl_tracer,[]},
          -                       {mod,erlang,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_code_purger,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_dirty_process_signal_handler,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_internal,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_literal_area_collector,[]},
          -                       {mod,init,[]},
          -                       {mod,erl_init,...},
          -                       {mod,...},
          -                       {...}|...]}]},
          -          {app,compiler,
          -               [{vsn,"7.0.4"},
          -                {lib_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/compiler-7.0.4"},
          -                {mod,beam_a,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_asm,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_block,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_bs,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_bsm,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_clean,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_dead,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_dict,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_disasm,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_except,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_flatten,...},
          -                {mod,...},
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.html	2025-01-25 10:23:41.304333726 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.html	2025-01-25 10:23:41.312333767 +0000
          @@ -2881,7 +2881,7 @@
                     Erlang programming language
           
                 

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_examples.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_examples.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.356333986 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_examples.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.364334026 +0000 @@ -135,500 +135,500 @@ via the GUI frontend process. When the GUI is started, a server process will automatically be started. The GUI process is started with reltool:start/0, reltool:start/1 or reltool:start_link/1. The pid of its server can be -obtained with reltool:get_server/1

          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          -[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          -Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
          +obtained with reltool:get_server/1

          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          +[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          +Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
           1>
          -1> {ok, Win} = reltool:start([]).
          -{ok,<0.36.01>}
          -2> {ok, Server} = reltool:get_server(Win).
          -{ok,<0.37.01>}
          -3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          -{ok,{sys,[]}}
          +1> {ok, Win} = reltool:start([]).
          +{ok,<0.36.01>}
          +2> {ok, Server} = reltool:get_server(Win).
          +{ok,<0.37.01>}
          +3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          +{ok,{sys,[]}}
           4>
          -4> {ok, Server2} = reltool:start_server([]).
          -{ok,<0.6535.01>}
          -5> reltool:get_config(Server2).
          -{ok,{sys,[]}}
          -6> reltool:stop(Server2).
          +4> {ok, Server2} = reltool:start_server([]).
          +{ok,<0.6535.01>}
          +5> reltool:get_config(Server2).
          +{ok,{sys,[]}}
          +6> reltool:stop(Server2).
           ok

          Inspecting the configuration

          -
          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          -[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          -Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
          +
          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          +[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          +Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
           1>
          -1> Config = {sys, [{escript, "examples/display_args", [{incl_cond, include}]},
          -		   {app, inets, [{incl_cond, include}]},
          -		   {app, mnesia, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          -		   {app, ssl, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          -		   {app, runtime_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          -		   {app, syntax_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]}]}.
          -{sys,[{escript,"examples/display_args",[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -      {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -      {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -      {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -      {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -      {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}
          +1> Config = {sys, [{escript, "examples/display_args", [{incl_cond, include}]},
          +		   {app, inets, [{incl_cond, include}]},
          +		   {app, mnesia, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          +		   {app, ssl, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          +		   {app, runtime_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          +		   {app, syntax_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]}]}.
          +{sys,[{escript,"examples/display_args",[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +      {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +      {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +      {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +      {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +      {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}
           2>
          -2> {ok, Server} = reltool:start_server([Config]).
          -{ok,<0.66.0>}
          +2> {ok, Server} = reltool:start_server([Config]).
          +{ok,<0.66.0>}
           3>
          -3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          -{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
          +3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          +{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          +                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
           4>
          -4> reltool:get_config(Server, false, false).
          -{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
          +4> reltool:get_config(Server, false, false).
          +{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          +                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
           5>
          -5> reltool:get_config(Server, true, false).
          -{ok,{sys,[{root_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang"},
          -          {lib_dirs,[]},
          -          {escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {mod_cond,all},
          -          {incl_cond,derived},
          -          {app,inets,
          -               [{incl_cond,include},{vsn,undefined},{lib_dir,undefined}]},
          -          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {boot_rel,"start_clean"},
          -          {rel,"start_clean","1.0",[]},
          -          {rel,"start_sasl","1.0",[sasl]},
          -          {emu_name,"beam"},
          -          {relocatable,true},
          -          {profile,development},
          -          {incl_sys_filters,[".*"]},
          -          {excl_sys_filters,[]},
          -          {incl_app_filters,[".*"]},
          -          {excl_app_filters,[]},
          -          {rel_app_type,...},
          -          {...}|...]}}
          +5> reltool:get_config(Server, true, false).
          +{ok,{sys,[{root_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang"},
          +          {lib_dirs,[]},
          +          {escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          +                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {mod_cond,all},
          +          {incl_cond,derived},
          +          {app,inets,
          +               [{incl_cond,include},{vsn,undefined},{lib_dir,undefined}]},
          +          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {boot_rel,"start_clean"},
          +          {rel,"start_clean","1.0",[]},
          +          {rel,"start_sasl","1.0",[sasl]},
          +          {emu_name,"beam"},
          +          {relocatable,true},
          +          {profile,development},
          +          {incl_sys_filters,[".*"]},
          +          {excl_sys_filters,[]},
          +          {incl_app_filters,[".*"]},
          +          {excl_app_filters,[]},
          +          {rel_app_type,...},
          +          {...}|...]}}
           6>
          -6> reltool:get_config(Server, true, true).
          -{ok,{sys,[{root_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang"},
          -          {lib_dirs,[]},
          -          {escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {mod_cond,all},
          -          {incl_cond,derived},
          -          {erts,[{app,erts,
          -                      [{vsn,"10.0"},
          -                       {lib_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/erts-10.0"},
          -                       {mod,erl_prim_loader,[]},
          -                       {mod,erl_tracer,[]},
          -                       {mod,erlang,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_code_purger,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_dirty_process_signal_handler,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_internal,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_literal_area_collector,[]},
          -                       {mod,init,[]},
          -                       {mod,erl_init,...},
          -                       {mod,...},
          -                       {...}|...]}]},
          -          {app,compiler,
          -               [{vsn,"7.0.4"},
          -                {lib_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/compiler-7.0.4"},
          -                {mod,beam_a,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_asm,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_block,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_bs,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_bsm,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_clean,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_dead,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_dict,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_disasm,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_except,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_flatten,...},
          -                {mod,...},
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_intro.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_intro.html	2025-01-25 10:23:41.388334146 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_intro.html	2025-01-25 10:23:41.392334166 +0000
          @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
                     Erlang programming language
           
                 

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_usage.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_usage.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.424334325 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_usage.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.424334325 +0000 @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.448334445 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.448334445 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.476334585 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.476334585 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.500334705 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.504334725 +0000 @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dbg.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dbg.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.556334985 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dbg.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.564335024 +0000 @@ -131,16 +131,16 @@

          The Text Based Trace Facility

          This module implements a text based interface to the trace:process/4, trace:port/4, and trace:function/4 BIFs, simplifying tracing of functions, processes, ports, and messages.

          To quickly get started on tracing function calls you can use the -following code in the Erlang shell:

          1> dbg:tracer().  % Start the default trace message receiver
          -{ok,<0.90.0>}
          -2> dbg:p(all, c). % Set upp call tracing on all processes
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
          -3> dbg:tp(lists, seq, cx). %  Set up call and exception tracing on lists:seq/2,3
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,2},{saved,cx}]}
          -4> lists:seq(1, 10).
          -(<0.88.0>) call lists:seq(1,10) ({erl_eval,do_apply,7,{"erl_eval.erl",904}})
          -[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]
          -(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:seq/2 -> [1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]

          The utilities are also suitable to use in system testing on large systems, where +following code in the Erlang shell:

          1> dbg:tracer().  % Start the default trace message receiver
          +{ok,<0.90.0>}
          +2> dbg:p(all, c). % Set upp call tracing on all processes
          +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
          +3> dbg:tp(lists, seq, cx). %  Set up call and exception tracing on lists:seq/2,3
          +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,2},{saved,cx}]}
          +4> lists:seq(1, 10).
          +(<0.88.0>) call lists:seq(1,10) ({erl_eval,do_apply,7,{"erl_eval.erl",904}})
          +[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]
          +(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:seq/2 -> [1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]

          The utilities are also suitable to use in system testing on large systems, where other tools have too severe impact on the system performance. Some primitive support for sequential tracing is also included; see the advanced topics section.

          @@ -152,36 +152,36 @@

          To trace a call to a function with minimal fuss, call dbg:c(Module, Name, Arguments). dbg:c/3 starts a temporary trace receiver, enables all trace flags, and calls the designated function from a temporary process. For example, here is how to trace a call -to application:which_applications/0:

          1> dbg:c(application, which_applications, []).
          -(<0.92.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.92.0>,
          -                                    [alias|
          -                                     #Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>]},
          -                                   which_applications} (Timestamp: {1710,
          +to application:which_applications/0:

          1> dbg:c(application, which_applications, []).
          +(<0.92.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.92.0>,
          +                                    [alias|
          +                                     #Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>]},
          +                                   which_applications} (Timestamp: {1710,
                                                                               847802,
          -                                                                    479222})
          -(<0.92.0>) out {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479231})
          -(<0.92.0>) in {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479271})
          -(<0.92.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>],
          -               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
          -                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]} (Timestamp: {1710,
          +                                                                    479222})
          +(<0.92.0>) out {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479231})
          +(<0.92.0>) in {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479271})
          +(<0.92.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>],
          +               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
          +                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]} (Timestamp: {1710,
                                                                              847802,
          -                                                                   479274})
          -[{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
          - {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

          Four trace events are generated:

          • A send event (!) for the sending of a request from the current process + 479274}) +[{stdlib,"ERTS CXC 138 10","5.2.1"}, + {kernel,"ERTS CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

          Four trace events are generated:

          • A send event (!) for the sending of a request from the current process to the application_controller process.
          • A schedule-out event (out) when the current process schedules out while waiting in a receive for the reply to arrive.
          • A schedule-in event (in) when the current process is scheduled in when reply has arrived.
          • A receive event (<<) when the current process retrieves the reply from the application_controller process.

          The dbg:c/4 function has a fourth argument for specifying the trace flags. -Here is how to only show message sending and receiving:

          2> dbg:c(application, which_applications, [], m).
          -(<0.96.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.96.0>,
          -                                    [alias|
          -                                     #Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>]},
          -                                   which_applications}
          -(<0.96.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>],
          -               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
          -                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]}
          -[{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
          - {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

          +Here is how to only show message sending and receiving:

          2> dbg:c(application, which_applications, [], m).
          +(<0.96.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.96.0>,
          +                                    [alias|
          +                                     #Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>]},
          +                                   which_applications}
          +(<0.96.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>],
          +               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
          +                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]}
          +[{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
          + {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

          @@ -189,35 +189,35 @@

          Another way of tracing from the shell is to explicitly start a tracer and set the trace flags of your choice on the processes you want to trace. -For example, here is how to trace messages and process events:

          1> Pid = spawn(fun() -> receive {From,Msg} -> From ! Msg end end).
          +For example, here is how to trace messages and process events:

          1> Pid = spawn(fun() -> receive {From,Msg} -> From ! Msg end end).
           <0.90.0>
          -2> dbg:tracer().
          -{ok,<0.92.0>}
          -3> dbg:p(Pid, [m,procs]).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
          -4> Pid ! {self(),hello}.
          -(<0.90.0>) << {<0.88.0>,hello}
          -{<0.88.0>,hello}
          -(<0.90.0>) <0.88.0> ! hello
          -(<0.90.0>) exit normal
          -5> flush().
          +2> dbg:tracer().
          +{ok,<0.92.0>}
          +3> dbg:p(Pid, [m,procs]).
          +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
          +4> Pid ! {self(),hello}.
          +(<0.90.0>) << {<0.88.0>,hello}
          +{<0.88.0>,hello}
          +(<0.90.0>) <0.88.0> ! hello
          +(<0.90.0>) exit normal
          +5> flush().
           Shell got hello
           ok

          In order to trace functions call, in addition to enabling the call trace flag for the process, it is also necessary to set a trace pattern for the functions -to trace.

          Example:

          1> dbg:tracer().
          -{ok,<0.90.0>}
          -2> dbg:p(all, call).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
          -3> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, []).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
          -4> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
          -(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
          +to trace.

          Example:

          1> dbg:tracer().
          +{ok,<0.90.0>}
          +2> dbg:p(all, call).
          +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
          +3> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, []).
          +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
          +4> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
          +(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
           e
          -5> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, [{'_',[],[{return_trace}]}]).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]}
          -6> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
          -(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
          -(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:last/1 -> e
          +5> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, [{'_',[],[{return_trace}]}]).
          +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]}
          +6> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
          +(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
          +(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:last/1 -> e
           e

          @@ -231,21 +231,21 @@ seq_trace and the same tracer function for both types of tracing can be used. The seq_trace messages can also be sent to a trace port for further analysis.

          As a match specification can turn on sequential tracing, the combination of dbg and seq_trace can be powerful. This brief example shows a session -where sequential tracing is used to trace the dbg module and the trace itself:

          1> dbg:tracer().
          -{ok,<0.30.0>}
          -2> {ok, Tracer} = dbg:get_tracer().
          -{ok,<0.31.0>}
          -3> seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Tracer).
          +where sequential tracing is used to trace the dbg module and the trace itself:

          1> dbg:tracer().
          +{ok,<0.30.0>}
          +2> {ok, Tracer} = dbg:get_tracer().
          +{ok,<0.31.0>}
          +3> seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Tracer).
           false
          -4> dbg:tp(dbg, get_tracer, 0, [{[],[],[{set_seq_token, send, true}]}]).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]}
          -5> dbg:p(all,call).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,22}]}
          -6> dbg:get_tracer(), seq_trace:set_token([]).
          -(<0.25.0>) call dbg:get_tracer()
          -SeqTrace [0]: (<0.25.0>) <0.30.0> ! {<0.25.0>,get_tracer} [Serial: {2,4}]
          -SeqTrace [0]: (<0.30.0>) <0.25.0> ! {dbg,{ok,<0.31.0>}} [Serial: {4,5}]
          -{1,0,5,<0.30.0>,4}

          This session sets the system_tracer to the same process as the +4> dbg:tp(dbg, get_tracer, 0, [{[],[],[{set_seq_token, send, true}]}]). +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]} +5> dbg:p(all,call). +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,22}]} +6> dbg:get_tracer(), seq_trace:set_token([]). +(<0.25.0>) call dbg:get_tracer() +SeqTrace [0]: (<0.25.0>) <0.30.0> ! {<0.25.0>,get_tracer} [Serial: {2,4}] +SeqTrace [0]: (<0.30.0>) <0.25.0> ! {dbg,{ok,<0.31.0>}} [Serial: {4,5}] +{1,0,5,<0.30.0>,4}

          This session sets the system_tracer to the same process as the ordinary tracer process (i. e. <0.31.0>) and sets the trace pattern for the function dbg:get_tracer to one that has the action of setting a sequential token. When the function is called by a traced @@ -267,20 +267,20 @@ trace handler prints to the tty using an io function such as format/2. Note that when dbg:p(all, call) is called, IO processes are also traced. Here is an example:

          %% Using a default line editing shell
          -1> dbg:tracer(process, {fun(Msg,_) -> io:format("~p~n", [Msg]), 0 end, 0}).
          -{ok,<0.37.0>}
          -2> dbg:p(all, [call]).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,25}]}
          -3> dbg:tp(mymod,[{'_',[],[]}]).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,0},{saved,1}]}
          +1> dbg:tracer(process, {fun(Msg,_) -> io:format("~p~n", [Msg]), 0 end, 0}).
          +{ok,<0.37.0>}
          +2> dbg:p(all, [call]).
          +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,25}]}
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dtrace.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dtrace.html	2025-01-25 10:23:41.588335145 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dtrace.html	2025-01-25 10:23:41.588335145 +0000
          @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
                     Erlang programming language
           
                 

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dyntrace.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dyntrace.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.616335284 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dyntrace.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.624335324 +0000 @@ -857,14 +857,14 @@

          Restores the previous state of user tags and their spreading as it was before a call to spread_tag/1.

          Note that the restoring is not limited to the same process; one can utilize this to turn off spreding in one process and restore it in a -newly created process that is is actually going to send messages:

          f() ->
          -    TagData = dyntrace:spread_tag(false),
          -    spawn(fun() ->
          -             dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData),
          -             do_something()
          -          end),
          -    do_something_else(),
          -    dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData).

          Correctly handling user tags and their spreading might take some effort, as +newly created process that is is actually going to send messages:

          f() ->
          +    TagData = dyntrace:spread_tag(false),
          +    spawn(fun() ->
          +             dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData),
          +             do_something()
          +          end),
          +    do_something_else(),
          +    dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData).

          Correctly handling user tags and their spreading might take some effort, as Erlang programs tend to send and receive messages so that sometimes the user tag gets lost due to various things, like double receives or communication with a port (ports do not handle user tags, in the same way as they do not handle @@ -911,12 +911,12 @@ later call to restore_tag/1.

          The file module already spreads tags, so there is no need to manually call this function to get user tags spread to the efile driver through that module.

          The most use of this function would be if one, for example, uses the io module to communicate with an I/O-server for a regular file, such as in the following -example:

          f() ->
          -   {ok, F} = file:open("test.tst", [write]),
          -   Saved = dyntrace:spread_tag(true),
          -   io:format(F, "Hello world!", []),
          -   dyntrace:restore_tag(Saved),
          -   file:close(F).

          In this example, any user tag set in the calling process will be spread to the +example:

          f() ->
          +   {ok, F} = file:open("test.tst", [write]),
          +   Saved = dyntrace:spread_tag(true),
          +   io:format(F, "Hello world!", []),
          +   dyntrace:restore_tag(Saved),
          +   file:close(F).

          In this example, any user tag set in the calling process will be spread to the I/O-server when the io:format/3 call is done.

          @@ -946,7 +946,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/instrument.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/instrument.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.652335464 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/instrument.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.656335484 +0000 @@ -355,8 +355,8 @@ the one before it.

          The upper bound of the first interval is provided by the function that returned the histogram, and the last interval has no upper bound.

          For example, the histogram below has 40 (message) blocks between 128-256 bytes in size, 78 blocks between 256-512 bytes,2 blocks between 512-1024 bytes, and 2 -blocks between 1-2KB.

          > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
          -{ok, {128, 0, #{ message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, ... } }}
          +blocks between 1-2KB.

          > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
          +{ok, {128, 0, #{ message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, ... } }}
          @@ -496,30 +496,30 @@ block size histograms. Defaults to 128.

        • histogram_width - The number of intervals in the allocated block size histograms. Defaults to 18.

        • flags - Controls how to group the output, for example showing allocations on a per-process basis (when possible) rather than only a -NIF/driver-basis. Defaults to [].

        Example:

        > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
        -{ok,{128,0,
        -     #{udp_inet =>
        -           #{driver_event_state => {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0}},
        +NIF/driver-basis. Defaults to [].

      Example:

      > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
      +{ok,{128,0,
      +     #{udp_inet =>
      +           #{driver_event_state => {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0}},
              system =>
      -           #{heap => {0,0,0,0,20,4,2,2,2,3,0,1,0,0,1},
      -             db_term => {271,3,1,52,80,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      -             code => {0,0,0,5,3,6,11,22,19,20,10,2,1,0,0},
      -             binary => {18,0,0,0,7,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      -             message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      -             ... }
      +           #{heap => {0,0,0,0,20,4,2,2,2,3,0,1,0,0,1},
      +             db_term => {271,3,1,52,80,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      +             code => {0,0,0,5,3,6,11,22,19,20,10,2,1,0,0},
      +             binary => {18,0,0,0,7,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      +             message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      +             ... }
              spawn_forker =>
      -           #{driver_select_data_state =>
      -                 {1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
      -       ram_file_drv => #{drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
      +           #{driver_select_data_state =>
      +                 {1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
      +       ram_file_drv => #{drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
              prim_file =>
      -           #{process_specific_data => {2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      -             nif_trap_export_entry => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      -             monitor_extended => {0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      -             drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,3,5,0,0,0,1,0},
      -             binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
      +           #{process_specific_data => {2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      +             nif_trap_export_entry => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      +             monitor_extended => {0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      +             drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,3,5,0,0,0,1,0},
      +             binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
              prim_buffer =>
      -           #{nif_internal => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      -             binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}}}}}
      + #{nif_internal => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, + binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}}}}}
    @@ -596,15 +596,15 @@ tied to any particular scheduler. Defaults to all schedulers and the global instance.

  • histogram_start - The upper bound of the first interval in the free block size histograms. Defaults to 512.

  • histogram_width - The number of intervals in the free block size -histograms. Defaults to 14.

  • Example:

    > instrument:carriers(#{ histogram_start => 512, histogram_width => 8 }).
    -{ok,{512,
    -     [{driver_alloc,false,262144,0,
    -                    [{driver_alloc,1,32784}],
    -                    {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}},
    -      {binary_alloc,false,32768,0,
    -                    [{binary_alloc,15,4304}],
    -                    {3,0,0,0,1,0,0,0}},
    -      {...}|...]}}
    +histograms. Defaults to 14.

    Example:

    > instrument:carriers(#{ histogram_start => 512, histogram_width => 8 }).
    +{ok,{512,
    +     [{driver_alloc,false,262144,0,
    +                    [{driver_alloc,1,32784}],
    +                    {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}},
    +      {binary_alloc,false,32768,0,
    +                    [{binary_alloc,15,4304}],
    +                    {3,0,0,0,1,0,0,0}},
    +      {...}|...]}}
    @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/lttng.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/lttng.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.688335643 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/lttng.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.688335643 +0000 @@ -150,42 +150,42 @@ Dyntrace Tracepoints

    All tracepoints are in the domain of org_erlang_dyntrace

    All Erlang types are the string equivalent in LTTng.

    process_spawn

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • parent : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_spawn: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.131.0>", parent = "<0.130.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2" }

    process_link

    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • type : string :: "link" | "unlink"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_spawn: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.131.0>", parent = "<0.130.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2" }

    process_link

    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • type : string :: "link" | "unlink"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_link: { cpu_id = 3 }, { from = "<0.130.0>", to = "<0.131.0>", type = "link" }

    process_exit

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reason : string :: Exit reason. Ex. "normal"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_exit: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.130.0>", reason = "normal" }

    process_register

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • name : string :: Registered name. Ex. "logger"
    • type : string :: "register" | "unregister"

    Example:

    process_register: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.128.0>", name = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE" type = "register" }

    process_scheduled

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • type : string :: +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      process_exit: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.130.0>", reason = "normal" }

      process_register

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • name : string :: Registered name. Ex. "logger"
      • type : string :: "register" | "unregister"

      Example:

      process_register: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.128.0>", name = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE" type = "register" }

      process_scheduled

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
      • type : string :: "in" | "out" | "in_exiting" | "out_exiting" | "out_exited"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      process_scheduled: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.136.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2", type = "in" }

      port_open

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      process_scheduled: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.136.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2", type = "in" }

      port_open

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_open: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.131.0>", driver = "'/bin/sh -s unix:cmd'", port = "#Port<0.1887>" }

      port_exit

      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • reason : string :: Exit reason. Ex. "normal"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_exit: { cpu_id = 5 }, { port = "#Port<0.1887>", reason = "normal" }

      port_link

      • to : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • from : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • type : string :: "link" | "unlink"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_link: { cpu_id = 5 }, { from = "#Port<0.1887>", to = "<0.131.0>", type = "unlink" }

      port_scheduled

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_link: { cpu_id = 5 }, { from = "#Port<0.1887>", to = "<0.131.0>", type = "unlink" }

      port_scheduled

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • entry : string :: Callback. Ex. "open"
      • type : string :: -"in" | "out" | "in_exiting" | "out_exiting" | "out_exited"

      Example:

      port_scheduled: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "#Port<0.1905>", entry = "close", type = "out" }

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and +"in" | "out" | "in_exiting" | "out_exiting" | "out_exited"

    Example:

    port_scheduled: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "#Port<0.1905>", entry = "close", type = "out" }

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    function_call

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • depth : integer :: Stack depth. Ex. 0

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_call: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:'-t_call/1-fun-1-'/0", depth = 0 }

    function_return

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • depth : integer :: Stack depth. Ex. 0

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call or return_to and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_return: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:waiter/0", depth = 0 }

    function_exception

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • class : string :: Error reason. Ex. "error"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_exception: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.144.0>", entry = "t:call_exc/1", class = "error" }

    message_send

    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • message : string :: Message sent. Ex. "{<0.162.0>,ok}"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag send and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_call: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:'-t_call/1-fun-1-'/0", depth = 0 }

    function_return

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • depth : integer :: Stack depth. Ex. 0

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call or return_to and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_return: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:waiter/0", depth = 0 }

    function_exception

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • class : string :: Error reason. Ex. "error"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_exception: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.144.0>", entry = "t:call_exc/1", class = "error" }

    message_send

    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • message : string :: Message sent. Ex. "{<0.162.0>,ok}"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag send and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    message_send: { cpu_id = 3 }, { from = "#Port<0.1938>", to = "<0.160.0>", message = "{#Port<0.1938>,eof}" }

    message_receive

    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • message : string :: Message received. Ex. "{<0.162.0>,ok}"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag 'receive' and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    message_receive: { cpu_id = 7 }, { to = "<0.167.0>", message = "{<0.165.0>,ok}" }

    gc_minor_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • need : integer :: Heap need. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 0, heap = 610, old_heap = 0 }

    gc_minor_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_end: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", reclaimed = 120, heap = 1598, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • need : integer :: Heap need. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_major_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 8, heap = 2586, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 0, heap = 610, old_heap = 0 }

    gc_minor_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_end: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", reclaimed = 120, heap = 1598, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • need : integer :: Heap need. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_major_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 8, heap = 2586, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_major_end: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", reclaimed = 240, heap = 4185, old_heap = 0 }

    BEAM Tracepoints

    -

    All tracepoints are in the domain of org_erlang_otp

    All Erlang types are the string equivalent in LTTng.

    driver_init

    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • major : integer :: Major version. Ex. 3
    • minor : integer :: Minor version. Ex. 1
    • flags : integer :: Flags. Ex. 1

    Example:

    driver_init: { cpu_id = 2 }, { driver = "caller_drv", major = 3, minor = 3, flags = 1 }

    driver_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

    Example:

    driver_start: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", driver = "caller_drv", port = "#Port<0.3676>" }

    driver_output

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_output: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", port = "#Port<0.3677>", driver = "/bin/sh -s unix:cmd", bytes = 36 }

    driver_outputv

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_outputv: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet", bytes = 3 }

    driver_ready_input

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_ready_input: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.189.0>", port = "#Port<0.3637>", driver = "inet_gethost 4 " }

    driver_ready_output

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_ready_output: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_timeout

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_timeout: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.196.0>", port = "#Port<0.3664>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_stop_select

    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_stop_select: { cpu_id = 5 }, { driver = "unknown" }

    driver_flush

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_flush: { cpu_id = 7 }, { pid = "<0.204.0>", port = "#Port<0.3686>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_stop

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_stop: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "[]", port = "#Port<0.3673>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_process_exit

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    driver_ready_async

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_ready_async: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.181.0>", port = "#Port<0.3622>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_call

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_call: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.202.0>", port = "#Port<0.3676>", driver = "caller_drv", command = 0, bytes = 2 }

    driver_control

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_control: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.32767.8191>", port = "#Port<0.0>", driver = "forker", command = 83, bytes = 32 }

    carrier_create

    • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
    • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
    • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
    • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
    • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in +

      All tracepoints are in the domain of org_erlang_otp

      All Erlang types are the string equivalent in LTTng.

      driver_init

      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • major : integer :: Major version. Ex. 3
      • minor : integer :: Minor version. Ex. 1
      • flags : integer :: Flags. Ex. 1

      Example:

      driver_init: { cpu_id = 2 }, { driver = "caller_drv", major = 3, minor = 3, flags = 1 }

      driver_start

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

      Example:

      driver_start: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", driver = "caller_drv", port = "#Port<0.3676>" }

      driver_output

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_output: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", port = "#Port<0.3677>", driver = "/bin/sh -s unix:cmd", bytes = 36 }

      driver_outputv

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_outputv: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet", bytes = 3 }

      driver_ready_input

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_ready_input: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.189.0>", port = "#Port<0.3637>", driver = "inet_gethost 4 " }

      driver_ready_output

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_ready_output: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_timeout

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_timeout: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.196.0>", port = "#Port<0.3664>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_stop_select

      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_stop_select: { cpu_id = 5 }, { driver = "unknown" }

      driver_flush

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_flush: { cpu_id = 7 }, { pid = "<0.204.0>", port = "#Port<0.3686>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_stop

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_stop: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "[]", port = "#Port<0.3673>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_process_exit

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      driver_ready_async

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_ready_async: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.181.0>", port = "#Port<0.3622>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_call

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_call: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.202.0>", port = "#Port<0.3676>", driver = "caller_drv", command = 0, bytes = 2 }

      driver_control

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_control: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.32767.8191>", port = "#Port<0.0>", driver = "forker", command = 83, bytes = 32 }

      carrier_create

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
      • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
      • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • mbc_blocks : integer :: Number of multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 122
      • mbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 285296
      • sbc_carriers : integer :: Number of singleblock carriers in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of singleblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • sbc_blocks : integer :: Number of singleblocks in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all singleblock blocks in -instance. Ex. 285296

      Example:

      carrier_create: { cpu_id = 2 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 2097152, mbc_carriers = 4, mbc_carriers_size = 3440640, mbc_blocks = 526, mbc_blocks_size = 1278576, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

      carrier_destroy

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
      • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
      • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in +instance. Ex. 285296

      Example:

      carrier_create: { cpu_id = 2 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 2097152, mbc_carriers = 4, mbc_carriers_size = 3440640, mbc_blocks = 526, mbc_blocks_size = 1278576, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

      carrier_destroy

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
      • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
      • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • mbc_blocks : integer :: Number of multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 122
      • mbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 285296
      • sbc_carriers : integer :: Number of singleblock carriers in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of singleblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • sbc_blocks : integer :: Number of singleblocks in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all singleblock blocks in -instance. Ex. 285296

      Example:

      carrier_destroy: { cpu_id = 6 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 262144, mbc_carriers = 3, mbc_carriers_size = 3178496, mbc_blocks = 925, mbc_blocks_size = 2305336, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

      carrier_pool_put

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

      Example:

      carrier_pool_put: { cpu_id = 3 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 5, size = 1048576 }

      carrier_pool_get

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

      Example:

      carrier_pool_get: { cpu_id = 7 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 4, size = 3208 }

      +instance. Ex. 285296

    Example:

    carrier_destroy: { cpu_id = 6 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 262144, mbc_carriers = 3, mbc_carriers_size = 3178496, mbc_blocks = 925, mbc_blocks_size = 2305336, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

    carrier_pool_put

    • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
    • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
    • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

    Example:

    carrier_pool_put: { cpu_id = 3 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 5, size = 1048576 }

    carrier_pool_get

    • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
    • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
    • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

    Example:

    carrier_pool_get: { cpu_id = 7 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 4, size = 3208 }

    @@ -198,10 +198,10 @@ Erlang/OTP 19 [erts-8.0] [source-4d7b24d] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [async-threads:10] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false] [lttng] Eshell V8.0 (abort with ^G) -1>

    Load the dyntrace module.

    1> l(dyntrace).
    -{module,dyntrace}

    All tracepoints via dyntrace are now visible and can be listed through +1>

    Load the dyntrace module.

    1> l(dyntrace).
    +{module,dyntrace}

    All tracepoints via dyntrace are now visible and can be listed through lttng list -u.

    Enable the process_register LTTng tracepoint for Erlang.

    $ lttng enable-event -u org_erlang_dyntrace:process_register
    -UST event org_erlang_dyntrace:process_register created in channel channel0

    Enable process tracing for new processes and use dyntrace as tracer backend.

    2> erlang:trace(new,true,[procs,{tracer,dyntrace,[]}]).
    +UST event org_erlang_dyntrace:process_register created in channel channel0

    Enable process tracing for new processes and use dyntrace as tracer backend.

    2> erlang:trace(new,true,[procs,{tracer,dyntrace,[]}]).
     0

    Start LTTng tracing.

    $ lttng start
     Tracing started for session erlang-demo

    Start the os_mon application in Erlang.

    3> application:ensure_all_started(os_mon).
     {ok,[sasl,os_mon]}

    Stop LTTng tracing and view the result.

    $ lttng stop
    @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/msacc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/msacc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.720335803 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/msacc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.724335823 +0000 @@ -131,9 +131,9 @@

    Convenience functions for microstate accounting

    This module implements some convenience functions for analyzing microstate accounting data. For details about how to use the basic API and what the different states represent, see -erlang:statistics(microstate_accounting).

    Basic Scenario

    1> msacc:start(1000).
    +erlang:statistics(microstate_accounting).

    Basic Scenario

    1> msacc:start(1000).
     ok
    -2> msacc:print().
    +2> msacc:print().
     Average thread real-time    : 1000513 us
     Accumulated system run-time :    2213 us
     Average scheduler run-time  :    1076 us
    @@ -141,11 +141,11 @@
             Thread      aux check_io emulator       gc    other     port    sleep
     
     Stats per thread:
    -     async( 0)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    -     async( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    -       aux( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%   99.99%
    - scheduler( 1)    0.00%    0.03%    0.13%    0.00%    0.01%    0.00%   99.82%
    - scheduler( 2)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.03%    0.00%   99.97%
    +     async( 0)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    +     async( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    +       aux( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%   99.99%
    + scheduler( 1)    0.00%    0.03%    0.13%    0.00%    0.01%    0.00%   99.82%
    + scheduler( 2)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.03%    0.00%   99.97%
     
     Stats per type:
              async    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    @@ -945,7 +945,7 @@
     this can be verbose. See the top of this reference manual for a brief
     description of what the fields mean.

    It is possible to print more specific types of statistics by first manipulating the DataOrStats using stats/2. For instance if you want to print the -percentage of run-time for each thread you can do:

    msacc:print(msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats())).

    If you want to only print run-time per thread type you can do:

    msacc:print(msacc:stats(type, msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats()))).

    Options

    • system - Print percentage of time spent in each state out of system time +percentage of run-time for each thread you can do:

      msacc:print(msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats())).

      If you want to only print run-time per thread type you can do:

      msacc:print(msacc:stats(type, msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats()))).

      Options

      • system - Print percentage of time spent in each state out of system time as well as thread time. Default: false.
      @@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.756335983 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.760336003 +0000 @@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:19:11.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:36:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> runtime_tools - 2.1.1 - urn:uuid:e097dfc1-3914-cdd3-48f3-f7a2f2d71fe3 + urn:uuid:1e03ba99-db3d-26d5-5fab-c25607788e13 en - 2025-01-25T10:19:10Z + 2041-02-26T23:36:54Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/dbg.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/dbg.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:11.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/dbg.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,16 +26,16 @@

      The Text Based Trace Facility

      This module implements a text based interface to the trace:process/4, trace:port/4, and trace:function/4 BIFs, simplifying tracing of functions, processes, ports, and messages.

      To quickly get started on tracing function calls you can use the -following code in the Erlang shell:

      1> dbg:tracer().  % Start the default trace message receiver
      -{ok,<0.90.0>}
      -2> dbg:p(all, c). % Set upp call tracing on all processes
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
      -3> dbg:tp(lists, seq, cx). %  Set up call and exception tracing on lists:seq/2,3
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,2},{saved,cx}]}
      -4> lists:seq(1, 10).
      -(<0.88.0>) call lists:seq(1,10) ({erl_eval,do_apply,7,{"erl_eval.erl",904}})
      -[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]
      -(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:seq/2 -> [1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]

      The utilities are also suitable to use in system testing on large systems, where +following code in the Erlang shell:

      1> dbg:tracer().  % Start the default trace message receiver
      +{ok,<0.90.0>}
      +2> dbg:p(all, c). % Set upp call tracing on all processes
      +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
      +3> dbg:tp(lists, seq, cx). %  Set up call and exception tracing on lists:seq/2,3
      +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,2},{saved,cx}]}
      +4> lists:seq(1, 10).
      +(<0.88.0>) call lists:seq(1,10) ({erl_eval,do_apply,7,{"erl_eval.erl",904}})
      +[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]
      +(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:seq/2 -> [1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]

      The utilities are also suitable to use in system testing on large systems, where other tools have too severe impact on the system performance. Some primitive support for sequential tracing is also included; see the advanced topics section.

      @@ -47,36 +47,36 @@

      To trace a call to a function with minimal fuss, call dbg:c(Module, Name, Arguments). dbg:c/3 starts a temporary trace receiver, enables all trace flags, and calls the designated function from a temporary process. For example, here is how to trace a call -to application:which_applications/0:

      1> dbg:c(application, which_applications, []).
      -(<0.92.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.92.0>,
      -                                    [alias|
      -                                     #Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>]},
      -                                   which_applications} (Timestamp: {1710,
      +to application:which_applications/0:

      1> dbg:c(application, which_applications, []).
      +(<0.92.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.92.0>,
      +                                    [alias|
      +                                     #Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>]},
      +                                   which_applications} (Timestamp: {1710,
                                                                           847802,
      -                                                                    479222})
      -(<0.92.0>) out {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479231})
      -(<0.92.0>) in {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479271})
      -(<0.92.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>],
      -               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
      -                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]} (Timestamp: {1710,
      +                                                                    479222})
      +(<0.92.0>) out {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479231})
      +(<0.92.0>) in {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479271})
      +(<0.92.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>],
      +               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
      +                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]} (Timestamp: {1710,
                                                                          847802,
      -                                                                   479274})
      -[{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
      - {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

      Four trace events are generated:

      • A send event (!) for the sending of a request from the current process + 479274}) +[{stdlib,"ERTS CXC 138 10","5.2.1"}, + {kernel,"ERTS CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

      Four trace events are generated:

      • A send event (!) for the sending of a request from the current process to the application_controller process.
      • A schedule-out event (out) when the current process schedules out while waiting in a receive for the reply to arrive.
      • A schedule-in event (in) when the current process is scheduled in when reply has arrived.
      • A receive event (<<) when the current process retrieves the reply from the application_controller process.

      The dbg:c/4 function has a fourth argument for specifying the trace flags. -Here is how to only show message sending and receiving:

      2> dbg:c(application, which_applications, [], m).
      -(<0.96.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.96.0>,
      -                                    [alias|
      -                                     #Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>]},
      -                                   which_applications}
      -(<0.96.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>],
      -               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
      -                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]}
      -[{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
      - {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

      +Here is how to only show message sending and receiving:

      2> dbg:c(application, which_applications, [], m).
      +(<0.96.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.96.0>,
      +                                    [alias|
      +                                     #Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>]},
      +                                   which_applications}
      +(<0.96.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>],
      +               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
      +                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]}
      +[{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
      + {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

      @@ -84,35 +84,35 @@

      Another way of tracing from the shell is to explicitly start a tracer and set the trace flags of your choice on the processes you want to trace. -For example, here is how to trace messages and process events:

      1> Pid = spawn(fun() -> receive {From,Msg} -> From ! Msg end end).
      +For example, here is how to trace messages and process events:

      1> Pid = spawn(fun() -> receive {From,Msg} -> From ! Msg end end).
       <0.90.0>
      -2> dbg:tracer().
      -{ok,<0.92.0>}
      -3> dbg:p(Pid, [m,procs]).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
      -4> Pid ! {self(),hello}.
      -(<0.90.0>) << {<0.88.0>,hello}
      -{<0.88.0>,hello}
      -(<0.90.0>) <0.88.0> ! hello
      -(<0.90.0>) exit normal
      -5> flush().
      +2> dbg:tracer().
      +{ok,<0.92.0>}
      +3> dbg:p(Pid, [m,procs]).
      +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
      +4> Pid ! {self(),hello}.
      +(<0.90.0>) << {<0.88.0>,hello}
      +{<0.88.0>,hello}
      +(<0.90.0>) <0.88.0> ! hello
      +(<0.90.0>) exit normal
      +5> flush().
       Shell got hello
       ok

      In order to trace functions call, in addition to enabling the call trace flag for the process, it is also necessary to set a trace pattern for the functions -to trace.

      Example:

      1> dbg:tracer().
      -{ok,<0.90.0>}
      -2> dbg:p(all, call).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
      -3> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, []).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
      -4> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
      -(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
      +to trace.

      Example:

      1> dbg:tracer().
      +{ok,<0.90.0>}
      +2> dbg:p(all, call).
      +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
      +3> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, []).
      +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
      +4> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
      +(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
       e
      -5> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, [{'_',[],[{return_trace}]}]).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]}
      -6> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
      -(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
      -(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:last/1 -> e
      +5> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, [{'_',[],[{return_trace}]}]).
      +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]}
      +6> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
      +(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
      +(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:last/1 -> e
       e

      @@ -126,21 +126,21 @@ seq_trace and the same tracer function for both types of tracing can be used. The seq_trace messages can also be sent to a trace port for further analysis.

      As a match specification can turn on sequential tracing, the combination of dbg and seq_trace can be powerful. This brief example shows a session -where sequential tracing is used to trace the dbg module and the trace itself:

      1> dbg:tracer().
      -{ok,<0.30.0>}
      -2> {ok, Tracer} = dbg:get_tracer().
      -{ok,<0.31.0>}
      -3> seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Tracer).
      +where sequential tracing is used to trace the dbg module and the trace itself:

      1> dbg:tracer().
      +{ok,<0.30.0>}
      +2> {ok, Tracer} = dbg:get_tracer().
      +{ok,<0.31.0>}
      +3> seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Tracer).
       false
      -4> dbg:tp(dbg, get_tracer, 0, [{[],[],[{set_seq_token, send, true}]}]).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]}
      -5> dbg:p(all,call).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,22}]}
      -6> dbg:get_tracer(), seq_trace:set_token([]).
      -(<0.25.0>) call dbg:get_tracer()
      -SeqTrace [0]: (<0.25.0>) <0.30.0> ! {<0.25.0>,get_tracer} [Serial: {2,4}]
      -SeqTrace [0]: (<0.30.0>) <0.25.0> ! {dbg,{ok,<0.31.0>}} [Serial: {4,5}]
      -{1,0,5,<0.30.0>,4}

      This session sets the system_tracer to the same process as the +4> dbg:tp(dbg, get_tracer, 0, [{[],[],[{set_seq_token, send, true}]}]). +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]} +5> dbg:p(all,call). +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,22}]} +6> dbg:get_tracer(), seq_trace:set_token([]). +(<0.25.0>) call dbg:get_tracer() +SeqTrace [0]: (<0.25.0>) <0.30.0> ! {<0.25.0>,get_tracer} [Serial: {2,4}] +SeqTrace [0]: (<0.30.0>) <0.25.0> ! {dbg,{ok,<0.31.0>}} [Serial: {4,5}] +{1,0,5,<0.30.0>,4}

      This session sets the system_tracer to the same process as the ordinary tracer process (i. e. <0.31.0>) and sets the trace pattern for the function dbg:get_tracer to one that has the action of setting a sequential token. When the function is called by a traced @@ -162,20 +162,20 @@ trace handler prints to the tty using an io function such as format/2. Note that when dbg:p(all, call) is called, IO processes are also traced. Here is an example:

      %% Using a default line editing shell
      -1> dbg:tracer(process, {fun(Msg,_) -> io:format("~p~n", [Msg]), 0 end, 0}).
      -{ok,<0.37.0>}
      -2> dbg:p(all, [call]).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,25}]}
      -3> dbg:tp(mymod,[{'_',[],[]}]).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,0},{saved,1}]}
      +1> dbg:tracer(process, {fun(Msg,_) -> io:format("~p~n", [Msg]), 0 end, 0}).
      +{ok,<0.37.0>}
      +2> dbg:p(all, [call]).
      +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,25}]}
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/dyntrace.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/dyntrace.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:19:11.000000000 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/dyntrace.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:54.000000000 +0000
      @@ -736,14 +736,14 @@
       

      Restores the previous state of user tags and their spreading as it was before a call to spread_tag/1.

      Note that the restoring is not limited to the same process; one can utilize this to turn off spreding in one process and restore it in a -newly created process that is is actually going to send messages:

      f() ->
      -    TagData = dyntrace:spread_tag(false),
      -    spawn(fun() ->
      -             dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData),
      -             do_something()
      -          end),
      -    do_something_else(),
      -    dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData).

      Correctly handling user tags and their spreading might take some effort, as +newly created process that is is actually going to send messages:

      f() ->
      +    TagData = dyntrace:spread_tag(false),
      +    spawn(fun() ->
      +             dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData),
      +             do_something()
      +          end),
      +    do_something_else(),
      +    dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData).

      Correctly handling user tags and their spreading might take some effort, as Erlang programs tend to send and receive messages so that sometimes the user tag gets lost due to various things, like double receives or communication with a port (ports do not handle user tags, in the same way as they do not handle @@ -790,12 +790,12 @@ later call to restore_tag/1.

      The file module already spreads tags, so there is no need to manually call this function to get user tags spread to the efile driver through that module.

      The most use of this function would be if one, for example, uses the io module to communicate with an I/O-server for a regular file, such as in the following -example:

      f() ->
      -   {ok, F} = file:open("test.tst", [write]),
      -   Saved = dyntrace:spread_tag(true),
      -   io:format(F, "Hello world!", []),
      -   dyntrace:restore_tag(Saved),
      -   file:close(F).

      In this example, any user tag set in the calling process will be spread to the +example:

      f() ->
      +   {ok, F} = file:open("test.tst", [write]),
      +   Saved = dyntrace:spread_tag(true),
      +   io:format(F, "Hello world!", []),
      +   dyntrace:restore_tag(Saved),
      +   file:close(F).

      In this example, any user tag set in the calling process will be spread to the I/O-server when the io:format/3 call is done.

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/instrument.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/instrument.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:11.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/instrument.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -239,8 +239,8 @@ the one before it.

      The upper bound of the first interval is provided by the function that returned the histogram, and the last interval has no upper bound.

      For example, the histogram below has 40 (message) blocks between 128-256 bytes in size, 78 blocks between 256-512 bytes,2 blocks between 512-1024 bytes, and 2 -blocks between 1-2KB.

      > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
      -{ok, {128, 0, #{ message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, ... } }}
      +blocks between 1-2KB.

      > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
      +{ok, {128, 0, #{ message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, ... } }}
      @@ -375,30 +375,30 @@ block size histograms. Defaults to 128.

    • histogram_width - The number of intervals in the allocated block size histograms. Defaults to 18.

    • flags - Controls how to group the output, for example showing allocations on a per-process basis (when possible) rather than only a -NIF/driver-basis. Defaults to [].

    Example:

    > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
    -{ok,{128,0,
    -     #{udp_inet =>
    -           #{driver_event_state => {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0}},
    +NIF/driver-basis. Defaults to [].

    Example:

    > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
    +{ok,{128,0,
    +     #{udp_inet =>
    +           #{driver_event_state => {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0}},
            system =>
    -           #{heap => {0,0,0,0,20,4,2,2,2,3,0,1,0,0,1},
    -             db_term => {271,3,1,52,80,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    -             code => {0,0,0,5,3,6,11,22,19,20,10,2,1,0,0},
    -             binary => {18,0,0,0,7,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    -             message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    -             ... }
    +           #{heap => {0,0,0,0,20,4,2,2,2,3,0,1,0,0,1},
    +             db_term => {271,3,1,52,80,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    +             code => {0,0,0,5,3,6,11,22,19,20,10,2,1,0,0},
    +             binary => {18,0,0,0,7,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    +             message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    +             ... }
            spawn_forker =>
    -           #{driver_select_data_state =>
    -                 {1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
    -       ram_file_drv => #{drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
    +           #{driver_select_data_state =>
    +                 {1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
    +       ram_file_drv => #{drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
            prim_file =>
    -           #{process_specific_data => {2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    -             nif_trap_export_entry => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    -             monitor_extended => {0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    -             drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,3,5,0,0,0,1,0},
    -             binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
    +           #{process_specific_data => {2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    +             nif_trap_export_entry => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    +             monitor_extended => {0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    +             drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,3,5,0,0,0,1,0},
    +             binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
            prim_buffer =>
    -           #{nif_internal => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    -             binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}}}}}
    +
    #{nif_internal => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, + binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}}}}}
    @@ -475,15 +475,15 @@ tied to any particular scheduler. Defaults to all schedulers and the global instance.

  • histogram_start - The upper bound of the first interval in the free block size histograms. Defaults to 512.

  • histogram_width - The number of intervals in the free block size -histograms. Defaults to 14.

  • Example:

    > instrument:carriers(#{ histogram_start => 512, histogram_width => 8 }).
    -{ok,{512,
    -     [{driver_alloc,false,262144,0,
    -                    [{driver_alloc,1,32784}],
    -                    {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}},
    -      {binary_alloc,false,32768,0,
    -                    [{binary_alloc,15,4304}],
    -                    {3,0,0,0,1,0,0,0}},
    -      {...}|...]}}
    +histograms. Defaults to 14.

    Example:

    > instrument:carriers(#{ histogram_start => 512, histogram_width => 8 }).
    +{ok,{512,
    +     [{driver_alloc,false,262144,0,
    +                    [{driver_alloc,1,32784}],
    +                    {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}},
    +      {binary_alloc,false,32768,0,
    +                    [{binary_alloc,15,4304}],
    +                    {3,0,0,0,1,0,0,0}},
    +      {...}|...]}}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/lttng.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/lttng.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:11.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/lttng.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -45,42 +45,42 @@ Dyntrace Tracepoints

    All tracepoints are in the domain of org_erlang_dyntrace

    All Erlang types are the string equivalent in LTTng.

    process_spawn

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • parent : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_spawn: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.131.0>", parent = "<0.130.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2" }

    process_link

    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • type : string :: "link" | "unlink"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_spawn: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.131.0>", parent = "<0.130.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2" }

    process_link

    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • type : string :: "link" | "unlink"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_link: { cpu_id = 3 }, { from = "<0.130.0>", to = "<0.131.0>", type = "link" }

    process_exit

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reason : string :: Exit reason. Ex. "normal"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_exit: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.130.0>", reason = "normal" }

    process_register

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • name : string :: Registered name. Ex. "logger"
    • type : string :: "register" | "unregister"

    Example:

    process_register: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.128.0>", name = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE" type = "register" }

    process_scheduled

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • type : string :: +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      process_exit: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.130.0>", reason = "normal" }

      process_register

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • name : string :: Registered name. Ex. "logger"
      • type : string :: "register" | "unregister"

      Example:

      process_register: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.128.0>", name = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE" type = "register" }

      process_scheduled

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
      • type : string :: "in" | "out" | "in_exiting" | "out_exiting" | "out_exited"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      process_scheduled: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.136.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2", type = "in" }

      port_open

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      process_scheduled: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.136.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2", type = "in" }

      port_open

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_open: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.131.0>", driver = "'/bin/sh -s unix:cmd'", port = "#Port<0.1887>" }

      port_exit

      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • reason : string :: Exit reason. Ex. "normal"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_exit: { cpu_id = 5 }, { port = "#Port<0.1887>", reason = "normal" }

      port_link

      • to : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • from : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • type : string :: "link" | "unlink"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_link: { cpu_id = 5 }, { from = "#Port<0.1887>", to = "<0.131.0>", type = "unlink" }

      port_scheduled

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_link: { cpu_id = 5 }, { from = "#Port<0.1887>", to = "<0.131.0>", type = "unlink" }

      port_scheduled

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • entry : string :: Callback. Ex. "open"
      • type : string :: -"in" | "out" | "in_exiting" | "out_exiting" | "out_exited"

      Example:

      port_scheduled: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "#Port<0.1905>", entry = "close", type = "out" }

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and +"in" | "out" | "in_exiting" | "out_exiting" | "out_exited"

    Example:

    port_scheduled: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "#Port<0.1905>", entry = "close", type = "out" }

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    function_call

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • depth : integer :: Stack depth. Ex. 0

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_call: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:'-t_call/1-fun-1-'/0", depth = 0 }

    function_return

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • depth : integer :: Stack depth. Ex. 0

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call or return_to and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_return: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:waiter/0", depth = 0 }

    function_exception

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • class : string :: Error reason. Ex. "error"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_exception: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.144.0>", entry = "t:call_exc/1", class = "error" }

    message_send

    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • message : string :: Message sent. Ex. "{<0.162.0>,ok}"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag send and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_call: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:'-t_call/1-fun-1-'/0", depth = 0 }

    function_return

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • depth : integer :: Stack depth. Ex. 0

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call or return_to and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_return: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:waiter/0", depth = 0 }

    function_exception

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • class : string :: Error reason. Ex. "error"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_exception: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.144.0>", entry = "t:call_exc/1", class = "error" }

    message_send

    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • message : string :: Message sent. Ex. "{<0.162.0>,ok}"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag send and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    message_send: { cpu_id = 3 }, { from = "#Port<0.1938>", to = "<0.160.0>", message = "{#Port<0.1938>,eof}" }

    message_receive

    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • message : string :: Message received. Ex. "{<0.162.0>,ok}"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag 'receive' and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    message_receive: { cpu_id = 7 }, { to = "<0.167.0>", message = "{<0.165.0>,ok}" }

    gc_minor_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • need : integer :: Heap need. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 0, heap = 610, old_heap = 0 }

    gc_minor_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_end: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", reclaimed = 120, heap = 1598, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • need : integer :: Heap need. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_major_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 8, heap = 2586, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 0, heap = 610, old_heap = 0 }

    gc_minor_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_end: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", reclaimed = 120, heap = 1598, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • need : integer :: Heap need. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_major_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 8, heap = 2586, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_major_end: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", reclaimed = 240, heap = 4185, old_heap = 0 }

    BEAM Tracepoints

    -

    All tracepoints are in the domain of org_erlang_otp

    All Erlang types are the string equivalent in LTTng.

    driver_init

    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • major : integer :: Major version. Ex. 3
    • minor : integer :: Minor version. Ex. 1
    • flags : integer :: Flags. Ex. 1

    Example:

    driver_init: { cpu_id = 2 }, { driver = "caller_drv", major = 3, minor = 3, flags = 1 }

    driver_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

    Example:

    driver_start: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", driver = "caller_drv", port = "#Port<0.3676>" }

    driver_output

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_output: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", port = "#Port<0.3677>", driver = "/bin/sh -s unix:cmd", bytes = 36 }

    driver_outputv

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_outputv: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet", bytes = 3 }

    driver_ready_input

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_ready_input: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.189.0>", port = "#Port<0.3637>", driver = "inet_gethost 4 " }

    driver_ready_output

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_ready_output: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_timeout

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_timeout: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.196.0>", port = "#Port<0.3664>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_stop_select

    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_stop_select: { cpu_id = 5 }, { driver = "unknown" }

    driver_flush

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_flush: { cpu_id = 7 }, { pid = "<0.204.0>", port = "#Port<0.3686>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_stop

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_stop: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "[]", port = "#Port<0.3673>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_process_exit

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    driver_ready_async

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_ready_async: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.181.0>", port = "#Port<0.3622>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_call

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_call: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.202.0>", port = "#Port<0.3676>", driver = "caller_drv", command = 0, bytes = 2 }

    driver_control

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_control: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.32767.8191>", port = "#Port<0.0>", driver = "forker", command = 83, bytes = 32 }

    carrier_create

    • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
    • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
    • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
    • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
    • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in +

      All tracepoints are in the domain of org_erlang_otp

      All Erlang types are the string equivalent in LTTng.

      driver_init

      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • major : integer :: Major version. Ex. 3
      • minor : integer :: Minor version. Ex. 1
      • flags : integer :: Flags. Ex. 1

      Example:

      driver_init: { cpu_id = 2 }, { driver = "caller_drv", major = 3, minor = 3, flags = 1 }

      driver_start

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

      Example:

      driver_start: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", driver = "caller_drv", port = "#Port<0.3676>" }

      driver_output

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_output: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", port = "#Port<0.3677>", driver = "/bin/sh -s unix:cmd", bytes = 36 }

      driver_outputv

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_outputv: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet", bytes = 3 }

      driver_ready_input

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_ready_input: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.189.0>", port = "#Port<0.3637>", driver = "inet_gethost 4 " }

      driver_ready_output

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_ready_output: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_timeout

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_timeout: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.196.0>", port = "#Port<0.3664>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_stop_select

      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_stop_select: { cpu_id = 5 }, { driver = "unknown" }

      driver_flush

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_flush: { cpu_id = 7 }, { pid = "<0.204.0>", port = "#Port<0.3686>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_stop

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_stop: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "[]", port = "#Port<0.3673>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_process_exit

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      driver_ready_async

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_ready_async: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.181.0>", port = "#Port<0.3622>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_call

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_call: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.202.0>", port = "#Port<0.3676>", driver = "caller_drv", command = 0, bytes = 2 }

      driver_control

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_control: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.32767.8191>", port = "#Port<0.0>", driver = "forker", command = 83, bytes = 32 }

      carrier_create

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
      • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
      • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • mbc_blocks : integer :: Number of multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 122
      • mbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 285296
      • sbc_carriers : integer :: Number of singleblock carriers in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of singleblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • sbc_blocks : integer :: Number of singleblocks in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all singleblock blocks in -instance. Ex. 285296

      Example:

      carrier_create: { cpu_id = 2 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 2097152, mbc_carriers = 4, mbc_carriers_size = 3440640, mbc_blocks = 526, mbc_blocks_size = 1278576, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

      carrier_destroy

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
      • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
      • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in +instance. Ex. 285296

      Example:

      carrier_create: { cpu_id = 2 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 2097152, mbc_carriers = 4, mbc_carriers_size = 3440640, mbc_blocks = 526, mbc_blocks_size = 1278576, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

      carrier_destroy

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
      • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
      • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • mbc_blocks : integer :: Number of multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 122
      • mbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 285296
      • sbc_carriers : integer :: Number of singleblock carriers in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of singleblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • sbc_blocks : integer :: Number of singleblocks in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all singleblock blocks in -instance. Ex. 285296

      Example:

      carrier_destroy: { cpu_id = 6 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 262144, mbc_carriers = 3, mbc_carriers_size = 3178496, mbc_blocks = 925, mbc_blocks_size = 2305336, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

      carrier_pool_put

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

      Example:

      carrier_pool_put: { cpu_id = 3 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 5, size = 1048576 }

      carrier_pool_get

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

      Example:

      carrier_pool_get: { cpu_id = 7 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 4, size = 3208 }

      +instance. Ex. 285296

    Example:

    carrier_destroy: { cpu_id = 6 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 262144, mbc_carriers = 3, mbc_carriers_size = 3178496, mbc_blocks = 925, mbc_blocks_size = 2305336, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

    carrier_pool_put

    • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
    • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
    • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

    Example:

    carrier_pool_put: { cpu_id = 3 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 5, size = 1048576 }

    carrier_pool_get

    • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
    • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
    • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

    Example:

    carrier_pool_get: { cpu_id = 7 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 4, size = 3208 }

    @@ -93,10 +93,10 @@ Erlang/OTP 19 [erts-8.0] [source-4d7b24d] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [async-threads:10] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false] [lttng] Eshell V8.0 (abort with ^G) -1>

    Load the dyntrace module.

    1> l(dyntrace).
    -{module,dyntrace}

    All tracepoints via dyntrace are now visible and can be listed through +1>

    Load the dyntrace module.

    1> l(dyntrace).
    +{module,dyntrace}

    All tracepoints via dyntrace are now visible and can be listed through lttng list -u.

    Enable the process_register LTTng tracepoint for Erlang.

    $ lttng enable-event -u org_erlang_dyntrace:process_register
    -UST event org_erlang_dyntrace:process_register created in channel channel0

    Enable process tracing for new processes and use dyntrace as tracer backend.

    2> erlang:trace(new,true,[procs,{tracer,dyntrace,[]}]).
    +UST event org_erlang_dyntrace:process_register created in channel channel0

    Enable process tracing for new processes and use dyntrace as tracer backend.

    2> erlang:trace(new,true,[procs,{tracer,dyntrace,[]}]).
     0

    Start LTTng tracing.

    $ lttng start
     Tracing started for session erlang-demo

    Start the os_mon application in Erlang.

    3> application:ensure_all_started(os_mon).
     {ok,[sasl,os_mon]}

    Stop LTTng tracing and view the result.

    $ lttng stop
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/msacc.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/msacc.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:19:11.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/msacc.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:54.000000000 +0000
    @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@
     

    Convenience functions for microstate accounting

    This module implements some convenience functions for analyzing microstate accounting data. For details about how to use the basic API and what the different states represent, see -erlang:statistics(microstate_accounting).

    Basic Scenario

    1> msacc:start(1000).
    +erlang:statistics(microstate_accounting).

    Basic Scenario

    1> msacc:start(1000).
     ok
    -2> msacc:print().
    +2> msacc:print().
     Average thread real-time    : 1000513 us
     Accumulated system run-time :    2213 us
     Average scheduler run-time  :    1076 us
    @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@
             Thread      aux check_io emulator       gc    other     port    sleep
     
     Stats per thread:
    -     async( 0)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    -     async( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    -       aux( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%   99.99%
    - scheduler( 1)    0.00%    0.03%    0.13%    0.00%    0.01%    0.00%   99.82%
    - scheduler( 2)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.03%    0.00%   99.97%
    +     async( 0)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    +     async( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    +       aux( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%   99.99%
    + scheduler( 1)    0.00%    0.03%    0.13%    0.00%    0.01%    0.00%   99.82%
    + scheduler( 2)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.03%    0.00%   99.97%
     
     Stats per type:
              async    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    @@ -824,7 +824,7 @@
     this can be verbose. See the top of this reference manual for a brief
     description of what the fields mean.

    It is possible to print more specific types of statistics by first manipulating the DataOrStats using stats/2. For instance if you want to print the -percentage of run-time for each thread you can do:

    msacc:print(msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats())).

    If you want to only print run-time per thread type you can do:

    msacc:print(msacc:stats(type, msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats()))).

    Options

    • system - Print percentage of time spent in each state out of system time +percentage of run-time for each thread you can do:

      msacc:print(msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats())).

      If you want to only print run-time per thread type you can do:

      msacc:print(msacc:stats(type, msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats()))).

      Options

      • system - Print percentage of time spent in each state out of system time as well as thread time. Default: false.
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/scheduler.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/scheduler.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:11.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/scheduler.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ scheduler_wall_time.

      Calculate scheduler utilizations for the time interval from when Sample was taken and "now". The same as calling scheduler:utilization(Sample, scheduler:sample_all()).

      Note

      This function is not recommended as it's so easy to get invalid results -without noticing. In particular do not do this:

      scheduler:utilization(scheduler:sample()). % DO NOT DO THIS!

      The above example takes two samples in rapid succession and calculates the +without noticing. In particular do not do this:

      scheduler:utilization(scheduler:sample()). % DO NOT DO THIS!

      The above example takes two samples in rapid succession and calculates the scheduler utilization between them. The resulting values will probably be more misleading than informative.

      Instead use scheduler:utilization/2 and call get_sample/0 to get samples with some time in between.

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.952336962 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.956336981 +0000 @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/scheduler.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/scheduler.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.988337141 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/scheduler.html 2025-01-25 10:23:41.988337141 +0000 @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ scheduler_wall_time.

      Calculate scheduler utilizations for the time interval from when Sample was taken and "now". The same as calling scheduler:utilization(Sample, scheduler:sample_all()).

      Note

      This function is not recommended as it's so easy to get invalid results -without noticing. In particular do not do this:

      scheduler:utilization(scheduler:sample()). % DO NOT DO THIS!

      The above example takes two samples in rapid succession and calculates the +without noticing. In particular do not do this:

      scheduler:utilization(scheduler:sample()). % DO NOT DO THIS!

      The above example takes two samples in rapid succession and calculates the scheduler utilization between them. The resulting values will probably be more misleading than informative.

      Instead use scheduler:utilization/2 and call get_sample/0 to get samples with some time in between.

      @@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.012337260 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.012337260 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/system_information.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/system_information.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.040337401 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/system_information.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.040337401 +0000 @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/systemtap.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/systemtap.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.064337520 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/systemtap.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.064337520 +0000 @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.084337620 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.088337640 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/alarm_handler.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/alarm_handler.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.112337760 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/alarm_handler.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.116337780 +0000 @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.140337900 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.140337900 +0000 @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/appup.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/appup.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.168338039 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/appup.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.176338080 +0000 @@ -143,9 +143,9 @@ Application is the application name. The file is to be located in the ebin directory for the application.

      The .appup file contains one single Erlang term, which defines the instructions used to upgrade or downgrade the application. The file has the -following syntax:

      {Vsn,
      -  [{UpFromVsn, Instructions}, ...],
      -  [{DownToVsn, Instructions}, ...]}.
      • Vsn = string() - Current application version.

      • UpFromVsn = string() | binary() - An earlier application version to +following syntax:

        {Vsn,
        +  [{UpFromVsn, Instructions}, ...],
        +  [{DownToVsn, Instructions}, ...]}.
        • Vsn = string() - Current application version.

        • UpFromVsn = string() | binary() - An earlier application version to upgrade from. If it is a string, it is interpreted as a specific version number. If it is a binary, it is interpreted as a regular expression that can match multiple version numbers.

        • DownToVsn = string() | binary() - An earlier application version to @@ -221,21 +221,21 @@ version. For static modules, the new version is loaded before the process is asked to change code, both in the case of upgrading and downgrading. Callback modules are dynamic.

        update with argument supervisor is used when changing the start -specification of a supervisor.

        {load_module, Mod}
        -{load_module, Mod, DepMods}
        -{load_module, Mod, PrePurge, PostPurge, DepMods}
        -  Mod = atom()
        +specification of a supervisor.

        {load_module, Mod}
        +{load_module, Mod, DepMods}
        +{load_module, Mod, PrePurge, PostPurge, DepMods}
        +  Mod = atom()
           PrePurge = PostPurge = soft_purge | brutal_purge
        -  DepMods = [Mod]

        Simple code replacement of the module Mod.

        For a description of PrePurge and PostPurge, see update above.

        DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent + DepMods = [Mod]

        Simple code replacement of the module Mod.

        For a description of PrePurge and PostPurge, see update above.

        DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent on. In the relup file, instructions for loading these modules come before the -instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

        {add_module, Mod}
        -{add_module, Mod, DepMods}
        -  Mod = atom()
        -  DepMods = [Mod]

        Loads a new module Mod.

        DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent +instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

        {add_module, Mod}
        +{add_module, Mod, DepMods}
        +  Mod = atom()
        +  DepMods = [Mod]

        Loads a new module Mod.

        DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent on. In the relup file, instructions related to these modules come before the -instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

        {delete_module, Mod}
        -{delete_module, Mod, DepMods}
        -  Mod = atom()

        Deletes a module Mod using the low-level instructions remove and purge.

        DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent +instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

        {delete_module, Mod}
        +{delete_module, Mod, DepMods}
        +  Mod = atom()

        Deletes a module Mod using the low-level instructions remove and purge.

        DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent on. In the relup file, instructions related to these modules come before the instruction for removing Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

        {add_application, Application}
         {add_application, Application, Type}
        @@ -262,9 +262,9 @@
           
           Low-Level Instructions
         
        -
        {load_object_code, {App, Vsn, [Mod]}}
        -  App = Mod = atom()
        -  Vsn = string()

        Reads each Mod from directory App-Vsn/ebin as a binary. It does not load the +

        {load_object_code, {App, Vsn, [Mod]}}
        +  App = Mod = atom()
        +  Vsn = string()

        Reads each Mod from directory App-Vsn/ebin as a binary. It does not load the modules. The instruction is to be placed first in the script to read all new code from the file to make the suspend-load-resume cycle less time-consuming.

        point_of_no_return

        If a crash occurs after this instruction, the system cannot recover and is restarted from the old release version. The instruction must only occur once in @@ -278,38 +278,38 @@ PrePurge = PostPurge = soft_purge | brutal_purge

        Makes the current version of Mod old. PrePurge is ignored. For a description of PostPurge, see the high-level instruction update earlier.

        {purge, [Mod]}
           Mod = atom()

        Purges each module Mod, that is, removes the old code. Notice that any process -executing purged code is killed.

        {suspend, [Mod | {Mod, Timeout}]}
        -  Mod = atom()
        -  Timeout = int()>0 | default | infinity

        Tries to suspend all processes using a module Mod. If a process does not +executing purged code is killed.

        {suspend, [Mod | {Mod, Timeout}]}
        +  Mod = atom()
        +  Timeout = int()>0 | default | infinity

        Tries to suspend all processes using a module Mod. If a process does not respond, it is ignored. This can cause the process to die, either because it crashes when it spontaneously switches to new code, or as a result of a purge operation. If no Timeout is specified or default is specified, the default value for sys:suspend is used.

        {resume, [Mod]}
        -  Mod = atom()

        Resumes all suspended processes using a module Mod.

        {code_change, [{Mod, Extra}]}
        -{code_change, Mode, [{Mod, Extra}]}
        -  Mod = atom()
        +  Mod = atom()

        Resumes all suspended processes using a module Mod.

        {code_change, [{Mod, Extra}]}
        +{code_change, Mode, [{Mod, Extra}]}
        +  Mod = atom()
           Mode = up | down
        -  Extra = term()

        Mode defaults to up and specifies if it is an upgrade or downgrade. This + Extra = term()

    Mode defaults to up and specifies if it is an upgrade or downgrade. This instruction sends a code_change system message to all processes using a module Mod by calling function sys:change_code, passing term Extra as argument.

    {stop, [Mod]}
       Mod = atom()

    Stops all processes using a module Mod by calling supervisor:terminate_child/2. This instruction is useful when the simplest way -to change code is to stop and restart the processes that run the code.

    {start, [Mod]}
    -  Mod = atom()

    Starts all stopped processes using a module Mod by calling -supervisor:restart_child/2.

    {sync_nodes, Id, [Node]}
    -{sync_nodes, Id, {M, F, A}}
    -  Id = term()
    -  Node = node()
    -  M = F = atom()
    -  A = [term()]

    apply(M, F, A) must return a list of nodes.

    This instruction synchronizes the release installation with other nodes. Each +to change code is to stop and restart the processes that run the code.

    {start, [Mod]}
    +  Mod = atom()

    Starts all stopped processes using a module Mod by calling +supervisor:restart_child/2.

    {sync_nodes, Id, [Node]}
    +{sync_nodes, Id, {M, F, A}}
    +  Id = term()
    +  Node = node()
    +  M = F = atom()
    +  A = [term()]

    apply(M, F, A) must return a list of nodes.

    This instruction synchronizes the release installation with other nodes. Each Node must evaluate this command with the same Id. The local node waits for all other nodes to evaluate the instruction before execution continues. If a node goes down, it is considered to be an unrecoverable error, and the local node is restarted from the old release. There is no time-out for this -instruction, which means that it can hang forever.

    {apply, {M, F, A}}
    -  M = F = atom()
    -  A = [term()]

    Evaluates apply(M, F, A).

    If the instruction appears before instruction point_of_no_return, a failure is +instruction, which means that it can hang forever.

    {apply, {M, F, A}}
    +  M = F = atom()
    +  A = [term()]

    Evaluates apply(M, F, A).

    If the instruction appears before instruction point_of_no_return, a failure is caught. release_handler:install_release/1 then returns {error,{'EXIT',Reason}}, unless {error,Error} is thrown or returned. Then it returns {error,Error}.

    If the instruction appears after instruction point_of_no_return and the @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/error_logging.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/error_logging.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.196338179 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/error_logging.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.204338219 +0000 @@ -308,42 +308,42 @@ Show Reports

    Use function rb:show(Number) to show details of a specific -report:

    7> rb:show(4).
    +report:

    7> rb:show(4).
     
     PROGRESS REPORT  <0.20.0>                                   1996-10-16 16:16:36
     ===============================================================================
    -supervisor                                                     {local,sasl_sup}
    +supervisor                                                     {local,sasl_sup}
     started
    -[{pid,<0.24.0>},
    -{name,release_handler},
    -{mfa,{release_handler,start_link,[]}},
    -{restart_type,permanent},
    -{shutdown,2000},
    -{child_type,worker}]
    +[{pid,<0.24.0>},
    +{name,release_handler},
    +{mfa,{release_handler,start_link,[]}},
    +{restart_type,permanent},
    +{shutdown,2000},
    +{child_type,worker}]
     
     ok
    -8> rb:show(9).
    +8> rb:show(9).
     
     CRASH REPORT  <0.24.0>                                      1996-10-16 16:16:21
     ===============================================================================
     Crashing process
     pid                                                                 <0.24.0>
     registered_name                                              release_handler
    -error_info                             {undef,{release_handler,mbj_func,[]}}
    +error_info                             {undef,{release_handler,mbj_func,[]}}
     initial_call
    -{gen,init_it,
    -[gen_server,
    +{gen,init_it,
    +[gen_server,
     <0.20.0>,
     <0.20.0>,
    -{erlang,register},
    +{erlang,register},
     release_handler,
     release_handler,
    -[],
    -[]]}
    -ancestors                                                [sasl_sup,<0.18.0>]
    -messages                                                                  []
    -links                                                    [<0.23.0>,<0.20.0>]
    -dictionary                                                                []
    +[],
    +[]]}
    +ancestors                                                [sasl_sup,<0.18.0>]
    +messages                                                                  []
    +links                                                    [<0.23.0>,<0.20.0>]
    +dictionary                                                                []
     trap_exit                                                              false
     status                                                               running
     heap_size                                                                610
    @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.228338339 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.232338359 +0000 @@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rb.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rb.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.260338499 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rb.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.264338519 +0000 @@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rel.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rel.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.288338638 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rel.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.292338658 +0000 @@ -140,11 +140,11 @@ File Syntax

    The release resource file is to be called Name.rel.

    The .rel file contains one single Erlang term, which is called a release -specification. The file has the following syntax:

    {release, {RelName,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
    -  [{Application, AppVsn} |
    -   {Application, AppVsn, Type} |
    -   {Application, AppVsn, IncApps} |
    -   {Application, AppVsn, Type, IncApps}]}.
    • RelName = string() - Release name.

    • Vsn = string() - Release version.

    • EVsn = string() - ERTS version the release is intended for.

    • Application = atom() - Name of an application included in the release.

    • AppVsn = string() - Version of an application included in the release.

    • Type = permanent | transient | temporary | load | none - Start type of +specification. The file has the following syntax:

      {release, {RelName,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
      +  [{Application, AppVsn} |
      +   {Application, AppVsn, Type} |
      +   {Application, AppVsn, IncApps} |
      +   {Application, AppVsn, Type, IncApps}]}.
      • RelName = string() - Release name.

      • Vsn = string() - Release version.

      • EVsn = string() - ERTS version the release is intended for.

      • Application = atom() - Name of an application included in the release.

      • AppVsn = string() - Version of an application included in the release.

      • Type = permanent | transient | temporary | load | none - Start type of an application included in the release.

        If Type = permanent | transient | temporary, the application is loaded and started in the corresponding way, see application.

        If Type = load, the application is only loaded.

        If Type = none, the application is not loaded and not started, although the code for its modules is loaded.

        Defaults to permanent

      • IncApps = [atom()] - A list of applications that are included by an @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/release_handler.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/release_handler.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.320338798 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/release_handler.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.328338838 +0000 @@ -1084,8 +1084,8 @@ create_RELEASES/4 or set_unpacked/2.

        Example:

        In the current version CurVsn of a release, the application directory of myapp is $ROOT/lib/myapp-1.0. A new version NewVsn is unpacked outside the release handler and the release handler is informed about this with a call -as follows:

        release_handler:set_unpacked(RelFile, [{myapp,"1.0","/home/user"},...]).
        -=> {ok,NewVsn}

        If NewVsn is installed with option {update_paths,true}, then +as follows:

        release_handler:set_unpacked(RelFile, [{myapp,"1.0","/home/user"},...]).
        +=> {ok,NewVsn}

        If NewVsn is installed with option {update_paths,true}, then code:lib_dir(myapp) returns /home/user/myapp-1.0.

      Note

      Installing a new release can be time consuming if there are many processes in the system. The reason is that each process must be checked for references to old code before a module can be purged. This check can lead to garbage @@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/relup.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/relup.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.352338958 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/relup.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.356338978 +0000 @@ -143,9 +143,9 @@

      In a target system, the release upgrade file is to be located in directory $ROOT/releases/Vsn.

      The relup file contains one single Erlang term, which defines the instructions -used to upgrade the release. The file has the following syntax:

      {Vsn,
      -  [{UpFromVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...],
      -  [{DownToVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...]}.
      • Vsn = string() - Current release version.

      • UpFromVsn = string() - Earlier version of the release to upgrade from.

      • Descr = term() - A user-defined parameter passed from the function +used to upgrade the release. The file has the following syntax:

        {Vsn,
        +  [{UpFromVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...],
        +  [{DownToVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...]}.
        • Vsn = string() - Current release version.

        • UpFromVsn = string() - Earlier version of the release to upgrade from.

        • Descr = term() - A user-defined parameter passed from the function systools:make_relup/3,4. It is used in the return value of release_handler:install_release/1,2.

        • Instructions - A list of low-level release upgrade instructions, see @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/appup.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/appup.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:55.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/appup.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -38,9 +38,9 @@ Application is the application name. The file is to be located in the ebin directory for the application.

          The .appup file contains one single Erlang term, which defines the instructions used to upgrade or downgrade the application. The file has the -following syntax:

          {Vsn,
          -  [{UpFromVsn, Instructions}, ...],
          -  [{DownToVsn, Instructions}, ...]}.
          • Vsn = string() - Current application version.

          • UpFromVsn = string() | binary() - An earlier application version to +following syntax:

            {Vsn,
            +  [{UpFromVsn, Instructions}, ...],
            +  [{DownToVsn, Instructions}, ...]}.
            • Vsn = string() - Current application version.

            • UpFromVsn = string() | binary() - An earlier application version to upgrade from. If it is a string, it is interpreted as a specific version number. If it is a binary, it is interpreted as a regular expression that can match multiple version numbers.

            • DownToVsn = string() | binary() - An earlier application version to @@ -116,21 +116,21 @@ version. For static modules, the new version is loaded before the process is asked to change code, both in the case of upgrading and downgrading. Callback modules are dynamic.

            update with argument supervisor is used when changing the start -specification of a supervisor.

            {load_module, Mod}
            -{load_module, Mod, DepMods}
            -{load_module, Mod, PrePurge, PostPurge, DepMods}
            -  Mod = atom()
            +specification of a supervisor.

            {load_module, Mod}
            +{load_module, Mod, DepMods}
            +{load_module, Mod, PrePurge, PostPurge, DepMods}
            +  Mod = atom()
               PrePurge = PostPurge = soft_purge | brutal_purge
            -  DepMods = [Mod]

            Simple code replacement of the module Mod.

            For a description of PrePurge and PostPurge, see update above.

            DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent + DepMods = [Mod]

            Simple code replacement of the module Mod.

            For a description of PrePurge and PostPurge, see update above.

            DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent on. In the relup file, instructions for loading these modules come before the -instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

            {add_module, Mod}
            -{add_module, Mod, DepMods}
            -  Mod = atom()
            -  DepMods = [Mod]

            Loads a new module Mod.

            DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent +instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

            {add_module, Mod}
            +{add_module, Mod, DepMods}
            +  Mod = atom()
            +  DepMods = [Mod]

            Loads a new module Mod.

            DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent on. In the relup file, instructions related to these modules come before the -instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

            {delete_module, Mod}
            -{delete_module, Mod, DepMods}
            -  Mod = atom()

            Deletes a module Mod using the low-level instructions remove and purge.

            DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent +instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

            {delete_module, Mod}
            +{delete_module, Mod, DepMods}
            +  Mod = atom()

            Deletes a module Mod using the low-level instructions remove and purge.

            DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent on. In the relup file, instructions related to these modules come before the instruction for removing Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

            {add_application, Application}
             {add_application, Application, Type}
            @@ -157,9 +157,9 @@
               
               Low-Level Instructions
             
            -
            {load_object_code, {App, Vsn, [Mod]}}
            -  App = Mod = atom()
            -  Vsn = string()

            Reads each Mod from directory App-Vsn/ebin as a binary. It does not load the +

            {load_object_code, {App, Vsn, [Mod]}}
            +  App = Mod = atom()
            +  Vsn = string()

            Reads each Mod from directory App-Vsn/ebin as a binary. It does not load the modules. The instruction is to be placed first in the script to read all new code from the file to make the suspend-load-resume cycle less time-consuming.

            point_of_no_return

            If a crash occurs after this instruction, the system cannot recover and is restarted from the old release version. The instruction must only occur once in @@ -173,38 +173,38 @@ PrePurge = PostPurge = soft_purge | brutal_purge

            Makes the current version of Mod old. PrePurge is ignored. For a description of PostPurge, see the high-level instruction update earlier.

            {purge, [Mod]}
               Mod = atom()

            Purges each module Mod, that is, removes the old code. Notice that any process -executing purged code is killed.

            {suspend, [Mod | {Mod, Timeout}]}
            -  Mod = atom()
            -  Timeout = int()>0 | default | infinity

            Tries to suspend all processes using a module Mod. If a process does not +executing purged code is killed.

            {suspend, [Mod | {Mod, Timeout}]}
            +  Mod = atom()
            +  Timeout = int()>0 | default | infinity

            Tries to suspend all processes using a module Mod. If a process does not respond, it is ignored. This can cause the process to die, either because it crashes when it spontaneously switches to new code, or as a result of a purge operation. If no Timeout is specified or default is specified, the default value for sys:suspend is used.

            {resume, [Mod]}
            -  Mod = atom()

            Resumes all suspended processes using a module Mod.

            {code_change, [{Mod, Extra}]}
            -{code_change, Mode, [{Mod, Extra}]}
            -  Mod = atom()
            +  Mod = atom()

            Resumes all suspended processes using a module Mod.

            {code_change, [{Mod, Extra}]}
            +{code_change, Mode, [{Mod, Extra}]}
            +  Mod = atom()
               Mode = up | down
            -  Extra = term()

            Mode defaults to up and specifies if it is an upgrade or downgrade. This + Extra = term()

    Mode defaults to up and specifies if it is an upgrade or downgrade. This instruction sends a code_change system message to all processes using a module Mod by calling function sys:change_code, passing term Extra as argument.

    {stop, [Mod]}
       Mod = atom()

    Stops all processes using a module Mod by calling supervisor:terminate_child/2. This instruction is useful when the simplest way -to change code is to stop and restart the processes that run the code.

    {start, [Mod]}
    -  Mod = atom()

    Starts all stopped processes using a module Mod by calling -supervisor:restart_child/2.

    {sync_nodes, Id, [Node]}
    -{sync_nodes, Id, {M, F, A}}
    -  Id = term()
    -  Node = node()
    -  M = F = atom()
    -  A = [term()]

    apply(M, F, A) must return a list of nodes.

    This instruction synchronizes the release installation with other nodes. Each +to change code is to stop and restart the processes that run the code.

    {start, [Mod]}
    +  Mod = atom()

    Starts all stopped processes using a module Mod by calling +supervisor:restart_child/2.

    {sync_nodes, Id, [Node]}
    +{sync_nodes, Id, {M, F, A}}
    +  Id = term()
    +  Node = node()
    +  M = F = atom()
    +  A = [term()]

    apply(M, F, A) must return a list of nodes.

    This instruction synchronizes the release installation with other nodes. Each Node must evaluate this command with the same Id. The local node waits for all other nodes to evaluate the instruction before execution continues. If a node goes down, it is considered to be an unrecoverable error, and the local node is restarted from the old release. There is no time-out for this -instruction, which means that it can hang forever.

    {apply, {M, F, A}}
    -  M = F = atom()
    -  A = [term()]

    Evaluates apply(M, F, A).

    If the instruction appears before instruction point_of_no_return, a failure is +instruction, which means that it can hang forever.

    {apply, {M, F, A}}
    +  M = F = atom()
    +  A = [term()]

    Evaluates apply(M, F, A).

    If the instruction appears before instruction point_of_no_return, a failure is caught. release_handler:install_release/1 then returns {error,{'EXIT',Reason}}, unless {error,Error} is thrown or returned. Then it returns {error,Error}.

    If the instruction appears after instruction point_of_no_return and the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:18:55.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:36:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> sasl - 4.2.2 - urn:uuid:e657f084-848b-f92b-072d-aa7ca1449ca3 + urn:uuid:f2cc7c11-db22-9d04-67b9-1be6d77b8fb2 en - 2025-01-25T10:18:55Z + 2041-02-26T23:36:39Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/error_logging.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/error_logging.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:55.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/error_logging.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -203,42 +203,42 @@ Show Reports

    Use function rb:show(Number) to show details of a specific -report:

    7> rb:show(4).
    +report:

    7> rb:show(4).
     
     PROGRESS REPORT  <0.20.0>                                   1996-10-16 16:16:36
     ===============================================================================
    -supervisor                                                     {local,sasl_sup}
    +supervisor                                                     {local,sasl_sup}
     started
    -[{pid,<0.24.0>},
    -{name,release_handler},
    -{mfa,{release_handler,start_link,[]}},
    -{restart_type,permanent},
    -{shutdown,2000},
    -{child_type,worker}]
    +[{pid,<0.24.0>},
    +{name,release_handler},
    +{mfa,{release_handler,start_link,[]}},
    +{restart_type,permanent},
    +{shutdown,2000},
    +{child_type,worker}]
     
     ok
    -8> rb:show(9).
    +8> rb:show(9).
     
     CRASH REPORT  <0.24.0>                                      1996-10-16 16:16:21
     ===============================================================================
     Crashing process
     pid                                                                 <0.24.0>
     registered_name                                              release_handler
    -error_info                             {undef,{release_handler,mbj_func,[]}}
    +error_info                             {undef,{release_handler,mbj_func,[]}}
     initial_call
    -{gen,init_it,
    -[gen_server,
    +{gen,init_it,
    +[gen_server,
     <0.20.0>,
     <0.20.0>,
    -{erlang,register},
    +{erlang,register},
     release_handler,
     release_handler,
    -[],
    -[]]}
    -ancestors                                                [sasl_sup,<0.18.0>]
    -messages                                                                  []
    -links                                                    [<0.23.0>,<0.20.0>]
    -dictionary                                                                []
    +[],
    +[]]}
    +ancestors                                                [sasl_sup,<0.18.0>]
    +messages                                                                  []
    +links                                                    [<0.23.0>,<0.20.0>]
    +dictionary                                                                []
     trap_exit                                                              false
     status                                                               running
     heap_size                                                                610
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/release_handler.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/release_handler.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:18:55.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/release_handler.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:39.000000000 +0000
    @@ -963,8 +963,8 @@
     create_RELEASES/4 or set_unpacked/2.

    Example:

    In the current version CurVsn of a release, the application directory of myapp is $ROOT/lib/myapp-1.0. A new version NewVsn is unpacked outside the release handler and the release handler is informed about this with a call -as follows:

    release_handler:set_unpacked(RelFile, [{myapp,"1.0","/home/user"},...]).
    -=> {ok,NewVsn}

    If NewVsn is installed with option {update_paths,true}, then +as follows:

    release_handler:set_unpacked(RelFile, [{myapp,"1.0","/home/user"},...]).
    +=> {ok,NewVsn}

    If NewVsn is installed with option {update_paths,true}, then code:lib_dir(myapp) returns /home/user/myapp-1.0.

    Note

    Installing a new release can be time consuming if there are many processes in the system. The reason is that each process must be checked for references to old code before a module can be purged. This check can lead to garbage /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/relup.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/relup.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:55.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/relup.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -38,9 +38,9 @@

    In a target system, the release upgrade file is to be located in directory $ROOT/releases/Vsn.

    The relup file contains one single Erlang term, which defines the instructions -used to upgrade the release. The file has the following syntax:

    {Vsn,
    -  [{UpFromVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...],
    -  [{DownToVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...]}.
    • Vsn = string() - Current release version.

    • UpFromVsn = string() - Earlier version of the release to upgrade from.

    • Descr = term() - A user-defined parameter passed from the function +used to upgrade the release. The file has the following syntax:

      {Vsn,
      +  [{UpFromVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...],
      +  [{DownToVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...]}.
      • Vsn = string() - Current release version.

      • UpFromVsn = string() - Earlier version of the release to upgrade from.

      • Descr = term() - A user-defined parameter passed from the function systools:make_relup/3,4. It is used in the return value of release_handler:install_release/1,2.

      • Instructions - A list of low-level release upgrade instructions, see /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/rel.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/rel.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:55.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/rel.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -35,11 +35,11 @@ File Syntax

        The release resource file is to be called Name.rel.

        The .rel file contains one single Erlang term, which is called a release -specification. The file has the following syntax:

        {release, {RelName,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
        -  [{Application, AppVsn} |
        -   {Application, AppVsn, Type} |
        -   {Application, AppVsn, IncApps} |
        -   {Application, AppVsn, Type, IncApps}]}.
        • RelName = string() - Release name.

        • Vsn = string() - Release version.

        • EVsn = string() - ERTS version the release is intended for.

        • Application = atom() - Name of an application included in the release.

        • AppVsn = string() - Version of an application included in the release.

        • Type = permanent | transient | temporary | load | none - Start type of +specification. The file has the following syntax:

          {release, {RelName,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
          +  [{Application, AppVsn} |
          +   {Application, AppVsn, Type} |
          +   {Application, AppVsn, IncApps} |
          +   {Application, AppVsn, Type, IncApps}]}.
          • RelName = string() - Release name.

          • Vsn = string() - Release version.

          • EVsn = string() - ERTS version the release is intended for.

          • Application = atom() - Name of an application included in the release.

          • AppVsn = string() - Version of an application included in the release.

          • Type = permanent | transient | temporary | load | none - Start type of an application included in the release.

            If Type = permanent | transient | temporary, the application is loaded and started in the corresponding way, see application.

            If Type = load, the application is only loaded.

            If Type = none, the application is not loaded and not started, although the code for its modules is loaded.

            Defaults to permanent

          • IncApps = [atom()] - A list of applications that are included by an /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/script.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/script.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:55.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/script.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -37,20 +37,20 @@ File Syntax

            The boot script is stored in a file with extension .script. The file has the -following syntax:

            {script, {Name, Vsn},
            - [
            -  {progress, loading},
            -  {preLoaded, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
            -  {path, [Dir1,"$ROOT/Dir",...]}.
            -  {primLoad, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
            +following syntax:

            {script, {Name, Vsn},
            + [
            +  {progress, loading},
            +  {preLoaded, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
            +  {path, [Dir1,"$ROOT/Dir",...]}.
            +  {primLoad, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
               ...
            -  {kernel_load_completed},
            -  {progress, loaded},
            -  {kernelProcess, Name, {Mod, Func, Args}},
            +  {kernel_load_completed},
            +  {progress, loaded},
            +  {kernelProcess, Name, {Mod, Func, Args}},
               ...
            -  {apply, {Mod, Func, Args}},
            +  {apply, {Mod, Func, Args}},
               ...
            -  {progress, started}]}.
            • Name = string() - Defines the system name.

            • Vsn = string() - Defines the system version.

            • {progress, Term} - Sets the "progress" of the initialization program. + {progress, started}]}.

            • Name = string() - Defines the system name.

            • Vsn = string() - Defines the system version.

            • {progress, Term} - Sets the "progress" of the initialization program. The init:get_status/0 function returns the current value of the progress, which is {InternalStatus,Term}.

            • {path, [Dir]} - Dir is a string. This argument sets the load path of the system to [Dir]. The load path used to load modules is obtained from the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.532339856 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.536339877 +0000 @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Erlang programming language

              -

              Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

              +

              Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

              /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl_intro.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl_intro.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.556339977 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl_intro.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.560339996 +0000 @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ Erlang programming language

              -

              Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

              +

              Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

              /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/script.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/script.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.588340136 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/script.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.588340136 +0000 @@ -142,20 +142,20 @@ File Syntax

              The boot script is stored in a file with extension .script. The file has the -following syntax:

              {script, {Name, Vsn},
              - [
              -  {progress, loading},
              -  {preLoaded, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
              -  {path, [Dir1,"$ROOT/Dir",...]}.
              -  {primLoad, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
              +following syntax:

              {script, {Name, Vsn},
              + [
              +  {progress, loading},
              +  {preLoaded, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
              +  {path, [Dir1,"$ROOT/Dir",...]}.
              +  {primLoad, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
                 ...
              -  {kernel_load_completed},
              -  {progress, loaded},
              -  {kernelProcess, Name, {Mod, Func, Args}},
              +  {kernel_load_completed},
              +  {progress, loaded},
              +  {kernelProcess, Name, {Mod, Func, Args}},
                 ...
              -  {apply, {Mod, Func, Args}},
              +  {apply, {Mod, Func, Args}},
                 ...
              -  {progress, started}]}.
              • Name = string() - Defines the system name.

              • Vsn = string() - Defines the system version.

              • {progress, Term} - Sets the "progress" of the initialization program. + {progress, started}]}.

              • Name = string() - Defines the system name.

              • Vsn = string() - Defines the system version.

              • {progress, Term} - Sets the "progress" of the initialization program. The init:get_status/0 function returns the current value of the progress, which is {InternalStatus,Term}.

              • {path, [Dir]} - Dir is a string. This argument sets the load path of the system to [Dir]. The load path used to load modules is obtained from the @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                -

                Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                +

                Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.612340255 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.612340255 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                -

                Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                +

                Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/systools.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/systools.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.644340416 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/systools.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.648340435 +0000 @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                -

                Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                +

                Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.664340515 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.668340535 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                -

                Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                +

                Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.692340655 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.696340675 +0000 @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                -

                Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                +

                Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.720340795 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.724340815 +0000 @@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                -

                Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                +

                Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.744340915 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:42.744340915 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                -

                Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                +

                Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:19:27.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:37:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> snmp - 5.17 - urn:uuid:1df520dc-cbcd-2cf4-5fc6-ad8793710c1f + urn:uuid:226172dd-970b-20d8-f430-fd0614cada54 en - 2025-01-25T10:19:27Z + 2041-02-26T23:37:11Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_advanced_agent.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_advanced_agent.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:27.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_advanced_agent.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -224,16 +224,16 @@ empName DisplayString, empTelNo DisplayString, empStatus RowStatus - }

    The corresponding Mnesia table is specified as follows:

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    -                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    -                     {attributes, [key, telno, row_status]}]).

    Note

    In the Mnesia tables, the two key columns are stored as a tuple with two + }

    The corresponding Mnesia table is specified as follows:

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    +                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    +                     {attributes, [key, telno, row_status]}]).

    Note

    In the Mnesia tables, the two key columns are stored as a tuple with two elements. Therefore, the arity of the table is 3.

    Instrumentation Functions

    -

    The MIB table shown in the previous section can be compiled as follows:

    1> snmpc:compile("EmpMIB", [{db, mnesia}]).

    This is all that has to be done! Now the manager can read, add, and modify +

    The MIB table shown in the previous section can be compiled as follows:

    1> snmpc:compile("EmpMIB", [{db, mnesia}]).

    This is all that has to be done! Now the manager can read, add, and modify rows. Also, you can use the ordinary Mnesia API to access the table from your programs. The only explicit action is to create the Mnesia table, an action the user has to perform in order to create the required table schemas.

    @@ -245,11 +245,11 @@

    It is often necessary to take some specific action when a table is modified. This is accomplished with an instrumentation function. It executes some specific code when the table is set, and passes all other requests down to the -pre-defined function.

    The following example illustrates this idea:

    emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -    notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
    -    snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia});
    -emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -    snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).

    The default instrumentation functions are defined in the module snmp_generic. +pre-defined function.

    The following example illustrates this idea:

    emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +    notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
    +    snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia});
    +emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +    snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).

    The default instrumentation functions are defined in the module snmp_generic. Refer to the Reference Manual, section SNMP, module snmp_generic for details.

    @@ -262,28 +262,28 @@ that the agent does not know about. This situation is handled by adding values for the internal columns in the set function.

    To illustrate this, suppose we extend our Mnesia empTable with one internal column. We create it as before, but with an arity of 4, by adding another -attribute.

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    -                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    -                     {attributes, {key, telno, row_status, internal_col}}]).

    The last column is the internal column. When performing a set operation, which +attribute.

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    +                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    +                     {attributes, {key, telno, row_status, internal_col}}]).

    The last column is the internal column. When performing a set operation, which creates a row, we must give a value to the internal column. The instrumentation -functions will now look as follows:

    -define(createAndGo, 4).
    --define(createAndWait, 5).
    +functions will now look as follows:

    -define(createAndGo, 4).
    +-define(createAndWait, 5).
     
    -emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -  notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
    +emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +  notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
       NewCols =
    -    case is_row_created(empTable, Cols) of
    -      true -> Cols ++ [{4, "internal"}]; % add internal column
    +    case is_row_created(empTable, Cols) of
    +      true -> Cols ++ [{4, "internal"}]; % add internal column
           false -> Cols                      % keep original cols
       end,
    -  snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, NewCols, {empTable, mnesia});
    -emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -  snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).
    +  snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, NewCols, {empTable, mnesia});
    +emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +  snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).
     
    -is_row_created(Name, Cols) ->
    -  case snmp_generic:get_status_col(Name, Cols) of
    -    {ok, ?createAndGo} -> true;
    -    {ok, ?createAndWait} -> true;
    +is_row_created(Name, Cols) ->
    +  case snmp_generic:get_status_col(Name, Cols) of
    +    {ok, ?createAndGo} -> true;
    +    {ok, ?createAndWait} -> true;
         _ -> false
       end.

    If a row is created, we always set the internal column to "internal".

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_agent_config_files.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_agent_config_files.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:27.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_agent_config_files.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -45,19 +45,19 @@

    The agent information should be stored in a file called agent.conf.

    Each entry is a tuple of size two:

    {AgentVariable, Value}.

    • AgentVariable is one of the variables in SNMP-FRAMEWORK-MIB or one of the internal variables intAgentUDPPort, which defines which UDP port the agent listens to, or intAgentTransports, which defines the transport domains and -addresses of the agent.
    • Value is the value for the variable.

    The following example shows an agent.conf file:

    {intAgentUDPPort, 4000}.
    -{intAgentTransports,
    - [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {141,213,11,24}},
    -  {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}}]}.
    -{snmpEngineID, "mbj's engine"}.
    -{snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, 484}.

    These are the supported entries and their value types:

          {snmpEngine,               string()}.                     % Mandatory
    -      {snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, snmp_framework_mib:max_message_size()}.  % Mandatory
    -      {intAgentUDPPort,          inet:port_number()}.                      % Optional
    -      {intAgentTransports,       [snmpa_conf:intAgentTransport()]}.   % Mandatory

    If a "traditional" transport is specified (without explicit Kind, handling +addresses of the agent.

  • Value is the value for the variable.
  • The following example shows an agent.conf file:

    {intAgentUDPPort, 4000}.
    +{intAgentTransports,
    + [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {141,213,11,24}},
    +  {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}}]}.
    +{snmpEngineID, "mbj's engine"}.
    +{snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, 484}.

    These are the supported entries and their value types:

          {snmpEngine,               string()}.                     % Mandatory
    +      {snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, snmp_framework_mib:max_message_size()}.  % Mandatory
    +      {intAgentUDPPort,          inet:port_number()}.                      % Optional
    +      {intAgentTransports,       [snmpa_conf:intAgentTransport()]}.   % Mandatory

    If a "traditional" transport is specified (without explicit Kind, handling both requests and traps) for a transport domain, its not possible to also specify a transport (for that domain) with a specific Kind. This is for -example, not allowed:

     [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4000}},
    -  {transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4001}, trap_sender}].

    Note that only one transport per kind for each transport domain can be +example, not allowed:

     [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4000}},
    +  {transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4001}, trap_sender}].

    Note that only one transport per kind for each transport domain can be configured.

    PortInfo system is used to indicate that the 'system' should choose (the way port number '0' (zero) is normally used). Port info '0' (zero) cannot be used for this, since it is (internally) used to represent the 'default' port number.

    In the traditional transport entries, when the Addr value does not contain a @@ -83,12 +83,12 @@ System Information

    The system information should be stored in a file called standard.conf.

    Each entry is a tuple of size two:

    {SystemVariable, Value}.

    • SystemVariable is one of the variables in the system group, or -snmpEnableAuthenTraps.
    • Value is the value for the variable.

    The following example shows a valid standard.conf file:

    {sysDescr, "Erlang SNMP agent"}.
    -{sysObjectID, [1,2,3]}.
    -{sysContact, "(mbj,eklas)@erlang.ericsson.se"}.
    -{sysName, "test"}.
    -{sysServices, 72}.
    -{snmpEnableAuthenTraps, enabled}.

    A value must be provided for all variables, which lack default values in the +snmpEnableAuthenTraps.

  • Value is the value for the variable.
  • The following example shows a valid standard.conf file:

    {sysDescr, "Erlang SNMP agent"}.
    +{sysObjectID, [1,2,3]}.
    +{sysContact, "(mbj,eklas)@erlang.ericsson.se"}.
    +{sysName, "test"}.
    +{sysServices, 72}.
    +{snmpEnableAuthenTraps, enabled}.

    A value must be provided for all variables, which lack default values in the MIB.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_agent_funct_descr.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_agent_funct_descr.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:27.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_agent_funct_descr.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ MIBs are always available in all contexts.

    The ASN.1 code, the Erlang source code, and the generated .hrl files for them are provided in the distribution and are placed in the directories mibs, src, and include, respectively, in the snmp application.

    The .hrl files are generated with snmpc:mib_to_hrl/1. Include these files in -your code as in the following example:

    -include_lib("snmp/include/SNMPv2-MIB.hrl").

    The initial values for the managed objects defined in these tables, are read at +your code as in the following example:

    -include_lib("snmp/include/SNMPv2-MIB.hrl").

    The initial values for the managed objects defined in these tables, are read at start-up from a set of configuration files. These are described in Configuration Files.

    @@ -364,9 +364,9 @@

    Notifications are defined in SMIv1 with the TRAP-TYPE macro in the definition of an MIB (see RFC1215). The corresponding macro in SMIv2 is NOTIFICATION-TYPE. When an application decides to send a notification, it calls one of the -following functions:

    snmpa:send_notification(Agent, Notification, Receiver
    -                       [, NotifyName, ContextName, Varbinds])
    -snmpa:send_trap(Agent, Notification, Community [, Receiver, Varbinds])

    providing the registered name or process identifier of the agent where the MIB, +following functions:

    snmpa:send_notification(Agent, Notification, Receiver
    +                       [, NotifyName, ContextName, Varbinds])
    +snmpa:send_trap(Agent, Notification, Community [, Receiver, Varbinds])

    providing the registered name or process identifier of the agent where the MIB, which defines the notification is loaded and the symbolic name of the notification.

    If the send_notification/3,4 function is used, all management targets are selected, as defined in RFC2273. The Receiver parameter defines where the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_app_b.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_app_b.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:27.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_app_b.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -481,23 +481,23 @@ immediately removed." - SYNTAX INTEGER { + SYNTAX INTEGER { -- the following two values are states: -- these values may be read or written - active(1), - notInService(2), + active(1), + notInService(2), -- the following value is a state: -- this value may be read, but not written - notReady(3), + notReady(3), -- the following three values are -- actions: these values may be written, -- but are never read - createAndGo(4), - createAndWait(5), - destroy(6) - }

    + createAndGo(4), + createAndWait(5), + destroy(6) + }

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_app.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_app.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:27.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_app.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -35,51 +35,51 @@

    The following configuration parameters are defined for the SNMP application. Refer to application(3) for more information about configuration parameters.

    The snmp part of the config file specifying the configuration parameters is -basically the following tuple:

          {snmp, snmp_components_config()}

    A minimal config file for starting a node with both a manager and an agent:

          [{snmp,
    -        [{agent, [{db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/db"},
    -                  {config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/conf"}]}]},
    -         {manager, [{config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/conf"},
    -                              {db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/db"}]}]}]}
    -        ]
    +basically the following tuple:

          {snmp, snmp_components_config()}

    A minimal config file for starting a node with both a manager and an agent:

          [{snmp,
    +        [{agent, [{db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/db"},
    +                  {config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/conf"}]}]},
    +         {manager, [{config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/conf"},
    +                              {db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/db"}]}]}]}
    +        ]
            }
           ].

    Each snmp component has its own set of configuration parameters, even though -some of the types are common to both components.

          snmp_components_config() -> [snmp_component_config()]
    -      snmp_component_config() -> {agent, agent_options()} | {manager, manager_options()}
    -      agent_options() = [agent_option()]
    -      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
    -                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
    -                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
    -                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
    -                       {versions,         versions()}         |
    -                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
    -                       {priority,         priority()}         |
    -                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
    -                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
    -                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
    -                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
    -                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
    -                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
    -                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
    -                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
    -                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
    -                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
    -                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
    -                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
    -                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
    -                       {config,           agent_config()}
    -      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
    -      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
    -                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
    -                         {server,                   server()}          |
    -                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
    -                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
    -                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
    -                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
    -                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
    -                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
    -                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
    -                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
    -                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

    Agent specific config options and types:

    • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, +some of the types are common to both components.

            snmp_components_config() -> [snmp_component_config()]
      +      snmp_component_config() -> {agent, agent_options()} | {manager, manager_options()}
      +      agent_options() = [agent_option()]
      +      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
      +                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
      +                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
      +                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
      +                       {versions,         versions()}         |
      +                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
      +                       {priority,         priority()}         |
      +                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
      +                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
      +                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
      +                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
      +                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
      +                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
      +                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
      +                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
      +                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
      +                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
      +                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
      +                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
      +                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
      +                       {config,           agent_config()}
      +      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
      +      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
      +                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
      +                         {server,                   server()}          |
      +                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
      +                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
      +                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
      +                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
      +                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
      +                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
      +                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
      +                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
      +                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

      Agent specific config options and types:

      • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, one master agent is started. Otherwise, no agents are started.

        Default is master.

      • agent_discovery() = [agent_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_discovery_opt() = {terminating, agent_terminating_discovery_opts()} | {originating, agent_originating_discovery_opts()}

        The terminating options effects discovery initiated by a manager.

        The originating options effects discovery initiated by this agent.

        For defaults see the options in agent_discovery_opt().

      • agent_terminating_discovery_opts() = [agent_terminating_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_terminating_discovery_opt() = {enable, boolean()} | {stage2, discovery | plain} | {trigger_username, string()}

        These are options effecting discovery terminating in this agent (i.e. /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpa.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpa.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:27.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpa.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -3215,8 +3215,8 @@

        Load a single Mib into an agent. The MibName is the name of the Mib, -including the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example:

                  Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
        -          snmpa:load_mib(snmp_master_agent, Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
        +including the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example:

                  Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
        +          snmpa:load_mib(snmp_master_agent, Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
        @@ -3332,8 +3332,8 @@

        Load Mibs into an agent. If the agent cannot load all MIBs (the default value of the Force argument is false), it will indicate where loading was aborted. The MibName is the name of the Mib, including the path to where the compiled -mib is found. For example,

                  Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
        -          snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, [Dir ++ "MY-MIB"]).

        If Force = true then the agent will continue attempting to load each mib even +mib is found. For example,

                  Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
        +          snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, [Dir ++ "MY-MIB"]).

        If Force = true then the agent will continue attempting to load each mib even after failing to load a previous mib. Use with care.

        @@ -4444,8 +4444,8 @@

        Registers a sub-agent under a sub-tree of another agent.

        It is easy to make mistakes when registering sub-agents and this activity should be done carefully. For example, a strange behaviour would result from the -following configuration:

        snmp_agent:register_subagent(MAPid,[1,2,3,4],SA1),
        -snmp_agent:register_subagent(SA1,[1,2,3], SA2).

        SA2 will not get requests starting with object identifier [1,2,3] since +following configuration:

        snmp_agent:register_subagent(MAPid,[1,2,3,4],SA1),
        +snmp_agent:register_subagent(SA1,[1,2,3], SA2).

        SA2 will not get requests starting with object identifier [1,2,3] since SA1 does not.

        @@ -4890,20 +4890,20 @@ Addresses and if there are no targets for which an Inform-Request is sent, Addresses is the empty list [].

        The receiver will first be sent the snmp_targets message, and then for each address in Addresses list, one of the two snmp_notification messages.

      • {Mod, Func, Args} - The info will be delivered via the function call:

        Mod:Func([Msg | Args])

        where Msg has the same content and purpose as the messages descrived above.

      Address is a management target address and Addresses is a list of management -target addresses. They are defined as followes:

              Addresses  = [address()]
      -        Address    = address()
      -        address()  = v1_address() | v3_address()
      -        v1_address() = {TDomain, TAddress}
      -        v3_address() = {{TDomain, TAddress}, V3MsgData}
      -        TDomain    = tdoamin()
      -        TAddress   = taddress()
      -        tdomain()  = The oid of snmpUDPDomain
      +target addresses. They are defined as followes:

              Addresses  = [address()]
      +        Address    = address()
      +        address()  = v1_address() | v3_address()
      +        v1_address() = {TDomain, TAddress}
      +        v3_address() = {{TDomain, TAddress}, V3MsgData}
      +        TDomain    = tdoamin()
      +        TAddress   = taddress()
      +        tdomain()  = The oid of snmpUDPDomain
                            This is the only supported transport domain.
      -        taddress() = [A1, A2, A3, A4, P1, P3]
      +        taddress() = [A1, A2, A3, A4, P1, P3]
                            The 4 first bytes makes up the IP-address and the last 2,
                            the UDP-port number.
      -        V3MsgData  = v3_msg_data()
      -        v3_msg_data() = term()

      If Receiver is a notification_delivery_info/0 record, then the information + V3MsgData = v3_msg_data() + v3_msg_data() = term()

      If Receiver is a notification_delivery_info/0 record, then the information about the notification delivery will be delivered to the receiver via the callback functions defined by the snmpa_notification_delivery_info_receiver behaviour according to the content of the notification_delivery_info/0 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpc_cmd.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpc_cmd.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:27.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpc_cmd.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Synopsis -

      snmpc [options] file.mib | file.bin

      +
      snmpc [options] file.mib | file.bin

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_config.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_config.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:27.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_config.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -40,41 +40,41 @@ more information).

    • the database directory stores the internal database files.

    The agent and manager uses (application) configuration parameters to find out where these directories are located. The parameters should be defined in an Erlang system configuration file. The following configuration parameters are -defined for the SNMP application:

          agent_options() = [agent_option()]
    -      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
    -                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
    -                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
    -                       {versions,         versions()}         |
    -                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
    -                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
    -                       {priority,         priority()}         |
    -                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
    -                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
    -                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
    -                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
    -                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
    -                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
    -                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
    -                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
    -                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
    -                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
    -                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
    -                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
    -                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
    -                       {config,           agent_config()}
    -      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
    -      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
    -                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
    -                         {server,                   server()}          |
    -                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
    -                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
    -                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
    -                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
    -                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
    -                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
    -                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
    -                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
    -                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

    Agent specific config options and types:

    • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, +defined for the SNMP application:

            agent_options() = [agent_option()]
      +      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
      +                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
      +                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
      +                       {versions,         versions()}         |
      +                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
      +                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
      +                       {priority,         priority()}         |
      +                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
      +                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
      +                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
      +                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
      +                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
      +                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
      +                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
      +                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
      +                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
      +                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
      +                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
      +                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
      +                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
      +                       {config,           agent_config()}
      +      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
      +      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
      +                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
      +                         {server,                   server()}          |
      +                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
      +                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
      +                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
      +                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
      +                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
      +                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
      +                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
      +                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
      +                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

      Agent specific config options and types:

      • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, one master agent is started. Otherwise, no agents are started.

        Default is master.

      • agent_discovery() = [agent_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_discovery_opt() = {terminating, agent_terminating_discovery_opts()} | {originating, agent_originating_discovery_opts()}

        The terminating options effects discovery initiated by a manager.

        The originating options effects discovery initiated by this agent.

        For defaults see the options in agent_discovery_opt().

      • agent_terminating_discovery_opts() = [agent_terminating_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_terminating_discovery_opt() = {enable, boolean()} | {stage2, discovery | plain} | {trigger_username, string()}

        These are options effecting discovery terminating in this agent (i.e. @@ -451,34 +451,34 @@ configuration parameters. The verbosity itself has several _levels: silence | info | log | debug | trace. For the lowest verbosity silence, nothing is printed. The higher the verbosity, the -more is printed. Default value is always silence.

        3> snmpa:verbosity(master_agent, log).
        +more is printed. Default value is always silence.

        3> snmpa:verbosity(master_agent, log).
         ok
        -5> snmpa:verbosity(net_if, log).
        +5> snmpa:verbosity(net_if, log).
         ok
         6>
         %% Example of output from the agent when a get-next-request arrives:
         ** SNMP NET-IF LOG:
        -   got packet from {147,12,12,12}:5000
        +   got packet from {147,12,12,12}:5000
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF MPD LOG:
            v1, community: all-rights
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF LOG:
        -   got pdu from {147,12,12,12}:5000 {pdu, 'get-next-request',
        +   got pdu from {147,12,12,12}:5000 {pdu, 'get-next-request',
                                                   62612569,noError,0,
        -                                          [{varbind,[1,1],'NULL','NULL',1}]}
        +                                          [{varbind,[1,1],'NULL','NULL',1}]}
         
         ** SNMP MASTER-AGENT LOG:
        -   apply: snmp_generic,variable_func,[get,{sysDescr,persistent}]
        +   apply: snmp_generic,variable_func,[get,{sysDescr,persistent}]
         
         ** SNMP MASTER-AGENT LOG:
        -   returned: {value,"Erlang SNMP agent"}
        +   returned: {value,"Erlang SNMP agent"}
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF LOG:
        -   reply pdu: {pdu,'get-response',62612569,noError,0,
        -                   [{varbind,[1,3,6,1,2,1,1,1,0],
        +   reply pdu: {pdu,'get-response',62612569,noError,0,
        +                   [{varbind,[1,3,6,1,2,1,1,1,0],
                                      'OCTET STRING',
        -                             "Erlang SNMP agent",1}]}
        +                             "Erlang SNMP agent",1}]}
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF INFO: time in agent: 19711 mysec

        Other useful function(s) for debugging the agent are:

        • snmpa:info/0,1 - info is used to retrieve a list of miscellaneous agent information.

        • snmpa:which_aliasnames/0 - /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_generic.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_generic.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:27.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_generic.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ | MIB | +---------------+ | - Association file (associates a MIB object with + Association file (associates a MIB object with | snmp_generic:table_funct - | snmp_generic:variable_func) + | snmp_generic:variable_func) +--------------------------------------+ | snmp_generic | Support for get-next, | | RowStatus operations @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ | snmpa_local_db | Mnesia | Database +--------------+-------+---------------+ | dets | ets | -| (persistent) | | +| (persistent) | | +--------------+-------+

        Each function takes the argument NameDb, which is a tuple {Name, Db}, to identify which database the functions should use. Name is the symbolic name of the managed object as defined in the MIB, and Db is either volatile, @@ -57,41 +57,41 @@ this. Specifically, if variables are stored in Mnesia, the table snmp_variables must be created by the programmer. The record definition for this table is defined in the file snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl.

        If an instrumentation function in the association file for a variable myVar -does not have a name when compiling an MIB, the compiler generates an entry.

        {myVar, {snmp_generic, variable_func, [{myVar, Db]}}.

        And for a table:

        {myTable, {snmp_generic, table_func, [{myTable, Db]}}.

        +does not have a name when compiling an MIB, the compiler generates an entry.

        {myVar, {snmp_generic, variable_func, [{myVar, Db]}}.

        And for a table:

        {myTable, {snmp_generic, table_func, [{myTable, Db]}}.

        Example

        The following example shows an implementation of a table which is stored in -Mnesia, but with some checks performed at set-request operations.

        myTable_func(new, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        -  snmp_generic:table_func(new, NameDb).
        +Mnesia, but with some checks performed at set-request operations.

        myTable_func(new, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        +  snmp_generic:table_func(new, NameDb).
         
        -myTable_func(delete, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        -  snmp_generic:table_func(delete, NameDb).
        +myTable_func(delete, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        +  snmp_generic:table_func(delete, NameDb).
         
         %% change row
        -myTable_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        -  case snmp_generic:table_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex,
        -                               Cols, NameDb) of
        -    {noError, 0} ->
        -      myApplication:is_set_ok(RowIndex, Cols);
        +myTable_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        +  case snmp_generic:table_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex,
        +                               Cols, NameDb) of
        +    {noError, 0} ->
        +      myApplication:is_set_ok(RowIndex, Cols);
             Err ->
               Err
           end;
         
        -myTable_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        -  case snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols,
        -                               NameDb),
        -    {noError, 0} ->
        +myTable_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        +  case snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols,
        +                               NameDb),
        +    {noError, 0} ->
               % Now the row is updated, tell the application
        -      myApplication:update(RowIndex, Cols);
        +      myApplication:update(RowIndex, Cols);
             Err ->
               Err
           end;
         
        -myTable_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        -  snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb).

        The .funcs file would look like:

        {myTable, {myModule, myTable_func, [{myTable, mnesia}]}}.
        +
        myTable_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) -> % pass unchanged + snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb).

        The .funcs file would look like:

        {myTable, {myModule, myTable_func, [{myTable, mnesia}]}}.
        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_impl_example_agent.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_impl_example_agent.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:27.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_impl_example_agent.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -125,54 +125,54 @@ the default implementation of it. Recall that MIBs imported by "EX1-MIB.mib" must be present and compiled in the current directory ("./STANDARD-MIB.bin","./RFC1213-MIB.bin") when compiling.

        unix> erl -config ./sys
        -1> application:start(snmp).
        +1> application:start(snmp).
         ok
        -2> snmpc:compile("EX1-MIB").
        +2> snmpc:compile("EX1-MIB").
         No accessfunction for 'friendsTable', using default.
         No accessfunction for 'myName', using default.
        -{ok, "EX1-MIB.bin"}
        -3> snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, ["EX1-MIB"]).
        +{ok, "EX1-MIB.bin"}
        +3> snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, ["EX1-MIB"]).
         ok

        This MIB is now loaded into the agent, and a manager can ask questions. As an example of this, we start another Erlang system and the simple Erlang manager in -the toolkit:

        1> snmp_test_mgr:start_link([{agent,"dront.ericsson.se"},{community,"all-rights"},
        +the toolkit:

        1> snmp_test_mgr:start_link([{agent,"dront.ericsson.se"},{community,"all-rights"},
          %% making it understand symbolic names: {mibs,["EX1-MIB","STANDARD-MIB"]}]).
        -{ok, <0.89.0>}
        +{ok, <0.89.0>}
         %% a get-next request with one OID.
        -2> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
        +2> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[myName,0] = []
        +[myName,0] = []
         %% A set-request (now using symbolic names for convenience)
        -3> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[myName,0], "Martin"}]).
        +3> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[myName,0], "Martin"}]).
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[myName,0] = "Martin"
        +[myName,0] = "Martin"
         %% Try the same get-next request again
        -4> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
        +4> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[myName,0] = "Martin"
        +[myName,0] = "Martin"
         %% ... and we got the new value.
         %% you can event do row operations. How to add a row:
        -5> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[fName,0], "Martin"}, {[fAddress,0],"home"}, {[fStatus,0],4}]).
        +5> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[fName,0], "Martin"}, {[fAddress,0],"home"}, {[fStatus,0],4}]).
          %% createAndGo
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[fName,0] = "Martin"
        -[fAddress,0] = "home"
        -[fStatus,0] = 4
        -6> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[myName,0]]).
        +[fName,0] = "Martin"
        +[fAddress,0] = "home"
        +[fStatus,0] = 4
        +6> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[myName,0]]).
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[fName,0] = "Martin"
        -7> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
        +[fName,0] = "Martin"
        +7> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[fAddress,0] = "home"
        -8> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
        +[fAddress,0] = "home"
        +8> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[fStatus,0] = 1
        +[fStatus,0] = 1
         9>

        @@ -190,55 +190,55 @@ Code

        -
        -module(ex1).
        --author('dummy@flop.org').
        +
        -module(ex1).
        +-author('dummy@flop.org').
         %% External exports
        --export([start/0, my_name/1, my_name/2, friends_table/3]).
        +-export([start/0, my_name/1, my_name/2, friends_table/3]).
         %% Internal exports
        --export([init/0]).
        --define(status_col, 4).
        --define(active, 1).
        --define(notInService, 2).
        --define(notReady, 3).
        --define(createAndGo, 4).   % Action; written, not read
        --define(createAndWait, 5). % Action; written, not read
        --define(destroy, 6).       % Action; written, not read
        -start() ->
        -    spawn(ex1, init, []).
        +-export([init/0]).
        +-define(status_col, 4).
        +-define(active, 1).
        +-define(notInService, 2).
        +-define(notReady, 3).
        +-define(createAndGo, 4).   % Action; written, not read
        +-define(createAndWait, 5). % Action; written, not read
        +-define(destroy, 6).       % Action; written, not read
        +start() ->
        +    spawn(ex1, init, []).
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
         %% Instrumentation function for variable myName.
         %% Returns: (get) {value, Name}
         %%          (set) noError
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
        -my_name(get) ->
        -    ex1_server ! {self(), get_my_name},
        -    Name = wait_answer(),
        -    {value, Name}.
        -my_name(set, NewName) ->
        -    ex1_server ! {self(), {set_my_name, NewName}},
        +my_name(get) ->
        +    ex1_server ! {self(), get_my_name},
        +    Name = wait_answer(),
        +    {value, Name}.
        +my_name(set, NewName) ->
        +    ex1_server ! {self(), {set_my_name, NewName}},
             noError.
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
         %% Instrumentation function for table friendsTable.
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
        -friends_table(get, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        -    case get_row(RowIndex) of
        -   {ok, Row} ->
        -        get_cols(Cols, Row);
        +friends_table(get, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        +    case get_row(RowIndex) of
        +   {ok, Row} ->
        +        get_cols(Cols, Row);
            _  ->
        -        {noValue, noSuchInstance}
        +        {noValue, noSuchInstance}
             end;
        -friends_table(get_next, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        -    case get_next_row(RowIndex) of
        -   {ok, Row} ->
        -        get_next_cols(Cols, Row);
        +friends_table(get_next, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        +    case get_next_row(RowIndex) of
        +   {ok, Row} ->
        +        get_next_cols(Cols, Row);
            _  ->
        -       case get_next_row([]) of
        -     {ok, Row} ->
        +       case get_next_row([]) of
        +     {ok, Row} ->
                  % Get next cols from first row.
        -         NewCols = add_one_to_cols(Cols),
        -         get_next_cols(NewCols, Row);
        +         NewCols = add_one_to_cols(Cols),
        +         get_next_cols(NewCols, Row);
              _  ->
        -        end_of_table(Cols)
        +        end_of_table(Cols)
                 end
             end;
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
        @@ -249,158 +249,158 @@
         %%    *) Otherwise, error (for simplicity).
         %% Otherwise, row is modified; check that row exists.
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
        -friends_table(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        +friends_table(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols) ->
             RowExists =
        -   case get_row(RowIndex) of
        -        {ok, _Row} -> true;
        +   case get_row(RowIndex) of
        +        {ok, _Row} -> true;
                _ -> false
            end,
        -    case is_row_status_col_changed(Cols) of
        -   {true, ?destroy} when RowExists == true ->
        -        {noError, 0};
        -   {true, ?createAndGo} when RowExists == false,
        -                                 length(Cols) == 3 ->
        -        {noError, 0};
        -   {true, _} ->
        -       {inconsistentValue, ?status_col};
        +    case is_row_status_col_changed(Cols) of
        +   {true, ?destroy} when RowExists == true ->
        +        {noError, 0};
        +   {true, ?createAndGo} when RowExists == false,
        +                                 length(Cols) == 3 ->
        +        {noError, 0};
        +   {true, _} ->
        +       {inconsistentValue, ?status_col};
            false when RowExists == true ->
        -        {noError, 0};
        +        {noError, 0};
        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_index.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
        --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_index.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:19:27.000000000 +0000
        +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_index.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:37:11.000000000 +0000
        @@ -30,13 +30,13 @@
         actual implementation of the table. The SNMP ordering, that is implementation of
         GET NEXT, is implemented in this module.

        For example, suppose there is an SNMP table, which is best implemented in Erlang as one process per SNMP table row. Suppose further that the INDEX in the SNMP -table is an OCTET STRING. The index structure would be created as follows:

        snmp_index:new(string)

        For each new process we create, we insert an item in an snmp_index structure:

        new_process(Name, SnmpIndex) ->
        -  Pid = start_process(),
        +table is an OCTET STRING. The index structure would be created as follows:

        snmp_index:new(string)

        For each new process we create, we insert an item in an snmp_index structure:

        new_process(Name, SnmpIndex) ->
        +  Pid = start_process(),
           NewSnmpIndex =
        -    snmp_index:insert(SnmpIndex, Name, Pid),
        +    snmp_index:insert(SnmpIndex, Name, Pid),
           <...>

        With this structure, we can now map an OBJECT IDENTIFIER in e.g. a GET NEXT -request, to the correct process:

        get_next_pid(Oid, SnmpIndex) ->
        -  {ok, {_, Pid}} = snmp_index:get_next(SnmpIndex, Oid),
        +request, to the correct process:

        get_next_pid(Oid, SnmpIndex) ->
        +  {ok, {_, Pid}} = snmp_index:get_next(SnmpIndex, Oid),
           Pid.

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_instr_functions.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_instr_functions.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:27.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_instr_functions.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ New / Delete Operations

        -

        For scalar variables:

        variable_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
        -variable_access(delete [, ExtraArg1, ...])

        For tables:

        table_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
        +

        For scalar variables:

        variable_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
        +variable_access(delete [, ExtraArg1, ...])

        For tables:

        table_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
         table_access(delete [, ExtraArg1, ...])

        These functions are called for each object in an MIB when the MIB is unloaded or loaded, respectively.

        @@ -109,9 +109,9 @@ value 1, and [3, 5] is the list of requested columns. The function should now return the lexicographically next elements:

        [{[3, 1, 2], d}, {[5, 1, 2], f}]

        This is illustrated in the following table:

        GetNext from [3,1,1] and [5,1,1].

        The manager now issues the following getNext request:

        getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry.3.2.1,
                  myTable.myTableEntry.5.2.1 }

        This is transformed into one call to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [2, 1], [3, 5])

        The function should now return:

        [{[4, 1, 1], b}, endOfTable]

        This is illustrated in the following table:

        GetNext from [3,2,1] and [5,2,1].

        The manager now issues the following getNext request:

        getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry.3.1.2,
        -         myTable.myTableEntry.4.1.2 }

        This will be transform into one call to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [1, 2], [3, 4])

        The function should now return:

        [{[3, 2, 1], g}, {[5, 1, 1], c}]

        This is illustrated in the following table:

        GetNext from [3,1,2] and [4,1,2].

        The manager now issues the following getNext request:

        getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry,
        -         myTable.myTableEntry.1.3.2 }

        This will be transform into two calls to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [], [0]) and
        -my_table(get_next, [3, 2], [1])

        The function should now return:

        [{[3, 1, 1], a}] and
        +         myTable.myTableEntry.4.1.2 }

        This will be transform into one call to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [1, 2], [3, 4])

        The function should now return:

        [{[3, 2, 1], g}, {[5, 1, 1], c}]

        This is illustrated in the following table:

        GetNext from [3,1,2] and [4,1,2].

        The manager now issues the following getNext request:

        getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry,
        +         myTable.myTableEntry.1.3.2 }

        This will be transform into two calls to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [], [0]) and
        +my_table(get_next, [3, 2], [1])

        The function should now return:

        [{[3, 1, 1], a}] and
         [{[3, 1, 1], a}]

        In both cases, the first accessible element in the table should be returned. As the key columns are not accessible, this means that the third column is the first row.

        Note

        Normally, the functions described above behave exactly as shown, but they are @@ -128,17 +128,17 @@ variables for a device, ipAdr and name with object identifiers 1.1.23.4 and 1.1.7 respectively. To access these variables, one could implement the two Erlang functions ip_access and name_access, which will be in the MIB. The -functions could be specified in a text file as follows:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, ip_access, []}}.
        +functions could be specified in a text file as follows:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, ip_access, []}}.
         % Or using the oid syntax for 'name'
        -{[1,1,7], {my_module, name_access, []}}.

        The ExtraArgument parameter is the empty list. For example, when the agent +{[1,1,7], {my_module, name_access, []}}.

        The ExtraArgument parameter is the empty list. For example, when the agent receives a get-request for the ipAdr variable, a call will be made to ip_access(get). The value returned by this function is the answer to the get-request.

        If ip_access and name_access are implemented similarly, we could write a -generic_access function using the ListOfExtraArguments:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, ['IPADR']}}.
        +generic_access function using the ListOfExtraArguments:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, ['IPADR']}}.
         % The mnemonic 'name' is more convenient than 1.1.7
        -{name, {my_module, generic_access, ['NAME']}}.

        When the agent receives the same get-request as above, a call will be made to -generic_access(get,'IPADR').

        Yet another possibility, closer to the hardware, could be:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, [16#2543]}}.
        -{name, {my_module, generic_access, [16#A2B3]}}.

        +{name, {my_module, generic_access, ['NAME']}}.

        When the agent receives the same get-request as above, a call will be made to +generic_access(get,'IPADR').

        Yet another possibility, closer to the hardware, could be:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, [16#2543]}}.
        +{name, {my_module, generic_access, [16#A2B3]}}.

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_manager_config_files.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_manager_config_files.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:27.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_manager_config_files.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -44,10 +44,10 @@ every transport.

      • engine_id - The SnmpEngineID as defined in SNMP-FRAMEWORK-MIB. Mandatory.

      • max_message_size - The snmpEngineMaxMessageSize as defined in SNMP-FRAMEWORK-MIB. Mandatory.

    • Value is the value for the variable.

    The legacy and intermediate variables address and domain are still supported -so old configurations will work.

    The following example shows a manager.conf file:

    {transports,       [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 5000}},
    -                    {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}, 5000}}]}.
    -{engine_id,        "mgrEngine"}.
    -{max_message_size, 484}.

    The value of engine_id is a string, which should have a very specific +so old configurations will work.

    The following example shows a manager.conf file:

    {transports,       [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 5000}},
    +                    {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}, 5000}}]}.
    +{engine_id,        "mgrEngine"}.
    +{max_message_size, 484}.

    The value of engine_id is a string, which should have a very specific structure. See RFC 2271/2571 for details.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_mib_compiler.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_mib_compiler.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:27.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_mib_compiler.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ association file, it gives a warning message and uses default instrumentation functions. (See Default Instrumentation for more details).

    The MIB compiler is started with a call to snmpc:compile(<mibname>). For -example:

    snmpc:compile("RFC1213-MIB").

    The output is a new file which is called <mibname>.bin.

    The MIB compiler understands both SMIv1 and SMIv2 MIBs. It uses the +example:

    snmpc:compile("RFC1213-MIB").

    The output is a new file which is called <mibname>.bin.

    The MIB compiler understands both SMIv1 and SMIv2 MIBs. It uses the MODULE-IDENTITY statement to determinate if the MIB is written in SMI version 1 or 2.

    @@ -48,10 +48,10 @@ compiled file and not the ASN.1 (source) file. A MIB must be recompiled to make changes visible to other MIBs importing it.

    The compiled files of the imported MIBs must be present in the current directory, or a directory in the current path. The path is supplied with the -{i, Path} option, for example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    -       [{i, ["friend_mibs/", "../standard_mibs/"]}]).

    It is also possible to import MIBs from OTP applications in an "include_lib" -like fashion with the il option. Example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    -       [{il, ["snmp/priv/mibs/", "myapp/priv/mibs/"]}]).

    finds the latest version of the snmp and myapp applications in the OTP +{i, Path} option, for example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    +       [{i, ["friend_mibs/", "../standard_mibs/"]}]).

    It is also possible to import MIBs from OTP applications in an "include_lib" +like fashion with the il option. Example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    +       [{il, ["snmp/priv/mibs/", "myapp/priv/mibs/"]}]).

    finds the latest version of the snmp and myapp applications in the OTP system and uses the expanded paths as include paths.

    Note that an SMIv2 MIB can import an SMIv1 MIB and vice versa.

    The following MIBs are built-ins of the Erlang SNMP compiler: SNMPv2-SMI, RFC-1215, RFC-1212, SNMPv2-TC, SNMPv2-CONF, and RFC1155-SMI. They cannot therefore be compiled separately.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpm.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpm.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:27.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpm.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -1887,8 +1887,8 @@

    Load a Mib into the manager. The MibName is the name of the Mib, including -the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    -          snmpm:load_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    +the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    +          snmpm:load_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    @@ -3467,8 +3467,8 @@

    Unload a Mib from the manager. The MibName is the name of the Mib, including -the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    -          snmpm:unload_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    +the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    +          snmpm:unload_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_pdus.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_pdus.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:27.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_pdus.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ Erlang record representations and vice versa. The record definitions can be found in the file snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl. If snmpv3 is used, the module that includes snmp_types.hrl must define the constant SNMP_USE_V3 before the -header file is included. Example:

    -define(SNMP_USE_V3, true).
    --include_lib("snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl").

    Encoding and decoding must be done explicitly when writing your own Net if +header file is included. Example:

    -define(SNMP_USE_V3, true).
    +-include_lib("snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl").

    Encoding and decoding must be done explicitly when writing your own Net if process.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:27.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -3222,8 +3222,8 @@

    Utility function(s) to produce a formatted printout of the versions info -generated by the versions1 function

    This is the same as doing, e.g.:

               {ok, V} = snmp:versions1(),
    -           snmp:print_versions(V).
    +generated by the versions1 function

    This is the same as doing, e.g.:

               {ok, V} = snmp:versions1(),
    +           snmp:print_versions(V).
    @@ -3421,17 +3421,17 @@

    This function is used to set up trace on function(s) for the given module or modules.

    The example below sets up trace on the exported functions (default) of module snmp_generic and all functions of module snmp_generic_mnesia. With return -values (which is default) and timestamps in both cases (which is also default):

    	  snmp:enable_trace(),
    -	  snmp:set_trace([snmp_generic,
    -                          {snmp_generic_mnesia, [{scope, all_functions}]}]),
    +values (which is default) and timestamps in both cases (which is also default):

    	  snmp:enable_trace(),
    +	  snmp:set_trace([snmp_generic,
    +                          {snmp_generic_mnesia, [{scope, all_functions}]}]),
     	  .
     	  .
     	  .
    -          snmp:set_trace(snmp_generic, disable),
    +          snmp:set_trace(snmp_generic, disable),
     	  .
     	  .
     	  .
    -	  snmp:disable_trace(),
    +
    snmp:disable_trace(),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.208343231 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.212343251 +0000 @@ -3343,8 +3343,8 @@

    Utility function(s) to produce a formatted printout of the versions info -generated by the versions1 function

    This is the same as doing, e.g.:

               {ok, V} = snmp:versions1(),
    -           snmp:print_versions(V).
    +generated by the versions1 function

    This is the same as doing, e.g.:

               {ok, V} = snmp:versions1(),
    +           snmp:print_versions(V).
    @@ -3542,17 +3542,17 @@

    This function is used to set up trace on function(s) for the given module or modules.

    The example below sets up trace on the exported functions (default) of module snmp_generic and all functions of module snmp_generic_mnesia. With return -values (which is default) and timestamps in both cases (which is also default):

    	  snmp:enable_trace(),
    -	  snmp:set_trace([snmp_generic,
    -                          {snmp_generic_mnesia, [{scope, all_functions}]}]),
    +values (which is default) and timestamps in both cases (which is also default):

    	  snmp:enable_trace(),
    +	  snmp:set_trace([snmp_generic,
    +                          {snmp_generic_mnesia, [{scope, all_functions}]}]),
     	  .
     	  .
     	  .
    -          snmp:set_trace(snmp_generic, disable),
    +          snmp:set_trace(snmp_generic, disable),
     	  .
     	  .
     	  .
    -	  snmp:disable_trace(),
    +
    snmp:disable_trace(),
    @@ -3946,7 +3946,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_advanced_agent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_advanced_agent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.240343391 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_advanced_agent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.244343411 +0000 @@ -329,16 +329,16 @@ empName DisplayString, empTelNo DisplayString, empStatus RowStatus - }

    The corresponding Mnesia table is specified as follows:

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    -                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    -                     {attributes, [key, telno, row_status]}]).

    Note

    In the Mnesia tables, the two key columns are stored as a tuple with two + }

    The corresponding Mnesia table is specified as follows:

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    +                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    +                     {attributes, [key, telno, row_status]}]).

    Note

    In the Mnesia tables, the two key columns are stored as a tuple with two elements. Therefore, the arity of the table is 3.

    Instrumentation Functions

    -

    The MIB table shown in the previous section can be compiled as follows:

    1> snmpc:compile("EmpMIB", [{db, mnesia}]).

    This is all that has to be done! Now the manager can read, add, and modify +

    The MIB table shown in the previous section can be compiled as follows:

    1> snmpc:compile("EmpMIB", [{db, mnesia}]).

    This is all that has to be done! Now the manager can read, add, and modify rows. Also, you can use the ordinary Mnesia API to access the table from your programs. The only explicit action is to create the Mnesia table, an action the user has to perform in order to create the required table schemas.

    @@ -350,11 +350,11 @@

    It is often necessary to take some specific action when a table is modified. This is accomplished with an instrumentation function. It executes some specific code when the table is set, and passes all other requests down to the -pre-defined function.

    The following example illustrates this idea:

    emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -    notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
    -    snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia});
    -emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -    snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).

    The default instrumentation functions are defined in the module snmp_generic. +pre-defined function.

    The following example illustrates this idea:

    emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +    notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
    +    snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia});
    +emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +    snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).

    The default instrumentation functions are defined in the module snmp_generic. Refer to the Reference Manual, section SNMP, module snmp_generic for details.

    @@ -367,28 +367,28 @@ that the agent does not know about. This situation is handled by adding values for the internal columns in the set function.

    To illustrate this, suppose we extend our Mnesia empTable with one internal column. We create it as before, but with an arity of 4, by adding another -attribute.

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    -                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    -                     {attributes, {key, telno, row_status, internal_col}}]).

    The last column is the internal column. When performing a set operation, which +attribute.

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    +                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    +                     {attributes, {key, telno, row_status, internal_col}}]).

    The last column is the internal column. When performing a set operation, which creates a row, we must give a value to the internal column. The instrumentation -functions will now look as follows:

    -define(createAndGo, 4).
    --define(createAndWait, 5).
    +functions will now look as follows:

    -define(createAndGo, 4).
    +-define(createAndWait, 5).
     
    -emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -  notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
    +emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +  notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
       NewCols =
    -    case is_row_created(empTable, Cols) of
    -      true -> Cols ++ [{4, "internal"}]; % add internal column
    +    case is_row_created(empTable, Cols) of
    +      true -> Cols ++ [{4, "internal"}]; % add internal column
           false -> Cols                      % keep original cols
       end,
    -  snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, NewCols, {empTable, mnesia});
    -emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -  snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).
    -
    -is_row_created(Name, Cols) ->
    -  case snmp_generic:get_status_col(Name, Cols) of
    -    {ok, ?createAndGo} -> true;
    -    {ok, ?createAndWait} -> true;
    +  snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, NewCols, {empTable, mnesia});
    +emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +  snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).
    +
    +is_row_created(Name, Cols) ->
    +  case snmp_generic:get_status_col(Name, Cols) of
    +    {ok, ?createAndGo} -> true;
    +    {ok, ?createAndWait} -> true;
         _ -> false
       end.

    If a row is created, we always set the internal column to "internal".

    @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_config_files.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_config_files.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.276343570 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_config_files.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.276343570 +0000 @@ -150,19 +150,19 @@

    The agent information should be stored in a file called agent.conf.

    Each entry is a tuple of size two:

    {AgentVariable, Value}.

    • AgentVariable is one of the variables in SNMP-FRAMEWORK-MIB or one of the internal variables intAgentUDPPort, which defines which UDP port the agent listens to, or intAgentTransports, which defines the transport domains and -addresses of the agent.
    • Value is the value for the variable.

    The following example shows an agent.conf file:

    {intAgentUDPPort, 4000}.
    -{intAgentTransports,
    - [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {141,213,11,24}},
    -  {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}}]}.
    -{snmpEngineID, "mbj's engine"}.
    -{snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, 484}.

    These are the supported entries and their value types:

          {snmpEngine,               string()}.                     % Mandatory
    -      {snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, snmp_framework_mib:max_message_size()}.  % Mandatory
    -      {intAgentUDPPort,          inet:port_number()}.                      % Optional
    -      {intAgentTransports,       [snmpa_conf:intAgentTransport()]}.   % Mandatory

    If a "traditional" transport is specified (without explicit Kind, handling +addresses of the agent.

  • Value is the value for the variable.
  • The following example shows an agent.conf file:

    {intAgentUDPPort, 4000}.
    +{intAgentTransports,
    + [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {141,213,11,24}},
    +  {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}}]}.
    +{snmpEngineID, "mbj's engine"}.
    +{snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, 484}.

    These are the supported entries and their value types:

          {snmpEngine,               string()}.                     % Mandatory
    +      {snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, snmp_framework_mib:max_message_size()}.  % Mandatory
    +      {intAgentUDPPort,          inet:port_number()}.                      % Optional
    +      {intAgentTransports,       [snmpa_conf:intAgentTransport()]}.   % Mandatory

    If a "traditional" transport is specified (without explicit Kind, handling both requests and traps) for a transport domain, its not possible to also specify a transport (for that domain) with a specific Kind. This is for -example, not allowed:

     [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4000}},
    -  {transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4001}, trap_sender}].

    Note that only one transport per kind for each transport domain can be +example, not allowed:

     [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4000}},
    +  {transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4001}, trap_sender}].

    Note that only one transport per kind for each transport domain can be configured.

    PortInfo system is used to indicate that the 'system' should choose (the way port number '0' (zero) is normally used). Port info '0' (zero) cannot be used for this, since it is (internally) used to represent the 'default' port number.

    In the traditional transport entries, when the Addr value does not contain a @@ -188,12 +188,12 @@ System Information

    The system information should be stored in a file called standard.conf.

    Each entry is a tuple of size two:

    {SystemVariable, Value}.

    • SystemVariable is one of the variables in the system group, or -snmpEnableAuthenTraps.
    • Value is the value for the variable.

    The following example shows a valid standard.conf file:

    {sysDescr, "Erlang SNMP agent"}.
    -{sysObjectID, [1,2,3]}.
    -{sysContact, "(mbj,eklas)@erlang.ericsson.se"}.
    -{sysName, "test"}.
    -{sysServices, 72}.
    -{snmpEnableAuthenTraps, enabled}.

    A value must be provided for all variables, which lack default values in the +snmpEnableAuthenTraps.

  • Value is the value for the variable.
  • The following example shows a valid standard.conf file:

    {sysDescr, "Erlang SNMP agent"}.
    +{sysObjectID, [1,2,3]}.
    +{sysContact, "(mbj,eklas)@erlang.ericsson.se"}.
    +{sysName, "test"}.
    +{sysServices, 72}.
    +{snmpEnableAuthenTraps, enabled}.

    A value must be provided for all variables, which lack default values in the MIB.

    @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_funct_descr.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_funct_descr.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.308343730 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_funct_descr.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.312343750 +0000 @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ MIBs are always available in all contexts.

    The ASN.1 code, the Erlang source code, and the generated .hrl files for them are provided in the distribution and are placed in the directories mibs, src, and include, respectively, in the snmp application.

    The .hrl files are generated with snmpc:mib_to_hrl/1. Include these files in -your code as in the following example:

    -include_lib("snmp/include/SNMPv2-MIB.hrl").

    The initial values for the managed objects defined in these tables, are read at +your code as in the following example:

    -include_lib("snmp/include/SNMPv2-MIB.hrl").

    The initial values for the managed objects defined in these tables, are read at start-up from a set of configuration files. These are described in Configuration Files.

    @@ -469,9 +469,9 @@

    Notifications are defined in SMIv1 with the TRAP-TYPE macro in the definition of an MIB (see RFC1215). The corresponding macro in SMIv2 is NOTIFICATION-TYPE. When an application decides to send a notification, it calls one of the -following functions:

    snmpa:send_notification(Agent, Notification, Receiver
    -                       [, NotifyName, ContextName, Varbinds])
    -snmpa:send_trap(Agent, Notification, Community [, Receiver, Varbinds])

    providing the registered name or process identifier of the agent where the MIB, +following functions:

    snmpa:send_notification(Agent, Notification, Receiver
    +                       [, NotifyName, ContextName, Varbinds])
    +snmpa:send_trap(Agent, Notification, Community [, Receiver, Varbinds])

    providing the registered name or process identifier of the agent where the MIB, which defines the notification is loaded and the symbolic name of the notification.

    If the send_notification/3,4 function is used, all management targets are selected, as defined in RFC2273. The Receiver parameter defines where the @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_netif.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_netif.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.340343890 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_netif.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.344343910 +0000 @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.372344049 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.376344070 +0000 @@ -140,51 +140,51 @@

    The following configuration parameters are defined for the SNMP application. Refer to application(3) for more information about configuration parameters.

    The snmp part of the config file specifying the configuration parameters is -basically the following tuple:

          {snmp, snmp_components_config()}

    A minimal config file for starting a node with both a manager and an agent:

          [{snmp,
    -        [{agent, [{db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/db"},
    -                  {config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/conf"}]}]},
    -         {manager, [{config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/conf"},
    -                              {db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/db"}]}]}]}
    -        ]
    +basically the following tuple:

          {snmp, snmp_components_config()}

    A minimal config file for starting a node with both a manager and an agent:

          [{snmp,
    +        [{agent, [{db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/db"},
    +                  {config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/conf"}]}]},
    +         {manager, [{config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/conf"},
    +                              {db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/db"}]}]}]}
    +        ]
            }
           ].

    Each snmp component has its own set of configuration parameters, even though -some of the types are common to both components.

          snmp_components_config() -> [snmp_component_config()]
    -      snmp_component_config() -> {agent, agent_options()} | {manager, manager_options()}
    -      agent_options() = [agent_option()]
    -      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
    -                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
    -                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
    -                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
    -                       {versions,         versions()}         |
    -                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
    -                       {priority,         priority()}         |
    -                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
    -                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
    -                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
    -                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
    -                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
    -                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
    -                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
    -                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
    -                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
    -                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
    -                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
    -                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
    -                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
    -                       {config,           agent_config()}
    -      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
    -      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
    -                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
    -                         {server,                   server()}          |
    -                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
    -                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
    -                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
    -                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
    -                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
    -                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
    -                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
    -                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
    -                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

    Agent specific config options and types:

    • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, +some of the types are common to both components.

            snmp_components_config() -> [snmp_component_config()]
      +      snmp_component_config() -> {agent, agent_options()} | {manager, manager_options()}
      +      agent_options() = [agent_option()]
      +      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
      +                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
      +                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
      +                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
      +                       {versions,         versions()}         |
      +                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
      +                       {priority,         priority()}         |
      +                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
      +                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
      +                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
      +                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
      +                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
      +                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
      +                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
      +                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
      +                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
      +                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
      +                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
      +                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
      +                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
      +                       {config,           agent_config()}
      +      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
      +      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
      +                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
      +                         {server,                   server()}          |
      +                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
      +                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
      +                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
      +                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
      +                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
      +                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
      +                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
      +                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
      +                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

      Agent specific config options and types:

      • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, one master agent is started. Otherwise, no agents are started.

        Default is master.

      • agent_discovery() = [agent_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_discovery_opt() = {terminating, agent_terminating_discovery_opts()} | {originating, agent_originating_discovery_opts()}

        The terminating options effects discovery initiated by a manager.

        The originating options effects discovery initiated by this agent.

        For defaults see the options in agent_discovery_opt().

      • agent_terminating_discovery_opts() = [agent_terminating_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_terminating_discovery_opt() = {enable, boolean()} | {stage2, discovery | plain} | {trigger_username, string()}

        These are options effecting discovery terminating in this agent (i.e. @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app_a.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app_a.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.396344169 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app_a.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.400344190 +0000 @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app_b.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app_b.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.428344329 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app_b.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.428344329 +0000 @@ -586,23 +586,23 @@ immediately removed." - SYNTAX INTEGER { + SYNTAX INTEGER { -- the following two values are states: -- these values may be read or written - active(1), - notInService(2), + active(1), + notInService(2), -- the following value is a state: -- this value may be read, but not written - notReady(3), + notReady(3), -- the following three values are -- actions: these values may be written, -- but are never read - createAndGo(4), - createAndWait(5), - destroy(6) - }
    + createAndGo(4), + createAndWait(5), + destroy(6) + }
    @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app_c.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app_c.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.452344449 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app_c.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.452344449 +0000 @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_audit_trail_log.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_audit_trail_log.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.476344569 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_audit_trail_log.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.480344589 +0000 @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_community_mib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_community_mib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.508344728 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_community_mib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.512344748 +0000 @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_config.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_config.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.548344928 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_config.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.552344948 +0000 @@ -145,41 +145,41 @@ more information).
  • the database directory stores the internal database files.
  • The agent and manager uses (application) configuration parameters to find out where these directories are located. The parameters should be defined in an Erlang system configuration file. The following configuration parameters are -defined for the SNMP application:

          agent_options() = [agent_option()]
    -      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
    -                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
    -                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
    -                       {versions,         versions()}         |
    -                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
    -                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
    -                       {priority,         priority()}         |
    -                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
    -                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
    -                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
    -                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
    -                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
    -                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
    -                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
    -                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
    -                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
    -                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
    -                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
    -                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
    -                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
    -                       {config,           agent_config()}
    -      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
    -      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
    -                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
    -                         {server,                   server()}          |
    -                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
    -                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
    -                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
    -                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
    -                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
    -                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
    -                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
    -                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
    -                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

    Agent specific config options and types:

    • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, +defined for the SNMP application:

            agent_options() = [agent_option()]
      +      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
      +                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
      +                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
      +                       {versions,         versions()}         |
      +                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
      +                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
      +                       {priority,         priority()}         |
      +                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
      +                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
      +                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
      +                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
      +                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
      +                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
      +                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
      +                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
      +                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
      +                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
      +                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
      +                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
      +                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
      +                       {config,           agent_config()}
      +      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
      +      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
      +                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
      +                         {server,                   server()}          |
      +                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
      +                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
      +                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
      +                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
      +                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
      +                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
      +                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
      +                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
      +                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

      Agent specific config options and types:

      • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, one master agent is started. Otherwise, no agents are started.

        Default is master.

      • agent_discovery() = [agent_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_discovery_opt() = {terminating, agent_terminating_discovery_opts()} | {originating, agent_originating_discovery_opts()}

        The terminating options effects discovery initiated by a manager.

        The originating options effects discovery initiated by this agent.

        For defaults see the options in agent_discovery_opt().

      • agent_terminating_discovery_opts() = [agent_terminating_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_terminating_discovery_opt() = {enable, boolean()} | {stage2, discovery | plain} | {trigger_username, string()}

        These are options effecting discovery terminating in this agent (i.e. @@ -556,34 +556,34 @@ configuration parameters. The verbosity itself has several _levels: silence | info | log | debug | trace. For the lowest verbosity silence, nothing is printed. The higher the verbosity, the -more is printed. Default value is always silence.

        3> snmpa:verbosity(master_agent, log).
        +more is printed. Default value is always silence.

        3> snmpa:verbosity(master_agent, log).
         ok
        -5> snmpa:verbosity(net_if, log).
        +5> snmpa:verbosity(net_if, log).
         ok
         6>
         %% Example of output from the agent when a get-next-request arrives:
         ** SNMP NET-IF LOG:
        -   got packet from {147,12,12,12}:5000
        +   got packet from {147,12,12,12}:5000
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF MPD LOG:
            v1, community: all-rights
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF LOG:
        -   got pdu from {147,12,12,12}:5000 {pdu, 'get-next-request',
        +   got pdu from {147,12,12,12}:5000 {pdu, 'get-next-request',
                                                   62612569,noError,0,
        -                                          [{varbind,[1,1],'NULL','NULL',1}]}
        +                                          [{varbind,[1,1],'NULL','NULL',1}]}
         
         ** SNMP MASTER-AGENT LOG:
        -   apply: snmp_generic,variable_func,[get,{sysDescr,persistent}]
        +   apply: snmp_generic,variable_func,[get,{sysDescr,persistent}]
         
         ** SNMP MASTER-AGENT LOG:
        -   returned: {value,"Erlang SNMP agent"}
        +   returned: {value,"Erlang SNMP agent"}
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF LOG:
        -   reply pdu: {pdu,'get-response',62612569,noError,0,
        -                   [{varbind,[1,3,6,1,2,1,1,1,0],
        +   reply pdu: {pdu,'get-response',62612569,noError,0,
        +                   [{varbind,[1,3,6,1,2,1,1,1,0],
                                      'OCTET STRING',
        -                             "Erlang SNMP agent",1}]}
        +                             "Erlang SNMP agent",1}]}
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF INFO: time in agent: 19711 mysec

        Other useful function(s) for debugging the agent are:

        • snmpa:info/0,1 - info is used to retrieve a list of miscellaneous agent information.

        • snmpa:which_aliasnames/0 - @@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_def_instr_functions.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_def_instr_functions.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.580345088 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_def_instr_functions.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.584345108 +0000 @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_framework_mib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_framework_mib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.604345208 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_framework_mib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.608345228 +0000 @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_generic.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_generic.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.644345407 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_generic.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.648345427 +0000 @@ -140,9 +140,9 @@ | MIB | +---------------+ | - Association file (associates a MIB object with + Association file (associates a MIB object with | snmp_generic:table_funct - | snmp_generic:variable_func) + | snmp_generic:variable_func) +--------------------------------------+ | snmp_generic | Support for get-next, | | RowStatus operations @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ | snmpa_local_db | Mnesia | Database +--------------+-------+---------------+ | dets | ets | -| (persistent) | | +| (persistent) | | +--------------+-------+

        Each function takes the argument NameDb, which is a tuple {Name, Db}, to identify which database the functions should use. Name is the symbolic name of the managed object as defined in the MIB, and Db is either volatile, @@ -162,41 +162,41 @@ this. Specifically, if variables are stored in Mnesia, the table snmp_variables must be created by the programmer. The record definition for this table is defined in the file snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl.

        If an instrumentation function in the association file for a variable myVar -does not have a name when compiling an MIB, the compiler generates an entry.

        {myVar, {snmp_generic, variable_func, [{myVar, Db]}}.

        And for a table:

        {myTable, {snmp_generic, table_func, [{myTable, Db]}}.

        +does not have a name when compiling an MIB, the compiler generates an entry.

        {myVar, {snmp_generic, variable_func, [{myVar, Db]}}.

        And for a table:

        {myTable, {snmp_generic, table_func, [{myTable, Db]}}.

        Example

        The following example shows an implementation of a table which is stored in -Mnesia, but with some checks performed at set-request operations.

        myTable_func(new, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        -  snmp_generic:table_func(new, NameDb).
        +Mnesia, but with some checks performed at set-request operations.

        myTable_func(new, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        +  snmp_generic:table_func(new, NameDb).
         
        -myTable_func(delete, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        -  snmp_generic:table_func(delete, NameDb).
        +myTable_func(delete, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        +  snmp_generic:table_func(delete, NameDb).
         
         %% change row
        -myTable_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        -  case snmp_generic:table_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex,
        -                               Cols, NameDb) of
        -    {noError, 0} ->
        -      myApplication:is_set_ok(RowIndex, Cols);
        +myTable_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        +  case snmp_generic:table_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex,
        +                               Cols, NameDb) of
        +    {noError, 0} ->
        +      myApplication:is_set_ok(RowIndex, Cols);
             Err ->
               Err
           end;
         
        -myTable_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        -  case snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols,
        -                               NameDb),
        -    {noError, 0} ->
        +myTable_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        +  case snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols,
        +                               NameDb),
        +    {noError, 0} ->
               % Now the row is updated, tell the application
        -      myApplication:update(RowIndex, Cols);
        +      myApplication:update(RowIndex, Cols);
             Err ->
               Err
           end;
         
        -myTable_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        -  snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb).

        The .funcs file would look like:

        {myTable, {myModule, myTable_func, [{myTable, mnesia}]}}.
        +
        myTable_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) -> % pass unchanged + snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb).

        The .funcs file would look like:

        {myTable, {myModule, myTable_func, [{myTable, mnesia}]}}.
        @@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_agent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_agent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.684345607 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_agent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.692345647 +0000 @@ -230,54 +230,54 @@ the default implementation of it. Recall that MIBs imported by "EX1-MIB.mib" must be present and compiled in the current directory ("./STANDARD-MIB.bin","./RFC1213-MIB.bin") when compiling.

        unix> erl -config ./sys
        -1> application:start(snmp).
        +1> application:start(snmp).
         ok
        -2> snmpc:compile("EX1-MIB").
        +2> snmpc:compile("EX1-MIB").
         No accessfunction for 'friendsTable', using default.
         No accessfunction for 'myName', using default.
        -{ok, "EX1-MIB.bin"}
        -3> snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, ["EX1-MIB"]).
        +{ok, "EX1-MIB.bin"}
        +3> snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, ["EX1-MIB"]).
         ok

        This MIB is now loaded into the agent, and a manager can ask questions. As an example of this, we start another Erlang system and the simple Erlang manager in -the toolkit:

        1> snmp_test_mgr:start_link([{agent,"dront.ericsson.se"},{community,"all-rights"},
        +the toolkit:

        1> snmp_test_mgr:start_link([{agent,"dront.ericsson.se"},{community,"all-rights"},
          %% making it understand symbolic names: {mibs,["EX1-MIB","STANDARD-MIB"]}]).
        -{ok, <0.89.0>}
        +{ok, <0.89.0>}
         %% a get-next request with one OID.
        -2> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
        +2> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[myName,0] = []
        +[myName,0] = []
         %% A set-request (now using symbolic names for convenience)
        -3> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[myName,0], "Martin"}]).
        +3> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[myName,0], "Martin"}]).
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[myName,0] = "Martin"
        +[myName,0] = "Martin"
         %% Try the same get-next request again
        -4> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
        +4> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[myName,0] = "Martin"
        +[myName,0] = "Martin"
         %% ... and we got the new value.
         %% you can event do row operations. How to add a row:
        -5> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[fName,0], "Martin"}, {[fAddress,0],"home"}, {[fStatus,0],4}]).
        +5> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[fName,0], "Martin"}, {[fAddress,0],"home"}, {[fStatus,0],4}]).
          %% createAndGo
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[fName,0] = "Martin"
        -[fAddress,0] = "home"
        -[fStatus,0] = 4
        -6> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[myName,0]]).
        +[fName,0] = "Martin"
        +[fAddress,0] = "home"
        +[fStatus,0] = 4
        +6> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[myName,0]]).
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[fName,0] = "Martin"
        -7> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
        +[fName,0] = "Martin"
        +7> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[fAddress,0] = "home"
        -8> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
        +[fAddress,0] = "home"
        +8> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[fStatus,0] = 1
        +[fStatus,0] = 1
         9>

        @@ -295,55 +295,55 @@ Code

        -
        -module(ex1).
        --author('dummy@flop.org').
        +
        -module(ex1).
        +-author('dummy@flop.org').
         %% External exports
        --export([start/0, my_name/1, my_name/2, friends_table/3]).
        +-export([start/0, my_name/1, my_name/2, friends_table/3]).
         %% Internal exports
        --export([init/0]).
        --define(status_col, 4).
        --define(active, 1).
        --define(notInService, 2).
        --define(notReady, 3).
        --define(createAndGo, 4).   % Action; written, not read
        --define(createAndWait, 5). % Action; written, not read
        --define(destroy, 6).       % Action; written, not read
        -start() ->
        -    spawn(ex1, init, []).
        +-export([init/0]).
        +-define(status_col, 4).
        +-define(active, 1).
        +-define(notInService, 2).
        +-define(notReady, 3).
        +-define(createAndGo, 4).   % Action; written, not read
        +-define(createAndWait, 5). % Action; written, not read
        +-define(destroy, 6).       % Action; written, not read
        +start() ->
        +    spawn(ex1, init, []).
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
         %% Instrumentation function for variable myName.
         %% Returns: (get) {value, Name}
         %%          (set) noError
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
        -my_name(get) ->
        -    ex1_server ! {self(), get_my_name},
        -    Name = wait_answer(),
        -    {value, Name}.
        -my_name(set, NewName) ->
        -    ex1_server ! {self(), {set_my_name, NewName}},
        +my_name(get) ->
        +    ex1_server ! {self(), get_my_name},
        +    Name = wait_answer(),
        +    {value, Name}.
        +my_name(set, NewName) ->
        +    ex1_server ! {self(), {set_my_name, NewName}},
             noError.
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
         %% Instrumentation function for table friendsTable.
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
        -friends_table(get, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        -    case get_row(RowIndex) of
        -   {ok, Row} ->
        -        get_cols(Cols, Row);
        +friends_table(get, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        +    case get_row(RowIndex) of
        +   {ok, Row} ->
        +        get_cols(Cols, Row);
            _  ->
        -        {noValue, noSuchInstance}
        +        {noValue, noSuchInstance}
             end;
        -friends_table(get_next, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        -    case get_next_row(RowIndex) of
        -   {ok, Row} ->
        -        get_next_cols(Cols, Row);
        +friends_table(get_next, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        +    case get_next_row(RowIndex) of
        +   {ok, Row} ->
        +        get_next_cols(Cols, Row);
            _  ->
        -       case get_next_row([]) of
        -     {ok, Row} ->
        +       case get_next_row([]) of
        +     {ok, Row} ->
                  % Get next cols from first row.
        -         NewCols = add_one_to_cols(Cols),
        -         get_next_cols(NewCols, Row);
        +         NewCols = add_one_to_cols(Cols),
        +         get_next_cols(NewCols, Row);
              _  ->
        -        end_of_table(Cols)
        +        end_of_table(Cols)
                 end
             end;
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
        @@ -354,158 +354,158 @@
         %%    *) Otherwise, error (for simplicity).
         %% Otherwise, row is modified; check that row exists.
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
        -friends_table(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        +friends_table(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols) ->
             RowExists =
        -   case get_row(RowIndex) of
        -        {ok, _Row} -> true;
        +   case get_row(RowIndex) of
        +        {ok, _Row} -> true;
                _ -> false
            end,
        -    case is_row_status_col_changed(Cols) of
        -   {true, ?destroy} when RowExists == true ->
        -        {noError, 0};
        -   {true, ?createAndGo} when RowExists == false,
        -                                 length(Cols) == 3 ->
        -        {noError, 0};
        -   {true, _} ->
        -       {inconsistentValue, ?status_col};
        +    case is_row_status_col_changed(Cols) of
        +   {true, ?destroy} when RowExists == true ->
        +        {noError, 0};
        +   {true, ?createAndGo} when RowExists == false,
        +                                 length(Cols) == 3 ->
        +        {noError, 0};
        +   {true, _} ->
        +       {inconsistentValue, ?status_col};
            false when RowExists == true ->
        -        {noError, 0};
        +        {noError, 0};
        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_manager.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
        --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_manager.html	2025-01-25 10:23:43.712345747 +0000
        +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_manager.html	2025-01-25 10:23:43.716345767 +0000
        @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
                   Erlang programming language
         
               

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_index.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_index.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.740345887 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_index.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.744345907 +0000 @@ -135,13 +135,13 @@ actual implementation of the table. The SNMP ordering, that is implementation of GET NEXT, is implemented in this module.

        For example, suppose there is an SNMP table, which is best implemented in Erlang as one process per SNMP table row. Suppose further that the INDEX in the SNMP -table is an OCTET STRING. The index structure would be created as follows:

        snmp_index:new(string)

        For each new process we create, we insert an item in an snmp_index structure:

        new_process(Name, SnmpIndex) ->
        -  Pid = start_process(),
        +table is an OCTET STRING. The index structure would be created as follows:

        snmp_index:new(string)

        For each new process we create, we insert an item in an snmp_index structure:

        new_process(Name, SnmpIndex) ->
        +  Pid = start_process(),
           NewSnmpIndex =
        -    snmp_index:insert(SnmpIndex, Name, Pid),
        +    snmp_index:insert(SnmpIndex, Name, Pid),
           <...>

        With this structure, we can now map an OBJECT IDENTIFIER in e.g. a GET NEXT -request, to the correct process:

        get_next_pid(Oid, SnmpIndex) ->
        -  {ok, {_, Pid}} = snmp_index:get_next(SnmpIndex, Oid),
        +request, to the correct process:

        get_next_pid(Oid, SnmpIndex) ->
        +  {ok, {_, Pid}} = snmp_index:get_next(SnmpIndex, Oid),
           Pid.

        @@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_instr_functions.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_instr_functions.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.772346046 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_instr_functions.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.772346046 +0000 @@ -153,8 +153,8 @@ New / Delete Operations

        -

        For scalar variables:

        variable_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
        -variable_access(delete [, ExtraArg1, ...])

        For tables:

        table_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
        +

        For scalar variables:

        variable_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
        +variable_access(delete [, ExtraArg1, ...])

        For tables:

        table_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
         table_access(delete [, ExtraArg1, ...])

        These functions are called for each object in an MIB when the MIB is unloaded or loaded, respectively.

        @@ -214,9 +214,9 @@ value 1, and [3, 5] is the list of requested columns. The function should now return the lexicographically next elements:

        [{[3, 1, 2], d}, {[5, 1, 2], f}]

        This is illustrated in the following table:

        GetNext from [3,1,1] and [5,1,1].

        The manager now issues the following getNext request:

        getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry.3.2.1,
                  myTable.myTableEntry.5.2.1 }

        This is transformed into one call to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [2, 1], [3, 5])

        The function should now return:

        [{[4, 1, 1], b}, endOfTable]

        This is illustrated in the following table:

        GetNext from [3,2,1] and [5,2,1].

        The manager now issues the following getNext request:

        getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry.3.1.2,
        -         myTable.myTableEntry.4.1.2 }

        This will be transform into one call to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [1, 2], [3, 4])

        The function should now return:

        [{[3, 2, 1], g}, {[5, 1, 1], c}]

        This is illustrated in the following table:

        GetNext from [3,1,2] and [4,1,2].

        The manager now issues the following getNext request:

        getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry,
        -         myTable.myTableEntry.1.3.2 }

        This will be transform into two calls to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [], [0]) and
        -my_table(get_next, [3, 2], [1])

        The function should now return:

        [{[3, 1, 1], a}] and
        +         myTable.myTableEntry.4.1.2 }

        This will be transform into one call to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [1, 2], [3, 4])

        The function should now return:

        [{[3, 2, 1], g}, {[5, 1, 1], c}]

        This is illustrated in the following table:

        GetNext from [3,1,2] and [4,1,2].

        The manager now issues the following getNext request:

        getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry,
        +         myTable.myTableEntry.1.3.2 }

        This will be transform into two calls to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [], [0]) and
        +my_table(get_next, [3, 2], [1])

        The function should now return:

        [{[3, 1, 1], a}] and
         [{[3, 1, 1], a}]

        In both cases, the first accessible element in the table should be returned. As the key columns are not accessible, this means that the third column is the first row.

        Note

        Normally, the functions described above behave exactly as shown, but they are @@ -233,17 +233,17 @@ variables for a device, ipAdr and name with object identifiers 1.1.23.4 and 1.1.7 respectively. To access these variables, one could implement the two Erlang functions ip_access and name_access, which will be in the MIB. The -functions could be specified in a text file as follows:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, ip_access, []}}.
        +functions could be specified in a text file as follows:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, ip_access, []}}.
         % Or using the oid syntax for 'name'
        -{[1,1,7], {my_module, name_access, []}}.

        The ExtraArgument parameter is the empty list. For example, when the agent +{[1,1,7], {my_module, name_access, []}}.

        The ExtraArgument parameter is the empty list. For example, when the agent receives a get-request for the ipAdr variable, a call will be made to ip_access(get). The value returned by this function is the answer to the get-request.

        If ip_access and name_access are implemented similarly, we could write a -generic_access function using the ListOfExtraArguments:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, ['IPADR']}}.
        +generic_access function using the ListOfExtraArguments:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, ['IPADR']}}.
         % The mnemonic 'name' is more convenient than 1.1.7
        -{name, {my_module, generic_access, ['NAME']}}.

        When the agent receives the same get-request as above, a call will be made to -generic_access(get,'IPADR').

        Yet another possibility, closer to the hardware, could be:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, [16#2543]}}.
        -{name, {my_module, generic_access, [16#A2B3]}}.

        +{name, {my_module, generic_access, ['NAME']}}.

        When the agent receives the same get-request as above, a call will be made to +generic_access(get,'IPADR').

        Yet another possibility, closer to the hardware, could be:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, [16#2543]}}.
        +{name, {my_module, generic_access, [16#A2B3]}}.

        @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_intro.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_intro.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.800346186 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_intro.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.800346186 +0000 @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_manager_config_files.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_manager_config_files.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.824346306 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_manager_config_files.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.828346326 +0000 @@ -149,10 +149,10 @@ every transport.

      • engine_id - The SnmpEngineID as defined in SNMP-FRAMEWORK-MIB. Mandatory.

      • max_message_size - The snmpEngineMaxMessageSize as defined in SNMP-FRAMEWORK-MIB. Mandatory.

    • Value is the value for the variable.

    The legacy and intermediate variables address and domain are still supported -so old configurations will work.

    The following example shows a manager.conf file:

    {transports,       [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 5000}},
    -                    {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}, 5000}}]}.
    -{engine_id,        "mgrEngine"}.
    -{max_message_size, 484}.

    The value of engine_id is a string, which should have a very specific +so old configurations will work.

    The following example shows a manager.conf file:

    {transports,       [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 5000}},
    +                    {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}, 5000}}]}.
    +{engine_id,        "mgrEngine"}.
    +{max_message_size, 484}.

    The value of engine_id is a string, which should have a very specific structure. See RFC 2271/2571 for details.

    @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_manager_funct_descr.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_manager_funct_descr.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.856346466 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_manager_funct_descr.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.856346466 +0000 @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_manager_netif.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_manager_netif.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.880346586 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_manager_netif.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.880346586 +0000 @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_mib_compiler.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_mib_compiler.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.904346705 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_mib_compiler.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.908346725 +0000 @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ association file, it gives a warning message and uses default instrumentation functions. (See Default Instrumentation for more details).

    The MIB compiler is started with a call to snmpc:compile(<mibname>). For -example:

    snmpc:compile("RFC1213-MIB").

    The output is a new file which is called <mibname>.bin.

    The MIB compiler understands both SMIv1 and SMIv2 MIBs. It uses the +example:

    snmpc:compile("RFC1213-MIB").

    The output is a new file which is called <mibname>.bin.

    The MIB compiler understands both SMIv1 and SMIv2 MIBs. It uses the MODULE-IDENTITY statement to determinate if the MIB is written in SMI version 1 or 2.

    @@ -153,10 +153,10 @@ compiled file and not the ASN.1 (source) file. A MIB must be recompiled to make changes visible to other MIBs importing it.

    The compiled files of the imported MIBs must be present in the current directory, or a directory in the current path. The path is supplied with the -{i, Path} option, for example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    -       [{i, ["friend_mibs/", "../standard_mibs/"]}]).

    It is also possible to import MIBs from OTP applications in an "include_lib" -like fashion with the il option. Example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    -       [{il, ["snmp/priv/mibs/", "myapp/priv/mibs/"]}]).

    finds the latest version of the snmp and myapp applications in the OTP +{i, Path} option, for example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    +       [{i, ["friend_mibs/", "../standard_mibs/"]}]).

    It is also possible to import MIBs from OTP applications in an "include_lib" +like fashion with the il option. Example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    +       [{il, ["snmp/priv/mibs/", "myapp/priv/mibs/"]}]).

    finds the latest version of the snmp and myapp applications in the OTP system and uses the expanded paths as include paths.

    Note that an SMIv2 MIB can import an SMIv1 MIB and vice versa.

    The following MIBs are built-ins of the Erlang SNMP compiler: SNMPv2-SMI, RFC-1215, RFC-1212, SNMPv2-TC, SNMPv2-CONF, and RFC1155-SMI. They cannot therefore be compiled separately.

    @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_notification_mib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_notification_mib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.932346845 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_notification_mib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.932346845 +0000 @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_pdus.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_pdus.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.956346965 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_pdus.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.960346985 +0000 @@ -134,8 +134,8 @@ Erlang record representations and vice versa. The record definitions can be found in the file snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl. If snmpv3 is used, the module that includes snmp_types.hrl must define the constant SNMP_USE_V3 before the -header file is included. Example:

    -define(SNMP_USE_V3, true).
    --include_lib("snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl").

    Encoding and decoding must be done explicitly when writing your own Net if +header file is included. Example:

    -define(SNMP_USE_V3, true).
    +-include_lib("snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl").

    Encoding and decoding must be done explicitly when writing your own Net if process.

    @@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_standard_mib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_standard_mib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.984347105 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_standard_mib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:43.988347125 +0000 @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_target_mib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_target_mib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.012347244 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_target_mib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.016347264 +0000 @@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_user_based_sm_mib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_user_based_sm_mib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.044347404 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_user_based_sm_mib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.048347424 +0000 @@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_view_based_acm_mib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_view_based_acm_mib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.080347584 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_view_based_acm_mib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.084347604 +0000 @@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.156347963 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.156347963 +0000 @@ -3336,8 +3336,8 @@

    Load a single Mib into an agent. The MibName is the name of the Mib, -including the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example:

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    -          snmpa:load_mib(snmp_master_agent, Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    +including the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example:

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    +          snmpa:load_mib(snmp_master_agent, Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    @@ -3453,8 +3453,8 @@

    Load Mibs into an agent. If the agent cannot load all MIBs (the default value of the Force argument is false), it will indicate where loading was aborted. The MibName is the name of the Mib, including the path to where the compiled -mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    -          snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, [Dir ++ "MY-MIB"]).

    If Force = true then the agent will continue attempting to load each mib even +mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    +          snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, [Dir ++ "MY-MIB"]).

    If Force = true then the agent will continue attempting to load each mib even after failing to load a previous mib. Use with care.

    @@ -4565,8 +4565,8 @@

    Registers a sub-agent under a sub-tree of another agent.

    It is easy to make mistakes when registering sub-agents and this activity should be done carefully. For example, a strange behaviour would result from the -following configuration:

    snmp_agent:register_subagent(MAPid,[1,2,3,4],SA1),
    -snmp_agent:register_subagent(SA1,[1,2,3], SA2).

    SA2 will not get requests starting with object identifier [1,2,3] since +following configuration:

    snmp_agent:register_subagent(MAPid,[1,2,3,4],SA1),
    +snmp_agent:register_subagent(SA1,[1,2,3], SA2).

    SA2 will not get requests starting with object identifier [1,2,3] since SA1 does not.

    @@ -5011,20 +5011,20 @@ Addresses and if there are no targets for which an Inform-Request is sent, Addresses is the empty list [].

    The receiver will first be sent the snmp_targets message, and then for each address in Addresses list, one of the two snmp_notification messages.

  • {Mod, Func, Args} - The info will be delivered via the function call:

    Mod:Func([Msg | Args])

    where Msg has the same content and purpose as the messages descrived above.

  • Address is a management target address and Addresses is a list of management -target addresses. They are defined as followes:

            Addresses  = [address()]
    -        Address    = address()
    -        address()  = v1_address() | v3_address()
    -        v1_address() = {TDomain, TAddress}
    -        v3_address() = {{TDomain, TAddress}, V3MsgData}
    -        TDomain    = tdoamin()
    -        TAddress   = taddress()
    -        tdomain()  = The oid of snmpUDPDomain
    +target addresses. They are defined as followes:

            Addresses  = [address()]
    +        Address    = address()
    +        address()  = v1_address() | v3_address()
    +        v1_address() = {TDomain, TAddress}
    +        v3_address() = {{TDomain, TAddress}, V3MsgData}
    +        TDomain    = tdoamin()
    +        TAddress   = taddress()
    +        tdomain()  = The oid of snmpUDPDomain
                          This is the only supported transport domain.
    -        taddress() = [A1, A2, A3, A4, P1, P3]
    +        taddress() = [A1, A2, A3, A4, P1, P3]
                          The 4 first bytes makes up the IP-address and the last 2,
                          the UDP-port number.
    -        V3MsgData  = v3_msg_data()
    -        v3_msg_data() = term()

    If Receiver is a notification_delivery_info/0 record, then the information + V3MsgData = v3_msg_data() + v3_msg_data() = term()

    If Receiver is a notification_delivery_info/0 record, then the information about the notification delivery will be delivered to the receiver via the callback functions defined by the snmpa_notification_delivery_info_receiver behaviour according to the content of the notification_delivery_info/0 @@ -6066,7 +6066,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_conf.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_conf.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.212348242 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_conf.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.220348283 +0000 @@ -3807,7 +3807,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_discovery_handler.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_discovery_handler.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.244348403 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_discovery_handler.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.244348403 +0000 @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_error.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_error.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.272348542 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_error.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.276348562 +0000 @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_error_io.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_error_io.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.296348663 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_error_io.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.300348682 +0000 @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_error_logger.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_error_logger.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.320348782 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_error_logger.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.324348802 +0000 @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_error_report.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_error_report.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.344348902 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_error_report.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.348348922 +0000 @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_local_db.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_local_db.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.376349061 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_local_db.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.380349082 +0000 @@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_mib_data.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_mib_data.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.408349221 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_mib_data.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.412349241 +0000 @@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_mib_storage.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_mib_storage.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.436349361 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_mib_storage.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.444349401 +0000 @@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_mpd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_mpd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.468349521 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_mpd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.476349560 +0000 @@ -1017,7 +1017,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_network_interface.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_network_interface.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.500349681 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_network_interface.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.500349681 +0000 @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_network_interface_filter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_network_interface_filter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.528349820 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_network_interface_filter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.532349840 +0000 @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_notification_delivery_info_receiver.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_notification_delivery_info_receiver.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.552349940 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_notification_delivery_info_receiver.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.552349940 +0000 @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_notification_filter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_notification_filter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.580350080 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_notification_filter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.584350100 +0000 @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_supervisor.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_supervisor.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.604350200 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa_supervisor.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.608350219 +0000 @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.628350319 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.632350339 +0000 @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpc_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpc_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.656350460 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpc_cmd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.660350479 +0000 @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Synopsis

    -
    snmpc [options] file.mib | file.bin

    +
    snmpc [options] file.mib | file.bin

    @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.708350719 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.716350758 +0000 @@ -2008,8 +2008,8 @@

    Load a Mib into the manager. The MibName is the name of the Mib, including -the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    -          snmpm:load_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    +the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    +          snmpm:load_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    @@ -3588,8 +3588,8 @@

    Unload a Mib from the manager. The MibName is the name of the Mib, including -the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    -          snmpm:unload_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    +the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    +          snmpm:unload_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    @@ -4057,7 +4057,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_conf.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_conf.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.752350938 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_conf.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.752350938 +0000 @@ -1368,7 +1368,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_mpd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_mpd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.780351078 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_mpd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.788351118 +0000 @@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_network_interface.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_network_interface.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.812351238 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_network_interface.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.812351238 +0000 @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_network_interface_filter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_network_interface_filter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.848351418 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_network_interface_filter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.844351398 +0000 @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_user.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_user.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.876351557 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm_user.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.876351557 +0000 @@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.896351658 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.900351677 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.916351757 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.920351777 +0000 @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/configurations.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/configurations.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.948351917 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/configurations.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.952351936 +0000 @@ -142,23 +142,23 @@ Options configuration

    There are from OTP-23.0 two main ways to set an option:

    • Like before, in the Options parameter in the Erlang code in a call to for -example ssh:daemon/3 or ssh:connect/3 or any of their variants. Example:

      ssh:connect(22, [{user,"foo"}])
    • In OTP Configuration Parameters:

      • In the erl command line:

        erl -ssh user \"foo\"
      • In the ssh.app file, in the env part

        {application, ssh,
        - [{description, "SSH-2 for Erlang/OTP"},
        -  {vsn, "4.9"},
        -  {modules, [ssh,
        +example ssh:daemon/3 or ssh:connect/3 or any of their variants. Example:

        ssh:connect(22, [{user,"foo"}])
      • In OTP Configuration Parameters:

        • In the erl command line:

          erl -ssh user \"foo\"
        • In the ssh.app file, in the env part

          {application, ssh,
          + [{description, "SSH-2 for Erlang/OTP"},
          +  {vsn, "4.9"},
          +  {modules, [ssh,
                   ...
          -         ssh_xfer]},
          -  {registered, []},
          -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, crypto, public_key]},
          -  {env, [{user, "bar"]}, % <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< HERE
          -  {mod, {ssh_app, []}},
          -       ...
        • In a .config file:

          erl -config ex1

          where ex1.config contains:

          [
          -{ssh, [{user, "foo"}]}
          -].

        If the option is intended only for a server or for a client, it may be set in -this way:

        [
        -{ssh, [{server_options,[{user, "foo"}]},
        -       {client_options,[{user, "bar"}]}
        -].

        A server (daemon) will use the user name foo, and a client will use the name + ssh_xfer]}, + {registered, []}, + {applications, [kernel, stdlib, crypto, public_key]}, + {env, [{user, "bar"]}, % <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< HERE + {mod, {ssh_app, []}}, + ...

  • In a .config file:

    erl -config ex1

    where ex1.config contains:

    [
    +{ssh, [{user, "foo"}]}
    +].
  • If the option is intended only for a server or for a client, it may be set in +this way:

    [
    +{ssh, [{server_options,[{user, "foo"}]},
    +       {client_options,[{user, "bar"}]}
    +].

    A server (daemon) will use the user name foo, and a client will use the name bar.

    @@ -229,17 +229,17 @@ 'hmac-sha1']}]}, {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}, {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Note that the algorithms in the file ex2.config is not yet applied. They will -be when we start ssh:

    2> ssh:start().
    +be when we start ssh:

    2> ssh:start().
     ok
    -3> ssh:default_algorithms().
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']},
    - {public_key,['ssh-rsa']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes192-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes192-ctr']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]
    +3> ssh:default_algorithms().
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']},
    + {public_key,['ssh-rsa']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes192-ctr']},
    +          {server2client,['aes192-ctr']}]},
    + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha1']},
    +       {server2client,['hmac-sha1']}]},
    + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    +               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]
     4>

    We see that the algorithm set is changed to the one in the ex2.config. Since compression is not specified in the file, the hard-coded default is still used for that entry.

    Establishing a connection (ssh:connect et al) or starting a daemon (ssh:daemon)

    Both when the client establishes a connection with ssh:connect or other @@ -252,65 +252,65 @@ modify_algorithms on all levels in order starting with level 0 are applied.

    We continue the example above by connecting to a server and modifying the kex algorithm set. We remove the only one ('ecdh-sha2-nistp384') and add -'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' by appending it to the now empty list:

    4> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    -                        [{modify_algorithms,
    -                                 [{rm,
    -                                     [ {kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']} ]
    -				  },
    -                                  {append,
    -			             [ {kex,['curve25519-sha256@libssh.org']} ]
    -				  }
    -				 ]
    -	                 }
    -                        ]).
    -{ok,>0.118.0>}

    We check which algorithms are negotiated by the client and the server, and note -that the (only) kex algorithm 'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' was selected:

    5> ssh:connection_info(C, algorithms).
    -{algorithms,[{kex,'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org'},
    -             {hkey,'ssh-rsa'},
    -             {send_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    -             {recv_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    -             {encrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    -             {decrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    -             {compress,none},
    -             {decompress,none},
    -             {send_ext_info,false},
    -             {recv_ext_info,true}]}

    Example of modify_algorithms handling

    We will now check if the +'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' by appending it to the now empty list:

    4> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    +                        [{modify_algorithms,
    +                                 [{rm,
    +                                     [ {kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']} ]
    +				  },
    +                                  {append,
    +			             [ {kex,['curve25519-sha256@libssh.org']} ]
    +				  }
    +				 ]
    +	                 }
    +                        ]).
    +{ok,>0.118.0>}

    We check which algorithms are negotiated by the client and the server, and note +that the (only) kex algorithm 'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' was selected:

    5> ssh:connection_info(C, algorithms).
    +{algorithms,[{kex,'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org'},
    +             {hkey,'ssh-rsa'},
    +             {send_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    +             {recv_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    +             {encrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    +             {decrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    +             {compress,none},
    +             {decompress,none},
    +             {send_ext_info,false},
    +             {recv_ext_info,true}]}

    Example of modify_algorithms handling

    We will now check if the modify_algorithms on a lower level is applied to a preferred_algorithms on a higher level. We will do that by enabling the ssh-dss algorithm that is supported, -but not in the default set.

    The config file ex3.config has the contents:

    [
    - {ssh, [{modify_algorithms,
    -         [ {prepend, [{public_key, ['ssh-dss']}]} ]
    -        }]}
    -].

    A newly started erlang shell shows that no 'ssh-dss' is present in the -public_key entry:

    1> proplists:get_value(public_key, ssh:default_algorithms()).
    -['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +but not in the default set.

    The config file ex3.config has the contents:

    [
    + {ssh, [{modify_algorithms,
    +         [ {prepend, [{public_key, ['ssh-dss']}]} ]
    +        }]}
    +].

    A newly started erlang shell shows that no 'ssh-dss' is present in the +public_key entry:

    1> proplists:get_value(public_key, ssh:default_algorithms()).
    +['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
      'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-ed25519','ssh-ed448',
    - 'rsa-sha2-256','rsa-sha2-512','ssh-rsa']
    -2>

    A call to ssh:connect/3 removes all algorithms but one of each type:

    2> ssh:start().
    + 'rsa-sha2-256','rsa-sha2-512','ssh-rsa']
    +2>

    A call to ssh:connect/3 removes all algorithms but one of each type:

    2> ssh:start().
     ok
    -3> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    -                        [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                         [{public_key, ['ecdsa-sha2-nistp256']},
    -			  {kex, ['ecdh-sha2-nistp256']},
    -		          {cipher, ['chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com']},
    -			  {mac, ['hmac-sha2-256']},
    -			  {compression, [none]}
    -			  ]}
    -			 ]).
    -{ok,<0.101.0>}
    -4> ssh:connection_info(C,algorithms).
    -{algorithms,[{kex,'ecdh-sha2-nistp256'},
    -             {hkey,'ssh-dss'},
    -             {send_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {recv_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {encrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {decrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {compress,none},
    -             {decompress,none},
    -             {send_ext_info,false},
    -             {recv_ext_info,true}]}
    +3> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    +                        [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                         [{public_key, ['ecdsa-sha2-nistp256']},
    +			  {kex, ['ecdh-sha2-nistp256']},
    +		          {cipher, ['chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com']},
    +			  {mac, ['hmac-sha2-256']},
    +			  {compression, [none]}
    +			  ]}
    +			 ]).
    +{ok,<0.101.0>}
    +4> ssh:connection_info(C,algorithms).
    +{algorithms,[{kex,'ecdh-sha2-nistp256'},
    +             {hkey,'ssh-dss'},
    +             {send_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {recv_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {encrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {decrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {compress,none},
    +             {decompress,none},
    +             {send_ext_info,false},
    +             {recv_ext_info,true}]}
     5>

    But 'ssh-dss' is selected although the call inserted only 'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256' as acceptable.

    This example showed that we could augment the set of algorithms with a config-file without the need to change the actual call.

    For demonstration purposes we used prepend instead of append. This forces @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/configure_algos.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/configure_algos.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.988352116 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/configure_algos.html 2025-01-25 10:23:44.988352116 +0000 @@ -170,29 +170,29 @@ supported by the:

    • crypto app,
    • The cryptolib OTP is linked with, usually the one the OS uses, probably OpenSSL,
    • and finally what the SSH app implements

    Due to this, it impossible to list in documentation what algorithms that are available in a certain installation.

    There is an important command to list the actual algorithms and their ordering: -ssh:default_algorithms/0.

    0> ssh:default_algorithms().
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
    +ssh:default_algorithms/0.

    0> ssh:default_algorithms().
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
            'ecdh-sha2-nistp256','diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group16-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group18-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha1',
    -       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
    +              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
                               'aes256-ctr','aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com',
    -                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    -          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
    +                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    +          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
                               'aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com','aes128-ctr',
    -                          'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    To change the algorithm list, there are two options which can be used in + 'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    To change the algorithm list, there are two options which can be used in ssh:connect/2,3,4 and ssh:daemon/2,3. The options could of course be used in all other functions that initiates connections.

    The options are @@ -215,28 +215,28 @@ Example 1

    Replace the kex algorithms list with the single algorithm -'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256':

    1> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                     [{kex, ['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']}
    -                     ]
    -                }
    -              ]).
    -[{kex,['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256':

    1> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    +               [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                     [{kex, ['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']}
    +                     ]
    +                }
    +              ]).
    +[{kex,['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
    +              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
                               'aes256-ctr','aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com',
    -                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    -          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
    +                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    +          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
                               'aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com','aes128-ctr',
    -                          'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Note that the unmentioned lists (public_key, cipher, mac and + 'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Note that the unmentioned lists (public_key, cipher, mac and compression) are unchanged.

    @@ -244,30 +244,30 @@ Example 2

    In the lists that are divided in two for the two directions (for example cipher) it is -possible to change both directions at once:

    2> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                     [{cipher,['aes128-ctr']}
    -                     ]
    -                }
    -              ]).
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
    +possible to change both directions at once:

    2> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    +               [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                     [{cipher,['aes128-ctr']}
    +                     ]
    +                }
    +              ]).
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
            'ecdh-sha2-nistp256','diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group16-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group18-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha1',
    -       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes128-ctr']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Note that both lists in cipher has been changed to the provided value + 'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']}, + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']}, + {server2client,['aes128-ctr']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Note that both lists in cipher has been changed to the provided value ('aes128-ctr').

    @@ -275,56 +275,56 @@ Example 3

    In the lists that are divided in two for the two directions (for example cipher) it is -possible to change only one of the directions:

    3> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                     [{cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']}]}
    -                     ]
    -                }
    -              ]).
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
    +possible to change only one of the directions:

    3> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    +               [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                     [{cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']}]}
    +                     ]
    +                }
    +              ]).
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
            'ecdh-sha2-nistp256','diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group16-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group18-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha1',
    -       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
    +              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    +          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
                               'aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com','aes128-ctr',
    -                          'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    + 'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Example 4

    -

    It is of course possible to change more than one list:

    4> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/hardening.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/hardening.html	2025-01-25 10:23:45.020352277 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/hardening.html	2025-01-25 10:23:45.024352296 +0000
    @@ -214,16 +214,16 @@
     could be replaced with a pwdfun plugin. The arity
     four variant (pwdfun_4()) can also be used for
     introducing delays after failed password checking attempts. Here is a simple
    -example of such a pwdfun:

    fun(User, Password, _PeerAddress, State) ->
    -        case lists:member({User,Password}, my_user_pwds()) of
    +example of such a pwdfun:

    fun(User, Password, _PeerAddress, State) ->
    +        case lists:member({User,Password}, my_user_pwds()) of
                 true ->
    -                {true, undefined}; % Reset delay time
    +                {true, undefined}; % Reset delay time
                 false when State == undefined ->
    -                timer:sleep(1000),
    -                {false, 2000}; % Next delay is 2000 ms
    -            false when is_integer(State) ->
    -                timer:sleep(State),
    -                {false, 2*State} % Double the delay for each failure
    +                timer:sleep(1000),
    +                {false, 2000}; % Next delay is 2000 ms
    +            false when is_integer(State) ->
    +                timer:sleep(State),
    +                {false, 2*State} % Double the delay for each failure
             end
     end.

    If a public key is used for logging in, there is normally no checking of the user name. It could be enabled by setting the option @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ exploiting known faults or peculiarities learned by reading the public code.

    Each SSH client or daemon presents themselves to each other with brand and version. This may look like

    SSH-2.0-Erlang/4.10

    or

    SSH-2.0-OpenSSH_7.6p1 Ubuntu-4ubuntu0.3

    This brand and version may be changed with the option id_string. We start a daemon with that -option:

    	ssh:daemon(1234, [{id_string,"hi there"}, ... ]).

    and the daemon will present itself as:

    SSH-2.0-hi there

    It is possible to replace the string with one randomly generated for each +option:

    	ssh:daemon(1234, [{id_string,"hi there"}, ... ]).

    and the daemon will present itself as:

    SSH-2.0-hi there

    It is possible to replace the string with one randomly generated for each connection attempt. See the reference manual for id_string.

    @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/introduction.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.048352416 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.052352436 +0000 @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.092352635 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.100352675 +0000 @@ -3233,7 +3233,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.120352776 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.120352776 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/configurations.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/configurations.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:20:07.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/configurations.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:50.000000000 +0000 @@ -37,23 +37,23 @@ Options configuration

    There are from OTP-23.0 two main ways to set an option:

    • Like before, in the Options parameter in the Erlang code in a call to for -example ssh:daemon/3 or ssh:connect/3 or any of their variants. Example:

      ssh:connect(22, [{user,"foo"}])
    • In OTP Configuration Parameters:

      • In the erl command line:

        erl -ssh user \"foo\"
      • In the ssh.app file, in the env part

        {application, ssh,
        - [{description, "SSH-2 for Erlang/OTP"},
        -  {vsn, "4.9"},
        -  {modules, [ssh,
        +example ssh:daemon/3 or ssh:connect/3 or any of their variants. Example:

        ssh:connect(22, [{user,"foo"}])
      • In OTP Configuration Parameters:

        • In the erl command line:

          erl -ssh user \"foo\"
        • In the ssh.app file, in the env part

          {application, ssh,
          + [{description, "SSH-2 for Erlang/OTP"},
          +  {vsn, "4.9"},
          +  {modules, [ssh,
                   ...
          -         ssh_xfer]},
          -  {registered, []},
          -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, crypto, public_key]},
          -  {env, [{user, "bar"]}, % <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< HERE
          -  {mod, {ssh_app, []}},
          -       ...
        • In a .config file:

          erl -config ex1

          where ex1.config contains:

          [
          -{ssh, [{user, "foo"}]}
          -].

        If the option is intended only for a server or for a client, it may be set in -this way:

        [
        -{ssh, [{server_options,[{user, "foo"}]},
        -       {client_options,[{user, "bar"}]}
        -].

        A server (daemon) will use the user name foo, and a client will use the name + ssh_xfer]}, + {registered, []}, + {applications, [kernel, stdlib, crypto, public_key]}, + {env, [{user, "bar"]}, % <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< HERE + {mod, {ssh_app, []}}, + ...

  • In a .config file:

    erl -config ex1

    where ex1.config contains:

    [
    +{ssh, [{user, "foo"}]}
    +].
  • If the option is intended only for a server or for a client, it may be set in +this way:

    [
    +{ssh, [{server_options,[{user, "foo"}]},
    +       {client_options,[{user, "bar"}]}
    +].

    A server (daemon) will use the user name foo, and a client will use the name bar.

    @@ -124,17 +124,17 @@ 'hmac-sha1']}]}, {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}, {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Note that the algorithms in the file ex2.config is not yet applied. They will -be when we start ssh:

    2> ssh:start().
    +be when we start ssh:

    2> ssh:start().
     ok
    -3> ssh:default_algorithms().
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']},
    - {public_key,['ssh-rsa']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes192-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes192-ctr']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]
    +3> ssh:default_algorithms().
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']},
    + {public_key,['ssh-rsa']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes192-ctr']},
    +          {server2client,['aes192-ctr']}]},
    + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha1']},
    +       {server2client,['hmac-sha1']}]},
    + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    +               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]
     4>

    We see that the algorithm set is changed to the one in the ex2.config. Since compression is not specified in the file, the hard-coded default is still used for that entry.

    Establishing a connection (ssh:connect et al) or starting a daemon (ssh:daemon)

    Both when the client establishes a connection with ssh:connect or other @@ -147,65 +147,65 @@ modify_algorithms on all levels in order starting with level 0 are applied.

    We continue the example above by connecting to a server and modifying the kex algorithm set. We remove the only one ('ecdh-sha2-nistp384') and add -'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' by appending it to the now empty list:

    4> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    -                        [{modify_algorithms,
    -                                 [{rm,
    -                                     [ {kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']} ]
    -				  },
    -                                  {append,
    -			             [ {kex,['curve25519-sha256@libssh.org']} ]
    -				  }
    -				 ]
    -	                 }
    -                        ]).
    -{ok,>0.118.0>}

    We check which algorithms are negotiated by the client and the server, and note -that the (only) kex algorithm 'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' was selected:

    5> ssh:connection_info(C, algorithms).
    -{algorithms,[{kex,'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org'},
    -             {hkey,'ssh-rsa'},
    -             {send_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    -             {recv_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    -             {encrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    -             {decrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    -             {compress,none},
    -             {decompress,none},
    -             {send_ext_info,false},
    -             {recv_ext_info,true}]}

    Example of modify_algorithms handling

    We will now check if the +'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' by appending it to the now empty list:

    4> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    +                        [{modify_algorithms,
    +                                 [{rm,
    +                                     [ {kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']} ]
    +				  },
    +                                  {append,
    +			             [ {kex,['curve25519-sha256@libssh.org']} ]
    +				  }
    +				 ]
    +	                 }
    +                        ]).
    +{ok,>0.118.0>}

    We check which algorithms are negotiated by the client and the server, and note +that the (only) kex algorithm 'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' was selected:

    5> ssh:connection_info(C, algorithms).
    +{algorithms,[{kex,'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org'},
    +             {hkey,'ssh-rsa'},
    +             {send_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    +             {recv_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    +             {encrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    +             {decrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    +             {compress,none},
    +             {decompress,none},
    +             {send_ext_info,false},
    +             {recv_ext_info,true}]}

    Example of modify_algorithms handling

    We will now check if the modify_algorithms on a lower level is applied to a preferred_algorithms on a higher level. We will do that by enabling the ssh-dss algorithm that is supported, -but not in the default set.

    The config file ex3.config has the contents:

    [
    - {ssh, [{modify_algorithms,
    -         [ {prepend, [{public_key, ['ssh-dss']}]} ]
    -        }]}
    -].

    A newly started erlang shell shows that no 'ssh-dss' is present in the -public_key entry:

    1> proplists:get_value(public_key, ssh:default_algorithms()).
    -['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +but not in the default set.

    The config file ex3.config has the contents:

    [
    + {ssh, [{modify_algorithms,
    +         [ {prepend, [{public_key, ['ssh-dss']}]} ]
    +        }]}
    +].

    A newly started erlang shell shows that no 'ssh-dss' is present in the +public_key entry:

    1> proplists:get_value(public_key, ssh:default_algorithms()).
    +['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
      'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-ed25519','ssh-ed448',
    - 'rsa-sha2-256','rsa-sha2-512','ssh-rsa']
    -2>

    A call to ssh:connect/3 removes all algorithms but one of each type:

    2> ssh:start().
    + 'rsa-sha2-256','rsa-sha2-512','ssh-rsa']
    +2>

    A call to ssh:connect/3 removes all algorithms but one of each type:

    2> ssh:start().
     ok
    -3> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    -                        [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                         [{public_key, ['ecdsa-sha2-nistp256']},
    -			  {kex, ['ecdh-sha2-nistp256']},
    -		          {cipher, ['chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com']},
    -			  {mac, ['hmac-sha2-256']},
    -			  {compression, [none]}
    -			  ]}
    -			 ]).
    -{ok,<0.101.0>}
    -4> ssh:connection_info(C,algorithms).
    -{algorithms,[{kex,'ecdh-sha2-nistp256'},
    -             {hkey,'ssh-dss'},
    -             {send_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {recv_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {encrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {decrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {compress,none},
    -             {decompress,none},
    -             {send_ext_info,false},
    -             {recv_ext_info,true}]}
    +3> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    +                        [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                         [{public_key, ['ecdsa-sha2-nistp256']},
    +			  {kex, ['ecdh-sha2-nistp256']},
    +		          {cipher, ['chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com']},
    +			  {mac, ['hmac-sha2-256']},
    +			  {compression, [none]}
    +			  ]}
    +			 ]).
    +{ok,<0.101.0>}
    +4> ssh:connection_info(C,algorithms).
    +{algorithms,[{kex,'ecdh-sha2-nistp256'},
    +             {hkey,'ssh-dss'},
    +             {send_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {recv_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {encrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {decrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {compress,none},
    +             {decompress,none},
    +             {send_ext_info,false},
    +             {recv_ext_info,true}]}
     5>

    But 'ssh-dss' is selected although the call inserted only 'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256' as acceptable.

    This example showed that we could augment the set of algorithms with a config-file without the need to change the actual call.

    For demonstration purposes we used prepend instead of append. This forces /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/configure_algos.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/configure_algos.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:20:07.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/configure_algos.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:50.000000000 +0000 @@ -65,29 +65,29 @@ supported by the:

    • crypto app,
    • The cryptolib OTP is linked with, usually the one the OS uses, probably OpenSSL,
    • and finally what the SSH app implements

    Due to this, it impossible to list in documentation what algorithms that are available in a certain installation.

    There is an important command to list the actual algorithms and their ordering: -ssh:default_algorithms/0.

    0> ssh:default_algorithms().
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
    +ssh:default_algorithms/0.

    0> ssh:default_algorithms().
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
            'ecdh-sha2-nistp256','diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group16-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group18-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha1',
    -       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
    +              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
                               'aes256-ctr','aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com',
    -                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    -          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
    +                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    +          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
                               'aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com','aes128-ctr',
    -                          'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    To change the algorithm list, there are two options which can be used in + 'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    To change the algorithm list, there are two options which can be used in ssh:connect/2,3,4 and ssh:daemon/2,3. The options could of course be used in all other functions that initiates connections.

    The options are @@ -110,28 +110,28 @@ Example 1

    Replace the kex algorithms list with the single algorithm -'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256':

    1> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                     [{kex, ['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']}
    -                     ]
    -                }
    -              ]).
    -[{kex,['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256':

    1> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    +               [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                     [{kex, ['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']}
    +                     ]
    +                }
    +              ]).
    +[{kex,['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
    +              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
                               'aes256-ctr','aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com',
    -                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    -          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
    +                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    +          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
                               'aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com','aes128-ctr',
    -                          'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Note that the unmentioned lists (public_key, cipher, mac and + 'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Note that the unmentioned lists (public_key, cipher, mac and compression) are unchanged.

    @@ -139,30 +139,30 @@ Example 2

    In the lists that are divided in two for the two directions (for example cipher) it is -possible to change both directions at once:

    2> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                     [{cipher,['aes128-ctr']}
    -                     ]
    -                }
    -              ]).
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
    +possible to change both directions at once:

    2> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    +               [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                     [{cipher,['aes128-ctr']}
    +                     ]
    +                }
    +              ]).
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
            'ecdh-sha2-nistp256','diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group16-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group18-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha1',
    -       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes128-ctr']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Note that both lists in cipher has been changed to the provided value + 'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']}, + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']}, + {server2client,['aes128-ctr']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Note that both lists in cipher has been changed to the provided value ('aes128-ctr').

    @@ -170,56 +170,56 @@ Example 3

    In the lists that are divided in two for the two directions (for example cipher) it is -possible to change only one of the directions:

    3> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                     [{cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']}]}
    -                     ]
    -                }
    -              ]).
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
    +possible to change only one of the directions:

    3> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    +               [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                     [{cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']}]}
    +                     ]
    +                }
    +              ]).
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
            'ecdh-sha2-nistp256','diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group16-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group18-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha1',
    -       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
    +              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    +          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
                               'aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com','aes128-ctr',
    -                          'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    + 'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Example 4

    -

    It is of course possible to change more than one list:

    4> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2025-01-25 10:20:07.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2041-02-26 23:37:50.000000000 +0000
    @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@
              version="3.0">
       
         ssh - 5.2.4
    -    urn:uuid:8e2a4741-aa7a-4768-1455-74a0589b82d4
    +    urn:uuid:66e8b59c-640b-f3ba-e3ba-6fc9338bc0b2
         en
     
    -    2025-01-25T10:20:07Z
    +    2041-02-26T23:37:50Z
     
       
       
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/hardening.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/hardening.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:20:07.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/hardening.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:37:50.000000000 +0000
    @@ -109,16 +109,16 @@
     could be replaced with a pwdfun plugin. The arity
     four variant (pwdfun_4()) can also be used for
     introducing delays after failed password checking attempts. Here is a simple
    -example of such a pwdfun:

    fun(User, Password, _PeerAddress, State) ->
    -        case lists:member({User,Password}, my_user_pwds()) of
    +example of such a pwdfun:

    fun(User, Password, _PeerAddress, State) ->
    +        case lists:member({User,Password}, my_user_pwds()) of
                 true ->
    -                {true, undefined}; % Reset delay time
    +                {true, undefined}; % Reset delay time
                 false when State == undefined ->
    -                timer:sleep(1000),
    -                {false, 2000}; % Next delay is 2000 ms
    -            false when is_integer(State) ->
    -                timer:sleep(State),
    -                {false, 2*State} % Double the delay for each failure
    +                timer:sleep(1000),
    +                {false, 2000}; % Next delay is 2000 ms
    +            false when is_integer(State) ->
    +                timer:sleep(State),
    +                {false, 2*State} % Double the delay for each failure
             end
     end.

    If a public key is used for logging in, there is normally no checking of the user name. It could be enabled by setting the option @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ exploiting known faults or peculiarities learned by reading the public code.

    Each SSH client or daemon presents themselves to each other with brand and version. This may look like

    SSH-2.0-Erlang/4.10

    or

    SSH-2.0-OpenSSH_7.6p1 Ubuntu-4ubuntu0.3

    This brand and version may be changed with the option id_string. We start a daemon with that -option:

    	ssh:daemon(1234, [{id_string,"hi there"}, ... ]).

    and the daemon will present itself as:

    SSH-2.0-hi there

    It is possible to replace the string with one randomly generated for each +option:

    	ssh:daemon(1234, [{id_string,"hi there"}, ... ]).

    and the daemon will present itself as:

    SSH-2.0-hi there

    It is possible to replace the string with one randomly generated for each connection attempt. See the reference manual for id_string.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/ssh_agent.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/ssh_agent.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:20:07.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/ssh_agent.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:50.000000000 +0000 @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ authentication.

    Ssh_agent implements the ssh_client_key_api, to allow it to be used by setting the option key_cb when starting a client (with for example ssh:connect, -ssh:shell ).

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, []}}

    The agent communication is established through a UNIX domain socket. By default, +ssh:shell ).

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, []}}

    The agent communication is established through a UNIX domain socket. By default, the socket path will be fetched from the SSH_AUTH_SOCK environment variable, which is the default socket path in the agent implementation of OpenSSH.

    In order to set a different socket path the socket_path -option can be set.

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, [{socket_path, SocketPath}]}}

    Note

    The functions are Callbacks for the SSH app. They are not intended to be +option can be set.

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, [{socket_path, SocketPath}]}}

    Note

    The functions are Callbacks for the SSH app. They are not intended to be called from the user's code!

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/ssh.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/ssh.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:20:07.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/ssh.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:50.000000000 +0000 @@ -3529,14 +3529,14 @@

    List of algorithms to use in the algorithm negotiation. The default algs_list/0 can be obtained from default_algorithms/0.

    If an alg_entry() is missing in the algs_list(), the default value is used for -that entry.

    Here is an example of this option:

    	  {preferred_algorithms,
    -	  [{public_key,['ssh-rsa','ssh-dss']},
    -	  {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    -	  {mac,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha1']},
    -	  {compression,[none,zlib]}
    -	  ]
    -	  }

    The example specifies different algorithms in the two directions (client2server +that entry.

    Here is an example of this option:

    	  {preferred_algorithms,
    +	  [{public_key,['ssh-rsa','ssh-dss']},
    +	  {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    +          {server2client,['aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    +	  {mac,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha1']},
    +	  {compression,[none,zlib]}
    +	  ]
    +	  }

    The example specifies different algorithms in the two directions (client2server and server2client), for cipher but specifies the same algorithms for mac and compression in both directions. The kex (key exchange) is implicit but public_key is set explicitly.

    For background and more examples see the @@ -5418,21 +5418,21 @@

    hostkey_fingerprint([DigestType], HostKey) -> [string()]hostkey_fingerprint(DigestType, HostKey) -> string()

    Calculates a ssh fingerprint from a public host key as openssh does.

    The algorithm in hostkey_fingerprint/1 is md5 to be compatible with older ssh-keygen commands. The string from the second variant is -prepended by the algorithm name in uppercase as in newer ssh-keygen commands.

    Examples:

     2> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(Key).
    +prepended by the algorithm name in uppercase as in newer ssh-keygen commands.

    Examples:

     2> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(Key).
      "f5:64:a6:c1:5a:cb:9f:0a:10:46:a2:5c:3e:2f:57:84"
     
    - 3> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(md5,Key).
    + 3> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(md5,Key).
      "MD5:f5:64:a6:c1:5a:cb:9f:0a:10:46:a2:5c:3e:2f:57:84"
     
    - 4> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha,Key).
    + 4> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha,Key).
      "SHA1:bSLY/C4QXLDL/Iwmhyg0PGW9UbY"
     
    - 5> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha256,Key).
    + 5> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha256,Key).
      "SHA256:aZGXhabfbf4oxglxltItWeHU7ub3Dc31NcNw2cMJePQ"
     
    - 6> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint([sha,sha256],Key).
    - ["SHA1:bSLY/C4QXLDL/Iwmhyg0PGW9UbY",
    -  "SHA256:aZGXhabfbf4oxglxltItWeHU7ub3Dc31NcNw2cMJePQ"]
    +
    6> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint([sha,sha256],Key). + ["SHA1:bSLY/C4QXLDL/Iwmhyg0PGW9UbY", + "SHA256:aZGXhabfbf4oxglxltItWeHU7ub3Dc31NcNw2cMJePQ"]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/using_ssh.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/using_ssh.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:20:07.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/using_ssh.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:50.000000000 +0000 @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ Using the Erlang ssh Terminal Client

    The user otptest, which has bash as default shell, uses the ssh:shell/1 -client to connect to the OpenSSH daemon running on a host called ssh.example.com:

    1> ssh:start().
    +client to connect to the OpenSSH daemon running on a host called ssh.example.com:

    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, S} = ssh:shell("ssh.example.com").
    +2> {ok, S} = ssh:shell("ssh.example.com").
     otptest@ssh.example.com:> pwd
     /home/otptest
     otptest@ssh.example.com:> exit
    @@ -56,11 +56,11 @@
     [...]
     $bash> ssh-keygen -t rsa -f /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa
     [...]

    Step 2. Create the file /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/authorized_keys and add the -content of /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa.pub.

    Step 3. Start the Erlang ssh daemon:

    1> ssh:start().
    +content of /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa.pub.

    Step 3. Start the Erlang ssh daemon:

    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, Sshd} = ssh:daemon(8989, [{system_dir, "/tmp/ssh_daemon"},
    -                                  {user_dir, "/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh"}]).
    -{ok,<0.54.0>}
    +2> {ok, Sshd} = ssh:daemon(8989, [{system_dir, "/tmp/ssh_daemon"},
    +                                  {user_dir, "/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh"}]).
    +{ok,<0.54.0>}
     3>

    Step 4. Use the OpenSSH client from a shell to connect to the Erlang ssh daemon:

    $bash> ssh ssh.example.com -p 8989  -i /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa \
                       -o UserKnownHostsFile=/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/known_hosts
    @@ -71,10 +71,10 @@
     Eshell V5.10  (abort with ^G)
     1>

    There are two ways of shutting down an ssh daemon, see Step 5a and Step 5b.

    Step 5a. Shut down the Erlang ssh daemon so that it stops the listener but -leaves existing connections, started by the listener, operational:

    3> ssh:stop_listener(Sshd).
    +leaves existing connections, started by the listener, operational:

    3> ssh:stop_listener(Sshd).
     ok
     4>

    Step 5b. Shut down the Erlang ssh daemon so that it stops the listener and -all connections started by the listener:

    3> ssh:stop_daemon(Sshd).
    +all connections started by the listener:

    3> ssh:stop_daemon(Sshd).
     ok
     4>

    @@ -90,35 +90,35 @@

    In the following example, the Erlang shell is the client process that receives the channel replies as Erlang messages.

    Do an one-time execution of a remote OS command ("pwd") over ssh to the ssh -server of the OS at the host "ssh.example.com":

    1> ssh:start().
    +server of the OS at the host "ssh.example.com":

    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 22, []).
    -{ok,<0.57.0>}
    -3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,0}
    -4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, "pwd", infinity).
    -5> flush(). % Get all pending messages. NOTE: ordering may vary!
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{data,0,0,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{eof,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{closed,0}}
    +2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 22, []).
    +{ok,<0.57.0>}
    +3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,0}
    +4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, "pwd", infinity).
    +5> flush(). % Get all pending messages. NOTE: ordering may vary!
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{data,0,0,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{eof,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{closed,0}}
     ok
    -6> ssh:connection_info(ConnectionRef, channels).
    -{channels,[]}
    +6> ssh:connection_info(ConnectionRef, channels).
    +{channels,[]}
     7>

    See ssh_connection and ssh_connection:exec/4 for finding documentation of the channel messages.

    To collect the channel messages in a program, use receive...end instead of flush/1:

    5> receive
    -5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 0 ->
    -5>         {ok,Result}
    -5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 1 ->
    -5>         {error,Result}
    +5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 0 ->
    +5>         {ok,Result}
    +5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 1 ->
    +5>         {error,Result}
     5> end.
    -{ok,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}
    +{ok,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}
     6>

    Note that only the exec channel is closed after the one-time execution. The connection is still up and can handle previously opened channels. It is also possible to open a new channel:

    % try to open a new channel to check if the ConnectionRef is still open
    -7> {ok, NewChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,1}
    +7> {ok, NewChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,1}
     8>

    To close the connection, call the function ssh:close(ConnectionRef). As an alternative, set the option {idle_time, 1} when opening the @@ -133,23 +133,23 @@ "command" must be as if entered into the erlang shell, that is a sequence of Erlang expressions ended by a period (.). Variables bound in that sequence will keep their bindings throughout the expression -sequence. The bindings are disposed when the result is returned.

    Here is an example of a suitable expression sequence:

    A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B).

    It evaluates to true if submitted to the Erlang daemon started in +sequence. The bindings are disposed when the result is returned.

    Here is an example of a suitable expression sequence:

    A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B).

    It evaluates to true if submitted to the Erlang daemon started in Step 3 above:

    $bash> ssh ssh.example.com -p 8989 "A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B)."
     true
     $bash>

    The same example but now using the Erlang ssh client to contact the Erlang -server:

    1> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 8989, []).
    -{ok,<0.216.0>}
    -2> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,0}
    -3> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
    +server:

    1> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 8989, []).
    +{ok,<0.216.0>}
    +2> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,0}
    +3> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
                                      "A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B).",
    -                                 infinity).
    +                                 infinity).
     success
    -4> flush().
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{data,0,0,<<"true">>}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{eof,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{closed,0}}
    +4> flush().
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{data,0,0,<<"true">>}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{eof,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{closed,0}}
     ok
     5>

    Note that Erlang shell specific functions and control sequences like for example h(). are not supported.

    @@ -170,36 +170,36 @@ write something: [a,b,c]. {ok,[a,b,c]} $bash>

    The same example but using the Erlang ssh client:

    
    -Eshell V10.5.2  (abort with ^G)
    -1> ssh:start().
    +Eshell V10.5.2  (abort with ^G)
    +1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect(loopback, 8989, []).
    -{ok,<0.92.0>}
    -3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,0}
    -4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
    +2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect(loopback, 8989, []).
    +{ok,<0.92.0>}
    +3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,0}
    +4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
                                      "io:read(\"write something: \").",
    -                                 infinity).
    +                                 infinity).
     success
    -5> flush().
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"write something: ">>}}
    +5> flush().
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"write something: ">>}}
     ok
     % All data is sent as binaries with string contents:
    -6> ok = ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"[a,b,c].">>).
    +6> ok = ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"[a,b,c].">>).
     ok
    -7> flush().
    +7> flush().
     ok
     %% Nothing is received, because the io:read/1
     %% requires the input line to end with a newline.
     
     %% Send a newline (it could have been included in the last send):
    -8> ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"\n">>).
    +8> ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"\n">>).
     ok
    -9> flush().
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"{ok,[a,b,c]}">>}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{eof,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{closed,0}}
    +9> flush().
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"{ok,[a,b,c]}">>}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{eof,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{closed,0}}
     ok
     10>

    @@ -216,44 +216,44 @@ ssh:daemon/2,3 and exec_daemon_option() for details.

    Examples of the two ways to configure the exec evaluator:

    1. Disable one-time execution.
      To modify the daemon start example above to reject one-time execution requests, we change Step 3 by adding the -option {exec, disabled} to:
    1> ssh:start().
    +option {exec, disabled} to:
    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, Sshd} = ssh:daemon(8989, [{system_dir, "/tmp/ssh_daemon"},
    -                                  {user_dir, "/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh"},
    -                                  {exec, disabled}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.html	2025-01-25 10:23:45.372354033 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh.html	2025-01-25 10:23:45.380354074 +0000
    @@ -3655,14 +3655,14 @@
     
     

    List of algorithms to use in the algorithm negotiation. The default algs_list/0 can be obtained from default_algorithms/0.

    If an alg_entry() is missing in the algs_list(), the default value is used for -that entry.

    Here is an example of this option:

    	  {preferred_algorithms,
    -	  [{public_key,['ssh-rsa','ssh-dss']},
    -	  {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    -	  {mac,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha1']},
    -	  {compression,[none,zlib]}
    -	  ]
    -	  }

    The example specifies different algorithms in the two directions (client2server +that entry.

    Here is an example of this option:

    	  {preferred_algorithms,
    +	  [{public_key,['ssh-rsa','ssh-dss']},
    +	  {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    +          {server2client,['aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    +	  {mac,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha1']},
    +	  {compression,[none,zlib]}
    +	  ]
    +	  }

    The example specifies different algorithms in the two directions (client2server and server2client), for cipher but specifies the same algorithms for mac and compression in both directions. The kex (key exchange) is implicit but public_key is set explicitly.

    For background and more examples see the @@ -5559,21 +5559,21 @@

    hostkey_fingerprint([DigestType], HostKey) -> [string()]hostkey_fingerprint(DigestType, HostKey) -> string()

    Calculates a ssh fingerprint from a public host key as openssh does.

    The algorithm in hostkey_fingerprint/1 is md5 to be compatible with older ssh-keygen commands. The string from the second variant is -prepended by the algorithm name in uppercase as in newer ssh-keygen commands.

    Examples:

     2> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(Key).
    +prepended by the algorithm name in uppercase as in newer ssh-keygen commands.

    Examples:

     2> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(Key).
      "f5:64:a6:c1:5a:cb:9f:0a:10:46:a2:5c:3e:2f:57:84"
     
    - 3> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(md5,Key).
    + 3> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(md5,Key).
      "MD5:f5:64:a6:c1:5a:cb:9f:0a:10:46:a2:5c:3e:2f:57:84"
     
    - 4> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha,Key).
    + 4> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha,Key).
      "SHA1:bSLY/C4QXLDL/Iwmhyg0PGW9UbY"
     
    - 5> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha256,Key).
    + 5> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha256,Key).
      "SHA256:aZGXhabfbf4oxglxltItWeHU7ub3Dc31NcNw2cMJePQ"
     
    - 6> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint([sha,sha256],Key).
    - ["SHA1:bSLY/C4QXLDL/Iwmhyg0PGW9UbY",
    -  "SHA256:aZGXhabfbf4oxglxltItWeHU7ub3Dc31NcNw2cMJePQ"]
    +
    6> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint([sha,sha256],Key). + ["SHA1:bSLY/C4QXLDL/Iwmhyg0PGW9UbY", + "SHA256:aZGXhabfbf4oxglxltItWeHU7ub3Dc31NcNw2cMJePQ"]
    @@ -6156,7 +6156,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_agent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_agent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.412354233 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_agent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.416354252 +0000 @@ -135,11 +135,11 @@ authentication.

    Ssh_agent implements the ssh_client_key_api, to allow it to be used by setting the option key_cb when starting a client (with for example ssh:connect, -ssh:shell ).

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, []}}

    The agent communication is established through a UNIX domain socket. By default, +ssh:shell ).

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, []}}

    The agent communication is established through a UNIX domain socket. By default, the socket path will be fetched from the SSH_AUTH_SOCK environment variable, which is the default socket path in the agent implementation of OpenSSH.

    In order to set a different socket path the socket_path -option can be set.

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, [{socket_path, SocketPath}]}}

    Note

    The functions are Callbacks for the SSH app. They are not intended to be +option can be set.

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, [{socket_path, SocketPath}]}}

    Note

    The functions are Callbacks for the SSH app. They are not intended to be called from the user's code!

    @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.444354393 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.444354393 +0000 @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_client_channel.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_client_channel.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.472354532 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_client_channel.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.476354552 +0000 @@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_client_key_api.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_client_key_api.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.500354673 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_client_key_api.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.500354673 +0000 @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_connection.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_connection.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.536354852 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_connection.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.540354872 +0000 @@ -2011,7 +2011,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_file.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_file.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.568355012 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_file.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.572355031 +0000 @@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_server_channel.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_server_channel.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.596355151 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_server_channel.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.600355171 +0000 @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_server_key_api.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_server_key_api.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.624355291 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_server_key_api.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.628355311 +0000 @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_sftp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_sftp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.668355511 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_sftp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.672355531 +0000 @@ -2968,7 +2968,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_sftpd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_sftpd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.704355691 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/ssh_sftpd.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.704355691 +0000 @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/terminology.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/terminology.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.728355810 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/terminology.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.732355830 +0000 @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/using_ssh.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/using_ssh.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.764355990 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.4/doc/html/using_ssh.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.768356010 +0000 @@ -140,9 +140,9 @@ Using the Erlang ssh Terminal Client

    The user otptest, which has bash as default shell, uses the ssh:shell/1 -client to connect to the OpenSSH daemon running on a host called ssh.example.com:

    1> ssh:start().
    +client to connect to the OpenSSH daemon running on a host called ssh.example.com:

    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, S} = ssh:shell("ssh.example.com").
    +2> {ok, S} = ssh:shell("ssh.example.com").
     otptest@ssh.example.com:> pwd
     /home/otptest
     otptest@ssh.example.com:> exit
    @@ -161,11 +161,11 @@
     [...]
     $bash> ssh-keygen -t rsa -f /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa
     [...]

    Step 2. Create the file /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/authorized_keys and add the -content of /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa.pub.

    Step 3. Start the Erlang ssh daemon:

    1> ssh:start().
    +content of /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa.pub.

    Step 3. Start the Erlang ssh daemon:

    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, Sshd} = ssh:daemon(8989, [{system_dir, "/tmp/ssh_daemon"},
    -                                  {user_dir, "/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh"}]).
    -{ok,<0.54.0>}
    +2> {ok, Sshd} = ssh:daemon(8989, [{system_dir, "/tmp/ssh_daemon"},
    +                                  {user_dir, "/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh"}]).
    +{ok,<0.54.0>}
     3>

    Step 4. Use the OpenSSH client from a shell to connect to the Erlang ssh daemon:

    $bash> ssh ssh.example.com -p 8989  -i /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa \
                       -o UserKnownHostsFile=/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/known_hosts
    @@ -176,10 +176,10 @@
     Eshell V5.10  (abort with ^G)
     1>

    There are two ways of shutting down an ssh daemon, see Step 5a and Step 5b.

    Step 5a. Shut down the Erlang ssh daemon so that it stops the listener but -leaves existing connections, started by the listener, operational:

    3> ssh:stop_listener(Sshd).
    +leaves existing connections, started by the listener, operational:

    3> ssh:stop_listener(Sshd).
     ok
     4>

    Step 5b. Shut down the Erlang ssh daemon so that it stops the listener and -all connections started by the listener:

    3> ssh:stop_daemon(Sshd).
    +all connections started by the listener:

    3> ssh:stop_daemon(Sshd).
     ok
     4>

    @@ -195,35 +195,35 @@

    In the following example, the Erlang shell is the client process that receives the channel replies as Erlang messages.

    Do an one-time execution of a remote OS command ("pwd") over ssh to the ssh -server of the OS at the host "ssh.example.com":

    1> ssh:start().
    +server of the OS at the host "ssh.example.com":

    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 22, []).
    -{ok,<0.57.0>}
    -3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,0}
    -4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, "pwd", infinity).
    -5> flush(). % Get all pending messages. NOTE: ordering may vary!
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{data,0,0,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{eof,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{closed,0}}
    +2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 22, []).
    +{ok,<0.57.0>}
    +3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,0}
    +4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, "pwd", infinity).
    +5> flush(). % Get all pending messages. NOTE: ordering may vary!
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{data,0,0,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{eof,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{closed,0}}
     ok
    -6> ssh:connection_info(ConnectionRef, channels).
    -{channels,[]}
    +6> ssh:connection_info(ConnectionRef, channels).
    +{channels,[]}
     7>

    See ssh_connection and ssh_connection:exec/4 for finding documentation of the channel messages.

    To collect the channel messages in a program, use receive...end instead of flush/1:

    5> receive
    -5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 0 ->
    -5>         {ok,Result}
    -5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 1 ->
    -5>         {error,Result}
    +5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 0 ->
    +5>         {ok,Result}
    +5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 1 ->
    +5>         {error,Result}
     5> end.
    -{ok,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}
    +{ok,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}
     6>

    Note that only the exec channel is closed after the one-time execution. The connection is still up and can handle previously opened channels. It is also possible to open a new channel:

    % try to open a new channel to check if the ConnectionRef is still open
    -7> {ok, NewChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,1}
    +7> {ok, NewChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,1}
     8>

    To close the connection, call the function ssh:close(ConnectionRef). As an alternative, set the option {idle_time, 1} when opening the @@ -238,23 +238,23 @@ "command" must be as if entered into the erlang shell, that is a sequence of Erlang expressions ended by a period (.). Variables bound in that sequence will keep their bindings throughout the expression -sequence. The bindings are disposed when the result is returned.

    Here is an example of a suitable expression sequence:

    A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B).

    It evaluates to true if submitted to the Erlang daemon started in +sequence. The bindings are disposed when the result is returned.

    Here is an example of a suitable expression sequence:

    A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B).

    It evaluates to true if submitted to the Erlang daemon started in Step 3 above:

    $bash> ssh ssh.example.com -p 8989 "A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B)."
     true
     $bash>

    The same example but now using the Erlang ssh client to contact the Erlang -server:

    1> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 8989, []).
    -{ok,<0.216.0>}
    -2> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,0}
    -3> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
    +server:

    1> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 8989, []).
    +{ok,<0.216.0>}
    +2> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,0}
    +3> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
                                      "A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B).",
    -                                 infinity).
    +                                 infinity).
     success
    -4> flush().
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{data,0,0,<<"true">>}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{eof,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{closed,0}}
    +4> flush().
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{data,0,0,<<"true">>}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{eof,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{closed,0}}
     ok
     5>

    Note that Erlang shell specific functions and control sequences like for example h(). are not supported.

    @@ -275,36 +275,36 @@ write something: [a,b,c]. {ok,[a,b,c]} $bash>

    The same example but using the Erlang ssh client:

    
    -Eshell V10.5.2  (abort with ^G)
    -1> ssh:start().
    +Eshell V10.5.2  (abort with ^G)
    +1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect(loopback, 8989, []).
    -{ok,<0.92.0>}
    -3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,0}
    -4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
    +2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect(loopback, 8989, []).
    +{ok,<0.92.0>}
    +3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,0}
    +4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
                                      "io:read(\"write something: \").",
    -                                 infinity).
    +                                 infinity).
     success
    -5> flush().
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"write something: ">>}}
    +5> flush().
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"write something: ">>}}
     ok
     % All data is sent as binaries with string contents:
    -6> ok = ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"[a,b,c].">>).
    +6> ok = ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"[a,b,c].">>).
     ok
    -7> flush().
    +7> flush().
     ok
     %% Nothing is received, because the io:read/1
     %% requires the input line to end with a newline.
     
     %% Send a newline (it could have been included in the last send):
    -8> ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"\n">>).
    +8> ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"\n">>).
     ok
    -9> flush().
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"{ok,[a,b,c]}">>}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{eof,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{closed,0}}
    +9> flush().
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"{ok,[a,b,c]}">>}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{eof,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{closed,0}}
     ok
     10>

    @@ -321,44 +321,44 @@ ssh:daemon/2,3 and exec_daemon_option() for details.

    Examples of the two ways to configure the exec evaluator:

    1. Disable one-time execution.
      To modify the daemon start example above to reject one-time execution requests, we change Step 3 by adding the -option {exec, disabled} to:
    1> ssh:start().
    +option {exec, disabled} to:
    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, Sshd} = ssh:daemon(8989, [{system_dir, "/tmp/ssh_daemon"},
    -                                  {user_dir, "/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh"},
    -                                  {exec, disabled}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/404.html	2025-01-25 10:23:45.796356149 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/404.html	2025-01-25 10:23:45.800356170 +0000
    @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.824356290 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.824356290 +0000 @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.872356529 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.880356569 +0000 @@ -3381,7 +3381,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.904356689 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:45.904356689 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:19:58.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:37:41.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> ssl - 11.2.5 - urn:uuid:cabdd0dc-a49f-8efd-9315-9cd5bab84256 + urn:uuid:228f98cf-28d2-b0c4-59d7-b8e69c8d0e84 en - 2025-01-25T10:19:58Z + 2041-02-26T23:37:41Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/ssl_distribution.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/ssl_distribution.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:58.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/ssl_distribution.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:41.000000000 +0000 @@ -42,14 +42,14 @@ applications. Such a script is located in the bin directory of the Erlang distribution. The source for the script is found under the Erlang installation top directory under releases/<OTP version>/start_clean.rel.

    Do the following:

    • Copy that script to another location (and preferably another name).
    • Add the applications Crypto, Public Key, and SSL with their current version -numbers after the STDLIB application.

    The following shows an example .rel file with TLS added:

          {release, {"OTP  APN 181 01","R15A"}, {erts, "5.9"},
    -      [{kernel,"2.15"},
    -      {stdlib,"1.18"},
    -      {crypto, "2.0.3"},
    -      {public_key, "0.12"},
    -      {asn1, "4.0"},
    -      {ssl, "5.0"}
    -      ]}.

    The version numbers differ in your system. Whenever one of the applications +numbers after the STDLIB application.

    The following shows an example .rel file with TLS added:

          {release, {"OTP  APN 181 01","R15A"}, {erts, "5.9"},
    +      [{kernel,"2.15"},
    +      {stdlib,"1.18"},
    +      {crypto, "2.0.3"},
    +      {public_key, "0.12"},
    +      {asn1, "4.0"},
    +      {ssl, "5.0"}
    +      ]}.

    The version numbers differ in your system. Whenever one of the applications included in the script is upgraded, change the script.

    Do the following:

    • Build the boot script.

      Assuming the .rel file is stored in a file start_ssl.rel in the current directory, a boot script can be built as follows:

       1> systools:make_script("start_ssl",[]).

    There is now a start_ssl.boot file in the current directory.

    Do the following:

    • Test the boot script. To do this, start Erlang with the -boot command-line parameter specifying this boot script (with its full path, but without the @@ -96,10 +96,10 @@ so beware!

      For TLS to work, at least a public key and a certificate must be specified for the server side and the client needs to specify CAs that it trusts (client certification is optional and requires more configuration).

      In the following example (to keep it simple), the PEM file "/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem" -contains both the server certificate and its private key .

      Create a file named for example "/home/me/ssl/ssl_test@myhost.conf":

      [{server,
      -  [{certfile, "/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem"}]},
      - {client,
      -  [{cacertfile, "/home/me/ssl/client_trusted.pem"}]}].

      And then start the node like this (line breaks in the command are for +contains both the server certificate and its private key .

      Create a file named for example "/home/me/ssl/ssl_test@myhost.conf":

      [{server,
      +  [{certfile, "/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem"}]},
      + {client,
      +  [{cacertfile, "/home/me/ssl/client_trusted.pem"}]}].

      And then start the node like this (line breaks in the command are for readability, and shall not be there when typed):

      $ erl -boot /home/me/ssl/start_ssl -proto_dist inet_tls
         -ssl_dist_optfile "/home/me/ssl/ssl_test@myhost.conf"
         -sname ssl_test

      The options in the {server, Opts} tuple are used when calling @@ -169,19 +169,19 @@ -ssl_dist_opt server_secure_renegotiate true client_secure_renegotiate true" $ export ERL_FLAGS $ erl -sname ssl_test -Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.0 [source] +Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.0 [source] -Eshell V5.0 (abort with ^G) -(ssl_test@myhost)1> init:get_arguments(). -[{root,["/usr/local/erlang"]}, - {progname,["erl "]}, - {sname,["ssl_test"]}, - {boot,["/home/me/ssl/start_ssl"]}, - {proto_dist,["inet_tls"]}, - {ssl_dist_opt,["server_certfile","/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem"]}, - {ssl_dist_opt,["server_secure_renegotiate","true", - "client_secure_renegotiate","true"] - {home,["/home/me"]}]

    The init:get_arguments() call verifies that the correct arguments are supplied +Eshell V5.0 (abort with ^G) +(ssl_test@myhost)1> init:get_arguments(). +[{root,["/usr/local/erlang"]}, + {progname,["erl "]}, + {sname,["ssl_test"]}, + {boot,["/home/me/ssl/start_ssl"]}, + {proto_dist,["inet_tls"]}, + {ssl_dist_opt,["server_certfile","/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem"]}, + {ssl_dist_opt,["server_secure_renegotiate","true", + "client_secure_renegotiate","true"] + {home,["/home/me"]}]

    The init:get_arguments() call verifies that the correct arguments are supplied to the emulator.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/ssl.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/ssl.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:58.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/ssl.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:41.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@

    Interface functions for TLS (Transport Layer Security) and DTLS (Datagram Transport Layer Security).

    Note

    The application's name is still SSL because the first versions of the TLS protocol were named SSL (Secure Socket Layer). However, no version -of the old SSL protocol is supported by this application.

    Example:

    1> ssl:start(), ssl:connect("google.com", 443, [{verify, verify_peer},
    -    {cacerts, public_key:cacerts_get()}]).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    See Examples for detailed usage and more examples of +of the old SSL protocol is supported by this application.

    Example:

    1> ssl:start(), ssl:connect("google.com", 443, [{verify, verify_peer},
    +    {cacerts, public_key:cacerts_get()}]).
    +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    See Examples for detailed usage and more examples of this API.

    Special Erlang node configuration for the application can be found in SSL Application.

    @@ -2410,26 +2410,26 @@ signature schemes supplied by the signature_algs_cert option.

    The TLS-1.2 default is Default_TLS_12_Alg_Pairs interleaved with rsa_pss_schemes since ssl-11.0 (Erlang/OTP 25). pss_pss is -preferred over pss_rsae, which in turn is preferred over rsa.

    The list for Default_TLS_12_Alg_Pairs is defined as follows:

    [
    -{sha512, ecdsa},
    -{sha512, rsa},
    -{sha384, ecdsa},
    -{sha384, rsa},
    -{sha256, ecdsa},
    -{sha256, rsa}
    -]

    Change

    • Support for {md5, rsa} was removed from the TLS-1.2 default in +preferred over pss_rsae, which in turn is preferred over rsa.

      The list for Default_TLS_12_Alg_Pairs is defined as follows:

      [
      +{sha512, ecdsa},
      +{sha512, rsa},
      +{sha384, ecdsa},
      +{sha384, rsa},
      +{sha256, ecdsa},
      +{sha256, rsa}
      +]

      Change

      • Support for {md5, rsa} was removed from the TLS-1.2 default in ssl-8.0 (Erlang/OTP 22).
      • Support for {sha, _} (SHA1) and {sha224, _} was removed -from the TLS-1.2 default in ssl-11.0 (Erlang/OTP 26).

      The list for rsa_pss_schemes is defined as follows:

      [rsa_pss_pss_sha512,
      +from the TLS-1.2 default in ssl-11.0 (Erlang/OTP 26).

    The list for rsa_pss_schemes is defined as follows:

    [rsa_pss_pss_sha512,
     rsa_pss_pss_sha384,
     rsa_pss_pss_sha256,
     rsa_pss_rsae_sha512,
     rsa_pss_rsae_sha384,
    -rsa_pss_rsae_sha256]

    The list of TLS_13_Legacy_Schemes is defined as follows:

    [
    +rsa_pss_rsae_sha256]

    The list of TLS_13_Legacy_Schemes is defined as follows:

    [
     %% Legacy algorithms only applicable to certificate signatures
     rsa_pkcs1_sha512, %% Corresponds to {sha512, rsa}
     rsa_pkcs1_sha384, %% Corresponds to {sha384, rsa}
     rsa_pkcs1_sha256, %% Corresponds to {sha256, rsa}
    -]

    The list of Default_TLS_13_Schemes is defined as follows:

    [
    +]

    The list of Default_TLS_13_Schemes is defined as follows:

    [
     %% EDDSA
     eddsa_ed25519,
     eddsa_ed448
    @@ -2514,8 +2514,8 @@
     
           
     
    -

    Claim an intermediate CA in the chain as trusted.

    fun(Chain::[public_key:der_encoded()]) ->
    -      {trusted_ca, DerCert::public_key:der_encoded()} | unknown_ca.

    TLS then uses public_key:pkix_path_validation/3 with the selected CA +

    Claim an intermediate CA in the chain as trusted.

    fun(Chain::[public_key:der_encoded()]) ->
    +      {trusted_ca, DerCert::public_key:der_encoded()} | unknown_ca.

    TLS then uses public_key:pkix_path_validation/3 with the selected CA as the trusted anchor and verifies the rest of the chain.

    @@ -2957,7 +2957,7 @@ being sent and disables the hostname verification check.

  • {customize_hostname_check, HostNameCheckOpts} - Customization option

    Customizes the hostname verification of the peer certificate, as various protocols that use TLS, such as HTTP or LDAP, may require different approaches. For example, here is how to use standard hostname checking for HTTPS implemented in -Public_Key:

    {customize_hostname_check, [{match_fun, public_key:pkix_verify_hostname_match_fun(https)}]}

    For futher description of the customize options, see +Public_Key:

    {customize_hostname_check, [{match_fun, public_key:pkix_verify_hostname_match_fun(https)}]}

    For futher description of the customize options, see public_key:pkix_verify_hostname/3.

  • {client_certificate_authorities, UseCertAuth} - Inter-op hint option

    If UseCertAuth is set to true, sends the certificate authorities extension in the TLS-1.3 client hello. The default is false. Note that setting UseCertAuth to true can result in a significant @@ -3101,7 +3101,7 @@

    Options only relevant for TLS-1.3.

    • {session_tickets, SessionTickets} - Use of session tickets

      Configures the session ticket functionality. Allowed values are disabled, manual, and auto. If it is set to manual the client will send the ticket -information to user process in a 3-tuple:

      {ssl, session_ticket, {SNI, TicketData}}

      where SNI is the ServerNameIndication and TicketData is the extended ticket +information to user process in a 3-tuple:

      {ssl, session_ticket, {SNI, TicketData}}

      where SNI is the ServerNameIndication and TicketData is the extended ticket data that can be used in subsequent session resumptions.

      If it is set to auto, the client automatically handles received tickets and tries to use them when making new TLS connections (session resumption with pre-shared keys).

      Ticket lifetime, the number of tickets sent by the server, and the @@ -3111,7 +3111,7 @@ mandatory option in manual mode ({session_tickets, manual}).

      Note

      Session tickets are only sent to the user if option session_tickets is set to manual

      This option is supported by TLS-1.3. See also SSL User's Guide, Session Tickets and Session Resumption in TLS 1.3.

    • {early_data, EarlyData}

      Configures the early data to be sent by the client.

      To verify that the server has the intention to process the early -data, the following tuple is sent to the user process:

      {ssl, SslSocket, {early_data, Result}}

      where Result is either accepted or rejected.

      Warning

      It is the responsibility of the user to handle rejected EarlyData and to +data, the following tuple is sent to the user process:

      {ssl, SslSocket, {early_data, Result}}

      where Result is either accepted or rejected.

      Warning

      It is the responsibility of the user to handle rejected EarlyData and to resend when appropriate.

    • {middlebox_comp_mode, MiddleBoxMode}

      Configures the middlebox compatibility mode for a TLS-1.3 connection.

      A significant number of middleboxes misbehave when a TLS-1.3 connection is negotiated. Implementations can increase the chance of making connections through those middleboxes by adapting the TLS-1.3 @@ -3519,20 +3519,20 @@ peer certificate in a valid certification path. So, if depth is 0 the PEER must be signed by the trusted ROOT-CA directly; if 1 the path can be PEER, CA, ROOT-CA; if 2 the path can be PEER, CA, CA, ROOT-CA, and so on. The default -value is 10. Used to mitigate DoS attack possibilities.

    • {verify_fun, Verify} - Customize certificate path validation

      The verification fun is to be defined as follows:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      -    Event, InitialUserState :: term()) ->
      -  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {fail, Reason :: term()} | {unknown, UserState :: term()}.
      -
      -fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{}, DerCert :: public_key:der_encoded(),
      -    Event, InitialUserState :: term()) ->
      -  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {fail, Reason :: term()} | {unknown, UserState :: term()}.
      +value is 10. Used to mitigate DoS attack possibilities.

    • {verify_fun, Verify} - Customize certificate path validation

      The verification fun is to be defined as follows:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      +    Event, InitialUserState :: term()) ->
      +  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {fail, Reason :: term()} | {unknown, UserState :: term()}.
      +
      +fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{}, DerCert :: public_key:der_encoded(),
      +    Event, InitialUserState :: term()) ->
      +  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {fail, Reason :: term()} | {unknown, UserState :: term()}.
       
       Types:
      -      Event = {bad_cert, Reason :: atom() |
      -              {revoked, atom()}} |
      -      {extension, #'Extension'{}} |
      +      Event = {bad_cert, Reason :: atom() |
      +              {revoked, atom()}} |
      +      {extension, #'Extension'{}} |
                     valid |
                     valid_peer

      The verification fun is called during the X.509-path validation when an error occurs or an extension unknown to the SSL application is @@ -3549,25 +3549,25 @@ handshake does not terminate regardless of verification failures, and the connection is established.

    • If called with an extension unknown to the user application, the fun is to return {unknown, UserState}.

    Note that if the fun returns unknown for an extension marked as critical, -validation will fail.

    Default option verify_fun in verify_peer mode:

    {fun(_, _, {bad_cert, _} = Reason, _) ->
    -   {fail, Reason};
    -    (_, _, {extension, _}, UserState) ->
    -   {unknown, UserState};
    -    (_, _, valid, UserState) ->
    -   {valid, UserState};
    -    (_, _, valid_peer, UserState) ->
    -       {valid, UserState}
    - end, []}

    Default option verify_fun in mode verify_none:

     {fun(_, _, {bad_cert, _}, UserState) ->
    -   {valid, UserState};
    -    (_, _, {extension, #'Extension'{critical = true}}, UserState) ->
    -   {valid, UserState};
    -    (_, _, {extension, _}, UserState) ->
    -   {unknown, UserState};
    -    (_, _, valid, UserState) ->
    -   {valid, UserState};
    -    (_, _, valid_peer, UserState) ->
    -       {valid, UserState}
    - end, []}

    The possible path validation errors are given in the form {bad_cert, Reason}, +validation will fail.

    Default option verify_fun in verify_peer mode:

    {fun(_, _, {bad_cert, _} = Reason, _) ->
    +   {fail, Reason};
    +    (_, _, {extension, _}, UserState) ->
    +   {unknown, UserState};
    +    (_, _, valid, UserState) ->
    +   {valid, UserState};
    +    (_, _, valid_peer, UserState) ->
    +       {valid, UserState}
    + end, []}

    Default option verify_fun in mode verify_none:

     {fun(_, _, {bad_cert, _}, UserState) ->
    +   {valid, UserState};
    +    (_, _, {extension, #'Extension'{critical = true}}, UserState) ->
    +   {valid, UserState};
    +    (_, _, {extension, _}, UserState) ->
    +   {unknown, UserState};
    +    (_, _, valid, UserState) ->
    +   {valid, UserState};
    +    (_, _, valid_peer, UserState) ->
    +       {valid, UserState}
    + end, []}

    The possible path validation errors are given in the form {bad_cert, Reason}, where Reason is:

    • unknown_ca

      No trusted CA was found in the trusted store. The trusted CA is normally a so-called ROOT CA, which is a self-signed certificate. Trust can be claimed for an intermediate CA (the trusted anchor does not have to be @@ -3717,11 +3717,11 @@ enforced. If SecureRenegotiate is false secure renegotiation will still be used if possible, but it falls back to insecure renegotiation if the peer does not support if RFC -5746.

    • {user_lookup_fun, {LookupFun, UserState}} - PSK/SRP cipher suite option

      The lookup fun is to be defined as follows:

      fun(psk, PSKIdentity :: binary(), UserState :: term()) ->
      -  {ok, SharedSecret :: binary()} | error;
      -fun(srp, Username :: binary(), UserState :: term()) ->
      -  {ok, {SRPParams :: srp_param_type(), Salt :: binary(),
      -        DerivedKey :: binary()}} | error.

      For Pre-Shared Key (PSK) cipher suites, the lookup fun is called by the client +5746.

    • {user_lookup_fun, {LookupFun, UserState}} - PSK/SRP cipher suite option

      The lookup fun is to be defined as follows:

      fun(psk, PSKIdentity :: binary(), UserState :: term()) ->
      +  {ok, SharedSecret :: binary()} | error;
      +fun(srp, Username :: binary(), UserState :: term()) ->
      +  {ok, {SRPParams :: srp_param_type(), Salt :: binary(),
      +        DerivedKey :: binary()}} | error.

      For Pre-Shared Key (PSK) cipher suites, the lookup fun is called by the client and server to determine the shared secret. When called by the client, PSKIdentity is the hint presented by the server or undefined. When called by the server, PSKIdentity is the identity presented by the client.

      For Secure Remote Password (SRP), the fun is only used by the server to obtain @@ -4019,8 +4019,8 @@ -

      Opens a TLS/DTLS connection.

      connect(TCPSocket, TLSOptions, Timeout).

      Upgrades a gen_tcp (or equivalent) connected socket to a TLS socket by -performing the client-side TLS handshake.

      connect(Host, Port, TLSOptions).

      Opens a TLS/DTLS connection to Host, Port. This call is equivalent to:

      connect(Host, Port, TLSOptions, infinity).
      +

      Opens a TLS/DTLS connection.

      connect(TCPSocket, TLSOptions, Timeout).

      Upgrades a gen_tcp (or equivalent) connected socket to a TLS socket by +performing the client-side TLS handshake.

      connect(Host, Port, TLSOptions).

      Opens a TLS/DTLS connection to Host, Port. This call is equivalent to:

      connect(Host, Port, TLSOptions, infinity).
      @@ -4151,7 +4151,7 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/using_ssl.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/using_ssl.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:58.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/using_ssl.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:41.000000000 +0000 @@ -44,38 +44,38 @@ Basic Client
  • -
     1 > ssl:start(), ssl:connect("google.com", 443, [{verify, verify_peer},
    -                                                 {cacerts, public_key:cacerts_get()}]).
    -   {ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    +
     1 > ssl:start(), ssl:connect("google.com", 443, [{verify, verify_peer},
    +                                                 {cacerts, public_key:cacerts_get()}]).
    +   {ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Basic Connection

    -

    Step 1: Start the server side:

    1 server> ssl:start().
    +

    Step 1: Start the server side:

    1 server> ssl:start().
     ok

    Step 2: with alternative certificates, in this example the EDDSA certificate will be preferred if TLS-1.3 is negotiated and the RSA certificate will always -be used for TLS-1.2 as it does not support the EDDSA algorithm:

    2 server> {ok, ListenSocket} =
    -ssl:listen(9999, [{certs_keys, [#{certfile => "eddsacert.pem",
    -                                  keyfile => "eddsakey.pem"},
    -                                #{certfile => "rsacert.pem",
    +be used for TLS-1.2 as it does not support the EDDSA algorithm:

    2 server> {ok, ListenSocket} =
    +ssl:listen(9999, [{certs_keys, [#{certfile => "eddsacert.pem",
    +                                  keyfile => "eddsakey.pem"},
    +                                #{certfile => "rsacert.pem",
                                       keyfile => "rsakey.pem",
    -                                  password => "foobar"}
    -                               ]},{reuseaddr, true}]).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Step 3: Do a transport accept on the TLS listen socket:

    3 server> {ok, TLSTransportSocket} = ssl:transport_accept(ListenSocket).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Note

    ssl:transport_accept/1 and ssl:handshake/2 are separate functions so that the + password => "foobar"} + ]},{reuseaddr, true}]). +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Step 3: Do a transport accept on the TLS listen socket:

    3 server> {ok, TLSTransportSocket} = ssl:transport_accept(ListenSocket).
    +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Note

    ssl:transport_accept/1 and ssl:handshake/2 are separate functions so that the handshake part can be called in a new erlang process dedicated to handling the -connection

    Step 4: Start the client side:

    1 client> ssl:start().
    +connection

    Step 4: Start the client side:

    1 client> ssl:start().
     ok

    Be sure to configure trusted certificates to use for server certificate -verification.

    2 client> {ok, Socket} = ssl:connect("localhost", 9999,
    -      [{verify, verify_peer},
    -      {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"}, {active, once}], infinity).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Step 5: Do the TLS handshake:

    4 server> {ok, Socket} = ssl:handshake(TLSTransportSocket).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Note

    A real server should use ssl:handshake/2 that has a timeout to avoid DoS -attacks. In the example the timeout defaults to infinty.

    Step 6: Send a message over TLS:

    5 server> ssl:send(Socket, "foo").
    +verification.

    2 client> {ok, Socket} = ssl:connect("localhost", 9999,
    +      [{verify, verify_peer},
    +      {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"}, {active, once}], infinity).
    +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Step 5: Do the TLS handshake:

    4 server> {ok, Socket} = ssl:handshake(TLSTransportSocket).
    +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Note

    A real server should use ssl:handshake/2 that has a timeout to avoid DoS +attacks. In the example the timeout defaults to infinty.

    Step 6: Send a message over TLS:

    5 server> ssl:send(Socket, "foo").
     ok

    Step 7: Flush the shell message queue to see that the message sent on the -server side is recived by the client side:

    3 client> flush().
    -Shell got {ssl,{sslsocket,[...]},"foo"}
    +server side is recived by the client side:

    3 client> flush().
    +Shell got {ssl,{sslsocket,[...]},"foo"}
     ok

    @@ -87,27 +87,27 @@ communication channel by using TLS. Note that the client and server need to agree to do the upgrade in the protocol doing the communication. This is concept is often referenced as STARTLS and used in many protocols such as SMTP, -FTPS and HTTPS via a proxy.

    Warning

    Maximum security recommendations are however moving away from such solutions.

    To upgrade to a TLS connection:

    Step 1: Start the server side:

    1 server> ssl:start().
    +FTPS and HTTPS via a proxy.

    Warning

    Maximum security recommendations are however moving away from such solutions.

    To upgrade to a TLS connection:

    Step 1: Start the server side:

    1 server> ssl:start().
       ok

    Step 2: Create a normal TCP listen socket and ensure active is set to false and not set to any active mode otherwise TLS handshake messages can be -delivered to the wrong process.

    2 server> {ok, ListenSocket} = gen_tcp:listen(9999, [{reuseaddr, true},
    -  {active, false}]).
    -  {ok, #Port<0.475>}

    Step 3: Accept client connection:

    3 server> {ok, Socket} = gen_tcp:accept(ListenSocket).
    -  {ok, #Port<0.476>}

    Step 4: Start the client side:

    1 client> ssl:start().
    -  ok
    2 client> {ok, Socket} = gen_tcp:connect("localhost", 9999,  [], infinity).

    Step 5: Do the TLS handshake:

    4 server> {ok, TLSSocket} = ssl:handshake(Socket, [{verify, verify_peer},
    -  {fail_if_no_peer_cert, true},
    -  {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"},
    -  {certs_keys, [#{certfile => "cert.pem", keyfile => "key.pem"}]}]).
    -  {ok,{sslsocket,[...]}}

    Step 6: Upgrade to a TLS connection. The client and server must agree upon the +delivered to the wrong process.

    2 server> {ok, ListenSocket} = gen_tcp:listen(9999, [{reuseaddr, true},
    +  {active, false}]).
    +  {ok, #Port<0.475>}

    Step 3: Accept client connection:

    3 server> {ok, Socket} = gen_tcp:accept(ListenSocket).
    +  {ok, #Port<0.476>}

    Step 4: Start the client side:

    1 client> ssl:start().
    +  ok
    2 client> {ok, Socket} = gen_tcp:connect("localhost", 9999,  [], infinity).

    Step 5: Do the TLS handshake:

    4 server> {ok, TLSSocket} = ssl:handshake(Socket, [{verify, verify_peer},
    +  {fail_if_no_peer_cert, true},
    +  {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"},
    +  {certs_keys, [#{certfile => "cert.pem", keyfile => "key.pem"}]}]).
    +  {ok,{sslsocket,[...]}}

    Step 6: Upgrade to a TLS connection. The client and server must agree upon the upgrade. The server must be prepared to be a TLS server before the client can do -a successful connect.

    3 client>{ok, TLSSocket} = ssl:connect(Socket, [{verify, verify_peer},
    -  {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"},
    -  {certs_keys, [#{certfile => "cert.pem", keyfile => "key.pem"}]}], infinity).
    -{ok,{sslsocket,[...]}}

    Step 7: Send a message over TLS:

    4 client> ssl:send(TLSSocket, "foo").
    -      ok

    Step 8: Set active once on the TLS socket:

    5 server> ssl:setopts(TLSSocket, [{active, once}]).
    +a successful connect.

    3 client>{ok, TLSSocket} = ssl:connect(Socket, [{verify, verify_peer},
    +  {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"},
    +  {certs_keys, [#{certfile => "cert.pem", keyfile => "key.pem"}]}], infinity).
    +{ok,{sslsocket,[...]}}

    Step 7: Send a message over TLS:

    4 client> ssl:send(TLSSocket, "foo").
    +      ok

    Step 8: Set active once on the TLS socket:

    5 server> ssl:setopts(TLSSocket, [{active, once}]).
           ok

    Step 9: Flush the shell message queue to see that the message sent on the -client side is recived by the server side:

    5 server> flush().
    -      Shell got {ssl,{sslsocket,[...]},"foo"}
    +client side is recived by the server side:

    5 server> flush().
    +      Shell got {ssl,{sslsocket,[...]},"foo"}
           ok

    @@ -115,34 +115,34 @@ Customizing cipher suites

    Fetch default cipher suite list for a TLS/DTLS version. Change default to all to -get all possible cipher suites.

    1>  Default = ssl:cipher_suites(default, 'tlsv1.2').
    -    [#{cipher => aes_256_gcm,key_exchange => ecdhe_ecdsa,
    -    mac => aead,prf => sha384}, ....]

    In OTP 20 it is desirable to remove all cipher suites that uses rsa key exchange +get all possible cipher suites.

    1>  Default = ssl:cipher_suites(default, 'tlsv1.2').
    +    [#{cipher => aes_256_gcm,key_exchange => ecdhe_ecdsa,
    +    mac => aead,prf => sha384}, ....]

    In OTP 20 it is desirable to remove all cipher suites that uses rsa key exchange (removed from default in 21)

    2> NoRSA =
    -    ssl:filter_cipher_suites(Default,
    -                             [{key_exchange, fun(rsa) -> false;
    -                                                (_) -> true
    -                                             end}]).
    -    [...]

    Pick just a few suites

     3> Suites =
    - ssl:filter_cipher_suites(Default,
    -                             [{key_exchange, fun(ecdh_ecdsa) -> true;
    -                                                (_) -> false
    -                                             end},
    -                              {cipher, fun(aes_128_cbc) -> true;
    -                                          (_) ->false
    -                                       end}]).
    -
    -[#{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,
    -   mac => sha256,prf => sha256},
    - #{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,mac => sha,
    -   prf => default_prf}]

    Make some particular suites the most preferred, or least preferred by changing -prepend to append.

     4>ssl:prepend_cipher_suites(Suites, Default).
    -  [#{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,
    -     mac => sha256,prf => sha256},
    -   #{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,mac => sha,
    -     prf => default_prf},
    -   #{cipher => aes_256_cbc,key_exchange => ecdhe_ecdsa,
    -     mac => sha384,prf => sha384}, ...]

    + ssl:filter_cipher_suites(Default, + [{key_exchange, fun(rsa) -> false; + (_) -> true + end}]). + [...]

    Pick just a few suites

     3> Suites =
    + ssl:filter_cipher_suites(Default,
    +                             [{key_exchange, fun(ecdh_ecdsa) -> true;
    +                                                (_) -> false
    +                                             end},
    +                              {cipher, fun(aes_128_cbc) -> true;
    +                                          (_) ->false
    +                                       end}]).
    +
    +[#{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,
    +   mac => sha256,prf => sha256},
    + #{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,mac => sha,
    +   prf => default_prf}]

    Make some particular suites the most preferred, or least preferred by changing +prepend to append.

     4>ssl:prepend_cipher_suites(Suites, Default).
    +  [#{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,
    +     mac => sha256,prf => sha256},
    +   #{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,mac => sha,
    +     prf => default_prf},
    +   #{cipher => aes_256_cbc,key_exchange => ecdhe_ecdsa,
    +     mac => sha384,prf => sha384}, ...]

    @@ -160,9 +160,9 @@ suite that is chosen, which is not the case in TLS-1.3.

    Using the function ssl:signature_algs/2 will let you inspect different aspects of possible configurations for your system. For example if TLS-1.3 and TLS-1.2 is supported the default signature_algorithm list in OTP-26 and cryptolib from -OpenSSL 3.0.2 would look like:

     1>  ssl:signature_algs(default, 'tlsv1.3').
    +OpenSSL 3.0.2 would look like:

     1>  ssl:signature_algs(default, 'tlsv1.3').
      %% TLS-1.3 schemes
    - [eddsa_ed25519,eddsa_ed448,ecdsa_secp521r1_sha512,
    + [eddsa_ed25519,eddsa_ed448,ecdsa_secp521r1_sha512,
       ecdsa_secp384r1_sha384,ecdsa_secp256r1_sha256,
       rsa_pss_pss_sha512,rsa_pss_pss_sha384,rsa_pss_pss_sha256,
       rsa_pss_rsae_sha512,rsa_pss_rsae_sha384,rsa_pss_rsae_sha256,
    @@ -170,12 +170,12 @@
       %% (would have a tuple name in TLS-1.2 only configuration)
       rsa_pkcs1_sha512,rsa_pkcs1_sha384,rsa_pkcs1_sha256
       %% TLS 1.2 algorithms
    -  {sha512,ecdsa},
    -  {sha384,ecdsa},
    -  {sha256,ecdsa}]

    If you want to add support for non default supported algorithms you should + {sha512,ecdsa}, + {sha384,ecdsa}, + {sha256,ecdsa}]

    If you want to add support for non default supported algorithms you should append them to the default list as the configuration is in prefered order, -something like this:

        MySignatureAlgs = ssl:signature_algs(default, 'tlsv1.3') ++ [{sha, rsa}, {sha, dsa}],
    -    ssl:connect(Host,Port,[{signature_algs, MySignatureAlgs,...]}),
    +something like this:

        MySignatureAlgs = ssl:signature_algs(default, 'tlsv1.3') ++ [{sha, rsa}, {sha, dsa}],
    +    ssl:connect(Host,Port,[{signature_algs, MySignatureAlgs,...]}),
         ...

    See also ssl:signature_algs/2 and sign_algo()

    @@ -183,20 +183,20 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.112357727 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.116357747 +0000 @@ -131,9 +131,9 @@

    Interface functions for TLS (Transport Layer Security) and DTLS (Datagram Transport Layer Security).

    Note

    The application's name is still SSL because the first versions of the TLS protocol were named SSL (Secure Socket Layer). However, no version -of the old SSL protocol is supported by this application.

    Example:

    1> ssl:start(), ssl:connect("google.com", 443, [{verify, verify_peer},
    -    {cacerts, public_key:cacerts_get()}]).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    See Examples for detailed usage and more examples of +of the old SSL protocol is supported by this application.

    Example:

    1> ssl:start(), ssl:connect("google.com", 443, [{verify, verify_peer},
    +    {cacerts, public_key:cacerts_get()}]).
    +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    See Examples for detailed usage and more examples of this API.

    Special Erlang node configuration for the application can be found in SSL Application.

    @@ -2531,26 +2531,26 @@ signature schemes supplied by the signature_algs_cert option.

    The TLS-1.2 default is Default_TLS_12_Alg_Pairs interleaved with rsa_pss_schemes since ssl-11.0 (Erlang/OTP 25). pss_pss is -preferred over pss_rsae, which in turn is preferred over rsa.

    The list for Default_TLS_12_Alg_Pairs is defined as follows:

    [
    -{sha512, ecdsa},
    -{sha512, rsa},
    -{sha384, ecdsa},
    -{sha384, rsa},
    -{sha256, ecdsa},
    -{sha256, rsa}
    -]

    Change

    • Support for {md5, rsa} was removed from the TLS-1.2 default in +preferred over pss_rsae, which in turn is preferred over rsa.

      The list for Default_TLS_12_Alg_Pairs is defined as follows:

      [
      +{sha512, ecdsa},
      +{sha512, rsa},
      +{sha384, ecdsa},
      +{sha384, rsa},
      +{sha256, ecdsa},
      +{sha256, rsa}
      +]

      Change

      • Support for {md5, rsa} was removed from the TLS-1.2 default in ssl-8.0 (Erlang/OTP 22).
      • Support for {sha, _} (SHA1) and {sha224, _} was removed -from the TLS-1.2 default in ssl-11.0 (Erlang/OTP 26).

      The list for rsa_pss_schemes is defined as follows:

      [rsa_pss_pss_sha512,
      +from the TLS-1.2 default in ssl-11.0 (Erlang/OTP 26).

    The list for rsa_pss_schemes is defined as follows:

    [rsa_pss_pss_sha512,
     rsa_pss_pss_sha384,
     rsa_pss_pss_sha256,
     rsa_pss_rsae_sha512,
     rsa_pss_rsae_sha384,
    -rsa_pss_rsae_sha256]

    The list of TLS_13_Legacy_Schemes is defined as follows:

    [
    +rsa_pss_rsae_sha256]

    The list of TLS_13_Legacy_Schemes is defined as follows:

    [
     %% Legacy algorithms only applicable to certificate signatures
     rsa_pkcs1_sha512, %% Corresponds to {sha512, rsa}
     rsa_pkcs1_sha384, %% Corresponds to {sha384, rsa}
     rsa_pkcs1_sha256, %% Corresponds to {sha256, rsa}
    -]

    The list of Default_TLS_13_Schemes is defined as follows:

    [
    +]

    The list of Default_TLS_13_Schemes is defined as follows:

    [
     %% EDDSA
     eddsa_ed25519,
     eddsa_ed448
    @@ -2640,8 +2640,8 @@
     
           
     
    -

    Claim an intermediate CA in the chain as trusted.

    fun(Chain::[public_key:der_encoded()]) ->
    -      {trusted_ca, DerCert::public_key:der_encoded()} | unknown_ca.

    TLS then uses public_key:pkix_path_validation/3 with the selected CA +

    Claim an intermediate CA in the chain as trusted.

    fun(Chain::[public_key:der_encoded()]) ->
    +      {trusted_ca, DerCert::public_key:der_encoded()} | unknown_ca.

    TLS then uses public_key:pkix_path_validation/3 with the selected CA as the trusted anchor and verifies the rest of the chain.

    @@ -3093,7 +3093,7 @@ being sent and disables the hostname verification check.

  • {customize_hostname_check, HostNameCheckOpts} - Customization option

    Customizes the hostname verification of the peer certificate, as various protocols that use TLS, such as HTTP or LDAP, may require different approaches. For example, here is how to use standard hostname checking for HTTPS implemented in -Public_Key:

    {customize_hostname_check, [{match_fun, public_key:pkix_verify_hostname_match_fun(https)}]}

    For futher description of the customize options, see +Public_Key:

    {customize_hostname_check, [{match_fun, public_key:pkix_verify_hostname_match_fun(https)}]}

    For futher description of the customize options, see public_key:pkix_verify_hostname/3.

  • {client_certificate_authorities, UseCertAuth} - Inter-op hint option

    If UseCertAuth is set to true, sends the certificate authorities extension in the TLS-1.3 client hello. The default is false. Note that setting UseCertAuth to true can result in a significant @@ -3237,7 +3237,7 @@

    Options only relevant for TLS-1.3.

    • {session_tickets, SessionTickets} - Use of session tickets

      Configures the session ticket functionality. Allowed values are disabled, manual, and auto. If it is set to manual the client will send the ticket -information to user process in a 3-tuple:

      {ssl, session_ticket, {SNI, TicketData}}

      where SNI is the ServerNameIndication and TicketData is the extended ticket +information to user process in a 3-tuple:

      {ssl, session_ticket, {SNI, TicketData}}

      where SNI is the ServerNameIndication and TicketData is the extended ticket data that can be used in subsequent session resumptions.

      If it is set to auto, the client automatically handles received tickets and tries to use them when making new TLS connections (session resumption with pre-shared keys).

      Ticket lifetime, the number of tickets sent by the server, and the @@ -3247,7 +3247,7 @@ mandatory option in manual mode ({session_tickets, manual}).

      Note

      Session tickets are only sent to the user if option session_tickets is set to manual

      This option is supported by TLS-1.3. See also SSL User's Guide, Session Tickets and Session Resumption in TLS 1.3.

    • {early_data, EarlyData}

      Configures the early data to be sent by the client.

      To verify that the server has the intention to process the early -data, the following tuple is sent to the user process:

      {ssl, SslSocket, {early_data, Result}}

      where Result is either accepted or rejected.

      Warning

      It is the responsibility of the user to handle rejected EarlyData and to +data, the following tuple is sent to the user process:

      {ssl, SslSocket, {early_data, Result}}

      where Result is either accepted or rejected.

      Warning

      It is the responsibility of the user to handle rejected EarlyData and to resend when appropriate.

    • {middlebox_comp_mode, MiddleBoxMode}

      Configures the middlebox compatibility mode for a TLS-1.3 connection.

      A significant number of middleboxes misbehave when a TLS-1.3 connection is negotiated. Implementations can increase the chance of making connections through those middleboxes by adapting the TLS-1.3 @@ -3665,20 +3665,20 @@ peer certificate in a valid certification path. So, if depth is 0 the PEER must be signed by the trusted ROOT-CA directly; if 1 the path can be PEER, CA, ROOT-CA; if 2 the path can be PEER, CA, CA, ROOT-CA, and so on. The default -value is 10. Used to mitigate DoS attack possibilities.

    • {verify_fun, Verify} - Customize certificate path validation

      The verification fun is to be defined as follows:

      fun(OtpCert :: #href_anchor"ss">'OTPCertificate'{},
      -    Event, InitialUserState :: term()) ->
      -  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {fail, Reason :: term()} | {unknown, UserState :: term()}.
      -
      -fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{}, DerCert :: public_key:der_encoded(),
      -    Event, InitialUserState :: term()) ->
      -  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {fail, Reason :: term()} | {unknown, UserState :: term()}.
      +value is 10. Used to mitigate DoS attack possibilities.

    • {verify_fun, Verify} - Customize certificate path validation

      The verification fun is to be defined as follows:

      fun(OtpCert :: #href_anchor"ss">'OTPCertificate'{},
      +    Event, InitialUserState :: term()) ->
      +  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {fail, Reason :: term()} | {unknown, UserState :: term()}.
      +
      +fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{}, DerCert :: public_key:der_encoded(),
      +    Event, InitialUserState :: term()) ->
      +  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {fail, Reason :: term()} | {unknown, UserState :: term()}.
       
       Types:
      -      Event = {bad_cert, Reason :: atom() |
      -              {revoked, atom()}} |
      -      {extension, #'Extension'{}} |
      +      Event = {bad_cert, Reason :: atom() |
      +              {revoked, atom()}} |
      +      {extension, #'Extension'{}} |
                     valid |
                     valid_peer

      The verification fun is called during the X.509-path validation when an error occurs or an extension unknown to the SSL application is @@ -3695,25 +3695,25 @@ handshake does not terminate regardless of verification failures, and the connection is established.

    • If called with an extension unknown to the user application, the fun is to return {unknown, UserState}.

    Note that if the fun returns unknown for an extension marked as critical, -validation will fail.

    Default option verify_fun in verify_peer mode:

    {fun(_, _, {bad_cert, _} = Reason, _) ->
    -   {fail, Reason};
    -    (_, _, {extension, _}, UserState) ->
    -   {unknown, UserState};
    -    (_, _, valid, UserState) ->
    -   {valid, UserState};
    -    (_, _, valid_peer, UserState) ->
    -       {valid, UserState}
    - end, []}

    Default option verify_fun in mode verify_none:

     {fun(_, _, {bad_cert, _}, UserState) ->
    -   {valid, UserState};
    -    (_, _, {extension, #'Extension'{critical = true}}, UserState) ->
    -   {valid, UserState};
    -    (_, _, {extension, _}, UserState) ->
    -   {unknown, UserState};
    -    (_, _, valid, UserState) ->
    -   {valid, UserState};
    -    (_, _, valid_peer, UserState) ->
    -       {valid, UserState}
    - end, []}

    The possible path validation errors are given in the form {bad_cert, Reason}, +validation will fail.

    Default option verify_fun in verify_peer mode:

    {fun(_, _, {bad_cert, _} = Reason, _) ->
    +   {fail, Reason};
    +    (_, _, {extension, _}, UserState) ->
    +   {unknown, UserState};
    +    (_, _, valid, UserState) ->
    +   {valid, UserState};
    +    (_, _, valid_peer, UserState) ->
    +       {valid, UserState}
    + end, []}

    Default option verify_fun in mode verify_none:

     {fun(_, _, {bad_cert, _}, UserState) ->
    +   {valid, UserState};
    +    (_, _, {extension, #'Extension'{critical = true}}, UserState) ->
    +   {valid, UserState};
    +    (_, _, {extension, _}, UserState) ->
    +   {unknown, UserState};
    +    (_, _, valid, UserState) ->
    +   {valid, UserState};
    +    (_, _, valid_peer, UserState) ->
    +       {valid, UserState}
    + end, []}

    The possible path validation errors are given in the form {bad_cert, Reason}, where Reason is:

    • unknown_ca

      No trusted CA was found in the trusted store. The trusted CA is normally a so-called ROOT CA, which is a self-signed certificate. Trust can be claimed for an intermediate CA (the trusted anchor does not have to be @@ -3863,11 +3863,11 @@ enforced. If SecureRenegotiate is false secure renegotiation will still be used if possible, but it falls back to insecure renegotiation if the peer does not support if RFC -5746.

    • {user_lookup_fun, {LookupFun, UserState}} - PSK/SRP cipher suite option

      The lookup fun is to be defined as follows:

      fun(psk, PSKIdentity :: binary(), UserState :: term()) ->
      -  {ok, SharedSecret :: binary()} | error;
      -fun(srp, Username :: binary(), UserState :: term()) ->
      -  {ok, {SRPParams :: srp_param_type(), Salt :: binary(),
      -        DerivedKey :: binary()}} | error.

      For Pre-Shared Key (PSK) cipher suites, the lookup fun is called by the client +5746.

    • {user_lookup_fun, {LookupFun, UserState}} - PSK/SRP cipher suite option

      The lookup fun is to be defined as follows:

      fun(psk, PSKIdentity :: binary(), UserState :: term()) ->
      +  {ok, SharedSecret :: binary()} | error;
      +fun(srp, Username :: binary(), UserState :: term()) ->
      +  {ok, {SRPParams :: srp_param_type(), Salt :: binary(),
      +        DerivedKey :: binary()}} | error.

      For Pre-Shared Key (PSK) cipher suites, the lookup fun is called by the client and server to determine the shared secret. When called by the client, PSKIdentity is the hint presented by the server or undefined. When called by the server, PSKIdentity is the identity presented by the client.

      For Secure Remote Password (SRP), the fun is only used by the server to obtain @@ -4180,8 +4180,8 @@ -

      Opens a TLS/DTLS connection.

      connect(TCPSocket, TLSOptions, Timeout).

      Upgrades a gen_tcp (or equivalent) connected socket to a TLS socket by -performing the client-side TLS handshake.

      connect(Host, Port, TLSOptions).

      Opens a TLS/DTLS connection to Host, Port. This call is equivalent to:

      connect(Host, Port, TLSOptions, infinity).
      +

      Opens a TLS/DTLS connection.

      connect(TCPSocket, TLSOptions, Timeout).

      Upgrades a gen_tcp (or equivalent) connected socket to a TLS socket by +performing the client-side TLS handshake.

      connect(Host, Port, TLSOptions).

      Opens a TLS/DTLS connection to Host, Port. This call is equivalent to:

      connect(Host, Port, TLSOptions, infinity).
      @@ -4317,7 +4317,7 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.148357907 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.152357927 +0000 @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_crl_cache.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_crl_cache.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.172358026 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_crl_cache.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.176358046 +0000 @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_crl_cache_api.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_crl_cache_api.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.200358166 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_crl_cache_api.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.204358187 +0000 @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_distribution.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_distribution.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.224358286 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_distribution.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.228358306 +0000 @@ -147,14 +147,14 @@ applications. Such a script is located in the bin directory of the Erlang distribution. The source for the script is found under the Erlang installation top directory under releases/<OTP version>/start_clean.rel.

      Do the following:

      • Copy that script to another location (and preferably another name).
      • Add the applications Crypto, Public Key, and SSL with their current version -numbers after the STDLIB application.

      The following shows an example .rel file with TLS added:

            {release, {"OTP  APN 181 01","R15A"}, {erts, "5.9"},
      -      [{kernel,"2.15"},
      -      {stdlib,"1.18"},
      -      {crypto, "2.0.3"},
      -      {public_key, "0.12"},
      -      {asn1, "4.0"},
      -      {ssl, "5.0"}
      -      ]}.

      The version numbers differ in your system. Whenever one of the applications +numbers after the STDLIB application.

    The following shows an example .rel file with TLS added:

          {release, {"OTP  APN 181 01","R15A"}, {erts, "5.9"},
    +      [{kernel,"2.15"},
    +      {stdlib,"1.18"},
    +      {crypto, "2.0.3"},
    +      {public_key, "0.12"},
    +      {asn1, "4.0"},
    +      {ssl, "5.0"}
    +      ]}.

    The version numbers differ in your system. Whenever one of the applications included in the script is upgraded, change the script.

    Do the following:

    • Build the boot script.

      Assuming the .rel file is stored in a file start_ssl.rel in the current directory, a boot script can be built as follows:

       1> systools:make_script("start_ssl",[]).

    There is now a start_ssl.boot file in the current directory.

    Do the following:

    • Test the boot script. To do this, start Erlang with the -boot command-line parameter specifying this boot script (with its full path, but without the @@ -201,10 +201,10 @@ so beware!

      For TLS to work, at least a public key and a certificate must be specified for the server side and the client needs to specify CAs that it trusts (client certification is optional and requires more configuration).

      In the following example (to keep it simple), the PEM file "/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem" -contains both the server certificate and its private key .

      Create a file named for example "/home/me/ssl/ssl_test@myhost.conf":

      [{server,
      -  [{certfile, "/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem"}]},
      - {client,
      -  [{cacertfile, "/home/me/ssl/client_trusted.pem"}]}].

      And then start the node like this (line breaks in the command are for +contains both the server certificate and its private key .

      Create a file named for example "/home/me/ssl/ssl_test@myhost.conf":

      [{server,
      +  [{certfile, "/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem"}]},
      + {client,
      +  [{cacertfile, "/home/me/ssl/client_trusted.pem"}]}].

      And then start the node like this (line breaks in the command are for readability, and shall not be there when typed):

      $ erl -boot /home/me/ssl/start_ssl -proto_dist inet_tls
         -ssl_dist_optfile "/home/me/ssl/ssl_test@myhost.conf"
         -sname ssl_test

      The options in the {server, Opts} tuple are used when calling @@ -274,19 +274,19 @@ -ssl_dist_opt server_secure_renegotiate true client_secure_renegotiate true" $ export ERL_FLAGS $ erl -sname ssl_test -Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.0 [source] +Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.0 [source] -Eshell V5.0 (abort with ^G) -(ssl_test@myhost)1> init:get_arguments(). -[{root,["/usr/local/erlang"]}, - {progname,["erl "]}, - {sname,["ssl_test"]}, - {boot,["/home/me/ssl/start_ssl"]}, - {proto_dist,["inet_tls"]}, - {ssl_dist_opt,["server_certfile","/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem"]}, - {ssl_dist_opt,["server_secure_renegotiate","true", - "client_secure_renegotiate","true"] - {home,["/home/me"]}]

  • The init:get_arguments() call verifies that the correct arguments are supplied +Eshell V5.0 (abort with ^G) +(ssl_test@myhost)1> init:get_arguments(). +[{root,["/usr/local/erlang"]}, + {progname,["erl "]}, + {sname,["ssl_test"]}, + {boot,["/home/me/ssl/start_ssl"]}, + {proto_dist,["inet_tls"]}, + {ssl_dist_opt,["server_certfile","/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem"]}, + {ssl_dist_opt,["server_secure_renegotiate","true", + "client_secure_renegotiate","true"] + {home,["/home/me"]}]

    The init:get_arguments() call verifies that the correct arguments are supplied to the emulator.

    @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_protocol.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_protocol.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.252358426 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_protocol.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.252358426 +0000 @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_session_cache_api.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_session_cache_api.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.276358545 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_session_cache_api.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.280358566 +0000 @@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/standards_compliance.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/standards_compliance.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.320358765 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/standards_compliance.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.320358765 +0000 @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/using_ssl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/using_ssl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.356358945 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/using_ssl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.360358966 +0000 @@ -149,38 +149,38 @@ Basic Client

    -
     1 > ssl:start(), ssl:connect("google.com", 443, [{verify, verify_peer},
    -                                                 {cacerts, public_key:cacerts_get()}]).
    -   {ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    +
     1 > ssl:start(), ssl:connect("google.com", 443, [{verify, verify_peer},
    +                                                 {cacerts, public_key:cacerts_get()}]).
    +   {ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Basic Connection

    -

    Step 1: Start the server side:

    1 server> ssl:start().
    +

    Step 1: Start the server side:

    1 server> ssl:start().
     ok

    Step 2: with alternative certificates, in this example the EDDSA certificate will be preferred if TLS-1.3 is negotiated and the RSA certificate will always -be used for TLS-1.2 as it does not support the EDDSA algorithm:

    2 server> {ok, ListenSocket} =
    -ssl:listen(9999, [{certs_keys, [#{certfile => "eddsacert.pem",
    -                                  keyfile => "eddsakey.pem"},
    -                                #{certfile => "rsacert.pem",
    +be used for TLS-1.2 as it does not support the EDDSA algorithm:

    2 server> {ok, ListenSocket} =
    +ssl:listen(9999, [{certs_keys, [#{certfile => "eddsacert.pem",
    +                                  keyfile => "eddsakey.pem"},
    +                                #{certfile => "rsacert.pem",
                                       keyfile => "rsakey.pem",
    -                                  password => "foobar"}
    -                               ]},{reuseaddr, true}]).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Step 3: Do a transport accept on the TLS listen socket:

    3 server> {ok, TLSTransportSocket} = ssl:transport_accept(ListenSocket).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Note

    ssl:transport_accept/1 and ssl:handshake/2 are separate functions so that the + password => "foobar"} + ]},{reuseaddr, true}]). +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Step 3: Do a transport accept on the TLS listen socket:

    3 server> {ok, TLSTransportSocket} = ssl:transport_accept(ListenSocket).
    +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Note

    ssl:transport_accept/1 and ssl:handshake/2 are separate functions so that the handshake part can be called in a new erlang process dedicated to handling the -connection

    Step 4: Start the client side:

    1 client> ssl:start().
    +connection

    Step 4: Start the client side:

    1 client> ssl:start().
     ok

    Be sure to configure trusted certificates to use for server certificate -verification.

    2 client> {ok, Socket} = ssl:connect("localhost", 9999,
    -      [{verify, verify_peer},
    -      {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"}, {active, once}], infinity).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Step 5: Do the TLS handshake:

    4 server> {ok, Socket} = ssl:handshake(TLSTransportSocket).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Note

    A real server should use ssl:handshake/2 that has a timeout to avoid DoS -attacks. In the example the timeout defaults to infinty.

    Step 6: Send a message over TLS:

    5 server> ssl:send(Socket, "foo").
    +verification.

    2 client> {ok, Socket} = ssl:connect("localhost", 9999,
    +      [{verify, verify_peer},
    +      {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"}, {active, once}], infinity).
    +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Step 5: Do the TLS handshake:

    4 server> {ok, Socket} = ssl:handshake(TLSTransportSocket).
    +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Note

    A real server should use ssl:handshake/2 that has a timeout to avoid DoS +attacks. In the example the timeout defaults to infinty.

    Step 6: Send a message over TLS:

    5 server> ssl:send(Socket, "foo").
     ok

    Step 7: Flush the shell message queue to see that the message sent on the -server side is recived by the client side:

    3 client> flush().
    -Shell got {ssl,{sslsocket,[...]},"foo"}
    +server side is recived by the client side:

    3 client> flush().
    +Shell got {ssl,{sslsocket,[...]},"foo"}
     ok

    @@ -192,27 +192,27 @@ communication channel by using TLS. Note that the client and server need to agree to do the upgrade in the protocol doing the communication. This is concept is often referenced as STARTLS and used in many protocols such as SMTP, -FTPS and HTTPS via a proxy.

    Warning

    Maximum security recommendations are however moving away from such solutions.

    To upgrade to a TLS connection:

    Step 1: Start the server side:

    1 server> ssl:start().
    +FTPS and HTTPS via a proxy.

    Warning

    Maximum security recommendations are however moving away from such solutions.

    To upgrade to a TLS connection:

    Step 1: Start the server side:

    1 server> ssl:start().
       ok

    Step 2: Create a normal TCP listen socket and ensure active is set to false and not set to any active mode otherwise TLS handshake messages can be -delivered to the wrong process.

    2 server> {ok, ListenSocket} = gen_tcp:listen(9999, [{reuseaddr, true},
    -  {active, false}]).
    -  {ok, #Port<0.475>}

    Step 3: Accept client connection:

    3 server> {ok, Socket} = gen_tcp:accept(ListenSocket).
    -  {ok, #Port<0.476>}

    Step 4: Start the client side:

    1 client> ssl:start().
    -  ok
    2 client> {ok, Socket} = gen_tcp:connect("localhost", 9999,  [], infinity).

    Step 5: Do the TLS handshake:

    4 server> {ok, TLSSocket} = ssl:handshake(Socket, [{verify, verify_peer},
    -  {fail_if_no_peer_cert, true},
    -  {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"},
    -  {certs_keys, [#{certfile => "cert.pem", keyfile => "key.pem"}]}]).
    -  {ok,{sslsocket,[...]}}

    Step 6: Upgrade to a TLS connection. The client and server must agree upon the +delivered to the wrong process.

    2 server> {ok, ListenSocket} = gen_tcp:listen(9999, [{reuseaddr, true},
    +  {active, false}]).
    +  {ok, #Port<0.475>}

    Step 3: Accept client connection:

    3 server> {ok, Socket} = gen_tcp:accept(ListenSocket).
    +  {ok, #Port<0.476>}

    Step 4: Start the client side:

    1 client> ssl:start().
    +  ok
    2 client> {ok, Socket} = gen_tcp:connect("localhost", 9999,  [], infinity).

    Step 5: Do the TLS handshake:

    4 server> {ok, TLSSocket} = ssl:handshake(Socket, [{verify, verify_peer},
    +  {fail_if_no_peer_cert, true},
    +  {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"},
    +  {certs_keys, [#{certfile => "cert.pem", keyfile => "key.pem"}]}]).
    +  {ok,{sslsocket,[...]}}

    Step 6: Upgrade to a TLS connection. The client and server must agree upon the upgrade. The server must be prepared to be a TLS server before the client can do -a successful connect.

    3 client>{ok, TLSSocket} = ssl:connect(Socket, [{verify, verify_peer},
    -  {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"},
    -  {certs_keys, [#{certfile => "cert.pem", keyfile => "key.pem"}]}], infinity).
    -{ok,{sslsocket,[...]}}

    Step 7: Send a message over TLS:

    4 client> ssl:send(TLSSocket, "foo").
    -      ok

    Step 8: Set active once on the TLS socket:

    5 server> ssl:setopts(TLSSocket, [{active, once}]).
    +a successful connect.

    3 client>{ok, TLSSocket} = ssl:connect(Socket, [{verify, verify_peer},
    +  {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"},
    +  {certs_keys, [#{certfile => "cert.pem", keyfile => "key.pem"}]}], infinity).
    +{ok,{sslsocket,[...]}}

    Step 7: Send a message over TLS:

    4 client> ssl:send(TLSSocket, "foo").
    +      ok

    Step 8: Set active once on the TLS socket:

    5 server> ssl:setopts(TLSSocket, [{active, once}]).
           ok

    Step 9: Flush the shell message queue to see that the message sent on the -client side is recived by the server side:

    5 server> flush().
    -      Shell got {ssl,{sslsocket,[...]},"foo"}
    +client side is recived by the server side:

    5 server> flush().
    +      Shell got {ssl,{sslsocket,[...]},"foo"}
           ok

    @@ -220,34 +220,34 @@ Customizing cipher suites

    Fetch default cipher suite list for a TLS/DTLS version. Change default to all to -get all possible cipher suites.

    1>  Default = ssl:cipher_suites(default, 'tlsv1.2').
    -    [#{cipher => aes_256_gcm,key_exchange => ecdhe_ecdsa,
    -    mac => aead,prf => sha384}, ....]

    In OTP 20 it is desirable to remove all cipher suites that uses rsa key exchange +get all possible cipher suites.

    1>  Default = ssl:cipher_suites(default, 'tlsv1.2').
    +    [#{cipher => aes_256_gcm,key_exchange => ecdhe_ecdsa,
    +    mac => aead,prf => sha384}, ....]

    In OTP 20 it is desirable to remove all cipher suites that uses rsa key exchange (removed from default in 21)

    2> NoRSA =
    -    ssl:filter_cipher_suites(Default,
    -                             [{key_exchange, fun(rsa) -> false;
    -                                                (_) -> true
    -                                             end}]).
    -    [...]

    Pick just a few suites

     3> Suites =
    - ssl:filter_cipher_suites(Default,
    -                             [{key_exchange, fun(ecdh_ecdsa) -> true;
    -                                                (_) -> false
    -                                             end},
    -                              {cipher, fun(aes_128_cbc) -> true;
    -                                          (_) ->false
    -                                       end}]).
    -
    -[#{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,
    -   mac => sha256,prf => sha256},
    - #{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,mac => sha,
    -   prf => default_prf}]

    Make some particular suites the most preferred, or least preferred by changing -prepend to append.

     4>ssl:prepend_cipher_suites(Suites, Default).
    -  [#{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,
    -     mac => sha256,prf => sha256},
    -   #{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,mac => sha,
    -     prf => default_prf},
    -   #{cipher => aes_256_cbc,key_exchange => ecdhe_ecdsa,
    -     mac => sha384,prf => sha384}, ...]

    + ssl:filter_cipher_suites(Default, + [{key_exchange, fun(rsa) -> false; + (_) -> true + end}]). + [...]

    Pick just a few suites

     3> Suites =
    + ssl:filter_cipher_suites(Default,
    +                             [{key_exchange, fun(ecdh_ecdsa) -> true;
    +                                                (_) -> false
    +                                             end},
    +                              {cipher, fun(aes_128_cbc) -> true;
    +                                          (_) ->false
    +                                       end}]).
    +
    +[#{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,
    +   mac => sha256,prf => sha256},
    + #{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,mac => sha,
    +   prf => default_prf}]

    Make some particular suites the most preferred, or least preferred by changing +prepend to append.

     4>ssl:prepend_cipher_suites(Suites, Default).
    +  [#{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,
    +     mac => sha256,prf => sha256},
    +   #{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,mac => sha,
    +     prf => default_prf},
    +   #{cipher => aes_256_cbc,key_exchange => ecdhe_ecdsa,
    +     mac => sha384,prf => sha384}, ...]

    @@ -265,9 +265,9 @@ suite that is chosen, which is not the case in TLS-1.3.

    Using the function ssl:signature_algs/2 will let you inspect different aspects of possible configurations for your system. For example if TLS-1.3 and TLS-1.2 is supported the default signature_algorithm list in OTP-26 and cryptolib from -OpenSSL 3.0.2 would look like:

     1>  ssl:signature_algs(default, 'tlsv1.3').
    +OpenSSL 3.0.2 would look like:

     1>  ssl:signature_algs(default, 'tlsv1.3').
      %% TLS-1.3 schemes
    - [eddsa_ed25519,eddsa_ed448,ecdsa_secp521r1_sha512,
    + [eddsa_ed25519,eddsa_ed448,ecdsa_secp521r1_sha512,
       ecdsa_secp384r1_sha384,ecdsa_secp256r1_sha256,
       rsa_pss_pss_sha512,rsa_pss_pss_sha384,rsa_pss_pss_sha256,
       rsa_pss_rsae_sha512,rsa_pss_rsae_sha384,rsa_pss_rsae_sha256,
    @@ -275,12 +275,12 @@
       %% (would have a tuple name in TLS-1.2 only configuration)
       rsa_pkcs1_sha512,rsa_pkcs1_sha384,rsa_pkcs1_sha256
       %% TLS 1.2 algorithms
    -  {sha512,ecdsa},
    -  {sha384,ecdsa},
    -  {sha256,ecdsa}]

    If you want to add support for non default supported algorithms you should + {sha512,ecdsa}, + {sha384,ecdsa}, + {sha256,ecdsa}]

    If you want to add support for non default supported algorithms you should append them to the default list as the configuration is in prefered order, -something like this:

        MySignatureAlgs = ssl:signature_algs(default, 'tlsv1.3') ++ [{sha, rsa}, {sha, dsa}],
    -    ssl:connect(Host,Port,[{signature_algs, MySignatureAlgs,...]}),
    +something like this:

        MySignatureAlgs = ssl:signature_algs(default, 'tlsv1.3') ++ [{sha, rsa}, {sha, dsa}],
    +    ssl:connect(Host,Port,[{signature_algs, MySignatureAlgs,...]}),
         ...

    See also ssl:signature_algs/2 and sign_algo()

    @@ -288,20 +288,20 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.384359085 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.384359085 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.424359285 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.428359305 +0000 @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/argparse.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/argparse.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.464359484 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/argparse.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.468359504 +0000 @@ -146,20 +146,20 @@

    argparse is designed to work with escript. The example below is a fully functioning Erlang program accepting two command line arguments and printing their product.

    #href_anchor"w">
    -main(Args) ->
    -    argparse:run(Args, cli(), #{progname => mul}).
    +main(Args) ->
    +    argparse:run(Args, cli(), #{progname => mul}).
     
    -cli() ->
    -    #{
    -        arguments => [
    -            #{name => left, type => integer},
    -            #{name => right, type => integer}
    -        ],
    +cli() ->
    +    #{
    +        arguments => [
    +            #{name => left, type => integer},
    +            #{name => right, type => integer}
    +        ],
             handler =>
    -            fun (#{left := Left, right := Right}) ->
    -                io:format("~b~n", [Left * Right])
    +            fun (#{left := Left, right := Right}) ->
    +                io:format("~b~n", [Left * Right])
                 end
    -    }.

    Running this script with no arguments results in an error, accompanied by the + }.

    Running this script with no arguments results in an error, accompanied by the usage information.

    The cli function defines a single command with embedded handler accepting a map. Keys of the map are argument names as defined by the argument field of the command, left and right in the example. Values are taken from the @@ -173,25 +173,25 @@

    A command may contain nested commands, forming a hierarchy. Arguments defined at the upper level command are automatically added to all nested commands. Nested -commands example (assuming progname is nested):

    cli() ->
    -  #{
    +commands example (assuming progname is nested):

    cli() ->
    +  #{
         %% top level argument applicable to all commands
    -    arguments => [#{name => top}],
    -      commands => #{
    -        "first" => #{
    +    arguments => [#{name => top}],
    +      commands => #{
    +        "first" => #{
               %% argument applicable to "first" command and
               %%  all commands nested into "first"
    -          arguments => [#{name => mid}],
    -          commands => #{
    -            "second" => #{
    +          arguments => [#{name => mid}],
    +          commands => #{
    +            "second" => #{
                   %% argument only applicable for "second" command
    -              arguments => [#{name => bottom}],
    -              handler => fun (A) -> io:format("~p~n", [A]) end
    -          }
    -        }
    -      }
    -    }
    -  }.

    In the example above, a 3-level hierarchy is defined. First is the script itself + arguments => [#{name => bottom}], + handler => fun (A) -> io:format("~p~n", [A]) end + } + } + } + } + }.

    In the example above, a 3-level hierarchy is defined. First is the script itself (nested), accepting the only argument top. Since it has no associated handler, run/3 will not accept user input omitting nested command selection. For this example, user has to supply 5 arguments in the command line, two being @@ -209,14 +209,14 @@ on all operating systems). Both options and positional arguments have 1 or more associated values. See argument specification to find more details about supported combinations.

    In the user input, short options may be concatenated with their values. Long -options support values separated by =. Consider this definition:

    cli() ->
    -  #{
    -    arguments => [
    -      #{name => long, long => "-long"},
    -      #{name => short, short => $s}
    -    ],
    -    handler => fun (Args) -> io:format("~p~n", [Args]) end
    -  }.

    Running ./args --long=VALUE prints #{long => "VALUE"}, running +options support values separated by =. Consider this definition:

    cli() ->
    +  #{
    +    arguments => [
    +      #{name => long, long => "-long"},
    +      #{name => short, short => $s}
    +    ],
    +    handler => fun (Args) -> io:format("~p~n", [Args]) end
    +  }.

    Running ./args --long=VALUE prints #{long => "VALUE"}, running ./args -sVALUE prints #{short => "VALUE"}

    argparse supports boolean flags concatenation: it is possible to shorten -r -f -v to -rfv.

    Shortened option names are not supported: it is not possible to use --my-argum instead of --my-argument-name even when such option can be unambiguously @@ -607,111 +607,111 @@ which case resulting argument map will either contain the default value, or not have the key at all.

    • name - Sets the argument name in the parsed argument map. If help is not defined, name is also used to generate the default usage message.

    • short - Defines a short (single character) form of an optional argument.

      %% Define a command accepting argument named myarg, with short form $a:
      -1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $a}]}.
      +1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $a}]}.
       %% Parse command line "-a str":
      -2> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-a", "str"], Cmd), ArgMap.
      +2> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-a", "str"], Cmd), ArgMap.
       
      -#{myarg => "str"}
      +#{myarg => "str"}
       
       %% Option value can be concatenated with the switch: "-astr"
      -3> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-astr"], Cmd), ArgMap.
      +3> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-astr"], Cmd), ArgMap.
       
      -#{myarg => "str"}

      By default all options expect a single value following the option switch. The -only exception is an option of a boolean type.

    • long - Defines a long form of an optional argument.

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, long => "name"}]}.
      +#{myarg => "str"}

      By default all options expect a single value following the option switch. The +only exception is an option of a boolean type.

    • long - Defines a long form of an optional argument.

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, long => "name"}]}.
       %% Parse command line "-name Erlang":
      -2> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-name", "Erlang"], Cmd), ArgMap.
      +2> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-name", "Erlang"], Cmd), ArgMap.
       
      -#{myarg => "Erlang"}
      +#{myarg => "Erlang"}
       %% Or use "=" to separate the switch and the value:
      -3> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-name=Erlang"], Cmd), ArgMap.
      +3> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-name=Erlang"], Cmd), ArgMap.
       
      -#{myarg => "Erlang"}

      If neither short not long is defined, the argument is treated as +#{myarg => "Erlang"}

    If neither short not long is defined, the argument is treated as positional.

  • required - Forces the parser to expect the argument to be present in the command line. By default, all positional argument are required, and all options are not.

  • default - Specifies the default value to put in the parsed argument map -if the value is not supplied in the command line.

    1> argparse:parse([], #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $m}]}).
    +if the value is not supplied in the command line.

    1> argparse:parse([], #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $m}]}).
     
    -{ok,#{}, ...
    -2> argparse:parse([], #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $m, default => "def"}]}).
    +{ok,#{}, ...
    +2> argparse:parse([], #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $m, default => "def"}]}).
     
    -{ok,#{myarg => "def"}, ...
  • type - Defines type conversion and validation routine. The default is +{ok,#{myarg => "def"}, ...

  • type - Defines type conversion and validation routine. The default is string, assuming no conversion.

  • nargs - Defines the number of following arguments to consume from the command line. By default, the parser consumes the next argument and converts it into an Erlang term according to the specified type.

    • pos_integer/0 - Consume exactly this number of positional arguments, fail if there is not enough. Value in the argument map contains a list of exactly this length. Example, defining a positional argument expecting 3 -integer values:

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => ints, type => integer, nargs => 3}]},
      -argparse:parse(["1", "2", "3"], Cmd).
      +integer values:

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => ints, type => integer, nargs => 3}]},
      +argparse:parse(["1", "2", "3"], Cmd).
       
      -{ok, #{ints => [1, 2, 3]}, ...

      Another example defining an option accepted as -env and expecting two -string arguments:

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => env, long => "env", nargs => 2}]},
      -argparse:parse(["-env", "key", "value"], Cmd).
      +{ok, #{ints => [1, 2, 3]}, ...

      Another example defining an option accepted as -env and expecting two +string arguments:

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => env, long => "env", nargs => 2}]},
      +argparse:parse(["-env", "key", "value"], Cmd).
       
      -{ok, #{env => ["key", "value"]}, ...
    • list - Consume all following arguments until hitting the next option +{ok, #{env => ["key", "value"]}, ...

  • list - Consume all following arguments until hitting the next option (starting with an option prefix). May result in an empty list added to the -arguments map.

    1> Cmd = #{arguments => [
    -  #{name => nodes, long => "nodes", nargs => list},
    -  #{name => verbose, short => $v, type => boolean}
    -]},
    -argparse:parse(["-nodes", "one", "two", "-v"], Cmd).
    +arguments map.

    1> Cmd = #{arguments => [
    +  #{name => nodes, long => "nodes", nargs => list},
    +  #{name => verbose, short => $v, type => boolean}
    +]},
    +argparse:parse(["-nodes", "one", "two", "-v"], Cmd).
     
    -{ok, #{nodes => ["one", "two"], verbose => true}, ...
  • nonempty_list - Same as list, but expects at least one argument. +{ok, #{nodes => ["one", "two"], verbose => true}, ...

  • nonempty_list - Same as list, but expects at least one argument. Returns an error if the following command line argument is an option switch (starting with the prefix).

  • 'maybe' - Consumes the next argument from the command line, if it does not start with an option prefix. Otherwise, adds a default value to the -arguments map.

    1> Cmd = #{arguments => [
    -  #{name => level, short => $l, nargs => 'maybe', default => "error"},
    -  #{name => verbose, short => $v, type => boolean}
    -]},
    -argparse:parse(["-l", "info", "-v"], Cmd).
    +arguments map.

    1> Cmd = #{arguments => [
    +  #{name => level, short => $l, nargs => 'maybe', default => "error"},
    +  #{name => verbose, short => $v, type => boolean}
    +]},
    +argparse:parse(["-l", "info", "-v"], Cmd).
     
    -{ok,#{level => "info",verbose => true}, ...
    +{ok,#{level => "info",verbose => true}, ...
     
     %% When "info" is omitted, argument maps receives the default "error"
    -2> argparse:parse(["-l", "-v"], Cmd).
    +2> argparse:parse(["-l", "-v"], Cmd).
     
    -{ok,#{level => "error",verbose => true}, ...
  • {'maybe', term()} - Consumes the next argument from the command line, +{ok,#{level => "error",verbose => true}, ...

  • {'maybe', term()} - Consumes the next argument from the command line, /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/array.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/array.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.508359704 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/array.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.512359724 +0000 @@ -136,14 +136,14 @@ reset/2). If you need to differentiate between unset and set entries, ensure that the default value cannot be confused with the values of set entries.

    The array never shrinks automatically. If an index I has been used to set an entry successfully, all indices in the range [0,I] stay accessible unless the -array size is explicitly changed by calling resize/2.

    Examples:

    Create a fixed-size array with entries 0-9 set to undefined:

    A0 = array:new(10).
    -10 = array:size(A0).

    Create an extendible array and set entry 17 to true, causing the array to grow -automatically:

    A1 = array:set(17, true, array:new()).
    -18 = array:size(A1).

    Read back a stored value:

    true = array:get(17, A1).

    Accessing an unset entry returns default value:

    undefined = array:get(3, A1)

    Accessing an entry beyond the last set entry also returns the default value, if -the array does not have fixed size:

    undefined = array:get(18, A1).

    "Sparse" functions ignore default-valued entries:

    A2 = array:set(4, false, A1).
    -[{4, false}, {17, true}] = array:sparse_to_orddict(A2).

    An extendible array can be made fixed-size later:

    A3 = array:fix(A2).

    A fixed-size array does not grow automatically and does not allow accesses -beyond the last set entry:

    {'EXIT',{badarg,_}} = (catch array:set(18, true, A3)).
    -{'EXIT',{badarg,_}} = (catch array:get(18, A3)).
    +array size is explicitly changed by calling resize/2.

    Examples:

    Create a fixed-size array with entries 0-9 set to undefined:

    A0 = array:new(10).
    +10 = array:size(A0).

    Create an extendible array and set entry 17 to true, causing the array to grow +automatically:

    A1 = array:set(17, true, array:new()).
    +18 = array:size(A1).

    Read back a stored value:

    true = array:get(17, A1).

    Accessing an unset entry returns default value:

    undefined = array:get(3, A1)

    Accessing an entry beyond the last set entry also returns the default value, if +the array does not have fixed size:

    undefined = array:get(18, A1).

    "Sparse" functions ignore default-valued entries:

    A2 = array:set(4, false, A1).
    +[{4, false}, {17, true}] = array:sparse_to_orddict(A2).

    An extendible array can be made fixed-size later:

    A3 = array:fix(A2).

    A fixed-size array does not grow automatically and does not allow accesses +beyond the last set entry:

    {'EXIT',{badarg,_}} = (catch array:set(18, true, A3)).
    +{'EXIT',{badarg,_}} = (catch array:get(18, A3)).
    @@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ array size; this also implies {fixed, true}. If N is not a non-negative integer, the call fails with reason badarg.

  • fixed or {fixed, true} - Creates a fixed-size array. See also fix/1.

  • {fixed, false} - Creates an extendible (non-fixed-size) array.

  • {default, Value} - Sets the default value for the array to Value.

  • Options are processed in the order they occur in the list, that is, later options have higher precedence.

    The default value is used as the value of uninitialized entries, and cannot be -changed once the array has been created.

    Examples:

    array:new(100)

    creates a fixed-size array of size 100.

    array:new({default,0})

    creates an empty, extendible array whose default value is 0.

    array:new([{size,10},{fixed,false},{default,-1}])

    creates an extendible array with initial size 10 whose default value is -1.

    See also fix/1, from_list/2, get/2, new/0, new/2, set/3.

    +changed once the array has been created.

    Examples:

    array:new(100)

    creates a fixed-size array of size 100.

    array:new({default,0})

    creates an empty, extendible array whose default value is 0.

    array:new([{size,10},{fixed,false},{default,-1}])

    creates an extendible array with initial size 10 whose default value is -1.

    See also fix/1, from_list/2, get/2, new/0, new/2, set/3.

    @@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@ Options override parameter Size.

    If Options is a list, this is equivalent to new([{size, Size} | Options]), otherwise it is equivalent to new([{size, Size} | [Options]]). However, using this function -directly is more efficient.

    Example:

    array:new(100, {default,0})

    creates a fixed-size array of size 100, whose default value is 0.

    See also new/1.

    +directly is more efficient.

    Example:

    array:new(100, {default,0})

    creates a fixed-size array of size 100, whose default value is 0.

    See also new/1.

    @@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/assert_hrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/assert_hrl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.540359864 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/assert_hrl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.544359884 +0000 @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Description

    The include file assert.hrl provides macros for inserting assertions in your -program code.

    Include the following directive in the module from which the function is called:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/assert.hrl").

    When an assertion succeeds, the assert macro yields the atom ok. When an +program code.

    Include the following directive in the module from which the function is called:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/assert.hrl").

    When an assertion succeeds, the assert macro yields the atom ok. When an assertion fails, an exception of type error is generated. The associated error term has the form {Macro, Info}. Macro is the macro name, for example, assertEqual. Info is a list of tagged values, such as @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@

    • assert(BoolExpr)

    • assert(BoolExpr, Comment) - Tests that BoolExpr completes normally returning true.

    • assertNot(BoolExpr)

    • assertNot(BoolExpr, Comment) - Tests that BoolExpr completes normally returning false.

    • assertMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr)

    • assertMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr completes -normally yielding a value that matches GuardedPattern, for example:

      ?assertMatch({bork, _}, f())

      Notice that a guard when ... can be included:

      ?assertMatch({bork, X} when X > 0, f())
    • assertNotMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr)

    • assertNotMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr +normally yielding a value that matches GuardedPattern, for example:

      ?assertMatch({bork, _}, f())

      Notice that a guard when ... can be included:

      ?assertMatch({bork, X} when X > 0, f())
    • assertNotMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr)

    • assertNotMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr completes normally yielding a value that does not match GuardedPattern.

      As in assertMatch, GuardedPattern can have a when part.

    • assertEqual(ExpectedValue, Expr)

    • assertEqual(ExpectedValue, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr completes normally yielding a value that is exactly equal to ExpectedValue.

    • assertNotEqual(ExpectedValue, Expr)

    • assertNotEqual(ExpectedValue, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr completes normally yielding a value that is not exactly equal to @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/base64.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/base64.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.568360003 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/base64.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.572360023 +0000 @@ -671,15 +671,15 @@

      Decodes a base64 string encoded using the standard alphabet according to RFC 4648 Section 4 to plain ASCII.

      The function will strips away any whitespace characters and check for the -the correct number of = padding characters at the end of the encoded string.

      See decode_options/0 for details on which options can be passed.

      Example:

      1> base64:decode("AQIDBA==").
      +the correct number of = padding characters at the end of the encoded string.

      See decode_options/0 for details on which options can be passed.

      Example:

      1> base64:decode("AQIDBA==").
       <<1,2,3,4>>
      -2> base64:decode("AQ ID BA==").
      +2> base64:decode("AQ ID BA==").
       <<1,2,3,4>>
      -3> base64:decode("AQIDBA=").
      +3> base64:decode("AQIDBA=").
       ** exception error: missing_padding
            in function  base64:decode_list/7 (base64.erl, line 734)
               *** data to decode is missing final = padding characters, if this is intended, use the `padding => false` option
      -4> base64:decode("AQIDBA=", #{ padding => false }).
      +4> base64:decode("AQIDBA=", #{ padding => false }).
       <<1,2,3,4>>
      @@ -934,9 +934,9 @@

      Decodes a base64 "mime" string encoded using the standard alphabet according to RFC 4648 Section 4 to plain ASCII.

      The function will strips away any illegal characters. It does not check for the -the correct number of = padding characters at the end of the encoded string.

      See decode_options/0 for details on which options can be passed.

      Example:

      1> base64:mime_decode("AQIDBA==").
      +the correct number of = padding characters at the end of the encoded string.

      See decode_options/0 for details on which options can be passed.

      Example:

      1> base64:mime_decode("AQIDBA==").
       <<1,2,3,4>>
      -2> base64:mime_decode("AQIDB=A=").
      +2> base64:mime_decode("AQIDB=A=").
       <<1,2,3,4>>
      @@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/beam_lib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/beam_lib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.612360223 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/beam_lib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.616360243 +0000 @@ -151,8 +151,8 @@ Reconstruct Source Code

      The following example shows how to reconstruct Erlang source code from the debug -information in a BEAM file Beam:

      {ok,{_,[{abstract_code,{_,AC}}]}} = beam_lib:chunks(Beam,[abstract_code]).
      -io:fwrite("~s~n", [erl_prettypr:format(erl_syntax:form_list(AC))]).

      +information in a BEAM file Beam:

      {ok,{_,[{abstract_code,{_,AC}}]}} = beam_lib:chunks(Beam,[abstract_code]).
      +io:fwrite("~s~n", [erl_prettypr:format(erl_syntax:form_list(AC))]).

      @@ -182,13 +182,13 @@ user's home directory and then filename:basedir(user_config, "erlang"). If the file is found and contains a key, beam_lib implicitly creates a crypto key fun -and registers it.

      File .erlang.crypt is to contain a single list of tuples:

      {debug_info, Mode, Module, Key}

      Mode is the type of crypto algorithm; currently, the only allowed value is +and registers it.

      File .erlang.crypt is to contain a single list of tuples:

      {debug_info, Mode, Module, Key}

      Mode is the type of crypto algorithm; currently, the only allowed value is des3_cbc. Module is either an atom, in which case Key is only used for the module Module, or [], in which case Key is used for all modules. Key is the non-empty key string.

      Key in the first tuple where both Mode and Module match is used.

      The following is an example of an .erlang.crypt file that returns the same key -for all modules:

      [{debug_info, des3_cbc, [], "%>7}|pc/DM6Cga*68$Mw]L#&_Gejr]G^"}].

      The following is a slightly more complicated example of an .erlang.crypt -providing one key for module t and another key for all other modules:

      [{debug_info, des3_cbc, t, "My KEY"},
      - {debug_info, des3_cbc, [], "%>7}|pc/DM6Cga*68$Mw]L#&_Gejr]G^"}].

      Note

      Do not use any of the keys in these examples. Use your own keys.

      +for all modules:

      [{debug_info, des3_cbc, [], "%>7}|pc/DM6Cga*68$Mw]L#&_Gejr]G^"}].

      The following is a slightly more complicated example of an .erlang.crypt +providing one key for module t and another key for all other modules:

      [{debug_info, des3_cbc, t, "My KEY"},
      + {debug_info, des3_cbc, [], "%>7}|pc/DM6Cga*68$Mw]L#&_Gejr]G^"}].

      Note

      Do not use any of the keys in these examples. Use your own keys.

      @@ -1556,11 +1556,11 @@

      Registers an unary fun that is called if beam_lib must read an debug_info chunk that has been encrypted. The fun is held in a process that is started by the function.

      If a fun is already registered when attempting to register a fun, -{error, exists} is returned.

      The fun must handle the following arguments:

      CryptoKeyFun(init) -> ok | {ok, NewCryptoKeyFun} | {error, Term}

      Called when the fun is registered, in the process that holds the fun. Here the +{error, exists} is returned.

      The fun must handle the following arguments:

      CryptoKeyFun(init) -> ok | {ok, NewCryptoKeyFun} | {error, Term}

      Called when the fun is registered, in the process that holds the fun. Here the crypto key fun can do any necessary initializations. If {ok, NewCryptoKeyFun} is returned, NewCryptoKeyFun is registered instead of CryptoKeyFun. If {error, Term} is returned, the registration is aborted and -crypto_key_fun/1 also returns {error, Term}.

      CryptoKeyFun({debug_info, Mode, Module, Filename}) -> Key

      Called when the key is needed for module Module in the file named Filename. +crypto_key_fun/1 also returns {error, Term}.

      CryptoKeyFun({debug_info, Mode, Module, Filename}) -> Key

      Called when the key is needed for module Module in the file named Filename. Mode is the type of crypto algorithm; currently, the only possible value is des3_cbc. The call is to fail (raise an exception) if no key is available.

      CryptoKeyFun(clear) -> term()

      Called before the fun is unregistered. Here any cleaning up can be done. The return value is not important, but is passed back to the caller of @@ -1927,14 +1927,14 @@ -vsn(Vsn).

      If this attribute is not specified, the version defaults to the checksum of the module. Notice that if version Vsn is not a list, it is made into one, that is {ok,{Module,[Vsn]}} is returned. If there are many -vsn -module attributes, the result is the concatenated list of versions.

      Examples:

      1> beam_lib:version(a). % -vsn(1).
      -{ok,{a,[1]}}
      -2> beam_lib:version(b). % -vsn([1]).
      -{ok,{b,[1]}}
      -3> beam_lib:version(c). % -vsn([1]). -vsn(2).
      -{ok,{c,[1,2]}}
      -4> beam_lib:version(d). % no -vsn attribute
      -{ok,{d,[275613208176997377698094100858909383631]}}
      +module attributes, the result is the concatenated list of versions.

      Examples:

      1> beam_lib:version(a). % -vsn(1).
      +{ok,{a,[1]}}
      +2> beam_lib:version(b). % -vsn([1]).
      +{ok,{b,[1]}}
      +3> beam_lib:version(c). % -vsn([1]). -vsn(2).
      +{ok,{c,[1,2]}}
      +4> beam_lib:version(d). % no -vsn attribute
      +{ok,{d,[275613208176997377698094100858909383631]}}
      @@ -1963,7 +1963,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/binary.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/binary.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.660360463 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/binary.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.664360483 +0000 @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ -

      Converts Subject to a list of byte/0s, each representing the value of one byte.

      Example:

      1> binary:bin_to_list(<<"erlang">>).
      +

      Converts Subject to a list of byte/0s, each representing the value of one byte.

      Example:

      1> binary:bin_to_list(<<"erlang">>).
       "erlang"
       %% or [101,114,108,97,110,103] in list notation.
      @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@

      Converts Subject to a list of byte/0s, each representing the value of one byte. PosLen or alternatively Pos and Len denote which part of the Subject binary to convert. By default, the entire Subject binary is -converted.

      Example:

      1> binary:bin_to_list(<<"erlang">>, {1,3}).
      +converted.

      Example:

      1> binary:bin_to_list(<<"erlang">>, {1,3}).
       "rla"
       %% or [114,108,97] in list notation.

      If PosLen or alternatively Pos and Len in any way reference outside the binary, a badarg exception is raised.

      @@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ -

      Decodes a hex encoded binary into a binary.

      Example

      1> binary:decode_hex(<<"66">>).
      +

      Decodes a hex encoded binary into a binary.

      Example

      1> binary:decode_hex(<<"66">>).
       <<"f">>
      @@ -917,11 +917,11 @@

      Converts the binary digit representation, in big endian or little endian, of a -positive integer in Subject to an Erlang integer/0.

      Example:

      1> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>).
      +positive integer in Subject to an Erlang integer/0.

      Example:

      1> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>).
       11111111
      -2> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>, big).
      +2> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>, big).
       11111111
      -3> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>, little).
      +3> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>, little).
       13077161
      @@ -984,13 +984,13 @@

      Encodes a binary into a hex encoded binary using the specified case for the -hexadecimal digits "a" to "f".

      The default case is uppercase.

      Example:

      1> binary:encode_hex(<<"f">>).
      +hexadecimal digits "a" to "f".

      The default case is uppercase.

      Example:

      1> binary:encode_hex(<<"f">>).
       <<"66">>
      -2> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>).
      +2> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>).
       <<"2F">>
      -3> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>, lowercase).
      +3> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>, lowercase).
       <<"2f">>
      -4> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>, uppercase).
      +4> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>, uppercase).
       <<"2F">>
      @@ -1053,11 +1053,11 @@

      Converts a positive integer to the smallest possible representation in a binary -digit representation, either big endian or little endian.

      Example:

      1> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111).
      +digit representation, either big endian or little endian.

      Example:

      1> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111).
       <<169,138,199>>
      -2> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111, big).
      +2> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111, big).
       <<169,138,199>>
      -2> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111, little).
      +2> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111, little).
       <<199,138,169>>
      @@ -1181,9 +1181,9 @@

      Returns the length of the longest common prefix of the binaries in list -Binaries.

      Example:

      1> binary:longest_common_prefix([<<"erlang">>, <<"ergonomy">>]).
      +Binaries.

      Example:

      1> binary:longest_common_prefix([<<"erlang">>, <<"ergonomy">>]).
       2
      -2> binary:longest_common_prefix([<<"erlang">>, <<"perl">>]).
      +2> binary:longest_common_prefix([<<"erlang">>, <<"perl">>]).
       0

      If Binaries is not a flat non-empty list of binaries, a badarg exception is raised.

      @@ -1216,9 +1216,9 @@

      Returns the length of the longest common suffix of the binaries in list -Binaries.

      Example:

      1> binary:longest_common_suffix([<<"erlang">>, <<"fang">>]).
      +Binaries.

      Example:

      1> binary:longest_common_suffix([<<"erlang">>, <<"fang">>]).
       3
      -2> binary:longest_common_suffix([<<"erlang">>, <<"perl">>]).
      +2> binary:longest_common_suffix([<<"erlang">>, <<"perl">>]).
       0

      If Binaries is not a flat non-empty list of binaries, a badarg exception is raised.

      @@ -1294,8 +1294,8 @@

      Searches for the first occurrence of Pattern in Subject and returns the position and length.

      The function returns {Pos, Length} for the binary in Pattern, starting at -the lowest position in Subject.

      Example:

      1> binary:match(<<"abcde">>, [<<"bcde">>, <<"cd">>],[]).
      -{1,4}

      Even though <<"cd">> ends before <<"bcde">>, <<"bcde">> begins first and +the lowest position in Subject.

      Example:

      1> binary:match(<<"abcde">>, [<<"bcde">>, <<"cd">>],[]).
      +{1,4}

      Even though <<"cd">> ends before <<"bcde">>, <<"bcde">> begins first and is therefore the first match. If two overlapping matches begin at the same position, the longest is returned.

      Summary of the options:

      • {scope, {Start, Length}} - Only the specified part is searched. Return values still have offsets from the beginning of Subject. A negative Length @@ -1375,9 +1375,9 @@

        As match/2, but Subject is searched until exhausted and a list of all non-overlapping parts matching Pattern is returned (in order).

        The first and longest match is preferred to a shorter, which is illustrated by -the following example:

        1> binary:matches(<<"abcde">>,
        -                  [<<"bcde">>,<<"bc">>,<<"de">>],[]).
        -[{1,4}]

        The result shows that <<"bcde">> is selected instead of the shorter match +the following example:

        1> binary:matches(<<"abcde">>,
        +                  [<<"bcde">>,<<"bc">>,<<"de">>],[]).
        +[{1,4}]

        The result shows that <<"bcde">> is selected instead of the shorter match <<"bc">> (which would have given raise to one more match, <<"de">>). This corresponds to the behavior of POSIX regular expressions (and programs like awk), but is not consistent with alternative matches in re (and Perl), where @@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@

        Extracts the part of binary Subject described by PosLen.

        A negative length can be used to extract bytes at the end of a binary:

        1> Bin = <<1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10>>.
        -2> binary:part(Bin, {byte_size(Bin), -5}).
        +2> binary:part(Bin, {byte_size(Bin), -5}).
         <<6,7,8,9,10>>

        Note

        part/2 and part/3 are also available in the erlang module under the names binary_part/2 and binary_part/3. Those BIFs are allowed in guard tests.

        If PosLen in any way references outside the binary, a badarg exception is @@ -1484,33 +1484,33 @@ it can be useful to get the size of the referenced binary. This function can be used in a program to trigger the use of copy/1. By copying a binary, one can dereference the original, possibly large, binary that a -smaller binary is a reference to.

        Example:

        store(Binary, GBSet) ->
        +smaller binary is a reference to.

        Example:

        store(Binary, GBSet) ->
           NewBin =
        -      case binary:referenced_byte_size(Binary) of
        -          Large when Large > 2 * byte_size(Binary) ->
        -             binary:copy(Binary);
        +      case binary:referenced_byte_size(Binary) of
        +          Large when Large > 2 * byte_size(Binary) ->
        +             binary:copy(Binary);
                   _ ->
                      Binary
               end,
        -  gb_sets:insert(NewBin,GBSet).

        In this example, we chose to copy the binary content before inserting it in + gb_sets:insert(NewBin,GBSet).

        In this example, we chose to copy the binary content before inserting it in gb_sets:set() if it references a binary more than twice the data size we want to keep. Of course, different rules apply when copying to different programs.

        Binary sharing occurs whenever binaries are taken apart. This is the fundamental reason why binaries are fast, decomposition can always be done with O(1) complexity. In rare circumstances this data sharing is however undesirable, why this function together with copy/1 can be useful when optimizing -for memory use.

        Example of binary sharing:

        1> A = binary:copy(<<1>>, 100).
        +for memory use.

        Example of binary sharing:

        1> A = binary:copy(<<1>>, 100).
         <<1,1,1,1,1 ...
        -2> byte_size(A).
        +2> byte_size(A).
         100
        -3> binary:referenced_byte_size(A).
        +3> binary:referenced_byte_size(A).
         100
         4> <<B:10/binary, C:90/binary>> = A.
         <<1,1,1,1,1 ...
        -5> {byte_size(B), binary:referenced_byte_size(B)}.
        -{10,10}
        -6> {byte_size(C), binary:referenced_byte_size(C)}.
        -{90,100}

        In the above example, the small binary B was copied while the larger binary +5> {byte_size(B), binary:referenced_byte_size(B)}. +{10,10} +6> {byte_size(C), binary:referenced_byte_size(C)}. +{90,100}

        In the above example, the small binary B was copied while the larger binary C references binary A.

        Note

        Binary data is shared among processes. If another process still references the larger binary, copying the part this process uses only consumes more memory and does not free up the larger binary for garbage collection. Use this kind @@ -1599,28 +1599,28 @@ at the specified position (or positions) before inserting Replacement into Subject. If Replacement is given as a fun instead, this option is ignored.

        If any position specified in InsPos > size of the replacement binary, a badarg exception is raised.

        Options global and {scope, part()} work as for split/3. The return type is -always a binary/0.

        For a description of Pattern, see compile_pattern/1.

        Examples:

        1> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"X">>, []).
        +always a binary/0.

        For a description of Pattern, see compile_pattern/1.

        Examples:

        1> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"X">>, []).
         <<"aXcde">>
         
        -2> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"X">>, [global]).
        +2> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"X">>, [global]).
         <<"aXcXe">>
         
        -3> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, <<"b">>, <<"[]">>, [{insert_replaced, 1}]).
        +3> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, <<"b">>, <<"[]">>, [{insert_replaced, 1}]).
         <<"a[b]cde">>
         
        -4> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"[]">>, [global, {insert_replaced, 1}]).
        +4> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"[]">>, [global, {insert_replaced, 1}]).
         <<"a[b]c[d]e">>
         
        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/c.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
        --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/c.html	2025-01-25 10:23:46.700360663 +0000
        +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/c.html	2025-01-25 10:23:46.704360682 +0000
        @@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@
               
         
         

        Compiles and then loads the code for a file on all nodes. Options defaults to -[]. Compilation is equivalent to:

        compile:file(File, Options ++ [report_errors, report_warnings])
        +[]. Compilation is equivalent to:

        compile:file(File, Options ++ [report_errors, report_warnings])
        @@ -2102,7 +2102,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/calendar.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/calendar.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.748360902 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/calendar.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.748360902 +0000 @@ -1845,10 +1845,10 @@

        Converts an RFC 3339 timestamp into system time. The data format of RFC 3339 timestamps is described by RFC 3339. Starting from OTP 25.1, the minutes part of the time zone is optional.

        Valid option:

        • {unit, Unit} - The time unit of the return value. The default is -second.
        1> calendar:rfc3339_to_system_time("2018-02-01T16:17:58+01:00").
        +second.
      1> calendar:rfc3339_to_system_time("2018-02-01T16:17:58+01:00").
       1517498278
      -2> calendar:rfc3339_to_system_time("2018-02-01 15:18:02.088Z",
      -   [{unit, nanosecond}]).
      +2> calendar:rfc3339_to_system_time("2018-02-01 15:18:02.088Z",
      +   [{unit, nanosecond}]).
       1517498282088000000
      @@ -2018,16 +2018,16 @@ the formatted string includes a fraction of a second. The number of fractional second digits is three, six, or nine depending on what time unit is chosen. For native three fractional digits are included. Notice that trailing zeros -are not removed from the fraction.

    1> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second)).
    +are not removed from the fraction.

    1> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second)).
     "2018-04-23T14:56:28+02:00"
    -2> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second),
    -   [{offset, "-02:00"}]).
    +2> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second),
    +   [{offset, "-02:00"}]).
     "2018-04-23T10:56:52-02:00"
    -3> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second),
    -   [{offset, -7200}]).
    +3> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second),
    +   [{offset, -7200}]).
     "2018-04-23T10:57:05-02:00"
    -4> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(millisecond),
    -   [{unit, millisecond}, {time_designator, $\s}, {offset, "Z"}]).
    +4> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(millisecond),
    +   [{unit, millisecond}, {time_designator, $\s}, {offset, "Z"}]).
     "2018-04-23 12:57:20.482Z"
    @@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dets.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dets.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.800361162 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dets.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.804361182 +0000 @@ -1914,14 +1914,14 @@

    Returns a list of all objects with key Key stored in table Name, for -example:

    2> dets:open_file(abc, [{type, bag}]).
    -{ok,abc}
    -3> dets:insert(abc, {1,2,3}).
    +example:

    2> dets:open_file(abc, [{type, bag}]).
    +{ok,abc}
    +3> dets:insert(abc, {1,2,3}).
     ok
    -4> dets:insert(abc, {1,3,4}).
    +4> dets:insert(abc, {1,3,4}).
     ok
    -5> dets:lookup(abc, 1).
    -[{1,2,3},{1,3,4}]

    If the table type is set, the function returns either the empty list or a list +5> dets:lookup(abc, 1). +[{1,2,3},{1,3,4}]

    If the table type is set, the function returns either the empty list or a list with one object, as there cannot be more than one object with a given key. If the table type is bag or duplicate_bag, the function returns a list of arbitrary length.

    Notice that the order of objects returned is unspecified. In particular, the @@ -2778,11 +2778,11 @@ specification is specified explicitly. This is how to state match specifications that cannot easily be expressed within the syntax provided by qlc.

    The following example uses an explicit match specification to traverse the -table:

    1> dets:open_file(t, []),
    -ok = dets:insert(t, [{1,a},{2,b},{3,c},{4,d}]),
    -MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({X,Y}) when (X > 1) or (X < 5) -> {Y} end),
    -QH1 = dets:table(t, [{traverse, {select, MS}}]).

    An example with implicit match specification:

    2> QH2 = qlc:q([{Y} || {X,Y} <- dets:table(t), (X > 1) or (X < 5)]).

    The latter example is equivalent to the former, which can be verified using -function qlc:info/1:

    3> qlc:info(QH1) =:= qlc:info(QH2).
    +table:

    1> dets:open_file(t, []),
    +ok = dets:insert(t, [{1,a},{2,b},{3,c},{4,d}]),
    +MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({X,Y}) when (X > 1) or (X < 5) -> {Y} end),
    +QH1 = dets:table(t, [{traverse, {select, MS}}]).

    An example with implicit match specification:

    2> QH2 = qlc:q([{Y} || {X,Y} <- dets:table(t), (X > 1) or (X < 5)]).

    The latter example is equivalent to the former, which can be verified using +function qlc:info/1:

    3> qlc:info(QH1) =:= qlc:info(QH2).
     true

    qlc:info/1 returns information about a query handle. In this case identical information is returned for the two query handles.

    @@ -2856,7 +2856,7 @@

    Applies Fun to each object stored in table Name in some unspecified order. Different actions are taken depending on the return value of Fun. The following Fun return values are allowed:

    • continue - Continue to perform the traversal. For example, the following -function can be used to print the contents of a table:

      fun(X) -> io:format("~p~n", [X]), continue end.
    • {continue, Val} - Continue the traversal and accumulate Val. The +function can be used to print the contents of a table:

      fun(X) -> io:format("~p~n", [X]), continue end.
    • {continue, Val} - Continue the traversal and accumulate Val. The following function is supplied to collect all objects of a table in a list:

      fun(X) -> {continue, X} end.
    • {done, Value} - Terminate the traversal and return [Value | Acc].

    Any other value OtherValue returned by Fun terminates the traversal and is returned immediately.

    @@ -2927,7 +2927,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dict.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dict.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.836361341 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dict.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.840361362 +0000 @@ -138,13 +138,13 @@ Notes

    Functions append and append_list are included so that keyed values can be -stored in a list accumulator, for example:

    > D0 = dict:new(),
    -  D1 = dict:store(files, [], D0),
    -  D2 = dict:append(files, f1, D1),
    -  D3 = dict:append(files, f2, D2),
    -  D4 = dict:append(files, f3, D3),
    -  dict:fetch(files, D4).
    -[f1,f2,f3]

    This saves the trouble of first fetching a keyed value, appending a new value to +stored in a list accumulator, for example:

    > D0 = dict:new(),
    +  D1 = dict:store(files, [], D0),
    +  D2 = dict:append(files, f1, D1),
    +  D3 = dict:append(files, f2, D2),
    +  D4 = dict:append(files, f3, D3),
    +  dict:fetch(files, D4).
    +[f1,f2,f3]

    This saves the trouble of first fetching a keyed value, appending a new value to the list of stored values, and storing the result.

    Function fetch is to be used if the key is known to be in the dictionary, otherwise function find.

    @@ -905,10 +905,10 @@ the Key-Value pairs from both dictionaries are included in the new dictionary. If a key occurs in both dictionaries, Fun is called with the key and both values to return a new value. merge can be defined as follows, but is -faster:

    merge(Fun, D1, D2) ->
    -    fold(fun (K, V1, D) ->
    -                 update(K, fun (V2) -> Fun(K, V1, V2) end, V1, D)
    -         end, D2, D1).
    +faster:

    merge(Fun, D1, D2) ->
    +    fold(fun (K, V1, D) ->
    +                 update(K, fun (V2) -> Fun(K, V1, V2) end, V1, D)
    +         end, D2, D1).
    @@ -1121,8 +1121,8 @@

    Updates a value in a dictionary by calling Fun on the value to get a new value. If Key is not present in the dictionary, Initial is stored as the -first value. For example, append/3 can be defined as:

    append(Key, Val, D) ->
    -    update(Key, fun (Old) -> Old ++ [Val] end, [Val], D).
    +first value. For example, append/3 can be defined as:

    append(Key, Val, D) ->
    +    update(Key, fun (Old) -> Old ++ [Val] end, [Val], D).
    @@ -1153,8 +1153,8 @@

    Adds Increment to the value associated with Key and stores this value. If Key is not present in the dictionary, Increment is stored as the first -value.

    This can be defined as follows, but is faster:

    update_counter(Key, Incr, D) ->
    -    update(Key, fun (Old) -> Old + Incr end, Incr, D).
    +value.

    This can be defined as follows, but is faster:

    update_counter(Key, Incr, D) ->
    +    update(Key, fun (Old) -> Old + Incr end, Incr, D).
    @@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/digraph.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/digraph.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.876361541 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/digraph.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.880361561 +0000 @@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/digraph_utils.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/digraph_utils.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.912361720 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/digraph_utils.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.912361720 +0000 @@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/edlin.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/edlin.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.936361840 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/edlin.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.940361860 +0000 @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/edlin_expand.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/edlin_expand.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.964361980 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/edlin_expand.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.964361980 +0000 @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/epp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/epp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.992362120 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/epp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:46.996362140 +0000 @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Error Information

    ErrorInfo is the standard ErrorInfo structure that is returned from all I/O -modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    +modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    @@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_anno.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_anno.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.028362300 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_anno.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.028362300 +0000 @@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_error.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_error.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.056362439 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_error.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.060362459 +0000 @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@

    A fun used to format function arguments for BIF and function calls. By default -the following fun will be used:

    fun(Term, I) -> io_lib:print(Term, I, 80, 30) end
    +the following fun will be used:

    fun(Term, I) -> io_lib:print(Term, I, 80, 30) end
    @@ -438,23 +438,23 @@ caused the error starting at 1.

  • general - An error that is not associated with any argument caused the error.

  • reason - If the Reason should be printed differently than the default way.

  • If the text returned includes new-lines, format_exception/4 will indent the -text correctly.

    Example:

    -module(my_error_module).
    --export([atom_to_string/1, format_error/2]).
    +text correctly.

    Example:

    -module(my_error_module).
    +-export([atom_to_string/1, format_error/2]).
     
    -atom_to_string(Arg) when is_atom(Arg) ->
    -  atom_to_list(Arg);
    -atom_to_string(Arg) ->
    -  erlang:error(badarg,[Arg],
    -               [{error_info,#{ module => ?MODULE,
    -                               cause => #{ 1 => "should be an atom" }}}]).
    -
    -format_error(Reason, [{_M,_F,_As,Info}|_]) ->
    -  ErrorInfo = proplists:get_value(error_info, Info, #{}),
    -  ErrorMap = maps:get(cause, ErrorInfo),
    -  ErrorMap#{ general => "optional general information",
    -             reason => io_lib:format("~p: ~p",[?MODULE, Reason]) }.
    1> c(my_error_module).
    -{ok,my_error_module}
    -2> my_error_module:atom_to_string(1).
    +atom_to_string(Arg) when is_atom(Arg) ->
    +  atom_to_list(Arg);
    +atom_to_string(Arg) ->
    +  erlang:error(badarg,[Arg],
    +               [{error_info,#{ module => ?MODULE,
    +                               cause => #{ 1 => "should be an atom" }}}]).
    +
    +format_error(Reason, [{_M,_F,_As,Info}|_]) ->
    +  ErrorInfo = proplists:get_value(error_info, Info, #{}),
    +  ErrorMap = maps:get(cause, ErrorInfo),
    +  ErrorMap#{ general => "optional general information",
    +             reason => io_lib:format("~p: ~p",[?MODULE, Reason]) }.
    1> c(my_error_module).
    +{ok,my_error_module}
    +2> my_error_module:atom_to_string(1).
     ** exception error: my_error_module: badarg
          in function  my_error_module:atom_to_string/1
             called as my_error_module:atom_to_string(1)
    @@ -542,18 +542,18 @@
     
     

    Format the error reason and stack back-trace caught using try ... catch in the same style as the shell formats them.

    Example:

    try
    -    do_something()
    +    do_something()
     catch
         C:R:Stk ->
    -        Message = erl_error:format_exception(C, R, Stk),
    -        io:format(LogFile, "~ts\n", [Message])
    +        Message = erl_error:format_exception(C, R, Stk),
    +        io:format(LogFile, "~ts\n", [Message])
     end

    If error_info is provided with the exception, format_exception will use that information to provide additional information about the exception.

    Example:

    try
    -  erlang:raise(badarg,[],[{error_info,#{}}])
    +  erlang:raise(badarg,[],[{error_info,#{}}])
     catch
         C:R:Stk ->
    -        Message = erl_error:format_exception(C, R, Stk),
    -        io:format(LogFile, "~ts\n", [Message])
    +        Message = erl_error:format_exception(C, R, Stk),
    +        io:format(LogFile, "~ts\n", [Message])
     end

    See erlang:error/3 for details on how to raise an exception with error_info included.

    @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_eval.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_eval.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.088362599 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_eval.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.096362639 +0000 @@ -141,13 +141,13 @@ LocalFunctionHandler can be used to define a function that is called when there is a call to a local function. The argument can have the following formats:

    • {value,Func} - This defines a local function handler that is called -with:

      Func(Name, Arguments)

      Name is the name of the local function (an atom) and Arguments is a list +with:

      Func(Name, Arguments)

      Name is the name of the local function (an atom) and Arguments is a list of the evaluated arguments. The function handler returns the value of the local function. In this case, the current bindings cannot be accessed. To signal an error, the function handler calls exit/1 with a -suitable exit value.

    • {eval,Func} - This defines a local function handler that is called with:

      Func(Name, Arguments, Bindings)

      Name is the name of the local function (an atom), Arguments is a list of +suitable exit value.

    • {eval,Func} - This defines a local function handler that is called with:

      Func(Name, Arguments, Bindings)

      Name is the name of the local function (an atom), Arguments is a list of the unevaluated arguments, and Bindings are the current variable bindings. -The function handler returns:

      {value,Value,NewBindings}

      Value is the value of the local function and NewBindings are the updated +The function handler returns:

      {value,Value,NewBindings}

      Value is the value of the local function and NewBindings are the updated variable bindings. In this case, the function handler must itself evaluate all the function arguments and manage the bindings. To signal an error, the function handler calls exit/1 with a suitable exit value.

    • none - There is no local function handler.

    @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ expressions.
  • An operator Op/A is called (this is handled as a call to function erlang:Op/A).
  • Exceptions are calls to erlang:apply/2,3; neither of the function handlers are called for such calls. The argument can have the following formats:

    • {value,Func} - This defines a non-local function handler. The function -may be called with two arguments:

      Func(FuncSpec, Arguments)

      or three arguments:

      Func(Anno, FuncSpec, Arguments)

      Anno is the erl_anno:anno() of the node, FuncSpec +may be called with two arguments:

      Func(FuncSpec, Arguments)

      or three arguments:

      Func(Anno, FuncSpec, Arguments)

      Anno is the erl_anno:anno() of the node, FuncSpec is the name of the function on the form {Module,Function} or a fun, and Arguments is a list of the evaluated arguments. The function handler returns the value of the function. To signal an error, the function handler @@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_expand_records.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_expand_records.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.116362739 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_expand_records.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.120362759 +0000 @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_features.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_features.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.140362859 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_features.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.144362879 +0000 @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_id_trans.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_id_trans.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.168362998 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_id_trans.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.172363018 +0000 @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_internal.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_internal.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.192363118 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_internal.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.200363159 +0000 @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_lint.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_lint.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.224363278 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_lint.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.224363278 +0000 @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Error Information

    ErrorInfo is the standard ErrorInfo structure that is returned from all I/O -modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    +modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    @@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_parse.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_parse.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.284363578 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_parse.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.292363617 +0000 @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Error Information

    ErrorInfo is the standard ErrorInfo structure that is returned from all I/O modules. -The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    +The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    @@ -5920,7 +5920,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_pp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_pp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.324363777 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_pp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.324363777 +0000 @@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_scan.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_scan.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.356363937 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_scan.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.360363957 +0000 @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Error Information

    ErrorInfo is the standard ErrorInfo structure that is returned from all I/O -modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLocation, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    +modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLocation, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    @@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_tar.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_tar.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.392364116 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_tar.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.400364157 +0000 @@ -1291,14 +1291,14 @@ Notice that there is only an arity-2 read function, not an arity-1 function.

  • (position,{UserData,Position}) - Sets the position of UserData as defined for files in file:position/2

  • Example:

    The following is a complete Fun parameter for reading and writing on files using the file module:

    ExampleFun =
    -   fun(write, {Fd,Data}) ->  file:write(Fd, Data);
    -      (position, {Fd,Pos}) -> file:position(Fd, Pos);
    -      (read2, {Fd,Size}) -> file:read(Fd, Size);
    -      (close, Fd) -> file:close(Fd)
    -   end

    Here Fd was specified to function init/3 as:

    {ok,Fd} = file:open(Name, ...).
    -{ok,TarDesc} = erl_tar:init(Fd, [write], ExampleFun),

    TarDesc is then used:

    erl_tar:add(TarDesc, SomeValueIwantToAdd, FileNameInTarFile),
    +   fun(write, {Fd,Data}) ->  file:write(Fd, Data);
    +      (position, {Fd,Pos}) -> file:position(Fd, Pos);
    +      (read2, {Fd,Size}) -> file:read(Fd, Size);
    +      (close, Fd) -> file:close(Fd)
    +   end

    Here Fd was specified to function init/3 as:

    {ok,Fd} = file:open(Name, ...).
    +{ok,TarDesc} = erl_tar:init(Fd, [write], ExampleFun),

    TarDesc is then used:

    erl_tar:add(TarDesc, SomeValueIwantToAdd, FileNameInTarFile),
     ...,
    -erl_tar:close(TarDesc)

    When the erl_tar core wants to, for example, write a piece of Data, it would +erl_tar:close(TarDesc)

    When the erl_tar core wants to, for example, write a piece of Data, it would call ExampleFun(write, {UserData,Data}).

    Note

    This example with the file module operations is not necessary to use directly, as that is what function open/2 in principle does.

    Warning

    The TarDescriptor term is not a file descriptor. You are advised not to rely on the specific contents of this term, as it can change in future Erlang/OTP @@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/escript.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/escript.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.428364296 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/escript.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.436364336 +0000 @@ -522,67 +522,67 @@ number of schedulers with +S3. We also extract the different sections from the newly created script:

    > Source = "%% Demo\nmain(_Args) ->\n    io:format(\"~p\",[erlang:system_info(schedulers)]).\n".
     "%% Demo\nmain(_Args) ->\n    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedulers)).\n"
    -> io:format("~s\n", [Source]).
    +> io:format("~s\n", [Source]).
     %% Demo
    -main(_Args) ->
    -    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedulers)).
    +main(_Args) ->
    +    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedulers)).
     
     ok
    -> {ok, Bin} = escript:create(binary, [shebang, comment, {emu_args, "+S3"},
    -                                      {source, list_to_binary(Source)}]).
    -{ok,<<"#!/usr/bin/env escript\n%% This is an -*- erlang -*- file\n%%!+S3"...>>}
    -> file:write_file("demo.escript", Bin).
    +> {ok, Bin} = escript:create(binary, [shebang, comment, {emu_args, "+S3"},
    +                                      {source, list_to_binary(Source)}]).
    +{ok,<<"#!/usr/bin/env escript\n%% This is an -*- erlang -*- file\n%%!+S3"...>>}
    +> file:write_file("demo.escript", Bin).
     ok
    -> os:cmd("escript demo.escript").
    +> os:cmd("escript demo.escript").
     "3"
    -> escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    -{ok,[{shebang,default}, {comment,default}, {emu_args,"+S3"},
    -     {source,<<"%% Demo\nmain(_Args) ->\n    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedu"...>>}]}

    An escript without header can be created as follows:

    > file:write_file("demo.erl",
    -                  ["%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n", Source]).
    +> escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    +{ok,[{shebang,default}, {comment,default}, {emu_args,"+S3"},
    +     {source,<<"%% Demo\nmain(_Args) ->\n    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedu"...>>}]}

    An escript without header can be created as follows:

    > file:write_file("demo.erl",
    +                  ["%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n", Source]).
     ok
    -> {ok, _, BeamCode} = compile:file("demo.erl", [binary, debug_info]).
    -{ok,demo,
    +> {ok, _, BeamCode} = compile:file("demo.erl", [binary, debug_info]).
    +{ok,demo,
         <<70,79,82,49,0,0,2,208,66,69,65,77,65,116,111,109,0,0,0,
    -      79,0,0,0,9,4,100,...>>}
    -> escript:create("demo.beam", [{beam, BeamCode}]).
    +      79,0,0,0,9,4,100,...>>}
    +> escript:create("demo.beam", [{beam, BeamCode}]).
     ok
    -> escript:extract("demo.beam", []).
    -{ok,[{shebang,undefined}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    -     {beam,<<70,79,82,49,0,0,3,68,66,69,65,77,65,116,
    -             111,109,0,0,0,83,0,0,0,9,...>>}]}
    -> os:cmd("escript demo.beam").
    +> escript:extract("demo.beam", []).
    +{ok,[{shebang,undefined}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    +     {beam,<<70,79,82,49,0,0,3,68,66,69,65,77,65,116,
    +             111,109,0,0,0,83,0,0,0,9,...>>}]}
    +> os:cmd("escript demo.beam").
     "true"

    Here we create an archive script containing both Erlang code and Beam code, then we iterate over all files in the archive and collect their contents and some -information about them:

    > {ok, SourceCode} = file:read_file("demo.erl").
    -{ok,<<"%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n%% Demo\nmain(_Arg"...>>}
    -> escript:create("demo.escript",
    -                 [shebang,
    -                  {archive, [{"demo.erl", SourceCode},
    -                             {"demo.beam", BeamCode}], []}]).
    -ok
    -> {ok, [{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    -     {archive, ArchiveBin}]} = escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    -{ok,[{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    -     {{archive,<<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,8,0,118,7,98,60,105,
    -                152,61,93,107,0,0,0,118,0,...>>}]}
    -> file:write_file("demo.zip", ArchiveBin).
    -ok
    -> zip:foldl(fun(N, I, B, A) -> [{N, I(), B()} | A] end, [], "demo.zip").
    -{ok,[{"demo.beam",
    -      {file_info,748,regular,read_write,
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0},
    +information about them:

    > {ok, SourceCode} = file:read_file("demo.erl").
    +{ok,<<"%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n%% Demo\nmain(_Arg"...>>}
    +> escript:create("demo.escript",
    +                 [shebang,
    +                  {archive, [{"demo.erl", SourceCode},
    +                             {"demo.beam", BeamCode}], []}]).
    +ok
    +> {ok, [{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    +     {archive, ArchiveBin}]} = escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    +{ok,[{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    +     {{archive,<<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,8,0,118,7,98,60,105,
    +                152,61,93,107,0,0,0,118,0,...>>}]}
    +> file:write_file("demo.zip", ArchiveBin).
    +ok
    +> zip:foldl(fun(N, I, B, A) -> [{N, I(), B()} | A] end, [], "demo.zip").
    +{ok,[{"demo.beam",
    +      {file_info,748,regular,read_write,
    +                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    +                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    +                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    +                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0},
           <<70,79,82,49,0,0,2,228,66,69,65,77,65,116,111,109,0,0,0,
    -        83,0,0,...>>},
    -     {"demo.erl",
    -      {file_info,118,regular,read_write,
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0},
    -      <<"%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n%% Demo\nmain(_Arg"...>>}]}
    +
    83,0,0,...>>}, + {"demo.erl", + {file_info,118,regular,read_write, + {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}}, + {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}}, + {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}}, + 54,1,0,0,0,0,0}, + <<"%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n%% Demo\nmain(_Arg"...>>}]}
    @@ -615,16 +615,16 @@ extracted value is set to the atom default. If a section is missing, the extracted value is set to the atom undefined.

    Option compile_source only affects the result if the escript contains source code. In this case the Erlang code is automatically compiled and -{source, BeamCode} is returned instead of {source, SourceCode}.

    Example:

    > escript:create("demo.escript",
    -                 [shebang, {archive, [{"demo.erl", SourceCode},
    -                                      {"demo.beam", BeamCode}], []}]).
    -ok
    -> {ok, [{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    -     {archive, ArchiveBin}]} =
    -              escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    -{ok,[{{archive,<<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,8,0,118,7,98,60,105,
    -                152,61,93,107,0,0,0,118,0,...>>}
    -     {emu_args,undefined}]}
    +{source, BeamCode} is returned instead of {source, SourceCode}.

    Example:

    > escript:create("demo.escript",
    +                 [shebang, {archive, [{"demo.erl", SourceCode},
    +                                      {"demo.beam", BeamCode}], []}]).
    +ok
    +> {ok, [{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    +     {archive, ArchiveBin}]} =
    +              escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    +{ok,[{{archive,<<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,8,0,118,7,98,60,105,
    +                152,61,93,107,0,0,0,118,0,...>>}
    +     {emu_args,undefined}]}
    @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ets.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ets.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.496364635 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ets.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.500364656 +0000 @@ -220,10 +220,10 @@ find the next key is not done with such guarantees. This is often not a problem, but may cause rare subtle "unexpected" effects if a concurrent process inserts objects during a traversal. For example, consider one process -doing

    ets:new(t, [ordered_set, named_table]),
    -ets:insert(t, {1}),
    -ets:insert(t, {2}),
    -ets:insert(t, {3}),

    A concurrent call to ets:first(t), done by another process, may then in rare +doing

    ets:new(t, [ordered_set, named_table]),
    +ets:insert(t, {1}),
    +ets:insert(t, {2}),
    +ets:insert(t, {3}),

    A concurrent call to ets:first(t), done by another process, may then in rare cases return 2 even though 2 has never existed in the table ordered as the first key. In the same way, a concurrent call to ets:next(t, 1) may return 3 even though 3 never existed in the table ordered directly after 1.

    Effects like this are improbable but possible. The probability will further be @@ -236,11 +236,11 @@ lookup without any table traversal at all. For ordered_set a partially bound key will limit the traversal to only scan a subset of the table based on term order. A partially bound key is either a list or a tuple with a prefix that is -fully bound. Example:

    1> T = ets:new(t,[ordered_set]), ets:insert(T, {"555-1234", "John Smith"}).
    +fully bound. Example:

    1> T = ets:new(t,[ordered_set]), ets:insert(T, {"555-1234", "John Smith"}).
     true
     2> %% Efficient search of all with area code 555
    -2> ets:match(T,{[$5,$5,$5,$- |'$1'],'$2'}).
    -[["1234","John Smith"]]

    +2> ets:match(T,{[$5,$5,$5,$- |'$1'],'$2'}). +[["1234","John Smith"]]

    @@ -1936,19 +1936,19 @@ -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl"). to the source file.

    The fun is very restricted, it can take only a single parameter (the object to match): a sole variable or a tuple. It must use the is_ guard tests. Language constructs that have no representation in a match specification (if, case, -receive, and so on) are not allowed.

    The return value is the resulting match specification.

    Example:

    1> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > 3 -> M end).
    -[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',3}],['$1']}]

    Variables from the environment can be imported, so that the following works:

    2> X=3.
    +receive, and so on) are not allowed.

    The return value is the resulting match specification.

    Example:

    1> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > 3 -> M end).
    +[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',3}],['$1']}]

    Variables from the environment can be imported, so that the following works:

    2> X=3.
     3
    -3> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X -> M end).
    -[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',{const,3}}],['$1']}]

    The imported variables are replaced by match specification const expressions, +3> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X -> M end). +[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',{const,3}}],['$1']}]

    The imported variables are replaced by match specification const expressions, which is consistent with the static scoping for Erlang funs. However, local or global function calls cannot be in the guard or body of the fun. Calls to -built-in match specification functions is of course allowed:

    4> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X, my_fun(M) -> M end).
    +built-in match specification functions is of course allowed:

    4> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X, my_fun(M) -> M end).
     Error: fun containing local Erlang function calls
    -('my_fun' called in guard) cannot be translated into match_spec
    -{error,transform_error}
    -5> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X, is_atom(M) -> M end).
    -[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',{const,3}},{is_atom,'$1'}],['$1']}]

    As shown by the example, the function can be called from the shell also. The fun +('my_fun' called in guard) cannot be translated into match_spec +{error,transform_error} +5> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X, is_atom(M) -> M end). +[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',{const,3}},{is_atom,'$1'}],['$1']}]

    As shown by the example, the function can be called from the shell also. The fun must be literally in the call when used from the shell as well.

    Warning

    If the parse_transform is not applied to a module that calls this pseudo function, the call fails in runtime (with a badarg). The ets module exports a function with this name, but it is never to be called except when @@ -2573,12 +2573,12 @@

    Matches the objects in table Table against pattern Pattern.

    A pattern is a term that can contain:

    • Bound parts (Erlang terms)
    • '_' that matches any Erlang term
    • Pattern variables '$N', where N=0,1,...

    The function returns a list with one element for each matching object, where -each element is an ordered list of pattern variable bindings, for example:

    6> ets:match(T, '$1'). % Matches every object in table
    -[[{rufsen,dog,7}],[{brunte,horse,5}],[{ludde,dog,5}]]
    -7> ets:match(T, {'_',dog,'$1'}).
    -[[7],[5]]
    -8> ets:match(T, {'_',cow,'$1'}).
    -[]

    If the key is specified in the pattern, the match is very efficient. If the key +each element is an ordered list of pattern variable bindings, for example:

    6> ets:match(T, '$1'). % Matches every object in table
    +[[{rufsen,dog,7}],[{brunte,horse,5}],[{ludde,dog,5}]]
    +7> ets:match(T, {'_',dog,'$1'}).
    +[[7],[5]]
    +8> ets:match(T, {'_',cow,'$1'}).
    +[]

    If the key is specified in the pattern, the match is very efficient. If the key is not specified, that is, if it is a variable or an underscore, the entire table must be searched. The search time can be substantial if the table is very large.

    For tables of type ordered_set, the result is in the same order as in a @@ -2830,10 +2830,10 @@ execution time):

    Table = ets:new...
     MatchSpec = ...
     % The following call...
    -ets:match_spec_run(ets:tab2list(Table),
    -                   ets:match_spec_compile(MatchSpec)),
    +ets:match_spec_run(ets:tab2list(Table),
    +                   ets:match_spec_compile(MatchSpec)),
     % ...gives the same result as the more common (and more efficient)
    -ets:select(Table, MatchSpec),

    Note

    This function has limited use in normal code. It is used by the dets +ets:select(Table, MatchSpec),

    Note

    This function has limited use in normal code. It is used by the dets module to perform the dets:select/1 operations and by Mnesia during transactions.

    @@ -3196,19 +3196,19 @@ format. Given that the original match specification is kept intact, the continuation can be restored, meaning it can once again be used in subsequent select/1 calls even though it has been stored on disk or on -another node.

    Examples:

    The following sequence of calls may fail:

    T=ets:new(x,[]),
    +another node.

    Examples:

    The following sequence of calls may fail:

    T=ets:new(x,[]),
     ...
    -MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({N,_}=A) when (N rem 10) =:= 0 -> A end),
    -{_,C} = ets:select(T, MS, 10),
    -MaybeBroken = binary_to_term(term_to_binary(C)),
    -ets:select(MaybeBroken).

    The following sequence works, as the call to +MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({N,_}=A) when (N rem 10) =:= 0 -> A end), +{_,C} = ets:select(T, MS, 10), +MaybeBroken = binary_to_term(term_to_binary(C)), +ets:select(MaybeBroken).

    The following sequence works, as the call to repair_continuation/2 reestablishes the -MaybeBroken continuation.

    T=ets:new(x,[]),
    +MaybeBroken continuation.

    T=ets:new(x,[]),
     ...
    -MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({N,_}=A) when (N rem 10) =:= 0 -> A end),
    -{_,C} = ets:select(T,MS,10),
    -MaybeBroken = binary_to_term(term_to_binary(C)),
    -ets:select(ets:repair_continuation(MaybeBroken,MS)).

    Note

    This function is rarely needed in application code. It is used by Mnesia to +MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({N,_}=A) when (N rem 10) =:= 0 -> A end), +{_,C} = ets:select(T,MS,10), +MaybeBroken = binary_to_term(term_to_binary(C)), +ets:select(ets:repair_continuation(MaybeBroken,MS)).

    Note

    This function is rarely needed in application code. It is used by Mnesia to provide distributed select/3 and select/1 sequences. A normal application would either use Mnesia or keep the continuation from being converted to external format.

    The actual behavior of compiled match specifications when recreated from @@ -3253,21 +3253,21 @@ to succeed even if keys are removed during the traversal. The keys for objects inserted or deleted during a traversal may or may not be returned by next/2 depending on the ordering of keys within the table and if -the key exists at the time next/2 is called.

    Example:

    clean_all_with_value(Table,X) ->
    -    safe_fixtable(Table,true),
    -    clean_all_with_value(Table,X,ets:first(Table)),
    -    safe_fixtable(Table,false).
    +the key exists at the time next/2 is called.

    Example:

    clean_all_with_value(Table,X) ->
    +    safe_fixtable(Table,true),
    +    clean_all_with_value(Table,X,ets:first(Table)),
    +    safe_fixtable(Table,false).
     
    -clean_all_with_value(Table,X,'$end_of_table') ->
    +clean_all_with_value(Table,X,'$end_of_table') ->
         true;
    -clean_all_with_value(Table,X,Key) ->
    -    case ets:lookup(Table,Key) of
    -        [{Key,X}] ->
    -            ets:delete(Table,Key);
    +clean_all_with_value(Table,X,Key) ->
    +    case ets:lookup(Table,Key) of
    +        [{Key,X}] ->
    +            ets:delete(Table,Key);
             _ ->
                 true
         end,
    -    clean_all_with_value(Table,X,ets:next(Table,Key)).

    Notice that deleted objects are not freed from a fixed table until it has been + clean_all_with_value(Table,X,ets:next(Table,Key)).

    Notice that deleted objects are not freed from a fixed table until it has been released. If a process fixes a table but never releases it, the memory used by the deleted objects is never freed. The performance of operations on the table also degrades significantly.

    To retrieve information about which processes have fixed which tables, use @@ -3355,7 +3355,7 @@ a list, so that the following code:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$3'},[],['$$']}])

    gives the same output as:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$3'},[],[['$1','$2','$3']]}])

    That is, all the bound variables in the match head as a list. If tuples are to be constructed, one has to write a tuple of arity 1 where the single element in the tuple is the tuple one wants to construct (as an ordinary tuple can be -mistaken for a Guard).

    Therefore the following call:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$1'},[],['$_']}])

    gives the same output as:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$1'},[],[{{'$1','$2','$3'}}]}])

    This syntax is equivalent to the syntax used in the trace patterns (see the +mistaken for a Guard).

    Therefore the following call:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$1'},[],['$_']}])

    gives the same output as:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$1'},[],[{{'$1','$2','$3'}}]}])

    This syntax is equivalent to the syntax used in the trace patterns (see the dbg) module in Runtime_Tools.

    The Guards are constructed as tuples, where the first element is the test name and the remaining elements are the test parameters. To check for a specific type (say a list) of the element bound to the match variable '$1', one would write @@ -3517,16 +3517,16 @@ object. If not, select_replace will fail with badarg without updating any objects.

    For the moment, due to performance and semantic constraints, tables of type bag are not yet supported.

    The function returns the total number of replaced objects.

    Example

    For all 2-tuples with a list in second position, add atom 'marker' first in -the list:

    1> T = ets:new(x,[]), ets:insert(T, {key, [1, 2, 3]}).
    +the list:

    1> T = ets:new(x,[]), ets:insert(T, {key, [1, 2, 3]}).
     true
    -2> MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({K, L}) when is_list(L) -> {K, [marker | L]} end).
    -[{{'$1','$2'},[{is_list,'$2'}],[{{'$1',[marker|'$2']}}]}]
    -3> ets:select_replace(T, MS).
    +2> MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({K, L}) when is_list(L) -> {K, [marker | L]} end).
    +[{{'$1','$2'},[{is_list,'$2'}],[{{'$1',[marker|'$2']}}]}]
    +3> ets:select_replace(T, MS).
     1
    -4> ets:tab2list(T).
    -[{key,[marker,1,2,3]}]

    A generic single object compare-and-swap operation:

    [Old] = ets:lookup(T, Key),
    -New = update_object(Old),
    -Success = (1 =:= ets:select_replace(T, [{Old, [], [{const, New}]}])),
    +4>
    ets:tab2list(T). +[{key,[marker,1,2,3]}]

    A generic single object compare-and-swap operation:

    [Old] = ets:lookup(T, Key),
    +New = update_object(Old),
    +Success = (1 =:= ets:select_replace(T, [{Old, [], [{const, New}]}])),
    @@ -3561,22 +3561,22 @@ ordered_set, the traversal of the table continues to objects with keys earlier in the Erlang term order. The returned list also contains objects with keys in reverse order. For all other table types, the behavior is exactly that of -select/1.

    Example:

    1> T = ets:new(x,[ordered_set]).
    -2> [ ets:insert(T,{N}) || N <- lists:seq(1,10) ].
    +select/1.

    Example:

    1> T = ets:new(x,[ordered_set]).
    +2> [ ets:insert(T,{N}) || N <- lists:seq(1,10) ].
     ...
    -3> {R0,C0} = ets:select_reverse(T,[{'_',[],['$_']}],4).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/file_sorter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/file_sorter.html	2025-01-25 10:23:47.544364876 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/file_sorter.html	2025-01-25 10:23:47.548364895 +0000
    @@ -195,35 +195,35 @@
     argument {value, Value}. This makes it easy to initiate the sequence of output
     functions with a value calculated by the input functions.

    As an example, consider sorting the terms on a disk log file. A function that reads chunks from the disk log and returns a list of binaries is used as input. -The results are collected in a list of terms.

    sort(Log) ->
    -    {ok, _} = disk_log:open([{name,Log}, {mode,read_only}]),
    -    Input = input(Log, start),
    -    Output = output([]),
    -    Reply = file_sorter:sort(Input, Output, {format,term}),
    -    ok = disk_log:close(Log),
    +The results are collected in a list of terms.

    sort(Log) ->
    +    {ok, _} = disk_log:open([{name,Log}, {mode,read_only}]),
    +    Input = input(Log, start),
    +    Output = output([]),
    +    Reply = file_sorter:sort(Input, Output, {format,term}),
    +    ok = disk_log:close(Log),
         Reply.
     
    -input(Log, Cont) ->
    -    fun(close) ->
    +input(Log, Cont) ->
    +    fun(close) ->
                 ok;
    -       (read) ->
    -            case disk_log:chunk(Log, Cont) of
    -                {error, Reason} ->
    -                    {error, Reason};
    -                {Cont2, Terms} ->
    -                    {Terms, input(Log, Cont2)};
    -                {Cont2, Terms, _Badbytes} ->
    -                    {Terms, input(Log, Cont2)};
    +       (read) ->
    +            case disk_log:chunk(Log, Cont) of
    +                {error, Reason} ->
    +                    {error, Reason};
    +                {Cont2, Terms} ->
    +                    {Terms, input(Log, Cont2)};
    +                {Cont2, Terms, _Badbytes} ->
    +                    {Terms, input(Log, Cont2)};
                     eof ->
                         end_of_input
                 end
         end.
     
    -output(L) ->
    -    fun(close) ->
    -            lists:append(lists:reverse(L));
    -       (Terms) ->
    -            output([Terms | L])
    +output(L) ->
    +    fun(close) ->
    +            lists:append(lists:reverse(L));
    +       (Terms) ->
    +            output([Terms | L])
         end.

    For more examples of functions as input and output, see the end of the file_sorter module; the term format is implemented with functions.

    The possible values of Reason returned when an error occurs are:

    • bad_object, {bad_object, FileName} - Applying the format function failed for some binary, or the key(s) could not be extracted from some term.
    • {bad_term, FileName} - io:read/2 failed to read some term.
    • {file_error, FileName, file:posix()} - For an explanation of @@ -1914,7 +1914,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/filelib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/filelib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.580365055 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/filelib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.584365075 +0000 @@ -1030,15 +1030,15 @@

      Sanitizes the relative path by eliminating ".." and "." components to protect against directory traversal attacks.

      Either returns the sanitized path name, or the atom unsafe if the path is unsafe. -The path is considered unsafe in the following circumstances:

      • The path is not relative.
      • A ".." component would climb up above the root of the relative path.
      • A symbolic link in the path points above the root of the relative path.

      Examples:

      1> {ok, Cwd} = file:get_cwd().
      +The path is considered unsafe in the following circumstances:

      • The path is not relative.
      • A ".." component would climb up above the root of the relative path.
      • A symbolic link in the path points above the root of the relative path.

      Examples:

      1> {ok, Cwd} = file:get_cwd().
       ...
      -2> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/sub_dir/..", Cwd).
      +2> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/sub_dir/..", Cwd).
       "dir"
      -3> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/..", Cwd).
      -[]
      -4> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/../..", Cwd).
      +3> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/..", Cwd).
      +[]
      +4> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/../..", Cwd).
       unsafe
      -5> filelib:safe_relative_path("/abs/path", Cwd).
      +5> filelib:safe_relative_path("/abs/path", Cwd).
       unsafe
    @@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/filename.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/filename.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.620365255 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/filename.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.620365255 +0000 @@ -526,20 +526,20 @@

    Converts a relative Filename and returns an absolute name. No attempt is made to create the shortest absolute name, as this can give incorrect results on file -systems that allow links.

    Unix examples:

    1> pwd().
    +systems that allow links.

    Unix examples:

    1> pwd().
     "/usr/local"
    -2> filename:absname("foo").
    +2> filename:absname("foo").
     "/usr/local/foo"
    -3> filename:absname("../x").
    +3> filename:absname("../x").
     "/usr/local/../x"
    -4> filename:absname("/").
    -"/"

    Windows examples:

    1> pwd().
    +4> filename:absname("/").
    +"/"

    Windows examples:

    1> pwd().
     "D:/usr/local"
    -2> filename:absname("foo").
    +2> filename:absname("foo").
     "D:/usr/local/foo"
    -3> filename:absname("../x").
    +3> filename:absname("../x").
     "D:/usr/local/../x"
    -4> filename:absname("/").
    +4> filename:absname("/").
     "D:/"
    @@ -679,58 +679,58 @@ Opts the function will default to the native option, that is 'linux', 'darwin' or 'windows', as understood by os:type/0. Anything not recognized as 'darwin' or 'windows' is interpreted as 'linux'.

    The options 'author' and 'version' are only used with 'windows' option -mode.

    • user_cache

      The path location is intended for transient data files on a local machine.

      On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CACHE_HOME.

      1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
      -"/home/otptest/.cache/my_application"

      On Darwin:

      1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
      -"/home/otptest/Library/Caches/my_application"

      On Windows:

      1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App").
      +mode.

      • user_cache

        The path location is intended for transient data files on a local machine.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CACHE_HOME.

        1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +"/home/otptest/.cache/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +"/home/otptest/Library/Caches/my_application"

        On Windows:

        1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App/Cache"
        -2> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App").
        +2> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App/Cache"
        -3> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang"}).
        +3> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang"}).
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/Cache"
        -4> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{version=>"1.2"}).
        +4> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{version=>"1.2"}).
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App/1.2/Cache"
        -5> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        -"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2/Cache"
      • user_config

        The path location is intended for persistent configuration files.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CONFIG_HOME.

        2> filename:basedir(user_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -"/home/otptest/.config/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        2> filename:basedir(user_config, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -"/home/otptest/Library/Application Support/my_application"

        On Windows:

        1> filename:basedir(user_config, "My App").
        +5> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        +"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2/Cache"
      • user_config

        The path location is intended for persistent configuration files.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CONFIG_HOME.

        2> filename:basedir(user_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +"/home/otptest/.config/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        2> filename:basedir(user_config, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +"/home/otptest/Library/Application Support/my_application"

        On Windows:

        1> filename:basedir(user_config, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Roaming/My App"
        -2> filename:basedir(user_config, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang", version=>"1.2"}).
        -"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Roaming/Erlang/My App/1.2"
      • user_data

        The path location is intended for persistent data files.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_DATA_HOME.

        3> filename:basedir(user_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -"/home/otptest/.local/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        3> filename:basedir(user_data, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -"/home/otptest/Library/Application Support/my_application"

        On Windows:

        8> filename:basedir(user_data, "My App").
        +2> filename:basedir(user_config, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang", version=>"1.2"}).
        +"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Roaming/Erlang/My App/1.2"
      • user_data

        The path location is intended for persistent data files.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_DATA_HOME.

        3> filename:basedir(user_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +"/home/otptest/.local/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        3> filename:basedir(user_data, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +"/home/otptest/Library/Application Support/my_application"

        On Windows:

        8> filename:basedir(user_data, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App"
        -9> filename:basedir(user_data, "My App",#{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        -"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2"
      • user_log

        The path location is intended for transient log files on a local machine.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CACHE_HOME.

        4> filename:basedir(user_log, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -"/home/otptest/.cache/my_application/log"

        On Darwin:

        4> filename:basedir(user_log, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -"/home/otptest/Library/Logs/my_application"

        On Windows:

        12> filename:basedir(user_log, "My App").
        +9> filename:basedir(user_data, "My App",#{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        +"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2"
      • user_log

        The path location is intended for transient log files on a local machine.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CACHE_HOME.

        4> filename:basedir(user_log, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +"/home/otptest/.cache/my_application/log"

        On Darwin:

        4> filename:basedir(user_log, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +"/home/otptest/Library/Logs/my_application"

        On Windows:

        12> filename:basedir(user_log, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App/Logs"
        -13> filename:basedir(user_log, "My App",#{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        -"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2/Logs"
      • site_config

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CONFIG_DIRS.

        5> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/usr/local/share/my_application",
        - "/usr/share/my_application"]
        -6> os:getenv("XDG_CONFIG_DIRS").
        +13> filename:basedir(user_log, "My App",#{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        +"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2/Logs"
      • site_config

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CONFIG_DIRS.

        5> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +["/usr/local/share/my_application",
        + "/usr/share/my_application"]
        +6> os:getenv("XDG_CONFIG_DIRS").
         "/etc/xdg/xdg-ubuntu:/usr/share/upstart/xdg:/etc/xdg"
        -7> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/etc/xdg/xdg-ubuntu/my_application",
        +7> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +["/etc/xdg/xdg-ubuntu/my_application",
          "/usr/share/upstart/xdg/my_application",
        - "/etc/xdg/my_application"]
        -8> os:unsetenv("XDG_CONFIG_DIRS").
        + "/etc/xdg/my_application"]
        +8> os:unsetenv("XDG_CONFIG_DIRS").
         true
        -9> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/etc/xdg/my_application"]

        On Darwin:

        5> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -["/Library/Application Support/my_application"]
      • site_data

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_DATA_DIRS.

        10> os:getenv("XDG_DATA_DIRS").
        +9> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +["/etc/xdg/my_application"]

        On Darwin:

        5> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +["/Library/Application Support/my_application"]
      • site_data

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_DATA_DIRS.

        10> os:getenv("XDG_DATA_DIRS").
         "/usr/share/ubuntu:/usr/share/gnome:/usr/local/share/:/usr/share/"
        -11> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/usr/share/ubuntu/my_application",
        +11> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +["/usr/share/ubuntu/my_application",
          "/usr/share/gnome/my_application",
          "/usr/local/share/my_application",
        - "/usr/share/my_application"]
        -12> os:unsetenv("XDG_DATA_DIRS").
        + "/usr/share/my_application"]
        +12> os:unsetenv("XDG_DATA_DIRS").
         true
        -13> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/usr/local/share/my_application",
        - "/usr/share/my_application"]

        On Darwin:

        5> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -["/Library/Application Support/my_application"]
      +13>
      filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}). +["/usr/local/share/my_application", + "/usr/share/my_application"]

      On Darwin:

      5> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
      +["/Library/Application Support/my_application"]
    @@ -759,12 +759,12 @@

    Returns the last component of Filename, or Filename itself if it does not -contain any directory separators.

    Examples:

    5> filename:basename("foo").
    +contain any directory separators.

    Examples:

    5> filename:basename("foo").
     "foo"
    -6> filename:basename("/usr/foo").
    +6> filename:basename("/usr/foo").
     "foo"
    -7> filename:basename("/").
    -[]
    +7>
    filename:basename("/"). +[]
    @@ -795,15 +795,15 @@

    Returns the last component of Filename with extension Ext stripped.

    This function is to be used to remove a (possible) specific extension. To remove an existing extension when you are unsure which one it is, use -rootname(basename(Filename)).

    Examples:

    8> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.erl", ".erl").
    +rootname(basename(Filename)).

    Examples:

    8> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.erl", ".erl").
     "kalle"
    -9> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.beam", ".erl").
    +9> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.beam", ".erl").
     "kalle.beam"
    -10> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.old.erl", ".erl").
    +10> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.old.erl", ".erl").
     "kalle.old"
    -11> filename:rootname(filename:basename("~/src/kalle.erl")).
    +11> filename:rootname(filename:basename("~/src/kalle.erl")).
     "kalle"
    -12> filename:rootname(filename:basename("~/src/kalle.beam")).
    +12> filename:rootname(filename:basename("~/src/kalle.beam")).
     "kalle"
    @@ -832,10 +832,10 @@ -

    Returns the directory part of Filename.

    Examples:

    13> filename:dirname("/usr/src/kalle.erl").
    +

    Returns the directory part of Filename.

    Examples:

    13> filename:dirname("/usr/src/kalle.erl").
     "/usr/src"
    -14> filename:dirname("kalle.erl").
    -"."
    5> filename:dirname("\\usr\\src/kalle.erl"). % Windows
    +14> filename:dirname("kalle.erl").
    +"."
    5> filename:dirname("\\usr\\src/kalle.erl"). % Windows
     "/usr/src"
    @@ -865,10 +865,10 @@

    Returns the file extension of Filename, including the period. Returns an empty -string if no extension exists.

    Examples:

    15> filename:extension("foo.erl").
    +string if no extension exists.

    Examples:

    15> filename:extension("foo.erl").
     ".erl"
    -16> filename:extension("beam.src/kalle").
    -[]
    +16>
    filename:extension("beam.src/kalle"). +[]
    @@ -928,10 +928,10 @@

    Joins a list of filename Components with directory separators. If one of the elements of Components includes an absolute path, such as "/xxx", the preceding elements, if any, are removed from the result.

    The result is "normalized":

    • Redundant directory separators are removed.
    • In Windows, all directory separators are forward slashes and the drive letter -is in lower case.

    Examples:

    17> filename:join(["/usr", "local", "bin"]).
    +is in lower case.

    Examples:

    17> filename:join(["/usr", "local", "bin"]).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gb_sets.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gb_sets.html	2025-01-25 10:23:47.660365454 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gb_sets.html	2025-01-25 10:23:47.664365475 +0000
    @@ -2076,7 +2076,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gb_trees.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gb_trees.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.692365614 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gb_trees.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.696365634 +0000 @@ -1609,7 +1609,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_event.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_event.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.740365854 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_event.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.748365894 +0000 @@ -1303,15 +1303,15 @@ but it may transform some values.

    Two possible use cases for this callback is to remove sensitive information from the state to prevent it from being printed in log files, or to compact large irrelevant status items -that would only clutter the logs.

    Example:

    format_status(Status) ->
    -  maps:map(
    -    fun(state,State) ->
    -            maps:remove(private_key, State);
    -       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
    -            {password, removed};
    -       (_,Value) ->
    +that would only clutter the logs.

    Example:

    format_status(Status) ->
    +  maps:map(
    +    fun(state,State) ->
    +            maps:remove(private_key, State);
    +       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
    +            {password, removed};
    +       (_,Value) ->
                 Value
    -    end, Status).

    Note

    This callback is optional, so event handler modules need not export it. + end, Status).

    Note

    This callback is optional, so event handler modules need not export it. If a handler does not export this function, the gen_event module uses the handler state directly for the purposes described below.

    If this callback is exported but fails, to hide possibly sensitive data, the default function will instead return the fact that @@ -2992,7 +2992,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_fsm.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_fsm.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.792366113 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_fsm.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.796366133 +0000 @@ -135,163 +135,163 @@ Migration to gen_statem

    Here follows a simple example of turning a gen_fsm into a gen_statem. -The example comes from the previous User's Guide for gen_fsm

    -module(code_lock).
    --define(NAME, code_lock).
    +The example comes from the previous User's Guide for gen_fsm

    -module(code_lock).
    +-define(NAME, code_lock).
     %-define(BEFORE_REWRITE, true).
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    --behaviour(gen_fsm).
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +-behaviour(gen_fsm).
     -else.
    --behaviour(gen_statem).
    +-behaviour(gen_statem).
     -endif.
     
    --export([start_link/1, button/1, stop/0]).
    +-export([start_link/1, button/1, stop/0]).
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    --export([init/1, locked/2, open/2, handle_sync_event/4, handle_event/3,
    -     handle_info/3, terminate/3, code_change/4]).
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +-export([init/1, locked/2, open/2, handle_sync_event/4, handle_event/3,
    +     handle_info/3, terminate/3, code_change/4]).
     -else.
    --export([init/1, callback_mode/0, locked/3, open/3,
    -     terminate/3, code_change/4]).
    +-export([init/1, callback_mode/0, locked/3, open/3,
    +     terminate/3, code_change/4]).
     %% Add callback__mode/0
     %% Change arity of the state functions
     %% Remove handle_info/3
     -endif.
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    -start_link(Code) ->
    -    gen_fsm:start_link({local, ?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +start_link(Code) ->
    +    gen_fsm:start_link({local, ?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
     -else.
    -start_link(Code) ->
    -    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
    +start_link(Code) ->
    +    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
     -endif.
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    -button(Digit) ->
    -    gen_fsm:send_event(?NAME, {button, Digit}).
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +button(Digit) ->
    +    gen_fsm:send_event(?NAME, {button, Digit}).
     -else.
    -button(Digit) ->
    -    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Digit}).
    +button(Digit) ->
    +    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Digit}).
         %% send_event is asynchronous and becomes a cast
     -endif.
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    -stop() ->
    -    gen_fsm:sync_send_all_state_event(?NAME, stop).
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +stop() ->
    +    gen_fsm:sync_send_all_state_event(?NAME, stop).
     -else.
    -stop() ->
    -    gen_statem:call(?NAME, stop).
    +stop() ->
    +    gen_statem:call(?NAME, stop).
         %% sync_send is synchronous and becomes call
         %% all_state is handled by callback code in gen_statem
     -endif.
     
    -init(Code) ->
    -    do_lock(),
    -    Data = #href_anchor"ss">code => Code, remaining => Code},
    -    {ok, locked, Data}.
    +init(Code) ->
    +    do_lock(),
    +    Data = #href_anchor"ss">code => Code, remaining => Code},
    +    {ok, locked, Data}.
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
     -else.
    -callback_mode() ->
    +callback_mode() ->
         state_functions.
     %% state_functions mode is the mode most similar to
     %% gen_fsm. There is also handle_event mode which is
     %% a fairly different concept.
     -endif.
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    -locked({button, Digit}, Data0) ->
    -    case analyze_lock(Digit, Data0) of
    -    {open = StateName, Data} ->
    -        {next_state, StateName, Data, 10000};
    -    {StateName, Data} ->
    -        {next_state, StateName, Data}
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +locked({button, Digit}, Data0) ->
    +    case analyze_lock(Digit, Data0) of
    +    {open = StateName, Data} ->
    +        {next_state, StateName, Data, 10000};
    +    {StateName, Data} ->
    +        {next_state, StateName, Data}
         end.
     -else.
    -locked(cast, {button,Digit}, Data0) ->
    -    case analyze_lock(Digit, Data0) of
    -    {open = StateName, Data} ->
    -        {next_state, StateName, Data, 10000};
    -    {StateName, Data} ->
    -        {next_state, StateName, Data}
    +locked(cast, {button,Digit}, Data0) ->
    +    case analyze_lock(Digit, Data0) of
    +    {open = StateName, Data} ->
    +        {next_state, StateName, Data, 10000};
    +    {StateName, Data} ->
    +        {next_state, StateName, Data}
         end;
    -locked({call, From}, Msg, Data) ->
    -    handle_call(From, Msg, Data);
    -locked({info, Msg}, StateName, Data) ->
    -    handle_info(Msg, StateName, Data).
    +locked({call, From}, Msg, Data) ->
    +    handle_call(From, Msg, Data);
    +locked({info, Msg}, StateName, Data) ->
    +    handle_info(Msg, StateName, Data).
     %% Arity differs
     %% All state events are dispatched to handle_call and handle_info help
     %% functions. If you want to handle a call or cast event specifically
     %% for this state you would add a special clause for it above.
     -endif.
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    -open(timeout, State) ->
    -     do_lock(),
    -    {next_state, locked, State};
    -open({button,_}, Data) ->
    -    {next_state, locked, Data}.
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +open(timeout, State) ->
    +     do_lock(),
    +    {next_state, locked, State};
    +open({button,_}, Data) ->
    +    {next_state, locked, Data}.
     -else.
    -open(timeout, _, Data) ->
    -    do_lock(),
    -    {next_state, locked, Data};
    -open(cast, {button,_}, Data) ->
    -    {next_state, locked, Data};
    -open({call, From}, Msg, Data) ->
    -    handle_call(From, Msg, Data);
    -open(info, Msg, Data) ->
    -    handle_info(Msg, open, Data).
    +open(timeout, _, Data) ->
    +    do_lock(),
    +    {next_state, locked, Data};
    +open(cast, {button,_}, Data) ->
    +    {next_state, locked, Data};
    +open({call, From}, Msg, Data) ->
    +    handle_call(From, Msg, Data);
    +open(info, Msg, Data) ->
    +    handle_info(Msg, open, Data).
     %% Arity differs
     %% All state events are dispatched to handle_call and handle_info help
     %% functions. If you want to handle a call or cast event specifically
     %% for this state you would add a special clause for it above.
     -endif.
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    -handle_sync_event(stop, _From, _StateName, Data) ->
    -    {stop, normal, ok, Data}.
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +handle_sync_event(stop, _From, _StateName, Data) ->
    +    {stop, normal, ok, Data}.
     
    -handle_event(Event, StateName, Data) ->
    -    {stop, {shutdown, {unexpected, Event, StateName}}, Data}.
    +handle_event(Event, StateName, Data) ->
    +    {stop, {shutdown, {unexpected, Event, StateName}}, Data}.
     
    -handle_info(Info, StateName, Data) ->
    -    {stop, {shutdown, {unexpected, Info, StateName}}, StateName, Data}.
    +handle_info(Info, StateName, Data) ->
    +    {stop, {shutdown, {unexpected, Info, StateName}}, StateName, Data}.
     -else.
     -endif.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_server.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_server.html	2025-01-25 10:23:47.852366413 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_server.html	2025-01-25 10:23:47.860366453 +0000
    @@ -1279,15 +1279,15 @@
     but it may transform some values.

    Two possible use cases for this callback is to remove sensitive information from the state to prevent it from being printed in log files, or to compact large irrelevant status items -that would only clutter the logs.

    Example:

    format_status(Status) ->
    -  maps:map(
    -    fun(state,State) ->
    -            maps:remove(private_key, State);
    -       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
    -            {password, removed};
    -       (_,Value) ->
    +that would only clutter the logs.

    Example:

    format_status(Status) ->
    +  maps:map(
    +    fun(state,State) ->
    +            maps:remove(private_key, State);
    +       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
    +            {password, removed};
    +       (_,Value) ->
                 Value
    -    end, Status).

    Note

    This callback is optional, so callback modules need not export it. The + end, Status).

    Note

    This callback is optional, so callback modules need not export it. The gen_server module provides a default implementation of this function that returns the callback module state.

    If this callback is exported but fails, to hide possibly sensitive data, @@ -3008,7 +3008,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_statem.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_statem.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.920366753 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_statem.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.924366772 +0000 @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ depending on callback mode Release upgrade/downgrade -(code change) +(code change) -----> Module:code_change/4

    State callback

    The state callback for a specific state in a gen_statem is the callback function that is called for all events in this state. It is selected depending on which callback mode @@ -302,97 +302,97 @@ Pushbutton Code -

    The following is the complete callback module file pushbutton.erl:

    -module(pushbutton).
    --behaviour(gen_statem).
    +

    The following is the complete callback module file pushbutton.erl:

    -module(pushbutton).
    +-behaviour(gen_statem).
     
    --export([start/0,push/0,get_count/0,stop/0]).
    --export([terminate/3,code_change/4,init/1,callback_mode/0]).
    --export([on/3,off/3]).
    +-export([start/0,push/0,get_count/0,stop/0]).
    +-export([terminate/3,code_change/4,init/1,callback_mode/0]).
    +-export([on/3,off/3]).
     
    -name() -> pushbutton_statem. % The registered server name
    +name() -> pushbutton_statem. % The registered server name
     
     %% API.  This example uses a registered name name()
     %% and does not link to the caller.
    -start() ->
    -    gen_statem:start({local,name()}, ?MODULE, [], []).
    -push() ->
    -    gen_statem:call(name(), push).
    -get_count() ->
    -    gen_statem:call(name(), get_count).
    -stop() ->
    -    gen_statem:stop(name()).
    +start() ->
    +    gen_statem:start({local,name()}, ?MODULE, [], []).
    +push() ->
    +    gen_statem:call(name(), push).
    +get_count() ->
    +    gen_statem:call(name(), get_count).
    +stop() ->
    +    gen_statem:stop(name()).
     
     %% Mandatory callback functions
    -terminate(_Reason, _State, _Data) ->
    +terminate(_Reason, _State, _Data) ->
         void.
    -code_change(_Vsn, State, Data, _Extra) ->
    -    {ok,State,Data}.
    -init([]) ->
    +code_change(_Vsn, State, Data, _Extra) ->
    +    {ok,State,Data}.
    +init([]) ->
         %% Set the initial state + data.  Data is used only as a counter.
         State = off, Data = 0,
    -    {ok,State,Data}.
    -callback_mode() -> state_functions.
    +    {ok,State,Data}.
    +callback_mode() -> state_functions.
     
     %%% state callback(s)
     
    -off({call,From}, push, Data) ->
    +off({call,From}, push, Data) ->
         %% Go to 'on', increment count and reply
         %% that the resulting status is 'on'
    -    {next_state,on,Data+1,[{reply,From,on}]};
    -off(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
    -    handle_event(EventType, EventContent, Data).
    +    {next_state,on,Data+1,[{reply,From,on}]};
    +off(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
    +    handle_event(EventType, EventContent, Data).
     
    -on({call,From}, push, Data) ->
    +on({call,From}, push, Data) ->
         %% Go to 'off' and reply that the resulting status is 'off'
    -    {next_state,off,Data,[{reply,From,off}]};
    -on(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
    -    handle_event(EventType, EventContent, Data).
    +    {next_state,off,Data,[{reply,From,off}]};
    +on(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
    +    handle_event(EventType, EventContent, Data).
     
     %% Handle events common to all states
    -handle_event({call,From}, get_count, Data) ->
    +handle_event({call,From}, get_count, Data) ->
         %% Reply with the current count
    -    {keep_state,Data,[{reply,From,Data}]};
    -handle_event(_, _, Data) ->
    +    {keep_state,Data,[{reply,From,Data}]};
    +handle_event(_, _, Data) ->
         %% Ignore all other events
    -    {keep_state,Data}.

    The following is a shell session when running it:

    1> pushbutton:start().
    -{ok,<0.36.0>}
    -2> pushbutton:get_count().
    +    {keep_state,Data}.

    The following is a shell session when running it:

    1> pushbutton:start().
    +{ok,<0.36.0>}
    +2> pushbutton:get_count().
     0
    -3> pushbutton:push().
    +3> pushbutton:push().
     on
    -4> pushbutton:get_count().
    +4> pushbutton:get_count().
     1
    -5> pushbutton:push().
    +5> pushbutton:push().
     off
    -6> pushbutton:get_count().
    +6> pushbutton:get_count().
     1
    -7> pushbutton:stop().
    +7> pushbutton:stop().
     ok
    -8> pushbutton:push().
    +8> pushbutton:push().
     ** exception exit: {noproc,{gen_statem,call,[pushbutton_statem,push,infinity]}}
          in function  gen:do_for_proc/2 (gen.erl, line 261)
          in call from gen_statem:call/3 (gen_statem.erl, line 386)

    To compare styles, here follows the same example using callback mode handle_event_function, or rather, the code to replace after function init/1 -of the pushbutton.erl example file above:

    callback_mode() -> handle_event_function.
    +of the pushbutton.erl example file above:

    callback_mode() -> handle_event_function.
     
     %%% state callback(s)
     
    -handle_event({call,From}, push, off, Data) ->
    +handle_event({call,From}, push, off, Data) ->
         %% Go to 'on', increment count and reply
         %% that the resulting status is 'on'
    -    {next_state,on,Data+1,[{reply,From,on}]};
    -handle_event({call,From}, push, on, Data) ->
    +    {next_state,on,Data+1,[{reply,From,on}]};
    +handle_event({call,From}, push, on, Data) ->
         %% Go to 'off' and reply that the resulting status is 'off'
    -    {next_state,off,Data,[{reply,From,off}]};
    +    {next_state,off,Data,[{reply,From,off}]};
     %%
     %% Event handling common to all states
    -handle_event({call,From}, get_count, State, Data) ->
    +handle_event({call,From}, get_count, State, Data) ->
         %% Reply with the current count
    -    {next_state,State,Data,[{reply,From,Data}]};
    -handle_event(_, _, State, Data) ->
    +    {next_state,State,Data,[{reply,From,Data}]};
    +handle_event(_, _, State, Data) ->
         %% Ignore all other events
    -    {next_state,State,Data}.

    Note

    + {next_state,State,Data}.

    Note

    @@ -3177,15 +3177,15 @@ containing the same keys as the input map, but it may transform some values.

    One use case for this function is to return compact alternative state representations to avoid having large state terms printed in log files. -Another is to hide sensitive data from being written to the error log.

    Example:

    format_status(Status) ->
    -  maps:map(
    -    fun(state,State) ->
    -            maps:remove(private_key, State);
    -       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
    -            {password, removed};
    -       (_,Value) ->
    +Another is to hide sensitive data from being written to the error log.

    Example:

    format_status(Status) ->
    +  maps:map(
    +    fun(state,State) ->
    +            maps:remove(private_key, State);
    +       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
    +            {password, removed};
    +       (_,Value) ->
                 Value
    -    end, Status).

    Note

    This callback is optional, so a callback module does not need + end, Status).

    Note

    This callback is optional, so a callback module does not need to export it. The gen_statem module provides a default implementation of this function that returns {State, Data}.

    If this callback is exported but fails, to hide possibly sensitive data, the default function will instead return {State, Info}, @@ -3359,8 +3359,8 @@ to initialize the implementation state and server data.

    Args is the Args argument provided to that start function.

    Note

    Note that if the gen_statem is started through proc_lib and enter_loop/4,5,6, this callback will never be called. Since this callback is not optional -it can in that case be implemented as:

    -spec init(_) -> no_return().
    -init(Args) -> erlang:error(not_implemented, [Args]).
    +it can in that case be implemented as:

    -spec init(_) -> no_return().
    +init(Args) -> erlang:error(not_implemented, [Args]).

    @@ -4793,7 +4793,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/introduction.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.948366892 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.948366892 +0000 @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io.html 2025-01-25 10:23:47.992367111 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.000367151 +0000 @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ Error Information

    The ErrorInfo mentioned in this module is the standard ErrorInfo structure -that is returned from all I/O modules. It has the following format:

    {ErrorLocation, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string that describes the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)
    +that is returned from all I/O modules. It has the following format:

    {ErrorLocation, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string that describes the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)
    @@ -1189,12 +1189,12 @@ no IoDevice argument is specified in the function calls in this module.

    It is sometimes desirable to use an explicit IoDevice argument that refers to the default I/O device. This is the case with functions that can access either a file or the default I/O device. The atom standard_io has this -special meaning. The following example illustrates this:

    27> io:read('enter>').
    +special meaning. The following example illustrates this:

    27> io:read('enter>').
     enter>foo.
    -{ok,foo}
    -28> io:read(standard_io, 'enter>').
    +{ok,foo}
    +28> io:read(standard_io, 'enter>').
     enter>bar.
    -{ok,bar}

    By default all I/O sent to standard_io will end up in the user +{ok,bar}

    By default all I/O sent to standard_io will end up in the user I/O device of the node that spawned the calling process.

    standard_io is an alias for group_leader/0, so in order to change where the default input/output requests are sent you can change the group leader of the current process using @@ -1469,33 +1469,33 @@ whitespace characters are stripped. An Erlang string (list of characters) is returned.

    If Unicode translation is in effect (~ts), characters > 255 are accepted, otherwise not. With the translation modifier, the returned list can as a -consequence also contain integers > 255:

    1> io:fread("Prompt> ","~s").
    +consequence also contain integers > 255:

    1> io:fread("Prompt> ","~s").
     Prompt> <Characters beyond latin1 range not printable in this medium>
    -{error,{fread,string}}
    -2> io:fread("Prompt> ","~ts").
    +{error,{fread,string}}
    +2> io:fread("Prompt> ","~ts").
     Prompt> <Characters beyond latin1 range not printable in this medium>
    -{ok,[[1091,1085,1080,1094,1086,1076,1077]]}
  • a - Similar to s, but the resulting string is converted into an +{ok,[[1091,1085,1080,1094,1086,1076,1077]]}

  • a - Similar to s, but the resulting string is converted into an atom.

  • c - The number of characters equal to the field width are read (default is 1) and returned as an Erlang string. However, leading and trailing whitespace characters are not omitted as they are with s. All -characters are returned.

    The Unicode translation modifier works as with s:

    1> io:fread("Prompt> ","~c").
    +characters are returned.

    The Unicode translation modifier works as with s:

    1> io:fread("Prompt> ","~c").
     Prompt> <Character beyond latin1 range not printable in this medium>
    -{error,{fread,string}}
    -2> io:fread("Prompt> ","~tc").
    +{error,{fread,string}}
    +2> io:fread("Prompt> ","~tc").
     Prompt> <Character beyond latin1 range not printable in this medium>
    -{ok,[[1091]]}
  • l - Returns the number of characters that have been scanned up to that +{ok,[[1091]]}

  • l - Returns the number of characters that have been scanned up to that point, including whitespace characters.

  • The function returns:
    • {ok, Terms} - The read was successful and Terms is the list of successfully matched and read items.

    • eof - End of file was encountered.

    • {error, FreadError} - The reading failed and FreadError gives a hint about the error.

    • {error, ErrorDescription} - The read operation failed and parameter -ErrorDescription gives a hint about the error.

    Examples:

    20> io:fread('enter>', "~f~f~f").
    +ErrorDescription gives a hint about the error.

    Examples:

    20> io:fread('enter>', "~f~f~f").
     enter>1.9 35.5e3 15.0
    -{ok,[1.9,3.55e4,15.0]}
    -21> io:fread('enter>', "~10f~d").
    +{ok,[1.9,3.55e4,15.0]}
    +21> io:fread('enter>', "~10f~d").
     enter>     5.67899
    -{ok,[5.678,99]}
    -22> io:fread('enter>', ":~10s:~10c:").
    +{ok,[5.678,99]}
    +22> io:fread('enter>', ":~10s:~10c:").
     enter>:   alan   :   joe    :
    -{ok, ["alan", "   joe    "]}
    +
    {ok, ["alan", " joe "]}
    @@ -1584,7 +1584,7 @@ the output device, and control sequences for formatting, see below. If Format is an atom or a binary, it is first converted to a list with the aid of atom_to_list/1 or -binary_to_list/1. Example:

    1> io:fwrite("Hello world!~n", []).
    +binary_to_list/1. Example:

    1> io:fwrite("Hello world!~n", []).
     Hello world!
     ok

    The general format of a control sequence is ~F.P.PadModC.

    The character C determines the type of control sequence to be used. It is the only required field. All of F, P, Pad, and Mod are optional. For @@ -1602,25 +1602,25 @@ padding character is ' ' (space).

  • Mod is the control sequence modifier. This is one or more characters that change the interpretation of Data.

    The current modifiers are:

    • t - For Unicode translation.

    • l - For stopping p and P from detecting printable characters.

    • k - For use with p, P, w, and W to format maps in map-key ordered order (see maps:iterator_order/0).

    • K - Similar to k, for formatting maps in map-key order, but takes an -extra argument that specifies the maps:iterator_order/0.

      For example:

      > M = #{ a => 1, b => 2 }.
      -#{a => 1,b => 2}
      -> io:format("~Kp~n", [reversed, M]).
      -#{b => 2,a => 1}
      +extra argument that specifies the maps:iterator_order/0.

      For example:

      > M = #{ a => 1, b => 2 }.
      +#{a => 1,b => 2}
      +> io:format("~Kp~n", [reversed, M]).
      +#{b => 2,a => 1}
       ok
  • If F, P, or Pad is a * character, the next argument in Data is used as -the value. For example:

    1> io:fwrite("~*.*.0f~n",[9, 5, 3.14159265]).
    +the value. For example:

    1> io:fwrite("~*.*.0f~n",[9, 5, 3.14159265]).
     003.14159
    -ok

    To use a literal * character as Pad, it must be passed as an argument:

    2> io:fwrite("~*.*.*f~n",[9, 5, $*, 3.14159265]).
    +ok

    To use a literal * character as Pad, it must be passed as an argument:

    2> io:fwrite("~*.*.*f~n",[9, 5, $*, 3.14159265]).
     **3.14159
     ok

    Available control sequences:

    • ~ - Character ~ is written.

    • c - The argument is a number that is interpreted as an ASCII code. The precision is the number of times the character is printed and defaults to the -field width, which in turn defaults to 1. Example:

      1> io:fwrite("|~10.5c|~-10.5c|~5c|~n", [$a, $b, $c]).
      +field width, which in turn defaults to 1. Example:

      1> io:fwrite("|~10.5c|~-10.5c|~5c|~n", [$a, $b, $c]).
       |     aaaaa|bbbbb     |ccccc|
       ok

      If the Unicode translation modifier (t) is in effect, the integer argument can be any number representing a valid Unicode codepoint, otherwise it is to -be an integer less than or equal to 255, otherwise it is masked with 16#FF:

      2> io:fwrite("~tc~n",[1024]).
      -\x{400}
      +be an integer less than or equal to 255, otherwise it is masked with 16#FF:

      2> io:fwrite("~tc~n",[1024]).
      +\x{400}
       ok
      -3> io:fwrite("~c~n",[1024]).
      +3> io:fwrite("~c~n",[1024]).
       ^@
       ok
    • f - The argument is a float that is written as [-]ddd.ddd, where the precision is the number of digits after the decimal point. The default @@ -1638,18 +1638,18 @@ binaries are in UTF-8. The characters are printed without quotes. The string is first truncated by the specified precision and then padded and justified to the specified field width. The default precision is the field width.

      This format can be used for printing any object and truncating the output so -it fits a specified field:

      1> io:fwrite("|~10w|~n", [{hey, hey, hey}]).
      +it fits a specified field:

      1> io:fwrite("|~10w|~n", [{hey, hey, hey}]).
       |**********|
       ok
      -2> io:fwrite("|~10s|~n", [io_lib:write({hey, hey, hey})]).
      -|{hey,hey,h|
      -3> io:fwrite("|~-10.8s|~n", [io_lib:write({hey, hey, hey})]).
      -|{hey,hey  |
      +2> io:fwrite("|~10s|~n", [io_lib:write({hey, hey, hey})]).
      +|{hey,hey,h|
      +3> io:fwrite("|~-10.8s|~n", [io_lib:write({hey, hey, hey})]).
      +|{hey,hey  |
       ok

      A list with integers > 255 is considered an error if the Unicode translation -modifier is not specified:

      4> io:fwrite("~ts~n",[[1024]]).
      -\x{400}
      +modifier is not specified:

      4> io:fwrite("~ts~n",[[1024]]).
      +\x{400}
       ok
      -5> io:fwrite("~s~n",[[1024]]).
      +5> io:fwrite("~s~n",[[1024]]).
       ** exception error: bad argument
            in function  io:format/3
               called as io:format(<0.53.0>,"~s~n",[[1024]])
    • w - Writes data with the standard syntax. This is used to output Erlang @@ -1660,122 +1660,122 @@ breaks terms whose printed representation is longer than one line into many lines and indents each line sensibly. Left-justification is not supported. It also tries to detect flat lists of printable characters and output these as -strings. For example:

      1> T = [{attributes,[[{id,age,1.50000},{mode,explicit},
      -{typename,"INTEGER"}], [{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typename,'Cho'}]]},
      -{typename,'Person'},{tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},{mode,implicit}].
      +strings. For example:

      1> T = [{attributes,[[{id,age,1.50000},{mode,explicit},
      +{typename,"INTEGER"}], [{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typename,'Cho'}]]},
      +{typename,'Person'},{tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},{mode,implicit}].
       ...
      -2> io:fwrite("~w~n", [T]).
      -[{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},{mode,explicit},{typename,
      -[73,78,84,69,71,69,82]}],[{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typena
      -me,'Cho'}]]},{typename,'Person'},{tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},{mode
      -,implicit}]
      +2> io:fwrite("~w~n", [T]).
      +[{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},{mode,explicit},{typename,
      +[73,78,84,69,71,69,82]}],[{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typena
      +me,'Cho'}]]},{typename,'Person'},{tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},{mode
      +,implicit}]
       ok
      -3> io:fwrite("~62p~n", [T]).
      -[{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},
      -               {mode,explicit},
      -               {typename,"INTEGER"}],
      -              [{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typename,'Cho'}]]},
      - {typename,'Person'},
      - {tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},
      - {mode,implicit}]
      +3> io:fwrite("~62p~n", [T]).
      +[{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},
      +               {mode,explicit},
      +               {typename,"INTEGER"}],
      +              [{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typename,'Cho'}]]},
      + {typename,'Person'},
      + {tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},
      + {mode,implicit}]
       ok

      The field width specifies the maximum line length. It defaults to 80. The precision specifies the initial indentation of the term. It defaults to the number of characters printed on this line in the same call to write/1 or -format/1,2,3. For example, using T above:

      4> io:fwrite("Here T = ~62p~n", [T]).
      -Here T = [{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},
      -                        {mode,explicit},
      -                        {typename,"INTEGER"}],
      -                       [{id,cho},
      -                        {mode,explicit},
      -                        {typename,'Cho'}]]},
      -          {typename,'Person'},
      -          {tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},
      -          {mode,implicit}]
      +format/1,2,3. For example, using T above:

      4> io:fwrite("Here T = ~62p~n", [T]).
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io_lib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io_lib.html	2025-01-25 10:23:48.032367311 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io_lib.html	2025-01-25 10:23:48.036367331 +0000
      @@ -1032,8 +1032,8 @@
       input is needed to complete the original format string. RestFormat is the
       remaining format string, Nchars is the number of characters scanned, and
       InputStack is the reversed list of inputs matched up to that point.

    • {error, What} - The read operation failed and parameter What gives a -hint about the error.

    Example:

    3> io_lib:fread("~f~f~f", "15.6 17.3e-6 24.5").
    -{ok,[15.6,1.73e-5,24.5],[]}
    +hint about the error.

    Example:

    3> io_lib:fread("~f~f~f", "15.6 17.3e-6 24.5").
    +{ok,[15.6,1.73e-5,24.5],[]}
    @@ -1538,11 +1538,11 @@ "...".

    Depth defaults to -1, which means no limitation. Option CharsLimit puts a soft limit on the number of characters returned. When the number of characters is reached, remaining structures are replaced by "...". CharsLimit defaults to -1, -which means no limit on the number of characters returned.

    Example:

    1> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9})).
    +which means no limit on the number of characters returned.

    Example:

    1> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9})).
     "{1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}"
    -2> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}, 5)).
    +2> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}, 5)).
     "{1,[2],[3],[...],...}"
    -3> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({[1,2,3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}, [{chars_limit,20}])).
    +3> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({[1,2,3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}, [{chars_limit,20}])).
     "{[1,2|...],[4|...],...}"
    @@ -1811,7 +1811,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io_protocol.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io_protocol.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.076367530 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io_protocol.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.084367571 +0000 @@ -146,8 +146,8 @@ Protocol Basics

    As described in Robert's paper, I/O servers and clients communicate using -io_request/io_reply tuples as follows:

    {io_request, From, ReplyAs, Request}
    -{io_reply, ReplyAs, Reply}

    The client sends an io_request tuple to the I/O server and the server +io_request/io_reply tuples as follows:

    {io_request, From, ReplyAs, Request}
    +{io_reply, ReplyAs, Reply}

    The client sends an io_request tuple to the I/O server and the server eventually sends a corresponding io_reply tuple.

    • From is the pid/0 of the client, the process which the I/O server sends the I/O reply to.

    • ReplyAs can be any datum and is returned in the corresponding io_reply. The io module monitors the I/O server and uses the monitor reference as @@ -164,8 +164,8 @@ Output Requests -

      To output characters on an I/O device, the following Requests exist:

      {put_chars, Encoding, Characters}
      -{put_chars, Encoding, Module, Function, Args}
      • Encoding is unicode or latin1, meaning that the characters are (in case +

        To output characters on an I/O device, the following Requests exist:

        {put_chars, Encoding, Characters}
        +{put_chars, Encoding, Module, Function, Args}
        • Encoding is unicode or latin1, meaning that the characters are (in case of binaries) encoded as UTF-8 or ISO Latin-1 (pure bytes). A well-behaved I/O server is also to return an error indication if list elements contain integers > 255 when Encoding is set to latin1.

          Notice that this does not in any way tell how characters are to be put on the @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Input Requests -

          To read characters from an I/O device, the following Requests exist:

          {get_until, Encoding, Prompt, Module, Function, ExtraArgs}
          • Encoding denotes how data is to be sent back to the client and what data is +

            To read characters from an I/O device, the following Requests exist:

            {get_until, Encoding, Prompt, Module, Function, ExtraArgs}
            • Encoding denotes how data is to be sent back to the client and what data is sent to the function denoted by Module/Function/ExtraArgs. If the function supplied returns data as a list, the data is converted to this encoding. If the function supplied returns data in some other format, no @@ -207,8 +207,8 @@ nothing being written to the I/O device).

            • Module, Function, and ExtraArgs denote a function and arguments to determine when enough data is written. The function is to take two more arguments, the last state, and a list of characters. The function is to return -one of:

              {done, Result, RestChars}
              -{more, Continuation}

              Result can be any Erlang term, but if it is a list/0, the I/O server can +one of:

              {done, Result, RestChars}
              +{more, Continuation}

              Result can be any Erlang term, but if it is a list/0, the I/O server can convert it to a binary/0 of appropriate format before returning it to the client, if the I/O server is set in binary mode (see below).

              The function is called with the data the I/O server finds on its I/O device, returning one of:

              • {done, Result, RestChars} when enough data is read. In this case Result @@ -218,28 +218,28 @@ characters are available. When no more characters are available, the function must return {done, eof, Rest}. The initial state is the empty list. The data when an end of file is reached on the IO device is the atom eof.

                An emulation of the get_line request can be (inefficiently) implemented -using the following functions:

                -module(demo).
                --export([until_newline/3, get_line/1]).
                +using the following functions:

                -module(demo).
                +-export([until_newline/3, get_line/1]).
                 
                -until_newline(_ThisFar,eof,_MyStopCharacter) ->
                -    {done,eof,[]};
                -until_newline(ThisFar,CharList,MyStopCharacter) ->
                +until_newline(_ThisFar,eof,_MyStopCharacter) ->
                +    {done,eof,[]};
                +until_newline(ThisFar,CharList,MyStopCharacter) ->
                     case
                -        lists:splitwith(fun(X) -> X =/= MyStopCharacter end,  CharList)
                +        lists:splitwith(fun(X) -> X =/= MyStopCharacter end,  CharList)
                     of
                -  {L,[]} ->
                -            {more,ThisFar++L};
                -  {L2,[MyStopCharacter|Rest]} ->
                -      {done,ThisFar++L2++[MyStopCharacter],Rest}
                +  {L,[]} ->
                +            {more,ThisFar++L};
                +  {L2,[MyStopCharacter|Rest]} ->
                +      {done,ThisFar++L2++[MyStopCharacter],Rest}
                     end.
                 
                -get_line(IoServer) ->
                -    IoServer ! {io_request,
                -                self(),
                +get_line(IoServer) ->
                +    IoServer ! {io_request,
                +                self(),
                                 IoServer,
                -                {get_until, unicode, '', ?MODULE, until_newline, [$\n]}},
                +                {get_until, unicode, '', ?MODULE, until_newline, [$\n]}},
                     receive
                -        {io_reply, IoServer, Data} ->
                +        {io_reply, IoServer, Data} ->
                       Data
                     end.

                Notice that the last element in the Request tuple ([$\n]) is appended to the argument list when the function is called. The function is to be called @@ -277,10 +277,10 @@ must be able to handle binary data. For convenience, the modes of an I/O server can be set and retrieved using the following I/O requests:

                {setopts, Opts}
                • Opts is a list of options in the format recognized by the proplists module (and by the I/O server).

                As an example, the I/O server for the interactive shell (in group.erl) -understands the following options:

                {binary, boolean()} (or binary/list)
                -{echo, boolean()}
                -{expand_fun, fun()}
                -{encoding, unicode/latin1} (or unicode/latin1)

                Options binary and encoding are common for all I/O servers in OTP, while +understands the following options:

                {binary, boolean()} (or binary/list)
                +{echo, boolean()}
                +{expand_fun, fun()}
                +{encoding, unicode/latin1} (or unicode/latin1)

                Options binary and encoding are common for all I/O servers in OTP, while echo and expand are valid only for this I/O server. Option unicode notifies how characters are put on the physical I/O device, that is, if the terminal itself is Unicode-aware. It does not affect how characters are sent in @@ -303,9 +303,9 @@ continue until one of the requests results in an error or the list is consumed. The result of the last request is sent back to the client.

              The I/O server can, for a list of requests, send any of the following valid results in the reply, depending on the requests in the list:

              ok
              -{ok, Data}
              -{ok, Options}
              -{error, Error}

              +{ok, Data} +{ok, Options} +{error, Error}

    @@ -335,128 +335,128 @@ process handling incoming requests, usually both I/O-requests and other I/O device-specific requests (positioning, closing, and so on).

    The example I/O server stores characters in an ETS table, making up a fairly crude RAM file.

    The module begins with the usual directives, a function to start the I/O server -and a main loop handling the requests:

    -module(ets_io_server).
    +and a main loop handling the requests:

    -module(ets_io_server).
     
    --export([start_link/0, init/0, loop/1, until_newline/3, until_enough/3]).
    +-export([start_link/0, init/0, loop/1, until_newline/3, until_enough/3]).
     
    --define(CHARS_PER_REC, 10).
    +-define(CHARS_PER_REC, 10).
     
    --record(state, {
    +-record(state, {
     	  table,
     	  position, % absolute
     	  mode % binary | list
    -	 }).
    +	 }).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    spawn_link(?MODULE,init,[]).
    +start_link() ->
    +    spawn_link(?MODULE,init,[]).
     
    -init() ->
    -    Table = ets:new(noname,[ordered_set]),
    -    ?MODULE:loop(#href_anchor"ss">state{table = Table, position = 0, mode=list}).
    +init() ->
    +    Table = ets:new(noname,[ordered_set]),
    +    ?MODULE:loop(#href_anchor"ss">state{table = Table, position = 0, mode=list}).
     
    -loop(State) ->
    +loop(State) ->
         receive
    -	{io_request, From, ReplyAs, Request} ->
    -	    case request(Request,State) of
    -		{Tag, Reply, NewState} when Tag =:= ok; Tag =:= error ->
    -		    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply),
    -		    ?MODULE:loop(NewState);
    -		{stop, Reply, _NewState} ->
    -		    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply),
    -		    exit(Reply)
    +	{io_request, From, ReplyAs, Request} ->
    +	    case request(Request,State) of
    +		{Tag, Reply, NewState} when Tag =:= ok; Tag =:= error ->
    +		    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply),
    +		    ?MODULE:loop(NewState);
    +		{stop, Reply, _NewState} ->
    +		    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply),
    +		    exit(Reply)
     	    end;
     	%% Private message
    -	{From, rewind} ->
    -	    From ! {self(), ok},
    -	    ?MODULE:loop(State#state{position = 0});
    +	{From, rewind} ->
    +	    From ! {self(), ok},
    +	    ?MODULE:loop(State#state{position = 0});
     	_Unknown ->
    -	    ?MODULE:loop(State)
    +	    ?MODULE:loop(State)
         end.

    The main loop receives messages from the client (which can use the the io module to send requests). For each request, the function request/2 is called and a reply is eventually sent using function reply/3.

    The "private" message {From, rewind} results in the current position in the pseudo-file to be reset to 0 (the beginning of the "file"). This is a typical example of I/O device-specific messages not being part of the I/O protocol. It is usually a bad idea to embed such private messages in io_request tuples, as -that can confuse the reader.

    First, we examine the reply function:

    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply) ->
    -    From ! {io_reply, ReplyAs, Reply}.

    It sends the io_reply tuple back to the client, providing element ReplyAs +that can confuse the reader.

    First, we examine the reply function:

    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply) ->
    +    From ! {io_reply, ReplyAs, Reply}.

    It sends the io_reply tuple back to the client, providing element ReplyAs received in the request along with the result of the request, as described -earlier.

    We need to handle some requests. First the requests for writing characters:

    request({put_chars, Encoding, Chars}, State) ->
    -    put_chars(unicode:characters_to_list(Chars,Encoding),State);
    -request({put_chars, Encoding, Module, Function, Args}, State) ->
    +earlier.

    We need to handle some requests. First the requests for writing characters:

    request({put_chars, Encoding, Chars}, State) ->
    +    put_chars(unicode:characters_to_list(Chars,Encoding),State);
    +request({put_chars, Encoding, Module, Function, Args}, State) ->
         try
    -	request({put_chars, Encoding, apply(Module, Function, Args)}, State)
    +	request({put_chars, Encoding, apply(Module, Function, Args)}, State)
         catch
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/json.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/json.html	2025-01-25 10:23:48.116367730 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/json.html	2025-01-25 10:23:48.120367750 +0000
    @@ -991,8 +991,8 @@
       
       Example
     

    -
    > json:decode(<<"{\"foo\": 1}">>).
    -#{<<"foo">> => 1}
    +
    > json:decode(<<"{\"foo\": 1}">>).
    +#{<<"foo">> => 1}
    @@ -1044,9 +1044,9 @@ Example -

    Decoding object keys as atoms:

    > Push = fun(Key, Value, Acc) -> [{binary_to_existing_atom(Key), Value} | Acc] end.
    -> json:decode(<<"{\"foo\": 1}">>, ok, #{object_push => Push}).
    -{#{foo => 1},ok,<<>>}
    +

    Decoding object keys as atoms:

    > Push = fun(Key, Value, Acc) -> [{binary_to_existing_atom(Key), Value} | Acc] end.
    +> json:decode(<<"{\"foo\": 1}">>, ok, #{object_push => Push}).
    +{#{foo => 1},ok,<<>>}
    @@ -1079,11 +1079,11 @@

    Continue parsing a stream of bytes of a JSON value.

    Similar to decode_start/3, if the function returns {continue, State} and -there is no more data, use end_of_input instead of a binary.

    > {continue, State} = json:decode_start(<<"{\"foo\":">>, ok, #{}).
    -> json:decode_continue(<<"1}">>, State).
    -{#{foo => 1},ok,<<>>}
    > {continue, State} = json:decode_start(<<"123">>, ok, #{}).
    -> json:decode_continue(end_of_input, State).
    -{123,ok,<<>>}
    +there is no more data, use end_of_input instead of a binary.

    > {continue, State} = json:decode_start(<<"{\"foo\":">>, ok, #{}).
    +> json:decode_continue(<<"1}">>, State).
    +{#{foo => 1},ok,<<>>}
    > {continue, State} = json:decode_start(<<"123">>, ok, #{}).
    +> json:decode_continue(end_of_input, State).
    +{123,ok,<<>>}
    @@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ Examples -
    > iolist_to_binary(json:encode(#{foo => <<"bar">>})).
    +
    > iolist_to_binary(json:encode(#{foo => <<"bar">>})).
     <<"{\"foo\":\"bar\"}">>
    @@ -1195,10 +1195,10 @@ Examples

    An encoder that uses a heuristic to differentiate object-like -lists of key-value pairs from plain lists:

    > encoder([{_, _} | _] = Value, Encode) -> json:encode_key_value_list(Value, Encode);
    -> encoder(Other, Encode) -> json:encode_value(Other, Encode).
    -> custom_encode(Value) -> json:encode(Value, fun(Value, Encode) -> encoder(Value, Encode) end).
    -> iolist_to_binary(custom_encode([{a, []}, {b, 1}])).
    +lists of key-value pairs from plain lists:

    > encoder([{_, _} | _] = Value, Encode) -> json:encode_key_value_list(Value, Encode);
    +> encoder(Other, Encode) -> json:encode_value(Other, Encode).
    +> custom_encode(Value) -> json:encode(Value, fun(Value, Encode) -> encoder(Value, Encode) end).
    +> iolist_to_binary(custom_encode([{a, []}, {b, 1}])).
     <<"{\"a\":[],\"b\":1}">>
    @@ -1590,11 +1590,11 @@ -

    Generates formatted JSON corresponding to Term.

    Similiar to encode/1 but with added whitespaces for formatting.

    > io:put_chars(json:format(#{foo => <<"bar">>, baz => 52})).
    -{
    +

    Generates formatted JSON corresponding to Term.

    Similiar to encode/1 but with added whitespaces for formatting.

    > io:put_chars(json:format(#{foo => <<"bar">>, baz => 52})).
    +{
       "baz": 52,
       "foo": "bar"
    -}
    +}
     ok
    @@ -1659,20 +1659,20 @@

    Generates formatted JSON corresponding to Term.

    Similar to encode/2, can be customised with the Encoder callback and Options.

    Options can include 'indent' to specify number of spaces per level and 'max' which loosely limits the width of lists.

    The Encoder will get a 'State' argument which contains the 'Options' maps merged with other data when recursing through 'Term'.

    format_value/3 or various encode_* functions in this module can be used -to help in constructing such callbacks.

    > formatter({posix_time, SysTimeSecs}, Encode, State) ->
    -    TimeStr = calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(SysTimeSecs, [{offset, "Z"}]),
    -    json:format_value(unicode:characters_to_binary(TimeStr), Encode, State);
    -> formatter(Other, Encode, State) -> json:format_value(Other, Encode, State).
    +to help in constructing such callbacks.

    > formatter({posix_time, SysTimeSecs}, Encode, State) ->
    +    TimeStr = calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(SysTimeSecs, [{offset, "Z"}]),
    +    json:format_value(unicode:characters_to_binary(TimeStr), Encode, State);
    +> formatter(Other, Encode, State) -> json:format_value(Other, Encode, State).
     >
    -> Fun = fun(Value, Encode, State) -> formatter(Value, Encode, State) end.
    -> Options = #{indent => 4}.
    -> Term = #{id => 1, time => {posix_time, erlang:system_time(seconds)}}.
    +> Fun = fun(Value, Encode, State) -> formatter(Value, Encode, State) end.
    +> Options = #{indent => 4}.
    +> Term = #{id => 1, time => {posix_time, erlang:system_time(seconds)}}.
     >
    -> io:put_chars(json:format(Term, Fun, Options)).
    -{
    +> io:put_chars(json:format(Term, Fun, Options)).
    +{
         "id": 1,
         "time": "2024-05-23T16:07:48Z"
    -}
    +}
     ok
    @@ -1733,7 +1733,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/lists.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/lists.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.172368010 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/lists.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.172368010 +0000 @@ -1167,8 +1167,8 @@ -

    Returns a list in which all the sublists of ListOfLists have been appended.

    Example:

    > lists:append([[1, 2, 3], [a, b], [4, 5, 6]]).
    -[1,2,3,a,b,4,5,6]
    +

    Returns a list in which all the sublists of ListOfLists have been appended.

    Example:

    > lists:append([[1, 2, 3], [a, b], [4, 5, 6]]).
    +[1,2,3,a,b,4,5,6]
    @@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@

    Returns a new list List3, which is made from the elements of List1 followed -by the elements of List2.

    Example:

    > lists:append("abc", "def").
    +by the elements of List2.

    Example:

    > lists:append("abc", "def").
     "abcdef"

    lists:append(A, B) is equivalent to A ++ B.

    @@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@

    Concatenates the text representation of the elements of Things. The elements -of Things can be atoms, integers, floats, or strings.

    Example:

    > lists:concat([doc, '/', file, '.', 3]).
    +of Things can be atoms, integers, floats, or strings.

    Example:

    > lists:concat([doc, '/', file, '.', 3]).
     "doc/file.3"
    @@ -1347,8 +1347,8 @@ -

    Returns a list containing N copies of term Elem.

    Example:

    > lists:duplicate(5, xx).
    -[xx,xx,xx,xx,xx]
    +

    Returns a list containing N copies of term Elem.

    Example:

    > lists:duplicate(5, xx).
    +[xx,xx,xx,xx,xx]
    @@ -1449,12 +1449,12 @@

    Returns List1 with each element H replaced by a tuple of form {I, H} where I is the position of H in List1. The enumeration starts with Index and increases by Step in each step.

    That is, enumerate/3 behaves as if it had been defined as -follows:

    enumerate(I, S, List) ->
    -  {List1, _ } = lists:mapfoldl(fun(T, Acc) -> {{Acc, T}, Acc+S} end, I, List),
    -  List1.

    The default values for Index and Step are both 1.

    Examples:

    > lists:enumerate([a,b,c]).
    -[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]
    > lists:enumerate(10, [a,b,c]).
    -[{10,a},{11,b},{12,c}]
    > lists:enumerate(0, -2, [a,b,c]).
    -[{0,a},{-2,b},{-4,c}]
    +follows:

    enumerate(I, S, List) ->
    +  {List1, _ } = lists:mapfoldl(fun(T, Acc) -> {{Acc, T}, Acc+S} end, I, List),
    +  List1.

    The default values for Index and Step are both 1.

    Examples:

    > lists:enumerate([a,b,c]).
    +[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]
    > lists:enumerate(10, [a,b,c]).
    +[{10,a},{11,b},{12,c}]
    > lists:enumerate(0, -2, [a,b,c]).
    +[{0,a},{-2,b},{-4,c}]
    @@ -1523,15 +1523,15 @@

    Calls Fun(Elem) on successive elements Elem of List1 in order to update or remove elements from List1.

    Fun/1 must return either a Boolean or a tuple {true, Value}. The function returns the list of elements for which Fun returns a new value, where a value -of true is synonymous with {true, Elem}.

    That is, filtermap behaves as if it had been defined as follows:

    filtermap(Fun, List1) ->
    -    lists:foldr(fun(Elem, Acc) ->
    -                       case Fun(Elem) of
    +of true is synonymous with {true, Elem}.

    That is, filtermap behaves as if it had been defined as follows:

    filtermap(Fun, List1) ->
    +    lists:foldr(fun(Elem, Acc) ->
    +                       case Fun(Elem) of
                                false -> Acc;
    -                           true -> [Elem|Acc];
    -                           {true,Value} -> [Value|Acc]
    +                           true -> [Elem|Acc];
    +                           {true,Value} -> [Value|Acc]
                            end
    -                end, [], List1).

    Example:

    > lists:filtermap(fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> {true, X div 2}; _ -> false end end, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    -[1,2]
    +
    end, [], List1).

    Example:

    > lists:filtermap(fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> {true, X div 2}; _ -> false end end, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +[1,2]
    @@ -1590,9 +1590,9 @@

    Takes a function from As to lists of Bs, and a list of As (List1) and produces a list of Bs by applying the function to every element in List1 and -appending the resulting lists.

    That is, flatmap behaves as if it had been defined as follows:

    flatmap(Fun, List1) ->
    -    append(map(Fun, List1)).

    Example:

    > lists:flatmap(fun(X)->[X,X] end, [a,b,c]).
    -[a,a,b,b,c,c]
    +appending the resulting lists.

    That is, flatmap behaves as if it had been defined as follows:

    flatmap(Fun, List1) ->
    +    append(map(Fun, List1)).

    Example:

    > lists:flatmap(fun(X)->[X,X] end, [a,b,c]).
    +[a,a,b,b,c,c]
    @@ -1688,9 +1688,9 @@

    Calls Fun(Elem, AccIn) on successive elements A of List, starting with AccIn == Acc0. Fun/2 must return a new accumulator, which is passed to the next call. The function returns the final value of the accumulator. Acc0 is -returned if the list is empty.

    Example:

    > lists:foldl(fun(X, Sum) -> X + Sum end, 0, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +returned if the list is empty.

    Example:

    > lists:foldl(fun(X, Sum) -> X + Sum end, 0, [1,2,3,4,5]).
     15
    -> lists:foldl(fun(X, Prod) -> X * Prod end, 1, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +> lists:foldl(fun(X, Prod) -> X * Prod end, 1, [1,2,3,4,5]).
     120
    @@ -1727,11 +1727,11 @@ -

    Like foldl/3, but the list is traversed from right to left.

    Example:

    > P = fun(A, AccIn) -> io:format("~p ", [A]), AccIn end.
    +

    Like foldl/3, but the list is traversed from right to left.

    Example:

    > P = fun(A, AccIn) -> io:format("~p ", [A]), AccIn end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.12.2225172>
    -> lists:foldl(P, void, [1,2,3]).
    +> lists:foldl(P, void, [1,2,3]).
     1 2 3 void
    -> lists:foldr(P, void, [1,2,3]).
    +> lists:foldr(P, void, [1,2,3]).
     3 2 1 void

    foldl/3 is tail recursive and is usually preferred to foldr/3.

    @@ -1794,12 +1794,12 @@

    Inserts Sep between each element in List1. Has no effect on the empty list -and on a singleton list. For example:

    > lists:join(x, [a,b,c]).
    -[a,x,b,x,c]
    -> lists:join(x, [a]).
    -[a]
    -> lists:join(x, []).
    -[]
    +and on a singleton list. For example:

    > lists:join(x, [a,b,c]).
    +[a,x,b,x,c]
    +> lists:join(x, [a]).
    +[a]
    +> lists:join(x, []).
    +[]
    @@ -1900,10 +1900,10 @@

    Returns a list of tuples where, for each tuple in TupleList1, the Nth element Term1 of the tuple has been replaced with the result of calling -Fun(Term1).

    Examples:

    > Fun = fun(Atom) -> atom_to_list(Atom) end.
    +Fun(Term1).

    Examples:

    > Fun = fun(Atom) -> atom_to_list(Atom) end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.6.10732646>
    -2> lists:keymap(Fun, 2, [{name,jane,22},{name,lizzie,20},{name,lydia,15}]).
    -[{name,"jane",22},{name,"lizzie",20},{name,"lydia",15}]
    +2>
    lists:keymap(Fun, 2, [{name,jane,22},{name,lizzie,20},{name,lydia,15}]). +[{name,"jane",22},{name,"lizzie",20},{name,"lydia",15}]
    @@ -2244,9 +2244,9 @@ -

    Combines the operations of map/2 and foldl/3 into one pass.

    Example:

    Summing the elements in a list and double them at the same time:

    > lists:mapfoldl(fun(X, Sum) -> {2*X, X+Sum} end,
    -0, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[2,4,6,8,10],15}
    +

    Combines the operations of map/2 and foldl/3 into one pass.

    Example:

    Summing the elements in a list and double them at the same time:

    > lists:mapfoldl(fun(X, Sum) -> {2*X, X+Sum} end,
    +0, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[2,4,6,8,10],15}
    @@ -2538,7 +2538,7 @@ -

    Returns the Nth element of List.

    Example:

    > lists:nth(3, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    +

    Returns the Nth element of List.

    Example:

    > lists:nth(3, [a, b, c, d, e]).
     c
    @@ -2568,14 +2568,14 @@

    Returns the Nth tail of List, that is, the sublist of List starting at -N+1 and continuing up to the end of the list.

    Example

    > lists:nthtail(3, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    -[d,e]
    -> tl(tl(tl([a, b, c, d, e]))).
    -[d,e]
    -> lists:nthtail(0, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    -[a,b,c,d,e]
    -> lists:nthtail(5, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    -[]
    +N+1 and continuing up to the end of the list.

    Example

    > lists:nthtail(3, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    +[d,e]
    +> tl(tl(tl([a, b, c, d, e]))).
    +[d,e]
    +> lists:nthtail(0, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    +[a,b,c,d,e]
    +> lists:nthtail(5, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    +[]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/log_mf_h.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/log_mf_h.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.196368129 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/log_mf_h.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.196368129 +0000 @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/maps.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/maps.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.236368329 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/maps.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.240368349 +0000 @@ -745,10 +745,10 @@

    Returns a map Map for which predicate Pred holds true in MapOrIter.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if MapOrIter is not a map or -valid iterator, or with badarg if Pred is not a function of arity 2.

    Example:

    > M = #{a => 2, b => 3, c=> 4, "a" => 1, "b" => 2, "c" => 4},
    -  Pred = fun(K,V) -> is_atom(K) andalso (V rem 2) =:= 0 end,
    -  maps:filter(Pred,M).
    -#{a => 2,c => 4}
    +valid iterator, or with badarg if Pred is not a function of arity 2.

    Example:

    > M = #{a => 2, b => 3, c=> 4, "a" => 1, "b" => 2, "c" => 4},
    +  Pred = fun(K,V) -> is_atom(K) andalso (V rem 2) =:= 0 end,
    +  maps:filter(Pred,M).
    +#{a => 2,c => 4}
    @@ -787,10 +787,10 @@ map. If it returns false, the association is not copied. If it returns {true, NewValue}, the value for Key is replaced with NewValue in the result map.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if MapOrIter is not a map or -valid iterator, or with badarg if Fun is not a function of arity 2.

    Example:

    > Fun = fun(K,V) when is_atom(K) -> {true, V*2}; (_,V) -> (V rem 2) =:= 0 end,
    -  Map = #{k1 => 1, "k2" => 2, "k3" => 3},
    -  maps:filtermap(Fun,Map).
    -#{k1 => 2,"k2" => 2}
    +valid iterator, or with badarg if Fun is not a function of arity 2.

    Example:

    > Fun = fun(K,V) when is_atom(K) -> {true, V*2}; (_,V) -> (V rem 2) =:= 0 end,
    +  Map = #{k1 => 1, "k2" => 2, "k3" => 3},
    +  maps:filtermap(Fun,Map).
    +#{k1 => 2,"k2" => 2}
    @@ -821,10 +821,10 @@

    Returns a tuple {ok, Value}, where Value is the value associated with Key, -or error if no value is associated with Key in Map.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{"hi" => 42},
    +or error if no value is associated with Key in Map.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{"hi" => 42},
       Key = "hi",
    -  maps:find(Key,Map).
    -{ok,42}
    +
    maps:find(Key,Map). +{ok,42}
    @@ -865,9 +865,9 @@ which is passed to the next successive call. This function returns the final value of the accumulator. The initial accumulator value Init is returned if the map is empty.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if MapOrIter is not a map or -valid iterator, or with badarg if Fun is not a function of arity 3.

    Example:

    > Fun = fun(K,V,AccIn) when is_list(K) -> AccIn + V end,
    -  Map = #{"k1" => 1, "k2" => 2, "k3" => 3},
    -  maps:fold(Fun,0,Map).
    +valid iterator, or with badarg if Fun is not a function of arity 3.

    Example:

    > Fun = fun(K,V,AccIn) when is_list(K) -> AccIn + V end,
    +  Map = #{"k1" => 1, "k2" => 2, "k3" => 3},
    +  maps:fold(Fun,0,Map).
     6
    @@ -934,8 +934,8 @@

    Takes a list of keys and a value and builds a map where all keys point to the -same value. The key can be in any order, and keys and value can be of any term.

    Example:

    > Keys = ["a", "b", "c"], maps:from_keys(Keys, ok).
    -#{"a" => ok,"b" => ok,"c" => ok}
    +same value. The key can be in any order, and keys and value can be of any term.

    Example:

    > Keys = ["a", "b", "c"], maps:from_keys(Keys, ok).
    +#{"a" => ok,"b" => ok,"c" => ok}
    @@ -967,9 +967,9 @@

    Takes a list of key-value tuples elements and builds a map. The associations can be in any order, and both keys and values in the association can be of any term.

    If the same key appears more than once, the latter (right-most) value is used -and the previous values are ignored.

    Example:

    > List = [{"a",ignored},{1337,"value two"},{42,value_three},{"a",1}],
    -  maps:from_list(List).
    -#{42 => value_three,1337 => "value two","a" => 1}
    +and the previous values are ignored.

    Example:

    > List = [{"a",ignored},{1337,"value two"},{42,value_three},{"a",1}],
    +  maps:from_list(List).
    +#{42 => value_three,1337 => "value two","a" => 1}
    @@ -1001,8 +1001,8 @@

    Returns value Value associated with Key if Map contains Key.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map, or with a {badkey,Key} exception if no value is associated with Key.

    Example:

    > Key = 1337,
    -  Map = #{42 => value_two,1337 => "value one","a" => 1},
    -  maps:get(Key,Map).
    +  Map = #{42 => value_two,1337 => "value one","a" => 1},
    +  maps:get(Key,Map).
     "value one"
    @@ -1034,11 +1034,11 @@

    Returns value Value associated with Key if Map contains Key. If no value -is associated with Key, Default is returned.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{ key1 => val1, key2 => val2 }.
    -#{key1 => val1,key2 => val2}
    -> maps:get(key1, Map, "Default value").
    +is associated with Key, Default is returned.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{ key1 => val1, key2 => val2 }.
    +#{key1 => val1,key2 => val2}
    +> maps:get(key1, Map, "Default value").
     val1
    -> maps:get(key3, Map, "Default value").
    +> maps:get(key3, Map, "Default value").
     "Default value"
    @@ -1078,11 +1078,11 @@

    Partitions the given List into a map of groups.

    The result is a map where each key is given by KeyFun and each value is a list of elements from the given List for which KeyFun returned the same key.

    The order of elements within each group list is preserved from the original -list.

    Examples:

    > EvenOdd = fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> even; 1 -> odd end end,
    -maps:groups_from_list(EvenOdd, [1, 2, 3]).
    -#{even => [2], odd => [1, 3]}
    -> maps:groups_from_list(fun erlang:length/1, ["ant", "buffalo", "cat", "dingo"]).
    -#{3 => ["ant", "cat"], 5 => ["dingo"], 7 => ["buffalo"]}
    +list.

    Examples:

    > EvenOdd = fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> even; 1 -> odd end end,
    +maps:groups_from_list(EvenOdd, [1, 2, 3]).
    +#{even => [2], odd => [1, 3]}
    +> maps:groups_from_list(fun erlang:length/1, ["ant", "buffalo", "cat", "dingo"]).
    +#{3 => ["ant", "cat"], 5 => ["dingo"], 7 => ["buffalo"]}
    @@ -1124,15 +1124,15 @@

    Partitions the given List into a map of groups.

    The result is a map where each key is given by KeyFun and each value is a list of elements from the given List, mapped via ValueFun, for which KeyFun returned the same key.

    The order of elements within each group list is preserved from the original -list.

    Examples:

    > EvenOdd = fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> even; 1 -> odd end end,
    -> Square = fun(X) -> X * X end,
    -> maps:groups_from_list(EvenOdd, Square, [1, 2, 3]).
    -#{even => [4], odd => [1, 9]}
    -> maps:groups_from_list(
    +list.

    Examples:

    > EvenOdd = fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> even; 1 -> odd end end,
    +> Square = fun(X) -> X * X end,
    +> maps:groups_from_list(EvenOdd, Square, [1, 2, 3]).
    +#{even => [4], odd => [1, 9]}
    +> maps:groups_from_list(
         fun erlang:length/1,
         fun lists:reverse/1,
    -    ["ant", "buffalo", "cat", "dingo"]).
    -#{3 => ["tna", "tac"],5 => ["ognid"],7 => ["olaffub"]}
    +
    ["ant", "buffalo", "cat", "dingo"]). +#{3 => ["tna", "tac"],5 => ["ognid"],7 => ["olaffub"]}
    @@ -1164,10 +1164,10 @@

    Intersects two maps into a single map Map3. If a key exists in both maps, the -value in Map1 is superseded by the value in Map2.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map1 or Map2 is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map1 = #{a => "value_one", b => "value_two"},
    -  Map2 = #{a => 1, c => 2},
    -  maps:intersect(Map1,Map2).
    -#{a => 1}
    +value in Map1 is superseded by the value in Map2.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map1 or Map2 is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map1 = #{a => "value_one", b => "value_two"},
    +  Map2 = #{a => 1, c => 2},
    +  maps:intersect(Map1,Map2).
    +#{a => 1}
    @@ -1207,10 +1207,10 @@ the value from Map1 is the second parameter, and the value from Map2 is the third parameter.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map1 or Map2 is not a map. The call fails with a badarg exception if Combiner is not a fun that takes -three arguments.

    Example:

    > Map1 = #{a => "value_one", b => "value_two"},
    -  Map2 = #{a => 1, c => 2},
    -  maps:intersect_with(fun(_Key, Value1, Value2) -> {Value1, Value2} end, Map1, Map2).
    -#{a => {"value_one",1}}
    +three arguments.

    Example:

    > Map1 = #{a => "value_one", b => "value_two"},
    +  Map2 = #{a => 1, c => 2},
    +  maps:intersect_with(fun(_Key, Value1, Value2) -> {Value1, Value2} end, Map1, Map2).
    +#{a => {"value_one",1}}
    @@ -1241,11 +1241,11 @@

    Returns true if map Map contains Key and returns false if it does not -contain the Key.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{"42" => value}.
    -#{"42" => value}
    -> maps:is_key("42",Map).
    +contain the Key.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{"42" => value}.
    +#{"42" => value}
    +> maps:is_key("42",Map).
     true
    -> maps:is_key(value,Map).
    +> maps:is_key(value,Map).
     false
    @@ -1278,15 +1278,15 @@

    Returns a map iterator Iterator that can be used by maps:next/1 to traverse the key-value associations in a map. When iterating over a map, the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/math.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/math.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.272368509 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/math.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.280368550 +0000 @@ -1194,7 +1194,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ms_transform.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ms_transform.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.312368709 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ms_transform.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.316368728 +0000 @@ -154,31 +154,31 @@ table and construct a list of tuples containing relevant parts of the data in these rows. One can use ets:foldl/3 instead, but the ets:select/2 call is far more efficient. Without the translation provided by ms_transform, one must -struggle with writing match specifications terms to accommodate this.

    Consider a simple table of employees:

    -record(emp, {empno,     %Employee number as a string, the key
    +struggle with writing match specifications terms to accommodate this.

    Consider a simple table of employees:

    -record(emp, {empno,     %Employee number as a string, the key
                   surname,   %Surname of the employee
                   givenname, %Given name of employee
                   dept,      %Department, one of {dev,sales,prod,adm}
    -              empyear}). %Year the employee was employed

    We create the table using:

    ets:new(emp_tab, [{keypos,#emp.empno},named_table,ordered_set]).

    We fill the table with randomly chosen data:

    [{emp,"011103","Black","Alfred",sales,2000},
    - {emp,"041231","Doe","John",prod,2001},
    - {emp,"052341","Smith","John",dev,1997},
    - {emp,"076324","Smith","Ella",sales,1995},
    - {emp,"122334","Weston","Anna",prod,2002},
    - {emp,"535216","Chalker","Samuel",adm,1998},
    - {emp,"789789","Harrysson","Joe",adm,1996},
    - {emp,"963721","Scott","Juliana",dev,2003},
    - {emp,"989891","Brown","Gabriel",prod,1999}]

    Assuming that we want the employee numbers of everyone in the sales department, -there are several ways.

    ets:match/2 can be used:

    1> ets:match(emp_tab, {'_', '$1', '_', '_', sales, '_'}).
    -[["011103"],["076324"]]

    ets:match/2 uses a simpler type of match specification, but it is still + empyear}). %Year the employee was employed

    We create the table using:

    ets:new(emp_tab, [{keypos,#emp.empno},named_table,ordered_set]).

    We fill the table with randomly chosen data:

    [{emp,"011103","Black","Alfred",sales,2000},
    + {emp,"041231","Doe","John",prod,2001},
    + {emp,"052341","Smith","John",dev,1997},
    + {emp,"076324","Smith","Ella",sales,1995},
    + {emp,"122334","Weston","Anna",prod,2002},
    + {emp,"535216","Chalker","Samuel",adm,1998},
    + {emp,"789789","Harrysson","Joe",adm,1996},
    + {emp,"963721","Scott","Juliana",dev,2003},
    + {emp,"989891","Brown","Gabriel",prod,1999}]

    Assuming that we want the employee numbers of everyone in the sales department, +there are several ways.

    ets:match/2 can be used:

    1> ets:match(emp_tab, {'_', '$1', '_', '_', sales, '_'}).
    +[["011103"],["076324"]]

    ets:match/2 uses a simpler type of match specification, but it is still unreadable, and one has little control over the returned result. It is always a -list of lists.

    ets:foldl/3 or ets:foldr/3 can be used to avoid the nested lists:

    ets:foldr(fun(#emp{empno = E, dept = sales},Acc) -> [E | Acc];
    -             (_,Acc) -> Acc
    +list of lists.

    ets:foldl/3 or ets:foldr/3 can be used to avoid the nested lists:

    ets:foldr(fun(#emp{empno = E, dept = sales},Acc) -> [E | Acc];
    +             (_,Acc) -> Acc
               end,
    -          [],
    -          emp_tab).

    The result is ["011103","076324"]. The fun is straightforward, so the only + [], + emp_tab).

    The result is ["011103","076324"]. The fun is straightforward, so the only problem is that all the data from the table must be transferred from the table to the calling process for filtering. That is inefficient compared to the ets:match/2 call where the filtering can be done "inside" the emulator and -only the result is transferred to the process.

    Consider a "pure" ets:select/2 call that does what ets:foldr does:

    ets:select(emp_tab, [{#emp{empno = '$1', dept = sales, _='_'},[],['$1']}]).

    Although the record syntax is used, it is still hard to read and even harder to +only the result is transferred to the process.

    Consider a "pure" ets:select/2 call that does what ets:foldr does:

    ets:select(emp_tab, [{#emp{empno = '$1', dept = sales, _='_'},[],['$1']}]).

    Although the record syntax is used, it is still hard to read and even harder to write. The first element of the tuple, #emp{empno = '$1', dept = sales, _='_'}, tells what to match. Elements not matching this are not returned, as in the ets:match/2 example. The second @@ -189,12 +189,12 @@ hence the employee number is returned. The result is ["011103","076324"], as in the ets:foldr/3 example, but the result is retrieved much more efficiently in terms of execution speed and memory consumption.

    Using ets:fun2ms/1, we can combine the ease of use of the ets:foldr/3 and -the efficiency of the pure ets:select/2 example:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
    +the efficiency of the pure ets:select/2 example:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
     
    -ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(#emp{empno = E, dept = sales}) ->
    +ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(#emp{empno = E, dept = sales}) ->
                                   E
    -                      end)).

    This example requires no special knowledge of match specifications to + end)).

    This example requires no special knowledge of match specifications to understand. The head of the fun matches what you want to filter out and the body returns what you want returned. As long as the fun can be kept within the limits of the match specifications, there is no need to transfer all table data to the @@ -216,22 +216,22 @@

    Assume that we want to get all the employee numbers of employees hired before year 2000. Using ets:match/2 is not an alternative here, as relational operators cannot be expressed there. Once again, ets:foldr/3 can do it -(slowly, but correct):

    ets:foldr(fun(#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y},Acc) when Y < 2000 -> [E | Acc];
    -                  (_,Acc) -> Acc
    +(slowly, but correct):

    ets:foldr(fun(#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y},Acc) when Y < 2000 -> [E | Acc];
    +                  (_,Acc) -> Acc
               end,
    -          [],
    -          emp_tab).

    The result is ["052341","076324","535216","789789","989891"], as expected. The + [], + emp_tab).

    The result is ["052341","076324","535216","789789","989891"], as expected. The equivalent expression using a handwritten match specification would look like -this:

    ets:select(emp_tab, [{#emp{empno = '$1', empyear = '$2', _='_'},
    -                     [{'<', '$2', 2000}],
    -                     ['$1']}]).

    This gives the same result. [{'<', '$2', 2000}] is in the guard part and +this:

    ets:select(emp_tab, [{#emp{empno = '$1', empyear = '$2', _='_'},
    +                     [{'<', '$2', 2000}],
    +                     ['$1']}]).

    This gives the same result. [{'<', '$2', 2000}] is in the guard part and therefore discards anything that does not have an empyear (bound to '$2' in -the head) less than 2000, as the guard in the foldr/3 example.

    We write it using ets:fun2ms/1:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
    +the head) less than 2000, as the guard in the foldr/3 example.

    We write it using ets:fun2ms/1:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
     
    -ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y < 2000 ->
    +ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y < 2000 ->
                                E
    -                      end)).

    + end)).

    @@ -239,11 +239,11 @@

    Assume that we want the whole object matching instead of only one element. One alternative is to assign a variable to every part of the record and build it up -once again in the body of the fun, but the following is easier:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(Obj = #emp{empno = E, empyear = Y})
    +once again in the body of the fun, but the following is easier:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(Obj = #emp{empno = E, empyear = Y})
                              when Y < 2000 ->
                                   Obj
    -                      end)).

    As in ordinary Erlang matching, you can bind a variable to the whole matched + end)).

    As in ordinary Erlang matching, you can bind a variable to the whole matched object using a "match inside the match", that is, a =. Unfortunately in funs translated to match specifications, it is allowed only at the "top-level", that is, matching the whole object arriving to be matched into a separate variable. @@ -258,10 +258,10 @@

    This example concerns the body of the fun. Assume that all employee numbers beginning with zero (0) must be changed to begin with one (1) instead, and -that we want to create the list [{<Old empno>,<New empno>}]:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(#emp{empno = [$0 | Rest] }) ->
    -                              {[$0|Rest],[$1|Rest]}
    -                      end)).

    This query hits the feature of partially bound keys in table type ordered_set, +that we want to create the list [{<Old empno>,<New empno>}]:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(#emp{empno = [$0 | Rest] }) ->
    +                              {[$0|Rest],[$1|Rest]}
    +                      end)).

    This query hits the feature of partially bound keys in table type ordered_set, so that not the whole table needs to be searched, only the part containing keys beginning with 0 is looked into.

    @@ -274,24 +274,24 @@ {rookie, <employee number>}.
  • For all other employees, return {newbie, <employee number>}, except for those named Smith as they would be affronted by anything other than the tag guru and that is also what is returned for their numbers: -{guru, <employee number>}.
  • This is accomplished as follows:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(#emp{empno = E, surname = "Smith" }) ->
    -                              {guru,E};
    -                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y < 1997  ->
    -                              {inventory, E};
    -                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y > 2001  ->
    -                              {newbie, E};
    -                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) -> % 1997 -- 2001
    -                              {rookie, E}
    -                      end)).

    The result is as follows:

    [{rookie,"011103"},
    - {rookie,"041231"},
    - {guru,"052341"},
    - {guru,"076324"},
    - {newbie,"122334"},
    - {rookie,"535216"},
    - {inventory,"789789"},
    - {newbie,"963721"},
    - {rookie,"989891"}]

    +{guru, <employee number>}.

    This is accomplished as follows:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(#emp{empno = E, surname = "Smith" }) ->
    +                              {guru,E};
    +                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y < 1997  ->
    +                              {inventory, E};
    +                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y > 2001  ->
    +                              {newbie, E};
    +                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) -> % 1997 -- 2001
    +                              {rookie, E}
    +                      end)).

    The result is as follows:

    [{rookie,"011103"},
    + {rookie,"041231"},
    + {guru,"052341"},
    + {guru,"076324"},
    + {newbie,"122334"},
    + {rookie,"535216"},
    + {inventory,"789789"},
    + {newbie,"963721"},
    + {rookie,"989891"}]

    @@ -338,18 +338,18 @@ more, as filtering using Erlang code is not a good idea when tracing (except afterwards, if you trace to file). The concept is similar to that of ets:fun2ms/1 except that you usually use it directly from the shell (which can -also be done with ets:fun2ms/1).

    The following is an example module to trace on:

    -module(toy).
    +also be done with ets:fun2ms/1).

    The following is an example module to trace on:

    -module(toy).
     
    --export([start/1, store/2, retrieve/1]).
    +-export([start/1, store/2, retrieve/1]).
     
    -start(Args) ->
    -    toy_table = ets:new(toy_table, Args).
    +start(Args) ->
    +    toy_table = ets:new(toy_table, Args).
     
    -store(Key, Value) ->
    -    ets:insert(toy_table, {Key,Value}).
    +store(Key, Value) ->
    +    ets:insert(toy_table, {Key,Value}).
     
    -retrieve(Key) ->
    -    [{Key, Value}] = ets:lookup(toy_table, Key),
    +retrieve(Key) ->
    +    [{Key, Value}] = ets:lookup(toy_table, Key),
         Value.

    During model testing, the first test results in {badmatch,16} in /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.392369108 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.400369149 +0000 @@ -202,8 +202,8 @@ Improvements and New Features

    • The functions is_equal/2, map/2, and filtermap/2 have been added to the modules sets, ordsets, and gb_sets.

      Own Id: OTP-18622 Aux Id: PR-7183, PR-7232

    • The compiler now emits nicer error message for function head mismatches. -For example, given:

      a() -> ok;
      -a(_) -> error.

      Erlang/OTP 26 and earlier would emit a diagnostic similar to:

      t.erl:6:1: head mismatch
      +For example, given:

      a() -> ok;
      +a(_) -> error.

      Erlang/OTP 26 and earlier would emit a diagnostic similar to:

      t.erl:6:1: head mismatch
       %    6| a(_) -> error.
       %     | ^

      while in Erlang/OTP 27 the diagnostic is similar to:

      t.erl:6:1: head mismatch: function a with arities 0 and 1 is regarded as two distinct functions. Is the number of arguments incorrect or is the semicolon in a/0 unwanted?
       %    6| a(_) -> error.
      @@ -236,12 +236,12 @@
       shell:prompt_width/1 have been exported to help with custom prompt implementations.

      Own Id: OTP-18834 Aux Id: PR-7675

    • The shell now pages long output from the documentation help command (h(Module)), auto completions and the search command.

      Own Id: OTP-18846 Aux Id: PR-7845

    • The M-h hotkey (Alt/Option-h) now outputs help for the module or function directly before the cursor.

      Own Id: OTP-18847 Aux Id: PR-7846

    • Added support for adding a custom code formatter that formats your multi-line shell commands in your preferred formatting on submission. See shell:format_shell_func/ and shell:erl_pp_format_func/1.

      Own Id: OTP-18848 Aux Id: PR-7847

    • Added shell functions for viewing, forgetting and saving locally defined functions, types and records.

      Own Id: OTP-18852 Aux Id: PR-7844

    • Added string:jaro_similarity/2, which can be used to calculate the similarity between two strings.

      Own Id: OTP-18865 Aux Id: PR-7879

    • The new function ets:update_element/4 is similar to ets:update_element/3, but takes a default tuple as the fourth argument, which will be inserted if no previous record with that key exists.

      Own Id: OTP-18870 Aux Id: PR-7857

    • Added functions to retrieve the next higher or lower key/element from gb_trees and gb_sets, as well as returning iterators that start at given keys/elements.

      Own Id: OTP-18874 Aux Id: PR-7745

    • When the shell built-in function c/1,2 is used to re-compile a module, the current working directory of the original compilation is now added to the include path.

      Own Id: OTP-18908 Aux Id: PR-7957

    • The timer module now uses a private table for its internal state, slightly improving its performance.

      Own Id: OTP-18914 Aux Id: PR-7973

    • EEP-59 - Documentation Attributes has been implemented.

      Documentation attributes can be used to document functions, types, callbacks, and modules. The keyword -moduledoc "Documentation here". is used to document modules, while -doc "Documentation here". can be used on top of functions, types, and callbacks to document them, respectively.

      • Types, callbacks, and function documentation can be set to hidden either via -doc false or -doc hidden. When documentation attributes mark a type as hidden, they will not be part of the documentation.

      • The documentation from moduledoc and doc gets added by default to the binary beam file, following the format of EEP-48.

      • Using the compiler flag warn_missing_doc will raise a warning when -doc attributes are missing in exported functions, types, and callbacks.

      • Using the compiler flag warn_missing_spec_documented will raise a warning when -spec attributes are missing in documented functions, types, and callbacks.

      • moduledocs and docs may refer to external files to be embedded, such as -doc {file, "README.md"}., which refers to the file README.md found in the current working directory.

      • The compiler warns about exported functions whose specs refer to hidden types. Thus, there will be warnings when a hidden type (meaning, the type is not part of the documentation) gets used in an exported function.

      Own Id: OTP-18916 Aux Id: PR-7936

    • New ets functions ets:first_lookup/1, ets:next_lookup/2, ets:prev_lookup/2 and ets:last_lookup/1. Example: ets:next_lookup/1 is equivalent to ets:next/2 followed by ets:lookup/2 with the next key. The new combined functions are more efficient and with guaranteed atomicity.

      Own Id: OTP-18923 Aux Id: PR-6791

    • The maybe expression is now enabled by default.

      To use maybe as an atom, it needs to be single-quoted. Alternatively, the maybe expression can be disabled by disabling the maybe_expr feature. That can be done by placing the following the line at the beginning of an Erlang source file:

      -feature(maybe_expr, disable).

      Another way to disable the maybe_expr feature is by passing the -disable-feature option to erlc:

      erlc -disable-feature maybe_expr some_file.erl

      Own Id: OTP-18944 Aux Id: PR-8067

    • The compiler will now raise a warning when updating record/map literals. As an example, consider this module:

      -module(t).
      --export([f/0]).
      --record(r, {a,b,c}).
      +spec attributes are missing in documented functions, types, and callbacks.

    • moduledocs and docs may refer to external files to be embedded, such as -doc {file, "README.md"}., which refers to the file README.md found in the current working directory.

    • The compiler warns about exported functions whose specs refer to hidden types. Thus, there will be warnings when a hidden type (meaning, the type is not part of the documentation) gets used in an exported function.

    Own Id: OTP-18916 Aux Id: PR-7936

  • New ets functions ets:first_lookup/1, ets:next_lookup/2, ets:prev_lookup/2 and ets:last_lookup/1. Example: ets:next_lookup/1 is equivalent to ets:next/2 followed by ets:lookup/2 with the next key. The new combined functions are more efficient and with guaranteed atomicity.

    Own Id: OTP-18923 Aux Id: PR-6791

  • The maybe expression is now enabled by default.

    To use maybe as an atom, it needs to be single-quoted. Alternatively, the maybe expression can be disabled by disabling the maybe_expr feature. That can be done by placing the following the line at the beginning of an Erlang source file:

    -feature(maybe_expr, disable).

    Another way to disable the maybe_expr feature is by passing the -disable-feature option to erlc:

    erlc -disable-feature maybe_expr some_file.erl

    Own Id: OTP-18944 Aux Id: PR-8067

  • The compiler will now raise a warning when updating record/map literals. As an example, consider this module:

    -module(t).
    +-export([f/0]).
    +-record(r, {a,b,c}).
     
    -f() ->
    -    #href_anchor"ss">r{a=1}#r{b=2}.

    The compiler raises the following warning:

    1> c(t).
    +f() ->
    +    #href_anchor"ss">r{a=1}#r{b=2}.

    The compiler raises the following warning:

    1> c(t).
     t.erl:6:12: Warning: expression updates a literal
     %    6|     #r{a=1}#r{b=2}.
     %     |            ^

    Own Id: OTP-18951 Aux Id: PR-8069

  • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

    Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

  • Optimized ets:foldl and ets:foldr to use new ets:next_lookup. Also made them immune against table renaming.

    Own Id: OTP-18993 Aux Id: PR-8048

  • Windows now supports all functions in math.

    Own Id: OTP-19001 Aux Id: PR-8164

  • erl_lint (and by extension the compiler) will now warn for code using deprecated callbacks.

    The only callback currenly deprecated is format_status/2 in gen_server, gen_event and gen_statem.

    You can use nowarn_deprecated_callback to silence the warning.

    Own Id: OTP-19010 Aux Id: PR-8205

  • There is a new module json for encoding and decoding JSON.

    Both encoding and decoding can be customized. Decoding can be done in a SAX-like fashion and handle multiple documents and streams of data.

    Own Id: OTP-19020 Aux Id: PR-8111

  • @@ -4530,7 +4530,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/orddict.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/orddict.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.440369348 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/orddict.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.444369368 +0000 @@ -142,13 +142,13 @@

    Functions append/3 and append_list/3 are included so that keyed values can be stored in a list accumulator, for -example:

    > D0 = orddict:new(),
    -  D1 = orddict:store(files, [], D0),
    -  D2 = orddict:append(files, f1, D1),
    -  D3 = orddict:append(files, f2, D2),
    -  D4 = orddict:append(files, f3, D3),
    -  orddict:fetch(files, D4).
    -[f1,f2,f3]

    This saves the trouble of first fetching a keyed value, appending a new value to +example:

    > D0 = orddict:new(),
    +  D1 = orddict:store(files, [], D0),
    +  D2 = orddict:append(files, f1, D1),
    +  D3 = orddict:append(files, f2, D2),
    +  D4 = orddict:append(files, f3, D3),
    +  orddict:fetch(files, D4).
    +[f1,f2,f3]

    This saves the trouble of first fetching a keyed value, appending a new value to the list of stored values, and storing the result.

    Function fetch/2 is to be used if the key is known to be in the dictionary, otherwise function find/2.

    @@ -537,16 +537,16 @@

    Appends a new Value to the current list of values associated with Key. An exception is generated if the initial value associated with Key is not a list -of values.

    See also section Notes.

    Example 1:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{x, []}]).
    -[{x,[]}]
    -2> OrdDict2 = orddict:append(x, 1, OrdDict1).
    -[{x,[1]}]
    -3> OrdDict3 = orddict:append(x, 2, OrdDict2).
    -[{x,[1,2]}]
    -4> orddict:append(y, 3, OrdDict3).
    -[{x,[1,2]},{y,[3]}]

    Example 2:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, no_list}]).
    -[{a,no_list}]
    -2> orddict:append(a, 1, OrdDict1).
    +of values.

    See also section Notes.

    Example 1:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{x, []}]).
    +[{x,[]}]
    +2> OrdDict2 = orddict:append(x, 1, OrdDict1).
    +[{x,[1]}]
    +3> OrdDict3 = orddict:append(x, 2, OrdDict2).
    +[{x,[1,2]}]
    +4> orddict:append(y, 3, OrdDict3).
    +[{x,[1,2]},{y,[3]}]

    Example 2:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, no_list}]).
    +[{a,no_list}]
    +2> orddict:append(a, 1, OrdDict1).
     ** exception error: bad argument
          in operator  ++/2
             called as no_list ++ [1]
    @@ -583,12 +583,12 @@

    Appends a list of values ValList to the current list of values associated with Key. An exception is generated if the initial value associated with Key is -not a list of values.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{x, []}]).
    -[{x,[]}]
    -2> OrdDict2 = orddict:append_list(x, [1,2], OrdDict1).
    -[{x,[1,2]}]
    -3> OrdDict3 = orddict:append_list(y, [3,4], OrdDict2).
    -[{x,[1,2]},{y,[3,4]}]
    +not a list of values.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{x, []}]).
    +[{x,[]}]
    +2> OrdDict2 = orddict:append_list(x, [1,2], OrdDict1).
    +[{x,[1,2]}]
    +3> OrdDict3 = orddict:append_list(y, [3,4], OrdDict2).
    +[{x,[1,2]},{y,[3,4]}]
    @@ -617,10 +617,10 @@ -

    Erases all items with a specified key from a dictionary.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:erase(a, OrdDict1).
    -[{b,2}]
    +

    Erases all items with a specified key from a dictionary.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:erase(a, OrdDict1).
    +[{b,2}]
    @@ -650,11 +650,11 @@

    Returns the value associated with Key in dictionary Orddict. This function assumes that the Key is present in the dictionary. An exception is generated -if Key is not in the dictionary.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:fetch(a, OrdDict1).
    +if Key is not in the dictionary.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:fetch(a, OrdDict1).
     1
    -3> orddict:fetch(missing, OrdDict1).
    +3> orddict:fetch(missing, OrdDict1).
     ** exception error: no function clause matching orddict:fetch(missing,[])
    @@ -683,10 +683,10 @@ -

    Returns a list of all keys in a dictionary.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:fetch_keys(OrdDict1).
    -[a,b]
    +

    Returns a list of all keys in a dictionary.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:fetch_keys(OrdDict1).
    +[a,b]
    @@ -719,10 +719,10 @@

    Orddict2 is a dictionary of all keys and values in Orddict1 for which -Pred(Key, Value) is true.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:filter(fun (K, V) -> V > 1 end, OrdDict1).
    -[{b,2}]
    +Pred(Key, Value) is true.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:filter(fun (K, V) -> V > 1 end, OrdDict1).
    +[{b,2}]
    @@ -752,11 +752,11 @@

    Searches for a key in a dictionary. Returns {ok, Value}, where Value is the value associated with Key, or error if the key is not present in the -dictionary.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:find(a, OrdDict1).
    -{ok,1}
    -3> orddict:find(c, OrdDict1).
    +dictionary.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:find(a, OrdDict1).
    +{ok,1}
    +3> orddict:find(c, OrdDict1).
     error
    @@ -794,10 +794,10 @@

    Calls Fun on successive keys and values of Orddict together with an extra argument Acc (short for accumulator). Fun must return a new accumulator that -is passed to the next call. Acc0 is returned if the list is empty.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:fold(fun (K, V, Acc) -> [{K, V+100} | Acc] end, [], OrdDict1).
    -[{b,102},{a,101}]
    +is passed to the next call. Acc0 is returned if the list is empty.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:fold(fun (K, V, Acc) -> [{K, V+100} | Acc] end, [], OrdDict1).
    +[{b,102},{a,101}]
    @@ -916,10 +916,10 @@

    Calls Fun on successive keys and values of Orddict1 to return a new value -for each key.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:map(fun (_K, V) -> V + 100 end, OrdDict1).
    -[{a,101},{b,102}]
    +for each key.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:map(fun (_K, V) -> V + 100 end, OrdDict1).
    +[{a,101},{b,102}]
    @@ -955,15 +955,15 @@

    Merges two dictionaries, Orddict1 and Orddict2, to create a new dictionary. All the Key-Value pairs from both dictionaries are included in the new dictionary.

    If a key occurs in both dictionaries, Fun is called with the key -and both values to return a new value.

    merge/3 can be defined as follows, but is faster:

    merge(Fun, D1, D2) ->
    -    fold(fun (K, V1, D) ->
    -                 update(K, fun (V2) -> Fun(K, V1, V2) end, V1, D)
    -         end, D2, D1).

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> OrdDict2 = orddict:from_list([{b, 7}, {c, 8}]).
    -[{b,7},{c,8}]
    -3> orddict:merge(fun (K, V1, V2) -> V1 * V2 end, OrdDict1, OrdDict2).
    -[{a,1},{b,14},{c,8}]
    +and both values to return a new value.

    merge/3 can be defined as follows, but is faster:

    merge(Fun, D1, D2) ->
    +    fold(fun (K, V1, D) ->
    +                 update(K, fun (V2) -> Fun(K, V1, V2) end, V1, D)
    +         end, D2, D1).

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> OrdDict2 = orddict:from_list([{b, 7}, {c, 8}]).
    +[{b,7},{c,8}]
    +3> orddict:merge(fun (K, V1, V2) -> V1 * V2 end, OrdDict1, OrdDict2).
    +[{a,1},{b,14},{c,8}]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ordsets.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ordsets.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.468369488 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ordsets.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.472369507 +0000 @@ -1092,7 +1092,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/peer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/peer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.500369647 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/peer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.504369668 +0000 @@ -161,127 +161,127 @@ manual analysis. If the test case fails, the CRASH REPORT contains these arguments
  • multiple test cases can run concurrently speeding up overall testing process, peer node names are unique even when there are multiple instances of the same -test suite running in parallel
  • -module(my_SUITE).
    --behaviour(ct_suite).
    --export([all/0, groups/0]).
    --export([basic/1, args/1, named/1, restart_node/1, multi_node/1]).
    +test suite running in parallel
    -module(my_SUITE).
    +-behaviour(ct_suite).
    +-export([all/0, groups/0]).
    +-export([basic/1, args/1, named/1, restart_node/1, multi_node/1]).
     
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
     
    -groups() ->
    -    [{quick, [parallel],
    -        [basic, args, named, restart_node, multi_node]}].
    +groups() ->
    +    [{quick, [parallel],
    +        [basic, args, named, restart_node, multi_node]}].
     
    -all() ->
    -    [{group, quick}].
    +all() ->
    +    [{group, quick}].
     
    -basic(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    -    {ok, Peer, _Node} = ?CT_PEER(),
    -    peer:stop(Peer).
    +basic(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +    {ok, Peer, _Node} = ?CT_PEER(),
    +    peer:stop(Peer).
     
    -args(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +args(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
         %% specify additional arguments to the new node
    -    {ok, Peer, _Node} = ?CT_PEER(["-emu_flavor", "smp"]),
    -    peer:stop(Peer).
    +    {ok, Peer, _Node} = ?CT_PEER(["-emu_flavor", "smp"]),
    +    peer:stop(Peer).
     
    -named(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +named(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
         %% pass test case name down to function starting nodes
    -    Peer = start_node_impl(named_test),
    -    peer:stop(Peer).
    +    Peer = start_node_impl(named_test),
    +    peer:stop(Peer).
     
    -start_node_impl(ActualTestCase) ->
    -    {ok, Peer, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => ?CT_PEER_NAME(ActualTestCase)}),
    +start_node_impl(ActualTestCase) ->
    +    {ok, Peer, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => ?CT_PEER_NAME(ActualTestCase)}),
         %% extra setup needed for multiple test cases
    -    ok = rpc:call(Node, application, set_env, [kernel, key, value]),
    +    ok = rpc:call(Node, application, set_env, [kernel, key, value]),
         Peer.
     
    -restart_node(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    -    Name = ?CT_PEER_NAME(),
    -    {ok, Peer, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => Name}),
    -    peer:stop(Peer),
    +restart_node(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +    Name = ?CT_PEER_NAME(),
    +    {ok, Peer, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => Name}),
    +    peer:stop(Peer),
         %% restart the node with the same name as before
    -    {ok, Peer2, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => Name, args => ["+fnl"]}),
    -    peer:stop(Peer2).

    The next example demonstrates how to start multiple nodes concurrently:

    multi_node(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    -    Peers = [?CT_PEER(#{wait_boot => {self(), tag}})
    -        || _ <- lists:seq(1, 4)],
    +    {ok, Peer2, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => Name, args => ["+fnl"]}),
    +    peer:stop(Peer2).

    The next example demonstrates how to start multiple nodes concurrently:

    multi_node(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +    Peers = [?CT_PEER(#{wait_boot => {self(), tag}})
    +        || _ <- lists:seq(1, 4)],
         %% wait for all nodes to complete boot process, get their names:
    -    _Nodes = [receive {tag, {started, Node, Peer}} -> Node end
    -        || {ok, Peer} <- Peers],
    -    [peer:stop(Peer) || {ok, Peer} <- Peers].

    Start a peer on a different host. Requires ssh key-based authentication set -up, allowing "another_host" connection without password prompt.

    Ssh = os:find_executable("ssh"),
    -peer:start_link(#{exec => {Ssh, ["another_host", "erl"]},
    -    connection => standard_io}),

    The following Common Test case demonstrates Docker integration, starting two + _Nodes = [receive {tag, {started, Node, Peer}} -> Node end + || {ok, Peer} <- Peers], + [peer:stop(Peer) || {ok, Peer} <- Peers].

    Start a peer on a different host. Requires ssh key-based authentication set +up, allowing "another_host" connection without password prompt.

    Ssh = os:find_executable("ssh"),
    +peer:start_link(#{exec => {Ssh, ["another_host", "erl"]},
    +    connection => standard_io}),

    The following Common Test case demonstrates Docker integration, starting two containers with hostnames "one" and "two". In this example Erlang nodes running -inside containers form an Erlang cluster.

    docker(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    -    Docker = os:find_executable("docker"),
    -    PrivDir = proplists:get_value(priv_dir, Config),
    -    build_release(PrivDir),
    -    build_image(PrivDir),
    +inside containers form an Erlang cluster.

    docker(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +    Docker = os:find_executable("docker"),
    +    PrivDir = proplists:get_value(priv_dir, Config),
    +    build_release(PrivDir),
    +    build_image(PrivDir),
     
         %% start two Docker containers
    -    {ok, Peer, Node} = peer:start_link(#{name => lambda,
    +    {ok, Peer, Node} = peer:start_link(#{name => lambda,
             connection => standard_io,
    -        exec => {Docker, ["run", "-h", "one", "-i", "lambda"]}}),
    -    {ok, Peer2, Node2} = peer:start_link(#{name => lambda,
    +        exec => {Docker, ["run", "-h", "one", "-i", "lambda"]}}),
    +    {ok, Peer2, Node2} = peer:start_link(#{name => lambda,
             connection => standard_io,
    -        exec => {Docker, ["run", "-h", "two", "-i", "lambda"]}}),
    +        exec => {Docker, ["run", "-h", "two", "-i", "lambda"]}}),
     
         %% find IP address of the second node using alternative connection RPC
    -    {ok, Ips} = peer:call(Peer2, inet, getifaddrs, []),
    -    {"eth0", Eth0} = lists:keyfind("eth0", 1, Ips),
    -    {addr, Ip} = lists:keyfind(addr, 1, Eth0),
    +    {ok, Ips} = peer:call(Peer2, inet, getifaddrs, []),
    +    {"eth0", Eth0} = lists:keyfind("eth0", 1, Ips),
    +    {addr, Ip} = lists:keyfind(addr, 1, Eth0),
     
         %% make first node to discover second one
    -    ok = peer:call(Peer, inet_db, set_lookup, [[file]]),
    -    ok = peer:call(Peer, inet_db, add_host, [Ip, ["two"]]),
    +    ok = peer:call(Peer, inet_db, set_lookup, [[file]]),
    +    ok = peer:call(Peer, inet_db, add_host, [Ip, ["two"]]),
     
         %% join a cluster
    -    true = peer:call(Peer, net_kernel, connect_node, [Node2]),
    +    true = peer:call(Peer, net_kernel, connect_node, [Node2]),
         %% verify that second peer node has only the first node visible
    -    [Node] = peer:call(Peer2, erlang, nodes, []),
    +    [Node] = peer:call(Peer2, erlang, nodes, []),
     
         %% stop peers, causing containers to also stop
    -    peer:stop(Peer2),
    -    peer:stop(Peer).
    +    peer:stop(Peer2),
    +    peer:stop(Peer).
     
    -build_release(Dir) ->
    +build_release(Dir) ->
         %% load sasl.app file, otherwise application:get_key will fail
    -    application:load(sasl),
    +    application:load(sasl),
         %% create *.rel - release file
    -    RelFile = filename:join(Dir, "lambda.rel"),
    -    Release = {release, {"lambda", "1.0.0"},
    -        {erts, erlang:system_info(version)},
    -        [{App, begin {ok, Vsn} = application:get_key(App, vsn), Vsn end}
    -            || App <- [kernel, stdlib, sasl]]},
    -    ok = file:write_file(RelFile, list_to_binary(lists:flatten(
    -        io_lib:format("~tp.", [Release])))),
    -    RelFileNoExt = filename:join(Dir, "lambda"),
    +    RelFile = filename:join(Dir, "lambda.rel"),
    +    Release = {release, {"lambda", "1.0.0"},
    +        {erts, erlang:system_info(version)},
    +        [{App, begin {ok, Vsn} = application:get_key(App, vsn), Vsn end}
    +            || App <- [kernel, stdlib, sasl]]},
    +    ok = file:write_file(RelFile, list_to_binary(lists:flatten(
    +        io_lib:format("~tp.", [Release])))),
    +    RelFileNoExt = filename:join(Dir, "lambda"),
     
         %% create boot script
    -    {ok, systools_make, []} = systools:make_script(RelFileNoExt,
    -        [silent, {outdir, Dir}]),
    +    {ok, systools_make, []} = systools:make_script(RelFileNoExt,
    +        [silent, {outdir, Dir}]),
         %% package release into *.tar.gz
    -    ok = systools:make_tar(RelFileNoExt, [{erts, code:root_dir()}]).
    +    ok = systools:make_tar(RelFileNoExt, [{erts, code:root_dir()}]).
     
    -build_image(Dir) ->
    +build_image(Dir) ->
         %% Create Dockerfile example, working only for Ubuntu 20.04
         %% Expose port 4445, and make Erlang distribution to listen
         %%  on this port, and connect to it without EPMD
         %% Set cookie on both nodes to be the same.
    -    BuildScript = filename:join(Dir, "Dockerfile"),
    +    BuildScript = filename:join(Dir, "Dockerfile"),
         Dockerfile =
           "FROM ubuntu:20.04 as runner\n"
           "EXPOSE 4445\n"
           "WORKDIR /opt/lambda\n"
           "COPY lambda.tar.gz /tmp\n"
           "RUN tar -zxvf /tmp/lambda.tar.gz -C /opt/lambda\n"
    -      "ENTRYPOINT [\"/opt/lambda/erts-" ++ erlang:system_info(version) ++
    +      "ENTRYPOINT [\"/opt/lambda/erts-" ++ erlang:system_info(version) ++
           "/bin/dyn_erl\", \"-boot\", \"/opt/lambda/releases/1.0.0/start\","
           " \"-kernel\", \"inet_dist_listen_min\", \"4445\","
           " \"-erl_epmd_port\", \"4445\","
           " \"-setcookie\", \"secret\"]\n",
    -    ok = file:write_file(BuildScript, Dockerfile),
    -    os:cmd("docker build -t lambda " ++ Dir).
    +
    ok = file:write_file(BuildScript, Dockerfile), + os:cmd("docker build -t lambda " ++ Dir).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/pool.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/pool.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.528369787 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/pool.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.532369807 +0000 @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/proc_lib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/proc_lib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.568369987 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/proc_lib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.572370007 +0000 @@ -995,21 +995,21 @@ failed. When doing so the start function can return before the failing process has exited, which may block VM resources required for a new start attempt to succeed. Use init_fail/2,3 for that purpose.

    The following example illustrates how this function and proc_lib:start_link/3 -are used:

    -module(my_proc).
    --export([start_link/0]).
    --export([init/1]).
    +are used:

    -module(my_proc).
    +-export([start_link/0]).
    +-export([init/1]).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    proc_lib:start_link(my_proc, init, [self()]).
    +start_link() ->
    +    proc_lib:start_link(my_proc, init, [self()]).
     
    -init(Parent) ->
    -    case do_initialization() of
    +init(Parent) ->
    +    case do_initialization() of
             ok ->
    -            proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()});
    -        {error, Reason} ->
    -            exit(Reason)
    +            proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()});
    +        {error, Reason} ->
    +            exit(Reason)
         end,
    -    loop().
    +    loop().
     
     ...
    @@ -1082,21 +1082,21 @@ started process, the start function returns an error tuple when the started process exits, or when the start function time-out (if used) has passed, see start/3,4,5.

    The following example illustrates how this function and proc_lib:start_link/3 -can be used:

    -module(my_proc).
    --export([start_link/0]).
    --export([init/1]).
    +can be used:

    -module(my_proc).
    +-export([start_link/0]).
    +-export([init/1]).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    proc_lib:start_link(my_proc, init, [self()]).
    +start_link() ->
    +    proc_lib:start_link(my_proc, init, [self()]).
     
    -init(Parent) ->
    -    case do_initialization() of
    +init(Parent) ->
    +    case do_initialization() of
             ok ->
    -            proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()});
    -        {error, Reason} = Error ->
    -            proc_lib:init_fail(Parent, Error, {exit, normal})
    +            proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()});
    +        {error, Reason} = Error ->
    +            proc_lib:init_fail(Parent, Error, {exit, normal})
         end,
    -    loop().
    +    loop().
     
     ...
    @@ -2030,7 +2030,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/proplists.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/proplists.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.608370186 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/proplists.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.616370226 +0000 @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@

    Similar to get_all_values/2, but each value is wrapped in a list unless it is already itself a list. The resulting list of lists is concatenated. This is -often useful for "incremental" options.

    Example:

    append_values(a, [{a, [1,2]}, {b, 0}, {a, 3}, {c, -1}, {a, [4]}])

    returns:

    [1,2,3,4]
    +often useful for "incremental" options.

    Example:

    append_values(a, [{a, [1,2]}, {b, 0}, {a, 3}, {c, -1}, {a, [4]}])

    returns:

    [1,2,3,4]
    @@ -626,10 +626,10 @@ first entry in ListIn with the same key as Property, and E and Property have equivalent normal forms, then E is replaced with the terms in Expansion, and any following entries with the same key are deleted from -ListIn.

    For example, the following expressions all return [fie, bar, baz, fum]:

    expand([{foo, [bar, baz]}], [fie, foo, fum])
    -expand([{{foo, true}, [bar, baz]}], [fie, foo, fum])
    -expand([{{foo, false}, [bar, baz]}], [fie, {foo, false}, fum])

    However, no expansion is done in the following call because {foo, false} -shadows foo:

    expand([{{foo, true}, [bar, baz]}], [{foo, false}, fie, foo, fum])

    Notice that if the original property term is to be preserved in the result when +ListIn.

    For example, the following expressions all return [fie, bar, baz, fum]:

    expand([{foo, [bar, baz]}], [fie, foo, fum])
    +expand([{{foo, true}, [bar, baz]}], [fie, foo, fum])
    +expand([{{foo, false}, [bar, baz]}], [fie, {foo, false}, fum])

    However, no expansion is done in the following call because {foo, false} +shadows foo:

    expand([{{foo, true}, [bar, baz]}], [{foo, false}, fie, foo, fum])

    Notice that if the original property term is to be preserved in the result when expanded, it must be included in the expansion list. The inserted terms are not expanded recursively. If Expansions contains more than one property with the same key, only the first occurrence is used.

    See also normalize/2.

    @@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@

    Partitions List into a list of sublists and a remainder.

    Lists contains one sublist for each key in Keys, in the corresponding order. The relative order of the elements in each sublist is preserved from the original List. Rest contains the elements in List that are not associated with any of the -specified keys, also with their original relative order preserved.

    Example:

    split([{c, 2}, {e, 1}, a, {c, 3, 4}, d, {b, 5}, b], [a, b, c])

    returns:

    {[[a], [{b, 5}, b],[{c, 2}, {c, 3, 4}]], [{e, 1}, d]}
    +specified keys, also with their original relative order preserved.

    Example:

    split([{c, 2}, {e, 1}, a, {c, 3, 4}, d, {b, 5}, b], [a, b, c])

    returns:

    {[[a], [{b, 5}, b],[{c, 2}, {c, 3, 4}]], [{e, 1}, d]}
    @@ -1157,7 +1157,7 @@ an association of the form Key => Value. Anything else will be silently ignored.

    If the same key appears in List multiple times, the value of the one appearing nearest to the head of List will be in the result map, that is the value that -would be returned by a call to get_value(Key, List).

    Example:

    to_map([a, {b, 1}, {c, 2}, {c, 3}])

    returns:

    #{a => true, b => 1, c => 2}
    +would be returned by a call to get_value(Key, List).

    Example:

    to_map([a, {b, 1}, {c, 2}, {c, 3}])

    returns:

    #{a => true, b => 1, c => 2}
    @@ -1253,7 +1253,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/qlc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/qlc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.668370486 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/qlc.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.676370525 +0000 @@ -285,24 +285,24 @@ If a tuple {finished} exists among the answers to QH, it is returned twice from append/2.

    As another example, consider concatenating the answers to two queries QH1 and QH2 while removing all duplicates. This is accomplished by using option -unique:

    qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)], {unique, true})

    The cost is substantial: every returned answer is stored in an ETS table. Before +unique:

    qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)], {unique, true})

    The cost is substantial: every returned answer is stored in an ETS table. Before returning an answer, it is looked up in the ETS table to check if it has already been returned. Without the unique option, all answers to QH1 would be returned followed by all answers to QH2. The unique option keeps the order between the remaining answers.

    If the order of the answers is not important, there is an alternative to the -unique option, namely to sort the answers uniquely:

    qlc:sort(qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)], {unique, true})).

    This query also removes duplicates but the answers are sorted. If there are many +unique option, namely to sort the answers uniquely:

    qlc:sort(qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)], {unique, true})).

    This query also removes duplicates but the answers are sorted. If there are many answers, temporary files are used. Notice that to get the first unique answer, all answers must be found and sorted. Both alternatives find duplicates by comparing answers, that is, if A1 and A2 are answers found in that order, then A2 is a removed if A1 == A2.

    To return only a few answers, cursors can be used. The following code returns no -more than five answers using an ETS table for storing the unique answers:

    C = qlc:cursor(qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)],{unique,true})),
    -R = qlc:next_answers(C, 5),
    -ok = qlc:delete_cursor(C),
    +more than five answers using an ETS table for storing the unique answers:

    C = qlc:cursor(qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)],{unique,true})),
    +R = qlc:next_answers(C, 5),
    +ok = qlc:delete_cursor(C),
     R.

    QLCs are convenient for stating constraints on data from two or more tables. The -following example does a natural join on two query handles on position 2:

    qlc:q([{X1,X2,X3,Y1} ||
    -          {X1,X2,X3} <- QH1,
    -          {Y1,Y2} <- QH2,
    -          X2 =:= Y2])

    The qlc module evaluates this differently depending on the query handles QH1 +following example does a natural join on two query handles on position 2:

    qlc:q([{X1,X2,X3,Y1} ||
    +          {X1,X2,X3} <- QH1,
    +          {Y1,Y2} <- QH2,
    +          X2 =:= Y2])

    The qlc module evaluates this differently depending on the query handles QH1 and QH2. If, for example, X2 is matched against the key of a QLC table, the lookup join method traverses the objects of QH2 while looking up key values in the table. However, if not X2 or Y2 is matched against the key or an indexed @@ -310,11 +310,11 @@ both sorted on position 2 and next do the join by traversing the objects one by one.

    Option join can be used to force the qlc module to use a certain join method. For the rest of this section it is assumed that the excessively slow -join method called "nested loop" has been chosen:

    qlc:q([{X1,X2,X3,Y1} ||
    -          {X1,X2,X3} <- QH1,
    -          {Y1,Y2} <- QH2,
    -          X2 =:= Y2],
    -      {join, nested_loop})

    In this case the filter is applied to every possible pair of answers to QH1 +join method called "nested loop" has been chosen:

    qlc:q([{X1,X2,X3,Y1} ||
    +          {X1,X2,X3} <- QH1,
    +          {Y1,Y2} <- QH2,
    +          X2 =:= Y2],
    +      {join, nested_loop})

    In this case the filter is applied to every possible pair of answers to QH1 and QH2, one at a time. If there are M answers to QH1 and N answers to QH2, the filter is run M*N times.

    If QH2 is a call to the function for gb_trees, as defined in section Implementing a QLC Table, then @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ no side effects so that the meaning of the query does not change if QH2 is evaluated only once. One way of caching the answers is to evaluate QH2 first of all and substitute the list of answers for QH2 in the query. Another way is -to use option cache. It is expressed like this:

    QH2' = qlc:q([X || X <- QH2], {cache, ets})

    or only

    QH2' = qlc:q([X || X <- QH2], cache)

    The effect of option cache is that when generator QH2' is run the first +to use option cache. It is expressed like this:

    QH2' = qlc:q([X || X <- QH2], {cache, ets})

    or only

    QH2' = qlc:q([X || X <- QH2], cache)

    The effect of option cache is that when generator QH2' is run the first time, every answer is stored in an ETS table. When the next answer of QH1 is tried, answers to QH2' are copied from the ETS table, which is very fast. As for option unique the cost is a possibly substantial amount of RAM memory.

    Option {cache, list} offers the possibility to store the answers in a list on @@ -350,62 +350,62 @@ Implementing a QLC Table

    As an example of how to use function table/2, the implementation of a QLC -table for the gb_trees module is given:

    -module(gb_table).
    +table for the gb_trees module is given:

    -module(gb_table).
     
    --export([table/1]).
    +-export([table/1]).
     
    -table(T) ->
    -    TF = fun() -> qlc_next(gb_trees:next(gb_trees:iterator(T))) end,
    -    InfoFun = fun(num_of_objects) -> gb_trees:size(T);
    -                 (keypos) -> 1;
    -                 (is_sorted_key) -> true;
    -                 (is_unique_objects) -> true;
    -                 (_) -> undefined
    +table(T) ->
    +    TF = fun() -> qlc_next(gb_trees:next(gb_trees:iterator(T))) end,
    +    InfoFun = fun(num_of_objects) -> gb_trees:size(T);
    +                 (keypos) -> 1;
    +                 (is_sorted_key) -> true;
    +                 (is_unique_objects) -> true;
    +                 (_) -> undefined
                   end,
         LookupFun =
    -        fun(1, Ks) ->
    -                lists:flatmap(fun(K) ->
    -                                      case gb_trees:lookup(K, T) of
    -                                          {value, V} -> [{K,V}];
    -                                          none -> []
    +        fun(1, Ks) ->
    +                lists:flatmap(fun(K) ->
    +                                      case gb_trees:lookup(K, T) of
    +                                          {value, V} -> [{K,V}];
    +                                          none -> []
                                           end
    -                              end, Ks)
    +                              end, Ks)
             end,
         FormatFun =
    -        fun({all, NElements, ElementFun}) ->
    -                ValsS = io_lib:format("gb_trees:from_orddict(~w)",
    -                                      [gb_nodes(T, NElements, ElementFun)]),
    -                io_lib:format("gb_table:table(~s)", [ValsS]);
    -           ({lookup, 1, KeyValues, _NElements, ElementFun}) ->
    -                ValsS = io_lib:format("gb_trees:from_orddict(~w)",
    -                                      [gb_nodes(T, infinity, ElementFun)]),
    -                io_lib:format("lists:flatmap(fun(K) -> "
    +        fun({all, NElements, ElementFun}) ->
    +                ValsS = io_lib:format("gb_trees:from_orddict(~w)",
    +                                      [gb_nodes(T, NElements, ElementFun)]),
    +                io_lib:format("gb_table:table(~s)", [ValsS]);
    +           ({lookup, 1, KeyValues, _NElements, ElementFun}) ->
    +                ValsS = io_lib:format("gb_trees:from_orddict(~w)",
    +                                      [gb_nodes(T, infinity, ElementFun)]),
    +                io_lib:format("lists:flatmap(fun(K) -> "
                                   "case gb_trees:lookup(K, ~s) of "
                                   "{value, V} -> [{K,V}];none -> [] end "
                                   "end, ~w)",
    -                              [ValsS, [ElementFun(KV) || KV <- KeyValues]])
    +                              [ValsS, [ElementFun(KV) || KV <- KeyValues]])
             end,
    -    qlc:table(TF, [{info_fun, InfoFun}, {format_fun, FormatFun},
    -                   {lookup_fun, LookupFun},{key_equality,&#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="1474429944-44">}]).
    +    qlc:table(TF, [{info_fun, InfoFun}, {format_fun, FormatFun},
    +                   {lookup_fun, LookupFun},{key_equality,&#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="6855231472-44">}]).
     
    -qlc_next({X, V, S}) ->
    -    [{X,V} | fun() -> qlc_next(gb_trees:next(S)) end];
    -qlc_next(none) ->
    -    [].
    -
    -gb_nodes(T, infinity, ElementFun) ->
    -    gb_nodes(T, -1, ElementFun);
    -gb_nodes(T, NElements, ElementFun) ->
    -    gb_iter(gb_trees:iterator(T), NElements, ElementFun).
    +qlc_next({X, V, S}) ->
    +    [{X,V} | fun() -> qlc_next(gb_trees:next(S)) end];
    +qlc_next(none) ->
    +    [].
    +
    +gb_nodes(T, infinity, ElementFun) ->
    +    gb_nodes(T, -1, ElementFun);
    +gb_nodes(T, NElements, ElementFun) ->
    +    gb_iter(gb_trees:iterator(T), NElements, ElementFun).
     
    -gb_iter(_I, 0, _EFun) ->
    +gb_iter(_I, 0, _EFun) ->
         '...';
    -gb_iter(I0, N, EFun) ->
    -    case gb_trees:next(I0) of
    -        {X, V, I} ->
    -            [EFun({X,V}) | gb_iter(I, N-1, EFun)];
    +gb_iter(I0, N, EFun) ->
    +    case gb_trees:next(I0) of
    +        {X, V, I} ->
    +            [EFun({X,V}) | gb_iter(I, N-1, EFun)];
             none ->
    -            []
    +            []
         end.

    TF is the traversal function. The qlc module requires that there is a way of traversing all objects of the data structure. gb_trees has an iterator function suitable for that purpose. Notice that for each object returned, a new @@ -441,49 +441,49 @@ example, 2 == 2.0 evaluates to true while 2 =:= 2.0 evaluates to false. Normally this is a minor issue, but the qlc module cannot ignore the difference, which affects the user's choice of operators in QLCs.

    If the qlc module at compile time can determine that some constant is free of -integers, it does not matter which one of ==/2 or =:=/2 is used:

    1> E1 = ets:new(t, [set]), % uses =:=/2 for key equality
    -Q1 = qlc:q([K ||
    -{K} <- ets:table(E1),
    -K == 2.71 orelse K == a]),
    -io:format("~s~n", [qlc:info(Q1)]).
    -ets:match_spec_run(
    -       lists:flatmap(fun(V) ->
    -			    ets:lookup(#Ref<0.3098908599.2283929601.256025>,
    -				       V)
    +integers, it does not matter which one of ==/2 or =:=/2 is used:

    1> E1 = ets:new(t, [set]), % uses =:=/2 for key equality
    +Q1 = qlc:q([K ||
    +{K} <- ets:table(E1),
    +K == 2.71 orelse K == a]),
    +io:format("~s~n", [qlc:info(Q1)]).
    +ets:match_spec_run(
    +       lists:flatmap(fun(V) ->
    +			    ets:lookup(#Ref<0.3098908599.2283929601.256025>,
    +				       V)
     		     end,
    -		     [a, 2.71]),
    -       ets:match_spec_compile([{{'$1'}, [], ['$1']}]))

    In the example, operator ==/2 has been handled exactly as =:=/2 would have + [a, 2.71]), + ets:match_spec_compile([{{'$1'}, [], ['$1']}]))

    In the example, operator ==/2 has been handled exactly as =:=/2 would have been handled. However, if it cannot be determined at compile time that some constant is free of integers, and the table uses =:=/2 when comparing keys for equality (see option key_equality), then the qlc module does not try to look up the constant. The reason is that there is in the general case no upper limit on the number of key values that can compare equal -to such a constant; every combination of integers and floats must be looked up:

    2> E2 = ets:new(t, [set]),
    -true = ets:insert(E2, [{{2,2},a},{{2,2.0},b},{{2.0,2},c}]),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/queue.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/queue.html	2025-01-25 10:23:48.724370766 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/queue.html	2025-01-25 10:23:48.720370746 +0000
    @@ -723,10 +723,10 @@
           
     
     

    Returns true if Pred(Item) returns true for all items Item in Q, -otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -2> queue:all(fun (E) -> E > 3 end, Queue).
    +otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +2> queue:all(fun (E) -> E > 3 end, Queue).
     false
    -3> queue:all(fun (E) -> E > 0 end, Queue).
    +3> queue:all(fun (E) -> E > 0 end, Queue).
     true
    @@ -758,10 +758,10 @@

    Returns true if Pred(Item) returns true for at least one item Item in -Q, otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -2> queue:any(fun (E) -> E > 10 end, Queue).
    +Q, otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +2> queue:any(fun (E) -> E > 10 end, Queue).
     false
    -3> queue:any(fun (E) -> E > 3 end, Queue).
    +3> queue:any(fun (E) -> E > 3 end, Queue).
     true
    @@ -793,9 +793,9 @@

    Returns a copy of Q1 where the first item matching Item is deleted, if there -is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -2> Queue1 = queue:delete(3, Queue).
    -3> queue:member(3, Queue1).
    +is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +2> Queue1 = queue:delete(3, Queue).
    +3> queue:member(3, Queue1).
     false
    @@ -827,10 +827,10 @@

    Returns a copy of Q1 where the last item matching Item is deleted, if there -is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,3,5]).
    -2> Queue1 = queue:delete_r(3, Queue).
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,3,4,5]
    +is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,3,5]).
    +2> Queue1 = queue:delete_r(3, Queue).
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,3,4,5]
    @@ -866,10 +866,10 @@

    Returns a copy of Q1 where the first item for which Pred returns true is -deleted, if there is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([100,1,2,3,4,5]).
    -2> Queue1 = queue:delete_with(fun (E) -> E > 0, Queue).
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,3,4,5]
    +deleted, if there is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([100,1,2,3,4,5]).
    +2> Queue1 = queue:delete_with(fun (E) -> E > 0, Queue).
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,3,4,5]
    @@ -905,10 +905,10 @@

    Returns a copy of Q1 where the last item for which Pred returns true is -deleted, if there is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5,100]).
    -2> Queue1 = queue:delete_with(fun (E) -> E > 10, Queue).
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,3,4,5]
    +deleted, if there is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5,100]).
    +2> Queue1 = queue:delete_with(fun (E) -> E > 10, Queue).
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,3,4,5]
    @@ -939,19 +939,19 @@

    Returns a queue Q2 that is the result of calling Fun(Item) on all items in Q1.

    If Fun(Item) returns true, Item is copied to the result queue. If it returns false, Item is not copied. If it returns a list, the list elements -are inserted instead of Item in the result queue.

    Example 1:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:filter(fun (E) -> E > 2 end, Queue).
    -{[5],[3,4]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[3,4,5]

    So, Fun(Item) returning [Item] is thereby semantically equivalent to +are inserted instead of Item in the result queue.

    Example 1:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:filter(fun (E) -> E > 2 end, Queue).
    +{[5],[3,4]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[3,4,5]

    So, Fun(Item) returning [Item] is thereby semantically equivalent to returning true, just as returning [] is semantically equivalent to returning -false. But returning a list builds more garbage than returning an atom.

    Example 2:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:filter(fun (E) -> [E, E+1] end, Queue).
    -{[6,5,5,4,4,3],[1,2,2,3]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6]
    +false. But returning a list builds more garbage than returning an atom.

    Example 2:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:filter(fun (E) -> [E, E+1] end, Queue).
    +{[6,5,5,4,4,3],[1,2,2,3]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6]
    @@ -990,15 +990,15 @@

    Returns a queue Q2 that is the result of calling Fun(Item) on all items in Q1.

    If Fun(Item) returns true, Item is copied to the result queue. If it returns false, Item is not copied. If it returns {true, NewItem}, the -queue element at this position is replaced with NewItem in the result queue.

    Example 1:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:filtermap(fun (E) -> E > 2 end, Queue).
    -{[5],[3,4]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[3,4,5]
    -4> Queue1 = queue:filtermap(fun (E) -> {true, E+100} end, Queue).
    -{"ihg","ef"}
    -5> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +queue element at this position is replaced with NewItem in the result queue.

    Example 1:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:filtermap(fun (E) -> E > 2 end, Queue).
    +{[5],[3,4]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[3,4,5]
    +4> Queue1 = queue:filtermap(fun (E) -> {true, E+100} end, Queue).
    +{"ihg","ef"}
    +5> queue:to_list(Queue1).
     "efghi
    @@ -1039,9 +1039,9 @@ AccIn == Acc0. The queue is traversed in queue order, that is, from front to rear. Fun/2 must return a new accumulator, which is passed to the next call. The function returns the final value of the accumulator. Acc0 is returned if -the queue is empty.

    Example:

    1> queue:fold(fun(X, Sum) -> X + Sum end, 0, queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5])).
    +the queue is empty.

    Example:

    1> queue:fold(fun(X, Sum) -> X + Sum end, 0, queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5])).
     15
    -2> queue:fold(fun(X, Prod) -> X * Prod end, 1, queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5])).
    +2> queue:fold(fun(X, Prod) -> X * Prod end, 1, queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5])).
     120
    @@ -1099,12 +1099,12 @@ -

    Inserts Item at the rear of queue Q1. Returns the resulting queue Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:in(100, Queue).
    -{[100,5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,3,4,5,100]
    +

    Inserts Item at the rear of queue Q1. Returns the resulting queue Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:in(100, Queue).
    +{[100,5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,3,4,5,100]
    @@ -1132,12 +1132,12 @@ -

    Inserts Item at the front of queue Q1. Returns the resulting queue Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:in_r(100, Queue).
    -{[5,4,3],[100,1,2]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[100,1,2,3,4,5]
    +

    Inserts Item at the front of queue Q1. Returns the resulting queue Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:in_r(100, Queue).
    +{[5,4,3],[100,1,2]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[100,1,2,3,4,5]
    @@ -1225,12 +1225,12 @@

    Returns a queue Q3 that is the result of joining Q1 and Q2 with Q1 in -front of Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue1 = queue:from_list([1,3]).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/rand.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/rand.html	2025-01-25 10:23:48.768370985 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/rand.html	2025-01-25 10:23:48.772371005 +0000
    @@ -201,13 +201,13 @@
     a reasonably unpredictable seed.

    The functions with explicit state don't use the process dictionary.

    Examples

    Simple use; create and seed the default algorithm with a non-fixed seed, if not already done, and generate two uniformly distibuted -floating point numbers.

    R0 = rand:uniform(),
    -R1 = rand:uniform(),

    Use a specified algorithm:

    _ = rand:seed(exro928ss),
    -R2 = rand:uniform(),

    Use a specified algorithm with a fixed seed:

    _ = rand:seed(exro928ss, {123, 123534, 345345}),
    -R3 = rand:uniform(),

    Use the functional API with a non-fixed seed:

    S0 = rand:seed_s(exsss),
    -{R4, S1} = rand:uniform_s(S0),

    Generate a textbook basic form Box-Muller standard normal distribution number:

    R5 = rand:uniform_real(),
    -R6 = rand:uniform(),
    -SND0 = math:sqrt(-2 * math:log(R5)) * math:cos(math:pi() * R6)

    Generate a standard normal distribution number:

    {SND1, S2} = rand:normal_s(S1),

    Generate a normal distribution number with with mean -3 and variance 0.5:

    {ND0, S3} = rand:normal_s(-3, 0.5, S2),

    Quality of the Generated Numbers

    Note

    The builtin random number generator algorithms are not cryptographically +floating point numbers.

    R0 = rand:uniform(),
    +R1 = rand:uniform(),

    Use a specified algorithm:

    _ = rand:seed(exro928ss),
    +R2 = rand:uniform(),

    Use a specified algorithm with a fixed seed:

    _ = rand:seed(exro928ss, {123, 123534, 345345}),
    +R3 = rand:uniform(),

    Use the functional API with a non-fixed seed:

    S0 = rand:seed_s(exsss),
    +{R4, S1} = rand:uniform_s(S0),

    Generate a textbook basic form Box-Muller standard normal distribution number:

    R5 = rand:uniform_real(),
    +R6 = rand:uniform(),
    +SND0 = math:sqrt(-2 * math:log(R5)) * math:cos(math:pi() * R6)

    Generate a standard normal distribution number:

    {SND1, S2} = rand:normal_s(S1),

    Generate a normal distribution number with with mean -3 and variance 0.5:

    {ND0, S3} = rand:normal_s(-3, 0.5, S2),

    Quality of the Generated Numbers

    Note

    The builtin random number generator algorithms are not cryptographically strong. If a cryptographically strong random number generator is needed, use something like crypto:rand_seed/0.

    For all these generators except exro928ss and exsss the lowest bit(s) have got a slightly less random behaviour than all other bits. @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ up to (and included) 16TB, with the exception of binary rank tests, which fail due to the lowest bit being an LFSR; all other bits pass all tests. We suggest to use a sign test to extract a random Boolean value.

    If this is a problem; to generate a boolean with these algorithms, -use something like this:

    (rand:uniform(256) > 128) % -> boolean()
    ((rand:uniform(256) - 1) bsr 7) % -> 0 | 1

    For a general range, with N = 1 for exrop, and N = 3 for exs1024s:

    (((rand:uniform(Range bsl N) - 1) bsr N) + 1)

    The floating point generating functions in this module waste the lowest bits +use something like this:

    (rand:uniform(256) > 128) % -> boolean()
    ((rand:uniform(256) - 1) bsr 7) % -> 0 | 1

    For a general range, with N = 1 for exrop, and N = 3 for exs1024s:

    (((rand:uniform(Range bsl N) - 1) bsr N) + 1)

    The floating point generating functions in this module waste the lowest bits when converting from an integer so they avoid this snag.

    @@ -1947,10 +1947,10 @@ equally spaced in the interval.

    Warning

    This function may return exactly 0.0 which can be fatal for certain applications. If that is undesired you can use (1.0 - rand:uniform()) to get the interval 0.0 < X =< 1.0, or instead use uniform_real/0.

    If neither endpoint is desired you can achieve the range -0.0 < X < 1.0 using test and re-try like this:

    my_uniform() ->
    -    case rand:uniform() of
    +0.0 < X < 1.0 using test and re-try like this:

    my_uniform() ->
    +    case rand:uniform() of
             X when 0.0 < X -> X;
    -        _ -> my_uniform()
    +        _ -> my_uniform()
         end.

    @@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@ 16#7fa6502 * 2^32 - 1, which have been selected, in collaboration with Sebastiano Vigna, to avoid bignum operations and still get good statistical quality. It has been named "MWC59" and can be written as:

    C = CX0 bsr 32
    -X = CX0 band ((1 bsl 32)-1))
    +X = CX0 band ((1 bsl 32)-1))
     CX1 = 16#7fa6502 * X + C

    Because the generator uses a multiplier that is a power of 2 it gets statistical flaws for collision tests and birthday spacings tests in 2 and 3 dimensions, and these caveats apply even when looking @@ -2381,7 +2381,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/random.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/random.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.800371145 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/random.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.800371145 +0000 @@ -472,9 +472,9 @@

    Seeds random number generation with integer values in the process dictionary and -returns the old state.

    The following is an easy way of obtaining a unique value to seed with:

    random:seed(erlang:phash2([node()]),
    -            erlang:monotonic_time(),
    -            erlang:unique_integer())

    For details, see erlang:phash2/1, erlang:node/0, erlang:monotonic_time/0, +returns the old state.

    The following is an easy way of obtaining a unique value to seed with:

    random:seed(erlang:phash2([node()]),
    +            erlang:monotonic_time(),
    +            erlang:unique_integer())

    For details, see erlang:phash2/1, erlang:node/0, erlang:monotonic_time/0, and erlang:unique_integer/0.

    @@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/re.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/re.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.852371404 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/re.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.856371424 +0000 @@ -1375,9 +1375,9 @@ follows (COMMIT) can be triggered first, so merely passing (COMMIT) during a match does not always guarantee that a match must be at this starting point.

    Notice that (*COMMIT) at the start of a pattern is not the same as an anchor, unless the PCRE start-of-match optimizations are turned off, as shown in the -following example:

    1> re:run("xyzabc","(*COMMIT)abc",[{capture,all,list}]).
    -{match,["abc"]}
    -2> re:run("xyzabc","(*COMMIT)abc",[{capture,all,list},no_start_optimize]).
    +following example:

    1> re:run("xyzabc","(*COMMIT)abc",[{capture,all,list}]).
    +{match,["abc"]}
    +2> re:run("xyzabc","(*COMMIT)abc",[{capture,all,list},no_start_optimize]).
     nomatch

    For this pattern, PCRE knows that any match must start with "a", so the optimization skips along the subject to "a" before applying the pattern to the first set of data. The match attempt then succeeds. In the second call the @@ -2108,32 +2108,32 @@

    Takes a compiled regular expression and an item, and returns the relevant data from the regular expression.

    The only supported item is namelist, which returns the tuple {namelist, [binary()]}, -containing the names of all (unique) named subpatterns in the regular expression.

    For example:

    1> {ok,MP} = re:compile("(?<A>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)").
    -{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
    +containing the names of all (unique) named subpatterns in the regular expression.

    For example:

    1> {ok,MP} = re:compile("(?<A>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)").
    +{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
                     <<69,82,67,80,119,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,255,255,255,255,
    -                  255,255,...>>}}
    -2> re:inspect(MP,namelist).
    -{namelist,[<<"A">>,<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}
    -3> {ok,MPD} = re:compile("(?<C>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)",[dupnames]).
    -{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
    +                  255,255,...>>}}
    +2> re:inspect(MP,namelist).
    +{namelist,[<<"A">>,<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}
    +3> {ok,MPD} = re:compile("(?<C>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)",[dupnames]).
    +{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
                     <<69,82,67,80,119,0,0,0,0,0,8,0,1,0,0,0,255,255,255,255,
    -                  255,255,...>>}}
    -4> re:inspect(MPD,namelist).
    -{namelist,[<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}

    Notice in the second example that the duplicate name only occurs once in the + 255,255,...>>}} +4> re:inspect(MPD,namelist). +{namelist,[<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}

    Notice in the second example that the duplicate name only occurs once in the returned list, and that the list is in alphabetical order regardless of where the names are positioned in the regular expression. The order of the names is the same as the order of captured subexpressions if {capture, all_names} is specified as an option to run/3. You can therefore create a name-to-value -mapping from the result of run/3 like this:

    1> {ok,MP} = re:compile("(?<A>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)").
    -{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
    +mapping from the result of run/3 like this:

    1> {ok,MP} = re:compile("(?<A>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)").
    +{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
                     <<69,82,67,80,119,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,255,255,255,255,
    -                  255,255,...>>}}
    -2> {namelist, N} = re:inspect(MP,namelist).
    -{namelist,[<<"A">>,<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}
    -3> {match,L} = re:run("AA",MP,[{capture,all_names,binary}]).
    -{match,[<<"A">>,<<>>,<<>>]}
    -4> NameMap = lists:zip(N,L).
    -[{<<"A">>,<<"A">>},{<<"B">>,<<>>},{<<"C">>,<<>>}]
    +
    255,255,...>>}} +2> {namelist, N} = re:inspect(MP,namelist). +{namelist,[<<"A">>,<<"B">>,<<"C">>]} +3> {match,L} = re:run("AA",MP,[{capture,all_names,binary}]). +{match,[<<"A">>,<<>>,<<>>]} +4> NameMap = lists:zip(N,L). +[{<<"A">>,<<"A">>},{<<"B">>,<<>>},{<<"C">>,<<>>}]
    @@ -2226,16 +2226,16 @@ subexpression number N, is inserted in the result. If no subexpression with that number is generated by the regular expression, nothing is inserted.

    To insert an & or a \ in the result, precede it with a \. Notice that Erlang already gives a special meaning to \ in literal strings, so a single \ must be -written as "\\" and therefore a double \ as "\\\\".

    Example:

    1> re:replace("abcd","c","[&]",[{return,list}]).
    -"ab[c]d"

    while

    2> re:replace("abcd","c","[\\&]",[{return,list}]).
    +written as "\\" and therefore a double \ as "\\\\".

    Example:

    1> re:replace("abcd","c","[&]",[{return,list}]).
    +"ab[c]d"

    while

    2> re:replace("abcd","c","[\\&]",[{return,list}]).
     "ab[&]d"

    If the replacement is given as a fun, it will be called with the whole matching expression as the first argument and a list of subexpression matches in the order in which they appear in the regular expression. The returned value will be -inserted in the result.

    Example:

    3> re:replace("abcd", ".(.)",
    -    fun(Whole, [<<C>>]) ->
    -         <<$#, Whole/binary, $-, (C - $a + $A), $#>>
    +inserted in the result.

    Example:

    3> re:replace("abcd", ".(.)",
    +    fun(Whole, [<<C>>]) ->
    +         <<$#, Whole/binary, $-, (C - $a + $A), $#>>
         end,
    -    [{return, list}]).
    +    [{return, list}]).
     "#ab-B#cd"

    Note

    Non-matching optional subexpressions will not be included in the list of subexpression matches if they are the last subexpressions in the regular expression.

    Example:

    The regular expression "(a)(b)?(c)?" ("a", optionally followed by "b", @@ -2352,7 +2352,7 @@ run/3 handles empty matches in the same way as Perl: a zero-length match at any point is also retried with options [anchored, notempty_atstart]. If that search gives a result of length > 0, -the result is included. Example:

    re:run("cat","(|at)",[global]).

    The following matchings are performed:

    • At offset 0 - The regular expression (|at) first match at the +the result is included. Example:

      re:run("cat","(|at)",[global]).

      The following matchings are performed:

      • At offset 0 - The regular expression (|at) first match at the initial position of string cat, giving the result set [{0,0},{0,0}] (the second {0,0} is because of the subexpression marked by the parentheses). As the length of the match is 0, we do not advance to the next position yet.

      • At offset 0 with [anchored, notempty_atstart] - The search is @@ -2364,7 +2364,7 @@ of results and the position in the search string is advanced two steps.

      • At offset 3 - The search once again matches the empty string, giving [{3,0},{3,0}].

      • At offset 1 with [anchored, notempty_atstart] - This gives no result of length > 0 and we are at the last position, so the global search is -complete.

      The result of the call is:

      {match,[[{0,0},{0,0}],[{1,0},{1,0}],[{1,2},{1,2}],[{3,0},{3,0}]]}
    • notempty - An empty string is not considered to be a valid match if this +complete.

    The result of the call is:

    {match,[[{0,0},{0,0}],[{1,0},{1,0}],[{1,2},{1,2}],[{3,0},{3,0}]]}
  • notempty - An empty string is not considered to be a valid match if this option is specified. If alternatives in the pattern exist, they are tried. If all the alternatives match the empty string, the entire match fails.

    Example:

    If the following pattern is applied to a string not beginning with "a" or "b", it would normally match the empty string at the start of the subject:

    a?b?

    With option notempty, this match is invalid, so run/3 searches @@ -2435,12 +2435,12 @@ instead of the stack, the amount of heap memory that can be used.

  • The Erlang VM uses a PCRE library where heap memory is used when regular expression match recursion occurs. This therefore limits the use of machine heap, not C stack.

    Specifying a lower value can result in matches with deep recursion failing, -when they should have matched:

    1> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z").
    -{match,[{0,14},{0,13}]}
    -2> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z",[{match_limit_recursion,5}]).
    +when they should have matched:

    1> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z").
    +{match,[{0,14},{0,13}]}
    +2> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z",[{match_limit_recursion,5}]).
     nomatch
    -3> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z",[{match_limit_recursion,5},report_errors]).
    -{error,match_limit_recursion}

    This option and option match_limit are only to be used in rare cases. +3> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z",[{match_limit_recursion,5},report_errors]). +{error,match_limit_recursion}

    This option and option match_limit are only to be used in rare cases. Understanding of the PCRE library internals is recommended before tampering with these limits.

  • {offset, integer() >= 0} - Start matching at the offset (position) specified in the subject string. The offset is zero-based, so that the default @@ -2462,9 +2462,9 @@ capturing).

    As an example of the default behavior, the following call returns, as first and only captured string, the matching part of the subject ("abcd" in the middle) as an index pair {3,4}, where character positions are zero-based, -just as in offsets:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC","abcd",[]).

    The return value of this call is:

    {match,[{3,4}]}

    Another (and quite common) case is where the regular expression matches all of -the subject:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*abcd.*",[]).

    Here the return value correspondingly points out all of the string, beginning -at index 0, and it is 10 characters long:

    {match,[{0,10}]}

    If the regular expression contains capturing subpatterns, like in:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(abcd).*",[]).

    all of the matched subject is captured, as well as the captured substrings:

    {match,[{0,10},{3,4}]}

    The complete matching pattern always gives the first return value in the list +just as in offsets:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC","abcd",[]).

    The return value of this call is:

    {match,[{3,4}]}

    Another (and quite common) case is where the regular expression matches all of +the subject:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*abcd.*",[]).

    Here the return value correspondingly points out all of the string, beginning +at index 0, and it is 10 characters long:

    {match,[{0,10}]}

    If the regular expression contains capturing subpatterns, like in:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(abcd).*",[]).

    all of the matched subject is captured, as well as the captured substrings:

    {match,[{0,10},{3,4}]}

    The complete matching pattern always gives the first return value in the list and the remaining subpatterns are added in the order they occurred in the regular expression.

    The capture tuple is built up as follows:

    • ValueSpec - Specifies which captured (sub)patterns are to be returned. ValueSpec can either be an atom describing a predefined set of return @@ -2489,12 +2489,12 @@ subpatterns (see below) in the regular expression, one can use atom/0s or string/0s to specify the subpatterns to be returned. For example, consider the regular expression:

      ".*(abcd).*"

      matched against string "ABCabcdABC", capturing only the "abcd" part (the -first explicit subpattern):

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(abcd).*",[{capture,[1]}]).

      The call gives the following result, as the first explicitly captured +first explicit subpattern):

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(abcd).*",[{capture,[1]}]).

      The call gives the following result, as the first explicitly captured subpattern is "(abcd)", matching "abcd" in the subject, at (zero-based) -position 3, of length 4:

      {match,[{3,4}]}

      Consider the same regular expression, but with the subpattern explicitly +position 3, of length 4:

      {match,[{3,4}]}

      Consider the same regular expression, but with the subpattern explicitly named 'FOO':

      ".*(?<FOO>abcd).*"

      With this expression, we could still give the index of the subpattern with -the following call:

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(?<FOO>abcd).*",[{capture,[1]}]).

      giving the same result as before. But, as the subpattern is named, we can -also specify its name in the value list:

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(?<FOO>abcd).*",[{capture,['FOO']}]).

      This would give the same result as the earlier examples, namely:

      {match,[{3,4}]}

      The values list can specify indexes or names not present in the regular +the following call:

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(?<FOO>abcd).*",[{capture,[1]}]).

      giving the same result as before. But, as the subpattern is named, we can +also specify its name in the value list:

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(?<FOO>abcd).*",[{capture,['FOO']}]).

      This would give the same result as the earlier examples, namely:

      {match,[{3,4}]}

      The values list can specify indexes or names not present in the regular expression, in which case the return values vary depending on the type. If the type is index, the tuple {-1,0} is returned for values with no corresponding subpattern in the regular expression, but for the other types @@ -2529,12 +2529,12 @@ string:

      "ABCabcdABC"

      the subpattern at index 2 does not match, as "abdd" is not present in the string, but the complete pattern matches (because of the alternative a(..d)). The subpattern at index 2 is therefore unassigned and the default -return value is:

      {match,[{0,10},{3,4},{-1,0},{4,3}]}

      Setting the capture Type to binary gives:

      {match,[<<"ABCabcdABC">>,<<"abcd">>,<<>>,<<"bcd">>]}

      Here the empty binary (<<>>) represents the unassigned subpattern. In the +return value is:

      {match,[{0,10},{3,4},{-1,0},{4,3}]}

      Setting the capture Type to binary gives:

      {match,[<<"ABCabcdABC">>,<<"abcd">>,<<>>,<<"bcd">>]}

      Here the empty binary (<<>>) represents the unassigned subpattern. In the binary case, some information about the matching is therefore lost, as <<>> can also be an empty string captured.

      If differentiation between empty matches and non-existing subpatterns is necessary, use the type index and do the conversion to the final type in Erlang code.

      When option global is speciified, the capture specification affects each -match separately, so that:

      re:run("cacb","c(a|b)",[global,{capture,[1],list}]).

      gives

      {match,[["a"],["b"]]}

    For a descriptions of options only affecting the compilation step, see +match separately, so that:

    re:run("cacb","c(a|b)",[global,{capture,[1],list}]).

    gives

    {match,[["a"],["b"]]}
  • For a descriptions of options only affecting the compilation step, see compile/2.

    @@ -2623,7 +2623,7 @@ compilation option is specified to this function, both the regular expression and Subject are to be specified as valid Unicode charlist()s.

    The result is given as a list of "strings", the preferred data type specified in option return (default iodata).

    If subexpressions are specified in the regular expression, the matching -subexpressions are returned in the resulting list as well. For example:

    re:split("Erlang","[ln]",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","a","g"]

    while

    re:split("Erlang","([ln])",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","l","a","n","g"]

    The text matching the subexpression (marked by the parentheses in the regular +subexpressions are returned in the resulting list as well. For example:

    re:split("Erlang","[ln]",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","a","g"]

    while

    re:split("Erlang","([ln])",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","l","a","n","g"]

    The text matching the subexpression (marked by the parentheses in the regular expression) is inserted in the result list where it was found. This means that concatenating the result of a split where the whole regular expression is a single subexpression (as in the last example) always results in the original @@ -2631,21 +2631,21 @@ "g"), nothing is inserted after that. To make the group of strings and the parts matching the subexpressions more obvious, one can use option group, which groups together the part of the subject string with the parts matching the -subexpressions when the string was split:

    re:split("Erlang","([ln])",[{return,list},group]).

    gives

    [["Er","l"],["a","n"],["g"]]

    Here the regular expression first matched the "l", causing "Er" to be the first +subexpressions when the string was split:

    re:split("Erlang","([ln])",[{return,list},group]).

    gives

    [["Er","l"],["a","n"],["g"]]

    Here the regular expression first matched the "l", causing "Er" to be the first part in the result. When the regular expression matched, the (only) subexpression was bound to the "l", so the "l" is inserted in the group together with "Er". The next match is of the "n", making "a" the next part to be returned. As the subexpression is bound to substring "n" in this case, the "n" is inserted into this group. The last group consists of the remaining string, as no more matches are found.

    By default, all parts of the string, including the empty strings, are returned -from the function, for example:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","an",[]]

    as the matching of the "g" in the end of the string leaves an empty rest, which +from the function, for example:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","an",[]]

    as the matching of the "g" in the end of the string leaves an empty rest, which is also returned. This behavior differs from the default behavior of the split function in Perl, where empty strings at the end are by default removed. To get -the "trimming" default behavior of Perl, specify trim as an option:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list},trim]).

    gives

    ["Er","an"]

    The "trim" option says; "give me as many parts as possible except the empty +the "trimming" default behavior of Perl, specify trim as an option:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list},trim]).

    gives

    ["Er","an"]

    The "trim" option says; "give me as many parts as possible except the empty ones", which sometimes can be useful. You can also specify how many parts you -want, by specifying {parts,N}:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list},{parts,2}]).

    gives

    ["Er","ang"]

    Notice that the last part is "ang", not "an", as splitting was specified into /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.880371545 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.880371545 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/sets.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/sets.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.908371684 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/sets.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.912371704 +0000 @@ -156,11 +156,11 @@ respect to the aforementioned functions, their overall behavior may differ. As mentioned, this module considers elements as different if and only if they do not match (=:=), while both ordsets and gb_sets consider elements -as different if and only if they do not compare equal (==).

    Example:

    1> sets:is_element(1.0, sets:from_list([1])).
    +as different if and only if they do not compare equal (==).

    Example:

    1> sets:is_element(1.0, sets:from_list([1])).
     false
    -2> ordsets:is_element(1.0, ordsets:from_list([1])).
    +2> ordsets:is_element(1.0, ordsets:from_list([1])).
     true
    -2> gb_sets:is_element(1.0, gb_sets:from_list([1])).
    +2> gb_sets:is_element(1.0, gb_sets:from_list([1])).
     true

    @@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/shell.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/shell.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.952371903 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/shell.html 2025-01-25 10:23:48.956371923 +0000 @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ definitions. To facilitate matters, record definitions in modules shell_default and user_default (if loaded) are read each time a new job is started. For example, adding the following line to user_default makes the -definition of file_info readily available in the shell:

    -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

    The shell runs in two modes:

    Command 1 sets variable Str to string "abcd".

    2> L = length(Str).
    +4

    Command 2 sets L to the length of string Str.

    3> Descriptor = {L, list_to_atom(Str)}.
    +{4,abcd}

    Command 3 builds the tuple Descriptor, evaluating the BIF list_to_atom/1 .

    4> L.
    -4

    Command 4 prints the value of variable L.

    5> b().
    -Descriptor = {4,abcd}
    +4

    Command 4 prints the value of variable L.

    5> b().
    +Descriptor = {4,abcd}
     L = 4
     Str = "abcd"
     ok

    Command 5 evaluates the internal shell command b(), which is an abbreviation of "bindings". This prints the current shell variables and their bindings. ok -at the end is the return value of function b().

    6> f(L).
    +at the end is the return value of function b().

    6> f(L).
     ok

    Command 6 evaluates the internal shell command f(L) (abbreviation of -"forget"). The value of variable L is removed.

    7> b().
    -Descriptor = {4,abcd}
    +"forget"). The value of variable L is removed.

    7> b().
    +Descriptor = {4,abcd}
     Str = "abcd"
    -ok

    Command 7 prints the new bindings.

    8> f(L).
    -ok

    Command 8 has no effect, as L has no value.

    9> {L, _} = Descriptor.
    -{4,abcd}

    Command 9 performs a pattern matching operation on Descriptor, binding a new +ok

    Command 7 prints the new bindings.

    8> f(L).
    +ok

    Command 8 has no effect, as L has no value.

    9> {L, _} = Descriptor.
    +{4,abcd}

    Command 9 performs a pattern matching operation on Descriptor, binding a new value to L.

    10> L.
    -4

    Command 10 prints the current value of L.

    11> {P, Q, R} = Descriptor.
    +4

    Command 10 prints the current value of L.

    11> {P, Q, R} = Descriptor.
     ** exception error: no match of right hand side value {4,abcd}

    Command 11 tries to match {P, Q, R} against Descriptor, which is {4, abc}. The match fails and none of the new variables become bound. The printout starting with "** exception error:" is not the value of the expression (the @@ -266,74 +266,74 @@ other variables (L, Str, and so on) are unchanged.

    12> P.
     * 1:1: variable 'P' is unbound
     13> Descriptor.
    -{4,abcd}

    Commands 12 and 13 show that P is unbound because the previous command failed, -and that Descriptor has not changed.

    14>{P, Q} = Descriptor.
    -{4,abcd}
    +{4,abcd}

    Commands 12 and 13 show that P is unbound because the previous command failed, +and that Descriptor has not changed.

    14>{P, Q} = Descriptor.
    +{4,abcd}
     15> P.
    -4

    Commands 14 and 15 show a correct match where P and Q are bound.

    16> f().
    -ok

    Command 16 clears all bindings.

    The next few commands assume that test1:demo(X) is defined as follows:

    demo(X) ->
    -    put(aa, worked),
    +4

    Commands 14 and 15 show a correct match where P and Q are bound.

    16> f().
    +ok

    Command 16 clears all bindings.

    The next few commands assume that test1:demo(X) is defined as follows:

    demo(X) ->
    +    put(aa, worked),
         X = 1,
    -    X + 10.
    17> put(aa, hello).
    +    X + 10.
    17> put(aa, hello).
     undefined
    -18> get(aa).
    +18> get(aa).
     hello

    Commands 17 and 18 set and inspect the value of item aa in the process -dictionary.

    19> Y = test1:demo(1).
    +dictionary.

    19> Y = test1:demo(1).
     11

    Command 19 evaluates test1:demo(1). The evaluation succeeds and the changes made in the process dictionary become visible to the shell. The new value of -dictionary item aa can be seen in command 20.

    20> get().
    -[{aa,worked}]
    -21> put(aa, hello).
    +dictionary item aa can be seen in command 20.

    20> get().
    +[{aa,worked}]
    +21> put(aa, hello).
     worked
    -22> Z = test1:demo(2).
    +22> Z = test1:demo(2).
     ** exception error: no match of right hand side value 1
          in function  test1:demo/1

    Commands 21 and 22 change the value of dictionary item aa to hello and call test1:demo(2). Evaluation fails and the changes made to the dictionary in test1:demo(2), before the error occurred, are discarded.

    23> Z.
     * 1:1: variable 'Z' is unbound
    -24> get(aa).
    +24> get(aa).
     hello

    Commands 23 and 24 show that Z was not bound and that dictionary item aa has -retained its original value.

    25> erase(), put(aa, hello).
    +retained its original value.

    25> erase(), put(aa, hello).
     undefined
    -26> spawn(test1, demo, [1]).
    +26> spawn(test1, demo, [1]).
     <0.57.0>
    -27> get(aa).
    +27> get(aa).
     hello

    Commands 25, 26, and 27 show the effect of evaluating test1:demo(1) in the background. In this case, the expression is evaluated in a newly spawned process. Any changes made in the process dictionary are local to the newly -spawned process and therefore not visible to the shell.

    28> io:format("hello hello\n").
    +spawned process and therefore not visible to the shell.

    28> io:format("hello hello\n").
     hello hello
     ok
    -29> e(28).
    +29> e(28).
     hello hello
     ok
    -30> v(28).
    +30> v(28).
     ok

    Commands 28, 29 and 30 use the history facilities of the shell. Command 29 re-evaluates command 28. Command 30 uses the value (result) of command 28. In the cases of a pure function (a function with no side effects), the result is the same. For a function with side effects, the result can be different.

    The next few commands show some record manipulation. It is assumed that ex.erl -defines a record as follows:

    -record(rec, {a, b = val()}).

    val() ->
        3.

    31> c(ex).
    -{ok,ex}
    -32> rr(ex).
    -[rec]

    Commands 31 and 32 compile file ex.erl and read the record definitions in +defines a record as follows:

    -record(rec, {a, b = val()}).

    val() ->
        3.

    31> c(ex).
    +{ok,ex}
    +32> rr(ex).
    +[rec]

    Commands 31 and 32 compile file ex.erl and read the record definitions in ex.beam. If the compiler did not output any record definitions on the BEAM -file, rr(ex) tries to read record definitions from the source file instead.

    33> rl(rec).
    --record(rec,{a,b = val()}).
    -ok

    Command 33 prints the definition of the record named rec.

    34> #rec{}.
    +file, rr(ex) tries to read record definitions from the source file instead.

    33> rl(rec).
    +-record(rec,{a,b = val()}).
    +ok

    Command 33 prints the definition of the record named rec.

    34> #rec{}.
     ** exception error: undefined shell command val/0

    Command 34 tries to create a rec record, but fails as function val/0 is -undefined.

    35> #rec{b = 3}.
    -#rec{a = undefined,b = 3}

    Command 35 shows the workaround: explicitly assign values to record fields that -cannot otherwise be initialized.

    36> rp(v(-1)).
    -#rec{a = undefined,b = 3}
    +undefined.

    35> #rec{b = 3}.
    +#rec{a = undefined,b = 3}

    Command 35 shows the workaround: explicitly assign values to record fields that +cannot otherwise be initialized.

    36> rp(v(-1)).
    +#rec{a = undefined,b = 3}
     ok

    Command 36 prints the newly created record using record definitions maintained -by the shell.

    37> rd(rec, {f = orddict:new()}).
    +by the shell.

    37> rd(rec, {f = orddict:new()}).
     rec

    Command 37 defines a record directly in the shell. The definition replaces the -one read from file ex.beam.

    38> #rec{}.
    -#rec{f = []}
    -ok

    Command 38 creates a record using the new definition, and prints the result.

    39> rd(rec, {c}), A.
    +one read from file ex.beam.

    38> #rec{}.
    +#rec{f = []}
    +ok

    Command 38 creates a record using the new definition, and prints the result.

    39> rd(rec, {c}), A.
     * 1:15: variable 'A' is unbound
    -40> #rec{}.
    -#rec{c = undefined}
    +40> #rec{}.
    +#rec{c = undefined}
     ok

    Command 39 and 40 show that record definitions are updated as side effects. The evaluation of the command fails, but the definition of rec has been carried out.

    For the next command, it is assumed that test1:loop(N) is defined as follows:

    loop(N) ->
        io:format("Hello Number: ~w~n", [N]),
        loop(N+1).

    41> test1:loop(0).
    @@ -359,31 +359,31 @@
     JCL mode the user can start and stop jobs.

    In this particular case, command i ("interrupt") terminates the looping program, and command c connects to the shell again. As the process was running in the background before we killed it, more printouts occur before message -"** exception exit: killed" is shown.

    42> E = ets:new(t, []).
    -#Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214192>

    Command 42 creates an ETS table.

    43> ets:insert({d,1,2}).
    +"** exception exit: killed" is shown.

    42> E = ets:new(t, []).
    +#Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214192>

    Command 42 creates an ETS table.

    43> ets:insert({d,1,2}).
     ** exception error: undefined function ets:insert/1

    Command 43 tries to insert a tuple into the ETS table, but the first argument -(the table) is missing. The exception kills the evaluator process.

    44> ets:insert(E, {d,1,2}).
    +(the table) is missing. The exception kills the evaluator process.

    44> ets:insert(E, {d,1,2}).
     ** exception error: argument is of wrong type
          in function  ets:insert/2
             called as ets:insert(16,{d,1,2})

    Command 44 corrects the mistake, but the ETS table has been destroyed as it was -owned by the killed evaluator process.

    45> f(E).
    +owned by the killed evaluator process.

    45> f(E).
     ok
    -46> catch_exception(true).
    +46> catch_exception(true).
     false

    Command 46 sets the exception handling of the evaluator process to true. The exception handling can also be set when starting Erlang by -erl -stdlib shell_catch_exception true.

    47> E = ets:new(t, []).
    +erl -stdlib shell_catch_exception true.

    47> E = ets:new(t, []).
     #Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214197>
    -48> ets:insert({d,1,2}).
    +48> ets:insert({d,1,2}).
     * exception error: undefined function ets:insert/1

    Command 48 makes the same mistake as in command 43, but this time the evaluator process lives on. The single star at the beginning of the printout signals that -the exception has been caught.

    49> ets:insert(E, {d,1,2}).
    -true

    Command 49 successfully inserts the tuple into the ETS table.

    50> ets:insert(#Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214197>, {e,3,4}).
    +the exception has been caught.

    49> ets:insert(E, {d,1,2}).
    +true

    Command 49 successfully inserts the tuple into the ETS table.

    50> ets:insert(#Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214197>, {e,3,4}).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/shell_default.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/shell_default.html	2025-01-25 10:23:48.980372044 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/shell_default.html	2025-01-25 10:23:48.980372044 +0000
    @@ -129,10 +129,10 @@
     
         

    Customizing the Erlang environment.

    The functions in this module are called when no module name is specified in a -shell command.

    Consider the following shell dialog:

    1> lists:reverse("abc").
    +shell command.

    Consider the following shell dialog:

    1> lists:reverse("abc").
     "cba"
    -2> c(foo).
    -{ok, foo}

    In command one, module lists is called. In command two, no module name is +2> c(foo). +{ok, foo}

    In command one, module lists is called. In command two, no module name is specified. The shell searches module user_default followed by module shell_default for function c/1.

    shell_default is intended for "system wide" customizations to the shell. user_default is intended for "local" or individual user customizations.

    @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/shell_docs.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/shell_docs.html 2025-01-25 10:23:49.004372163 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/shell_docs.html 2025-01-25 10:23:49.008372183 +0000 @@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/slave.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/slave.html 2025-01-25 10:23:49.032372303 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/slave.html 2025-01-25 10:23:49.036372323 +0000 @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ at a master node. A pseudo server is an intermediary that only has the same registered name as the real server.

    For example, if you have started a slave node N and want to execute pxw graphics code on this node, you can start server pxw_server as a pseudo server -at the slave node. This is illustrated as follows:

    rpc:call(N, slave, pseudo, [node(), [pxw_server]]).
    +at the slave node. This is illustrated as follows:

    rpc:call(N, slave, pseudo, [node(), [pxw_server]]).

    @@ -529,9 +529,9 @@ passed to the new node and can be used for a variety of purposes; see erl(1).

    As an example, suppose that you want to start a slave node at host H with node name Name@H and want the slave node to have the following properties:

    • Directory Dir is to be added to the code path.
    • The Mnesia directory is to be set to M.
    • The Unix DISPLAY environment variable is to be set to the display of the -master node.

    The following code is executed to achieve this:

    E = " -env DISPLAY " ++ net_adm:localhost() ++ ":0 ",
    +master node.

    The following code is executed to achieve this:

    E = " -env DISPLAY " ++ net_adm:localhost() ++ ":0 ",
     Arg = "-mnesia_dir " ++ M ++ " -pa " ++ Dir ++ E,
    -slave:start(H, Name, Arg).

    The function returns {ok, Node}, where Node is the name of the new node, +slave:start(H, Name, Arg).

    The function returns {ok, Node}, where Node is the name of the new node, otherwise {error, Reason}, where Reason can be one of:

    • timeout - The master node failed to get in contact with the slave node. This can occur in a number of circumstances:

      • Erlang/OTP is not installed on the remote host.
      • The file system on the other host has a different structure to the the master.
      • The Erlang nodes have different cookies.
    • no_rsh - No remote shell program was found on the computer. Note that @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/sofs.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/sofs.html 2025-01-25 10:23:49.100372643 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/sofs.html 2025-01-25 10:23:49.104372662 +0000 @@ -262,11 +262,11 @@ selecting, duplicating, or rearranging parts of the elements.
    • Specifying a SetFun as an integer I is equivalent to specifying {external, fun(X) -> element(I, X) end}, but is to be preferred, as it makes it possible to handle this case even more efficiently.

    Examples of SetFuns:

    fun sofs:union/1
    -fun(S) -> sofs:partition(1, S) end
    -{external, fun(A) -> A end}
    -{external, fun({A,_,C}) -> {C,A} end}
    -{external, fun({_,{_,C}}) -> C end}
    -{external, fun({_,{_,{_,E}=C}}) -> {E,{E,C}} end}
    +fun(S) -> sofs:partition(1, S) end
    +{external, fun(A) -> A end}
    +{external, fun({A,_,C}) -> {C,A} end}
    +{external, fun({_,{_,C}}) -> C end}
    +{external, fun({_,{_,{_,E}=C}}) -> {E,{E,C}} end}
     2

    The order in which a SetFun is applied to the elements of an unordered set is not specified, and can change in future versions of this module.

    The execution time of the functions of this module is dominated by the time it takes to sort lists. When no sorting is needed, the execution time is in the @@ -1832,10 +1832,10 @@ belongs to SetOfSets and E belongs to Set.

    If SetOfSets is a partition of a set X and R is the equivalence relation in X induced by SetOfSets, then the returned relation is the canonical map from X onto the equivalence classes with -respect to R.

    1> Ss = sofs:from_term([[a,b],[b,c]]),
    -CR = sofs:canonical_relation(Ss),
    -sofs:to_external(CR).
    -[{a,[a,b]},{b,[a,b]},{b,[b,c]},{c,[b,c]}]
    +respect to R.

    1> Ss = sofs:from_term([[a,b],[b,c]]),
    +CR = sofs:canonical_relation(Ss),
    +sofs:to_external(CR).
    +[{a,[a,b]},{b,[a,b]},{b,[b,c]},{c,[b,c]}]
    @@ -1865,11 +1865,11 @@

    Returns the composite of the functions Function1 and -Function2.

    1> F1 = sofs:a_function([{a,1},{b,2},{c,2}]),
    -F2 = sofs:a_function([{1,x},{2,y},{3,z}]),
    -F = sofs:composite(F1, F2),
    -sofs:to_external(F).
    -[{a,x},{b,y},{c,y}]
    +Function2.

    1> F1 = sofs:a_function([{a,1},{b,2},{c,2}]),
    +F2 = sofs:a_function([{1,x},{2,y},{3,z}]),
    +F = sofs:composite(F1, F2),
    +sofs:to_external(F).
    +[{a,x},{b,y},{c,y}]
    @@ -1899,11 +1899,11 @@

    Creates the function that maps each element of set Set -onto AnySet.

    1> S = sofs:set([a,b]),
    -E = sofs:from_term(1),
    -R = sofs:constant_function(S, E),
    -sofs:to_external(R).
    -[{a,1},{b,1}]
    +onto AnySet.

    1> S = sofs:set([a,b]),
    +E = sofs:from_term(1),
    +R = sofs:constant_function(S, E),
    +sofs:to_external(R).
    +[{a,1},{b,1}]
    @@ -1931,10 +1931,10 @@ -

    Returns the converse of the binary relation BinRel1.

    1> R1 = sofs:relation([{1,a},{2,b},{3,a}]),
    -R2 = sofs:converse(R1),
    -sofs:to_external(R2).
    -[{a,1},{a,3},{b,2}]
    +

    Returns the converse of the binary relation BinRel1.

    1> R1 = sofs:relation([{1,a},{2,b},{3,a}]),
    +R2 = sofs:converse(R1),
    +sofs:to_external(R2).
    +[{a,1},{a,3},{b,2}]
    @@ -2052,10 +2052,10 @@ -

    Returns the domain of the binary relation BinRel.

    1> R = sofs:relation([{1,a},{1,b},{2,b},{2,c}]),
    -S = sofs:domain(R),
    -sofs:to_external(S).
    -[1,2]
    +

    Returns the domain of the binary relation BinRel.

    1> R = sofs:relation([{1,a},{1,b},{2,b},{2,c}]),
    +S = sofs:domain(R),
    +sofs:to_external(S).
    +[1,2]
    @@ -2085,11 +2085,11 @@

    Returns the difference between the binary relation BinRel1 and the -restriction of BinRel1 to Set.

    1> R1 = sofs:relation([{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]),
    -S = sofs:set([2,4,6]),
    -R2 = sofs:drestriction(R1, S),
    -sofs:to_external(R2).
    -[{1,a},{3,c}]

    drestriction(R, S) is equivalent to +restriction of BinRel1 to Set.

    1> R1 = sofs:relation([{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]),
    +S = sofs:set([2,4,6]),
    +R2 = sofs:drestriction(R1, S),
    +sofs:to_external(R2).
    +[{1,a},{3,c}]

    drestriction(R, S) is equivalent to difference(R, restriction(R, S)).

    @@ -2120,12 +2120,12 @@

    Returns a subset of Set1 containing those elements that do not give an element -in Set2 as the result of applying SetFun.

    1> SetFun = {external, fun({_A,B,C}) -> {B,C} end},
    -R1 = sofs:relation([{a,aa,1},{b,bb,2},{c,cc,3}]),
    -R2 = sofs:relation([{bb,2},{cc,3},{dd,4}]),
    -R3 = sofs:drestriction(SetFun, R1, R2),
    -sofs:to_external(R3).
    -[{a,aa,1}]

    drestriction(F, S1, S2) is equivalent to +in Set2 as the result of applying SetFun.

    1> SetFun = {external, fun({_A,B,C}) -> {B,C} end},
    +R1 = sofs:relation([{a,aa,1},{b,bb,2},{c,cc,3}]),
    +R2 = sofs:relation([{bb,2},{cc,3},{dd,4}]),
    +R3 = sofs:drestriction(SetFun, R1, R2),
    +sofs:to_external(R3).
    +[{a,aa,1}]

    drestriction(F, S1, S2) is equivalent to difference(S1, restriction(F, S1, S2)).

    @@ -2190,12 +2190,12 @@

    Returns the extension of BinRel1 such that for each element E in Set that does not belong to the domain of -BinRel1, BinRel2 contains the pair (E, AnySet).

    1> S = sofs:set([b,c]),
    -A = sofs:empty_set(),
    -R = sofs:family([{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]}]),
    -X = sofs:extension(R, S, A),
    -sofs:to_external(X).
    -[{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]},{c,[]}]
    +BinRel1, BinRel2 contains the pair (E, AnySet).

    1> S = sofs:set([b,c]),
    +A = sofs:empty_set(),
    +R = sofs:family([{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]}]),
    +X = sofs:extension(R, S, A),
    +sofs:to_external(X).
    +[{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]},{c,[]}]
    @@ -2284,11 +2284,11 @@

    If Family1 and Family2 are families, then Family3 is the family such that the index set is equal to the index set of Family1, and Family3[i] is the difference between Family1[i] and Family2[i] if -Family2 maps i, otherwise Family1[i].

    1> F1 = sofs:family([{a,[1,2]},{b,[3,4]}]),
    -F2 = sofs:family([{b,[4,5]},{c,[6,7]}]),
    -F3 = sofs:family_difference(F1, F2),
    -sofs:to_external(F3).
    -[{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]}]
    +Family2 maps i, otherwise Family1[i].

    1> F1 = sofs:family([{a,[1,2]},{b,[3,4]}]),
    +F2 = sofs:family([{b,[4,5]},{c,[6,7]}]),
    +F3 = sofs:family_difference(F1, F2),
    +sofs:to_external(F3).
    +[{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]}]
    @@ -2319,10 +2319,10 @@

    If Family1 is a family and Family1[i] is a binary relation for every i in the index set of Family1, then Family2 is the family with the same index set as Family1 such that Family2[i] is the -domain of Family1[i].

    1> FR = sofs:from_term([{a,[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]},{b,[]},{c,[{4,d},{5,e}]}]),
    -F = sofs:family_domain(FR),
    -sofs:to_external(F).
    -[{a,[1,2,3]},{b,[]},{c,[4,5]}]
    +domain of Family1[i].

    1> FR = sofs:from_term([{a,[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]},{b,[]},{c,[{4,d},{5,e}]}]),
    +F = sofs:family_domain(FR),
    +sofs:to_external(F).
    +[{a,[1,2,3]},{b,[]},{c,[4,5]}]
    @@ -2353,10 +2353,10 @@

    If Family1 is a family and Family1[i] is a binary relation for every i in the index set of Family1, then Family2 is the family with the same index set as Family1 such that Family2[i] is the -field of Family1[i].

    1> FR = sofs:from_term([{a,[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]},{b,[]},{c,[{4,d},{5,e}]}]),
    -F = sofs:family_field(FR),
    -sofs:to_external(F).
    -[{a,[1,2,3,a,b,c]},{b,[]},{c,[4,5,d,e]}]

    family_field(Family1) is equivalent to +field of Family1[i].

    1> FR = sofs:from_term([{a,[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]},{b,[]},{c,[{4,d},{5,e}]}]),
    +F = sofs:family_field(FR),
    +sofs:to_external(F).
    +[{a,[1,2,3,a,b,c]},{b,[]},{c,[4,5,d,e]}]

    family_field(Family1) is equivalent to family_union(family_domain(Family1), family_range(Family1)).

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/argparse.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/argparse.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/argparse.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -42,20 +42,20 @@ example below is a fully functioning Erlang program accepting two command line arguments and printing their product.

    #!/usr/bin/env escript
     
    -main(Args) ->
    -    argparse:run(Args, cli(), #{progname => mul}).
    +main(Args) ->
    +    argparse:run(Args, cli(), #{progname => mul}).
     
    -cli() ->
    -    #{
    -        arguments => [
    -            #{name => left, type => integer},
    -            #{name => right, type => integer}
    -        ],
    +cli() ->
    +    #{
    +        arguments => [
    +            #{name => left, type => integer},
    +            #{name => right, type => integer}
    +        ],
             handler =>
    -            fun (#{left := Left, right := Right}) ->
    -                io:format("~b~n", [Left * Right])
    +            fun (#{left := Left, right := Right}) ->
    +                io:format("~b~n", [Left * Right])
                 end
    -    }.

    Running this script with no arguments results in an error, accompanied by the + }.

    Running this script with no arguments results in an error, accompanied by the usage information.

    The cli function defines a single command with embedded handler accepting a map. Keys of the map are argument names as defined by the argument field of the command, left and right in the example. Values are taken from the @@ -69,25 +69,25 @@

    A command may contain nested commands, forming a hierarchy. Arguments defined at the upper level command are automatically added to all nested commands. Nested -commands example (assuming progname is nested):

    cli() ->
    -  #{
    +commands example (assuming progname is nested):

    cli() ->
    +  #{
         %% top level argument applicable to all commands
    -    arguments => [#{name => top}],
    -      commands => #{
    -        "first" => #{
    +    arguments => [#{name => top}],
    +      commands => #{
    +        "first" => #{
               %% argument applicable to "first" command and
               %%  all commands nested into "first"
    -          arguments => [#{name => mid}],
    -          commands => #{
    -            "second" => #{
    +          arguments => [#{name => mid}],
    +          commands => #{
    +            "second" => #{
                   %% argument only applicable for "second" command
    -              arguments => [#{name => bottom}],
    -              handler => fun (A) -> io:format("~p~n", [A]) end
    -          }
    -        }
    -      }
    -    }
    -  }.

    In the example above, a 3-level hierarchy is defined. First is the script itself + arguments => [#{name => bottom}], + handler => fun (A) -> io:format("~p~n", [A]) end + } + } + } + } + }.

    In the example above, a 3-level hierarchy is defined. First is the script itself (nested), accepting the only argument top. Since it has no associated handler, run/3 will not accept user input omitting nested command selection. For this example, user has to supply 5 arguments in the command line, two being @@ -105,14 +105,14 @@ on all operating systems). Both options and positional arguments have 1 or more associated values. See argument specification to find more details about supported combinations.

    In the user input, short options may be concatenated with their values. Long -options support values separated by =. Consider this definition:

    cli() ->
    -  #{
    -    arguments => [
    -      #{name => long, long => "-long"},
    -      #{name => short, short => $s}
    -    ],
    -    handler => fun (Args) -> io:format("~p~n", [Args]) end
    -  }.

    Running ./args --long=VALUE prints #{long => "VALUE"}, running +options support values separated by =. Consider this definition:

    cli() ->
    +  #{
    +    arguments => [
    +      #{name => long, long => "-long"},
    +      #{name => short, short => $s}
    +    ],
    +    handler => fun (Args) -> io:format("~p~n", [Args]) end
    +  }.

    Running ./args --long=VALUE prints #{long => "VALUE"}, running ./args -sVALUE prints #{short => "VALUE"}

    argparse supports boolean flags concatenation: it is possible to shorten -r -f -v to -rfv.

    Shortened option names are not supported: it is not possible to use --my-argum instead of --my-argument-name even when such option can be unambiguously @@ -492,111 +492,111 @@ which case resulting argument map will either contain the default value, or not have the key at all.

    • name - Sets the argument name in the parsed argument map. If help is not defined, name is also used to generate the default usage message.

    • short - Defines a short (single character) form of an optional argument.

      %% Define a command accepting argument named myarg, with short form $a:
      -1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $a}]}.
      +1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $a}]}.
       %% Parse command line "-a str":
      -2> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-a", "str"], Cmd), ArgMap.
      +2> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-a", "str"], Cmd), ArgMap.
       
      -#{myarg => "str"}
      +#{myarg => "str"}
       
       %% Option value can be concatenated with the switch: "-astr"
      -3> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-astr"], Cmd), ArgMap.
      +3> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-astr"], Cmd), ArgMap.
       
      -#{myarg => "str"}

      By default all options expect a single value following the option switch. The -only exception is an option of a boolean type.

    • long - Defines a long form of an optional argument.

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, long => "name"}]}.
      +#{myarg => "str"}

      By default all options expect a single value following the option switch. The +only exception is an option of a boolean type.

    • long - Defines a long form of an optional argument.

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, long => "name"}]}.
       %% Parse command line "-name Erlang":
      -2> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-name", "Erlang"], Cmd), ArgMap.
      +2> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-name", "Erlang"], Cmd), ArgMap.
       
      -#{myarg => "Erlang"}
      +#{myarg => "Erlang"}
       %% Or use "=" to separate the switch and the value:
      -3> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-name=Erlang"], Cmd), ArgMap.
      +3> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-name=Erlang"], Cmd), ArgMap.
       
      -#{myarg => "Erlang"}

      If neither short not long is defined, the argument is treated as +#{myarg => "Erlang"}

    If neither short not long is defined, the argument is treated as positional.

  • required - Forces the parser to expect the argument to be present in the command line. By default, all positional argument are required, and all options are not.

  • default - Specifies the default value to put in the parsed argument map -if the value is not supplied in the command line.

    1> argparse:parse([], #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $m}]}).
    +if the value is not supplied in the command line.

    1> argparse:parse([], #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $m}]}).
     
    -{ok,#{}, ...
    -2> argparse:parse([], #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $m, default => "def"}]}).
    +{ok,#{}, ...
    +2> argparse:parse([], #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $m, default => "def"}]}).
     
    -{ok,#{myarg => "def"}, ...
  • type - Defines type conversion and validation routine. The default is +{ok,#{myarg => "def"}, ...

  • type - Defines type conversion and validation routine. The default is string, assuming no conversion.

  • nargs - Defines the number of following arguments to consume from the command line. By default, the parser consumes the next argument and converts it into an Erlang term according to the specified type.

    • pos_integer/0 - Consume exactly this number of positional arguments, fail if there is not enough. Value in the argument map contains a list of exactly this length. Example, defining a positional argument expecting 3 -integer values:

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => ints, type => integer, nargs => 3}]},
      -argparse:parse(["1", "2", "3"], Cmd).
      +integer values:

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => ints, type => integer, nargs => 3}]},
      +argparse:parse(["1", "2", "3"], Cmd).
       
      -{ok, #{ints => [1, 2, 3]}, ...

      Another example defining an option accepted as -env and expecting two -string arguments:

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => env, long => "env", nargs => 2}]},
      -argparse:parse(["-env", "key", "value"], Cmd).
      +{ok, #{ints => [1, 2, 3]}, ...

      Another example defining an option accepted as -env and expecting two +string arguments:

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => env, long => "env", nargs => 2}]},
      +argparse:parse(["-env", "key", "value"], Cmd).
       
      -{ok, #{env => ["key", "value"]}, ...
    • list - Consume all following arguments until hitting the next option +{ok, #{env => ["key", "value"]}, ...

  • list - Consume all following arguments until hitting the next option (starting with an option prefix). May result in an empty list added to the -arguments map.

    1> Cmd = #{arguments => [
    -  #{name => nodes, long => "nodes", nargs => list},
    -  #{name => verbose, short => $v, type => boolean}
    -]},
    -argparse:parse(["-nodes", "one", "two", "-v"], Cmd).
    +arguments map.

    1> Cmd = #{arguments => [
    +  #{name => nodes, long => "nodes", nargs => list},
    +  #{name => verbose, short => $v, type => boolean}
    +]},
    +argparse:parse(["-nodes", "one", "two", "-v"], Cmd).
     
    -{ok, #{nodes => ["one", "two"], verbose => true}, ...
  • nonempty_list - Same as list, but expects at least one argument. +{ok, #{nodes => ["one", "two"], verbose => true}, ...

  • nonempty_list - Same as list, but expects at least one argument. Returns an error if the following command line argument is an option switch (starting with the prefix).

  • 'maybe' - Consumes the next argument from the command line, if it does not start with an option prefix. Otherwise, adds a default value to the -arguments map.

    1> Cmd = #{arguments => [
    -  #{name => level, short => $l, nargs => 'maybe', default => "error"},
    -  #{name => verbose, short => $v, type => boolean}
    -]},
    -argparse:parse(["-l", "info", "-v"], Cmd).
    +arguments map.

    1> Cmd = #{arguments => [
    +  #{name => level, short => $l, nargs => 'maybe', default => "error"},
    +  #{name => verbose, short => $v, type => boolean}
    +]},
    +argparse:parse(["-l", "info", "-v"], Cmd).
     
    -{ok,#{level => "info",verbose => true}, ...
    +{ok,#{level => "info",verbose => true}, ...
     
     %% When "info" is omitted, argument maps receives the default "error"
    -2> argparse:parse(["-l", "-v"], Cmd).
    +2> argparse:parse(["-l", "-v"], Cmd).
     
    -{ok,#{level => "error",verbose => true}, ...
  • {'maybe', term()} - Consumes the next argument from the command line, +{ok,#{level => "error",verbose => true}, ...

  • {'maybe', term()} - Consumes the next argument from the command line, /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/array.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/array.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/array.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -31,14 +31,14 @@ reset/2). If you need to differentiate between unset and set entries, ensure that the default value cannot be confused with the values of set entries.

    The array never shrinks automatically. If an index I has been used to set an entry successfully, all indices in the range [0,I] stay accessible unless the -array size is explicitly changed by calling resize/2.

    Examples:

    Create a fixed-size array with entries 0-9 set to undefined:

    A0 = array:new(10).
    -10 = array:size(A0).

    Create an extendible array and set entry 17 to true, causing the array to grow -automatically:

    A1 = array:set(17, true, array:new()).
    -18 = array:size(A1).

    Read back a stored value:

    true = array:get(17, A1).

    Accessing an unset entry returns default value:

    undefined = array:get(3, A1)

    Accessing an entry beyond the last set entry also returns the default value, if -the array does not have fixed size:

    undefined = array:get(18, A1).

    "Sparse" functions ignore default-valued entries:

    A2 = array:set(4, false, A1).
    -[{4, false}, {17, true}] = array:sparse_to_orddict(A2).

    An extendible array can be made fixed-size later:

    A3 = array:fix(A2).

    A fixed-size array does not grow automatically and does not allow accesses -beyond the last set entry:

    {'EXIT',{badarg,_}} = (catch array:set(18, true, A3)).
    -{'EXIT',{badarg,_}} = (catch array:get(18, A3)).
    +array size is explicitly changed by calling resize/2.

    Examples:

    Create a fixed-size array with entries 0-9 set to undefined:

    A0 = array:new(10).
    +10 = array:size(A0).

    Create an extendible array and set entry 17 to true, causing the array to grow +automatically:

    A1 = array:set(17, true, array:new()).
    +18 = array:size(A1).

    Read back a stored value:

    true = array:get(17, A1).

    Accessing an unset entry returns default value:

    undefined = array:get(3, A1)

    Accessing an entry beyond the last set entry also returns the default value, if +the array does not have fixed size:

    undefined = array:get(18, A1).

    "Sparse" functions ignore default-valued entries:

    A2 = array:set(4, false, A1).
    +[{4, false}, {17, true}] = array:sparse_to_orddict(A2).

    An extendible array can be made fixed-size later:

    A3 = array:fix(A2).

    A fixed-size array does not grow automatically and does not allow accesses +beyond the last set entry:

    {'EXIT',{badarg,_}} = (catch array:set(18, true, A3)).
    +{'EXIT',{badarg,_}} = (catch array:get(18, A3)).
    @@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ array size; this also implies {fixed, true}. If N is not a non-negative integer, the call fails with reason badarg.

  • fixed or {fixed, true} - Creates a fixed-size array. See also fix/1.

  • {fixed, false} - Creates an extendible (non-fixed-size) array.

  • {default, Value} - Sets the default value for the array to Value.

  • Options are processed in the order they occur in the list, that is, later options have higher precedence.

    The default value is used as the value of uninitialized entries, and cannot be -changed once the array has been created.

    Examples:

    array:new(100)

    creates a fixed-size array of size 100.

    array:new({default,0})

    creates an empty, extendible array whose default value is 0.

    array:new([{size,10},{fixed,false},{default,-1}])

    creates an extendible array with initial size 10 whose default value is -1.

    See also fix/1, from_list/2, get/2, new/0, new/2, set/3.

    +changed once the array has been created.

    Examples:

    array:new(100)

    creates a fixed-size array of size 100.

    array:new({default,0})

    creates an empty, extendible array whose default value is 0.

    array:new([{size,10},{fixed,false},{default,-1}])

    creates an extendible array with initial size 10 whose default value is -1.

    See also fix/1, from_list/2, get/2, new/0, new/2, set/3.

    @@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ Options override parameter Size.

    If Options is a list, this is equivalent to new([{size, Size} | Options]), otherwise it is equivalent to new([{size, Size} | [Options]]). However, using this function -directly is more efficient.

    Example:

    array:new(100, {default,0})

    creates a fixed-size array of size 100, whose default value is 0.

    See also new/1.

    +directly is more efficient.

    Example:

    array:new(100, {default,0})

    creates a fixed-size array of size 100, whose default value is 0.

    See also new/1.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/assert_hrl.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/assert_hrl.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/assert_hrl.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Description

    The include file assert.hrl provides macros for inserting assertions in your -program code.

    Include the following directive in the module from which the function is called:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/assert.hrl").

    When an assertion succeeds, the assert macro yields the atom ok. When an +program code.

    Include the following directive in the module from which the function is called:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/assert.hrl").

    When an assertion succeeds, the assert macro yields the atom ok. When an assertion fails, an exception of type error is generated. The associated error term has the form {Macro, Info}. Macro is the macro name, for example, assertEqual. Info is a list of tagged values, such as @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@

    • assert(BoolExpr)

    • assert(BoolExpr, Comment) - Tests that BoolExpr completes normally returning true.

    • assertNot(BoolExpr)

    • assertNot(BoolExpr, Comment) - Tests that BoolExpr completes normally returning false.

    • assertMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr)

    • assertMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr completes -normally yielding a value that matches GuardedPattern, for example:

      ?assertMatch({bork, _}, f())

      Notice that a guard when ... can be included:

      ?assertMatch({bork, X} when X > 0, f())
    • assertNotMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr)

    • assertNotMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr +normally yielding a value that matches GuardedPattern, for example:

      ?assertMatch({bork, _}, f())

      Notice that a guard when ... can be included:

      ?assertMatch({bork, X} when X > 0, f())
    • assertNotMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr)

    • assertNotMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr completes normally yielding a value that does not match GuardedPattern.

      As in assertMatch, GuardedPattern can have a when part.

    • assertEqual(ExpectedValue, Expr)

    • assertEqual(ExpectedValue, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr completes normally yielding a value that is exactly equal to ExpectedValue.

    • assertNotEqual(ExpectedValue, Expr)

    • assertNotEqual(ExpectedValue, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr completes normally yielding a value that is not exactly equal to /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/base64.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/base64.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/base64.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -550,15 +550,15 @@

      Decodes a base64 string encoded using the standard alphabet according to RFC 4648 Section 4 to plain ASCII.

      The function will strips away any whitespace characters and check for the -the correct number of = padding characters at the end of the encoded string.

      See decode_options/0 for details on which options can be passed.

      Example:

      1> base64:decode("AQIDBA==").
      +the correct number of = padding characters at the end of the encoded string.

      See decode_options/0 for details on which options can be passed.

      Example:

      1> base64:decode("AQIDBA==").
       <<1,2,3,4>>
      -2> base64:decode("AQ ID BA==").
      +2> base64:decode("AQ ID BA==").
       <<1,2,3,4>>
      -3> base64:decode("AQIDBA=").
      +3> base64:decode("AQIDBA=").
       ** exception error: missing_padding
            in function  base64:decode_list/7 (base64.erl, line 734)
               *** data to decode is missing final = padding characters, if this is intended, use the `padding => false` option
      -4> base64:decode("AQIDBA=", #{ padding => false }).
      +4> base64:decode("AQIDBA=", #{ padding => false }).
       <<1,2,3,4>>
    @@ -813,9 +813,9 @@

    Decodes a base64 "mime" string encoded using the standard alphabet according to RFC 4648 Section 4 to plain ASCII.

    The function will strips away any illegal characters. It does not check for the -the correct number of = padding characters at the end of the encoded string.

    See decode_options/0 for details on which options can be passed.

    Example:

    1> base64:mime_decode("AQIDBA==").
    +the correct number of = padding characters at the end of the encoded string.

    See decode_options/0 for details on which options can be passed.

    Example:

    1> base64:mime_decode("AQIDBA==").
     <<1,2,3,4>>
    -2> base64:mime_decode("AQIDB=A=").
    +2> base64:mime_decode("AQIDB=A=").
     <<1,2,3,4>>
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/beam_lib.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/beam_lib.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/beam_lib.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ Reconstruct Source Code

    The following example shows how to reconstruct Erlang source code from the debug -information in a BEAM file Beam:

    {ok,{_,[{abstract_code,{_,AC}}]}} = beam_lib:chunks(Beam,[abstract_code]).
    -io:fwrite("~s~n", [erl_prettypr:format(erl_syntax:form_list(AC))]).

    +information in a BEAM file Beam:

    {ok,{_,[{abstract_code,{_,AC}}]}} = beam_lib:chunks(Beam,[abstract_code]).
    +io:fwrite("~s~n", [erl_prettypr:format(erl_syntax:form_list(AC))]).

    @@ -77,13 +77,13 @@ user's home directory and then filename:basedir(user_config, "erlang"). If the file is found and contains a key, beam_lib implicitly creates a crypto key fun -and registers it.

    File .erlang.crypt is to contain a single list of tuples:

    {debug_info, Mode, Module, Key}

    Mode is the type of crypto algorithm; currently, the only allowed value is +and registers it.

    File .erlang.crypt is to contain a single list of tuples:

    {debug_info, Mode, Module, Key}

    Mode is the type of crypto algorithm; currently, the only allowed value is des3_cbc. Module is either an atom, in which case Key is only used for the module Module, or [], in which case Key is used for all modules. Key is the non-empty key string.

    Key in the first tuple where both Mode and Module match is used.

    The following is an example of an .erlang.crypt file that returns the same key -for all modules:

    [{debug_info, des3_cbc, [], "%>7}|pc/DM6Cga*68$Mw]L#&_Gejr]G^"}].

    The following is a slightly more complicated example of an .erlang.crypt -providing one key for module t and another key for all other modules:

    [{debug_info, des3_cbc, t, "My KEY"},
    - {debug_info, des3_cbc, [], "%>7}|pc/DM6Cga*68$Mw]L#&_Gejr]G^"}].

    Note

    Do not use any of the keys in these examples. Use your own keys.

    +for all modules:

    [{debug_info, des3_cbc, [], "%>7}|pc/DM6Cga*68$Mw]L#&_Gejr]G^"}].

    The following is a slightly more complicated example of an .erlang.crypt +providing one key for module t and another key for all other modules:

    [{debug_info, des3_cbc, t, "My KEY"},
    + {debug_info, des3_cbc, [], "%>7}|pc/DM6Cga*68$Mw]L#&_Gejr]G^"}].

    Note

    Do not use any of the keys in these examples. Use your own keys.

    @@ -1435,11 +1435,11 @@

    Registers an unary fun that is called if beam_lib must read an debug_info chunk that has been encrypted. The fun is held in a process that is started by the function.

    If a fun is already registered when attempting to register a fun, -{error, exists} is returned.

    The fun must handle the following arguments:

    CryptoKeyFun(init) -> ok | {ok, NewCryptoKeyFun} | {error, Term}

    Called when the fun is registered, in the process that holds the fun. Here the +{error, exists} is returned.

    The fun must handle the following arguments:

    CryptoKeyFun(init) -> ok | {ok, NewCryptoKeyFun} | {error, Term}

    Called when the fun is registered, in the process that holds the fun. Here the crypto key fun can do any necessary initializations. If {ok, NewCryptoKeyFun} is returned, NewCryptoKeyFun is registered instead of CryptoKeyFun. If {error, Term} is returned, the registration is aborted and -crypto_key_fun/1 also returns {error, Term}.

    CryptoKeyFun({debug_info, Mode, Module, Filename}) -> Key

    Called when the key is needed for module Module in the file named Filename. +crypto_key_fun/1 also returns {error, Term}.

    CryptoKeyFun({debug_info, Mode, Module, Filename}) -> Key

    Called when the key is needed for module Module in the file named Filename. Mode is the type of crypto algorithm; currently, the only possible value is des3_cbc. The call is to fail (raise an exception) if no key is available.

    CryptoKeyFun(clear) -> term()

    Called before the fun is unregistered. Here any cleaning up can be done. The return value is not important, but is passed back to the caller of @@ -1806,14 +1806,14 @@ -vsn(Vsn).

    If this attribute is not specified, the version defaults to the checksum of the module. Notice that if version Vsn is not a list, it is made into one, that is {ok,{Module,[Vsn]}} is returned. If there are many -vsn -module attributes, the result is the concatenated list of versions.

    Examples:

    1> beam_lib:version(a). % -vsn(1).
    -{ok,{a,[1]}}
    -2> beam_lib:version(b). % -vsn([1]).
    -{ok,{b,[1]}}
    -3> beam_lib:version(c). % -vsn([1]). -vsn(2).
    -{ok,{c,[1,2]}}
    -4> beam_lib:version(d). % no -vsn attribute
    -{ok,{d,[275613208176997377698094100858909383631]}}
    +module attributes, the result is the concatenated list of versions.

    Examples:

    1> beam_lib:version(a). % -vsn(1).
    +{ok,{a,[1]}}
    +2> beam_lib:version(b). % -vsn([1]).
    +{ok,{b,[1]}}
    +3> beam_lib:version(c). % -vsn([1]). -vsn(2).
    +{ok,{c,[1,2]}}
    +4> beam_lib:version(d). % no -vsn attribute
    +{ok,{d,[275613208176997377698094100858909383631]}}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/binary.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/binary.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/binary.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ -

    Converts Subject to a list of byte/0s, each representing the value of one byte.

    Example:

    1> binary:bin_to_list(<<"erlang">>).
    +

    Converts Subject to a list of byte/0s, each representing the value of one byte.

    Example:

    1> binary:bin_to_list(<<"erlang">>).
     "erlang"
     %% or [101,114,108,97,110,103] in list notation.
    @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@

    Converts Subject to a list of byte/0s, each representing the value of one byte. PosLen or alternatively Pos and Len denote which part of the Subject binary to convert. By default, the entire Subject binary is -converted.

    Example:

    1> binary:bin_to_list(<<"erlang">>, {1,3}).
    +converted.

    Example:

    1> binary:bin_to_list(<<"erlang">>, {1,3}).
     "rla"
     %% or [114,108,97] in list notation.

    If PosLen or alternatively Pos and Len in any way reference outside the binary, a badarg exception is raised.

    @@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ -

    Decodes a hex encoded binary into a binary.

    Example

    1> binary:decode_hex(<<"66">>).
    +

    Decodes a hex encoded binary into a binary.

    Example

    1> binary:decode_hex(<<"66">>).
     <<"f">>
    @@ -796,11 +796,11 @@

    Converts the binary digit representation, in big endian or little endian, of a -positive integer in Subject to an Erlang integer/0.

    Example:

    1> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>).
    +positive integer in Subject to an Erlang integer/0.

    Example:

    1> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>).
     11111111
    -2> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>, big).
    +2> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>, big).
     11111111
    -3> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>, little).
    +3> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>, little).
     13077161
    @@ -863,13 +863,13 @@

    Encodes a binary into a hex encoded binary using the specified case for the -hexadecimal digits "a" to "f".

    The default case is uppercase.

    Example:

    1> binary:encode_hex(<<"f">>).
    +hexadecimal digits "a" to "f".

    The default case is uppercase.

    Example:

    1> binary:encode_hex(<<"f">>).
     <<"66">>
    -2> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>).
    +2> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>).
     <<"2F">>
    -3> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>, lowercase).
    +3> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>, lowercase).
     <<"2f">>
    -4> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>, uppercase).
    +4> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>, uppercase).
     <<"2F">>
    @@ -932,11 +932,11 @@

    Converts a positive integer to the smallest possible representation in a binary -digit representation, either big endian or little endian.

    Example:

    1> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111).
    +digit representation, either big endian or little endian.

    Example:

    1> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111).
     <<169,138,199>>
    -2> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111, big).
    +2> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111, big).
     <<169,138,199>>
    -2> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111, little).
    +2> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111, little).
     <<199,138,169>>
    @@ -1060,9 +1060,9 @@

    Returns the length of the longest common prefix of the binaries in list -Binaries.

    Example:

    1> binary:longest_common_prefix([<<"erlang">>, <<"ergonomy">>]).
    +Binaries.

    Example:

    1> binary:longest_common_prefix([<<"erlang">>, <<"ergonomy">>]).
     2
    -2> binary:longest_common_prefix([<<"erlang">>, <<"perl">>]).
    +2> binary:longest_common_prefix([<<"erlang">>, <<"perl">>]).
     0

    If Binaries is not a flat non-empty list of binaries, a badarg exception is raised.

    @@ -1095,9 +1095,9 @@

    Returns the length of the longest common suffix of the binaries in list -Binaries.

    Example:

    1> binary:longest_common_suffix([<<"erlang">>, <<"fang">>]).
    +Binaries.

    Example:

    1> binary:longest_common_suffix([<<"erlang">>, <<"fang">>]).
     3
    -2> binary:longest_common_suffix([<<"erlang">>, <<"perl">>]).
    +2> binary:longest_common_suffix([<<"erlang">>, <<"perl">>]).
     0

    If Binaries is not a flat non-empty list of binaries, a badarg exception is raised.

    @@ -1173,8 +1173,8 @@

    Searches for the first occurrence of Pattern in Subject and returns the position and length.

    The function returns {Pos, Length} for the binary in Pattern, starting at -the lowest position in Subject.

    Example:

    1> binary:match(<<"abcde">>, [<<"bcde">>, <<"cd">>],[]).
    -{1,4}

    Even though <<"cd">> ends before <<"bcde">>, <<"bcde">> begins first and +the lowest position in Subject.

    Example:

    1> binary:match(<<"abcde">>, [<<"bcde">>, <<"cd">>],[]).
    +{1,4}

    Even though <<"cd">> ends before <<"bcde">>, <<"bcde">> begins first and is therefore the first match. If two overlapping matches begin at the same position, the longest is returned.

    Summary of the options:

    • {scope, {Start, Length}} - Only the specified part is searched. Return values still have offsets from the beginning of Subject. A negative Length @@ -1254,9 +1254,9 @@

      As match/2, but Subject is searched until exhausted and a list of all non-overlapping parts matching Pattern is returned (in order).

      The first and longest match is preferred to a shorter, which is illustrated by -the following example:

      1> binary:matches(<<"abcde">>,
      -                  [<<"bcde">>,<<"bc">>,<<"de">>],[]).
      -[{1,4}]

      The result shows that <<"bcde">> is selected instead of the shorter match +the following example:

      1> binary:matches(<<"abcde">>,
      +                  [<<"bcde">>,<<"bc">>,<<"de">>],[]).
      +[{1,4}]

      The result shows that <<"bcde">> is selected instead of the shorter match <<"bc">> (which would have given raise to one more match, <<"de">>). This corresponds to the behavior of POSIX regular expressions (and programs like awk), but is not consistent with alternative matches in re (and Perl), where @@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@

      Extracts the part of binary Subject described by PosLen.

      A negative length can be used to extract bytes at the end of a binary:

      1> Bin = <<1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10>>.
      -2> binary:part(Bin, {byte_size(Bin), -5}).
      +2> binary:part(Bin, {byte_size(Bin), -5}).
       <<6,7,8,9,10>>

      Note

      part/2 and part/3 are also available in the erlang module under the names binary_part/2 and binary_part/3. Those BIFs are allowed in guard tests.

      If PosLen in any way references outside the binary, a badarg exception is @@ -1363,33 +1363,33 @@ it can be useful to get the size of the referenced binary. This function can be used in a program to trigger the use of copy/1. By copying a binary, one can dereference the original, possibly large, binary that a -smaller binary is a reference to.

      Example:

      store(Binary, GBSet) ->
      +smaller binary is a reference to.

      Example:

      store(Binary, GBSet) ->
         NewBin =
      -      case binary:referenced_byte_size(Binary) of
      -          Large when Large > 2 * byte_size(Binary) ->
      -             binary:copy(Binary);
      +      case binary:referenced_byte_size(Binary) of
      +          Large when Large > 2 * byte_size(Binary) ->
      +             binary:copy(Binary);
                 _ ->
                    Binary
             end,
      -  gb_sets:insert(NewBin,GBSet).

      In this example, we chose to copy the binary content before inserting it in + gb_sets:insert(NewBin,GBSet).

      In this example, we chose to copy the binary content before inserting it in gb_sets:set() if it references a binary more than twice the data size we want to keep. Of course, different rules apply when copying to different programs.

      Binary sharing occurs whenever binaries are taken apart. This is the fundamental reason why binaries are fast, decomposition can always be done with O(1) complexity. In rare circumstances this data sharing is however undesirable, why this function together with copy/1 can be useful when optimizing -for memory use.

      Example of binary sharing:

      1> A = binary:copy(<<1>>, 100).
      +for memory use.

      Example of binary sharing:

      1> A = binary:copy(<<1>>, 100).
       <<1,1,1,1,1 ...
      -2> byte_size(A).
      +2> byte_size(A).
       100
      -3> binary:referenced_byte_size(A).
      +3> binary:referenced_byte_size(A).
       100
       4> <<B:10/binary, C:90/binary>> = A.
       <<1,1,1,1,1 ...
      -5> {byte_size(B), binary:referenced_byte_size(B)}.
      -{10,10}
      -6> {byte_size(C), binary:referenced_byte_size(C)}.
      -{90,100}

      In the above example, the small binary B was copied while the larger binary +5> {byte_size(B), binary:referenced_byte_size(B)}. +{10,10} +6> {byte_size(C), binary:referenced_byte_size(C)}. +{90,100}

      In the above example, the small binary B was copied while the larger binary C references binary A.

      Note

      Binary data is shared among processes. If another process still references the larger binary, copying the part this process uses only consumes more memory and does not free up the larger binary for garbage collection. Use this kind @@ -1478,28 +1478,28 @@ at the specified position (or positions) before inserting Replacement into Subject. If Replacement is given as a fun instead, this option is ignored.

      If any position specified in InsPos > size of the replacement binary, a badarg exception is raised.

      Options global and {scope, part()} work as for split/3. The return type is -always a binary/0.

      For a description of Pattern, see compile_pattern/1.

      Examples:

      1> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"X">>, []).
      +always a binary/0.

      For a description of Pattern, see compile_pattern/1.

      Examples:

      1> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"X">>, []).
       <<"aXcde">>
       
      -2> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"X">>, [global]).
      +2> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"X">>, [global]).
       <<"aXcXe">>
       
      -3> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, <<"b">>, <<"[]">>, [{insert_replaced, 1}]).
      +3> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, <<"b">>, <<"[]">>, [{insert_replaced, 1}]).
       <<"a[b]cde">>
       
      -4> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"[]">>, [global, {insert_replaced, 1}]).
      +4> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"[]">>, [global, {insert_replaced, 1}]).
       <<"a[b]c[d]e">>
       
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/calendar.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/calendar.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/calendar.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000
      @@ -1724,10 +1724,10 @@
       

      Converts an RFC 3339 timestamp into system time. The data format of RFC 3339 timestamps is described by RFC 3339. Starting from OTP 25.1, the minutes part of the time zone is optional.

      Valid option:

      • {unit, Unit} - The time unit of the return value. The default is -second.
      1> calendar:rfc3339_to_system_time("2018-02-01T16:17:58+01:00").
      +second.
    1> calendar:rfc3339_to_system_time("2018-02-01T16:17:58+01:00").
     1517498278
    -2> calendar:rfc3339_to_system_time("2018-02-01 15:18:02.088Z",
    -   [{unit, nanosecond}]).
    +2> calendar:rfc3339_to_system_time("2018-02-01 15:18:02.088Z",
    +   [{unit, nanosecond}]).
     1517498282088000000
    @@ -1897,16 +1897,16 @@ the formatted string includes a fraction of a second. The number of fractional second digits is three, six, or nine depending on what time unit is chosen. For native three fractional digits are included. Notice that trailing zeros -are not removed from the fraction.

    1> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second)).
    +are not removed from the fraction.

    1> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second)).
     "2018-04-23T14:56:28+02:00"
    -2> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second),
    -   [{offset, "-02:00"}]).
    +2> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second),
    +   [{offset, "-02:00"}]).
     "2018-04-23T10:56:52-02:00"
    -3> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second),
    -   [{offset, -7200}]).
    +3> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second),
    +   [{offset, -7200}]).
     "2018-04-23T10:57:05-02:00"
    -4> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(millisecond),
    -   [{unit, millisecond}, {time_designator, $\s}, {offset, "Z"}]).
    +4> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(millisecond),
    +   [{unit, millisecond}, {time_designator, $\s}, {offset, "Z"}]).
     "2018-04-23 12:57:20.482Z"
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> stdlib - 6.1.2 - urn:uuid:6d85a09c-4fc6-37c4-78df-268d76e43244 + urn:uuid:b6158356-e911-5233-3587-5ed9ba2e7ebf en - 2025-01-25T10:18:54Z + 2041-02-26T23:36:37Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/c.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/c.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/c.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -1634,7 +1634,7 @@

    Compiles and then loads the code for a file on all nodes. Options defaults to -[]. Compilation is equivalent to:

    compile:file(File, Options ++ [report_errors, report_warnings])
    +[]. Compilation is equivalent to:

    compile:file(File, Options ++ [report_errors, report_warnings])
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/dets.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/dets.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/dets.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -1793,14 +1793,14 @@

    Returns a list of all objects with key Key stored in table Name, for -example:

    2> dets:open_file(abc, [{type, bag}]).
    -{ok,abc}
    -3> dets:insert(abc, {1,2,3}).
    +example:

    2> dets:open_file(abc, [{type, bag}]).
    +{ok,abc}
    +3> dets:insert(abc, {1,2,3}).
     ok
    -4> dets:insert(abc, {1,3,4}).
    +4> dets:insert(abc, {1,3,4}).
     ok
    -5> dets:lookup(abc, 1).
    -[{1,2,3},{1,3,4}]

    If the table type is set, the function returns either the empty list or a list +5> dets:lookup(abc, 1). +[{1,2,3},{1,3,4}]

    If the table type is set, the function returns either the empty list or a list with one object, as there cannot be more than one object with a given key. If the table type is bag or duplicate_bag, the function returns a list of arbitrary length.

    Notice that the order of objects returned is unspecified. In particular, the @@ -2657,11 +2657,11 @@ specification is specified explicitly. This is how to state match specifications that cannot easily be expressed within the syntax provided by qlc.

    The following example uses an explicit match specification to traverse the -table:

    1> dets:open_file(t, []),
    -ok = dets:insert(t, [{1,a},{2,b},{3,c},{4,d}]),
    -MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({X,Y}) when (X > 1) or (X < 5) -> {Y} end),
    -QH1 = dets:table(t, [{traverse, {select, MS}}]).

    An example with implicit match specification:

    2> QH2 = qlc:q([{Y} || {X,Y} <- dets:table(t), (X > 1) or (X < 5)]).

    The latter example is equivalent to the former, which can be verified using -function qlc:info/1:

    3> qlc:info(QH1) =:= qlc:info(QH2).
    +table:

    1> dets:open_file(t, []),
    +ok = dets:insert(t, [{1,a},{2,b},{3,c},{4,d}]),
    +MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({X,Y}) when (X > 1) or (X < 5) -> {Y} end),
    +QH1 = dets:table(t, [{traverse, {select, MS}}]).

    An example with implicit match specification:

    2> QH2 = qlc:q([{Y} || {X,Y} <- dets:table(t), (X > 1) or (X < 5)]).

    The latter example is equivalent to the former, which can be verified using +function qlc:info/1:

    3> qlc:info(QH1) =:= qlc:info(QH2).
     true

    qlc:info/1 returns information about a query handle. In this case identical information is returned for the two query handles.

    @@ -2735,7 +2735,7 @@

    Applies Fun to each object stored in table Name in some unspecified order. Different actions are taken depending on the return value of Fun. The following Fun return values are allowed:

    • continue - Continue to perform the traversal. For example, the following -function can be used to print the contents of a table:

      fun(X) -> io:format("~p~n", [X]), continue end.
    • {continue, Val} - Continue the traversal and accumulate Val. The +function can be used to print the contents of a table:

      fun(X) -> io:format("~p~n", [X]), continue end.
    • {continue, Val} - Continue the traversal and accumulate Val. The following function is supplied to collect all objects of a table in a list:

      fun(X) -> {continue, X} end.
    • {done, Value} - Terminate the traversal and return [Value | Acc].

    Any other value OtherValue returned by Fun terminates the traversal and is returned immediately.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/dict.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/dict.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/dict.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -33,13 +33,13 @@ Notes

    Functions append and append_list are included so that keyed values can be -stored in a list accumulator, for example:

    > D0 = dict:new(),
    -  D1 = dict:store(files, [], D0),
    -  D2 = dict:append(files, f1, D1),
    -  D3 = dict:append(files, f2, D2),
    -  D4 = dict:append(files, f3, D3),
    -  dict:fetch(files, D4).
    -[f1,f2,f3]

    This saves the trouble of first fetching a keyed value, appending a new value to +stored in a list accumulator, for example:

    > D0 = dict:new(),
    +  D1 = dict:store(files, [], D0),
    +  D2 = dict:append(files, f1, D1),
    +  D3 = dict:append(files, f2, D2),
    +  D4 = dict:append(files, f3, D3),
    +  dict:fetch(files, D4).
    +[f1,f2,f3]

    This saves the trouble of first fetching a keyed value, appending a new value to the list of stored values, and storing the result.

    Function fetch is to be used if the key is known to be in the dictionary, otherwise function find.

    @@ -784,10 +784,10 @@ the Key-Value pairs from both dictionaries are included in the new dictionary. If a key occurs in both dictionaries, Fun is called with the key and both values to return a new value. merge can be defined as follows, but is -faster:

    merge(Fun, D1, D2) ->
    -    fold(fun (K, V1, D) ->
    -                 update(K, fun (V2) -> Fun(K, V1, V2) end, V1, D)
    -         end, D2, D1).
    +faster:

    merge(Fun, D1, D2) ->
    +    fold(fun (K, V1, D) ->
    +                 update(K, fun (V2) -> Fun(K, V1, V2) end, V1, D)
    +         end, D2, D1).
    @@ -1000,8 +1000,8 @@

    Updates a value in a dictionary by calling Fun on the value to get a new value. If Key is not present in the dictionary, Initial is stored as the -first value. For example, append/3 can be defined as:

    append(Key, Val, D) ->
    -    update(Key, fun (Old) -> Old ++ [Val] end, [Val], D).
    +first value. For example, append/3 can be defined as:

    append(Key, Val, D) ->
    +    update(Key, fun (Old) -> Old ++ [Val] end, [Val], D).
    @@ -1032,8 +1032,8 @@

    Adds Increment to the value associated with Key and stores this value. If Key is not present in the dictionary, Increment is stored as the first -value.

    This can be defined as follows, but is faster:

    update_counter(Key, Incr, D) ->
    -    update(Key, fun (Old) -> Old + Incr end, Incr, D).
    +value.

    This can be defined as follows, but is faster:

    update_counter(Key, Incr, D) ->
    +    update(Key, fun (Old) -> Old + Incr end, Incr, D).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/epp.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/epp.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/epp.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Error Information

    ErrorInfo is the standard ErrorInfo structure that is returned from all I/O -modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    +modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_error.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_error.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_error.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@

    A fun used to format function arguments for BIF and function calls. By default -the following fun will be used:

    fun(Term, I) -> io_lib:print(Term, I, 80, 30) end
    +the following fun will be used:

    fun(Term, I) -> io_lib:print(Term, I, 80, 30) end
    @@ -317,23 +317,23 @@ caused the error starting at 1.

  • general - An error that is not associated with any argument caused the error.

  • reason - If the Reason should be printed differently than the default way.

  • If the text returned includes new-lines, format_exception/4 will indent the -text correctly.

    Example:

    -module(my_error_module).
    --export([atom_to_string/1, format_error/2]).
    +text correctly.

    Example:

    -module(my_error_module).
    +-export([atom_to_string/1, format_error/2]).
     
    -atom_to_string(Arg) when is_atom(Arg) ->
    -  atom_to_list(Arg);
    -atom_to_string(Arg) ->
    -  erlang:error(badarg,[Arg],
    -               [{error_info,#{ module => ?MODULE,
    -                               cause => #{ 1 => "should be an atom" }}}]).
    -
    -format_error(Reason, [{_M,_F,_As,Info}|_]) ->
    -  ErrorInfo = proplists:get_value(error_info, Info, #{}),
    -  ErrorMap = maps:get(cause, ErrorInfo),
    -  ErrorMap#{ general => "optional general information",
    -             reason => io_lib:format("~p: ~p",[?MODULE, Reason]) }.
    1> c(my_error_module).
    -{ok,my_error_module}
    -2> my_error_module:atom_to_string(1).
    +atom_to_string(Arg) when is_atom(Arg) ->
    +  atom_to_list(Arg);
    +atom_to_string(Arg) ->
    +  erlang:error(badarg,[Arg],
    +               [{error_info,#{ module => ?MODULE,
    +                               cause => #{ 1 => "should be an atom" }}}]).
    +
    +format_error(Reason, [{_M,_F,_As,Info}|_]) ->
    +  ErrorInfo = proplists:get_value(error_info, Info, #{}),
    +  ErrorMap = maps:get(cause, ErrorInfo),
    +  ErrorMap#{ general => "optional general information",
    +             reason => io_lib:format("~p: ~p",[?MODULE, Reason]) }.
    1> c(my_error_module).
    +{ok,my_error_module}
    +2> my_error_module:atom_to_string(1).
     ** exception error: my_error_module: badarg
          in function  my_error_module:atom_to_string/1
             called as my_error_module:atom_to_string(1)
    @@ -416,18 +416,18 @@
     
     

    Format the error reason and stack back-trace caught using try ... catch in the same style as the shell formats them.

    Example:

    try
    -    do_something()
    +    do_something()
     catch
         C:R:Stk ->
    -        Message = erl_error:format_exception(C, R, Stk),
    -        io:format(LogFile, "~ts\n", [Message])
    +        Message = erl_error:format_exception(C, R, Stk),
    +        io:format(LogFile, "~ts\n", [Message])
     end

    If error_info is provided with the exception, format_exception will use that information to provide additional information about the exception.

    Example:

    try
    -  erlang:raise(badarg,[],[{error_info,#{}}])
    +  erlang:raise(badarg,[],[{error_info,#{}}])
     catch
         C:R:Stk ->
    -        Message = erl_error:format_exception(C, R, Stk),
    -        io:format(LogFile, "~ts\n", [Message])
    +        Message = erl_error:format_exception(C, R, Stk),
    +        io:format(LogFile, "~ts\n", [Message])
     end

    See erlang:error/3 for details on how to raise an exception with error_info included.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_eval.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_eval.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_eval.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ LocalFunctionHandler can be used to define a function that is called when there is a call to a local function. The argument can have the following formats:

    • {value,Func} - This defines a local function handler that is called -with:

      Func(Name, Arguments)

      Name is the name of the local function (an atom) and Arguments is a list +with:

      Func(Name, Arguments)

      Name is the name of the local function (an atom) and Arguments is a list of the evaluated arguments. The function handler returns the value of the local function. In this case, the current bindings cannot be accessed. To signal an error, the function handler calls exit/1 with a -suitable exit value.

    • {eval,Func} - This defines a local function handler that is called with:

      Func(Name, Arguments, Bindings)

      Name is the name of the local function (an atom), Arguments is a list of +suitable exit value.

    • {eval,Func} - This defines a local function handler that is called with:

      Func(Name, Arguments, Bindings)

      Name is the name of the local function (an atom), Arguments is a list of the unevaluated arguments, and Bindings are the current variable bindings. -The function handler returns:

      {value,Value,NewBindings}

      Value is the value of the local function and NewBindings are the updated +The function handler returns:

      {value,Value,NewBindings}

      Value is the value of the local function and NewBindings are the updated variable bindings. In this case, the function handler must itself evaluate all the function arguments and manage the bindings. To signal an error, the function handler calls exit/1 with a suitable exit value.

    • none - There is no local function handler.

    @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ expressions.
  • An operator Op/A is called (this is handled as a call to function erlang:Op/A).
  • Exceptions are calls to erlang:apply/2,3; neither of the function handlers are called for such calls. The argument can have the following formats:

    • {value,Func} - This defines a non-local function handler. The function -may be called with two arguments:

      Func(FuncSpec, Arguments)

      or three arguments:

      Func(Anno, FuncSpec, Arguments)

      Anno is the erl_anno:anno() of the node, FuncSpec +may be called with two arguments:

      Func(FuncSpec, Arguments)

      or three arguments:

      Func(Anno, FuncSpec, Arguments)

      Anno is the erl_anno:anno() of the node, FuncSpec is the name of the function on the form {Module,Function} or a fun, and Arguments is a list of the evaluated arguments. The function handler returns the value of the function. To signal an error, the function handler /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_lint.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_lint.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_lint.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Error Information

    ErrorInfo is the standard ErrorInfo structure that is returned from all I/O -modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    +modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_parse.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_parse.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_parse.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Error Information

    ErrorInfo is the standard ErrorInfo structure that is returned from all I/O modules. -The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    +The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_scan.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_scan.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_scan.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Error Information

    ErrorInfo is the standard ErrorInfo structure that is returned from all I/O -modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLocation, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    +modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLocation, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_tar.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_tar.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_tar.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -1170,14 +1170,14 @@ Notice that there is only an arity-2 read function, not an arity-1 function.

  • (position,{UserData,Position}) - Sets the position of UserData as defined for files in file:position/2

  • Example:

    The following is a complete Fun parameter for reading and writing on files using the file module:

    ExampleFun =
    -   fun(write, {Fd,Data}) ->  file:write(Fd, Data);
    -      (position, {Fd,Pos}) -> file:position(Fd, Pos);
    -      (read2, {Fd,Size}) -> file:read(Fd, Size);
    -      (close, Fd) -> file:close(Fd)
    -   end

    Here Fd was specified to function init/3 as:

    {ok,Fd} = file:open(Name, ...).
    -{ok,TarDesc} = erl_tar:init(Fd, [write], ExampleFun),

    TarDesc is then used:

    erl_tar:add(TarDesc, SomeValueIwantToAdd, FileNameInTarFile),
    +   fun(write, {Fd,Data}) ->  file:write(Fd, Data);
    +      (position, {Fd,Pos}) -> file:position(Fd, Pos);
    +      (read2, {Fd,Size}) -> file:read(Fd, Size);
    +      (close, Fd) -> file:close(Fd)
    +   end

    Here Fd was specified to function init/3 as:

    {ok,Fd} = file:open(Name, ...).
    +{ok,TarDesc} = erl_tar:init(Fd, [write], ExampleFun),

    TarDesc is then used:

    erl_tar:add(TarDesc, SomeValueIwantToAdd, FileNameInTarFile),
     ...,
    -erl_tar:close(TarDesc)

    When the erl_tar core wants to, for example, write a piece of Data, it would +erl_tar:close(TarDesc)

    When the erl_tar core wants to, for example, write a piece of Data, it would call ExampleFun(write, {UserData,Data}).

    Note

    This example with the file module operations is not necessary to use directly, as that is what function open/2 in principle does.

    Warning

    The TarDescriptor term is not a file descriptor. You are advised not to rely on the specific contents of this term, as it can change in future Erlang/OTP /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/escript.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/escript.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/escript.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -401,67 +401,67 @@ number of schedulers with +S3. We also extract the different sections from the newly created script:

    > Source = "%% Demo\nmain(_Args) ->\n    io:format(\"~p\",[erlang:system_info(schedulers)]).\n".
     "%% Demo\nmain(_Args) ->\n    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedulers)).\n"
    -> io:format("~s\n", [Source]).
    +> io:format("~s\n", [Source]).
     %% Demo
    -main(_Args) ->
    -    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedulers)).
    +main(_Args) ->
    +    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedulers)).
     
     ok
    -> {ok, Bin} = escript:create(binary, [shebang, comment, {emu_args, "+S3"},
    -                                      {source, list_to_binary(Source)}]).
    -{ok,<<"#!/usr/bin/env escript\n%% This is an -*- erlang -*- file\n%%!+S3"...>>}
    -> file:write_file("demo.escript", Bin).
    +> {ok, Bin} = escript:create(binary, [shebang, comment, {emu_args, "+S3"},
    +                                      {source, list_to_binary(Source)}]).
    +{ok,<<"#!/usr/bin/env escript\n%% This is an -*- erlang -*- file\n%%!+S3"...>>}
    +> file:write_file("demo.escript", Bin).
     ok
    -> os:cmd("escript demo.escript").
    +> os:cmd("escript demo.escript").
     "3"
    -> escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    -{ok,[{shebang,default}, {comment,default}, {emu_args,"+S3"},
    -     {source,<<"%% Demo\nmain(_Args) ->\n    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedu"...>>}]}

    An escript without header can be created as follows:

    > file:write_file("demo.erl",
    -                  ["%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n", Source]).
    +> escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    +{ok,[{shebang,default}, {comment,default}, {emu_args,"+S3"},
    +     {source,<<"%% Demo\nmain(_Args) ->\n    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedu"...>>}]}

    An escript without header can be created as follows:

    > file:write_file("demo.erl",
    +                  ["%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n", Source]).
     ok
    -> {ok, _, BeamCode} = compile:file("demo.erl", [binary, debug_info]).
    -{ok,demo,
    +> {ok, _, BeamCode} = compile:file("demo.erl", [binary, debug_info]).
    +{ok,demo,
         <<70,79,82,49,0,0,2,208,66,69,65,77,65,116,111,109,0,0,0,
    -      79,0,0,0,9,4,100,...>>}
    -> escript:create("demo.beam", [{beam, BeamCode}]).
    +      79,0,0,0,9,4,100,...>>}
    +> escript:create("demo.beam", [{beam, BeamCode}]).
     ok
    -> escript:extract("demo.beam", []).
    -{ok,[{shebang,undefined}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    -     {beam,<<70,79,82,49,0,0,3,68,66,69,65,77,65,116,
    -             111,109,0,0,0,83,0,0,0,9,...>>}]}
    -> os:cmd("escript demo.beam").
    +> escript:extract("demo.beam", []).
    +{ok,[{shebang,undefined}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    +     {beam,<<70,79,82,49,0,0,3,68,66,69,65,77,65,116,
    +             111,109,0,0,0,83,0,0,0,9,...>>}]}
    +> os:cmd("escript demo.beam").
     "true"

    Here we create an archive script containing both Erlang code and Beam code, then we iterate over all files in the archive and collect their contents and some -information about them:

    > {ok, SourceCode} = file:read_file("demo.erl").
    -{ok,<<"%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n%% Demo\nmain(_Arg"...>>}
    -> escript:create("demo.escript",
    -                 [shebang,
    -                  {archive, [{"demo.erl", SourceCode},
    -                             {"demo.beam", BeamCode}], []}]).
    -ok
    -> {ok, [{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    -     {archive, ArchiveBin}]} = escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    -{ok,[{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    -     {{archive,<<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,8,0,118,7,98,60,105,
    -                152,61,93,107,0,0,0,118,0,...>>}]}
    -> file:write_file("demo.zip", ArchiveBin).
    -ok
    -> zip:foldl(fun(N, I, B, A) -> [{N, I(), B()} | A] end, [], "demo.zip").
    -{ok,[{"demo.beam",
    -      {file_info,748,regular,read_write,
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0},
    +information about them:

    > {ok, SourceCode} = file:read_file("demo.erl").
    +{ok,<<"%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n%% Demo\nmain(_Arg"...>>}
    +> escript:create("demo.escript",
    +                 [shebang,
    +                  {archive, [{"demo.erl", SourceCode},
    +                             {"demo.beam", BeamCode}], []}]).
    +ok
    +> {ok, [{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    +     {archive, ArchiveBin}]} = escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    +{ok,[{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    +     {{archive,<<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,8,0,118,7,98,60,105,
    +                152,61,93,107,0,0,0,118,0,...>>}]}
    +> file:write_file("demo.zip", ArchiveBin).
    +ok
    +> zip:foldl(fun(N, I, B, A) -> [{N, I(), B()} | A] end, [], "demo.zip").
    +{ok,[{"demo.beam",
    +      {file_info,748,regular,read_write,
    +                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    +                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    +                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    +                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0},
           <<70,79,82,49,0,0,2,228,66,69,65,77,65,116,111,109,0,0,0,
    -        83,0,0,...>>},
    -     {"demo.erl",
    -      {file_info,118,regular,read_write,
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0},
    -      <<"%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n%% Demo\nmain(_Arg"...>>}]}
    +
    83,0,0,...>>}, + {"demo.erl", + {file_info,118,regular,read_write, + {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}}, + {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}}, + {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}}, + 54,1,0,0,0,0,0}, + <<"%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n%% Demo\nmain(_Arg"...>>}]}
    @@ -494,16 +494,16 @@ extracted value is set to the atom default. If a section is missing, the extracted value is set to the atom undefined.

    Option compile_source only affects the result if the escript contains source code. In this case the Erlang code is automatically compiled and -{source, BeamCode} is returned instead of {source, SourceCode}.

    Example:

    > escript:create("demo.escript",
    -                 [shebang, {archive, [{"demo.erl", SourceCode},
    -                                      {"demo.beam", BeamCode}], []}]).
    -ok
    -> {ok, [{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    -     {archive, ArchiveBin}]} =
    -              escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    -{ok,[{{archive,<<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,8,0,118,7,98,60,105,
    -                152,61,93,107,0,0,0,118,0,...>>}
    -     {emu_args,undefined}]}
    +{source, BeamCode} is returned instead of {source, SourceCode}.

    Example:

    > escript:create("demo.escript",
    +                 [shebang, {archive, [{"demo.erl", SourceCode},
    +                                      {"demo.beam", BeamCode}], []}]).
    +ok
    +> {ok, [{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    +     {archive, ArchiveBin}]} =
    +              escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    +{ok,[{{archive,<<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,8,0,118,7,98,60,105,
    +                152,61,93,107,0,0,0,118,0,...>>}
    +     {emu_args,undefined}]}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/ets.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/ets.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/ets.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -115,10 +115,10 @@ find the next key is not done with such guarantees. This is often not a problem, but may cause rare subtle "unexpected" effects if a concurrent process inserts objects during a traversal. For example, consider one process -doing

    ets:new(t, [ordered_set, named_table]),
    -ets:insert(t, {1}),
    -ets:insert(t, {2}),
    -ets:insert(t, {3}),

    A concurrent call to ets:first(t), done by another process, may then in rare +doing

    ets:new(t, [ordered_set, named_table]),
    +ets:insert(t, {1}),
    +ets:insert(t, {2}),
    +ets:insert(t, {3}),

    A concurrent call to ets:first(t), done by another process, may then in rare cases return 2 even though 2 has never existed in the table ordered as the first key. In the same way, a concurrent call to ets:next(t, 1) may return 3 even though 3 never existed in the table ordered directly after 1.

    Effects like this are improbable but possible. The probability will further be @@ -131,11 +131,11 @@ lookup without any table traversal at all. For ordered_set a partially bound key will limit the traversal to only scan a subset of the table based on term order. A partially bound key is either a list or a tuple with a prefix that is -fully bound. Example:

    1> T = ets:new(t,[ordered_set]), ets:insert(T, {"555-1234", "John Smith"}).
    +fully bound. Example:

    1> T = ets:new(t,[ordered_set]), ets:insert(T, {"555-1234", "John Smith"}).
     true
     2> %% Efficient search of all with area code 555
    -2> ets:match(T,{[$5,$5,$5,$- |'$1'],'$2'}).
    -[["1234","John Smith"]]

    +2> ets:match(T,{[$5,$5,$5,$- |'$1'],'$2'}). +[["1234","John Smith"]]

    @@ -1815,19 +1815,19 @@ -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl"). to the source file.

    The fun is very restricted, it can take only a single parameter (the object to match): a sole variable or a tuple. It must use the is_ guard tests. Language constructs that have no representation in a match specification (if, case, -receive, and so on) are not allowed.

    The return value is the resulting match specification.

    Example:

    1> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > 3 -> M end).
    -[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',3}],['$1']}]

    Variables from the environment can be imported, so that the following works:

    2> X=3.
    +receive, and so on) are not allowed.

    The return value is the resulting match specification.

    Example:

    1> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > 3 -> M end).
    +[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',3}],['$1']}]

    Variables from the environment can be imported, so that the following works:

    2> X=3.
     3
    -3> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X -> M end).
    -[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',{const,3}}],['$1']}]

    The imported variables are replaced by match specification const expressions, +3> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X -> M end). +[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',{const,3}}],['$1']}]

    The imported variables are replaced by match specification const expressions, which is consistent with the static scoping for Erlang funs. However, local or global function calls cannot be in the guard or body of the fun. Calls to -built-in match specification functions is of course allowed:

    4> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X, my_fun(M) -> M end).
    +built-in match specification functions is of course allowed:

    4> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X, my_fun(M) -> M end).
     Error: fun containing local Erlang function calls
    -('my_fun' called in guard) cannot be translated into match_spec
    -{error,transform_error}
    -5> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X, is_atom(M) -> M end).
    -[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',{const,3}},{is_atom,'$1'}],['$1']}]

    As shown by the example, the function can be called from the shell also. The fun +('my_fun' called in guard) cannot be translated into match_spec +{error,transform_error} +5> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X, is_atom(M) -> M end). +[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',{const,3}},{is_atom,'$1'}],['$1']}]

    As shown by the example, the function can be called from the shell also. The fun must be literally in the call when used from the shell as well.

    Warning

    If the parse_transform is not applied to a module that calls this pseudo function, the call fails in runtime (with a badarg). The ets module exports a function with this name, but it is never to be called except when @@ -2452,12 +2452,12 @@

    Matches the objects in table Table against pattern Pattern.

    A pattern is a term that can contain:

    • Bound parts (Erlang terms)
    • '_' that matches any Erlang term
    • Pattern variables '$N', where N=0,1,...

    The function returns a list with one element for each matching object, where -each element is an ordered list of pattern variable bindings, for example:

    6> ets:match(T, '$1'). % Matches every object in table
    -[[{rufsen,dog,7}],[{brunte,horse,5}],[{ludde,dog,5}]]
    -7> ets:match(T, {'_',dog,'$1'}).
    -[[7],[5]]
    -8> ets:match(T, {'_',cow,'$1'}).
    -[]

    If the key is specified in the pattern, the match is very efficient. If the key +each element is an ordered list of pattern variable bindings, for example:

    6> ets:match(T, '$1'). % Matches every object in table
    +[[{rufsen,dog,7}],[{brunte,horse,5}],[{ludde,dog,5}]]
    +7> ets:match(T, {'_',dog,'$1'}).
    +[[7],[5]]
    +8> ets:match(T, {'_',cow,'$1'}).
    +[]

    If the key is specified in the pattern, the match is very efficient. If the key is not specified, that is, if it is a variable or an underscore, the entire table must be searched. The search time can be substantial if the table is very large.

    For tables of type ordered_set, the result is in the same order as in a @@ -2709,10 +2709,10 @@ execution time):

    Table = ets:new...
     MatchSpec = ...
     % The following call...
    -ets:match_spec_run(ets:tab2list(Table),
    -                   ets:match_spec_compile(MatchSpec)),
    +ets:match_spec_run(ets:tab2list(Table),
    +                   ets:match_spec_compile(MatchSpec)),
     % ...gives the same result as the more common (and more efficient)
    -ets:select(Table, MatchSpec),

    Note

    This function has limited use in normal code. It is used by the dets +ets:select(Table, MatchSpec),

    Note

    This function has limited use in normal code. It is used by the dets module to perform the dets:select/1 operations and by Mnesia during transactions.

    @@ -3075,19 +3075,19 @@ format. Given that the original match specification is kept intact, the continuation can be restored, meaning it can once again be used in subsequent select/1 calls even though it has been stored on disk or on -another node.

    Examples:

    The following sequence of calls may fail:

    T=ets:new(x,[]),
    +another node.

    Examples:

    The following sequence of calls may fail:

    T=ets:new(x,[]),
     ...
    -MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({N,_}=A) when (N rem 10) =:= 0 -> A end),
    -{_,C} = ets:select(T, MS, 10),
    -MaybeBroken = binary_to_term(term_to_binary(C)),
    -ets:select(MaybeBroken).

    The following sequence works, as the call to +MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({N,_}=A) when (N rem 10) =:= 0 -> A end), +{_,C} = ets:select(T, MS, 10), +MaybeBroken = binary_to_term(term_to_binary(C)), +ets:select(MaybeBroken).

    The following sequence works, as the call to repair_continuation/2 reestablishes the -MaybeBroken continuation.

    T=ets:new(x,[]),
    +MaybeBroken continuation.

    T=ets:new(x,[]),
     ...
    -MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({N,_}=A) when (N rem 10) =:= 0 -> A end),
    -{_,C} = ets:select(T,MS,10),
    -MaybeBroken = binary_to_term(term_to_binary(C)),
    -ets:select(ets:repair_continuation(MaybeBroken,MS)).

    Note

    This function is rarely needed in application code. It is used by Mnesia to +MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({N,_}=A) when (N rem 10) =:= 0 -> A end), +{_,C} = ets:select(T,MS,10), +MaybeBroken = binary_to_term(term_to_binary(C)), +ets:select(ets:repair_continuation(MaybeBroken,MS)).

    Note

    This function is rarely needed in application code. It is used by Mnesia to provide distributed select/3 and select/1 sequences. A normal application would either use Mnesia or keep the continuation from being converted to external format.

    The actual behavior of compiled match specifications when recreated from @@ -3132,21 +3132,21 @@ to succeed even if keys are removed during the traversal. The keys for objects inserted or deleted during a traversal may or may not be returned by next/2 depending on the ordering of keys within the table and if -the key exists at the time next/2 is called.

    Example:

    clean_all_with_value(Table,X) ->
    -    safe_fixtable(Table,true),
    -    clean_all_with_value(Table,X,ets:first(Table)),
    -    safe_fixtable(Table,false).
    +the key exists at the time next/2 is called.

    Example:

    clean_all_with_value(Table,X) ->
    +    safe_fixtable(Table,true),
    +    clean_all_with_value(Table,X,ets:first(Table)),
    +    safe_fixtable(Table,false).
     
    -clean_all_with_value(Table,X,'$end_of_table') ->
    +clean_all_with_value(Table,X,'$end_of_table') ->
         true;
    -clean_all_with_value(Table,X,Key) ->
    -    case ets:lookup(Table,Key) of
    -        [{Key,X}] ->
    -            ets:delete(Table,Key);
    +clean_all_with_value(Table,X,Key) ->
    +    case ets:lookup(Table,Key) of
    +        [{Key,X}] ->
    +            ets:delete(Table,Key);
             _ ->
                 true
         end,
    -    clean_all_with_value(Table,X,ets:next(Table,Key)).

    Notice that deleted objects are not freed from a fixed table until it has been + clean_all_with_value(Table,X,ets:next(Table,Key)).

    Notice that deleted objects are not freed from a fixed table until it has been released. If a process fixes a table but never releases it, the memory used by the deleted objects is never freed. The performance of operations on the table also degrades significantly.

    To retrieve information about which processes have fixed which tables, use @@ -3234,7 +3234,7 @@ a list, so that the following code:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$3'},[],['$$']}])

    gives the same output as:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$3'},[],[['$1','$2','$3']]}])

    That is, all the bound variables in the match head as a list. If tuples are to be constructed, one has to write a tuple of arity 1 where the single element in the tuple is the tuple one wants to construct (as an ordinary tuple can be -mistaken for a Guard).

    Therefore the following call:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$1'},[],['$_']}])

    gives the same output as:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$1'},[],[{{'$1','$2','$3'}}]}])

    This syntax is equivalent to the syntax used in the trace patterns (see the +mistaken for a Guard).

    Therefore the following call:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$1'},[],['$_']}])

    gives the same output as:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$1'},[],[{{'$1','$2','$3'}}]}])

    This syntax is equivalent to the syntax used in the trace patterns (see the dbg) module in Runtime_Tools.

    The Guards are constructed as tuples, where the first element is the test name and the remaining elements are the test parameters. To check for a specific type (say a list) of the element bound to the match variable '$1', one would write @@ -3396,16 +3396,16 @@ object. If not, select_replace will fail with badarg without updating any objects.

    For the moment, due to performance and semantic constraints, tables of type bag are not yet supported.

    The function returns the total number of replaced objects.

    Example

    For all 2-tuples with a list in second position, add atom 'marker' first in -the list:

    1> T = ets:new(x,[]), ets:insert(T, {key, [1, 2, 3]}).
    +the list:

    1> T = ets:new(x,[]), ets:insert(T, {key, [1, 2, 3]}).
     true
    -2> MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({K, L}) when is_list(L) -> {K, [marker | L]} end).
    -[{{'$1','$2'},[{is_list,'$2'}],[{{'$1',[marker|'$2']}}]}]
    -3> ets:select_replace(T, MS).
    +2> MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({K, L}) when is_list(L) -> {K, [marker | L]} end).
    +[{{'$1','$2'},[{is_list,'$2'}],[{{'$1',[marker|'$2']}}]}]
    +3> ets:select_replace(T, MS).
     1
    -4> ets:tab2list(T).
    -[{key,[marker,1,2,3]}]

    A generic single object compare-and-swap operation:

    [Old] = ets:lookup(T, Key),
    -New = update_object(Old),
    -Success = (1 =:= ets:select_replace(T, [{Old, [], [{const, New}]}])),
    +4>
    ets:tab2list(T). +[{key,[marker,1,2,3]}]

    A generic single object compare-and-swap operation:

    [Old] = ets:lookup(T, Key),
    +New = update_object(Old),
    +Success = (1 =:= ets:select_replace(T, [{Old, [], [{const, New}]}])),
    @@ -3440,22 +3440,22 @@ ordered_set, the traversal of the table continues to objects with keys earlier in the Erlang term order. The returned list also contains objects with keys in reverse order. For all other table types, the behavior is exactly that of -select/1.

    Example:

    1> T = ets:new(x,[ordered_set]).
    -2> [ ets:insert(T,{N}) || N <- lists:seq(1,10) ].
    +select/1.

    Example:

    1> T = ets:new(x,[ordered_set]).
    +2> [ ets:insert(T,{N}) || N <- lists:seq(1,10) ].
     ...
    -3> {R0,C0} = ets:select_reverse(T,[{'_',[],['$_']}],4).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/filelib.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/filelib.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/filelib.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000
    @@ -909,15 +909,15 @@
     
     

    Sanitizes the relative path by eliminating ".." and "." components to protect against directory traversal attacks.

    Either returns the sanitized path name, or the atom unsafe if the path is unsafe. -The path is considered unsafe in the following circumstances:

    • The path is not relative.
    • A ".." component would climb up above the root of the relative path.
    • A symbolic link in the path points above the root of the relative path.

    Examples:

    1> {ok, Cwd} = file:get_cwd().
    +The path is considered unsafe in the following circumstances:

    • The path is not relative.
    • A ".." component would climb up above the root of the relative path.
    • A symbolic link in the path points above the root of the relative path.

    Examples:

    1> {ok, Cwd} = file:get_cwd().
     ...
    -2> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/sub_dir/..", Cwd).
    +2> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/sub_dir/..", Cwd).
     "dir"
    -3> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/..", Cwd).
    -[]
    -4> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/../..", Cwd).
    +3> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/..", Cwd).
    +[]
    +4> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/../..", Cwd).
     unsafe
    -5> filelib:safe_relative_path("/abs/path", Cwd).
    +5> filelib:safe_relative_path("/abs/path", Cwd).
     unsafe
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/filename.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/filename.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/filename.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -405,20 +405,20 @@

    Converts a relative Filename and returns an absolute name. No attempt is made to create the shortest absolute name, as this can give incorrect results on file -systems that allow links.

    Unix examples:

    1> pwd().
    +systems that allow links.

    Unix examples:

    1> pwd().
     "/usr/local"
    -2> filename:absname("foo").
    +2> filename:absname("foo").
     "/usr/local/foo"
    -3> filename:absname("../x").
    +3> filename:absname("../x").
     "/usr/local/../x"
    -4> filename:absname("/").
    -"/"

    Windows examples:

    1> pwd().
    +4> filename:absname("/").
    +"/"

    Windows examples:

    1> pwd().
     "D:/usr/local"
    -2> filename:absname("foo").
    +2> filename:absname("foo").
     "D:/usr/local/foo"
    -3> filename:absname("../x").
    +3> filename:absname("../x").
     "D:/usr/local/../x"
    -4> filename:absname("/").
    +4> filename:absname("/").
     "D:/"
    @@ -558,58 +558,58 @@ Opts the function will default to the native option, that is 'linux', 'darwin' or 'windows', as understood by os:type/0. Anything not recognized as 'darwin' or 'windows' is interpreted as 'linux'.

    The options 'author' and 'version' are only used with 'windows' option -mode.

    • user_cache

      The path location is intended for transient data files on a local machine.

      On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CACHE_HOME.

      1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
      -"/home/otptest/.cache/my_application"

      On Darwin:

      1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
      -"/home/otptest/Library/Caches/my_application"

      On Windows:

      1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App").
      +mode.

      • user_cache

        The path location is intended for transient data files on a local machine.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CACHE_HOME.

        1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +"/home/otptest/.cache/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +"/home/otptest/Library/Caches/my_application"

        On Windows:

        1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App/Cache"
        -2> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App").
        +2> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App/Cache"
        -3> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang"}).
        +3> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang"}).
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/Cache"
        -4> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{version=>"1.2"}).
        +4> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{version=>"1.2"}).
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App/1.2/Cache"
        -5> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        -"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2/Cache"
      • user_config

        The path location is intended for persistent configuration files.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CONFIG_HOME.

        2> filename:basedir(user_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -"/home/otptest/.config/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        2> filename:basedir(user_config, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -"/home/otptest/Library/Application Support/my_application"

        On Windows:

        1> filename:basedir(user_config, "My App").
        +5> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        +"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2/Cache"
      • user_config

        The path location is intended for persistent configuration files.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CONFIG_HOME.

        2> filename:basedir(user_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +"/home/otptest/.config/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        2> filename:basedir(user_config, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +"/home/otptest/Library/Application Support/my_application"

        On Windows:

        1> filename:basedir(user_config, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Roaming/My App"
        -2> filename:basedir(user_config, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang", version=>"1.2"}).
        -"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Roaming/Erlang/My App/1.2"
      • user_data

        The path location is intended for persistent data files.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_DATA_HOME.

        3> filename:basedir(user_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -"/home/otptest/.local/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        3> filename:basedir(user_data, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -"/home/otptest/Library/Application Support/my_application"

        On Windows:

        8> filename:basedir(user_data, "My App").
        +2> filename:basedir(user_config, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang", version=>"1.2"}).
        +"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Roaming/Erlang/My App/1.2"
      • user_data

        The path location is intended for persistent data files.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_DATA_HOME.

        3> filename:basedir(user_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +"/home/otptest/.local/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        3> filename:basedir(user_data, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +"/home/otptest/Library/Application Support/my_application"

        On Windows:

        8> filename:basedir(user_data, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App"
        -9> filename:basedir(user_data, "My App",#{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        -"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2"
      • user_log

        The path location is intended for transient log files on a local machine.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CACHE_HOME.

        4> filename:basedir(user_log, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -"/home/otptest/.cache/my_application/log"

        On Darwin:

        4> filename:basedir(user_log, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -"/home/otptest/Library/Logs/my_application"

        On Windows:

        12> filename:basedir(user_log, "My App").
        +9> filename:basedir(user_data, "My App",#{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        +"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2"
      • user_log

        The path location is intended for transient log files on a local machine.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CACHE_HOME.

        4> filename:basedir(user_log, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +"/home/otptest/.cache/my_application/log"

        On Darwin:

        4> filename:basedir(user_log, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +"/home/otptest/Library/Logs/my_application"

        On Windows:

        12> filename:basedir(user_log, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App/Logs"
        -13> filename:basedir(user_log, "My App",#{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        -"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2/Logs"
      • site_config

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CONFIG_DIRS.

        5> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/usr/local/share/my_application",
        - "/usr/share/my_application"]
        -6> os:getenv("XDG_CONFIG_DIRS").
        +13> filename:basedir(user_log, "My App",#{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        +"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2/Logs"
      • site_config

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CONFIG_DIRS.

        5> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +["/usr/local/share/my_application",
        + "/usr/share/my_application"]
        +6> os:getenv("XDG_CONFIG_DIRS").
         "/etc/xdg/xdg-ubuntu:/usr/share/upstart/xdg:/etc/xdg"
        -7> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/etc/xdg/xdg-ubuntu/my_application",
        +7> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +["/etc/xdg/xdg-ubuntu/my_application",
          "/usr/share/upstart/xdg/my_application",
        - "/etc/xdg/my_application"]
        -8> os:unsetenv("XDG_CONFIG_DIRS").
        + "/etc/xdg/my_application"]
        +8> os:unsetenv("XDG_CONFIG_DIRS").
         true
        -9> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/etc/xdg/my_application"]

        On Darwin:

        5> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -["/Library/Application Support/my_application"]
      • site_data

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_DATA_DIRS.

        10> os:getenv("XDG_DATA_DIRS").
        +9> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +["/etc/xdg/my_application"]

        On Darwin:

        5> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +["/Library/Application Support/my_application"]
      • site_data

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_DATA_DIRS.

        10> os:getenv("XDG_DATA_DIRS").
         "/usr/share/ubuntu:/usr/share/gnome:/usr/local/share/:/usr/share/"
        -11> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/usr/share/ubuntu/my_application",
        +11> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +["/usr/share/ubuntu/my_application",
          "/usr/share/gnome/my_application",
          "/usr/local/share/my_application",
        - "/usr/share/my_application"]
        -12> os:unsetenv("XDG_DATA_DIRS").
        + "/usr/share/my_application"]
        +12> os:unsetenv("XDG_DATA_DIRS").
         true
        -13> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/usr/local/share/my_application",
        - "/usr/share/my_application"]

        On Darwin:

        5> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -["/Library/Application Support/my_application"]
      +13>
      filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}). +["/usr/local/share/my_application", + "/usr/share/my_application"]

      On Darwin:

      5> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
      +["/Library/Application Support/my_application"]
    @@ -638,12 +638,12 @@

    Returns the last component of Filename, or Filename itself if it does not -contain any directory separators.

    Examples:

    5> filename:basename("foo").
    +contain any directory separators.

    Examples:

    5> filename:basename("foo").
     "foo"
    -6> filename:basename("/usr/foo").
    +6> filename:basename("/usr/foo").
     "foo"
    -7> filename:basename("/").
    -[]
    +7>
    filename:basename("/"). +[]
    @@ -674,15 +674,15 @@

    Returns the last component of Filename with extension Ext stripped.

    This function is to be used to remove a (possible) specific extension. To remove an existing extension when you are unsure which one it is, use -rootname(basename(Filename)).

    Examples:

    8> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.erl", ".erl").
    +rootname(basename(Filename)).

    Examples:

    8> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.erl", ".erl").
     "kalle"
    -9> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.beam", ".erl").
    +9> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.beam", ".erl").
     "kalle.beam"
    -10> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.old.erl", ".erl").
    +10> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.old.erl", ".erl").
     "kalle.old"
    -11> filename:rootname(filename:basename("~/src/kalle.erl")).
    +11> filename:rootname(filename:basename("~/src/kalle.erl")).
     "kalle"
    -12> filename:rootname(filename:basename("~/src/kalle.beam")).
    +12> filename:rootname(filename:basename("~/src/kalle.beam")).
     "kalle"
    @@ -711,10 +711,10 @@ -

    Returns the directory part of Filename.

    Examples:

    13> filename:dirname("/usr/src/kalle.erl").
    +

    Returns the directory part of Filename.

    Examples:

    13> filename:dirname("/usr/src/kalle.erl").
     "/usr/src"
    -14> filename:dirname("kalle.erl").
    -"."
    5> filename:dirname("\\usr\\src/kalle.erl"). % Windows
    +14> filename:dirname("kalle.erl").
    +"."
    5> filename:dirname("\\usr\\src/kalle.erl"). % Windows
     "/usr/src"
    @@ -744,10 +744,10 @@

    Returns the file extension of Filename, including the period. Returns an empty -string if no extension exists.

    Examples:

    15> filename:extension("foo.erl").
    +string if no extension exists.

    Examples:

    15> filename:extension("foo.erl").
     ".erl"
    -16> filename:extension("beam.src/kalle").
    -[]
    +16>
    filename:extension("beam.src/kalle"). +[]
    @@ -807,10 +807,10 @@

    Joins a list of filename Components with directory separators. If one of the elements of Components includes an absolute path, such as "/xxx", the preceding elements, if any, are removed from the result.

    The result is "normalized":

    • Redundant directory separators are removed.
    • In Windows, all directory separators are forward slashes and the drive letter -is in lower case.

    Examples:

    17> filename:join(["/usr", "local", "bin"]).
    +is in lower case.

    Examples:

    17> filename:join(["/usr", "local", "bin"]).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/file_sorter.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/file_sorter.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/file_sorter.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000
    @@ -90,35 +90,35 @@
     argument {value, Value}. This makes it easy to initiate the sequence of output
     functions with a value calculated by the input functions.

    As an example, consider sorting the terms on a disk log file. A function that reads chunks from the disk log and returns a list of binaries is used as input. -The results are collected in a list of terms.

    sort(Log) ->
    -    {ok, _} = disk_log:open([{name,Log}, {mode,read_only}]),
    -    Input = input(Log, start),
    -    Output = output([]),
    -    Reply = file_sorter:sort(Input, Output, {format,term}),
    -    ok = disk_log:close(Log),
    +The results are collected in a list of terms.

    sort(Log) ->
    +    {ok, _} = disk_log:open([{name,Log}, {mode,read_only}]),
    +    Input = input(Log, start),
    +    Output = output([]),
    +    Reply = file_sorter:sort(Input, Output, {format,term}),
    +    ok = disk_log:close(Log),
         Reply.
     
    -input(Log, Cont) ->
    -    fun(close) ->
    +input(Log, Cont) ->
    +    fun(close) ->
                 ok;
    -       (read) ->
    -            case disk_log:chunk(Log, Cont) of
    -                {error, Reason} ->
    -                    {error, Reason};
    -                {Cont2, Terms} ->
    -                    {Terms, input(Log, Cont2)};
    -                {Cont2, Terms, _Badbytes} ->
    -                    {Terms, input(Log, Cont2)};
    +       (read) ->
    +            case disk_log:chunk(Log, Cont) of
    +                {error, Reason} ->
    +                    {error, Reason};
    +                {Cont2, Terms} ->
    +                    {Terms, input(Log, Cont2)};
    +                {Cont2, Terms, _Badbytes} ->
    +                    {Terms, input(Log, Cont2)};
                     eof ->
                         end_of_input
                 end
         end.
     
    -output(L) ->
    -    fun(close) ->
    -            lists:append(lists:reverse(L));
    -       (Terms) ->
    -            output([Terms | L])
    +output(L) ->
    +    fun(close) ->
    +            lists:append(lists:reverse(L));
    +       (Terms) ->
    +            output([Terms | L])
         end.

    For more examples of functions as input and output, see the end of the file_sorter module; the term format is implemented with functions.

    The possible values of Reason returned when an error occurs are:

    • bad_object, {bad_object, FileName} - Applying the format function failed for some binary, or the key(s) could not be extracted from some term.
    • {bad_term, FileName} - io:read/2 failed to read some term.
    • {file_error, FileName, file:posix()} - For an explanation of /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_event.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_event.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_event.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -1182,15 +1182,15 @@ but it may transform some values.

      Two possible use cases for this callback is to remove sensitive information from the state to prevent it from being printed in log files, or to compact large irrelevant status items -that would only clutter the logs.

      Example:

      format_status(Status) ->
      -  maps:map(
      -    fun(state,State) ->
      -            maps:remove(private_key, State);
      -       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
      -            {password, removed};
      -       (_,Value) ->
      +that would only clutter the logs.

      Example:

      format_status(Status) ->
      +  maps:map(
      +    fun(state,State) ->
      +            maps:remove(private_key, State);
      +       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
      +            {password, removed};
      +       (_,Value) ->
                   Value
      -    end, Status).

      Note

      This callback is optional, so event handler modules need not export it. + end, Status).

      Note

      This callback is optional, so event handler modules need not export it. If a handler does not export this function, the gen_event module uses the handler state directly for the purposes described below.

      If this callback is exported but fails, to hide possibly sensitive data, the default function will instead return the fact that /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_fsm.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_fsm.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_fsm.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -30,163 +30,163 @@ Migration to gen_statem

      Here follows a simple example of turning a gen_fsm into a gen_statem. -The example comes from the previous User's Guide for gen_fsm

      -module(code_lock).
      --define(NAME, code_lock).
      +The example comes from the previous User's Guide for gen_fsm

      -module(code_lock).
      +-define(NAME, code_lock).
       %-define(BEFORE_REWRITE, true).
       
      --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      --behaviour(gen_fsm).
      +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      +-behaviour(gen_fsm).
       -else.
      --behaviour(gen_statem).
      +-behaviour(gen_statem).
       -endif.
       
      --export([start_link/1, button/1, stop/0]).
      +-export([start_link/1, button/1, stop/0]).
       
      --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      --export([init/1, locked/2, open/2, handle_sync_event/4, handle_event/3,
      -     handle_info/3, terminate/3, code_change/4]).
      +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      +-export([init/1, locked/2, open/2, handle_sync_event/4, handle_event/3,
      +     handle_info/3, terminate/3, code_change/4]).
       -else.
      --export([init/1, callback_mode/0, locked/3, open/3,
      -     terminate/3, code_change/4]).
      +-export([init/1, callback_mode/0, locked/3, open/3,
      +     terminate/3, code_change/4]).
       %% Add callback__mode/0
       %% Change arity of the state functions
       %% Remove handle_info/3
       -endif.
       
      --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      -start_link(Code) ->
      -    gen_fsm:start_link({local, ?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
      +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      +start_link(Code) ->
      +    gen_fsm:start_link({local, ?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
       -else.
      -start_link(Code) ->
      -    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
      +start_link(Code) ->
      +    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
       -endif.
       
      --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      -button(Digit) ->
      -    gen_fsm:send_event(?NAME, {button, Digit}).
      +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      +button(Digit) ->
      +    gen_fsm:send_event(?NAME, {button, Digit}).
       -else.
      -button(Digit) ->
      -    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Digit}).
      +button(Digit) ->
      +    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Digit}).
           %% send_event is asynchronous and becomes a cast
       -endif.
       
      --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      -stop() ->
      -    gen_fsm:sync_send_all_state_event(?NAME, stop).
      +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      +stop() ->
      +    gen_fsm:sync_send_all_state_event(?NAME, stop).
       -else.
      -stop() ->
      -    gen_statem:call(?NAME, stop).
      +stop() ->
      +    gen_statem:call(?NAME, stop).
           %% sync_send is synchronous and becomes call
           %% all_state is handled by callback code in gen_statem
       -endif.
       
      -init(Code) ->
      -    do_lock(),
      -    Data = #{code => Code, remaining => Code},
      -    {ok, locked, Data}.
      +init(Code) ->
      +    do_lock(),
      +    Data = #{code => Code, remaining => Code},
      +    {ok, locked, Data}.
       
      --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
       -else.
      -callback_mode() ->
      +callback_mode() ->
           state_functions.
       %% state_functions mode is the mode most similar to
       %% gen_fsm. There is also handle_event mode which is
       %% a fairly different concept.
       -endif.
       
      --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      -locked({button, Digit}, Data0) ->
      -    case analyze_lock(Digit, Data0) of
      -    {open = StateName, Data} ->
      -        {next_state, StateName, Data, 10000};
      -    {StateName, Data} ->
      -        {next_state, StateName, Data}
      +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      +locked({button, Digit}, Data0) ->
      +    case analyze_lock(Digit, Data0) of
      +    {open = StateName, Data} ->
      +        {next_state, StateName, Data, 10000};
      +    {StateName, Data} ->
      +        {next_state, StateName, Data}
           end.
       -else.
      -locked(cast, {button,Digit}, Data0) ->
      -    case analyze_lock(Digit, Data0) of
      -    {open = StateName, Data} ->
      -        {next_state, StateName, Data, 10000};
      -    {StateName, Data} ->
      -        {next_state, StateName, Data}
      +locked(cast, {button,Digit}, Data0) ->
      +    case analyze_lock(Digit, Data0) of
      +    {open = StateName, Data} ->
      +        {next_state, StateName, Data, 10000};
      +    {StateName, Data} ->
      +        {next_state, StateName, Data}
           end;
      -locked({call, From}, Msg, Data) ->
      -    handle_call(From, Msg, Data);
      -locked({info, Msg}, StateName, Data) ->
      -    handle_info(Msg, StateName, Data).
      +locked({call, From}, Msg, Data) ->
      +    handle_call(From, Msg, Data);
      +locked({info, Msg}, StateName, Data) ->
      +    handle_info(Msg, StateName, Data).
       %% Arity differs
       %% All state events are dispatched to handle_call and handle_info help
       %% functions. If you want to handle a call or cast event specifically
       %% for this state you would add a special clause for it above.
       -endif.
       
      --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      -open(timeout, State) ->
      -     do_lock(),
      -    {next_state, locked, State};
      -open({button,_}, Data) ->
      -    {next_state, locked, Data}.
      --else.
      -open(timeout, _, Data) ->
      -    do_lock(),
      -    {next_state, locked, Data};
      -open(cast, {button,_}, Data) ->
      -    {next_state, locked, Data};
      -open({call, From}, Msg, Data) ->
      -    handle_call(From, Msg, Data);
      -open(info, Msg, Data) ->
      -    handle_info(Msg, open, Data).
      +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      +open(timeout, State) ->
      +     do_lock(),
      +    {next_state, locked, State};
      +open({button,_}, Data) ->
      +    {next_state, locked, Data}.
      +-else.
      +open(timeout, _, Data) ->
      +    do_lock(),
      +    {next_state, locked, Data};
      +open(cast, {button,_}, Data) ->
      +    {next_state, locked, Data};
      +open({call, From}, Msg, Data) ->
      +    handle_call(From, Msg, Data);
      +open(info, Msg, Data) ->
      +    handle_info(Msg, open, Data).
       %% Arity differs
       %% All state events are dispatched to handle_call and handle_info help
       %% functions. If you want to handle a call or cast event specifically
       %% for this state you would add a special clause for it above.
       -endif.
       
      --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      -handle_sync_event(stop, _From, _StateName, Data) ->
      -    {stop, normal, ok, Data}.
      +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      +handle_sync_event(stop, _From, _StateName, Data) ->
      +    {stop, normal, ok, Data}.
       
      -handle_event(Event, StateName, Data) ->
      -    {stop, {shutdown, {unexpected, Event, StateName}}, Data}.
      +handle_event(Event, StateName, Data) ->
      +    {stop, {shutdown, {unexpected, Event, StateName}}, Data}.
       
      -handle_info(Info, StateName, Data) ->
      -    {stop, {shutdown, {unexpected, Info, StateName}}, StateName, Data}.
      +handle_info(Info, StateName, Data) ->
      +    {stop, {shutdown, {unexpected, Info, StateName}}, StateName, Data}.
       -else.
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_server.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_server.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_server.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000
      @@ -1158,15 +1158,15 @@
       but it may transform some values.

      Two possible use cases for this callback is to remove sensitive information from the state to prevent it from being printed in log files, or to compact large irrelevant status items -that would only clutter the logs.

      Example:

      format_status(Status) ->
      -  maps:map(
      -    fun(state,State) ->
      -            maps:remove(private_key, State);
      -       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
      -            {password, removed};
      -       (_,Value) ->
      +that would only clutter the logs.

      Example:

      format_status(Status) ->
      +  maps:map(
      +    fun(state,State) ->
      +            maps:remove(private_key, State);
      +       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
      +            {password, removed};
      +       (_,Value) ->
                   Value
      -    end, Status).

      Note

      This callback is optional, so callback modules need not export it. The + end, Status).

      Note

      This callback is optional, so callback modules need not export it. The gen_server module provides a default implementation of this function that returns the callback module state.

      If this callback is exported but fails, to hide possibly sensitive data, /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_statem.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_statem.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_statem.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ depending on callback mode Release upgrade/downgrade -(code change) +(code change) -----> Module:code_change/4

      State callback

      The state callback for a specific state in a gen_statem is the callback function that is called for all events in this state. It is selected depending on which callback mode @@ -197,97 +197,97 @@ Pushbutton Code -

      The following is the complete callback module file pushbutton.erl:

      -module(pushbutton).
      --behaviour(gen_statem).
      +

      The following is the complete callback module file pushbutton.erl:

      -module(pushbutton).
      +-behaviour(gen_statem).
       
      --export([start/0,push/0,get_count/0,stop/0]).
      --export([terminate/3,code_change/4,init/1,callback_mode/0]).
      --export([on/3,off/3]).
      +-export([start/0,push/0,get_count/0,stop/0]).
      +-export([terminate/3,code_change/4,init/1,callback_mode/0]).
      +-export([on/3,off/3]).
       
      -name() -> pushbutton_statem. % The registered server name
      +name() -> pushbutton_statem. % The registered server name
       
       %% API.  This example uses a registered name name()
       %% and does not link to the caller.
      -start() ->
      -    gen_statem:start({local,name()}, ?MODULE, [], []).
      -push() ->
      -    gen_statem:call(name(), push).
      -get_count() ->
      -    gen_statem:call(name(), get_count).
      -stop() ->
      -    gen_statem:stop(name()).
      +start() ->
      +    gen_statem:start({local,name()}, ?MODULE, [], []).
      +push() ->
      +    gen_statem:call(name(), push).
      +get_count() ->
      +    gen_statem:call(name(), get_count).
      +stop() ->
      +    gen_statem:stop(name()).
       
       %% Mandatory callback functions
      -terminate(_Reason, _State, _Data) ->
      +terminate(_Reason, _State, _Data) ->
           void.
      -code_change(_Vsn, State, Data, _Extra) ->
      -    {ok,State,Data}.
      -init([]) ->
      +code_change(_Vsn, State, Data, _Extra) ->
      +    {ok,State,Data}.
      +init([]) ->
           %% Set the initial state + data.  Data is used only as a counter.
           State = off, Data = 0,
      -    {ok,State,Data}.
      -callback_mode() -> state_functions.
      +    {ok,State,Data}.
      +callback_mode() -> state_functions.
       
       %%% state callback(s)
       
      -off({call,From}, push, Data) ->
      +off({call,From}, push, Data) ->
           %% Go to 'on', increment count and reply
           %% that the resulting status is 'on'
      -    {next_state,on,Data+1,[{reply,From,on}]};
      -off(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
      -    handle_event(EventType, EventContent, Data).
      +    {next_state,on,Data+1,[{reply,From,on}]};
      +off(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
      +    handle_event(EventType, EventContent, Data).
       
      -on({call,From}, push, Data) ->
      +on({call,From}, push, Data) ->
           %% Go to 'off' and reply that the resulting status is 'off'
      -    {next_state,off,Data,[{reply,From,off}]};
      -on(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
      -    handle_event(EventType, EventContent, Data).
      +    {next_state,off,Data,[{reply,From,off}]};
      +on(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
      +    handle_event(EventType, EventContent, Data).
       
       %% Handle events common to all states
      -handle_event({call,From}, get_count, Data) ->
      +handle_event({call,From}, get_count, Data) ->
           %% Reply with the current count
      -    {keep_state,Data,[{reply,From,Data}]};
      -handle_event(_, _, Data) ->
      +    {keep_state,Data,[{reply,From,Data}]};
      +handle_event(_, _, Data) ->
           %% Ignore all other events
      -    {keep_state,Data}.

      The following is a shell session when running it:

      1> pushbutton:start().
      -{ok,<0.36.0>}
      -2> pushbutton:get_count().
      +    {keep_state,Data}.

      The following is a shell session when running it:

      1> pushbutton:start().
      +{ok,<0.36.0>}
      +2> pushbutton:get_count().
       0
      -3> pushbutton:push().
      +3> pushbutton:push().
       on
      -4> pushbutton:get_count().
      +4> pushbutton:get_count().
       1
      -5> pushbutton:push().
      +5> pushbutton:push().
       off
      -6> pushbutton:get_count().
      +6> pushbutton:get_count().
       1
      -7> pushbutton:stop().
      +7> pushbutton:stop().
       ok
      -8> pushbutton:push().
      +8> pushbutton:push().
       ** exception exit: {noproc,{gen_statem,call,[pushbutton_statem,push,infinity]}}
            in function  gen:do_for_proc/2 (gen.erl, line 261)
            in call from gen_statem:call/3 (gen_statem.erl, line 386)

      To compare styles, here follows the same example using callback mode handle_event_function, or rather, the code to replace after function init/1 -of the pushbutton.erl example file above:

      callback_mode() -> handle_event_function.
      +of the pushbutton.erl example file above:

      callback_mode() -> handle_event_function.
       
       %%% state callback(s)
       
      -handle_event({call,From}, push, off, Data) ->
      +handle_event({call,From}, push, off, Data) ->
           %% Go to 'on', increment count and reply
           %% that the resulting status is 'on'
      -    {next_state,on,Data+1,[{reply,From,on}]};
      -handle_event({call,From}, push, on, Data) ->
      +    {next_state,on,Data+1,[{reply,From,on}]};
      +handle_event({call,From}, push, on, Data) ->
           %% Go to 'off' and reply that the resulting status is 'off'
      -    {next_state,off,Data,[{reply,From,off}]};
      +    {next_state,off,Data,[{reply,From,off}]};
       %%
       %% Event handling common to all states
      -handle_event({call,From}, get_count, State, Data) ->
      +handle_event({call,From}, get_count, State, Data) ->
           %% Reply with the current count
      -    {next_state,State,Data,[{reply,From,Data}]};
      -handle_event(_, _, State, Data) ->
      +    {next_state,State,Data,[{reply,From,Data}]};
      +handle_event(_, _, State, Data) ->
           %% Ignore all other events
      -    {next_state,State,Data}.

      Note

      + {next_state,State,Data}.

      Note

      @@ -3056,15 +3056,15 @@ containing the same keys as the input map, but it may transform some values.

      One use case for this function is to return compact alternative state representations to avoid having large state terms printed in log files. -Another is to hide sensitive data from being written to the error log.

      Example:

      format_status(Status) ->
      -  maps:map(
      -    fun(state,State) ->
      -            maps:remove(private_key, State);
      -       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
      -            {password, removed};
      -       (_,Value) ->
      +Another is to hide sensitive data from being written to the error log.

      Example:

      format_status(Status) ->
      +  maps:map(
      +    fun(state,State) ->
      +            maps:remove(private_key, State);
      +       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
      +            {password, removed};
      +       (_,Value) ->
                   Value
      -    end, Status).

      Note

      This callback is optional, so a callback module does not need + end, Status).

      Note

      This callback is optional, so a callback module does not need to export it. The gen_statem module provides a default implementation of this function that returns {State, Data}.

      If this callback is exported but fails, to hide possibly sensitive data, the default function will instead return {State, Info}, @@ -3238,8 +3238,8 @@ to initialize the implementation state and server data.

      Args is the Args argument provided to that start function.

      Note

      Note that if the gen_statem is started through proc_lib and enter_loop/4,5,6, this callback will never be called. Since this callback is not optional -it can in that case be implemented as:

      -spec init(_) -> no_return().
      -init(Args) -> erlang:error(not_implemented, [Args]).
      +it can in that case be implemented as:

      -spec init(_) -> no_return().
      +init(Args) -> erlang:error(not_implemented, [Args]).

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/io_lib.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/io_lib.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/io_lib.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -911,8 +911,8 @@ input is needed to complete the original format string. RestFormat is the remaining format string, Nchars is the number of characters scanned, and InputStack is the reversed list of inputs matched up to that point.

  • {error, What} - The read operation failed and parameter What gives a -hint about the error.

  • Example:

    3> io_lib:fread("~f~f~f", "15.6 17.3e-6 24.5").
    -{ok,[15.6,1.73e-5,24.5],[]}
    +hint about the error.

    Example:

    3> io_lib:fread("~f~f~f", "15.6 17.3e-6 24.5").
    +{ok,[15.6,1.73e-5,24.5],[]}
    @@ -1417,11 +1417,11 @@ "...".

    Depth defaults to -1, which means no limitation. Option CharsLimit puts a soft limit on the number of characters returned. When the number of characters is reached, remaining structures are replaced by "...". CharsLimit defaults to -1, -which means no limit on the number of characters returned.

    Example:

    1> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9})).
    +which means no limit on the number of characters returned.

    Example:

    1> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9})).
     "{1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}"
    -2> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}, 5)).
    +2> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}, 5)).
     "{1,[2],[3],[...],...}"
    -3> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({[1,2,3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}, [{chars_limit,20}])).
    +3> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({[1,2,3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}, [{chars_limit,20}])).
     "{[1,2|...],[4|...],...}"
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/io_protocol.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/io_protocol.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/io_protocol.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ Protocol Basics

    As described in Robert's paper, I/O servers and clients communicate using -io_request/io_reply tuples as follows:

    {io_request, From, ReplyAs, Request}
    -{io_reply, ReplyAs, Reply}

    The client sends an io_request tuple to the I/O server and the server +io_request/io_reply tuples as follows:

    {io_request, From, ReplyAs, Request}
    +{io_reply, ReplyAs, Reply}

    The client sends an io_request tuple to the I/O server and the server eventually sends a corresponding io_reply tuple.

    • From is the pid/0 of the client, the process which the I/O server sends the I/O reply to.

    • ReplyAs can be any datum and is returned in the corresponding io_reply. The io module monitors the I/O server and uses the monitor reference as @@ -59,8 +59,8 @@ Output Requests -

      To output characters on an I/O device, the following Requests exist:

      {put_chars, Encoding, Characters}
      -{put_chars, Encoding, Module, Function, Args}
      • Encoding is unicode or latin1, meaning that the characters are (in case +

        To output characters on an I/O device, the following Requests exist:

        {put_chars, Encoding, Characters}
        +{put_chars, Encoding, Module, Function, Args}
        • Encoding is unicode or latin1, meaning that the characters are (in case of binaries) encoded as UTF-8 or ISO Latin-1 (pure bytes). A well-behaved I/O server is also to return an error indication if list elements contain integers > 255 when Encoding is set to latin1.

          Notice that this does not in any way tell how characters are to be put on the @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Input Requests -

          To read characters from an I/O device, the following Requests exist:

          {get_until, Encoding, Prompt, Module, Function, ExtraArgs}
          • Encoding denotes how data is to be sent back to the client and what data is +

            To read characters from an I/O device, the following Requests exist:

            {get_until, Encoding, Prompt, Module, Function, ExtraArgs}
            • Encoding denotes how data is to be sent back to the client and what data is sent to the function denoted by Module/Function/ExtraArgs. If the function supplied returns data as a list, the data is converted to this encoding. If the function supplied returns data in some other format, no @@ -102,8 +102,8 @@ nothing being written to the I/O device).

            • Module, Function, and ExtraArgs denote a function and arguments to determine when enough data is written. The function is to take two more arguments, the last state, and a list of characters. The function is to return -one of:

              {done, Result, RestChars}
              -{more, Continuation}

              Result can be any Erlang term, but if it is a list/0, the I/O server can +one of:

              {done, Result, RestChars}
              +{more, Continuation}

              Result can be any Erlang term, but if it is a list/0, the I/O server can convert it to a binary/0 of appropriate format before returning it to the client, if the I/O server is set in binary mode (see below).

              The function is called with the data the I/O server finds on its I/O device, returning one of:

              • {done, Result, RestChars} when enough data is read. In this case Result @@ -113,28 +113,28 @@ characters are available. When no more characters are available, the function must return {done, eof, Rest}. The initial state is the empty list. The data when an end of file is reached on the IO device is the atom eof.

                An emulation of the get_line request can be (inefficiently) implemented -using the following functions:

                -module(demo).
                --export([until_newline/3, get_line/1]).
                +using the following functions:

                -module(demo).
                +-export([until_newline/3, get_line/1]).
                 
                -until_newline(_ThisFar,eof,_MyStopCharacter) ->
                -    {done,eof,[]};
                -until_newline(ThisFar,CharList,MyStopCharacter) ->
                +until_newline(_ThisFar,eof,_MyStopCharacter) ->
                +    {done,eof,[]};
                +until_newline(ThisFar,CharList,MyStopCharacter) ->
                     case
                -        lists:splitwith(fun(X) -> X =/= MyStopCharacter end,  CharList)
                +        lists:splitwith(fun(X) -> X =/= MyStopCharacter end,  CharList)
                     of
                -  {L,[]} ->
                -            {more,ThisFar++L};
                -  {L2,[MyStopCharacter|Rest]} ->
                -      {done,ThisFar++L2++[MyStopCharacter],Rest}
                +  {L,[]} ->
                +            {more,ThisFar++L};
                +  {L2,[MyStopCharacter|Rest]} ->
                +      {done,ThisFar++L2++[MyStopCharacter],Rest}
                     end.
                 
                -get_line(IoServer) ->
                -    IoServer ! {io_request,
                -                self(),
                +get_line(IoServer) ->
                +    IoServer ! {io_request,
                +                self(),
                                 IoServer,
                -                {get_until, unicode, '', ?MODULE, until_newline, [$\n]}},
                +                {get_until, unicode, '', ?MODULE, until_newline, [$\n]}},
                     receive
                -        {io_reply, IoServer, Data} ->
                +        {io_reply, IoServer, Data} ->
                       Data
                     end.

                Notice that the last element in the Request tuple ([$\n]) is appended to the argument list when the function is called. The function is to be called @@ -172,10 +172,10 @@ must be able to handle binary data. For convenience, the modes of an I/O server can be set and retrieved using the following I/O requests:

                {setopts, Opts}
                • Opts is a list of options in the format recognized by the proplists module (and by the I/O server).

                As an example, the I/O server for the interactive shell (in group.erl) -understands the following options:

                {binary, boolean()} (or binary/list)
                -{echo, boolean()}
                -{expand_fun, fun()}
                -{encoding, unicode/latin1} (or unicode/latin1)

                Options binary and encoding are common for all I/O servers in OTP, while +understands the following options:

                {binary, boolean()} (or binary/list)
                +{echo, boolean()}
                +{expand_fun, fun()}
                +{encoding, unicode/latin1} (or unicode/latin1)

                Options binary and encoding are common for all I/O servers in OTP, while echo and expand are valid only for this I/O server. Option unicode notifies how characters are put on the physical I/O device, that is, if the terminal itself is Unicode-aware. It does not affect how characters are sent in @@ -198,9 +198,9 @@ continue until one of the requests results in an error or the list is consumed. The result of the last request is sent back to the client.

              The I/O server can, for a list of requests, send any of the following valid results in the reply, depending on the requests in the list:

              ok
              -{ok, Data}
              -{ok, Options}
              -{error, Error}

              +{ok, Data} +{ok, Options} +{error, Error}

    @@ -230,128 +230,128 @@ process handling incoming requests, usually both I/O-requests and other I/O device-specific requests (positioning, closing, and so on).

    The example I/O server stores characters in an ETS table, making up a fairly crude RAM file.

    The module begins with the usual directives, a function to start the I/O server -and a main loop handling the requests:

    -module(ets_io_server).
    +and a main loop handling the requests:

    -module(ets_io_server).
     
    --export([start_link/0, init/0, loop/1, until_newline/3, until_enough/3]).
    +-export([start_link/0, init/0, loop/1, until_newline/3, until_enough/3]).
     
    --define(CHARS_PER_REC, 10).
    +-define(CHARS_PER_REC, 10).
     
    --record(state, {
    +-record(state, {
     	  table,
     	  position, % absolute
     	  mode % binary | list
    -	 }).
    +	 }).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    spawn_link(?MODULE,init,[]).
    +start_link() ->
    +    spawn_link(?MODULE,init,[]).
     
    -init() ->
    -    Table = ets:new(noname,[ordered_set]),
    -    ?MODULE:loop(#state{table = Table, position = 0, mode=list}).
    +init() ->
    +    Table = ets:new(noname,[ordered_set]),
    +    ?MODULE:loop(#state{table = Table, position = 0, mode=list}).
     
    -loop(State) ->
    +loop(State) ->
         receive
    -	{io_request, From, ReplyAs, Request} ->
    -	    case request(Request,State) of
    -		{Tag, Reply, NewState} when Tag =:= ok; Tag =:= error ->
    -		    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply),
    -		    ?MODULE:loop(NewState);
    -		{stop, Reply, _NewState} ->
    -		    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply),
    -		    exit(Reply)
    +	{io_request, From, ReplyAs, Request} ->
    +	    case request(Request,State) of
    +		{Tag, Reply, NewState} when Tag =:= ok; Tag =:= error ->
    +		    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply),
    +		    ?MODULE:loop(NewState);
    +		{stop, Reply, _NewState} ->
    +		    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply),
    +		    exit(Reply)
     	    end;
     	%% Private message
    -	{From, rewind} ->
    -	    From ! {self(), ok},
    -	    ?MODULE:loop(State#state{position = 0});
    +	{From, rewind} ->
    +	    From ! {self(), ok},
    +	    ?MODULE:loop(State#state{position = 0});
     	_Unknown ->
    -	    ?MODULE:loop(State)
    +	    ?MODULE:loop(State)
         end.

    The main loop receives messages from the client (which can use the the io module to send requests). For each request, the function request/2 is called and a reply is eventually sent using function reply/3.

    The "private" message {From, rewind} results in the current position in the pseudo-file to be reset to 0 (the beginning of the "file"). This is a typical example of I/O device-specific messages not being part of the I/O protocol. It is usually a bad idea to embed such private messages in io_request tuples, as -that can confuse the reader.

    First, we examine the reply function:

    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply) ->
    -    From ! {io_reply, ReplyAs, Reply}.

    It sends the io_reply tuple back to the client, providing element ReplyAs +that can confuse the reader.

    First, we examine the reply function:

    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply) ->
    +    From ! {io_reply, ReplyAs, Reply}.

    It sends the io_reply tuple back to the client, providing element ReplyAs received in the request along with the result of the request, as described -earlier.

    We need to handle some requests. First the requests for writing characters:

    request({put_chars, Encoding, Chars}, State) ->
    -    put_chars(unicode:characters_to_list(Chars,Encoding),State);
    -request({put_chars, Encoding, Module, Function, Args}, State) ->
    +earlier.

    We need to handle some requests. First the requests for writing characters:

    request({put_chars, Encoding, Chars}, State) ->
    +    put_chars(unicode:characters_to_list(Chars,Encoding),State);
    +request({put_chars, Encoding, Module, Function, Args}, State) ->
         try
    -	request({put_chars, Encoding, apply(Module, Function, Args)}, State)
    +	request({put_chars, Encoding, apply(Module, Function, Args)}, State)
         catch
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/io.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/io.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/io.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000
    @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
       Error Information
     

    The ErrorInfo mentioned in this module is the standard ErrorInfo structure -that is returned from all I/O modules. It has the following format:

    {ErrorLocation, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string that describes the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)
    +that is returned from all I/O modules. It has the following format:

    {ErrorLocation, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string that describes the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)
    @@ -1073,12 +1073,12 @@ no IoDevice argument is specified in the function calls in this module.

    It is sometimes desirable to use an explicit IoDevice argument that refers to the default I/O device. This is the case with functions that can access either a file or the default I/O device. The atom standard_io has this -special meaning. The following example illustrates this:

    27> io:read('enter>').
    +special meaning. The following example illustrates this:

    27> io:read('enter>').
     enter>foo.
    -{ok,foo}
    -28> io:read(standard_io, 'enter>').
    +{ok,foo}
    +28> io:read(standard_io, 'enter>').
     enter>bar.
    -{ok,bar}

    By default all I/O sent to standard_io will end up in the user +{ok,bar}

    By default all I/O sent to standard_io will end up in the user I/O device of the node that spawned the calling process.

    standard_io is an alias for group_leader/0, so in order to change where the default input/output requests are sent you can change the group leader of the current process using @@ -1348,33 +1348,33 @@ whitespace characters are stripped. An Erlang string (list of characters) is returned.

    If Unicode translation is in effect (~ts), characters > 255 are accepted, otherwise not. With the translation modifier, the returned list can as a -consequence also contain integers > 255:

    1> io:fread("Prompt> ","~s").
    +consequence also contain integers > 255:

    1> io:fread("Prompt> ","~s").
     Prompt> <Characters beyond latin1 range not printable in this medium>
    -{error,{fread,string}}
    -2> io:fread("Prompt> ","~ts").
    +{error,{fread,string}}
    +2> io:fread("Prompt> ","~ts").
     Prompt> <Characters beyond latin1 range not printable in this medium>
    -{ok,[[1091,1085,1080,1094,1086,1076,1077]]}
  • a - Similar to s, but the resulting string is converted into an +{ok,[[1091,1085,1080,1094,1086,1076,1077]]}

  • a - Similar to s, but the resulting string is converted into an atom.

  • c - The number of characters equal to the field width are read (default is 1) and returned as an Erlang string. However, leading and trailing whitespace characters are not omitted as they are with s. All -characters are returned.

    The Unicode translation modifier works as with s:

    1> io:fread("Prompt> ","~c").
    +characters are returned.

    The Unicode translation modifier works as with s:

    1> io:fread("Prompt> ","~c").
     Prompt> <Character beyond latin1 range not printable in this medium>
    -{error,{fread,string}}
    -2> io:fread("Prompt> ","~tc").
    +{error,{fread,string}}
    +2> io:fread("Prompt> ","~tc").
     Prompt> <Character beyond latin1 range not printable in this medium>
    -{ok,[[1091]]}
  • l - Returns the number of characters that have been scanned up to that +{ok,[[1091]]}

  • l - Returns the number of characters that have been scanned up to that point, including whitespace characters.

  • The function returns:
    • {ok, Terms} - The read was successful and Terms is the list of successfully matched and read items.

    • eof - End of file was encountered.

    • {error, FreadError} - The reading failed and FreadError gives a hint about the error.

    • {error, ErrorDescription} - The read operation failed and parameter -ErrorDescription gives a hint about the error.

    Examples:

    20> io:fread('enter>', "~f~f~f").
    +ErrorDescription gives a hint about the error.

    Examples:

    20> io:fread('enter>', "~f~f~f").
     enter>1.9 35.5e3 15.0
    -{ok,[1.9,3.55e4,15.0]}
    -21> io:fread('enter>', "~10f~d").
    +{ok,[1.9,3.55e4,15.0]}
    +21> io:fread('enter>', "~10f~d").
     enter>     5.67899
    -{ok,[5.678,99]}
    -22> io:fread('enter>', ":~10s:~10c:").
    +{ok,[5.678,99]}
    +22> io:fread('enter>', ":~10s:~10c:").
     enter>:   alan   :   joe    :
    -{ok, ["alan", "   joe    "]}
    +
    {ok, ["alan", " joe "]}
    @@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ the output device, and control sequences for formatting, see below. If Format is an atom or a binary, it is first converted to a list with the aid of atom_to_list/1 or -binary_to_list/1. Example:

    1> io:fwrite("Hello world!~n", []).
    +binary_to_list/1. Example:

    1> io:fwrite("Hello world!~n", []).
     Hello world!
     ok

    The general format of a control sequence is ~F.P.PadModC.

    The character C determines the type of control sequence to be used. It is the only required field. All of F, P, Pad, and Mod are optional. For @@ -1481,25 +1481,25 @@ padding character is ' ' (space).

  • Mod is the control sequence modifier. This is one or more characters that change the interpretation of Data.

    The current modifiers are:

    • t - For Unicode translation.

    • l - For stopping p and P from detecting printable characters.

    • k - For use with p, P, w, and W to format maps in map-key ordered order (see maps:iterator_order/0).

    • K - Similar to k, for formatting maps in map-key order, but takes an -extra argument that specifies the maps:iterator_order/0.

      For example:

      > M = #{ a => 1, b => 2 }.
      -#{a => 1,b => 2}
      -> io:format("~Kp~n", [reversed, M]).
      -#{b => 2,a => 1}
      +extra argument that specifies the maps:iterator_order/0.

      For example:

      > M = #{ a => 1, b => 2 }.
      +#{a => 1,b => 2}
      +> io:format("~Kp~n", [reversed, M]).
      +#{b => 2,a => 1}
       ok
  • If F, P, or Pad is a * character, the next argument in Data is used as -the value. For example:

    1> io:fwrite("~*.*.0f~n",[9, 5, 3.14159265]).
    +the value. For example:

    1> io:fwrite("~*.*.0f~n",[9, 5, 3.14159265]).
     003.14159
    -ok

    To use a literal * character as Pad, it must be passed as an argument:

    2> io:fwrite("~*.*.*f~n",[9, 5, $*, 3.14159265]).
    +ok

    To use a literal * character as Pad, it must be passed as an argument:

    2> io:fwrite("~*.*.*f~n",[9, 5, $*, 3.14159265]).
     **3.14159
     ok

    Available control sequences:

    • ~ - Character ~ is written.

    • c - The argument is a number that is interpreted as an ASCII code. The precision is the number of times the character is printed and defaults to the -field width, which in turn defaults to 1. Example:

      1> io:fwrite("|~10.5c|~-10.5c|~5c|~n", [$a, $b, $c]).
      +field width, which in turn defaults to 1. Example:

      1> io:fwrite("|~10.5c|~-10.5c|~5c|~n", [$a, $b, $c]).
       |     aaaaa|bbbbb     |ccccc|
       ok

      If the Unicode translation modifier (t) is in effect, the integer argument can be any number representing a valid Unicode codepoint, otherwise it is to -be an integer less than or equal to 255, otherwise it is masked with 16#FF:

      2> io:fwrite("~tc~n",[1024]).
      -\x{400}
      +be an integer less than or equal to 255, otherwise it is masked with 16#FF:

      2> io:fwrite("~tc~n",[1024]).
      +\x{400}
       ok
      -3> io:fwrite("~c~n",[1024]).
      +3> io:fwrite("~c~n",[1024]).
       ^@
       ok
    • f - The argument is a float that is written as [-]ddd.ddd, where the precision is the number of digits after the decimal point. The default @@ -1517,18 +1517,18 @@ binaries are in UTF-8. The characters are printed without quotes. The string is first truncated by the specified precision and then padded and justified to the specified field width. The default precision is the field width.

      This format can be used for printing any object and truncating the output so -it fits a specified field:

      1> io:fwrite("|~10w|~n", [{hey, hey, hey}]).
      +it fits a specified field:

      1> io:fwrite("|~10w|~n", [{hey, hey, hey}]).
       |**********|
       ok
      -2> io:fwrite("|~10s|~n", [io_lib:write({hey, hey, hey})]).
      -|{hey,hey,h|
      -3> io:fwrite("|~-10.8s|~n", [io_lib:write({hey, hey, hey})]).
      -|{hey,hey  |
      +2> io:fwrite("|~10s|~n", [io_lib:write({hey, hey, hey})]).
      +|{hey,hey,h|
      +3> io:fwrite("|~-10.8s|~n", [io_lib:write({hey, hey, hey})]).
      +|{hey,hey  |
       ok

      A list with integers > 255 is considered an error if the Unicode translation -modifier is not specified:

      4> io:fwrite("~ts~n",[[1024]]).
      -\x{400}
      +modifier is not specified:

      4> io:fwrite("~ts~n",[[1024]]).
      +\x{400}
       ok
      -5> io:fwrite("~s~n",[[1024]]).
      +5> io:fwrite("~s~n",[[1024]]).
       ** exception error: bad argument
            in function  io:format/3
               called as io:format(<0.53.0>,"~s~n",[[1024]])
    • w - Writes data with the standard syntax. This is used to output Erlang @@ -1539,122 +1539,122 @@ breaks terms whose printed representation is longer than one line into many lines and indents each line sensibly. Left-justification is not supported. It also tries to detect flat lists of printable characters and output these as -strings. For example:

      1> T = [{attributes,[[{id,age,1.50000},{mode,explicit},
      -{typename,"INTEGER"}], [{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typename,'Cho'}]]},
      -{typename,'Person'},{tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},{mode,implicit}].
      +strings. For example:

      1> T = [{attributes,[[{id,age,1.50000},{mode,explicit},
      +{typename,"INTEGER"}], [{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typename,'Cho'}]]},
      +{typename,'Person'},{tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},{mode,implicit}].
       ...
      -2> io:fwrite("~w~n", [T]).
      -[{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},{mode,explicit},{typename,
      -[73,78,84,69,71,69,82]}],[{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typena
      -me,'Cho'}]]},{typename,'Person'},{tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},{mode
      -,implicit}]
      +2> io:fwrite("~w~n", [T]).
      +[{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},{mode,explicit},{typename,
      +[73,78,84,69,71,69,82]}],[{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typena
      +me,'Cho'}]]},{typename,'Person'},{tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},{mode
      +,implicit}]
       ok
      -3> io:fwrite("~62p~n", [T]).
      -[{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},
      -               {mode,explicit},
      -               {typename,"INTEGER"}],
      -              [{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typename,'Cho'}]]},
      - {typename,'Person'},
      - {tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},
      - {mode,implicit}]
      +3> io:fwrite("~62p~n", [T]).
      +[{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},
      +               {mode,explicit},
      +               {typename,"INTEGER"}],
      +              [{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typename,'Cho'}]]},
      + {typename,'Person'},
      + {tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},
      + {mode,implicit}]
       ok

      The field width specifies the maximum line length. It defaults to 80. The precision specifies the initial indentation of the term. It defaults to the number of characters printed on this line in the same call to write/1 or -format/1,2,3. For example, using T above:

      4> io:fwrite("Here T = ~62p~n", [T]).
      -Here T = [{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},
      -                        {mode,explicit},
      -                        {typename,"INTEGER"}],
      -                       [{id,cho},
      -                        {mode,explicit},
      -                        {typename,'Cho'}]]},
      -          {typename,'Person'},
      -          {tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},
      -          {mode,implicit}]
      +format/1,2,3. For example, using T above:

      4> io:fwrite("Here T = ~62p~n", [T]).
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/json.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/json.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/json.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000
      @@ -870,8 +870,8 @@
         
         Example
       
      -
      > json:decode(<<"{\"foo\": 1}">>).
      -#{<<"foo">> => 1}
      +
      > json:decode(<<"{\"foo\": 1}">>).
      +#{<<"foo">> => 1}
    @@ -923,9 +923,9 @@ Example -

    Decoding object keys as atoms:

    > Push = fun(Key, Value, Acc) -> [{binary_to_existing_atom(Key), Value} | Acc] end.
    -> json:decode(<<"{\"foo\": 1}">>, ok, #{object_push => Push}).
    -{#{foo => 1},ok,<<>>}
    +

    Decoding object keys as atoms:

    > Push = fun(Key, Value, Acc) -> [{binary_to_existing_atom(Key), Value} | Acc] end.
    +> json:decode(<<"{\"foo\": 1}">>, ok, #{object_push => Push}).
    +{#{foo => 1},ok,<<>>}
    @@ -958,11 +958,11 @@

    Continue parsing a stream of bytes of a JSON value.

    Similar to decode_start/3, if the function returns {continue, State} and -there is no more data, use end_of_input instead of a binary.

    > {continue, State} = json:decode_start(<<"{\"foo\":">>, ok, #{}).
    -> json:decode_continue(<<"1}">>, State).
    -{#{foo => 1},ok,<<>>}
    > {continue, State} = json:decode_start(<<"123">>, ok, #{}).
    -> json:decode_continue(end_of_input, State).
    -{123,ok,<<>>}
    +there is no more data, use end_of_input instead of a binary.

    > {continue, State} = json:decode_start(<<"{\"foo\":">>, ok, #{}).
    +> json:decode_continue(<<"1}">>, State).
    +{#{foo => 1},ok,<<>>}
    > {continue, State} = json:decode_start(<<"123">>, ok, #{}).
    +> json:decode_continue(end_of_input, State).
    +{123,ok,<<>>}
    @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ Examples -
    > iolist_to_binary(json:encode(#{foo => <<"bar">>})).
    +
    > iolist_to_binary(json:encode(#{foo => <<"bar">>})).
     <<"{\"foo\":\"bar\"}">>
    @@ -1074,10 +1074,10 @@ Examples

    An encoder that uses a heuristic to differentiate object-like -lists of key-value pairs from plain lists:

    > encoder([{_, _} | _] = Value, Encode) -> json:encode_key_value_list(Value, Encode);
    -> encoder(Other, Encode) -> json:encode_value(Other, Encode).
    -> custom_encode(Value) -> json:encode(Value, fun(Value, Encode) -> encoder(Value, Encode) end).
    -> iolist_to_binary(custom_encode([{a, []}, {b, 1}])).
    +lists of key-value pairs from plain lists:

    > encoder([{_, _} | _] = Value, Encode) -> json:encode_key_value_list(Value, Encode);
    +> encoder(Other, Encode) -> json:encode_value(Other, Encode).
    +> custom_encode(Value) -> json:encode(Value, fun(Value, Encode) -> encoder(Value, Encode) end).
    +> iolist_to_binary(custom_encode([{a, []}, {b, 1}])).
     <<"{\"a\":[],\"b\":1}">>
    @@ -1469,11 +1469,11 @@ -

    Generates formatted JSON corresponding to Term.

    Similiar to encode/1 but with added whitespaces for formatting.

    > io:put_chars(json:format(#{foo => <<"bar">>, baz => 52})).
    -{
    +

    Generates formatted JSON corresponding to Term.

    Similiar to encode/1 but with added whitespaces for formatting.

    > io:put_chars(json:format(#{foo => <<"bar">>, baz => 52})).
    +{
       "baz": 52,
       "foo": "bar"
    -}
    +}
     ok
    @@ -1538,20 +1538,20 @@

    Generates formatted JSON corresponding to Term.

    Similar to encode/2, can be customised with the Encoder callback and Options.

    Options can include 'indent' to specify number of spaces per level and 'max' which loosely limits the width of lists.

    The Encoder will get a 'State' argument which contains the 'Options' maps merged with other data when recursing through 'Term'.

    format_value/3 or various encode_* functions in this module can be used -to help in constructing such callbacks.

    > formatter({posix_time, SysTimeSecs}, Encode, State) ->
    -    TimeStr = calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(SysTimeSecs, [{offset, "Z"}]),
    -    json:format_value(unicode:characters_to_binary(TimeStr), Encode, State);
    -> formatter(Other, Encode, State) -> json:format_value(Other, Encode, State).
    +to help in constructing such callbacks.

    > formatter({posix_time, SysTimeSecs}, Encode, State) ->
    +    TimeStr = calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(SysTimeSecs, [{offset, "Z"}]),
    +    json:format_value(unicode:characters_to_binary(TimeStr), Encode, State);
    +> formatter(Other, Encode, State) -> json:format_value(Other, Encode, State).
     >
    -> Fun = fun(Value, Encode, State) -> formatter(Value, Encode, State) end.
    -> Options = #{indent => 4}.
    -> Term = #{id => 1, time => {posix_time, erlang:system_time(seconds)}}.
    +> Fun = fun(Value, Encode, State) -> formatter(Value, Encode, State) end.
    +> Options = #{indent => 4}.
    +> Term = #{id => 1, time => {posix_time, erlang:system_time(seconds)}}.
     >
    -> io:put_chars(json:format(Term, Fun, Options)).
    -{
    +> io:put_chars(json:format(Term, Fun, Options)).
    +{
         "id": 1,
         "time": "2024-05-23T16:07:48Z"
    -}
    +}
     ok
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/lists.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/lists.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/lists.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -1051,8 +1051,8 @@ -

    Returns a list in which all the sublists of ListOfLists have been appended.

    Example:

    > lists:append([[1, 2, 3], [a, b], [4, 5, 6]]).
    -[1,2,3,a,b,4,5,6]
    +

    Returns a list in which all the sublists of ListOfLists have been appended.

    Example:

    > lists:append([[1, 2, 3], [a, b], [4, 5, 6]]).
    +[1,2,3,a,b,4,5,6]
    @@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@

    Returns a new list List3, which is made from the elements of List1 followed -by the elements of List2.

    Example:

    > lists:append("abc", "def").
    +by the elements of List2.

    Example:

    > lists:append("abc", "def").
     "abcdef"

    lists:append(A, B) is equivalent to A ++ B.

    @@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@

    Concatenates the text representation of the elements of Things. The elements -of Things can be atoms, integers, floats, or strings.

    Example:

    > lists:concat([doc, '/', file, '.', 3]).
    +of Things can be atoms, integers, floats, or strings.

    Example:

    > lists:concat([doc, '/', file, '.', 3]).
     "doc/file.3"
    @@ -1231,8 +1231,8 @@ -

    Returns a list containing N copies of term Elem.

    Example:

    > lists:duplicate(5, xx).
    -[xx,xx,xx,xx,xx]
    +

    Returns a list containing N copies of term Elem.

    Example:

    > lists:duplicate(5, xx).
    +[xx,xx,xx,xx,xx]
    @@ -1333,12 +1333,12 @@

    Returns List1 with each element H replaced by a tuple of form {I, H} where I is the position of H in List1. The enumeration starts with Index and increases by Step in each step.

    That is, enumerate/3 behaves as if it had been defined as -follows:

    enumerate(I, S, List) ->
    -  {List1, _ } = lists:mapfoldl(fun(T, Acc) -> {{Acc, T}, Acc+S} end, I, List),
    -  List1.

    The default values for Index and Step are both 1.

    Examples:

    > lists:enumerate([a,b,c]).
    -[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]
    > lists:enumerate(10, [a,b,c]).
    -[{10,a},{11,b},{12,c}]
    > lists:enumerate(0, -2, [a,b,c]).
    -[{0,a},{-2,b},{-4,c}]
    +follows:

    enumerate(I, S, List) ->
    +  {List1, _ } = lists:mapfoldl(fun(T, Acc) -> {{Acc, T}, Acc+S} end, I, List),
    +  List1.

    The default values for Index and Step are both 1.

    Examples:

    > lists:enumerate([a,b,c]).
    +[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]
    > lists:enumerate(10, [a,b,c]).
    +[{10,a},{11,b},{12,c}]
    > lists:enumerate(0, -2, [a,b,c]).
    +[{0,a},{-2,b},{-4,c}]
    @@ -1407,15 +1407,15 @@

    Calls Fun(Elem) on successive elements Elem of List1 in order to update or remove elements from List1.

    Fun/1 must return either a Boolean or a tuple {true, Value}. The function returns the list of elements for which Fun returns a new value, where a value -of true is synonymous with {true, Elem}.

    That is, filtermap behaves as if it had been defined as follows:

    filtermap(Fun, List1) ->
    -    lists:foldr(fun(Elem, Acc) ->
    -                       case Fun(Elem) of
    +of true is synonymous with {true, Elem}.

    That is, filtermap behaves as if it had been defined as follows:

    filtermap(Fun, List1) ->
    +    lists:foldr(fun(Elem, Acc) ->
    +                       case Fun(Elem) of
                                false -> Acc;
    -                           true -> [Elem|Acc];
    -                           {true,Value} -> [Value|Acc]
    +                           true -> [Elem|Acc];
    +                           {true,Value} -> [Value|Acc]
                            end
    -                end, [], List1).

    Example:

    > lists:filtermap(fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> {true, X div 2}; _ -> false end end, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    -[1,2]
    +
    end, [], List1).

    Example:

    > lists:filtermap(fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> {true, X div 2}; _ -> false end end, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +[1,2]
    @@ -1474,9 +1474,9 @@

    Takes a function from As to lists of Bs, and a list of As (List1) and produces a list of Bs by applying the function to every element in List1 and -appending the resulting lists.

    That is, flatmap behaves as if it had been defined as follows:

    flatmap(Fun, List1) ->
    -    append(map(Fun, List1)).

    Example:

    > lists:flatmap(fun(X)->[X,X] end, [a,b,c]).
    -[a,a,b,b,c,c]
    +appending the resulting lists.

    That is, flatmap behaves as if it had been defined as follows:

    flatmap(Fun, List1) ->
    +    append(map(Fun, List1)).

    Example:

    > lists:flatmap(fun(X)->[X,X] end, [a,b,c]).
    +[a,a,b,b,c,c]
    @@ -1572,9 +1572,9 @@

    Calls Fun(Elem, AccIn) on successive elements A of List, starting with AccIn == Acc0. Fun/2 must return a new accumulator, which is passed to the next call. The function returns the final value of the accumulator. Acc0 is -returned if the list is empty.

    Example:

    > lists:foldl(fun(X, Sum) -> X + Sum end, 0, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +returned if the list is empty.

    Example:

    > lists:foldl(fun(X, Sum) -> X + Sum end, 0, [1,2,3,4,5]).
     15
    -> lists:foldl(fun(X, Prod) -> X * Prod end, 1, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +> lists:foldl(fun(X, Prod) -> X * Prod end, 1, [1,2,3,4,5]).
     120
    @@ -1611,11 +1611,11 @@ -

    Like foldl/3, but the list is traversed from right to left.

    Example:

    > P = fun(A, AccIn) -> io:format("~p ", [A]), AccIn end.
    +

    Like foldl/3, but the list is traversed from right to left.

    Example:

    > P = fun(A, AccIn) -> io:format("~p ", [A]), AccIn end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.12.2225172>
    -> lists:foldl(P, void, [1,2,3]).
    +> lists:foldl(P, void, [1,2,3]).
     1 2 3 void
    -> lists:foldr(P, void, [1,2,3]).
    +> lists:foldr(P, void, [1,2,3]).
     3 2 1 void

    foldl/3 is tail recursive and is usually preferred to foldr/3.

    @@ -1678,12 +1678,12 @@

    Inserts Sep between each element in List1. Has no effect on the empty list -and on a singleton list. For example:

    > lists:join(x, [a,b,c]).
    -[a,x,b,x,c]
    -> lists:join(x, [a]).
    -[a]
    -> lists:join(x, []).
    -[]
    +and on a singleton list. For example:

    > lists:join(x, [a,b,c]).
    +[a,x,b,x,c]
    +> lists:join(x, [a]).
    +[a]
    +> lists:join(x, []).
    +[]
    @@ -1784,10 +1784,10 @@

    Returns a list of tuples where, for each tuple in TupleList1, the Nth element Term1 of the tuple has been replaced with the result of calling -Fun(Term1).

    Examples:

    > Fun = fun(Atom) -> atom_to_list(Atom) end.
    +Fun(Term1).

    Examples:

    > Fun = fun(Atom) -> atom_to_list(Atom) end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.6.10732646>
    -2> lists:keymap(Fun, 2, [{name,jane,22},{name,lizzie,20},{name,lydia,15}]).
    -[{name,"jane",22},{name,"lizzie",20},{name,"lydia",15}]
    +2>
    lists:keymap(Fun, 2, [{name,jane,22},{name,lizzie,20},{name,lydia,15}]). +[{name,"jane",22},{name,"lizzie",20},{name,"lydia",15}]
    @@ -2128,9 +2128,9 @@ -

    Combines the operations of map/2 and foldl/3 into one pass.

    Example:

    Summing the elements in a list and double them at the same time:

    > lists:mapfoldl(fun(X, Sum) -> {2*X, X+Sum} end,
    -0, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[2,4,6,8,10],15}
    +

    Combines the operations of map/2 and foldl/3 into one pass.

    Example:

    Summing the elements in a list and double them at the same time:

    > lists:mapfoldl(fun(X, Sum) -> {2*X, X+Sum} end,
    +0, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[2,4,6,8,10],15}
    @@ -2422,7 +2422,7 @@ -

    Returns the Nth element of List.

    Example:

    > lists:nth(3, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    +

    Returns the Nth element of List.

    Example:

    > lists:nth(3, [a, b, c, d, e]).
     c
    @@ -2452,14 +2452,14 @@

    Returns the Nth tail of List, that is, the sublist of List starting at -N+1 and continuing up to the end of the list.

    Example

    > lists:nthtail(3, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    -[d,e]
    -> tl(tl(tl([a, b, c, d, e]))).
    -[d,e]
    -> lists:nthtail(0, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    -[a,b,c,d,e]
    -> lists:nthtail(5, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    -[]
    +N+1 and continuing up to the end of the list.

    Example

    > lists:nthtail(3, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    +[d,e]
    +> tl(tl(tl([a, b, c, d, e]))).
    +[d,e]
    +> lists:nthtail(0, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    +[a,b,c,d,e]
    +> lists:nthtail(5, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    +[]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/maps.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/maps.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/maps.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -624,10 +624,10 @@

    Returns a map Map for which predicate Pred holds true in MapOrIter.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if MapOrIter is not a map or -valid iterator, or with badarg if Pred is not a function of arity 2.

    Example:

    > M = #{a => 2, b => 3, c=> 4, "a" => 1, "b" => 2, "c" => 4},
    -  Pred = fun(K,V) -> is_atom(K) andalso (V rem 2) =:= 0 end,
    -  maps:filter(Pred,M).
    -#{a => 2,c => 4}
    +valid iterator, or with badarg if Pred is not a function of arity 2.

    Example:

    > M = #{a => 2, b => 3, c=> 4, "a" => 1, "b" => 2, "c" => 4},
    +  Pred = fun(K,V) -> is_atom(K) andalso (V rem 2) =:= 0 end,
    +  maps:filter(Pred,M).
    +#{a => 2,c => 4}
    @@ -666,10 +666,10 @@ map. If it returns false, the association is not copied. If it returns {true, NewValue}, the value for Key is replaced with NewValue in the result map.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if MapOrIter is not a map or -valid iterator, or with badarg if Fun is not a function of arity 2.

    Example:

    > Fun = fun(K,V) when is_atom(K) -> {true, V*2}; (_,V) -> (V rem 2) =:= 0 end,
    -  Map = #{k1 => 1, "k2" => 2, "k3" => 3},
    -  maps:filtermap(Fun,Map).
    -#{k1 => 2,"k2" => 2}
    +valid iterator, or with badarg if Fun is not a function of arity 2.

    Example:

    > Fun = fun(K,V) when is_atom(K) -> {true, V*2}; (_,V) -> (V rem 2) =:= 0 end,
    +  Map = #{k1 => 1, "k2" => 2, "k3" => 3},
    +  maps:filtermap(Fun,Map).
    +#{k1 => 2,"k2" => 2}
    @@ -700,10 +700,10 @@

    Returns a tuple {ok, Value}, where Value is the value associated with Key, -or error if no value is associated with Key in Map.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{"hi" => 42},
    +or error if no value is associated with Key in Map.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{"hi" => 42},
       Key = "hi",
    -  maps:find(Key,Map).
    -{ok,42}
    +
    maps:find(Key,Map). +{ok,42}
    @@ -744,9 +744,9 @@ which is passed to the next successive call. This function returns the final value of the accumulator. The initial accumulator value Init is returned if the map is empty.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if MapOrIter is not a map or -valid iterator, or with badarg if Fun is not a function of arity 3.

    Example:

    > Fun = fun(K,V,AccIn) when is_list(K) -> AccIn + V end,
    -  Map = #{"k1" => 1, "k2" => 2, "k3" => 3},
    -  maps:fold(Fun,0,Map).
    +valid iterator, or with badarg if Fun is not a function of arity 3.

    Example:

    > Fun = fun(K,V,AccIn) when is_list(K) -> AccIn + V end,
    +  Map = #{"k1" => 1, "k2" => 2, "k3" => 3},
    +  maps:fold(Fun,0,Map).
     6
    @@ -813,8 +813,8 @@

    Takes a list of keys and a value and builds a map where all keys point to the -same value. The key can be in any order, and keys and value can be of any term.

    Example:

    > Keys = ["a", "b", "c"], maps:from_keys(Keys, ok).
    -#{"a" => ok,"b" => ok,"c" => ok}
    +same value. The key can be in any order, and keys and value can be of any term.

    Example:

    > Keys = ["a", "b", "c"], maps:from_keys(Keys, ok).
    +#{"a" => ok,"b" => ok,"c" => ok}
    @@ -846,9 +846,9 @@

    Takes a list of key-value tuples elements and builds a map. The associations can be in any order, and both keys and values in the association can be of any term.

    If the same key appears more than once, the latter (right-most) value is used -and the previous values are ignored.

    Example:

    > List = [{"a",ignored},{1337,"value two"},{42,value_three},{"a",1}],
    -  maps:from_list(List).
    -#{42 => value_three,1337 => "value two","a" => 1}
    +and the previous values are ignored.

    Example:

    > List = [{"a",ignored},{1337,"value two"},{42,value_three},{"a",1}],
    +  maps:from_list(List).
    +#{42 => value_three,1337 => "value two","a" => 1}
    @@ -880,8 +880,8 @@

    Returns value Value associated with Key if Map contains Key.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map, or with a {badkey,Key} exception if no value is associated with Key.

    Example:

    > Key = 1337,
    -  Map = #{42 => value_two,1337 => "value one","a" => 1},
    -  maps:get(Key,Map).
    +  Map = #{42 => value_two,1337 => "value one","a" => 1},
    +  maps:get(Key,Map).
     "value one"
    @@ -913,11 +913,11 @@

    Returns value Value associated with Key if Map contains Key. If no value -is associated with Key, Default is returned.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{ key1 => val1, key2 => val2 }.
    -#{key1 => val1,key2 => val2}
    -> maps:get(key1, Map, "Default value").
    +is associated with Key, Default is returned.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{ key1 => val1, key2 => val2 }.
    +#{key1 => val1,key2 => val2}
    +> maps:get(key1, Map, "Default value").
     val1
    -> maps:get(key3, Map, "Default value").
    +> maps:get(key3, Map, "Default value").
     "Default value"
    @@ -957,11 +957,11 @@

    Partitions the given List into a map of groups.

    The result is a map where each key is given by KeyFun and each value is a list of elements from the given List for which KeyFun returned the same key.

    The order of elements within each group list is preserved from the original -list.

    Examples:

    > EvenOdd = fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> even; 1 -> odd end end,
    -maps:groups_from_list(EvenOdd, [1, 2, 3]).
    -#{even => [2], odd => [1, 3]}
    -> maps:groups_from_list(fun erlang:length/1, ["ant", "buffalo", "cat", "dingo"]).
    -#{3 => ["ant", "cat"], 5 => ["dingo"], 7 => ["buffalo"]}
    +list.

    Examples:

    > EvenOdd = fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> even; 1 -> odd end end,
    +maps:groups_from_list(EvenOdd, [1, 2, 3]).
    +#{even => [2], odd => [1, 3]}
    +> maps:groups_from_list(fun erlang:length/1, ["ant", "buffalo", "cat", "dingo"]).
    +#{3 => ["ant", "cat"], 5 => ["dingo"], 7 => ["buffalo"]}
    @@ -1003,15 +1003,15 @@

    Partitions the given List into a map of groups.

    The result is a map where each key is given by KeyFun and each value is a list of elements from the given List, mapped via ValueFun, for which KeyFun returned the same key.

    The order of elements within each group list is preserved from the original -list.

    Examples:

    > EvenOdd = fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> even; 1 -> odd end end,
    -> Square = fun(X) -> X * X end,
    -> maps:groups_from_list(EvenOdd, Square, [1, 2, 3]).
    -#{even => [4], odd => [1, 9]}
    -> maps:groups_from_list(
    +list.

    Examples:

    > EvenOdd = fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> even; 1 -> odd end end,
    +> Square = fun(X) -> X * X end,
    +> maps:groups_from_list(EvenOdd, Square, [1, 2, 3]).
    +#{even => [4], odd => [1, 9]}
    +> maps:groups_from_list(
         fun erlang:length/1,
         fun lists:reverse/1,
    -    ["ant", "buffalo", "cat", "dingo"]).
    -#{3 => ["tna", "tac"],5 => ["ognid"],7 => ["olaffub"]}
    +
    ["ant", "buffalo", "cat", "dingo"]). +#{3 => ["tna", "tac"],5 => ["ognid"],7 => ["olaffub"]}
    @@ -1043,10 +1043,10 @@

    Intersects two maps into a single map Map3. If a key exists in both maps, the -value in Map1 is superseded by the value in Map2.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map1 or Map2 is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map1 = #{a => "value_one", b => "value_two"},
    -  Map2 = #{a => 1, c => 2},
    -  maps:intersect(Map1,Map2).
    -#{a => 1}
    +value in Map1 is superseded by the value in Map2.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map1 or Map2 is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map1 = #{a => "value_one", b => "value_two"},
    +  Map2 = #{a => 1, c => 2},
    +  maps:intersect(Map1,Map2).
    +#{a => 1}
    @@ -1086,10 +1086,10 @@ the value from Map1 is the second parameter, and the value from Map2 is the third parameter.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map1 or Map2 is not a map. The call fails with a badarg exception if Combiner is not a fun that takes -three arguments.

    Example:

    > Map1 = #{a => "value_one", b => "value_two"},
    -  Map2 = #{a => 1, c => 2},
    -  maps:intersect_with(fun(_Key, Value1, Value2) -> {Value1, Value2} end, Map1, Map2).
    -#{a => {"value_one",1}}
    +three arguments.

    Example:

    > Map1 = #{a => "value_one", b => "value_two"},
    +  Map2 = #{a => 1, c => 2},
    +  maps:intersect_with(fun(_Key, Value1, Value2) -> {Value1, Value2} end, Map1, Map2).
    +#{a => {"value_one",1}}
    @@ -1120,11 +1120,11 @@

    Returns true if map Map contains Key and returns false if it does not -contain the Key.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{"42" => value}.
    -#{"42" => value}
    -> maps:is_key("42",Map).
    +contain the Key.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{"42" => value}.
    +#{"42" => value}
    +> maps:is_key("42",Map).
     true
    -> maps:is_key(value,Map).
    +> maps:is_key(value,Map).
     false
    @@ -1157,15 +1157,15 @@

    Returns a map iterator Iterator that can be used by maps:next/1 to traverse the key-value associations in a map. When iterating over a map, the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/ms_transform.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/ms_transform.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/ms_transform.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -49,31 +49,31 @@ table and construct a list of tuples containing relevant parts of the data in these rows. One can use ets:foldl/3 instead, but the ets:select/2 call is far more efficient. Without the translation provided by ms_transform, one must -struggle with writing match specifications terms to accommodate this.

    Consider a simple table of employees:

    -record(emp, {empno,     %Employee number as a string, the key
    +struggle with writing match specifications terms to accommodate this.

    Consider a simple table of employees:

    -record(emp, {empno,     %Employee number as a string, the key
                   surname,   %Surname of the employee
                   givenname, %Given name of employee
                   dept,      %Department, one of {dev,sales,prod,adm}
    -              empyear}). %Year the employee was employed

    We create the table using:

    ets:new(emp_tab, [{keypos,#emp.empno},named_table,ordered_set]).

    We fill the table with randomly chosen data:

    [{emp,"011103","Black","Alfred",sales,2000},
    - {emp,"041231","Doe","John",prod,2001},
    - {emp,"052341","Smith","John",dev,1997},
    - {emp,"076324","Smith","Ella",sales,1995},
    - {emp,"122334","Weston","Anna",prod,2002},
    - {emp,"535216","Chalker","Samuel",adm,1998},
    - {emp,"789789","Harrysson","Joe",adm,1996},
    - {emp,"963721","Scott","Juliana",dev,2003},
    - {emp,"989891","Brown","Gabriel",prod,1999}]

    Assuming that we want the employee numbers of everyone in the sales department, -there are several ways.

    ets:match/2 can be used:

    1> ets:match(emp_tab, {'_', '$1', '_', '_', sales, '_'}).
    -[["011103"],["076324"]]

    ets:match/2 uses a simpler type of match specification, but it is still + empyear}). %Year the employee was employed

    We create the table using:

    ets:new(emp_tab, [{keypos,#emp.empno},named_table,ordered_set]).

    We fill the table with randomly chosen data:

    [{emp,"011103","Black","Alfred",sales,2000},
    + {emp,"041231","Doe","John",prod,2001},
    + {emp,"052341","Smith","John",dev,1997},
    + {emp,"076324","Smith","Ella",sales,1995},
    + {emp,"122334","Weston","Anna",prod,2002},
    + {emp,"535216","Chalker","Samuel",adm,1998},
    + {emp,"789789","Harrysson","Joe",adm,1996},
    + {emp,"963721","Scott","Juliana",dev,2003},
    + {emp,"989891","Brown","Gabriel",prod,1999}]

    Assuming that we want the employee numbers of everyone in the sales department, +there are several ways.

    ets:match/2 can be used:

    1> ets:match(emp_tab, {'_', '$1', '_', '_', sales, '_'}).
    +[["011103"],["076324"]]

    ets:match/2 uses a simpler type of match specification, but it is still unreadable, and one has little control over the returned result. It is always a -list of lists.

    ets:foldl/3 or ets:foldr/3 can be used to avoid the nested lists:

    ets:foldr(fun(#emp{empno = E, dept = sales},Acc) -> [E | Acc];
    -             (_,Acc) -> Acc
    +list of lists.

    ets:foldl/3 or ets:foldr/3 can be used to avoid the nested lists:

    ets:foldr(fun(#emp{empno = E, dept = sales},Acc) -> [E | Acc];
    +             (_,Acc) -> Acc
               end,
    -          [],
    -          emp_tab).

    The result is ["011103","076324"]. The fun is straightforward, so the only + [], + emp_tab).

    The result is ["011103","076324"]. The fun is straightforward, so the only problem is that all the data from the table must be transferred from the table to the calling process for filtering. That is inefficient compared to the ets:match/2 call where the filtering can be done "inside" the emulator and -only the result is transferred to the process.

    Consider a "pure" ets:select/2 call that does what ets:foldr does:

    ets:select(emp_tab, [{#emp{empno = '$1', dept = sales, _='_'},[],['$1']}]).

    Although the record syntax is used, it is still hard to read and even harder to +only the result is transferred to the process.

    Consider a "pure" ets:select/2 call that does what ets:foldr does:

    ets:select(emp_tab, [{#emp{empno = '$1', dept = sales, _='_'},[],['$1']}]).

    Although the record syntax is used, it is still hard to read and even harder to write. The first element of the tuple, #emp{empno = '$1', dept = sales, _='_'}, tells what to match. Elements not matching this are not returned, as in the ets:match/2 example. The second @@ -84,12 +84,12 @@ hence the employee number is returned. The result is ["011103","076324"], as in the ets:foldr/3 example, but the result is retrieved much more efficiently in terms of execution speed and memory consumption.

    Using ets:fun2ms/1, we can combine the ease of use of the ets:foldr/3 and -the efficiency of the pure ets:select/2 example:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
    +the efficiency of the pure ets:select/2 example:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
     
    -ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(#emp{empno = E, dept = sales}) ->
    +ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(#emp{empno = E, dept = sales}) ->
                                   E
    -                      end)).

    This example requires no special knowledge of match specifications to + end)).

    This example requires no special knowledge of match specifications to understand. The head of the fun matches what you want to filter out and the body returns what you want returned. As long as the fun can be kept within the limits of the match specifications, there is no need to transfer all table data to the @@ -111,22 +111,22 @@

    Assume that we want to get all the employee numbers of employees hired before year 2000. Using ets:match/2 is not an alternative here, as relational operators cannot be expressed there. Once again, ets:foldr/3 can do it -(slowly, but correct):

    ets:foldr(fun(#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y},Acc) when Y < 2000 -> [E | Acc];
    -                  (_,Acc) -> Acc
    +(slowly, but correct):

    ets:foldr(fun(#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y},Acc) when Y < 2000 -> [E | Acc];
    +                  (_,Acc) -> Acc
               end,
    -          [],
    -          emp_tab).

    The result is ["052341","076324","535216","789789","989891"], as expected. The + [], + emp_tab).

    The result is ["052341","076324","535216","789789","989891"], as expected. The equivalent expression using a handwritten match specification would look like -this:

    ets:select(emp_tab, [{#emp{empno = '$1', empyear = '$2', _='_'},
    -                     [{'<', '$2', 2000}],
    -                     ['$1']}]).

    This gives the same result. [{'<', '$2', 2000}] is in the guard part and +this:

    ets:select(emp_tab, [{#emp{empno = '$1', empyear = '$2', _='_'},
    +                     [{'<', '$2', 2000}],
    +                     ['$1']}]).

    This gives the same result. [{'<', '$2', 2000}] is in the guard part and therefore discards anything that does not have an empyear (bound to '$2' in -the head) less than 2000, as the guard in the foldr/3 example.

    We write it using ets:fun2ms/1:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
    +the head) less than 2000, as the guard in the foldr/3 example.

    We write it using ets:fun2ms/1:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
     
    -ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y < 2000 ->
    +ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y < 2000 ->
                                E
    -                      end)).

    + end)).

    @@ -134,11 +134,11 @@

    Assume that we want the whole object matching instead of only one element. One alternative is to assign a variable to every part of the record and build it up -once again in the body of the fun, but the following is easier:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(Obj = #emp{empno = E, empyear = Y})
    +once again in the body of the fun, but the following is easier:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(Obj = #emp{empno = E, empyear = Y})
                              when Y < 2000 ->
                                   Obj
    -                      end)).

    As in ordinary Erlang matching, you can bind a variable to the whole matched + end)).

    As in ordinary Erlang matching, you can bind a variable to the whole matched object using a "match inside the match", that is, a =. Unfortunately in funs translated to match specifications, it is allowed only at the "top-level", that is, matching the whole object arriving to be matched into a separate variable. @@ -153,10 +153,10 @@

    This example concerns the body of the fun. Assume that all employee numbers beginning with zero (0) must be changed to begin with one (1) instead, and -that we want to create the list [{<Old empno>,<New empno>}]:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(#emp{empno = [$0 | Rest] }) ->
    -                              {[$0|Rest],[$1|Rest]}
    -                      end)).

    This query hits the feature of partially bound keys in table type ordered_set, +that we want to create the list [{<Old empno>,<New empno>}]:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(#emp{empno = [$0 | Rest] }) ->
    +                              {[$0|Rest],[$1|Rest]}
    +                      end)).

    This query hits the feature of partially bound keys in table type ordered_set, so that not the whole table needs to be searched, only the part containing keys beginning with 0 is looked into.

    @@ -169,24 +169,24 @@ {rookie, <employee number>}.
  • For all other employees, return {newbie, <employee number>}, except for those named Smith as they would be affronted by anything other than the tag guru and that is also what is returned for their numbers: -{guru, <employee number>}.
  • This is accomplished as follows:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(#emp{empno = E, surname = "Smith" }) ->
    -                              {guru,E};
    -                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y < 1997  ->
    -                              {inventory, E};
    -                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y > 2001  ->
    -                              {newbie, E};
    -                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) -> % 1997 -- 2001
    -                              {rookie, E}
    -                      end)).

    The result is as follows:

    [{rookie,"011103"},
    - {rookie,"041231"},
    - {guru,"052341"},
    - {guru,"076324"},
    - {newbie,"122334"},
    - {rookie,"535216"},
    - {inventory,"789789"},
    - {newbie,"963721"},
    - {rookie,"989891"}]

    +{guru, <employee number>}.

    This is accomplished as follows:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(#emp{empno = E, surname = "Smith" }) ->
    +                              {guru,E};
    +                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y < 1997  ->
    +                              {inventory, E};
    +                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y > 2001  ->
    +                              {newbie, E};
    +                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) -> % 1997 -- 2001
    +                              {rookie, E}
    +                      end)).

    The result is as follows:

    [{rookie,"011103"},
    + {rookie,"041231"},
    + {guru,"052341"},
    + {guru,"076324"},
    + {newbie,"122334"},
    + {rookie,"535216"},
    + {inventory,"789789"},
    + {newbie,"963721"},
    + {rookie,"989891"}]

    @@ -233,18 +233,18 @@ more, as filtering using Erlang code is not a good idea when tracing (except afterwards, if you trace to file). The concept is similar to that of ets:fun2ms/1 except that you usually use it directly from the shell (which can -also be done with ets:fun2ms/1).

    The following is an example module to trace on:

    -module(toy).
    +also be done with ets:fun2ms/1).

    The following is an example module to trace on:

    -module(toy).
     
    --export([start/1, store/2, retrieve/1]).
    +-export([start/1, store/2, retrieve/1]).
     
    -start(Args) ->
    -    toy_table = ets:new(toy_table, Args).
    +start(Args) ->
    +    toy_table = ets:new(toy_table, Args).
     
    -store(Key, Value) ->
    -    ets:insert(toy_table, {Key,Value}).
    +store(Key, Value) ->
    +    ets:insert(toy_table, {Key,Value}).
     
    -retrieve(Key) ->
    -    [{Key, Value}] = ets:lookup(toy_table, Key),
    +retrieve(Key) ->
    +    [{Key, Value}] = ets:lookup(toy_table, Key),
         Value.

    During model testing, the first test results in {badmatch,16} in /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ Improvements and New Features

    • The functions is_equal/2, map/2, and filtermap/2 have been added to the modules sets, ordsets, and gb_sets.

      Own Id: OTP-18622 Aux Id: PR-7183, PR-7232

    • The compiler now emits nicer error message for function head mismatches. -For example, given:

      a() -> ok;
      -a(_) -> error.

      Erlang/OTP 26 and earlier would emit a diagnostic similar to:

      t.erl:6:1: head mismatch
      +For example, given:

      a() -> ok;
      +a(_) -> error.

      Erlang/OTP 26 and earlier would emit a diagnostic similar to:

      t.erl:6:1: head mismatch
       %    6| a(_) -> error.
       %     | ^

      while in Erlang/OTP 27 the diagnostic is similar to:

      t.erl:6:1: head mismatch: function a with arities 0 and 1 is regarded as two distinct functions. Is the number of arguments incorrect or is the semicolon in a/0 unwanted?
       %    6| a(_) -> error.
      @@ -131,12 +131,12 @@
       shell:prompt_width/1 have been exported to help with custom prompt implementations.

      Own Id: OTP-18834 Aux Id: PR-7675

    • The shell now pages long output from the documentation help command (h(Module)), auto completions and the search command.

      Own Id: OTP-18846 Aux Id: PR-7845

    • The M-h hotkey (Alt/Option-h) now outputs help for the module or function directly before the cursor.

      Own Id: OTP-18847 Aux Id: PR-7846

    • Added support for adding a custom code formatter that formats your multi-line shell commands in your preferred formatting on submission. See shell:format_shell_func/ and shell:erl_pp_format_func/1.

      Own Id: OTP-18848 Aux Id: PR-7847

    • Added shell functions for viewing, forgetting and saving locally defined functions, types and records.

      Own Id: OTP-18852 Aux Id: PR-7844

    • Added string:jaro_similarity/2, which can be used to calculate the similarity between two strings.

      Own Id: OTP-18865 Aux Id: PR-7879

    • The new function ets:update_element/4 is similar to ets:update_element/3, but takes a default tuple as the fourth argument, which will be inserted if no previous record with that key exists.

      Own Id: OTP-18870 Aux Id: PR-7857

    • Added functions to retrieve the next higher or lower key/element from gb_trees and gb_sets, as well as returning iterators that start at given keys/elements.

      Own Id: OTP-18874 Aux Id: PR-7745

    • When the shell built-in function c/1,2 is used to re-compile a module, the current working directory of the original compilation is now added to the include path.

      Own Id: OTP-18908 Aux Id: PR-7957

    • The timer module now uses a private table for its internal state, slightly improving its performance.

      Own Id: OTP-18914 Aux Id: PR-7973

    • EEP-59 - Documentation Attributes has been implemented.

      Documentation attributes can be used to document functions, types, callbacks, and modules. The keyword -moduledoc "Documentation here". is used to document modules, while -doc "Documentation here". can be used on top of functions, types, and callbacks to document them, respectively.

      • Types, callbacks, and function documentation can be set to hidden either via -doc false or -doc hidden. When documentation attributes mark a type as hidden, they will not be part of the documentation.

      • The documentation from moduledoc and doc gets added by default to the binary beam file, following the format of EEP-48.

      • Using the compiler flag warn_missing_doc will raise a warning when -doc attributes are missing in exported functions, types, and callbacks.

      • Using the compiler flag warn_missing_spec_documented will raise a warning when -spec attributes are missing in documented functions, types, and callbacks.

      • moduledocs and docs may refer to external files to be embedded, such as -doc {file, "README.md"}., which refers to the file README.md found in the current working directory.

      • The compiler warns about exported functions whose specs refer to hidden types. Thus, there will be warnings when a hidden type (meaning, the type is not part of the documentation) gets used in an exported function.

      Own Id: OTP-18916 Aux Id: PR-7936

    • New ets functions ets:first_lookup/1, ets:next_lookup/2, ets:prev_lookup/2 and ets:last_lookup/1. Example: ets:next_lookup/1 is equivalent to ets:next/2 followed by ets:lookup/2 with the next key. The new combined functions are more efficient and with guaranteed atomicity.

      Own Id: OTP-18923 Aux Id: PR-6791

    • The maybe expression is now enabled by default.

      To use maybe as an atom, it needs to be single-quoted. Alternatively, the maybe expression can be disabled by disabling the maybe_expr feature. That can be done by placing the following the line at the beginning of an Erlang source file:

      -feature(maybe_expr, disable).

      Another way to disable the maybe_expr feature is by passing the -disable-feature option to erlc:

      erlc -disable-feature maybe_expr some_file.erl

      Own Id: OTP-18944 Aux Id: PR-8067

    • The compiler will now raise a warning when updating record/map literals. As an example, consider this module:

      -module(t).
      --export([f/0]).
      --record(r, {a,b,c}).
      +spec attributes are missing in documented functions, types, and callbacks.

    • moduledocs and docs may refer to external files to be embedded, such as -doc {file, "README.md"}., which refers to the file README.md found in the current working directory.

    • The compiler warns about exported functions whose specs refer to hidden types. Thus, there will be warnings when a hidden type (meaning, the type is not part of the documentation) gets used in an exported function.

    Own Id: OTP-18916 Aux Id: PR-7936

  • New ets functions ets:first_lookup/1, ets:next_lookup/2, ets:prev_lookup/2 and ets:last_lookup/1. Example: ets:next_lookup/1 is equivalent to ets:next/2 followed by ets:lookup/2 with the next key. The new combined functions are more efficient and with guaranteed atomicity.

    Own Id: OTP-18923 Aux Id: PR-6791

  • The maybe expression is now enabled by default.

    To use maybe as an atom, it needs to be single-quoted. Alternatively, the maybe expression can be disabled by disabling the maybe_expr feature. That can be done by placing the following the line at the beginning of an Erlang source file:

    -feature(maybe_expr, disable).

    Another way to disable the maybe_expr feature is by passing the -disable-feature option to erlc:

    erlc -disable-feature maybe_expr some_file.erl

    Own Id: OTP-18944 Aux Id: PR-8067

  • The compiler will now raise a warning when updating record/map literals. As an example, consider this module:

    -module(t).
    +-export([f/0]).
    +-record(r, {a,b,c}).
     
    -f() ->
    -    #r{a=1}#r{b=2}.

    The compiler raises the following warning:

    1> c(t).
    +f() ->
    +    #r{a=1}#r{b=2}.

    The compiler raises the following warning:

    1> c(t).
     t.erl:6:12: Warning: expression updates a literal
     %    6|     #r{a=1}#r{b=2}.
     %     |            ^

    Own Id: OTP-18951 Aux Id: PR-8069

  • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

    Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

  • Optimized ets:foldl and ets:foldr to use new ets:next_lookup. Also made them immune against table renaming.

    Own Id: OTP-18993 Aux Id: PR-8048

  • Windows now supports all functions in math.

    Own Id: OTP-19001 Aux Id: PR-8164

  • erl_lint (and by extension the compiler) will now warn for code using deprecated callbacks.

    The only callback currenly deprecated is format_status/2 in gen_server, gen_event and gen_statem.

    You can use nowarn_deprecated_callback to silence the warning.

    Own Id: OTP-19010 Aux Id: PR-8205

  • There is a new module json for encoding and decoding JSON.

    Both encoding and decoding can be customized. Decoding can be done in a SAX-like fashion and handle multiple documents and streams of data.

    Own Id: OTP-19020 Aux Id: PR-8111

  • /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/orddict.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/orddict.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/orddict.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -37,13 +37,13 @@

    Functions append/3 and append_list/3 are included so that keyed values can be stored in a list accumulator, for -example:

    > D0 = orddict:new(),
    -  D1 = orddict:store(files, [], D0),
    -  D2 = orddict:append(files, f1, D1),
    -  D3 = orddict:append(files, f2, D2),
    -  D4 = orddict:append(files, f3, D3),
    -  orddict:fetch(files, D4).
    -[f1,f2,f3]

    This saves the trouble of first fetching a keyed value, appending a new value to +example:

    > D0 = orddict:new(),
    +  D1 = orddict:store(files, [], D0),
    +  D2 = orddict:append(files, f1, D1),
    +  D3 = orddict:append(files, f2, D2),
    +  D4 = orddict:append(files, f3, D3),
    +  orddict:fetch(files, D4).
    +[f1,f2,f3]

    This saves the trouble of first fetching a keyed value, appending a new value to the list of stored values, and storing the result.

    Function fetch/2 is to be used if the key is known to be in the dictionary, otherwise function find/2.

    @@ -416,16 +416,16 @@

    Appends a new Value to the current list of values associated with Key. An exception is generated if the initial value associated with Key is not a list -of values.

    See also section Notes.

    Example 1:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{x, []}]).
    -[{x,[]}]
    -2> OrdDict2 = orddict:append(x, 1, OrdDict1).
    -[{x,[1]}]
    -3> OrdDict3 = orddict:append(x, 2, OrdDict2).
    -[{x,[1,2]}]
    -4> orddict:append(y, 3, OrdDict3).
    -[{x,[1,2]},{y,[3]}]

    Example 2:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, no_list}]).
    -[{a,no_list}]
    -2> orddict:append(a, 1, OrdDict1).
    +of values.

    See also section Notes.

    Example 1:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{x, []}]).
    +[{x,[]}]
    +2> OrdDict2 = orddict:append(x, 1, OrdDict1).
    +[{x,[1]}]
    +3> OrdDict3 = orddict:append(x, 2, OrdDict2).
    +[{x,[1,2]}]
    +4> orddict:append(y, 3, OrdDict3).
    +[{x,[1,2]},{y,[3]}]

    Example 2:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, no_list}]).
    +[{a,no_list}]
    +2> orddict:append(a, 1, OrdDict1).
     ** exception error: bad argument
          in operator  ++/2
             called as no_list ++ [1]
    @@ -462,12 +462,12 @@

    Appends a list of values ValList to the current list of values associated with Key. An exception is generated if the initial value associated with Key is -not a list of values.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{x, []}]).
    -[{x,[]}]
    -2> OrdDict2 = orddict:append_list(x, [1,2], OrdDict1).
    -[{x,[1,2]}]
    -3> OrdDict3 = orddict:append_list(y, [3,4], OrdDict2).
    -[{x,[1,2]},{y,[3,4]}]
    +not a list of values.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{x, []}]).
    +[{x,[]}]
    +2> OrdDict2 = orddict:append_list(x, [1,2], OrdDict1).
    +[{x,[1,2]}]
    +3> OrdDict3 = orddict:append_list(y, [3,4], OrdDict2).
    +[{x,[1,2]},{y,[3,4]}]
    @@ -496,10 +496,10 @@ -

    Erases all items with a specified key from a dictionary.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:erase(a, OrdDict1).
    -[{b,2}]
    +

    Erases all items with a specified key from a dictionary.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:erase(a, OrdDict1).
    +[{b,2}]
    @@ -529,11 +529,11 @@

    Returns the value associated with Key in dictionary Orddict. This function assumes that the Key is present in the dictionary. An exception is generated -if Key is not in the dictionary.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:fetch(a, OrdDict1).
    +if Key is not in the dictionary.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:fetch(a, OrdDict1).
     1
    -3> orddict:fetch(missing, OrdDict1).
    +3> orddict:fetch(missing, OrdDict1).
     ** exception error: no function clause matching orddict:fetch(missing,[])
    @@ -562,10 +562,10 @@ -

    Returns a list of all keys in a dictionary.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:fetch_keys(OrdDict1).
    -[a,b]
    +

    Returns a list of all keys in a dictionary.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:fetch_keys(OrdDict1).
    +[a,b]
    @@ -598,10 +598,10 @@

    Orddict2 is a dictionary of all keys and values in Orddict1 for which -Pred(Key, Value) is true.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:filter(fun (K, V) -> V > 1 end, OrdDict1).
    -[{b,2}]
    +Pred(Key, Value) is true.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:filter(fun (K, V) -> V > 1 end, OrdDict1).
    +[{b,2}]
    @@ -631,11 +631,11 @@

    Searches for a key in a dictionary. Returns {ok, Value}, where Value is the value associated with Key, or error if the key is not present in the -dictionary.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:find(a, OrdDict1).
    -{ok,1}
    -3> orddict:find(c, OrdDict1).
    +dictionary.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:find(a, OrdDict1).
    +{ok,1}
    +3> orddict:find(c, OrdDict1).
     error
    @@ -673,10 +673,10 @@

    Calls Fun on successive keys and values of Orddict together with an extra argument Acc (short for accumulator). Fun must return a new accumulator that -is passed to the next call. Acc0 is returned if the list is empty.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:fold(fun (K, V, Acc) -> [{K, V+100} | Acc] end, [], OrdDict1).
    -[{b,102},{a,101}]
    +is passed to the next call. Acc0 is returned if the list is empty.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:fold(fun (K, V, Acc) -> [{K, V+100} | Acc] end, [], OrdDict1).
    +[{b,102},{a,101}]
    @@ -795,10 +795,10 @@

    Calls Fun on successive keys and values of Orddict1 to return a new value -for each key.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:map(fun (_K, V) -> V + 100 end, OrdDict1).
    -[{a,101},{b,102}]
    +for each key.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:map(fun (_K, V) -> V + 100 end, OrdDict1).
    +[{a,101},{b,102}]
    @@ -834,15 +834,15 @@

    Merges two dictionaries, Orddict1 and Orddict2, to create a new dictionary. All the Key-Value pairs from both dictionaries are included in the new dictionary.

    If a key occurs in both dictionaries, Fun is called with the key -and both values to return a new value.

    merge/3 can be defined as follows, but is faster:

    merge(Fun, D1, D2) ->
    -    fold(fun (K, V1, D) ->
    -                 update(K, fun (V2) -> Fun(K, V1, V2) end, V1, D)
    -         end, D2, D1).

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> OrdDict2 = orddict:from_list([{b, 7}, {c, 8}]).
    -[{b,7},{c,8}]
    -3> orddict:merge(fun (K, V1, V2) -> V1 * V2 end, OrdDict1, OrdDict2).
    -[{a,1},{b,14},{c,8}]
    +and both values to return a new value.

    merge/3 can be defined as follows, but is faster:

    merge(Fun, D1, D2) ->
    +    fold(fun (K, V1, D) ->
    +                 update(K, fun (V2) -> Fun(K, V1, V2) end, V1, D)
    +         end, D2, D1).

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> OrdDict2 = orddict:from_list([{b, 7}, {c, 8}]).
    +[{b,7},{c,8}]
    +3> orddict:merge(fun (K, V1, V2) -> V1 * V2 end, OrdDict1, OrdDict2).
    +[{a,1},{b,14},{c,8}]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/peer.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/peer.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/peer.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -56,127 +56,127 @@ manual analysis. If the test case fails, the CRASH REPORT contains these arguments
  • multiple test cases can run concurrently speeding up overall testing process, peer node names are unique even when there are multiple instances of the same -test suite running in parallel
  • -module(my_SUITE).
    --behaviour(ct_suite).
    --export([all/0, groups/0]).
    --export([basic/1, args/1, named/1, restart_node/1, multi_node/1]).
    +test suite running in parallel
    -module(my_SUITE).
    +-behaviour(ct_suite).
    +-export([all/0, groups/0]).
    +-export([basic/1, args/1, named/1, restart_node/1, multi_node/1]).
     
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
     
    -groups() ->
    -    [{quick, [parallel],
    -        [basic, args, named, restart_node, multi_node]}].
    +groups() ->
    +    [{quick, [parallel],
    +        [basic, args, named, restart_node, multi_node]}].
     
    -all() ->
    -    [{group, quick}].
    +all() ->
    +    [{group, quick}].
     
    -basic(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    -    {ok, Peer, _Node} = ?CT_PEER(),
    -    peer:stop(Peer).
    +basic(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +    {ok, Peer, _Node} = ?CT_PEER(),
    +    peer:stop(Peer).
     
    -args(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +args(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
         %% specify additional arguments to the new node
    -    {ok, Peer, _Node} = ?CT_PEER(["-emu_flavor", "smp"]),
    -    peer:stop(Peer).
    +    {ok, Peer, _Node} = ?CT_PEER(["-emu_flavor", "smp"]),
    +    peer:stop(Peer).
     
    -named(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +named(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
         %% pass test case name down to function starting nodes
    -    Peer = start_node_impl(named_test),
    -    peer:stop(Peer).
    +    Peer = start_node_impl(named_test),
    +    peer:stop(Peer).
     
    -start_node_impl(ActualTestCase) ->
    -    {ok, Peer, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => ?CT_PEER_NAME(ActualTestCase)}),
    +start_node_impl(ActualTestCase) ->
    +    {ok, Peer, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => ?CT_PEER_NAME(ActualTestCase)}),
         %% extra setup needed for multiple test cases
    -    ok = rpc:call(Node, application, set_env, [kernel, key, value]),
    +    ok = rpc:call(Node, application, set_env, [kernel, key, value]),
         Peer.
     
    -restart_node(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    -    Name = ?CT_PEER_NAME(),
    -    {ok, Peer, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => Name}),
    -    peer:stop(Peer),
    +restart_node(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +    Name = ?CT_PEER_NAME(),
    +    {ok, Peer, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => Name}),
    +    peer:stop(Peer),
         %% restart the node with the same name as before
    -    {ok, Peer2, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => Name, args => ["+fnl"]}),
    -    peer:stop(Peer2).

    The next example demonstrates how to start multiple nodes concurrently:

    multi_node(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    -    Peers = [?CT_PEER(#{wait_boot => {self(), tag}})
    -        || _ <- lists:seq(1, 4)],
    +    {ok, Peer2, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => Name, args => ["+fnl"]}),
    +    peer:stop(Peer2).

    The next example demonstrates how to start multiple nodes concurrently:

    multi_node(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +    Peers = [?CT_PEER(#{wait_boot => {self(), tag}})
    +        || _ <- lists:seq(1, 4)],
         %% wait for all nodes to complete boot process, get their names:
    -    _Nodes = [receive {tag, {started, Node, Peer}} -> Node end
    -        || {ok, Peer} <- Peers],
    -    [peer:stop(Peer) || {ok, Peer} <- Peers].

    Start a peer on a different host. Requires ssh key-based authentication set -up, allowing "another_host" connection without password prompt.

    Ssh = os:find_executable("ssh"),
    -peer:start_link(#{exec => {Ssh, ["another_host", "erl"]},
    -    connection => standard_io}),

    The following Common Test case demonstrates Docker integration, starting two + _Nodes = [receive {tag, {started, Node, Peer}} -> Node end + || {ok, Peer} <- Peers], + [peer:stop(Peer) || {ok, Peer} <- Peers].

    Start a peer on a different host. Requires ssh key-based authentication set +up, allowing "another_host" connection without password prompt.

    Ssh = os:find_executable("ssh"),
    +peer:start_link(#{exec => {Ssh, ["another_host", "erl"]},
    +    connection => standard_io}),

    The following Common Test case demonstrates Docker integration, starting two containers with hostnames "one" and "two". In this example Erlang nodes running -inside containers form an Erlang cluster.

    docker(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    -    Docker = os:find_executable("docker"),
    -    PrivDir = proplists:get_value(priv_dir, Config),
    -    build_release(PrivDir),
    -    build_image(PrivDir),
    +inside containers form an Erlang cluster.

    docker(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +    Docker = os:find_executable("docker"),
    +    PrivDir = proplists:get_value(priv_dir, Config),
    +    build_release(PrivDir),
    +    build_image(PrivDir),
     
         %% start two Docker containers
    -    {ok, Peer, Node} = peer:start_link(#{name => lambda,
    +    {ok, Peer, Node} = peer:start_link(#{name => lambda,
             connection => standard_io,
    -        exec => {Docker, ["run", "-h", "one", "-i", "lambda"]}}),
    -    {ok, Peer2, Node2} = peer:start_link(#{name => lambda,
    +        exec => {Docker, ["run", "-h", "one", "-i", "lambda"]}}),
    +    {ok, Peer2, Node2} = peer:start_link(#{name => lambda,
             connection => standard_io,
    -        exec => {Docker, ["run", "-h", "two", "-i", "lambda"]}}),
    +        exec => {Docker, ["run", "-h", "two", "-i", "lambda"]}}),
     
         %% find IP address of the second node using alternative connection RPC
    -    {ok, Ips} = peer:call(Peer2, inet, getifaddrs, []),
    -    {"eth0", Eth0} = lists:keyfind("eth0", 1, Ips),
    -    {addr, Ip} = lists:keyfind(addr, 1, Eth0),
    +    {ok, Ips} = peer:call(Peer2, inet, getifaddrs, []),
    +    {"eth0", Eth0} = lists:keyfind("eth0", 1, Ips),
    +    {addr, Ip} = lists:keyfind(addr, 1, Eth0),
     
         %% make first node to discover second one
    -    ok = peer:call(Peer, inet_db, set_lookup, [[file]]),
    -    ok = peer:call(Peer, inet_db, add_host, [Ip, ["two"]]),
    +    ok = peer:call(Peer, inet_db, set_lookup, [[file]]),
    +    ok = peer:call(Peer, inet_db, add_host, [Ip, ["two"]]),
     
         %% join a cluster
    -    true = peer:call(Peer, net_kernel, connect_node, [Node2]),
    +    true = peer:call(Peer, net_kernel, connect_node, [Node2]),
         %% verify that second peer node has only the first node visible
    -    [Node] = peer:call(Peer2, erlang, nodes, []),
    +    [Node] = peer:call(Peer2, erlang, nodes, []),
     
         %% stop peers, causing containers to also stop
    -    peer:stop(Peer2),
    -    peer:stop(Peer).
    +    peer:stop(Peer2),
    +    peer:stop(Peer).
     
    -build_release(Dir) ->
    +build_release(Dir) ->
         %% load sasl.app file, otherwise application:get_key will fail
    -    application:load(sasl),
    +    application:load(sasl),
         %% create *.rel - release file
    -    RelFile = filename:join(Dir, "lambda.rel"),
    -    Release = {release, {"lambda", "1.0.0"},
    -        {erts, erlang:system_info(version)},
    -        [{App, begin {ok, Vsn} = application:get_key(App, vsn), Vsn end}
    -            || App <- [kernel, stdlib, sasl]]},
    -    ok = file:write_file(RelFile, list_to_binary(lists:flatten(
    -        io_lib:format("~tp.", [Release])))),
    -    RelFileNoExt = filename:join(Dir, "lambda"),
    +    RelFile = filename:join(Dir, "lambda.rel"),
    +    Release = {release, {"lambda", "1.0.0"},
    +        {erts, erlang:system_info(version)},
    +        [{App, begin {ok, Vsn} = application:get_key(App, vsn), Vsn end}
    +            || App <- [kernel, stdlib, sasl]]},
    +    ok = file:write_file(RelFile, list_to_binary(lists:flatten(
    +        io_lib:format("~tp.", [Release])))),
    +    RelFileNoExt = filename:join(Dir, "lambda"),
     
         %% create boot script
    -    {ok, systools_make, []} = systools:make_script(RelFileNoExt,
    -        [silent, {outdir, Dir}]),
    +    {ok, systools_make, []} = systools:make_script(RelFileNoExt,
    +        [silent, {outdir, Dir}]),
         %% package release into *.tar.gz
    -    ok = systools:make_tar(RelFileNoExt, [{erts, code:root_dir()}]).
    +    ok = systools:make_tar(RelFileNoExt, [{erts, code:root_dir()}]).
     
    -build_image(Dir) ->
    +build_image(Dir) ->
         %% Create Dockerfile example, working only for Ubuntu 20.04
         %% Expose port 4445, and make Erlang distribution to listen
         %%  on this port, and connect to it without EPMD
         %% Set cookie on both nodes to be the same.
    -    BuildScript = filename:join(Dir, "Dockerfile"),
    +    BuildScript = filename:join(Dir, "Dockerfile"),
         Dockerfile =
           "FROM ubuntu:20.04 as runner\n"
           "EXPOSE 4445\n"
           "WORKDIR /opt/lambda\n"
           "COPY lambda.tar.gz /tmp\n"
           "RUN tar -zxvf /tmp/lambda.tar.gz -C /opt/lambda\n"
    -      "ENTRYPOINT [\"/opt/lambda/erts-" ++ erlang:system_info(version) ++
    +      "ENTRYPOINT [\"/opt/lambda/erts-" ++ erlang:system_info(version) ++
           "/bin/dyn_erl\", \"-boot\", \"/opt/lambda/releases/1.0.0/start\","
           " \"-kernel\", \"inet_dist_listen_min\", \"4445\","
           " \"-erl_epmd_port\", \"4445\","
           " \"-setcookie\", \"secret\"]\n",
    -    ok = file:write_file(BuildScript, Dockerfile),
    -    os:cmd("docker build -t lambda " ++ Dir).
    +
    ok = file:write_file(BuildScript, Dockerfile), + os:cmd("docker build -t lambda " ++ Dir).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/proc_lib.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/proc_lib.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/proc_lib.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -874,21 +874,21 @@ failed. When doing so the start function can return before the failing process has exited, which may block VM resources required for a new start attempt to succeed. Use init_fail/2,3 for that purpose.

    The following example illustrates how this function and proc_lib:start_link/3 -are used:

    -module(my_proc).
    --export([start_link/0]).
    --export([init/1]).
    +are used:

    -module(my_proc).
    +-export([start_link/0]).
    +-export([init/1]).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    proc_lib:start_link(my_proc, init, [self()]).
    +start_link() ->
    +    proc_lib:start_link(my_proc, init, [self()]).
     
    -init(Parent) ->
    -    case do_initialization() of
    +init(Parent) ->
    +    case do_initialization() of
             ok ->
    -            proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()});
    -        {error, Reason} ->
    -            exit(Reason)
    +            proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()});
    +        {error, Reason} ->
    +            exit(Reason)
         end,
    -    loop().
    +    loop().
     
     ...
    @@ -961,21 +961,21 @@ started process, the start function returns an error tuple when the started process exits, or when the start function time-out (if used) has passed, see start/3,4,5.

    The following example illustrates how this function and proc_lib:start_link/3 -can be used:

    -module(my_proc).
    --export([start_link/0]).
    --export([init/1]).
    +can be used:

    -module(my_proc).
    +-export([start_link/0]).
    +-export([init/1]).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    proc_lib:start_link(my_proc, init, [self()]).
    +start_link() ->
    +    proc_lib:start_link(my_proc, init, [self()]).
     
    -init(Parent) ->
    -    case do_initialization() of
    +init(Parent) ->
    +    case do_initialization() of
             ok ->
    -            proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()});
    -        {error, Reason} = Error ->
    -            proc_lib:init_fail(Parent, Error, {exit, normal})
    +            proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()});
    +        {error, Reason} = Error ->
    +            proc_lib:init_fail(Parent, Error, {exit, normal})
         end,
    -    loop().
    +    loop().
     
     ...
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/proplists.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/proplists.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/proplists.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@

    Similar to get_all_values/2, but each value is wrapped in a list unless it is already itself a list. The resulting list of lists is concatenated. This is -often useful for "incremental" options.

    Example:

    append_values(a, [{a, [1,2]}, {b, 0}, {a, 3}, {c, -1}, {a, [4]}])

    returns:

    [1,2,3,4]
    +often useful for "incremental" options.

    Example:

    append_values(a, [{a, [1,2]}, {b, 0}, {a, 3}, {c, -1}, {a, [4]}])

    returns:

    [1,2,3,4]
    @@ -505,10 +505,10 @@ first entry in ListIn with the same key as Property, and E and Property have equivalent normal forms, then E is replaced with the terms in Expansion, and any following entries with the same key are deleted from -ListIn.

    For example, the following expressions all return [fie, bar, baz, fum]:

    expand([{foo, [bar, baz]}], [fie, foo, fum])
    -expand([{{foo, true}, [bar, baz]}], [fie, foo, fum])
    -expand([{{foo, false}, [bar, baz]}], [fie, {foo, false}, fum])

    However, no expansion is done in the following call because {foo, false} -shadows foo:

    expand([{{foo, true}, [bar, baz]}], [{foo, false}, fie, foo, fum])

    Notice that if the original property term is to be preserved in the result when +ListIn.

    For example, the following expressions all return [fie, bar, baz, fum]:

    expand([{foo, [bar, baz]}], [fie, foo, fum])
    +expand([{{foo, true}, [bar, baz]}], [fie, foo, fum])
    +expand([{{foo, false}, [bar, baz]}], [fie, {foo, false}, fum])

    However, no expansion is done in the following call because {foo, false} +shadows foo:

    expand([{{foo, true}, [bar, baz]}], [{foo, false}, fie, foo, fum])

    Notice that if the original property term is to be preserved in the result when expanded, it must be included in the expansion list. The inserted terms are not expanded recursively. If Expansions contains more than one property with the same key, only the first occurrence is used.

    See also normalize/2.

    @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@

    Partitions List into a list of sublists and a remainder.

    Lists contains one sublist for each key in Keys, in the corresponding order. The relative order of the elements in each sublist is preserved from the original List. Rest contains the elements in List that are not associated with any of the -specified keys, also with their original relative order preserved.

    Example:

    split([{c, 2}, {e, 1}, a, {c, 3, 4}, d, {b, 5}, b], [a, b, c])

    returns:

    {[[a], [{b, 5}, b],[{c, 2}, {c, 3, 4}]], [{e, 1}, d]}
    +specified keys, also with their original relative order preserved.

    Example:

    split([{c, 2}, {e, 1}, a, {c, 3, 4}, d, {b, 5}, b], [a, b, c])

    returns:

    {[[a], [{b, 5}, b],[{c, 2}, {c, 3, 4}]], [{e, 1}, d]}
    @@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@ an association of the form Key => Value. Anything else will be silently ignored.

    If the same key appears in List multiple times, the value of the one appearing nearest to the head of List will be in the result map, that is the value that -would be returned by a call to get_value(Key, List).

    Example:

    to_map([a, {b, 1}, {c, 2}, {c, 3}])

    returns:

    #{a => true, b => 1, c => 2}
    +would be returned by a call to get_value(Key, List).

    Example:

    to_map([a, {b, 1}, {c, 2}, {c, 3}])

    returns:

    #{a => true, b => 1, c => 2}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/qlc.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/qlc.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/qlc.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -180,24 +180,24 @@ If a tuple {finished} exists among the answers to QH, it is returned twice from append/2.

    As another example, consider concatenating the answers to two queries QH1 and QH2 while removing all duplicates. This is accomplished by using option -unique:

    qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)], {unique, true})

    The cost is substantial: every returned answer is stored in an ETS table. Before +unique:

    qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)], {unique, true})

    The cost is substantial: every returned answer is stored in an ETS table. Before returning an answer, it is looked up in the ETS table to check if it has already been returned. Without the unique option, all answers to QH1 would be returned followed by all answers to QH2. The unique option keeps the order between the remaining answers.

    If the order of the answers is not important, there is an alternative to the -unique option, namely to sort the answers uniquely:

    qlc:sort(qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)], {unique, true})).

    This query also removes duplicates but the answers are sorted. If there are many +unique option, namely to sort the answers uniquely:

    qlc:sort(qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)], {unique, true})).

    This query also removes duplicates but the answers are sorted. If there are many answers, temporary files are used. Notice that to get the first unique answer, all answers must be found and sorted. Both alternatives find duplicates by comparing answers, that is, if A1 and A2 are answers found in that order, then A2 is a removed if A1 == A2.

    To return only a few answers, cursors can be used. The following code returns no -more than five answers using an ETS table for storing the unique answers:

    C = qlc:cursor(qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)],{unique,true})),
    -R = qlc:next_answers(C, 5),
    -ok = qlc:delete_cursor(C),
    +more than five answers using an ETS table for storing the unique answers:

    C = qlc:cursor(qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)],{unique,true})),
    +R = qlc:next_answers(C, 5),
    +ok = qlc:delete_cursor(C),
     R.

    QLCs are convenient for stating constraints on data from two or more tables. The -following example does a natural join on two query handles on position 2:

    qlc:q([{X1,X2,X3,Y1} ||
    -          {X1,X2,X3} <- QH1,
    -          {Y1,Y2} <- QH2,
    -          X2 =:= Y2])

    The qlc module evaluates this differently depending on the query handles QH1 +following example does a natural join on two query handles on position 2:

    qlc:q([{X1,X2,X3,Y1} ||
    +          {X1,X2,X3} <- QH1,
    +          {Y1,Y2} <- QH2,
    +          X2 =:= Y2])

    The qlc module evaluates this differently depending on the query handles QH1 and QH2. If, for example, X2 is matched against the key of a QLC table, the lookup join method traverses the objects of QH2 while looking up key values in the table. However, if not X2 or Y2 is matched against the key or an indexed @@ -205,11 +205,11 @@ both sorted on position 2 and next do the join by traversing the objects one by one.

    Option join can be used to force the qlc module to use a certain join method. For the rest of this section it is assumed that the excessively slow -join method called "nested loop" has been chosen:

    qlc:q([{X1,X2,X3,Y1} ||
    -          {X1,X2,X3} <- QH1,
    -          {Y1,Y2} <- QH2,
    -          X2 =:= Y2],
    -      {join, nested_loop})

    In this case the filter is applied to every possible pair of answers to QH1 +join method called "nested loop" has been chosen:

    qlc:q([{X1,X2,X3,Y1} ||
    +          {X1,X2,X3} <- QH1,
    +          {Y1,Y2} <- QH2,
    +          X2 =:= Y2],
    +      {join, nested_loop})

    In this case the filter is applied to every possible pair of answers to QH1 and QH2, one at a time. If there are M answers to QH1 and N answers to QH2, the filter is run M*N times.

    If QH2 is a call to the function for gb_trees, as defined in section Implementing a QLC Table, then @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ no side effects so that the meaning of the query does not change if QH2 is evaluated only once. One way of caching the answers is to evaluate QH2 first of all and substitute the list of answers for QH2 in the query. Another way is -to use option cache. It is expressed like this:

    QH2' = qlc:q([X || X <- QH2], {cache, ets})

    or only

    QH2' = qlc:q([X || X <- QH2], cache)

    The effect of option cache is that when generator QH2' is run the first +to use option cache. It is expressed like this:

    QH2' = qlc:q([X || X <- QH2], {cache, ets})

    or only

    QH2' = qlc:q([X || X <- QH2], cache)

    The effect of option cache is that when generator QH2' is run the first time, every answer is stored in an ETS table. When the next answer of QH1 is tried, answers to QH2' are copied from the ETS table, which is very fast. As for option unique the cost is a possibly substantial amount of RAM memory.

    Option {cache, list} offers the possibility to store the answers in a list on @@ -245,62 +245,62 @@ Implementing a QLC Table

    As an example of how to use function table/2, the implementation of a QLC -table for the gb_trees module is given:

    -module(gb_table).
    +table for the gb_trees module is given:

    -module(gb_table).
     
    --export([table/1]).
    +-export([table/1]).
     
    -table(T) ->
    -    TF = fun() -> qlc_next(gb_trees:next(gb_trees:iterator(T))) end,
    -    InfoFun = fun(num_of_objects) -> gb_trees:size(T);
    -                 (keypos) -> 1;
    -                 (is_sorted_key) -> true;
    -                 (is_unique_objects) -> true;
    -                 (_) -> undefined
    +table(T) ->
    +    TF = fun() -> qlc_next(gb_trees:next(gb_trees:iterator(T))) end,
    +    InfoFun = fun(num_of_objects) -> gb_trees:size(T);
    +                 (keypos) -> 1;
    +                 (is_sorted_key) -> true;
    +                 (is_unique_objects) -> true;
    +                 (_) -> undefined
                   end,
         LookupFun =
    -        fun(1, Ks) ->
    -                lists:flatmap(fun(K) ->
    -                                      case gb_trees:lookup(K, T) of
    -                                          {value, V} -> [{K,V}];
    -                                          none -> []
    +        fun(1, Ks) ->
    +                lists:flatmap(fun(K) ->
    +                                      case gb_trees:lookup(K, T) of
    +                                          {value, V} -> [{K,V}];
    +                                          none -> []
                                           end
    -                              end, Ks)
    +                              end, Ks)
             end,
         FormatFun =
    -        fun({all, NElements, ElementFun}) ->
    -                ValsS = io_lib:format("gb_trees:from_orddict(~w)",
    -                                      [gb_nodes(T, NElements, ElementFun)]),
    -                io_lib:format("gb_table:table(~s)", [ValsS]);
    -           ({lookup, 1, KeyValues, _NElements, ElementFun}) ->
    -                ValsS = io_lib:format("gb_trees:from_orddict(~w)",
    -                                      [gb_nodes(T, infinity, ElementFun)]),
    -                io_lib:format("lists:flatmap(fun(K) -> "
    +        fun({all, NElements, ElementFun}) ->
    +                ValsS = io_lib:format("gb_trees:from_orddict(~w)",
    +                                      [gb_nodes(T, NElements, ElementFun)]),
    +                io_lib:format("gb_table:table(~s)", [ValsS]);
    +           ({lookup, 1, KeyValues, _NElements, ElementFun}) ->
    +                ValsS = io_lib:format("gb_trees:from_orddict(~w)",
    +                                      [gb_nodes(T, infinity, ElementFun)]),
    +                io_lib:format("lists:flatmap(fun(K) -> "
                                   "case gb_trees:lookup(K, ~s) of "
                                   "{value, V} -> [{K,V}];none -> [] end "
                                   "end, ~w)",
    -                              [ValsS, [ElementFun(KV) || KV <- KeyValues]])
    +                              [ValsS, [ElementFun(KV) || KV <- KeyValues]])
             end,
    -    qlc:table(TF, [{info_fun, InfoFun}, {format_fun, FormatFun},
    -                   {lookup_fun, LookupFun},{key_equality,'=='}]).
    +    qlc:table(TF, [{info_fun, InfoFun}, {format_fun, FormatFun},
    +                   {lookup_fun, LookupFun},{key_equality,'=='}]).
     
    -qlc_next({X, V, S}) ->
    -    [{X,V} | fun() -> qlc_next(gb_trees:next(S)) end];
    -qlc_next(none) ->
    -    [].
    -
    -gb_nodes(T, infinity, ElementFun) ->
    -    gb_nodes(T, -1, ElementFun);
    -gb_nodes(T, NElements, ElementFun) ->
    -    gb_iter(gb_trees:iterator(T), NElements, ElementFun).
    +qlc_next({X, V, S}) ->
    +    [{X,V} | fun() -> qlc_next(gb_trees:next(S)) end];
    +qlc_next(none) ->
    +    [].
    +
    +gb_nodes(T, infinity, ElementFun) ->
    +    gb_nodes(T, -1, ElementFun);
    +gb_nodes(T, NElements, ElementFun) ->
    +    gb_iter(gb_trees:iterator(T), NElements, ElementFun).
     
    -gb_iter(_I, 0, _EFun) ->
    +gb_iter(_I, 0, _EFun) ->
         '...';
    -gb_iter(I0, N, EFun) ->
    -    case gb_trees:next(I0) of
    -        {X, V, I} ->
    -            [EFun({X,V}) | gb_iter(I, N-1, EFun)];
    +gb_iter(I0, N, EFun) ->
    +    case gb_trees:next(I0) of
    +        {X, V, I} ->
    +            [EFun({X,V}) | gb_iter(I, N-1, EFun)];
             none ->
    -            []
    +            []
         end.

    TF is the traversal function. The qlc module requires that there is a way of traversing all objects of the data structure. gb_trees has an iterator function suitable for that purpose. Notice that for each object returned, a new @@ -336,49 +336,49 @@ example, 2 == 2.0 evaluates to true while 2 =:= 2.0 evaluates to false. Normally this is a minor issue, but the qlc module cannot ignore the difference, which affects the user's choice of operators in QLCs.

    If the qlc module at compile time can determine that some constant is free of -integers, it does not matter which one of ==/2 or =:=/2 is used:

    1> E1 = ets:new(t, [set]), % uses =:=/2 for key equality
    -Q1 = qlc:q([K ||
    -{K} <- ets:table(E1),
    -K == 2.71 orelse K == a]),
    -io:format("~s~n", [qlc:info(Q1)]).
    -ets:match_spec_run(
    -       lists:flatmap(fun(V) ->
    -			    ets:lookup(#Ref<0.3098908599.2283929601.256025>,
    -				       V)
    +integers, it does not matter which one of ==/2 or =:=/2 is used:

    1> E1 = ets:new(t, [set]), % uses =:=/2 for key equality
    +Q1 = qlc:q([K ||
    +{K} <- ets:table(E1),
    +K == 2.71 orelse K == a]),
    +io:format("~s~n", [qlc:info(Q1)]).
    +ets:match_spec_run(
    +       lists:flatmap(fun(V) ->
    +			    ets:lookup(#Ref<0.3098908599.2283929601.256025>,
    +				       V)
     		     end,
    -		     [a, 2.71]),
    -       ets:match_spec_compile([{{'$1'}, [], ['$1']}]))

    In the example, operator ==/2 has been handled exactly as =:=/2 would have + [a, 2.71]), + ets:match_spec_compile([{{'$1'}, [], ['$1']}]))

    In the example, operator ==/2 has been handled exactly as =:=/2 would have been handled. However, if it cannot be determined at compile time that some constant is free of integers, and the table uses =:=/2 when comparing keys for equality (see option key_equality), then the qlc module does not try to look up the constant. The reason is that there is in the general case no upper limit on the number of key values that can compare equal -to such a constant; every combination of integers and floats must be looked up:

    2> E2 = ets:new(t, [set]),
    -true = ets:insert(E2, [{{2,2},a},{{2,2.0},b},{{2.0,2},c}]),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/queue.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/queue.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/queue.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000
    @@ -602,10 +602,10 @@
           
     
     

    Returns true if Pred(Item) returns true for all items Item in Q, -otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -2> queue:all(fun (E) -> E > 3 end, Queue).
    +otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +2> queue:all(fun (E) -> E > 3 end, Queue).
     false
    -3> queue:all(fun (E) -> E > 0 end, Queue).
    +3> queue:all(fun (E) -> E > 0 end, Queue).
     true
    @@ -637,10 +637,10 @@

    Returns true if Pred(Item) returns true for at least one item Item in -Q, otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -2> queue:any(fun (E) -> E > 10 end, Queue).
    +Q, otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +2> queue:any(fun (E) -> E > 10 end, Queue).
     false
    -3> queue:any(fun (E) -> E > 3 end, Queue).
    +3> queue:any(fun (E) -> E > 3 end, Queue).
     true
    @@ -672,9 +672,9 @@

    Returns a copy of Q1 where the first item matching Item is deleted, if there -is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -2> Queue1 = queue:delete(3, Queue).
    -3> queue:member(3, Queue1).
    +is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +2> Queue1 = queue:delete(3, Queue).
    +3> queue:member(3, Queue1).
     false
    @@ -706,10 +706,10 @@

    Returns a copy of Q1 where the last item matching Item is deleted, if there -is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,3,5]).
    -2> Queue1 = queue:delete_r(3, Queue).
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,3,4,5]
    +is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,3,5]).
    +2> Queue1 = queue:delete_r(3, Queue).
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,3,4,5]
    @@ -745,10 +745,10 @@

    Returns a copy of Q1 where the first item for which Pred returns true is -deleted, if there is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([100,1,2,3,4,5]).
    -2> Queue1 = queue:delete_with(fun (E) -> E > 0, Queue).
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,3,4,5]
    +deleted, if there is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([100,1,2,3,4,5]).
    +2> Queue1 = queue:delete_with(fun (E) -> E > 0, Queue).
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,3,4,5]
    @@ -784,10 +784,10 @@

    Returns a copy of Q1 where the last item for which Pred returns true is -deleted, if there is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5,100]).
    -2> Queue1 = queue:delete_with(fun (E) -> E > 10, Queue).
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,3,4,5]
    +deleted, if there is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5,100]).
    +2> Queue1 = queue:delete_with(fun (E) -> E > 10, Queue).
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,3,4,5]
    @@ -818,19 +818,19 @@

    Returns a queue Q2 that is the result of calling Fun(Item) on all items in Q1.

    If Fun(Item) returns true, Item is copied to the result queue. If it returns false, Item is not copied. If it returns a list, the list elements -are inserted instead of Item in the result queue.

    Example 1:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:filter(fun (E) -> E > 2 end, Queue).
    -{[5],[3,4]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[3,4,5]

    So, Fun(Item) returning [Item] is thereby semantically equivalent to +are inserted instead of Item in the result queue.

    Example 1:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:filter(fun (E) -> E > 2 end, Queue).
    +{[5],[3,4]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[3,4,5]

    So, Fun(Item) returning [Item] is thereby semantically equivalent to returning true, just as returning [] is semantically equivalent to returning -false. But returning a list builds more garbage than returning an atom.

    Example 2:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:filter(fun (E) -> [E, E+1] end, Queue).
    -{[6,5,5,4,4,3],[1,2,2,3]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6]
    +false. But returning a list builds more garbage than returning an atom.

    Example 2:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:filter(fun (E) -> [E, E+1] end, Queue).
    +{[6,5,5,4,4,3],[1,2,2,3]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6]
    @@ -869,15 +869,15 @@

    Returns a queue Q2 that is the result of calling Fun(Item) on all items in Q1.

    If Fun(Item) returns true, Item is copied to the result queue. If it returns false, Item is not copied. If it returns {true, NewItem}, the -queue element at this position is replaced with NewItem in the result queue.

    Example 1:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:filtermap(fun (E) -> E > 2 end, Queue).
    -{[5],[3,4]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[3,4,5]
    -4> Queue1 = queue:filtermap(fun (E) -> {true, E+100} end, Queue).
    -{"ihg","ef"}
    -5> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +queue element at this position is replaced with NewItem in the result queue.

    Example 1:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:filtermap(fun (E) -> E > 2 end, Queue).
    +{[5],[3,4]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[3,4,5]
    +4> Queue1 = queue:filtermap(fun (E) -> {true, E+100} end, Queue).
    +{"ihg","ef"}
    +5> queue:to_list(Queue1).
     "efghi
    @@ -918,9 +918,9 @@ AccIn == Acc0. The queue is traversed in queue order, that is, from front to rear. Fun/2 must return a new accumulator, which is passed to the next call. The function returns the final value of the accumulator. Acc0 is returned if -the queue is empty.

    Example:

    1> queue:fold(fun(X, Sum) -> X + Sum end, 0, queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5])).
    +the queue is empty.

    Example:

    1> queue:fold(fun(X, Sum) -> X + Sum end, 0, queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5])).
     15
    -2> queue:fold(fun(X, Prod) -> X * Prod end, 1, queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5])).
    +2> queue:fold(fun(X, Prod) -> X * Prod end, 1, queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5])).
     120
    @@ -978,12 +978,12 @@ -

    Inserts Item at the rear of queue Q1. Returns the resulting queue Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:in(100, Queue).
    -{[100,5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,3,4,5,100]
    +

    Inserts Item at the rear of queue Q1. Returns the resulting queue Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:in(100, Queue).
    +{[100,5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,3,4,5,100]
    @@ -1011,12 +1011,12 @@ -

    Inserts Item at the front of queue Q1. Returns the resulting queue Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:in_r(100, Queue).
    -{[5,4,3],[100,1,2]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[100,1,2,3,4,5]
    +

    Inserts Item at the front of queue Q1. Returns the resulting queue Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:in_r(100, Queue).
    +{[5,4,3],[100,1,2]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[100,1,2,3,4,5]
    @@ -1104,12 +1104,12 @@

    Returns a queue Q3 that is the result of joining Q1 and Q2 with Q1 in -front of Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue1 = queue:from_list([1,3]).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/random.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/random.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/random.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000
    @@ -351,9 +351,9 @@
           
     
     

    Seeds random number generation with integer values in the process dictionary and -returns the old state.

    The following is an easy way of obtaining a unique value to seed with:

    random:seed(erlang:phash2([node()]),
    -            erlang:monotonic_time(),
    -            erlang:unique_integer())

    For details, see erlang:phash2/1, erlang:node/0, erlang:monotonic_time/0, +returns the old state.

    The following is an easy way of obtaining a unique value to seed with:

    random:seed(erlang:phash2([node()]),
    +            erlang:monotonic_time(),
    +            erlang:unique_integer())

    For details, see erlang:phash2/1, erlang:node/0, erlang:monotonic_time/0, and erlang:unique_integer/0.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/rand.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/rand.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/rand.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -96,13 +96,13 @@ a reasonably unpredictable seed.

    The functions with explicit state don't use the process dictionary.

    Examples

    Simple use; create and seed the default algorithm with a non-fixed seed, if not already done, and generate two uniformly distibuted -floating point numbers.

    R0 = rand:uniform(),
    -R1 = rand:uniform(),

    Use a specified algorithm:

    _ = rand:seed(exro928ss),
    -R2 = rand:uniform(),

    Use a specified algorithm with a fixed seed:

    _ = rand:seed(exro928ss, {123, 123534, 345345}),
    -R3 = rand:uniform(),

    Use the functional API with a non-fixed seed:

    S0 = rand:seed_s(exsss),
    -{R4, S1} = rand:uniform_s(S0),

    Generate a textbook basic form Box-Muller standard normal distribution number:

    R5 = rand:uniform_real(),
    -R6 = rand:uniform(),
    -SND0 = math:sqrt(-2 * math:log(R5)) * math:cos(math:pi() * R6)

    Generate a standard normal distribution number:

    {SND1, S2} = rand:normal_s(S1),

    Generate a normal distribution number with with mean -3 and variance 0.5:

    {ND0, S3} = rand:normal_s(-3, 0.5, S2),

    Quality of the Generated Numbers

    Note

    The builtin random number generator algorithms are not cryptographically +floating point numbers.

    R0 = rand:uniform(),
    +R1 = rand:uniform(),

    Use a specified algorithm:

    _ = rand:seed(exro928ss),
    +R2 = rand:uniform(),

    Use a specified algorithm with a fixed seed:

    _ = rand:seed(exro928ss, {123, 123534, 345345}),
    +R3 = rand:uniform(),

    Use the functional API with a non-fixed seed:

    S0 = rand:seed_s(exsss),
    +{R4, S1} = rand:uniform_s(S0),

    Generate a textbook basic form Box-Muller standard normal distribution number:

    R5 = rand:uniform_real(),
    +R6 = rand:uniform(),
    +SND0 = math:sqrt(-2 * math:log(R5)) * math:cos(math:pi() * R6)

    Generate a standard normal distribution number:

    {SND1, S2} = rand:normal_s(S1),

    Generate a normal distribution number with with mean -3 and variance 0.5:

    {ND0, S3} = rand:normal_s(-3, 0.5, S2),

    Quality of the Generated Numbers

    Note

    The builtin random number generator algorithms are not cryptographically strong. If a cryptographically strong random number generator is needed, use something like crypto:rand_seed/0.

    For all these generators except exro928ss and exsss the lowest bit(s) have got a slightly less random behaviour than all other bits. @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ up to (and included) 16TB, with the exception of binary rank tests, which fail due to the lowest bit being an LFSR; all other bits pass all tests. We suggest to use a sign test to extract a random Boolean value.

    If this is a problem; to generate a boolean with these algorithms, -use something like this:

    (rand:uniform(256) > 128) % -> boolean()
    ((rand:uniform(256) - 1) bsr 7) % -> 0 | 1

    For a general range, with N = 1 for exrop, and N = 3 for exs1024s:

    (((rand:uniform(Range bsl N) - 1) bsr N) + 1)

    The floating point generating functions in this module waste the lowest bits +use something like this:

    (rand:uniform(256) > 128) % -> boolean()
    ((rand:uniform(256) - 1) bsr 7) % -> 0 | 1

    For a general range, with N = 1 for exrop, and N = 3 for exs1024s:

    (((rand:uniform(Range bsl N) - 1) bsr N) + 1)

    The floating point generating functions in this module waste the lowest bits when converting from an integer so they avoid this snag.

    @@ -1826,10 +1826,10 @@ equally spaced in the interval.

    Warning

    This function may return exactly 0.0 which can be fatal for certain applications. If that is undesired you can use (1.0 - rand:uniform()) to get the interval 0.0 < X =< 1.0, or instead use uniform_real/0.

    If neither endpoint is desired you can achieve the range -0.0 < X < 1.0 using test and re-try like this:

    my_uniform() ->
    -    case rand:uniform() of
    +0.0 < X < 1.0 using test and re-try like this:

    my_uniform() ->
    +    case rand:uniform() of
             X when 0.0 < X -> X;
    -        _ -> my_uniform()
    +        _ -> my_uniform()
         end.
    @@ -1985,7 +1985,7 @@ 16#7fa6502 * 2^32 - 1, which have been selected, in collaboration with Sebastiano Vigna, to avoid bignum operations and still get good statistical quality. It has been named "MWC59" and can be written as:

    C = CX0 bsr 32
    -X = CX0 band ((1 bsl 32)-1))
    +X = CX0 band ((1 bsl 32)-1))
     CX1 = 16#7fa6502 * X + C

    Because the generator uses a multiplier that is a power of 2 it gets statistical flaws for collision tests and birthday spacings tests in 2 and 3 dimensions, and these caveats apply even when looking /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/re.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/re.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/re.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -1270,9 +1270,9 @@ follows (COMMIT) can be triggered first, so merely passing (COMMIT) during a match does not always guarantee that a match must be at this starting point.

    Notice that (*COMMIT) at the start of a pattern is not the same as an anchor, unless the PCRE start-of-match optimizations are turned off, as shown in the -following example:

    1> re:run("xyzabc","(*COMMIT)abc",[{capture,all,list}]).
    -{match,["abc"]}
    -2> re:run("xyzabc","(*COMMIT)abc",[{capture,all,list},no_start_optimize]).
    +following example:

    1> re:run("xyzabc","(*COMMIT)abc",[{capture,all,list}]).
    +{match,["abc"]}
    +2> re:run("xyzabc","(*COMMIT)abc",[{capture,all,list},no_start_optimize]).
     nomatch

    For this pattern, PCRE knows that any match must start with "a", so the optimization skips along the subject to "a" before applying the pattern to the first set of data. The match attempt then succeeds. In the second call the @@ -1989,32 +1989,32 @@

    Takes a compiled regular expression and an item, and returns the relevant data from the regular expression.

    The only supported item is namelist, which returns the tuple {namelist, [binary()]}, -containing the names of all (unique) named subpatterns in the regular expression.

    For example:

    1> {ok,MP} = re:compile("(?<A>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)").
    -{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
    +containing the names of all (unique) named subpatterns in the regular expression.

    For example:

    1> {ok,MP} = re:compile("(?<A>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)").
    +{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
                     <<69,82,67,80,119,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,255,255,255,255,
    -                  255,255,...>>}}
    -2> re:inspect(MP,namelist).
    -{namelist,[<<"A">>,<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}
    -3> {ok,MPD} = re:compile("(?<C>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)",[dupnames]).
    -{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
    +                  255,255,...>>}}
    +2> re:inspect(MP,namelist).
    +{namelist,[<<"A">>,<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}
    +3> {ok,MPD} = re:compile("(?<C>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)",[dupnames]).
    +{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
                     <<69,82,67,80,119,0,0,0,0,0,8,0,1,0,0,0,255,255,255,255,
    -                  255,255,...>>}}
    -4> re:inspect(MPD,namelist).
    -{namelist,[<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}

    Notice in the second example that the duplicate name only occurs once in the + 255,255,...>>}} +4> re:inspect(MPD,namelist). +{namelist,[<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}

    Notice in the second example that the duplicate name only occurs once in the returned list, and that the list is in alphabetical order regardless of where the names are positioned in the regular expression. The order of the names is the same as the order of captured subexpressions if {capture, all_names} is specified as an option to run/3. You can therefore create a name-to-value -mapping from the result of run/3 like this:

    1> {ok,MP} = re:compile("(?<A>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)").
    -{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
    +mapping from the result of run/3 like this:

    1> {ok,MP} = re:compile("(?<A>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)").
    +{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
                     <<69,82,67,80,119,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,255,255,255,255,
    -                  255,255,...>>}}
    -2> {namelist, N} = re:inspect(MP,namelist).
    -{namelist,[<<"A">>,<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}
    -3> {match,L} = re:run("AA",MP,[{capture,all_names,binary}]).
    -{match,[<<"A">>,<<>>,<<>>]}
    -4> NameMap = lists:zip(N,L).
    -[{<<"A">>,<<"A">>},{<<"B">>,<<>>},{<<"C">>,<<>>}]
    +
    255,255,...>>}} +2> {namelist, N} = re:inspect(MP,namelist). +{namelist,[<<"A">>,<<"B">>,<<"C">>]} +3> {match,L} = re:run("AA",MP,[{capture,all_names,binary}]). +{match,[<<"A">>,<<>>,<<>>]} +4> NameMap = lists:zip(N,L). +[{<<"A">>,<<"A">>},{<<"B">>,<<>>},{<<"C">>,<<>>}]
    @@ -2107,16 +2107,16 @@ subexpression number N, is inserted in the result. If no subexpression with that number is generated by the regular expression, nothing is inserted.

    To insert an & or a \ in the result, precede it with a \. Notice that Erlang already gives a special meaning to \ in literal strings, so a single \ must be -written as "\\" and therefore a double \ as "\\\\".

    Example:

    1> re:replace("abcd","c","[&]",[{return,list}]).
    -"ab[c]d"

    while

    2> re:replace("abcd","c","[\\&]",[{return,list}]).
    +written as "\\" and therefore a double \ as "\\\\".

    Example:

    1> re:replace("abcd","c","[&]",[{return,list}]).
    +"ab[c]d"

    while

    2> re:replace("abcd","c","[\\&]",[{return,list}]).
     "ab[&]d"

    If the replacement is given as a fun, it will be called with the whole matching expression as the first argument and a list of subexpression matches in the order in which they appear in the regular expression. The returned value will be -inserted in the result.

    Example:

    3> re:replace("abcd", ".(.)",
    -    fun(Whole, [<<C>>]) ->
    -         <<$#, Whole/binary, $-, (C - $a + $A), $#>>
    +inserted in the result.

    Example:

    3> re:replace("abcd", ".(.)",
    +    fun(Whole, [<<C>>]) ->
    +         <<$#, Whole/binary, $-, (C - $a + $A), $#>>
         end,
    -    [{return, list}]).
    +    [{return, list}]).
     "#ab-B#cd"

    Note

    Non-matching optional subexpressions will not be included in the list of subexpression matches if they are the last subexpressions in the regular expression.

    Example:

    The regular expression "(a)(b)?(c)?" ("a", optionally followed by "b", @@ -2233,7 +2233,7 @@ run/3 handles empty matches in the same way as Perl: a zero-length match at any point is also retried with options [anchored, notempty_atstart]. If that search gives a result of length > 0, -the result is included. Example:

    re:run("cat","(|at)",[global]).

    The following matchings are performed:

    • At offset 0 - The regular expression (|at) first match at the +the result is included. Example:

      re:run("cat","(|at)",[global]).

      The following matchings are performed:

      • At offset 0 - The regular expression (|at) first match at the initial position of string cat, giving the result set [{0,0},{0,0}] (the second {0,0} is because of the subexpression marked by the parentheses). As the length of the match is 0, we do not advance to the next position yet.

      • At offset 0 with [anchored, notempty_atstart] - The search is @@ -2245,7 +2245,7 @@ of results and the position in the search string is advanced two steps.

      • At offset 3 - The search once again matches the empty string, giving [{3,0},{3,0}].

      • At offset 1 with [anchored, notempty_atstart] - This gives no result of length > 0 and we are at the last position, so the global search is -complete.

      The result of the call is:

      {match,[[{0,0},{0,0}],[{1,0},{1,0}],[{1,2},{1,2}],[{3,0},{3,0}]]}
    • notempty - An empty string is not considered to be a valid match if this +complete.

    The result of the call is:

    {match,[[{0,0},{0,0}],[{1,0},{1,0}],[{1,2},{1,2}],[{3,0},{3,0}]]}
  • notempty - An empty string is not considered to be a valid match if this option is specified. If alternatives in the pattern exist, they are tried. If all the alternatives match the empty string, the entire match fails.

    Example:

    If the following pattern is applied to a string not beginning with "a" or "b", it would normally match the empty string at the start of the subject:

    a?b?

    With option notempty, this match is invalid, so run/3 searches @@ -2316,12 +2316,12 @@ instead of the stack, the amount of heap memory that can be used.

  • The Erlang VM uses a PCRE library where heap memory is used when regular expression match recursion occurs. This therefore limits the use of machine heap, not C stack.

    Specifying a lower value can result in matches with deep recursion failing, -when they should have matched:

    1> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z").
    -{match,[{0,14},{0,13}]}
    -2> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z",[{match_limit_recursion,5}]).
    +when they should have matched:

    1> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z").
    +{match,[{0,14},{0,13}]}
    +2> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z",[{match_limit_recursion,5}]).
     nomatch
    -3> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z",[{match_limit_recursion,5},report_errors]).
    -{error,match_limit_recursion}

    This option and option match_limit are only to be used in rare cases. +3> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z",[{match_limit_recursion,5},report_errors]). +{error,match_limit_recursion}

    This option and option match_limit are only to be used in rare cases. Understanding of the PCRE library internals is recommended before tampering with these limits.

  • {offset, integer() >= 0} - Start matching at the offset (position) specified in the subject string. The offset is zero-based, so that the default @@ -2343,9 +2343,9 @@ capturing).

    As an example of the default behavior, the following call returns, as first and only captured string, the matching part of the subject ("abcd" in the middle) as an index pair {3,4}, where character positions are zero-based, -just as in offsets:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC","abcd",[]).

    The return value of this call is:

    {match,[{3,4}]}

    Another (and quite common) case is where the regular expression matches all of -the subject:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*abcd.*",[]).

    Here the return value correspondingly points out all of the string, beginning -at index 0, and it is 10 characters long:

    {match,[{0,10}]}

    If the regular expression contains capturing subpatterns, like in:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(abcd).*",[]).

    all of the matched subject is captured, as well as the captured substrings:

    {match,[{0,10},{3,4}]}

    The complete matching pattern always gives the first return value in the list +just as in offsets:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC","abcd",[]).

    The return value of this call is:

    {match,[{3,4}]}

    Another (and quite common) case is where the regular expression matches all of +the subject:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*abcd.*",[]).

    Here the return value correspondingly points out all of the string, beginning +at index 0, and it is 10 characters long:

    {match,[{0,10}]}

    If the regular expression contains capturing subpatterns, like in:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(abcd).*",[]).

    all of the matched subject is captured, as well as the captured substrings:

    {match,[{0,10},{3,4}]}

    The complete matching pattern always gives the first return value in the list and the remaining subpatterns are added in the order they occurred in the regular expression.

    The capture tuple is built up as follows:

    • ValueSpec - Specifies which captured (sub)patterns are to be returned. ValueSpec can either be an atom describing a predefined set of return @@ -2370,12 +2370,12 @@ subpatterns (see below) in the regular expression, one can use atom/0s or string/0s to specify the subpatterns to be returned. For example, consider the regular expression:

      ".*(abcd).*"

      matched against string "ABCabcdABC", capturing only the "abcd" part (the -first explicit subpattern):

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(abcd).*",[{capture,[1]}]).

      The call gives the following result, as the first explicitly captured +first explicit subpattern):

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(abcd).*",[{capture,[1]}]).

      The call gives the following result, as the first explicitly captured subpattern is "(abcd)", matching "abcd" in the subject, at (zero-based) -position 3, of length 4:

      {match,[{3,4}]}

      Consider the same regular expression, but with the subpattern explicitly +position 3, of length 4:

      {match,[{3,4}]}

      Consider the same regular expression, but with the subpattern explicitly named 'FOO':

      ".*(?<FOO>abcd).*"

      With this expression, we could still give the index of the subpattern with -the following call:

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(?<FOO>abcd).*",[{capture,[1]}]).

      giving the same result as before. But, as the subpattern is named, we can -also specify its name in the value list:

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(?<FOO>abcd).*",[{capture,['FOO']}]).

      This would give the same result as the earlier examples, namely:

      {match,[{3,4}]}

      The values list can specify indexes or names not present in the regular +the following call:

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(?<FOO>abcd).*",[{capture,[1]}]).

      giving the same result as before. But, as the subpattern is named, we can +also specify its name in the value list:

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(?<FOO>abcd).*",[{capture,['FOO']}]).

      This would give the same result as the earlier examples, namely:

      {match,[{3,4}]}

      The values list can specify indexes or names not present in the regular expression, in which case the return values vary depending on the type. If the type is index, the tuple {-1,0} is returned for values with no corresponding subpattern in the regular expression, but for the other types @@ -2410,12 +2410,12 @@ string:

      "ABCabcdABC"

      the subpattern at index 2 does not match, as "abdd" is not present in the string, but the complete pattern matches (because of the alternative a(..d)). The subpattern at index 2 is therefore unassigned and the default -return value is:

      {match,[{0,10},{3,4},{-1,0},{4,3}]}

      Setting the capture Type to binary gives:

      {match,[<<"ABCabcdABC">>,<<"abcd">>,<<>>,<<"bcd">>]}

      Here the empty binary (<<>>) represents the unassigned subpattern. In the +return value is:

      {match,[{0,10},{3,4},{-1,0},{4,3}]}

      Setting the capture Type to binary gives:

      {match,[<<"ABCabcdABC">>,<<"abcd">>,<<>>,<<"bcd">>]}

      Here the empty binary (<<>>) represents the unassigned subpattern. In the binary case, some information about the matching is therefore lost, as <<>> can also be an empty string captured.

      If differentiation between empty matches and non-existing subpatterns is necessary, use the type index and do the conversion to the final type in Erlang code.

      When option global is speciified, the capture specification affects each -match separately, so that:

      re:run("cacb","c(a|b)",[global,{capture,[1],list}]).

      gives

      {match,[["a"],["b"]]}

    For a descriptions of options only affecting the compilation step, see +match separately, so that:

    re:run("cacb","c(a|b)",[global,{capture,[1],list}]).

    gives

    {match,[["a"],["b"]]}
  • For a descriptions of options only affecting the compilation step, see compile/2.

    @@ -2504,7 +2504,7 @@ compilation option is specified to this function, both the regular expression and Subject are to be specified as valid Unicode charlist()s.

    The result is given as a list of "strings", the preferred data type specified in option return (default iodata).

    If subexpressions are specified in the regular expression, the matching -subexpressions are returned in the resulting list as well. For example:

    re:split("Erlang","[ln]",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","a","g"]

    while

    re:split("Erlang","([ln])",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","l","a","n","g"]

    The text matching the subexpression (marked by the parentheses in the regular +subexpressions are returned in the resulting list as well. For example:

    re:split("Erlang","[ln]",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","a","g"]

    while

    re:split("Erlang","([ln])",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","l","a","n","g"]

    The text matching the subexpression (marked by the parentheses in the regular expression) is inserted in the result list where it was found. This means that concatenating the result of a split where the whole regular expression is a single subexpression (as in the last example) always results in the original @@ -2512,21 +2512,21 @@ "g"), nothing is inserted after that. To make the group of strings and the parts matching the subexpressions more obvious, one can use option group, which groups together the part of the subject string with the parts matching the -subexpressions when the string was split:

    re:split("Erlang","([ln])",[{return,list},group]).

    gives

    [["Er","l"],["a","n"],["g"]]

    Here the regular expression first matched the "l", causing "Er" to be the first +subexpressions when the string was split:

    re:split("Erlang","([ln])",[{return,list},group]).

    gives

    [["Er","l"],["a","n"],["g"]]

    Here the regular expression first matched the "l", causing "Er" to be the first part in the result. When the regular expression matched, the (only) subexpression was bound to the "l", so the "l" is inserted in the group together with "Er". The next match is of the "n", making "a" the next part to be returned. As the subexpression is bound to substring "n" in this case, the "n" is inserted into this group. The last group consists of the remaining string, as no more matches are found.

    By default, all parts of the string, including the empty strings, are returned -from the function, for example:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","an",[]]

    as the matching of the "g" in the end of the string leaves an empty rest, which +from the function, for example:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","an",[]]

    as the matching of the "g" in the end of the string leaves an empty rest, which is also returned. This behavior differs from the default behavior of the split function in Perl, where empty strings at the end are by default removed. To get -the "trimming" default behavior of Perl, specify trim as an option:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list},trim]).

    gives

    ["Er","an"]

    The "trim" option says; "give me as many parts as possible except the empty +the "trimming" default behavior of Perl, specify trim as an option:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list},trim]).

    gives

    ["Er","an"]

    The "trim" option says; "give me as many parts as possible except the empty ones", which sometimes can be useful. You can also specify how many parts you -want, by specifying {parts,N}:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list},{parts,2}]).

    gives

    ["Er","ang"]

    Notice that the last part is "ang", not "an", as splitting was specified into /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/sets.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/sets.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/sets.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ respect to the aforementioned functions, their overall behavior may differ. As mentioned, this module considers elements as different if and only if they do not match (=:=), while both ordsets and gb_sets consider elements -as different if and only if they do not compare equal (==).

    Example:

    1> sets:is_element(1.0, sets:from_list([1])).
    +as different if and only if they do not compare equal (==).

    Example:

    1> sets:is_element(1.0, sets:from_list([1])).
     false
    -2> ordsets:is_element(1.0, ordsets:from_list([1])).
    +2> ordsets:is_element(1.0, ordsets:from_list([1])).
     true
    -2> gb_sets:is_element(1.0, gb_sets:from_list([1])).
    +2> gb_sets:is_element(1.0, gb_sets:from_list([1])).
     true

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/shell_default.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/shell_default.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/shell_default.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -24,10 +24,10 @@

    Customizing the Erlang environment.

    The functions in this module are called when no module name is specified in a -shell command.

    Consider the following shell dialog:

    1> lists:reverse("abc").
    +shell command.

    Consider the following shell dialog:

    1> lists:reverse("abc").
     "cba"
    -2> c(foo).
    -{ok, foo}

    In command one, module lists is called. In command two, no module name is +2> c(foo). +{ok, foo}

    In command one, module lists is called. In command two, no module name is specified. The shell searches module user_default followed by module shell_default for function c/1.

    shell_default is intended for "system wide" customizations to the shell. user_default is intended for "local" or individual user customizations.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/shell.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/shell.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/shell.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ definitions. To facilitate matters, record definitions in modules shell_default and user_default (if loaded) are read each time a new job is started. For example, adding the following line to user_default makes the -definition of file_info readily available in the shell:

    -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

    The shell runs in two modes:

    Command 1 sets variable Str to string "abcd".

    2> L = length(Str).
    +4

    Command 2 sets L to the length of string Str.

    3> Descriptor = {L, list_to_atom(Str)}.
    +{4,abcd}

    Command 3 builds the tuple Descriptor, evaluating the BIF list_to_atom/1 .

    4> L.
    -4

    Command 4 prints the value of variable L.

    5> b().
    -Descriptor = {4,abcd}
    +4

    Command 4 prints the value of variable L.

    5> b().
    +Descriptor = {4,abcd}
     L = 4
     Str = "abcd"
     ok

    Command 5 evaluates the internal shell command b(), which is an abbreviation of "bindings". This prints the current shell variables and their bindings. ok -at the end is the return value of function b().

    6> f(L).
    +at the end is the return value of function b().

    6> f(L).
     ok

    Command 6 evaluates the internal shell command f(L) (abbreviation of -"forget"). The value of variable L is removed.

    7> b().
    -Descriptor = {4,abcd}
    +"forget"). The value of variable L is removed.

    7> b().
    +Descriptor = {4,abcd}
     Str = "abcd"
    -ok

    Command 7 prints the new bindings.

    8> f(L).
    -ok

    Command 8 has no effect, as L has no value.

    9> {L, _} = Descriptor.
    -{4,abcd}

    Command 9 performs a pattern matching operation on Descriptor, binding a new +ok

    Command 7 prints the new bindings.

    8> f(L).
    +ok

    Command 8 has no effect, as L has no value.

    9> {L, _} = Descriptor.
    +{4,abcd}

    Command 9 performs a pattern matching operation on Descriptor, binding a new value to L.

    10> L.
    -4

    Command 10 prints the current value of L.

    11> {P, Q, R} = Descriptor.
    +4

    Command 10 prints the current value of L.

    11> {P, Q, R} = Descriptor.
     ** exception error: no match of right hand side value {4,abcd}

    Command 11 tries to match {P, Q, R} against Descriptor, which is {4, abc}. The match fails and none of the new variables become bound. The printout starting with "** exception error:" is not the value of the expression (the @@ -161,74 +161,74 @@ other variables (L, Str, and so on) are unchanged.

    12> P.
     * 1:1: variable 'P' is unbound
     13> Descriptor.
    -{4,abcd}

    Commands 12 and 13 show that P is unbound because the previous command failed, -and that Descriptor has not changed.

    14>{P, Q} = Descriptor.
    -{4,abcd}
    +{4,abcd}

    Commands 12 and 13 show that P is unbound because the previous command failed, +and that Descriptor has not changed.

    14>{P, Q} = Descriptor.
    +{4,abcd}
     15> P.
    -4

    Commands 14 and 15 show a correct match where P and Q are bound.

    16> f().
    -ok

    Command 16 clears all bindings.

    The next few commands assume that test1:demo(X) is defined as follows:

    demo(X) ->
    -    put(aa, worked),
    +4

    Commands 14 and 15 show a correct match where P and Q are bound.

    16> f().
    +ok

    Command 16 clears all bindings.

    The next few commands assume that test1:demo(X) is defined as follows:

    demo(X) ->
    +    put(aa, worked),
         X = 1,
    -    X + 10.
    17> put(aa, hello).
    +    X + 10.
    17> put(aa, hello).
     undefined
    -18> get(aa).
    +18> get(aa).
     hello

    Commands 17 and 18 set and inspect the value of item aa in the process -dictionary.

    19> Y = test1:demo(1).
    +dictionary.

    19> Y = test1:demo(1).
     11

    Command 19 evaluates test1:demo(1). The evaluation succeeds and the changes made in the process dictionary become visible to the shell. The new value of -dictionary item aa can be seen in command 20.

    20> get().
    -[{aa,worked}]
    -21> put(aa, hello).
    +dictionary item aa can be seen in command 20.

    20> get().
    +[{aa,worked}]
    +21> put(aa, hello).
     worked
    -22> Z = test1:demo(2).
    +22> Z = test1:demo(2).
     ** exception error: no match of right hand side value 1
          in function  test1:demo/1

    Commands 21 and 22 change the value of dictionary item aa to hello and call test1:demo(2). Evaluation fails and the changes made to the dictionary in test1:demo(2), before the error occurred, are discarded.

    23> Z.
     * 1:1: variable 'Z' is unbound
    -24> get(aa).
    +24> get(aa).
     hello

    Commands 23 and 24 show that Z was not bound and that dictionary item aa has -retained its original value.

    25> erase(), put(aa, hello).
    +retained its original value.

    25> erase(), put(aa, hello).
     undefined
    -26> spawn(test1, demo, [1]).
    +26> spawn(test1, demo, [1]).
     <0.57.0>
    -27> get(aa).
    +27> get(aa).
     hello

    Commands 25, 26, and 27 show the effect of evaluating test1:demo(1) in the background. In this case, the expression is evaluated in a newly spawned process. Any changes made in the process dictionary are local to the newly -spawned process and therefore not visible to the shell.

    28> io:format("hello hello\n").
    +spawned process and therefore not visible to the shell.

    28> io:format("hello hello\n").
     hello hello
     ok
    -29> e(28).
    +29> e(28).
     hello hello
     ok
    -30> v(28).
    +30> v(28).
     ok

    Commands 28, 29 and 30 use the history facilities of the shell. Command 29 re-evaluates command 28. Command 30 uses the value (result) of command 28. In the cases of a pure function (a function with no side effects), the result is the same. For a function with side effects, the result can be different.

    The next few commands show some record manipulation. It is assumed that ex.erl -defines a record as follows:

    -record(rec, {a, b = val()}).

    val() ->
        3.

    31> c(ex).
    -{ok,ex}
    -32> rr(ex).
    -[rec]

    Commands 31 and 32 compile file ex.erl and read the record definitions in +defines a record as follows:

    -record(rec, {a, b = val()}).

    val() ->
        3.

    31> c(ex).
    +{ok,ex}
    +32> rr(ex).
    +[rec]

    Commands 31 and 32 compile file ex.erl and read the record definitions in ex.beam. If the compiler did not output any record definitions on the BEAM -file, rr(ex) tries to read record definitions from the source file instead.

    33> rl(rec).
    --record(rec,{a,b = val()}).
    -ok

    Command 33 prints the definition of the record named rec.

    34> #rec{}.
    +file, rr(ex) tries to read record definitions from the source file instead.

    33> rl(rec).
    +-record(rec,{a,b = val()}).
    +ok

    Command 33 prints the definition of the record named rec.

    34> #rec{}.
     ** exception error: undefined shell command val/0

    Command 34 tries to create a rec record, but fails as function val/0 is -undefined.

    35> #rec{b = 3}.
    -#rec{a = undefined,b = 3}

    Command 35 shows the workaround: explicitly assign values to record fields that -cannot otherwise be initialized.

    36> rp(v(-1)).
    -#rec{a = undefined,b = 3}
    +undefined.

    35> #rec{b = 3}.
    +#rec{a = undefined,b = 3}

    Command 35 shows the workaround: explicitly assign values to record fields that +cannot otherwise be initialized.

    36> rp(v(-1)).
    +#rec{a = undefined,b = 3}
     ok

    Command 36 prints the newly created record using record definitions maintained -by the shell.

    37> rd(rec, {f = orddict:new()}).
    +by the shell.

    37> rd(rec, {f = orddict:new()}).
     rec

    Command 37 defines a record directly in the shell. The definition replaces the -one read from file ex.beam.

    38> #rec{}.
    -#rec{f = []}
    -ok

    Command 38 creates a record using the new definition, and prints the result.

    39> rd(rec, {c}), A.
    +one read from file ex.beam.

    38> #rec{}.
    +#rec{f = []}
    +ok

    Command 38 creates a record using the new definition, and prints the result.

    39> rd(rec, {c}), A.
     * 1:15: variable 'A' is unbound
    -40> #rec{}.
    -#rec{c = undefined}
    +40> #rec{}.
    +#rec{c = undefined}
     ok

    Command 39 and 40 show that record definitions are updated as side effects. The evaluation of the command fails, but the definition of rec has been carried out.

    For the next command, it is assumed that test1:loop(N) is defined as follows:

    loop(N) ->
        io:format("Hello Number: ~w~n", [N]),
        loop(N+1).

    41> test1:loop(0).
    @@ -254,31 +254,31 @@
     JCL mode the user can start and stop jobs.

    In this particular case, command i ("interrupt") terminates the looping program, and command c connects to the shell again. As the process was running in the background before we killed it, more printouts occur before message -"** exception exit: killed" is shown.

    42> E = ets:new(t, []).
    -#Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214192>

    Command 42 creates an ETS table.

    43> ets:insert({d,1,2}).
    +"** exception exit: killed" is shown.

    42> E = ets:new(t, []).
    +#Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214192>

    Command 42 creates an ETS table.

    43> ets:insert({d,1,2}).
     ** exception error: undefined function ets:insert/1

    Command 43 tries to insert a tuple into the ETS table, but the first argument -(the table) is missing. The exception kills the evaluator process.

    44> ets:insert(E, {d,1,2}).
    +(the table) is missing. The exception kills the evaluator process.

    44> ets:insert(E, {d,1,2}).
     ** exception error: argument is of wrong type
          in function  ets:insert/2
             called as ets:insert(16,{d,1,2})

    Command 44 corrects the mistake, but the ETS table has been destroyed as it was -owned by the killed evaluator process.

    45> f(E).
    +owned by the killed evaluator process.

    45> f(E).
     ok
    -46> catch_exception(true).
    +46> catch_exception(true).
     false

    Command 46 sets the exception handling of the evaluator process to true. The exception handling can also be set when starting Erlang by -erl -stdlib shell_catch_exception true.

    47> E = ets:new(t, []).
    +erl -stdlib shell_catch_exception true.

    47> E = ets:new(t, []).
     #Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214197>
    -48> ets:insert({d,1,2}).
    +48> ets:insert({d,1,2}).
     * exception error: undefined function ets:insert/1

    Command 48 makes the same mistake as in command 43, but this time the evaluator process lives on. The single star at the beginning of the printout signals that -the exception has been caught.

    49> ets:insert(E, {d,1,2}).
    -true

    Command 49 successfully inserts the tuple into the ETS table.

    50> ets:insert(#Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214197>, {e,3,4}).
    +the exception has been caught.

    49> ets:insert(E, {d,1,2}).
    +true

    Command 49 successfully inserts the tuple into the ETS table.

    50> ets:insert(#Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214197>, {e,3,4}).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/slave.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/slave.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/slave.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000
    @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
     at a master node. A pseudo server is an intermediary that only has the same
     registered name as the real server.

    For example, if you have started a slave node N and want to execute pxw graphics code on this node, you can start server pxw_server as a pseudo server -at the slave node. This is illustrated as follows:

    rpc:call(N, slave, pseudo, [node(), [pxw_server]]).
    +at the slave node. This is illustrated as follows:

    rpc:call(N, slave, pseudo, [node(), [pxw_server]]).
    @@ -413,9 +413,9 @@ passed to the new node and can be used for a variety of purposes; see erl(1).

    As an example, suppose that you want to start a slave node at host H with node name Name@H and want the slave node to have the following properties:

    • Directory Dir is to be added to the code path.
    • The Mnesia directory is to be set to M.
    • The Unix DISPLAY environment variable is to be set to the display of the -master node.

    The following code is executed to achieve this:

    E = " -env DISPLAY " ++ net_adm:localhost() ++ ":0 ",
    +master node.

    The following code is executed to achieve this:

    E = " -env DISPLAY " ++ net_adm:localhost() ++ ":0 ",
     Arg = "-mnesia_dir " ++ M ++ " -pa " ++ Dir ++ E,
    -slave:start(H, Name, Arg).

    The function returns {ok, Node}, where Node is the name of the new node, +slave:start(H, Name, Arg).

    The function returns {ok, Node}, where Node is the name of the new node, otherwise {error, Reason}, where Reason can be one of:

    • timeout - The master node failed to get in contact with the slave node. This can occur in a number of circumstances:

      • Erlang/OTP is not installed on the remote host.
      • The file system on the other host has a different structure to the the master.
      • The Erlang nodes have different cookies.
    • no_rsh - No remote shell program was found on the computer. Note that /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/sofs.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/sofs.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/sofs.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -157,11 +157,11 @@ selecting, duplicating, or rearranging parts of the elements.

    • Specifying a SetFun as an integer I is equivalent to specifying {external, fun(X) -> element(I, X) end}, but is to be preferred, as it makes it possible to handle this case even more efficiently.

    Examples of SetFuns:

    fun sofs:union/1
    -fun(S) -> sofs:partition(1, S) end
    -{external, fun(A) -> A end}
    -{external, fun({A,_,C}) -> {C,A} end}
    -{external, fun({_,{_,C}}) -> C end}
    -{external, fun({_,{_,{_,E}=C}}) -> {E,{E,C}} end}
    +fun(S) -> sofs:partition(1, S) end
    +{external, fun(A) -> A end}
    +{external, fun({A,_,C}) -> {C,A} end}
    +{external, fun({_,{_,C}}) -> C end}
    +{external, fun({_,{_,{_,E}=C}}) -> {E,{E,C}} end}
     2

    The order in which a SetFun is applied to the elements of an unordered set is not specified, and can change in future versions of this module.

    The execution time of the functions of this module is dominated by the time it takes to sort lists. When no sorting is needed, the execution time is in the @@ -1711,10 +1711,10 @@ belongs to SetOfSets and E belongs to Set.

    If SetOfSets is a partition of a set X and R is the equivalence relation in X induced by SetOfSets, then the returned relation is the canonical map from X onto the equivalence classes with -respect to R.

    1> Ss = sofs:from_term([[a,b],[b,c]]),
    -CR = sofs:canonical_relation(Ss),
    -sofs:to_external(CR).
    -[{a,[a,b]},{b,[a,b]},{b,[b,c]},{c,[b,c]}]
    +respect to R.

    1> Ss = sofs:from_term([[a,b],[b,c]]),
    +CR = sofs:canonical_relation(Ss),
    +sofs:to_external(CR).
    +[{a,[a,b]},{b,[a,b]},{b,[b,c]},{c,[b,c]}]
    @@ -1744,11 +1744,11 @@

    Returns the composite of the functions Function1 and -Function2.

    1> F1 = sofs:a_function([{a,1},{b,2},{c,2}]),
    -F2 = sofs:a_function([{1,x},{2,y},{3,z}]),
    -F = sofs:composite(F1, F2),
    -sofs:to_external(F).
    -[{a,x},{b,y},{c,y}]
    +Function2.

    1> F1 = sofs:a_function([{a,1},{b,2},{c,2}]),
    +F2 = sofs:a_function([{1,x},{2,y},{3,z}]),
    +F = sofs:composite(F1, F2),
    +sofs:to_external(F).
    +[{a,x},{b,y},{c,y}]
    @@ -1778,11 +1778,11 @@

    Creates the function that maps each element of set Set -onto AnySet.

    1> S = sofs:set([a,b]),
    -E = sofs:from_term(1),
    -R = sofs:constant_function(S, E),
    -sofs:to_external(R).
    -[{a,1},{b,1}]
    +onto AnySet.

    1> S = sofs:set([a,b]),
    +E = sofs:from_term(1),
    +R = sofs:constant_function(S, E),
    +sofs:to_external(R).
    +[{a,1},{b,1}]
    @@ -1810,10 +1810,10 @@ -

    Returns the converse of the binary relation BinRel1.

    1> R1 = sofs:relation([{1,a},{2,b},{3,a}]),
    -R2 = sofs:converse(R1),
    -sofs:to_external(R2).
    -[{a,1},{a,3},{b,2}]
    +

    Returns the converse of the binary relation BinRel1.

    1> R1 = sofs:relation([{1,a},{2,b},{3,a}]),
    +R2 = sofs:converse(R1),
    +sofs:to_external(R2).
    +[{a,1},{a,3},{b,2}]
    @@ -1931,10 +1931,10 @@ -

    Returns the domain of the binary relation BinRel.

    1> R = sofs:relation([{1,a},{1,b},{2,b},{2,c}]),
    -S = sofs:domain(R),
    -sofs:to_external(S).
    -[1,2]
    +

    Returns the domain of the binary relation BinRel.

    1> R = sofs:relation([{1,a},{1,b},{2,b},{2,c}]),
    +S = sofs:domain(R),
    +sofs:to_external(S).
    +[1,2]
    @@ -1964,11 +1964,11 @@

    Returns the difference between the binary relation BinRel1 and the -restriction of BinRel1 to Set.

    1> R1 = sofs:relation([{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]),
    -S = sofs:set([2,4,6]),
    -R2 = sofs:drestriction(R1, S),
    -sofs:to_external(R2).
    -[{1,a},{3,c}]

    drestriction(R, S) is equivalent to +restriction of BinRel1 to Set.

    1> R1 = sofs:relation([{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]),
    +S = sofs:set([2,4,6]),
    +R2 = sofs:drestriction(R1, S),
    +sofs:to_external(R2).
    +[{1,a},{3,c}]

    drestriction(R, S) is equivalent to difference(R, restriction(R, S)).

    @@ -1999,12 +1999,12 @@

    Returns a subset of Set1 containing those elements that do not give an element -in Set2 as the result of applying SetFun.

    1> SetFun = {external, fun({_A,B,C}) -> {B,C} end},
    -R1 = sofs:relation([{a,aa,1},{b,bb,2},{c,cc,3}]),
    -R2 = sofs:relation([{bb,2},{cc,3},{dd,4}]),
    -R3 = sofs:drestriction(SetFun, R1, R2),
    -sofs:to_external(R3).
    -[{a,aa,1}]

    drestriction(F, S1, S2) is equivalent to +in Set2 as the result of applying SetFun.

    1> SetFun = {external, fun({_A,B,C}) -> {B,C} end},
    +R1 = sofs:relation([{a,aa,1},{b,bb,2},{c,cc,3}]),
    +R2 = sofs:relation([{bb,2},{cc,3},{dd,4}]),
    +R3 = sofs:drestriction(SetFun, R1, R2),
    +sofs:to_external(R3).
    +[{a,aa,1}]

    drestriction(F, S1, S2) is equivalent to difference(S1, restriction(F, S1, S2)).

    @@ -2069,12 +2069,12 @@

    Returns the extension of BinRel1 such that for each element E in Set that does not belong to the domain of -BinRel1, BinRel2 contains the pair (E, AnySet).

    1> S = sofs:set([b,c]),
    -A = sofs:empty_set(),
    -R = sofs:family([{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]}]),
    -X = sofs:extension(R, S, A),
    -sofs:to_external(X).
    -[{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]},{c,[]}]
    +BinRel1, BinRel2 contains the pair (E, AnySet).

    1> S = sofs:set([b,c]),
    +A = sofs:empty_set(),
    +R = sofs:family([{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]}]),
    +X = sofs:extension(R, S, A),
    +sofs:to_external(X).
    +[{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]},{c,[]}]
    @@ -2163,11 +2163,11 @@

    If Family1 and Family2 are families, then Family3 is the family such that the index set is equal to the index set of Family1, and Family3[i] is the difference between Family1[i] and Family2[i] if -Family2 maps i, otherwise Family1[i].

    1> F1 = sofs:family([{a,[1,2]},{b,[3,4]}]),
    -F2 = sofs:family([{b,[4,5]},{c,[6,7]}]),
    -F3 = sofs:family_difference(F1, F2),
    -sofs:to_external(F3).
    -[{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]}]
    +Family2 maps i, otherwise Family1[i].

    1> F1 = sofs:family([{a,[1,2]},{b,[3,4]}]),
    +F2 = sofs:family([{b,[4,5]},{c,[6,7]}]),
    +F3 = sofs:family_difference(F1, F2),
    +sofs:to_external(F3).
    +[{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]}]
    @@ -2198,10 +2198,10 @@

    If Family1 is a family and Family1[i] is a binary relation for every i in the index set of Family1, then Family2 is the family with the same index set as Family1 such that Family2[i] is the -domain of Family1[i].

    1> FR = sofs:from_term([{a,[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]},{b,[]},{c,[{4,d},{5,e}]}]),
    -F = sofs:family_domain(FR),
    -sofs:to_external(F).
    -[{a,[1,2,3]},{b,[]},{c,[4,5]}]
    +domain of Family1[i].

    1> FR = sofs:from_term([{a,[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]},{b,[]},{c,[{4,d},{5,e}]}]),
    +F = sofs:family_domain(FR),
    +sofs:to_external(F).
    +[{a,[1,2,3]},{b,[]},{c,[4,5]}]
    @@ -2232,10 +2232,10 @@

    If Family1 is a family and Family1[i] is a binary relation for every i in the index set of Family1, then Family2 is the family with the same index set as Family1 such that Family2[i] is the -field of Family1[i].

    1> FR = sofs:from_term([{a,[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]},{b,[]},{c,[{4,d},{5,e}]}]),
    -F = sofs:family_field(FR),
    -sofs:to_external(F).
    -[{a,[1,2,3,a,b,c]},{b,[]},{c,[4,5,d,e]}]

    family_field(Family1) is equivalent to +field of Family1[i].

    1> FR = sofs:from_term([{a,[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]},{b,[]},{c,[{4,d},{5,e}]}]),
    +F = sofs:family_field(FR),
    +sofs:to_external(F).
    +[{a,[1,2,3,a,b,c]},{b,[]},{c,[4,5,d,e]}]

    family_field(Family1) is equivalent to family_union(family_domain(Family1), family_range(Family1)).

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/stdlib_app.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/stdlib_app.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/stdlib_app.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ prompt function takes the main prompt as its only parameter.

  • shell_saved_results = integer() >= 0 - Can be used to determine how many results are saved by the Erlang shell.

  • shell_session_slogan = string() | fun() -> string()) - The slogan printed when starting an Erlang shell. Example:

    $ erl -stdlib shell_session_slogan '"Test slogan"'
    -Erlang/OTP 26 [DEVELOPMENT] [erts-13.0.2] [source] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit:ns]
    +Erlang/OTP 26 [DEVELOPMENT] [erts-13.0.2] [source] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit:ns]
     
     Test slogan
     1>
  • shell_slogan = string() | fun(() -> string()) - The slogan printed when starting the Erlang shell subsystem. Example:

    $ erl -stdlib shell_slogan '"Test slogan"'
     Test slogan
    -Eshell V13.0.2  (abort with ^G)
    +Eshell V13.0.2  (abort with ^G)
     1>

    The default is the return value of erlang:system_info(system_version).

  • shell_strings = boolean() - Can be used to determine how the Erlang shell outputs lists of integers.

  • /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/string.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/string.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/string.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -44,14 +44,14 @@ expect UTF-8 binaries but not all functions verify that all binaries are encoded correctly.

    Unless otherwise specified the return value type is the same as the input type. That is, binary input returns binary output, list input returns a list output, -and mixed input can return a mixed output.

    1> string:trim("  sarah  ").
    +and mixed input can return a mixed output.

    1> string:trim("  sarah  ").
     "sarah"
    -2> string:trim(<<"  sarah  ">>).
    +2> string:trim(<<"  sarah  ">>).
     <<"sarah">>
    -3> string:lexemes("foo bar", " ").
    -["foo","bar"]
    -4> string:lexemes(<<"foo bar">>, " ").
    -[<<"foo">>,<<"bar">>]

    This module has been reworked in Erlang/OTP 20 to handle unicode:chardata/0 +3> string:lexemes("foo bar", " "). +["foo","bar"] +4> string:lexemes(<<"foo bar">>, " "). +[<<"foo">>,<<"bar">>]

    This module has been reworked in Erlang/OTP 20 to handle unicode:chardata/0 and operate on grapheme clusters. The old functions that only work on Latin-1 lists as input are still available but should not be used, they will be @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@

    Converts String to a case-agnostic comparable string. Function casefold/1 is preferred over lowercase/1 -when two strings are to be compared for equality. See also equal/4.

    Example:

    1> string:casefold("Ω and ẞ SHARP S").
    +when two strings are to be compared for equality. See also equal/4.

    Example:

    1> string:casefold("Ω and ẞ SHARP S").
     "ω and ss sharp s"
    @@ -983,9 +983,9 @@

    Returns a string where any trailing \n or \r\n have been removed from -String.

    Example:

    182> string:chomp(<<"\nHello\n\n">>).
    +String.

    Example:

    182> string:chomp(<<"\nHello\n\n">>).
     <<"\nHello">>
    -183> string:chomp("\nHello\r\r\n").
    +183> string:chomp("\nHello\r\r\n").
     "\nHello\r"
    @@ -1086,11 +1086,11 @@ nfc, nfd, nfkc, and -nfkd.

    Example:

    1> string:equal("åäö", <<"åäö"/utf8>>).
    +nfkd.

    Example:

    1> string:equal("åäö", <<"åäö"/utf8>>).
     true
    -2> string:equal("åäö", unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("åäö")).
    +2> string:equal("åäö", unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("åäö")).
     false
    -3> string:equal("åäö", unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("ÅÄÖ"), true, nfc).
    +3> string:equal("åäö", unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("ÅÄÖ"), true, nfc).
     true
    @@ -1156,13 +1156,13 @@

    Removes anything before SearchPattern in String and returns the remainder of the string or nomatch if SearchPattern is not found. Dir, which can be leading or trailing, indicates from which direction characters are to be -searched.

    Example:

    1> string:find("ab..cd..ef", ".").
    +searched.

    Example:

    1> string:find("ab..cd..ef", ".").
     "..cd..ef"
    -2> string:find(<<"ab..cd..ef">>, "..", trailing).
    +2> string:find(<<"ab..cd..ef">>, "..", trailing).
     <<"..ef">>
    -3> string:find(<<"ab..cd..ef">>, "x", leading).
    +3> string:find(<<"ab..cd..ef">>, "x", leading).
     nomatch
    -4> string:find("ab..cd..ef", "x", trailing).
    +4> string:find("ab..cd..ef", "x", trailing).
     nomatch
    @@ -1193,9 +1193,9 @@ -

    Returns true if String is the empty string, otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> string:is_empty("foo").
    +

    Returns true if String is the empty string, otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> string:is_empty("foo").
     false
    -2> string:is_empty(["",<<>>]).
    +2> string:is_empty(["",<<>>]).
     true
    @@ -1233,13 +1233,13 @@

    Returns a float between +0.0 and 1.0 representing the Jaro similarity between the given strings. Strings with a higher similarity will score closer -to 1.0, with +0.0 meaning no similarity and 1.0 meaning an exact match.

    Example:

    1> string:jaro_similarity("ditto", "ditto").
    +to 1.0, with +0.0 meaning no similarity and 1.0 meaning an exact match.

    Example:

    1> string:jaro_similarity("ditto", "ditto").
     1.0
    -2> string:jaro_similarity("foo", "bar").
    +2> string:jaro_similarity("foo", "bar").
     +0.0
    -3> string:jaro_similarity("michelle", "michael").
    +3> string:jaro_similarity("michelle", "michael").
     0.8690476190476191
    -4> string:jaro_similarity(<<"Édouard"/utf8>>, <<"Claude">>).
    +4> string:jaro_similarity(<<"Édouard"/utf8>>, <<"Claude">>).
     0.5317460317460317

    The Jaro distance between two strings can be calculated with JaroDistance = 1.0 - JaroSimilarity.

    @@ -1271,9 +1271,9 @@ -

    Returns the number of grapheme clusters in String.

    Example:

    1> string:length("ß↑e̊").
    +

    Returns the number of grapheme clusters in String.

    Example:

    1> string:length("ß↑e̊").
     3
    -2> string:length(<<195,159,226,134,145,101,204,138>>).
    +2> string:length(<<195,159,226,134,145,101,204,138>>).
     3
    @@ -1308,10 +1308,10 @@

    Returns a list of lexemes in String, separated by the grapheme clusters in SeparatorList.

    Notice that, as shown in this example, two or more adjacent separator graphemes clusters in String are treated as one. That is, there are no empty strings in -the resulting list of lexemes. See also split/3 which returns empty strings.

    Notice that [$\r,$\n] is one grapheme cluster.

    Example:

    1> string:lexemes("abc de̊fxxghix jkl\r\nfoo", "x e" ++ [[$\r,$\n]]).
    -["abc","de̊f","ghi","jkl","foo"]
    -2> string:lexemes(<<"abc de̊fxxghix jkl\r\nfoo"/utf8>>, "x e" ++ [$\r,$\n]).
    -[<<"abc">>,<<"de̊f"/utf8>>,<<"ghi">>,<<"jkl\r\nfoo">>]
    +the resulting list of lexemes. See also split/3 which returns empty strings.

    Notice that [$\r,$\n] is one grapheme cluster.

    Example:

    1> string:lexemes("abc de̊fxxghix jkl\r\nfoo", "x e" ++ [[$\r,$\n]]).
    +["abc","de̊f","ghi","jkl","foo"]
    +2> string:lexemes(<<"abc de̊fxxghix jkl\r\nfoo"/utf8>>, "x e" ++ [$\r,$\n]).
    +[<<"abc">>,<<"de̊f"/utf8>>,<<"ghi">>,<<"jkl\r\nfoo">>]
    @@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@

    Converts String to lowercase.

    Notice that function casefold/1 should be used when converting a string to be -tested for equality.

    Example:

    2> string:lowercase(string:uppercase("Michał")).
    +tested for equality.

    Example:

    2> string:lowercase(string:uppercase("Michał")).
     "michał"
    @@ -1376,8 +1376,8 @@

    Returns the first codepoint in String and the rest of String in the tail. Returns an empty list if String is empty or an {error, String} tuple if the -next byte is invalid.

    Example:

    1> string:next_codepoint(unicode:characters_to_binary("e̊fg")).
    -[101|<<"̊fg"/utf8>>]
    +next byte is invalid.

    Example:

    1> string:next_codepoint(unicode:characters_to_binary("e̊fg")).
    +[101|<<"̊fg"/utf8>>]
    @@ -1411,8 +1411,8 @@

    Returns the first grapheme cluster in String and the rest of String in the tail. Returns an empty list if String is empty or an {error, String} tuple -if the next byte is invalid.

    Example:

    1> string:next_grapheme(unicode:characters_to_binary("e̊fg")).
    -["e̊"|<<"fg">>]
    +if the next byte is invalid.

    Example:

    1> string:next_grapheme(unicode:characters_to_binary("e̊fg")).
    +["e̊"|<<"fg">>]
    @@ -1447,7 +1447,7 @@

    Returns lexeme number N in String, where lexemes are separated by the -grapheme clusters in SeparatorList.

    Example:

    1> string:nth_lexeme("abc.de̊f.ghiejkl", 3, ".e").
    +grapheme clusters in SeparatorList.

    Example:

    1> string:nth_lexeme("abc.de̊f.ghiejkl", 3, ".e").
     "ghi"
    @@ -1545,11 +1545,11 @@

    Pads String to Length with grapheme cluster Char. Dir, which can be -leading, trailing, or both, indicates where the padding should be added.

    Example:

    1> string:pad(<<"He̊llö"/utf8>>, 8).
    -[<<72,101,204,138,108,108,195,182>>,32,32,32]
    -2> io:format("'~ts'~n",[string:pad("He̊llö", 8, leading)]).
    +leading, trailing, or both, indicates where the padding should be added.

    Example:

    1> string:pad(<<"He̊llö"/utf8>>, 8).
    +[<<72,101,204,138,108,108,195,182>>,32,32,32]
    +2> io:format("'~ts'~n",[string:pad("He̊llö", 8, leading)]).
     '   He̊llö'
    -3> io:format("'~ts'~n",[string:pad("He̊llö", 8, both)]).
    +3> io:format("'~ts'~n",[string:pad("He̊llö", 8, both)]).
     ' He̊llö  '
    @@ -1581,9 +1581,9 @@

    If Prefix is the prefix of String, removes it and returns the remainder of -String, otherwise returns nomatch.

    Example:

    1> string:prefix(<<"prefix of string">>, "pre").
    +String, otherwise returns nomatch.

    Example:

    1> string:prefix(<<"prefix of string">>, "pre").
     <<"fix of string">>
    -2> string:prefix("pre", "prefix").
    +2> string:prefix("pre", "prefix").
     nomatch
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/supervisor.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/supervisor.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/supervisor.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -53,10 +53,10 @@ Supervisor flags

    The supervisor properties are defined by the supervisor flags. The type -definition for the supervisor flags is as follows:

    sup_flags() = #{strategy => strategy(),           % optional
    -                intensity => non_neg_integer(),   % optional
    -                period => pos_integer(),          % optional
    -                auto_shutdown => auto_shutdown()} % optional

    Restart Strategies

    A supervisor can have one of the following restart strategies specified with +definition for the supervisor flags is as follows:

    sup_flags() = #{strategy => strategy(),           % optional
    +                intensity => non_neg_integer(),   % optional
    +                period => pos_integer(),          % optional
    +                auto_shutdown => auto_shutdown()} % optional

    Restart Strategies

    A supervisor can have one of the following restart strategies specified with the strategy key in the above map:

    • one_for_one - If one child process terminates and is to be restarted, only that child process is affected. This is the default restart strategy.

    • one_for_all - If one child process terminates and is to be restarted, all other child processes are terminated and then all child processes are @@ -100,13 +100,13 @@ Child specification

    -

    The type definition of a child specification is as follows:

    child_spec() = #{id => child_id(),             % mandatory
    -                 start => mfargs(),            % mandatory
    -                 restart => restart(),         % optional
    -                 significant => significant(), % optional
    -                 shutdown => shutdown(),       % optional
    -                 type => worker(),             % optional
    -                 modules => modules()}         % optional

    The old tuple format is kept for backwards compatibility, see child_spec/0, +

    The type definition of a child specification is as follows:

    child_spec() = #{id => child_id(),             % mandatory
    +                 start => mfargs(),            % mandatory
    +                 restart => restart(),         % optional
    +                 significant => significant(), % optional
    +                 shutdown => shutdown(),       % optional
    +                 type => worker(),             % optional
    +                 modules => modules()}         % optional

    The old tuple format is kept for backwards compatibility, see child_spec/0, but the map is preferred.

    • id is used to identify the child specification internally by the supervisor.

      The id key is mandatory.

      Notice that this identifier on occations has been called "name". As far as possible, the terms "identifier" or "id" are now used but to keep backward compatibility, some occurences of "name" can still be found, for example in /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/timer.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/timer.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/timer.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -38,15 +38,15 @@ Examples -

      Example 1

      The following example shows how to print "Hello World!" in 5 seconds:

      1> timer:apply_after(5000, io, format, ["~nHello World!~n", []]).
      -{ok,TRef}
      +

      Example 1

      The following example shows how to print "Hello World!" in 5 seconds:

      1> timer:apply_after(5000, io, format, ["~nHello World!~n", []]).
      +{ok,TRef}
       Hello World!

      Example 2

      The following example shows a process performing a certain action, and if this -action is not completed within a certain limit, the process is killed:

      Pid = spawn(mod, fun, [foo, bar]),
      +action is not completed within a certain limit, the process is killed:

      Pid = spawn(mod, fun, [foo, bar]),
       %% If pid is not finished in 10 seconds, kill him
      -{ok, R} = timer:kill_after(timer:seconds(10), Pid),
      +{ok, R} = timer:kill_after(timer:seconds(10), Pid),
       ...
       %% We change our mind...
      -timer:cancel(R),
      +timer:cancel(R),
       ...

      @@ -73,20 +73,20 @@ process which set the timer about its completion, by sending it a done message.

      Using self/0 inside the timed function, the code below does not work as intended. The task gets done, but the done message gets sent to the wrong -process and is lost.

      1> timer:apply_after(1000, fun() -> do_something(), self() ! done end).
      -{ok,TRef}
      +process and is lost.

      1> timer:apply_after(1000, fun() -> do_something(), self() ! done end).
      +{ok,TRef}
       2> receive done -> done after 5000 -> timeout end.
       %% ... 5s pass...
       timeout

      The code below calls self/0 in the process which sets the timer and assigns it to a variable, which is then used in the function to send the done message to, -and so works as intended.

      1> Target = self()
      +and so works as intended.

      1> Target = self()
       <0.82.0>
      -2> timer:apply_after(1000, fun() -> do_something(), Target ! done end).
      -{ok,TRef}
      +2> timer:apply_after(1000, fun() -> do_something(), Target ! done end).
      +{ok,TRef}
       3> receive done -> done after 5000 -> timeout end.
       %% ... 1s passes...
      -done

      Another option is to pass the message target as a parameter to the function.

      1> timer:apply_after(1000, fun(Target) -> do_something(), Target ! done end, [self()]).
      -{ok,TRef}
      +done

      Another option is to pass the message target as a parameter to the function.

      1> timer:apply_after(1000, fun(Target) -> do_something(), Target ! done end, [self()]).
      +{ok,TRef}
       2> receive done -> done after 5000 -> timeout end.
       %% ... 1s passes...
       done
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/unicode_usage.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/unicode_usage.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/unicode_usage.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -234,20 +234,20 @@ iolists, where binaries and lists can be combined to represent a sequence of bytes. In the same way, the Unicode-aware modules often allow for combinations of binaries and lists, where the binaries have characters encoded in UTF-8 and -the lists contain such binaries or numbers representing Unicode code points:

      unicode_binary() = binary() with characters encoded in UTF-8 coding standard
      +the lists contain such binaries or numbers representing Unicode code points:

      unicode_binary() = binary() with characters encoded in UTF-8 coding standard
       
      -chardata() = charlist() | unicode_binary()
      +chardata() = charlist() | unicode_binary()
       
      -charlist() = maybe_improper_list(char() | unicode_binary() | charlist(),
      -  unicode_binary() | nil())

      The module unicode even supports similar mixes with binaries containing +charlist() = maybe_improper_list(char() | unicode_binary() | charlist(), + unicode_binary() | nil())

      The module unicode even supports similar mixes with binaries containing other encodings than UTF-8, but that is a special case to allow for conversions -to and from external data:

      external_unicode_binary() = binary() with characters coded in a user-specified
      -  Unicode encoding other than UTF-8 (UTF-16 or UTF-32)
      +to and from external data:

      external_unicode_binary() = binary() with characters coded in a user-specified
      +  Unicode encoding other than UTF-8 (UTF-16 or UTF-32)
       
      -external_chardata() = external_charlist() | external_unicode_binary()
      +external_chardata() = external_charlist() | external_unicode_binary()
       
      -external_charlist() = maybe_improper_list(char() | external_unicode_binary() |
      -  external_charlist(), external_unicode_binary() | nil())

      +external_charlist() = maybe_improper_list(char() | external_unicode_binary() | + external_charlist(), external_unicode_binary() | nil())

      @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@

      In certain output functions and in the output of return values in the shell, Erlang tries to detect string data in lists and binaries heuristically. -Typically you will see heuristic detection in a situation like this:

      1> [97,98,99].
      +Typically you will see heuristic detection in a situation like this:

      1> [97,98,99].
       "abc"
       2> <<97,98,99>>.
       <<"abc">>
      @@ -315,27 +315,27 @@
       controls how heuristic string detection is done. More ranges are expected to be
       added in the future, enabling tailoring of the heuristics to the language and
       region relevant to the user.

      The following examples show the two startup options:

      $ erl +pc latin1
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> [1024].
      -[1024]
      -2> [1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076].
      -[1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076]
      -3> [229,228,246].
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> [1024].
      +[1024]
      +2> [1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076].
      +[1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076]
      +3> [229,228,246].
       "åäö"
       4> <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>.
       <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>
       5> <<229/utf8,228/utf8,246/utf8>>.
       <<"åäö"/utf8>>
      $ erl +pc unicode
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> [1024].
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> [1024].
       "Ѐ"
      -2> [1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076].
      +2> [1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076].
       "Юникод"
      -3> [229,228,246].
      +3> [229,228,246].
       "åäö"
       4> <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>.
       <<"Юникод"/utf8>>
      @@ -348,17 +348,17 @@
       outputs anything containing printable Unicode data (in binaries, either UTF-8 or
       bytewise encoded) as string data.

      These heuristics are also used by io:format/2, io_lib:format/2, and friends when modifier t is used with ~p or ~P:

      $ erl +pc latin1
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> io:format("~tp~n",[{<<"åäö">>, <<"åäö"/utf8>>, <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}]).
      -{<<"åäö">>,<<"åäö"/utf8>>,<<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> io:format("~tp~n",[{<<"åäö">>, <<"åäö"/utf8>>, <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}]).
      +{<<"åäö">>,<<"åäö"/utf8>>,<<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}
       ok
      $ erl +pc unicode
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> io:format("~tp~n",[{<<"åäö">>, <<"åäö"/utf8>>, <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}]).
      -{<<"åäö">>,<<"åäö"/utf8>>,<<"Юникод"/utf8>>}
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> io:format("~tp~n",[{<<"åäö">>, <<"åäö"/utf8>>, <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}]).
      +{<<"åäö">>,<<"åäö"/utf8>>,<<"Юникод"/utf8>>}
       ok

      Notice that this only affects heuristic interpretation of lists and binaries on output. For example, the ~ts format sequence always outputs a valid list of characters, regardless of the +pc setting, as the programmer has explicitly @@ -381,19 +381,19 @@ capable of. There is no portable way for Erlang to ask the terminal about its UTF-8 capacity, we have to rely on the language and character type settings.

      To investigate what Erlang thinks about the terminal, the call io:getopts() can be used when the shell is started:

      $ LC_CTYPE=en_US.ISO-8859-1 erl
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      -{encoding,latin1}
      -2> q().
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      +{encoding,latin1}
      +2> q().
       ok
       $ LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 erl
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      -{encoding,unicode}
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      +{encoding,unicode}
       2>

      When (finally?) everything is in order with the locale settings, fonts. and the terminal emulator, you have probably found a way to input characters in the script you desire. For testing, the simplest way is to add some keyboard @@ -406,14 +406,14 @@ easily if you are not used to this. For example, entering commands using a Cyrillic character set is not easily done in the Erlang shell.

      Now you are set up for some Unicode input and output. The simplest thing to do is to enter a string in the shell:

      $ erl
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      -{encoding,unicode}
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      +{encoding,unicode}
       2> "Юникод".
       "Юникод"
      -3> io:format("~ts~n", [v(2)]).
      +3> io:format("~ts~n", [v(2)]).
       Юникод
       ok
       4>

      While strings can be input as Unicode characters, the language elements are @@ -446,10 +446,10 @@ charlist() represented by it.

      #!/usr/bin/env escript
       %%! -kernel standard_io_encoding latin1
       
      -main(_) ->
      -  {ok, Char} = file:read_line(standard_io),
      -  ok = file:write(standard_io, string:trim(Char)),
      -  ok = file:write(standard_io, io_lib:format(": ~w~n",[string:trim(Char)])),
      +main(_) ->
      +  {ok, Char} = file:read_line(standard_io),
      +  ok = file:write(standard_io, string:trim(Char)),
      +  ok = file:write(standard_io, io_lib:format(": ~w~n",[string:trim(Char)])),
         ok.
      $ escript test.es
       ξ
       ξ: [206,190]

      ξ would normally be represented as the integer 958, but since we are using @@ -685,13 +685,13 @@ example {encoding,utf8}).

    Functions reading Erlang syntax from files recognize the coding: comment and can therefore handle Unicode data on input. When writing Erlang terms to a file, you are advised to insert such comments when applicable:

    $ erl +fna +pc unicode
    -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source]  [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
    +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source]  [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
     
    -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> file:write_file("test.term",<<"%% coding: utf-8\n[{\"Юникод\",4711}].\n"/utf8>>).
    +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> file:write_file("test.term",<<"%% coding: utf-8\n[{\"Юникод\",4711}].\n"/utf8>>).
     ok
    -2> file:consult("test.term").
    -{ok,[[{"Юникод",4711}]]}

    +2> file:consult("test.term"). +{ok,[[{"Юникод",4711}]]}

    @@ -770,21 +770,21 @@ same way as the remaining file. If such a file is to be read, the first few bytes (depending on encoding) are not part of the text. This code outlines how to open a file that is believed to have a BOM, and sets the files encoding and -position for further sequential reading (preferably using the io module).

    Notice that error handling is omitted from the code:

    open_bom_file_for_reading(File) ->
    -    {ok,F} = file:open(File,[read,binary]),
    -    {ok,Bin} = file:read(F,4),
    -    {Type,Bytes} = unicode:bom_to_encoding(Bin),
    -    file:position(F,Bytes),
    -    io:setopts(F,[{encoding,Type}]),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/unicode.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/unicode.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/unicode.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000
    @@ -950,13 +950,13 @@
     the first part of a (so far) valid UTF character.

    If one UTF character is split over two consecutive binaries in the Data, the conversion succeeds. This means that a character can be decoded from a range of binaries as long as the whole range is specified as input without errors -occurring.

    Example:

    decode_data(Data) ->
    -   case unicode:characters_to_list(Data,unicode) of
    -      {incomplete,Encoded, Rest} ->
    -            More = get_some_more_data(),
    -            Encoded ++ decode_data([Rest, More]);
    -      {error,Encoded,Rest} ->
    -            handle_error(Encoded,Rest);
    +occurring.

    Example:

    decode_data(Data) ->
    +   case unicode:characters_to_list(Data,unicode) of
    +      {incomplete,Encoded, Rest} ->
    +            More = get_some_more_data(),
    +            Encoded ++ decode_data([Rest, More]);
    +      {error,Encoded,Rest} ->
    +            handle_error(Encoded,Rest);
           List ->
                 List
        end.

    However, bit strings that are not whole bytes are not allowed, so a UTF @@ -991,7 +991,7 @@

    Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of canonical equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

    4> unicode:characters_to_nfc_binary([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776]]).
    +of canonical equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

    4> unicode:characters_to_nfc_binary([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776]]).
     <<"abc..åäö"/utf8>>
    @@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@

    Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of canonical equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is a list of characters.

    3> unicode:characters_to_nfc_list([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776]]).
    +of canonical equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is a list of characters.

    3> unicode:characters_to_nfc_list([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776]]).
     "abc..åäö"
    @@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@

    Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of canonical equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

    2> unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("abc..åäö").
    +of canonical equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

    2> unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("abc..åäö").
     <<97,98,99,46,46,97,204,138,97,204,136,111,204,136>>
    @@ -1087,8 +1087,8 @@

    Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of canonical equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is a list of characters.

    1> unicode:characters_to_nfd_list("abc..åäö").
    -[97,98,99,46,46,97,778,97,776,111,776]
    +of canonical equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is a list of characters.

    1> unicode:characters_to_nfd_list("abc..åäö").
    +[97,98,99,46,46,97,778,97,776,111,776]
    @@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@

    Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of compatibly equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

    4> unicode:characters_to_nfkc_binary([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776],[65299,65298]]).
    +of compatibly equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

    4> unicode:characters_to_nfkc_binary([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776],[65299,65298]]).
     <<"abc..åäö32"/utf8>>
    @@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@

    Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of compatibly equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is a list of characters.

    3> unicode:characters_to_nfkc_list([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776],[65299,65298]]).
    +of compatibly equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is a list of characters.

    3> unicode:characters_to_nfkc_list([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776],[65299,65298]]).
     "abc..åäö32"
    @@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@

    Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form of compatibly equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode -standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

    2> unicode:characters_to_nfkd_binary(["abc..åäö",[65299,65298]]).
    +standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

    2> unicode:characters_to_nfkd_binary(["abc..åäö",[65299,65298]]).
     <<97,98,99,46,46,97,204,138,97,204,136,111,204,136,51,50>>
    @@ -1217,8 +1217,8 @@

    Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form of compatibly equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode -standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is a list of characters.

    1> unicode:characters_to_nfkd_list(["abc..åäö",[65299,65298]]).
    -[97,98,99,46,46,97,778,97,776,111,776,51,50]
    +standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is a list of characters.

    1> unicode:characters_to_nfkd_list(["abc..åäö",[65299,65298]]).
    +[97,98,99,46,46,97,778,97,776,111,776,51,50]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/uri_string_usage.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/uri_string_usage.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/uri_string_usage.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -89,19 +89,19 @@ to explain this by an example.

    Let's say that we would like to create the following URI and send it over the network: http://cities/örebro?foo bar. This is not a valid URI as it contains characters that are not allowed in a URI such as "ö" and the space. We can -verify this by parsing the URI:

      1> uri_string:parse("http://cities/örebro?foo bar").
    -  {error,invalid_uri,":"}

    The URI parser tries all possible combinations to interpret the input and fails +verify this by parsing the URI:

      1> uri_string:parse("http://cities/örebro?foo bar").
    +  {error,invalid_uri,":"}

    The URI parser tries all possible combinations to interpret the input and fails at the last attempt when it encounters the colon character ":". Note, that the inital fault occurs when the parser attempts to interpret the character "ö" and after a failure back-tracks to the point where it has another possible parsing alternative.

    The proper way to solve this problem is to use uri_string:recompose/1 with a -uri_map() as input:

      2> uri_string:recompose(#{scheme => "http", host => "cities", path => "/örebro",
    -  query => "foo bar"}).
    +uri_map() as input:

      2> uri_string:recompose(#{scheme => "http", host => "cities", path => "/örebro",
    +  query => "foo bar"}).
       "http://cities/%C3%B6rebro?foo%20bar"

    The result is a valid URI where all the special characters are encoded as defined by the standard. Applying uri_string:parse/1 and -uri_string:percent_decode/1 on the URI returns the original input:

      3> uri_string:percent_decode(uri_string:parse("http://cities/%C3%B6rebro?foo%20bar")).
    -  #{host => "cities",path => "/örebro",query => "foo bar",
    -  scheme => "http"}

    This symmetric property is heavily used in our property test suite.

    +uri_string:percent_decode/1 on the URI returns the original input:

      3> uri_string:percent_decode(uri_string:parse("http://cities/%C3%B6rebro?foo%20bar")).
    +  #{host => "cities",path => "/örebro",query => "foo bar",
    +  scheme => "http"}

    This symmetric property is heavily used in our property test suite.

    @@ -124,27 +124,27 @@ question the library provides a utility function, uri_string:allowed_characters/0, that lists the allowed set of characters in each major URI component, and also in the -most important standard character sets.

        1> uri_string:allowed_characters().
    -    [{scheme,
    -     "+-.0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"},
    -    {userinfo,
    -     "!$%&'()*+,-.0123456789:;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {host,
    -     "!$&'()*+,-.0123456789:;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {ipv4,".0123456789"},
    -    {ipv6,".0123456789:ABCDEFabcdef"},
    -    {regname,
    -     "!$%&'()*+,-.0123456789;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {path,
    -     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {query,
    -     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {fragment,
    -     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {reserved,"!#$&'()*+,/:;=?@[]"},
    -    {unreserved,
    -     "-.0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"}]

    If a URI component has a character that is not allowed, it will be -percent-encoded when the URI is produced:

        2> uri_string:recompose(#{scheme => "https", host => "local#host", path => ""}).
    +most important standard character sets.

        1> uri_string:allowed_characters().
    +    [{scheme,
    +     "+-.0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"},
    +    {userinfo,
    +     "!$%&'()*+,-.0123456789:;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {host,
    +     "!$&'()*+,-.0123456789:;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {ipv4,".0123456789"},
    +    {ipv6,".0123456789:ABCDEFabcdef"},
    +    {regname,
    +     "!$%&'()*+,-.0123456789;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {path,
    +     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {query,
    +     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {fragment,
    +     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {reserved,"!#$&'()*+,/:;=?@[]"},
    +    {unreserved,
    +     "-.0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"}]

    If a URI component has a character that is not allowed, it will be +percent-encoded when the URI is produced:

        2> uri_string:recompose(#{scheme => "https", host => "local#host", path => ""}).
         "https://local%23host"

    Consuming a URI containing percent-encoded triplets can take many steps. The following example shows how to handle an input URI that is not normalized and contains multiple percent-encoded triplets. First, the input @@ -156,32 +156,32 @@ You can try to normalize the input with uri_string:normalize/1. The normalize operation decodes those percent-encoded triplets that correspond to a character in the unreserved set. Normalization is a safe, idempotent operation that -converts a URI into its canonical form:

        4> uri_string:normalize("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%F6re%26bro%20").
    +converts a URI into its canonical form:

        4> uri_string:normalize("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%F6re%26bro%20").
         "http://local%23host/%F6re%26bro%20"
    -    5> uri_string:normalize("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%F6re%26bro%20", [return_map]).
    -    #{host => "local%23host",path => "/%F6re%26bro%20",
    -      scheme => "http"}

    There are still a few percent-encoded triplets left in the output. At this + 5> uri_string:normalize("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%F6re%26bro%20", [return_map]). + #{host => "local%23host",path => "/%F6re%26bro%20", + scheme => "http"}

    There are still a few percent-encoded triplets left in the output. At this point, when the URI is already parsed, it is safe to apply application specific decoding on the remaining character triplets. Erlang/OTP provides a function, uri_string:percent_decode/1 for raw percent decoding that you can use on the -host and path components, or on the whole map:

        6> uri_string:percent_decode("local%23host").
    +host and path components, or on the whole map:

        6> uri_string:percent_decode("local%23host").
         "local#host"
    -    7> uri_string:percent_decode("/%F6re%26bro%20").
    -    {error,invalid_utf8,<<"/öre&bro ">>}
    -    8> uri_string:percent_decode(#{host => "local%23host",path => "/%F6re%26bro%20",
    -    scheme => "http"}).
    -    {error,{invalid,{path,{invalid_utf8,<<"/öre&bro ">>}}}}

    The host was successfully decoded but the path contains at least one character + 7> uri_string:percent_decode("/%F6re%26bro%20"). + {error,invalid_utf8,<<"/öre&bro ">>} + 8> uri_string:percent_decode(#{host => "local%23host",path => "/%F6re%26bro%20", + scheme => "http"}). + {error,{invalid,{path,{invalid_utf8,<<"/öre&bro ">>}}}}

    The host was successfully decoded but the path contains at least one character with non-UTF-8 encoding. In order to be able to decode this, you have to make assumptions about the encoding used in these triplets. The most obvious choice is latin-1, so you can try uri_string:transcode/2, to transcode the path to -UTF-8 and run the percent-decode operation on the transcoded string:

        9> uri_string:transcode("/%F6re%26bro%20", [{in_encoding, latin1}]).
    +UTF-8 and run the percent-decode operation on the transcoded string:

        9> uri_string:transcode("/%F6re%26bro%20", [{in_encoding, latin1}]).
         "/%C3%B6re%26bro%20"
    -    10> uri_string:percent_decode("/%C3%B6re%26bro%20").
    +    10> uri_string:percent_decode("/%C3%B6re%26bro%20").
         "/öre&bro "

    It is important to emphasize that it is not safe to apply -uri_string:percent_decode/1 directly on an input URI:

        11> uri_string:percent_decode("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%C3%B6re%26bro%20").
    +uri_string:percent_decode/1 directly on an input URI:

        11> uri_string:percent_decode("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%C3%B6re%26bro%20").
         "http://local#host/öre&bro "
    -    12> uri_string:parse("http://local#host/öre&bro ").
    -    {error,invalid_uri,":"}

    Note

    Percent-encoding is implemented in uri_string:recompose/1 and it happens + 12> uri_string:parse("http://local#host/öre&bro "). + {error,invalid_uri,":"}

    Note

    Percent-encoding is implemented in uri_string:recompose/1 and it happens when converting a uri_map() into a uri_string(). Applying any percent-encoding directly on an input URI would not be safe just as in the case of /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/uri_string.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/uri_string.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/uri_string.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -480,10 +480,10 @@

    Composes a form-urlencoded QueryString based on a QueryList, a list of non-percent-encoded key-value pairs.

    Form-urlencoding is defined in section 4.10.21.6 of the HTML 5.2 specification and in section 4.10.22.6 of the HTML 5.0 -specification for non-UTF-8 encodings.

    See also the opposite operation dissect_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:compose_query([{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}]).
    +specification for non-UTF-8 encodings.

    See also the opposite operation dissect_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:compose_query([{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}]).
     "foo+bar=1&city=%C3%B6rebro"
    -2> uri_string:compose_query([{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    -2> {<<"city">>,<<"örebro"/utf8>>}]).
    +2> uri_string:compose_query([{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    +2> {<<"city">>,<<"örebro"/utf8>>}]).
     <<"foo+bar=1&city=%C3%B6rebro">>

    @@ -527,11 +527,11 @@ ";" (U+003B) character.

    Bytes that are out of the range 0x2A, 0x2D, 0x2E, 0x30 to 0x39, 0x41 to 0x5A, 0x5F, 0x61 to 0x7A, are percent-encoded (U+0025 PERCENT SIGN character (%) followed by uppercase ASCII hex digits representing the hexadecimal value of the -byte).

    See also the opposite operation dissect_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:compose_query([{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}],
    -1> [{encoding, latin1}]).
    +byte).

    See also the opposite operation dissect_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:compose_query([{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}],
    +1> [{encoding, latin1}]).
     "foo+bar=1&city=%F6rebro"
    -2> uri_string:compose_query([{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    -2> {<<"city">>,<<"東京"/utf8>>}], [{encoding, latin1}]).
    +2> uri_string:compose_query([{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    +2> {<<"city">>,<<"東京"/utf8>>}], [{encoding, latin1}]).
     <<"foo+bar=1&city=%26%2326481%3B%26%2320140%3B">>
    @@ -568,11 +568,11 @@

    Dissects an urlencoded QueryString and returns a QueryList, a list of non-percent-encoded key-value pairs.

    Form-urlencoding is defined in section 4.10.21.6 of the HTML 5.2 specification and in section 4.10.22.6 of the HTML 5.0 -specification for non-UTF-8 encodings.

    See also the opposite operation compose_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:dissect_query("foo+bar=1&city=%C3%B6rebro").
    -[{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}]
    -2> uri_string:dissect_query(<<"foo+bar=1&city=%26%2326481%3B%26%2320140%3B">>).
    -[{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    - {<<"city">>,<<230,157,177,228,186,172>>}]
    +specification for non-UTF-8 encodings.

    See also the opposite operation compose_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:dissect_query("foo+bar=1&city=%C3%B6rebro").
    +[{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}]
    +2> uri_string:dissect_query(<<"foo+bar=1&city=%26%2326481%3B%26%2320140%3B">>).
    +[{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    + {<<"city">>,<<230,157,177,228,186,172>>}]
    @@ -606,14 +606,14 @@

    Transforms an URI into a normalized form using Syntax-Based Normalization as defined by RFC 3986.

    This function implements case normalization, percent-encoding normalization, path segment normalization and scheme based normalization for HTTP(S) with basic -support for FTP, SSH, SFTP and TFTP.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:normalize("/a/b/c/./../../g").
    +support for FTP, SSH, SFTP and TFTP.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:normalize("/a/b/c/./../../g").
     "/a/g"
    -2> uri_string:normalize(<<"mid/content=5/../6">>).
    +2> uri_string:normalize(<<"mid/content=5/../6">>).
     <<"mid/6">>
    -3> uri_string:normalize("http://localhost:80").
    +3> uri_string:normalize("http://localhost:80").
     "http://localhost/"
    -4> uri_string:normalize(#{scheme => "http",port => 80,path => "/a/b/c/./../../g",
    -4> host => "localhost-örebro"}).
    +4> uri_string:normalize(#{scheme => "http",port => 80,path => "/a/b/c/./../../g",
    +4> host => "localhost-örebro"}).
     "http://localhost-%C3%B6rebro/a/g"
    @@ -650,15 +650,15 @@

    Same as normalize/1 but with an additional Options parameter, that controls whether the normalized URI shall be returned as an -uri_map().

    There is one supported option: return_map.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:normalize("/a/b/c/./../../g", [return_map]).
    -#{path => "/a/g"}
    -2> uri_string:normalize(<<"mid/content=5/../6">>, [return_map]).
    -#{path => <<"mid/6">>}
    -3> uri_string:normalize("http://localhost:80", [return_map]).
    -#{scheme => "http",path => "/",host => "localhost"}
    -4> uri_string:normalize(#{scheme => "http",port => 80,path => "/a/b/c/./../../g",
    -4> host => "localhost-örebro"}, [return_map]).
    -#{scheme => "http",path => "/a/g",host => "localhost-örebro"}
    +uri_map().

    There is one supported option: return_map.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:normalize("/a/b/c/./../../g", [return_map]).
    +#{path => "/a/g"}
    +2> uri_string:normalize(<<"mid/content=5/../6">>, [return_map]).
    +#{path => <<"mid/6">>}
    +3> uri_string:normalize("http://localhost:80", [return_map]).
    +#{scheme => "http",path => "/",host => "localhost"}
    +4> uri_string:normalize(#{scheme => "http",port => 80,path => "/a/b/c/./../../g",
    +4> host => "localhost-örebro"}, [return_map]).
    +#{scheme => "http",path => "/a/g",host => "localhost-örebro"}
    @@ -690,14 +690,14 @@

    Parses an RFC 3986 compliant uri_string/0 into a uri_map/0, that holds the parsed components of the -URI. If parsing fails, an error tuple is returned.

    See also the opposite operation recompose/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:parse("foo://user@example.com:8042/over/there?name=ferret#nose").
    -#{fragment => "nose",host => "example.com",
    +URI. If parsing fails, an error tuple is returned.

    See also the opposite operation recompose/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:parse("foo://user@example.com:8042/over/there?name=ferret#nose").
    +#{fragment => "nose",host => "example.com",
       path => "/over/there",port => 8042,query => "name=ferret",
    -  scheme => foo,userinfo => "user"}
    -2> uri_string:parse(<<"foo://user@example.com:8042/over/there?name=ferret">>).
    -#{host => <<"example.com">>,path => <<"/over/there">>,
    +  scheme => foo,userinfo => "user"}
    +2> uri_string:parse(<<"foo://user@example.com:8042/over/there?name=ferret">>).
    +#{host => <<"example.com">>,path => <<"/over/there">>,
       port => 8042,query => <<"name=ferret">>,scheme => <<"foo">>,
    -  userinfo => <<"user">>}
    +
    userinfo => <<"user">>}
    @@ -736,15 +736,15 @@

    Decodes all percent-encoded triplets in the input that can be both a uri_string/0 and a uri_map/0.

    Note, that this function performs raw decoding and it shall be used on already parsed URI components. Applying this function directly on a standard URI can -effectively change it.

    If the input encoding is not UTF-8, an error tuple is returned.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:percent_decode(#{host => "localhost-%C3%B6rebro",path => [],
    -1> scheme => "http"}).
    -#{host => "localhost-örebro",path => [],scheme => "http"}
    -2> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"%C3%B6rebro">>).
    +effectively change it.

    If the input encoding is not UTF-8, an error tuple is returned.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:percent_decode(#{host => "localhost-%C3%B6rebro",path => [],
    +1> scheme => "http"}).
    +#{host => "localhost-örebro",path => [],scheme => "http"}
    +2> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"%C3%B6rebro">>).
     <<"örebro"/utf8>>

    Warning

    Using uri_string:percent_decode/1 directly on a URI is not safe. This example shows, that after each consecutive application of the function the -resulting URI will be changed. None of these URIs refer to the same resource.

    3> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"http://local%252Fhost/path">>).
    +resulting URI will be changed. None of these URIs refer to the same resource.

    3> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"http://local%252Fhost/path">>).
     <<"http://local%2Fhost/path">>
    -4> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"http://local%2Fhost/path">>).
    +4> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"http://local%2Fhost/path">>).
     <<"http://local/host/path">>
    @@ -777,9 +777,9 @@

    Replaces characters out of unreserved set with their percent encoded equivalents.

    Unreserved characters defined in -RFC 3986 are not quoted.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:quote("SomeId/04").
    +RFC 3986 are not quoted.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:quote("SomeId/04").
     "SomeId%2F04"
    -2> uri_string:quote(<<"SomeId/04">>).
    +2> uri_string:quote(<<"SomeId/04">>).
     <<"SomeId%2F04">>

    Warning

    Function is not aware about any URI component context and should not be used on whole URI. If applied more than once on the same data, might produce unexpected results.

    @@ -814,9 +814,9 @@

    Same as quote/1, but Safe allows user to provide a list of -characters to be protected from encoding.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:quote("SomeId/04", "/").
    +characters to be protected from encoding.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:quote("SomeId/04", "/").
     "SomeId/04"
    -2> uri_string:quote(<<"SomeId/04">>, "/").
    +2> uri_string:quote(<<"SomeId/04">>, "/").
     <<"SomeId/04">>

    Warning

    Function is not aware about any URI component context and should not be used on whole URI. If applied more than once on the same data, might produce unexpected results.

    @@ -851,13 +851,13 @@

    Creates an RFC 3986 compliant URIString (percent-encoded), based on the components of URIMap. If the -URIMap is invalid, an error tuple is returned.

    See also the opposite operation parse/1.

    Example:

    1> URIMap = #{fragment => "nose", host => "example.com", path => "/over/there",
    -1> port => 8042, query => "name=ferret", scheme => "foo", userinfo => "user"}.
    -#{fragment => "nose",host => "example.com",
    +URIMap is invalid, an error tuple is returned.

    See also the opposite operation parse/1.

    Example:

    1> URIMap = #{fragment => "nose", host => "example.com", path => "/over/there",
    +1> port => 8042, query => "name=ferret", scheme => "foo", userinfo => "user"}.
    +#{fragment => "nose",host => "example.com",
       path => "/over/there",port => 8042,query => "name=ferret",
    -  scheme => "foo",userinfo => "user"}
    +  scheme => "foo",userinfo => "user"}
     
    -2> uri_string:recompose(URIMap).
    +2> uri_string:recompose(URIMap).
     "foo://example.com:8042/over/there?name=ferret#nose"
    @@ -894,13 +894,13 @@

    Convert a RefURI reference that might be relative to a given base URI into the parsed components of the reference's target, which can then be recomposed to -form the target URI.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:resolve("/abs/ol/ute", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
    +form the target URI.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:resolve("/abs/ol/ute", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
     "http://localhost/abs/ol/ute"
    -2> uri_string:resolve("../relative", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
    +2> uri_string:resolve("../relative", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
     "http://localhost/a/relative"
    -3> uri_string:resolve("http://localhost/full", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
    +3> uri_string:resolve("http://localhost/full", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
     "http://localhost/full"
    -4> uri_string:resolve(#{path => "path", query => "xyz"}, "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
    +4> uri_string:resolve(#{path => "path", query => "xyz"}, "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
     "http://localhost/a/b/path?xyz"
    @@ -938,11 +938,11 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/zip.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/zip.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:18:54.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/zip.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -928,28 +928,28 @@ archive. The iteration can be ended prematurely in a controlled manner by throwing an exception.

    Example:

    > Name = "dummy.zip".
     "dummy.zip"
    -> {ok, {Name, Bin}} = zip:create(Name, [{"foo", <<"FOO">>}, {"bar", <<"BAR">>}], [memory]).
    -{ok,{"dummy.zip",
    +> {ok, {Name, Bin}} = zip:create(Name, [{"foo", <<"FOO">>}, {"bar", <<"BAR">>}], [memory]).
    +{ok,{"dummy.zip",
          <<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,0,0,74,152,97,60,171,39,212,26,3,0,
    -       0,0,3,0,0,...>>}}
    -> {ok, FileSpec} = zip:foldl(fun(N, I, B, Acc) -> [{N, B(), I()} | Acc] end, [], {Name, Bin}).
    -{ok,[{"bar",<<"BAR">>,
    -      {file_info,3,regular,read_write,
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0}},
    -     {"foo",<<"FOO">>,
    -      {file_info,3,regular,read_write,
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0}}]}
    -> {ok, {Name, Bin}} = zip:create(Name, lists:reverse(FileSpec), [memory]).
    -{ok,{"dummy.zip",
    +       0,0,3,0,0,...>>}}
    +> {ok, FileSpec} = zip:foldl(fun(N, I, B, Acc) -> [{N, B(), I()} | Acc] end, [], {Name, Bin}).
    +{ok,[{"bar",<<"BAR">>,
    +      {file_info,3,regular,read_write,
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0}},
    +     {"foo",<<"FOO">>,
    +      {file_info,3,regular,read_write,
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0}}]}
    +> {ok, {Name, Bin}} = zip:create(Name, lists:reverse(FileSpec), [memory]).
    +{ok,{"dummy.zip",
          <<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,0,0,74,152,97,60,171,39,212,26,3,0,
    -       0,0,3,0,0,...>>}}
    -> catch zip:foldl(fun("foo", _, B, _) -> throw(B()); (_,_,_,Acc) -> Acc end, [], {Name, Bin}).
    +       0,0,3,0,0,...>>}}
    +> catch zip:foldl(fun("foo", _, B, _) -> throw(B()); (_,_,_,Acc) -> Acc end, [], {Name, Bin}).
     <<"FOO">>
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.284378552 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib_app.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.288378572 +0000 @@ -160,13 +160,13 @@ prompt function takes the main prompt as its only parameter.

  • shell_saved_results = integer() >= 0 - Can be used to determine how many results are saved by the Erlang shell.

  • shell_session_slogan = string() | fun() -> string()) - The slogan printed when starting an Erlang shell. Example:

    $ erl -stdlib shell_session_slogan '"Test slogan"'
    -Erlang/OTP 26 [DEVELOPMENT] [erts-13.0.2] [source] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit:ns]
    +Erlang/OTP 26 [DEVELOPMENT] [erts-13.0.2] [source] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit:ns]
     
     Test slogan
     1>
  • shell_slogan = string() | fun(() -> string()) - The slogan printed when starting the Erlang shell subsystem. Example:

    $ erl -stdlib shell_slogan '"Test slogan"'
     Test slogan
    -Eshell V13.0.2  (abort with ^G)
    +Eshell V13.0.2  (abort with ^G)
     1>

    The default is the return value of erlang:system_info(system_version).

  • shell_strings = boolean() - Can be used to determine how the Erlang shell outputs lists of integers.

  • @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/string.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/string.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.336378812 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/string.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.340378832 +0000 @@ -149,14 +149,14 @@ expect UTF-8 binaries but not all functions verify that all binaries are encoded correctly.

    Unless otherwise specified the return value type is the same as the input type. That is, binary input returns binary output, list input returns a list output, -and mixed input can return a mixed output.

    1> string:trim("  sarah  ").
    +and mixed input can return a mixed output.

    1> string:trim("  sarah  ").
     "sarah"
    -2> string:trim(<<"  sarah  ">>).
    +2> string:trim(<<"  sarah  ">>).
     <<"sarah">>
    -3> string:lexemes("foo bar", " ").
    -["foo","bar"]
    -4> string:lexemes(<<"foo bar">>, " ").
    -[<<"foo">>,<<"bar">>]

    This module has been reworked in Erlang/OTP 20 to handle unicode:chardata/0 +3> string:lexemes("foo bar", " "). +["foo","bar"] +4> string:lexemes(<<"foo bar">>, " "). +[<<"foo">>,<<"bar">>]

    This module has been reworked in Erlang/OTP 20 to handle unicode:chardata/0 and operate on grapheme clusters. The old functions that only work on Latin-1 lists as input are still available but should not be used, they will be @@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@

    Converts String to a case-agnostic comparable string. Function casefold/1 is preferred over lowercase/1 -when two strings are to be compared for equality. See also equal/4.

    Example:

    1> string:casefold("Ω and ẞ SHARP S").
    +when two strings are to be compared for equality. See also equal/4.

    Example:

    1> string:casefold("Ω and ẞ SHARP S").
     "ω and ss sharp s"
    @@ -1100,9 +1100,9 @@

    Returns a string where any trailing \n or \r\n have been removed from -String.

    Example:

    182> string:chomp(<<"\nHello\n\n">>).
    +String.

    Example:

    182> string:chomp(<<"\nHello\n\n">>).
     <<"\nHello">>
    -183> string:chomp("\nHello\r\r\n").
    +183> string:chomp("\nHello\r\r\n").
     "\nHello\r"
    @@ -1203,11 +1203,11 @@ nfc, nfd, nfkc, and -nfkd.

    Example:

    1> string:equal("åäö", <<"åäö"/utf8>>).
    +nfkd.

    Example:

    1> string:equal("åäö", <<"åäö"/utf8>>).
     true
    -2> string:equal("åäö", unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("åäö")).
    +2> string:equal("åäö", unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("åäö")).
     false
    -3> string:equal("åäö", unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("ÅÄÖ"), true, nfc).
    +3> string:equal("åäö", unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("ÅÄÖ"), true, nfc).
     true
    @@ -1273,13 +1273,13 @@

    Removes anything before SearchPattern in String and returns the remainder of the string or nomatch if SearchPattern is not found. Dir, which can be leading or trailing, indicates from which direction characters are to be -searched.

    Example:

    1> string:find("ab..cd..ef", ".").
    +searched.

    Example:

    1> string:find("ab..cd..ef", ".").
     "..cd..ef"
    -2> string:find(<<"ab..cd..ef">>, "..", trailing).
    +2> string:find(<<"ab..cd..ef">>, "..", trailing).
     <<"..ef">>
    -3> string:find(<<"ab..cd..ef">>, "x", leading).
    +3> string:find(<<"ab..cd..ef">>, "x", leading).
     nomatch
    -4> string:find("ab..cd..ef", "x", trailing).
    +4> string:find("ab..cd..ef", "x", trailing).
     nomatch
    @@ -1310,9 +1310,9 @@ -

    Returns true if String is the empty string, otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> string:is_empty("foo").
    +

    Returns true if String is the empty string, otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> string:is_empty("foo").
     false
    -2> string:is_empty(["",<<>>]).
    +2> string:is_empty(["",<<>>]).
     true
    @@ -1350,13 +1350,13 @@

    Returns a float between +0.0 and 1.0 representing the Jaro similarity between the given strings. Strings with a higher similarity will score closer -to 1.0, with +0.0 meaning no similarity and 1.0 meaning an exact match.

    Example:

    1> string:jaro_similarity("ditto", "ditto").
    +to 1.0, with +0.0 meaning no similarity and 1.0 meaning an exact match.

    Example:

    1> string:jaro_similarity("ditto", "ditto").
     1.0
    -2> string:jaro_similarity("foo", "bar").
    +2> string:jaro_similarity("foo", "bar").
     +0.0
    -3> string:jaro_similarity("michelle", "michael").
    +3> string:jaro_similarity("michelle", "michael").
     0.8690476190476191
    -4> string:jaro_similarity(<<"Édouard"/utf8>>, <<"Claude">>).
    +4> string:jaro_similarity(<<"Édouard"/utf8>>, <<"Claude">>).
     0.5317460317460317

    The Jaro distance between two strings can be calculated with JaroDistance = 1.0 - JaroSimilarity.

    @@ -1388,9 +1388,9 @@ -

    Returns the number of grapheme clusters in String.

    Example:

    1> string:length("ß↑e̊").
    +

    Returns the number of grapheme clusters in String.

    Example:

    1> string:length("ß↑e̊").
     3
    -2> string:length(<<195,159,226,134,145,101,204,138>>).
    +2> string:length(<<195,159,226,134,145,101,204,138>>).
     3
    @@ -1425,10 +1425,10 @@

    Returns a list of lexemes in String, separated by the grapheme clusters in SeparatorList.

    Notice that, as shown in this example, two or more adjacent separator graphemes clusters in String are treated as one. That is, there are no empty strings in -the resulting list of lexemes. See also split/3 which returns empty strings.

    Notice that [$\r,$\n] is one grapheme cluster.

    Example:

    1> string:lexemes("abc de̊fxxghix jkl\r\nfoo", "x e" ++ [[$\r,$\n]]).
    -["abc","de̊f","ghi","jkl","foo"]
    -2> string:lexemes(<<"abc de̊fxxghix jkl\r\nfoo"/utf8>>, "x e" ++ [$\r,$\n]).
    -[<<"abc">>,<<"de̊f"/utf8>>,<<"ghi">>,<<"jkl\r\nfoo">>]
    +the resulting list of lexemes. See also split/3 which returns empty strings.

    Notice that [$\r,$\n] is one grapheme cluster.

    Example:

    1> string:lexemes("abc de̊fxxghix jkl\r\nfoo", "x e" ++ [[$\r,$\n]]).
    +["abc","de̊f","ghi","jkl","foo"]
    +2> string:lexemes(<<"abc de̊fxxghix jkl\r\nfoo"/utf8>>, "x e" ++ [$\r,$\n]).
    +[<<"abc">>,<<"de̊f"/utf8>>,<<"ghi">>,<<"jkl\r\nfoo">>]
    @@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@

    Converts String to lowercase.

    Notice that function casefold/1 should be used when converting a string to be -tested for equality.

    Example:

    2> string:lowercase(string:uppercase("Michał")).
    +tested for equality.

    Example:

    2> string:lowercase(string:uppercase("Michał")).
     "michał"
    @@ -1493,8 +1493,8 @@

    Returns the first codepoint in String and the rest of String in the tail. Returns an empty list if String is empty or an {error, String} tuple if the -next byte is invalid.

    Example:

    1> string:next_codepoint(unicode:characters_to_binary("e̊fg")).
    -[101|<<"̊fg"/utf8>>]
    +next byte is invalid.

    Example:

    1> string:next_codepoint(unicode:characters_to_binary("e̊fg")).
    +[101|<<"̊fg"/utf8>>]
    @@ -1528,8 +1528,8 @@

    Returns the first grapheme cluster in String and the rest of String in the tail. Returns an empty list if String is empty or an {error, String} tuple -if the next byte is invalid.

    Example:

    1> string:next_grapheme(unicode:characters_to_binary("e̊fg")).
    -["e̊"|<<"fg">>]
    +if the next byte is invalid.

    Example:

    1> string:next_grapheme(unicode:characters_to_binary("e̊fg")).
    +["e̊"|<<"fg">>]
    @@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@

    Returns lexeme number N in String, where lexemes are separated by the -grapheme clusters in SeparatorList.

    Example:

    1> string:nth_lexeme("abc.de̊f.ghiejkl", 3, ".e").
    +grapheme clusters in SeparatorList.

    Example:

    1> string:nth_lexeme("abc.de̊f.ghiejkl", 3, ".e").
     "ghi"
    @@ -1662,11 +1662,11 @@

    Pads String to Length with grapheme cluster Char. Dir, which can be -leading, trailing, or both, indicates where the padding should be added.

    Example:

    1> string:pad(<<"He̊llö"/utf8>>, 8).
    -[<<72,101,204,138,108,108,195,182>>,32,32,32]
    -2> io:format("'~ts'~n",[string:pad("He̊llö", 8, leading)]).
    +leading, trailing, or both, indicates where the padding should be added.

    Example:

    1> string:pad(<<"He̊llö"/utf8>>, 8).
    +[<<72,101,204,138,108,108,195,182>>,32,32,32]
    +2> io:format("'~ts'~n",[string:pad("He̊llö", 8, leading)]).
     '   He̊llö'
    -3> io:format("'~ts'~n",[string:pad("He̊llö", 8, both)]).
    +3> io:format("'~ts'~n",[string:pad("He̊llö", 8, both)]).
     ' He̊llö  '
    @@ -1698,9 +1698,9 @@

    If Prefix is the prefix of String, removes it and returns the remainder of -String, otherwise returns nomatch.

    Example:

    1> string:prefix(<<"prefix of string">>, "pre").
    +String, otherwise returns nomatch.

    Example:

    1> string:prefix(<<"prefix of string">>, "pre").
     <<"fix of string">>
    -2> string:prefix("pre", "prefix").
    +2> string:prefix("pre", "prefix").
     nomatch
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/supervisor.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/supervisor.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.380379032 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/supervisor.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.384379052 +0000 @@ -158,10 +158,10 @@ Supervisor flags

    The supervisor properties are defined by the supervisor flags. The type -definition for the supervisor flags is as follows:

    sup_flags() = #{strategy => strategy(),           % optional
    -                intensity => non_neg_integer(),   % optional
    -                period => pos_integer(),          % optional
    -                auto_shutdown => auto_shutdown()} % optional

    Restart Strategies

    A supervisor can have one of the following restart strategies specified with +definition for the supervisor flags is as follows:

    sup_flags() = #{strategy => strategy(),           % optional
    +                intensity => non_neg_integer(),   % optional
    +                period => pos_integer(),          % optional
    +                auto_shutdown => auto_shutdown()} % optional

    Restart Strategies

    A supervisor can have one of the following restart strategies specified with the strategy key in the above map:

    • one_for_one - If one child process terminates and is to be restarted, only that child process is affected. This is the default restart strategy.

    • one_for_all - If one child process terminates and is to be restarted, all other child processes are terminated and then all child processes are @@ -205,13 +205,13 @@ Child specification

    -

    The type definition of a child specification is as follows:

    child_spec() = #{id => child_id(),             % mandatory
    -                 start => mfargs(),            % mandatory
    -                 restart => restart(),         % optional
    -                 significant => significant(), % optional
    -                 shutdown => shutdown(),       % optional
    -                 type => worker(),             % optional
    -                 modules => modules()}         % optional

    The old tuple format is kept for backwards compatibility, see child_spec/0, +

    The type definition of a child specification is as follows:

    child_spec() = #{id => child_id(),             % mandatory
    +                 start => mfargs(),            % mandatory
    +                 restart => restart(),         % optional
    +                 significant => significant(), % optional
    +                 shutdown => shutdown(),       % optional
    +                 type => worker(),             % optional
    +                 modules => modules()}         % optional

    The old tuple format is kept for backwards compatibility, see child_spec/0, but the map is preferred.

    • id is used to identify the child specification internally by the supervisor.

      The id key is mandatory.

      Notice that this identifier on occations has been called "name". As far as possible, the terms "identifier" or "id" are now used but to keep backward compatibility, some occurences of "name" can still be found, for example in @@ -1806,7 +1806,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/supervisor_bridge.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/supervisor_bridge.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.412379191 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/supervisor_bridge.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.416379211 +0000 @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/sys.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/sys.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.456379411 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/sys.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.460379431 +0000 @@ -2323,7 +2323,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/timer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/timer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.500379631 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/timer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.504379651 +0000 @@ -143,15 +143,15 @@ Examples -

      Example 1

      The following example shows how to print "Hello World!" in 5 seconds:

      1> timer:apply_after(5000, io, format, ["~nHello World!~n", []]).
      -{ok,TRef}
      +

      Example 1

      The following example shows how to print "Hello World!" in 5 seconds:

      1> timer:apply_after(5000, io, format, ["~nHello World!~n", []]).
      +{ok,TRef}
       Hello World!

      Example 2

      The following example shows a process performing a certain action, and if this -action is not completed within a certain limit, the process is killed:

      Pid = spawn(mod, fun, [foo, bar]),
      +action is not completed within a certain limit, the process is killed:

      Pid = spawn(mod, fun, [foo, bar]),
       %% If pid is not finished in 10 seconds, kill him
      -{ok, R} = timer:kill_after(timer:seconds(10), Pid),
      +{ok, R} = timer:kill_after(timer:seconds(10), Pid),
       ...
       %% We change our mind...
      -timer:cancel(R),
      +timer:cancel(R),
       ...

      @@ -178,20 +178,20 @@ process which set the timer about its completion, by sending it a done message.

      Using self/0 inside the timed function, the code below does not work as intended. The task gets done, but the done message gets sent to the wrong -process and is lost.

      1> timer:apply_after(1000, fun() -> do_something(), self() ! done end).
      -{ok,TRef}
      +process and is lost.

      1> timer:apply_after(1000, fun() -> do_something(), self() ! done end).
      +{ok,TRef}
       2> receive done -> done after 5000 -> timeout end.
       %% ... 5s pass...
       timeout

      The code below calls self/0 in the process which sets the timer and assigns it to a variable, which is then used in the function to send the done message to, -and so works as intended.

      1> Target = self()
      +and so works as intended.

      1> Target = self()
       <0.82.0>
      -2> timer:apply_after(1000, fun() -> do_something(), Target ! done end).
      -{ok,TRef}
      +2> timer:apply_after(1000, fun() -> do_something(), Target ! done end).
      +{ok,TRef}
       3> receive done -> done after 5000 -> timeout end.
       %% ... 1s passes...
      -done

      Another option is to pass the message target as a parameter to the function.

      1> timer:apply_after(1000, fun(Target) -> do_something(), Target ! done end, [self()]).
      -{ok,TRef}
      +done

      Another option is to pass the message target as a parameter to the function.

      1> timer:apply_after(1000, fun(Target) -> do_something(), Target ! done end, [self()]).
      +{ok,TRef}
       2> receive done -> done after 5000 -> timeout end.
       %% ... 1s passes...
       done
      @@ -1640,7 +1640,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/unicode.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/unicode.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.540379831 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/unicode.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.544379850 +0000 @@ -1071,13 +1071,13 @@ the first part of a (so far) valid UTF character.

      If one UTF character is split over two consecutive binaries in the Data, the conversion succeeds. This means that a character can be decoded from a range of binaries as long as the whole range is specified as input without errors -occurring.

      Example:

      decode_data(Data) ->
      -   case unicode:characters_to_list(Data,unicode) of
      -      {incomplete,Encoded, Rest} ->
      -            More = get_some_more_data(),
      -            Encoded ++ decode_data([Rest, More]);
      -      {error,Encoded,Rest} ->
      -            handle_error(Encoded,Rest);
      +occurring.

      Example:

      decode_data(Data) ->
      +   case unicode:characters_to_list(Data,unicode) of
      +      {incomplete,Encoded, Rest} ->
      +            More = get_some_more_data(),
      +            Encoded ++ decode_data([Rest, More]);
      +      {error,Encoded,Rest} ->
      +            handle_error(Encoded,Rest);
             List ->
                   List
          end.

      However, bit strings that are not whole bytes are not allowed, so a UTF @@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@

      Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of canonical equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

      4> unicode:characters_to_nfc_binary([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776]]).
      +of canonical equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

      4> unicode:characters_to_nfc_binary([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776]]).
       <<"abc..åäö"/utf8>>
      @@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@

      Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of canonical equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is a list of characters.

      3> unicode:characters_to_nfc_list([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776]]).
      +of canonical equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is a list of characters.

      3> unicode:characters_to_nfc_list([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776]]).
       "abc..åäö"
      @@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@

      Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of canonical equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

      2> unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("abc..åäö").
      +of canonical equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

      2> unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("abc..åäö").
       <<97,98,99,46,46,97,204,138,97,204,136,111,204,136>>
      @@ -1208,8 +1208,8 @@

      Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of canonical equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is a list of characters.

      1> unicode:characters_to_nfd_list("abc..åäö").
      -[97,98,99,46,46,97,778,97,776,111,776]
      +of canonical equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is a list of characters.

      1> unicode:characters_to_nfd_list("abc..åäö").
      +[97,98,99,46,46,97,778,97,776,111,776]
      @@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@

      Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of compatibly equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

      4> unicode:characters_to_nfkc_binary([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776],[65299,65298]]).
      +of compatibly equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

      4> unicode:characters_to_nfkc_binary([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776],[65299,65298]]).
       <<"abc..åäö32"/utf8>>
      @@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@

      Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of compatibly equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is a list of characters.

      3> unicode:characters_to_nfkc_list([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776],[65299,65298]]).
      +of compatibly equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is a list of characters.

      3> unicode:characters_to_nfkc_list([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776],[65299,65298]]).
       "abc..åäö32"
      @@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@

      Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form of compatibly equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode -standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

      2> unicode:characters_to_nfkd_binary(["abc..åäö",[65299,65298]]).
      +standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

      2> unicode:characters_to_nfkd_binary(["abc..åäö",[65299,65298]]).
       <<97,98,99,46,46,97,204,138,97,204,136,111,204,136,51,50>>
      @@ -1338,8 +1338,8 @@

      Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form of compatibly equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode -standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is a list of characters.

      1> unicode:characters_to_nfkd_list(["abc..åäö",[65299,65298]]).
      -[97,98,99,46,46,97,778,97,776,111,776,51,50]
      +standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is a list of characters.

      1> unicode:characters_to_nfkd_list(["abc..åäö",[65299,65298]]).
      +[97,98,99,46,46,97,778,97,776,111,776,51,50]
      @@ -1400,7 +1400,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/unicode_usage.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/unicode_usage.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.584380050 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/unicode_usage.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.588380070 +0000 @@ -329,20 +329,20 @@ iolists, where binaries and lists can be combined to represent a sequence of bytes. In the same way, the Unicode-aware modules often allow for combinations of binaries and lists, where the binaries have characters encoded in UTF-8 and -the lists contain such binaries or numbers representing Unicode code points:

      unicode_binary() = binary() with characters encoded in UTF-8 coding standard
      +the lists contain such binaries or numbers representing Unicode code points:

      unicode_binary() = binary() with characters encoded in UTF-8 coding standard
       
      -chardata() = charlist() | unicode_binary()
      +chardata() = charlist() | unicode_binary()
       
      -charlist() = maybe_improper_list(char() | unicode_binary() | charlist(),
      -  unicode_binary() | nil())

      The module unicode even supports similar mixes with binaries containing +charlist() = maybe_improper_list(char() | unicode_binary() | charlist(), + unicode_binary() | nil())

      The module unicode even supports similar mixes with binaries containing other encodings than UTF-8, but that is a special case to allow for conversions -to and from external data:

      external_unicode_binary() = binary() with characters coded in a user-specified
      -  Unicode encoding other than UTF-8 (UTF-16 or UTF-32)
      +to and from external data:

      external_unicode_binary() = binary() with characters coded in a user-specified
      +  Unicode encoding other than UTF-8 (UTF-16 or UTF-32)
       
      -external_chardata() = external_charlist() | external_unicode_binary()
      +external_chardata() = external_charlist() | external_unicode_binary()
       
      -external_charlist() = maybe_improper_list(char() | external_unicode_binary() |
      -  external_charlist(), external_unicode_binary() | nil())

      +external_charlist() = maybe_improper_list(char() | external_unicode_binary() | + external_charlist(), external_unicode_binary() | nil())

      @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@

      In certain output functions and in the output of return values in the shell, Erlang tries to detect string data in lists and binaries heuristically. -Typically you will see heuristic detection in a situation like this:

      1> [97,98,99].
      +Typically you will see heuristic detection in a situation like this:

      1> [97,98,99].
       "abc"
       2> <<97,98,99>>.
       <<"abc">>
      @@ -410,27 +410,27 @@
       controls how heuristic string detection is done. More ranges are expected to be
       added in the future, enabling tailoring of the heuristics to the language and
       region relevant to the user.

      The following examples show the two startup options:

      $ erl +pc latin1
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> [1024].
      -[1024]
      -2> [1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076].
      -[1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076]
      -3> [229,228,246].
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> [1024].
      +[1024]
      +2> [1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076].
      +[1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076]
      +3> [229,228,246].
       "åäö"
       4> <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>.
       <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>
       5> <<229/utf8,228/utf8,246/utf8>>.
       <<"åäö"/utf8>>
      $ erl +pc unicode
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> [1024].
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> [1024].
       "Ѐ"
      -2> [1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076].
      +2> [1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076].
       "Юникод"
      -3> [229,228,246].
      +3> [229,228,246].
       "åäö"
       4> <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>.
       <<"Юникод"/utf8>>
      @@ -443,17 +443,17 @@
       outputs anything containing printable Unicode data (in binaries, either UTF-8 or
       bytewise encoded) as string data.

      These heuristics are also used by io:format/2, io_lib:format/2, and friends when modifier t is used with ~p or ~P:

      $ erl +pc latin1
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> io:format("~tp~n",[{<<"åäö">>, <<"åäö"/utf8>>, <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}]).
      -{<<"åäö">>,<<"åäö"/utf8>>,<<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> io:format("~tp~n",[{<<"åäö">>, <<"åäö"/utf8>>, <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}]).
      +{<<"åäö">>,<<"åäö"/utf8>>,<<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}
       ok
      $ erl +pc unicode
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> io:format("~tp~n",[{<<"åäö">>, <<"åäö"/utf8>>, <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}]).
      -{<<"åäö">>,<<"åäö"/utf8>>,<<"Юникод"/utf8>>}
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> io:format("~tp~n",[{<<"åäö">>, <<"åäö"/utf8>>, <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}]).
      +{<<"åäö">>,<<"åäö"/utf8>>,<<"Юникод"/utf8>>}
       ok

      Notice that this only affects heuristic interpretation of lists and binaries on output. For example, the ~ts format sequence always outputs a valid list of characters, regardless of the +pc setting, as the programmer has explicitly @@ -476,19 +476,19 @@ capable of. There is no portable way for Erlang to ask the terminal about its UTF-8 capacity, we have to rely on the language and character type settings.

      To investigate what Erlang thinks about the terminal, the call io:getopts() can be used when the shell is started:

      $ LC_CTYPE=en_US.ISO-8859-1 erl
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      -{encoding,latin1}
      -2> q().
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      +{encoding,latin1}
      +2> q().
       ok
       $ LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 erl
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      -{encoding,unicode}
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      +{encoding,unicode}
       2>

      When (finally?) everything is in order with the locale settings, fonts. and the terminal emulator, you have probably found a way to input characters in the script you desire. For testing, the simplest way is to add some keyboard @@ -501,14 +501,14 @@ easily if you are not used to this. For example, entering commands using a Cyrillic character set is not easily done in the Erlang shell.

      Now you are set up for some Unicode input and output. The simplest thing to do is to enter a string in the shell:

      $ erl
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      -{encoding,unicode}
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      +{encoding,unicode}
       2> "Юникод".
       "Юникод"
      -3> io:format("~ts~n", [v(2)]).
      +3> io:format("~ts~n", [v(2)]).
       Юникод
       ok
       4>

      While strings can be input as Unicode characters, the language elements are @@ -541,10 +541,10 @@ charlist() represented by it.

      #!/usr/bin/env escript
       %%! -kernel standard_io_encoding latin1
       
      -main(_) ->
      -  {ok, Char} = file:read_line(standard_io),
      -  ok = file:write(standard_io, string:trim(Char)),
      -  ok = file:write(standard_io, io_lib:format(": ~w~n",[string:trim(Char)])),
      +main(_) ->
      +  {ok, Char} = file:read_line(standard_io),
      +  ok = file:write(standard_io, string:trim(Char)),
      +  ok = file:write(standard_io, io_lib:format(": ~w~n",[string:trim(Char)])),
         ok.
      $ escript test.es
       ξ
       ξ: [206,190]

      ξ would normally be represented as the integer 958, but since we are using @@ -780,13 +780,13 @@ example {encoding,utf8}).

    Functions reading Erlang syntax from files recognize the coding: comment and can therefore handle Unicode data on input. When writing Erlang terms to a file, you are advised to insert such comments when applicable:

    $ erl +fna +pc unicode
    -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source]  [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
    +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source]  [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
     
    -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> file:write_file("test.term",<<"%% coding: utf-8\n[{\"Юникод\",4711}].\n"/utf8>>).
    +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> file:write_file("test.term",<<"%% coding: utf-8\n[{\"Юникод\",4711}].\n"/utf8>>).
     ok
    -2> file:consult("test.term").
    -{ok,[[{"Юникод",4711}]]}

    +2> file:consult("test.term"). +{ok,[[{"Юникод",4711}]]}

    @@ -865,21 +865,21 @@ same way as the remaining file. If such a file is to be read, the first few bytes (depending on encoding) are not part of the text. This code outlines how to open a file that is believed to have a BOM, and sets the files encoding and -position for further sequential reading (preferably using the io module).

    Notice that error handling is omitted from the code:

    open_bom_file_for_reading(File) ->
    -    {ok,F} = file:open(File,[read,binary]),
    -    {ok,Bin} = file:read(F,4),
    -    {Type,Bytes} = unicode:bom_to_encoding(Bin),
    -    file:position(F,Bytes),
    -    io:setopts(F,[{encoding,Type}]),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/uri_string.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/uri_string.html	2025-01-25 10:23:50.624380250 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/uri_string.html	2025-01-25 10:23:50.628380269 +0000
    @@ -586,10 +586,10 @@
     

    Composes a form-urlencoded QueryString based on a QueryList, a list of non-percent-encoded key-value pairs.

    Form-urlencoding is defined in section 4.10.21.6 of the HTML 5.2 specification and in section 4.10.22.6 of the HTML 5.0 -specification for non-UTF-8 encodings.

    See also the opposite operation dissect_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:compose_query([{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}]).
    +specification for non-UTF-8 encodings.

    See also the opposite operation dissect_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:compose_query([{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}]).
     "foo+bar=1&city=%C3%B6rebro"
    -2> uri_string:compose_query([{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    -2> {<<"city">>,<<"örebro"/utf8>>}]).
    +2> uri_string:compose_query([{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    +2> {<<"city">>,<<"örebro"/utf8>>}]).
     <<"foo+bar=1&city=%C3%B6rebro">>
    @@ -633,11 +633,11 @@ ";" (U+003B) character.

    Bytes that are out of the range 0x2A, 0x2D, 0x2E, 0x30 to 0x39, 0x41 to 0x5A, 0x5F, 0x61 to 0x7A, are percent-encoded (U+0025 PERCENT SIGN character (%) followed by uppercase ASCII hex digits representing the hexadecimal value of the -byte).

    See also the opposite operation dissect_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:compose_query([{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}],
    -1> [{encoding, latin1}]).
    +byte).

    See also the opposite operation dissect_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:compose_query([{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}],
    +1> [{encoding, latin1}]).
     "foo+bar=1&city=%F6rebro"
    -2> uri_string:compose_query([{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    -2> {<<"city">>,<<"東京"/utf8>>}], [{encoding, latin1}]).
    +2> uri_string:compose_query([{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    +2> {<<"city">>,<<"東京"/utf8>>}], [{encoding, latin1}]).
     <<"foo+bar=1&city=%26%2326481%3B%26%2320140%3B">>
    @@ -674,11 +674,11 @@

    Dissects an urlencoded QueryString and returns a QueryList, a list of non-percent-encoded key-value pairs.

    Form-urlencoding is defined in section 4.10.21.6 of the HTML 5.2 specification and in section 4.10.22.6 of the HTML 5.0 -specification for non-UTF-8 encodings.

    See also the opposite operation compose_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:dissect_query("foo+bar=1&city=%C3%B6rebro").
    -[{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}]
    -2> uri_string:dissect_query(<<"foo+bar=1&city=%26%2326481%3B%26%2320140%3B">>).
    -[{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    - {<<"city">>,<<230,157,177,228,186,172>>}]
    +specification for non-UTF-8 encodings.

    See also the opposite operation compose_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:dissect_query("foo+bar=1&city=%C3%B6rebro").
    +[{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}]
    +2> uri_string:dissect_query(<<"foo+bar=1&city=%26%2326481%3B%26%2320140%3B">>).
    +[{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    + {<<"city">>,<<230,157,177,228,186,172>>}]
    @@ -712,14 +712,14 @@

    Transforms an URI into a normalized form using Syntax-Based Normalization as defined by RFC 3986.

    This function implements case normalization, percent-encoding normalization, path segment normalization and scheme based normalization for HTTP(S) with basic -support for FTP, SSH, SFTP and TFTP.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:normalize("/a/b/c/./../../g").
    +support for FTP, SSH, SFTP and TFTP.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:normalize("/a/b/c/./../../g").
     "/a/g"
    -2> uri_string:normalize(<<"mid/content=5/../6">>).
    +2> uri_string:normalize(<<"mid/content=5/../6">>).
     <<"mid/6">>
    -3> uri_string:normalize("http://localhost:80").
    +3> uri_string:normalize("http://localhost:80").
     "http://localhost/"
    -4> uri_string:normalize(#href_anchor"ss">scheme => "http",port => 80,path => "/a/b/c/./../../g",
    -4> host => "localhost-örebro"}).
    +4> uri_string:normalize(#href_anchor"ss">scheme => "http",port => 80,path => "/a/b/c/./../../g",
    +4> host => "localhost-örebro"}).
     "http://localhost-%C3%B6rebro/a/g"
    @@ -756,15 +756,15 @@

    Same as normalize/1 but with an additional Options parameter, that controls whether the normalized URI shall be returned as an -uri_map().

    There is one supported option: return_map.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:normalize("/a/b/c/./../../g", [return_map]).
    -#{path => "/a/g"}
    -2> uri_string:normalize(<<"mid/content=5/../6">>, [return_map]).
    -#{path => <<"mid/6">>}
    -3> uri_string:normalize("http://localhost:80", [return_map]).
    -#{scheme => "http",path => "/",host => "localhost"}
    -4> uri_string:normalize(#{scheme => "http",port => 80,path => "/a/b/c/./../../g",
    -4> host => "localhost-örebro"}, [return_map]).
    -#{scheme => "http",path => "/a/g",host => "localhost-örebro"}
    +uri_map().

    There is one supported option: return_map.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:normalize("/a/b/c/./../../g", [return_map]).
    +#{path => "/a/g"}
    +2> uri_string:normalize(<<"mid/content=5/../6">>, [return_map]).
    +#{path => <<"mid/6">>}
    +3> uri_string:normalize("http://localhost:80", [return_map]).
    +#{scheme => "http",path => "/",host => "localhost"}
    +4> uri_string:normalize(#{scheme => "http",port => 80,path => "/a/b/c/./../../g",
    +4> host => "localhost-örebro"}, [return_map]).
    +#{scheme => "http",path => "/a/g",host => "localhost-örebro"}
    @@ -796,14 +796,14 @@

    Parses an RFC 3986 compliant uri_string/0 into a uri_map/0, that holds the parsed components of the -URI. If parsing fails, an error tuple is returned.

    See also the opposite operation recompose/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:parse("foo://user@example.com:8042/over/there?name=ferret#nose").
    -#{fragment => "nose",host => "example.com",
    +URI. If parsing fails, an error tuple is returned.

    See also the opposite operation recompose/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:parse("foo://user@example.com:8042/over/there?name=ferret#nose").
    +#{fragment => "nose",host => "example.com",
       path => "/over/there",port => 8042,query => "name=ferret",
    -  scheme => foo,userinfo => "user"}
    -2> uri_string:parse(<<"foo://user@example.com:8042/over/there?name=ferret">>).
    -#{host => <<"example.com">>,path => <<"/over/there">>,
    +  scheme => foo,userinfo => "user"}
    +2> uri_string:parse(<<"foo://user@example.com:8042/over/there?name=ferret">>).
    +#{host => <<"example.com">>,path => <<"/over/there">>,
       port => 8042,query => <<"name=ferret">>,scheme => <<"foo">>,
    -  userinfo => <<"user">>}
    +
    userinfo => <<"user">>}
    @@ -842,15 +842,15 @@

    Decodes all percent-encoded triplets in the input that can be both a uri_string/0 and a uri_map/0.

    Note, that this function performs raw decoding and it shall be used on already parsed URI components. Applying this function directly on a standard URI can -effectively change it.

    If the input encoding is not UTF-8, an error tuple is returned.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:percent_decode(#{host => "localhost-%C3%B6rebro",path => [],
    -1> scheme => "http"}).
    -#{host => "localhost-örebro",path => [],scheme => "http"}
    -2> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"%C3%B6rebro">>).
    +effectively change it.

    If the input encoding is not UTF-8, an error tuple is returned.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:percent_decode(#{host => "localhost-%C3%B6rebro",path => [],
    +1> scheme => "http"}).
    +#{host => "localhost-örebro",path => [],scheme => "http"}
    +2> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"%C3%B6rebro">>).
     <<"örebro"/utf8>>

    Warning

    Using uri_string:percent_decode/1 directly on a URI is not safe. This example shows, that after each consecutive application of the function the -resulting URI will be changed. None of these URIs refer to the same resource.

    3> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"http://local%252Fhost/path">>).
    +resulting URI will be changed. None of these URIs refer to the same resource.

    3> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"http://local%252Fhost/path">>).
     <<"http://local%2Fhost/path">>
    -4> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"http://local%2Fhost/path">>).
    +4> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"http://local%2Fhost/path">>).
     <<"http://local/host/path">>
    @@ -883,9 +883,9 @@

    Replaces characters out of unreserved set with their percent encoded equivalents.

    Unreserved characters defined in -RFC 3986 are not quoted.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:quote("SomeId/04").
    +RFC 3986 are not quoted.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:quote("SomeId/04").
     "SomeId%2F04"
    -2> uri_string:quote(<<"SomeId/04">>).
    +2> uri_string:quote(<<"SomeId/04">>).
     <<"SomeId%2F04">>

    Warning

    Function is not aware about any URI component context and should not be used on whole URI. If applied more than once on the same data, might produce unexpected results.

    @@ -920,9 +920,9 @@

    Same as quote/1, but Safe allows user to provide a list of -characters to be protected from encoding.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:quote("SomeId/04", "/").
    +characters to be protected from encoding.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:quote("SomeId/04", "/").
     "SomeId/04"
    -2> uri_string:quote(<<"SomeId/04">>, "/").
    +2> uri_string:quote(<<"SomeId/04">>, "/").
     <<"SomeId/04">>

    Warning

    Function is not aware about any URI component context and should not be used on whole URI. If applied more than once on the same data, might produce unexpected results.

    @@ -957,13 +957,13 @@

    Creates an RFC 3986 compliant URIString (percent-encoded), based on the components of URIMap. If the -URIMap is invalid, an error tuple is returned.

    See also the opposite operation parse/1.

    Example:

    1> URIMap = #{fragment => "nose", host => "example.com", path => "/over/there",
    -1> port => 8042, query => "name=ferret", scheme => "foo", userinfo => "user"}.
    -#{fragment => "nose",host => "example.com",
    +URIMap is invalid, an error tuple is returned.

    See also the opposite operation parse/1.

    Example:

    1> URIMap = #{fragment => "nose", host => "example.com", path => "/over/there",
    +1> port => 8042, query => "name=ferret", scheme => "foo", userinfo => "user"}.
    +#{fragment => "nose",host => "example.com",
       path => "/over/there",port => 8042,query => "name=ferret",
    -  scheme => "foo",userinfo => "user"}
    +  scheme => "foo",userinfo => "user"}
     
    -2> uri_string:recompose(URIMap).
    +2> uri_string:recompose(URIMap).
     "foo://example.com:8042/over/there?name=ferret#nose"
    @@ -1000,13 +1000,13 @@

    Convert a RefURI reference that might be relative to a given base URI into the parsed components of the reference's target, which can then be recomposed to -form the target URI.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:resolve("/abs/ol/ute", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
    +form the target URI.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:resolve("/abs/ol/ute", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
     "http://localhost/abs/ol/ute"
    -2> uri_string:resolve("../relative", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
    +2> uri_string:resolve("../relative", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
     "http://localhost/a/relative"
    -3> uri_string:resolve("http://localhost/full", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
    +3> uri_string:resolve("http://localhost/full", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
     "http://localhost/full"
    -4> uri_string:resolve(#{path => "path", query => "xyz"}, "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
    +4> uri_string:resolve(#{path => "path", query => "xyz"}, "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
     "http://localhost/a/b/path?xyz"
    @@ -1044,11 +1044,11 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/uri_string_usage.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/uri_string_usage.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.660380429 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/uri_string_usage.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.668380469 +0000 @@ -180,19 +180,19 @@ to explain this by an example.

    Let's say that we would like to create the following URI and send it over the network: http://cities/örebro?foo bar. This is not a valid URI as it contains characters that are not allowed in a URI such as "ö" and the space. We can -verify this by parsing the URI:

      1> uri_string:parse("http://cities/örebro?foo bar").
    -  {error,invalid_uri,":"}

    The URI parser tries all possible combinations to interpret the input and fails +verify this by parsing the URI:

      1> uri_string:parse("http://cities/örebro?foo bar").
    +  {error,invalid_uri,":"}

    The URI parser tries all possible combinations to interpret the input and fails at the last attempt when it encounters the colon character ":". Note, that the inital fault occurs when the parser attempts to interpret the character "ö" and after a failure back-tracks to the point where it has another possible parsing alternative.

    The proper way to solve this problem is to use uri_string:recompose/1 with a -uri_map() as input:

      2> uri_string:recompose(#{scheme => "http", host => "cities", path => "/örebro",
    -  query => "foo bar"}).
    +uri_map() as input:

      2> uri_string:recompose(#{scheme => "http", host => "cities", path => "/örebro",
    +  query => "foo bar"}).
       "http://cities/%C3%B6rebro?foo%20bar"

    The result is a valid URI where all the special characters are encoded as defined by the standard. Applying uri_string:parse/1 and -uri_string:percent_decode/1 on the URI returns the original input:

      3> uri_string:percent_decode(uri_string:parse("http://cities/%C3%B6rebro?foo%20bar")).
    -  #{host => "cities",path => "/örebro",query => "foo bar",
    -  scheme => "http"}

    This symmetric property is heavily used in our property test suite.

    +uri_string:percent_decode/1 on the URI returns the original input:

      3> uri_string:percent_decode(uri_string:parse("http://cities/%C3%B6rebro?foo%20bar")).
    +  #{host => "cities",path => "/örebro",query => "foo bar",
    +  scheme => "http"}

    This symmetric property is heavily used in our property test suite.

    @@ -215,27 +215,27 @@ question the library provides a utility function, uri_string:allowed_characters/0, that lists the allowed set of characters in each major URI component, and also in the -most important standard character sets.

        1> uri_string:allowed_characters().
    -    [{scheme,
    -     "+-.0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"},
    -    {userinfo,
    -     "!$%&'()*+,-.0123456789:;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {host,
    -     "!$&'()*+,-.0123456789:;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {ipv4,".0123456789"},
    -    {ipv6,".0123456789:ABCDEFabcdef"},
    -    {regname,
    -     "!$%&'()*+,-.0123456789;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {path,
    -     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {query,
    -     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {fragment,
    -     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {reserved,"!#$&'()*+,/:;=?@[]"},
    -    {unreserved,
    -     "-.0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"}]

    If a URI component has a character that is not allowed, it will be -percent-encoded when the URI is produced:

        2> uri_string:recompose(#{scheme => "https", host => "local#host", path => ""}).
    +most important standard character sets.

        1> uri_string:allowed_characters().
    +    [{scheme,
    +     "+-.0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"},
    +    {userinfo,
    +     "!$%&'()*+,-.0123456789:;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {host,
    +     "!$&'()*+,-.0123456789:;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {ipv4,".0123456789"},
    +    {ipv6,".0123456789:ABCDEFabcdef"},
    +    {regname,
    +     "!$%&'()*+,-.0123456789;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {path,
    +     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {query,
    +     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {fragment,
    +     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {reserved,"!#$&'()*+,/:;=?@[]"},
    +    {unreserved,
    +     "-.0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"}]

    If a URI component has a character that is not allowed, it will be +percent-encoded when the URI is produced:

        2> uri_string:recompose(#{scheme => "https", host => "local#host", path => ""}).
         "https://local%23host"

    Consuming a URI containing percent-encoded triplets can take many steps. The following example shows how to handle an input URI that is not normalized and contains multiple percent-encoded triplets. First, the input @@ -247,32 +247,32 @@ You can try to normalize the input with uri_string:normalize/1. The normalize operation decodes those percent-encoded triplets that correspond to a character in the unreserved set. Normalization is a safe, idempotent operation that -converts a URI into its canonical form:

        4> uri_string:normalize("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%F6re%26bro%20").
    +converts a URI into its canonical form:

        4> uri_string:normalize("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%F6re%26bro%20").
         "http://local%23host/%F6re%26bro%20"
    -    5> uri_string:normalize("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%F6re%26bro%20", [return_map]).
    -    #{host => "local%23host",path => "/%F6re%26bro%20",
    -      scheme => "http"}

    There are still a few percent-encoded triplets left in the output. At this + 5> uri_string:normalize("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%F6re%26bro%20", [return_map]). + #{host => "local%23host",path => "/%F6re%26bro%20", + scheme => "http"}

    There are still a few percent-encoded triplets left in the output. At this point, when the URI is already parsed, it is safe to apply application specific decoding on the remaining character triplets. Erlang/OTP provides a function, uri_string:percent_decode/1 for raw percent decoding that you can use on the -host and path components, or on the whole map:

        6> uri_string:percent_decode("local%23host").
    +host and path components, or on the whole map:

        6> uri_string:percent_decode("local%23host").
         "local#host"
    -    7> uri_string:percent_decode("/%F6re%26bro%20").
    -    {error,invalid_utf8,<<"/öre&bro ">>}
    -    8> uri_string:percent_decode(#{host => "local%23host",path => "/%F6re%26bro%20",
    -    scheme => "http"}).
    -    {error,{invalid,{path,{invalid_utf8,<<"/öre&bro ">>}}}}

    The host was successfully decoded but the path contains at least one character + 7> uri_string:percent_decode("/%F6re%26bro%20"). + {error,invalid_utf8,<<"/öre&bro ">>} + 8> uri_string:percent_decode(#{host => "local%23host",path => "/%F6re%26bro%20", + scheme => "http"}). + {error,{invalid,{path,{invalid_utf8,<<"/öre&bro ">>}}}}

    The host was successfully decoded but the path contains at least one character with non-UTF-8 encoding. In order to be able to decode this, you have to make assumptions about the encoding used in these triplets. The most obvious choice is latin-1, so you can try uri_string:transcode/2, to transcode the path to -UTF-8 and run the percent-decode operation on the transcoded string:

        9> uri_string:transcode("/%F6re%26bro%20", [{in_encoding, latin1}]).
    +UTF-8 and run the percent-decode operation on the transcoded string:

        9> uri_string:transcode("/%F6re%26bro%20", [{in_encoding, latin1}]).
         "/%C3%B6re%26bro%20"
    -    10> uri_string:percent_decode("/%C3%B6re%26bro%20").
    +    10> uri_string:percent_decode("/%C3%B6re%26bro%20").
         "/öre&bro "

    It is important to emphasize that it is not safe to apply -uri_string:percent_decode/1 directly on an input URI:

        11> uri_string:percent_decode("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%C3%B6re%26bro%20").
    +uri_string:percent_decode/1 directly on an input URI:

        11> uri_string:percent_decode("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%C3%B6re%26bro%20").
         "http://local#host/öre&bro "
    -    12> uri_string:parse("http://local#host/öre&bro ").
    -    {error,invalid_uri,":"}

    Note

    Percent-encoding is implemented in uri_string:recompose/1 and it happens + 12> uri_string:parse("http://local#host/öre&bro "). + {error,invalid_uri,":"}

    Note

    Percent-encoding is implemented in uri_string:recompose/1 and it happens when converting a uri_map() into a uri_string(). Applying any percent-encoding directly on an input URI would not be safe just as in the case of @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/win32reg.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/win32reg.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.700380629 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/win32reg.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.696380609 +0000 @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/zip.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/zip.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.732380788 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/zip.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.732380788 +0000 @@ -1054,28 +1054,28 @@ archive. The iteration can be ended prematurely in a controlled manner by throwing an exception.

    Example:

    > Name = "dummy.zip".
     "dummy.zip"
    -> {ok, {Name, Bin}} = zip:create(Name, [{"foo", <<"FOO">>}, {"bar", <<"BAR">>}], [memory]).
    -{ok,{"dummy.zip",
    +> {ok, {Name, Bin}} = zip:create(Name, [{"foo", <<"FOO">>}, {"bar", <<"BAR">>}], [memory]).
    +{ok,{"dummy.zip",
          <<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,0,0,74,152,97,60,171,39,212,26,3,0,
    -       0,0,3,0,0,...>>}}
    -> {ok, FileSpec} = zip:foldl(fun(N, I, B, Acc) -> [{N, B(), I()} | Acc] end, [], {Name, Bin}).
    -{ok,[{"bar",<<"BAR">>,
    -      {file_info,3,regular,read_write,
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0}},
    -     {"foo",<<"FOO">>,
    -      {file_info,3,regular,read_write,
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0}}]}
    -> {ok, {Name, Bin}} = zip:create(Name, lists:reverse(FileSpec), [memory]).
    -{ok,{"dummy.zip",
    +       0,0,3,0,0,...>>}}
    +> {ok, FileSpec} = zip:foldl(fun(N, I, B, Acc) -> [{N, B(), I()} | Acc] end, [], {Name, Bin}).
    +{ok,[{"bar",<<"BAR">>,
    +      {file_info,3,regular,read_write,
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0}},
    +     {"foo",<<"FOO">>,
    +      {file_info,3,regular,read_write,
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0}}]}
    +> {ok, {Name, Bin}} = zip:create(Name, lists:reverse(FileSpec), [memory]).
    +{ok,{"dummy.zip",
          <<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,0,0,74,152,97,60,171,39,212,26,3,0,
    -       0,0,3,0,0,...>>}}
    -> catch zip:foldl(fun("foo", _, B, _) -> throw(B()); (_,_,_,Acc) -> Acc end, [], {Name, Bin}).
    +       0,0,3,0,0,...>>}}
    +> catch zip:foldl(fun("foo", _, B, _) -> throw(B()); (_,_,_,Acc) -> Acc end, [], {Name, Bin}).
     <<"FOO">>
    @@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.756380908 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.760380929 +0000 @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.780381028 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.784381048 +0000 @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.812381188 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.812381188 +0000 @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/epp_dodger.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/epp_dodger.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.840381328 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/epp_dodger.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.844381348 +0000 @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_comment_scan.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_comment_scan.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.864381448 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_comment_scan.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.868381467 +0000 @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_prettypr.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_prettypr.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.900381627 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_prettypr.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.896381608 +0000 @@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_recomment.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_recomment.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.932381787 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_recomment.html 2025-01-25 10:23:50.936381807 +0000 @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_syntax.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_syntax.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.032382286 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_syntax.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.036382306 +0000 @@ -6854,10 +6854,10 @@

    Returns the associated post-comments of a node.

    This is a possibly empty list of abstract comments, in top-down textual order. When the code is formatted, post-comments are typically -displayed to the right of and/or below the node. For example:

    {foo, X, Y}     % Post-comment of tuple

    If possible, the comment should be moved past any following separator characters +displayed to the right of and/or below the node. For example:

    {foo, X, Y}     % Post-comment of tuple

    If possible, the comment should be moved past any following separator characters on the same line, rather than placing the separators on the following line. -For example:

    foo([X | Xs], Y) ->
    -    foo(Xs, bar(X));     % Post-comment of 'bar(X)' node
    +For example:

    foo([X | Xs], Y) ->
    +    foo(Xs, bar(X));     % Post-comment of 'bar(X)' node
      ...

    (where the comment is moved past the rightmost ")" and the ";").

    See also: comment/2, get_attrs/1, get_precomments/1, set_postcomments/2.

    @@ -6890,10 +6890,10 @@

    Returns the associated pre-comments of a node.

    This is a possibly empty list of abstract comments, in top-down textual order. When the code is formatted, pre-comments are typically displayed directly above the node. For example:

    % Pre-comment of function
    -foo(X) -> {bar, X}.

    If possible, the comment should be moved before any preceding separator -characters on the same line. For example:

    foo([X | Xs]) ->
    +foo(X) -> {bar, X}.

    If possible, the comment should be moved before any preceding separator +characters on the same line. For example:

    foo([X | Xs]) ->
         % Pre-comment of 'bar(X)' node
    -    [bar(X) | foo(Xs)];
    +    [bar(X) | foo(Xs)];
     ...

    (where the comment is moved before the "[").

    See also: comment/2, get_attrs/1, get_postcomments/1, set_precomments/2.

    @@ -12151,7 +12151,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_syntax_lib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_syntax_lib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.092382585 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_syntax_lib.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.096382605 +0000 @@ -2502,7 +2502,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/merl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/merl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.128382765 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/merl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.132382785 +0000 @@ -138,30 +138,30 @@ Quick start

    To enable the full power of Merl, your module needs to include the Merl header -file:

    -include_lib("syntax_tools/include/merl.hrl").

    Then, you can use the ?Q(Text) macros in your code to create ASTs or match on -existing ASTs. For example:

    Tuple = ?Q("{foo, 42}"),
    -?Q("{foo, _@Number}") = Tuple,
    -Call = ?Q("foo:bar(_@Number)")

    Calling merl:print(Call) will then print the following code:

    foo:bar(42)

    The ?Q macros turn the quoted code fragments into ASTs, and lifts +file:

    -include_lib("syntax_tools/include/merl.hrl").

    Then, you can use the ?Q(Text) macros in your code to create ASTs or match on +existing ASTs. For example:

    Tuple = ?Q("{foo, 42}"),
    +?Q("{foo, _@Number}") = Tuple,
    +Call = ?Q("foo:bar(_@Number)")

    Calling merl:print(Call) will then print the following code:

    foo:bar(42)

    The ?Q macros turn the quoted code fragments into ASTs, and lifts metavariables such as _@Tuple and _@Number to the level of your Erlang code, so you can use the corresponding Erlang variables Tuple and Number directly. This is the most straightforward way to use Merl, and in many cases it's all you need.

    You can even write case switches using ?Q macros as patterns. For example:

    case AST of
    -    ?Q("{foo, _@Foo}") -> handle(Foo);
    -    ?Q("{bar, _@Bar}") when erl_syntax:is_integer(Bar) -> handle(Bar);
    -    _ -> handle_default()
    +    ?Q("{foo, _@Foo}") -> handle(Foo);
    +    ?Q("{bar, _@Bar}") when erl_syntax:is_integer(Bar) -> handle(Bar);
    +    _ -> handle_default()
     end

    These case switches only allow ?Q(...) or _ as clause patterns, and the guards may contain any expressions, not just Erlang guard expressions.

    If the macro MERL_NO_TRANSFORM is defined before the merl.hrl header file is included, the parse transform used by Merl will be disabled, and in that case, the match expressions ?Q(...) = ..., case switches using ?Q(...) patterns, and automatic metavariables like _@Tuple cannot be used in your code, but the Merl macros and functions still work. To do metavariable substitution, you need -to use the ?Q(Text, Map) macro. For example:

    Tuple = ?Q("{foo, _@bar, _@baz}", [{bar, Bar}, {baz,Baz}])

    The text given to a ?Q(Text) macro can be either a single string or a list of +to use the ?Q(Text, Map) macro. For example:

    Tuple = ?Q("{foo, _@bar, _@baz}", [{bar, Bar}, {baz,Baz}])

    The text given to a ?Q(Text) macro can be either a single string or a list of strings. The latter is useful when you need to split a long expression over -multiple lines. For example:

    ?Q(["case _@Expr of",
    +multiple lines. For example:

    ?Q(["case _@Expr of",
         "  {foo, X} -> f(X);",
         "  {bar, X} -> g(X)",
         "  _ -> h(X)"
    -"end"])

    If there is a syntax error somewhere in the text (like the missing semicolon in +"end"])

    If there is a syntax error somewhere in the text (like the missing semicolon in the second clause above) this allows Merl to generate an error message pointing to the exact line in your source code. (Just remember to comma-separate the strings in the list, otherwise Erlang will concatenate the string fragments as @@ -184,23 +184,23 @@ uppercase character, as in _@Foo or _@_@Foo, it will become a variable on the Erlang level, and can be used to easily deconstruct and construct syntax trees:

    case Input of
    -    ?Q("{foo, _@Number}") -> ?Q("foo:bar(_@Number)");
    +    ?Q("{foo, _@Number}") -> ?Q("foo:bar(_@Number)");
         ...

    We refer to these as "automatic metavariables". If in addition the name ends with @, as in _@Foo@, the value of the variable as an Erlang term will be automatically converted to the corresponding abstract syntax tree when used to -construct a larger tree. For example, in:

    Bar = {bar, 42},
    -Foo = ?Q("{foo, _@Bar@}")

    (where Bar is just some term, not a syntax tree) the result Foo will be a +construct a larger tree. For example, in:

    Bar = {bar, 42},
    +Foo = ?Q("{foo, _@Bar@}")

    (where Bar is just some term, not a syntax tree) the result Foo will be a syntax tree representing {foo, {bar, 42}}. This avoids the need for temporary -variables in order to inject data, as in

    TmpBar = erl_syntax:abstract(Bar),
    -Foo = ?Q("{foo, _@TmpBar}")

    If the context requires an integer rather than a variable, an atom, or a string, +variables in order to inject data, as in

    TmpBar = erl_syntax:abstract(Bar),
    +Foo = ?Q("{foo, _@TmpBar}")

    If the context requires an integer rather than a variable, an atom, or a string, you cannot use the uppercase convention to mark an automatic metavariable. Instead, if the integer (without the 909-prefix and lift/glob markers) ends in a 9, the integer will become an Erlang-level variable prefixed with Q, and if it ends with 99 it will also be automatically abstracted. For example, the following will increment the arity of the exported function f:

    case Form of
    -    ?Q("-export([f/90919]).") ->
    -        Q2 = erl_syntax:concrete(Q1) + 1,
    -        ?Q("-export([f/909299]).");
    +    ?Q("-export([f/90919]).") ->
    +        Q2 = erl_syntax:concrete(Q1) + 1,
    +        ?Q("-export([f/909299]).");
         ...

    @@ -209,40 +209,40 @@

    Merl can only parse a fragment of text if it follows the basic syntactical rules of Erlang. In most places, a normal Erlang variable can be used as metavariable, -for example:

    ?Q("f(_@Arg)") = Expr

    but if you want to match on something like the name of a function, you have to -use an atom as metavariable:

    ?Q("'@Name'() -> _@@_." = Function

    (note the anonymous glob variable _@@_ to ignore the function body).

    In some contexts, only a string or an integer is allowed. For example, the +for example:

    ?Q("f(_@Arg)") = Expr

    but if you want to match on something like the name of a function, you have to +use an atom as metavariable:

    ?Q("'@Name'() -> _@@_." = Function

    (note the anonymous glob variable _@@_ to ignore the function body).

    In some contexts, only a string or an integer is allowed. For example, the directive -file(Name, Line) requires that Name is a string literal and -Line an integer literal:

    ?Q("-file(\"'@File\", 9090).") = ?Q("-file(\"foo.erl\", 42).")).

    This will extract the string literal "foo.erl" into the variable Foo. Note +Line an integer literal:

    ?Q("-file(\"'@File\", 9090).") = ?Q("-file(\"foo.erl\", 42).")).

    This will extract the string literal "foo.erl" into the variable Foo. Note the use of the anonymous variable 9090 to ignore the line number. To match and also bind a metavariable that must be an integer literal, we can use the convention of ending the integer with a 9, turning it into a Q-prefixed variable on the Erlang level (see the previous section).

    Globs

    Whenever you want to match out a number of elements in a sequence (zero or more) -rather than a fixed set of elements, you need to use a glob. For example:

    ?Q("{_@@Elements}") = ?Q({a, b, c})

    will bind Elements to the list of individual syntax trees representing the atoms +rather than a fixed set of elements, you need to use a glob. For example:

    ?Q("{_@@Elements}") = ?Q({a, b, c})

    will bind Elements to the list of individual syntax trees representing the atoms a, b, and c. This can also be used with static prefix and suffix elements -in the sequence. For example:

    ?Q("{a, b, _@@Elements}") = ?Q({a, b, c, d})

    will bind Elements to the list of the c and d subtrees, and

    ?Q("{_@@Elements, c, d}") = ?Q({a, b, c, d})

    will bind Elements to the list of the a and b subtrees. You can even use -plain metavariables in the prefix or suffix:

    ?Q("{_@First, _@@Rest}") = ?Q({a, b, c})

    or

    ?Q("{_@@_, _@Last}") = ?Q({a, b, c})

    (ignoring all but the last element). However, you cannot have two globs as part +in the sequence. For example:

    ?Q("{a, b, _@@Elements}") = ?Q({a, b, c, d})

    will bind Elements to the list of the c and d subtrees, and

    ?Q("{_@@Elements, c, d}") = ?Q({a, b, c, d})

    will bind Elements to the list of the a and b subtrees. You can even use +plain metavariables in the prefix or suffix:

    ?Q("{_@First, _@@Rest}") = ?Q({a, b, c})

    or

    ?Q("{_@@_, _@Last}") = ?Q({a, b, c})

    (ignoring all but the last element). However, you cannot have two globs as part of the same sequence.

    Lifted metavariables

    In some cases, the Erlang syntax rules make it impossible to place a -metavariable directly where you would like it. For example, you cannot write:

    ?Q("-export([_@@Name]).")

    to match out all name/arity pairs in the export list, or to insert a list of +metavariable directly where you would like it. For example, you cannot write:

    ?Q("-export([_@@Name]).")

    to match out all name/arity pairs in the export list, or to insert a list of exports in a declaration, because the Erlang parser only allows elements on the form A/I (where A is an atom and I an integer) in the export list. A variable like the above is not allowed, but neither is a single atom or integer, so '@@Name' or 909919 would not work either.

    What you have to do in such cases is to write your metavariable in a syntactically valid position, and use lifting markers to denote where it should -really apply, as in:

    ?Q("-export(['@_@Name'/0]).")

    This causes the variable to be lifted (after parsing) to the next higher level +really apply, as in:

    ?Q("-export(['@_@Name'/0]).")

    This causes the variable to be lifted (after parsing) to the next higher level in the syntax tree, replacing that entire subtree. In this case, the '@_@Name'/0 will be replaced with '@@Name', and the /0 part was just used as dummy notation and will be discarded.

    You may even need to apply lifting more than once. To match the entire export -list as a single syntax tree, you can write:

    ?Q("-export(['@__Name'/0]).")

    using two underscores, but with no glob marker this time. This will make the +list as a single syntax tree, you can write:

    ?Q("-export(['@__Name'/0]).")

    using two underscores, but with no glob marker this time. This will make the entire ['@__Name'/0] part be replaced with '@Name'.

    Sometimes, the tree structure of a code fragment is not very obvious, and parts of the structure may be invisible when printed as source code. For instance, a -simple function definition like the following:

    zero() -> 0.

    consists of the name (the atom zero), and a list of clauses containing the +simple function definition like the following:

    zero() -> 0.

    consists of the name (the atom zero), and a list of clauses containing the single clause () -> 0. The clause consists of an argument list (empty), a guard (empty), and a body (which is always a list of expressions) containing the single expression 0. This means that to match out the name and the list of clauses of any function, you'll need to use a pattern like ?Q("'@Name'() -> _@_@Body."), using a dummy clause whose body is a glob lifted one level.

    To visualize the structure of a syntax tree, you can use the function -merl:show(T), which prints a summary. For example, entering

    merl:show(merl:quote("inc(X, Y) when Y > 0 -> X + Y."))

    in the Erlang shell will print the following (where the + signs separate +merl:show(T), which prints a summary. For example, entering

    merl:show(merl:quote("inc(X, Y) when Y > 0 -> X + Y."))

    in the Erlang shell will print the following (where the + signs separate groups of subtrees on the same level):

    function: inc(X, Y) when ... -> X + Y.
       atom: inc
       +
    @@ -1776,7 +1776,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/merl_transform.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/merl_transform.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.156382905 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/merl_transform.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.160382925 +0000 @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.188383065 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.192383084 +0000 @@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/prettypr.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/prettypr.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.216383204 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/prettypr.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.224383244 +0000 @@ -1170,7 +1170,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.240383325 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.240383325 +0000 @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.260383424 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.260383424 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.280383524 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.284383544 +0000 @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    Missing in old package: /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-9671378E.js Missing in old package: /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-9671378E.js /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/getting_started.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/getting_started.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.312383683 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/getting_started.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.312383683 +0000 @@ -128,9 +128,9 @@

    The start/1 function starts a daemon process listening for UDP packets on a port. When it receives a request for read or write, it spawns a temporary server process handling the transfer.

    This is a simple example of starting the TFTP server and reading the content of -a sample file using the TFTP client.

    Step 1. Create a sample file to be used for the transfer:

          $ echo "Erlang/OTP 21" > file.txt

    Step 2. Start the TFTP server:

          1> {ok, Pid} = tftp:start([{port, 19999}]).
    -      {ok,<0.65.0>}

    Step 3. Start the TFTP client (in another shell):

          1> tftp:read_file("file.txt", binary, [{port, 19999}]).
    -      {ok,<<"Erlang/OTP 21\n">>}
    +a sample file using the TFTP client.

    Step 1. Create a sample file to be used for the transfer:

          $ echo "Erlang/OTP 21" > file.txt

    Step 2. Start the TFTP server:

          1> {ok, Pid} = tftp:start([{port, 19999}]).
    +      {ok,<0.65.0>}

    Step 3. Start the TFTP client (in another shell):

          1> tftp:read_file("file.txt", binary, [{port, 19999}]).
    +      {ok,<<"Erlang/OTP 21\n">>}
    @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/introduction.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.332383783 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.332383783 +0000 @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.356383903 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.360383924 +0000 @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.380384023 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.380384023 +0000 @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
    - + /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:20:11.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:37:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> tftp - 1.2.1 - urn:uuid:ec46815d-4d10-dfb8-a736-9dfb90bf608d + urn:uuid:36ec6aef-b597-dea4-0089-e44fe88da4d9 en - 2025-01-25T10:20:11Z + 2041-02-26T23:37:53Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp.epub/OEBPS/getting_started.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp.epub/OEBPS/getting_started.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:20:11.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp.epub/OEBPS/getting_started.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@

    The start/1 function starts a daemon process listening for UDP packets on a port. When it receives a request for read or write, it spawns a temporary server process handling the transfer.

    This is a simple example of starting the TFTP server and reading the content of -a sample file using the TFTP client.

    Step 1. Create a sample file to be used for the transfer:

          $ echo "Erlang/OTP 21" > file.txt

    Step 2. Start the TFTP server:

          1> {ok, Pid} = tftp:start([{port, 19999}]).
    -      {ok,<0.65.0>}

    Step 3. Start the TFTP client (in another shell):

          1> tftp:read_file("file.txt", binary, [{port, 19999}]).
    -      {ok,<<"Erlang/OTP 21\n">>}
    +a sample file using the TFTP client.

    Step 1. Create a sample file to be used for the transfer:

          $ echo "Erlang/OTP 21" > file.txt

    Step 2. Start the TFTP server:

          1> {ok, Pid} = tftp:start([{port, 19999}]).
    +      {ok,<0.65.0>}

    Step 3. Start the TFTP client (in another shell):

          1> tftp:read_file("file.txt", binary, [{port, 19999}]).
    +      {ok,<<"Erlang/OTP 21\n">>}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp.epub/OEBPS/tftp.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp.epub/OEBPS/tftp.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:20:11.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp.epub/OEBPS/tftp.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Overwiew

    -

    This is a complete implementation of the following IETF standards:

    RFC 1350, The TFTP Protocol (revision 2).
    +

    This is a complete implementation of the following IETF standards:

    RFC 1350, The TFTP Protocol (revision 2).
     RFC 2347, TFTP Option Extension.
     RFC 2348, TFTP Blocksize Option.
     RFC 2349, TFTP Timeout Interval and Transfer Size Options.

    The only feature that not is implemented in this release is /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.500384622 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.504384642 +0000 @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Overwiew -

    This is a complete implementation of the following IETF standards:

    RFC 1350, The TFTP Protocol (revision 2).
    +

    This is a complete implementation of the following IETF standards:

    RFC 1350, The TFTP Protocol (revision 2).
     RFC 2347, TFTP Option Extension.
     RFC 2348, TFTP Blocksize Option.
     RFC 2349, TFTP Timeout Interval and Transfer Size Options.

    The only feature that not is implemented in this release is @@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp_logger.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp_logger.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.528384762 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp_logger.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.532384781 +0000 @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.548384861 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.552384881 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.576385001 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.576385001 +0000 @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cover.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cover.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.620385221 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cover.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.624385241 +0000 @@ -1561,7 +1561,7 @@ call is equivalent to analyse('_', coverage, Arg).

    Otherwise Arg is assumed to be a module name, and this call is equivalent to analyse(Arg, coverage, function).

    Note

    To analyze a module whose name overlaps with one the values in analysis() or level(), the module -name has to be in a list. For example, to analyze a module named calls:

    cover:analyse([calls]).
    +name has to be in a list. For example, to analyze a module named calls:

    cover:analyse([calls]).
    @@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@ analyse(Arg1, Arg2, function).

    If Arg2 is one of the values in level(), Arg1 is assumed to be a module and this call is equivalent to analyse(Arg1, coverage, Arg2).

    Note

    To analyze a module whose name overlaps with one of the values in analysis(), the module name needs to be in a -list. For example, to analyze a module named calls:

    cover:analyse([calls], function).
    +list. For example, to analyze a module named calls:

    cover:analyse([calls], function).
    @@ -1712,7 +1712,7 @@ options, this call is equivalent to analyse_to_file('_', Arg).

    Otherwise Arg is assumed to be a module, and this call is equivalent to analyse_to_file(Arg, []).

    Note

    To analyze a module of the name html (which overlaps with an option in analyse_option()), it is necessary to -use cover:analyse_to_file/2:

    cover:analyse_to_file([html], []).
    +use cover:analyse_to_file/2:

    cover:analyse_to_file([html], []).
    @@ -2705,7 +2705,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cover_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cover_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.656385401 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cover_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.664385441 +0000 @@ -146,81 +146,81 @@ Example -

    Assume that a test case for the following program should be verified:

    -module(channel).
    --behaviour(gen_server).
    +

    Assume that a test case for the following program should be verified:

    -module(channel).
    +-behaviour(gen_server).
     
    --export([start_link/0,stop/0]).
    --export([alloc/0,free/1]). % client interface
    --export([init/1,handle_call/3,terminate/2]). % callback functions
    +-export([start_link/0,stop/0]).
    +-export([alloc/0,free/1]). % client interface
    +-export([init/1,handle_call/3,terminate/2]). % callback functions
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    gen_server:start_link({local,channel}, channel, [], []).
    +start_link() ->
    +    gen_server:start_link({local,channel}, channel, [], []).
     
    -stop() ->
    -    gen_server:call(channel, stop).
    +stop() ->
    +    gen_server:call(channel, stop).
     
     %%%-Client interface functions-------------------------------------------
     
    -alloc() ->
    -    gen_server:call(channel, alloc).
    +alloc() ->
    +    gen_server:call(channel, alloc).
     
    -free(Channel) ->
    -    gen_server:call(channel, {free,Channel}).
    +free(Channel) ->
    +    gen_server:call(channel, {free,Channel}).
     
     %%%-gen_server callback functions----------------------------------------
     
    -init(_Arg) ->
    -    {ok,channels()}.
    +init(_Arg) ->
    +    {ok,channels()}.
     
    -handle_call(stop, _Client, Channels) ->
    -    {stop,normal,ok,Channels};
    +handle_call(stop, _Client, Channels) ->
    +    {stop,normal,ok,Channels};
     
    -handle_call(alloc, _Client, Channels) ->
    -    {Ch,Channels2} = alloc(Channels),
    -    {reply,{ok,Ch},Channels2};
    +handle_call(alloc, _Client, Channels) ->
    +    {Ch,Channels2} = alloc(Channels),
    +    {reply,{ok,Ch},Channels2};
     
    -handle_call({free,Channel}, _Client, Channels) ->
    -    Channels2 = free(Channel, Channels),
    -    {reply,ok,Channels2}.
    +handle_call({free,Channel}, _Client, Channels) ->
    +    Channels2 = free(Channel, Channels),
    +    {reply,ok,Channels2}.
     
    -terminate(_Reason, _Channels) ->
    +terminate(_Reason, _Channels) ->
         ok.
     
     %%%-Internal functions---------------------------------------------------
     
    -channels() ->
    -    [ch1,ch2,ch3].
    +channels() ->
    +    [ch1,ch2,ch3].
     
    -alloc([Channel|Channels]) ->
    -    {Channel,Channels};
    -alloc([]) ->
    +alloc([Channel|Channels]) ->
    +    {Channel,Channels};
    +alloc([]) ->
         false.
     
    -free(Channel, Channels) ->
    -    [Channel|Channels].

    The test case is implemented as follows:

    -module(test).
    --export([s/0]).
    -
    -s() ->
    -    {ok,Pid} = channel:start_link(),
    -    {ok,Ch1} = channel:alloc(),
    -    ok = channel:free(Ch1),
    -    ok = channel:stop().

    +free(Channel, Channels) -> + [Channel|Channels].

    The test case is implemented as follows:

    -module(test).
    +-export([s/0]).
    +
    +s() ->
    +    {ok,Pid} = channel:start_link(),
    +    {ok,Ch1} = channel:alloc(),
    +    ok = channel:free(Ch1),
    +    ok = channel:stop().

    Preparation

    First of all, Cover must be started. This spawns a process which owns the Cover -database where all coverage data will be stored.

    1> cover:start().
    -{ok,<0.90.0>}

    To include other nodes in the coverage analysis, use +database where all coverage data will be stored.

    1> cover:start().
    +{ok,<0.90.0>}

    To include other nodes in the coverage analysis, use cover:start/1. All cover-compiled modules will then be loaded on all nodes, and data from all nodes will be summed up when analysing. For simplicity this example only involves the current node.

    Before any analysis can take place, the involved modules must be cover-compiled. This means that some extra information is added to the module before beging compiled into a binary and loaded. The source file of the module is -not affected and no .beam file is created.

    2> cover:compile_module(channel).
    -{ok,channel}

    Each time a function in the cover-compiled module channel is called, +not affected and no .beam file is created.

    2> cover:compile_module(channel).
    +{ok,channel}

    Each time a function in the cover-compiled module channel is called, information about the call will be added to the Cover database. Run the test case:

    3> test:s().
     ok

    Cover analysis is performed by examining the contents of the Cover database. The @@ -238,56 +238,56 @@ {Cov,NotCov}, where Cov is the number of executable lines that have been executed at least once and NotCov is the number of executable lines that have not been executed.

    If the analysis is made on module level, the result is given for the entire -module as a tuple {Module,{Cov,NotCov}}:

    4> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, module).
    -{ok,{channel,{14,1}}}

    For channel, the result shows that 14 lines in the module are covered but one +module as a tuple {Module,{Cov,NotCov}}:

    4> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, module).
    +{ok,{channel,{14,1}}}

    For channel, the result shows that 14 lines in the module are covered but one line is not covered.

    If the analysis is made on function level, the result is given as a list of tuples {Function,{Cov,NotCov}}, one for each function in the module. A -function is specified by its module name, function name and arity:

    5> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, function).
    -{ok,[{{channel,start_link,0},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,stop,0},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,alloc,0},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,free,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,init,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,handle_call,3},{5,0}},
    -     {{channel,terminate,2},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,channels,0},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,alloc,1},{1,1}},
    -     {{channel,free,2},{1,0}}]}

    For channel, the result shows that the uncovered line is in the function +function is specified by its module name, function name and arity:

    5> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, function).
    +{ok,[{{channel,start_link,0},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,stop,0},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,alloc,0},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,free,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,init,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,handle_call,3},{5,0}},
    +     {{channel,terminate,2},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,channels,0},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,alloc,1},{1,1}},
    +     {{channel,free,2},{1,0}}]}

    For channel, the result shows that the uncovered line is in the function channel:alloc/1.

    If the analysis is made on clause level, the result is given as a list of tuples {Clause,{Cov,NotCov}}, one for each function clause in the module. A clause is specified by its module name, function name, arity and position within the -function definition:

    6> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, clause).
    -{ok,[{{channel,start_link,0,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,stop,0,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,alloc,0,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,free,1,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,init,1,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,handle_call,3,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,handle_call,3,2},{2,0}},
    -     {{channel,handle_call,3,3},{2,0}},
    -     {{channel,terminate,2,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,channels,0,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,alloc,1,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,alloc,1,2},{0,1}},
    -     {{channel,free,2,1},{1,0}}]}

    For channel, the result shows that the uncovered line is in the second clause +function definition:

    6> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, clause).
    +{ok,[{{channel,start_link,0,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,stop,0,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,alloc,0,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,free,1,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,init,1,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,handle_call,3,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,handle_call,3,2},{2,0}},
    +     {{channel,handle_call,3,3},{2,0}},
    +     {{channel,terminate,2,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,channels,0,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,alloc,1,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,alloc,1,2},{0,1}},
    +     {{channel,free,2,1},{1,0}}]}

    For channel, the result shows that the uncovered line is in the second clause of channel:alloc/1.

    Finally, if the analysis is made on line level, the result is given as a list of tuples {Line,{Cov,NotCov}}, one for each executable line in the source code. A -line is specified by its module name and line number.

    7> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, line).
    -{ok,[{{channel,9},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,12},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,17},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,20},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,25},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,28},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,31},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,32},{1,0}},
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cprof.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cprof.html	2025-01-25 10:23:51.692385580 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cprof.html	2025-01-25 10:23:51.696385600 +0000
    @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@
     
           
     
    -

    Collects and analyses all call counters for module Module.

    This function returns:

    {Module, ModuleCount, FuncAnalysisList}

    where FuncAnalysisList is a list of tuples, one for each function:

    {{Module, FunctionName, Arity}, FuncCallCount}

    If call counters are still running while analyse/0,1,2 is executing, the result +

    Collects and analyses all call counters for module Module.

    This function returns:

    {Module, ModuleCount, FuncAnalysisList}

    where FuncAnalysisList is a list of tuples, one for each function:

    {{Module, FunctionName, Arity}, FuncCallCount}

    If call counters are still running while analyse/0,1,2 is executing, the result could be inconsistent. This happens if the process executing analyse/0,1,2 is scheduled out so some other process can increment the counters that are being analysed. Calling pause() before analysing takes care of @@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cprof_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cprof_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.724385740 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cprof_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.728385760 +0000 @@ -156,36 +156,36 @@ Example: Background work -

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> cprof:start(), cprof:pause(). % Stop counters just after start
    +

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> cprof:start(), cprof:pause(). % Stop counters just after start
     8492
    -2> cprof:analyse().
    -{539,
    - [{shell,155,
    -         [{{shell,prep_check,1},55},
    -          {{shell,used_records,4},45},
    -          {{shell,used_records,1},45},
    -          {{shell,used_record_defs,2},1},
    -          {{shell,record_defs,2},1},
    -          {{shell,record_bindings,2},1},
    -          {{shell,exprs,7},1},
    -          {{shell,expr,4},1},
    -          {{shell,expand_records,2},1},
    -          {{shell,check_command,2},1},
    -          {{shell,apply_fun,3},1},
    -          {{shell,'-exprs/7-lc$^0/1-0-',1},1},
    -          {{shell,'-eval_loop/3-fun-0-',3},1}]},
    +2> cprof:analyse().
    +{539,
    + [{shell,155,
    +         [{{shell,prep_check,1},55},
    +          {{shell,used_records,4},45},
    +          {{shell,used_records,1},45},
    +          {{shell,used_record_defs,2},1},
    +          {{shell,record_defs,2},1},
    +          {{shell,record_bindings,2},1},
    +          {{shell,exprs,7},1},
    +          {{shell,expr,4},1},
    +          {{shell,expand_records,2},1},
    +          {{shell,check_command,2},1},
    +          {{shell,apply_fun,3},1},
    +          {{shell,'-exprs/7-lc$^0/1-0-',1},1},
    +          {{shell,'-eval_loop/3-fun-0-',3},1}]},
       %% Information about many modules omitted.
                          .
                          .
                          .
       %% Here is the last part.
    -  {erts_internal,2,[{{erts_internal,trace_pattern,3},2}]},
    -  {otp_internal,1,[{{otp_internal,obsolete,3},1}]},
    -  {maps,1,[{{maps,from_list,1},1}]},
    -  {erl_internal,1,[{{erl_internal,bif,3},1}]}]}
    -3> cprof:analyse(cprof).
    -{cprof,3,[{{cprof,tr,2},2},{{cprof,pause,0},1}]}
    -4> cprof:stop().
    +  {erts_internal,2,[{{erts_internal,trace_pattern,3},2}]},
    +  {otp_internal,1,[{{otp_internal,obsolete,3},1}]},
    +  {maps,1,[{{maps,from_list,1},1}]},
    +  {erl_internal,1,[{{erl_internal,bif,3},1}]}]}
    +3> cprof:analyse(cprof).
    +{cprof,3,[{{cprof,tr,2},2},{{cprof,pause,0},1}]}
    +4> cprof:stop().
     8586

    The example showed some of the background work that the shell performs just to interpret the first command line.

    What is captured in this example is the part of the work the shell does while interpreting the command line that occurs between the actual calls to @@ -195,20 +195,20 @@ Example: One module -

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> cprof:start(),R=calendar:day_of_the_week(1896,4,27),cprof:pause(),R.
    +

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> cprof:start(),R=calendar:day_of_the_week(1896,4,27),cprof:pause(),R.
     1
    -2> cprof:analyse(calendar).
    -{calendar,9,
    -          [{{calendar,last_day_of_the_month1,2},1},
    -           {{calendar,last_day_of_the_month,2},1},
    -           {{calendar,is_leap_year1,1},1},
    -           {{calendar,is_leap_year,1},1},
    -           {{calendar,dy,1},1},
    -           {{calendar,dm,1},1},
    -           {{calendar,df,2},1},
    -           {{calendar,day_of_the_week,3},1},
    -           {{calendar,date_to_gregorian_days,3},1}]}
    -3> cprof:stop().
    +2> cprof:analyse(calendar).
    +{calendar,9,
    +          [{{calendar,last_day_of_the_month1,2},1},
    +           {{calendar,last_day_of_the_month,2},1},
    +           {{calendar,is_leap_year1,1},1},
    +           {{calendar,is_leap_year,1},1},
    +           {{calendar,dy,1},1},
    +           {{calendar,dm,1},1},
    +           {{calendar,df,2},1},
    +           {{calendar,day_of_the_week,3},1},
    +           {{calendar,date_to_gregorian_days,3},1}]}
    +3> cprof:stop().
     8648

    The example tells us that "Aktiebolaget LM Ericsson & Co" was registered on a Monday (since the return value of the first command is 1), and that the calendar module needed 9 function calls to calculate that.

    Using cprof:analyse() in this example also shows approximately the same @@ -218,60 +218,60 @@ Example: In the code -

    Write a module:

    -module(sort).
    --export([do/1]).
    +

    Write a module:

    -module(sort).
    +-export([do/1]).
     
    -do(N) ->
    -    cprof:stop(),
    -    cprof:start(),
    -    do(N, []).
    -
    -do(0, L) ->
    -    R = lists:sort(L),
    -    cprof:pause(),
    +do(N) ->
    +    cprof:stop(),
    +    cprof:start(),
    +    do(N, []).
    +
    +do(0, L) ->
    +    R = lists:sort(L),
    +    cprof:pause(),
         R;
    -do(N, L) ->
    -    do(N-1, [rand:uniform(256)-1 | L]).

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> c(sort).
    -{ok,sort}
    -2> rand:seed(default, 42), ok.
    +do(N, L) ->
    +    do(N-1, [rand:uniform(256)-1 | L]).

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> c(sort).
    +{ok,sort}
    +2> rand:seed(default, 42), ok.
     ok.
    -3> sort:do(1000).
    -[0,0,0,1,1,1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,6,6,6,6,7,7,7,7,7,8,8|...]
    -4> cprof:analyse().
    -{13180,
    - [{lists,6173,
    -         [{{lists,rmerge3_1,6},1045},
    -          {{lists,rmerge3_2,6},977},
    -          {{lists,split_1,5},652},
    -          {{lists,merge3_1,6},579},
    -          {{lists,merge3_2,6},577},
    -          {{lists,rmerge3_12_3,6},511},
    -          {{lists,split_1_1,6},347},
    -          {{lists,merge3_12_3,6},310},
    -          {{lists,rmerge3_21_3,6},282},
    -          {{lists,merge3_21_3,6},221},
    -          {{lists,merge2_1,4},154},
    -          {{lists,merge2_2,5},138},
    -          {{lists,reverse,2},106},
    -          {{lists,rmerge2_2,5},87},
    -          {{lists,rmergel,2},81},
    -          {{lists,rmerge2_1,4},75},
    -          {{lists,mergel,2},28},
    -          {{lists,keyfind,3},2},
    -          {{lists,sort,1},1}]},
    -  {rand,5000,
    -        [{{rand,uniform_s,2},1000},
    -         {{rand,uniform,1},1000},
    -         {{rand,seed_put,1},1000},
    -         {{rand,seed_get,0},1000},
    -         {{rand,exsss_uniform,2},1000}]},
    -  {erlang,1004,
    -          [{{erlang,put,2},1000},
    -           {{erlang,trace_pattern,3},2},
    -           {{erlang,ensure_tracer_module_loaded,2},2}]},
    -  {sort,1001,[{{sort,do,2},1001}]},
    -  {erts_internal,2,[{{erts_internal,trace_pattern,3},2}]}]}
    -5> cprof:stop().
    +3> sort:do(1000).
    +[0,0,0,1,1,1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,6,6,6,6,7,7,7,7,7,8,8|...]
    +4> cprof:analyse().
    +{13180,
    + [{lists,6173,
    +         [{{lists,rmerge3_1,6},1045},
    +          {{lists,rmerge3_2,6},977},
    +          {{lists,split_1,5},652},
    +          {{lists,merge3_1,6},579},
    +          {{lists,merge3_2,6},577},
    +          {{lists,rmerge3_12_3,6},511},
    +          {{lists,split_1_1,6},347},
    +          {{lists,merge3_12_3,6},310},
    +          {{lists,rmerge3_21_3,6},282},
    +          {{lists,merge3_21_3,6},221},
    +          {{lists,merge2_1,4},154},
    +          {{lists,merge2_2,5},138},
    +          {{lists,reverse,2},106},
    +          {{lists,rmerge2_2,5},87},
    +          {{lists,rmergel,2},81},
    +          {{lists,rmerge2_1,4},75},
    +          {{lists,mergel,2},28},
    +          {{lists,keyfind,3},2},
    +          {{lists,sort,1},1}]},
    +  {rand,5000,
    +        [{{rand,uniform_s,2},1000},
    +         {{rand,uniform,1},1000},
    +         {{rand,seed_put,1},1000},
    +         {{rand,seed_get,0},1000},
    +         {{rand,exsss_uniform,2},1000}]},
    +  {erlang,1004,
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/eprof.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/eprof.html	2025-01-25 10:23:51.756385900 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/eprof.html	2025-01-25 10:23:51.764385940 +0000
    @@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/erlang-el.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/erlang-el.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.784386040 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/erlang-el.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.788386059 +0000 @@ -211,23 +211,23 @@
    • C-c C-a (align-current) - aligns comments, arrows, assignments, and type annotations around the cursor.
    Example:
     
    -sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
    -sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H);  % recurse
    -sum([], Sum) -> Sum.   % base case
    +sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
    +sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H);  % recurse
    +sum([], Sum) -> Sum.   % base case
     
    --record { two :: int(), % hello
    -          three = hello :: string(),    % there
    -          four = 42 :: int() }.
    +-record { two :: int(), % hello
    +          three = hello :: string(),    % there
    +          four = 42 :: int() }.
     
     becomes:
     
    -sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
    -sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H); % recurse
    -sum([], Sum)    -> Sum.             % base case
    +sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
    +sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H); % recurse
    +sum([], Sum)    -> Sum.             % base case
     
    --record { two           :: int(),    % hello
    -          three = hello :: string(), % there
    -          four  = 42    :: int() }.

    +-record { two :: int(), % hello + three = hello :: string(), % there + four = 42 :: int() }.

    @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/erlang_mode_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/erlang_mode_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.808386159 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/erlang_mode_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.812386179 +0000 @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/fprof.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/fprof.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.844386339 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/fprof.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.848386359 +0000 @@ -175,61 +175,61 @@ interested reader to try it out. Note that some flags to analyse/1 will affect the format.

    The following example was run on Erlang/OTP R8 on Solaris 8; all OTP internals in this example are version dependent.

    As an example, we will use the following function, which is a -slightly modified benchmark function from module file:

    -module(foo).
    --export([create_file_slow/2]).
    +slightly modified benchmark function from module file:

    -module(foo).
    +-export([create_file_slow/2]).
     
    -create_file_slow(Name, N) when is_integer(N), N >= 0 ->
    -    {ok, FD} =
    -        file:open(Name, [raw, write, delayed_write, binary]),
    +create_file_slow(Name, N) when is_integer(N), N >= 0 ->
    +    {ok, FD} =
    +        file:open(Name, [raw, write, delayed_write, binary]),
         if N > 256 ->
    -            ok = file:write(FD,
    -                            lists:map(fun (X) -> <<X:32/unsigned>> end,
    -                            lists:seq(0, 255))),
    -            ok = create_file_slow(FD, 256, N);
    +            ok = file:write(FD,
    +                            lists:map(fun (X) -> <<X:32/unsigned>> end,
    +                            lists:seq(0, 255))),
    +            ok = create_file_slow(FD, 256, N);
            true ->
    -            ok = create_file_slow(FD, 0, N)
    +            ok = create_file_slow(FD, 0, N)
         end,
    -    ok = file:close(FD).
    +    ok = file:close(FD).
     
    -create_file_slow(FD, M, M) ->
    +create_file_slow(FD, M, M) ->
         ok;
    -create_file_slow(FD, M, N) ->
    -    ok = file:write(FD, <<M:32/unsigned>>),
    -    create_file_slow(FD, M+1, N).

    Let us have a look at the printout after running:

    1> fprof:apply(foo, create_file_slow, [junk, 1024]).
    -2> fprof:profile().
    -3> fprof:analyse().

    The printout starts with:

    %% Analysis results:
    -{  analysis_options,
    - [{callers, true},
    -  {sort, acc},
    -  {totals, false},
    -  {details, true}]}.
    +create_file_slow(FD, M, N) ->
    +    ok = file:write(FD, <<M:32/unsigned>>),
    +    create_file_slow(FD, M+1, N).

    Let us have a look at the printout after running:

    1> fprof:apply(foo, create_file_slow, [junk, 1024]).
    +2> fprof:profile().
    +3> fprof:analyse().

    The printout starts with:

    %% Analysis results:
    +{  analysis_options,
    + [{callers, true},
    +  {sort, acc},
    +  {totals, false},
    +  {details, true}]}.
     
     %                                       CNT       ACC       OWN
    -[{ totals,                             9627, 1691.119, 1659.074}].  %%%

    The CNT column shows the total number of function calls that was found in the +[{ totals, 9627, 1691.119, 1659.074}]. %%%

    The CNT column shows the total number of function calls that was found in the trace. In the ACC column is the total time of the trace from first timestamp to last. And in the OWN column is the sum of the execution time in functions found in the trace, not including called functions. In this case it is very close to the ACC time since the emulator had practically nothing to do except executing our test program.

    All time values in the printout are in milliseconds.

    The printout continues:

    %                                       CNT       ACC       OWN
    -[{ "<0.28.0>",                         9627,undefined, 1659.074}].   %%

    This is the printout header of one process. The printout contains only this one +[{ "<0.28.0>", 9627,undefined, 1659.074}]. %%

    This is the printout header of one process. The printout contains only this one process since we called fprof:apply/3 that traces only the current process. Therefore the CNT and OWN columns perfectly matches the totals above. The ACC column is undefined since summing the ACC times of all calls in the process makes no sense — one would get something like the ACC value from totals above multiplied by the average depth of the call stack.

    All paragraphs up to the next process header only concerns function calls within -this process.

    Now we come to something more interesting:

    {[{undefined,                             0, 1691.076,    0.030}],
    - { {fprof,apply_start_stop,4},            0, 1691.076,    0.030},     %
    - [{{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1, 1691.046,    0.103},
    -  {suspend,                               1,    0.000,    0.000}]}.
    -
    -{[{{fprof,apply_start_stop,4},            1, 1691.046,    0.103}],
    - { {foo,create_file_slow,2},              1, 1691.046,    0.103},     %
    - [{{file,close,1},                        1, 1398.873,    0.019},
    -  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},              1,  249.678,    0.029},
    -  {{file,open,2},                         1,   20.778,    0.055},
    -  {{lists,map,2},                         1,   16.590,    0.043},
    -  {{lists,seq,2},                         1,    4.708,    0.017},
    -  {{file,write,2},                        1,    0.316,    0.021}]}.

    The printout consists of one paragraph per called function. The function +this process.

    Now we come to something more interesting:

    {[{undefined,                             0, 1691.076,    0.030}],
    + { {fprof,apply_start_stop,4},            0, 1691.076,    0.030},     %
    + [{{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1, 1691.046,    0.103},
    +  {suspend,                               1,    0.000,    0.000}]}.
    +
    +{[{{fprof,apply_start_stop,4},            1, 1691.046,    0.103}],
    + { {foo,create_file_slow,2},              1, 1691.046,    0.103},     %
    + [{{file,close,1},                        1, 1398.873,    0.019},
    +  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},              1,  249.678,    0.029},
    +  {{file,open,2},                         1,   20.778,    0.055},
    +  {{lists,map,2},                         1,   16.590,    0.043},
    +  {{lists,seq,2},                         1,    4.708,    0.017},
    +  {{file,write,2},                        1,    0.316,    0.021}]}.

    The printout consists of one paragraph per called function. The function marked with % is the one the paragraph concerns — foo:create_file_slow/2. Above the marked function are the calling functions — those that has called the marked, and below are those called by the marked function.

    The paragraphs are per default sorted in descending order of the ACC column for @@ -246,12 +246,12 @@ (lists:seq/2 and lists:map/2).

    The function undefined that has called fprof:apply_start_stop/4 is an unknown function because that call was not recorded in the trace. It was only recorded that the execution returned from fprof:apply_start_stop/4 to some -other function above in the call stack, or that the process exited from there.

    Let us continue down the printout to find:

    {[{{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1,  249.678,    0.029},
    -  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,    0.000,   23.294}],
    - { {foo,create_file_slow,3},            769,  249.678,   23.323},     %
    - [{{file,write,2},                      768,  220.314,   14.539},
    -  {suspend,                              57,    6.041,    0.000},
    -  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,    0.000,   23.294}]}.

    If you compare with the code you will see there also that +other function above in the call stack, or that the process exited from there.

    Let us continue down the printout to find:

    {[{{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1,  249.678,    0.029},
    +  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,    0.000,   23.294}],
    + { {foo,create_file_slow,3},            769,  249.678,   23.323},     %
    + [{{file,write,2},                      768,  220.314,   14.539},
    +  {suspend,                              57,    6.041,    0.000},
    +  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,    0.000,   23.294}]}.

    If you compare with the code you will see there also that foo:create_file_slow/3 was called only from foo:create_file_slow/2 and itself, and called only file:write/2, note the number of calls to file:write/2. But here we see that suspend was called a few times. This is a @@ -259,88 +259,88 @@ foo:create_file_slow/3, and since there is no receive or erlang:yield/0 in the code, it must be Erlang scheduling suspensions, or the trace file driver compensating for large file write operations (these are regarded as a schedule -out followed by a schedule in to the same process).

    Let us find the suspend entry:

    {[{{file,write,2},                       53,    6.281,    0.000},
    -  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},             57,    6.041,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,drv_command,4},            50,    4.582,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,drv_get_response,1},       34,    2.986,    0.000},
    -  {{lists,map,2},                        10,    2.104,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,write,2},                  17,    1.852,    0.000},
    -  {{erlang,port_command,2},              15,    1.713,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,drv_command,2},            22,    1.482,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,translate_response,2},     11,    1.441,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,'-drv_command/2-fun-0-',1},  15,    1.340,    0.000},
    -  {{lists,seq,4},                         3,    0.880,    0.000},
    -  {{foo,'-create_file_slow/2-fun-0-',1},   5,    0.523,    0.000},
    -  {{erlang,bump_reductions,1},            4,    0.503,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,open_int_setopts,3},        1,    0.165,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,i32,4},                     1,    0.109,    0.000},
    -  {{fprof,apply_start_stop,4},            1,    0.000,    0.000}],
    - { suspend,                             299,   32.002,    0.000},     %
    - [ ]}.

    We find no particularly long suspend times, so no function seems to have waited +out followed by a schedule in to the same process).

    Let us find the suspend entry:

    {[{{file,write,2},                       53,    6.281,    0.000},
    +  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},             57,    6.041,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,drv_command,4},            50,    4.582,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,drv_get_response,1},       34,    2.986,    0.000},
    +  {{lists,map,2},                        10,    2.104,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,write,2},                  17,    1.852,    0.000},
    +  {{erlang,port_command,2},              15,    1.713,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,drv_command,2},            22,    1.482,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,translate_response,2},     11,    1.441,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,'-drv_command/2-fun-0-',1},  15,    1.340,    0.000},
    +  {{lists,seq,4},                         3,    0.880,    0.000},
    +  {{foo,'-create_file_slow/2-fun-0-',1},   5,    0.523,    0.000},
    +  {{erlang,bump_reductions,1},            4,    0.503,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,open_int_setopts,3},        1,    0.165,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,i32,4},                     1,    0.109,    0.000},
    +  {{fprof,apply_start_stop,4},            1,    0.000,    0.000}],
    + { suspend,                             299,   32.002,    0.000},     %
    + [ ]}.

    We find no particularly long suspend times, so no function seems to have waited in a receive statement. Actually, prim_file:drv_command/4 contains a receive statement, but in this test program, the message lies in the process receive buffer when the receive statement is entered. We also see that the total suspend time for the test run is small.

    The suspend pseudo function has an OWN time of zero. This is to prevent the process total OWN time from including time in suspension. Whether suspend -time is really ACC or OWN time is more of a philosophical question.

    Now we look at another interesting pseudo function, garbage_collect:

    {[{{prim_file,drv_command,4},            25,    0.873,    0.873},
    -  {{prim_file,write,2},                  16,    0.692,    0.692},
    -  {{lists,map,2},                         2,    0.195,    0.195}],
    - { garbage_collect,                      43,    1.760,    1.760},     %
    - [ ]}.

    Here we see that no function stands out, which is very normal.

    The garbage_collect pseudo function has not an OWN time of zero like +time is really ACC or OWN time is more of a philosophical question.

    Now we look at another interesting pseudo function, garbage_collect:

    {[{{prim_file,drv_command,4},            25,    0.873,    0.873},
    +  {{prim_file,write,2},                  16,    0.692,    0.692},
    +  {{lists,map,2},                         2,    0.195,    0.195}],
    + { garbage_collect,                      43,    1.760,    1.760},     %
    + [ ]}.

    Here we see that no function stands out, which is very normal.

    The garbage_collect pseudo function has not an OWN time of zero like suspend, instead it is equal to the ACC time.

    Garbage collection often occurs while a process is suspended, but fprof hides this fact by pretending that the suspended function was first unsuspended and then garbage collected. Otherwise the printout would show garbage_collect being called from suspend, but not which function that might have caused the -garbage collection.

    Let us now get back to the test code:

    {[{{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,  220.314,   14.539},
    -  {{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1,    0.316,    0.021}],
    - { {file,write,2},                      769,  220.630,   14.560},     %
    - [{{prim_file,write,2},                 769,  199.789,   22.573},
    -  {suspend,                              53,    6.281,    0.000}]}.

    Not unexpectedly, we see that file:write/2 was called from +garbage collection.

    Let us now get back to the test code:

    {[{{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,  220.314,   14.539},
    +  {{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1,    0.316,    0.021}],
    + { {file,write,2},                      769,  220.630,   14.560},     %
    + [{{prim_file,write,2},                 769,  199.789,   22.573},
    +  {suspend,                              53,    6.281,    0.000}]}.

    Not unexpectedly, we see that file:write/2 was called from foo:create_file_slow/3 and foo:create_file_slow/2. The number of calls in each case as well as the used time are also confirms the previous results.

    We see that file:write/2 only calls prim_file:write/2, but let us refrain from digging into the internals of the kernel application.

    If we nevertheless do dig down we find the call to the linked-in driver -that does the file operations towards the host operating system:

    {[{{prim_file,drv_command,4},           772, 1458.356, 1456.643}],
    - { {erlang,port_command,2},             772, 1458.356, 1456.643},     %
    - [{suspend,                              15,    1.713,    0.000}]}.

    This is 86 % of the total run time, and as we saw before it is the close +that does the file operations towards the host operating system:

    {[{{prim_file,drv_command,4},           772, 1458.356, 1456.643}],
    + { {erlang,port_command,2},             772, 1458.356, 1456.643},     %
    + [{suspend,                              15,    1.713,    0.000}]}.

    This is 86 % of the total run time, and as we saw before it is the close operation the absolutely biggest contributor. We find a comparison ratio a -little bit up in the call stack:

    {[{{prim_file,close,1},                   1, 1398.748,    0.024},
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/fprof_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/fprof_chapter.html	2025-01-25 10:23:51.872386479 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/fprof_chapter.html	2025-01-25 10:23:51.876386499 +0000
    @@ -176,10 +176,10 @@
     
     

    It is also possible to trace immediately into the profiling process that creates the raw profile data, that is to short circuit the tracing and profiling steps -so that the filesystem is not used for tracing.

    Do something like this:

    {ok, Tracer} = fprof:profile(start),
    -fprof:trace([start, {tracer, Tracer}]),
    +so that the filesystem is not used for tracing.

    Do something like this:

    {ok, Tracer} = fprof:profile(start),
    +fprof:trace([start, {tracer, Tracer}]),
     %% Run code to profile
    -fprof:trace(stop);

    This puts less load on the filesystem, but much more load on the Erlang runtime +fprof:trace(stop);

    This puts less load on the filesystem, but much more load on the Erlang runtime system.

    @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/lcnt.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/lcnt.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.904386639 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/lcnt.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.912386678 +0000 @@ -1857,7 +1857,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/lcnt_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/lcnt_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.944386838 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/lcnt_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.944386838 +0000 @@ -233,20 +233,20 @@ Example with Mnesia Transaction Benchmark -

    From the Erlang shell:

    Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.0] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit] [lock-counting]
    +

    From the Erlang shell:

    Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.0] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit] [lock-counting]
     
    -Eshell V15.0 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
    -1> Conf = [{db_nodes, [node()]}, {driver_nodes, [node()]}, {replica_nodes, [node()]},
    -    {n_drivers_per_node, 10}, {n_branches, 1000}, {n_accounts_per_branch, 10},
    -    {replica_type, ram_copies}, {stop_after, 60000}, {reuse_history_id, true}], ok.
    +Eshell V15.0 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
    +1> Conf = [{db_nodes, [node()]}, {driver_nodes, [node()]}, {replica_nodes, [node()]},
    +    {n_drivers_per_node, 10}, {n_branches, 1000}, {n_accounts_per_branch, 10},
    +    {replica_type, ram_copies}, {stop_after, 60000}, {reuse_history_id, true}], ok.
     ok
    -2> mnesia_tpcb:init([{use_running_mnesia, false}|Conf]).
    +2> mnesia_tpcb:init([{use_running_mnesia, false}|Conf]).
         .
         .
         .
     ignore

    Initial configuring of the benchmark is done. It is time to profile the actual -Mnesia benchmark:

    3> lcnt:apply(fun() -> {ok,{time, Tps,_,_,_,_}} = mnesia_tpcb:run([{use_running_mnesia,
    -    true}|Conf]), Tps/60 end).
    +Mnesia benchmark:

    3> lcnt:apply(fun() -> {ok,{time, Tps,_,_,_,_}} = mnesia_tpcb:run([{use_running_mnesia,
    +    true}|Conf]), Tps/60 end).
           .
           .
           .
    @@ -350,63 +350,63 @@
       
       The Big Bang Benchmark
     
    -
    -module(big).
    --export([bang/1]).
    +
    -module(big).
    +-export([bang/1]).
     
    -pinger([], [], true) ->
    +pinger([], [], true) ->
         receive
    -	{procs, Procs, ReportTo} ->
    -	    pinger(Procs, [], ReportTo)
    +	{procs, Procs, ReportTo} ->
    +	    pinger(Procs, [], ReportTo)
         end;
    -pinger([], [], false) ->
    -    receive {ping, From} -> From ! {pong, self()} end,
    -    pinger([],[],false);
    -pinger([], [], ReportTo) ->
    -    ReportTo ! {done, self()},
    -    pinger([],[],false);
    -pinger([], [Po|Pos] = Pongers, ReportTo) ->
    +pinger([], [], false) ->
    +    receive {ping, From} -> From ! {pong, self()} end,
    +    pinger([],[],false);
    +pinger([], [], ReportTo) ->
    +    ReportTo ! {done, self()},
    +    pinger([],[],false);
    +pinger([], [Po|Pos] = Pongers, ReportTo) ->
         receive
    -	{ping, From} ->
    -	    From ! {pong, self()},
    -	    pinger([], Pongers, ReportTo);
    -	{pong, Po} ->
    -	    pinger([], Pos, ReportTo)
    +	{ping, From} ->
    +	    From ! {pong, self()},
    +	    pinger([], Pongers, ReportTo);
    +	{pong, Po} ->
    +	    pinger([], Pos, ReportTo)
         end;
    -pinger([Pi|Pis], Pongers, ReportTo) ->
    -    receive {ping, From} -> From ! {pong, self()}
    +pinger([Pi|Pis], Pongers, ReportTo) ->
    +    receive {ping, From} -> From ! {pong, self()}
         after 0 -> ok
         end,
    -    Pi ! {ping, self()},
    -    pinger(Pis, [Pi|Pongers], ReportTo).
    +    Pi ! {ping, self()},
    +    pinger(Pis, [Pi|Pongers], ReportTo).
     
    -spawn_procs(N) when N =< 0 ->
    -    [];
    -spawn_procs(N) ->
    -    [spawn_link(fun () -> pinger([],[],true) end) | spawn_procs(N-1)].
    +spawn_procs(N) when N =< 0 ->
    +    [];
    +spawn_procs(N) ->
    +    [spawn_link(fun () -> pinger([],[],true) end) | spawn_procs(N-1)].
     
    -send_procs([], Msg) ->
    +send_procs([], Msg) ->
         Msg;
    -send_procs([P|Ps], Msg) ->
    +send_procs([P|Ps], Msg) ->
         P ! Msg,
    -    send_procs(Ps, Msg).
    +    send_procs(Ps, Msg).
     
    -receive_msgs([]) ->
    +receive_msgs([]) ->
         ok;
    -receive_msgs([M|Ms]) ->
    +receive_msgs([M|Ms]) ->
         receive
     	M ->
    -	    receive_msgs(Ms)
    +	    receive_msgs(Ms)
         end.
     
    -bang(N) when integer(N) ->
    -    Procs = spawn_procs(N),
    -    RMsgs = lists:map(fun (P) -> {done, P} end, Procs),
    -    Start = now(),
    -    send_procs(Procs, {procs, Procs, self()}),
    -    receive_msgs(RMsgs),
    -    Stop = now(),
    -    lists:foreach(fun (P) -> exit(P, normal) end, Procs),
    -    timer:now_diff(Stop, Start).

    +bang(N) when integer(N) -> + Procs = spawn_procs(N), + RMsgs = lists:map(fun (P) -> {done, P} end, Procs), + Start = now(), + send_procs(Procs, {procs, Procs, self()}), + receive_msgs(RMsgs), + Stop = now(), + lists:foreach(fun (P) -> exit(P, normal) end, Procs), + timer:now_diff(Stop, Start).

    @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/make.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/make.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.968386958 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/make.html 2025-01-25 10:23:51.972386978 +0000 @@ -142,8 +142,8 @@ the first match is used. For example, the following Emakefile means that file1 should be compiled with the options [debug_info,{i,"../foo"}], while all other files in the current directory should be compiled with only the -debug_info flag.

    {'file1',[debug_info,{i,"../foo"}]}.
    -{'*',[debug_info]}.

    +debug_info flag.

    {'file1',[debug_info,{i,"../foo"}]}.
    +{'*',[debug_info]}.

    @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:52.004387138 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:52.012387177 +0000 @@ -155,25 +155,25 @@ Fixed Bugs and Malfunctions

    -
    • Dialyzer warnings due to type specs added in dbg have been eliminated.

      Own Id: OTP-18860

    • In Erlang/OTP 26, doing a cover analysis on the line level would return multiple entries for lines on which multiple functions were defined.

      For example, consider this module:

      -module(foo).
      --export([bar/0, baz/0]).
      +
      • Dialyzer warnings due to type specs added in dbg have been eliminated.

        Own Id: OTP-18860

      • In Erlang/OTP 26, doing a cover analysis on the line level would return multiple entries for lines on which multiple functions were defined.

        For example, consider this module:

        -module(foo).
        +-export([bar/0, baz/0]).
         
        -bar() -> ok. baz() -> not_ok.

        In Erlang/OTP 26, analysing on the line level would return two entries -for line 4:

        1> cover:compile_module(foo).
        -{ok,foo}
        -2> foo:bar().
        +bar() -> ok. baz() -> not_ok.

        In Erlang/OTP 26, analysing on the line level would return two entries +for line 4:

        1> cover:compile_module(foo).
        +{ok,foo}
        +2> foo:bar().
         ok
        -3> cover:analyse(foo, coverage, line).
        -{ok,[{{foo,4},{1,0}},{{foo,4},{0,1}}]}
        -4> cover:analyse(foo, calls, line).
        -{ok,[{{foo,4},1},{{foo,4},0}]}

        In Erlang/OTP 27, there will only be a single entry for line 4:

        1> cover:compile_module(foo).
        -{ok,foo}
        -2> foo:bar().
        +3> cover:analyse(foo, coverage, line).
        +{ok,[{{foo,4},{1,0}},{{foo,4},{0,1}}]}
        +4> cover:analyse(foo, calls, line).
        +{ok,[{{foo,4},1},{{foo,4},0}]}

        In Erlang/OTP 27, there will only be a single entry for line 4:

        1> cover:compile_module(foo).
        +{ok,foo}
        +2> foo:bar().
         ok
        -3> cover:analyse(foo, coverage, line).
        -{ok,[{{foo,4},{1,0}}]}
        -4> cover:analyse(foo, calls, line).
        -{ok,[{{foo,4},1}]}

        Own Id: OTP-18998 Aux Id: GH-8159, PR-8182

      • Fixed align command in emacs mode.

        Own Id: OTP-19026 Aux Id: PR-8155

      +3> cover:analyse(foo, coverage, line). +{ok,[{{foo,4},{1,0}}]} +4> cover:analyse(foo, calls, line). +{ok,[{{foo,4},1}]}

      Own Id: OTP-18998 Aux Id: GH-8159, PR-8182

    • Fixed align command in emacs mode.

      Own Id: OTP-19026 Aux Id: PR-8155

    @@ -186,12 +186,12 @@ """. "a\nb\nc"

    Adjacent string literals without intervening white space is now a syntax error, to avoid possible confusion with triple-quoted strings. For example:

    1> "abc""xyz".
     "xyz".
    -* 1:6: adjacent string literals without intervening white space

    POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

    Own Id: OTP-18750 Aux Id: OTP-18746, PR-7313, PR-7451

  • There is a new tool tprof, which combines the functionality of eprof and cprof under one interface and adds heap profiling. It also has functionality to help with profiling process hierarchies.

    Example:

    1> tprof:profile(lists, seq, [1, 16], #href_anchor"ss">type => call_memory}).
    +* 1:6: adjacent string literals without intervening white space

    POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

    Own Id: OTP-18750 Aux Id: OTP-18746, PR-7313, PR-7451

  • There is a new tool tprof, which combines the functionality of eprof and cprof under one interface and adds heap profiling. It also has functionality to help with profiling process hierarchies.

    Example:

    1> tprof:profile(lists, seq, [1, 16], #href_anchor"ss">type => call_memory}).
     
     ****** Process <0.92.0>  --  100.00% of total *** 
    -FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
    -lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
    -                            32            [ 100.0]
    +FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
    +lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
    +                            32            [ 100.0]
     ok

    Own Id: OTP-18756 Aux Id: PR-6639

  • Native coverage support has been implemented in the JIT. It will automatically be used by the cover tool to reduce the execution overhead when running cover-compiled code.

    There are also new APIs to support native coverage without using the cover tool.

    To instrument code for native coverage it must be compiled with the line_coverage option.

    To enable native coverage in the runtime system, start it like so:

    $ erl +JPcover true

    There are also the following new functions for supporting native coverage:

    Own Id: OTP-18856 Aux Id: PR-7856

  • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

    Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

  • Improved the align command in emacs mode.

    Own Id: OTP-19080 Aux Id: PR-8288

  • @@ -1520,7 +1520,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:52.036387298 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:52.036387298 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tags.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tags.html 2025-01-25 10:23:52.068387457 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tags.html 2025-01-25 10:23:52.072387477 +0000 @@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:19:06.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:36:50.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> tools - 4.1 - urn:uuid:083f8c8d-0dab-372a-baeb-16b9311c5183 + urn:uuid:d5451346-e903-b5f3-b982-ad0a392c09dd en - 2025-01-25T10:19:06Z + 2041-02-26T23:36:50Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cover_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cover_chapter.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:06.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cover_chapter.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:50.000000000 +0000 @@ -41,81 +41,81 @@ Example

    -

    Assume that a test case for the following program should be verified:

    -module(channel).
    --behaviour(gen_server).
    +

    Assume that a test case for the following program should be verified:

    -module(channel).
    +-behaviour(gen_server).
     
    --export([start_link/0,stop/0]).
    --export([alloc/0,free/1]). % client interface
    --export([init/1,handle_call/3,terminate/2]). % callback functions
    +-export([start_link/0,stop/0]).
    +-export([alloc/0,free/1]). % client interface
    +-export([init/1,handle_call/3,terminate/2]). % callback functions
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    gen_server:start_link({local,channel}, channel, [], []).
    +start_link() ->
    +    gen_server:start_link({local,channel}, channel, [], []).
     
    -stop() ->
    -    gen_server:call(channel, stop).
    +stop() ->
    +    gen_server:call(channel, stop).
     
     %%%-Client interface functions-------------------------------------------
     
    -alloc() ->
    -    gen_server:call(channel, alloc).
    +alloc() ->
    +    gen_server:call(channel, alloc).
     
    -free(Channel) ->
    -    gen_server:call(channel, {free,Channel}).
    +free(Channel) ->
    +    gen_server:call(channel, {free,Channel}).
     
     %%%-gen_server callback functions----------------------------------------
     
    -init(_Arg) ->
    -    {ok,channels()}.
    +init(_Arg) ->
    +    {ok,channels()}.
     
    -handle_call(stop, _Client, Channels) ->
    -    {stop,normal,ok,Channels};
    +handle_call(stop, _Client, Channels) ->
    +    {stop,normal,ok,Channels};
     
    -handle_call(alloc, _Client, Channels) ->
    -    {Ch,Channels2} = alloc(Channels),
    -    {reply,{ok,Ch},Channels2};
    +handle_call(alloc, _Client, Channels) ->
    +    {Ch,Channels2} = alloc(Channels),
    +    {reply,{ok,Ch},Channels2};
     
    -handle_call({free,Channel}, _Client, Channels) ->
    -    Channels2 = free(Channel, Channels),
    -    {reply,ok,Channels2}.
    +handle_call({free,Channel}, _Client, Channels) ->
    +    Channels2 = free(Channel, Channels),
    +    {reply,ok,Channels2}.
     
    -terminate(_Reason, _Channels) ->
    +terminate(_Reason, _Channels) ->
         ok.
     
     %%%-Internal functions---------------------------------------------------
     
    -channels() ->
    -    [ch1,ch2,ch3].
    +channels() ->
    +    [ch1,ch2,ch3].
     
    -alloc([Channel|Channels]) ->
    -    {Channel,Channels};
    -alloc([]) ->
    +alloc([Channel|Channels]) ->
    +    {Channel,Channels};
    +alloc([]) ->
         false.
     
    -free(Channel, Channels) ->
    -    [Channel|Channels].

    The test case is implemented as follows:

    -module(test).
    --export([s/0]).
    -
    -s() ->
    -    {ok,Pid} = channel:start_link(),
    -    {ok,Ch1} = channel:alloc(),
    -    ok = channel:free(Ch1),
    -    ok = channel:stop().

    +free(Channel, Channels) -> + [Channel|Channels].

    The test case is implemented as follows:

    -module(test).
    +-export([s/0]).
    +
    +s() ->
    +    {ok,Pid} = channel:start_link(),
    +    {ok,Ch1} = channel:alloc(),
    +    ok = channel:free(Ch1),
    +    ok = channel:stop().

    Preparation

    First of all, Cover must be started. This spawns a process which owns the Cover -database where all coverage data will be stored.

    1> cover:start().
    -{ok,<0.90.0>}

    To include other nodes in the coverage analysis, use +database where all coverage data will be stored.

    1> cover:start().
    +{ok,<0.90.0>}

    To include other nodes in the coverage analysis, use cover:start/1. All cover-compiled modules will then be loaded on all nodes, and data from all nodes will be summed up when analysing. For simplicity this example only involves the current node.

    Before any analysis can take place, the involved modules must be cover-compiled. This means that some extra information is added to the module before beging compiled into a binary and loaded. The source file of the module is -not affected and no .beam file is created.

    2> cover:compile_module(channel).
    -{ok,channel}

    Each time a function in the cover-compiled module channel is called, +not affected and no .beam file is created.

    2> cover:compile_module(channel).
    +{ok,channel}

    Each time a function in the cover-compiled module channel is called, information about the call will be added to the Cover database. Run the test case:

    3> test:s().
     ok

    Cover analysis is performed by examining the contents of the Cover database. The @@ -133,56 +133,56 @@ {Cov,NotCov}, where Cov is the number of executable lines that have been executed at least once and NotCov is the number of executable lines that have not been executed.

    If the analysis is made on module level, the result is given for the entire -module as a tuple {Module,{Cov,NotCov}}:

    4> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, module).
    -{ok,{channel,{14,1}}}

    For channel, the result shows that 14 lines in the module are covered but one +module as a tuple {Module,{Cov,NotCov}}:

    4> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, module).
    +{ok,{channel,{14,1}}}

    For channel, the result shows that 14 lines in the module are covered but one line is not covered.

    If the analysis is made on function level, the result is given as a list of tuples {Function,{Cov,NotCov}}, one for each function in the module. A -function is specified by its module name, function name and arity:

    5> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, function).
    -{ok,[{{channel,start_link,0},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,stop,0},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,alloc,0},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,free,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,init,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,handle_call,3},{5,0}},
    -     {{channel,terminate,2},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,channels,0},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,alloc,1},{1,1}},
    -     {{channel,free,2},{1,0}}]}

    For channel, the result shows that the uncovered line is in the function +function is specified by its module name, function name and arity:

    5> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, function).
    +{ok,[{{channel,start_link,0},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,stop,0},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,alloc,0},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,free,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,init,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,handle_call,3},{5,0}},
    +     {{channel,terminate,2},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,channels,0},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,alloc,1},{1,1}},
    +     {{channel,free,2},{1,0}}]}

    For channel, the result shows that the uncovered line is in the function channel:alloc/1.

    If the analysis is made on clause level, the result is given as a list of tuples {Clause,{Cov,NotCov}}, one for each function clause in the module. A clause is specified by its module name, function name, arity and position within the -function definition:

    6> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, clause).
    -{ok,[{{channel,start_link,0,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,stop,0,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,alloc,0,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,free,1,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,init,1,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,handle_call,3,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,handle_call,3,2},{2,0}},
    -     {{channel,handle_call,3,3},{2,0}},
    -     {{channel,terminate,2,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,channels,0,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,alloc,1,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,alloc,1,2},{0,1}},
    -     {{channel,free,2,1},{1,0}}]}

    For channel, the result shows that the uncovered line is in the second clause +function definition:

    6> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, clause).
    +{ok,[{{channel,start_link,0,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,stop,0,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,alloc,0,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,free,1,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,init,1,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,handle_call,3,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,handle_call,3,2},{2,0}},
    +     {{channel,handle_call,3,3},{2,0}},
    +     {{channel,terminate,2,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,channels,0,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,alloc,1,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,alloc,1,2},{0,1}},
    +     {{channel,free,2,1},{1,0}}]}

    For channel, the result shows that the uncovered line is in the second clause of channel:alloc/1.

    Finally, if the analysis is made on line level, the result is given as a list of tuples {Line,{Cov,NotCov}}, one for each executable line in the source code. A -line is specified by its module name and line number.

    7> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, line).
    -{ok,[{{channel,9},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,12},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,17},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,20},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,25},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,28},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,31},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,32},{1,0}},
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cover.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cover.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:19:06.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cover.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:50.000000000 +0000
    @@ -1440,7 +1440,7 @@
     call is equivalent to analyse('_', coverage, Arg).

    Otherwise Arg is assumed to be a module name, and this call is equivalent to analyse(Arg, coverage, function).

    Note

    To analyze a module whose name overlaps with one the values in analysis() or level(), the module -name has to be in a list. For example, to analyze a module named calls:

    cover:analyse([calls]).
    +name has to be in a list. For example, to analyze a module named calls:

    cover:analyse([calls]).
    @@ -1482,7 +1482,7 @@ analyse(Arg1, Arg2, function).

    If Arg2 is one of the values in level(), Arg1 is assumed to be a module and this call is equivalent to analyse(Arg1, coverage, Arg2).

    Note

    To analyze a module whose name overlaps with one of the values in analysis(), the module name needs to be in a -list. For example, to analyze a module named calls:

    cover:analyse([calls], function).
    +list. For example, to analyze a module named calls:

    cover:analyse([calls], function).
    @@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@ options, this call is equivalent to analyse_to_file('_', Arg).

    Otherwise Arg is assumed to be a module, and this call is equivalent to analyse_to_file(Arg, []).

    Note

    To analyze a module of the name html (which overlaps with an option in analyse_option()), it is necessary to -use cover:analyse_to_file/2:

    cover:analyse_to_file([html], []).
    +use cover:analyse_to_file/2:

    cover:analyse_to_file([html], []).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cprof_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cprof_chapter.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:06.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cprof_chapter.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:50.000000000 +0000 @@ -51,36 +51,36 @@ Example: Background work -

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> cprof:start(), cprof:pause(). % Stop counters just after start
    +

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> cprof:start(), cprof:pause(). % Stop counters just after start
     8492
    -2> cprof:analyse().
    -{539,
    - [{shell,155,
    -         [{{shell,prep_check,1},55},
    -          {{shell,used_records,4},45},
    -          {{shell,used_records,1},45},
    -          {{shell,used_record_defs,2},1},
    -          {{shell,record_defs,2},1},
    -          {{shell,record_bindings,2},1},
    -          {{shell,exprs,7},1},
    -          {{shell,expr,4},1},
    -          {{shell,expand_records,2},1},
    -          {{shell,check_command,2},1},
    -          {{shell,apply_fun,3},1},
    -          {{shell,'-exprs/7-lc$^0/1-0-',1},1},
    -          {{shell,'-eval_loop/3-fun-0-',3},1}]},
    +2> cprof:analyse().
    +{539,
    + [{shell,155,
    +         [{{shell,prep_check,1},55},
    +          {{shell,used_records,4},45},
    +          {{shell,used_records,1},45},
    +          {{shell,used_record_defs,2},1},
    +          {{shell,record_defs,2},1},
    +          {{shell,record_bindings,2},1},
    +          {{shell,exprs,7},1},
    +          {{shell,expr,4},1},
    +          {{shell,expand_records,2},1},
    +          {{shell,check_command,2},1},
    +          {{shell,apply_fun,3},1},
    +          {{shell,'-exprs/7-lc$^0/1-0-',1},1},
    +          {{shell,'-eval_loop/3-fun-0-',3},1}]},
       %% Information about many modules omitted.
                          .
                          .
                          .
       %% Here is the last part.
    -  {erts_internal,2,[{{erts_internal,trace_pattern,3},2}]},
    -  {otp_internal,1,[{{otp_internal,obsolete,3},1}]},
    -  {maps,1,[{{maps,from_list,1},1}]},
    -  {erl_internal,1,[{{erl_internal,bif,3},1}]}]}
    -3> cprof:analyse(cprof).
    -{cprof,3,[{{cprof,tr,2},2},{{cprof,pause,0},1}]}
    -4> cprof:stop().
    +  {erts_internal,2,[{{erts_internal,trace_pattern,3},2}]},
    +  {otp_internal,1,[{{otp_internal,obsolete,3},1}]},
    +  {maps,1,[{{maps,from_list,1},1}]},
    +  {erl_internal,1,[{{erl_internal,bif,3},1}]}]}
    +3> cprof:analyse(cprof).
    +{cprof,3,[{{cprof,tr,2},2},{{cprof,pause,0},1}]}
    +4> cprof:stop().
     8586

    The example showed some of the background work that the shell performs just to interpret the first command line.

    What is captured in this example is the part of the work the shell does while interpreting the command line that occurs between the actual calls to @@ -90,20 +90,20 @@ Example: One module -

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> cprof:start(),R=calendar:day_of_the_week(1896,4,27),cprof:pause(),R.
    +

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> cprof:start(),R=calendar:day_of_the_week(1896,4,27),cprof:pause(),R.
     1
    -2> cprof:analyse(calendar).
    -{calendar,9,
    -          [{{calendar,last_day_of_the_month1,2},1},
    -           {{calendar,last_day_of_the_month,2},1},
    -           {{calendar,is_leap_year1,1},1},
    -           {{calendar,is_leap_year,1},1},
    -           {{calendar,dy,1},1},
    -           {{calendar,dm,1},1},
    -           {{calendar,df,2},1},
    -           {{calendar,day_of_the_week,3},1},
    -           {{calendar,date_to_gregorian_days,3},1}]}
    -3> cprof:stop().
    +2> cprof:analyse(calendar).
    +{calendar,9,
    +          [{{calendar,last_day_of_the_month1,2},1},
    +           {{calendar,last_day_of_the_month,2},1},
    +           {{calendar,is_leap_year1,1},1},
    +           {{calendar,is_leap_year,1},1},
    +           {{calendar,dy,1},1},
    +           {{calendar,dm,1},1},
    +           {{calendar,df,2},1},
    +           {{calendar,day_of_the_week,3},1},
    +           {{calendar,date_to_gregorian_days,3},1}]}
    +3> cprof:stop().
     8648

    The example tells us that "Aktiebolaget LM Ericsson & Co" was registered on a Monday (since the return value of the first command is 1), and that the calendar module needed 9 function calls to calculate that.

    Using cprof:analyse() in this example also shows approximately the same @@ -113,60 +113,60 @@ Example: In the code -

    Write a module:

    -module(sort).
    --export([do/1]).
    +

    Write a module:

    -module(sort).
    +-export([do/1]).
     
    -do(N) ->
    -    cprof:stop(),
    -    cprof:start(),
    -    do(N, []).
    +do(N) ->
    +    cprof:stop(),
    +    cprof:start(),
    +    do(N, []).
     
    -do(0, L) ->
    -    R = lists:sort(L),
    -    cprof:pause(),
    +do(0, L) ->
    +    R = lists:sort(L),
    +    cprof:pause(),
         R;
    -do(N, L) ->
    -    do(N-1, [rand:uniform(256)-1 | L]).

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> c(sort).
    -{ok,sort}
    -2> rand:seed(default, 42), ok.
    +do(N, L) ->
    +    do(N-1, [rand:uniform(256)-1 | L]).

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> c(sort).
    +{ok,sort}
    +2> rand:seed(default, 42), ok.
     ok.
    -3> sort:do(1000).
    -[0,0,0,1,1,1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,6,6,6,6,7,7,7,7,7,8,8|...]
    -4> cprof:analyse().
    -{13180,
    - [{lists,6173,
    -         [{{lists,rmerge3_1,6},1045},
    -          {{lists,rmerge3_2,6},977},
    -          {{lists,split_1,5},652},
    -          {{lists,merge3_1,6},579},
    -          {{lists,merge3_2,6},577},
    -          {{lists,rmerge3_12_3,6},511},
    -          {{lists,split_1_1,6},347},
    -          {{lists,merge3_12_3,6},310},
    -          {{lists,rmerge3_21_3,6},282},
    -          {{lists,merge3_21_3,6},221},
    -          {{lists,merge2_1,4},154},
    -          {{lists,merge2_2,5},138},
    -          {{lists,reverse,2},106},
    -          {{lists,rmerge2_2,5},87},
    -          {{lists,rmergel,2},81},
    -          {{lists,rmerge2_1,4},75},
    -          {{lists,mergel,2},28},
    -          {{lists,keyfind,3},2},
    -          {{lists,sort,1},1}]},
    -  {rand,5000,
    -        [{{rand,uniform_s,2},1000},
    -         {{rand,uniform,1},1000},
    -         {{rand,seed_put,1},1000},
    -         {{rand,seed_get,0},1000},
    -         {{rand,exsss_uniform,2},1000}]},
    -  {erlang,1004,
    -          [{{erlang,put,2},1000},
    -           {{erlang,trace_pattern,3},2},
    -           {{erlang,ensure_tracer_module_loaded,2},2}]},
    -  {sort,1001,[{{sort,do,2},1001}]},
    -  {erts_internal,2,[{{erts_internal,trace_pattern,3},2}]}]}
    -5> cprof:stop().
    +3> sort:do(1000).
    +[0,0,0,1,1,1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,6,6,6,6,7,7,7,7,7,8,8|...]
    +4> cprof:analyse().
    +{13180,
    + [{lists,6173,
    +         [{{lists,rmerge3_1,6},1045},
    +          {{lists,rmerge3_2,6},977},
    +          {{lists,split_1,5},652},
    +          {{lists,merge3_1,6},579},
    +          {{lists,merge3_2,6},577},
    +          {{lists,rmerge3_12_3,6},511},
    +          {{lists,split_1_1,6},347},
    +          {{lists,merge3_12_3,6},310},
    +          {{lists,rmerge3_21_3,6},282},
    +          {{lists,merge3_21_3,6},221},
    +          {{lists,merge2_1,4},154},
    +          {{lists,merge2_2,5},138},
    +          {{lists,reverse,2},106},
    +          {{lists,rmerge2_2,5},87},
    +          {{lists,rmergel,2},81},
    +          {{lists,rmerge2_1,4},75},
    +          {{lists,mergel,2},28},
    +          {{lists,keyfind,3},2},
    +          {{lists,sort,1},1}]},
    +  {rand,5000,
    +        [{{rand,uniform_s,2},1000},
    +         {{rand,uniform,1},1000},
    +         {{rand,seed_put,1},1000},
    +         {{rand,seed_get,0},1000},
    +         {{rand,exsss_uniform,2},1000}]},
    +  {erlang,1004,
    +          [{{erlang,put,2},1000},
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cprof.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cprof.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:19:06.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cprof.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:50.000000000 +0000
    @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@
     
           
     
    -

    Collects and analyses all call counters for module Module.

    This function returns:

    {Module, ModuleCount, FuncAnalysisList}

    where FuncAnalysisList is a list of tuples, one for each function:

    {{Module, FunctionName, Arity}, FuncCallCount}

    If call counters are still running while analyse/0,1,2 is executing, the result +

    Collects and analyses all call counters for module Module.

    This function returns:

    {Module, ModuleCount, FuncAnalysisList}

    where FuncAnalysisList is a list of tuples, one for each function:

    {{Module, FunctionName, Arity}, FuncCallCount}

    If call counters are still running while analyse/0,1,2 is executing, the result could be inconsistent. This happens if the process executing analyse/0,1,2 is scheduled out so some other process can increment the counters that are being analysed. Calling pause() before analysing takes care of /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/erlang-el.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/erlang-el.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:06.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/erlang-el.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:50.000000000 +0000 @@ -106,23 +106,23 @@

    • C-c C-a (align-current) - aligns comments, arrows, assignments, and type annotations around the cursor.
    Example:
     
    -sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
    -sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H);  % recurse
    -sum([], Sum) -> Sum.   % base case
    +sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
    +sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H);  % recurse
    +sum([], Sum) -> Sum.   % base case
     
    --record { two :: int(), % hello
    -          three = hello :: string(),    % there
    -          four = 42 :: int() }.
    +-record { two :: int(), % hello
    +          three = hello :: string(),    % there
    +          four = 42 :: int() }.
     
     becomes:
     
    -sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
    -sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H); % recurse
    -sum([], Sum)    -> Sum.             % base case
    +sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
    +sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H); % recurse
    +sum([], Sum)    -> Sum.             % base case
     
    --record { two           :: int(),    % hello
    -          three = hello :: string(), % there
    -          four  = 42    :: int() }.

    +-record { two :: int(), % hello + three = hello :: string(), % there + four = 42 :: int() }.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/fprof_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/fprof_chapter.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:06.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/fprof_chapter.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:50.000000000 +0000 @@ -71,10 +71,10 @@

    It is also possible to trace immediately into the profiling process that creates the raw profile data, that is to short circuit the tracing and profiling steps -so that the filesystem is not used for tracing.

    Do something like this:

    {ok, Tracer} = fprof:profile(start),
    -fprof:trace([start, {tracer, Tracer}]),
    +so that the filesystem is not used for tracing.

    Do something like this:

    {ok, Tracer} = fprof:profile(start),
    +fprof:trace([start, {tracer, Tracer}]),
     %% Run code to profile
    -fprof:trace(stop);

    This puts less load on the filesystem, but much more load on the Erlang runtime +fprof:trace(stop);

    This puts less load on the filesystem, but much more load on the Erlang runtime system.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/fprof.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/fprof.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:06.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/fprof.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:50.000000000 +0000 @@ -70,61 +70,61 @@ interested reader to try it out. Note that some flags to analyse/1 will affect the format.

    The following example was run on Erlang/OTP R8 on Solaris 8; all OTP internals in this example are version dependent.

    As an example, we will use the following function, which is a -slightly modified benchmark function from module file:

    -module(foo).
    --export([create_file_slow/2]).
    +slightly modified benchmark function from module file:

    -module(foo).
    +-export([create_file_slow/2]).
     
    -create_file_slow(Name, N) when is_integer(N), N >= 0 ->
    -    {ok, FD} =
    -        file:open(Name, [raw, write, delayed_write, binary]),
    +create_file_slow(Name, N) when is_integer(N), N >= 0 ->
    +    {ok, FD} =
    +        file:open(Name, [raw, write, delayed_write, binary]),
         if N > 256 ->
    -            ok = file:write(FD,
    -                            lists:map(fun (X) -> <<X:32/unsigned>> end,
    -                            lists:seq(0, 255))),
    -            ok = create_file_slow(FD, 256, N);
    +            ok = file:write(FD,
    +                            lists:map(fun (X) -> <<X:32/unsigned>> end,
    +                            lists:seq(0, 255))),
    +            ok = create_file_slow(FD, 256, N);
            true ->
    -            ok = create_file_slow(FD, 0, N)
    +            ok = create_file_slow(FD, 0, N)
         end,
    -    ok = file:close(FD).
    +    ok = file:close(FD).
     
    -create_file_slow(FD, M, M) ->
    +create_file_slow(FD, M, M) ->
         ok;
    -create_file_slow(FD, M, N) ->
    -    ok = file:write(FD, <<M:32/unsigned>>),
    -    create_file_slow(FD, M+1, N).

    Let us have a look at the printout after running:

    1> fprof:apply(foo, create_file_slow, [junk, 1024]).
    -2> fprof:profile().
    -3> fprof:analyse().

    The printout starts with:

    %% Analysis results:
    -{  analysis_options,
    - [{callers, true},
    -  {sort, acc},
    -  {totals, false},
    -  {details, true}]}.
    +create_file_slow(FD, M, N) ->
    +    ok = file:write(FD, <<M:32/unsigned>>),
    +    create_file_slow(FD, M+1, N).

    Let us have a look at the printout after running:

    1> fprof:apply(foo, create_file_slow, [junk, 1024]).
    +2> fprof:profile().
    +3> fprof:analyse().

    The printout starts with:

    %% Analysis results:
    +{  analysis_options,
    + [{callers, true},
    +  {sort, acc},
    +  {totals, false},
    +  {details, true}]}.
     
     %                                       CNT       ACC       OWN
    -[{ totals,                             9627, 1691.119, 1659.074}].  %%%

    The CNT column shows the total number of function calls that was found in the +[{ totals, 9627, 1691.119, 1659.074}]. %%%

    The CNT column shows the total number of function calls that was found in the trace. In the ACC column is the total time of the trace from first timestamp to last. And in the OWN column is the sum of the execution time in functions found in the trace, not including called functions. In this case it is very close to the ACC time since the emulator had practically nothing to do except executing our test program.

    All time values in the printout are in milliseconds.

    The printout continues:

    %                                       CNT       ACC       OWN
    -[{ "<0.28.0>",                         9627,undefined, 1659.074}].   %%

    This is the printout header of one process. The printout contains only this one +[{ "<0.28.0>", 9627,undefined, 1659.074}]. %%

    This is the printout header of one process. The printout contains only this one process since we called fprof:apply/3 that traces only the current process. Therefore the CNT and OWN columns perfectly matches the totals above. The ACC column is undefined since summing the ACC times of all calls in the process makes no sense — one would get something like the ACC value from totals above multiplied by the average depth of the call stack.

    All paragraphs up to the next process header only concerns function calls within -this process.

    Now we come to something more interesting:

    {[{undefined,                             0, 1691.076,    0.030}],
    - { {fprof,apply_start_stop,4},            0, 1691.076,    0.030},     %
    - [{{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1, 1691.046,    0.103},
    -  {suspend,                               1,    0.000,    0.000}]}.
    +this process.

    Now we come to something more interesting:

    {[{undefined,                             0, 1691.076,    0.030}],
    + { {fprof,apply_start_stop,4},            0, 1691.076,    0.030},     %
    + [{{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1, 1691.046,    0.103},
    +  {suspend,                               1,    0.000,    0.000}]}.
     
    -{[{{fprof,apply_start_stop,4},            1, 1691.046,    0.103}],
    - { {foo,create_file_slow,2},              1, 1691.046,    0.103},     %
    - [{{file,close,1},                        1, 1398.873,    0.019},
    -  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},              1,  249.678,    0.029},
    -  {{file,open,2},                         1,   20.778,    0.055},
    -  {{lists,map,2},                         1,   16.590,    0.043},
    -  {{lists,seq,2},                         1,    4.708,    0.017},
    -  {{file,write,2},                        1,    0.316,    0.021}]}.

    The printout consists of one paragraph per called function. The function +{[{{fprof,apply_start_stop,4}, 1, 1691.046, 0.103}], + { {foo,create_file_slow,2}, 1, 1691.046, 0.103}, % + [{{file,close,1}, 1, 1398.873, 0.019}, + {{foo,create_file_slow,3}, 1, 249.678, 0.029}, + {{file,open,2}, 1, 20.778, 0.055}, + {{lists,map,2}, 1, 16.590, 0.043}, + {{lists,seq,2}, 1, 4.708, 0.017}, + {{file,write,2}, 1, 0.316, 0.021}]}.

    The printout consists of one paragraph per called function. The function marked with % is the one the paragraph concerns — foo:create_file_slow/2. Above the marked function are the calling functions — those that has called the marked, and below are those called by the marked function.

    The paragraphs are per default sorted in descending order of the ACC column for @@ -141,12 +141,12 @@ (lists:seq/2 and lists:map/2).

    The function undefined that has called fprof:apply_start_stop/4 is an unknown function because that call was not recorded in the trace. It was only recorded that the execution returned from fprof:apply_start_stop/4 to some -other function above in the call stack, or that the process exited from there.

    Let us continue down the printout to find:

    {[{{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1,  249.678,    0.029},
    -  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,    0.000,   23.294}],
    - { {foo,create_file_slow,3},            769,  249.678,   23.323},     %
    - [{{file,write,2},                      768,  220.314,   14.539},
    -  {suspend,                              57,    6.041,    0.000},
    -  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,    0.000,   23.294}]}.

    If you compare with the code you will see there also that +other function above in the call stack, or that the process exited from there.

    Let us continue down the printout to find:

    {[{{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1,  249.678,    0.029},
    +  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,    0.000,   23.294}],
    + { {foo,create_file_slow,3},            769,  249.678,   23.323},     %
    + [{{file,write,2},                      768,  220.314,   14.539},
    +  {suspend,                              57,    6.041,    0.000},
    +  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,    0.000,   23.294}]}.

    If you compare with the code you will see there also that foo:create_file_slow/3 was called only from foo:create_file_slow/2 and itself, and called only file:write/2, note the number of calls to file:write/2. But here we see that suspend was called a few times. This is a @@ -154,88 +154,88 @@ foo:create_file_slow/3, and since there is no receive or erlang:yield/0 in the code, it must be Erlang scheduling suspensions, or the trace file driver compensating for large file write operations (these are regarded as a schedule -out followed by a schedule in to the same process).

    Let us find the suspend entry:

    {[{{file,write,2},                       53,    6.281,    0.000},
    -  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},             57,    6.041,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,drv_command,4},            50,    4.582,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,drv_get_response,1},       34,    2.986,    0.000},
    -  {{lists,map,2},                        10,    2.104,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,write,2},                  17,    1.852,    0.000},
    -  {{erlang,port_command,2},              15,    1.713,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,drv_command,2},            22,    1.482,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,translate_response,2},     11,    1.441,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,'-drv_command/2-fun-0-',1},  15,    1.340,    0.000},
    -  {{lists,seq,4},                         3,    0.880,    0.000},
    -  {{foo,'-create_file_slow/2-fun-0-',1},   5,    0.523,    0.000},
    -  {{erlang,bump_reductions,1},            4,    0.503,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,open_int_setopts,3},        1,    0.165,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,i32,4},                     1,    0.109,    0.000},
    -  {{fprof,apply_start_stop,4},            1,    0.000,    0.000}],
    - { suspend,                             299,   32.002,    0.000},     %
    - [ ]}.

    We find no particularly long suspend times, so no function seems to have waited +out followed by a schedule in to the same process).

    Let us find the suspend entry:

    {[{{file,write,2},                       53,    6.281,    0.000},
    +  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},             57,    6.041,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,drv_command,4},            50,    4.582,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,drv_get_response,1},       34,    2.986,    0.000},
    +  {{lists,map,2},                        10,    2.104,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,write,2},                  17,    1.852,    0.000},
    +  {{erlang,port_command,2},              15,    1.713,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,drv_command,2},            22,    1.482,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,translate_response,2},     11,    1.441,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,'-drv_command/2-fun-0-',1},  15,    1.340,    0.000},
    +  {{lists,seq,4},                         3,    0.880,    0.000},
    +  {{foo,'-create_file_slow/2-fun-0-',1},   5,    0.523,    0.000},
    +  {{erlang,bump_reductions,1},            4,    0.503,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,open_int_setopts,3},        1,    0.165,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,i32,4},                     1,    0.109,    0.000},
    +  {{fprof,apply_start_stop,4},            1,    0.000,    0.000}],
    + { suspend,                             299,   32.002,    0.000},     %
    + [ ]}.

    We find no particularly long suspend times, so no function seems to have waited in a receive statement. Actually, prim_file:drv_command/4 contains a receive statement, but in this test program, the message lies in the process receive buffer when the receive statement is entered. We also see that the total suspend time for the test run is small.

    The suspend pseudo function has an OWN time of zero. This is to prevent the process total OWN time from including time in suspension. Whether suspend -time is really ACC or OWN time is more of a philosophical question.

    Now we look at another interesting pseudo function, garbage_collect:

    {[{{prim_file,drv_command,4},            25,    0.873,    0.873},
    -  {{prim_file,write,2},                  16,    0.692,    0.692},
    -  {{lists,map,2},                         2,    0.195,    0.195}],
    - { garbage_collect,                      43,    1.760,    1.760},     %
    - [ ]}.

    Here we see that no function stands out, which is very normal.

    The garbage_collect pseudo function has not an OWN time of zero like +time is really ACC or OWN time is more of a philosophical question.

    Now we look at another interesting pseudo function, garbage_collect:

    {[{{prim_file,drv_command,4},            25,    0.873,    0.873},
    +  {{prim_file,write,2},                  16,    0.692,    0.692},
    +  {{lists,map,2},                         2,    0.195,    0.195}],
    + { garbage_collect,                      43,    1.760,    1.760},     %
    + [ ]}.

    Here we see that no function stands out, which is very normal.

    The garbage_collect pseudo function has not an OWN time of zero like suspend, instead it is equal to the ACC time.

    Garbage collection often occurs while a process is suspended, but fprof hides this fact by pretending that the suspended function was first unsuspended and then garbage collected. Otherwise the printout would show garbage_collect being called from suspend, but not which function that might have caused the -garbage collection.

    Let us now get back to the test code:

    {[{{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,  220.314,   14.539},
    -  {{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1,    0.316,    0.021}],
    - { {file,write,2},                      769,  220.630,   14.560},     %
    - [{{prim_file,write,2},                 769,  199.789,   22.573},
    -  {suspend,                              53,    6.281,    0.000}]}.

    Not unexpectedly, we see that file:write/2 was called from +garbage collection.

    Let us now get back to the test code:

    {[{{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,  220.314,   14.539},
    +  {{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1,    0.316,    0.021}],
    + { {file,write,2},                      769,  220.630,   14.560},     %
    + [{{prim_file,write,2},                 769,  199.789,   22.573},
    +  {suspend,                              53,    6.281,    0.000}]}.

    Not unexpectedly, we see that file:write/2 was called from foo:create_file_slow/3 and foo:create_file_slow/2. The number of calls in each case as well as the used time are also confirms the previous results.

    We see that file:write/2 only calls prim_file:write/2, but let us refrain from digging into the internals of the kernel application.

    If we nevertheless do dig down we find the call to the linked-in driver -that does the file operations towards the host operating system:

    {[{{prim_file,drv_command,4},           772, 1458.356, 1456.643}],
    - { {erlang,port_command,2},             772, 1458.356, 1456.643},     %
    - [{suspend,                              15,    1.713,    0.000}]}.

    This is 86 % of the total run time, and as we saw before it is the close +that does the file operations towards the host operating system:

    {[{{prim_file,drv_command,4},           772, 1458.356, 1456.643}],
    + { {erlang,port_command,2},             772, 1458.356, 1456.643},     %
    + [{suspend,                              15,    1.713,    0.000}]}.

    This is 86 % of the total run time, and as we saw before it is the close operation the absolutely biggest contributor. We find a comparison ratio a -little bit up in the call stack:

    {[{{prim_file,close,1},                   1, 1398.748,    0.024},
    -  {{prim_file,write,2},                 769,  174.672,   12.810},
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/lcnt_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/lcnt_chapter.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:19:06.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/lcnt_chapter.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:50.000000000 +0000
    @@ -128,20 +128,20 @@
       
       Example with Mnesia Transaction Benchmark
     
    -

    From the Erlang shell:

    Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.0] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit] [lock-counting]
    +

    From the Erlang shell:

    Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.0] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit] [lock-counting]
     
    -Eshell V15.0 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
    -1> Conf = [{db_nodes, [node()]}, {driver_nodes, [node()]}, {replica_nodes, [node()]},
    -    {n_drivers_per_node, 10}, {n_branches, 1000}, {n_accounts_per_branch, 10},
    -    {replica_type, ram_copies}, {stop_after, 60000}, {reuse_history_id, true}], ok.
    +Eshell V15.0 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
    +1> Conf = [{db_nodes, [node()]}, {driver_nodes, [node()]}, {replica_nodes, [node()]},
    +    {n_drivers_per_node, 10}, {n_branches, 1000}, {n_accounts_per_branch, 10},
    +    {replica_type, ram_copies}, {stop_after, 60000}, {reuse_history_id, true}], ok.
     ok
    -2> mnesia_tpcb:init([{use_running_mnesia, false}|Conf]).
    +2> mnesia_tpcb:init([{use_running_mnesia, false}|Conf]).
         .
         .
         .
     ignore

    Initial configuring of the benchmark is done. It is time to profile the actual -Mnesia benchmark:

    3> lcnt:apply(fun() -> {ok,{time, Tps,_,_,_,_}} = mnesia_tpcb:run([{use_running_mnesia,
    -    true}|Conf]), Tps/60 end).
    +Mnesia benchmark:

    3> lcnt:apply(fun() -> {ok,{time, Tps,_,_,_,_}} = mnesia_tpcb:run([{use_running_mnesia,
    +    true}|Conf]), Tps/60 end).
           .
           .
           .
    @@ -245,63 +245,63 @@
       
       The Big Bang Benchmark
     
    -
    -module(big).
    --export([bang/1]).
    +
    -module(big).
    +-export([bang/1]).
     
    -pinger([], [], true) ->
    +pinger([], [], true) ->
         receive
    -	{procs, Procs, ReportTo} ->
    -	    pinger(Procs, [], ReportTo)
    +	{procs, Procs, ReportTo} ->
    +	    pinger(Procs, [], ReportTo)
         end;
    -pinger([], [], false) ->
    -    receive {ping, From} -> From ! {pong, self()} end,
    -    pinger([],[],false);
    -pinger([], [], ReportTo) ->
    -    ReportTo ! {done, self()},
    -    pinger([],[],false);
    -pinger([], [Po|Pos] = Pongers, ReportTo) ->
    +pinger([], [], false) ->
    +    receive {ping, From} -> From ! {pong, self()} end,
    +    pinger([],[],false);
    +pinger([], [], ReportTo) ->
    +    ReportTo ! {done, self()},
    +    pinger([],[],false);
    +pinger([], [Po|Pos] = Pongers, ReportTo) ->
         receive
    -	{ping, From} ->
    -	    From ! {pong, self()},
    -	    pinger([], Pongers, ReportTo);
    -	{pong, Po} ->
    -	    pinger([], Pos, ReportTo)
    +	{ping, From} ->
    +	    From ! {pong, self()},
    +	    pinger([], Pongers, ReportTo);
    +	{pong, Po} ->
    +	    pinger([], Pos, ReportTo)
         end;
    -pinger([Pi|Pis], Pongers, ReportTo) ->
    -    receive {ping, From} -> From ! {pong, self()}
    +pinger([Pi|Pis], Pongers, ReportTo) ->
    +    receive {ping, From} -> From ! {pong, self()}
         after 0 -> ok
         end,
    -    Pi ! {ping, self()},
    -    pinger(Pis, [Pi|Pongers], ReportTo).
    +    Pi ! {ping, self()},
    +    pinger(Pis, [Pi|Pongers], ReportTo).
     
    -spawn_procs(N) when N =< 0 ->
    -    [];
    -spawn_procs(N) ->
    -    [spawn_link(fun () -> pinger([],[],true) end) | spawn_procs(N-1)].
    +spawn_procs(N) when N =< 0 ->
    +    [];
    +spawn_procs(N) ->
    +    [spawn_link(fun () -> pinger([],[],true) end) | spawn_procs(N-1)].
     
    -send_procs([], Msg) ->
    +send_procs([], Msg) ->
         Msg;
    -send_procs([P|Ps], Msg) ->
    +send_procs([P|Ps], Msg) ->
         P ! Msg,
    -    send_procs(Ps, Msg).
    +    send_procs(Ps, Msg).
     
    -receive_msgs([]) ->
    +receive_msgs([]) ->
         ok;
    -receive_msgs([M|Ms]) ->
    +receive_msgs([M|Ms]) ->
         receive
     	M ->
    -	    receive_msgs(Ms)
    +	    receive_msgs(Ms)
         end.
     
    -bang(N) when integer(N) ->
    -    Procs = spawn_procs(N),
    -    RMsgs = lists:map(fun (P) -> {done, P} end, Procs),
    -    Start = now(),
    -    send_procs(Procs, {procs, Procs, self()}),
    -    receive_msgs(RMsgs),
    -    Stop = now(),
    -    lists:foreach(fun (P) -> exit(P, normal) end, Procs),
    -    timer:now_diff(Stop, Start).

    +bang(N) when integer(N) -> + Procs = spawn_procs(N), + RMsgs = lists:map(fun (P) -> {done, P} end, Procs), + Start = now(), + send_procs(Procs, {procs, Procs, self()}), + receive_msgs(RMsgs), + Stop = now(), + lists:foreach(fun (P) -> exit(P, normal) end, Procs), + timer:now_diff(Stop, Start).

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/make.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/make.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:06.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/make.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:50.000000000 +0000 @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ the first match is used. For example, the following Emakefile means that file1 should be compiled with the options [debug_info,{i,"../foo"}], while all other files in the current directory should be compiled with only the -debug_info flag.

    {'file1',[debug_info,{i,"../foo"}]}.
    -{'*',[debug_info]}.

    +debug_info flag.

    {'file1',[debug_info,{i,"../foo"}]}.
    +{'*',[debug_info]}.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:06.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:50.000000000 +0000 @@ -50,25 +50,25 @@ Fixed Bugs and Malfunctions

    -
    • Dialyzer warnings due to type specs added in dbg have been eliminated.

      Own Id: OTP-18860

    • In Erlang/OTP 26, doing a cover analysis on the line level would return multiple entries for lines on which multiple functions were defined.

      For example, consider this module:

      -module(foo).
      --export([bar/0, baz/0]).
      +
      • Dialyzer warnings due to type specs added in dbg have been eliminated.

        Own Id: OTP-18860

      • In Erlang/OTP 26, doing a cover analysis on the line level would return multiple entries for lines on which multiple functions were defined.

        For example, consider this module:

        -module(foo).
        +-export([bar/0, baz/0]).
         
        -bar() -> ok. baz() -> not_ok.

        In Erlang/OTP 26, analysing on the line level would return two entries -for line 4:

        1> cover:compile_module(foo).
        -{ok,foo}
        -2> foo:bar().
        +bar() -> ok. baz() -> not_ok.

        In Erlang/OTP 26, analysing on the line level would return two entries +for line 4:

        1> cover:compile_module(foo).
        +{ok,foo}
        +2> foo:bar().
         ok
        -3> cover:analyse(foo, coverage, line).
        -{ok,[{{foo,4},{1,0}},{{foo,4},{0,1}}]}
        -4> cover:analyse(foo, calls, line).
        -{ok,[{{foo,4},1},{{foo,4},0}]}

        In Erlang/OTP 27, there will only be a single entry for line 4:

        1> cover:compile_module(foo).
        -{ok,foo}
        -2> foo:bar().
        +3> cover:analyse(foo, coverage, line).
        +{ok,[{{foo,4},{1,0}},{{foo,4},{0,1}}]}
        +4> cover:analyse(foo, calls, line).
        +{ok,[{{foo,4},1},{{foo,4},0}]}

        In Erlang/OTP 27, there will only be a single entry for line 4:

        1> cover:compile_module(foo).
        +{ok,foo}
        +2> foo:bar().
         ok
        -3> cover:analyse(foo, coverage, line).
        -{ok,[{{foo,4},{1,0}}]}
        -4> cover:analyse(foo, calls, line).
        -{ok,[{{foo,4},1}]}

        Own Id: OTP-18998 Aux Id: GH-8159, PR-8182

      • Fixed align command in emacs mode.

        Own Id: OTP-19026 Aux Id: PR-8155

      +3> cover:analyse(foo, coverage, line). +{ok,[{{foo,4},{1,0}}]} +4> cover:analyse(foo, calls, line). +{ok,[{{foo,4},1}]}

      Own Id: OTP-18998 Aux Id: GH-8159, PR-8182

    • Fixed align command in emacs mode.

      Own Id: OTP-19026 Aux Id: PR-8155

    @@ -81,12 +81,12 @@ """. "a\nb\nc"

    Adjacent string literals without intervening white space is now a syntax error, to avoid possible confusion with triple-quoted strings. For example:

    1> "abc""xyz".
     "xyz".
    -* 1:6: adjacent string literals without intervening white space

    POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

    Own Id: OTP-18750 Aux Id: OTP-18746, PR-7313, PR-7451

  • There is a new tool tprof, which combines the functionality of eprof and cprof under one interface and adds heap profiling. It also has functionality to help with profiling process hierarchies.

    Example:

    1> tprof:profile(lists, seq, [1, 16], #{type => call_memory}).
    +* 1:6: adjacent string literals without intervening white space

    POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

    Own Id: OTP-18750 Aux Id: OTP-18746, PR-7313, PR-7451

  • There is a new tool tprof, which combines the functionality of eprof and cprof under one interface and adds heap profiling. It also has functionality to help with profiling process hierarchies.

    Example:

    1> tprof:profile(lists, seq, [1, 16], #{type => call_memory}).
     
     ****** Process <0.92.0>  --  100.00% of total *** 
    -FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
    -lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
    -                            32            [ 100.0]
    +FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
    +lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
    +                            32            [ 100.0]
     ok

    Own Id: OTP-18756 Aux Id: PR-6639

  • Native coverage support has been implemented in the JIT. It will automatically be used by the cover tool to reduce the execution overhead when running cover-compiled code.

    There are also new APIs to support native coverage without using the cover tool.

    To instrument code for native coverage it must be compiled with the line_coverage option.

    To enable native coverage in the runtime system, start it like so:

    $ erl +JPcover true

    There are also the following new functions for supporting native coverage:

    Own Id: OTP-18856 Aux Id: PR-7856

  • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

    Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

  • Improved the align command in emacs mode.

    Own Id: OTP-19080 Aux Id: PR-8288

  • /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/tprof.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/tprof.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:06.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/tprof.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:36:50.000000000 +0000 @@ -55,137 +55,137 @@ Ad-hoc profiling

    -

    Ad-hoc profiling is convenient for profiling a single function call.

    For example:

    1> tprof:profile(lists, seq, [1, 16], #{type => call_memory}).
    +

    Ad-hoc profiling is convenient for profiling a single function call.

    For example:

    1> tprof:profile(lists, seq, [1, 16], #{type => call_memory}).
     
     ****** Process <0.92.0>  --  100.00% of total *** 
    -FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
    -lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
    -                            32            [ 100.0]
    +FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
    +lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
    +                            32            [ 100.0]
     ok

    By default tracing is enabled for all functions in all modules. When funs -are created in the interactive shell, parts of shell code are also traced:

    1> tprof:profile(fun() -> lists:seq(1, 16) end, #{type => call_memory}).
    +are created in the interactive shell, parts of shell code are also traced:

    1> tprof:profile(fun() -> lists:seq(1, 16) end, #{type => call_memory}).
     
     ****** Process <0.95.0>  --  100.00% of total *** 
    -FUNCTION                   CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    -erl_eval:do_apply/7            1      3      3.00  [ 3.61]
    -erl_eval:match_list/6          1      3      3.00  [ 3.61]
    -lists:reverse/1                1      4      4.00  [ 4.82]
    -erl_eval:expr_list/7           3      7      2.33  [ 8.43]
    -erl_eval:ret_expr/3            4     16      4.00  [19.28]
    -erl_eval:merge_bindings/4      3     18      6.00  [21.69]
    -lists:seq_loop/3               5     32      6.40  [38.55]
    -                                     83            [100.0]
    -ok

    However, it is possible to limit the trace to specific functions or modules:

    2> tprof:profile(fun() -> lists:seq(1, 16) end,
    -                 #{type => call_memory, pattern => [{lists, seq_loop, '_'}]}).
    +FUNCTION                   CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    +erl_eval:do_apply/7            1      3      3.00  [ 3.61]
    +erl_eval:match_list/6          1      3      3.00  [ 3.61]
    +lists:reverse/1                1      4      4.00  [ 4.82]
    +erl_eval:expr_list/7           3      7      2.33  [ 8.43]
    +erl_eval:ret_expr/3            4     16      4.00  [19.28]
    +erl_eval:merge_bindings/4      3     18      6.00  [21.69]
    +lists:seq_loop/3               5     32      6.40  [38.55]
    +                                     83            [100.0]
    +ok

    However, it is possible to limit the trace to specific functions or modules:

    2> tprof:profile(fun() -> lists:seq(1, 16) end,
    +                 #{type => call_memory, pattern => [{lists, seq_loop, '_'}]}).
     ****** Process <0.98.0>  --  100.00% of total *** 
    -FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
    -lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
    -                            32            [ 100.0]
    +FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
    +lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
    +                            32            [ 100.0]
     
     ok

    Ad-hoc profiling results can be printed in a few different ways. The following -examples use the test module defined like this:

    -module(test).
    --export([test_spawn/0]).
    -test_spawn() ->
    -    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun () -> lists:seq(1, 32) end),
    +examples use the test module defined like this:

    -module(test).
    +-export([test_spawn/0]).
    +test_spawn() ->
    +    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun () -> lists:seq(1, 32) end),
         receive
    -        {'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, normal} ->
    +        {'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, normal} ->
                 done
    -    end.

    By default per-process statistics is shown:

    1> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [], #{type => call_memory}).
    +    end.

    By default per-process statistics is shown:

    1> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [], #{type => call_memory}).
     
     ****** Process <0.176.0>    -- 23.66 % of total allocations ***
    -FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    -erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 9.09]
    -erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [27.27]
    -test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [63.64]
    -                                  22            [100.0]
    +FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    +erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 9.09]
    +erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [27.27]
    +test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [63.64]
    +                                  22            [100.0]
     
     ****** Process <0.177.0>    -- 76.34 % of total allocations ***
    -FUNCTION           CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    -erlang:apply/2         1      7         7  [ 9.86]
    -lists:seq_loop/3       9     64         7  [90.14]
    -                             71            [100.0]

    The following example prints the combined memory allocation of all +FUNCTION CALLS WORDS PER CALL [ %] +erlang:apply/2 1 7 7 [ 9.86] +lists:seq_loop/3 9 64 7 [90.14] + 71 [100.0]

    The following example prints the combined memory allocation of all processes, sorted by the total number of allocated words in descending -order:

    2> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [],
    -                 #{type => call_memory, report => {total, {measurement, descending}}}).
    +order:

    2> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [],
    +                 #{type => call_memory, report => {total, {measurement, descending}}}).
     
    -FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    -lists:seq_loop/3            9     64         7  [68.82]
    -test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [15.05]
    -erlang:apply/2              1      7         7  [ 7.53]
    -erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [ 6.45]
    -erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 2.15]
    -                                  93            [100.0]

    The profiling data can also be collected for further inspection:

    3> {done, ProfileData} = tprof:profile(fun test:test_spawn/0,
    -                                       #{type => call_memory, report => return}).
    +FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    +lists:seq_loop/3            9     64         7  [68.82]
    +test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [15.05]
    +erlang:apply/2              1      7         7  [ 7.53]
    +erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [ 6.45]
    +erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 2.15]
    +                                  93            [100.0]

    The profiling data can also be collected for further inspection:

    3> {done, ProfileData} = tprof:profile(fun test:test_spawn/0,
    +                                       #{type => call_memory, report => return}).
     <...>
    -4> tprof:format(tprof:inspect(ProfileData, process, {percent, descending})).
    +4> tprof:format(tprof:inspect(ProfileData, process, {percent, descending})).
     
     ****** Process <0.223.0>    -- 23.66 % of total allocations ***
    -FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    -test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [63.64]
    -erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [27.27]
    -erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 9.09]
    -                                  22            [100.0]
    +FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    +test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [63.64]
    +erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [27.27]
    +erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 9.09]
    +                                  22            [100.0]
     
     ****** Process <0.224.0>    -- 76.34 % of total allocations ***
    -FUNCTION           CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    -lists:seq_loop/3       9     64         7  [90.14]
    -erlang:apply/2         1      7         7  [ 9.86]
    -                             71            [100.0]

    Which processes that are profiled depends on the profiling type.

    • call_count (default) counts calls in all processes.

    • call_time and call_memory limits the profiling to the processes +FUNCTION CALLS WORDS PER CALL [ %] +lists:seq_loop/3 9 64 7 [90.14] +erlang:apply/2 1 7 7 [ 9.86] + 71 [100.0]

    Which processes that are profiled depends on the profiling type.

    • call_count (default) counts calls in all processes.

    • call_time and call_memory limits the profiling to the processes spawned from the user-provided function (using the set_on_spawn -option for trace:process/4).

    call_time and call_memory can be restricted to profile a single process:

    2> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [],
    -                 #{type => call_memory, set_on_spawn => false}).
    +option for trace:process/4).

    call_time and call_memory can be restricted to profile a single process:

    2> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [],
    +                 #{type => call_memory, set_on_spawn => false}).
     
     ****** Process <0.183.0>    -- 100.00 % of total allocations ***
    -FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    -erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 9.09]
    -erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [27.27]
    -test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [63.64]

    Erlang programs can perform expensive operations in other processes +FUNCTION CALLS WORDS PER CALL [ %] +erlang:spawn_monitor/1 1 2 2 [ 9.09] +erlang:spawn_opt/4 1 6 6 [27.27] +test:test_spawn/0 1 14 14 [63.64]

    Erlang programs can perform expensive operations in other processes than the original one. You can include multiple, new, or even all -processes in the trace when measuring time or memory:

    7> pg:start_link().
    -{ok,<0.252.0>}
    -8> tprof:profile(fun() -> pg:join(group, self()) end,
    -                 #{type => call_memory, rootset => [pg]}).
    +processes in the trace when measuring time or memory:

    7> pg:start_link().
    +{ok,<0.252.0>}
    +8> tprof:profile(fun() -> pg:join(group, self()) end,
    +                 #{type => call_memory, rootset => [pg]}).
     ****** Process <0.252.0>    -- 52.86 % of total allocations ***
    -FUNCTION                      CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    -pg:leave_local_update_ets/5       1      2         2  [ 1.80]
    -gen:reply/2                       1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    -erlang:monitor/2                  1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    -gen_server:try_handle_call/4      1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    -gen_server:try_dispatch/4         1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    -maps:iterator/1                   2      4         2  [ 3.60]
    -maps:take/2                       1      6         6  [ 5.41]
    -pg:join_local_update_ets/5        1      8         8  [ 7.21]
    -pg:handle_info/2                  1      8         8  [ 7.21]
    -pg:handle_call/3                  1      9         9  [ 8.11]
    -gen_server:loop/7                 2      9         4  [ 8.11]
    -ets:lookup/2                      2     10         5  [ 9.01]
    -pg:join_local/3                   1     11        11  [ 9.91]
    -pg:notify_group/5                 2     16         8  [14.41]
    -erlang:setelement/3               2     16         8  [14.41]
    -                                       111            [100.0]
    +FUNCTION                      CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    +pg:leave_local_update_ets/5       1      2         2  [ 1.80]
    +gen:reply/2                       1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    +erlang:monitor/2                  1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    +gen_server:try_handle_call/4      1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    +gen_server:try_dispatch/4         1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    +maps:iterator/1                   2      4         2  [ 3.60]
    +maps:take/2                       1      6         6  [ 5.41]
    +pg:join_local_update_ets/5        1      8         8  [ 7.21]
    +pg:handle_info/2                  1      8         8  [ 7.21]
    +pg:handle_call/3                  1      9         9  [ 8.11]
    +gen_server:loop/7                 2      9         4  [ 8.11]
    +ets:lookup/2                      2     10         5  [ 9.01]
    +pg:join_local/3                   1     11        11  [ 9.91]
    +pg:notify_group/5                 2     16         8  [14.41]
    +erlang:setelement/3               2     16         8  [14.41]
    +                                       111            [100.0]
     
     ****** Process <0.255.0>    -- 47.14 % of total allocations ***
    -FUNCTION                   CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    -erl_eval:match_list/6          1      3         3  [ 3.03]
    -erlang:monitor/2               1      3         3  [ 3.03]
    -lists:reverse/1                2      4         2  [ 4.04]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/xref_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/xref_chapter.xhtml	2025-01-25 10:19:06.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/xref_chapter.xhtml	2041-02-26 23:36:50.000000000 +0000
    @@ -35,25 +35,25 @@
       
       Module Check
     
    -

    Assume we want to check the following module:

    -module(my_module).
    +

    Assume we want to check the following module:

    -module(my_module).
     
    --export([t/1]).
    +-export([t/1]).
     
    -t(A) ->
    -  my_module:t2(A).
    +t(A) ->
    +  my_module:t2(A).
     
    -t2(_) ->
    +t2(_) ->
       true.

    Cross reference data are read from BEAM files, so the first step when checking -an edited module is to compile it:

    1> c(my_module, debug_info).
    +an edited module is to compile it:

    1> c(my_module, debug_info).
     ./my_module.erl:10: Warning: function t2/1 is unused
    -{ok, my_module}

    The debug_info option ensures that the BEAM file contains debug information, +{ok, my_module}

    The debug_info option ensures that the BEAM file contains debug information, which makes it possible to find unused local functions.

    The module can now be checked for calls to deprecated functions, calls to undefined functions, and for unused local -functions:

    2> xref:m(my_module)
    -[{deprecated,[]},
    - {undefined,[{{my_module,t,1},{my_module,t2,1}}]},
    - {unused,[{my_module,t2,1}]}]

    m/1 is also suitable for checking that the BEAM file of a module that is about +functions:

    2> xref:m(my_module)
    +[{deprecated,[]},
    + {undefined,[{{my_module,t,1},{my_module,t2,1}}]},
    + {unused,[{my_module,t2,1}]}]

    m/1 is also suitable for checking that the BEAM file of a module that is about to be loaded into a running a system does not call any undefined functions. In either case, the code path of the code server (see the module code) is used for finding modules that export externally called functions not exported by the @@ -68,28 +68,28 @@ this example an xref server will be used, which makes it possible to analyze applications and releases, and also to select the library path explicitly.

    Each Xref server is referred to by a unique name. The name is given when -creating the server:

    1> xref:start(s).
    -{ok,<0.27.0>}

    Next the system to be analyzed is added to the Xref server. Here the system will +creating the server:

    1> xref:start(s).
    +{ok,<0.27.0>}

    Next the system to be analyzed is added to the Xref server. Here the system will be OTP, so no library path will be needed. Otherwise, when analyzing a system that uses OTP, the OTP modules are typically made library modules by setting the library path to the default OTP code path (or to code_path, see the reference manual). By default, the names of read BEAM files and warnings are output when adding analyzed modules, but these messages -can be avoided by setting default values of some options:

    2> xref:set_default(s, [{verbose,false}, {warnings,false}]).
    +can be avoided by setting default values of some options:

    2> xref:set_default(s, [{verbose,false}, {warnings,false}]).
     ok
    -3> xref:add_release(s, code:lib_dir(), {name, otp}).
    -{ok,otp}

    add_release/3 assumes that all subdirectories of the library directory +3> xref:add_release(s, code:lib_dir(), {name, otp}). +{ok,otp}

    add_release/3 assumes that all subdirectories of the library directory returned by code:lib_dir() contain applications; -the effect is that of reading all BEAM files for the application.

    It is now easy to check the release for calls to undefined functions:

    4> xref:analyze(s, undefined_function_calls).
    -{ok, [...]}

    We can now continue with further analyses, or we can delete the Xref server:

    5> xref:stop(s).

    The check for calls to undefined functions is an example of a predefined +the effect is that of reading all BEAM files for the application.

    It is now easy to check the release for calls to undefined functions:

    4> xref:analyze(s, undefined_function_calls).
    +{ok, [...]}

    We can now continue with further analyses, or we can delete the Xref server:

    5> xref:stop(s).

    The check for calls to undefined functions is an example of a predefined analysis, probably the most useful one. Other examples are the analyses that find unused local functions, or functions that call some given functions. See the analyze/2,3 functions for a complete list of predefined analyses.

    Each predefined analysis is a shorthand for a query, a sentence of a tiny language providing cross reference data as values of predefined variables. The check for calls to -undefined functions can thus be stated as a query:

    4> xref:q(s, "(XC - UC) || (XU - X - B)").
    -{ok,[...]}

    The query asks for the restriction of external calls except the unresolved calls +undefined functions can thus be stated as a query:

    4> xref:q(s, "(XC - UC) || (XU - X - B)").
    +{ok,[...]}

    The query asks for the restriction of external calls except the unresolved calls to calls to functions that are externally used but neither exported nor built-in functions (the || operator restricts the used functions while the | operator restricts the calling functions). The - operator returns the difference of two @@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ provided with a simple language. Below are some expressions of the language with comments, focusing on elements of the language rather than providing useful examples. The analyzed system is assumed to be OTP, so in order to run the -queries, first evaluate these calls:

    xref:start(s).
    -xref:add_release(s, code:root_dir()).
    • xref:q(s, "(Fun) xref : Mod"). - All functions of the xref module.

    • xref:q(s, "xref : Mod * X"). - All exported functions of the xref +queries, first evaluate these calls:

      xref:start(s).
      +xref:add_release(s, code:root_dir()).
      • xref:q(s, "(Fun) xref : Mod"). - All functions of the xref module.

      • xref:q(s, "xref : Mod * X"). - All exported functions of the xref module. The first operand of the intersection operator * is implicitly converted to the more special type of the second operand.

      • xref:q(s, "(Mod) tools"). - All modules of the Tools application.

      • xref:q(s, '"xref_.*" : Mod'). - All modules with a name beginning with xref_.

      • xref:q(s, "# E | X "). - Number of calls from exported functions.

      • xref:q(s, "XC || L "). - All external calls to local functions.

      • xref:q(s, "XC * LC"). - All calls that have both an external and a local @@ -163,18 +163,18 @@ a module M1 is said to call a module M2 if there is some function in M1 that calls some function in M2. It would be nice if we could use the much smaller module graph, since it is available also in the light weight -modulesmode of Xref servers.

        t(S) ->
        -  {ok, _} = xref:q(S, "Eplus := closure E"),
        -  {ok, Ms} = xref:q(S, "AM"),
        -  Fun = fun(M, N) ->
        -      Q = io_lib:format("# (Mod) (Eplus | ~p : Mod)", [M]),
        -      {ok, N0} = xref:q(S, lists:flatten(Q)),
        +modulesmode of Xref servers.

        t(S) ->
        +  {ok, _} = xref:q(S, "Eplus := closure E"),
        +  {ok, Ms} = xref:q(S, "AM"),
        +  Fun = fun(M, N) ->
        +      Q = io_lib:format("# (Mod) (Eplus | ~p : Mod)", [M]),
        +      {ok, N0} = xref:q(S, lists:flatten(Q)),
               N + N0
             end,
        -  Sum = lists:foldl(Fun, 0, Ms),
        -  ok = xref:forget(S, 'Eplus'),
        -  {ok, Tot} = xref:q(S, "# (closure ME | AM)"),
        -  100 * ((Tot - Sum) / Tot).

        Comments on the code:

        • We want to find the reduction of the closure of the function graph to modules. + Sum = lists:foldl(Fun, 0, Ms), + ok = xref:forget(S, 'Eplus'), + {ok, Tot} = xref:q(S, "# (closure ME | AM)"), + 100 * ((Tot - Sum) / Tot).

        Comments on the code:

        • We want to find the reduction of the closure of the function graph to modules. The direct expression for doing that would be (Mod) (closure E | AM), but then we would have to represent all of the transitive closure of E in memory. Instead the number of indirectly used modules is found for each analyzed /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tprof.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tprof.html 2025-01-25 10:23:52.392389074 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tprof.html 2025-01-25 10:23:52.396389095 +0000 @@ -160,137 +160,137 @@ Ad-hoc profiling -

          Ad-hoc profiling is convenient for profiling a single function call.

          For example:

          1> tprof:profile(lists, seq, [1, 16], #{type => call_memory}).
          +

          Ad-hoc profiling is convenient for profiling a single function call.

          For example:

          1> tprof:profile(lists, seq, [1, 16], #{type => call_memory}).
           
           ****** Process <0.92.0>  --  100.00% of total *** 
          -FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
          -lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
          -                            32            [ 100.0]
          +FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
          +lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
          +                            32            [ 100.0]
           ok

          By default tracing is enabled for all functions in all modules. When funs -are created in the interactive shell, parts of shell code are also traced:

          1> tprof:profile(fun() -> lists:seq(1, 16) end, #{type => call_memory}).
          +are created in the interactive shell, parts of shell code are also traced:

          1> tprof:profile(fun() -> lists:seq(1, 16) end, #{type => call_memory}).
           
           ****** Process <0.95.0>  --  100.00% of total *** 
          -FUNCTION                   CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
          -erl_eval:do_apply/7            1      3      3.00  [ 3.61]
          -erl_eval:match_list/6          1      3      3.00  [ 3.61]
          -lists:reverse/1                1      4      4.00  [ 4.82]
          -erl_eval:expr_list/7           3      7      2.33  [ 8.43]
          -erl_eval:ret_expr/3            4     16      4.00  [19.28]
          -erl_eval:merge_bindings/4      3     18      6.00  [21.69]
          -lists:seq_loop/3               5     32      6.40  [38.55]
          -                                     83            [100.0]
          -ok

          However, it is possible to limit the trace to specific functions or modules:

          2> tprof:profile(fun() -> lists:seq(1, 16) end,
          -                 #{type => call_memory, pattern => [{lists, seq_loop, '_'}]}).
          +FUNCTION                   CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
          +erl_eval:do_apply/7            1      3      3.00  [ 3.61]
          +erl_eval:match_list/6          1      3      3.00  [ 3.61]
          +lists:reverse/1                1      4      4.00  [ 4.82]
          +erl_eval:expr_list/7           3      7      2.33  [ 8.43]
          +erl_eval:ret_expr/3            4     16      4.00  [19.28]
          +erl_eval:merge_bindings/4      3     18      6.00  [21.69]
          +lists:seq_loop/3               5     32      6.40  [38.55]
          +                                     83            [100.0]
          +ok

          However, it is possible to limit the trace to specific functions or modules:

          2> tprof:profile(fun() -> lists:seq(1, 16) end,
          +                 #{type => call_memory, pattern => [{lists, seq_loop, '_'}]}).
           ****** Process <0.98.0>  --  100.00% of total *** 
          -FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
          -lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
          -                            32            [ 100.0]
          +FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
          +lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
          +                            32            [ 100.0]
           
           ok

          Ad-hoc profiling results can be printed in a few different ways. The following -examples use the test module defined like this:

          -module(test).
          --export([test_spawn/0]).
          -test_spawn() ->
          -    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun () -> lists:seq(1, 32) end),
          +examples use the test module defined like this:

          -module(test).
          +-export([test_spawn/0]).
          +test_spawn() ->
          +    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun () -> lists:seq(1, 32) end),
               receive
          -        {'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, normal} ->
          +        {'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, normal} ->
                       done
          -    end.

          By default per-process statistics is shown:

          1> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [], #{type => call_memory}).
          +    end.

          By default per-process statistics is shown:

          1> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [], #{type => call_memory}).
           
           ****** Process <0.176.0>    -- 23.66 % of total allocations ***
          -FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
          -erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 9.09]
          -erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [27.27]
          -test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [63.64]
          -                                  22            [100.0]
          +FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
          +erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 9.09]
          +erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [27.27]
          +test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [63.64]
          +                                  22            [100.0]
           
           ****** Process <0.177.0>    -- 76.34 % of total allocations ***
          -FUNCTION           CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
          -erlang:apply/2         1      7         7  [ 9.86]
          -lists:seq_loop/3       9     64         7  [90.14]
          -                             71            [100.0]

          The following example prints the combined memory allocation of all +FUNCTION CALLS WORDS PER CALL [ %] +erlang:apply/2 1 7 7 [ 9.86] +lists:seq_loop/3 9 64 7 [90.14] + 71 [100.0]

          The following example prints the combined memory allocation of all processes, sorted by the total number of allocated words in descending -order:

          2> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [],
          -                 #{type => call_memory, report => {total, {measurement, descending}}}).
          +order:

          2> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [],
          +                 #{type => call_memory, report => {total, {measurement, descending}}}).
           
          -FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
          -lists:seq_loop/3            9     64         7  [68.82]
          -test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [15.05]
          -erlang:apply/2              1      7         7  [ 7.53]
          -erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [ 6.45]
          -erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 2.15]
          -                                  93            [100.0]

          The profiling data can also be collected for further inspection:

          3> {done, ProfileData} = tprof:profile(fun test:test_spawn/0,
          -                                       #{type => call_memory, report => return}).
          +FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
          +lists:seq_loop/3            9     64         7  [68.82]
          +test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [15.05]
          +erlang:apply/2              1      7         7  [ 7.53]
          +erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [ 6.45]
          +erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 2.15]
          +                                  93            [100.0]

          The profiling data can also be collected for further inspection:

          3> {done, ProfileData} = tprof:profile(fun test:test_spawn/0,
          +                                       #{type => call_memory, report => return}).
           <...>
          -4> tprof:format(tprof:inspect(ProfileData, process, {percent, descending})).
          +4> tprof:format(tprof:inspect(ProfileData, process, {percent, descending})).
           
           ****** Process <0.223.0>    -- 23.66 % of total allocations ***
          -FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
          -test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [63.64]
          -erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [27.27]
          -erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 9.09]
          -                                  22            [100.0]
          +FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
          +test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [63.64]
          +erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [27.27]
          +erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 9.09]
          +                                  22            [100.0]
           
           ****** Process <0.224.0>    -- 76.34 % of total allocations ***
          -FUNCTION           CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
          -lists:seq_loop/3       9     64         7  [90.14]
          -erlang:apply/2         1      7         7  [ 9.86]
          -                             71            [100.0]

          Which processes that are profiled depends on the profiling type.

          • call_count (default) counts calls in all processes.

          • call_time and call_memory limits the profiling to the processes +FUNCTION CALLS WORDS PER CALL [ %] +lists:seq_loop/3 9 64 7 [90.14] +erlang:apply/2 1 7 7 [ 9.86] + 71 [100.0]

          Which processes that are profiled depends on the profiling type.

          • call_count (default) counts calls in all processes.

          • call_time and call_memory limits the profiling to the processes spawned from the user-provided function (using the set_on_spawn -option for trace:process/4).

          call_time and call_memory can be restricted to profile a single process:

          2> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [],
          -                 #{type => call_memory, set_on_spawn => false}).
          +option for trace:process/4).

        call_time and call_memory can be restricted to profile a single process:

        2> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [],
        +                 #{type => call_memory, set_on_spawn => false}).
         
         ****** Process <0.183.0>    -- 100.00 % of total allocations ***
        -FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
        -erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 9.09]
        -erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [27.27]
        -test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [63.64]

        Erlang programs can perform expensive operations in other processes +FUNCTION CALLS WORDS PER CALL [ %] +erlang:spawn_monitor/1 1 2 2 [ 9.09] +erlang:spawn_opt/4 1 6 6 [27.27] +test:test_spawn/0 1 14 14 [63.64]

    Erlang programs can perform expensive operations in other processes than the original one. You can include multiple, new, or even all -processes in the trace when measuring time or memory:

    7> pg:start_link().
    -{ok,<0.252.0>}
    -8> tprof:profile(fun() -> pg:join(group, self()) end,
    -                 #href_anchor"ss">type => call_memory, rootset => [pg]}).
    +processes in the trace when measuring time or memory:

    7> pg:start_link().
    +{ok,<0.252.0>}
    +8> tprof:profile(fun() -> pg:join(group, self()) end,
    +                 #href_anchor"ss">type => call_memory, rootset => [pg]}).
     ****** Process <0.252.0>    -- 52.86 % of total allocations ***
    -FUNCTION                      CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    -pg:leave_local_update_ets/5       1      2         2  [ 1.80]
    -gen:reply/2                       1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    -erlang:monitor/2                  1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    -gen_server:try_handle_call/4      1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    -gen_server:try_dispatch/4         1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    -maps:iterator/1                   2      4         2  [ 3.60]
    -maps:take/2                       1      6         6  [ 5.41]
    -pg:join_local_update_ets/5        1      8         8  [ 7.21]
    -pg:handle_info/2                  1      8         8  [ 7.21]
    -pg:handle_call/3                  1      9         9  [ 8.11]
    -gen_server:loop/7                 2      9         4  [ 8.11]
    -ets:lookup/2                      2     10         5  [ 9.01]
    -pg:join_local/3                   1     11        11  [ 9.91]
    -pg:notify_group/5                 2     16         8  [14.41]
    -erlang:setelement/3               2     16         8  [14.41]
    -                                       111            [100.0]
    +FUNCTION                      CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    +pg:leave_local_update_ets/5       1      2         2  [ 1.80]
    +gen:reply/2                       1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    +erlang:monitor/2                  1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    +gen_server:try_handle_call/4      1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    +gen_server:try_dispatch/4         1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    +maps:iterator/1                   2      4         2  [ 3.60]
    +maps:take/2                       1      6         6  [ 5.41]
    +pg:join_local_update_ets/5        1      8         8  [ 7.21]
    +pg:handle_info/2                  1      8         8  [ 7.21]
    +pg:handle_call/3                  1      9         9  [ 8.11]
    +gen_server:loop/7                 2      9         4  [ 8.11]
    +ets:lookup/2                      2     10         5  [ 9.01]
    +pg:join_local/3                   1     11        11  [ 9.91]
    +pg:notify_group/5                 2     16         8  [14.41]
    +erlang:setelement/3               2     16         8  [14.41]
    +                                       111            [100.0]
     
     ****** Process <0.255.0>    -- 47.14 % of total allocations ***
    -FUNCTION                   CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    -erl_eval:match_list/6          1      3         3  [ 3.03]
    -erlang:monitor/2               1      3         3  [ 3.03]
    -lists:reverse/1                2      4         2  [ 4.04]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/xref.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/xref.html	2025-01-25 10:23:52.456389394 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/xref.html	2025-01-25 10:23:52.460389414 +0000
    @@ -3722,7 +3722,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/xref_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/xref_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:52.492389573 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/xref_chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:52.496389594 +0000 @@ -140,25 +140,25 @@ Module Check -

    Assume we want to check the following module:

    -module(my_module).
    +

    Assume we want to check the following module:

    -module(my_module).
     
    --export([t/1]).
    +-export([t/1]).
     
    -t(A) ->
    -  my_module:t2(A).
    +t(A) ->
    +  my_module:t2(A).
     
    -t2(_) ->
    +t2(_) ->
       true.

    Cross reference data are read from BEAM files, so the first step when checking -an edited module is to compile it:

    1> c(my_module, debug_info).
    +an edited module is to compile it:

    1> c(my_module, debug_info).
     ./my_module.erl:10: Warning: function t2/1 is unused
    -{ok, my_module}

    The debug_info option ensures that the BEAM file contains debug information, +{ok, my_module}

    The debug_info option ensures that the BEAM file contains debug information, which makes it possible to find unused local functions.

    The module can now be checked for calls to deprecated functions, calls to undefined functions, and for unused local -functions:

    2> xref:m(my_module)
    -[{deprecated,[]},
    - {undefined,[{{my_module,t,1},{my_module,t2,1}}]},
    - {unused,[{my_module,t2,1}]}]

    m/1 is also suitable for checking that the BEAM file of a module that is about +functions:

    2> xref:m(my_module)
    +[{deprecated,[]},
    + {undefined,[{{my_module,t,1},{my_module,t2,1}}]},
    + {unused,[{my_module,t2,1}]}]

    m/1 is also suitable for checking that the BEAM file of a module that is about to be loaded into a running a system does not call any undefined functions. In either case, the code path of the code server (see the module code) is used for finding modules that export externally called functions not exported by the @@ -173,28 +173,28 @@ this example an xref server will be used, which makes it possible to analyze applications and releases, and also to select the library path explicitly.

    Each Xref server is referred to by a unique name. The name is given when -creating the server:

    1> xref:start(s).
    -{ok,<0.27.0>}

    Next the system to be analyzed is added to the Xref server. Here the system will +creating the server:

    1> xref:start(s).
    +{ok,<0.27.0>}

    Next the system to be analyzed is added to the Xref server. Here the system will be OTP, so no library path will be needed. Otherwise, when analyzing a system that uses OTP, the OTP modules are typically made library modules by setting the library path to the default OTP code path (or to code_path, see the reference manual). By default, the names of read BEAM files and warnings are output when adding analyzed modules, but these messages -can be avoided by setting default values of some options:

    2> xref:set_default(s, [{verbose,false}, {warnings,false}]).
    +can be avoided by setting default values of some options:

    2> xref:set_default(s, [{verbose,false}, {warnings,false}]).
     ok
    -3> xref:add_release(s, code:lib_dir(), {name, otp}).
    -{ok,otp}

    add_release/3 assumes that all subdirectories of the library directory +3> xref:add_release(s, code:lib_dir(), {name, otp}). +{ok,otp}

    add_release/3 assumes that all subdirectories of the library directory returned by code:lib_dir() contain applications; -the effect is that of reading all BEAM files for the application.

    It is now easy to check the release for calls to undefined functions:

    4> xref:analyze(s, undefined_function_calls).
    -{ok, [...]}

    We can now continue with further analyses, or we can delete the Xref server:

    5> xref:stop(s).

    The check for calls to undefined functions is an example of a predefined +the effect is that of reading all BEAM files for the application.

    It is now easy to check the release for calls to undefined functions:

    4> xref:analyze(s, undefined_function_calls).
    +{ok, [...]}

    We can now continue with further analyses, or we can delete the Xref server:

    5> xref:stop(s).

    The check for calls to undefined functions is an example of a predefined analysis, probably the most useful one. Other examples are the analyses that find unused local functions, or functions that call some given functions. See the analyze/2,3 functions for a complete list of predefined analyses.

    Each predefined analysis is a shorthand for a query, a sentence of a tiny language providing cross reference data as values of predefined variables. The check for calls to -undefined functions can thus be stated as a query:

    4> xref:q(s, "(XC - UC) || (XU - X - B)").
    -{ok,[...]}

    The query asks for the restriction of external calls except the unresolved calls +undefined functions can thus be stated as a query:

    4> xref:q(s, "(XC - UC) || (XU - X - B)").
    +{ok,[...]}

    The query asks for the restriction of external calls except the unresolved calls to calls to functions that are externally used but neither exported nor built-in functions (the || operator restricts the used functions while the | operator restricts the calling functions). The - operator returns the difference of two @@ -224,8 +224,8 @@ provided with a simple language. Below are some expressions of the language with comments, focusing on elements of the language rather than providing useful examples. The analyzed system is assumed to be OTP, so in order to run the -queries, first evaluate these calls:

    xref:start(s).
    -xref:add_release(s, code:root_dir()).
    • xref:q(s, "(Fun) xref : Mod"). - All functions of the xref module.

    • xref:q(s, "xref : Mod * X"). - All exported functions of the xref +queries, first evaluate these calls:

      xref:start(s).
      +xref:add_release(s, code:root_dir()).
      • xref:q(s, "(Fun) xref : Mod"). - All functions of the xref module.

      • xref:q(s, "xref : Mod * X"). - All exported functions of the xref module. The first operand of the intersection operator * is implicitly converted to the more special type of the second operand.

      • xref:q(s, "(Mod) tools"). - All modules of the Tools application.

      • xref:q(s, '"xref_.*" : Mod'). - All modules with a name beginning with xref_.

      • xref:q(s, "# E | X "). - Number of calls from exported functions.

      • xref:q(s, "XC || L "). - All external calls to local functions.

      • xref:q(s, "XC * LC"). - All calls that have both an external and a local @@ -268,18 +268,18 @@ a module M1 is said to call a module M2 if there is some function in M1 that calls some function in M2. It would be nice if we could use the much smaller module graph, since it is available also in the light weight -modulesmode of Xref servers.

        t(S) ->
        -  {ok, _} = xref:q(S, "Eplus := closure E"),
        -  {ok, Ms} = xref:q(S, "AM"),
        -  Fun = fun(M, N) ->
        -      Q = io_lib:format("# (Mod) (Eplus | ~p : Mod)", [M]),
        -      {ok, N0} = xref:q(S, lists:flatten(Q)),
        +modulesmode of Xref servers.

        t(S) ->
        +  {ok, _} = xref:q(S, "Eplus := closure E"),
        +  {ok, Ms} = xref:q(S, "AM"),
        +  Fun = fun(M, N) ->
        +      Q = io_lib:format("# (Mod) (Eplus | ~p : Mod)", [M]),
        +      {ok, N0} = xref:q(S, lists:flatten(Q)),
               N + N0
             end,
        -  Sum = lists:foldl(Fun, 0, Ms),
        -  ok = xref:forget(S, 'Eplus'),
        -  {ok, Tot} = xref:q(S, "# (closure ME | AM)"),
        -  100 * ((Tot - Sum) / Tot).

        Comments on the code:

        • We want to find the reduction of the closure of the function graph to modules. + Sum = lists:foldl(Fun, 0, Ms), + ok = xref:forget(S, 'Eplus'), + {ok, Tot} = xref:q(S, "# (closure ME | AM)"), + 100 * ((Tot - Sum) / Tot).

        Comments on the code:

        • We want to find the reduction of the closure of the function graph to modules. The direct expression for doing that would be (Mod) (closure E | AM), but then we would have to represent all of the transitive closure of E in memory. Instead the number of indirectly used modules is found for each analyzed @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:52.516389694 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:23:52.516389694 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:52.556389893 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:23:52.564389933 +0000 @@ -2418,7 +2418,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:52.588390053 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/chapter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:52.592390073 +0000 @@ -161,13 +161,13 @@ is the object reference. Optional arguments are last and expressed as tagged tuples in any order.

          For example the wxWindow C++ class is implemented in the wxWindow erlang module and the member wxWindow::CenterOnParent is thus -wxWindow:centerOnParent. The following C++ code:

            wxWindow MyWin = new wxWindow();
          -  MyWin.CenterOnParent(wxVERTICAL);
          +wxWindow:centerOnParent. The following C++ code:

            wxWindow MyWin = new wxWindow();
          +  MyWin.CenterOnParent(wxVERTICAL);
             ...
          -  delete MyWin;

          would in erlang look like:

            MyWin = wxWindow:new(),
          -  wxWindow:centerOnParent(MyWin, [{dir,?wxVERTICAL}]),
          +  delete MyWin;

          would in erlang look like:

            MyWin = wxWindow:new(),
          +  wxWindow:centerOnParent(MyWin, [{dir,?wxVERTICAL}]),
             ...
          -  wxWindow:destroy(MyWin),

          When you are reading wxWidgets documentation or the examples, you will notice + wxWindow:destroy(MyWin),

          When you are reading wxWidgets documentation or the examples, you will notice that some of the most basic classes are missing in wx, they are directly mapped to corresponding erlang terms:

          • wxPoint is represented by {Xcoord,Ycoord}

          • wxSize is represented by {Width,Height}

          • wxRect is represented by {Xcoord,Ycoord,Width,Height}

          • wxColour is represented by {Red,Green,Blue[,Alpha]}

          • wxString is represented by unicode:charlist()

          • wxGBPosition is represented by {Row,Column}

          • wxGBSpan is represented by {RowSpan,ColumnSPan}

          • wxGridCellCoords is represented by {Row,Column}

          In the places where the erlang API differs from the original one it should be @@ -195,14 +195,14 @@ from several processes in your application, you must share the environment. You can get the active environment with wx:get_env/0 and set it in the new processes with wx:set_env/1. Two processes or applications which have both -called wx:new() will not be able use each others objects.

            wx:new(),
          -  MyWin = wxFrame:new(wx:null(), 42, "Example", []),
          -  Env = wx:get_env(),
          -  spawn(fun() ->
          -           wx:set_env(Env),
          +called wx:new() will not be able use each others objects.

            wx:new(),
          +  MyWin = wxFrame:new(wx:null(), 42, "Example", []),
          +  Env = wx:get_env(),
          +  spawn(fun() ->
          +           wx:set_env(Env),
                      %% Here you can do wx calls from your helper process.
                      ...
          -        end),
          +        end),
             ...

          When wx:destroy/0 is invoked or when all processes in the application have died, the memory is deleted and all windows created by that application are closed.

          The wx application never cleans or garbage collects memory as long as the user @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/gl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/gl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:52.888391550 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/gl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:52.892391571 +0000 @@ -41049,7 +41049,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/glu.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/glu.html 2025-01-25 10:23:52.944391830 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/glu.html 2025-01-25 10:23:52.952391870 +0000 @@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:52.980392010 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:23:52.988392049 +0000 @@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.012392170 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.012392170 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub/OEBPS/chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub/OEBPS/chapter.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:47.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub/OEBPS/chapter.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:31.000000000 +0000 @@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ is the object reference. Optional arguments are last and expressed as tagged tuples in any order.

          For example the wxWindow C++ class is implemented in the wxWindow erlang module and the member wxWindow::CenterOnParent is thus -wxWindow:centerOnParent. The following C++ code:

            wxWindow MyWin = new wxWindow();
          -  MyWin.CenterOnParent(wxVERTICAL);
          +wxWindow:centerOnParent. The following C++ code:

            wxWindow MyWin = new wxWindow();
          +  MyWin.CenterOnParent(wxVERTICAL);
             ...
          -  delete MyWin;

          would in erlang look like:

            MyWin = wxWindow:new(),
          -  wxWindow:centerOnParent(MyWin, [{dir,?wxVERTICAL}]),
          +  delete MyWin;

          would in erlang look like:

            MyWin = wxWindow:new(),
          +  wxWindow:centerOnParent(MyWin, [{dir,?wxVERTICAL}]),
             ...
          -  wxWindow:destroy(MyWin),

          When you are reading wxWidgets documentation or the examples, you will notice + wxWindow:destroy(MyWin),

          When you are reading wxWidgets documentation or the examples, you will notice that some of the most basic classes are missing in wx, they are directly mapped to corresponding erlang terms:

          • wxPoint is represented by {Xcoord,Ycoord}

          • wxSize is represented by {Width,Height}

          • wxRect is represented by {Xcoord,Ycoord,Width,Height}

          • wxColour is represented by {Red,Green,Blue[,Alpha]}

          • wxString is represented by unicode:charlist()

          • wxGBPosition is represented by {Row,Column}

          • wxGBSpan is represented by {RowSpan,ColumnSPan}

          • wxGridCellCoords is represented by {Row,Column}

          In the places where the erlang API differs from the original one it should be @@ -90,14 +90,14 @@ from several processes in your application, you must share the environment. You can get the active environment with wx:get_env/0 and set it in the new processes with wx:set_env/1. Two processes or applications which have both -called wx:new() will not be able use each others objects.

            wx:new(),
          -  MyWin = wxFrame:new(wx:null(), 42, "Example", []),
          -  Env = wx:get_env(),
          -  spawn(fun() ->
          -           wx:set_env(Env),
          +called wx:new() will not be able use each others objects.

            wx:new(),
          +  MyWin = wxFrame:new(wx:null(), 42, "Example", []),
          +  Env = wx:get_env(),
          +  spawn(fun() ->
          +           wx:set_env(Env),
                      %% Here you can do wx calls from your helper process.
                      ...
          -        end),
          +        end),
             ...

          When wx:destroy/0 is invoked or when all processes in the application have died, the memory is deleted and all windows created by that application are closed.

          The wx application never cleans or garbage collects memory as long as the user /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-01-25 10:19:47.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-02-26 23:37:31.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> wx - 2.4.3 - urn:uuid:9de13520-64c7-8af4-f218-738fae0b3251 + urn:uuid:4c8fdca3-45a4-8b59-9c3b-62487494425c en - 2025-01-25T10:19:47Z + 2041-02-26T23:37:31Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub/OEBPS/wx_object.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub/OEBPS/wx_object.xhtml 2025-01-25 10:19:47.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub/OEBPS/wx_object.xhtml 2041-02-26 23:37:31.000000000 +0000 @@ -31,36 +31,36 @@ shutdown | Term, terminate(State) is called. It lets the user module clean up, it is always called when server terminates or when wx_object() in the driver is deleted. If the Parent process terminates the Module:terminate/2 function is -called.
          terminate(Reason, State)

          Example:

            -module(myDialog).
          -  -export([new/2, show/1, destroy/1]).  %% API
          -  -export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_event/2,
          -           handle_info/2, code_change/3, terminate/2]).
          +called.
          terminate(Reason, State)

          Example:

            -module(myDialog).
          +  -export([new/2, show/1, destroy/1]).  %% API
          +  -export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_event/2,
          +           handle_info/2, code_change/3, terminate/2]).
                      new/2, showModal/1, destroy/1]).  %% Callbacks
           
             %% Client API
          -  new(Parent, Msg) ->
          -     wx_object:start(?MODULE, [Parent,Id], []).
          +  new(Parent, Msg) ->
          +     wx_object:start(?MODULE, [Parent,Id], []).
           
          -  show(Dialog) ->
          -     wx_object:call(Dialog, show_modal).
          +  show(Dialog) ->
          +     wx_object:call(Dialog, show_modal).
           
          -  destroy(Dialog) ->
          -     wx_object:call(Dialog, destroy).
          +  destroy(Dialog) ->
          +     wx_object:call(Dialog, destroy).
           
             %% Server Implementation ala gen_server
          -  init([Parent, Str]) ->
          -     Dialog = wxDialog:new(Parent, 42, "Testing", []),
          +  init([Parent, Str]) ->
          +     Dialog = wxDialog:new(Parent, 42, "Testing", []),
                ...
          -     wxDialog:connect(Dialog, command_button_clicked),
          -     {Dialog, MyState}.
          +     wxDialog:connect(Dialog, command_button_clicked),
          +     {Dialog, MyState}.
           
          -  handle_call(show, _From, State) ->
          -     wxDialog:show(State#state.win),
          -     {reply, ok, State};
          +  handle_call(show, _From, State) ->
          +     wxDialog:show(State#state.win),
          +     {reply, ok, State};
             ...
          -  handle_event(#wx{}, State) ->
          -     io:format("Users clicked button~n",[]),
          -     {noreply, State};
          +  handle_event(#wx{}, State) ->
          +     io:format("Users clicked button~n",[]),
          +     {noreply, State};
             ...

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.576394985 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.576394985 +0000 @@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAcceleratorEntry.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAcceleratorEntry.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.600395104 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAcceleratorEntry.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.608395144 +0000 @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAcceleratorTable.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAcceleratorTable.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.628395244 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAcceleratorTable.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.632395264 +0000 @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxActivateEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxActivateEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.652395364 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxActivateEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.656395384 +0000 @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxArtProvider.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxArtProvider.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.680395503 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxArtProvider.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.684395523 +0000 @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiDockArt.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiDockArt.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.708395643 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiDockArt.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.712395664 +0000 @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiManager.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiManager.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.740395803 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiManager.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.744395823 +0000 @@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiManagerEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiManagerEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.776395983 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiManagerEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.780396003 +0000 @@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiNotebook.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiNotebook.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.812396163 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiNotebook.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.820396202 +0000 @@ -1429,7 +1429,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiNotebookEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiNotebookEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.840396302 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiNotebookEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.844396322 +0000 @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiPaneInfo.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiPaneInfo.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.888396542 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiPaneInfo.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.892396562 +0000 @@ -4097,7 +4097,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiSimpleTabArt.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiSimpleTabArt.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.924396721 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiSimpleTabArt.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.924396721 +0000 @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiTabArt.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiTabArt.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.952396861 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiTabArt.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.956396881 +0000 @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmap.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmap.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.984397021 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmap.html 2025-01-25 10:23:53.992397061 +0000 @@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmapButton.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmapButton.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.012397161 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmapButton.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.016397181 +0000 @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmapDataObject.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmapDataObject.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.040397300 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmapDataObject.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.044397320 +0000 @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBookCtrlBase.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBookCtrlBase.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.076397480 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBookCtrlBase.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.080397500 +0000 @@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBookCtrlEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBookCtrlEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.100397600 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBookCtrlEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.104397620 +0000 @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBoxSizer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBoxSizer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.128397740 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBoxSizer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.132397760 +0000 @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBrush.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBrush.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.164397919 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBrush.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.168397939 +0000 @@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBufferedDC.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBufferedDC.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.196398079 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBufferedDC.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.200398099 +0000 @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBufferedPaintDC.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBufferedPaintDC.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.232398259 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBufferedPaintDC.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.228398239 +0000 @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxButton.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxButton.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.264398418 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxButton.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.268398439 +0000 @@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.300398598 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.304398618 +0000 @@ -1402,7 +1402,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarDateAttr.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarDateAttr.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.332398758 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarDateAttr.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.336398778 +0000 @@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.360398897 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.364398917 +0000 @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCaret.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCaret.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.388399038 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCaret.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.396399077 +0000 @@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCheckBox.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCheckBox.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.420399197 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCheckBox.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.428399238 +0000 @@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCheckListBox.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCheckListBox.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.452399357 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCheckListBox.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.456399377 +0000 @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChildFocusEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChildFocusEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.484399516 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChildFocusEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.488399537 +0000 @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChoice.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChoice.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.512399657 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChoice.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.516399676 +0000 @@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChoicebook.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChoicebook.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.540399796 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChoicebook.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.548399836 +0000 @@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClientDC.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClientDC.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.568399936 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClientDC.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.572399956 +0000 @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClipboard.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClipboard.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.596400076 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClipboard.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.600400095 +0000 @@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClipboardTextEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClipboardTextEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.620400195 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClipboardTextEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.624400215 +0000 @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCloseEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCloseEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.648400336 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCloseEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.652400355 +0000 @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourData.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourData.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.676400475 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourData.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.680400495 +0000 @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.704400614 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.708400635 +0000 @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourPickerCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourPickerCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.732400755 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourPickerCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.736400774 +0000 @@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourPickerEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourPickerEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.756400874 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourPickerEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.760400894 +0000 @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxComboBox.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxComboBox.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.792401054 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxComboBox.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.796401074 +0000 @@ -1302,7 +1302,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCommandEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCommandEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.820401193 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCommandEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.824401213 +0000 @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxContextMenuEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxContextMenuEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.852401354 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxContextMenuEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.856401373 +0000 @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxControl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxControl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.884401514 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxControl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.884401514 +0000 @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxControlWithItems.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxControlWithItems.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.912401653 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxControlWithItems.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.916401673 +0000 @@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCursor.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCursor.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.936401773 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCursor.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.940401792 +0000 @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDC.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDC.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.988402033 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDC.html 2025-01-25 10:23:54.996402072 +0000 @@ -4056,7 +4056,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDCOverlay.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDCOverlay.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.020402192 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDCOverlay.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.020402192 +0000 @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDataObject.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDataObject.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.048402332 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDataObject.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.052402352 +0000 @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDateEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDateEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.072402452 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDateEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.072402452 +0000 @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDatePickerCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDatePickerCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.096402571 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDatePickerCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.096402571 +0000 @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.124402711 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.128402731 +0000 @@ -961,7 +961,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDirDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDirDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.160402890 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDirDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.164402910 +0000 @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDirPickerCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDirPickerCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.184403010 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDirPickerCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.192403051 +0000 @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDisplay.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDisplay.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.216403170 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDisplay.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.220403190 +0000 @@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDisplayChangedEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDisplayChangedEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.240403290 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDisplayChangedEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.240403290 +0000 @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDropFilesEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDropFilesEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.264403410 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDropFilesEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.268403430 +0000 @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEraseEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEraseEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.284403509 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEraseEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.288403530 +0000 @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.312403650 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.312403650 +0000 @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEvtHandler.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEvtHandler.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.340403789 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEvtHandler.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.348403829 +0000 @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDataObject.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDataObject.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.368403929 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDataObject.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.372403949 +0000 @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.396404069 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.404404108 +0000 @@ -942,7 +942,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDirPickerEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDirPickerEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.428404229 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDirPickerEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.428404229 +0000 @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFilePickerCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFilePickerCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.452404348 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFilePickerCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.460404388 +0000 @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFindReplaceData.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFindReplaceData.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.480404488 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFindReplaceData.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.484404507 +0000 @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFindReplaceDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFindReplaceDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.512404648 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFindReplaceDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.512404648 +0000 @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFlexGridSizer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFlexGridSizer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.532404748 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFlexGridSizer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.536404767 +0000 @@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFocusEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFocusEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.560404887 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFocusEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.564404907 +0000 @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFont.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFont.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.588405027 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFont.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.592405047 +0000 @@ -1211,7 +1211,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontData.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontData.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.624405206 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontData.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.628405227 +0000 @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.652405347 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.656405366 +0000 @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontPickerCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontPickerCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.676405466 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontPickerCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.680405486 +0000 @@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontPickerEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontPickerEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.700405586 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontPickerEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.700405586 +0000 @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFrame.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFrame.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.732405746 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFrame.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.732405746 +0000 @@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGBSizerItem.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGBSizerItem.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.764405905 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGBSizerItem.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.764405905 +0000 @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGCDC.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGCDC.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.788406026 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGCDC.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.792406045 +0000 @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGLCanvas.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGLCanvas.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.816406165 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGLCanvas.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.820406185 +0000 @@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGLContext.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGLContext.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.840406284 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGLContext.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.844406304 +0000 @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGauge.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGauge.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.868406425 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGauge.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.872406445 +0000 @@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGenericDirCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGenericDirCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.900406584 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGenericDirCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.904406604 +0000 @@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsBrush.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsBrush.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.924406704 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsBrush.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.924406704 +0000 @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsContext.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsContext.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.960406883 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsContext.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.968406924 +0000 @@ -2219,7 +2219,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsFont.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsFont.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.984407003 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsFont.html 2025-01-25 10:23:55.988407024 +0000 @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsGradientStops.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsGradientStops.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.012407143 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsGradientStops.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.016407163 +0000 @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsMatrix.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsMatrix.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.036407263 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsMatrix.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.040407283 +0000 @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsObject.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsObject.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.068407423 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsObject.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.068407423 +0000 @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsPath.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsPath.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.096407562 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsPath.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.100407582 +0000 @@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsPen.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsPen.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.128407723 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsPen.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.124407702 +0000 @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsRenderer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsRenderer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.148407822 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsRenderer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.152407842 +0000 @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGrid.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGrid.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.224408201 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGrid.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.228408222 +0000 @@ -8449,7 +8449,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridBagSizer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridBagSizer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.268408421 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridBagSizer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.276408461 +0000 @@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellAttr.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellAttr.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.304408601 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellAttr.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.308408621 +0000 @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellBoolEditor.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellBoolEditor.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.332408740 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellBoolEditor.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.336408760 +0000 @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellBoolRenderer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellBoolRenderer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.356408860 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellBoolRenderer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.360408880 +0000 @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellChoiceEditor.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellChoiceEditor.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.384409000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellChoiceEditor.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.384409000 +0000 @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellEditor.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellEditor.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.408409120 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellEditor.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.412409140 +0000 @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellFloatEditor.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellFloatEditor.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.448409320 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellFloatEditor.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.448409320 +0000 @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellFloatRenderer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellFloatRenderer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.472409439 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellFloatRenderer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.476409459 +0000 @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellNumberEditor.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellNumberEditor.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.500409579 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellNumberEditor.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.500409579 +0000 @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellNumberRenderer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellNumberRenderer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.520409678 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellNumberRenderer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.524409699 +0000 @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellRenderer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellRenderer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.548409819 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellRenderer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.552409839 +0000 @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellStringRenderer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellStringRenderer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.572409938 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellStringRenderer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.572409938 +0000 @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellTextEditor.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellTextEditor.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.592410038 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellTextEditor.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.600410078 +0000 @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.624410198 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.628410218 +0000 @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridSizer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridSizer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.652410338 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridSizer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.656410357 +0000 @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHelpEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHelpEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.688410518 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHelpEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.684410497 +0000 @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlEasyPrinting.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlEasyPrinting.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.712410637 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlEasyPrinting.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.716410657 +0000 @@ -960,7 +960,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlLinkEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlLinkEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.736410757 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlLinkEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.740410777 +0000 @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlWindow.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlWindow.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.772410937 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlWindow.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.776410956 +0000 @@ -1361,7 +1361,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIcon.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIcon.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.800411076 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIcon.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.804411097 +0000 @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIconBundle.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIconBundle.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.828411216 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIconBundle.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.832411236 +0000 @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIconizeEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIconizeEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.856411356 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIconizeEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.856411356 +0000 @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIdleEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIdleEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.880411475 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIdleEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.884411496 +0000 @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxImage.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxImage.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.940411775 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxImage.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.936411755 +0000 @@ -3859,7 +3859,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxImageList.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxImageList.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.976411955 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxImageList.html 2025-01-25 10:23:56.980411975 +0000 @@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxInitDialogEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxInitDialogEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.000412074 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxInitDialogEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.004412095 +0000 @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxJoystickEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxJoystickEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.028412214 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxJoystickEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.036412254 +0000 @@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxKeyEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxKeyEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.060412374 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxKeyEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.064412394 +0000 @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLayoutAlgorithm.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLayoutAlgorithm.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.088412514 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLayoutAlgorithm.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.088412514 +0000 @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListBox.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListBox.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.116412653 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListBox.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.120412673 +0000 @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.160412874 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.164412893 +0000 @@ -3262,7 +3262,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.200413073 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.200413073 +0000 @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListItem.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListItem.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.228413213 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListItem.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.232413232 +0000 @@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListItemAttr.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListItemAttr.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.256413352 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListItemAttr.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.260413372 +0000 @@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListView.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListView.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.284413492 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListView.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.288413512 +0000 @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListbook.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListbook.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.312413632 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListbook.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.320413672 +0000 @@ -1369,7 +1369,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLocale.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLocale.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.348413812 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLocale.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.352413831 +0000 @@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLogNull.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLogNull.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.380413972 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLogNull.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.384413991 +0000 @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIChildFrame.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIChildFrame.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.412414131 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIChildFrame.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.412414131 +0000 @@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIClientWindow.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIClientWindow.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.444414291 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIClientWindow.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.444414291 +0000 @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIParentFrame.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIParentFrame.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.468414411 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIParentFrame.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.472414430 +0000 @@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMask.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMask.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.500414571 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMask.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.504414590 +0000 @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMaximizeEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMaximizeEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.524414690 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMaximizeEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.528414710 +0000 @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMemoryDC.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMemoryDC.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.556414849 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMemoryDC.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.556414849 +0000 @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenu.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenu.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.600415069 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenu.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.604415090 +0000 @@ -2244,7 +2244,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuBar.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuBar.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.644415289 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuBar.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.644415289 +0000 @@ -1458,7 +1458,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.664415389 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.664415389 +0000 @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuItem.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuItem.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.696415548 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuItem.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.696415548 +0000 @@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMessageDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMessageDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.724415688 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMessageDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.728415708 +0000 @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMiniFrame.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMiniFrame.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.748415808 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMiniFrame.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.752415828 +0000 @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMirrorDC.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMirrorDC.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.776415948 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMirrorDC.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.776415948 +0000 @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.796416048 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.800416068 +0000 @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseCaptureLostEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseCaptureLostEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.828416207 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseCaptureLostEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.828416207 +0000 @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.864416387 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.868416407 +0000 @@ -2082,7 +2082,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMoveEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMoveEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.892416527 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMoveEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.896416547 +0000 @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMultiChoiceDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMultiChoiceDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.916416647 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMultiChoiceDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.920416667 +0000 @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNavigationKeyEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNavigationKeyEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.944416786 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNavigationKeyEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.948416806 +0000 @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotebook.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotebook.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.976416947 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotebook.html 2025-01-25 10:23:57.980416966 +0000 @@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotificationMessage.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotificationMessage.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.004417086 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotificationMessage.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.008417106 +0000 @@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotifyEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotifyEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.028417206 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotifyEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.032417225 +0000 @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxOverlay.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxOverlay.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.052417325 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxOverlay.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.056417345 +0000 @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPageSetupDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPageSetupDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.076417446 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPageSetupDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.080417465 +0000 @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPageSetupDialogData.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPageSetupDialogData.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.108417605 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPageSetupDialogData.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.112417625 +0000 @@ -1479,7 +1479,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaintDC.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaintDC.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.136417745 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaintDC.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.136417745 +0000 @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaintEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaintEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.160417865 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaintEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.160417865 +0000 @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPalette.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPalette.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.192418024 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPalette.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.196418045 +0000 @@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaletteChangedEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaletteChangedEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.228418204 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaletteChangedEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.228418204 +0000 @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPanel.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPanel.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.256418344 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPanel.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.260418364 +0000 @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPasswordEntryDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPasswordEntryDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.284418483 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPasswordEntryDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.284418483 +0000 @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPen.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPen.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.312418623 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPen.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.320418663 +0000 @@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPickerBase.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPickerBase.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.344418783 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPickerBase.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.352418823 +0000 @@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPopupTransientWindow.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPopupTransientWindow.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.376418943 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPopupTransientWindow.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.380418963 +0000 @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPopupWindow.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPopupWindow.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.404419082 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPopupWindow.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.408419102 +0000 @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPostScriptDC.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPostScriptDC.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.428419202 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPostScriptDC.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.432419222 +0000 @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewCanvas.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewCanvas.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.456419342 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewCanvas.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.456419342 +0000 @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewControlBar.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewControlBar.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.484419482 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewControlBar.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.484419482 +0000 @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewFrame.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewFrame.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.508419601 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewFrame.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.512419621 +0000 @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintData.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintData.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.544419781 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintData.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.548419801 +0000 @@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.572419921 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.576419941 +0000 @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintDialogData.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintDialogData.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.608420100 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintDialogData.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.608420100 +0000 @@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintPreview.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintPreview.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.648420300 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintPreview.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.648420300 +0000 @@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrinter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrinter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.672420420 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrinter.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.676420440 +0000 @@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintout.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintout.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.704420580 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintout.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.712420619 +0000 @@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxProgressDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxProgressDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.740420759 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxProgressDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.744420779 +0000 @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxQueryNewPaletteEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxQueryNewPaletteEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.764420879 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxQueryNewPaletteEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.768420899 +0000 @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRadioBox.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRadioBox.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.796421039 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRadioBox.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.804421079 +0000 @@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRadioButton.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRadioButton.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.824421179 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRadioButton.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.828421198 +0000 @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRegion.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRegion.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.864421378 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRegion.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.864421378 +0000 @@ -1205,7 +1205,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.892421518 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.896421538 +0000 @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashLayoutWindow.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashLayoutWindow.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.920421658 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashLayoutWindow.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.920421658 +0000 @@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashWindow.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashWindow.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.952421818 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashWindow.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.956421838 +0000 @@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScreenDC.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScreenDC.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.980421957 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScreenDC.html 2025-01-25 10:23:58.980421957 +0000 @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollBar.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollBar.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.008422098 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollBar.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.016422137 +0000 @@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.044422277 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.040422257 +0000 @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollWinEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollWinEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.064422376 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollWinEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.064422376 +0000 @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrolledWindow.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrolledWindow.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.092422517 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrolledWindow.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.100422556 +0000 @@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSetCursorEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSetCursorEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.124422676 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSetCursorEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.132422716 +0000 @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxShowEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxShowEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.156422836 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxShowEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.160422856 +0000 @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSingleChoiceDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSingleChoiceDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.188422996 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSingleChoiceDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.192423016 +0000 @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizeEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizeEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.212423116 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizeEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.216423135 +0000 @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.256423335 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.260423355 +0000 @@ -2346,7 +2346,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizerFlags.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizerFlags.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.288423495 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizerFlags.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.292423515 +0000 @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizerItem.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizerItem.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.328423695 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizerItem.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.332423715 +0000 @@ -1691,7 +1691,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSlider.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSlider.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.360423854 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSlider.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.364423875 +0000 @@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinButton.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinButton.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.392424014 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinButton.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.396424034 +0000 @@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.420424153 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.428424194 +0000 @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.448424294 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.452424313 +0000 @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplashScreen.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplashScreen.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.476424433 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplashScreen.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.480424453 +0000 @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplitterEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplitterEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.508424593 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplitterEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.512424613 +0000 @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplitterWindow.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplitterWindow.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.536424732 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplitterWindow.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.544424773 +0000 @@ -1355,7 +1355,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBitmap.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBitmap.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.568424893 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBitmap.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.572424912 +0000 @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBox.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBox.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.600425053 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBox.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.604425072 +0000 @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBoxSizer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBoxSizer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.632425212 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBoxSizer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.636425232 +0000 @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticLine.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticLine.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.660425352 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticLine.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.660425352 +0000 @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticText.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticText.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.684425472 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticText.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.684425472 +0000 @@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStatusBar.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStatusBar.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.716425631 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStatusBar.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.720425652 +0000 @@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStdDialogButtonSizer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStdDialogButtonSizer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.744425771 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStdDialogButtonSizer.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.748425791 +0000 @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStyledTextCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStyledTextCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.872426410 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStyledTextCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.876426429 +0000 @@ -17656,7 +17656,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStyledTextEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStyledTextEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.916426629 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStyledTextEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.920426649 +0000 @@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSysColourChangedEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSysColourChangedEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.940426750 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSysColourChangedEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.944426769 +0000 @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSystemOptions.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSystemOptions.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.968426889 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSystemOptions.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.972426909 +0000 @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSystemSettings.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSystemSettings.html 2025-01-25 10:23:59.996427028 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSystemSettings.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.000427049 +0000 @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTaskBarIcon.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTaskBarIcon.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.024427169 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTaskBarIcon.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.028427188 +0000 @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTaskBarIconEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTaskBarIconEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.052427308 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTaskBarIconEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.052427308 +0000 @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextAttr.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextAttr.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.088427488 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextAttr.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.092427508 +0000 @@ -1852,7 +1852,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.132427707 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.136427727 +0000 @@ -2526,7 +2526,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextDataObject.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextDataObject.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.168427887 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextDataObject.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.172427907 +0000 @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextEntryDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextEntryDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.196428027 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextEntryDialog.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.200428047 +0000 @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToggleButton.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToggleButton.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.224428167 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToggleButton.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.228428187 +0000 @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolBar.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolBar.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.268428386 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolBar.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.268428386 +0000 @@ -2074,7 +2074,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolTip.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolTip.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.300428546 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolTip.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.304428566 +0000 @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolbook.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolbook.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.332428705 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolbook.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.336428726 +0000 @@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTopLevelWindow.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTopLevelWindow.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.372428905 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTopLevelWindow.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.376428925 +0000 @@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreeCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreeCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.428429185 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreeCtrl.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.432429204 +0000 @@ -3667,7 +3667,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreeEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreeEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.456429324 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreeEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.460429345 +0000 @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreebook.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreebook.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.492429504 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreebook.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.496429525 +0000 @@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxUpdateUIEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxUpdateUIEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.520429644 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxUpdateUIEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.528429684 +0000 @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWebView.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWebView.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.560429844 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWebView.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.560429844 +0000 @@ -2341,7 +2341,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWebViewEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWebViewEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.588429983 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWebViewEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.592430003 +0000 @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindow.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindow.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.676430423 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindow.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.680430443 +0000 @@ -8231,7 +8231,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowCreateEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowCreateEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.708430582 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowCreateEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.712430602 +0000 @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowDC.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowDC.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.736430722 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowDC.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.740430742 +0000 @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowDestroyEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowDestroyEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.760430842 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowDestroyEvent.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.764430862 +0000 @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxXmlResource.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxXmlResource.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.792431001 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxXmlResource.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.800431042 +0000 @@ -1485,7 +1485,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx_misc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx_misc.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.836431222 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx_misc.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.840431241 +0000 @@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx_object.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx_object.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.872431401 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx_object.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.880431441 +0000 @@ -136,36 +136,36 @@ shutdown | Term, terminate(State) is called. It lets the user module clean up, it is always called when server terminates or when wx_object() in the driver is deleted. If the Parent process terminates the Module:terminate/2 function is -called.
          terminate(Reason, State)

          Example:

            -module(myDialog).
          -  -export([new/2, show/1, destroy/1]).  %% API
          -  -export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_event/2,
          -           handle_info/2, code_change/3, terminate/2]).
          +called.
          terminate(Reason, State)

          Example:

            -module(myDialog).
          +  -export([new/2, show/1, destroy/1]).  %% API
          +  -export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_event/2,
          +           handle_info/2, code_change/3, terminate/2]).
                      new/2, showModal/1, destroy/1]).  %% Callbacks
           
             %% Client API
          -  new(Parent, Msg) ->
          -     wx_object:start(?MODULE, [Parent,Id], []).
          +  new(Parent, Msg) ->
          +     wx_object:start(?MODULE, [Parent,Id], []).
           
          -  show(Dialog) ->
          -     wx_object:call(Dialog, show_modal).
          +  show(Dialog) ->
          +     wx_object:call(Dialog, show_modal).
           
          -  destroy(Dialog) ->
          -     wx_object:call(Dialog, destroy).
          +  destroy(Dialog) ->
          +     wx_object:call(Dialog, destroy).
           
             %% Server Implementation ala gen_server
          -  init([Parent, Str]) ->
          -     Dialog = wxDialog:new(Parent, 42, "Testing", []),
          +  init([Parent, Str]) ->
          +     Dialog = wxDialog:new(Parent, 42, "Testing", []),
                ...
          -     wxDialog:connect(Dialog, command_button_clicked),
          -     {Dialog, MyState}.
          +     wxDialog:connect(Dialog, command_button_clicked),
          +     {Dialog, MyState}.
           
          -  handle_call(show, _From, State) ->
          -     wxDialog:show(State#state.win),
          -     {reply, ok, State};
          +  handle_call(show, _From, State) ->
          +     wxDialog:show(State#state.win),
          +     {reply, ok, State};
             ...
          -  handle_event(#wx{}, State) ->
          -     io:format("Users clicked button~n",[]),
          -     {noreply, State};
          +  handle_event(#wx{}, State) ->
          +     io:format("Users clicked button~n",[]),
          +     {noreply, State};
             ...

          @@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.896431521 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.900431541 +0000 @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.916431621 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.920431641 +0000 @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.956431820 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.960431840 +0000 @@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.984431960 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-01-25 10:24:00.984431960 +0000 @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl.html 2025-01-25 10:24:01.016432120 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl.html 2025-01-25 10:24:01.020432140 +0000 @@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_eventp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_eventp.html 2025-01-25 10:24:01.048432279 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_eventp.html 2025-01-25 10:24:01.056432320 +0000 @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_examples.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_examples.html 2025-01-25 10:24:01.084432459 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_examples.html 2025-01-25 10:24:01.084432459 +0000 @@ -146,92 +146,92 @@ user state, use their own state variable instead. Another option (used in e.g. xmerl_eventp.erl) is for customization functions to share one of the local states (in xmerl_eventp.erl, the continuation function and the fetch function -both access the cont_state.)

          Functions to access user state:

          • xmerl_scan:user_state(GlobalState)
          • xmerl_scan:user_state(UserState, GlobalState)

          1.2 Event Function

          {event_fun, fun()} | {event_fun, fun(), EventState}

          The event function is called at the beginning and at the end of a parsed entity. -It has the following format and semantics:

          fun(Event, GlobalState) ->
          -   EventState = xmerl_scan:event_state(GlobalState),
          -   EventState2 = foo(Event, EventState),
          -   GlobalState2 = xmerl_scan:event_state(EventState2, GlobalState)
          -end.

          1.3 Hook Function

          {hook_fun, fun()} | {hook_fun, fun(), HookState}

          The hook function is called when the processor has parsed a complete entity. -Format and semantics:

          fun(Entity, GlobalState) ->
          -   HookState = xmerl_scan:hook_state(GlobalState),
          -   {TransformedEntity, HookState2} = foo(Entity, HookState),
          -   GlobalState2 = xmerl_scan:hook_state(HookState2, GlobalState),
          -   {TransformedEntity, GlobalState2}
          +both access the cont_state.)

          Functions to access user state:

          • xmerl_scan:user_state(GlobalState)
          • xmerl_scan:user_state(UserState, GlobalState)

          1.2 Event Function

          {event_fun, fun()} | {event_fun, fun(), EventState}

          The event function is called at the beginning and at the end of a parsed entity. +It has the following format and semantics:

          fun(Event, GlobalState) ->
          +   EventState = xmerl_scan:event_state(GlobalState),
          +   EventState2 = foo(Event, EventState),
          +   GlobalState2 = xmerl_scan:event_state(EventState2, GlobalState)
          +end.

          1.3 Hook Function

          {hook_fun, fun()} | {hook_fun, fun(), HookState}

          The hook function is called when the processor has parsed a complete entity. +Format and semantics:

          fun(Entity, GlobalState) ->
          +   HookState = xmerl_scan:hook_state(GlobalState),
          +   {TransformedEntity, HookState2} = foo(Entity, HookState),
          +   GlobalState2 = xmerl_scan:hook_state(HookState2, GlobalState),
          +   {TransformedEntity, GlobalState2}
           end.

          The relationship between the event function, the hook function and the accumulator function is as follows:

          1. The event function is first called with an 'ended' event for the parsed entity.
          2. The hook function is called, possibly re-formatting the entity.
          3. The acc function is called in order to (optionally) add the re-formatted -entity to the contents of its parent element.

          1.4 Fetch Function

          {fetch_fun, fun()} | {fetch_fun, fun(), FetchState}

          The fetch function is called in order to fetch an external resource (e.g. a +entity to the contents of its parent element.

        • 1.4 Fetch Function

          {fetch_fun, fun()} | {fetch_fun, fun(), FetchState}

          The fetch function is called in order to fetch an external resource (e.g. a DTD).

          The fetch function can respond with three different return values:

          Result ::=
          -   {ok, {file, Filename}, NewGlobalState} |
          -   {ok, {string, String}, NewGlobalState} |
          -   {ok, not_fetched, NewGlobalState}

          Format and semantics:

          fun(URI, GlobalState) ->
          -   FetchState = xmerl_scan:fetch_state(GlobalState),
          -   Result = foo(URI, FetchState).  % Result being one of the above
          -end.

          1.5 Continuation Function

          {continuation_fun, fun()} | {continuation_fun, fun(), ContinuationState}

          The continuation function is called when the parser encounters the end of the -byte stream. Format and semantics:

          fun(Continue, Exception, GlobalState) ->
          -   ContState = xmerl_scan:cont_state(GlobalState),
          -   {Result, ContState2} = get_more_bytes(ContState),
          +   {ok, {file, Filename}, NewGlobalState} |
          +   {ok, {string, String}, NewGlobalState} |
          +   {ok, not_fetched, NewGlobalState}

          Format and semantics:

          fun(URI, GlobalState) ->
          +   FetchState = xmerl_scan:fetch_state(GlobalState),
          +   Result = foo(URI, FetchState).  % Result being one of the above
          +end.

          1.5 Continuation Function

          {continuation_fun, fun()} | {continuation_fun, fun(), ContinuationState}

          The continuation function is called when the parser encounters the end of the +byte stream. Format and semantics:

          fun(Continue, Exception, GlobalState) ->
          +   ContState = xmerl_scan:cont_state(GlobalState),
          +   {Result, ContState2} = get_more_bytes(ContState),
              case Result of
          -      [] ->
          -         GlobalState2 = xmerl_scan:cont_state(ContState2, GlobalState),
          -         Exception(GlobalState2);
          +      [] ->
          +         GlobalState2 = xmerl_scan:cont_state(ContState2, GlobalState),
          +         Exception(GlobalState2);
                 MoreBytes ->
          -         {MoreBytes2, Rest} = end_on_whitespace_char(MoreBytes),
          -         ContState3 = update_cont_state(Rest, ContState2),
          -         GlobalState3 = xmerl_scan:cont_state(ContState3, GlobalState),
          -         Continue(MoreBytes2, GlobalState3)
          +         {MoreBytes2, Rest} = end_on_whitespace_char(MoreBytes),
          +         ContState3 = update_cont_state(Rest, ContState2),
          +         GlobalState3 = xmerl_scan:cont_state(ContState3, GlobalState),
          +         Continue(MoreBytes2, GlobalState3)
              end
          -end.

          1.6 Rules Functions

          {rules, ReadFun : fun(), WriteFun : fun(), RulesState} |
          -{rules, Table : ets()}

          The rules functions take care of storing scanner information in a rules +end.

    1.6 Rules Functions

    {rules, ReadFun : fun(), WriteFun : fun(), RulesState} |
    +{rules, Table : ets()}

    The rules functions take care of storing scanner information in a rules database. User-provided rules functions may opt to store the information in mnesia, or perhaps in the user_state(RulesState).

    The following modes exist:

    • If the user doesn't specify an option, the scanner creates an ets table, and uses built-in functions to read and write data to it. When the scanner is done, the ets table is deleted.
    • If the user specifies an ets table via the {rules, Table} option, the scanner uses this table. When the scanner is done, it does not delete the table.
    • If the user specifies read and write functions, the scanner will use them -instead.

    The format for the read and write functions are as follows:

     WriteFun(Context, Name, Definition, ScannerState) -> NewScannerState.
    - ReadFun(Context, Name, ScannerState) -> Definition | undefined.

    Here is a summary of the data objects currently being written by the scanner:

    ContextKey ValueDefinition
    notationNotationName{system, SL} | {public, PIDL, SL}
    elem_defElementName#xmlElement{content = ContentSpec}
    parameter_entityPENamePEDef
    entityEntityNameEntityDef

    Table 1: Scanner data objects

    where

    ContentSpec ::= empty | any | ElemContent
    -ElemContent ::= {Mode, Elems}
    +instead.

    The format for the read and write functions are as follows:

     WriteFun(Context, Name, Definition, ScannerState) -> NewScannerState.
    + ReadFun(Context, Name, ScannerState) -> Definition | undefined.

    Here is a summary of the data objects currently being written by the scanner:

    ContextKey ValueDefinition
    notationNotationName{system, SL} | {public, PIDL, SL}
    elem_defElementName#xmlElement{content = ContentSpec}
    parameter_entityPENamePEDef
    entityEntityNameEntityDef

    Table 1: Scanner data objects

    where

    ContentSpec ::= empty | any | ElemContent
    +ElemContent ::= {Mode, Elems}
     Mode        ::= seq | choice
    -Elems       ::= [Elem]
    -Elem        ::= '#PCDATA' | Name | ElemContent | {Occurrence, Elems}
    +Elems       ::= [Elem]
    +Elem        ::= '#PCDATA' | Name | ElemContent | {Occurrence, Elems}
     Occurrence  ::= '*' | '?' | '+'

    NOTE: When <Elem> is not wrapped with <Occurrence>, (Occurrence = once) is -implied.

    1.7 Accumulator Function

    {acc_fun, fun()}

    The accumulator function is called to accumulate the contents of an entity.When +implied.

    1.7 Accumulator Function

    {acc_fun, fun()}

    The accumulator function is called to accumulate the contents of an entity.When parsing very large files, it may not be desirable to do so.In this case, an acc function can be provided that simply doesn't accumulate.

    Note that it is possible to even modify the parsed entity before accumulating it, but this must be done with care. xmerl_scan performs post-processing of the element for namespace management. Thus, the element must keep its original structure for this to work.

    The acc function has the following format and semantics:

    %% default accumulating acc fun
    -fun(ParsedEntity, Acc, GlobalState) ->
    -   {[ParsedEntity|Acc], GlobalState}.
    +fun(ParsedEntity, Acc, GlobalState) ->
    +   {[ParsedEntity|Acc], GlobalState}.
     
     %% non-accumulating acc fun
    -fun(ParsedEntity, Acc, GlobalState) ->
    -   {Acc, GlobalState}.

    1.8 Close Function

    The close function is called when a document (either the main document or an +fun(ParsedEntity, Acc, GlobalState) -> + {Acc, GlobalState}.

    1.8 Close Function

    The close function is called when a document (either the main document or an external DTD) has been completely parsed. When xmerl_scan was started using xmerl_scan:file/[1,2], the file will be read in full, and closed immediately, before the parsing starts, so when the close function is called, it will not need to actually close the file. In this case, the close function will be a good -place to modify the state variables.

    Format and semantics:

    fun(GlobalState) ->
    +place to modify the state variables.

    Format and semantics:

    fun(GlobalState) ->
        GlobalState1 = ....  % state variables may be altered

    2 Examples

    -

    See xmerl_test.erl for more examples.

    2.1 Handling spaces

    The following sample program illustrates three ways of scanning a document:

    1. the default scan, which leaves whitespace untouched
    2. normalizing spaces
    3. normalizing spaces, then removing text elements that only contain one space.
    -module(tmp).
    +

    See xmerl_test.erl for more examples.

    2.1 Handling spaces

    The following sample program illustrates three ways of scanning a document:

    1. the default scan, which leaves whitespace untouched
    2. normalizing spaces
    3. normalizing spaces, then removing text elements that only contain one space.
    -module(tmp).
     
    --include("xmerl.hrl").
    +-include("xmerl.hrl").
     
    --export([file1/1, file2/1, file3/1]).
    +-export([file1/1, file2/1, file3/1]).
     
    -file1(F) -> xmerl_scan:file(F).
    +file1(F) -> xmerl_scan:file(F).
     
    -file2(F) -> xmerl_scan:file(F, [{space,normalize}]).
    +file2(F) -> xmerl_scan:file(F, [{space,normalize}]).
     
    -file3(F) -> Acc = fun(#xmlText{value = " ", pos = P}, Acc, S) -> {Acc, P,
    -S}; % new return format (X, Acc, S) -> {[X|Acc], S} end, xmerl_scan:file(F,
    -[{space,normalize}, {acc_fun, Acc}]).
    +
    file3(F) -> Acc = fun(#xmlText{value = " ", pos = P}, Acc, S) -> {Acc, P, +S}; % new return format (X, Acc, S) -> {[X|Acc], S} end, xmerl_scan:file(F, +[{space,normalize}, {acc_fun, Acc}]).
    @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_sax_parser.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_sax_parser.html 2025-01-25 10:24:01.112432599 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_sax_parser.html 2025-01-25 10:24:01.116432619 +0000 @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_scan.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_scan.html 2025-01-25 10:24:01.152432798 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_scan.html 2025-01-25 10:24:01.156432819 +0000 @@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_ug.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_ug.html 2025-01-25 10:24:01.188432978 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_ug.html 2025-01-25 10:24:01.192432998 +0000 @@ -193,16 +193,16 @@ structure and data of the document. If it is a simple document like:

    <?xml version="1.0"?>
     <dog>
     Grand Danois
    -</dog>

    The parse result will be:

    #xmlElement{name = dog,
    +</dog>

    The parse result will be:

    #xmlElement{name = dog,
                 ...
    -            parents = [],
    +            parents = [],
                 ...
    -            attributes = [],
    -            content = [{xmlText,[{dog,1}],1,[],"\
    +            attributes = [],
    +            content = [{xmlText,[{dog,1}],1,[],"\
     Grand Danois\
    -",text}],
    +",text}],
                 ...
    -            }

    Where the content of the top element is: + }

    Where the content of the top element is: [{xmlText,[{dog,1}],1,[],"\ Grand Danois\ ",text}]. Text will be returned in xmlText records. Though, usually documents are more complex, and the content of the top element will in that case be a nested structure with #xmlElement{} @@ -256,41 +256,41 @@ <!ELEMENT motorcycles (bike,date?)+ > <!ELEMENT bike (name,engine,kind,drive, accessories?,comment?) > <!ELEMENT name (manufacturer,brandName,additionalName?) > -<!ELEMENT manufacturer (#href_anchor"makeup erlang" translate="no">3> {ParseResult,Misc}=xmerl_scan:file("motorcycles.xml"). -{{xmlElement,motorcycles, +<!ELEMENT manufacturer (#href_anchor"makeup erlang" translate="no">3> {ParseResult,Misc}=xmerl_scan:file("motorcycles.xml"). +{{xmlElement,motorcycles, motorcycles, - [], - {xmlNamespace,[],[]}, - [], + [], + {xmlNamespace,[],[]}, + [], 1, - [], - [{xmlText,[{motorcycles,1}],1,[],"\ - ",text}, - {xmlElement,bike, + [], + [{xmlText,[{motorcycles,1}],1,[],"\ + ",text}, + {xmlElement,bike, bike, - [], - {xmlNamespace,[],[]}, - [{motorcycles,1}], + [], + {xmlNamespace,[],[]}, + [{motorcycles,1}], 2, - [{xmlAttribute,year,[],[],[],[]|...}, - {xmlAttribute,color,[],[],[]|...}], - [{xmlText,[{bike,2},{motorcycles|...}], + [{xmlAttribute,year,[],[],[],[]|...}, + {xmlAttribute,color,[],[],[]|...}], + [{xmlText,[{bike,2},{motorcycles|...}], 1, - []|...}, - {xmlElement,name,name,[]|...}, - {xmlText,[{...}|...],3|...}, - {xmlElement,engine|...}, - {xmlText|...}, - {...}|...], - [], + []|...}, + {xmlElement,name,name,[]|...}, + {xmlText,[{...}|...],3|...}, + {xmlElement,engine|...}, + {xmlText|...}, + {...}|...], + [], ".", - undeclared}, + undeclared}, ... - ], - [], + ], + [], ".", - undeclared}, - []} + undeclared}, + []} 4>

    If you instead receives the XML doc as a string you can parse it by xmerl_scan:string/1. Both file/2 and string/2 exists where the second argument is a list of options to the parser, see the reference manual.

    @@ -327,22 +327,22 @@ {Tag, Content} or Tag where:

    • Tag = atom()
    • Attributes = [{Name, Value}| #xmlAttribute{}]
    • Name = atom()
    • Value = IOString | atom() | integer()

    See also reference manual for xmerl

    If you want to add the information about a black Harley Davidsson 1200 cc Sportster motorcycle from 2003 that is in shape as new in the motorcycles.xml document you can put the data in a simple-form data structure like:

    Data =
    -  {bike,
    -     [{year,"2003"},{color,"black"},{condition,"new"}],
    -     [{name,
    -         [{manufacturer,["Harley Davidsson"]},
    -          {brandName,["XL1200C"]},
    -          {additionalName,["Sportster"]}]},
    -      {engine,
    -         ["V-engine, 2-cylinders, 1200 cc"]},
    -      {kind,["custom"]},
    -      {drive,["belt"]}]}

    In order to append this data to the end of the motorcycles.xml document you have -to parse the file and add Data to the end of the root element content.

        {RootEl,Misc}=xmerl_scan:file('motorcycles.xml'),
    -    #xmlElement{content=Content} = RootEl,
    -    NewContent=Content++lists:flatten([Data]),
    -    NewRootEl=RootEl#xmlElement{content=NewContent},

    Then you can run it through the export_simple/2 function:

        {ok,IOF}=file:open('new_motorcycles.xml',[write]),
    -    Export=xmerl:export_simple([NewRootEl],xmerl_xml),
    -    io:format(IOF,"~s~n",[lists:flatten(Export)]),

    The result would be:

    
    +  {bike,
    +     [{year,"2003"},{color,"black"},{condition,"new"}],
    +     [{name,
    +         [{manufacturer,["Harley Davidsson"]},
    +          {brandName,["XL1200C"]},
    +          {additionalName,["Sportster"]}]},
    +      {engine,
    +         ["V-engine, 2-cylinders, 1200 cc"]},
    +      {kind,["custom"]},
    +      {drive,["belt"]}]}

    In order to append this data to the end of the motorcycles.xml document you have +to parse the file and add Data to the end of the root element content.

        {RootEl,Misc}=xmerl_scan:file('motorcycles.xml'),
    +    #xmlElement{content=Content} = RootEl,
    +    NewContent=Content++lists:flatten([Data]),
    +    NewRootEl=RootEl#xmlElement{content=NewContent},

    Then you can run it through the export_simple/2 function:

        {ok,IOF}=file:open('new_motorcycles.xml',[write]),
    +    Export=xmerl:export_simple([NewRootEl],xmerl_xml),
    +    io:format(IOF,"~s~n",[lists:flatten(Export)]),

    The result would be:

    
     <?xml version="1.0"?><motorcycles>
       <bike year="2000" color="black">
         <name>
    @@ -369,40 +369,40 @@
     <bike year="2003" color="black" condition="new"><name><manufacturer>Harley Davidsson</manufacturer><brandName>XL1200C</brandName><additionalName>Sportster</additionalName></name><engine>V-engine, 2-cylinders, 1200 cc</engine><kind>custom</kind><drive>belt</drive></bike></motorcycles>

    If it is important to get similar indentation and newlines as in the original document you have to add #href_anchor"inline">{prolog,Value} to export_simple/3. The following example code fixes those changes in the previous example:

        Data =
    -      [#xmlText{value="  "},
    -       {bike,[{year,"2003"},{color,"black"},{condition,"new"}],
    -             [#xmlText{value="\
    -    "},
    -              {name,[#xmlText{value="\
    -      "},
    -                     {manufacturer,["Harley Davidsson"]},
    -                     #xmlText{value="\
    -      "},
    -                     {brandName,["XL1200C"]},
    -                     #xmlText{value="\
    -      "},
    -                     {additionalName,["Sportster"]},
    -                     #xmlText{value="\
    -    "}]},
    -              {engine,["V-engine, 2-cylinders, 1200 cc"]},
    -              #xmlText{value="\
    -    "},
    -              {kind,["custom"]},
    -              #xmlText{value="\
    -    "},
    -              {drive,["belt"]},
    -              #xmlText{value="\
    -  "}]},
    -       #xmlText{value="\
    -"}],
    +      [#xmlText{value="  "},
    +       {bike,[{year,"2003"},{color,"black"},{condition,"new"}],
    +             [#xmlText{value="\
    +    "},
    +              {name,[#xmlText{value="\
    +      "},
    +                     {manufacturer,["Harley Davidsson"]},
    +                     #xmlText{value="\
    +      "},
    +                     {brandName,["XL1200C"]},
    +                     #xmlText{value="\
    +      "},
    +                     {additionalName,["Sportster"]},
    +                     #xmlText{value="\
    +    "}]},
    +              {engine,["V-engine, 2-cylinders, 1200 cc"]},
    +              #xmlText{value="\
    +    "},
    +              {kind,["custom"]},
    +              #xmlText{value="\
    +    "},
    +              {drive,["belt"]},
    +              #xmlText{value="\
    +  "}]},
    +       #xmlText{value="\
    +"}],
         ...
    -    NewContent=Content++lists:flatten([Data]),
    -    NewRootEl=RootEl#xmlElement{content=NewContent},
    +    NewContent=Content++lists:flatten([Data]),
    +    NewRootEl=RootEl#xmlElement{content=NewContent},
         ...
    -    Prolog = ["<?xml version=\\"1.0\\" encoding=\\"utf-8\\" ?>
    +    Prolog = ["<?xml version=\\"1.0\\" encoding=\\"utf-8\\" ?>
     <!DOCTYPE motorcycles SYSTEM \\"motorcycles.dtd\\">\
    -"],
    -    Export=xmerl:export_simple([NewRootEl],xmerl_xml,[{prolog,Prolog}]),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xpath.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xpath.html	2025-01-25 10:24:01.216433118 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xpath.html	2025-01-25 10:24:01.224433158 +0000
    @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xs.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xs.html 2025-01-25 10:24:01.244433257 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xs.html 2025-01-25 10:24:01.244433257 +0000 @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xs_examples.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xs_examples.html 2025-01-25 10:24:01.276433418 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xs_examples.html 2025-01-25 10:24:01.280433437 +0000 @@ -135,13 +135,13 @@
    <h1> <xsl:apply-templates/> </h1> -</xsl:template>

    becomes in Erlang:

    template(E = #xmlElement{ parents=[{'doc',_}|_], name='title'}) ->
    -    ["<h1>",
    -         xslapply(fun template/1, E),
    -     "</h1>"];


    Example 2 Using value_of and select

    <xsl:template match="title">
    +</xsl:template>

    becomes in Erlang:

    template(E = #xmlElement{ parents=[{'doc',_}|_], name='title'}) ->
    +    ["<h1>",
    +         xslapply(fun template/1, E),
    +     "</h1>"];


    Example 2 Using value_of and select

    <xsl:template match="title">
       <div align="center"><h1><xsl:value-of select="." /></h1></div>
    -</xsl:template>

    becomes:

    template(E = #xmlElement{name='title'}) ->
    -    ["<div align=\"center\"><h1>", value_of(select(".", E)), "</h1></div>"];


    Example 3 Simple xsl stylesheet

    A complete example with the XSLT sheet in the xmerl distribution.

    <xsl:stylesheet version="1.0"
    +</xsl:template>

    becomes:

    template(E = #xmlElement{name='title'}) ->
    +    ["<div align=\"center\"><h1>", value_of(select(".", E)), "</h1></div>"];


    Example 3 Simple xsl stylesheet

    A complete example with the XSLT sheet in the xmerl distribution.

    <xsl:stylesheet version="1.0"
             xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
             xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/strict">
     
    @@ -202,60 +202,60 @@
         </em>
       </xsl:template>
     
    -</xsl:stylesheet>


    Example 4 Erlang version

    Erlang transformation of previous example:

    -include("xmerl.hrl").
    +</xsl:stylesheet>


    Example 4 Erlang version

    Erlang transformation of previous example:

    -include("xmerl.hrl").
     
    --import(xmerl_xs,
    -    [ xslapply/2, value_of/1, select/2, built_in_rules/2 ]).
    +-import(xmerl_xs,
    +    [ xslapply/2, value_of/1, select/2, built_in_rules/2 ]).
     
    -doctype()->
    +doctype()->
         "<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\
      \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd \">".
     
    -process_xml(Doc)->
    -    template(Doc).
    +process_xml(Doc)->
    +    template(Doc).
     
    -template(E = #xmlElement{name='doc'})->
    -    [ "<\?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"iso-8859-1\"\?>",
    -      doctype(),
    +template(E = #xmlElement{name='doc'})->
    +    [ "<\?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"iso-8859-1\"\?>",
    +      doctype(),
           "<html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\" >"
           "<head>"
    -      "<title>", value_of(select("title",E)), "</title>"
    +      "<title>", value_of(select("title",E)), "</title>"
           "</head>"
           "<body>",
    -      xslapply( fun template/1, E),
    +      xslapply( fun template/1, E),
           "</body>"
    -      "</html>" ];
    +      "</html>" ];
     
     
    -template(E = #xmlElement{ parents=[{'doc',_}|_], name='title'}) ->
    -    ["<h1>",
    -     xslapply( fun template/1, E),
    -     "</h1>"];
    +template(E = #xmlElement{ parents=[{'doc',_}|_], name='title'}) ->
    +    ["<h1>",
    +     xslapply( fun template/1, E),
    +     "</h1>"];
     
    -template(E = #xmlElement{ parents=[{'chapter',_}|_], name='title'}) ->
    -    ["<h2>",
    -     xslapply( fun template/1, E),
    -     "</h2>"];
    +template(E = #xmlElement{ parents=[{'chapter',_}|_], name='title'}) ->
    +    ["<h2>",
    +     xslapply( fun template/1, E),
    +     "</h2>"];
     
    -template(E = #xmlElement{ parents=[{'section',_}|_], name='title'}) ->
    -    ["<h3>",
    -     xslapply( fun template/1, E),
    -     "</h3>"];
    +template(E = #xmlElement{ parents=[{'section',_}|_], name='title'}) ->
    +    ["<h3>",
    +     xslapply( fun template/1, E),
    +     "</h3>"];
     
    -template(E = #xmlElement{ name='para'}) ->
    -    ["<p>", xslapply( fun template/1, E), "</p>"];
    +template(E = #xmlElement{ name='para'}) ->
    +    ["<p>", xslapply( fun template/1, E), "</p>"];
     
    -template(E = #xmlElement{ name='note'}) ->
    -    ["<p class=\"note\">"
    +template(E = #xmlElement{ name='note'}) ->
    +    ["<p class=\"note\">"
          "<b>NOTE: </b>",
    -     xslapply( fun template/1, E),
    -     "</p>"];
    +     xslapply( fun template/1, E),
    +     "</p>"];
     
    -template(E = #xmlElement{ name='emph'}) ->
    -    ["<em>", xslapply( fun template/1, E), "</em>"];
    +template(E = #xmlElement{ name='emph'}) ->
    +    ["<em>", xslapply( fun template/1, E), "</em>"];
     
    -template(E)->
    -    built_in_rules( fun template/1, E).

    It is important to end with a call to xmerl_xs:built_in_rules/2 if you want any +template(E)-> + built_in_rules( fun template/1, E).

    It is important to end with a call to xmerl_xs:built_in_rules/2 if you want any text to be written in "push" transforms. That are the ones using a lot xslapply( fun template/1, E ) instead of value_of(select("xpath",E)), which is pull...


    The largest example is the stylesheet to transform this document from the Simplified Docbook XML format to xhtml. The source file is sdocbook2xhtml.erl.

    @@ -274,21 +274,21 @@ <xsl:template match="line"> <xsl:if test="position() mod 2 = 0">&#160;&#160;</xsl:if> <xsl:value-of select="." /><br /> -</xsl:template>

    Can be written as

    template(E = #xmlElement{name='stanza'}) ->
    -    {Lines,LineNo} = lists:mapfoldl(fun template_pos/2, 1, select("line", E)),
    -    ["<p>", Lines, "</p>"].
    +</xsl:template>

    Can be written as

    template(E = #xmlElement{name='stanza'}) ->
    +    {Lines,LineNo} = lists:mapfoldl(fun template_pos/2, 1, select("line", E)),
    +    ["<p>", Lines, "</p>"].
     
    -template_pos(E = #xmlElement{name='line'}, P) ->
    -    {[indent_line(P rem 2), value_of(E#xmlElement.content), "<br />"], P + 1 }.
    +template_pos(E = #xmlElement{name='line'}, P) ->
    +    {[indent_line(P rem 2), value_of(E#xmlElement.content), "<br />"], P + 1 }.
     
    -indent_line(0)->"&#160;&#160;";
    -indent_line(_)->"".

    Global tree awareness

    In XSLT you have "root" access to the top of the tree with XPath, even though +indent_line(0)->"&#160;&#160;"; +indent_line(_)->"".


    Global tree awareness

    In XSLT you have "root" access to the top of the tree with XPath, even though you are somewhere deep in your tree.

    The xslapply/2 function only carries back the child part of the tree to the template fun. But it is quite easy to write template funs that handles both the -child and top tree.


    Example 6 Passing the root tree

    The following example piece will prepend the article title to any section title

    template(E = #xmlElement{name='title'}, ETop ) ->
    -    ["<h3>", value_of(select("title", ETop))," - ",
    -     xslapply( fun(A) -> template(A, ETop) end, E),
    -     "</h3>"];

    +child and top tree.


    Example 6 Passing the root tree

    The following example piece will prepend the article title to any section title

    template(E = #xmlElement{name='title'}, ETop ) ->
    +    ["<h3>", value_of(select("title", ETop))," - ",
    +     xslapply( fun(A) -> template(A, ETop) end, E),
    +     "</h3>"];

    @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xsd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xsd.html 2025-01-25 10:24:01.312433597 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xsd.html 2025-01-25 10:24:01.316433617 +0000 @@ -806,9 +806,9 @@ several times towards the same schema it reduces time consumption.

    The result, ValidElement, is the valid element that conforms to the post-schema-validation infoset. When the validator finds an error it tries to continue and reports a list of all errors found. In those cases an unexpected -error is found it may cause a single error reason.

    Usage example:

    1>{E,_} = xmerl_scan:file("my_XML_document.xml").
    -2>{ok,S} = xmerl_xsd:process_schema("my_XML_Schema.xsd").
    -3>{E2,_} = xmerl_xsd:validate(E,S).

    Observe that E2 may differ from E if for instance there are default values +error is found it may cause a single error reason.

    Usage example:

    1>{E,_} = xmerl_scan:file("my_XML_document.xml").
    +2>{ok,S} = xmerl_xsd:process_schema("my_XML_Schema.xsd").
    +3>{E2,_} = xmerl_xsd:validate(E,S).

    Observe that E2 may differ from E if for instance there are default values defined in my_XML_Schema.xsd.

    @@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    RPMS.2017/erlang-jinterface-27.1.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm RPMS/erlang-jinterface-27.1.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm differ: byte 225, line 1 Comparing erlang-jinterface-27.1.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm to erlang-jinterface-27.1.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm comparing the rpm tags of erlang-jinterface --- old-rpm-tags +++ new-rpm-tags @@ -92 +92 @@ -/usr/lib64/erlang/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/priv/OtpErlang.jar 300772f5e390ba3128dcfe36ab3959e3b5e08dbda9a38ed83343ba623411f1e7 0 +/usr/lib64/erlang/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/priv/OtpErlang.jar 00017d7bab8c4038d7456a06ed1482a6e59c0ca0c851eb187b2339b0f8279976 0 comparing rpmtags comparing RELEASE comparing PROVIDES comparing scripts comparing filelist comparing file checksum creating rename script RPM file checksum differs. Extracting packages Package content is identical overalldiffered=3 (number of pkgs that are not bit-by-bit identical: 0 is good) overall=1